Full text of "Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science"

See other formats

et an 
rep fe) 


4 > 
Rear) 


ties 
eet 


> 1 
5 ey, ae 
Bay 
fpannte 


ite 


REPORT 


EIGHTY-SIXTH MEETING OF THE 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION 


FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE 


NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE: 1916 


SEPTEMBER 5—9 


LONDON 
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET 
LOL 


Office of the Association: Burlington House, London, W. 


CONTENTS. 


Page 
OFFICERS AND COUNCIL, 1916-1917 ..........cccceeceeseeeeeeneeeceeeeteeseeeceeees iil 
RULES OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION........sceeeceecseceseeeesecnceeesencesesees v 
Tastes: Past AnNuUAL MEeErines: * ’ 
Trustees, General Officers, &c. (1831-1916) ..........+ aoaaeeeok ease xxi 
Sectional Presidents and Secretaries (1901-1915) ............sseeeeeee xxii 
Evening Discourses (1901-1915) .........sscsseeeeseeeseeeecenenesenn tees XXX 


Lectures to the Operative Classes and Public Lectures (1901-1915) = xxxii 
Chairmen and Secretaries of Conferences of Delegates (1901-1915) xxxiii 
Grants for Scientific Purposes (1901-1915)......... Be aroop) dam aesipensienits XXxlV 


Report oF THE CounciL TO THE GENERAL Commitrex, 1915-1916... xliv 
GENERAL TREASURER’S ACCOUNT, 1915-1916  ...........ceseeee dasecinswenectdee xlviii 


AnnvaL Mretines: Praces AND Dares, PRESIDENTS, ATTENDANCES, 
RECEIPTS, AND SUMS PAID ON ACCOUNT OF GRANTS FOR SCIENTIFIC 
PURPOSES (1831-1916) ........ceceee eee eeee PEER DOCCEAU DOC TR CCORECCERE OCH oee 1 


PONTE AIS OF AUTTENDANCHS ...00cccccccctsccasscecs sesnsneccencesseccccdoecvdccscese li 


Newcastte Mrerine, 1916: 


Glorierall NGtINOS).ccnccka-ecccspecncosansccsoresacrceses Lomiesle silsiontestrsonielrs xli 
IE TE RUM CMICEI'S bcelacask Sodeee ected shlddedhUabae ne vedagaciboeoanoueededieawe xli 
Officers of Conference of Delegates ......... .ccccscesseseeecneeeeeenee xliii 
Ven SAreh, COMMIELEOS!.® . casce tin siddeseccdeaecddovcbeciecadbasecestosiecdees liv 
Communication ordered to be printed im extenso............... enteitcas Ixvii 
Resolutions referred tio the Council ...... wedseuadslaasatehoacemiee Seen Ixvil 
Synopsis of Grants of Money .............ssee0es Sef Posse BPA papsecni Ixvii 
Carrp FunD ....... coaesecees Basten eeeeaciuinnecs rahacteanuatdieensvesobeareeraeevsse Ixviii 
Pusric LECTURES IN NEWCASTLE AND VICINITY ...ccesecccseeeessees eiwesqiys lxix 


* Particulars for early Meetings not furnished in the following Tables will 
be found in Volumes for 1911 and previous years, 


A2 


li CONTENTS. 


Page 
AppRESS BY THE PRESIDENT, Str ARTHUR Evans, D.Litt., LL.D., 

Tek Spy. ira] Dp a its bene her denen aces osonont Gatos “conn tu schesdbodcoononouddadps0ede dnc 
REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE, XC, .......cccecceeeeeeeneenes Scaeasedesess 27 
TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS : 

A,.—Mathematical and Physical Science .........sccscseeesseeeeeeens 355 
B.—Chomistry.. s..titld atic otis tess Meeeon tt -cnrceserp heer eee 366 
C= GeolOgy,  iecheisescsetvsaccerorcurarnscscasessaccrensesetlceseeecmceneseaae 378 
D—_ZOolO gy, so rccc-necnenescsnceesee nar) oo ive siecle eoltentstsse taeeteereat 403 
Hi ==Geop raphy. i cdsnctcacassvesitsvesstenenesnesacecencatsenest(ateeeeeeeaee tame 421 
F.— Economic Science and Statistics ......... slktek 00d Uae che eaeete 435 
GiSSED gineering ss iiss, .cedecsesaeescsr sesso teevedueneesese eeCien eee aren 448 
Hi —Anithropolopytecscctaacaaitactaciltdectetdeeeeee ttt aoe celts sasen ees scene 458 
ML PHYSIOLOGY: “..cscbvecien-secoccseneccmagetedas entersceetcesce eel skeee a eaeee 470 
a AES BOtanly™, nocd cava ceeds tess atreas ae deleceunen tence oxeeee Mate seater eee ee REEe 477 
D3 205 0071) Co) 0 laa Mee Spot 8 ion consaciariotcio: Saddondmdoaccatwen: 512 
MeeAoriculture:s ooo ie ctacce se cecasnatenttne neomem tere mate cet tele 528 
RePoRT ON THE DETERMINATION OF GRAVITY AT SEA .........0cseceeeeeee 549 
REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SoOcIETIES COMMITTEE AND OF THE 
CoNFERENCE OF DELEGATES OF CORRESPONDING SOCIFTIES ......... 566 
UNDER \.ooAavanetioctes schduassec sere ccncguaeslstees osteereeeeeecentientamees heeerneeesttm 609 
EISt “OF PUBLICATIONS his ii sten sion sacsccs ines ceeenteeeteaeet taceeeenemeecrenr ese 625 
DGIST: OF WMERMBBRS, QC)... occesecsecenscceesseeerecsaneeeaaeene ren eaeeeseameessa 103 pages 


LIST OF PLATES. 


Prats I —Illustrating the Report on Seismological Investigations. 


Prats IT.—Illustrating the Report on the Botanical and Chemical Characters 
of the Kucalypts and their Correlation. 


Prate IIJ.—Illustrating the Report on Stress Distributions in Engineering 
Materials. 


Pratr TV.—Ilustrating Mr. W. Wickham King’s Paper on a Plexographic 
Model of the Thick Coal of South Staffordshire. 


Puates V. AND te nee Mr, E. A. Reeves’s Address to the Geographical 
Section. 


Prates VIT.-XVIII.—Ilustrating the Report on the Determination of Gravity 
at Sea, 


OFFICERS AND COUNCIL, 1916-1917. 


PATRON. 
HIS MAJESTY THE KING. 


PRESIDENT. 
Sir ARTHUR EVANS, D.Lirv., LL.D., Pres.S.A., F.R.S. 


VICE-PRESIDENTS. 


The Right Hon. the LonpD MAYOR oF NEWCASTLE, 

His Grace the Duke oF NORTHUMBERLAND, K.G., 
F.RB.S. 

The Right Hon. the Marquis or LONDONDERRY, 
M.V.O. 

The Right Hon. the EARL or DuRHAM, K.G., 
G.0.V.0. 

The Right Hon, the EARL OF ORAVEN. 

The Right Hon, the EARL GREY, G.C.B., G.O.M.G., 
G.C.V.O. 

The Right Hon. ViscouNT ALLENDALE. 

The Right Hon. Viscount GREY, K.G. 

The Right Hon. LoRD BARNARD. 


The Right Hon. LoRD RAVENSWORTH. 

The Right Hon. LoRD ARMSTRONG. 

The Right Hon. Lorp Joicry. 

The Right Rev. the LorD BisHor oF DURHAM, D.D. 

The Right Rev. the LorD BISHOP OF NEWCASTLE, 
D.D. 

The Right Hon. J. W. LowrHer, M.P. 

The Right Hon. W. Runciman, M.P. 

Sir HueuH BELL, Bart. 

The Hon. Sir OHARLES Parsons, K.O.B., D.O.L., 
E.B.S. 

Sir GreorGE H. PHiuipson, M.D., D.O.L. 

Principal W. H. Hapow, D.Mus. 


PRESIDENT ELECT. 
The Hon. Sir OHARLES A, Parsons, K.O.B., Sc.D., F.R.S. 


GENERAL TREASURER, 
Professor JOHN PERRY, D.Sc., LLD., F.R.S., Burlington House, London, W. 


GENERAL SECRETARIES. 


Professor W. A, HERDMAN, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S. 


| Professor H. H. TURNER, D.Sc., D.O.L., F.R.S. 


ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 
0. J. R. Howarta, M.A., Burlington House, London, W. 


CHIEF CLERK AND ASSISTANT TREASURER. 
H. O. SrEWARDSON, Burlington House, London, W. 


ORDINARY MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL. 


Bong, Professor W. A., F.R.S. 
BRABROOK, Sir EDWARD, C.B. 
BraGe, Professor W. H., F.R.S. 
OueRK, Dr. DUGALD, F.R.S. 
DEnpDy, Professor A., F.R.S. 
Dickson, Professor H. N., D.Sc, 
Drxey, Dr. F, A., F.R.S. 

Drxon, Professor H. B., F.R.S. 
Dysov, Sir F. W., F.R.S. 
GREGORY, Professor R. A. 
GRIFFITHS, Principal E. H., F.R.S. 
Happov, Dr. A. O., F.R.S. 


HALLIBURTON, Professor W. D., F.R.S. 
HARMER, Dr. S. F., F.R.S, 

IM THORN, Sir E. F., K.0.M.G. 
Morris, Sir D., K.0.M.G. 
RUSSELL, Dr. HE, J. 
RUTHERFORD, Sir E., F.R.S. 
SAUNDERS, Miss E. R. 

Scott, Professor W. R. 
STARLING, Professor E. H., F.R.S. 
STRAHAN, Dr. A., F.R.S. 

Weiss, Professor F. E., D.Sc. 
WoopwakbD, Dr, A. SMITH, F.R.S, 


EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL. 


The Trustees, past Presidents of the Association, the President and Vice-Presidents for the year, the 

President and Vice-Presidents Elect, past and present General Treasurers and General Secretaries, past 

Assistant General Secretaries, and the Local cas and Local Secretaries for the ensuing Annual 
eeting, 


A3 


lv OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. 


TRUSTEES (PERMANENT). 


The Right Hon. Lord RAYLEIGH, O,M., M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.A.S. 
Major P. A. MAcMAnon, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.A.S. 
Dr. G. CAREY Foster, LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. 


PAST PRESIDENTS OF THE ASSOOIATION. 


Lord Rayleigh, O.M., F.R.S. Arthur J. Balfour, O.M., F.R.S. Sir E. A. Schifer, F.R.S. 
Sir A. Geikie, K.0.B., O.M., F.R.S. | Sir E.Ray Lankester,K.0.B.,F.R.S. | Sir Oliver Lodge, F.R.S. 
Sir W. Crookes, 0.M. iS} Sir Francis Darwin, F.R.S. Professor W. Bateson, F.R.S. 
Sir J. J. Thomson, O.M., Pres.R.S.| Professor A. Schuster, F.R.S. 


PAST GENERAL OFFIOERS OF THE ASSOOIATION. 


Professor T. G. Bonney, F.R.S. Sir E. A. Schifer, F.R.S. Dr. J. G. Garson. 
Dr, A. Vernon Harcourt, F.R.S, Dr. D. H. Scott, F.R.S. Major P. A, MacMahon, F.R.S. 
Dr. G. Oarey Foster, F.R.S. 


AUDITORS. 
Sir Edward Brabrook, 0.B, l Sir Everard im Thurn, O.B,, K,0.M.G. 


va 


RULES OF 


woH BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


[Adopted by the General Committee at Leicester, 1907, 
with subsequent amendments. | 


—— 


CuHaprTer I. 


Objects and Constitution. 


1. The objects of the British Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science are: To give a stronger impulse and a more 
systematic direction to scientific inquiry ; to promote the 
intercourse of those who cultivate Science in different parts 
of the British Empire with one another and with foreign 
philosophers ; to obtain more general attention for the objects 
of Science and the removal of any disadvantages of a public 
kind which impede its progress. 

The Association contemplates no invasion of the ground 
occupied by other Institutions. 

2. The Association shall consist of Members, Associates, 
and Honorary Corresponding Members. 

The governing body of the Association shall be a General 
Committee, constituted as hereinafter set forth; and its 
affairs shall be directed by a Council and conducted by 
General Officers appointed by that Committee. 

3. The Association shall meet annually, for one week or 
longer, and at such other times as the General Committee 
may appoint. The place of each Annual Meeting shall be 
determined by the General Committee not less than two years 
in advance ; and the arrangements for these meetings shall 
be entrusted to the Officers of the Association. 


Cuaprer II, 
The General Committee. 


1. The General Committee shall be constituted of the 
following persons :— 
(i) Permanent Members— 


(a) Past and present Members of the Council, and past 
and present Presidents of the Sections. 


Objects. 


Constitution. 


Annual 
Meetings. 


Constitution. 


vi RULES OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


(b) Members who, by the publication of works or 
papers, have furthered the advancement of know- 
ledge in any of those departments which are 
assigned to the Sections of the Association. 


(ii) Temporary Members— 


(a) Vice-Presidents and Secretaries of the Sections. 

(b) Honorary Corresponding Members, foreign repre- 
sentatives, and other persons specially invited 
or nominated by the Council or General Officers. 

(c) Delegates nominated by the Affiliated Societies. 

(d) Delegates—not exceeding altogether three in 
number—from Scientific Institutions established 
at the place of meeting. 


Admission. 2. The decision of the Council on the qualifications and 
claims of any Member of the Association to be placed on the 
General Committee shall be final. 


(i) Claims for admission as a Permanent Member must 
be lodged with the Assistant Secretary at least one 
month before the Annual Meeting. 

(ii) Claims for admission as a Temporary Member may be 
sent to the Assistant Secretary at any time before or 
during the Annual Meeting. 


Meetings. 3. The General Committee shall meet twice at least during 
every Annual Meeting. In the interval between two Annual 
Meetings, it shall be competent for the Council at any time 
to summon a meeting of the General Committee. 


Functions. 4, The General Committee shall 


(i) Receive and consider the Report of the Council. 
(ii) Elect a Committee of Recommendations. 
(iii) Receive and consider the Report of the Committee 
of Recommendations. 
(iv) Determine the place of the Annual Meeting not less 
than two years in advance. 
(v) Determine the date of the next Annual] Meeting. 
(vi) Elect the President and Vice-Presidents, Local Trea- 
surer, and Local Secretaries for the next Annual 
Meeting. 
(vii) Elect Ordinary Members of Council. 
(viii) Appoint General Officers. 
(ix) Appoint Auditors. 
(x) Elect the Officers of the Conference of Delegates. 
(xi) Receive any notice of motion for the next Annual 
Meeting. 


" 


COMMITTEE OF RECOMMENDATIONS. vii 


Cuaprer IIT. 
Committee of Recommendations. 


1. * The ea officio Members of the Committee of Recom- 
mendations are the President and Vice-Presidents of the 
Association, the President of each Section at the Annual 
Meeting, the President of the Conference of Delegates, the 
General Secretaries, the General Treasurer, the Trustees, and 
the Presidents of the Association in former years. 

An Ordinary Member of the Committee for each Section 
shall be nominated by the Committee of that Section. 

If the President of a Section be unable to attend a meeting 
of the Committee of Recommendations, the Sectional Com- 
mittee may appoint a Vice-President, or some other member 
of the Committee, to attend in his place, due notice of such 
appointment being sent to the Assistant Secretary. 

2. Every recommendation made under Chapter IV. and 
every resolution on a scientific subject, which may be sub- 
mitted to the Association by any Sectional Committee, or by 
the Conference of Delegates, or otherwise than by the Council 
of the Association, shall be submitted to the Committee of 
Recommendations. If the Committee of Recommendations 
approve such recommendation, they shall transmit it to the 
General Committee ; and no recommendation shall be con- 
sidered by the General Committee that is not so transmitted. 

Every recommendation adopted by the General Committee 
shall, if it involve action on the part of the Association, be 
transmitted to the Council ; and the Council shall take such 
action as may be needful to give effect to it, and shall report 
to the General Committee not later than the next Annual 
Meeting. 

Every proposal for establishing a new Section or Sub- 
Section, for altering the title of a Section, or for any other 
change in the constitutional forms or fundamental rules of 
the Association, shall be referred to the Committee of Recom- 
mendations for their consideration and report. 

3. The Committee of Recommendations shall assemble, 
for the despatch of business, on the Monday of the Annual 
Meeting, and, if necessary, on the following day. Their 
Report must be submitted to the General Committee on the 
last day of the Annual Meeting. 


* Amended by the General Committee at Winnipeg, 1909, and 
Manchester, 1915. 


Constitution. 


Functions 


Procedure. 


Procedure. 


Constitution. 


Proposals by 
Sectional 
Committees. 


Tenure. 


Reports. 


Vili RULES OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


CuapTer IV. 
Research Committees. 

1. Every proposal for special research, or for a grant of 
money in aid of special research, which is made in any 
Section, shall be considered by the Committee of that Section ; 
and, if such proposal be approved, it shall be referred to the 
Committee of Recommendations. 

In consequence of any such proposal, a Sectional Com- 
mittee may recommend the appointment of a Research 
Committee to conduct research or administer a grant in aid of 
research, and in any case to report thereon to the Association ; 
and the Committee of Recommendations may include such 
recommendation in their report to the General Committee. 

Such Research Committee shall be composed of Members 
of the Association, provided that the Council shall have 
power to consider, and in its discretion to approve any re- 
commendation to include in such Committee any person, not 
being a Member of the Association, whose assistance may be 
regarded as of special importance to the research undertaken.* 


2. Every appointment of a Research Committee shall be 
proposed at a meeting of the Sectional Committee and adopted 
at a subsequent meeting. The Sectional Committee shall 
settle the terms of reference and suitable Members to serve 
on it, which must be as small as is consistent with its efficient 
working ; and shall nominate a Chairman and a Secretary. 
Such Research Committee, if appointed, shall have power to 
add to their numbers. 

3. The Sectional Committee shall state in their recommen- 
dation whether a grant of money be desired for the purposes 
of any Research Committee, and shall estimate the amount 
required. 

All proposals sanctioned by a Sectional Committee shall 
be forwarded by the Recorder to the Assistant Secretary not 
later than noon on the Monday of the Annual Meeting for 
presentation to the Committee of Recommendations. 

4. Research Committees are appointed for one year only. 
If the work of a Research Committee cannot be completed 
in that year, application may be made through a Sectional 
Committee at the next Annual Meeting for reappointment, 
with or without a grant—or a further grant—of money. 

5. Every Research Committee shall present a Report, 
whether interim or final, at the Annual Meeting next after 
that at which it was appointed or reappointed, and may in the 


* Amended by the General Committee at Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1916. 


RESEARCH COMMITTEES. ix 


meantime present a Report through a Sectional Organising 
Committee to the Council.* Interim Reports, whether in- 
tended for publication or not, must be submitted in writing. 
Each Sectional Committee shall ascertain whether a Report 
has been made by each Research Committee appointed on their 
recommendation, and shall report to the Committee of Recom- 
mendations on or before the Monday of the Annual Meeting. 

6. In each Research Committee to which a grant of money 
has been made, the Chairman is the only person entitled to call 
on the General Treasurer for such portion of the sum granted 
as from time to time may be required. 

Grants of money sanctioned at the Annual Meeting 
expire on June 30 following. The General Treasurer is not 
authorised, after that date, to allow any claims on account of 
such grants. 

The Chairman of a Research Committee must, before 
the Annual Meeting next following the appointment of 
the Research Committee, forward to the General Treasurer 
a statement of the sums that have been received and ex- 
pended, together with vouchers. The Chairman must then 
return the balance of the grant, if any, which remains un- 
expended ; provided that a Research Committee may, in the 
first year of its appointment only, apply for leave to retain 
an unexpended balance when or before its Report is presented, 
due reason being given for such application.t 

When application is made for a Committee to be re- 
appointed, and to retain the balance of a former grant, and 
also to receive a further grant, the amount of such further 
grant is to be estimated as being sufficient, together with 
the balance proposed to be retained, to make up the amount 
desired. 

In making grants of money to Research Committees, the 
Association does not contemplate the payment of personal 
expenses to the Members. 

A Research Committee, whether or not in receipt of a 
grant, shall not raise money, in the name or under the auspices 
of the Association, without special permission from the General 
Committee. 

7. Members and Committees entrusted with sums of money 
for collecting specimens of any description shall include in their 
Reports particulars thereof, and shall reserve the specimens 
thus obtained for disposal, as the Council may direct. 

Committees are required to furnish a list of any ap- 
paratus which may have been purchased out of a grant made 


* Amended by the General Committee at Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1916. 
+ Amended by the General Committee at Dundee, 1912. 


GRANTS. 
(a) Drawn by 
Chairman, 


(0) Expire on 
June 30. 


(ec) Accounts, 
and balance 
in hand, 


(d) Addi- 
tional Grant. 


(e) Caveat. 


Disposal of. 
specimens, 
apparatus, 

&e. 


Constitution. 


Functions. 


x RULES OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


by the Association, and to state whether the apparatus is 
likely to be useful for continuing the research in question or 
for other specific purposes. 

All instruments, drawings, papers, and other property of 
the Association, when not in actual use by a Committee, shall 
be deposited at the Office of the Association. 


CHAPTER V. 
The Council. 


1. The Council shall consist of ew officio Members and of 
Ordinary Members elected annually by the General Com- 
mittee. 


(i) The ex officio Members are—the Trustees, past Presi- 
dents of the Association, the President and Vice- 
Presidents for the year, the President and Vice- 
Presidents Elect, past and present General Treasurers 
and General Secretaries, past Assistant General 
Secretaries, and the Local Treasurers and Local 
Secretaries for the ensuing Annual Meeting. 

(ii) The Ordinary Members shall not exceed twenty-five in 
number. Of these, not more than twenty shall have 
served on the Council as Ordinary Members in the 
previous year. 


2. The Council shall have authority to act, in the name and 
on behalf of the Association, in all matters which do not con- 
flict with the functions of the General Committee. 

In the interval between two Annual Meetings, the Council 
shall manage the affairs of the Association and may fill up 
vacancies among the General and other Officers, until the next 
Annual Meeting. 

The Council shall hold such meetings as they may think 
fit, and shall in any case meet on the first day of the Annual 
Meeting, in order to complete and adopt the Annual Report, 
and to consider other matters to be brought before the General 
Committee. 

The Council shall nominate for election by the General 
Committee, at each Annual Meeting, a President and General 
Officers of the Association. 

Suggestions for the Presidency shall be considered by the 
Council at the Meeting in February, and the names selected 
shall be issued with the summonses to the Council Meeting in 
March, when the nomination shall be made from the names 
on the list. 


THE COUNCIL. xi 


The Council shall have power to appoint and dismiss 
such paid officers as may be necessary to carry on the work 
of the Association, on such terms as they may from time to 
time determine. 

3. Election to the Council shall take place at the same 
time as that of the Officers of the Association, 


(i) At each Annual Election, the following Ordinary 
Members of the Council shall be ineligible for re- 
election in the ensuing year : 

(a) Three of the Members who have served for the 
longest consecutive period, and 
(6) Two of the Members who, being resident in or near 
London, have attended the least number of meet- 
ings during the past year. 
Nevertheless, it shall be competent for the Council, by 
an unanimous vote, to reverse the proportion in the 
order of retirement above set forth. 

(ii) The Council shall submit to the General Committee, 
in their Annual Report, the names of twenty-three 
Members of the Association whom they recommend for 
election as Members of Council. 

(iii) Two Members shall be elected by the General Com- 
mittee, without nomination by the Council ; and this 
election shall be at the same meeting as that at which the 
election of the other Members of the Council takes place. 

Any member of the General Committee may propose 
another member thereof for election as one of these two 

Members of Council, and, if only two are so proposed, 

they shall be declared elected ; but, if more than two 

are so proposed, the election shall be by show of hands, 
unless five Members at least require it to be by ballot. 


CuapTer VI. 
The President, General Officers, and Staff. 


1. The President assumes office on the first day of the 
Annual Meeting, when he delivers a Presidential Address, 
He resigns office at the next Annual Meeting, when he 
inducts his successor into the Chair. 

The President shall preside at all meetings of the Associa- 
tion or of its Council and Committees which he attends in his 
capacity as President. In his absence, he shall be represented 
by a Vice-President or past President of the Association. 


Elections. 


The Presi- 
dent. 


General 
Officers. 


The General 
Treasurer, 


The General 
Secretaries. 


The Assistant 
Secretary. 


Assistant 
Treasurer. 


Financial 
Statements, 


xii RULES OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


2. The General Officers of the Association are the General 
Treasurer and the General Secretaries. 

It shall be competent for the General Officers to act, in 
the name of the Association, in any matter of urgency which 
cannot be brought under the consideration of the Council ; 
and they shall report such action to the Council at the next 
meeting. 

3. The General Treasurer shall be responsible to the 
General Committee and the Council for the financial affairs 
of the Association. 

4. The General Secretaries shall control the general 
organisation and administration, and shall be responsible to 
the General Committee and the Council for conducting the 
correspondence and for the general routine of the work of 
the Association, excepting that which relates to Finance. 

5. The Assistant Secretary shall hold office during the 
pleasure of the Council. He shall act under the direction 
of the General Secretaries, and in their absence shall repre- 
sent them. He shall also act on the directions which may 
be given him by the General Treasurer in that part of his 
duties which relates to the finances of the Association. 

The Assistant Secretary shall be charged, subject as afore- 
said : (i) with the general organising and editorial work, and 
with the administrative business of the Association ; (ii) with 
the control and direction of the Office and of all persons 
therein employed ; and (iii) with the execution of Standing 
Orders or of the directions given him by the General Officers 
and Council. He shall act as Secretary, and take Minutes, at 
the meetings of the Council, and at all meetings of Com- 
mittees of the Council, of the Committee of Recommendations, 
and of the General Committee. 

6. The General Treasurer may depute one of the Staff, as 
Assistant Treasurer, to carry on, under his direction, the 
routine work of the duties of his office. 

The Assistant Treasurer shall be charged with the issue of 
Membership Tickets, the payment of Grants, and such other 
work as may be delegated to him. 


CuHarter VII. 
Finance. 


1. The General Treasurer, or Assistant Treasurer, shall 
receive and acknowledge all sums of money paid to the 
Association, He shall submit, at each meeting. of the 


FINANCE. Xili 


Council, an interim statement of his Account; and, after 
June 30 in each year, he shall prepare and submit to the 
General Committee a balance-sheet of the Funds of the 
Association. \ 

2. The Accounts of the Association shall be audited, 
annually, by Auditors appointed by the General Committee. 

3. The General Treasurer shall make all ordinary pay- 
ments authorised by the General Committee or by the 
Council. 

4, The General Treasurer is empowered to draw on the 
account of the Association, and to invest on its behalf, 
part or all of the balance standing at any time to the credit 
of the Association in the books of the Bank of England, 
either in Exchequer Bills or in any other temporary invest- 
ment, and to change, sell, or otherwise deal with such tem- 
porary investment as may seem to him desirable. 

5. In the event of the General Treasurer being unable, 
from illness or any other cause, to exercise the functions of 
his office, the President of the Association for the time being 
and one of the General Secretaries shall be jointly empowered 
to sign cheques on behalf of the Association. 


Cuapter VIII. 
The Annual Meetings. 


1. Local Committees shall be formed to assist the General 
Officers in making arrangements for the Annual Meeting, and 
shall have power to add to their number. 

2. The General Committee shall appoint, on the recom- 
mendation of the Local Reception or Executive Committee for 
the ensuing Annual Meeting, a Local Treasurer or Treasurers 
and two or more Local Secretaries, who shall rank as officers 
of the Association, and shall consult with the General Officers 
and the Assistant Secretary as to the local arrangements 
necessary for the conduct of the meeting. The Local Treasurers 
shall be empowered to enrol Members and Associates, and tio 
receive subscriptions. 

3. The Local Committees and Sub-Committees shall under- 
take the local organisation, and shall have power to act in the 
name of the Association in all matters pertaining to the local 
arrangements for the Annual Meeting other than the work of 
the Sections, 


Audit, 


Expenditure, 


Investments, 


Cheques. 


Local Offi- 
cers and 
Committees. 


Functions. 


X1V RULES OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


CuapteR IX. 
The Work of the Sections. 


THE 1. The scientific work of the Association shall be trans- 

SECTIONS. acted under such Sections as shall be constituted from time 
to time by the General Committee. 

It shall be competent for any Section, if authorised by the 
Council for the time being, to form a Sub-Section for the 
purpose of dealing separately with any group of communica- 
tions addressed to that Section. 

Sectional 2. There shall be in each Section a President, two or 

Officers. more Vice-Presidents, and two or more Secretaries. They 
shall be appointed by the Council, for each Annual Meet- 
ing in advance, and shall act as the Officers of the Section 
from the date of their appointment until the appoint- 
ment of their successors in office for the ensuing Annual 
Meeting. 

Of the Secretaries, one shall act as Recorder of the Section, 
and one shall be resident in the locality where the Annual 
Meeting is held. 

Rooms, 3. The Section Rooms and the approaches thereto shall 
not be used for any notices, exhibitions, or other purposes 
than those of the Association. 

SECTIONAL 4. The work of each Section shall be conducted by a 

COMMITTEES. Sectional Committee, which shall consist of the following :— 


Constitution. (i) The Officers of the Section during their term of office. 

(ii) All past Presidents of that Section. 

(iii) Such other Members of the Association, present at 
any Annual Meeting, as the Sectional Committee, 
thus constituted, may co-opt for the period of the 
meeting : 


Provided always that— 


Privilege of (a) Any Member of the Association who has served on 

eo aber. the Committee of any Section in any previous year, 
and who has intimated his intention of being present 
at the Annual Meeting, is eligible as a member of 
that Committee at their first meeting. 

Daily (6) A Sectional Committee may co-opt members, as above 

Eepaaon. set forth, at any time during the Annual Meeting, 
and shall publish daily a revised list of the members. 


THE WORK OF THE SECTIONS. XV 


(c) A Sectional Committee may, at any time during the 
Annual Meeting, appoint not more than three persons 
present at the meeting to be Vice-Presidents of the 
Section, in addition to those previously appointed 
by the Council. 


5. The chief executive officers of a Section shall be the 
President and the Recorder. They shall have power to act on 
behalf of the Section in any matter of urgency which cannot 
be brought before the consideration of the Sectional Com- 
mittee ; and they shall report such action to the Sectional 
Committee at its next meeting. 

The President (or, in his absence, one of the Vice-Presi- 
dents) shall preside at all meetings of the Sectional Committee 
or of the Section. His ruling shall be absolute on all points 
of order that may arise. 

The Recorder shall be responsible for the punctual trans- 
mission to the Assistant Secretary of the daily programme of 
his Section, of the recommendations adopted by the Sectional 
Committee, of the printed returns, abstracts, reports, or papers 
appertaining to the proceedings of his Section at the Annual 
Meeting, and for the correspondence and minutes of the 
Sectional Committee. 

6. The Sectional Committee shall nominate, before the 
close of the Annual Meeting, not more than six of its own 
members to be members of an Organising Committee, with 
the officers to be subsequently appointed by the Council, and 
past Presidents of the Section, from the close of the Annual 
Meeting until the conclusion of its meeting on the first day of 
the ensuing Annual Meeting. 

Each Organising Committee shall hold such meetings as 
are deemed necessary by its President for the organisation 
of the ensuing Sectional proceedings, and may at any such 
meeting resolve to present a report to the Council upon any 
matter of interest to the Section,* and shall hold a meeting 
on the first Wednesday of the Annual Meeting : to nominate 
members of the Sectional Committee, to confirm the Pro- 
visional Programme of the Section, and to report to the 
Sectional Committee. : 

Each Sectional Committee shall meet daily, unless other- 
wise determined, during the Annual Meeting: to co-opt 
members, to complete the arrangements for the next day, and 
to take into consideration any suggestion for the advance- 
ment of Science that may be offered by a member, or may 
arise out of the proceedings of the Section. 


* Amended by the General Committee at Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1916. 


Additional 
Vice-Presi- 
dents, 


EXECUTIVE 
FUNCTIONS 


Of President 


and of 
Recorder, 


Organising 
Committee. 


Sectional 
Committee. 


Papers and 
Reports. 


Recommen- 
dations, 


Publication. 


Copyright. 


Xvi RULES OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


No paper shall be read in any Section until it has been 
accepted by the Sectional Committee and entered as accepted 
on its Minutes. 

Any report or paper read in any one Section may be read 
also in any other Section. 

No paper or abstract of a paper shall be printed in the 
Annual Report of the Association unless the manuscript has 
been received by the Recorder of the Section before the close 
of the Annual Meeting. 

It shall be within the competence of the Sectional Com- 
mittee to review the recommendations adopted at preceding 
Annual Meetings, as published in the Annual Reports of the 
Association, and the communications made to the Section at 
its current meetings, for the purpose of selecting definite 
objects of research, in the promotion of which individual or 
concerted action may be usefully employed ; and, further, to 
take into consideration those branches or aspects of knowledge 
on the state and progress of which reports are required: to 
make recommendations and nominate individuals or Research 
Committees to whom the preparation of such reports, or the task 
of research, may be entrusted, discriminating as to whether, 
and in what respects, these objects may be usefully advanced 
by the appropriation of money from the funds of the Associa- 
tion, whether by reference to local authorities, public institu- 
tions, or Departments of His Majesty’s Government. The 
appointment of such Research Committees shall be made in 
accordance with the provisions of Chapter IV. 

No proposal arising out of the proceedings of any Section 
shall be referred to the Committee of Recommendations unless 
it shall have received the sanction of the Sectional Com- 
mittee. 

7. Papers ordered to be printed in extenso shall not be 
included in the Annual Report, if published elsewhere prior 
to the issue of the Annual Report in volume form. Reports 
of Research Committees shall not be published elsewhere 
than in the Annual Report without the express sanction of 
the Council. 

8. The copyright of papers ordered by the General Com- 
mittee to be printed im eatenso in the Annual Report shall 
be vested in the authors ; and the copyright of the reports 
of Research Committees appointed by the General Committee 
shall be vested in the Association. 


ADMISSION OF MEMBERS AND ASSOCIATES. XvVii 


CHAPTER X. 
Admission of Members and Associates. 


1. No technical qualification shall be required on the 
part of an applicant for admission as a Member or as an 
Associate of the British Association; but the Council is 
empowered, in the event of special circumstances arising, to 
impose suitable conditions and restrictions in this respect. 

* Every person admitted as a Member or an Associate 
shall conform to the Rules and Regulations of the Association, 
any infringement of which on his part may render him liable 
to exclusion by the Council, who have also authority, if they 
think it necessary, to withhold from any person the privilege 
of attending any Annual Meeting or to cancel a ticket of 
admission already issued. 

It shall be competent for the General Officers to act, in 
the name of the Council, on any occasion of urgency which 
cannot be brought under the consideration of the Council ; 
and they shall report such action to the Council at the next 
meeting. 

2, All Members are eligible to any office in the Association. 

(i) Every Life Member shall pay, on admission, the sum 
of Ten Pounds. 

Life Members shall receive gratis the Annual 
Reports of the Association. 

(ii) Every Annual Member shall pay, on admission, the 
sum of Two Pounds, and in any subsequent year 
the sum of One Pound. 

Annual Members shall receive gratis the Report 
of the Association for the year of their admission 
and for the years in which they continue to pay, 
without intermission, their annual subscription. An 
Annual Member who omits to subscribe for any 
particular year shall lose for that and all future 
years the privilege of receiving the Annual Reports 
of the Association gratis. He, however, may resume 
his other privileges as a Member at any subsequent 
Annual Meeting by paying on each such occasion 
the sum of One Pound. 

(iti) Every Associate for a year shall pay, on admission, 
the sum of One Pound. 


* Amended by the General Committee at Dublin, 1908, 


Applications. 


Obligations. 


Conditions 
and Privileges 
of Member- 
ship. 


Correspond- 


ing Members. 


Annual Sub- 
scriptions, 


The Annual 
Report. 


AFFILIATED 
SOCIETIES. 


ASSOCIATED 
SOCIETIES. 


XVili RULES OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Associates shall not receive the Annual Report 
gratuitously. They shall not be eligible to serve on 
any Committee, nor be qualified to hold any office in 
the Association. 

(iv) Ladies may become Members or Associates on the 
same terms as gentlemen, or can obtain a Lady’s 
Ticket (transferable to ladies only) on the payment 
of One Pound. 

3. Corresponding Members may be appointed by the 
General Committee, on the nomination of the Council. They 
shall be entitled to all the privileges of Membership. 

4, Subscriptions are payable at or before the Annual 
Meeting. Annual Members not attending the meeting may 
make payment at any time before the close of the financial 
year on June 30 of the following year. 

5. The Annual Report of the Association shall be forwarded 
gratis to individuals and institutions entitled to receive it. 

Annual Members whose subscriptions have been inter- 
mitted shall be entitled to purchase the Annual Report 
at two-thirds of the publication price ; and Associates for a 
year shall be entitled to purchase, at the same price, the 
volume for that year. 

Volumes not claimed within two years of the date of 
publication can only be issued by direction of the Council. 


Cuaprer XI. 
Corresponding Societies: Conference of Delegates. 
Corresponding Societies are constituted as follows: 


1. (i) Any Society which undertakes local scientific inves- 
tigation and publishes the results may become a 
Society affiliated to the British Association. 

Each Affiliated Society may appoint a Delegate, 
who must be or become a Member of the Associa- 
tion and must attend the meetings of the Conference 
of Delegates. He shall be ex officio a Member of 
the General Committee. 

(ii) Any Society formed for the purpose of encouraging 
the study of Science, which has existed for three 
years and numbers not fewer than fifty members, 
may become a Society associated with the British 
Association. 


: CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES : CONFERENCE OF DELEGATES. xXix 


& 


Each Associated Society shall have the right 
to appoint a Delegate to attend the Annual Con- 
ference. Such Delegates must be or become either 
Members or Associates of the British Association, 
and shall have all the rights of Delegates appointed 
by the Affiliated Societies, except that of member 
ship of the General Committee. 

2. Application may be made by any Society to be placed 
on the list of Corresponding Societies. Such application must 
be addressed to the Assistant Secretary on or before the Ist of 
June preceding the Annual Meeting at which it is intended 
it should be considered, and must, in the case of Societies 
desiring to be affiliated, be accompanied by specimens of the 
publications of the results of local scientific investigations 
recently undertaken by the Society. 

3. A Corresponding Societies Committee shall be an- 
nually nominated by the Council and appointed by the 
General Committee, for the purpose of keeping themselves 
generally informed of the work of the Corresponding Socie- 
ties and of superintending the preparation of a list of the 
papers published by the Affiliated Societies. This Com- 
mittee shall make an Annual Report to the Council, and 
shall suggest such additions or changes in the list of Corre- 
sponding Societies as they may consider desirable. 


(i) Each Corresponding Society shall forward every year 
to the Assistant Secretary of the Association, on or 
before June 1, such particulars in regard to the 
Society as may be required for the information of 
the Corresponding Societies Committee. 

(ii) There shall be inserted in the Annual Report of the 
Association a list of the papers published by 
the Corresponding Societies during the preceding 
twelve months which contain the results of local 
scientific work conducted by them—those papers 
only being included which refer to subjects coming 
under the cognisance of one or other of the several 
Sections of the Association, 


4. The Delegates of Corresponding Societies shall consti- 
tute a Conference, of which the President,* Vice-President,* 
and Secretary or Secretaries shall be nominated annually by 
the Council and appointed by the General Committee. The 
members of the Corresponding Societies Committee shall be 
ex officio members of the Conference. 


* Amended by the General Committee at Manchester, 1915. 


Applications. 


CORRE- 
SPONDING 
SOCIETIES 
COMMITTEE. 


Procedure, 


CONFERENCE 
OF DELE- 
GATES. 


a2 


Procedure and 
Functions. 


Alterations. 


xXx 


or 


RULES OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


(i) The Conference of Delegates shall be summoned by 
the Secretaries to hold one or more meetings during 
each Annual Meeting of the Association, and shall 
be empowered to invite any Member or Associate 
to take part in the discussions. 

(ii) The Conference of Delegates shall be empowered to 
submit Resolutions to the Committee of Recom- 
mendations for their consideration, and for report 
to the General Committee. 

(iii) The Sectional Committees of the Association shall 
be requested to transmit to the Secretaries of the 
Conference of Delegates copies of any recommenda- 
tions to be made to the General Committee bearing 
on matters in which the co-operation of Corre- 
sponding Societies is desirable. It shall be com- 
petent for the Secretaries of the Conference of 
Delegates to invite the authors of such recom- 
mendations to attend the meetings of the Conference 
in order to give verbal explanations of their objects 
and of the precise way in which they desire these 
to be carried into effect. 

(iv) It shall be the duty of the Delegates to make 
themselves familiar with the purport of the several 
recommendations brought before the Conference, 
in order that they may be able to bring such re- 
commendations adequately before their respective 
Societies. 

(v) The Conference may also discuss propositions 
regarding the promotion of more systematic ob- 
servation and plans of operation, and of greater 
uniformity in the method of publishing results. 


CuHaprerR XII. 
Amendments and New Rules. 


Any alterations in the Rules, and any amendments 
new Rules that may be proposed by the Council or 


individual Members, shall be notified to the General Com- 
mittee on the first day of the Annual Meeting, and referred 
forthwith to the Committee of Recommendations ; and, on the 
report of that Committee, shall be submitted for approval at 
the last meeting of the General Committee. 


Xxi 


TRUSTEES, GENERAL OFFICERS, &c., 1831-1916. 


TRUSTEES. 


1832-70 2m R. I. Murcuison (Bart.), 
RS. 


1832-62 fea TAYLOR, Esq., F.R.S. 
1832-39 C. BABBAGE, Esq., F.R.S. 
1839-44 F. BAILY, Esq., E.R.S. 
1844-58 Rev. G. PEACOCK, F.R.S. 
1858-82 General E. SABINE, F.R.S. 
1862-81 Sir P. EGERTON, Bart., F.R.S. 


1872— {Sir J. Luppock, Bart. (after- 
1913 wards Lord AVEBURY), F.R.S. 
1881-83 W.SPOTTISWOODE, Esq.,Pres.R.S8. 
1883— Lord RAYLEIGH, F.R.S. 
1883-98 Sir Lyon (afterwards Lord) 
PLAYFAIR, F.R.S. 
1898-1915 Prof.(Sir) A.W.RUCKER,F.R.S. 
1913- Major P. A. MacMAnON, F.R.S. 
1915—- Dr. G. CARnY Foster, F.R.S. 


GENERAL TREASURERS. 


1831 JONATHAN GRAY, Esq. 

1832-62 JOHN TAYLOR, Esq., F.R.S. 
1862-74 W. SPOTTISWOODE, Esq., F.R.S. 
1874-91 Prof. A. W. WILLIAMSON, F.R.S. 


1891-98 — see A. W. RUCKER, 


1898-1904 ae op C. Fostmr, F.R.S. 
1904— Prof. JOHN PERRY, F.R.S. 


GENERAL SECRETARIES. 


1832-35 Rev. W. VERNON HARCOURT, 


E.R.S. 
1835-36 Rev. W. VERNON HARCOURT, 
F.R.S., and F, Barby, Esq., 
F.R.S. 
1836-37 Rev. W. VERNON HARCOURT, 
F.R.S., and R. I. MURCHISON, 
Ksq., F.R.S. 
1837-39 R. I. MurcuHison, Esq., F.R.S., 
and Rev. G. PEACOCK, F.R.S. 
1839-45 Sir R. I. Murcuison, F.R.S., 
and Major H. SABINE, F.R.S. 
1845-50 Lieut.-Colonel E. SABINE, F'.R.S. 
1850-52 General E. SABINE, F.R.S., and 
J.¥. RoYLE, Esq., F.R.S. 
1852-53 J. F. RoYLgE, Esq., F.R.S. 
1853-59 General E. SABINE, F.R.S. 
1859-61 Prof. R. WALKER, F.R.S. 
1861-62 W. HopxKins, Esq., F.R.S. 
1862-63 W. HopkKINS, Esq., F.R.S., and 
Prof. J. PHILLIPS, F.R.S. 
1863-65 W. Horxins, Esq., F.R.S., and 
F, GALTON, Esq., F.R.S. 
1865-66 F. GALTON, Esq., F.R.S. 
1866-68 F. GALTON, Esq., F.R.S., and 
Dr. T. A. Hirst, F.R.S. 
1868-71 Dr. T. A. Hrest, F.R.S., and Dr, 
T. THOMSON, F.R.S. 


ASSISTANT GENERAL SECRETARIES, &c.: 


JOHN PHILLIPS, Esq., Secretary. 

Prof. J. D. FORBES, Acting 
Secretary. 

1832-62 Prof. JOHN PHILLIPS, F.R.S. 

1862-78 G. GRIFFITH, Esq., M.A. 

1881 G. GRIFFITH, Esq., M.A., Acting 

Sceretary. 


1831 
1832 


1871-72 Dr.T. THomson,F.R.S.,and Capt. 
DOUGLAS GALTON, F.R.S. 
1872-76 Capt. D. GALTON, F.R.S., and 
Dr. MICHAEL FostER, F.R.S. 
1876-81 Capt. D. GALTON, F.R.S., and 
Dr. P. L. SCLATER, F.B.S. 
1881-82 Capt. D. GAuToN, F.R.8., and 
Prof. F, M. BALFourR, F.R.S. 
1882-83 Capt. DOUGLAS GALTON, F.R.S. 
1883-95 Sir DouGLAS GALTON, F.R.S., 
and A. G. VERNON HARCOURT, 


Esq., F.R.S. 
1895-97 A. G. VERNON HARCOURT, Beq, 
F.R.S., and Prof, E. 


ScHAFER, F.R.S. 
1897— f{ Prof. ScHAFER, F.R.S., and Sir 
1900 W.C.ROBERTS-AUSTEN,F.R.S, 
1900-02 Sir W. C. ROBERTS-AUSTEN, 
F.R.S., and Dr. D. H. Scott, 
F.R.S. 
1902-03 Dr. D. H. Scott, F.R.S., and 
Major P. A. MACMAHON, F.R.S. 
1903-13 Major P. A. MACMAHON, F.R.S., 
and Prof. W. A. HERDMAN, 
F.B.S. 
Prof. W. A. HERDMAN, F.R.S., 
and Prof. H.H.TURNER, F.R.8. 


1913- 


1831-1904. 
1881-85 Prof. T. G. BonneEY, F.R.S., 
Secretary. 
1885-90 A. T. ATCHISON, Esq., M.A., 
Secretary. 
1890 G. GRIFFITH, Esq., M.A., Acting 


Secretary. 
1890-1902 G, GRIFFITH, Esq., M.A. 
1902-04 J. G. GARSON, Esq., M.D. 


ASSISTANT SECRETARIES. 


1878-80 J. E. H. GorDoN, Esq., B.A. 
1904-09 A. SILVA WHITE, Esq. 


1909-  O. J. R. HowArTH, Esq., M.A. 


XXii 


PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF SECTIONS (1901-15). 


Presidents and Secretaries of the Sections of the Association, 
1901-1915. 
(The List of Sectional Officers for 1916 will be found on p. xli.) 


Date and Place 


Presidents 


Secretaries 
(Rec. = Recorder) 


SECTION A.!—MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS. 


190L. Glasgow ... 
1902. Belfast...... 


1903. Southport 


1904. Cambridge 


1905. SouthAfrica 


1906. York......... 


1907. Leicester ...| 


1908. Dublin 


1909. Winnipeg 
1910, Sheffield .. 
1911, 


Portsmouth 


1912. Dundee 


1915. Birmingham | 


1914. Australia... 


1915. Manchester 


Major P. A. MacMahon, F.R.8. 
—Dep. of Astronomy, Prof. 
H. H. Turner, F.R.S. 

Prof. J. Purser,LL.D.,M.R.1.A. 
—Dep. of Astronomy, Prof. 
A. Schuster, F.R.S. 

C. Vernon Boys, F.R.S.—Dep. 
of Astronomy and Meteor- 
ology,Dr.W.N. Shaw,F.R.S. 

Prof. H. Lamb, F.R.S.—Suwb- 
Section of Astronomy and 
Cosmical Physics, Sir J. 
Eliot, K.C.I.E., F.R.S. 

Prof. A. R. Forsyth, M.A., 
F.R.S. 


Principal E. H.Griffiths, F.R.S. 

Prof. A. E. H. Love, M.A., 
¥.R.S. 

Dr. W. N. Shaw, F.RB.S. ...... 


Prof, E. Rutherford, F.R.S.... 


.| Prof. E. W. Hobson, F.RB.S.... 


| Prof. H. H. Turner, F.R.S. .. 


..|Prof. H. L. Callendar, F.R.S. 


Dr He t. baker, WARS: sssess 


Sir F. W. Dyson, F.R.S. ... 


H. S. Carslaw, C. H. Lees (Ree.), W 
Stewart, Prof. L. R. Wilberforce. 


H. S. Carslaw, A. R. Hinks, A. 
Larmor, C. H. Lees (Rec.), Prof. 
W. B. Morton, A. W. Porter. 

D. E. Benson, A. R. Hinks, R. W. 
H. T. Hudson, Dr. C. H. Lees 
(Rec.), J. Loton, A. W. Porter. 

A. R. Hinks, R. W. H. T. Hudson, 
Dr. C. H. Lees (Rec.), Dr. W. J.S. 
Lockyer, A. W. Porter, W. C, D. 
Whetham. 

A. R. Hinks, 8. 8. Hough, R. T. A. 
Innes, J. H. Jeans, Dr. C. H. Lees 
(Ree.). 

Dr. L. N. G. Filon, Dr. J. A. Harker, 
A. R. Hinks, Prof. A. W. Porter 
(Rec.), H. Dennis Taylor. 

E. E. Brooks, Dr. L. N. G. Filon, 
Dr. J. A. Harker, A. R. Hinks, 
Prof. A. W. Porter (ec.). 

Dr. W. G. Duffield, Dr. L. N. G. 
Filon, E. Gold, Prof. J. A. 
McClelland, Prof. A. W. Porter 
(Rec.), Prof, E. T. Whittaker. 

Prof. F. Allen, Prof. J. C. Fields, 


Prof, F. T. Trouton, F.R.S....- 


E. Gold, F. Horton, Prof, A. W. 
Porter (Rec.), Dr. A. A. Rambaut. 
H. Bateman, A. 8. Eddington, E. 
Gold, Dr. F. Horton, Dr. S. R. 
Milner, Prof. A. W. Porter (Ree.). 


-|H. Bateman, Prof. P. V. Bevan, A.S. 


Eddington, E. Gold, Prof. A. W. 
Porter (Rec.), P. A. Yapp. 

Prof. P. V. Bevan, E. Gold, Dr. H. B 
Heywood, R. Norrie, Prof. A. W. 
Porter (Rec.), W. G. Robson, F. 
J. M. Stratton. 

Prof. P. V. Bevan (fec.), Prof. A. S. 
Eddington, E. Gold, Dr. H. B. 
Heywood, Dr. A. O. Rankine, Dr. 
G. A. Shakespear. 

Prof. A. S. Eddington (Ree.,) 


E. Gold, Prof. T. BR. Lyle, F.B.S.. 
Prof. S. B. McLaren, Prof. J. A, 
Pollock, Dr. A. O. Rankine. 

Prof. A. §. Eddington, F.R.S. 
(Rec.), E. Gold, Dr. Makower, 


Dr. A. O. Rankine. 


' Section A was constituted under this title in 1835, when the sectional division 
was introduced. The previous division was into ‘ Committees of Sciences.’ 


PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF 


SECTIONS (1901-15). = xxii 


Date and Place 


1901. 
1902. 


1903. 


1904. 


1905. 


1906. 


1907. 


1908. 


1909. 


1910. 


1911. 


1912. 


-1913. 


1914. 


1915. 


1901. 
1902. 


Presidents 


Secretaries 
(Rec. = Recorder) 


SECTION B.2—CHEMISTRY. 


Glasgow ...{Prof. Percy F. Frankland, 
F.R.S 
Belfast 


Southport | Prof. W. N. Hartley, D.Sc., 
F.R.S. 


Cambridge | Prof. Sydney Young, F.R.S.... 


Prof. E. Divers, Be ReSenesesceee| 


W. OC. Anderson, G. G. Henderson, 
W. J. Pope, T. K. Rose (Ree.). 

R. F. Blake, M. O. Forster, Prof. 
G. G. Henderson, Prof. W. J. Pope 
(Ree.). 

Dr. M. O. Forster, Prof. G. G. Hen- 
derson, J. Ohm, Prof. W. J. Pope 
(Rec.). 

Dr. M. O. Forster, Prof. G. G. Hen- 
derson, Dr. H. O. Jones, Prof. 
W. J. Pope (Rec.). 

W. A. Caldecott, Mr. M. O. Forster, 
Prof. G. G. Henderson (Rec.), C.F. 
* Juritz. 

Dr. E. F. Armstrong, Prof. A.W. Cross- 
ley, S. H. Davies, Prof. W. J. Pope 
(Ree.). 


...|Dr. E. F. Armstrong, Prof. A. W. 


Crossley (Rec.), J. H. Hawthorn, 
Dr. F. M. Perkin. 


SouthAfrica| George T. Beilby ........-..066 

VOLK ects csee Prof. Wyndham R. Dunstan, 
F.RB.S. 

Leicester ...| Prof. A. Smithells, F.R.S. 

Dublin ...... Prof, F. 8. Kipping, F.R.S.... 

Winnipeg...| Prof. H. E, Armstrong, F.R.S. 

Sheffield ...|J. E. Stead, F.R.S. .........0- 


Sub-seetion of Agriculture— 
A. D, Hall, F.R.S. 
Portsmouth] Prof. J. Walker, F.R.S8. 


eeeeee 


Dundee ...|Prof. A. Senier, M.D. ......... 
Birmingham] Prof. W. P. Wynne, F.R.S.... 


Australia ...|Prof. W. J. Pope, F.R.S. ...... 
Manchester | Prof. W. A. Bone, F.R.S. ... 


Dr. E. F. Armstrong (Ree.), Dr. A. 
McKenzie, Dr. F. M. Perkin, Dr. 
J. H. Pollock. 

Dr. E. F. Armstrong (Rec.), Dr. T. 
M. Lowry, Dr. F. M. Perkin, J. W. 
Shipley. 

Dr. E. F. Armstrong (Rec.), Dr. T. 
M. Lowry, Dr. F. M. Perkin, W. 
K. 8S. Turner. 

Dr. C. Crowther, J. Golding, Dr. 
K. J. Russell. 

Dr. E. F. Armstrong (ec.), Dr. 
©. H. Desch, Dr. T. M. Lowry, 
Dr. F. Beddow. 

Dr. E. F. Armstrong (fec.), Dr. C. 
H. Desch, Dr. A. Holt, Dr. J. K. 
Wood. 

Dr. E. F. Armstrong (Ree.), Dr. C. 
H. Desch, Dr. A. Holt, Dr. H. 
McCombie. 

D. Avery, Prof. C, Fawsitt, Dr. A. 
Holt (Rec.), Dr. N. V. Sidgwick. 
Dr. H. F. Coward, Dr. C. HI. Desch, 

Dr. A. Holt (Fee.). 


SECTION C.3—- GEOLOGY. 


Glasgow ... ipa Horne, F.RB.S. .......00006 
Belfast...... |Lieut.-Gen, C, A. McMahon, 
F.R.S. 


H. L. Bowman, H. W. Monckton 

i GieaD)s 

H. L. Bowman, H. W. Monckton 
(Rec.), J. St. J. Phillips, H. J. 
Seymour. 


2 ‘Chemistry and Mineralogy,’ 1835-1894. 
3 ‘Geology and Geography,’ 1835-1850. 


XXivV PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF SECTIONS (1901-15). 


Date and Place 


1903. Southport 


1904, Cambridge 
1905. SouthAfrica 


1906. York......... 
1907. Leicester... 
1908. Dublin...... 


1909. Winnipeg... 
1910. Sheffield ... 
1911. Portsmouth 
1912. Dundee 
1913. Birmingham 
1914. Australia... 


1915. Manchester 


1901. Glasgow ... 
1902. Belfast...... 
1903. Southport 


1904. Cambridge 


1905. SouthAfrica 
1906. York......... 


1907. Leicester... 


Presidents 


Prof. W. W. Watts, M.A., 


M.Sc. 
Aubrey Strahan, F.R.S. ...... 


Prof. H. A. Miers, M.A., D.Sc., 


E.R.S. 
G, W. Lamplugh, F.R.S....... 
Prof. J. W. Gregory, F.R.S.... 
Prof. John Joly, F.R.S. ...... 
Dr. A. Smith Woodward, 
E.R.S. 
Prof. A. P. ia HR Sse 


Acdarkersh RSs .isceocsssteess 


>| Drab. N. Reach: sR-Sy sec 


Prof. E. J. Garwood, M.A. ... 


Prof. Sir T, H. Holland, F.R.S. 


Prof. Grenville A. J. Cole ... 


Secretaries 
(Rec. = Recorder) 


H. L. Bowman, Rev. W. L. Carter, 
J. Lomas, H. W. Monckton (Rec.). 

H. L. Bowman (ee.), Rev. W. L. 
Carter, J. Lomas, H. Woods. 

H. L. Bowman (Rec.), J. Lomas, Dr. 
Molengraaff, Prof. A. Young, Prof. 
R. B. Young. 

H. L. Bowman (Rec.), Rev. W. L. 
Carter, Rev. W. Johnson, J. Lomas. 

Dr. F. W. Bennett, Rev. W. L. Carter, 
Prof. T. Groom, J. Lomas (Rec.). 

Rey. W. L. Carter, J. Lomas (Rec.), 
Prof. S. H. Reynolds, H. J. Sey- 
mour. 

W.L. Carter (Ree.), Dr.A. R. Dwerry- 
house, R. T. Hodgson, Prof. 8. H. 
Reynolds. 

W.L. Carter (ec.), Dr. A. R. Dwerry- 
house, B. Hobson, Prof. 8. H. 
Reynolds. 

Col. C. W. Bevis, W. L. Carter (Rec.), 
Dr. A. R. Dwerryhouse, Prof. 8. 
H. Reynolds. 

Prof. W. B. Boulton, A. W. R. Don, 
Dr. A. R. Dwerryhouse (ece.), 
Prof. 8. H. Reynolds. 

Prof. W. S. Boulton, Dr. A. R. 
Dwerryhouse (Rec.), F. Raw, 
Prof. 8. H. Reynolds. 

Dr. A, R. Dwerryhouse (Ree.), E. ¥. 
Pittman, Prof. 8. H. Reynolds, 
Prof. E. W. Skeats. 

W. Lower Carter (Rec.), Dr. W. T. 
Gordon, Dr. G. Hickling, Dr. D. 


M. 8. Watson. 


SECTION D.4A—ZOOLOGY. 


Prof, J. Cossar Ewart, F.R.S. 
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.R.S. ... 
Prof. 8S. J. Hickson, F.R.S.... 


William Bateson, F.R.S....... 


G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S. ...... 
Ia ister al Bess. scseheeseuse 


Dr. W. E. Hoyle, M.A....... ove 


J. G. Kerr (fec.), J. Rankin, J. Y. 
Simpson. 

Prof, J. G. Kerr, R. Patterson, J. Y. 
Simpson (ec.). 

Dr. J. H. Ashworth, J. Barcroft, 
A. Quayle, Dr. J. Y. Simpson 
(Rec.), Dr. H. W. M. Tims. 

Dr. J. H. Ashworth, L. Doncaster, 
Prof. J. Y. Simpson (#ee.), Dr. H. 
W. M. Tims. 

Dr. Pakes, Dr. Purcell, Dr. H, W. M. 
Tims, Prof. J. Y. Simpson (Rec.). 

Dr. J. H. Ashworth, L. Doncaster, 
Oxley Grabham, Dr. H.W. M. Tims 
(Ree.). 

Dr. J. H. Ashworth, L, Doncaster, 
K. E. Lowe, Dr. H. W. M. Tims 
(Rec.). 


‘ «Zoology and Botany,’ 1835-1847 ; ‘Zoology and Botany, including Physiology,’ 
1848-1865 ; ‘ Biology,’ 1866-1894. 


PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF SECTIONS (1901-15). XXV 
: Secretaries 
Date and Place Presidents (Rec, = Recorder) 
1908. Dublin......| Dr, S. F. Harmer, F.RB.S....... Dr. J. H. Ashworth, L. Doncaster, 
Prof. A. Fraser, Dr. H. W. M. Tims 
(Ree.). 


1909. Winnipeg...|Dr. A. E. Shipley, F.R.S. ...|C. A. Baragar, C. L. Boulenger, Dr 
J. Pearson, Dr. H, W. M. Tims 
(Ree.). 

1910. Sheffield ...| Prof. G. C. Bourne, I’.R.S. ...|Dr. J. H. Ashworth, L. Doncaster, 
T. J. Evans, Dr. H. W. M. Tims 
(Rec.). 

1911. Portsmouth aii D’Arcy W. Thompson,| Dr. J. H. Ashworth, C. Foran, R. D. 
Laurie, Dr. H. W. M. Tims (Rec.). 
1912. Dundee .., “f Chalmers Mitchell,| Dr. J. H. Ashworth, R. D. Laurie, 
F.RB.S. Miss D. L. Mackinnon, Dr, H. W. 
M. Tims (Ree.). 

1913. Birmingham| Dr. H. F. Gadow, F-.R.S.......)Dr. J. H. Ashworth, Dr. C. L. 
Boulenger, R. D. Laurie, Dr. H. 
W. M. Tims (ee.). 

1914, Australia ...| Prof. A. Dendy, F.R.S.......... Dr. J. H. Ashworth, Dz. T. 8. Hall, 
Prof. W. A. Haswell, R. D. Laurie, 
Prof. H. W. Marett Tims (£ec.) 
1915. Manchester | Prof. E. A. Minchin, F.R.S. | Dr. J. H. Ashworth (Rec.), F 
Balfour Browne, R. D. Laurie, 
Dr. J. Stuart Thomson. 


SECTION E.o—GEOGRAPHY. 


1901. Glasgow ...(Dr. H. R. Mill, F.B.G.S. ......{H. N. Dickson (Rec.), E. Heawood, 
G. Sandeman, A. C. Turner. 

1902. Belfast......|Sir T, H. Holdich, K.C.B. ...|G. G. Chisholm (Rec.), E. Heawood, 
Dr. A. J. Herbertson, Dr. J. A. 
Lindsay. 

1903. Southport...|Capt. EH. W. Creak, R.N., C.B.,|E. Heawood (fec.), Dr. A. J. Her- 

E.R.S. bertson, H. A. Reeves, Capt. J. C. 

Underwood. 

1904. Cambridge | Douglas W. Freshfield......... E. Heawood (#ec.), Dr. A. J. Herbert- 


son, H. Y. Oldham, EH. A. Reeves. 
1905. SouthAfrica| Adm. Sir W. J. L. Wharton,|A. H. Cornish-Bowden, F. Flowers, 


R.N., K.C.B., F.B.S, Dr. A. J. Herbertson (Rec.), H. Y. 
Oldham. 
1906. York......... Rt. Hon. Sir George Goldie,|E. Heawood (Rec.), Dr. A. J. Her- 
K.C.M.G., F.B.S. bertson, E. A. Reeves, G. Yeld. 


1907. Leicester .., |George G. Chisholm, M.A. ...|E. Heawood (Rec.), O. J. R. How- 
arth, E. A. Reeves, T. Walker. 

1908. Dublin.....,]Major E. H. Hills, C.M.G.,|W. F. Bailey, W. J. Barton, O. J. P. 
R.E. Howarth (fec.), E. A. Reeves. 

1909. Winnipeg... |Col. SirD. Johnston,K.C.M.G.,)G. G. Chisholm (Rece.), J. McFar- 


C.B., R.E lane, A. McIntyre. 
1910. Sheffield ...| Prof. aes J. Herbertson, M.A.,|Rev. W. J. Barton (Rec.), Dr. R. 
Ph.D. Brown, J. McFarlane, HE. A. Reeves. 
1911. Portsmouth |Col. C. F, Close, R.E., C.M.G.|J. McFarlane (Rec.), EH. A. Reeves, 
W. P. Smith. 
1912. Dundee .,.|Col. Sir C M. Watson,|Rev. W. J. Barton (ec.), J. McFar- 
K.C.M.G. | lane, E. A. Reeves, D. Wylie. 


5 Section E was that of ‘Anatomy and Medicine,’ 1835-1840; of ‘ Physiology’ 
(afterwards incorporated in Section D), 1841-1847. It was assigned to ‘ Geography 
and Ethnology,’ 1851-1868 ; ‘Geography, 1865. 


XXVl 


PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF SECTIONS (1901-15). 


Date and Place 


1913. Birmingham 


1914. 
1915. 


Australia... 


Manchester 


Presidents 


Prof. H. N. Dickson, D.Sc. 


| Sir C. P. Lucas, 
K.C.M.G. 


Major H. G. Lyons, F.R.S.... 


Dr. 


Secretaries 
(Ree. = jaca 


Rev. W. J. Barton (Rec.), P. E. Mar- 


tineau, J. McFarlane, B.A. Reeves. 


K.C.B.,'J. A. Leach, J. McFarlane, H. Yule 


Oldham (Rece.), F. Poate. 
R. N. Rudmose Browne, J. 


McFarlane (Rec.). 


SECTION F.62—ECONOMIC SCIENCE AND STATISTICS. 


1901. 
1902. 
1903. 


1904. 


1905. 


1906. 


1907. 


1998. 


1909. 
1910. 
1911. 
1912. 
1913. 


1914. 


1915. 


1901. 


1902. 
1903. 


Glasgow 
Belfast 


Southport 


Cambridge 


SouthAfrica 


Leicester... 


Dublin 


Winnipeg... 
Sheffield ... 
Portsmouth 
Dundee 


Birmingham 


Australia... 


Manchester 


Glasgow 


Belfast 
Southport 


6 * Statistics,’ 


.../Sir R. Giffen, K.C.B., F.R.S. 
...|E, Cannan, M.A., LL.D. ...... 


E. W. Brabrook, C.B. 


Prof. Wm. Smart, LL.D....... 

Rev. W. Cunningham, D.D., 
D.Sc. 

A. L. Bowley, M.A. ............ 


Prof. W. J. Ashley, M.A....... 


W. M. Acworth, M.A. 


Sub-section of Agricultwre— 
Rt. Hon. Sir H, Plunkett. 
| Prof. 8. J. Chapman, M.A.... 


\Sir H. Llewellyn 
K.C.B., M.A. 
Hon, W. Pember Reeves 


Smith, 


| 


.. | Sir H. H. Cunynghame, K.C.B. 


‘Rev. P. H. Wicksteed, M.A. 


Prof. E. C. K. Gonner ......... 
| 


Prof. W. B. Scott. o.cc.0ss eeaen 
\ 


W. W. Blackie, A. L. Bowley, E 
Cannan (/tec.), 8. J. Chapman. 

A. L. Bowley (Ree.), Prof. S. J. 
Chapman, Dr. A. Duffin. 

A. L. Bowley (Rec.), Prof. 8. J. 
Chapman, Dr. B. W. Ginsburg, G 
Lloyd. 

J. E. Bidwell, A. L. Bowley (Rec.), 
Prof. 8. J. Chapman, Dr. B. W. 
Ginsburg. 

R. 4 Ababrelton, A. L. Bowley (Rec.), 
Prof. H. E. 8. Fremantle, H. O. 
Meredith. 

Prof. 8. J. Chapman (Rec.), D. H. 
Macgregor, H. O. Meredith, B. 
S. Rowntree. 

Prof. 8. J. Chapman (ec.), D. H. 
Macgregor, H. O. Meredith, T.S. 
Taylor. 

W.G. S. Adams, Prof. S. J. Chap- 
man (Ree.), Prof. D. H. Macgre- 
gor, H. O. Meredith. 

A. D. Hall, Prof. J. Percival, J. H. 
Priestley, Prof. J. Wilson. 

Prof, A. B. Clark, Dr. W. A. Mana- 
han, Dr. W. R. Scott (Rec.). 

C. R. Fay, H. O. Meredith (Rec.), 
Dr. W. R. Scott, R. Wilson. 

C. R. Fay, Dr. W. R. Scott (Rec.), 
H. A. Stibbs. 

C. R. Fay, Dr. W. R. Scott (Ree.), E 
Tosh. 

C. R. Fay, Prof. A. W. Kirkaldy, 
Prof. H. O. Meredith, Dr. W. BR. 
Scott (Rec.). 

Prof. R. KH. Irvine, Prof. A. W. 
Kirkaldy (#ec.), G. H. Knibbs, 
Prof. H. O. Meredith. 

B. Ellinger, E. J. W. Jackson, 
Prof, A. W. Kirkaldy (Rece.). 


SECTION G.7—ENGINEERING. 


... R. E. Crompton, M.Inst.C.E. 


Aig | Prof. J. Perry, F.R.S. .. 
\C. Hawksley, M.Inst.c.K. 


H. Bamford, W. E. Dalby, W. A. Price 
(Ree.) 
.|M. Se W. A. Price (Ree.), J. Wylie. 
. | Prof. W. E. Dalby, W. T. Maccall, 
W. A. Price (Rec.). 


1835-1855. 


ag Mochaiieal Science,’ 1836-1900. 


PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF SECTIONS (1901-15). 


Date and Place 


Presidents 


XXVil 


Secretaries 
(Rec. = Recorder) 


1904. Cambridge 
1905. SouthAfrica 
1906. York......... 
1907. Leicester... 
1908. Dublin...... 


1909, Winnipeg... 


1910. Sheffield .. 
1911. Portsmouth 
1912. Dundee 


1913. Birmingham 
1914. Australia... 


1915. Manchester 


1901. Glasgow 


1902. Belfast ... 


1903. Southport... 
1904, Cambridge 


1905. SouthAfrica| Dr. A. C. Haddon, F.R.S. 


1906. York......... 
1907. Leicester .. 
1908. Dublin ..... 


1909. Winnipeg... 
1910. Sheffield ... 


Prof. J. H. Biles, LL.D.,| 
D.Sc. 
.|Prof, A. Barr, D.Sc..........066 


Hon. ©. A. Parsons, F.R.S. ... 


Col. Sir C. Scott-Moncrieff, 
G.C.S.L., K.C.M.G., R.E. 
J. A. Ewing, F.RB.S. .......000. 


Prof. Silvanus P. Thompson, 
F.R.S. 

Dugald Clerk, F.R.S. .........) 

Sir W. H. White, K.C.B.,| 
E.RBS. 


Prof. W. E. Dalby, 
M.Inst.C.E. 


M.A., 


Prof. Gisbert Kapp, D.Eng.... | 
Prof, E. G. Coker, D.Sc 


Dr. H. S. Hele-Shaw, F.R S.| 


J. B. Peace, W.T. Maccall, W. A. Price 
(Rec.). 

W. T. Maccall, W. B. Marshall (Rece.), 
Prof. H. Payne, E. Williams. 

W. T. Maccall, W. A. Price (Rec.), 
J. Triffit. 

Prof. E. G. Coker, A. C. Harris, 
W.A. Price (Rec.’, H. E.Wimperis. 


Prof. E. G. Coker, Dr. W. E. Lilly, 


W.A. Price (Rec.), H. E. Wimperis. 
E. E. Brydone-Jack, Prof. E. G.Coker, 
Prof. E. W. Marchant, W. A. Price 


(Ree.). 

F. Boulden, Prof. E. G. Coker (Rec.), 
A. A. Rowse, H. E. Wimperis. 

H. Ashley, Prof. E. G. Coker (Rec.), 
A. A. Rowse, H. E. Wimperis. 

Prof. E. G. Coker (Rec.), A. R. Ful- 
ton, H. Richardson, A. A. Rowse, 
H, E. Wimperis. 

Prof. E. G. Coker (Rec.), J. Purser, 
A. A. Rowse, H. E. Wimperis. 


‘Prof. G. W. O. Howe (Rec.), Prof. 


H. Payne, Prof. W. M. Thornton, 
Prof. W. H. Warren. 

Dr. W. Cramp, J. Frith, Prof. G. 
W. O. Howe (Fec.). 


SECTION H.2—ANTHROPOLOGY. 


Prof. D. J. Cunningham, 
E.R.S. 

Dr. A. C. Haddon, F.R.S. 

Prof. J. Symington, F.R.S.... 


H. Balfour, M.A. .......ccceeees 


E, Sidney Hartland, F.S.A.... 


D. G. Hogarth, M.A...........+. 


Prof. W. Ridgeway, M.A. 


Prof. J. L. Myres, M.A. ... 


see! 


W. Crooke, B.A. 


8 Established 1 


W. Crooke, Prof. A. F. Dixon, J. F. 
Gemmill, J. L. Myres (Rec.). 


...|R. Campbell, Prof. A. F. Dixon, 


J. L. Myres (Rec.). 

E, N. Fallaize, H. S. Kingsford, 
E. M. Littler, J. L. Myres (Ree.). 
W. L. H. Duckworth, E. N. Fallaize, 

H.S. Kingsford, J. L. Myres ( Rec.) 


.| A. R. Brown, A. von Dessauer, E. 8. 


Hartland (ec.). 

Dr. G. A. Auden, E. N. Fallaize 
(Rec.), H. 8. Kingsford, Dr. F. C. 
Shrubsall. 

C. J. Billson, E. N. Fallaize (Rece.), 
H. 8. Kingsford, Dr. F. C. Shrub- 
sall, 


.|E. N. Fallaize (Rec.), H. 8. Kings- 


ford, Dr. F. C. Shrubsall, L. E. 
Steele. 

H. S. Kingsford (Ree.), Prof. C. J. 
Patten, Dr. F. C. Shrubsall. 

EK. N. Fallaize (Rec.), H. 8. Kings- 
ford, Prof. C. J. Patten, Dr. F. C. 
Shrubsall. 


884. 


XXViil 


Date and Place 


1911. 


1912. 
1913. 
1914, 


1915. 


1901. 
1902. 
1904. 
1905. 


1906. 


1907. 


1908. 


1909. 
1910. 
1911. 
1912. 
1913. 


1914. 


1915. 


Presidents 


PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF SECTIONS (1901-15). 


Secretaries 
(Ree. = Recorder) 


Portsmouth 


Dundee 
Birmingham 


Australia ... 


Manchester 


..| Prof. G, Elliot Smith, F.R.S. 


W. H. R. Rivers, M.D., F.R.8. 


Sir Richard Temple, Bart. ... 


Sir E. F. 
K.C.M.G. 


im Thurn, C.B., 


Prof. C. G. Seligman 


KE. N. Fallaize (Rec.), H. S. Kings- 
ford, E. W. Martindell, H. Rundle, 
Dr. F. C. Shrubsall. 

D. D. Craig, EH. N. Fallaize (Rec.), E. 
W. Martindell, Dr. F, C. Shrubsall. 

H. N. Fallaize (Rec.), E. W. Martin- 
dell, Dr. F. C. Shrubsall, T. Yeates. 

Prof, R. J. A. Berry, Dr. B. Malin- 
owski, Dr. R. R. Marett (ec.), 
Prof. J. T. Wilson. 

KE. N. Fallaize (Ree.), Dr. F. C. 
Shrubsall, J. S. B. Stopford. 


SECTION I.°—PHYSIOLOGY (including ExprrimenTaL 


PATHOLOGY AND EXPERIMENTAL PsycHOLoey). 


Glasgow ... 
Belfast 
Cambridge 

SouthAfrica 


cones eeee 


Leicester ... 


Dublin 


eenaee 


Winnipeg... 
Sheffield ... 
Portsmouth 
Dundee .. 


Birmingham 


Australia... 


Manchester 


.|Leonard Hill, F.R.S. 


Prof.J.G. McKendrick, F.R.S. 


...|Prof. W. D. Halliburton, 


E.R.S. 
Prof. C. 8. Sherrington, F.R.S. 


Col. D. Bruce, C.B., F.R.S. ... 
Prof. F. Gotch, F.R.S.......... 
Dr. A. D. Waller, F.R.S. ...... 
Dr. J. Scott Haldane, F.R.S. 


Prof, E. H. Starling, F.R.S.... 
Prof, A. B. Macallum, F.R.S8. 
Prof, J. 8S. Macdonald, B.A. 


Dr. F. Gowland Hopkins, 
F.R.S. 


Prof. B. Moore, F.R.S.......... 


Prof, W. M. Bayliss, F.R.S. 


W. B. Brodie, W. A. Osborne, Prof. 
W. H. Thompson (Ree.). 

J. Barcroft, Dr. W. A. Osborne 
(Rec.), Dr. C. Shaw. 

J. Barcroft (ec.), Prof. T. G. Brodie, 

Dr. L. E. Shore. 

J. Barcroft (Rec.), Dr. Baumann, 

Dr. Mackenzie, Dr. G. W. Robert- 

son, Dr. Stanwell. 

J. Barcroft (Ree.), Dr. J. M. Hamill, 
Prof. J. 8. Macdonald, Dr. D. S. 
Long. 

Dr. N. H. Alcock, J. Barcroft (Ree.), 
Prof. J. §. Macdonald, Dr. A. 
Warner. 

Prof. D. J. Coffey, Dr. P. T. Herring, 
Prof. J. S. Macdonald, Dr. H. E. 
Roaf (Rec.). 

Dr. N.H. Alcock (fec.), Prof. P. T. 
Herring, Dr. W. Webster. 

Dr. H. G. M. Henry, Keith Lucas, 
Dr. H. E. Roaf (Rec.), Dr. J. Tait. 

Dr. J. T. Leon, Dr. Keith Lucas, 
Dr. H. E. Roaf (Rece.), Dr. J. Tait. 

Dr. Keith Lucas, W. Moodie, Dr. 
H. KH. Roaf (Ree.), Dr. J. Tait. 

C. L. Burt, Prof. P. T. Herring, Dr. 
T. G. Maitland, Dr. H. E. Roaf 
(Ree.), Dr. J. Tait. 

Prof. P. T. Herring (Rec.), Prof. 
T. H. Milroy, Prof. W. A. Osborne, 
Prof. Sir T. P. Anderson Stuari. 

C. L. Burt, Prof. P. T. Herring 
(Rec.), Dr. F. W. Lamb, Dr. J. 
Tait. 


5 Established 1894. 


PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF SECTIONS (1901-15). 


XX1X 


Date and Place 


Presideuts 


Secretaries 
(Rec.= Recorder) 


1901. Glasgow ... 


1902. Belfast 
1903. Southport 
1904. Cambridge 


1905. SouthAfrica 
1906. York....... a 


1907. Leicester... 
1908. Dublin 


1909. Winnipeg... 


1910. Sheffield ... 


1911, Portsmouth 


1912. Dundee ... 


1913, Birmingham 


1914, Australia... 


1915. Manchester 


SECTION K.'°—BOTANY. 


Prof. I, B. Balfour, F.R.S. ... 


.| Prof. J. R. Green, F.RB.S....... 


A. CO. Seward, F.R.S. 


Francis Darwin, F.R.S. ...... 

Sub-section of Agricultwre— 
Dr. W. Somerville. 

Harold Wager, F.R.S. ......... 


Prof. F. W. Oliver, F.R.S. ... 


Prof, J. B. Farmer, F.R.S. ... 

Dr. F. F. Blackman, F.R.S.... 

Lieut.-Col. D. Prain, C.IE., 
F.R.S. 

Sub-section of Agricultwre— 


Major P. G. Craigie, C.B. 
Prof. J. W. H. Trail, F.R.S. 


Prof, F, E. Weiss, D.Sc. ...... 


Sub-section of Agriculture— 
W. Bateson, M.A., F.R.S. 
Prof. F. Keeble, D.Sc.......... 


Miss Ethel Sargant, F.L.S.... 


Prof. F. O, Bower, F.R.S. 


Prof. W. H Lang, F.R.S ... 


D. T. Gwynne- Vaughan, G. F. Scott- 
Elliot, A. C. Seward (fec.), H. 
Wager. 

A. G. Tansley, Rev. C. H. Waddell, 
H. Wager (fec.), R. H. Yapp. 

H. Ball, A. G. Tansley, H. Wager 
(Rec.), R. H. Yapp. 

Dr. F. F. Blackman, A. G. Tansley, 
H. Wager (Rec.), T. B. Wood, R. H. 
Yapp. 

R. P. Gregory, Dr. Marloth, Prof. 
Pearson, Prof. R. H. Yapp (fec.). 

Dr. A. Burtt, R. P. Gregory, Prof. 
A. G. Tansley (Rec.), Prof. R. H. 
Yapp. 

W. Bell, R. P. Gregory, Prof. A. G. 
Tansley (Rec.), Prof. R. H. Yapp. 

Prof. H. H. Dixon, R. P. Gregory, 
A. G. Tansley (Rec.), Prof. R. H. 
Yapp. 

Prof. A. H. R. Buller, Prof. D. T. 
Gwynne-Vaughan, Prof. R. H.Yapp 
(Ree.). 

W. J. Black, Dr. E. J. Russell, Prof. 
J. Wilson. 

B. H. Bentley, R. P. Gregory, Prof. 
D. T. Gwynne-Vaughan, Prof. 
R. H. Yapp (Rec.). 

C. G. Delahunt, Prof. D. T. Gwynne- 
Vaughan, Dr. C. E. Moss, Prof. 
R. H. Yapp (fec.). 

J. Golding, H. R. Pink, Dr. E. J. 
Russell. 

J. Brebner, Prof. D. T. Gwynne- 
Vaughan (Rec.), Dr. C. E. Moss, 
D. Thoday. 

W. B. Grove, Prof. D. T. Gwynne- 
Vaughan (Rec.), Dr. C. E. Moss, 
D. Thoday. 

Prof, A. J. Ewart, Prof. T. Johnson 
(Ree.), Prof. A. A. Lawson, Miss 
KE. N. Thomas, 

R. S. Adamson, Dr. C. E, Moss 
(Rec.), D. Thoday. 


SECTION L.—EDUCATIONAL SCIENCE. 


1901. Glasgow ... 


1902, Belfast 


1903, Southport .. 


Sir John E. Gorst, F.R.S. 


Sir W. de W. Abney, K.C.B., 
E.R.S. 


R. A. Gregory, W. M. Heller, R. Wy 
Howie, C. W. Kimmins, Prof. 
H. L. Withers (fec.). 


...| Prof, H. EH, Armstrong, F.R.S.|Prof. R. A. Gregory, W. M. Heller 


(Rec.), R. M. Jones, Dry CinW. 
Kimmins, Prof. H. L. Withers. 
Prof. R. A. Gregory, W. M. Heller 
(Ree.), Dr. C. W. Kimmins, Dr. H. 

L. Snape. 


10 Hstablished 1895. 


Xx 


PRESIDENTS AND SECRETARIES OF SECTIONS (1901-15). 


Date and Place 


Presidents 


1904, Cambridge 


1905. SouthAfrica 
1906. York 


1907. Leicester... 


1908. Dublin 


1909. Winnipeg... 
1910. Sheffield ... 
1911. Portsmouth | 
1912. Dundee 


1913. Birmingham 
1914. Australia ... | 
1915. Manchester | 


| 


1912. Dundee 
1913, Birmingham 
1914. Australia ... 


1915. Manchester 


Bishop of Hereford, D.D. 


Prof. Sir R. C. Jebb, D.C.L., 
M.P. 
Prof. M. E. Sadler, LL.D. ... 


Sir Philip Magnus, M.P. ......) W. 


Prof. L. OC. Miall, F.R.S. ...... 


Rev. H. B. Gray, D.D.......... 


| 
| 


Principal H. A. Miers, F.R.S. 
Rt. Rev. J. E. C. Welldon,) 


D.D. 
.| Prof. J. Adams, M.A. ......... 


Principal E. H. Griffiths. 
E.R.S. 
Prof. J. Perry, F.R.S. ......... 


Mrs. Henry Sidgwick 


Secretaries 
(Rec. = Recorder) 


...|J. H. Flather, Prof. R. A. Gregory, 


W. M. Heller (Rec.), Dr. C. W. 
Kimmins. 

A.D. Hall, Prof. Hele-Shaw, Dr. C. W. 
Kimmins (Rec.), J. R. Whitton. 
Prof. R. A. Gregory, W. M. Heller 

(Ree.), Hugh Richardson. 

. D. Eggar, Prof. R. A. Gregory 

(Rec.), J. 8. Laver, Hugh Rich- 

ardson. 

Prof. E. P. Culverwell, W. D. Eggar, 
George Fletcher, Prof. R. A. 
Gregory (fec.), Hugh Richardson. 


\W. D. Eggar, R. Fletcher, J. L. 


Holland (Rec.), Hugh Richardson. 

A. J. Amold, W. D. Eggar, J. L. 
Holland (Ree.), Hugh Richardson. 

W. D. Eggar, O. Freeman, J. L. 
Holland (Rec.), Hugh Richardson. 

D. Berridge, Dr. J. Davidson, Prof. 
J. A. Green (Rev.), Hugh Richard- 
son, 

D. Berridge, Rev. S. Blofeld, Prof. 
J. A. Green (Rec.), H. Richardson. 

P. Board, C. A. Buckmaster, Prof. 
J. A. Green (Rec.), J. Smyth. 

D. Berridge, F. A. Bruton, Prof. 
J. A. Green (Rec.), H. Richardson. 


SECTION M.—AGRICULTURE. 


.|T. H. Middleton, M.A.......... 


Prof. T. B. Wood, M.A. ...... 


A. Di Hall, WIR:S: ciscusssescoasell 
R.vboRew, (CG; Bicsccsscossteacs 


Dr. C. Crowther, J. Golding, Dr. A. 
Lauder, Dr. E. J. Russell (Rec.). 
W. E. Collinge, Dr. C. Crowther, 

J. Golding, Dr. E. J. Russell (Rec.). 
Prof. T. Cherry, J. Golding (Rec.), 
Dr. A. Lauder, Prof. R. D. Watt. 
Prof. C. Crowther (Fec.), Dr. A. 


Lauder, T. J. Young. 


EVENING DISCOURSES, 1901-15. 
(For 1916, see General Meetings, p. xli.) 


Date and Place 


Lecturer 


Subject of Discourse 


1901. Glasgow ... 


1902. Belfast 


eee 


1903. Southport... 


1904, Cambridge 


Prof. W. Ramsay, F.R.$....... 


Francis Darwin, F.R.S. 
Prof. J. J. Thomson, F.R.S.... 
Prof. W. F. R. Weldon, F.R.8. 
Dr. R. Munro 


eee eee eee eneeeoene 


Dr. A. Rowe ......eeeeee Becdat a's 


Prof. G. H. Darwin, F.R.S.... 
Prof. H. F. Osborn 


eeeereeseeee 


The Inert Constituents 
Atmosphere. 

The Movements of Plants. 

Becquerel Rays and Radio-activity. 

Inheritance. 

Man as Artist and Sportsman in the 
Paleolithic Period. 

The Old Chalk Sea, and some of its 
Teachings. 

Ripple- Marks and Sand-Dunes. 

Paleontological Discoveries in the 
Rocky Mountains. 


of the 


EVENING DISCO 


Date and Place 


Lecturer 


URSES. Xxxl 


Subject of Discourse 


1905. S. Africa: 
Cape Town 
Durban 
Pietermaritz- 

burg. 
Johannesburg 
Pretoria 
Bloemfontein... 
Kimberley 


Bulawayo 
1906. York......... 


1907. Leicester ... 


1908. Dublin 


1909. Winnipeg... 


-1910. Sheffield ... 
1911. Portsmouth 


1912. Dundee 


1913. Birmingham 


1914, Australia: 
Adelaide 


Melbourne 
Sydney ... 


Brisbane 


1915. Manchester 


.| Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S.... 


.| Douglas W. Freshfield......... 


.|A. E. Shipley, F.R.S. 


.|Sir Wm. Crookes, F.R.S....... 


.|D. Randall-MaclIver 


.| Prof. W. H. Bragg, F.R.S. ... 


C. Vernon Boys, F.R.S. ...... 


Prof. W. A. Herdman, ¥E.R.S. 
Col. D. Bruce, C.B., F.R.S.... 
EL RSC NUAI biy.sccsncessevecses® | 
Prof. W. E. Ayrton, F.R.S.... | 
Prof. J. O. Arnold.......s.ee00ee | 


A. R. Hinks 


eee ee 


Prof. J. B. Porter 


eee ee eereeneene 


Dr. Tempest Anderson......... 
Dr. A. D. Waller, F.R.S. .....- 


W. Duddell, F.R.S. .........eee 
Dr. FP. A. Dixey....cs.sscccceern. 


Prof. H. H. Turner, F.R.S. ... 
Prof. W. M. Davis .........006 
Dr. A. E. H. Tutton, F.B.S.... 


Prof. W. A. Herdman, F.R.S. 
1 Prof. H. B. Dixon, F.R.S.... 
1 Prof. J. H. Poynting, F.R.S. 
Prof. W. Stirling, M.D. ...... 
D. G. Hogarth ........ccceseeeee 
Dr. Leonard Hill, F.R.S....... 
Prof. A. C. Seward, F.R.S. ... 


Prof. A. Keith, M.D............+ 
Sir H. H. Cunynghame, K.O.B. 


Dr. A. Smith Woodward, 
F.RB.S. 


Sir Oliver J. Lodge, F.R.S.... 
Prof. W. J. Sollas, F.R.S. .. 
Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S ... 
Dr. F. W. Dyson, F.R.S... 
Prof. G. Elliot Smith, F.R.S. 
Sir E. Rutherford, F.R.S. ... | 
Prof, H. E. Armstrong, F.R.S. 
Prof. G. W. O. Howe 


H. W. T. Wager, F.R.S. ...... 


W. J. Burchell’s Discoveries in South 
Africa. 

Some Surface Actions of Fluids. 

The Mountains of the Old World. 

Marine Biology. 

Sleeping Sickness. 


|The Cruise of the ‘ Discovery.’ 


The Distribution of Power. 

Steel as an Igneous Rock. 

Fly-borne Diseases: Malaria, Sleep- 
ing Sickness, &c. 


‘The Milky Way and the Clouds of 


Magellan. 

Diamonds. 

The Bearing of Engineering on 
Mining. 

The Ruins of Rhodesia. 

Volcanoes. 
The Electrical Signs of Life, and 
their Abolition by Chloroform. 
The Ark and the Spark in Radio- 
telegraphy. 

Recent Developments in the Theory 
of Mimicry. 

Halley’s Comet. 

The Lessons of the Colorado Canyon. 

The Seven Styles of Crystal Archi- 
tecture. 

Our Food from the Waters. 

The Chemistry of Flame. 

The Pressure of Light. 

Types of Animal Movement.’ 

New Discoveries about the Hittites. 

The Physiology of Submarine Work. 

Links with the Past in the Plant 
World. 

Radiations, Old and New 

The Antiquity of Man. 

Explosions in Mines and the Means 
of Preventing Them. 

Missing Links among Extinct 
Animals. 


The Ether of Space. 


.|Ancient Hunters. 


Mimicry. 


. |Greenwich Observatory. 


Primitive Man. 
Atoms and Electrons. 
The Materials of Life. 


| Wireless Telegraphy. 
Sir E. A. Schafer, F.R.S....... | 


Australia and the British Associa- 
tion. 

The Behaviour of Plants in Re- 
sponse to Light. 


Prof, R. A. Sampson, F.R.S. 


A Census of the Skies. 


! «Popular Lectures,’ delivered to the citizens of Winnipeg. 
2 Repeated, to the public, on Wednesday, September 7. 


XXXll 


LECTURES TO THE OPERATIVE CLASSES. 


LECTURES TO THE OPERATIVE CLASSES, 1901-11. 
Date and Place Lecturer Subject of Lecture 

1901. Glasgow ...|H. J. Mackinder, M.A........ .. |The hoe of Men by Land 
and Sea. 

1902. Belfast...... Prof, L. C. Miall, F.R.S. ......|G@nats and Mosquitoes. 

1903. Southport...|Dr. J. 5. Flett .........4 50050) Martinique and St. Vincent: the 
Eruptions of 1902. 

1904. Cambridge.| Dr. J. E. Marr, F.R.S. . .|The Forms of Mountains. 

1906. York......... Prof. 8. P. Thompson, F-R.S.|The Manufacture of Light. 

1907. Leicester ...| Prof. H. A. Miers, F.R.S.......|The Growth of a Crystal. 

1908. Dublin...... Dr. A. E. H. Tutton, ERS. The Crystallisation of Water. 

1910. Sheffield ...|C. T. Heycock, F.R.S. ......... | Metallic Alloys. 

1911. Portsmouth Dr. H. R. Mill ..........ccseeeee Rain. 


PUBLIC OR CITIZENS’ LECTURES, 


1912-15. 


(For 1916, see p. lxix.) 


Date and Place 


Lecturer 


1912. 


1913. Birmingham 


1914. 


1915. 


Dundee 


Australia : 
Perth 


Kalgoorlie 
Adelaide 
Melbourne 


Sydney ... 


Brisbane 
Manchester 
and Neigh- 
bourhood 


.| Prof. B. Moore, D.Sc. 


se eeeeees 


Prof. EH. C. K. Gonner, M.A. 

Prof. A. Fowler, F.R.S. ...... 
Dr. A. C. Haddon, F.R.S. ... 
Dr. Vaughan Cornish ......... 
Leonard Doncaster, M.A. ... 


Dr. W. Rosenhain, F.R.S. .. 
Frederick Soddy, F.R.S...... 


.| Prof. W. A. Herdman, F.R.S. 


Prof. A. S. Eddington, E.R. 
H. Balfour, M.A. ........cecee0 
Prof. A. D. Waller, F.R.S. ... 


8. 


C. A. Buckmaster, M.A. ..... 
Prof. E. C. K. Gonner, M.A. 
Dr. W. Rosenhain, F.R.S. ... 
Prof. H. B. Dixon, F.R.S. ... 
Prof. B. Moore, F.R.S.......... 
Prof. H. H. Turner, P.R.S. ... 
Dr. A. C. Haddon, F.R.S. .. 
Prof. F. W. Gamble, F.R.S. 
Dr. Vaughan Cornish ......... 
Dr. W. Rosenhain, F.R.S. 
Prof.oW. Stitliapyscssseeraseste 
A. R. Hinks, F.R.S. 
Prof. B. Moore, E.R. s.. aeraeenase 


Rev. A. i: \Cortio sree 
Prof. H. H. Turner, F.R.S. ... 


Subject of Lecture 


Science and National Health. 

Prices and Wages. 

The Sun. 

The Decorative Art of Savages. 

The Panama Canal. 

Recent Work on Heredity and its 
Application to Man. 


.| Metals under the Microscope. 
.|The Evolution of Matter. 


Why we Investigate the Ocean. 

Stars and their Movements. 

Primitive Methods of Making Fire. 

Electrical Action of the Human 
Heart. 


.| Mining Education in England. 


Saving and Spending. 

Making of a Big Gun. 

Explosions. 

Brown Earth and Bright Sunshine. 
Comets. 


.| Decorative Art in Papua, 


Evolution and War. 
Strategic Geography of the War. 


.| Making of a Big Gun. 


Curiosities and Defects of Sight. 


.| Daily Uses of Astronomy. 


Health Conditions in the Modern 
Workshop. 

Formation of the Sun and Stars, 

Some Lessons from Astronomy. 


e 


CHAIRMEN AND SECRETARIES OF CONFERENGES OF DELEGATES. XxXxXiil 


CHAIRMEN anp SECRETARIES or tos CONFERENCES OF 
DELEGATES OF CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES, 1901-15.! 


(For 1916, see p. xliii.) 


Date and Place Chairmen Secretaries 
1901. Glasgow ...|F. W. Rudler, F.G.8. ... .|Dr. J. G. Garson, A. Somerville 
1902. Belfast...... Prof. W. W. Watts, F.G. Bc .|E. J. Bles. 

1903. Southport..|W. Whitaker, F.R.S. ......... F. W. Rudler. 
1904. Cambridge | Prof. E. H. Griffiths, F.R.S. | F. W. Rudler. 
1905. London ...|Dr. A. Smith Woodward,|f. W. Rudler. 
F.R.S. 
1906. York.........|Sir Edward Brabrook, C.B....|F. W. Rudler. 
1907. Leicester ...|H. J. Mackinder, M.A.......... F, W. Rudler, 1.8.0. 
1908. Dublin...... Prof. H. A. Miers, F.R.S....... W. P. D. Stebbing. 
1909. London ...|Dr. A. C. Haddon, F.R.S. ...|W. P. D. Stebbing. 
1910. Sheffield ...| Dr. Tempest Anderson......... W. P. D. Stebbing. 
1911. Portsmouth | Prof. J. W. Gregory, F.R.S....|W. P. D. Stebbing. 
1912. Dundee ...|Prof. F. O. Bower, F.R.S. ...|W. P. D. Stebbing. 
1913. Birmingham|Dr. P. Chalmers Mitchell,|W. P. D. Stebbing. 
F.R.S. 
1914. Le Havre...|Sir H. George Fordham ...| W. Mark Webb. 
1915. Manchester Sir T. H. Holland, ¥.R.S. ...|W. Mark Webb. 


1916. 


! Established 1885. 


XXXIV 


GENERAL STATEMENT. 


General Statement of Sums which have been paid on account of 
Grants for Scientific Purposes, 1901-1915. 


1901. 
£ 3s. a. 
Electrical Standards ......... 45 0 0 
Seismological Observations... 75 0 O 
Wave-length Tables............ 414 0 
Isomorphous Sulphonic De- 

rivatives of Benzene ...... 35 0 0 
Life-zones in British Car- 

boniferous Rocks ...........+ 20 0 0 
Underground Water of North- 

west Yorkshire ....... Sedan 50 0 O 
Exploration of Irish Caves... 15 0 O 
Table at the Zoological Sta- 

tion; Naples: .sccssseeseeeses 100 0 0 
Table at the Biological La- 

boratory, Plymouth ......... 20 0 0 
Index Generum et Specierum 

Animalia’... sseseserssere sae fo) HOO 
Migration of Birds ............ 110) “0; (0 
Terrestrial Surface Waves... 5 O O 
Changes of Land-level in the 

Phlegreean Fields............ 50 0 0 
Legislation regulating Wo- 

men’s Labour.........0ss+0e0 Lie OeO 
Small Screw Gauge............ 45 0 0 
Resistance of Road Vehicles 

LO WrAaChiON: ....steseessssssone dor! #0 
Silchester Excavation ......... 10 0 O 
Ethnological Survey of 

Camad ar o.. -ccasc soebtee keane as 30 0 0 
Anthropological Teaching ... 5 0 0 
Exploration in Crete ......... 145 0 0 
Physiological Effects of Pep- 

(Oss. Econ Sea See agncrinnncbcoce 30 0 O 
Chemistry of Bone Marrow... 5 15 11 
Suprarenal Capsules in the 

RADD Ibis. senses sccmessscesesstonne B00 
Fertilisation in Pheophycee 15 0 0 
Morphology, Ecology, and 

Taxonomy of  Podoste- 

MBC. csecsncesvesercsveuaseers 20 0 0 
Corresponding Societies Com- 

LETT 9) beso mconicRup LaDURDEECOROCES 15> 20.50 

£920 9 11 
1902. 
Electrical Standards............ 40 0 0 
Seismological Observations... 35 0 0 
Investigation of the Upper 

Atmosphere by means of 

SIEGES) {ooo c<cccaeseneceeeeeteeeees 75 0 0 
Magnetic Observations at Fal- 

MNOUGN oo rccxcs conteeeaeseeeeees 80 0 0 
Relation between Absorption 

Spectra and Organic Sub- 

StANCES ...scsesesoeeee cnentieasms 220) 20 a0) 


£ 8. a. 
Wave-length Tables............ 5 0.0 
Life-zones in British Car- 

boniferous Rocks ............ (oO-0-6 
Exploration of Irish Caves... 45 0 0 
Table at the Zoological 

Station, Naples ............... 100 0 0 
Index Generum et Specierum 

Animalium..:. fis. ..tceessecee2 100 0 O 
Migration of Birds ............ 15 0 0 
Structure of Coral Reefs of 

Indian Ocean............ss0+0. 50 0. 0 
Compound Ascidians of the 

Oly de Area 27522 s.0054 saccceste 25 0 0 
Terrestrial Surface Waves ... 15 0 O 
Legislation regulating Wo- 

men’s" Labour sl. 240 c.scccdences 30 0 0 
Small Screw Gauge ........... 20 0 0 
Resistance of Road Vehicles 

GO ractiOn: 7s, sas. cceneewanees 50 0 O 
Ethnological Survey of 

Wanaday © siscisncewecce Seahorses To) -0 
Age of Stone Circles............ 30 0 0 
Exploration in Crete............ 100 0 O 
Anthropometric Investigation 

of Native Egyptian Soldiers 15 0 0 
Excavations on the Roman 

Site at Gelligaer ............ 5 0 0 
Changes in Hemoglobin ...... 15 0 0 
Work of Mammalian Heart 

under Influence of Drugs... 20 0 0 
Investigation of the Cyano- 

PHY CCR tanaee necatereese sae. =a 10 0 0 
Reciprocal Influence of Uni- 

versities and Schools ...... 5 0 0 
Conditions of Health essen- 

tial to carrying on Work in 

DCROOIS fosrc.ssaseeoceemere aerss 2 0 0 
Corresponding Societies Com- 

MNLGUC’ je reesnesscecscesernaser axe 150" 0 

£947 0 0 
1903. 
Electrical Standards......... «. 3b 0 0 
Seismological Observations... 40 0 0 
Investigation of the Upper 

Atmosphere by means of 

Gul hieecegs Soicmo et eee. 75 0 0 
Magnetic Observations at Fal- 

TOWED feness connasw atenecne meas ies 40 0 O 
Study of Hydro-aromatic Sub- 

StaMGes i neensssnaen Rea esiae uae 20 0 O 
Hirratic BIOCKS), c.iccss=ses<cusss 10» 0).0 
Exploration of Irish Caves... 40 0 0 
Underground Waters of North- 

west Yorkshire ...+0+.-essseee 40 0 0 


GRANTS OF MONEY. 


Bos. ae 
Life-zones in British Car- 

boniferous Rocks ............ breOY 0 
Geological Photographs ...... 10 0 O 
Table at the Zoological Sta- 

tion at Naples ............... 100 0 0 
Index Generum et Specierum 

PARTIAL ED vases ons vee eee’ 100 0 O 
Tidal Bore, Sea Waves, and 

APHGHES acer scecceasvcvossssse. 15 0 0 
Scottish National Antarctic 

Expedition ..............eceeee. 50 0 0 
Legislation affecting Women’s 

RPATIOURT: ('vaseces cova csecacetsocess 25 0 0 
Researches in Crete ............ 100 0 0 
Age of Stone Circles............ 313 2 
Anthropometric Investigation 5 0 0 
Anthropometry of the Todas 

and other Tribes of Southern 

EIS a awouses co satevarteseaasss 50 0 0 
The State of Solution of Pro- 

PEEL enn sts eSte benitehes>usese vets 20 0 0 
Investigation of the Cyano- 

INGO Gicsocccesscoccavcssosce 2 ONO 
Respiration of Plants ......... L250810 
Conditions of Health essential 

for School Instruction ...... 5 0 0 
Corresponding Societies Com- 

PMG Ieeclse es scvce!sssscces saves 20 0 0 

£845 13 2 
1904. 
Seismological Observations... 40 0 0 
Investigation of the Upper 

Atmosphere by means of 

PMCHEN sc cwvsden etsctevas sie otics 50 0 O 
Magnetic Observations at 

AUAOU LH sis.s..6seses veces ee 60 0 0 
Wave-lengthTablesof Spectra 10 0 0 
Study of Hydro-aromatic Sub- 

BHADVES  reevdeveasedustencvetees 25 0 0 
Erratic Blocks .............0006+ 10 0 0 
Life-zones in British Car- 

boniferous Rocks ............ 35 0 0 
Fauna and Flora of the 

PIAHIR in chixicmcnvccesissesiiewet vee 1OMOF 0 
Investigation of Fossiliferous 

ERS atten Soi destaia foci becccte 50 0 0 
Table at the Zoological Sta- 

tion, Naples ..............60 100 0 O 
Index Generum et Specierum 

DUB ALIIM w.ccs<eecececseseeee 60 0 0 
Development in the Frog...... 15 0 0 
Researches on the Higher 

MUEMIALACOD OSS 2cccvecivccesdesce 15 0 0 
British and Foreign Statistics 

of International Trade...... 25 0 0 
Resistance of Road Vehicles 

EOLLTACHION Ys ics. .0s.0sc0 vo 909 0 0 
Researches in Crete ............ 100 0 0 
Researches in Glastonbury 

Lake Village. ,........ssssseees 25 0 0 


Anthropometric Investigation 
of Egyptian Troops 
Excavations on Roman Sites 
in Paspai 


sere waeeseeerssseneee 


Metabolism of Individual 
MSEUCH ewsneaenacssacesscetacate 
Botanical Photographs......... 
Respiration of Plants... ........ 
Experimental Studies in 
Hered ihiyyeeecedeanes seecren scenes 
Corresponding Societies Com- 
mittee .... 


Ce eee eee re eee rewareeeee 


XXXV 
Com re (i 
810 0 
25-0 0 
20 0 0 
40 0 0 
4 811 
15 0 0 
35 0 0 
207000 


(£887 18 11 


1905. 
Electrical Standards............ 40 0 0 
Seismological Observations... 40 0 0 
Investigation of the Upper 
Atmosphere by means of 
Kategeiin-eoesenecteescese vaca ar 40 0 0 
Magnetic Observations at Fal- 
WOUL Ms seversscnteer«ssaaadewee 50 0 0 
Wave-length Tables of Spec- 
TEAM Waders scacbacsctensstaseerecsee 5 0 0 
Study of Hydro-aromatic 
Substances! ..2..::0.:scseneee 25 0 0 
Dynamic Isomerism ............ 20 0 0 
Aromatic Nitroamines ......... 25 0 0 
Faunaand Flora of the British 
WLM ee coc sconces scot Beacon 100" 0 
Table at the Zoological Sta- 
GION; WNAPIES Mredescoseeaser oe 100 0 0 
Index Generum et Specierum 
(Animoalinmsccesesstesses. aso 75 0 0 
Development of the Frog To=0F 0 
Investigations in the Indian 
OCCA recs cccsdesecenassersasss 150 0 0 
Trade Statistics ..........sssesere 4 4 8 
Researches in Crete ..........+. fos O20 
Anthropometric Investiga- 
tions of Egyptian Troops... 10 0 0 
Excavations on Roman Sites 
THEY BTA UETE Ek cate ohecey peciccecrod 10 0 0 
AnthropometricInvestigations 10 0 0 
Age of Stone Circles............ 30 0 0 
The State of Solution of Pro- 
HOIAG pesesevearesetevaveseservees 20 0 0 
Metabolism of Individual 
IESUCHioNccececeaeeee ac ae encace 30 0 0 
Ductless Glands........+....s+00 40 0 0 
Botanical Photographs......... 317 6 
Physiology of Heredity......... 35 0 O 
Structure of Fossil Plants 50 0 0 
Corresponding Societies Com- 
TNULCEC ss ceseavecescnsaessesnr sve 20 0 0 
£928 2 2 


b2 


XXXVI 


1906. 
£ 8. d. 
Electrical Standards..,......... 25 0 0 
Seismological Observations... 40 0 0 
Magnetic Observations at Fal- 

MOU... sasseeceincemeris saccrects 50 0 0 
Magnetic Survey of South 

PACED Gale teaaremea meets a sehen: a's 99 12 6 
Wave-length TablesofSpectra 5 0 0 
Study of Hydro-aromatic Sub- 

BUATIGOR pte acianciclecesisi eof se 25 0 0 
Aromatic Nitroamines ......... 10 0 0 
Faunaand Flora of the British 

AINTAS Ors coecee tsa madas sunieswe (Osa 
Crystalline Rocksof Anglesey 30 0 0 
Table at the Zoological Sta- 

HIGHS INAPIES. vevceecarser acne 100 0 O 
Index Animalium ............... pe OO 
Development of the Frog...... 10 0 90 
Higher Crustacea ............0.5 15-70) 20 
Freshwater Fishes of South 

PARI CAN csc pevevex ce funceaausee cots 50 0 0 
Rainfall and Lake and River 

Discharee | siccsc:cawaclewensses 10-0" .0 
Excavations in Crete ......... 100 0 O 
Lake Village at Glastonbury 40 0 0 
Excavations on Roman Sites 

TA BVitaln gp gasses seat epeatersgestes 30 0 0 
Anthropometric Investiga- 

tions in the British Isles... 30 0 0 
State of Solution of Proteids 20 0 0 
Metabolism of Individual 

SINSSUCS as Reaches csieesasstiase dee 20 0 O 
Effect of Climate upon Health 

ahd DISCS. san <i slaestavens ene 20 0 0 
Research on South African 

Cycadstecpanssurcssctasossess cess 1419 4 
Peat Moss Deposits ............ 25 0 0 
Studies suitable for Elemen- 

tary SChOOIS), i..s0. ce. comma bd 40.0 
Corresponding Societies Com- 

MECC jesvsascusassees (scessepass 25 0 0 

£882 0 9 
1907. 
Electrical Standards ......... 50 0 O 
Seismological Observations... 40 0 0O 
Magnetic Observations at 

Wailmouthyarsre-sepepsete- scien 40 0 0 
Magnetie Survey of South 

ATT Gigs cis nee saiomstoeoasatest soe PAST ras} 
Wave-length Tables of 

SPCCUa, © .sneth psateasesemnae se LOSAO5 10 
Study of Hydro -aromatic 

SUDStANCES ..tisspispincencesmeevse 30 0 0 
Dynamic Isomerism............ 30 0 0 
Life Zones in British Car- 

boniferous Rocks ............ 10 0 0 
HirraticxBlocks):.:. vsdeesaesanaace 10 0 0 
Fauna and Flora of British 

AUTILAS: \ceansesac sh aesesoneaneer ees 10 0 0 
Faunal Succession in the Car- 

boniferous Limestone of 

South-West England ...... LEO! 710 


GENERAL STATEMENT. 


8s. d. 
Correlation and Age of South 

African Strata, &C. ..sse.e0e 10 0 0 
Table at the Zoological 

Station, Naples ..........0006 100 0 O 
Index Animalium ............006 75 0 0 
Development of the Sexual 

Cell sate. ccccsseceveseesseneare oe 111 8 
Oscillations of the Land Level 

in the Mediterranean Basin 50 0 0 
Gold Coinage in Circulation 

in the United Kingdom ... 819 7 
Anthropometric Investiga- 

tions in the British Isles... 10 0 0 
Metabolism of Individual 

THSSUCS) {...is.-vcasroreeeeanee 45 0 0 
The Ductless Glands ......... 25 0 0 
Effect of Climate upon Health 

and: Disease. \...05> sscevessnee 55 0 0 
Physiology of Heredity ...... 30 0 O 
Research on South African 

OyGadess.cssg.ssutesepeeamieaeee 35 0 0 
Botanical Photographs......... 5 0 0 
Structure of Fossil Plants... 5 O O 
Marsh Vegetation..,.........06+ 15 0 0 
Corresponding Societies Com- 

MOLUECE cs 00's sas ecameeronecdeitdeere 1614 1 

£757 12 10 
1908. 
Seismological Observations... 40 0 0 
Further Tabulation of Bessel 

HUN GHONS esac aveceeeecnetee 15 0 0 
Investigation of Upper Atmo- 

sphere by means of Kites... 25 0 0 
Meteorological Observations 

OD Ben NCVISs<...c0ccona smeces 25 0 90 
Geodetic Arc in Africa......... 200 0 O 
Wave-lengthTables of Spectra 10 0 0 
Study of Hydro-aromatic Sub- 

BbANGES te sen sctinssiaccemesteoas ene ape 30 0 0 
Dynamic Isomerism ..,......... 40 0 0 
Transformation of Aromatic 

Nitroamines .....ssessseenenes 30 0 0 
Erratic BlocKS ...:.:.<ssssseneus 1716 6 
Fauna and Flora of British 

PAS Bes sp onepissoun hoes eters 10 0 0 
Faunal Succession in the Car- 

boniferous Limestone in the 

British Isles\ .ccss<secscessons 10 0 O 
Pre-Devonian Rocks............ 10 0 0 
Exact Significance of Local 

UMN) Gagenenaccocdasanenss ee 5 0 0 
Composition of Charnwood 

ROCKS pis cates gues cu ceasehecsmenes 10 0 0 
Table at the Zoological Station 

at Naples.........ccccsscssseeers 100 0 0 
Index Animalium ............... 7 T0..0 
Hereditary Experiments ...... 10 0 O 
Fauna of Lakes of Central 

Was naayil Brass sspassetees cote oe 40 0 0 
Investigations in the Indian 

OGEAT Teccasspsesescornssspeckanns 50 0 0 


GRANTS OF MONEY. 


£ 3s. d. 
Exploration in Spitsbergen .. 30 0 0 
Gold Coinage in Circulation 

in the United Kingdom...... 3 7 6 
Electrical Standards ......... 50 0 0 
Glastonbury Lake Village ... 30 0 0 
Excavations on Roman Sites 

in Britain ........0+0sse00 seopuplo Os 0 
Age of Stone Circles............ 50 0 O 
Anthropological Notes and 

Queries .......se.seeeeveveseers 40 0 O 
Metabolism of Individual 

MT ISSUICS.....,...cccrrrscessrecases 40 0 0 
The Ductless Glands sppente tes 13 14 8 
Effect of Climate upon Health 

and Disease........+++ peaarceen DELO 0 
Body Metabolism in Cancer... 30 0 0 
Electrical Phenomena and 

Metabolism of Arum Spa- 

PEMIPOUE ines csc cesosesssessacrinessss 10° 0), 0 
Marsh Vegetation ..............- 15 0 0 
Succession of Plant Remains 18 0 0 
Corresponding Societies Com- 

TMUGECE)<...5.s008seene aneeatens 25r 0m 0 

£1,157 18 8 
1909. 
Seismological Observations... 60 0 0 
Investigation of the Upper At- 

mosphere bymeansof Kites 10 0 0 
Magnetic Observations at 

Falmouth ..........ceceeeeeees 50 0 O 
Establishing a Solar Ob- 

servatory in Australia ..... 3, 00 ORO 
Wave-lengthTablesof Spectra 916 0 
Study of Hydro-aromatic Sub- 

STANCES ......c2000-+ agonbencr A 15, 05 0 
Dynamic Isomerism..........+ 35 0 0 
Transformation of Aromatic 

Nitroamines .......sceeeeeeeee 10) 0. 0 
Electroanalysis .. apnodntensnasnedne 30 0 0 
Fauna and Flora of British 

BETIS) jasececess pactiaae es seas 8 0 0 
Faunal Succession in the Car- 

boniferous Limestone in the 

British Isles .........seeseeeee 8 0" 0 
Paleozoic Rocks of Wales and 

the West of England ...... 9 O O 

Igneous and Associated Sedi- 

mentary Rocks of Glensaul 11 13 9 
Investigations at Biskra ...... 50 0 0 
Tableat the Zoological Station 

at Naples ..... Ee joconaodtassoer 100 0 0 
Heredity Experiments......... 10 0 O 
Feeding Habits of British 

LELIGIE\s 302. SAB agonooneepaepoe onan by G 
Index Animalium............... (ha CO 
Investigations in the Indian 

OAUEEL ererenosocnecaduggesnnesogn 35 0 (0 
Gaseous Explosions ............ 75 0 0 
Excavations on Roman Sites 

in) Britain ..0.3.:..200. sotpeeno pl OL 
Age of Stone Circles.. ahawersers > 30 0 0 
Researches in Orete...........- com Ow O 


XXXV11 

£ 8. a. 
The Ductless Glands ......... 35 0 0 
Electrical Phenomenaand Me- 

tabolism of Arum Spadices 10 0 O 
Reflex Muscular Rhythm...... LO) 20m 0 
AMESENELICS) wseccccnecsesceyersss 2 OlnO 
Mentaland Muscular Fatigue 27 0 0 
Structure of Fossil Plants... 5 0 0 
Botanical Photographs......... 10 0 O 
Experimental Study of 

HETEGIbY........00.cmesccesecseve 30 0 O 
Symbiosis between Tur- 

bellarian Worms and Alge 10 0 0 
Survey of Clare Island......... 65 0 0 
CurriculaofSecondary Schools 5 0 O 
Corresponding Societies Com- 

mittee....... Sone caNcniseap snes 21 0. 6 

£1,014 9 9 
1910. 
Measurement of Geodetic Arc 

in South Africa...........6.6 100 0 O 
Republication of Electrical 

Standards Reports ......... 100 0 O 
Seismological Observations... 60 0 0 
Magnetic Observations at 

HAM OUSHY serettecnteceset sass 25 0 0 
Investigation of the Upper 

Atmosphere <0... scccnessenee 25 0 0 
Study of Hydro-aromatic Sub- 

SCANGCES Jee .ccecececcscousenesss 25: 0 0 
Dynamic Isomerism.......... a oD Ue 
Transformation of Aromatic 

Nitroamines ........sceceeeees oe 0 
DWlectroanalysis .........s.essce0e 10 0 0 
Faunal Succession in the Car- 

boniferous Limestone in the 

British Isles’ .-.....csccssseooe 10 0 0 
South African Strata ......... Geel Vigan 0, 
Fossils of Midland Coalfields 25 0 0 
Table at the Zoological Sta- 

tion at Naples ...........+.+. 100 0 0 
Index Animalium ............... fi, 0) 10 
Heredity Experiments ......... ts). Og 
Feeding Habits of British 

Tea G ls nponseeenondAaorceodcunace be On 0 
Amount and Distribution of 

INCOME ....00..-sescsereesseree 15 0 0 
Gaseous Explosions SCeaorasor for O=0 
Lake Villages in the neigh- 

bourhood of Glastonbury... 5 0 O 
Excavations on Roman Sites 

TTB TIAL sv nercrenesteeca terse 5° 0° 0 
Neolithic Sites in Northern 

GTEECEs.cjccrccectnecssarovess aue zor OQ 
The Ductless Glands ......... 40 0 0 
Body Metabolismin Cancer... 20 0 0 
Anesthetics .........sseceeeeeees 25 0 0 
Tissue Metabolism ..........+- 25° 0° 0 
Mentaland Muscular Fatigue 18 17 0 
Electromotive Phenomena in 

Plants ..... Paccccenseeseteaaeuss 10 0 0 
Structure of Fossil Plants 10° 07:0 
Experimental Study of 

Heredity scdvccerctesatvess..s 80" 0 0 


XXXVlil 


£ Sd, 
Survey of Clare Island......... BOUEOEMO:_| 
Corresponding Societies Com- 
MILES s.cseaeee err ere ce er erage a0 
£963 17 O 
1911. 
Seismological Investigations 60 0 0 
Magnetic Observations at 

WaAIMOULH weccesreeeenscanceyene 25 0 0 
Investigation of the Upper 

Atmosphere ....0..2.sccaccees 25 0 0 
International Commission on 

Physical and Chemical 

CONSEANTS) <7. .5.csnesnce-eo vas. 30 0 0 
Study of Hydro- ‘aromatic Sub- 

SHEIAGES — soosdcedeescncaseancnse 20 0 0 
Dynamic Isomerism ............ 254508 10 
Transformation of Aromatic 

Nitroamines .......05 5.00... 5.10) 50 
Electroanalysis .........s.s-e+e0 150.0 
Influence of Carbon, &c., on 

Corrosion of Steel............ 15) 0:0 
Crystalline Rocksof Anglesey 2 0 0 
Mammalian Fauna in Miocene 

Deposits, Bugti Hills, Balu- 

GHISDAN ores ceenness spaeees ai csicce (fe I) 
Table at the Zoological Sta- 

tion at Naples ............... 100 0 O 
Index Animalium ............... TDL OlNO 
Feeding Habits of British 

Banc siete seats tenes essence e sea 5 0 0 
Belmullet Whaling Station... 30 0 0 
Map of Prince Charles Fore- 

WAN voeasaneeneaneavesesamtesees 30 0 0 
Gaseous Explosions .... ...... 90 0 0 
Lake Villages in the neigh- 

bourhood of Glastonbury... 5 0 0 
Age of Stone Circles.......... 30 0 0 
Artificial Islands in Highland 

WO CRE Rieccasicenacestastercsseaes 10 0 0 
The Ductless Glands............ 40 0 0 
Anesthetics c...jscscasvsenesss re 20 0 0 
Mentaland Muscular Fatigue 25 0 0 
Electromotive Phenomena in 

Plants!se. osc Saou ech ad ICO 10 0 0 
Dissociation of Oxy- -Hemo- 

POD ade ts cee oactoeneser sewers 25 0.0 
Structure of Fossil Plants ... 15 0 0 
Experimental Study of 

Heredity. Js sks os cche access 45 0 O 
Survey of Clare Island......... 20 0 0 
Registration of Botanical 

Photographs ......... dsedessus 10 0 0 
Mental and Physical Factors 

involved in Education ...... 10 0 O 
Corresponding Societies Com- 

mittee .......... menbermscteston de 20 0 0 

£922 0 0 
1912. 
Seismological Investigations 60 0 0 
Magnetic Observations at 
NANO HGH asec hasasvesta ses oe 25 0 0 


GENERAL STATEMENT. 


S$ «a; 
Investigation of the Upper 
Atmosphere .......c.cserces-- 30 0 0 
International Commission on 
Physical and Chemical 
Constants ...ccecscseccsecevens 30 0 0 
Further Tabulation of Bessel 
Functions: .::2-.<ssessicerssees 15 0 0 
Study of Hydro-aromatic 
Substances....... janoshace sede 20) ROO 
Dynamic Isomerism ............ 30 0 0 
Transformation of Aromatic 
NitToaMineS .......000..e%8 s- 10 0 0 
Electroanalysis .......... Sogcords 10 0 0 
Study of Plant Enzymes...... 30 0 0 
irratic BIOCKS <.2:isasscssessees 5 0 0 
Igneous and Associated Rocks 
of Glensaul, &C..........eeeeee 15 0 0 
List of Characteristic Fossils 5 0 0 
Sutton Bone Bed ........0.0.00 15 0 0 
Bembridge Limestone at 
Creechbarrow Hill ........ . 20 0 0 
Table at the Zoological 
Station at Naples ............ 50 0 O 
Index Animalium.............55 75 0 0 
Belmullet Whaling Station... 20 0 0 
Secondary Sexual Characters 
DN DITOR eras cies eeaeseseeaameee 10 0 O 
Gaseous Explosions ............ 60 0 0 
Lake Villages in the neigh- 
bourhood of Glastonbury... 5 0 0 
Artificial Islands in High- 
Tand Lochs: sc s:cscspsceeeses= 10 0 0 
Physical Character of Ancient 
Egyptians ........ sions eel connie s 40 0 0 
Excavation in Easter Island 15 0 0 
The Ductless Glands ......... 35 0 0 
Calorimetric Observations on 
Mian reece renenseenteenerperaceass 40 0 0 
Structure of Fossil Plants aos gf oe ea 
Experimental Study of 
Hereditiyecrcnstecssscaeceeet ares 35 0 0 
Survey of Clare Island......... 20 0 0 
Jurassic Flora of Yorkshire 15 0 0 
Overlapping between Second- 
ary and Higher Education 118 6 
Curricula, &c., of Industrial 
and Poor Law Schools...... 10 0 0 
Influence of School Books 
upon Eyesight ............... 30. O 
Corresponding Societies Com- 
mittee....... icc weeeeeerietaactan 2b 0 0 
Collections illustrating 
Natural History of Isle of 
Wight...... cise sedate ee ete 40 0 0 
£845 7 6 
— 
1913. 
Seismological Investigations 60 0 0 
Investigation of the Upper 
Atmosphere s..s<.assss50-nens 560 0 0 


International Commission on 
Physical and Chemical 
Constants: sc. ccsusvesvecsemens 


.40 0 0 


GRANTS OF MONEY. 


£ 8: ads 
Further Tabulation of Bessel 
Functions .....ccccccererseseen 30 0 0 
Study of Hydro-aromatic 
Substances..,......cerereeveees 20 0 O 
Dynamic Isomerism...........- 30 0 0 
Transformation of Aromatic 
NitroamMines .......ccseesseees 20 0 0 
Study of Plant Enzymes...... 30 0 0 
Igneous and Associated Rocks 
of Gleusaul, &C ......660-0000e 10 0 0 
List of Characteristic Fossils 5 0 0 
Exploration of the Upper Old 
RedSandstoneof DuraDen 75 0 0 
Geology of Ramsey Island... 10 0 0 
Old Red Sandstone Rocks of 
PREM LOECAD, <<nccccasesoneeisennas Ibe 0-0 
Table at the Zoological Sta- 
tion at Naples ..........s000- 50 0 O 
Ditto (Special Grant) ......... 50 0 O 
Nomenclator Animalium 
Generum et Sub-generum 100 0 0 
Belmullet Whaling Station... 15 0 0 
Ditto (Special Grant) ......... 10 0 0 
Gaseous Explosions...........+ 80 0 0 
Lake Villages in the Neigh- 
bourhood of Glastonbury... 5 0 O 
Age of Stone Circles (Special 
GYATt) ...00 0... sete eee sesens 15 0 0 
Artificial Islands in the High- 
lands of Scotland ............ be OW 0 
Excavations on Roman Sites 
TRB YIGAIN seecesocsssveuenveses 15 0 0 
Hausa Manuscripts ............ 20) 0: 10 
The Ductless Glands ......... 40 0 0 
Calorimetric Observations on 
iWiewat * Raat ApeSecepdouco ecdseeooe 45 0 0 
Dissociation of Oxy-Hzmo- 
globin at High Altitudes... 15 0 0 
Structure and Function of 
the Mammalian Heart...... 20 0 0 
Structure of Fossil Plants ... 15 0 0 
Jurassic Flora of Yorkshire 412 4 
Vegetation of Ditcham Park, 
Hampshire...........sseeseeees 45 0 0 
Influence of School Books on 
Biyesight.........ccccscseeseases Sea 9 
Corresponding Societies Com- 
BUILGHCC ssc cesiesscabeleses cease en 25 0 0 
£978 17 1 
1914. 
Seismological Investigations 130 0 0 
Investigation of the Upper 
Atmosphere ......cscsessseeee 25 0 0 
International Commission on 
Physical and Chemical 
GIGTINTANIUS SG steenisusiecesicess eo. 40 0 0 
Calculation of Mathematical 
DETSGE baer cheaconecesonsepounce 20 0 0 
Disposal of Copies of the 
‘Binary Canon’ ...........+ Ae OO 


XXXIX 
So Sods 
Study of Hydro-aromatic 

Substances). -cicstscasesences 1507 0 
Dynamic Isomerism.........+++ 26 0 0 
Transformation of Aromatic 

Nitroamines .......cccceeeeeee oeOr 20 
Study of Plant Enzymes...... 257 0/0 
Correlation of Crystalline 

Form with Molecular Struc- 

GUNG Te. sevctroscssdacdasade edn 25.0 0 
Study of Solubility Pheno- 

TYLON ein eietoferalafain etaleloa’elale'etateinielw's 10 0 0 
List of Characteristic Fossils 5 0 O 
Geology of Ramsey Island... 10 0 0 
Fauna and Flora of Trias of 

Western Midlands ......... 10 0 0 
Critical Sections in Lower 

Paleozoic Rocks .....+.e0.. 15 0 0 
Belmullet Whaling Station... 20 0 0 
Nomenclator Animalium 

Generum et Sub-generum 50 0 0 
Antarctic Whaling Industry 75 0 0 
Maps for School and Univer- 

ett MOR) <Gooecnsnouetrioaacencoc 40 0 0 
Gaseous Explosions............ 50 0 O 
Stress Distributions in Engi- 

neering Materials ............ 50 0 O 
Lake Villages in the Neigh- 

bourhood of Glastonbury... 20 0 0 
Age of Stone Circles ......... 20 0 0 
Artificial Islands in the High- 

lands of Scotland ............ 5 0 0 
Excavations on Roman Sites 

IM) BYUGALN cence ces) cote aivsacl 20.0 0 
Anthropometric Investiga- 

tions in Cyprus. .........+.- 50 0 O 
Paleolithic Site in Jersey... 50 0 0 
The Ductless Glands ......... 35). 04.0 
Calorimetric Observations on 

Wittens nice scare eleaanaseiedsve 40 0 0 
Structure and Function of the 

Mammalian Heart ......... 30 0 0 
Binocular Combination of 

Kinematograph Pictures... 017 0 
Structure of Fossil Plants... 15 0 0 
Jurassic Flora of Yorkshire Sp (0), 0) 
Flora of the Peat of the 

Kennet Valley ........+-+00+- 15% 0:0 
Vegetation of Ditcham Park 14 4 3 
Physiology of Heredity ...... 30 0 0 
Breeding Experiments with 

Cnotheras.....sseceeeeeeee 1917 4 
Mental and Physical Fac- 

tors involved in Educa- 

GLOW. ajeasisnnesislevossccds bases 20 0 0 
Influence of School Books on 

Hyesight,......sscecssscesseeees Py toh ty) 
Character, Work, and Main- 

tenance of Museums......... 10 0 0 
Corresponding Societies Com- 

MIttCE...cescrenrraseenererscsers 25, 0) O 

£1,086 16 4 


— 


xl 


GRANTS OF MONEY. 


1915. 
£8. 
Seismological Inyestigations 130 0 
Tables of Constants ............ 40 0O 
Mathematical Tables ......... 35 (OO 
Dynamic Isomerism ............ 20 0 
Non-Aromatic Diazonium 

allbSas..s-coaesbareseewagers seen ee 8 10 
Old Red Sandstone Rock of 

IRVMOCAN Ss. e sree eccseeadsees (ie) 
Old Red Sandstone Rock of 

HUE INES ssiosass seams ceeacusuneesna 25 0 
Belmullet Whaling Station... 25 0 
Fatigue from Economic Stand- 

(DOUG teva cbueconsnercaee teehee 20 0 
Industrial Unrest ..,.....-.....5 20 0 
Women in Industry ............ 90 0 
Effect of War on Credit ...... 25 0 
Stress Distributions ............ 40 0 
Engineering Problems affect- 

ing the Prosperity of the 

Conniny © vee deneerd cancel 10 0 


209000 ©c0 SCS © cooo® 


£ os. d. 
Physical Characters of Ancient 
Hatypblans Veapacerevacsscaccnece T2861 
Paleolithic Site in Jersey ... 25 0 0 
Distribution of Bronze Age 
Implements........sccessevsreee 3.5 9 
Ductless Glands (1914)......... 35 0 0 
+ 55 (GI) eeeBoacc 14 00 
Physiology of Heredity ...... 45 0 0 
Renting of Cinchona Station 1210 0 
Mental and Physical Factors 
involved in Education ...... 20 0 0 
School Books and Eyesight... 3 5 O 
Museums...... Pee ndtpecobe gsc 1507-0 
ree Place System) ccectecnes: 10-10 26 
Corresponding Societies Com- 
TAVLUDCE vo eslsespiewelenienleh ieee ee 25 0 0 
£715 18 10 


GENERAL MEETINGS. xli 


GENERAL MEETINGS AT NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE. 


On Tuesday, September 5, at 8.30 p.m., in the Town Hall, Professor 
Arthur Schuster, F.R.S., resigned the office of President to Sir Arthur 
Evans, F.R.S. Before vacating the chair, Professor Schuster referred to 
eminent members of the Association who had died since the previous 
meeting. These included the following :— 


The Right Hon. Sir Henry E. Roscoe, F.R.S., President, 1887. 

Sir Arthur W. Riicker, F.R.S., President, 1901 ; Trustee, 1898-1915 ; 
General Treasurer, 1891-98. 

Sir William Turner, K.C.B., F.R.S., President, 1900. 

Sir William Ramsay, K.C.B., F.R.S., President, 1911. 

Sir Andrew Noble, Bart., K.C.B., F.R.S., President of Section G, 
1890. 

Professor R. Meldola, F.R.S., President of Section B, 1895. 

Professor Silvanus P. Thompson, F.R.S., President of Section G, 
1907. 

Professor E. A. Minchin, F.R.S., President of Section D, 1915. 


Sir Arthur Evans then delivered an Address, for which see page 3. 

On Wednesday evening, September 6, at 8 P.m., an informal con- 
yersazione was held at the Laing Art Gallery. 

On Thursday, September 7, at 8.30 p.m., in the Town Hall, Professor 
W. A. Bone, F.R.S., delivered a discourse on ‘Flame and Flameless 
Combustion.’ 

On Friday, September 8, at 8.30 p.m., in the Town Hall, Dr. P. 
Chalmers Mitchell, F.R.S., delivered a discourse on ‘Evolution and the 
War.’ 

After the above discourse (the occasion being the concluding General 
Meeting), the following resolution was unanimously adopted on the 
motion of the President :— 

That the cordial thanks of the British Association be extended to the Right Hon. 
the Lord Mayor and Corporation and the Citizens of the City of Newcastle for their 
hearty welcome, to the Presidents and Councils of the University of Durham College 
of Medicine and of the Armstrong College, and to the North-East Coast Institution of 
Engineers and Ship-builders and other Institutions which have kindly placed their 
buildings and resources at the disposal of the Association, to the Directors of the 
North-Eastern Railway Company, and, finally, to the Honorary Local Officers and 
their able assistants, and to the General and Executive Committees and individual 
members thereof, for the admirable arrangements made for the Meeting under 
exceptional and trying circumstances. 


OFFICERS OF SECTIONS AT THE NEWCASTLE 
MEETING, 1916. 


SECTION A.—MATHEMATICAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE, 


President.—Prof. A. N. Whitehead, Sc.D., F.R.S.  Vice-Presidents.—Sir 
F. W. Dyson, M.A., LL.D., F.R:S.; Prof. T. H. Havelock, M.A., F.R.S.; Prof. 
Sir E. Rutherford, D.Sc., F.R.S.  Secretaries.—Prof. A. 8, Eddington, M.A., 
M.Sc., F.R.S. (Recorder); H. R. Hassé; A. O. Rankine, D.Sc.; W. Makower, 
M.A., D.Sc.; G. M. Caunt, M.A., M.Sc. 


xlii OFFICERS OF SECTIONS, 1916. 


SECTION B.—CHEMISTRY. 


President.—Prof. G. G. Henderson, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S. Vice-Presidents.— 
Prof. W. A. Bone, D.Sc., F.R.S.; J. T. Dunn, D.Sc.; J. E. Stead, D.Sc., F.R.S. 


Secretartes—A. Holt, D.Sc. (Recorder); C. H. Desch, D.Se., Ph.D.; Prof. R. 
Robinson, D.Sc. ; J. A. Smythe, Ph.D., D.Sc. 


SECTION C.—GEOLOGY. 


President.—Prof. W. 8. Boulton, D.Sc.  Vice-Presidents—J. W. Evans, 
D.Sc. ; Prof. G. A. Lebour, D.Sc. ; Prof. P. F. Kendall, M.Sc.; J. W. Flett, D.Sc. 
Secretartes—W. Lower Carter, M.A. (Recorder); W. T. Gordon, D.Sc.; 
G. Hickling, D.Sc. ; D. Woolacott, D.Sc. 


SECTION D.—ZOOLOGY. 


President.—Prof. E. W. MacBride, D.Sc., F.R.S. Vice-Presidents.—Dr. F. A. 
Dixey, F.R.S.; Prof. A. Meek, D.Sc.  Secretaries—J. H. Ashworth, D.Sc 
(Recorder); R. Douglas Laurie, M.A.; R. A. H. Gray, M.A., M.Se. 


SECTION E.—GEOGRAPHY. 


President.—Edward A. Reeves, F.R.G.S. Vice-Presidents —Rev. W. J. 
Barton; Prof. M. R. Wright; Sir T. H. Holdich, K.C.B.; Sir Thomas Oliver; 
Dr. W. S. Bruce. Secretaries—J. McFarlane, M.A. (Recorder); Dr. R. N. 
Rudmose Brown; B. C. Wallis; Herbert Shaw. 


SECTION F.—ECONOMIC SCIENCE AND STATISTICS, 


President.—Prof. A. W. Kirkaldy, M.A.,M.Com. Vice-Prestdents.—Sir Hugh 
Bell, Bart.; Principal Hadow, M.A.; Dr. G. B. Hunter; Prof, W. R. Scott, 
M.A.; Miss E. Stevenson. Secretaries—Miss Ashley, M.A. (Recorder); C. R. 
Fay, M.A.; E. J. W. Jackson, B.A.; Prof. H. M. Hallsworth ; J. Cunnison. 


SECTION G.—ENGINEERING. 


President.—G. G. Stoney, B.A., F.R.S. Vice-Presidents.—H. S. Hele-Shaw, 
D.Se., F.R.S.; Summers Hunter; Prof. H. Louis, D.Sc. ; C. H. Merz, M.Inst.C.E. ; 
i. L. Orde; H. Rowell; Prof. R. L. Weighton, D.Sc.; Col. R. Saxton White. 


Secretaries.—Prof. G. W. O. Howe, D.Sc. (Recorder) ; Prof. E. W. Marchant, 
D.Sc.; Prof. W. M. Thornton, D.Sc. 


SECTION H.—ANTHROPOLOGY. 


President —R. R. Marett, D.Sc. Vice-Presidents.—Prof. A. Keith, M.D., 
F.R.S.; F. B. Jevons, D.Litt.; Prof. CO. G. Seligman, M.D.; Prof. R. Howden, 
M.D.; R.H. Forster, M.A., LL.B. Secretaries—F. C. Shrubsall, M.A., M.D. 
(Recorder) ; Rey. E. O. James, B.Litt.; E. P. Stibbe, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S, 


SECTION I.—PHYSIOLOGY. 


President.—Prof. A. R. Cushny, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. Vice-Presidents— 
D. Drummond, M.D.; Prof. W. D. Halliburton, M.D., F.R.S.; Prof. T. Loveday ; 
Prof. Sir T. Oliver, M.D.; Prof. A. Robinson; Prof. Sir Edward A. Schiifer, 
M.D., F.R.S.; Prof. E. H. Starling, M.D., F.R.S.; Prof. A. D. Waller, M.D., 


F.R.S. Seeretaries.—Prof. P. T, Herring, M.D. (Recorder) ; C. L. Burt, M.A. ; 
Prof. J. A. Menzies, M.A., M.D. 


OFFICERS OF SECTIONS, 1916. xlili 


SECTION K,—BOTANY. 


President.—A. B. Rendle, M.A., D.Se., F.R.S.  Vice-Presidents.—Prof. F, O. 
Bower, F.R.S.; Prof. W. H. Lang, M.B., F.R.S.; Prof. M. C. Potter, M.A.; 
Prof. A. O. Seward, F-R.S.; H. W. T. Wager, F.R.S.; Prof. R. H. Yapp, M.A. 
Secretaries.—D. Thoday, M.A. (Recorder); K. C. Davie, M.A.; Miss E, N. 
Thomas, D.Sc.; J. Small. 


SECTION L.—EDUCATIONAL SCIENCE. 


President—Rev. W. Temple, M.A. Vice-Presidents—Principal W. H. 
Hadow, M.A.; Mrs. H. Sidgwick. Secretaries—Prof. J. A. Green, M.A. (Re- 
corder); D. Berridge, M.A.; Dr. E. H. Tripp; Percival Sharp, B.Sc. 


SECTION M.—AGRICULTURE, 


President.—E. J. Russell, D.Sc. Vice-Presidents.—Sir Sydney Olivier, 
K.C.M.G.; T. H. Middleton, C.B.; Prof. T. B. Wood, M.A.; Prof. D, A. 
Gilchrist, Ph.D.; Sir R. H. Rew, K.C.B.; Prof. W. Somerville, D.Sc. Secre- 
taries.—Prof. C. Crowther, M.A., Ph.D. (Recorder) ; A. Lauder, D.Sc.; 8. Hoare 
Collins, M.Sc. 


CONFERENCE OF DELEGATES OF CORRESPONDING 
SOCIETIES. 


President.—Prof. G. A. Lebour, M.A., D.Se., F.G.S.  Vice-President.— 
Thomas Sheppard, M.Sc., F.G.S. Secretary.— Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. 


xliv REPORT OF THE COUNCIL. 


REPORT OF THE COUNCIL, 1915-16. 


I. The Council during the past year have had to deplore the death of 
Sir A. W. Ricker (ex-President, ex-General Treasurer, and a Trustee of 
the Association), Sir Henry Roscoz, Sir Wrut1Am Turner, and Sir 
Wiuu1am Ramsay (ex-Presidents), and Sir J. K. Carrp, a benefactor of 
the Association. 


II. The Hon. Sir C. A. Parsons has been unanimously nominated 
by the Council to fill the office of President of the Association for 1917-18 
(Bournemouth Meeting). 


III. Resolutions received by the General Committee at Manchester, 
and referred to the Council for consideration and, if desirable, for action, 
were dealt with as follows :— 


From Section A. 


‘That the Council places upon record its high appreciation of the 
assistance rendered to the investigation of the value of gravity 
at sea by the directors of Messrs. Alfred Holt of Liverpool 
during the voyage of the British Association to Australia in 
1914. The Association is indebted to them for the generous 
installation of a special refrigerating chamber for the purpose 
of this research and for placing at the disposal of the 
experimenter (Dr. Duffield) the whole of the resources of the 
Blue Funnel steamship “ Ascanius’”’: in this respect the help 
of Captain Chrimes, Chief Engineer Douglas, and Refrige- 
rating Engineer Latham deserves particular mention. The 
Association regrets that the outbreak of war prevented full 
advantage being taken of the facilities so kindly made avail- 
able by Messrs. Alfred Holt, but it is none the less grateful 
for their valuable and whole-hearted co-operation. 

‘That a copy of the above resolution be forwarded to Messrs. 
Alfred Holt.’ 


It was unanimously resolved that the above resolution be adopted and 
that a copy be forwarded to Messrs. Alfred Holt. 


From Section B. 


‘To recommend to the Council that the proceedings of Section B, 
together with the reports of Research Committees, including 
any reports on special branches of chemical science, be 
published separately from the annual volume of Reports.’ 


In the course of a general inquiry into the possibilities of economy 
in printing at the present time, the Council decided that it would be 
inexpedient under existing conditions to give effect to the above resolution. 


IV. A proposal for the constitution of a committee on organisation 
in relation to problems arising out of the war was brought before the 
Council. The following committee was appointed to consider and report 
upon this proposal :— 


REPORT OF THE COUNCIL. xlv 


The President and General Officers, the President-Elect, Sir KE. 
Brabrook, Mr. A. D. Hall, Dr. H. 8. Hele-Shaw, Professor R. Meldola, 
and Professor C. 8. Sherrington. 


This Committee presented the following Report :— 
The Committee recommends :— 
(a) That the Organising Committees of Sections should haye power to 
report direct to the Council at any time when the Association is not in 
Session at its Annual Meeting. 


(b) That a Research Committee should have power to send reports at 
any time, through the Organising Committee of its Section, to the Council. 


The Committee recommends the Council to give immediate effect to this 
arrangement, and to inform all members of Organising Sectional Committees 
accordingly, and to call upon those Committees to meet in order to consider :— 


(a) What problems, if any, arise in their special departments of science 
which call for investigation in the present connexion (i.c., in connexion with 
the future effects of the war upon the national andimperial welfare). 


(b) The proper methods of investigation of such problems. 


The Committee recommends that it be reappointed, with additional members, 
and with power to initiate questions to be submitted to the Organising Sectional 
Committees, and to receive reports from them and transmit such reports to the 
Council. 


The Council resolved that the Committee be reappointed with the 
addition of Prof. W. A. Bone, Dr. Dugald Clerk, Major Lyons, and 
Dr. A. Strahan. The Committee was empowered to consult the Organ- 
ising Committees on the questions indicated in the Report, and it was 
further resolved :— 


(a) That Organising Committees of Sections should have power to 
report direct to the Council at any time when the Association 
is not in annual session, and that it be recommended to the 
General Committee that the Rule, chap. ix., 6 (second para- 
graph), be amended to read as follows :—- 


‘Bach Organising Committee shall hold... meetings... 
for the organisation of the ensuing Sectional proceedings, and 
may at any such meeting resolve to present a report to the 
Council upon any matter of interest to the Section, and shall 
hold... ete.’ 


(b) That Research Committees should have power to report through 
Organising Committees to the Council at any time when the 
Association is not in annual session, and that it be recom- 
mended to the General Committee that the Rule, chap. iv., 5, 
be amended to read as follows :— 


‘Every Research Committee shall present a report . . . at the 
Annual Meeting next after that at which it was appointed or 
reappointed, and may in the meantime present a report 
through a Sectional Organising Committee to the Council.’ 


A number of valuable proposals, received by the Committee from the 
Organising Sectional Committees, have been transmitted to the Council, 
and action arising out of several of these is proceeding. 


xlvi REPORT OF THE COUNCIL. 


V. With a view to facilitating the work of Research Committees, the 
Council have resolved to recommend to the General Committee that 
the Rule, chap. iv., 1, be amended by the omission of the words italicised 
below :— 


A Sectional Committee may recommend the appointment of a 
Research Committee, composed of Members of the Association 
to conduct research . . . and the Committee of Recommenda- 
tion may include such recommendation in their Report to the 
General Committee. 


and by the addition, after the above clause, of the following :— 


Such Research Committee shall be composed of Members of the 
Association, provided that the Council shall have power to 
consider, and in its discretion to approve, any recommendation 
to include in such Committee any person, not being a Member 
of the Association, whose assistance may be regarded as of 
special importance to the research undertaken. 


VI. Professors J. Perry and W. A. HerpMAN were appointed to 
represent the Association at a Conference called by the Royal Society 
to discuss a proposal for a Conjoint Board of Scientific Societies. 


Professors J. Perry and H. H. Turner were appointed to represent 
the Association at a Meeting called by the Committee on the Neglect of 
Science. 


VII. It was unanimously resolved that the renewed invitation to hold 
the Annual Meeting in Newcastle-upon-Tyne in 1916 be accepted with 
pleasure. 


VIII. The Council have received reports from the General Treasurer 
during the past year. The accounts have been audited and are presented 
to the General Committee. 

The General Treasurer has reported that Mr. M. DesHumBsERT pro- 
posed to leave a legacy of about £5,000 to the Association, subject to the 
condition that his wife and her sister should receive the interest during 
their lifetime. 

It was resolved that the thanks of the Council be conveyed to 
Mr. Deshumbert. 


IX. Carrp Funp.—The Council has made the following grants from 
the income of the fund during the year :— 


For aid in transplanting the private observatory of the £ 
Rey. T. KE. R. Phillips. é - ; ; - 2 
To Committee on Fuel Economy . , . : . 25 


X. ConNFERENCE OF DELEGATES and CORRESPONDING SocIETIES 
CoMMITTEE :— 
The following nominations are made by the Council :— 


Conference of Delegates.—Professor G. A. Lebour (President), Mr. T. 
Sheppard (Vice-President), Mr. W. Mark Webb (Secretary). 


—— a 


REPORT OF THE COUNCIL xlvii 


Corresponding Societies Commattee.—Mr. W. Whitaker (Chairman), 
Mr. W. Mark Webb (Secretary), Rev. J. O. Bevan, Sir Edward Brabrook, 
Sir H. G. Fordham, Dr. J. G. Garson, Principal E. H. Griffiths, Dr. A.C. 
Haddon, Mr. T. V. Holmes, Mr. J. Hopkinson, Mr. A. L. Lewis, Rev. 
T. R. R. Stebbing, and the President and General Officers of the Associa- 


tion. 


XI. The retiring members of the Council are :— 

By seniority.—Prof. H. EK. Armstrong, Prof. J. L. Myres, Sir J. J. H. 
Teall. 

By resignation.—Mr. W. Crooke, Prof. T. B. Wood. 

The Council has nominated the following new members :— 


Prof. R. A. Gregory, 

Dr. S. F. Harmer, 

Dr. A. Strahan, 
leaving two vacancies to be filled by the General Committee without 
nomination by the Council. 


The full list of nominations of ordinary members is as follows :-— 


Prof. W. A. Bone. Dr. A. C. Haddon. 

Sir E. Brabrook. Prof. W. D. Halliburton. 
Prof. W. H. Bragg. Dr. 8S. F. Harmer. 

Dr. Dugald Clerk. Sir Everard im Thurn. 
Prof. A. Dendy. Sir D. Morris. 

Prof. H. N. Dickson. Sir E. Rutherford. 

Dr. F. A. Dixey. Miss E. R. Saunders. 
Prof. H. B. Dixon. Prof. E. H. Starling. 

Sir F. W. Dyson. Dr. A. Strahan. 

Prof. R. A. Gregory. Prof, F. E. Weiss. 
Principal E. H. Griffiths. Dr. A. Smith Woodward. 


XII. Dr. G. Carry Fostrer, who has acted as a Trustee of the 
Association in the room of the late Sir A. W. Ricker during the past 
year, has been nominated for appointment to that office. 


XIII. Taz Genrrat Orricers have been nominated by the Council 
as follows :—-~ 
General Treasurer: Prof. J. Perry. 


Generul Secretaries: Prof. W. A. Herdman. 
Prof. H. H. Turner. 


XIV. Dr. J. A. Suyrue has been admitted a member of the General 
Committee. 


XV. Dr. G. E. Hate and Dr. W. H. Wetcu have been elected 
Honorary Corresponding Members. 


XVI. Professors J. Perry and W. A. Herpman have been appointed 
to represent the Association on the Conjoint Board of Scientific Societies. 


xlv 


111 GENERAL TREASURER’S ACCOUNT. 


THE GENERAL TREASURER IN ACCOUNT 


ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE, 


RECEIPTS. 
EST Det! Prem SY mer ye Pe Hea ier? 
To Balance brought forward :— 
Lloyds Bank, Birmingham............... OTE.) Ee a Be idisdsiseaces WhgOLOT AOE 
Commonwealth Bank of Australia .., Jeo deT, OLeL 
Bank of England—Western Branch :— 
OSIM WR Vl eck cctescsansuee 
Less General Account overdrawn ..........0.csecescescescescesceeces 
4212 5 
ee AG Spar 
Life Composition (including Transfers) ........ De rieerince sanaateteerette faiasehdant eater eean tet easeee 257 0 0 
Annual Subscriptions ..,........cc00.0c0eee0s 613 0 0 
New Annual Members’ Subscriptions 252 0 O 
Sale of Associates’ Tickets ............. 551 0 0 
Sale of Ladies’ Tickets . 141 0 0 
Sale of Publications ., 258 13 1 
DONATION (535 cesther vadeec cea ceetacet sec cetoinws i Rane: ciwincbacansegnduteccun sarkeecee doneterer meee rene nee 10 0 0 
Interest on Deposit, Lloyds Bank, Birmingham . 3 1 
oe aq Commonwealth Bank of Australia fA ee 24 7 2 
a 3 Williams Deacons Bank, Manchester .......---cs-csssscsese 27 7 5 
10217 8 
Unexpended Balances of Grants returned ............-.sccecsssosseecceccsesssesscesenceece Dcuataeteeeer 4312 1 
Dividends on Investments :— 
Consols 24 per Cent. .. 110 6 8 
India 3 per Cent. ....... 9116 0 
Great Indian Peninsula Annuity , a 26 14 5 % 
War Loan 44 per Cent...........00 008 One cory Ocha POO ERM PD ror 7717 0 
——-._ 306 14 1 
Dividends on ‘ Caird Fund’ Investments :— 
DG Be SEEM tay een meee Cee. cacoeacdesuassxest bess: die Gleetecgscevesst SRO 78 3 0 
London & North Western Railway Consolidated 4 per Oent. Pref. Stock 7216 0 
London & South Western Railway Consolidated 4 per Cent. Pref. Stock 8613 4 
Canada 34 per Cent. Registered Stock ........ Ecopeussdecestans<ocettdedaieencertrs 4 15 
—— 31119 9 
MNTCOME aK NEUULNC Oa n.auko, getrveslensecvaterens costs segecossnouseterecadceecsse spoon gumearage Bai Cetrisaeeen 115, 19) 11 
Grant returned— Caird Fund,’ Zoological Station at Naples ........... Atsuctece tas janes” CEU0! SO 2) 
Invesiments, 
Nominal Amount. 
£5,701 10 5 &£ 3s. a. 
Less Converted into 
War Loan 43 per 
Cent. Stock— 
1,050 0 0 
= 4,651 10 5 Consolidated 24 per Cent. Stock 
3,600 0 O India 3 per Cent. Stock 
879 4 9 £43 Great Indian Peninsula Railway ‘B’ Annuity 
2,627 010 India 3} per Cent. Stock, ‘ Caird Fund’ 
2,100 0 0 London and North Western Railway Oonsolidated 
4 per Cent. Preference Stock, ‘Caird Fund’ 
2,500 0 O Oanada 3} (1930-50) Registered Stock, * Caird Fund’ 
2,500 0 O London and South Western Railway, Consolidated 
4 per Cent, Preference Stock, ‘ Caird Fund’ 
8412 0 Sir Frederick Bramwell’s Gift of 2% per Cent. Self 
Oumulating Consolidated Stock 
1,450 0 O War Loan “4 per Cent. 1925/45 
700 0 O (resulting from 
conversion of £1, 050 pH per Cent, Consols) 
1,000 0 QO Lloyds Bank, Birmingham—Deposit Account in- 
cluded in Balance at Bank, Sir J. Caird’s Gift 
for Radio-Activity Investigation 
£22,092 8 0 £8,051 9 0 
—— 


JOHN PERRY, General Treasurer. 


GENERAL TREASURER’S ACCOUNT. xlix 


WITH THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE Cr. 
July 1, 1915, to June 30, 1916. 


PAYMENTS. 
£ sa. 
By Rent and Office Bxpenses ....s..ssssssseseeestretensretsssssesencrseeeccnnaees MineehavscecapantsenaeCacecrts 100 15 IL 
RISIATIOS OCG lagec accu saeweeencae oe = 20" 2 oT 
Printing, Binding, &¢..,,............. . 1,886 8 7 
Expenses of Manchester Meeting ..........ccscscsseeceneneceeeensessenssessersaceennes Dien iva . 14419 2 


Grants to Research Oommittees ;— 


Seismological Investigations .... 
Tables of Constants ..,.......+5 
Mathematical Tables .. 
Dynamic IsomerisM ,.....600000+ ne 
Non-Aromatic Diazonium Salts ......... ee 8 10 
Old Red Sandstone Rock of Kiltorcan 
Old Red Sandstone Rock of Rhynie 


w 

uo 

Oo 
coocook 


Belmullet Whaling Station .,.....,.::+.0- 25 
Fatigue from Economic Standpoint . 20 
Industrial Umrest..,,...cscsssssesrrsrsesseee : 5 a 
Women in Industry .. Beas oaececeenbod to. enone 90 


Effect of War on Ored: pari catipencarseeacdeudeatateccests 25 
Stress Distributions..... 
Engineering Problems a g Dp! 

Physical Oharacters of Ancient Egyptians ... 


ocoocoococornorooocoococse 


Paleolithic Site in Jersey.....s..c..sscsceeeeeeee 25 
Distribution of Bronze Age Implements .., 3 
Ductless Glands (1914) ..,....... aictaneatpeanace 35 

ne Se HOLY ae 14 
Physiology of Heredity ....... 45 
Renting of Cinchona Station ...........:06 ddereceen 12 10 
Mental and Physical Factors involved in Hducation,, 20 0 
School Books and Eyesight ......,c,sssecescseessseeeeceecceereececeseceoes 3 5 
Museums........... fete re cLouaO 
Tree Place System ........sseeccenssseeeeenereeuretsegererseneesssseteasuneces 


Corresponding Societ. s Committee ... 


Grants made from ‘ Caird Fund? ........:c0ccre saaveds 


Purchase of £1,450 War Loan 4% per Cent. 1925/45 jon ahtirr er teresesreer are 
Balance at Lloyds Bank, Birmingham (with accrued Interest) 
cluding Sir James Oaird’s Gift, Radio-Activity Investigation, of 
£1,000 and accrued Interest thereon £72 15s. Od. ......seceeerereeeseerees 1,769 13 0 
Balance at Williams Deacon’s Bank (with Interest accrued) .....,.... eed 1,145 18 5 
Balance at Bank of England—Western Branch ;— 
On! Gaird Fund” s..,104;--.ten.gsseanvece Weaessigeess sae esse «.. 290 7 10 
On General Account ..... reer Preereerne Pi ryestkaqeerTascerstacrace 56 1 1 
—- 346 8 11 
a aigdse 0) 4 
£8,051 9 0 
Se 


Thave examined the above Account with the Books and Vouchers of the Association, and certify the 
same to be correct, I have also verified the Balances at the Bankers, and have ascertained that the Invest- 
ments are registered in the names of the Trustees, except £50 Investment in the War Loan 44 per Oent. 


Stock which stands in the name of the Treasurer. 
W. B. KEEN, Chartered Accountant. 


August 22, 1916. 


ly 


APPROVED— 
EDWARD BRABROOK, a 
EVERARD IM foeee} Auditors. 


1916. c 


ATTENDANCES 


AND RECEIPTS. 


Table showing the Attendances and Receipts 


| 
| 


Date of Meeting Where held Presidents a cesd | oe | 
1831, Sept. 27......| York ... Viscount Milton, D.O.L., F.R.S. —- _ | 
1832, June 19..,,..| Oxford . .| The Rev. W. Buckland, RS. — _ | 
1833, June 25 Cambridge ... .| The Rey. A. Sedgwick, F.RS. te —_— —_— | 
1834, Sept. 8 Edinburgh Sir T. M. Brisbane, D.O.L., F. RS. . = | = | 
1835, Aug. 10 Dublin ...... The Rev. Provost Lloyd, LL.D., F.R.S. — | _ 
1836, Aug. 22......| Bristol .... The Marquis of Lansdowne, F.RB.S.. — _ / 
1837, Sept. 11......) Liverpool ............... The Earl of Burlington, F.R.S.......... = = 
1838, Aug. 10......, Newcastle-on-Tyne...| The Duke of Northumberland, E.R.S. = a 
1839, Aug. 26 ..,...) Birmingham ......... The Rey. W. Vernon Harcourt, F.RS.) _ -- 
1840, Sept. 17.. Glasgow... .| The Marquis of Breadalbane, E.R, — — 
1841, July 20 ..,...| Plymout .| The Rey. W. Whewell, F.R.S. .... 169°. 0] "sar6h 
1842, June 23 Manchester ....| The Lord Francis Egerton, F.GS. . 303 169 
1843, Aug. 17...... Cork Liss: ....| The Earl of Rosse, F.R.S. 109 28 
1844, Sept. 26 ...... Work jiccscs .| The Rey. G. Peacock, D. D., F ‘R. s 226 | 150 
1845, June 19...... Cambridge . .| Sir John F. W. Herschel, Bart. Pyles RS. 313 | 36 
1846, Sept. 10,.....| Southampton - Sir Roderick I. Murchison, Bart, sF.R.S. 241 / 10 
1847, June 23 ,..... Oxford ...... ...| Sir Robert H. Inglis, Bart., ERS. 314 18 
1848, Aug.9 ...... | Swansea...... ...| TheMarquis ofNorthampton,Pres.R.S, 149 | 3 
1849, Sept. 12......) Birmingham .| The Rey. T, R. Robinson, D.D., F.R.S. 227 12 
1850, July 21 .| Edinburgh .| Sir David Brewster, K.H., F.R.S....... 235 9 
1851, July 2......... Ipswich .... ...| G. B. Airy, Astronomer Royal, F.R.S. 172 8 
1852, Sept.1 ...... Belfast . ...| Lieut.-General Sabine, F.R.S. ...... 164 | 10 
1853, Sept.3 ...... Te heii ta ayes ...| William Hopkins, F. Rigs 141 13 
1854, Sept. 20...... Liverpool . .| The Earl of Harrowby, F.R.S. 238 23 
1855, Sept. 12...... Glasgow....... .| The Duke of Argyll, F.R.S. ............ 194 33 
1856, Aug.6 ...... Cheltenham , .| Prof. 0. G. B. Daubeny, M.D., FRS... 182 14 
1857, Aug. 26 ...... Dublin .... .| The Rey. H. Lloyd, D.D., F. RS. 236 | 15 
1858, Sept. 22 ...... Leeds .... .| Richard Owen, M.D., D. OL. , F.R, ge 222 | 42 
1859, Sept. 14...... Aberdeen . ‘| H.R.H. The Prince Consort .........., 1st) Sey 
1860, June 27 ...... Oxtord | J... .| The Lord Wrottesley, M.A., F.R.S. ... 286 | 21 
1861,Sept.4 ...... Manchester . .| William Fairbairn, LL.D., F.R.S...,... 321 | ats 
1862 Oct-17). Cambridge ............) The Rev. Professor Willis, MLA. ite B.S. 239 | 15 
1863, Aug. 26 .,,... Neweastle-on- Tyne... SirWilliam G. ‘Armstrong.0. B., F.R.S. 203 | 36 
1864, Sept. 13 ....., Bath ...| Sir Charles Lyell, Bart., M.A., F.R.S. 287 | 40 
1865, Sept.6 ...... Birmingham, .| Prof. J. Phillips, M.A., LL.D. In ERS. 292 44 
1866, Aug. 22 Nottingham, .| William R. Grove, Q.0., F.R.S. 207 31 
1867, Sept. 4 ......) Dundee .... .| The Duke of Buccleuch, K.O.B. uF, RS. 167 25 
1868, Aug. 19...... Norwich .| Dr. Joseph D. Hooker, F.R.S. ...... 196 18 
1869, Aug. 18 ...... Exeter ...| Prof. G. G. Stokes, D.O.L., na a Boe 204 ) 21 
1870, Sept. 14...... Liverpool . .| Prof. T. H. Huxley, LL.D. a i 314 | 39 
1871, Aug. 2 ,..... Edinburgh Prof. Sir W. Thomson, LL.D., 246 | 28 
1872, Aug. 14..... Brighton ..., ...| Dr. W. B. Carpenter, Fr, RS. 245 | 36 
1873, Sept. 17 ...... Bradford . .| Prof. A. W. Williamson, F. RA 212 | 27 
1874, Aug.19...... Belfast .... ‘| Prof. J. Tyndall, LL.D., F.R.S. 162 13 
1875, Aug. 25 ...... Bristol .... .| Sir John Hawkshaw, F.R.S. .., 239 36 
1876, Sept.6 ...... Glasgow Prof. T. Andrews, M.D., F.R.S. 221 35 
1877, Aug. 15...... Plymouth Prof. A. Thomson, M. we 173 19 
1878, Aug. 14...... Dublin .| W. Spottiswoode, M.A., 201 18 
1879, Aug. 20 erie Sheffield ...| Prof. G. J. Allman, M. ae bs 184 16 
1880, ‘Aug. Swansea .| A. O. Ramsay, LL.D., F.R.S. 144 11 
1881, Aug. BYOTK Wc essteys Sir John Lubbock, Bart. ag 272 28 
1889, Aug. .| Southampton vend eR. Wis Siemens, F.R.S. ca 178 17 
1883, Sept. Southport .... .| Prof. A. Oayley, D.O.L. igh RS. 203 60 
1884, Aug. Montreal .... ...| Prof. Lord Bay lege, E.R.S. 235 20 
1885, Sept. .| Aberdeen ..,. .| Sir Lyon Playfair, K.O.B. 225 18 
1886, Sept. .| Birmingham Sir J. W. Dawson, O.M.G. 314 25 
1887, Aug. Manchester ..,, .| Sir H. E. Roscoe, D.O.L. 428 86 
1888, Sept. ATE Sev ac ane sstuetcn Sir F. J. Bramwell, F.R. 266 36 
1889, Sept. ...| Prof. W. H. Flower, 0. RS. 277 20 
1890, Sept. 3 ...... .| Sir F. A. Abel, O.B., F. RS. 259 21 
1891, Aug.19,,, WaDT. We Huggins, F. R. Ss. 189 24 
1892, Aug.3 ...... Edinburgh . .| Sir A. Geikie, LL.D., F. R. ‘s. ¢: 280 | 14 
1893, Sept. 13...... Nottingham, We eTOL. dsss. Burdon Sanderson, F.R.S. 201 17 
1894, Aug.8 ...... Oxford) <..: .| The Marquis of Salisbury,K. Gg. sF.R.S. 327 21 
1895, Sept. 11...... Ipswich . Sir Douglas Galton, K.C.B., BR: S. 214 13 
1896, Sept. 16 ...... Liverpool . .| Sir Joseph Lister, Bart., Pres. R. S.4 330 31 
1897, Aug.18...... Toronto ..,. ...| Sir John Evans, K.O.B., F.R.S. i 120 | 8 
1898, Sept.7 ...... Bristol . .| Sir W. Orookes, F.B.S. .........c0000 ae 1) a ee) 
1899, Sept.13..,...| Dover....... Sir Michael Foster, K.C.B., See.R. S22 296 | 20 
1900, Sept. 5 ...... IBTHOLOTG! ttess.cctaceeve Sir William Turner, D.O. Tie ERS. 2] 267 13 


* Ladies were not admitted by purchased tickets until 1843. 


} Tickets of Admission to Sections only. 


[Continued on p. li. 


ATTENDANCES AND RECEIPTS. li 


at Annual Meetings of the Association. 


Sums paid 

Ola New Teer plane on account 
Annual | Annual a a Ladies |Foreigners| Total during th of Grants Year 

Members | Members es Mostin © |for Scientific 

Ang Purposes 
— — a = _ 353 _— _ 1831 
— — — _ — — — — 1832 
— - — — ~- 900 = — 1833 
= — _ — _ 1298 — £20 0 0 1834 
— _— — — — _ _ 167 0 0 1835 
_ _— “= - — 1350 _— 435 0 0 1836 
— _ _— _ —_ 1840 _ 92212 6 1837 
_ _— _— 1100* —_— 2400 _— 932 2 2 1838 
— — — — 34 1438 — 1595 11 0 1839 
= —- —_ — 40 1353 —_ 1546 16 4 1840 
46 317 —_ 60* —_— 891 — 1235 10 11 1841 
75 376 33t 331* 28 1315 — 144917 8 1842 
71 185 — 160 — — — 1565 10 2 1843 
45 190 oF 260 — — —_ 98112 8 1844 
94 22 407 172 35 1079 _— 831 9 9 1845 
65 39 270 196 36 857 —_ 685 16 0 1846 
197 40 495 203 53 1320 a 208 56 4 1847 
54 25 376 197 15 819 £707 0 0} 275 1 8 1848 
93 33 447 237 22 1071 963 0 0 15919 6 1849 
128 42 510 273 44 1241 1085 0 0} 34518 0 1850 
61 47 244 141 37 710 620 0 0 391.9) 17 1851 
63 60 510 292 9 1108 1085 0 0 304 6 7 1852 
56 57 367 236 6 876 903 0 0] 205 0 0 1853 
121 121 765 524 10 1802 1882 0 0 380 19 7 1854 
142 101 1094 543 26 2133 2311 0 0} 48016 4 1855 
104 48 412 346 9 1115 1098 0 0 73413 9 1856 
156 120 900 569 26 2022 2015 0 0O| 650715 4 1857 
111 91 710 509 13 1698 1931 0 0} 61818 2 1858 
125 179 1206 821 22 2564 2782 0 0 684 11 1 1859 
177 59 636 463 47 1689 1604 0 0 76619 6 1860 
184 125 1589 791 15 3138 3944 0 0| 1111 510 1861 
150 57 433 242 25 1161 1089 0 0} 129316 6 1862 
154 209 1704 1004 25 3335 3640 0 0O| 1608 3 10 1863 
182 103 1119 1058 13 2802 2965 0 0| 128915 8 1864 
215 149 766 508 23 1997 2227 0 0} 1591 710 1865 
218 105 960 771 11 2303 2469 0 0) 175013 4 1866 
193 118 1163 771 7 2444 2613 0 0/| 1739 4 0 1867 
226 117 720 682 45t 2004 2042 0 0) 1940 0 0 1868 
229 107 678 600 Mi 1856 1931 0 0| 1622 0 0 1869 
303 195 1103 910 14 2878 3096 0 0| 1572 0 0 1870 
311 127 976 754 21 2463 2575 0 0O| 1472 2 6 1871 
280 80 937 912 43 2533 2649 0 0| 1285 0 0 1872 
237 99 796 601 ll 1983 2120 0 0} 1685 0 0 1873 
232 85 817 630 12 1951 1979 0 0} 115116 0 1874 
307 93 884 672 17 2248 2397 0 0} 960 0 0 1875 
331 185 1265 712 25 2774 3023 0 0| 1092 4 2 1876 
238 59 446 283 11 1229 1268 0 0/1128 9 7 1877 
290 93 1285 674 17 2578 2615 0 0 72516 6 1878 
239 74 529 349 13 1404 1425 O 0} 1080 11 11 1879 
171 41 389 147 12 915 899 0 O| 731 7 7 1880 
313 176 1230 614 24 2557 2689 0 0| 476 8 1 1881 
253 79 516 189 21 1253 1286 0 0} 1126 111 1882 
330 323 952 841 5 2714 3369 0 0] 1083 3 3 1883 
317 219 826 74 |26&60H.§) 1777 1855 0 0]1173 4 0 1884 
332 122 1053 447 6 2203 2256 0 0] 1385 0 0 1885 
428 179 1067 429 11 2453 2532 0 0} 995 0 6 1886 
510 244 1985 493 92 3838 4336 0 0} 118618 0 1887 
399 100 639 509 12 1984 2107 0 0| 1511 0 5 1888 
412 113 1024 579 21 2437 2441 0 0O| 1417 O11 1889 
368 92 680 334 12 1775 1776 0 0 789 16 8 1890 
341 152 672 107 35 1497 1664 0 0| 102910 0 1891 
413 141 733 439 50 2070 2007 0 0 864 10 0 1892 
328 57 773 268 17 1661 1653 0 0| 90715 6 1893 
435 69 941 451 77 2321 2175 0 O| 58315 6 1894 
290 31 493 261 22 1324 1236 0 0| 97715 5 1895 
383 139 1384 873 41 3181 3228 0 0] 1104 6 1 1896 
286 125 682 100 41 1362 1398 0 0| 105910 8 1897 
327 96 1051 639 33 2446 2399 0 0| 1212 0 0 1898 
324 68 548 120 27 1403 1328 0 0 | 1480 14 2 1899 
297 45 801 482 9 1915 1801 0 0 | 107210 0 1900 


} Including Ladies, § Fellows of the American Association were admitted as Hon. Members for this Meeting, 


Continued on p. liii. 
c2 


li _ ATTENDANCES AND RECEIPTS. 


Table showing the Attendances and Receipts 


| 
Date of Meeting Where held Presidents oe Bow: Lite 
1901, Sept. 11...... Glasgow.......cccseeeeeee Prof. a ww. Riicker, D.Sc., 310 37 
1902, Sept. 10...... | Belfast .... ...| Prof. J. Dewar, LL.D., F.R.S. .. 243 | 21 
1903, Sept. 9 ...... | Southport ...| Sir Norman Lockyer, K. , F.R.S. 250 21 
1904, Aug. 17...... Cambridge......... ...| Rt. Hon, A. J. Balfour, M.P., F.R.S. 419 32 
1905, Aug. 15.....,, South Africa .........| Prof. G.H. Darwin, LL.D., F.R.S. ... 115 40 
1906, Aug.1 ...... OTK, sons dons .| Prof. E. Ray Lankester, LL.D., F.R.8. 322 10 
1907, July 31 ...... Leicester .| Sir David Gill, K.0.B., F.R.S. ......... 276 19 
1908, Sept. 2 ...... Dublin Dr. Francis Darwin, RS) ee 294 24 
1909, Aug. 25,,....) Winnipeg .| Prof. Sir J. J. Thomson, F.R.S. ...... 117 13 
1910, Aug. 31 ...... Sheffield... ...| Rev. Prof. T. G. Bonney, F.RS. ...... 293 26 
1911, Aug. 30 Portsmouth ...| Prof. Sir W. Ramsay, K.C.B., F.R.S. 284 21 
1912, Sept. 4 ......| Dundee ......... ...| Prof. EB. A. Schafer, F.R.S............000 288 14 
1913, Sept. Ties AV aba hom .| Sir Oliver J. Lodge, F.R.S..,. eyo 376 40 
1914, July- Sept....| Australia ... .| Prof. W. Bateson, F.R.S. .. 172 13 
1915, Sept. 7 ...... Manchester .. ......... Prof. A. Schuster, F.R.S. 242 19 
1916, Sept.5 ...... Newcastle-on-Tyne.,., Sir Arthur Evans, F.R.S. ... 164 12 


q Including 848 Members of the South African Association. 
tt Grants from the Caird Fund are not included in this and subsequent sums. 


ANALYSIS OF ATTENDANCES AT 


[The total attendances for the years 1832, 


Average attendance at 79 Meetings : 1858. 


Average 
Attendance 

Average attendance at 5 Meetings beginning during June, between 

1833 and 1860 . : . 1260 
Average attendance at 4 Meetings beginning during July, between 

1841 and 1907 . : 1122 
Average attendance at 32 Meetings beginning during ‘August, between 

1836 and 1911 . ; 1927 
Average attendance at 37 Meetings ‘beginning during September 

between 1831 and 1913 . . AST 
Attendance at 1 Meeting held in October, Cambridge, 1862 . ; . AMGL 

ey 


Meetings beginning during August. 


Average attendance at— 


4 Meetings beginning during the Ist week in August( 1st- 7th) . 1905 
5 ” ” ”» ” 2nd ” ” ” ( 8th-14th) . 2130 
9 ” ” ” ” 3rd ” ch oo ( 15th-21st) . 1802 
14 . “ i oe: cee es »  (22nd-3l1st) . 19385 


ATTENDANCES AND RECEIPTS. liti 


at Annual Meetings of the Association—(continued). 


Sums paic 

Old New ee Amount on ssn 

Annual | Annual A a Ladies |Foreigners| Total received of Grants Year 

| Members| Members| °!#%€S daring the for Scientific 
Meeting P 
f urposes 

374 131 794 246 20 1912 £2046 0 0 |£920 9 11 1901 
314 86 647 305 6 1620 1644 0 0 | 947 0 0 1902 
319 90 688 365 21 1754 1762 0 0 | 845 13 2 1903 
449 113 1338 317 121 2789 2650 0 O | 887 18 11 1904 
9377 411 430 181 16 2130 2422 0 0| 928 2 2 1905 
356 93 817 352 22 1972 1811 0 0] 882 0 9 1906 
339 61 659 251 42 1647 1561 0 0 | 757 12 10 1907 
465 112 1166 222 14 2297 2317 0 0 |1157 18 8 1908 
290** 162 789 90 i 1468 1623 0 0/1014 9 9 1909 
379 57 563 123 8 1449 1439 0 0} 96317 0 1910 
349 61 414 81 31 1241 1176 0 0| 922 0 0 1911 
368 95 1292 359 88 2504 2349 0 0} 845 7 6 1912 
480 149 1287 291 20 2643 2756 0 0| 97817 1ft 1913 
139 4160] 539|| — | a 5044] | 4873 0 0 |1086 16 4 1914 
287 116 §28* 141 8 | 1441 1406 0 0/1159 2 8 1915 
250 76 2517 | Vc \a —_ 826 821 0 0O| 715 18 10 1916 


an 


** Including 137 Members of the American Association. 
|| Special arrangements were made for Members and Associates joining locally in Australia, see 
Report, 1914, p.686. The numbers include 80 Members who joined in order to attend the Meeting of 
L’ Association Frangaise at Le Havre. 
* Including Student’s Tickets, 10s. 


THE ANNUAL MEETINGS, 1831-1913. 
1835, 1843, and 1844 are wnknown. | 


Meetings beginning during September. 


Average attendance at— 


Average 

Attendance 
13 Meetings beginning during the Ist_ week in September( Ast- 7th). 2131 
17 » 99 Tone er, sue aS »  ( 8th-14th). 1906 
5 ” ” ” ” 3rd ” » ” ( 15th-2Ist). 2206 


i agaa ,  (22na-30th), 1025 


2 ” » ” ” 


Meetings beginning during June, July, and October. 


Attendance at 1 Mecting (1845, June 19) beginning during the 3rd 
week in June (15th-21st) . : : 3 5 : : : - 
Average attendance at 4 Meetings beginning during the 4th week in 
June (22nd-30th) . : : : : ; - 2 - < 
Attendance at 1 Meeting (1851, July 2) beginning during the Ist 
week in July (Ist-7th) . : : : : ; : ; : 710 
Average attendance at 2 Meetings beginning during the 3rd week in 


1079 
1306 


July (15th-21st) : , : : 2 - < : : . 1066 
Attendance at 1 Meeting (1907, July 31) beginning during the 5th 
week in July (29th-31st) . 5 : ° - A - c ae ily beg 
Attendance at 1 Meeting (1862, October 1) beginning during the Ist 
: : ; ee WIG 


. . . 


week in October (1st-7th) . : 
c 3 


liv RESEARCH COMMITTEES. 


LIST OF GRANTS: Newcaste-upon-Tynez, 1916. 


RESEARCH COMMITTEES, ETC., APPOINTED BY THE GENERAL COMMITTEE 
aT THE NewcasTLE MEETING: SEPTEMBER, 1916. 


(NoTE,.—The personnel of Committees is subject to amendment.) 


1. Receiving Grants of Money. 


Subject for Investigation, or Purpose Members of Committee Grants 


Section AAMATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS. 


St 
oe 
ok 


Seismological Observations. Chairman.—ProfessorH.H.Turner, |{ 1 

Secretary.—Myr. J. J. Shaw. 

Mr. C. Vernon Boys, Dr. J. E. 
Crombie, Mr. Horace Darwin, 
Dr. C. Davison, Sir F. W. Dyson, 
Dr. R. T. Glazebrook, Professors 
C. G. Knott and H. Lamb, Sir J. 
Larmor, Professors A. EH. H. 
Love, H. M. Macdonald, J. Perry, 
and H.C. Plummer, Mr. W. E. 
Plummer, Professors R. A. 
Sampson and A. Schuster, Sir 
Napier Shaw, Dr. G. T. Walker, 
and Mr. G. W. Walker. 


Annual Tables of Constants and | Chairman.—Sir E. Rutherford. 40 00 
Numerical Data, chemical, phy- | Seeretary._Dr. W.C. McC. Lewis. 
sical, and technological. 


Calculation of Mathematical | Chairman.—Professor M. J. M.| 20 00 
Tables. Hill. 

Secretary.—Professor J. W. Nichol- 
son. 

Mr. J. R. Airey, Mr. T. W. Chaundy, 
Professor L. N. G. Filon, Sir G. 
Greenhill, Professor EH. W. 
Hobson, Mr. G. Kennedy, and 
Professors Alfred Lodge, A.E.H. 
Love, H. M. Macdonald, G. D. 
Matthews, G. N. Watson, and 
A. G. Webster. 


Determination of Gravity at Sea. | Chairman.—Professor A. H, Love.| 10 00 

Secretary.— Professor W. G. Duf- 
field. 

Mr. T. W. Chaundy and Professors 
A. §. Eddington, A. Schuster, 
and H. H. Turner. 


P RESEARCH COMMITTEES. lv 


1. Receiving Grants of Money—continued. 


Subject for Investigation, or Purpose | Members of Committee Grants 
Section B.—CHEMISTRY. rane 
Dynamic Isomerism. Chairman.—Professor H. H. Arm- ; 15 00 


strong. 

Secretary.—Dr. T. M. Lowry. 

Dr. Desch, Sir J. J. Dobbie, Dr. 
M. O. Forster, and Professor 
Sydney Young. 


To report on the Botanical and | Chairman.—Professor H. H.Arm- | 30 0 0 


Chemical Characters of the strong. 
Eucalypts and their Correla- | Seeretary.—Mr. H. G. Smith. 
tion. Dr. Andrews, Mr. R. T. Baker, Pro- 


fessor F. O. Bower, Mr. R. H. 
Cambage, Professor A. J. Ewart, 
Professor C.E.Fawsitt, Dr. Heber 
Green, Dr. Cuthbert Hall, Pro- 
fessors Orme Masson, Rennie, 
and Robinson, and Mr. St. John. 


Absorption Spectra and Chemical | Chairman.—Sir J. J. Dobbie. 10 00 
Constitution of Organic Com- | Seeretary.—Mr. E. , C. Baly. 
pounds. Mr, A. W. Stewart. 


Section C.—GEOLOGY. 


The Old Red Sandstone Rocks of | Chairman.—Professor Grenville 4 00 
Kiltorcan, Ireland. Cole. 

Secretary.—Professor T. Johnson. 

Dr. J. W. Evans, Dr. R. Kidston, 
and Dr. A. Smith Woodward. 


To excavate Critical Sections in | Chairman. — Professor W. W.| 20 00 
the Palzozoic Rocks of England Watts. 
and Wales. Secretary. — Professor W. G. 
Fearnsides. 

Professor W. S. Boulton, Mr. H. 8. 
Cobbold, Professor E. J. Gar- 
wood, Mr. V.C. Illing, Dr. Lap- 
worth, and Dr. J. E. Marr. 


Section D.—ZOOLOGY. 


An investigation of the Biology of | Chairman.—Professor W.A. Herd- 6 00 
the Abrolhos Islands and the man. 
North-west Coast of Australia | Secretary.—Professor W. J. Dakin. 
(north of Shark’s Bay to | Dr. J. H. Ashworth and Professor 
Broome), with particular refer- F, O. Bower. 
ence to the Marine Fauna. 


Experiments in Inheritance in | Chairman.—Professor W.Bateson.| 20 0 0 
Silkworms. Secretary.—Mrs. Merritt Hawkes. 

Dr. F. A. Dixey and Dr. L. Don- 
caster, 


lvi RESEARCH COMMITTEES, 


1. Receiving Grants of Money—continued. 


Subject for Investigation, or Purpose 


| 


Members of Committee 


| Grants 


Section F.—ECONOMIC SCIENCE AND STATISTICS. 


The question of Fatigue from the 
Economic Standpoint, if pos- 
sible in co-operation with Sec- 
tion I, Sub-section of Psycho- 
logy. 


Replacement of Men by Women 
in Industry. 


The Effects of the War on Credit, 
Currency, and Finance. 


Chairman.—Professor Muirhead. 
Secretary.— Miss B. L. Hutchins. 
Miss A. M. Anderson, Mr. Cyril 


Burt, Mr. E. Cadbury, Dr. E. L. 
Collis, Mr. P. Sargant Flor- 
ence, Captain Greenwood, Pro- 
fessors Stanley Kent and Love- 
day, Miss M. C. Matheson, Dr. 
C. 8. Myers, Mr. C. K. Ogden, 
Miss M. Smith, and Dr. Vernon. 


Chairman.—Professor W. RB. Scott. 
Secretary.— 
Miss Ashley, Ven. Archdeacon 


Cunningham, Professors H.C. K. 
Gonner and Hallsworth, Pro- 
fessor J. C. Kydd, Mr. J. EK. 
Highton, Professor A. W. 
Kirkaldy, Miss Mellor, and 
Miss Stephens. 


Chairman,—Professor W.R. Scott. 
Secretary.—-Mr. J. HE. Allen. 
Prefessor C. F. Bastable, Sir E. 


Brabrook, Professor Dicksee, 
Mr. B. Ellinger, Mr. A. H. 
Gibson, Professor E. C. K. 
Gonner, Mr. F. W. Hirst, Pro- 
fessor A. W. Kirkaldy, Mr. D. M. 
Mason, Sir R. H._ Inglis 
Palgrave, and Mr, K. Sykes. 


Section G.—ENGINEERING. 


To report on certain of the more 
complex Stress Distributions in 


Engineering Materials, 


Chairman.—Professor J. Perry. 
Secretaries. — Professors E. G. 


Coker and J. E. Petavel. 


Professor A. Barr, Dr. Chas. Chree, 


Mr. Gilbert Cook, Professor 


£ 3. d. 
40 00 


20 00 


10 00 


40 00 


W. E. Dalby, Sir J. A. Ewing, | 


Professor L. N. G. Filon, Messrs. 
A. R. Fulton and J. J. Guest, 
Professors J. B. Henderson, F. 
C. Lea, and A. E. H. Love, Dr. 
W. Mason, Dr. F. Rogers, Mr. 


W.A.Scoble, Dr. T. E. Stanton, | 


Mr. C, E. Stromeyer, and Mr. 
J.S. Wilson. 


| 


RESEARCH COMMITTEES. 


1. Receiving Grants of Money—continued. 


Subject for Investigation, or Purpose Members of Committee Grants 
Section H.—ANTHROPOLOGY. 
£ 3. 
To investigate the Physical | Chairman.—Professor G. Elliot {| 2 11 11 
Characters of the Ancient Smith. 
Egyptians, Secretary.—Dr. F. C. Shrubsall. 
Dr. F. Wood-Jones, Professor A. 
Keith, and Dr. C. G. Seligman. 
To excavate a Paleolithic Site in | Chairman.—Dr. R. BR. Marett. 30 00 
Jersey. Secretary.—Mr. G. de Gruchy. 
Dr. C. W. Andrews, Mr. H. Bal- 
four, Professor A. Keith, and 
Colonel Warton. 
To conduct Archeological Inves- | Chairman.—Professor J. L. Myres.| 20 0 0 
tigations in Malta. Secretary.—Dr. T. Ashby. 
Mr. H. Balfour, Dr. A.C. Haddon, 
and Dr. R. R. Marett. 
To report on the Distribution of | Chairman.—Professor J. L. Myres. 1143 
Bronze Age Implements. Secretary.—Mr. H. Peake. 
Professor W. Ridgeway, Mr. H. 
Balfour, Sir C. H. Read, Pro- 
fessor W. Boyd Dawkins, Dr. 
R. R. Marett, and Mr. 0.G.5. 
Crawford. 
To investigate and ascertain the | Chairman.—Professor Boyd Daw- 5 00 
Distribution of Artificial Islands kins. 
in the lochs of the Highlands | Secretary.—Prof. J. L. Myres. 
of Scotland. Professors T. H. Bryce and W. 
Ridgeway, Mr. H. Fraser, Dr. A. 
Low, and Mr. A. J. B. Wace. 
Section I.—PHYSIOLOGY. 
The Ductless Glands. Chairman.—Sir E. A. Schafer. 15 00 
Secretary.—Professor Swale Vin- 
cent. 
Dr, A. T, Cameron and Professor 
A. B. Macallum. 
Psychological War-research.—(i) | Chairman.— 10 00 
Mental Tests of Industrial | Secretary.— Mr. Cyril Burt. 
Fatigue; (ii) Mental Factors | Dr. Jessie Murray and Miss May 
in Alcoholism; (iii) Evidence Smith. 
and Rumour; (iv) Efficacy 
of Thrift Posters; (v) Other 
Problems. 
Section K.—BOTANY. 
Experimental Studies in the Chairman.—Professor¥.¥.Black- |} 45 00 


Physiology of Heredity. 


man. 

Secretary.—Mr. R. P. Gregory. 

Professors Bateson and Keeble 
and Miss E. R. Saunders. 


lvili 


RESEARCH COMMITTEES. 


1. Receiving Grants of Money—continued. 


Subject for Investigation, or Purpose | 


Members of Committee 


To consider the possibilities of 
investigation of the Ecology of 
Fungi, and assist Mr. J. Rams- 
bottom in his initial efforts in 
this direction. 


Chairman.—Mr. H. W. T. Wager. 

Secretary.—Mr. J. Ramsbottom. 

Mr. W. B. Brierley, Mr. F. T. 
Brooks, Mr. W. Cheesman, Pro- 


fessor T. Johnson, Dr. C. E. | 


Moss, Professor M. C. Potter, 
Mr. L. Carlton Rea, Miss A. 
Lorrain Smith, and Mr. Swan- 
stone. 


Section L.—EDUCATIONAL SCIENCE. 


To inquire into and report upon 
the methods and results of 
research into the Mental and 
Physical Factors involved in 
Education. 


Chairman.—Dr. C. 5. Myers. 

Secretary.—Professor J. A. Green. 

Professor J. Adams, Dr. G. A. 
Auden, Sir E. Brabrook, Dr. W. 
Brown, Mr. C. Burt, Professor 
E. P. Culverwell, Mr. G. F. 
Daniell, Miss B. Foxley, Pro- 
fessor R. A. Gregory, Dr. 
C. W. Kimmins, Professor W. 
McDougall, Professor T. P. 
Nunn, Dr. W. H. R. Rivers, Dr. 
F. C. Shrubsall, Professor H. 
Bompas Smith, Dr.C, Spearman, 
and Mr. A. E. Twentyman. 


The Influence of School Books | Chairman.—Dr. G. A. Auden. 


upon Eyesight. 


To examine, inquire into, and re- 
port on the Character, Work, 
and Maintenance of Museums, 
with a view to their Organisa- 
tion and Development as In- 
stitutions for Education and 
Research; and especially to 
inquire into the Requirements 
of Schools. 


Secretary. —Mr. G. F. Daniell. 


Mr. C. H. Bothamley, Mr. W. D. | 


Eggar, Professor R. A. Gregory, 
Dr. N. Bishop Harman, Mr. 
J. L. Holland, Dr. W. KE. 
Sumpner, Mr. A. P. Trotter, and 
Mr. Trevor Walsh. 


Chairman.—Professor J. A. Green. 

Secretaries.—Mr. H. Bolton and 
Dr. J. A. Clubb. 

Dr. F. A. Bather, Mr. C. A. Buck- 
master, Mr. M. D. Hill, Dr. 
W. E. Hoyle, Professors E. J. 
Garwood and P. Newberry, Sir 
H. Miers, Sir Richard Temple, 
Mr. H. Hamshaw Thomas, 
Professor F. E. Weiss, Mrs. J. 
White, Rev. H. Browne, Drs. 
A. GC. Haddon and H. §. Har- 
vison, Mr. Herbert R. Rathbone, 
and Dr. W. M. Tattersall. 


Grants 
£ s.d. 
8 00 


10 00 


15 00 


RESEARCH COMMITTEES. lix 


1. Receiving Grants of Money—continued. 


Subject for Investigation, or Purpose Members of Committee Grants 


The Effects of the ‘Free-place’ | Chairman.—Mr.C. A. Buckmaster.| 15 0 0 
System upon Secondary Educa- | Seeretary.—Mr. D. Berridge. 
tion. Mr. C. H. Bothamley, Miss L. J. 

Clarke, Miss B. Foxley, Dr. W. 
Garnett, Professor R. A. 
Gregory, Mr. J. L. Paton, 
Professor H. Bompas Smith, 
Dr. H. Lloyd Snape, and Miss 
Walter. 


To consider and report upon the | Chairman.—Professor R. A, Gre- | 10 0 0 

method and _ substance of gory. 

Science Teaching in Secondary | Secretary.—Dr. E. H. Tripp. 

Schools, with particular refer- | Mr, D. Berridge, Mr. C. A. Buck- 

ence to its essential place in master, Miss L. J. Clarke, Mr. 

general Education. G. F. Daniell, Mr. Cary Gilson, 
Miss ©. L. Laurie, Professor 
T. P. Nunn, and Professor A. M. 
Worthington. 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES. 


Corresponding Societies Com- | Chairman.—Mr. W. Whitaker. 25 00 
mittee for the preparation of | Secretary—Mr. W. Mark Webb. 
their Report. Rey. J. O. Bevan, Sir Edward 


Brabrook, Sir H. G. Fordham, 
Dr. J. G. Garson, Principal E, H. 
Griffiths, Dr. A. C. Haddon, Mr. 
T. V. Holmes, Mr. J. Hopkinson, 
Mr. A. L. Lewis, Mr. T. Shep- 
pard, Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, 
and the President and General 
Officers of the Association. 


lx 


RESEARCH COMMITTEES. 


2. Not receiving Grants of Money.* 


Subject for Investigation, or Purpose 


Members of Committee 


Section A.A—MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS. 


Investigation of the Upper Atmosphere. 


Radiotelegraphic Investigations. 


To aid the work of Establishing a Solar 
Observatory in Australia. 


To discuss the present needs of Geodesy, 
including its relation to other 
branches of Geophysics, and to report 
to the next meeting of the British 
Association, with power to present 
an interim report to the Council if 
any question of urgency should 
arise.f 


Chairman.—Sir Napier Shaw. 

Secretary.— 

Mr. C. J. P. Cave, Mr. W. H. Dines, Dr. 
R. T. Glazebrook, Sir J. Larmor, 
Professors J. E. Petavel and A. 
Schuster, and Dr. W. Watson. 


Chairman.—Sir Oliver Lodge. 

Secretary.—Dr. W. H. Eccles. 

Mr. 8S. G. Brown, Dr. C. Chree, Sir F. W. 
Dyson, Professor A. S. Eddington, Dr. 
Erskine-Murray, Professors J. A. Flem- 
ing, G. W.O. Howe, H. M. Macdonald, 
and J. W. Nicholson, Sir H. Norman, 
Captain H. R. Sankey, Professor A. 
Schuster, Sir Napier Shaw, and Pro- 
fessor H. H. Turner. 


Chairman.—Professor H. H. Turner. 

Secretary.—Dr. W. G. Duffield. 

Rev. A. L. Cortie, Dr. W. J. S. Lockyer, 
Mr. F. McClean, and Professor A. 
Schuster. 


Chairman.—Colonel C. F. Close. 

Secretary.—Colonel E. H. Hills. 

Sir 8S. G. Burrard, Dr. W. G. Duffield, 
Sir F. W. Dyson, Mr. A. R. Hinks, 
Sir T. H. Holdich, Professor A. E. H. 
Love, Colonel H. G. Lyons, Mr. R. D. 
Oldham, Professor A. Schuster, Sir 
Napier Shaw, and Dr. G. W. Walker. 


Srction B.—CHEMISTRY. 


The Transformation of Aromatic Nitro- 
amines and allied substances, and its 
relation to Substitution in Benzene 
Derivatives. 


The Study of Plant Enzymes, particu- 
larly with relation to Oxidation. 


Research on Non-Aromatic Diazonium 
Salts. 


Chemical Investigation of Natural Plant 
Products of Victoria. 


Chairman.—Professor F. 8. Kipping. 
Secretary.—Professor K. J. P. Orton. 
Dr. J. T. Hewitt and Dr. 8. Ruhemann. 


Chairman.—Mx. A. D. Hall. 

Secretary.—Dr. E. F. Armstrong. 

Professor H. E. Armstrong, Professor F. 
Keeble, and Dr. E. J. Russell. 


Chairman.—Dr. F. D. Chattaway. 

Secretary.—Professor G. T. Morgan. 

Mr. P. G. W. Bayly and Dr. N. V. Sidg- 
wick. 


Chairman.—Professor Orme Masson. 
Secretary.—Dr. Heber Green. 
Mr. J. Cronin and Mr. P. R.H. St. John. 


* Excepting the case of Committees receiving grants from the Caird Fund. 


+ Joint Committee with Section E, 


RESEARCH COMMITTEES. lxi 


2. Not receiving Grants of Money—continued. 


Subject for Investigation, or Purpose Members of Committee 


Fuel Economy; Utilization of Coal; | Chairman.—Professor W. A. Bone. 
Smoke Prevention. Secretary.—Mr. E. D. Simon. 

The Rt. Hon. Lord Allerton, Mr. Robert 
Armitage, Professor J. O. Arnold, Mr. 
J. A. F. Aspinall, Mr. A. H. Barker, 
Professor P. P. Bedson, Sir G. T. 
Beilby, Sir Hugh Bell, Professor W. S. 
Boulton, Mr. E. Bury, Dr. Charles 
Carpenter, Dr. Dugald Clerk, Pro- 
fessor H. B. Dixon, Dr. J. T. Dunn, 
Mr. S. Z. de Ferranti, Dr. William 
Galloway, Professors W. W. Haldane 
Gee and Thos. Gray, Mr. T. Y.. 
Greener, Sir Robert Hadfield, Dr. H, 8. 
Hele-Shaw, Dr. D. H. Helps, Dr. G. 
Hickling, Mr. Grevil Jones, Mr. W. W. 
Lackie, Mr. Michael Longridge, Dr. 
J. W. Mellor, Mr. C. H. Merz, Mr. 
Robert Mond, Mr. Bernard Moore, 
Hon. Sir Charles Parsons, Sir Richard 
Redmayne, Professors Ripper and 
L. T. O’Shea, Mr. R. P. Sloan, Dr. 
J. E. Stead, Dr. A. Strahan, Mr. C. E. 
Stromeyer, Mr. Benjamin Talbot, 
Professor R. Threlfall, Mr. G. Blake 
Walker, Dr. R. V. Wheeler, Mr. B. W. 
Winder, Mr. W. B. Woodhouse, Pro- 
fessor W.P. Wynne, and Mr. H. James 
Yates. 


Capillary Chemistry and its Industrial | Chairman.—Professor F. G. Donnan. 


Application. Secretary.—Professor W. ©. McC. Lewis. 
Dr. E. F. Armstrong and Dr. 8. A. 
Shorter. 


Section C.—GEOLOGY. 


To consider the preparation of a List , Chairman.—Professor P. ¥’. Kendall, 
of Characteristic Fossils. Seeretary.—Mr. W. Lower Carter. 

Professor W. S. Boulton, Professor G. 
Cole, Dr. A. R. Dwerryhouse, Professors 
J. W. Gregory, Sir T. H. Holland, G. A. 
Lebour, and S. H. Reynolds, Dr. Marie 
C. Stopes, Mr. Cosmo Johns, Dr. J. E. 
Marr, Professor W. W. Watts, Mr. H. 
Woods, and Dr. A, Smith Woodward. 


To investigate the Flora of Lower Car- | Chairman.—Dr. R. Kidston. 
boniferous times as exemplified at a  Secretary—Dr. W. T. Gordon. 
newly discovered locality at Gullane, | Dr. J. 8. Flett, Professor E. J. Garwood, 
Haddingtonshire. Dr. J. Horne, and Dr. B. N. Peach. 


To excavate Critical Sectidns in Old | Chairman.—Dr. J. Horne. 
Red Sandstone Rocks at Rhynie, Secretary.—Dr. W. Mackie. 
Aberdeenshire. Drs. J. S. Flett, W. T. Gordon, G. Hick- 
| ling, R. Kidston, B. N. Peach, and 
| D. M. 8. Watson. | 


lxii 


RESEARCH COMMITTEES. 


2. Not receiving Grants of Money—continued. 


Subject for Investigation, or Purpose 


The Collection, Preservation, and Sys- 
tematic Registration of Photographs 
of Geological Interest. 


To consider the Nomenclature of the 
Carboniferous, Permo-carboniferous, 
and Permian Rocks of the Southern 
Hemisphere. 


To investigate the Geology of Coal- | 


seams. 


Members of Committee 
| 
_ Chairman.—Professor E. J. Garwood. 

| Secretary.—Professor 8. H. Reynolds. 
Mr. G. Bingley, Dr. T. G. Bonney, Messrs. 
| C.¥V. Crook, R. Kidston, and A.S. Reid, 
Professor W. W. Watts, Messrs. R. 
Welch and W. Whitaker, and Sir 
J. J. H. Teall. 


Chairman.—Professor T. W. Edgeworth 
David. 

Secretary.—Professor EH. W. Skeats. 

Mr. J. W. 8. Dun, Sir T. H. Holland, Pro- 
fessors J. W. Gregory and Howchin, 
Mr. A. E. Kitson, Mr. G. W. Lamplugh, 
Dr. A. W. Rogers, Professor A. C. 
Seward, Dr. D. M. 8S. Watson, and 
Professor W. G. Woolnough. 


Chairman.—Professor W. 8. Boulton. 
| Secretary.—Dr. W. T, Gordon. 


| Mr.G. Barrow, Professors Cadman, Gren- 


ville Cole, and W. G. Fearnsides, Dr. 
J. 8. Flett, Dr. Walcot Gibson, Pro- 
| fessors J. W. Gregory and P. F. Ken- 
dall, Dr. R. Kidston, Professors G. A. 
Lebour ind T. F. Sibly, Dr. A. Strahan, 
and Mr. J. R. R. Wilson. 


Section D.—ZOOLOGY. 


To investigate the Biological Problems 
incidental to the Belmullet Whaling 
Station. 


Nomenclator Animalium Genera et 


Sub-genera. 


To obtain, as nearly as possible, a Repre- 
sentative Collection of Marsupials 
for work upon (a) the Reproductive 
Apparatus and Development, (0) the 
Brain. 


*To aid competent Investigators se- 
lected by the Committee to carry on 
definite pieces of work at the Zoolo- 
gical Station at Naples. 


Chairman.— Dr. A. E. Shipley. 

Secretary.—Professor J. Stanley Gar- 
diner. 

Mr. R. M. Barrington, Professor W. A. 
Herdman, Rev. W. Spotswood Green, 
Mr. E. $8. Goodrich, Dr. 8. F. Harmer, 
Dr. E. W. L. Holt, and Professor H. W. 
Marett Tims. 


Chairman.—Dr. P. Chalmers Mitchell. 

Secretary.—Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 

Dr. M. Laurie, Professor Marett Tims, 
and Dr. A. Smith Woodward. 


Chairman.—Professor A, Dendy. 
Secretaries.—Professors T. Flynn and 


G. E. Nicholls. 
Professor E. B. Poulton and Professor 
H. W. Marett Tims, 


Chairman.—Mr. E.§. Goodrich. 

Secretary.—Dr. J. H. Ashworth. 

Mr. G. P. Bidder, Professor F. O. Bower, 
Drs. W. B. Hardy and §. F. Harmer, 
Professor 8. J. Hickson, Sir E. Ray 
Lankester, Professor W. C. McIntosh, 
and Dr. A. D. Waller. 


* See note on page lx. 


RESEARCH COMMITTEES. 


lxiii 


2. Not receiving Grants of Money—continued. 


Subject for Investigation, or Purpose 


To summon meetings in London or else- 
where for the consideration of mat- 
ters affecting the interests of Zoology 
or Zoologists, and to obtain by corre- 
spondence the opinion of Zoologists 
on matters of a similar kind, with 
power to raise by subscription from 
each Zoologist a sum of money for 
defraying current expenses of the 
Organisation. 


To nominate competent Naturalists to 
perform definite pieces of work at 
the Marine Laboratory, Plymouth. 


Zoological Bibliography and Publica- 
tion. 


Members of Committee 


Chairman.—Professor 8. J. Hickson, 

Secretary.—Dr. W. M. Tattersall. 

Professors G. C. Bourne, A. Dendy, 
M. Hartog, W. A. Herdman, and J. 
Graham Kerr, Dr. P. Chalmers 
Mitchell, and Professors EH. B. Poulton 
and J, Stanley Gardiner. 


Chairman and Seeretary.—Professor A. 
Dendy. 

Sir E. Ray Lankester, Professor J. P. 
Hill, and Mr. E. 8S. Goodrich. 


Chairman.—FProfessor E. B. Poulton. 

Secretary.—Dr. F. A. Bather. 

Mr. E. Heron-Allen, Dr. W. E. Hoyle, 
and Dr. P. Chalmers Mitchell. 


Section H.—GEOGRAPHY. 


To aid in the preparation of a Bathy- 
metrical Chart of the Southern Ocean 
between Australia and Antarctica. 


Chairman.—Professor T. W. Edgeworth 
David. 

Secretary.—Captain J. K. Davis. 

Professor J. W. Gregory, Sir C. P. Lucas, 
and Professor Orme Masson. 


Section F.—ECONOMIC SCIENCE AND STATISTICS. 


Industrial Unrest. 


Chairman.—Professor A. W. Kirkaldy. 

Secretary .— 

Sir H. Bell, Rt. Hon. C. W. Bowerman, 
Professors S. J. Chapman and E. C. K. 
Gonner, Mr. H. Gosling, Mr. G. Pickup 
Holden, Dr. G. B. Hunter, Sir C. W. 
Macara, and Professor W. R. Scott. 


Section G.—ENGINEERING. 


To investigate Engineering Problems 
affecting the future Prosperity of the 
Country. 


To consider and report on the Stan- 
dardization of Impact Tests. 


Chairman.—Dr. H. 8. Hele-Shaw. 

Secretary.—Professor G. W. O. Howe. 

Professor E. G. Coker, Sir R. Hadfield, 
Rt. Hon. Sir W. Mather, Mr. W. Maw, 
and Mr. C. E. Stromeyer. 


Chairman.—Professor W. H. Warren. 

Secretary.— Mr. J. Vicars, 

Mr.G. A. Julius, Professor A. H. Gibson, 
Mr. Houghton, and Professor Payne. 


lxiv 


RESEARCH COMMITTEES. 


2. Not receiving Grants of Voney—continued. 


Subject for Investigation, or Purpose 


Members of Committee 


The Investigation of Gaseous Explo- 
sions, with special reference to Tem- 
perature. 


To consider the Collation of Ethno- 
logical Literature on Oceania and 
Africa. 


neighbourhood of Glastonbury in 
connection with a Committee of the 
Somerset Archzological and Natural 
History Society. 


To conduct Anthropometric Investiga- 
tions in the Island of Cyprus. 


Ts conduct Explorations with the object 
of ascertaining the Age of Stone 
Circles. 


To prepare and publish Miss Byrne’s 
Gazetteer and Map of the Native 
Tribes of Australia. 


The Collection, Preservation, and 
Systematic Registration of Photo- 
graphs of Anthropological Interest. 


To conduct Archzological and Ethno- 
logical Researches in Crete. 


To investigate the Lake Villages in the | 


| 
| 


Chairman.—Dr. Dugald Clerk. 

Secretary.— Professor W. E. Dalby. 

Professors W. A. Bone, F. W. Burstall, 
H. L. Callendar, E. G. Coker, and H. B. 
Dixon, Drs. R. T. Glazebrook and J. A. 
Harker, Colonel Sir H. C. L. Holden, 
Professors B. Hopkinson and J. E. 
Petavel, Captain H. Riall Sankey, 
Professor A. Smithells, Professor W. 
Watson, Mr. D. L. Chapman, and Mr. 
H. E. Wimperis. 


Section H.—ANTHROPOLOGY. 


Chairman.—Dr. A. C. Haddon. 
Secretary.—Dr. C. G. Seligrnan. 
Dr. H. Forbes and Dr. R. R. Marett. 


Chairman.—Professor Boyd Dawkins. 

Secretary.—Mr. Willoughby Gardner. 

Professor W. Ridgeway, Sir Arthur Evans, 
Sir C. H. Read, Mr. H. Balfour, Dr. A. 
Bulleid, and Mr. H. Peake. 


Chairman.—Professor J. L. Myres, 
Secretary.—Dr. F. C. Shrubsall. 
Dr. A. C. Haddon. 


Chairman.—Sir C. H. Read. 

Secretary.—Mr. H. Balfour. 

Dr. G. A. Auden, Professor W. Ridgeway, 
Dr. J. G. Garson, Sir Arthur Evans, Dr. 
R. Munro, Professors Boyd Dawkins 
and J. L. Myres, Mr. A. L. Lewis, and 
Mr. H. Peake. 


Chairman.—Professor Baldwin Spencer. 
Secretary.— Dr. R. R. Marett. 
Mr. H. Balfour. 


Chairman.—Sir C. H. Read. 

Secretary.—Dr. Harrison. 

Dr. G. A. Auden, Mr. E. Heawood, and 
Professor J. L. Myres. 


Chairman.—Mz. D. G. Hogarth. 

Secretary.—Professor J. L. Myres. 

Professor R. C. Bosanquet, Dr. W. L. H. 
Duckworth, Sir Arthur Evans, Pro- 
fessor W. Ridgeway, and Dr. F. C. 
Shrubsall. 


_ a 


RESEARCH COMMITTEES. lxv 


2. Not receiving Grants of Money—continued. 


Subject for Investigation, or Purpose 


Members of Committee 


The Teaching of Anthropology. 


To excavate Early Sites in Macedonia. 


To co-operate with Local Committees 
in Excavations on Roman Sites in 
Britain. 


| Chairman.—Sir Richard Temple, 


Secretary.—Dr. A. C. Haddon. 


| Sir E. F. im Thurn, Mr. W. Crooke, Dr. 


C. G. Seligman, Professor G. Elliot 
Smith, Dr. R. R. Marett, Professor 
P. E. Newberry, Dr. G. A. Auden, Pro- 
fessors T. H. Bryce, A. Keith, P. 
Thompson, R. W. Reid, H. J. Fleure, 
and J. L. Myres, Sir B. C. A. Windle, 
and Professors R.J. A. Berry, Baldwin 
Spencer, Sir T. Anderson Stuart, and 
E. C. Stirling. 


Chairman.—Professor W. Ridgeway. 

Secretary.—Mr. A. J. B. Wace. 

Professors R. C. Bosanquet and J. L. 
Myres. 


Chairman.—Professor W. Ridgeway. 

Secretary.—Professor R. C. Bosanquet. 

Dr. T. Ashby, Mr. Willoughby Gardner, 
and Professor J. L. Myres, 


Section I.—PHYSIOLOGY. 


To acquire further knowledge, Clinical | 


and Experimental, concerning Anzs- 
thetics—general and _ local—with 
special reference to Deaths by or 
during Anesthesia, and their possible 
diminution. 


Electromotive Phenomena in Plants. 


To investigate the Physiological and 


Psychological Factors in the produc- 


tion of Miners’ Nystagmus. 


Colour Vision and Colour Blindness. 


The Binocular Combination of Kine- 
matograph Pictures of different 
Meaning, and its relation to the 
Binocular Combination of simpler 
Perceptions. 


Chairman.—Dr. A. D. Waller. 

Secretary.— 

Dr. Blumfeld, Mr. J. A. Gardner, and 
Dr. G. A. Buckmaster. 


Chairman.—Dr. A. D. Waller. 

Secretary.—Mrs. Waller. 

Professors J. B. Farmer, T. Johnson, and 
Veley, and Dr. F. O’B. Ellison. 


Chairman.—Professor J. H. Muirhead. 

Secretary.—Dr. T. G. Maitland. 

Dr. J. Jameson Evans and Dr. C., S. 
Myers. 


Chairman.—Professor E. H. Starling. 

Secretary.—Dr. Edridge-Green. 

Professor A. W. Porter, Dr. A. D. Waller, 
Professor C. §. Sherrington, and Dr. 
F. W. Mott. 


‘ Chairman.—Dr. C. 8. Myers. 


Secretary.—Mr. T. H. Pear. 


Ixvi 


RESEARCH COMMITTEES. 


2. Not Receiving Grants of Money—continued. 


i nnn nn nnn eee EEE Enns nnRS ES! 


Subject for Investigation, or Purpose 


Further Researches on the Structure 
and Function of the Mammalian 
Heart. 


Physiological Standards of Food and 
Work. 


Members of Committee 


Chairman.—Professor C. 8. Sherrington. 
Secretary.—Professor Stanley Kent. 
Dr. Florence Buchanan. 


Chairman and Secretary.—Dr. A. D. 
Waller. 

Professors W. D. Halliburton and W. H 
Thompson. 


Szotion K.—BOTANY. 


To carry out a Research on the Influ- 
ence of varying percentages of Oxy- 
gen and of various Atmospheric 
Pressures upon Geotropic and Helio- 
tropic Irritability and Curvature. 


The Collection and Investigation of 
Material of Australian Cycadacez, 
especially Bowenia from Queensland 
and Macrozamia from West Australia. 


To cut Sections of Australian Fossil 
Plants, with especial reference to a 
specimen of Zygopteris from Simp- 
son’s Station, Barraba, N.S.W. 


The Investigation of the Vegetation of 
Ditcham Park, Hampshire. 


The Renting of Cinchona Botanic 
Station in Jamaica. 


The Structure of Fossil Plants. 


To consider how to bring into closer 
contact those carrying out Scientific 
Breeding Experiments and those 
commercially interested in the 
results of such experiments.* 


To consider and report upon the neces- 
sity for further provision for the 
Organisation of Research in Plant 
Pathology in the British Empire. 


Chairman.—Professor ¥'. O. Bower. 
Secretary.—Professor A. J. Ewart. 
Professor F, F. Blackman. 


Chairman.—Professor A. A. Lawson. 
Secretary.—Professor T, G, B. Osborn. 
Professor A. C. Seward. 


Chairman.—Professor Lang. 

Secretary.—Professor T. G. B. Osborn. 

Professors T. W. Edgeworth David and 
A. C. Seward. 


Chairman.—My. A. G. Tansley. 
Secretary.—Mr. R. 8. Adamson. 
Dr. C. E. Moss and Professor R. H. Yapp. 


Chairman.-—Professor F. O. Bower. 

Secretary.—Professor R. H Yapp 

Professors R. Buller, F. W. Oliver, and 
F. E. Weiss. 


Chairman.—Professor F. W. Oliver. 

Secretary.—Professor F, EH. Weiss. 

Mr. E. Newell Arber, Professor A. C. 
Seward, and Dr. D. H. Scott. 


Chairman.—Professor W. Bateson. 

Secretary.—Miss EK. R. Saunders. 

Mr. B.S. Beaven, Mr. L. Doncaster, Mr. 
R. P. Gregory, Mr. R. D. Laurie, and 
Dr. F. Keeble. 


Chairman.—Professor M. C. Potter. 

Secretary.—Mr. W. B. Brierley. 

Mr. F. T. Brooks, Professor T. Johnson, 
Mr. J. Ramsbottom, Mr. E. S. Salmon, 
Dr. E. N. Thomas, and Mr. H. W. T. 
Wager. 


* Joint Committee with Sections D and M, 


RESEARCH COMMITTEES. Ixvil 


Communication ordered to be printed in extenso. 


Section E.—Sir T. H. Holdich on ‘ Political Boundaries.’ 


Resolutions referred to the Council for consideration, and, if desirable, 
for action. 


From Sections D and E. 
That it be recommended to the Council that a grant of £100 from the Caird 
Fund be made to Dr. W. 8. Bruce for the upkeep of the Scottish Oceanographical 
Laboratory. 


From Section K. 


That the Council be recommended to ask the Government to make Section Ka 
grant of 500 reprints of a list of economic plant products which has been prepared 
by Sir David Prain and is shortly to be published in the Kew Bulletin. 


From Section L. 


The Committee of Section L has evidence that the separate issue of the sectional 
transactions has been of considerable utility both during and after the Meetings, 
and it regrets their discontinuance. While recognising that there are special difti- 
culties as regards printing and paper at the present time, the Committee hopes that 
the Council will resume next year the publication of the sectional transactions 
containing the President’s Address, Reports of Committees, and Abstracts of 
Papers. 


Synopsis of Grants of Money appropriated for Scientific Purposes by 
the General Committee at the Newcastle Meeting, September 1916. 
The Names of Members entitled to call on the General Treasurer 
for Grants are prefixed to the respective Committees. 


Section A.—Mathematical and Physical Science. 


: ee Aa: 
- *Turner, Professor H. H.—Seismological Observations ......... 100 0 0 
' *Rutherford, Sir E.—Tables of Constants ..........6:eee 40 0 0 
*Hill, Professor M. J. M.—Mathematical Tables ............... 20 0 0 
*Love, Professor A. E. H.—Gravity at Sea. .......-...0.00084, 10}: ,0)> 0 
Section B.—Chemistry. 
*Armstrong, Professor H. E.—Dynamic Isomerism ............. 15 0 0 
'*Armstrong, Professor H. E.—Eucalypts ..............:00. 30 0 0 
*Dobbie, Sir J. J— Absorption Spectra, de. ..........:......... 10 0 0 


Section C.—Geology. 


*Cole, Professor Grenville.—Old Red Sandstone Rocks of 
ns SRI esi aca ttnsecesacstountenene 9, £ O O 
*Watts, Professor W. W.—Critical Sections in Paleozoic 
EER Rut Ve Lato tees teds sites sve draacestaerersne | 2010"! O 


* Reappointed. 


Ixvili SYNOPSIS OF GRANTS OF MONEY. 


Section D.—Zoology. £8. a. 
*Herdman, Professor W. A.—Abrolhos Islands.... ORO a0 
Bateson, Professor W.—Inheritance in Silkworms ............ 20 0 O 
Section F.—Economic Science and Statistics. 
*Muirhead, Professor J. H. Gaeta from Economic Stand- 
point . ode) sed aas ete ee ae 
*Scott, Professor Ww. ae “Women i in ‘Industry . svitee wee OG 
*Scott, Professor W. R.—Effects of War on Credit, ke, ioe eae LONI” JG 
Section G'.—Engineering. 
*Perry, Professor J.—Complex Stress Distributions ..,.......... 40 0 0 
Section H.—Anthropology. 
*Smith, Professor G. Elliot. ee Characters of Ancient 
Egyptians... Be smn ace ean mes SE Seas 
*Marett, Dr. R. 'R.— Paleolithic Site in n Jersey .. : 30 0 0 
*Myres, Professor J. L.—Archeological Investigations - in 
Malta ......... 20 0 0 
*Myres, Professor J. L.—Distribution of Bronze ‘Age Tmple- 
MVOMUUE HAS Niele ses de 55s Sats delve eegod weed 1k 22 Gibee Cus Gi flan ge ee 114 3 
*Dawkins, Professor Boyd.—Artificial Islands in Highland 
Wochs" =na-.- Eocene ia peo en oer Uin etic sea st heineiaene ceereene eet eee D “OO 
Section I.— Physiology. 

*Schifer, Sir E.—Ductless Glands ..,.... icetwe Gp ee 
Carr, Dr, Willdon. —Psychological War- Research ............ 10 0 0 
Section K.—Botany. 

*Blackman, Professor F. F.—Heredity  ............0::.:00000. 45 0 0 
Wager, Mr. H. W. 'T.—Ecology of Pumgi....0s5.5.ccsce2s 5, Qe. ne 
Section L.— Hducation. 

*Myers, Dr. C. 8.—Mental and Physical Factors ............06 10 0 0 
* Auden, Dr. G. A.—School Books and Eyesight ............. 5 0 0 
*Green, Professor J. AA—Museums ....... fc: akehiedoeaesani Da DOE 
*Buckmaster, Mr. C. A.—‘ Free-place’ System Ciotbanten 15 0 0 

Gregory, Professor R. A.—Science Teaching in Secondary 
Schools ...... tie, eta eae Roatan ete citer «oka Ines Fee ee 10: os 
Corresponding Societies Committee. 
* Whitaker, Mr. W.—For Preparation of Report .............. 25 0 0 
Total gn cnetstecyconeec ee £602 6 2 


Cairp Funp. 


An unconditional gift of 10,0007. was made to the Association at the 
Dundee Meeting, 1912, by Mr. (afterwards Sir) J. K. Caird, LL.D., of 
Dundee. 


* Reappointed. 


‘ 


CAIRD FUND. lxix 


The Council in its Report to the General Committee at the Bir- 
mingham Meeting made certain recommendations as to the administra- 
tion of this Fund. These recommendations were adopted, with the 
Report, by the General Committee at its meeting on September 10, 1913. 

The following allocations have been made from the Fund by the 
Council to September 1916 :-— 

Naples Zoological Station Committee (p. 1xii).—50/. (1912-13) ; 1007. 
(1913-14) ; 1007. annually in future, subject to the adoption of the Com- 
mittee’s report. 

Seismology Committee (p. liv).—100/. (1913-14); 1007. annually in 
future, subject to the adoption of the Committee’s report. 

Radiotelegraphic Committee (p. 1x).— 5007. (1913-14). 

Magnetic Re-survey of the British Isles (in collaboration with the 
Royal Society ).—250. 

Committee on Determination of Gravity at Sea (p. liv).—100/. 
(1914-15). 

Mr. F. Sargent, Bristol University, in connection with his Astro- 
nomical Work.—10/. (1914). 

Organising Committee of Section F (Economics), towards expenses of 
an Enquiry into Outlets for Labour after the War,—100l. (1915). 

Rev. T. E. R. Phillips, for aid in transplanting his private observa- 
tory.—201. (1915). 

Committee on Fuel Economy.—251. (1915-16). 


Sir J. K. Caird, on September 10, 1913, made a further gift of 1,000/. 
to the Association, to be devoted to the study of Radio-activity. 


Pusuic or CrrizENs’ LECTURES. 


During the Meeting the following Citizens’ Lectures were arranged, in 
co-operation with the local branch of the Workers’ Educational Associa- 
tion, in Newcastle and the neighbourhood : — 


NEWCASTLE. 
September 4th at 7.30 p.m. in the Town Hall, Dr. Dugald Clerk, 
F.R.S., on ‘Gas, Oil, and Petrol Engines.’ 
September 6th at 7.30 p.m. in the Town Hall, Mr. A. L. Smith, 


ae Master of Balliol College, Oxford, on ‘ Education after the 
ar. 


SUNDERLAND. 
September 8th at 7.30 p.m. in the Victoria Hall, Dr. F. A. Dixey, 
FE.R.S., on ‘ Warfare in Nature.’ 


DurRHAM. 
September 5th at 7.45 p.m. in the Miners’ Hall, Red Hill, Professor 
J. W. Gregory, F'.R.S., on ‘The Evolution of Geography.’ 


ASHINGTON. 
September 7th at 7.15 p.m. in the Philharmonic Hall, Professor 
A. W. Kirkaldy, M.A., on ‘ The Economic Outlook after the War.’ 
Us d 


a 
f ~~ + 


eS | 
( . : | ; ) 
2 \ t 


FA isi 


x 


bet ; Onna erasing 
, ¢ a “ ‘ . f 
od? Hitt Ge gh Qui a tae 


Lsiiolewe 


; * 
aa WOE. t 


< 


pe tt Hae 
: * « 


its Pee 


# ? fs t : A vin sab ; 


EP: QUSUOME a hs Bae 


bord a" 
- ie 2. & 


ADDRESS 
BY 
SIR ARTHUR EVANS, D.Lirt., LL.D., P.S.A., F.B.S., 


EXTRAORDINARY PRorrssoR oF PREHISTORIC ARCHHOLOGY, OXFORD, 
CoRRESPONDANT DE L’INSTITUT DE FRANCE, ETC., 


PRESIDENT. 


New Archa@ological lights on the Origins of Civilisation in Europe: its 
Magdalenian forerunners in the South-West and Aigean Cradle. 


Et quasi cursores vitai lampada tradunt. 


Wuen I was asked on behalf of the Council of the British Association 
to occupy the responsible post of President at the Meeting in this great 
city—the third that has taken place here—I was certainly taken by 
surprise ; the more so as my own subject of research seemed somewhat 
removed from what may be described as the central interests of your 
body. The turn of Archeology, however, I was told, had come round 
again on the rota of the sciences represented ; nor could I be indifferent 
to the fact that the last Presidential Address on this theme had been 
delivered by my father at the Toronto Meeting of 1897. 

Still, it was not till after considerable hesitation that I accepted 
the honour. Engaged as I have been through a series of years in the 
work of excavation in Crete—a work which involved not only the 
quarrying but the building up of wholly new materials and has entailed 
the endeavour to classify the successive phases of a long, continuous 
story—absorbed and fascinated by my own investigations—I am 
oppressed with the consciousness of having been less able to keep pace 
with the progress of fellow explorers in other departments or to do 
sufficient justice to their results. I will not dwell, indeed, on those 
disabilities that result to myself from present calls and the grave pre- 
occupations of the hour, that to a greater or less extent must affect 
us all. 

But Archeology—the research of ancient civilisations—when the 
very foundations of our own are threatened by the New Barbarism! 
The investigation of the ruins of the Past—at a time when Hell seems 
to have been let loose to strew our Continent with havoc beyond the 


dreams of Attila! ‘The Science of the Spade ’—at a moment when 
B2 


4 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


that Science confronts us at every hour with another and a sterner 
significance! The very suggestion of such a subject of discourse might 
seem replete with cruel irony. 

And yet, especially as regards the prehistoric side of Archeology, 
something may be said for a theme which, in the midst of Armageddon, 
draws our minds from present anxieties to that still, passionless domain 
of the Past which lies behind the limits even of historic controversies. 
The Science of Antiquity as there seen in its purest form depends, 
indeed, on evidence and rests on principles indistinguishable from those 
of the sister Science of Geology. Its methods are stratigraphic. As 
in that case the successive deposits and their characteristic contents— 
often of the most fragmentary kind—enable the geologist to recon- 
struct the fauna and flora, the climate and physical conditions, of the 
past ages of the world, and to follow out their gradual transitions or 
dislocations, so it is with the archeologist in dealing with unwritten 
history. 

In recent years—not to speak of the revelations of Late Quaternary 
culture, on which I shall presently have occasion to dwell—in Egypt, 
in Babylonia, in Ancient Persia, in the Central Asian deserts, or, 
coming nearer home, in the Agean lands, the patient exploration of 
early sites, in many cases of huge stratified mounds, the unearthing of 
buried buildings, the opening of tombs, and the research of minor relics, 
has reconstituted the successive stages of whole fabrics of former 
civilisation, the very existence of which was formerly unsuspected. 
Even in later periods, Archeology, as a dispassionate witness, has been 
continually checking, supplementing, and illustrating written history. 
It has called back to our upper air, as with a magician’s wand, shapes 
and conditions that seemed to have been irrevocably lost in the might 
of Time. 

Thus evoked, moreover, the Past is often seen to hold a mirror to 
the Future—correcting wrong impressions—the result of some tem- 
porary revolution in the whirligig of Time—by the more permanent 
standard of abiding conditions, and affording in the solid evidence of 
past well-being the ‘ substance of things hoped for.’ Nowhere, indeed, 
has this been more in evidence than in that vexed region between the 
Danube and the Adriatic, to-day the home of the Serbian race, to the 
antiquarian exploration of which ay of the earlier years of my 
own life were devoted. 

What visions, indeed, do those investigations not recall! Imperial 
cities, once the seats of wide administration and of prolific mints, sunk 
to neglected villages, vestiges of great engineering works, bridges, 
aqueducts, or here a main line of ancient highway hardly traceable even 
as a track across the wilderness! Or, again, the signs of medieval 
revival above the Roman ruins—remains of once populous mining 


CO Sn ee ee ee 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 5 


centres scattered along the lone hillside, the shells of stately churches 
with the effigies, bullet-starred now, of royal founders, once champions 
of Christendom against the Paynim—nay, the actual relics of great 
rulers, lawgivers, national heroes, still secreted in half-ruined monastic 
retreats ! 


Sunt lacrime rerum et mentem mortalia tangunt : 

Even the archeologist incurs more human debts, and the evocation 
of the Past carries with it living responsibilities ! 

It will be found, moreover, that such investigations have at times 
a very practical bearing on future developments. In connexion with 
the traces of Roman occupation I have recently, indeed, had occasion 
to point out’ that the section of the great Roman road that connected 
the Valleys of the Po and Save across the lowest pass of the Julians, 
and formed part of the main avenue of communication between the 
Western and the Eastern provinces of the Empire, has only to be 
restored in railway shape to link together a system of not less value 
to ourselyes and our Allies. For we should thus secure, via the 
Simplon and Northern Italy, a new and shorter Overland Route to 
the Hast, in friendly occupation throughout, which is to-day diverted 
by unnatural conditions past Vienna and Budapest. At a time when 
Europe is parcelled out by less cosmopolitan interests the evidence of 
Antiquity here restores the true geographical perspective. 

Whole provinces of ancient history would lie beyond our ken—often 
through the mere loss of the works of classical authors—were it not 


for the results of archxological research. At other times again it has 


redressed the balance where certain aspects of the Ancient World 
have been brought into unequal prominence, it may be, by mere acci- 
dents of literary style. Even if we take the Greek World, generally 
so rich in its literary sources, how comparatively little should we know 
of its brilliant civilisation as illustrated by the great civic foundations 
of Magna Graecia and Sicily if we had to depend on its written sources 
alone. But the noble monuments of those regions, the results of 
excavation, the magnificent coimage—a sum of evidence illustrative in 
turn of public and private life, of Art and Religion, of politics and of 
economic conditions—have gone far to supply the lacuna. 

Look, too, at the history of the Roman Empire—how defective and 
misleading in many departments are the literary records! It has been 
by methodical researches into evidence such as the above—notably in 
the epigraphic field—that the most trustworthy results have been 
worked out. - 

Take the case of Roman Britain. Had the lost books of Ammianus 


**The Adriatic Slavs and the Overland Route to Constantinople.’ 
Geographical Journal, 1916, p. 241 segg. 


6 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


relating to Britain been preserved we might have had, in his rugged 
style, some partial sketch of the Province as it existed in the age of 
its most complete Romanisation. As it is, so far as historians are 
concerned, we are left in almost complete darkness. Here, again, it 
is through archeological research that light has penetrated, and thanks 
to the thoroughness and persistence of our own investigators, town 
sites such as Silchester in Roman Britain have been more completely 
uncovered than those of any other Province. Nor has any part of 
Britain supplied more important contributions in this field than the 
region of the Roman Wall, that great limitary work between the Solway 
and the mouth of the Tyne that once marked the Northernmost 
Kuropean barrier of civilised dominion. 

Speaking here, on the site of Hadrian’s bridge-head station that 
formed its Eastern key, it would be impossible for me not to pay a 
passing tribute, however inadequate, to the continuous work of explora- 
tion and research carried out by the Society of Antiquaries of New- 
castle, now for over a hundred years in existence, worthily seconded 
by its sister Society on the Cumbrian side, and of which the volumes of 
the respective Proceedings and Transactions, Archeologia Afliana, and 
last but not least the Lapidarium Septentrionale, are abiding records. 
The basis of methodical study was here the Survey of the Wall carried 
out, together with that of its main military approach, the Watling 
Street, by MacLauchlan, under the auspices of Algernon, fourth Duke 
of Northumberland. And who, however lightly touching on such a 
theme, can overlook the services of the late Dr. Collingwood Bruce, 
the Grand Old Man, not only of the Wall itself, but of all pertaining to 
Border Antiquities, distinguished as an investigator for his scholarship 
and learning, whose lifelong devotion to his subject and contagious 
enthusiasm made the Roman Wall, as it had never been before, a 
household word ? 

New points of view have arisen, a stricter method and a greater 
subdivision of labour have become imperative in this as in other depart- 
ments of research. We must, therefore, rejoice that local explorers 
have more and more availed themselves of the co-operation, and 
welcomed the guidance of those equipped with comparative knowledge 
drawn from other spheres. The British Vallum, it is now realised, 
must be looked at with perpetual reference to other frontier lines, such 
as the Germanic or the Rhetian limes; local remains of every kind 
have to be correlated with similar discoveries throughout the length 
and breadth of the Roman Empire. 

This attitude in the investigation of the remains of Roman Britain— 
the promotion of which owes so much to the energy and experience of 
Professor Haverfield—has in recent years conducted excavation to 

* See Haverfield : Roman Britain in 19138, p. 86. 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 7 


specially valuable results. The work at Corbridge, the ancient 
Corstopitum, begun in 1906, and continued down to the autumn of 
1914, has already uncovered throughout a great part of its area the 
largest urban centre—civil as well as military in character—on the line 
of the Wall, and the principal store-base of its stations. Here, together 
with well-built granaries, workshops, and barracks, and such records of 
civic life as are supplied by sculptured stones and inscriptions, and the 
double discovery of hoards of gold coins, has come to light a spacious 
and massively constructed stone building, apparently a military store- 
house, worthy to rank beside the bridge-piers of the North Tyne, among 
the most imposing monuments of Roman Britain. There is much 
here, indeed, to carry our thoughts far beyond our insular limits. On 
this, as on so many other sites along the Wall, the inscriptions and 
reliefs take us very far afield. We mark the grave-stone of a man of 
Palmyra, an altar of the Tyrian Hercules—its Pheenician Baal—a 
dedication to a pantheistic goddess of Syrian religion and the rayed 
effigy of the Persian Mithra. So, too, in the neighbourhood of New- 
castle itself, as elsewhere on the Wall, there was found an altar 
of Jupiter Dolichenus, the old Anatolian God of the Double Axe, the 
male form of the divinity once worshipped in the prehistoric Labyrinth 
of Crete. Nowhere are we more struck than in this remote extremity 
of the Empire with the heterogeneous religious elements, often drawn 
from its far Eastern ‘borders, that before the days of the final advent of 
Christianity, Roman dominion had been instrumental in diffusing. The 
Orontes may be said to have flowed into the Tyne as well as the Tiber. 

I have no pretension to follow up the various affluents merged in the 
later course of Greco-Roman civilisation, as illustrated by these and 
similar discoveries throughout the Roman World. My own recent 
researches have been particularly concerned with the much more ancient 
cultural stage—that of prehistoric Crete—which leads up to the Greco- 
Roman, and which might seem to present the problem of origins at any 
rate in a less complex shape. The marvellous Minoan civilisation that 
has there come to light shows that Crete of four thousand years ago 
must unquestionably be regarded as the birth-place of our European 
civilisation in its higher form. 

But are we, even then, appreciably nearer to the fountain-head ? 

A new and far more remote vista has opened out in recent years, 
and it is not too much to say that a wholly new standpoint has been 
gained from which to survey the early history of the human race. The 
investigations of a brilliant band of prehistoric archeologists, with the 
aid of representatives of the sister sciences of Geology and Palzon- 
tology, have brought together such a mass of striking materials as to 
place the evolution of human art and appliances in the last Quaternary 
Period on a far higher level than had even been suspected previously. 


8 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


Following in the footsteps of Lartet and after him Riviére and Piette, 
Professors Cartailhac, Capitan, and Boule, the Abbé Breuil, Dr. 
Obermeier and their fellow investigators have revolutionised our know- 
ledge of a phase of human culture which goes so far back beyond the 
limits of any continuous story that it may well be said to belong to an 
older World. - 

To the engraved and sculptured works of Man in the ‘ Reindeer 
Period ’ we have now to add not only such new specialities as are 
exemplified by the moulded clay figures of life-size bisons in the 
Tuc d’Audoubert Cave, or the similar high reliefs of a procession of 
six horses cut on the overhanging limestone brow of Cap Blanc, 
but whole galleries of painted designs on the walls of caverns and rock 
shelters. 

So astonishing was this last discovery, made first by the Spanish 
investigator Sefior de Sautuola—or rather his little daughter—as long 
ago as 1878, that it was not till after it had been corroborated by 
repeated finds on the French side of the Pyrenees—not, indeed, till the 
beginning of the present century—that the Paleolithic Age of these 
rock paintings was generally recognised. In their most developed 
stage, as illustrated by the bulk of the figures in the Cave of Altamira 
itself, and in those of Marsoulas in the Haute Garonne, and of Font de 
Gaume in the Dordogne, these primeval frescoes display not only a 
consummate mastery of natural design but an extraordinary technical 
resource. Apart from the charcoal used in certain outlines, the chief 
colouring matter was red and yellow ochre, mortars and palettes for the 
preparation of which have come to light. In single animals the tints 
are varied from black to dark and ruddy brown or brilliant orange, and 
so, by fine gradations, to paler nuances, obtained by scraping and wash- 
ing. Outlines and details are brought out by white incised lines, and 
the artists availed themselves with great skill of the reliefs afforded 
by convexities of the rock surface. But the greatest marvel of all is 
that such polychrome masterpieces as the bisons, standing and 
couchant, or with limbs huddled together, of the Altamira Cave, were 
executed on the ceilings of inner vaults and galleries where the light 
of day has never penetrated. Nowhere is there any trace of smoke, 
and it is clear that great progress in the art of artificial illumination had 
already been made. We now know that stone lamps, decorated in one 
case with the engraved head of an ibex, were already in existence. 

Such was the level of artistic attainment in South-Western Europe, 
at a modest estimate some ten thousand years earlier than the most 
ancient monuments of Egypt or Chaldea! Nor is this an isolated 
phenomenon. One by one, characteristics, both spiritual and material, 
that had been formerly thought to be the special marks of later ages 
of mankind have been shown to go back to that earlier World. I 


Re ee 


PRESIDENTS ADDRESS, 9 


myself can never forget the impression produced on me as a privileged 
spectator of a freshly uncovered interment in one of the Balzi Rossi 
Caves—an impression subsequently confirmed by other experiences of 
similar discoveries in these caves, which together first supplied the 
concordant testimony of an elaborate cult of the dead on the part of 
Aurignacian Man. Tall skeletons of the highly-developed Cro-Magnon 
type lay beside or above their hearths, and protected by great stones 
from roving beasts. Flint knives and bone javelins had been placed 
within reach of their hands, chaplets and necklaces of sea-shells, fish- 
vertebree, and studs of carved bone had decked their persons. With 
these had been set lumps of iron peroxide, the red stains of which 
appeared on skulls and bones, so that they might make a fitting show 
in the Under-world. 
‘Colours, too, to paint his body, 
Place within his hand, 
That he glisten, bright and ruddy, 

In the Spirit-Land! ’* 

Nor is it only in this cult of the departed that we trace the dawn 
of religious practices in that older World. At Cogul we may now survey 
the ritual dance of nine skirted women round a male Satyr-like figure 
of short stature, while at Alpera a gowned sister ministrant holds up 
what has all the appearance of being a small idol. It can hardly be 
doubted that the small female images of ivory, steatite, and crystalline 
tale from the same Aurignacian stratum as that of the Balzi Rossi 
interments, in which great prominence is given to the organs of 
maternity, had some fetichistic intention. So, too, many of the figures 
of animals engraved and painted on the inmost vaults of the caves may 
well have been due, as M. Salomon Reinach has suggested, to the 
magical ideas prompted by the desire to obtain a hold on the quarries 
of the chase that supplied the means of livelihood. 

In a similar religious connexion may be taken the growth of a 
whole family of signs, in some cases obviously derivatives of fuller 
pictorial originals, but not infrequently simplified to such a degree that 
they resemble or actually reproduce letters of the alphabet. Often they 
occur in groups like regular inscriptions, and it is not surprising that 
in some quarters they should have been regarded as evidence that the 
art of writing had already been evolved by the men of the Reindeer 
Age. A symbolic value certainly is to be attributed to these signs, and 
it must at least be admitted that by the close of the late Quaternary 
Age considerable advance. had been made in hieroglyphic expression. 

The evidences of more or less continuous civilised development 
reaching its apogee about the close of the Magdalenian Period have been 


3 Schiller, Nadowessier’s Todtenlied, 


10 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


constantly emerging from recent discoveries. The recurring ‘ tecti- 
form’ sign had already clearly pointed to the existence of huts or 
wigwams; the ‘ scutiform’ and other types record appliances yet to 
be elucidated, and another sign well illustrated on a bone pendant from 
the Cave of St. Marcel has an unmistakable resemblance to a sledge.* 
But the most astonishing revelation of the cultural level already reached 
by primeval man has been supplied by the more recently discovered 
rock paintings of Spain. The area of discovery has now been extended 
there from the Province of Santander, where Altamira itself is 
situated, to the Valley of the Ebro, the Central Sierras, and to the 
extreme South-Eastern region, including the Provinces of Albacete, 
Murcia, and Almeria, and even to within the borders of Granada. 

One after another, features that had been reckoned as the exclusive 
property of Neolithic or later Ages are thus seen to have been shared 
by Paleolithic Man in the final stage of his evolution. For the first 
time, moreover, we find the productions of his art rich in human sub- 
jects. At Cogul the sacral dance is performed by women clad from 
the waist downwards in well-cut gowns, while in a rock-shelter of 
Alpera,®> where we meet with the same skirted ladies, their dress is 
supplemented by flying sashes. On the rock painting of the Cueva 
de la Vieja, near the same place, women are seen with still longer 
gowns rising to their bosoms. We are already a long way from Eve! 

It is this great Alpera fresco which, among all those discovered, 
has afforded most new elements. Here are depicted whole scenes of 
the chase in which bow-men—up to the time of these last discoveries 
unknown among Paleolithic representations—take a leading part, 
though they had not as yet the use of quivers. Some are dancing in 
the attitude of the Australian Corroborees. Several wear plumed head- 
dresses, and the attitudes at times are extraordinarily animated. What 
is specially remarkable is that some of the groups of these Spanish 
rock paintings show dogs or jackals accompanying the hunters, so that 
the process of domesticating animals had already begun. MHafted axes 
are depicted as well as cunningly-shaped throwing sticks. In one case 
at least we see two opposed bands of archers—marking at any rate a 
stage in social development in which organised warfare was possible— 
the beginnings, it is to be feared, of ‘ kultur ’ as well as of culture! 

Nor can there be any question as to the age of these scenes and 
figures, by themselves so suggestive of a much later phase of human 
history. They are inseparable from other elements of the same group, 


‘ This interpretation suggested by me after inspecting the object in 1902 
has been approved by the Abbé Breuil (Anthropologie, XIII., p. 152) and by 
Prof. Sollas, Ancient Hunters,* 1915, p. 480. 


* That of Carasoles de] Bosque; Breuil, Anthropologie, XXVI., 1915, 
p- 329 seqq. 


ee 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 11 


the animal and symbolic representations of which are shared by the 
contemporary school of rock-painting north of the Pyrenees. Some 
are overlaid by palimpsests, themselves of Palzolithic character. 
Among the animals actually depicted, moreover, the elk and bison 
distinctly belong to the Late Quaternary fauna of both regions, and 
are unknown there to the Neolithic deposits. 

In its broader aspects this field of human culture, to which, on the 
European side, the name of Reindeer Age may still on the whole be 
applied, is now seen to have been very widespread. In Hurope itself 
it permeates a large area—defined by the boundaries of glaciation— 
from Poland, and even a large Russian tract, to Bohemia, the upper 
course of the Danube and of the Rhine, to South-Western Britain and 
South-Eastern Spain. Beyond the Mediterranean, moreover, it fits on 
under varying conditions to a parallel form of culture, the remains of 
which are by no means confined to the Cis-Saharan zone, where incised 
figures occur of animals like the long-horned buffalo (Bubalus antiquus) 
and others long extinct in that region. This Southern branch may 
eventually be found to have a large extension. The nearest parallels to 
the finer class of rock-carvings as seen in the Dordogne are, in fact, to 
be found among the more ancient specimens of similar work in South 
Africa, while the rock-paintings of Spain find their best analogies among 
the Bushmen. 

Glancing at this Late Quaternary culture as a whole, in view of 
the materials supplied on the European side, it will not be superfluous 
for me to call attention to two important points which some observers 
have shown a tendency to pass over. 

Its successive phases, the Aurignacian, the Solutrean, and the 
Magdalenian, with its decadent Azilian offshoot—the order of which 
may now be regarded as stratigraphically established—represent on the 
whole a continuous story. 

I will not here discuss the question as to how far the disappearance 
of Neanderthal Man and the close of the Moustierian epoch represents 
a ‘fault’ or gap. But the view that there was any real break in the 
course of the cultural history of the Reindeer Age itself does not seem to 
have sufficient warrant. 

It is true that new elements came in from more than one direction. 
On the old Aurignacian area, which had a trans-Mediterranean exten- 
sion from Syria to Morocco, there intruded on the European side— 


apparently from the East—the Solutrean type of culture, with its per- 


fected flint-working and exquisite laurel-leaf points. | Magdalenian 
Man, on the other hand, great as the proficiency that he attained in 
ths carving of horn and bone, was much behind in his flint-knapping. 
That there were dislocations and temporary set-backs is evident. But 
on every side we still note transitions and reminiscences. When, 


12 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


moreover, we turn to the most striking features of this whole cultural 
phase, the primeval arts of sculpture, engraving, and painting, we see 
a gradual upgrowth and unbroken tradition. From mere outline figures 
and simple two-legged profiles of animals we are led on step by step to 
the full freedom of the Magdalenian artists. From isolated or discon- 
nected subjects we watch the advance to large compositions, such as 
the hunting scenes of the Spanish rock-paintings. In the culminating 
phase of this art we even find impressionist works. A brilliant illus- 
tration of such is seen in the galloping herds of horses, lightly sketched 
by the engraver on the stone slab from the Chaumont Grotto, depicting 
the leader in each case in front of his troop, and its serried line— 
straight as that of a well-drilled battalion—in perspective rendering. 
The whole must be taken to be a faithful memory sketch of an exciting 
episode of prairie life. 

The other characteristic feature of the culture of the Reindeer Age 
that seems to deserve special emphasis, and is almost the corollary of 
the foregoing, is that it cannot be regarded as the property of a single 
race. It is true that the finely built Cro-Magnon race seems to have 
predominated, and must be regarded as an element of continuity 
throughout, but the evidence of the co-existence of other human types 
is clear. Of the physical characteristics of these it is not my province 
to speak. Here it will be sufficient to point out that their interments, 
as well as their general associations, conclusively show that they shared, 
even in its details, the common culture of the Age, followed the same 
fashions, plied the same arts, and were imbued with the same beliefs 
as the Cro-Magnon folk. The negroid skeletons intercalated in the 
interesting succession of hearths and interments of the Grotte des 
Enfants at Grimaldi had been buried with the same rites, decked with 
the same shell ornaments, and were supplied with the same red 
colouring matter for use in the Spirit World, as we find in the other 
sepultures of these caves belonging to the Cro-Magnon race. Similar 
burial rites were associated in this country with the ‘ Red Lady of 
Paviland,’ the contemporary Aurignacian date of which is now well 
established. A like identity of funeral custom recurred again in the 
sepulture of a man of the ‘ Briinn ’ race on the Eastern boundary of this 
field of culture. 

In other words, the conditions prevailing were analogous to 
those of modern Europe. Cultural features of the same general 
character had imposed themselves on a heterogeneous population. That 
there was a considerable amount of circulation, indeed—if not of primi- 
tive commerce—among the peoples of the Reindeer Age is shown by 
the diffusion of shell or fossil ornaments derived from the Atlantic, 
the Mediterranean, or from inland geological strata. Art itself is less the 
property of one or another race than has sometimes been imagined— 


eS ————————E—— ee ee ee eee ee PS eee eee ee 


7 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 13 


indeed, if we compare those products of the modern carver’s art that 
have most analogy with the horn and bone carvings of the Cave 
Men and rise at times to great excellence—as we see them, for instance, 
in Switzerland or Norway—they are often the work of races of very 
different physical types. The negroid contributions, at least in the 
Southern zone of this Late Quaternary field, must not be under- 


estimated. The early steatopygous images—such as some of these 


of the Balzi Rossi caves—may safely be regarded as due to this ethnic 
type, which is also pictorially represented in some of the Spanish rock- 
paintings. 

The nascent flame of primeval culture was thus already kindled 
in that Older World, and, so far as our present knowledge goes, it was 
in the South-Western part of our Continent, on either side of the 
Pyrenees, that it shone its brightest. After the great strides in human 
progress already made at that remote epoch, it is hard, indeed, to under 
stand what it was that still delayed the rise of European civilisation in 
its higher shape. Yet it had to wait for its fulfilment through many 
millennia. The gathering shadows thickened and the darkness of a 
long night fell not on that favoured region alone, but throughout the 
wide area where Reindeer Man had ranged. Still the question rises— 
as yet imperfectly answered—were there no relay runners to pass on 
elsewhere the lighted torch? 

Something, indeed, has been recently done towards bridging over the 
“hiatus ’ that formerly separated the Neolithic from the Paleolithic 
Age—the yawning gulf between two Worlds of human existence. The 
Azilian—a later decadent outgrowth of the preceding culture—which 
is now seen partially to fill the lacuna, seems to be in some respects 
an impoverished survival of the Aurignacian.* The existence of this 
phase was first established by the long and patient investigations of 
Piette in the stratified deposits of the Cave of Mas d’Azil in the Ariége, 
from which it derives its name, and it has been proved by recent dis- 
coveries to have had a wide extension. It affords evidence of a milder 
and moister climate—well illustrated by the abundance of the little wood 
snail (heli nemoralis) and the increasing tendency of the Reindeer to die 
out in the Southern parts of the area, so that in the fabric of the 
characteristic harpoons deer-horns are used as substitutes. Artistic 
designs now fail us, but the polychrome technique of the preceding Age 
still survives in certain schematic and geometric figures, and in curious 
coloured signs on pebbles. These last first came to light in the Cave of 
Mas d’Azil, but they have now been found to recur much further afield 
in a similar association in grottoes from the neighbourhood of Basel te 
that of Salamanca. So like letters are some of these signs that the lively 


*Breuil, Congr. Préhist. Geneva, 1912, p. 216 


14 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


imagination of Piette saw in them the actual characters of a primeval 
alphabet ! 

The little flakes with a worked edge often known as ‘ pygmy flints,’ 
which were most of them designed for insertion into bone or horn har- 
poons, like some Neolithic examples, are very characteristic of this 
stratum, which is widely diffused in France and elsewhere under the 
misleading name of ‘Tardenoisian.’ At Ofnet, in Bavaria, it is 
associated with a ceremonial skull burial showing the coexistence at that 
spot of brachycephalic and dolichocephalic types, both of a new 
character. In Britain, as we know, this Azilian, or a closely allied 
phase, is traceable as far North as the Oban Caves. 

What, however, is of special interest is the existence of a northern 
parallel to this cultural phase, first ascertained by the Danish investi- 
gator, Dr. Sarauw, in the Lake station of Maglemose, near the West 
coast of Zealand. Here bone harpoons of the Azilian type occur, with 
bone and horn implements showing geometrical and rude animal en- 
sravings of a character divergent from the Magdalenian tradition. The 
settlement took place when what is now the Baltic was still the great 
‘Ancylus Lake,’ and the waters of the North Sea had not yet burst 
into it. It belongs to the period of the Danish pine and birch woods, 
and is shown to be anterior to the earliest shell mounds of the Kitchen- 
midden People, when the pine and the birch had given place to the oak. 
Similar deposits extend to Sweden and Norway, and to the Baltic 
Provinces as far as the Gulf of Finland. The parallel relationship of 
this culture is clear, and its remains are often accompanied with the 
characteristic ‘ pygmy’ flints. Breuil, however,’ while admitting the 
late Paleolithic character of this northern branch, would bring it into 
relation with a vast Siberian and Altaic province, distinguished by the 
widespread existence of rock-carvings of animals. It is interesting 
to note that a rock-engraving of a reindeer, very well stylised, from 
the Trondhjem Fjord, which has been referred to the Maglemosian 
phase, preserves the simple profile rendering—two legs only being 
visible—of Early Aurignacian tradition. 

It is worth noting that an art affiliated to that of the petroglyphs 
of the old Altaic region long survived in the figures of the Lapp troll- 
drums, and still occasionally lingers, as I have myself had occasion 
to observe, on the reindeer-horn spoons of the Finnish and Russian 
Lapps, whose ethnic relationship, moreover, points east of the Ural. 
The existence of a Late Paleolithic Province on the Russian side is 
in any case now well recognised and itself supports the idea 
of a later shifting North and North-East, just as at a former period 


7 ‘Tes subdivisions du paléolithique supérieur et leur signification.’—Congrés 
intern. d’Anthrop. et d’Archéol. préhist., XIVme Sess., Genéve, 1912, 
pp. 165, 238. 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 15 


it had oscillated in a South-Western direction. All this must be regarded 
as corroborating the view long ago expressed by Boyd Dawkins ® that 
some part of the old Cave race may still be represented by the modern 
Eskimos. Testut’s comparison of the short-statured Magdalenian skele- 
ton from the rock shelter of Chancelade in the Dordogne with that 
of an Eskimo certainly confirms this conclusion. 

On the other hand, the evidence, already referred to, of an exten- 
sion of the Late Paleolithic culture to a North African zone, including 
rock-sculptures depicting a series of animals extinct there in the later 
Age, may be taken to favour the idea of a partial continuation on that 
side. Some of the early rock-sculptures in the south of the continent, 
such as the figure of a walking elephant reproduced by Dr. Peringuey, 
afford the clearest existing parallels to the best Magdalenian examples. 
There is much, indeed, to be said for the view, of which Sollas is an 
exponent, that the Bushmen, who at a more recent date entered that 
region from the North, and whose rock-painting attained such a high 
level of naturalist art, may themselves be taken as later representatives 
of the same tradition. In their human figures the resemblances 
descend even to conventional details, such as we meet with at Cogul 
and Alpera. Once more, we must never lose sight of the fact that from 
the Early Aurignacian Period onwards a negroid element in the broadest 
sense of the word shared in this artistic culture as seen on both sides 
of the Pyrenees. 

At least we now know that Cave Man did not suffer any sudden 
extinction, though on the European side, partly, perhaps, owing to 
the new climatic conditions, this culture underwent a marked degenera- 
tion. It may well be that, as the osteological evidence seems to imply, 
some outgrowth of the old Cro-Magnon type actually perpetuated 
itself in the Dordogne. We have certainly lengthened our knowledge 
of the Paleolithic. But in the present state of the evidence it seems 
better to subscribe to Cartailhac’s view that its junction with the 
Neolithic has not yet been reached. There does not seem to be any 
real continuity between the culture revealed at Maglemose and that of 
the immediately superposed Early Neolithic stratum of the shell- 
mounds, which, moreover, as has been already said, evidence a change 
both in climatic and geological conditions, implying a considerable 
interval of time. 

It is a commonplace of Archeology that the culture of the Neolithic 
peoples throughout a large part of Central, Northern, and Western 
Europe—like the newly domesticated species possessed by them—is 
Eurasiatic in type. So, too, in Southern Greece and the Algean 
World we meet with a form of Neolithic culture which must be essen- 
tially regarded as a prolongation of that of Asia Minor. 


* Early Man in Britain, 1880, p. 233 segg. 


16 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


It is clear that it is on this Neolithic foundation that our later 
civilisation immediately stands. But in the constant chain of actions 
and reactions by which the history of mankind is bound together— 
short of the extinction of all concerned, a hypothesis in this case 
excluded—it is equally certain that no great human achievement is 
without its continuous effect. The more we realise the substantial 
amount of progress of the men of the Late Quaternary Age in arts and 
crafts and ideas, the more difficult it is to avoid the conclusion that 
somewhere ‘ at the back of behind ’—it may be by more than one route 
and on more than one continent, in Asia as well as Africa—actual links 
of connexion may eventually come to light. 

Of the origins of our complex European culture this much at 
least can be confidently stated: the earliest extraneous sources on 
which it drew lay respectively in two directions—in the Valley of the 
Nile on one side and in that of the Euphrates on the other. 

Of the high early culture in the lower Euphrates Valley our first 
real knowledge has been due to the excavations of De Sarzec in the 
Mounds of Tello, the ancient Lagash. It is now seen that the civili- 
sation that we call Babylonian, and which was hitherto known under 
its Semitic guise, was really in its main features an inheritance from 
the earlier Sumerian race—culture in this case once more dominating 
nationality. Even the laws which Hammurabi traditionally received 
from the Babylonian Sun God were largely modelled on the reforms 
enacted a thousand years earlier by his predecessor, Urukagina, and 
ascribed by him to the inspiration of the City God of Lagash.® It 
is hardly necessary to insist on the later indebtedness of our civilisation 
to this culture in its Semitised shape, as passed on, together with other 
more purely Semitic elements, to the Mediterranean World through 
Syria, Canaan, and Pheenicia, or by way of Assyria, and by means of 
the increasing hold gained on the old Hittite region of Anatolia. 

Even beyond the ancient Mesopotamian region which was the focus 
of these influences, the researches of De Morgan, Gautier, and Lampre, 
of the French ‘ Délégation en Perse,’ have opened up another inde- 
pendent field, revealing a nascent civilisation equally ancient, of which 
Elam—the later Susiana—was the centre. Still further afield, more- 
over—some three hundred miles east of the Caspian—the interesting 
investigations of the Pumpelly Expedition in the mounds of Anau, 
near Ashkabad in Southern Turkestan, have brought to light a parallel 
and related culture. The painted Neolithic sherds of Anau, with their 
geometrical decoration, similar to contemporary ware of Elam, have 
suggested wide comparisons with the painted pottery of somewhat later 
date found in Cappadocia and other parts of Anatolia, as well as in 
the North Syrian regions. It has, moreover, been reasonably asked’ 

* See L. W. King, History of Sumer and Akkad, p. 184. 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 17 


whether another class of painted Neolithic fabrics, the traces of which 
extend across the Steppes of Southern Russia, and, by way of that 
ancient zone of migration, to the lower Danube and Northern Greece, 
may not stand in some original relation to the same ancient Province. 
The new discoveries, however, in the mounds of Elam and Anau 
have at most a bearing on the primitive phase of culture in parts 
of South-Eastern Europe that preceded the age when metal was 
generally in use. 

Turning to the Nile Valley we are again confronted with an extra- 
ordinary revolution in the whole point of view effected during recent 
years. Thanks mainly to the methodical researches initiated by 
Flinders Petrie, we are able to look back beyond the Dynasties to the 
very beginnings of Egyptian civilisation. Already by the closing phase 
of the Neolithic and by the days of the first incipient use of metals 
the indigenous population had attained an extraordinarily high level. 
Tf on the one hand it displays Libyan connexions, on the other we 
already note the evidences of commercial intercourse with the Red 
Sea; and the constant appearance of large rowing vessels in the 
figuced designs shows that the Nile itself was extensively used for 
navigation. Flint-working was carried to unrivalled perfection, and 
special artistic refinement was displayed in the manufacture of vessels 
of variegated breccia and other stones. The antecedent stages of many 
Egyptian hieroglyphs are already traceable, and the cult of Egyptian 
divinities, like Min, was already practised. Whatever ethnic changes 
may have marked the establishment of Pharaonic rule, here, too, the 
salient features of the old indigenous culture were taken over by the 
new régime. This early Dynastic period itself has also received 
entirely new illustration from the same researches, and the freshness 
and force of its artistic works in many respects outshine anything pro- 
duced in the later course of Egyptian history. 

The continuity of human tradition as a whole in areas geographically 
connected like Eurafrica on the one side and Eurasia on the other has 
been here postulated. Since, as we have seen, the Late Paleolithic 
culture was not violently extinguished but shows signs of survival 
both North and South, we are entitled to trace elements of direct deriva- 
tion from this source among the inherited acquirements that finally 
led up to the higher forms of ancient civilisation that arose on the Nile 
and the Euphrates. In many directions, we may believe, the flaming 
torch had been carried on by the relay runners. 

But what, it may be asked, of Greece itself, where human culture 
reached its highest pinnacle in the Ancient World and to which we 
look as the principal source of our own civilisation ? 

Till within recent years it seemed almost a point of honour for 


Sane scholars to regard Hellenic civilisation as a Wonder-Child, 
c 


18 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


sprung, like Athena herself, fully panoplied from the head of Zeus. The 
indebtedness to Oriental sources was either regarded as comparatively 
late or confined to such definite borrowings as the alphabet or certain 
weights and measures. Egypt, on the other hand, at least till Alex- 
andrine times, was looked on as something apart, and it must be said 
that Egyptologists on their side were only too anxious to preserve 
their sanctum from profane contact. 

A truer perspective has now been opened out. It has been made 
abundantly clear that the rise of Hellenic civilisation was itself part of 
a wider economy and can be no longer regarded as an isolated pheno- 
menon. Indirectly, its relation to the greater World and to the 
ancient centres to the South and Hast has been now established 
by its affiliation to the civilisation of prehistoric Crete and by the 
revelation of the extraordinarily high degree of proficiency that was 
there attained in almost all departments of human art and industry. 
That Crete itseli—the ‘ Mid-Sea land,’ a kind of halfway house between 
three continents—should have been the cradle of our European civilisa- 
tion was, in fact, a logical consequence of its geographical position. 
An outlier of Mainland Greece, almost opposite the mouths of the 
Nile, primitive intercourse between Crete and the further shores of 
the Libyan Sea was still further facilitated by favourable winds and 
currents. In the Eastern direction, on the other hand, island stepping- 
stones brought it into easy communication with the coast of Asia Minor, 
with which it was actually connected in late geological times. 

But the extraneous influences that were here operative from a 
remote period encountered on the island itself a primitive indigenous 
culture that had grown up there from immemorial time. In view of 
some recent geological calculations, such as those of Baron De Geer, 
who by counting the number of layers of mud in Lake Ragunda has 
reduced the ice-free period in Sweden to 7,000 years, it will not be 
superfluous to emphasise the extreme antiquity that seems to be indi- 
cated for even the later Neolithic in Crete. The Hill of Knossos, upon 
which the remains of the brilliant Minoan civilisation have found their 
most striking revelation, itself resembles in a large part of its com- 
position a great mound or Tell—like those of Mesopotamia or Egypt— 
formed of layer after layer of human deposits. But the remains of the 
whole of the later Ages represented down to the earliest Minoan period 
(which itself goes back to a time contemporary with the early Dynasties 
of Egypt—at a moderate estimate to 3400 B.c.) occupy considerably 
less than a half—19 feet, that is, out of a total of over 45. Such 
calculations can have only a relative value, but, even if we assume 
a more rapid accumulation of débris for the Neolithic strata and deduct 
a third from our calculation, they would still occupy a space of over 
3,400 years, giving a total antiquity of some 9,000 years from the present 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 19 


time.*y No Neolithic section in Europe can compare in extent with 
that of Knossos, which itself can be divided by the character of its 
contents into an Early, Middle, and Late phase. But its earliest 
stratum already shows the culture in an advanced stage, with carefully 
ground and polished axes and finely burnished pottery. The beginnings 
of Cretan Neolithic must go back to a still more remote antiquity. 

The continuous history of the Neolithic Age is carried back at 
Knossos to an earlier epoch than is represented in the deposits of its 
geographically related areas on the Greek and Anatolian side. But 
sufficient materials for comparison exist to show that the Cretan branch 
belongs to a vast Province of primitive culture that extended from 
Southern Greece and the Aigean islands throughout a wide region of 
Asia Minor and probably still further afield. 

An interesting characteristic is the appearance in the Knossian 
deposits of clay images of squatting female figures of a pronouncedly 
steatopygous conformation and with hands on the breasts. These in 
turn fit on to a large family of similar images which recur throughout 
the above area, though elsewhere they are generally known in their 
somewhat developed stage, showing a tendency to be translated into 
stone, and finally—perhaps under extraneous influences both from the 
North and East—taking a more extended attitude. These clearly 
stand in a parallel relationship to a whole family of figures with the 
organs of maternity strongly developed that characterise the Semitic 
lands and which seem to have spread from there to Sumeria and to the 
seats of the Anau culture. 

At the same time this steatopygous family, which in other parts of 
the Mediterranean basin ranges from prehistoric Egypt and Malta to 
the North of Mainland Greece, calls up suggestive reminiscences of the 
similar images of Aurignacian Man. It is especially interesting to 
note that in Crete, as in the Anatolian region where these primitive 
images occur, the worship of a Mother Goddess predominated in later 
times, generally associated with a divine Child—a worship which later 
survived in a classical guise and influenced all later religion. Another 
interesting evidence of the underlying religious community between 
Crete and Asia Minor is the diffusion in both areas of the cult of the 
Double Axe. This divine symbol, indeed, or ‘ Labrys,’ became the 
special emblem of the Palace sanctuary of Knossos itself, which owes 
to it its traditional name of Labyrinth. I have already called attention 
to the fact that the absorptive and disseminating power of the Roman 
Empire brought the cult of a male form of the divinity of the Double 
Axe to the Roman Wall and to the actual site on which Newcastle 
stands. 

‘The fact should never be left out of sight that the gifted indigenous 


% For a fuller statement I must refer to my forthcoming work, The Nine 
Minoan Periods (Macmillans), Vol. I. : Neolithic Section. 
c 2 


20 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


stock which in Orete eventually took to itself on one hand and the other 
so many elements of exotic culture was still deep-rooted in its own. 
It had, moreover, the advantages of an insular people in taking what 
it wanted and no more. Thus it was stimulated by foreign influences 
but never dominated by them, and there is nothing here of the servility 
of Pheenician art. Much as it assimilated, it never lost its independent 
tradition. 

It is interesting to note that the first quickening impulse came to 
Crete from the Egyptian and not from the Oriental side—the Hastern 
factor, indeed, is of comparatively late appearance. My own researches 
have led me to the definite conclusion that cultural influences were 
already reaching Crete from beyond the Libyan Sea before the beginning 
of the Egyptian Dynasties. These primitive influences are attested, 
amongst other evidences, by the forms of stone vessels, by the same 
esthetic tradition in the selection of materials distinguished by their 
polychromy, by the appearance of certain symbolic signs, and the sub- 
jects of shapes and seals which go back to prototypes in use among 
the ‘Old Race’ of the Nile Valley. The impression of a very active 
agency indeed is so strong that the possibility of some actual 
immigration into the island of the older Egyptian element, due to the 
conquests of the first Pharaohs, cannot be excluded. 

The continuous influence of Dynastic Egypt from its earliest period 
onwards is attested both by objects of import and their indigenous 
imitations, and an actual monument of a Middle Empire Egyptian 
was found in the Palace Court at Knossos. More surprising still are 
the cumulative proofs of the reaction of this early Cretan civilisation 
on Egypt itself, as seen not only in the introduction there of such 
beautiful Minoan fabrics as the elegant polychrome vases, but in the 
actual impress observable on Egyptian Art even on its religious side. 
The Egyptian griffin is fitted with Minoan wings. So, too, on the 
other side we see the symbols of Egyptian religion impressed into the 
service of the Cretan Nature Goddess, who in certain respects was 
partly assimilated with Hathor, the Egyptian Cow-Goddess of the 
Underworld. 

My own most recent investigations have more and more brought 
home to me the all-pervading community between Minoan Crete and 
the land of the Pharaohs. When we realise the great indebtedness 
of the succeeding classical culture of Greece to its Minoan predecessor 
the full significance of this conclusion will be understood. Ancient 
Egypt itself can no longer be regarded as something apart from general 
human history. Its influences are seen to lie about the very cradle 
of our own civilisation. 

The high early culture, the equal rival of that of Egypt and Baby- 
lonia, which thus began to take its rise in Crete in the tenth millennium 


— 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS, 21 


before our era, flourished for some two thousand years, eventually 
dominating the Aigean and a large part of the Mediterranean basin. 
To the civilisation as a whole I ventured, from the name of the legendary 
King and law-giver of Crete, to apply the name of ‘ Minoan,’ which has 
received general acceptance; and it has been possible now to divide its 
course into three Ages—Early, Middle, and Late, answering roughly to 
the successive Egyptian Kingdoms, and each in turn with a triple sub- 
division. 

It is difficult indeed in a few words to do adequate justice to this 
earliest of European civilisations. Its achievements are too manifold. 
The many-storeyed palaces of the Minoan priest-kings in their great 
days, by their ingenious planning, their successful combination of the 
useful with the beautiful and stately, and, last but not least, by their 
scientific sanitary arrangements, far outdid the similar works, on 
however vast a scale, of Egyptian or Babylonian builders. What ig 
more, the same skilful and commodious construction recurs in a whole 
series of private mansions and smaller dwellings throughout the island. 
Outside ‘ broad Knossos’ itself, flourishing towns sprang up far and 
wide on the country sides. New and refined crafts were developed, 
some of them, like that of the inlaid metal-work, unsurpassed in any 
age or country. Artistic skill, of course, reached its acme in the 
great palaces themselves, the corridors, landings, and porticoes of 
which were decked with wall paintings and high reliefs, showing in the 
treatment of animal life not only an extraordinary grasp of Nature, 
but a grandiose power of composition such as the world had never seen 
before. Such were the great bull-grappling reliefs of the Sea Gate at 
Knossos and the agonistic scenes of the great Palace hall. 

The modernness of much of the life here revealed to us is astonish- 
ing. The elaboration of the domestic arrangements, the staircases 
storey above storey, the front places given to the ladies at shows, their 
fashionable flounced robes and jackets, the gloves sometimes seen on 
their hands or hanging from their folding chairs, their very mannerisms 
as seen on the frescoes, pointing their conversation with animated 
gestures—how strangely out of place would it all appear in a classical 
design! Nowhere, not even at Pompeii, have more living pictures 
of ancient life been called up for us than in the Minoan Palace 
of Knossos. The touches supplied by its closing scene are singularly 
dramatic—the little bath-room opening out of the Queen’s parlour, 
with its painted clay bath, the royal draught-board flung down in the 
court, the vessels for anointing and the oil-jar for their filling ready 
to hand by the throne of the Priest-King, with the benches of his 
Consistory round and the sacral griffins on either side. Religion, 
indeed, entered in at every turn. The palaces were also temples, the 
tomb a shrine of the Great Mother. It was perhaps owing to the 


22 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS, 


religious control of art that among all the Minoan representations—- 
now to be numbered by thousands—no single example of indecency 
has come to light. 

A remarkable feature of this Minoan civilisation cannot be passed 

over. I remember that at the Liverpool Meeting of this Association in 
1896—just before the first results of the new discoveries in Crete were 
known—a distinguished archeeclogist took as the subject of an evening 
lecture ‘ Man before Writing,’ and, as a striking example of a high cul- 
ture attained by ‘ Analfabeti,’ singled out that of Mycene—a late off- 
shoot, as we know now, from Minoan Crete. To such a conclusion, 
based on negative evidence, I confess I could never subscribe—for had 
not even the people of the Reindeer Age attained to a considerable profi- 
ciency in expression by means of symbolic signs? To-day we are able 
to trace the gradual evolution on Cretan soil of a complete system of 
writing from its earliest pictographic shape, through a convyentionalised 
hieroglyphic to a linear stage of great perfection. In addition to inscribed 
sealings and other records some two thousand clay tablets have now 
come to light, mostly inventories or contracts; for though the script 
itself is still undeciphered the pictorial figures that often appear on 
these documents supply a valuable clue to their contents. The numera- 
tion also is clear, with figures representing sums up to 10,000. The 
inscribed sealings, signed, counter-marked, and counter-signed by con- 
trolling officials, give a high idea of the elaborate machinery of Goyern- 
ment and Administration under the Minoan rulers. 

The minutely organised legal conditions to which this points con- 
firm the later traditions of Minos, the great law-giver of prehistoric 
Grete, who, like Hammurabi and Moses, was said to have received the 
law from the God of the Sacred Mountain. The clay tablets them- 
selves were certainly due to Oriental influences, which make themselves 
perceptible in Crete at the beginning of the Late Minoan Age, and may 
have been partly resultant from the reflex action of Minoan colonisation 
in Cyprus. From this time onwards Eastern elements are more and 
more traceable in Cretan culture, and are evidenced by such phenomena 
as the introduction of chariots—themselves perhaps more remotely of 
Aryan-Iranian derivation—and by the occasional use of cylinder seals. 

Simultaneously with its Eastern expansion, which affected the coast 
of Pheenicia and Palestine as well as Cyprus, Minoan civilisation now 
took firm hold of Mainland Greece, while traces of its direct influence 
are found in the West Mediterranean basin—in Sicily, the Balearic 
Islands, and Spain. At the time of the actual Conquest and during 
the immediately succeeding period the civilisation that appears at 
Mycene and Tiryns, at Thebes and Orchomenos, and at other centres 
of Mainland Greece, though it seems to have brought with it some 
already assimilated Anatolian elements, is still in the broadest sense 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 23 


Minoan. It is only at a later stage that a more provincial offshoot 
came into being to which the name Mycenzan can be properly applied. 
But it is clear that some vanguard at least of the Aryan Greek immi- 
grants came into contact with this high Minoan culture at a time 
when it was stil! in its most flourishing condition. The evidence of Homer 
itself is conclusive. Arms and armour described in the poems are 
those of the Minoan prime, the fabled shield of Achilles, like that of 
Herakles described by Hesiod, with its elaborate scenes and variegated 
metal-work, reflects the masterpieces of Minoan craftsmen in the full 
vigour of their art; the very episodes of epic combat receive their best 
illustration on the signets of the great days of Mycene. Even the 
lyre to which the minstrel sang was a Minoan invention. Or, if we 
turn to the side of religion, the Greek temple seems to have sprung 
from a Minoan hall, its earliest pediment schemes are adaptations from 
the Minoan tympanum—such as we see in the Lions’ Gate—the most 
archaic figures of the Hellenic Goddesses, like the Spartan Orthia, 
have the attributes and’ attendant animals of the great Minoan Mother. 

Some elements of the old culture were taken over on the soil of 
Hellas. Others which had been crushed out in their old centres sur- 
vived in the more Eastern shores and islands formerly dominated by 
Minoan civilisation, and were carried back by Pheenician or Ionian 
intermediaries to their old homes. In spite of the overthrow which 
about the twelfth century before our era fell on the old Minoan 
dominion and the onrush of the new conquerors from the North, much 
of the old tradition still survived to form the base for the fabric of the 
later civilisation of Greece. Once more, through the darkness, the 
lighted torch was carried on, the first glimmering flame of which had 
been painfully kindled by the old Cave dwellers in that earlier Paleo- 
lithic World. 

The Roman Empire, which in turn appropriated the heritage that 
Greece had received from Minoan Crete, placed civilisation on a broader 
basis by welding together heterogeneous ingredients and promoting 
a cosmopolitan ideal. If even the primeval culture of the Reindeer Age 
embraced more than one race and absorbed extraneous elements from 
many sides, how much more is that the case with our own which grew 
out of the Greco-Roman! Civilisation in its higher form to-day, though 
highly complex, forms essentially a unitary mass. It has no longer 
to be sought out in separate luminous centres, shining like planets 
through the surrounding night. Still less is it the property of one 
privileged country or people. Many as are the tongues of mortal men, 
its votaries, like the Immortals, speak a single language. Throughout 
the whole vast area illumined by its quickening rays, its workers 
are interdependent, and pledged to a common cause. 

We, indeed, who are met here to-day to promote in a special way 


24 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


the Cause of Truth and Knowledge, have never had a more austere 
duty set before us. I know that our ranks are thinned. How many 
of those who would otherwise be engaged in progressive research have 
been called away for their country’s service! How many who could 
least be spared were called to return no more! Scientific intercourse 
is broken, and its cosmopolitan character is obscured by the death 
struggle in which whole Continents are locked. The concentration, 
moreover, of the Nation and of its Government on immediate ends has 
distracted it from the urgent reforms called for by the very evils that 
are the root cause of many of the greatest difficulties it has had to 
overcome. It is a lamentable fact that beyond any nation of the West 
the bulk of our people remains sunk not in comparative ignorance 
only—for that is less difficult to overcome—but in intellectual apathy. 
The dull incuria of the parents is reflected in the children, and the 
desire for the acquirement of knowledge in our schools and colleges 
is appreciably less than elsewhere. So, too, with the scientific side of 
education, it is not so much the actual amount of Science taught that 
is in question—insufficient as that is—as the instillation of the scientific 
spirit itself—the perception of method, the sacred thirst for investiga- 
tion. 

But can we yet despair of the educational future of a people that 
has risen to the full height of the great emergency with which they 
were confronted? Can we doubt that, out of the crucible of fiery trial, 
a New England is already in the moulding? 

We must all bow before the hard necessity of the moment. Of 
much we cannot judge. Great patience is demanded. But let us, who 
still have the opportunity of doing so, at least prepare for the even 
more serious struggle that must ensue against the enemy in our midst, 
that gnaws our vitals. We have to deal with ignorance, apathy, the 
non-scientific mental attitude, the absorption of popular interest in 
sports and amusements. 

And what, meanwhile, is the attitude of those in power—of our 
Government, still more of our permanent officials? A cheap epigram is 
worn threadbare in order to justify the ingrained distrust of expert, in 
other words of scientific, advice on the part of our public offices. We 
hear, indeed, of ‘Commissions’ and ‘ Enquiries,’ but the inveterate 
attitude of our rulers towards the higher interests that we are here to 
promote is too clearly shown by a single episode. It is those higher 
interests that are the first to be thrown to the wolves. All are agreed that 
special treasures should be stored in positions of safety, but at a time 
when it might have been thought desirable to keep open every avenue 
of popular instruction and of intelligent diversion, the galleries of our 
National Museum at Bloomsbury were entirely closed for the sake of the 
paltriest saving—three minutes, it was calculated—of the cost of the 


s ateeiatelll 


ee eS oo SC 


Pwr. 


PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 25 


War to the British Treasury! That some, indeed, were left open else- 
where was not so much due to the enlightened sympathy of our politi- 
cians, as to their alarmed interests in view of the volume of intelligent 
protest. Our friends and neighbours across the Channel, under incom- 
parably greater stress, have acted in a very different spirit. 

It will be a hard struggle for the friends of Science and Education, 
and the air is thick with mephitic vapours. Perhaps the worst 
economy to which we are to-day reduced by our former lack of pre- 
paredness is the economy of Truth. Heaven knows!—it may be a 
necessary penalty. But its results are evil. Vital facts that concern 
our national well-being, others that even affect the cause of a lasting 
Peace, are constantly suppressed by official action. The negative 
character of the process at work which conceals its operation from the 
masses makes it the more insidious. We live in a murky atmosphere 
amidst the suggestion of the false, and there seems to be a real danger 
that the recognition of Truth as itself a Tower of Strength may suffer 
an eclipse. 

It is at such a time and under these adverse conditions that we, 
whose object it is to promote the Advancement of Science, are called 
upon to act. It is for us to see to it that the lighted torch handed 
down to us from the Ages shall be passed on with a still brighter flame. 
Let us champion the cause of Education, in the best sense of the word, 
as having regard to its spiritual as well as its scientific side. Let us 
go forward with our own tasks, unflinchingly seeking for the Truth, 
confident that, in the eternal dispensation, each successive generation 
of seekers may approach nearer to the goal. 


MAGNA EST VERITAS, ET PRAVALEBIT. 


eee - 
SUP 3! 3 


-) 


REPORTS | 


ON THE 


STATE OF SCIENCE. 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE. 


Seismological Investigations.—Twenty-first Report of the Com- 
mittee, consisting of Professor H. H. Turner (Chairman), 
Mr. J.J. SHaw (Secretary), Mr. C. VERNON Boys, Dr. J. E. 
CromBIE, Mr. Horack Darwin, Mr. C. Davison, Sir F. W. 
Dyson, Dr. R. T. Guazesrooxk, Professor C. G. KNort, 
Professor H. Lams, Sir J. Larmor, Professor A. EK. H. Love, 
Dr. H. M. Macponatp, Professor J. Perry, Mr. W. E 
PuumMeER, Professor H. C. PuumMER, Dr. R. A. SAMPSON, 
Professor A. ScHuUSTER, Sir NAPIER SHAW, Dr. G. T. 
WALKER, and Dr. G. W. WALKER. 


[Prats I.—Fie. 5.] 


CONTENTS. PAGE 
I. Personal. . : ; ‘ , 5 : : 5 et) 
II. General Notes and Bulletins. c - : : i : : . 30 
Ill. Diurnal Wanderings of the Trace ; : - : : : . 30 
IV. Suggested Device for Avoiding Loss of Tr aces i i : 5 BY 
V. A Simple Device for the Better tit of Seismograms . : : . 33 
VI. Ledgers for each Station . : : : : es) 
VII. The Stereographic Method of Finding an Epicentre : : . : . 85 
VIII. Dr. Klotz’s Tables ‘ 38 
IX. Tables for Pand 8 at Distances exceeding 110°— Suggestion of Essential 
Change in Tables near Epicentre : 39 
X. General Preliminary Discussion of the 1914 Results . ; - ‘ . 53 
I. Personal. 


Tue Committee has to lament the loss by death of Mr. M. H. Gray, 
Professor J. W. Judd, and Professor R. Meldola. The former was on 
many occasions a generous supporter of Professor Milne’s pioneer work ; 
the extension of the Milne Earthquake Observatory at Shide was ren- 
dered possible by his aid; and his gift of 1,0001. founded the Gray 
Fund. Professor Judd was Chairman of the Committee from 1899 to 
1906 (Fourth to Eleventh Reports). It is impossible to open this Report 
without a brief reference to the great loss to Seismology in the recent 
death of Prince Galitzin. Had circumstances been more propitious, he 
was to have been in England this summer as Halley Lecturer at 
Oxford. But the war threw a great deal of responsible work upon 
him : indeed, it seems probable that the strain may have been too great. 
His invaluable services to Seismology are too well known to need 
comment. 

At the last meeting of the Committee (Manchester, September 8, 
1915) Professor J. Perry resigned the office of Secretary, which he had 
kindly filled temporarily, on the emergency caused by the death of 
Professor Milne. Mr. J. J. Shaw was elected Secretary. He has 
during the past year shared with the Chairman the visits of superin- 


30 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


tendence to Shide, and has been unsparing in his devotion to the work 
of improving the Milne machines and the instrumental equipment 
generally. 


II. General Notes and Bulletins. 


The Committee asks to be reappointed with a grant of 60l., in 
addition to the annual grant of 1001. from the Caird Fund already voted, 
and 701. for printing expenses. The annual budget was given in the 
last Report and has remained essentially the same. The Government 
Grant Fund administered by the Royal Society has voted a subsidy of 
2001. for 1916 as in recent years. 

Mr. Burgess is still in direct charge of the work at Shide, though he 
has met various difficulties during the year. His time is divided in 
about equal parts between Seismology and his business as a printer. 
The departure of his printing staff for the war made it uncertain whether 
he would be able to continue this arrangement. Fortunately he has 
found a means of doing so, at any rate for the present; and what 
threatened to be a critical situation has thus been tided over. Mr. Pring 
continues his work without change; but Miss Pring has been called 
away to other work in London. Her place has been taken by Miss 
Caws. 

The Shide Bulletins were printed and distributed up to December 
1914; but on the outbreak of war the material which came to hand 
became so scanty that it seemed doubtful whether the immediate con- 
tinuation would be profitable. It seemed possible that further informa- 
tion might come in later, and these hopes have now been partly realised, 
especially as regards Russian stations. Meantime attention was turned 
to the discussion of the records for 1913, which had been printed in 
the earlier bulletins without discussion of epicentre, though collected 
under the separate earthquakes (instead of, as in the Shide ‘ Circulars,’ 
under the observing stations). The greater part of this work is now 
done, and a compendious form of printing is being devised. The print- 
ing has naturally been also delayed by the interruption to Mr. Burgess’s 
business above mentioned. 

The time signals at Shide have suffered some interruptions, partly 
from causes not fully understood, partly from instrumental breakages, 
especially in the gales of the winter. The small transit instrument 
kindly lent by the Royal Astronomical Society has been used occasion- 
ally for check; but it received some accidental displacement which 
resulted in uncertain records. The source of the trouble was detected 
by Mr. Shaw on his visit in June last; the instrument was restored to 
its proper position and firmly fixed. 


III. Diurnal Wanderings of the Traces. 


In the last Report it was remarked that the introduction of a higher 
magnification into the Milne-Shaw and Milne-Burgess machines had 
brought with it inconveniences in the unsteadiness of the trace, partly 
in short-period ripples as at Bidston, probably due to wind in some 
way ; partly diurnal wanderings as at Shide. The behaviour of the two 


ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS, 31 


instruments at Shide, placed close together on separate piers, was given 
in some detail, and its connection with internal or external temperature 
was discussed. The Milne-Shaw machine (M-S) was liable to wander 
much more than the Milne-Burgess (M-B), and the difference was 
provisionally set down to the difference in instrumental construction, 
seeing that the piers and situations were so closely similar. But the 
occasion of necessary small repairs to the instruments was taken as an 
opportunity to interchange their piers; and as a result the M-B now 
began to wander more than the M-S. To illustrate what happened it 
will perhaps suffice to give the first harmonics of the daily wanderings, 
the earlier of which are quoted from the last Report :— 


Milne-Shaw Milne-Burgess 
Date |-—-————__ >$ | Phase 
: Sensi- . Sensi- diff, 
Harmonic tivity Harmonic vies 
1915 mm. h mm. mm. h mm. h 


Mar. 20 | —16-8 cos (8— 18-5) 42:0 +3°8 cos (@— 1:2) 14:2 +6°7 
May 7 | —24:2 cos (@—18°0) 18°6 +5°6 cos (8—20°3) 14:2 + 2:3 
July 31 | — 5:5 cos (@—15'8) 18°6 +1°6 cos (9@—20°5) 14:2 +49 
Aug. 28 | — 7-4 cos (@—15:1) 186 +3°6 cos (@—19°4) 14:2 +43 


Interchange of Piers 
Oct. 15 | — 1:6 cos (@— 6°5)| 18-0 + 2°6 cos (@—16°3) | 180 | +98 


Each result is deduced from the mean of several consecutive, or 
nearly consecutive, days, for which complete readings are available for 
both machines. There are some curious points about the behaviour, 
especially the considerable change of phase in both instruments after 
the interchange of piers. The changes of sensitiveness * clearly explain 
a part (even a large part) of the diminution of the coefficient for M-S. 
But the facts (1) that the M-B coefficient exceeded the M-S after the 
interchange, and (2) that the difference of phase changed sensibly, seem 
to show that the difference of behaviour is due as much to the piers as 
the instruments; and this was specially suggested by a severe rain- 
storm on September 24-5, which caused the M-S trace to wander 
wildly, while leaving the M-B comparatively undisturbed. It is very 
remarkable that two piers close together in the same building, erected 
with the intention of being closely similar, should behave in such 
different ways. After the rainstorm Mr. Bullock carefully examined 
the foundations of the piers, but without finding anything to explain 
the difference of behaviour. 

The figures given above show that several points require further 
investigation before final conclusions can be drawn; but provisionally 
it would appear :— 


(a) That since two similar piers close together may be disturbed in 
sensibly, and even seriously, different ways, a locality cannot be 
judged on the evidence of one test pier alone. If the fault lies in the 
workmanship of one of the Shide piers, there may be an equally 


* Allowing for the sensitivity, the ratios of M-S to M-B are 1°5, 38°2, 2-8, and 
15; then 0°6, after change of piers. 


32 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


obscure fault in the workmanship of any test pier. If the piers (as 
the available evidence suggests) are really similar, then there is 
apparently a serious difference in foundations only a few feet apart; 
so that if one site is found unsteady, another not very far away may be 
quite steady; the whole observatory need not necessarily be removed 
to a distant locality. 

(b) The suspicion of disability or disadvantage in the M-S machine, 
indicated in the last Report, is now removed. The sentences referring 
to it are as follows (p. 9):— 


Coming to the phases, we see that there is a difference of about 
90°, or six hours. The inference appears to be that the effect is 
not due to tilt of the ground, which should affect both instruments 
at about the same time, but an effect of temperature which acts 
promptly on the M-S instrument, but much more slowly on the 
M-B. The fact that Mr. Shaw specially designed his instrument 
(with a thin metal cover, &c.) so that it might take up the tempera- 
ture quickly, supports this view. 


We now see that, in spite of prima facie improbability, the differ- 
ence in phase may be in great part in the ground or the piers, and not 
in the instruments. As a matter of fact, the thin metal covers to the 
M-S machine have been given up as unnecessary ; and further, it need 
scarcely be remarked that if the design carries with it no unforeseen 
disability of the kind formerly suspected (but now shown to be wrongly 
suspected), it is a positive advantage, as was intended. The Milne- 
Shaw machine has by this time been thoroughly well tested with very 
satisfactory results ; and wherever an expenditure of 501. can be afforded 
it should replace the simple Milne machine. This recommendation has 
already been made to some individual observatories, and it is now made 
generally and definitely. That the simple Milne machine is capable of 
doing good work is undoubted; but its limitations, as well as its 
excellencies, are brought out in the Edinburgh results quoted in the 
Section ‘ Ledgers for each Station,’ below; and it is an unprofitable 
expenditure of time and labour to continue to use it when a much 
more useful instrument is now available for the small expenditure of 
501. Mr. Shaw is making several instruments at present, but the war 
has brought difficulties in obtaining some essential parts. It is sub- 
mitted that the most important work of the Committee for the present 
lies in replacing the Milne machines, either (where possible) by Galitzin 
machines or (where the expense of Galitzin machines, both capital and 
working expenses, is judged too great) by M-S machines. 


IV. Suggested Device for Avoiding Loss of Trace. 


It may be well to put on record here a suggestion of a possible 
device for avoiding the loss ‘of a trace by the spot of light running off 
the drum. If instead of one spot of light there are two, A and B, 
formed, let us say, by two pin-holes close together near the lamp, then 
if the interval between is small enough we should get two precisely 
similar records on the drum side by side. But if this interval were 
arranged to be just less than the length of the drum, then when one 


ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS, 33 


spot (A) fell in the middle of the drum, the other (B) would be quite 
off the drum; but if A fell close to one end, B would be close to the 
other ; and when A ran off, B would come on. It will be clear that we 
really want a third spot (C) to replace A when it runs off at the other 
end; indeed, we might have a regular series if the wandering is liable 
to be large. There would undoubtedly be risk of confusion of record ; 
but that is better than loss of record, for with patience the confusion 
could be unravelled, while the loss is irretrievable. 


Another instrumental device may be noted here, as follows :— 


V. A Simple Device for the Better Timing of Seismograms. [J. J. 8.] 


The essential feature of a seismogram is the precision with which its 
phases are timed ; but unfortunately many instruments get a time-mark 
only every complete hour; and though this signal may be satisfactory 
in itself, no account is taken of any inequality in the revolution of the 
recording drum during each interval. 

For this reason it is important that a time-mark be made every 
minute ; but where the signals are given by the Observatory standard 
clock they are usually hourly, and it may be often neither convenient 
nor expedient to make any alteration in the standard clock. 

In such circumstances an easy method of providing minute signals 
can be obtained by using an ordinary time-piece (costing about 2s. 6d.) 
to which an electric contact can be fitted; and so arranged in the 
timing circuit that a time-mark is made both by the standard clock and 
this auxiliary movement. 

Only moderate precision in the small clock is required, as the inter- 
spersal of the hourly signal will give its variation during each hour; 
whence, by interpolation, the error of any particular minute signal may 
be determined. 

The necessary additions to the small clock may consist of a few 
millimetres of thin platinum wire soldered to the second hand, or one 
of the arms of the minute wheel, which is arranged to wipe past a strip 
of platinum foil (about 20 mm. long by 3 mm. wide). 

The incoming copper wire, to which the platinum foil is soldered, 
may be insulated from the movement by binding it to a strip of wood 
wedged between the plates of the movement; while the flexibility of the 
wire is made use of in adjusting the duration of the contact. 

The out-going wire may be connected to any convenient part of the 
movement. 


VI. Ledgers for each Station. 


The completion of a year’s records (1914) on the plan of the Shide 
Bulletins made it possible to collect the information for the various 
observatories in ledger form, showing date, adopted epicentre, and 
residuals for observed P and S. It was especially interesting to see the 
performance of the Milne machines; some of them, especially at out- 
lying stations, are of no great value; but others, such as Honolulu and 
Edinburgh, show very fair results. The Edinburgh results are given 
below in full as an example of what the Milne machine can do, especially 


1916 D 


34 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


when there is a first-rate clock-error available. There are thirty-four 
cases of good or fair records of either P or S, including three cases 
where an obvious S was recorded at the Observatory as P, but is easily 
transferred: and there are only eight cases of some error at present 
unclassed. The mean of the P errors is +171 and of the S errors 
is +21°38, part of which are undoubtedly due to errors in the tables. 
If we omit errors, over 50* as in Table II. which follows, these become 
+ 1781 and +1486. Now, this is very fair observing so far as it goes ; 
but the important fact is that in one case only are both P and 8 success- 
fully recorded (7083, January 20). In seventeen cases P is recorded 
and in seventeen cases S (the equality of the partition is remarkable), 
but records of this kind which give no S-P are clearly not up to modern 
requirements. 


TaBie I. 
Records of Milne Seismograph at Edinburgh, 1914. 


A P S Date | A | re ie Date 

° | ° 
14:5 — +55*| June 19 74:5 — +45 | Feb. 7 
23-4 |(+249)=| — 3] Nov. 27 75°5 _ + 3 | Mar. 28 
25°2 — 6 — Oct. 17 758 +16 — Apr. 20 
25°5 — +47 | Oct. 17 759 + 7 — Mar. 30 
30°0 +4 _— Oct. 3 79°8 —12 — Mar. 14 
30°3 — —13 | May 28 79°9 —_ +30 |} Aug. 8 
53:0 _— + 5 Feb. 6 81:4 — -—5l1 Oct. 11 
55:3 |(+451)=| — 5| Nov. 4 84:5 +38 — Nov. 18 
56°9 —i1 — Oct. 9 85°8 | (+636)= 0| Nov. 8 
59°3 + 26 — Aug. 4 86:6 +4 — Feb. 26 
60°6 +18 -— Oct. 3 87:3 — +52 | July 6 
68°8 — —29| July 21 92°4 +1 — Feb. 26 
69°5 _ — 8] Mar. 18 94:5 — 7 _ Nov. 24 
70:0 — —1]| Mar. 6 100°5 +21 — June 5 
70°3 + 6 + 7|] Jan. 20 101°6 +11 — July 4 
72-9 _— + 8| May 28 108-2 — 23 — Oct. 23 
73°5 +49 _ Jan. 30 116°5 +15 — May 26 


In addition to these good or fair records there are the following, 
some of which may be identified with other phases :— 


A P s Date A P ) Date 
60°0 — |4+362| Feb. 28 | 1179 _ +103) July 5 
70:0 — |+106| Mar. 28 122-1 — +1279) May 18 
76:3 + 98 — July 17 139-4 — 96 — Dec. 20 

102°3 + 556 — July 14 | 139°5 +461 _ Apr. 11 


The following figures for some other stations will show how different 
instruments compare in the present state of the tables: but it was soon 
realised that the comparison is misleading, for many of the larger errors 
are probably due to the tables, as the discussion in Section IX. indi- 
cates. A more adequate discussion will therefore be given later. As 
a rough method of treating the material at present, all residuals greater 


ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 35 


than 250* were excluded. This is far from a satisfactory procedure, 
but it has been applied uniformly to all stations in Table II. All 
observations for A> 120° have been omitted. 


TasBLE II, 
No. Obsns. No. Obsns. omitted 
Mean Errors eed ——————————EE 
Observatory Mchn. A < 120° A> 120° 
P | S Pen v's P s P gs | 
s. 8. 

Aachen. W 12-5 | 12°6 15 15 1 2 4 1 
Adelaide M 19:3 | 12°6 9 7 4 2 . 0 
Baku G 17-6 | 21:1 31 25 4 7 6 4 
Barcelona . Ma | 11-7 | 21:4 11 16 6 ain to 1 
Batavia WwW 13°8 | 28:0 24 12 7 4 0 0 
Breslau. WwW 92 | 16°6 14 10 4 3 1 0 
Budapest . WwW 11-1 | 13-2 16 19 3 2 3 0 
Czernowitz Ma | 10:2 | 15:7 19 uf 1 6 3 a 
Edinburgh M 16°8 | 15°9 18 15 2 7 2 1 
Ekaterinburg . G 10°4 8-7 20 19 1 4 2 1 
Eskdalemuir . G 7-8 | 13:7 37 38 2 Seale vn 3 
Graz Ww 98 | 145 | 24 | 22 3 Det ae 2 
Harvard BO | 12:0 | 19-1 13 13 2 Savliv aG 6 
Zi-ka-wei . WwW 19:0 | 20°7 py. i Mab 3 8 2 2 


VII. The Stereographic Method of Finding an Epicentre. 


If a large and accurate globe is available, distances between epicentre 
(E) and observing station (S) can be read from it with considerable 
accuracy ; and the quickest way of finding an epicentre (approximately) 
is to describe arcs with centres at two or three stations for which A is 
known (the radii being the known values of A), and to note the common 
point, or small area, of intersection. It may be worth remarking that 
before attempting to draw such arcs it is well to examine which stations 
give consistent records, as shown by the time at origin. 

Thus for the quake on 1914 May 284 1155 we have :— 


P Ss s—P A P-O O 

h. m. s. h. m. gs. 8. S 8. h. m. s. 
Tiflis F ; . 11 2913) 11 30 54 101 8:5 129 11 27 4 
Czernowitz . . 1130 5] 11 32 6 121 | 10-2 154 11 27 31 
Graz : : . 11 31 20} 11 34 39 199 | 17°6 252 11 27 8 
Budapest - . 11 30 52} 11 33 57 185 | 16-2 235 11 26 57 
Barcelona ‘ . 1132 40] 1139 6 386 | 42:3 493 11 24 27 
Zagreb . 4 - 1231 8 | 11-34. 8 180 | 15°7 228 11 27 20 
Padova . . 11 31 49} 11 38 58 429 | 49-5 543 11 22 46 


From the observed differences S—P the distances A from the epi- 
centre can be inferred, and hence the whole time of transmission of P. 
Applying this to the observed P we get the time at epicentre O. From 
these figures for O, which can thus be written down from the tables 
alone, it is clear that the Barcelona and Padova results will not in this 


D2 


36 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


case help the determination of epicentre, and we need not draw these 
arcs. The others will clearly not give arcs meeting in a point, but 
may be drawn for trial. If the globe is of such material that pencil- 
marks can be made and rubbed out, the arcs can be drawn on the 
globe. Or a small piece of thin paper may be attached temporarily 
to the globe in the neighbourhood of the epicentre—a plan which 
allows the diagram of the arcs to be preserved for reference. - 

It may further be worth remarking that the time at origin O can be 
found without using any tables at all, owing to the fact that the times 
for S are to those for P very nearly in the ratio of 180 to 100, which 
happens to be the ratio of the Fahrenheit and Centigrade thermometer 
scales, and is thus readily retained in the memory. Hence the value 
of O may be calculated thus :— 


Tiflis Zagreb 

.-*m. | st ee om. is! 
Ss 11 30 54 ll 34 8 
Pp 11 29 13 11 31 8 
S-P. A : 1 41 3. 6O(CO0 
Addi. , f 25 45 
Sum 5 A é 2 6 3B 45 
Ors. : - 7 11 QI 7 11 27 23 


The final O is got by subtracting from P the sum of S—P and its 
fourth part. 

But there are certain inconveniences in using a globe, and, indeed, 
no large enough globe may be available. The stereographic method of 
projection has been in such cases found very convenient. (It was 
apparently proposed for this purpose in 1911 by Dr. Otto Klotz, as 


Fie. 1. 


noted below ; possibly also by others, as the device is well known.) It 
is a property of this projection that all circles on the globe project into 
circles, though they are generally excentric to the projection of the 
centre. Thus the circle on the globe with centre N (the observing 
station) and radius A will be represented on the flat projection by a 


' ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 37 


circle, but the projected point n will not be the centre. Let P repre- 
sent the North Pole (Fig. 1), and be the centre of the projection. Then 
if the are PN on the sphere be 2, the distance Pn on the flat will be 
tan /2. Let S and R be the points where the circle with radius 4 
cuts the meridian PS, so that PSa=A-A, and PR=A+ A: then the 
corresponding points s and r are given by 
Ps=tan PS/2 Pr=tan PR/2 
=tan (A—A)/2 =tan (A+ A)/2. 
The circle on the globe projects into a circle with centre on Psr, 
passing through the points s andr. Hence its centre is at c, where 
Pe=3(tan x5 + tan = 
sin A 
~ cos A+cos A 
and its radius will be 
A+A A-A\_ sin A 
2( tan cape cS A+cos A 
The circle can thus be drawn after a very little computation, which 
may be conducted either by use of 


tan (A+ A)/2 and tan (A—4)/2, 
or of the expressions 


sin A sin A 
cosA+cosA « cos A+cos A 


In this way an epicentre can be very conveniently determined on a piece 
of white paper. 

Sometimes the circle is very large and its centre may fall off the 
paper inuse. In this case it has been suggested by Mr. J. E. Pearson 


Fria. 2. 


(whose volunteer aid in thus determining epicentres is gratefully acknow- 
ledged) that a very little numerical work will give the part of the circle 
we want. Thus in Fig. 2 let N be the North Pole and let A and B 
be the extremities of the diameter of the circle to be drawn. Let 
NA=6 inches and NB=28 inches, so that B is quite off the paper, and 
it is inconvenient to draw the circle. Nevertheless, we can quickly find 


38 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


a point P upon it in the neighbourhood required. Taking AM=1 inch, 
then PM?= AM x MB=1x 21. 

If next we take AM=2 inches, then PM?=2x20. One or two 
points may suffice. 


VILL. Dr. Klotz’s Tables. 


In some convenient tables recently published (‘ Pub. Dominion 
Observatory, Ottawa,’ vol. ili., No. 2), Dr. Klotz, who, as above 
remarked, proposed this method in 1911, has tabulated the values of 
the above expressions under a slightly different form. We have written 
A for the polar distance of the observing station, so that if ¢ be the 
latitude A=90°— ¢. Dr. Klotz has tabulated 

ae cos > Loe sin A 
sin ¢+cos A sin ¢+cos A 
for a large number of stations (not, however, including Shide, Bidston, 
Edinburgh, and several other British stations!). He has also given 
expanded tables for the times of travel of P and §, differing from those 
used in the Shide Bulletins by the following quantities :— 
4= 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90° 100° 110° 
8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. s. 8. 8. 
-5 -4 -1 -5 -4 ~-3 -8 -13 -14 -17 —-12 
-5 -3 -3 -9 -13 -15 -17 -14 

It will be seen that the proposed corrections to the tables in use at 
Shide (which are the original Zéppritz tables) are small, and are the 
same for S and P, so that S—P remains unaltered. It is doubtful 
whether we have as yet sufficient information to be sure of these small 
quantities. . 

Dr. Klotz has very conveniently added tables for PRi, PRz, SR:, and 
SR:; but his table and diagram for PS are apparently erroneous. He 
seems to have calculated this time by adding times for equal arcs for 
P and S. 

Thus for A=10,000 km. he gives 


PS—P=10" 36", P=13" 2*, .*,PS = 23" 38", 


Now P for 5,000 km.=8™ 283, § for 5,000 km.=15™ 108. 
Sum of these last = 23™ 38", 


By this method he shows PS in his diagram as arriving always 
before S, whereas it always follows S when properly computed as the 
maximum time for a combination of P and S. For A=10,000 km. the 
correct or maximum time for the combination PS is given (by Klotz’s 
tables) as about 24™ 57%, thus:— 


Correction P 
Correction S 


Wil 
| 

on 

] 

~ 

| 

bo 


m.s. m.s. m. s. 
P for 2,200 km. and § for 7,800 km. = 4 35 + 20 20 = 24 55 
P for 2,300 km. and § for 7,700 km. = 4 46 + 20 10 = 24 56 
P for 2,400 km. and S for 7,600 km. = 4 57 + 20 O = 24 57 
P for 2,500 km. and § for 7,500 km. = 5 7 + 19 50 = 24 57 
P for 2,600 km. and S for 7,400 km. = 5 18 + 19 39 = 24 57 
P for 2,700 km. and §S for 7,300 km. = 5 28 + 19 28 = 24 56 
P for 2,800 km. and § for 7,200 km. = 5 88 + 19 17 = 24 55 


This method of adding the two times together and finding the 
maximum or minimum is a simple and convenient practical way of 


ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 39 


investigating possible combinations of waves when tables are available; 
but it is, of course, nothing more or less than the investigation of the 
angles of emergence as sketched in Walker’s ‘ Seismology,’ p. 54. 
Attention is called to the matter here, firstly because it seems possi- 
ble that the publication of Dr. Klotz’s table for PS may lead to some 
erroneous identifications, and secondly because the question is raised 
below whether we can have more than one reflected P wave at the same 
oint. 
Fig. 3 will show what is involved in this query. From the epi- 
centre E, let EA and EB be two neighbouring paths for the wave P. 


R 


Fie. 3. 


Then by regular reflection PR will be received at R, equidistant with 
E on the opposite side of the little reflecting portion AB. The con- 
dition may be written either 


time along EA+AR=time along EB+BR 


or angle of emergence at AB=angle of reflection. 

Now, can both these conditions be also fulfilled, still for P waves 
only, at another point S? Reasons are given below for believing that 
they can—i.e. that we can have 


time along HA+AS=time along EB+BS 


while as regards the second condition it is only necessary that the path 
AS should touch the path AR at A, the curvature being clearly 
different ; and similarly BS touch BR at B. We proceed to examine 
this evidence, which is based on the study of records at stations distant 
more than 100° from the epicentre. 


IX. Tables for P and § at Distances exceeding 110°. 


At distances from the epicentre greater than 110°, the times 
recorded for the arrival of P and S are such as cannot be reconciled 
with adopted tables by any reasonable extrapolation, and to explain 
the anomalies various hypotheses of discontinuity in the interior of 
the Earth have been suggested. It is believed that these are unneces- 
sary, and that the hypothesis outlined below will fit the facts. It calls 
for a modification of existing tables between the origin and 40° dis- 
tance; and, until it is disposed of in one way or the other, the improve- 
ment of these adopted tables cannot be satisfactorily undertaken. 

For the present attention will for simplicity be confined to P, 
though § is subject to similar treatment. 

The nature of the anomalies will be seen by consideration of the 
following earthquake, where the recorded arrivals of P have been 
divided into two groups. One group can be identified with PR, but 
the other clearly cannot. For the times of PR, the times for half the 
are according to adopted tables have been simply doubled. There is 


40 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


a systematic run about the residuals for PR, which suggests a modifi- 
cation of the tables in the neighbourhood of 60°-65° (the mid-points 
of the arcs), but we shall not at present follow this thread. 
Earthquake of 1913 May 302 115 46™ 46s. 
Adopted Epicentre 5°°0 S., 154°°0 E. 


Tasie III. 
PR, recorded as P. 


Time Time Calc4, 


Station Machine A Azim. Oued y O-C 

2 2. Ss. 8. 8 

Ksara 5 : Ma 116°0 305 1194 1198 - 4 
Czernowitz . F Ma 118°2 324 1184 1212 —28 
Lemberg . My 3 BO 118-38 325 1222 1216 + 6 
Budapest . F - WwW 122°7 325 1235 1242 — 7 
Gottingen : 7 — 124-7 334 1272 1254 +18 
Eskdalemuir . ; G 126°5 344 1292 1267 +25 
Triest . 4 4 WwW 126°7 326 1292 1268 +24 
Aachen . . 4 WwW 127°9 335 1286 1276 +10 

Taste LY. 
PX recorded as P. 
3 . ; | Time Time Calc4,! 

Station Machine |! A Azim. | Observed PR, o-C 

© 2 8. s. 8. 

Konigsberg Ww 117°7 332 1142 1208 — 66 
Breslau WwW 121:7 330 1169 1235 — 66 
Hamburg — 123°3 335 1164 1246 — 82 
Vienna WwW 1237 327 1158 1249 — 91 
Graz : WwW 124-9 327 1163 1256 — 93 
Sarajevo . WwW 125°0 322 1158 1257 — 99 
Zagreb WwW 125°5 325 1162 1260 — 98 
Laibach . G 126-0 326 1162 1264 —102 
Innsbruck Ma 127:0 329 1169 1270 —101 
Heidelberg _— 127:0 333 1196 1270 — 74 
Padova Vv 127°9 327 1163 1276 —113 


oo ee 


The first group of stations have presumably recorded PR, as P; 
but the second group have recorded something else, which comes from 
one to two minutes earlier. The records are so consistent as to suggest 
a real phenomenon, which we may call PX for the present. More- 
over, other earthquakes give similar results; and we may adopt, pro- 
visionally, without giving further details here, 


i s. 
Time for PX at 120°=1150 
a ” 130° =1180 
x + 140° =1190 
It is, however, probable that the adopted time at epicentre is in 
error, in which case these are subject to a constant correction. 
Now, for reasons which need not be given here, it seemed possible 
that PX might be an anomalous reflection of P by two very unequal 


ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 4] 


ares. In order that this may be possible the angles of incidence and 
reflection must be equal, and these angles depend essentially on 6éP, 
the difference of time for (say) 19; so that 8P must have the same 
value for a large arc as for a small one. With the adopted tables this 
does not occur. The values of 6P steadily diminish, as may be seen 
by the following figures :— 
A=0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90° 100° 
8. s. Ss. s. s. s. s. Ss. s. 8. 8. 
6P=15°5 15 12 10 8 7 7 6 6 5°5 5 
If these figures are correct we cannot explain PX in the way 
suggested. It is now proposed to challenge the correctness of the 
figures between 0° and 459, leaving those > 45° practically unaltered. 
The nature of the proposed change is best seen in diagrammatic form 


Value of 5P, the increment of time of 
transmission of P wave, for 1° of A. 


Seconds of time on left. 


Degrees of A at foot. 

Continuous Curve gives figures of Tables 
at present adopted. 

Broken Curve gives figures now provision- 
ally proposed. 


100° 
Fie. 4, 
(see Fig. 4). It is suggested that there is a sharp double turn in the 
curve (shown by the broken line), and that the present tables have 
substituted a compromise which cuts across these features. Trans- 
lated into figures, the suggested new tables would be 


42 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


TaBLE Y. 

A New Old N-O A New Old N-O A New Old N-O 
S s. 8 8 Clee | Bs 8. 8. ° s. 8. 8. 
1 15 15 0 18 274 257 +17 35 420 433 -13 
Ao alee sik 0 19 286 269 +17 36 431 442 -—11 
3 47 AT 0 20 298 281 +417 37 442 450 -— 8 
4” 162) “62 0 21 308 293 +185 38 452 458 — 6 
5 =<18 17  +al 22 315 305 +410 39 461 466 — 5 
6 93 92 +1 23 320 317 ++ 38 40 470 475 — 5 
7 109 106 + 3 24 324 328 — 4 41 479 483 -—4 
8 124 121 + 3 25 328 338 —10 42 488 491 — 8 
9 140 136 + 4 26 333 348 —15 43 496 498 — 2 

10 155 150 + 5 27 339 358 —19 44 504 506 —-— 2 

11 170 164 + 6 28 346 368 —22 45 512 513 — 1 

12 186 179 +7 29 355 378 —23 46 520 520 0 

13 201 193 + 8 30 365 388 -—23 47 527 527 0 

14 216 206 +10 31 375 398 —23 48 534 534 0 

15 231 219 +12 32 386 407 —21 49 540 540 0 

16 246 232 +14 33 398 416 —18 50 547 547 0 

17 260 245 +15 34 409 425 —16 


It will be seen that the main feature of the proposed change in the 
tables is a positive correction greatest about 20°, followed by a negative 
correction greatest about 30°. Now, this should be shown by the 
records, and apparently it is. The following examples will perhaps 
suffice for the present; a complete discussion would not only be unsuit- 
able for this report, but requires an expenditure of time which has not 
yet been found possible, for the reason that records for stations near 
the epicentre are themselves liable to be used for determining the 
epicentre, so that errors of the tables may be partly compensated by 
adjusting the epicentre to destroy them. 

If we are fortunate enough to have two stations, equipped with 
good instruments and time-determinations, one 20° from the epicentre 
and the other 30°, and in the same azimuth, then the relative errors of 
P above indicated could not be masked. We might alter the absolute 
errors in the same direction, but the difference would be unchanged. 
Unfortunately such cases are comparatively rare, and for the present 
ye evidence can only be partially stated. Selected examples are as 
ollows :— 


TaBLE VI. 
1914 March 144 205 0™ 6s : 89°-2.N. 189°°8 E. Determined by Pulkovo. 
< é z Ss O-C |Epi 5 

Station Machine A Azim, | O-—C i ai ee on Final 
2 J Ss. s. s. 
Osaka O 58 | 219 +28 —30 |-— 3 
Zi-ka-wei . W 17:0 | 247 +1 —25 | —39 
Irkutsk G 27-6 | 310 -—12 a + 1 
Manila WwW 296 | 219 | — 8 —20 |+ 5 
Tashkent . G §2:°3 | 297 | — 4 — 7 |-11 
Ekaterinburg G 52°5 | 317 | — 5 —-2 |-—7 
Pulkovo G 65:4 | 329 0 0 0 
Eskdalemuir G 80°4 | 340 | — 2 + 2 0 


le 


“es 


Ee 


ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 43 


TarLE V1.—continued. 
1914 March 184 6 17™ 86: ; 54° N. 156° E. (Pulkovo). 


— EEE anna GEnnaeernannr nnn SRT 


Meee) \Mechine| «A [Anim (OCC |spsectet OC |Beicontre| Final 
S o 8. ie Ss. 8. S 
Osaka 4 O 94:1 | 225 | +31 + 5 +36 —40 |-— 4 
Irkutsk 4 G 30°4 | 289 + 2 +23 +25 —27 |- 2 
Zi-ka-wei . - W 336 | 241 — 53 +17 —36 —35 —71 
Manila . 5 WwW 48:0 | 228 | +33 0 +33 —26 |+ 7 
Tashkent . s G 56°5 | 296 | +11 0 +11 -15 |- 
Pulkovo . . G 58-2 | 331 0 0 0 0 0 
Baku . G 67:0 | 308 | — 2 0 —e —11 |)—I38 


In these two cases it looks as though the time-determination at 
YZi-ka-wei were faulty. [Fuller particulars are given in the Shide 
Bulletin for March.] Let us omit Zi-ka-wei from consideration for 
the moment. The O-C in the fifth column is that given in the Shide 
Bulletins. The suggested corrections in the next column are from 
the above table. When these are applied, it is seen that the stations 
near the origin agree better among themselves, but still differ systemati- 
eally from those further away, especially Pulkovo; but at the same 
time it may be seen that the azimuth of the nearer stations is quite 
different. We can displace the epicentres at right angles to the 
direction of Pulkovo without disturbing its A or error. The effect 
of thus moving the epicentre 2°°0 in the first case and 49-0 in the 
second is shown in the column ‘ epicentre correction.’ It will be seen 
that all are brought into fair accord, with the above-noted exception 
of Zi-ka-wei; further, that the suggested corrections to the tables are 
in the case of Zi-ka-wei — 15* and + 17°, in opposite directions in the 
two earthquakes, and both tending to assimilate the errors for this 
station to an error in time-determination. 

In the following example the suggested correction has the appear- 
ance of being in the right direction, but excessive in amount. Osaka 
and Batavia especially, which differed by +8% before correction, now 
differ by — 23. This may be due to error in epicentre ; if again we accept 
Pulkovo as correct in distance, but wrong in azimuth, and accordingly 
move the epicentre 1°-2 in the direction at right angles to Pulkovo, 
we get the ‘epicentre corrections’ shown in the 8th column. 


Tasue VII. 
1914 July 64 65 87™ 24s; 24°-0 N. 121°-5 E. (Shide Determination). 


Station Machine] A | Azim.| O—c [Suggested | Cor- Epicentre| Final 
Correction | rected| Corr". 

2 o 8 8 3. Ss. s. 

Taihoku : (@) 1:0 0 +7 0 + 7 + 7 +14 
Zi-ka-wei . WwW 7-2 | 359 +2 -— 3 —] + 7 + 6 
Manila W 9-4 | 183 +5 — 4 +1 -— 8 -—- 7 
Osaka 16) 16:1 | 45 0 —14 —14 +13 — ] 
Batavia W 33:4 | 207 —8 +17 + 9 -— 8 +1 
Pulkovo . G 70:0 | 328 0 0 0 0 0 


44 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.-—1916. 


The ‘ final ’ corrections could be improved by a slight change in the 
distance from Pulkovo. In the next example (May 8):— 


Taste VIII. 
1914 May 81 18> 2™ 08: 37°-7 N. 15°°0 E. (Shide Determination). 


. . . \Suggested | Cor- |E icentre! . 
Station Machine | A | Azim,| O-C ane Aeon (racked ey Final 
2 P s. s s Ss. 8 

Ten stations . | Various |<10°0| 350+| —17 —4 —21 —13 —34 
Lemberg . 3 BO 13°4 26 —11 — 9 —20 —4 —24 
Breslau W 13°5 5 —37 - 9 — 46 -— 9 —55 
Granada . Cc 14:7 | 270 — 6 -12 —18 —12 —30 
K6nigsberg WwW 175 | 11 +11 —16 — 5 — 8 | -13 
Tiflis 5 G 23°2 70 —43 — 9 —45 + 7 —38 
Baku = : G 27:1 73 —52 +20 —32 + 7 —25 
Ekaterinburg . G 35:4] 42 | +40} +12 |(+52) 0 |(+52) 


[Ekaterinburg is probably PR,, which arrives 72° after P.] 


the difference between Konigsberg and Baku is only partly com- 
pensated by our corrections, which may be fairly set against the 
apparent over-compensation of the example preceding. A change of 
epicentre 1°°2 in the azimuth 310° (which is the best that a rough 
investigation suggests) cannot even now bring Konigsberg and Baku 
quite together. 

These examples (out of a number which have been already examined) 
will suffice to show how elaborate an investigation will probably be 
required to decide the point fully ; moreover, it must be remembered 

(a) That the precise form of the curve of correction is still to be 
determined, that above given being purely tentative. 

(b) That the observations of S must also be taken into account. 
If the 6P curve has an oscillation of the kind indicated, the cause must 
be sought in the arrangement of density layers as we descend into the 
earth; and this will affect S also. The chord of an are of 30° lies 
within 150 miles of the surface of the Earth, and of an are of 159 
within 40 miles, so that the anomalies lie at no great depth, and may 
reasonably be placed at the limit of the Earth’s ‘ crust.’ 

Without claiming more than that a case has been made out for 
further inquiry (which will be conducted as opportunity offers), let us 
now return to the phenomenon which suggested the hypothesis and 
see how the figures given provisionally will fit the facts. We adopt 
for time of P up to 4=45° the New Values of Table V., and from 
A =45° onwards the figures of the table printed in the Shide Bulletins. 
Let us now add together the times for arcs of 20°, 21°, 22°, &c., to 
ares of 120°, 119°, 118°, &e. :— 


ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 45 


TaBLe IX. 
Suggested Anomalous Reflection of P. 


Combined time starting at 


| 120° 110° 100° 60° 
3 8. s. 8. 8. 8. s. s. 8. 8. 
20 298 +942 =1240 +897=1195 + 851=1149 +612 =910 
21 308 938 1246 893 1201 845 1153 605 913 
92 315 934 1249 888 1203 840 1155 599 914 
23 320 929 1249 884 1204 834 1154 592 912 
24 324 925 1249 879 1203 829 1158 586 910 
25 328 920 1248 874 1202 823 1151 579 907 
26 333 916 1249 870 1203 878 1151 573 906 
27 339 911 1250 865 1204 812 1151 566 905 
28 346 907 1253 860 1206 807 1153 560 906 

| 29 355 902 1257 855 1210 801 1156 553 908 


30 365 + 897 = 1262 +851 =1216 + 796 =1161 + 547 =912 


Rat oe ee ee 
and again the same arcs of 20°, 21°, &c., to arcs of 110°, 109°, &c., 
as in Table IX. We start with 20° + 120°, which gives a combined arc 
of 140°: succeeding cases give combined arcs of 130°, 120°, and 80°, 
and let us look first at the last column. The time for the combined 
arc of 80° runs up at first from 9108 to a maximum at 914s; then down 
to a minimum at 905s, and then pursues its original course upwards. 
There must be a slight pause at the maximum and the minimum, though 
our coarse tabulation to 1° only and to 1° of arc does not put it in 
evidence. These pauses make fwo anomalous reflections: but the 
pauses being slight, the reflected waves are probably not noticeable on 
the records. Look now at the first column, showing the results for 
140°. The maximum and minimum have run together to make one 
long pause at about 1248% or 1249s: hence we get a single anomalous 


- reflection, but much stronger; the two waves formerly separated com- 


bining to reinforce one another. This combination is beginning to dis- 
appear in favour of separation at 100°+20°=120°, and the separation 
is pronounced at 60°+209=80°. About 120° therefore this anomalous 


_ reflection will die down: the precise distance at which it separates into 


two clearly depends upon a precise adjustment of the tables, which is 
scarcely yet attained. (The study of this anomalous reflection may 
possibly give effective help in attaining that precision.) 

It is thus fairly easy to see why these reflected waves should be 
mistaken for the direct P at distances greater than 110°. Firstly, it 
must be remembered that the direct P is becoming fainter as we 
increase A beyond 110°; secondly, the two anomalous reflections begin 
to coalesce and reinforce one another; and thirdly, it must be remem- 
bered that an anomalous reflection of this kind has an advantage over 
the direct P, and even over a regular reflection, in that it has two 
alternative paths by which to travel, viz., arcs of 20°+120° and of 
120° + 20°: it may make either the short or the big jump first. For 
regular reflection there are only the two equal jumps. 

As regards the actual times of transmission, it will be seen that they 
pi fairly well at first with the observed times deduced for PX on 
p. 48. 


46 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


TaBLE X. 
A Observed Calculated O-C, O-C, 
= 8S. 8. S. 8. 
110 — (L096) — Bey 
120 1150 1152 — 2 + 6 
130 1180 1203 —23 = all 
140 1190 1249 —59 —19 


But at the same time the differences for 180° and 140° are too large 
to be passed over. It has been remarked in the last two Reports that 
the tables for P and S seem to require sensible corrections at a distance 
from the epicentre. For A =105° the correction to time for P is given 
as —24s, and is rapidly increasing: a correction of —408 at A=115° 
is not out of the question; and since the ‘ calculated’ result for 140° 
depends on times for 25°+4115° the above large value of O—C may 
be chiefly due to the errors of adopted tables. In the column O-—C:z 
corrections to the tables have been applied. Here again we may get 
help in correcting the tables by study of the reflected phenomena, 
though direct observations of P are rare. 

As one more check let us turn to the record of the earthquake of 
1913, March 14, which was very carefully worked up at the I.S.A. 
Central Bureau by S. Szirtes (‘ Mitteilungen,’ p. 117). His interpreta- 
tion of the observations is shown by his diagram, here reproduced 
(Fig. 5) with the addition of a rough network of lines and some larger 
figures, those in the original being so small as to be scarcely legible. 
A scale of degrees has further been substituted for that of kilometres. 
(Is it not rather unfortunate that kilometres have been used so much? 
There are many advantages in working with degrees.) For the present 
we confine attention to the P curve. 

First of all let us see how the suggested new tables fit the observa- 
tions near the origin. For this we turn to the figures given in the accom- 


TaBLeE XI. 
1913 March 144 85 44™ 34s, 3:5° N. 125°5° E. (Szirtes). 
— A Observed P|! O-C, O-C, 0G, 
4 8. 8. gs. 8. 

Manila > : : 12:0 184 + 5 — 2 -17 
Batavia ; : F 21:0 332 +39 +24 + 9 
Taihoku . ; 4 22-0 346 +41 +31 +16 
Zi-ka-wei_ . 3 : 28.0 364 —4 +18 + 3 
Osaka . 3 2 32:4 410 -— 1 +19 +4 
Tsingtau . : - 33:0 409 — 7 +11 — 4 
Tokyo . : : y 34°8 437 + 6 +19 +4 
Mizusawa . 8 4 38-4 456 -— 5 +1 —14 
Sydney ; : - 446 | 527 +17 +17 + 2 


panying text of Szirtes’ paper and extract the following particulars. 
The errors O—C: are with the tables in use; O—Cz2 are with the 
new tables above proposed. It will be seen that the new tables remove 
a great part of the anomaly shown by Batavia and Taihoku, and that a 


| 
. 


British Association, 86th Report, Newcastle, 1916. ] 


Mitteilungen. 117 


menden Entfernungen die Lanfzeitkurven Giiltizkeit haben. Hieraus darf nur der 
eine SehluB gezogen werlen, daB man bei der Bestimmung des Epizentrums sich 


verg Fits nile estes c der Agpahen nur ies jenigen g 
halb der Gijltigkeitserenze der Laufzeitkurve liegen. 


is 
ins} 


Fic. 5. 


[PLATE ie 


Illustrating the Report on Seismological Investigations. 
(To face page 46. 


ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 47 


correction of about 15* to the time at origin is supported by these near 
stations which would also (as will be shown in a moment) bring more 
distant stations into better accord. The observed times being in excess, 
the moment at origin must be altered from 85 44™ 348 to 8 44™ 495; and 
with this time at epicentre we get the column O—Cs. It is clear that 
Manila and Mizusawa cannot be brought into accord with the rest by 
any change of epicentre, for the latter lies in nearly the same azimuth 
as Tokyo and Osaka, while Manila is in nearly the same as Tsingtau 
and Zi-ka-wei. 

Turning now to the results for stations more than 90° from the 
epicentre, the Szirtes’ curve as drawn suggests a curious phenomenon. 
The slope has been nearly steady between 30° and 90° ; it then decreases, 
especially between 100° and 150°, and finally increases ; the final slope 
being at the rate of five minutes in 24° (or 1255 per degree, the same 
as that at about A=18°. Hence if this were the correct curve, we 
should still have the phenomenon of anomalous reflection, though in a 
different way. Two arcs, one of 18° and the other anything greater 
than 108°, would combine to give a total path of 126° and upwards, 
not because the value of 8P falls to 4% per degree at about 22° from 
the epicentre, thus matching the small values at A=100° onwards, 
but because the value of SP rises at 12°5 at distances > 106°, thus 
matching the large value at A =18°. But the correctness of this 
interpretation is here challenged. Surely the rate SP diminishes to 
zero at A=180°? It seems difficult to avoid the conception of a path 
diametrically through the earth for A=180°; and paths lying near 
this must be so nearly similar in all respects that the time to neigh- 
bouring points must be nearly the same. Hence near A=180° the 
value of 8P must tend to zero, as suggested in fig. 4; and if the 
graph of 8P rises in the manner indicated by Szirtes it will have 
ultimately to come down again all the more. 

The interpretation now put upon the records at distances greater 
than 105° from the epicentre is as follows :— 


(a) Four or five are regular P waves, viz. :— 


TasLe XII. 
Station A Observed O-C, O-C, O-C; 
2 h.m.s. 8. 8. s. 
Ucele . ; : 1062 8 59 24 +10 +35 +20 
Pare St. Maur. 108°2 59 45 +22 +49 +34 
Puy de Dime . 109-3 59 47 +19 +47 +32 
Cartuja 5 : 117-7 9 0 5 — 2 +40 +25 
Chacaritos . - 148-7 5 13 (+53) (+53) (+38) 


The column O—C: is sensibly the same as Szirtes’ results, and is got 
with his time at origin and the Shide tables. In O—C: the corrections 
to Shide tables given in the last two reports are used, viz. :— 


A=55° 65° 75° 85° 95° 105° 115° 
8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 
Corr™toP 0 -1 -3 —8 —15 —24 (—40) 


The correction at 115° (not given before) is estimated from Table X. 


48 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF scIENcE.—1916. 


TaBLeE XIII. 
(b) The following stations apparently record PR, as P:— 


Station A Observed O-C, O-C, O-C; 
) h m. s. 
Bidston A é 108°8 9 4 24 +51 +51 + 36 
Marseilles . 3 108°8 9 3 46 + 1 + 1 —14 
St.Louis . 5 126°5 9 5 58 +17 +17 + 2 


The tables require no correction at the mid-points of these arcs, 
so that O—C:z is the same as O— C,. 


(c) All the remaining stations at distances exceeding 108° record 
PX, as follows, taking the tabular results from Table X. :— 


TasBLE XIV. 
Station A Observed O-C, O-C, O -C, 
9 hm. s. 

Algiers. i . 113°1 9 3 31 +23 +35 +20 
San Fernando . 119°9 9 4 30 +46 +61 +46 
Ottawa . 4 126°6 9 4 25 + 6 +26 +11 
Tacubaya . . 130°5 QPAL <6 —32 — 8 — 23 
Harvard. r 131°8 9 4 19 — 26 + 4 -1l 


We may now assemble the results in a brief summary, including 
those for intermediate stations; individual details are omitted to save 
space, and it need only be remarked that three records (Simla, Apia, 
and Hohenheim) have been omitted as discordant, and that all the 
others have been given equal weight. This summary procedure is 
doubtless faulty, but it will suffice for present requirements. 


TABLE XV. 
1913 March 144 8» 44™ (54s), 8°5 N. 125°°5 K. (Szirtes). 
Records of P, PR, and PX. 


Blige Limits of A 0-0, 62g 0-C, 
ci ° Ss. 8. s. 
9 10— 45 +10 +15 0 
4 45— 65 +13 +13 — 2 
5 75— 95 + 3 +14 —1 
6 95—100 +9 +27 +12 
13 100 —104 + 3 +25 +10 
9 104—105 + 8 +30 +15 
4 106 —118(a) +10 +42 +27 
3 108 —127(b) — +23 +23 +7 
5 113 —132(c) + 3 +24 +9 


The first three groups are in good accord, showing that the distance 
of the epicentre from European stations is pretty well determined. The 
azimuth is checked by the individual stations in the first group, already 
given in detaii; and these records support the new tables. The 


ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 49 


validity of the corrections to tables at distances 75°-95° is supported 
by the third group. After 95° the positive residuals in O—C, indicate 
that the suggested corrections to P tables are perhaps excessive; but 
we cannot be guided by a single earthquake alone. Moreover, these 
corrections are still under consideration and have not been adopted. 
One necessary preliminary was the settlement of the anomalous records 
here discussed ; and if these can be now regarded as due to anomalous 
reflections the direct P records can be re-examined with greater con- 
fidence. There is one further point which may account for part of 
the discordance between 0°-95° and stations beyond 95° in the above 
table. Several stations give two readings for P; one marked e and the 
other marked i. Thus:— 


© h, m s. h. m. 8. 
Baku é = 268 8 56 36e 8 56 421, i-e= 6 
Pulkovo . . 89°6 8 57 45e 8 57 571i, 1—e=12 
Vienna . - 100:0 8 58 36e 8 58 431, i—e= 7 


The first record has been taken in all cases. It seems possible 
that e might be recorded more frequently at nearer stations, but be too 
faint at more distant stations. But this is little more than a con- 
jecture. 

The hypothesis of an oscillation in the graph of 6P shown in fig. 4 
means that there is an oscillation of similar kind in the increase of 
density of the earth as we travel downwards. The interpretation 
suggested is that just below the ‘ crust’ there is a layer of unexpectedly 
high density, in which P travels unusually quickly, followed by a 
return to a density which is either actually less than that of the dense 
layer above it, or perhaps ceases to increase at the same rate. No 
theoretical examination of such a possible change of density has yet 
been made; but it is perhaps worth noting as a speculation * that this 
notable oscillation might be followed by one or more smaller ones, the 
effects of which on the times of P (and S) might be so small as to 
have been hitherto completely masked by accidental errors. 

Hitherto attention has been confined to P for simplicity. But the 
earthquake just discussed now enables us to test the behaviour of S 
with facility ; for the epicentre is apparently well determined, and we 
have found a satisfactory correction to the time at epicentre. Obser- 
vations of § will thus give us at once the proper corrections to the 
S tables. Before examining the observations, however, let us see what 
we can infer about S from P. The ratio of the times for S and P is 
very nearly constant (1°80) for all distances from the epicentre. With 
the adopted (Shide) tables it is 


° ie) ° ° oO fe} fe} ° ° te} 

A= 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 
Ratio=1-‘79 1:79 1:79 1:78 %41:79 41:80 1:81 1:82 1:83 1:83 
thus showing a slight rise in value. But corrections to these tables 
have been proposed, and they tend to reduce the higher values. From 
what has already been said of the possible changes in the tables required 


* These words were written before the evidence of a second oscillation given 
below had been detected ; in fact, before the S records had been examined at all. 


1916 EB 


50 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCOiENCE.—1916. 


between 0° and 45°, we confine attention to the following suggested 
corrections given at the end of the 1914 Report :— 
A =55° «65° 475° =85° 95° «105° 
Ss. s. s. 8. 8. 8. 
Correction P 0-1-3 —8 -15 —24 
Correction S —11 —14 -—17 -24 -—35 —650 
New Ratio 1:78 1:79 1:80 1°81 1°82 1°83 
‘he corrections are only tentative, and definitive ones may reduce 
the higher values still further. The ratio S/P seems to be closely 
1:80 throughout; and this, atany rate, will suffice to suggest corrections 
to the S tables corresponding to those for P givenin Table XV. They 
have been formed by direct use of this factor and need not be given in 
detail. 
The S records therefore stand as below :— 


TaBLE XVI. 
1913 March 144 8 49m (498). 3°59 N. 125°5° H. 


Station A Obs.S | O-—C,| Corr. O-C, | O-Y 
e 8. 8. s. 
Manila . ‘ ; A 12-0 234 | — 85 —13 == 
Taihoku . : : . 22-0 415 | —130 —18 == 
Zi-ka-wei 5 i F 28:0 618 — 41 +39 219 zeae 
Osaka . 2 - : 32:4 689 — 45 +36 -— 9 a 
Tsingtau : . . 33-0 709 | — 35 +32 — 8 = 
Tokyo . : 5 . 348 622 | —150 + 26 — = 
Mizusawa - 5 c 38-4 786 — 38 +11 —27 1 
Sydney . : : : 44-4 921 | + 14 + 3 +17 
Irkutsk . : : 57-9 1018 | + 165 +10 +25 & 
Baku. 3 0 : 76:8 1236 — 71 +19 = fats 
Ksara . : : : 86°5 1390 | — 25 +26 +1 == 
Pulkovo . : 3 4 89-6 1388e | — 62 + 29 -—33? +53 
Fe x : : : 9 14057 | — 45 +29 —16 at 
Czernowitz . 2 : 93°8 1393 | —101 — — =r 
: ; 5 : a 14581 | — 36 +34 — 2 — 
Lemberg : : . 94:7 1485 | — 18 + 35 +17 — 
Kénigsberg . : P 95-7 1421 | — 92 = — LL iy: 
Upsala . : . : 95°8 1442 | — 72 —- — +15 
Budapest : . : 98-4 1465 | — 75 a = ae 
Breslau . ; . 5 98°8 1469 — 75 a — ae 
Sarajevo. 5 . - 99-8 1458 | — 96 = = —14 
Vienna . : ; . | 100-0 14707 | — 86 — = —20 
S hoc wn, oudh i 1524i | — 32 +42 | +10 vite 
Potsdam . : . | 100°6 1469e = = = —30 
1517w| — 45 + 43 — 2 = 
Graz : . - . | 100°9 1522 — 42 +43 +1 — 
Zagreb . ; ; . | 1009 1473 — — — —28 
A. WE Bare ES 1571. [4 0 | +48 ho + SOE 
Leipzig . 3 ; . | 101°4 1551 | — 18 +44 +26 — 
Laibach . é : . | 101°8 1475 — — — —42 
Hamburg - . . | 101-9 1463 —- — — —55 
A Sere At aes - 1595¢ | + 21 | +45 | +667} — 
Jena F : . | 102:°0 1541 — 34 +45 +11 — 
Triest . . . . | 102°4 1479 — — _ —AT 
Pola - > : . | 102°6 1477 —_— — — —5l1 
Gottingen , . | 102-7 1480 — == —= —50 
1537 — 44 +45 +1 — 


»” . . . ” 


ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 51 


TABLE X VI.—continued. 


Station A Obs.S | O-C, Corr. O-Cy, O-Y 
oS 8. 8. 8. 
Munich . é : . | 103:0 1488 = = = —47 
Pompeii . : ; . | 1034 1475 — — a5 —66 
Catania . : : . | 103°8 1487 — = = —60 
Jugenheim . : . | 1042 1489 —- — = —63 
Hohenheim . ; . | 104:2 1489 — = xs —63 
Heidelberg . A . | 1043 1506 — = — —48 
Rocca di Papa : . | 1044 1491 — = ay —65 
Ziivich . : ‘ - | 105°2 1488 — bas = —~79 
Strassburg . : . | 105-2 1522 — — = — 46 
Aachen . F : . | 105°3 1564e | — 41 +50 + 9 a2 
is : é ‘ ; “6 15742 | — 31 +50 +19? i 
Uccle . : : . | 1062 1469e — — = ? 
* é : : : $ 14942 — = = —98 
Besancon A ; . | 1068 1498 — = = =193 
Pare St. Maur ; . | 108-2 1508 — = = —104 
Puy de Dome ; .| 1093 1521 — = as —107 
Algiers . 3 < A ih ad lle 1526 = = a ae 
Cartuja . : 3 . | 1177 1669 — 43 +90?) +47? on 
Victoria, B.C. : . | 121°8 1751 — == = 67 
St. Louis 5 5 . | 1265 1870 — = sees = 
Ottawa . 6 : . | 1266 1871 — —_— = — 
Tambaya . : . | 1305 1891 — == a Bes 
Chacaritos . . . | 148°7 1793 117 — — ie 


The observed §S (i.e., the interval by which it follows 85 44™ 498) is 
given in the third column, and it is compared with the adopted (Shide) 
tables in the next column O—C1:; except that in the latter part of the 
table this comparison has been omitted when it obviously fails. The 
corrections, taken for A>45° from the last two Reports, and for 
A< 45° by use of the factor 1°80 on the corrections for P in Table V., 
are given in the column ‘ Corr.,’ and applied in the column O-C:z. 
When A> 90° a large number of records will not fit S at all, but at 
first agree with the phenomenon Y or polychord suggested in the last 
Report. A comparison with the times suggested for Y is therefore 
given in the last column O—Y. We now take in order certain matters 
brought out by this table. 

(a) There are three records near the epicentre for which no explana- 
tion has as yet suggested itself, viz. Manila, Taihoku, and Tokyo. 
They may, of course, be mistakes, but there is a systematic character 
about them which seems opposed to the idea of mistakes. The average 
velocities are 198°5, 18°°9, and 17:9 per degree of A, intermediate 
between those of P and §, and it may ultimately be found possible to 
assign some combination of P with S which shall explain the records ; 
but up to the present no success has been attained in this direction. 

(8) With these three exceptions all the records for stations up to 
A =95° are brought into fair accord by the suggested corrections. 
Particularly noteworthy are the records for Zi-kea-wei, Osaka, and 
Tsingtau near A=80°, where the correction is near one of its maxima 

gR2 


52 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


and is justified. The maximum in the other direction near A =20° 
is only represented by the exceptional Taihoku record from which no 
conclusion can be drawn. 

(y) Czernowitz, Vienna, Potsdam, and Gottingen all show a double 
record near S, one member of which can be reasonably identified with 
S and the other with the phenomenon Y mentioned in the last Report. 
These four cases of double record are specially valuable as a guide to 
the others which only give one constituent, and it is easy to under- 
stand why this should generally be the earlier one. But it must be 
admitted at once that the explanation of Y given in the last Report 
breaks down. It cannot be a ‘ polychord,’ at any rate not always. 
The growth of negative residuals in the column O-—Y is too obvious 
and too serious to allow of the idea of a uniform arcual velocity. As 
remarked in the last Report, such a velocity would make Y cross S, 
preceding it up to about 105° and following it after that. The records 
discussed in the last Report were all in the neighbourhood of 95°-100°, 
where the residuals O—Y are seen to be comparatively small; the later 
ones are inconsistent with the crossing of 8. Apparently Y (we may 
perhaps still retain this letter for the phenomenon, whatever it is) 
always precedes § [and incidentally it may be remarked that this fact 
really increases the chances of its being mistaken for S and so causing 
the apparently greater uncertainty in identification of S which is so 
curious, seeing that on any given record § is better marked than P]. 
Its time of transmission may be put as follows :— 


° ie} G ° 
Av 95 100 105 110 
8. 8. 8. 8. 
Y=1420 1470 1490 1520 
Ts it some combination of P and S? If we add together the times 


for’P and S as given by the Shide tables so as to obtain these figures 
we get 


A if Ss Sum 
Ww 2 2 s. 8. 8. 
95 55°8 39:2 585 + 835 = 1420 
100 58°6 41-4 603 + 867 = 1470 
105 65°2 39°8 646 + 844 =1490 
110 70°5 39°5 680 + 840 = 1520 


But, of course, as the tables stand, the values of 8P and 8S for 
such arcs are quite unequal, so that no effective combination is possible. 
If, however, we further modify the curve of 8P shown in fig. 4, so 
that the max. near 30° is followed by a minimum near 409, and this 
again by a maximum near 609°, then possibly we can get the values 
of dP and 8S equal. Assuming S to be throughout in the ratio 1:79 
to P, the values of §P near 40° and 60° must be in this ratio. Thus 
if SP falls again to 4 at 40°, it must rise to 7 at 60°, which is far from 
unreasonable. A provisional set of tables has been framed on these 


ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 53 


lines and tried with fair success; but it would lead to confusion to 
multiply provisional sets of tables, and it is preferable to wait until 
they have been thoroughly tested and corrected. But the impression 
given by the work hitherto done is that these oscillations in the curve 
for 6P are real and will explain many apparent anomalies and diffi- 
culties ; and it is hoped that in the next Report satisfactory evidence 
of these facts may be presented. 


X.—-General Preliminary Discussion of the 1914 Results. 


Tt will be seen that the above discussion was conducted by the 
study of a few particular earthquakes; not from all those given in the 
bulletins for 1914. 

Some hesitation was felt about the form in which any discussion of 
the 1914 residuals should take, i.e. how much provisional correction of 
tables and epicentres should be attempted first. The tables were 
apparently capable of improvement, and this would involve a readjust- 
ment of some epicentres. Ultimately it was decided to try collecting 
the results simply as they are printed, but limiting the selection to the 
better stations: 34 observatories were included, and 15 were omitted, 
the selection not being difficult when the mean errors had been formed. 
The residuals for P and S were grouped for every 5° of A, except that 
the first group extended from the epicentre to 10°. The result was 
more definite and satisfactory than had been expected. 

It was feared that it would be difficult to draw the line between large 
errors and definite mistakes, but when the residuals were tabulated in 
this form there were found to be very few cases of doubt, and their effect 
on the means was almost negligible. The means were taken in a variety 
of ways (one of which was to select the median or the middle residual) 
with inclusion or exclusion of doubtful cases; but the various alterna- 
tives were so closely accordant that the simple arithmetic mean was 
ultimately adopted throughout. The mean errors thus found were as 
in Table XVII. 


TaBLE XVII. 

A P bs} A P Ss A P S 
far 8. Pats aes 8. 8. CN 8: 8. 
0—10 — 3 + 2 36—40 —l11 —19 || 66—70 +7 + 5 

11—15 +12 +23 41—45 — 3 —13 || 71—75 —3 + 4 
16—20 0o;+4 46—50 +8);)41 76—80 —1 —1 
21—25 —9 —10 51—55 +3 — 3 || 81—85 —4 —10 
26—30 —l1l1 —10 56—60 + 3 + 5 || 86—90 0 —14 
31—35 1 —13 61—65 + 5 + 3 |) 91—95 —5 —38 

96—100 —5 —57 


It will be seen that both P and S show clearly the change from a 
sensibly positive error at 11°-15° to a negative error at 219-25° and 
afterwards. This drop occurs earlier than is suggested tentatively in 
Table V., but gives substantially the same phenomenon as was to be 


54 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


explained. We will return to this point in a moment; but first, as the 
above means are, except in a few cases, comparatively small, it is 
desirable to give some information about their probable errors. The 
residuals in cach group were arranged in detail in order of size, and it 
was soon seen that those exceeding - 65% from the mean were pretty 
clearly mistakes. It would be tedious and expensive to print all the 
detail: the following summaries will probably suffice. First, the total 
numbers of residuals for groups of 108*¢ (middle group 11*¢) were as 
in Table XVIII. 


Taste XVIII. 


8 8 8. 8 3. 
Rejected 75 — 65 — 55 — 45 — 35 — 25 — 155 — 5 — O 
P+ 48 5 6 13 16 35 50 110 } 599 
P— 15 2 4 12 24 23 42 120 } 
S+ 54 | 5 10 9 21 38 57 124 | 167 
S— 23 3 2 11 27 44 61 101 f 
_—— 
Sums+102 10 148 341 399 
Sums— 38 5 147 304 | 


Looking first at the column ‘ rejected,’ we see that the number of 
positive residuals is much greater than the number of negative. This 
is only to be expected if these are actual mistakes of one phenomenon 
for something else which would generally follow the intended reading. 
In the case of P there is less opportunity for reading anything which 
precedes than in the case of S, and accordingly the ratio of excess 
of + to — is greater. But even for P a wind-tremor or other acci- 
dental tremor may precede P by something like a minute, and be read 
in error. Now we see that there is no trace of this excess of positive 
residuals in the residuals between 55:—46s; and in the column 45:—36s 
the excess is in the negative residuals. It is reasonable to conclude 
that the residuals up to about 558 are chiefly accidental errors, while 
above that they begin to make mistakes. To make fairly sure, however, 
of including all real observations one more column (65:—56s) has been 
included in taking the arithmetical mean, while the column 75:—66s 
has been rejected, and the numbers are included in the rejected totals. 

Coming to the individual groups in A, it seems unnecessary to give 
even so much detail as for these totals. The gums at the foot show 
that the numbers of errors 6° to 258, on each side are rather less than 
the middle group -.5* to +58: and the numbers in the next four 
columns 26:—658 are less than half these. To follow the behaviour of 
the groups in A it will perhaps suffice to give the corresponding figures 
as in Table XIX. 


ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 55 


TaBLe XIX. 
Residuals (from the mean) for P arranged according to A. 
s. 8 8. 8 8. Total 
Re- —65 —25 —5 +6 +26 Re- | Mean | Observa- 
A jected} to to to to to | jected | Value tions 
— —26 —6 +5 +25 +65 a7 used 
o io) 8. 
0-10 1 5 6 7 4 6 2 — 3 28 
11-15 0 3 8 1 6 5 2 +12 23 
16-20 0 0 vf 17 5 1 0 0 30 
21-25 1 6 4 13 13 3 2 — 9 39 
26-30 0 3 8 6 14 3 0 —ll 34 
31-35 3 5 6 7 4 7 2 + ] 29 
36-40 0 1] 10 5 10 0 4 —ll 26 
41-45 0 1 8 4 10 4 2 — 3 Pail 
46-50 1 1 6 7 8 1 4 + 8 23 
51-55 0 3 7 6 6 2 1 + 3 24 
56-60 0 3 6 14 12 0 3 + 3 35 
61-65 1] 1 10 5 7 1 1 + 5 24 
66-70 1 3 21 18 3 6 1 + 7 51 
71-75 0 12 6 28 21 7 1 — 3 74 
76-80 3 2 12 31 12 3 4 — 1 60 
81-85 1 6 13 39 11 8 1 — 4 17 
86-90 3 2 15 15 3 8 3 0 43 
91-95 0 5 6 6 6 5 6 — 5 28 
96-100 0 1 3 3 5 0 9 — 5 12 
Totals. | 15 | 63 | 162 | 232 | 160 | 70 | 48 | | 687 
TABLE XX. 
Residuals (from the mean) for S arranged according to A. 
8. 8. 8 8. Total 
x Re- —65 | —25 —5 +6 +26 Re- | Mean | Observa- 
jected | to to to to to | jected | Value tions 
_— —26 —6 +5 + 5 +65 + used 
ee) 8, 
0-10 0 4 5 2 3 5 0 + 2 19 
11-15 1 4 4 2 7 4 1 +23 21 
16-20 0 1 9 14 4 3 1 + 4 31 
21-25 0 4 5 11 9 4 5 —10 33 
26-30 1 5 8 9 8 4 1 —10 34 
31-35 4 3 5 4 6 3 5 —13 21 
36—40 0 2 8 5 5 3 2 —19 23 
41-45 1 2 5 5 4 2 5 —13 18 
46-50 0 1 6 2 5 1 5 +1 15 
51-55 1] 4 4 7 9 1 2 — 3 25 
56-60 0 ] 6 10 12 1 5 + 5 30 
61-65 2 4 5 6 6 3 0 + 3 24 
66-70 0 6 12 15 14 4 1 + 5 51 
71-75 1 9 21 25 13 13 1 + 4 81 
76-80 3 5 17 20 14 5 4 — 1 61 
81-85 4 9 20 10 28 7 4 —10 74 
86-90 2 6 11 15 17 4 2 —14 53 
91-95 1 6 8 3 13 6 2 —38 36 
96-100 2 8 3 2 4 5 8 —57 22 
Totals . 23 84 162 167 181 78 54 672 


56 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


We now return to the mean values, which exhibit the following 
distinct features :— 


(a) A large positive error at about =13°. The values for P and S 
correspond in almost exactly the ratio 1:80, and thus confirm one 
another. The observations rejected are: 


For P +1448 and +81. There is no question as regards the 
former. If the latter be retained the mean is increased to +158. As 
this group is very important, the errors may be given in full. They 
are :— 


8, 8. 8, 8. s. 
+144 +41 +25 85 2 
+ 81 +38 +23 0 16 
2 Up 437 +22 L9 —24 
+ 49 +30 ae | = —37 
4. 49 +26 +9 = —39 


For S +131° and —102s have been rejected. The whole set is as 
follows : 


8. 8. 8. Ss. 8. 
+131 +45 +29 0 — 32 
+ 69 +42 +21 — 2 —102 
+ 59 +39 +19 —9 
+ 55 +34 +15 —17 
+ 46 +30 +12 —29 


It seems clear that the means cannot be far from the values assigned 
on any reasonable supposition. And it is also clear that the excessive 
scattering is due to the abrupt rise and fall of the error, which is small 
in adjoining groups. It must rise to sensibly more than the mean 
values. The use of the erroneous tables to fix the epicentres will also 
have tended to diminish these errors by compromise; so that a maximum 
error for P of + 178 and for § or + 308 would not be an unreasonable 
interpretation of the figures. 

(b) The rapid fall to a negative error at about A =23° continuing 
to A =40°. A rise again at 83° is shown by P but not by §, and for 
the present we will disregard it. 

(c) A positive error from about 46° to 70°. This is more marked 
in P than in §; but it seems possible that S is already affected by the 
negative error (d), which reduces the positive excess. 

(d) A negative error which develops rapidly in S after 80°, and may 
have commenced earlier as remarked in (c). It was this error which 
chiefly attracted attention in the two former Reports, in which tentative 
corrections for it were given with some success as regards §. But the 
correcticns suggested for P were apparently too large. 


This correction appears to have an important significance. The 
ratio of times for 8 to times for P is nearly constant, but with the 
adopted tables tends to rise in value for large values of A. When, 
however, the corrections now found are applied, which diminish the 
values of S (when A >80°) much more than those of P, the rise in 
value of the ratio disappears, and it seems possible that it is definitely 
constant and of value 1°800. At any rate, the departures from this 


ON SEISMOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS. 57 


value have all the appearance of accidental errors. They are as follows 
in units of ‘001 :— 


TaBLe XXI. 
Differences from the ratio 1°800 for ratio S/P in units of :001. 
A ODift. A CODiff. A CODiff. A Diff. A Diff. 
13° — 9 33° —47 53° —20 73° +27 93° — 7 
18 4+ 6 38 —12 58 0 78 +17 98 —29 
23 +1 43 —32 68 — 4 83 +18 
28 +18 48 —38 68 0 88 + 6 


Of the largest residuals that at A=33° is due to the sudden rise of the 
P residual to + 15 between two values of — 115; a rise not confirmed by 
S and probably spurious. The rise of P to +88 at 48° also bears the 
mark of accident. At 98° the correction of —57* to the S tables is 
probably too large. Looking at the residuals in Table XX. we see that 
they are probably made up of two groups, separated by an interval of at 
least 655. One group, probably the true S, would have a mean cor- 
rection of —578+308= —27* say, and the other of —57°—30s= —87s 
say. This latter is probably the Y phenomenon beginning to declare 
itself. With this interpretation the —29 residual would become +7. 

Hence it may be that we should do well to adopt a constant ratio 
1-806, thus strengthening the determinations of both P and S by 
the tie. 

Let us now examine very briefly the values of either P or S near the 
epicentre. ‘They are clearly affected much in the same way, and one 
of them will suffice; say P. We may, however, use the values of S, 
reduced in the ratio 1°80, to strengthen the determination of P. Thus 
we have: 

A=8° 13° 18° 23° 28° 23° 


8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 8. 
Corrected P 118 205 257 308 357 417 


From § 122 203 257 308 361 407 
Mean 120 =. 204 257 308 359 411 


Mean 32 15:0 168 106 102 102 104 


It seems difficult to avoid a sensible rise of the average 8P up 
to A=10°. The 16°8 is only an average value, and the maximum 
must be greater still. This rise in value cannot be explained by any 
reasonable supposition as to the depth of the focus: for though this 
provides an initial rise in value, the rise is very slight. We are driven 
to suppose some important change in density just within the surface 
of the Earth. We can avoid this supposition in two ways only :— 


(a) By discrediting the observations. On this head nothing more 
need be said: the evidence is before us. 
(b) By adding a constant to the whole tables both for P and 8. 


If we add (say) 20°%°, then the mean 8P for the first 8° would 
be 1408/8 =175'5, greater than the 1688 which follows. Even then the 


58 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


S observations would show a rise: to get rid of the rise in them we 
should have to add 30se¢. There are recorded cases of the stoppage of 
clocks near the epicentre which would be inconsistent with such large 
corrections to the time at origin. 

On the whole, the case for the rise being real seems fairly strong. 
And now we have to consider how to draw a smooth curve so that these 
values shall be the means of groups. 

Suppose first we join the points by straight lines and let us further 
omit the point for 13° and join 8° to 18° by a straight line. The value 
indicated for 139 would be 3$(1208+2578)=189*. Now the observed 
mean value 2048 lies 15s above this: and this is only the C.G. of the 
triangle formed by the proper values for 8°, 13°, and 18°. The proper 
value for the apex of the triangle would be at three times the height; 7.e., 
308 above the C.G. Thus the proper value for 13°, interpolated 
between 8° and 18° so as to make a triangle with O.G. at 2048, would 
be 2348. The points would then be 


SoaSe SASS 
8. 8. 
120 234 257 
gs. e 
Mean 5P 22°8 4°6 


We see at once the necessity for a small value of 6P following the 
peak. Now doubtless the peak is not sharp but is rounded off; but 
note that if we round it off we must at some point either increase the 
large 6P=225'8 or decrease the smal] 8P=4*6; perhaps both. For 
any process of rounding off the peak means that we must go outside the 
triangle to make up the area lost from the peak. 

There is thus no difficulty at all about a small value of 6P between 
13° and 18°; indeed, it is almost a necessity. And hence the PX 
phenomenon can probably be explained. The small value of 8P 
comes earlier than was suggested in Table V.: but it seems probable 
that by some little adjustment the phenomena may be all brought 
into line. The reason why the sudden drop was assumed to come later 
was the avoidance of the rise in 6P near the epicentre. It seemed 
theoretically probable that the velocity near the epicentre was nearly 
constant, and thus, in order to accumulate a fund of positive errors 
before the drop, §P had to be carried on at the highest available value 
for some distance. Once the possibility of a rise in 68P near the 
epicentre is admitted and the drop may come earlier. But the initial 
rise in 8P is distinctly surprising, though the observations seem to 
leave no room for doubt. 


ON THE GALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 59 


The Calculation of Mathematical Tables.—Report of the Com- 
mittee, consisting of Professor M. J. M. Hint (Chairman), 
Professor J. W. NicHouson (Secretary), Dr. J. R. AIREY, 
Mr. T. W. Cuaunpy, Mr. A. T. Doopson, Professor L. N. 
G. Fon, Mr. G. KernNeEpy, Sir GEORGE GREENHILL, 
Professors E. W. Hopson, ALFRED Lopa#, A. EK. H. Love, 
H. M. Macponatp, and G. B. Matuews, Mr. H. 
G. SavipGE, and Professor A. G. WEBSTER. 


Introductory. 


Tue grant of 85/,—including 51. returned as the unexpended part of the 
previous grant—has been utilised completely during the present year, 
and the Committee is able to put forward several completed Tables 
for which there has been a considerable demand among physicists, as 
evidenced by written requests to the Secretary. ‘Some other Tables, not 
at present complete, are still in hand, and it is proposed during the 
coming year to devote more attention to the roots of Bessel functions 
which are needed for the solution of physical problems. The Committee 
desires to ask for a renewal of the grant of 301., especially in view of the 
fact that their expenditure has exceeded the former grant, on account of 
the simultaneous completion of several different Tables. The Report 
may be divided into five Parts. In Part I. there are three Tables of sines 
and cosines of angles expressed in circular measure. The main purpose 
of such Tables is to facilitate the rapid calculation of transcendental 
functions from their asymptotic expansions. They have been the subject 
of special approval by the Association. Tables I. and II. have been under 
the care of Dr. Airey, and Table III. of Mr. Doodson. 

Part II. deals with the Bessel and Neumann functions whose order and 
argument are nearly equal. Dr. Airey, to whom they are due, has 
recently extended the formule of Nicholson and Debye relating to these 
functions, which are now somewhat prominent in physical work. 

In Part III. Mr. Doodson continues his Tables of Bessel functions of 
half-integral order, and some of their derived functions. These Tables 
are a continuation of thosein the Report for 1914. 

Part IV. continues the work of Mr. Savidge on Tables of the ber and 
bei functions and their derivates. 

Part V. contains some valuable Tables of the logarithmic Gamma 
function and its derivate, together with the integral of the function. 
These have been calculated and kindly offered to the Association by Prof. 
G. N. Watson. In recording their appreciation, the Committee desires 
to suggest that Prof. Watson should be added to their number. 


Part I. 
Sines and Cosines of Angles in Circular Measure. 
The trigonometrical functions, especially the sines and cosines of angles 


expressed in radians, are of frequent occurrence in the asymptotic expan- 
sions of transcendental functions. The only tables hitherto published are 


60 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


those of Burrau! to six places, and those of Becker and Van Orstrand? to 
five places of decimals from 4=0:001 to 1°600 radians. 

The following tables to ten places of decimals were calculated to 
thirteen places, first for the sixteen values 0°1 to 1°6, then from 0°01 
to 1:60, and finally from 0-001 to 1-600. From the values of the sine and 
cosine of 0-1 to 1°6, intermediate values were obtained by employing the 
sum and difference formule of these functions: the results were taken 
from 0:00 to 0:05 and from 0:10 to 0-05 and thus furnished a check upon 
the calculations. A similar procedure was followed in calculating the 
sines and cosines when @ is given to three places of decimals. In order 
to ensure greater accuracy in the tenth place, the next figure is also 
given. In very few cases will the error reach a unit in the eleventh 
place. The subsidiary table of sines and cosines of 6 from 6=0-00001 
to =0-00100 can be employed in conjunction with the first table. 


TaBLe I. 
Tables of Sines and Cosines (0 in radians). 


() Sin 6 Cos 0 
0-000 ‘00000 00000 0 100000 00000 0O 
0:001 00099 99998 3 -99999 95000 0O 
0-002 00199 99986 7 *99999 80000 0 
0-003 “00299 99955 0 -99999 55000 0O 
0:004 700399 99893 3 *99999 20000 1 
0:005 00499 99791 7 *99998 75000 2 
0:006 00599 99640 0 *99998 20000 5 
0:007 00699 99428 3 *99997 55001 0O 
0-008 °00799 99146 7 *99996 80001 7 
0-009 ‘00899 98785 0 °99995 95002 7 
0-010 -00999 98333 3 *99995 00004 2 
0-011 01099 97781 7 ‘99993 95006 1 
0-012 01199 97120 0 “99992 80008 6 
0-013 °01299 96338 4 “99991 55011 9 
0-014 "01399 95426 7 -99990 20016 0 
0-015 01499 94375 1 “99988 75021 1 
0-016 01599 93173 4 ‘99987 20027 3 
0-017 01699 91811 8 “99985 55034 8 
0:018 °01799 90280 2 *99983 80043 7 
0:019 01899 88568 5 “99981 95054 3 
0020 ‘01999 86666 9 *99980 00066 7 
0°021 02099 84565 3 ‘99977 95081 0O 
0°022 02199 82253 8 *99975 80097 6 
0:023 °02299 79722 2 “99973 55116 6 
0:024 "02399 76960 7 *99971 20138 2 
0:025 *02499 73959 2 ‘99968 75162 7 
0:026 *02599 70707 7 “99966 20190 4 
0:027 -02699 67196 2 - 99963 55221 4 
0-028 °02799 63414 8 "99960 80256 1 
0:029 *02899 59353 4 *99957 95294 7 
0:030 02999 55002 0 °99955 00337 5 
0-031 ‘03099 50350 7 “99951 95384 8 
0:032 ‘03199 45389 5 "99948 80436 9 
0:033 03299 40108 3 *99945 55494 1 
0°034 | 03399 34497 1 *99942 20556 8 


1 Burrau, Zafeln der Funktionen Cosinus und Sinus, 1907. 
* Becker and Van Orstrand, Smithsonian Mathematical Tables, Hyperbolic 
Functions, pp. 174-223. 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES, 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


61 


0 Sin 6 Cos 6 
0-035 “03499 28546 .0 “99938 75625 2 
0°036 "03599 22245 0 “99935 20699 8 
0:037 03699 15584 1 *99931 55780 9 
0-038 ‘03799 08553 3 *99927 80868 8 
0:039 03899 01142 5 "99923 95963 9 
0-040 ‘03998 93341 9 “99920 01066 6 
0°041 04098 85141 3 99915 96177 3 
0:042 "04198 76530 9 “99911 81296 5 
0:043 ‘04298 67500 6 ‘99907 56424 4 
0°044 04398 58040 4 ‘99903 21561 6 
0:045 04498 48140 4 "99898 76708 5 
0:046 ‘04598 37790 5 ‘99894 21865 5 
0:047 04698 26980 8 ‘99889 57033 0 
0:048 04798 15701 2 *99884 82211 7 
0-049 04898 03941 9 ‘99879 97401 8 
0:050 04997 91692 7 “99875 02604 0 
0:051 *05097 78943 8 ‘99869 97818 6 
0:052 ‘05197 65685 0 "99864 83046 2 
0°053 °05297 51906 5 “99859 58287 4 
0°054 °05397 37598 3 *99854 23542 6 
0:055 *05497 22750 3 “99848 78812 4 
0:056 *05597 07352 6 °99843 24097 3 
0:057 05696 91395 1 “99837 59397 9 
0-058 *05796 74868 0 “99831 84714 7 
0°059 “05896 57761 2 "99826 00048 3 
0-060 "05996 40064 8 *99820 05399 4 
0°061 06096 21768 7 “99814 00768 4 
0:062 06196 02863 0 ‘99807 86156 0 
0:063 06295 83337 7 “99801 61562 9 
0:064 "06395 63182 8 99795 26989 5 
0:065 06495 42388 3 ‘99788 82436 7 
0:066 06595 20944 3 ‘99782 27905 0 
0:067 “06694 98840 8 ‘99775 63395 0 
0:068 *06794 76067 8 ‘99768 88907 5 
0-069 ‘06894 52615 3 “99762 04443 1 
0-070 “06994 28473 4 99755 10002 5 
0-071 ‘07094 03632 0 ‘99748 05586 4 
0-072 ‘07193 78081 2 *99740 91195 5 
0:073 ‘07293 51811 1 *99733 66830 5 
0°074 °07393 24811 6 *99726 32492 1 
0-075 °07492 97072 7 ‘99718 88181 1 
0:076 "07592 68584 6 ‘99711 33898 2 
0:077 ‘07692 39337 2 ‘99703 69644 2 
0:078 “07792 09320 6 99695 95419 8 
0:079 “07891 78524 7 ‘99688 11225 8 
0:080 ‘07991 46939 7 ‘99680 17063 0 
0-081 “08091 14555 5 *99672 12932 2 
0-082 ‘08190 81362 2 ‘99663 98834 2 
0-083 ‘08290 47349 9 ‘99655 74769 8 
0°084 08390 12508 5 ‘99647 40739 8 
0085 *08489 76828 0 “99638 96745 0 
0-086 °08589 40298 6 “99630 42786 4 
0:087 “08689 02910 3 *99621 78864 7 
0-088 ‘08788 64653 0 “99613 04980 9 
0-089 “08888 25516 9 “99604 21135 7 
0-090 ‘08987 85492 0 “99595 27330 1 
0091 ‘09087 44568 3 “99586 23565 0 
0-092 09187 02735 8 “99577 09841 3 


62 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE, 


1916. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


6 Sin 6 Cos @ 
0:093 ‘09286 59984 6 -99567 86159 8 
0:094 "09386 16304 8 “99558 52521 6 
0:095 ‘09485 71686 3 “99549 08927 5 
0-096 ‘09585 26119 3 “99539 55378 6 
0-097 “09684 79593 8 "99529 91875 6 
0:098 “09784 32099 8 *99520 18419 7 
0:099 ‘09883 83627 3 “99510 35011 8 
0°100 “09983 34166 5 “99500 41652 8 
0°101 ‘10082 83707 3 99490 38343 8 
0°102 *10182 32239 8 “99480 25085 7 
07103 ‘10281 79754 2 ‘99470 01879 6 
0°104 ‘10381 26240 3 “99459 68726 5 
0-105 ‘10480 71688 3 "99449 25627 5 
0°106 ‘10580 16088 2 99438 72583 5 
0°107 *10679 59430 1 “99428 09595 7 
07108 ‘10779 01704 1 “99417 36665 0 
0-109 ‘10878 42900 2 “99406 53792 6 
0-110 -10977 83008 4 ‘99395 60979 6 
0-111 ‘11077 22018 8 ‘99384 58227 0 
0°112 “11176 59921 5 ‘99373 45535 9 
0-113 ‘11275 96706 6 "99362 22907 5 
0°114 °11375 32364 0 “99350 90342 9 
07115 ‘11474 66883 9 *99339 47843 1 
0°116 “11574 00256 4 “99327 95409 5 
0-117 ‘11673 32471 4 “99316 33043 0 
0-118 “11772 +63519 2 “99304 60744 9 
07119 "11871 93389 6 “99292 78516 4 
0-120 ‘11971 22072 9 “99280 86358 5 
07121 “12070 49559 O “99268 84272 6 
0-122 *12169 75838 1 *99256 72259 8 
0°123 *12269 00900 2 “99244 50321 3 
0°124 *12368 24735 5 “99232 18458 4 
07125 *12467 47333 9 ‘99219 76672 3 
0:126 -12566 68685 5 ‘99207 24964 2 
0-127 ‘12665 88780 5 “99194 63335 3 
0°128 ‘12765 07608 9 ‘99181 91787 0 
0°129 ‘12864 25160 7 ‘99169 10320 5 
0-130 ‘12963 41426 2 “99156 18937 1 
0°131 ‘13062 56395 3 ‘99143 17638 1 
0-132 °13161 70058 2 “99130 06424 8 
0°133 ‘13260 82404 9 “99116 85298 4 
0°134 °13359 93425 5 “99103 54260 4 
0°135 ‘13459 03110 1 99090 13312 0 
0°136 *13558 11448 8 ‘99076 62454 6 
0-137 °13657 18431 7 -99063 01689 6 
0-138 ‘13756 24048 9 ‘99049 31018 2 
07139 “13855 28290 4 “99035 50442 0 
0-140 °13954 31146 4. “99021 59962 1 
0-141 “14053 32607 0 _°99007 59580 1 
0°142 “14152 32662 3 *98993 49297 4 
07143 | *14251 31302 3 “98979 29115 3 
0-144 "14350 28517 2 "98964 99035 2 
07145 “14449 24297 1 *98950 59058 7 
0-146 ‘14548 18632 1 *98936 09187 1 
0-147 *14647 11512 2 “98921 49421 9 
0°148 ‘14746 02927 6 ‘98906 79764 6 
0-149 "14844 92868 4 “98892 00216 6 
0-150 °14943 81324 7 °98877 10779 4 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


() Sin 6 
07151 *15042 68286 7 
0°152 "15141 53744 3 
0°153 °15240 37687 9 
07154 °15339 20107 3 
0°155 °15438 00992 9 
0°156 “15536 80334 7 
0°157 °15635 58122 7 
0-158 °15734 34347 3 
0°159 *15833 08998 4 
0-160 °15931 82066 1 
0-161 °16030 53540 7 
0°162 *16129 23412 3 
0-163 *16227 91670 9 
0°164 "16326 58306 7 
0°165 *16425 23309 9 
0°166 *16523 86670 6 
0°167 *16622 48378 8 
0-168 °16721 08424 8 
0°169 *16819 66798 7 
0-170 "16918 23490 7 
0-171 ‘17016 78490 8 
0-172 °17115 31789 2 
0-173 °17213 83376 1 
0°174 °17312 33241 6 
0°175 °17410 81375 9 
0-176 °17509 27769 1 
0°177 *17607 72411 4 
0:178 *17706 15292 9 
0-179 "17804 56403 8 
0-180 -17902 95734 3 
0-181 "18001 33274 4 
07182 18099 69014 4 
0-183 "18198 02944 4 
0-184 "18296 35054 7 
0°185 °18394 65335 3 
0-186 *18492 93776 4 
0°187 "18591 20368 3 
0°188 “18689 45101 0O 
0°189 ‘18787 67964 8 
0-190 “18885 88949 8 
07191 “18984 08046 2 
0-192 "19082 25244 2 
07193 “19180 40534 0 
0-194 *19278 53905 7 
0-195 “19376 65349 6 
0°196 °19474 74855 9 
0°197 °19572 82414 6 
0-198 “19670 88016 1 
0°199 “19768 91650 5 
0°200 °19866 93307 9 
0°201 *19964 92978 7 
0°202 *20062 90653 1 
0°203 *20160 86321 1 
0-204 *20258 79973 0 
0°205 *20356 71599 0O 
0°206 *20454 61189 4 
0:207 *20552 48734 3 
0:208 "20650 34224 0O 


Cos @ 


63 


“98862 
*98847 
“98831 
“98816 
“98801 
“98785 
-98770 
98754 
98738 
98722 
“98706 
“98690 
“98674 
"98658 
*98641 
"98625 
-98608 
“98592 
*98575 
*98558 
°98541 
198524 
*98507 
*98490 
*98472 
"98455 
*98437 
“98419 
"98402 
98384 
“98366 
98348 
98330 
“98311 
“98293 
“98275 
*98256 
*98237 
"98219 
“£8200 
*98181 
“98162 
*98143 
“98124 
“98104 
*98085 
*98065 
*98046 
*98026 
-98006 
-97986 
*97966 
*97946 
-97926 
-97906 
“97885 
*97865 
“97844 


11454 
02243 
83147 
54168 
15307 
66566 
07947 
39451 
61079 
72833 
74715 
66727 
48869 
21144 
83553 
36098 
78780 
11602 
34564 
47669 
50918 
44312 
27855 
01546 
65389 
19384 
63534 
97840 
22304 
36927 
41713 
36661 
21775 
97056 
62506 
18126 
63919 
99886 
26029 
42351 
48852 
45535 
32402 
09455 
76695 
34125 
81746 
19561 
47571 
65778 
74185 
72793 
61604 
40621 
09845 
69278 
18923 
58781 


DAO THE RE ERD TWTTAINOMURAWADON SHEE WONOCTOH REIMER ANDDRNOSCIARWER 


64 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


() Sin @ Cos @ 
0-209 ‘20748 17648 6 ‘97823 88855 7 
0:210 *20845 98998 5 ‘97803 09147 2 
0:211 "20943 78263 7 ‘97782 19658 4 
0-212 "21041 55434 5 ‘97761 20391 4 
0-213 “21139 30501 2 -97740 11348 3 
0-214 "21237 03454 0O ‘97718 92531 1 
0°215 "21334 74283 0 ‘97697 63942 1 
0-216 *21432 42978 6 ‘97676 25583 3 
0°217 *21530 09530 9 ‘97654 77456 8 
0-218 *21627 73930 2 ‘97633 19564 9 
0°219 *21725 36166 8 ‘97611 51909 7 
0-220 *21822 96230 8 ‘97589 74493 3 
0:221 *21920 54112 5 ‘97567 87318 0 
0-222 “22018 09802 2 *97545 90385 8 
0223 *22115 63290 0 °97523 83699 1 
0-224 “22213 14566 3 ‘97501 67260 0 
0:225 *22310 63621 3 °97479 41070 7 
0°226 *22408 10445 2 *97457 05133 5 
0:227 *22505 55028 3 *97434 59450 5 
0°228 *22602 97360 9 97412 04024 2 
0:229 *22700 37433 1 ‘97389 38856 6 
0-230 *22797 75235 4 *97366 63950 1 
0-231 "22895 10757 8 *97343 79306 9 
0°232 *22992 43990 7 ‘97320 84929 3 
0°233 *23089 74924 4 -97297 80819 6 
0-234 *23187 03549 1 ‘97274 66980 2 
0°235 "23284 29855 1 *97251 43413 3 
0-236 °23381 53832 7 °97228 10121 3 
0:°237 *23478 75472 1 *97204 67106 4 
0:238 *23575 94763 7 °97181 14371 1 
0:239 *23673 11697 6 °97157 51917 7 
0-240 *23770 26264 3 °97133 79748 5 
0:241 *23867 38453 9 ‘97109 97866 0 
0-242 "23964 48256 8 *97086 06272 4 
0°243 *24061 55663 2 97062 04970 2 
0:244 "24158 60663 5 °97037 93961 9 
0°245 °24255 63247 9 “97013 73249 7 
0°246 *24352 63406 7 “96989 42836 2 
0°247 "24449 61130 3 °96965 02723 7 
0-248 “24546 56408 9 “96940 52914 7 
0-249 *24643 49232 9 °96915 93411 7 
0:250 *24740 39592 5 *96891 24217 1 
0-251 *24837 27478 1 “96866 45333 4 
0°252 "24934 12880 0 *96841 56763 0 
0°253 *25030 95788 4 “96816 58508 4 
0°254 *25127 76193 8 ‘96791 50572 2 
0-255 "25224 54086 3 °96766 32956 9 
0°256 *25321 29456 5 “96741 05664 9 
0:257 *25418 02294 4 ‘96715 68698 8 
0°258 °25514 72590 6 “96690 22061 2 
0-259 "25611 40335 3 °96664 65754 5 
0-260 *25708 05518 9 “96638 99781 3 
0°261 *25804 68131 7 ‘96613 24144 3 
0262 *25901 28164 0 °96587 38845 9 
0°263 *25997 85606 2 °96561 43888 8 
0:264 *26094 40448 5 °96535 39275 6 
0°265 *26190 92681 5 *96509 25008 8 
0-266 "26287 42295 3 96483 01091 1 


ON THE CALCULATION OF 


Tables of Sines and Cosines 


MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


(@ in radians)—continued. 


Sin 6 Cos @ 
*26383 89280 5 *96456 67525 1 
"26480 33627 2 “96430 24313 4 
"26576 75325 9 *96403 71458 7 
*26673 14366 9 *96377 08963 7 
*26769 50740 6 "96350 36830 9 
"26865 84437 3 *96323 55063 1 
*26962 15447 5 "96296 63662 9 
‘27058 43761 5 “96269 62633 1 
*27154 69369 6 *96242 51976 3 
°27250 92262 2 *96215 31695 2 
"27347 12429 7 “96188 01792 7 
"27443 29862 6 “96160 62271 3 
°27539 44551 1 *96133 13133 9 
°27635 56485 6 96105 54383 1 
*27731 65656 6 *96077 86021 8 
*27827 72054 5 “96050 08052 7 
°27923 75669 5 “96022 20478 6 
"28019 76492 2 “95994 23302 3 
"28115 74512 9 *95966 16526 6 
°28211 69722 1 95938 00154 2 
*28307 62110 1 *95909 74188 1 
*28403 51667 3 ‘95881 38630 9 
*28499 38384 1 "95852 93485 7 
*28595 22251 0O *95824 38755 1 
*28691 03258 4 *95795 74442 |] 
"28786 81396 7 ‘95767 00549 6 
"28882 56656 3 ‘95738 17080 3 
*28978 29027 7 “95709 24037 2 
*29073 98501 2 “95680 21423 2 
"29169 65067 4 *95651 09241 2 
"29265 28716 5 *95621 87494 0 
*29360 89439 2 "95592 56184 7 
"29456 47225 7 95563 15316 1 
*29552 02066 6 *95533 64891 3 
*29647 53952 3 95504 04913 0 
"29743 02873 3 95474 35384 3 
"29838 48819 9 "95444 56308 2 
*29933 91782 7 ‘95414 67687 7 
*30029 31752 1 "953884 69525 7 
*30124 68718 6 “95354 61825 2 
*30220 02672 6 "95324 44589 2 
"30315 33604 6 “95294 17820 9 
*30410 61505 0 "95263 81523 0 
“30505 86364 4 *95233 35698 9 
*30601 08173 3 “95202 80351 3 
*30696 26922 0 95172 15483 5 
*30791 42601 0 “95141 41098 5 
*30886 55201 0 95110 57199 3 
“30981 64712 3 “95079 63789 1 
‘31076 71125 4 “95048 60871 0 
‘31171 74430 8 ‘95017 48447 9 
*31266 74619 1 94986 26523 1 
*31361 71680 7 "94954 95099 7 
“31456 65606 2 “94923 54180 8 
*31551 56385 9 "94892 03769 6 
*31646 44010 5 “94860 43869 1 
“31741 28470 5 “94828 74482 6 
“31836 09756 3 ‘94796 95613 2 


66 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


Sin 6 Cos 6 
‘31930 87858 6 ‘94765 07264 1 
*32025 62767 7 ‘94733 09438 6 
"32120 34474 3 ‘94701 02139 7 
°32215 02968 8 94668 85370 7 
*32309 68241 9 “94636 59134 8 
“32404 30283 9 94604 23435 3 

“32498 89085 6 *94571 78275 3 
| *32593 44637 3 *94539 23658 2 
*32687 96929 8 ‘94506 59587 1 
“32782 45953 4 *94473 86065 4 
*32876 91698 7 9444] 03096 3 
°32971 34156 4 ‘94408 10683 1 
*33065 73317 0 “94375 08829 1 
*33160 09170 9 “94341 97537 6 
*33254 41708 9 *94308 76811 9 
°33348 70921 4 94275 46655 3 
*33442 96799 1 *94242 07071 1 
*33537 19332 4 *94208 58062 8 
*33631 38512 0 “94174 99633 6 
*33725 54328 5 “94141 31786 9 
*33819 66772 5 “94107 54526 1 
*33913 75834 4 *94073 67854 5 
*34007 81505 0 *94039 71775 5 
“34101 83774 9 94005 66292 6 
“34195 82634 5 -93971 51409 1 
“34289 78074 6 °93937 27128 5 
*34383 70085 6 *93902 93454 1 
*34477 58658 3 *93868 50389 4 
*34571 43783 3 *93833 97937 9 
*34665 25451 1 ‘93799 36103 0 
*34759 03652 3 ‘93764 64888 2 
°34852 78377 7 *93729 84296 9 
*34946 49617 8 *93694 94332 6 
*35040 17363 3 “93659 94998 8 
*35133 81604 7 "93624 86299 0 
°35227 42332 7 "93589 68236 8 
*35320 99538 1 “93554 40815 5 
*35414 53211 3 “93519 04038 9 
*35508 03343 0 *93483 57910 3 
*35601 49924 0 "93448 02433 4 
"35694 92944 8 °93412 37611 6 
"35788 32396 1 °93376 63448 7 
“35881 68268 5 *93340 79948 0 
*35975 00552 9 *93304 87113 3 
*36068 29239 7 *93268 84948 1 
“36161 54319 6 *93232 73456 1 
*36254 75783 5 -93196 52640 7 
*36347 93621 8 *93160 22505 7 
*36441 07825 4 °93123 83054 7 
*36534 18384 8 -93087 34291 3 
*36627 25290 9 *93050 76219 1 
*36720 28534 2 -93014 08841 9 
*36813 28105 4 °92977 32163 3 
*36906 23995 4 "92940 46186 9 
-36999 16194 7 -92903 50916 5 
*37092 04694 1 “92866 46355 8 
*37184 89484 3 *92829 32508 4 
*37277 70556 0 *92792 09378 0 


aE rc 


SSS. a En 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


67 


Sin @ Cos 6 
*37370 47900 0 *92754 76968 5 
*37463 21506 9 92717 35283 5 
*37555 91367 5 *92679 84326 7 
‘37648 57472 5 *92642 24102 0 
*37741 19812 6 -92604 54613 0 
+37833 78378 6 *92566 75863 6 
*37926 33161 2 “92528 87857 5 
‘38018 84151 2 -92490 90598 6 
“38111 31339 3 “92452 84090 5 
*38203 74716 3 *92414 68337 2 
*38296 14272 9 -92376 43342 4 
*38388 49999 9 -92338 09109 9 
*38480 81888 1 *92299 65643 6 
*38573 09928 1 *92261 12947 4 
*38665 34110 9 *92222 51025 1 
‘388757 54427 1 -92183 79880 5 
*38849 70867 6 *92144 99517 5 
*38941 83423 1 ‘92106 09940 0 
*39033 92084 4 -92067 11152 0O 
*39125 96842 3 -92028 03157 2 
*39217 97687 6 -91988 85959 6 
*39309 94611 2 91949 59563 1 
*39401 87603 7 *91910 23971 7 
*39493 76656 0 -91870 79189 2 
*39585 61759 0 *91831 25219 7 
*39677 42903 4 -91791 62067 0O 
*39769 20080 1 °91751 89735 2 
*39860 93279 8 *91712 08228 2 
*39952 62493 5 -91672 17549 9 
40044 27711 9 -91632 17704 5 
40135 88925 8 *91592 08695 9 
*40227 46126 2 791551 90528 0 
-40318 99303 8 91511 63204 9 
40410 48449 6 -91471 26730 7 
“40501 93554 3 -91430 81109 4 
*40593 34608 8 -91390 26345 0 
-40684 71603 9 -91349 62441 5 
“40776 04530 6 91308 89403 1 
-40867 33379 7 -91268 07233 8 
-40958 58142 0 -91227 159387 7 
*41049 78808 5 91186 15518 9 
*41140 95370 0 91145 05981 5 
‘41232 O7817 4 -91103 87329 5 
-41323 16141 6 -91062 59567 2 
*41414 20333 5 -91021 22698 6 
*41505 20384 0 ‘90979 76727 9 
*41596 16284 0 ‘909388 21659 3 
‘41687 08024 3 90896 57496 8 
‘41777 95595 9 90854 84244 6 
-41868 78989 7 -90813 01907 0 
*41959 58196 7 -90771 10488 0 
“42050 33207 7 -90729 09992 0 
-42141 04013 7 -90687 00423 0 
*42231 70605 5 90644 81785 3 
*42322 32974 2 “90602 54083 2 
*42412 91110 7 ‘90560 17320 8 
*42503 45005 8 -90517 71502 4 
42593 94650 7 -90475 16632 2 


no 


68 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


6 
0°441 *42684 
0-442 42774 
0-443 "42865 
0°444 "42955 
0°445 43045 
0°446 “43136 
0°447 "43226 
0-448 43316 
0°449 “43406 
0°450 "43496 
0-451 “43586 
0°452 “43676 
0°453 *43766 
0-454 “43856 
0°455 *43946 
0-456 *44036 
0-457 *44125 
0°458 "44215 
0°459 "44305 
0°460 44394 
0°461 44484 
0-462 *44573 
0°463 “44663 
0°464 44752 
0°465 "44842 
0°466 44931 
0-467 “45020 
0°468 *45110 
0°469 *45199 
0°470 "45288 
0°471 *45377 
0°472 “45466 
0:473 *45555 
0°474 45644 
0°475 "45733 
0°476 45822 
0°477 “45911 
0-478 -46000 
0°479 46089 
0-480 46177 
0-481 "46266 
0°482 *46355 
0-483 46443 
0°484 46532 
0°485 “46620 
0-486 “46709 
0°487 “46797 
0-488 46886 
0-489 46974 
0-490 “47062 
0°491 47150 
0°492 47238 
0-493 47327 
0°494 “47415 
0°495 47503 
0-496 ‘47591 
0°497 “47679 
0:498 47766 


Sin 6 


40036 
81153 
17992 
50545 
78803 
02755 
22395 
37711 
48696 
55341 
57635 
55571 
49140 
38332 
23138 
03549 
79557 
51152 
18326 
81069 
39373 
93228 
42626 
87558 
28014 
63986 
95465 
22442 
44908 
62853 
76270 
85149 
89482 
89259 
84471 
75110 
61167 
42633 
19498 
91755 
59394 
22406 
80783 
34515 
83594 
28011 
67757 
02823 
33201 
58881 
79855 
96114 
07649 
14451 
16512 
13823 
06374 
94158 


SMUNWAOCARWAATNDANTINPEKAWERDNADDAERMUODDONERUNANBUPARAR MOON DOH DOH DORDAHH 


Cos 0 


“90432 
“90389 
*90346 
90304 
“90261 
*90217 
*90174 
“90131 
90088 
“90044 


“90001 
*89957 
*89913 
*89870 
“89826 
*89782 
*89738 


"89693 
"89649 
*89605 
*89560 


“89516 


*89471 


*89426 


"89382 


*89337 


"89292 


*89247 


"89202 


*89156 
“89111 
“89066 
“89020 


"88974 
*88929 
“88883 
*88837 
*88791 
*88745 
“88699 
"88653 
“88606 
*88560 
"88514 
*88467 
*88420 
*88374 
*88327 
“88280 
*88233 
“88186 
*88138 
“88091 
“88044 
“87996 
*87949 
“87901 
°87853 


52714 
79753 
97753 
06719 
06654 
97562 
79449 
52319 
16175 
71023 
16866 
53709 
81557 
00412 
10281 
11168 
03076 
86010 
59975 
24975 
81014 
28098 
66229 
95414 
15656 
26959 
29329 
22770 
07286 
82882 
49562 
07330 
56193 
96153 
27216 
49386 
62667 
67065 
62583 
49227 
27001 
95910 
55958 
07150 
4949] 
82984 
07636 
23450 
30432 
28586 
17916 
98428 
70125 
33014 
87098 
32382 
68872 
96571 


AOWDPNAGCWHNODOKHUATNMUDDOBDNNONUAUNOOOCNWOATMHENACTWWRNRWOSTANSUNOSDoOoaan 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (8 in radians)—continued. 


Sin 0 Cos @ 
‘47854 77164 8 *87806 15485 
“47942 55386 0 *87758 25618 
*48030 28813 1 *87710 26976 
48117 97437 1 *87662 19562 
"48205 61249 3 ‘87614 03383 
"48293 20240 9 *87565 78442 
“48380 74403 2 “87517 44744 
48468 23727 5 *87469 02294 
"48555 68204 9 *87420 51098 
"48643 07826 8 *87371 91160 
*48730 42584 3 *87323 22484 
‘48817 72468 8 °87274 45076 
48904 97471 6 °87225 58941 
"48992 17583 8 ‘87176 64083 
-49079 32796 8 °87127 60507 
*49166 43101 9 *87078 48219 
"49253 48490 4 °87029 27223 
*49340 48953 5 "86979 97523 
"49427 44482 5 "86930 59126 
“49514 35068 8 “86881 12036 
‘49601 20703 7 "86831 56258 
49688 01378 4 *86781 91796 
"49774 77084 4 *86732 18657 
‘49861 47812 9 "86682 36844 
49948 13555 2 "86632 46363 
50034 74302 7 "86582 47218 
*50121 30046 7 *86532 39416 
50207 80778 6 "86482 22960 
50294 26489 8 *86431 97856 
*50380 67171 5 *86381 64109 
50467 02815 1 *86331 21723 
*50553 33412 0 *86280 70705 
*560639 58953 6 *86230 11058 
*50725 79431 3 *86179 42788 
*50811 948386 4 *86128 65901 
50898 05160 2 “86077 80400 
50984 10394 3 "86026 86292 
‘61070 10529 9 °85975 83581 
*51156 05558 6 *85924 72273 
51241 95471 6 *85873 52372 
*51327 80260 5 "85822 23884 
*51413 59916 5 *85770 86813 
*51499 34431 2 *85719 41166 
*51585 03796 0 "85667 86946 
*51670 68002 3 *85616 24160 
*561756 27041 5 *85564 52812 
51841 80905 0 *85512 72907 
*51927 29584 4 "85460 84452 
*62012 73071 1 °85408 87450 
°52098 11356 5 *85356 81907 
*52183 44432 1 "85304 67829 
°52268 72289 3 °85252 45220 
*52353 94919 7 "85200 14086 
*52439 12314 6 *85147 74432 
*52524 24465 7 *85095 26263 
52609 31364 3 *85042 69585 
*52694 33002 0 "84990 04402 
*562779 29370 3 *84937 30721 


STOMA OORTP RE ODN NOON RRPROTMOROTME TE WRNDONWHODONTNUAMDONTEHHEOMRORDWOROSKOO 


69 


70 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (8 in radians)—continued. 


“52864 
*52949 
*53033 
-53118 
*53203 
*53287 
*53372 
*53457 
*53541 
*53626 
*53710 
*53794 
*53878 
*53963, 
*54047 
*54131 
*54215 
"54299 
"54383 
"54467 
*54551 
54634 
*64718 
*54802 
*54886 
*54969 
“55053 
-55136 
*55219 
"55303 
"55386 
*55469 
“55552 
*55636 
*55719 
*55802 
“55885 
-55968 
-56050 
*56133 
-56216 
‘56299 
-56381 
-56464 
"56546 
*56629 
“56711 
"56793 
“56876 
“56958 
-57040 
eS le2 
°57204 
“57286 
“57368 
“57450 
“D7532 
“57614 


Sin @ 


20460 
06264 
86773 
61979 
31873 
96446 
55691 
09598 
58160 
01367 
39212 
71686 
98780 
20487 
36797 
47703 
53195 
53266 
47906 
37109 
20865 
99165 
72002 
39367 
01252 
57649 
08548 
53942 
93823 
28181 
57009 
80299 
98041 
10229 
16852 
17904 
13375 
03258 
87545 
66226 
39293 
06739 
68556 
24733 
75265 
20142 
59356 
92899 
20762 
42938 
59418 
70194 
75257 
74601 
68215 
56093 
38225 
14604 


CAH NOSCHWRONEEAMASCOCMHUICOCWDORAHORODWDAWOOAROWNDOWOUNWDEUAERORONAAG 


Cos 6 


“84884 
*84831 
“84778 
*84725 
*84672 
“84619 
"84565 
"84512 
"84458 
“84405 
*84351 
*84297 
"84244 
*84190 
“84136 
“84082 
"84027 
*83973 
*83919 
*83864 
*83810 
*83755 
*83701 
"83646 
*83591 
"83536 
*83481 
"83426 
*83371 
*83315 
*83260 
*83205 
*83149 
*83094 
*83038 
*82982 
"82926 
"82870 
*82814 
“82758 
*82702 
*82646 
"82589 
"82533 
82477 
"82420 
*82363 
*82307 
*82250 
*82193 
"82136 
*82079 
*82022 
*81964 
*81907 
*81850 
*81792 
*81734 


48545 
57881 
58735 
51110 
35012 
10448 
77421 
35938 
86004 
27624 
60803 
85547 
01861 
09751 
09222 
00279 
82928 
57175 
23024 
80481 
29551 
70241 
02555 
26499 
42078 
49298 
48164 
38683 
20858 
94697 
60204 
17385 
66245 
06791 
39027 
62959 
78593 
85934 
84988 
75761 
58257 
32484 
98446 
56149 
05598 
46800 
79760 
04483 
20976 
29244 
29292 
21127 
04753 
80178 
47406 
06443 
57296 
99969 


BPWOAMNOSHWOWANEP RAHN WMOOhWONOTOCANWRONOTMBENWHOANNNODNAABGALWONABDMNDArOCY-I 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


71 


Sin @ Cos 0 
‘57695 85222 8 *81677 34469 0 
‘57777 =+50071 2 *81619 60800 9 
*57859 09141 7 *81561 78970 8 
‘57940 62426 4 *81503 88984 5 
*58022 09917 0 *81445 90847 9 
“58103 51605 4 "81387 84566 6 
*58184 87483 4 *81329 70146 6 
-58266 17543 0 *81271 47593 6 
‘58347 41775 9 *81213 16913 5 
°58428 60174 1 *81154 78112 0 
*58509 72729 4 *81096 31195 0O 
*58590 79433 8 *81037 76168 5 
°58671 80279 0 °80979 13038 1 
*68752 ‘75257 1 *80920 41809 9 
"58833 64360 0 *80861 62489 6 
“58914 47579 4 “80802 75083 1 
°58995 24907 4 *80743 79596 4 
‘59075 96335 9 “80684 76035 3 
59156 61856 8 *80625 64405 7 
*59237 21462 0 “80566 44713 5 
*59317 75143 6 *80507 16964 7 
-59398 22893 3 *80447 81165 2 
‘59478 64703 2 *80388 37320 9 
°59559 00565 3 *80328 85437 8 
*59639 30471 4 *80269 25521 8 
‘59719 54413 6 *80209 57578 8 
‘59799 72383 9 *80149 81614 9 
*59879 84374 2 -80089 97636 1 
“59959 90376 5 *80030 05648 2 
“60039 90382 8 ‘79970 05657 3 
‘60119 84385 1 ‘79909 97669 4 
“60199 72375 5 ‘79849 81690 5 
“60279 543845 9 °79789 57726 7 
“60359 30288 3 °79729 25783 9 
“60439 00194 8 ‘79668 85868 1 
‘60518 64057 4 ‘79608 37985 5 
“60598 21868 1 *79547 82142 0 
*60677 73619 O °79487 18343 8 
*60757 19302 1 "79426 46596 8 
*60836 58909 5 °79365 66907 2 
60915 92433 3 *79304 79281 0 
“60995 19865 5 *79243 83724 4 
‘61074 41198 1 “79182 80243 3 
61153 56423 3 “79121 68844 0 
*61232 65533 1 ‘79060 49532 5 
‘61311 68519 7 *78999 22315 0O 
*61390 65375 1 ‘78937 87197 5 
‘61469 56091 5 ‘78876 44186 3 
‘61548 40660 9 *78814 93287 4 
*61627 19075 4 “78753 34507 O 
*61705 91327 3 ‘78691 67851 3 
*61784 57408 5 *78629 93326 4 
‘61863 17311 3 ‘78568 109388 5 
*61941 71027 8 ‘78506 20693 8 
“62020 18550 1 "78444 22598 5 
*62098 59870 4 ‘78382 16658 8 
‘62176 94980 8 ‘78320 02880 9 
*62255 23873 5 "78257 81270 9 


72 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (8 in radians)—continued. 


*62333 
*62411 
“62489 
*62567 
*62645 
*62723 
“62801 
“62879 
*62957 
“63034 
*63112 
*63189 
*63267 
63344 
*63422 
*63499 
*63576 
63653 
*63730 
*63807 
"63884 
*63961 
*64038 
*64115 
"64192 
“64268 
*64345 
“64421 
“64498 
*64574 
*64650 
*64727 
*64803 
*64879 
"64955 
*65031 
*65107 
*65183 
*65259 
*65334 
*65410 
*65486 
*65561 
*65637 
*65712 
65787 
“65863 
*65938 
“66013 
*66088 
*66163 
"66238 
“66313 
"66388 
“66463 
*66537 
"66612 
"66686 


Sin 6 


46540 
62974 
73167 
77111 
74797 
66220 
51370 
30240 
02822 
69108 
29091 
82762 
30115 
71141 
05832 
34181 
56180 
71822 
81098 
84001 
80523 
70657 
54395 
31729 
02651 
67154 
25230 
76872 
22071 
60821 
93113 
18940 
38295 
51169 
57555 
57446 
50833 
37710 
18068 
91900 
59199 
19957 
74167 
21820 
62909 
97427 
25366 
46719 
61478 
69636 
71185 
66118 
54426 
36103 
11142 
79534 
41272 
96350 


DOUMUPOHOURDSONAANPE OSA GCOAN TAH AKPWODHAOKRPATE HE WADAPNHANWON DH WHNWWHOOWO=I 


Cos 6 


*78195 
*78133 
*78070 
“78008 
“17945 
"77882 
“77820 
“T7757 
“77694 
“77631 
“77568 
“77505 
“77441 
“77378 
“77315 
“77251 
“77188 
“77124 
“77060 
“76997 
“76933 
“76869 
“76805 
“76741 
*76677 
“76612 
*76548 
“76484 
“76419 
“76355 
“76290 
*76225 
“76161 
“76096 
“76031 
“75966 
“75901 
“75836 
*75770 
*75705 
“75640 
“75574 
“75509 
*75443 
*75378 
*75312 
*75246 
*75180 
‘75114 
“75048 
“74982 
*74916 
"74849 
“74783 
“74717 
“74650 
*74584 
“74517 


51835 
14579 
69511 
16635 
55959 
87488 
11228 
27187 
35370 
35784 
28434 
13327 
90470 
59869 
21530 
75460 
21664 
60150 
90923 
13989 
29357 
37031 
37017 
29324 
13956 
90921 
60224 
21872 
75872 
22230 
60953 
92046 
15517 
31372 
39617 
40259 
33304 
18759 
96631 
66925 
29649 
84809 
32412 
72463 
04970 
29939 
47378 
57291 
59686 
54570 
41949 
21830 
94219 
59123 
16549 
66503 
08992 
44023 


OO COTO MINT IT OR ODUM HIMOMNOURPRWAWDWODDRNIRAWOOHODOOUNIDDOWOUUMONWNAIWOL 


a a i i ee 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


0°775 
0-776 


0-778 
0-779 
0°780 
0-781 
0°782 
0-783 
0°784 
0-785 
0°786 
0°787 
0-788 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


73 


Sin 6 Cos 0 
°66761 44758 5 ‘74450 71602 3 
°66835 86490 8 ‘74383 91736 2 
*66910 21539 5 ‘74317 04431 6 
*66984 49897 1 ‘74250 09695 3 
“67058 71556 4 ‘74183 07534 0 
*67132 86509 7 ‘74115 97954 4 
°67206 94749 8 ‘74048 80963 2 
°67280 96269 2 ‘73981 56567 2 
*67354 91060 5 °73914 24772 9 
°67428 79116 3 ‘73846 85587 3 
*67502 60429 2 ‘73779 39017 0O 
*67576 34991 9 ‘73711 85068 7 
‘67650 02796 9 "73644 23749 2 
‘67723 63836 9 ‘73576 55065 3 
*67797 18104 5 °73508 79023 8 
*67870 65592 5 ‘73440 95631 4 
*67944 06293 4 ‘73373 04894 9 
‘68017 40199 8 ‘73305 06821 1 
‘68090 67304 6 ‘73237 01416 8 
"68163 87600 2 ‘73168 88688 7 
°68237 01079 5 ‘73100 68643 8 
*68310 07735 1 °73032 41288 9 
*68383 07559 7 ‘72964 06630 6 
°68456 00545 9 ‘72895 64676 0 
"68528 86686 6 °72827 15431 8 
“68601 65974 3 ‘72758 58904 9 
*68674 38402 0 ‘72689 95102 2 
*68747 03962 1 °72621 24030 4 
“68819 62647 6 *72552 45696 5 
“68892 14451 1 *72483 60107 4 
“68964 59365 4 "72414 67269 9 
69036 97383 2 *72345 67191 0O 
°69109 28497 4 *72276 59877 5 
*69181 52700 6 *72207 45336 3 
"69253 69985 6 ‘72138 23574 4 
*69325 80345 3 "72068 94598 6 
°69397 83772 4 ‘71999 58416 0 
"69469 80259 8 °71930 15033 4 
*69541 69800 1 ‘71860 64457 8 
“69613 52386 3 ‘71791 06696 1 
*69685 28011 1 ‘71721 41755 3 
‘69756 96667 4 "71651 69642 4 
*69828 58348 0 ‘71581 90364 3 
“69900 13045 7 ‘71512 03928 0O 
‘69971 60753 5 *71442 10340 6 
‘70043 01464 0 ‘71372 09608 9 
"70114 35170 3 *71302 01740 0 
‘70185 61865 1 ‘71231 86740 9 
°70256 81541 4 ‘71161 64618 6 
"70327 94192 0O ‘71091 35380 1 
‘70398 99809 8 ‘71020 99032 5 
‘70469 98387 7 70950 55582 8 
‘70540 89918 6 ‘70880 05038 1 
‘70611 74395 4 ‘70809 47405 4 
‘70682 51811 0 ‘70738 82691 7 
‘70753 22158 4 ‘70668 10904 1 
"70823 85430 5 ‘70597 32049 7 
‘70894 41620 2 "70526 46135 6 


74 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


() Sin 6 Cos 0 
0:789 ‘70964 90720 4 ‘70455 53168 8 
0°790 "71035 32724 2 "70384 53156 5 
0-791 "71105 67624 4 "70313 46105 8 
0°792 ‘71175 95414 0O "70242 32023 6 
0:793 *71246 16086 1 ‘70171 10917 3 
0:794 "71316 29633 5 ‘70099 82793 8 
0-795 ‘71386 36049 3 -70028 47660 4 
0°796 71456 35326 5 *69957 05524 1 
0-797 ‘71526 27458 1 “69885 56392 1 
0°798 “71596 12437 0O 69814 00271 6 
0:799 ‘71665 90256 3 *69742 37169 7 
0°800 -71735 60909 O 69670 67093 5 
0°801 "71805 24388 1 “69598 90050 2 
0-802 "71874 80686 8 *69527 06047 1 
0°803 “71944 29797 9 69455 15091 2 
0°804 ‘72013 71714 6 *69383 17189 9 
0°805 ‘72083 064380 0 ‘69311 12350 2 
0°806 *72152 33937 0 “69239 00579 4 
0°807 "72221 54228 8 ‘69166 81884 7 
0808 °72290 67298 5 *69094 56273 4 
0-809 °72359 73139 1 *69022 23752 6 
0°810 (2428 lita 7. "68949 84329 5 
0811 ‘72497 63105 4 *68877 38011 5 
0°812 *72566 47217 4 “68804 84805 7 
0°813 "72635 24072 8 “68732 24719 5 
0°814 ‘72703 93664 6 “68659 57760 0 
0°815 72772 55986 0 "68586 83934 6 
0°816 ‘72841 11030 2 ‘68514 03250 4 
0°817 -72909 58790 2 *68441 15714 9 
0°818 “72977 99259 3 "68368 21335 3 
0°819 *73046 32430 6 "68295 20118 8 
0°820 "73114 58297 3 *68222 12072 9 
0°821 “73182 76852 5 *68148 97204 7 
0°822 ‘73250 88089 4 *68075 75521 6 
0°823 "73318 92001 2 -68002 47031 0 
0°824 "73386 88581 2 °67929 11740 0O 
0°825 "73454 77822 5 *67855 69656 2 
0°826 "73522 59718 2 ‘67782 20786 8 
0°827 *73590 34261 8 *67708 65139 2 
0°828 ‘73658 01446 3 *67635 02720 8 
0°829 -73725 61265 0O “67561 33538 8 
0°830 Holo Lote 11 *67487 57600 7 
0°831 ‘73860 58777 9 ‘67413 74913 9 
0°832 *73927 96458 7 °67339 85485 6 
0°833 *73995 26746 6 *67265 89323 4 
0°834 "74062 49635 1 *67191 86434 6 
0°835 "74129 65117 3 ‘67117 76826 6 
0°836 "74196 73186 5 *67043 60506 8 
0°837 ‘74263 73836 1 — “66969 37482 7 
0°838 ‘74330 67059 2 *66895 O7761 6 
0°839 ‘74397 52849 3 *66820 71351 1 
0-840 "74464 31199 7 “66746 28258 4 
0°841 ‘74531 02103 6 ‘66671 78491 1 
0°842 ‘74597 65554 5 “66597 22056 7 
0°843 ‘74664 21545 5 “66522 58962 5 
0°845 -74730 70070 2 ‘66447 89216 1 
0°845 T4797 VII 7, *66373 12824 9 
0°846 "74863 44693 6 ‘66298 29796 3 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 
> 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (9 in radians)—continued. 


75 


Sin 6 Cos @ 
-74929 70779 1 -66223 40138 0 
"74995 89371 7 66148 43857 3 
"75062 00464 6 ‘66073 40961 7 
"75128 04051 4 -65998 31458 8 
"75194 00125 4 *65923 15356 1 
‘75259 88679 9 ‘65847 92661 1 
"75325 69708 5 ‘65772 63381 3 
"75391 43204 5 *65697 27524 2 
‘75457 O9161 3 *65621 85097 4 
"75522 67572 5 -65546 36108 4 
"75588 18431 4 ‘65470 80564 8 
"75653 61731 4 *65395 18474 0 
‘75718 97466 1 “65319 49843 8 
*75784 25629 O *65243 74681 6 
‘75849 46213 3 -65167 92995 1 
‘75914 59212 8 -65092 04791 7 
"75979 64620 7 -65016 10079 2 
‘76044 62430 8 -64940 08865 0 
‘76109 526386 3 -64864 01156 9 
‘76174 35230 9 -64787 86962 3 
-76239 10208 1 -64711 66288 9 
-76303 77561 3 -64635 39144 4 
*76368 37284 2 -64559 055386 4 
"76432 89370 3 -64482 65472 4 
-76497 33813 0 -64406 18960 2 
-76561 70606 0 -64329 66007 3 
"76625 99742 9 -64253 06621 5 
-76690 21217 1 -64176 40810 4 
*76754 35022 4 -64099 68581 6 
‘76818 41152 2 -64022 89942 9 
‘76882 39600 1 -63946 04901 9 
‘76946 30359 8 -63869 13466 3 
"77010 13424 9 -63792 15643 7 
‘77073 88789 0 -63715 11442 0 
"7171387 56445 7 -63638 00868 7 
‘77201 16388 6 *63560 83931 7 
"77264 68611 4 *63483 60638 5 
*77328 13107 8 -63406 30997 0 
-77391 49871 3 -63328 95014 9 
"77454 78895 7 -63251 62699 9 
"717518 00174 6 -63174 04059 7 
*77581 13701 7 -63096 49102 1 
-77644 19470 7 -63018 87834 9 
‘17707 (17475 3 -62941 20265 7 
‘77770 07709 1 -62863 46402 5 
"77832 90166 0 *62785 66252 9 
"77895 64839 5 -62707 79824 8 
"77958 31723 5 -62629 87125 8 
‘78020 90811 7 -62551 88163 9 
‘78083 42097 8 *62473 82946 8 
‘78145 85575 5 *62395 71482 3 
"78208 21238 7 *62317 53778 3 
‘78270 49081 0 *62239 29842 4 
"78332 69096 3 *62160 99682 7 
‘78394 81278 3 -62082 63306 9 
“78456 85620 8 *62004 20722 8 
‘78518 82117 7 -61925 71938 2 
*78580 70762 6 -61847 16961 1 


76 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF sctencE.—1916. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (8 in radians)—continued. 


Sin @ 


"78642 
“78704 
“78765 
*78827 
“78888 
“78950 
“79011 
“79072 
"79134 
“79195 
°79256 
"79317 
"79378 
"79438 
*79499 
"79560 
"79620 
‘79681 
“79741 
“79801 
“79862 
"79922 
“79982 
“80042 
“80102 
“80161 
“80221 
*80281 
80340 
*80400 
“80459 
“80519 
*80578 
*80637 
“80696 
“80755 
“80814 
*80873 
“80932 
“80991 
"81049 
“81108 
“81166 
*81225 
*81283 
*81341 
“81399 
*81457 
*81515 
*81573 
*81631 
“81689 
*81746 
“81804 
“81861 
“81919 
*81976 
*82033 


51549 
24472 
89524 
46700 
95992 
37396 
70905 
96513 
14214 
24001 
25868 
19810 
05820 
83893 
54021 
16200 
70422 
16683 
54975 
85294 
07632 
21983 
28343 
26704 
17061 
99408 
73739 
40048 
98328 
48574 
90781 
24941 
51049 
69100 
79087 
81004 
74845 
60605 
38278 
07857 
69337 
22713 
67977 
05125 
34150 
55047 
67810 
72433 
68910 
57236 
37404 
09409 
73245 
28907 
76388 
15683 
46786 
69691 


WOSHHAMAUMUWARAGDOAAINOCAWNAMNHOWHDRH DUP AWDODEWDOSCHOFHROFRADWOAANRrADHOOCOHRNA 


Cos @ 


*61768 
*61689 
*61611 
*61532 
*61453 
“61374 
"61295 
*61216 
*61137 
*61058 
“60979 
*60899 
60820 
“60741 
-60661 
*60582 
*60502 
"60422 
*60343 
60263 
*60183 
“60103 
60023 
"59943 
“59863 
“59783 
59703 
“59622 
"59542 
“59462 
“59381 
*59301 
*59220 
“59140 
“59059 
*58978 
“58898 
“58817 
“58736 
*58655 
“58574 
*58493 
“58412 
*58330 
*58249 
“58168 
*58086 
-58005 
"57924 
*57842 
*57760 
"57679 
“57597 
‘57515 
*57433 
“57351 
*57270 
*57188 


55799 
88460 
14953 
35284 
49462 
57494 
59390 
55155 
44799 
28329 
05754 
77080 
42317 
01471 
54552 
01566 
42522 
77428 
06291 
29120 
45923 
56708 
61482 
60254 
53031 
39822 
20635 
95478 
64358 
27284 
84263 
35305 
80416 
19605 
52881 
80250 
01721 
17303 
27003 
30829 
28790 
20893 
07147 
87560 
62139 
30894 
93832 
50961 
02290 
47826 
87578 
21554 
49762 
72210 
88907 
99860 
05078 
04569 


COARMDNUMNABAOKRUAMNBHONTOINENWIAIWOWMUANAP NH AODWAWHOANTENDWHWOATARONNOATW 


— 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


6 Sin 6 
0°963 *82090 84393 2 
0-964 *82147 90886 0 
0°965 *82204 89164 1 
0-966 *82261 79221 7 
0:967 *82318 61053 1 
0-968 *82375 34652 6 
0-969 *82432 00014 6 
0-970 *82488 57133 4 
0-971 *82545 06003 3 
0-972 *82601 46618 8 
0:973 *82657 78974 0 
0:974 *82714 03063 6 
0°975 *82770 18881 7 
0:976 "82826 26422 8 
0:977 *82882 25681 2 
0:978 *82938 16651 5 
0:979 *82993 99327 9 
0-980 *83049 73704 9 
0:981 °83105 39777 0 
0-982 *83160 97538 5 
0-983 *83216 46983 9 
0-984 *83271 88107 7 
0°985 *83327 20904 2 
0-986 *83382 45368 1 
0-987 *83437 61493 7 
0-988 *83492 69275 6 
0-989 *83547 68708 2 
0-990 *83602 59786 0 
0-991 °83657 42503 6 
0-992 °83712 16855 4 
0°993 *83766 82836 0 
0994 *83821 40439 9 
0°995 °83875 89661 7 
0°996 *83930 30495 9 
0-997 *83984 62937 0 
0-998 “84038 86979 8 
0°999 “84093 02618 6 
1-000 *84147 09848 1 
1-001 *84201 08662 9 
1-002 °84254 99057 6 
1-003 °84308 81026 8 
1:004 *84362 54565 1 
1-005 *84416 19667 1 
1-006 “84469 76327 6 
1-007 *84523 24541 1 
1-008 *84576 64302 2 
1-009 *84629 95605 7 
1010 "84683 18446 2 
1011 *84736 32818 3 
1-012 *84789 38716 9 
1-013 "84842 36136 5 
1-014 *84895 25071 8 
1-015 *84948 05517 7 
1-016 *85000 77468 7 
1:017 *85053 40919 7 
1-018 *85105 95865 3 
1-019 *85158 42300 3 
1-020 *85210 80219 5 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


wi 


Cos 6 


“57105 
"37023 
56941 
"56859 
“56777 
“56694 
*56612 
*56529 
"56447 
"56364 
"56282 
*56199 
*56116 
56034 
*55951 
*55868 
55785 
*55702 
“55619 
55536 
*55452 
55369 
*55286 
*55202 
*55119 
55036 
"54952 
*54868 
54785 
*54701 
*54617 
54534 
*54450 
"54366 
“54282 
*54198 
“54114 
54030 
53946 
53861 
“53777 
53693 
53608 
53524 
53439 
53355 
53270 
*53186 
*53101 
53016 
52931 
*52846 
“52761 
*52677 
*52591 
*52506 
*52421 
*62336 


98342 
86403 
68763 
45428 
16407 
81708 
41340 
95311 
43629 
86302 
23338 
54747 
80535 
00712 
15285 
24263 
27654 
25467 
17710 
04390 
85517 
61099 
31144 
95660 
54656 
08140 
56120 
98605 
35604 
67123 
93173 
13760 
28895 
38584 
42836 
41661 
35065 
23058 
05648 
82844 
54653 
21084 
82147 
37848 
88197 
33202 
72871 
07213 
36237 
59950 
78362 
91481 
99315 
01873 
99163 
91194 
77974 
59512 


AN PO ANH ORIAMNHW RH OR NAAR EH DNIONOHOM MOAR AAAAOS ONTO TR AW OW WO OE BO 1 bo 


78 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


Sin @ Cos 0 
"85263 09617 6 “52251 35816 9 
°85315 30489 4 ‘52166 06896 1 
*85367 42829 6 ‘52080 72758 8 
°85419 46633 2 ‘51995 33413 3 
°85471 41894 7 ‘51909 88868 3 
*85523 28609 2 *51824 39132 4 
*85575 O6771 3 ‘51738 84214 0 
*85626 76375 9 *51653 24121 7 
*85678 37417 8 *51567 58864 1 
*85729 89891 9 “51481 88449 7 
*85781 33793 0 *51396 12887 1 
*85832 69115 9 ‘51310 32185 0 
*85883 95855 6 *51224 46351 8 
"85935 14006 9 ‘511388 55396 1 
*85986 23564 7 “51052 59326 6 
*86037 24523 9 50966 58151 9 
“86088 16879 3 ‘50880 51880 4 
*86139 00626 0 *50794 40521 0 
"86189 75758 7 -50708 24082 1 
*86240 42272 4 *50622 02572 3 
*86291 00162 1 -50535 76000 4 
°86341 49422 17 *50449 44374 9 
*86391 90049 2 *50363 07704 4 
"86442 22036 5 -50276 65997 7 
*86492 45379 5 *50190 19263 2 
*86542 60073 3 -560103 67509 8 
“86592 66112 9 ‘50017 10746 O 
*86642 63493 2 "49930 48980 4 
*86692 52209 2 "49843 82221 9 
*86742 32255 9 ‘49757 10478 9 
"86792 03628 5 ‘49670 33760 3 
“86841 66321 8 °49583 52074 6 
“86891 20331 0 “49496 65430 5 
*86940 65651 0 -49409 73836 8 
*86990 02277 0 -49322 77302 1 
“87039 30204 0 "49235 75835 1 
“87088 49427 0 49148 69444 6 
"871387 59941 2 *49061 58139 2 
*87186 61741 7 ‘48974 41927 6 
"87235 54823 4 “48887 20818 6 
°87284 39181 7 “48799 94820 9 
*87333 14811 5 “48712 63943 1 
*87381 81707 9 "48625 28194 2 
*87430 39866 2 "48537 87582 6 
“87478 89281 5 "48450 42117 3 
*87527 29948 8 -48362 91807 0 
*87575 61863 5 "48275 36660 4 
*87623- 85020 6 "48187 76686 2 
‘87671 99415 3 ‘48100 11893 2 
*87720 05042 7 "48012 42290 3 
*87768 01898 2 *47924 67886 1 
"87815 89976 9 ‘47836 88689 4 
‘87863 69274 0 “47749 04709 1 
‘87911 39784 7 ‘47661 15953 8 
*87959 01504 3 ‘A7573 «22432 4 
“88006 54428 0 "47485 24153 7 
*88053 98551 1 ‘47397 21126 5 
°88101 33868 7 “47309 13359 5 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


fe 


Sin @ Cos @ 
‘88148 60376 2 47221 00861 
88195 78068 8 -47132 83641 
*88242 86941 9 47044 61708 
“88289 86990 7 46956 35070 
‘88336 78210 5 46868 03737 
-88383 60596 6 46779 67717 
88430 34144 4 ‘46691 27019 
88476 98849 1 46602 81652 
88523 54706 1 46514 31624 
*88570 01710 8 | 46425 76945 
“88616 39858 5 46337 17624 
88662 69144 5 46248 53668 
88708 89564 3 46159 85088 
88755 01113 1 -46071 11892 
88801 03786 5 “45982 34089 
88846 97579 8 45893 51688 
88892 82488 3 | “45804 64697 
“88938 58507 6 ‘45715 73126 
*88984 25633 1 45626 76983 
“89029 83860 1 45537 76277 
89075 33184 1 | 45448 71018 
89120 73600 6 / 45359 61214 
89166 05105 0 | 45270 46874 
*89211 27692 9 45181 28007 
"89256 41359 5 45092 04621 
89301 46100 6 45002 76727 
89346 41911 5 44913 44332 
89391 28787 8 | 44824 07446 
89436 06724 9 | -44734 66077 
89480 75718 4 44645 20236 
89525 35763 9 44555 69929 
89569 86856 8 ‘44466 15167 
89614 28992 7 44376 55958 
89658 62167 2 44286 92312 
89702 86375 9 | 44197 24237 
89747 01614 2 / -44107 51742 
-89791 07877 9 -44017 74837 
-89835 05162 4 43927 93529 
“89878 93463 5 43838 07829 
89922 72776 6 | -48748 17746 
89966 43097 5 | 48658 23287 
-90010 04421 8 | 43568 24462 
90053 56745 0 | -43478 21281 
-90097 00062 9 43388 13752 
-90140 34371 1 43298 01884 
-90183 59665 2 43207 85686 
90226 75941 0 -43117 65168 
90269 83194 1 43027 40337 
-90312 81420 2 42937 11204 
90355 70615 1 49846 77777 
90398 50774 4 42756 40066 
-90441 21893 8 42665 98079 
90483 83969 1 ‘49575 51825 
90526 36996 0 42485 01314 
-90568 80970 3 42394 46554 
-90611 15887 7 42303 87555 
90653 41744 0 “42213 24325 
-90695 58535 0 “42122 66875 


WROWSOHDONTIRRUIPRMOORMWHONWRIHONOROUAMOUTMONWaADET | 
SCOUBDFAWEDAAACUY Pe 


| 


80 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


Sin @ Cos @ 
‘90737 66256 4 *42031 85211 
‘90779 64904 0 "41941 09345 
“90821 54473 6 "41850 29285 
‘90863 34961 2 ‘41759 45039 
90905 06362 3 ‘41668 56618 
-90946 68673 0 "41577 64029 
90988 21889 0 ‘41486 67283 
“91029 66006 2 "41395 66389 
-91071 01020 4 “41304 61354 
-91112 26927 5 *41213 52190 
°91153 43723 4 “41122 38904 
“91194 51404 0 “41031 21505 
“91235 49965 1 “40940 00004 
-91276 39402 6 "40848 74408 
291317 1971255 ‘40757 44728 
°91357 90890 7 *40666 10972 
*91398 52933 1 ‘40574 73149 
“91439 05835 6 "40483 31269 
“91479 49594 3 “40391 85341 
“91519 84205 0O “40300 35373 
“91560 09663 7 *40208 81375 
*91600 25966 4 ‘40117 23357 
“91640 33109 I “40025 61326 
91680 31087 7 *39933 95294 
91720 19898 3 *39842 25267 
“91759 99536 9 °39750 51257 
91799 69999 5 °39658 73271 
"91839 31282 1 "39566 91320 
“91878 83380 8 *39475 05412 
91918 26291 6 *39383 15556 
*91957 60010 6 *39291 21762 
"91996 84533 9 *39199 24039 
*92035 99857 4 *39107 22396 
*92075 05977 4 *39015 16843 
92114 02889 8 *38923 07387 
“92152 90590 8 “38830 94040 
‘92191 69076 6 ‘38738 76809 
-92230 38343 2 *38646 55705 
“92268 98386 7 °38554 30736 
*92307 49203 3 *38462 01911 
"92345 90789 2 "38369 69240 
"92384 23140 6 °38277 32733 
"92422 46253 4 *38184 92397 
-92460 60124 1 “38092 48243 
"92498 64748 7 “38000 00280 
*92536 60123 4 °37907 48517 
°92574 46244 4 *37814 92963 
*92612 23108 0O °37722 33627 
“92649 90710 4 *37629 70520 
“92687 49047 8 °37537 03649 
*92724 98116 5 *37444 33025 
°92762 37912 6 °37351 58656 
“92799 68432 5 *37258 80552 
“92836 89672 5 *37165 98722 
“92874 01628 7 *37073 13176 
“92911 04297 6 *36980 23922 
"92947 97675 4 *36887 30970 
“92984 81758 3 *36794 34330 


HAPPY OP PNW AN WMWWWNARDHDANWWHOROYP DAD AW FP DOWHH OW DNUNADAMNMDWIRP HOP DONAHA® 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


———E——————— le 


81 


Sin 6 Cos 0 
“93021 56542 8 *36701 34010 3 
“93058 22025 1 *36608 30020 2 
-93094 78201 6 *36515 22369 3 
*93131 25068 6 *36422 11066 9 
*93167 62622 5 *36328 96122 3 
*93203 90859 7 *36235 77544 8 
*93240 O9776 4 *36142 55343 7 
*93276 19369 2 *36049 29528 3 
*93312 19634 3 *35956 00108 0O 
*93348 10568 2 *35862 67092 2 
“93383 92167 3 *35769 30490 0 
*93419 64428 0 *35675 90310 9 
°93455 27346 7 *35582 46564 3 
-93490 80919 9 "35488 99259 4 
*93526 25144 0 *35395 48405 6 
93561 60015 5 *35301 94012 2 
*93596 85530 9 *35208 36088 6 
*93632 01686 5 “35114 74644 3 
-93667 08479 0O -35021 09688 4 
*93702 05904 7 *34927 41230 4 
-93736 93960 3 *34833 69279 7 
‘93771 72642 1 *34739 93845 6 
*93806 41946 8 *34646 14937 5 
-93841 01870 9 "34552 32564 9 
‘93875 52410 8 *34458 46736 9 
-93909 93563 2 "34364 57463 2 
*93944 25324 6 *34270 64752 9 
93978 47691 5 *34176 68615 6 
*94012 60660 7 *34082 69060 7 
“94046 64228 5 *33988 66097 5 
-94080 58391 7 *33894 59735 4 
‘94114 43146 9 *33800 49983 8 
94148 18490 6 *33706 36852 2 
*94181 84419 5 *33612 20350 0 
*94215 40930 2 *33518 00486 5 
*94248 88019 3 °33423 #77271 2 
*94982 25683 6 *33329 50713 6 
94315 53919 6 *33235 20823 0 
*94348 72724 1 *33140 87608 9 
*94381 82093 7 *33046 51080 7 
94414 82025 2 *32952 11247 9 
94447 72515 1 *32857 68119 8 
94480 53560 3 *32763 21706 O 
94513 25157 5 *32668 72015 8 
94545 87303 3 *32574 19058 8 
‘94578 39994 5 *32479 62844 4 
°94610 83227 9 *32385 03382 0 
94643 17000 2 *32290 40681 1 
94675 41308 2 *32195 74751 1 
‘94707 56148 6 *32101 05601 6 
‘94739 61518 3 *32006 33242 0 
‘94771 57414 O *31911 57681 7 
94803 43832 6 *31816 78930 3 
“94835 20770 8 *31721 96997 2 
94866 88225 5 *31627 11892 0 
94898 46193 6 *31532 23624 0 
*94929 94671 7 *31437 32202 7 
94961 33656 9 *31342 37637 8 


32 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


"94992 
"95023 
95054 
"95085 
“95116 
‘95147 
‘95178 
"95209 
‘95239 
‘95270 
"95300 
"95330 
95360 
95390 
95420 
"95450 
"95480 
"95510 
95539 
‘95569 
‘95598 
‘95627 
-95657 
95686 
‘95715 
“95744 
‘95772 
‘95801 
‘95830 
‘95858 
‘95887 
‘95915 
"95943 
‘95971 
‘95999 
96027 
“96055 
-96083 
‘96111 
‘96138 
-96166 
‘96193 
“96220 
“96248 
‘96275 
“96302 
“96329 
“96355 
‘96382 
“96409 
‘96435 
“96462 
“96488 
‘96514 
96540 
"96566 
96592 
-96618 


Sin @ 


63146 
83135 
93623 
94605 
86078 
68040 
40486 
03415 
56824 
00708 
35065 
59892 
75186 
80944 
77163 
63840 
40972 
08555 
66588 
15067 
53989 
83351 
03150 
13383 
14048 
05142 
86661 
58602 
20964 
73742 
16935 
50539 
74551 
88969 
93790 
89011 
74629 
50642 
17046 
73839 
21018 
58580 
86523 
04845 
13541 
12610 
02048 
81854 
52024 
12556 
63446 
04694 
36295 
58247 
70548 
73195 
66185 
49516 


KWNUIAWNDOONNUMNOWOHODWNNKARDAGCHOMNRAORPONNDOFPNNWAaDRWHAAANFENODOCORRRA10 


Cos @ 


31247 
"31152 
*31057 
“30962 
30867 
“30772 
30676 
30581 
30486 
30391 
30295 
"30200 
“30105 
"30009 
“29914 
-29819 
29723 
"29628 
*29532 
*29437 
29341 
"29245 
-29150 
“29054 
“28958 
"28863 
‘28767 
28671 
‘28575 
28479 
28383 
"28988 
*28192 
-28096 
-28000 
“27904 
-27808 
“27712 
27615 
-27519 
27423 
27327 
27231 
27135 
‘27038 
26942 
"26846 
"26749 
-26653 
*26557 
"26460 
26364 
"26267 
26171 
-26074 
*25978 
"25881 
“25785 


39938 
39114 
35175 
28130 
17989 
04761 
88456 
69083 
46652 
21173 
92654 
61106 
26538 
88959 
48379 
04808 
58254 
08729 
56240 
00799 
42413 
81094 
16850 
49691 
79626 
06666 
30819 
52096 
70505 
86057 
98761 
08626 
15663 
19881 
21288 
19896 
15714 
08750 
99015 
86519 
71271 
53280 
32557 
09111 
82951 
54087 
22529 
88286 
51368 
11785 
69546 
24661 
77140 
26992 
74227 
18854 
60884 
00325 


OOONERAMDRPANORKSCOADKELAGOHOAWDOHAOKPAAWWAMNODPEANOWOWDOWNOPRAWODAAPAMIAID 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


83 


Sin 6 Cos 6 
*96644 23185 1 *25688 37188 2 
-96669 87189 6 *25591 71482 2 
*96695 41527 2 *25495 03217 0 
-96720 86195 2 "25398 32402 3 
-96746 21191 2 *25301 59047 8 
‘96771 46512 5 *25204 83163 2 
‘96796 62156 6 -25108 04758 0 
“96821 68121 2 25011 23842 1 
96846 64403 5 24914 40425 0 
‘96871 51001 2 *24817 54516 5 
-96896 27911 7 -24720 66126 3 
‘96920 95132 6 °24623 75263 9 
-96945 52661 4 *24526 81939 2 
-96970 00495 7 24429 86161 8 
96994 38632 9 *24332 87941 5 
‘97018 67070 7 "24235 87287 8 
*97042 85806 7 *24138 84210 6 
‘97066 94838 4 24041 78719 4 
‘97090 94163 3 -23944 70824 1 
‘97114 83779 2 ‘23847 60534 3 
‘97138 63683 6 -23750 47859 8 
‘97162 33874 1 -23653 32810 2 
‘97185 94348 4 23556 15395 3 
-97209 45104 1 *23458 95624 8 
‘97232 86138 9 -23361 73508 3 
“97256 17450 4 *23264 49055 7 
‘97279 39036 2 -93167 22276 7 
-97302 50894 2 -23069 93180 9 
-97325 53021 8 -22972 61778 1 
“97348 45416 9 *22875 28078 1 
‘97371 28077 2 22777 92090 5 
‘97394 01000 4 -22680 53825 2 
‘97416 64184 1 *22583 13291 8 
‘97439 17626 2 *22485 70500 1 
‘97461 61324 4 *22388 25459 8 
-97483 95276 4 -22290 78180 7 
‘97506 19480 0 *22193 28672 5 
“97528 33933 0 -22095 76944 9 
‘97550 38633 1 *21998 23007 8 
‘97572 33578 3 -21900 66870 9 
-97594 18766 2 -21803 08543 9 
‘97615 94194 6 -21705 48036 7 
‘97637 59861 5 -21607 85358 8 
‘97659 15764 6 721510 20520 2 
‘97680 61901 8 *21412 53530 5 
‘97701 98271 O 21314 84399 6 
‘97723 24869 9 "21217 13137 2 
‘97744 41696 5 ‘21119 39753 2 
“97765 48748 7 *21021 64257 1 
‘97786 46024 4 -20923 86658 9 
‘97807 33521 3 -20826 06968 3 
‘97828 11237 6 °20728 25195 1 
‘97848 79171 0 -20630 41349 1 
‘97869 37319 6 -20532 55440 1 
-97889 85681 2 °20434 67477 7 
-97910 24253 9 -20336 77472 0 
-97930 53035 5 *20238 85432 5 
“97950 72024 1 -20140 91369 1° 


84 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


| 


t) Sin @ Cos @ 
1-369 -97970 81217 6 *20042 95291 
1:370 97990 80614 0 / "19944 97210 
1°371 *98010 70211 3 *19846 97133 
1°372 *98030 50007 6 “19748 95072 
1°373 -98050 20000 8 *19650 91037 
1°374 -98069 80189 0 *19552 85036 
1°375 *98089 30570 2 *19454 77079 
1-376 “98108 71142 5 “19356 67178 
1:377 -98128 01903 9 *19258 55340 
1:378 °98147 22852 6 *19160 41577 
1:379 “98166 33986 5 / *19062 25898 
1-380 “98185 35303 7 “18964 08313 
1381 *98204 26802 5 “18865 88831 
1'382 -98223 08480 8 ‘18767 67462 
1'383 -98241 80336 7 ‘18669 44217 
1384 -98260 42368 6 “18571 19105 
1°385 “98278 94574 3 | *18472 92136 
1'386 98297 36952 2 | ‘18374 63319 
1:387 “98315 69500 4 °18276 32665 
1388 *98333 92216 9 "18178 00183 
1'389 “98352 05100 1 i ‘18079 65884 
1:390 98370 08148 1 ‘17981 29776 
1°391 -98388 01359 1 °17882 91871 
1:392 -98405 84731 3 °17784 52177 
1:393 98423 58262 8 | “17686 10705 
1:394 98441 21952 1 / “17587 67464 
1°395 98458 75797 2 ; *17489 22464 
1°396 -98476 19796 4 °17390 75715 
1°397 -98493 53948 0 | °17292 27228 
1-398 *98510 78250 3 °17193 7701) 
1:399 “98527 92701 5 ‘17095 25074 
1:400 *98544 97299 9 “16996 71429 
1-401 “98561 92043 8 "16898 16083 
1:402 ‘98578 76931 5 “16799 59048 
1:403 *98595 51961 3 “16701 00332 
1-404 98612 17131 6 *16602 39947 
1:405 -98628 72440 6 *16503 77902 
1-406 98645 17886 8 *16405 14206 
1-407 98661 53468 5 *16306 48869 
1-408 ‘98677 79184 0 *16207 81902 
1:409 -98693 95031 8 “16109 13314 
1-410 -98710 01010 1 "16010 43115 
1-411 98725 97117 5 “15911; "TRIS 
1°412 ‘98741 83352 2 °15812 97924 
1°413 ‘98757 59712 8 "15714 22952 
1-414 -98773 26197 6 *15615 46408 
1-415 ‘98788 82805 1 °15516 68303 
1-416 “98804 29533 7 "15417 88646 
1°417 98819 66381 9 } - *15319 07447 
1-418 *98834 93348 1 °15220 24716 
1-419 *98850 10430 8 °15121 40464 
1-420 “98865 17628 5 °15022 54699 
1-421 “98880 14939 7 *14923 67432 
1-422 98895 02362 9 *14824 78672 
1-423 -98909 79896 6 "14725 88430 
1°424 -98924 47539 2 *14626 96716 
1°425 *98939 05289 5 *14528 03538 
1°126 | "98953 53145 8 *14429 08908 


DBDOAMSCH OMAN KE ONANAEWHOSCHAONUOCHDHOAWOOWNANAWRON KOR ORATION OH OM+I10-1 


——_—— 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


85 


Sin @ Cos 6 
-98967 91106 8 -14330 12835 8 
-98982 19171 0 *14231 15329 8 
‘98996 37337 0 -14132 16400 8 
99010 45603 4 *14033 16058 5 
*99024 43968 7 *13934 14312 9 
*99038 32431 5 *13835 11173 8 
99052 10990 6 ‘13736 06651 3 
‘99065 79644 4 ‘13637 00755 2 
‘99079 38391 6 ‘13537 93495 3 
-99092 87230 9 -13438 84881 7 
-99106 26160 9 "13339 74924 1 
99119 55180 3 -13240 63632 7 
*99132 74287 7 °13141 51017 1 
99145 83481 9 *13042 37087 4 
99158 82761 5 -12943 21853 4 
-99171 72125 2 "12844 05325 2 
99184 51571 7 °12744 87512 5 
*99197 21099 8 "12645 68425 3 
-99209 80708 1 *12546 48073 6 
*99222 30395 5 *12447 26467 2 
-99234 70160 7 *12348 03616 1 
-99247 00002 3 *12248 79530 2 
*99259 19919 3 *12149 54219 4 
‘99271 29910 4 °12050 27693 7 
-99283 29974 3 -11950 99962 9 
*99295 20109 9 *11851 71037 0O 
-99307 00316 0 °11752 40926 0 
-99318 70591 4 °11653 09639 7 
*99330 30934 9 °11553 77188 1 
*99341 81345 3 *11454 43581 2 
*99353 21821 6 °11355 08828 7 
*99364 52362 6 *11255 72940 8 
°99375 72967 2 °11156 35927 3 
“99386 83634 1 ‘11056 97798 2 
*99397 84362 4 ‘10957 58563 4 
99408 75150 9 "10858 18232 8 
99419 55998 5 ‘10758 76816 4 
99430 26904 1 "10659 34324 1 
99440 87866 8 *10559 90765 9 
“99451 38885 3 -10460 46151 7 
-99461 79958 7 -10361 00491 4 
99472 11086 0 *10261 53795 1 
*99482 32266 0 -10162 06072 6 
“99492 43497 8 *10062 57333 9 
“99502 44780 3 “09963 07588 9 
“99512 36112 6 09863 56847 6 
°99522 17493 7 “09764 05120 0 
*99531 88922 5 “09664 52415 9 
“99541 50398 2 "09564 98745 5 
*99551 01919 7 09465 44118 5 
“99560 43486 1 09365 88544 9 
*99569 75096 5 “09266 32034 8 
*99578 96749 9 09166 74598 1 
“99588 08445 4 ‘09067 16244 6 
“99597 10182 1 ‘08967 56984 5 
99606 01959 0O ‘08867 96827 6 
“99614 83775 4 ‘08768 35783 9 
"99623 55630 3 ‘08668 73863 4 


86 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (@ in radians)—continued. 


0 Sin @ Cos 0 
1-485 "99632 17522 9 ‘08569 11076 0 
1-486 “99640 69452 2 08469 47431 6 
1-487 99649 11417 4 08369 82940 4 
1-488 99657 43417 8 08270 17612 1 
1:489 99665 65452 4 08170 51456 9 
1-490 99673 77520 4 08070 84484 5 
1-491 99681 79621 1 07971 16705 1 
1:492 99689 71753 6 07871 48128 6 
1:493 99697 53917 1 ‘07771 +(78765 0 
1-494 ‘99705 26110 8 07672 08624 1 
1:495 99712 88334 1 07572 37716 1 
1-496 99720 40586 0 07472 66050 8 
1-497 99727 82865 9 | 07372 93638 2 
1:498 99735 15173 1 07273 20488 4 
1:499 99742 37506 7 | 07173 46611 2 
1:500 99749 49866 0 07073 72016 7 
1501 99756 52250 5 06973 96714 8 
1-502 99763 44659 2 06874 20715 5 
1:503 99770 27091 7 06774 44028 8 
1:504 ‘99776 99547 1 06674 66664 6 
1°505 99783 62024 8 06574 88633 0 
1:506 99790 14524 1 06475 09943 9 
1:507 99796 57044 4 06375 30607 3 
1:508 99802 89585 1 06275 50633 2 
1-509 99809 12145 5 06175 70031 5 
1:510 99815 24725 0 06075 $8812 2 
1511 "99821 27322 9 05976 06985 3 
1:512 99827 19938 7 05876 24560 9 
1513 99833 02571 8 05776 41548 8 
1-514 99838 75221 6 05676 57959 1 
1:515 99844 37887 6 05576 73801 7 
1:516 99849 90569 1 05476 89086 6 
1:517 99855 33265 6 05377 03823 9 
1:518 99860 65976 5 05277 18023 4 
1519 99865 88701 4 05177 31695 2 
1°520 99871 01439 8 05077 44849 3 
1521 “99876 04191 0 04977 57495 7 
1-522 99880 96954 6 | 04877 69644 3 
1:523 "99885 79730 1 04777 81305 1 
1-524 99890 52517 0 04677 92488 2 
1-525 99895 15314 9 | 04578 03203 4 
1-526 “99899 68123 3 04478 13460 9 
1°527 99904 10941 7 04378 23270 5 
1-528 99908 43769 7 04278 32642 3 
1-529 99912 66606 8 04178 41586 3 
1-530 99916 79452 7 04078 50112 4 
1-531 "99920 82306 9 03978 58230 7 
1-532 99924 75169 0 03878 65951 1 
1-533 "99928 58038 7 03778 73283 7 
1:534 "99932 30915 5 03678 80238 4 
1-535 "99935 93799 0 03578 86825 2 
1:536 "99939 46689 0 03478 93054 1 
1-537 99942 89585 0 | 03378 98935 1 
1-538 "99946 22486 8 03279 04478 3 
1-539 99949 45393 9 03179 09693 5 
1-540 99952 58306 1 03079 14590 8 
1-54] 99955 61223 0 02979 19180 2 
1-542 "99958 54144 3 | 02879 23471 7 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


Tables of Sines and Cosines (6 in radians)—continued. 


87 


6 Sin @ Cos 6 
1°543 ‘99961 37069 8 OFIT9 WAS 3s 
1°544 99964 09999 2 02679 31200 9 
1°545 ‘99966 72932 1 02579 34658 6 
1546 ‘99969 25868 4 02479 37858 4 
1547 -99971 68807 8 02379 40810 2 
1:548 ‘99974 01749 9 02279 43524 1 
1°549 “99976 24694 7 02179 46010 0 
1°550 ‘99978 37641 9 02079 48278 0 
1551 “99980 40591 2 01979 50338 1 
1°552 *99982 33542 5 01879 52200 2 
1°553 “99984 16495 5 01779 53874 3 
1°554 “99985 89450 2 01679 55370 5 
1°555 99987 52406 2 01579 56698 8 
1°556 *99989 05363 5 01479 57869 0 
1°557 -99990 48321 9 01379 58891 4 
1°558 99991 81281 3 01279 59775 7 
1°559 *99993 04241 4 01179 60532 1 
1:560 *99994 17202 3 01079 61170 6 
1:561 99995 20163 7 00979 61701 1 
1°562 99996 13125 7 00879 62133 6 
1°563 99996 96088 0 00779 62478 1 
1564 *99997 69050 6 00679 62744 7 
1°565 “99998 32013 4 00579 62943 4 
1°566 99998 84976 5 00479 63084 0 
1:567 99999 27939 6 00379 63176 8 
1:568 -99999 60902 8 00279 63231 5 
1:569 99999 83866 1 00179 63258 3 
1-570 “99999 96829 3 00079 63267 1 
1:571 99999 99792 6 —'00020 36732 0 
1:572 *99999 92755 9 —00120 36729 1 
1-573 *99999 75719 1 —'00220 36714 2 
1:574 | “99999 48682 4 —'00320 36677 2 
1:575 99999 11645 8 —'00420 36608 2 
1:576 *99998 64609 2 —°00520 36497 2 
wod7 99998 07572 8 —°00620 36334 1 
1:578 “99997 40536 6 —'00720 36109 0O 
1:579 *99996 63500 6 —'00820 35811 9 
1-580 99995 76465 0 —"00920 35432 7 
1581 99994 79429 8 —01020 34961 5 
1°582 ‘99993 72395 1 —'01120 343888 2 
1°583 *99992 55361 O —'01220 33702 9 
1:584 *99991 28327 7 —'01320 32895 6 
1°585 -99989 91295 3 —°01420 31956 3 
1:586 “99988 44263 9 —'01520 30874 9 
1:587 ‘99986 87233 6 —'01620 29641 4 
1:588 ‘99985 20204 6 —'01720 28246 0 
1:589 99983 43177 2 —'01820 26678 5 
1°590 99981 56151 3 —'01920 24929 0 
1°591 “99979 59127 4 —°02020 22987 5 
1:592 ‘99977 52105 4 —'02120 20843 9 
1:593 99975 35085 7 —‘02220 18488 4 
1594 99973 08068 5 —°02320 15910 8 
1°595 ‘99970 71054 0 —'02420 13101 2 
1°596 ‘99968 24042 4 —'02520 10049 6 
1:597 99965 67034 0 —'02620 06745 9 
1-598 99963 00029 0 —'02720 03180 3 
1°599 99960 23027 7 —'02819 99342 7 
1:600 ‘99957 36030 4 —'02919 95223 0 


88 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


TasrE II. 
Subsidiary Table of @—sin@ and 1—cos 0 from 0=:00001 radian to :00100 radian. 


() 6 — sin 0 1 — cos 6 1st Difference 
00001 090 «0 -060000 5 0801 5 
02 0 0 0002 O 02 5 
03 0 0 0004 5 03 «+5 
04 0 0 0008 0 04 +5 
05 0 0 0012 5 05 5 
06 0 0 0018 0O 06 5 
07 0 0 0024 5 07 5 
08 0 0 0032 0 08 5 
09 0 0 0040 5 09 5 
10 0 0 0050 0 10 5 
11 0 0 0060 5 Vie 55 
12 0 0 0072 O pay 
13 0 0 0084 5 13 5 
14 0 0 0098 O 14 °5 
15 0 0 0112 5 15 5 
16 0 0 0128 O 16 «5 
17 0 0 0144 5 Lez. 155 
18 0 0 0162 0O 18 5 
19 0 0 0180 5 19 5 
20 0 0 0200 0 20 5 
21 0 0 0220 5 215, 
22 0 0 0242 O 22h ae 
23 0 0 0264 5 ap a) 
24 0 0 0288 0 24 5 
25 0 0 0312 5 25 5 
26 0 0 0338 0 26 5 
27 0 0 0364 5 27 ob 
28 0 0 0392 0 28 5 
29 0 0 0420 5 29 5 
30 0 0 0450 O 30 5 
31 0 0 0480 5 31.5 
32 0 1 0512 O 32 2D 
33 0 1 0544 5 33 «5 
34 0 1 0578 0O 34 5 
35 0 1 0612 5 35 «5 
36 0 1 0648 0 36 5 
37 01 0684 5 37 «5 
38 0 1 0722 0 38 5 
39 01 0760 5 39 5 
40 0 1 0800 0 40 5 
41 0 1 0840 5 41 5 
42 01 0882 O 42 5 
43 01 0924 5 43 5 
44 0 1 0968 0 44 5 
45 0 2 1012 5 45 5 
46 0 2 1058 O 46 5 
47 0 2 1104 5 47 5 
48 OZ 1152 0 48 5 
49 0 2 1200 5 49 5 
50 0; 2 1250 0O 50 «+5 
51 0 2 1300 5 51 5 
52 0 2 1352 0 52 5 
53 0 2 1404 5 53 O5 
54 0 3 1458 0 54 5 
55 0 3 1512 5 BY is, 
56 0 3 1568 0 56 5 
57 0 3 1624 5 57 5 


CN  ——— —  ———— 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 89 


Subsidiary Table of @—sin ® and 1-cos8@ from 6=:00001 radian to ‘00100 radian— 


continued. 
) 6 — sin 0 1 — cos 0 1st Liifference 
00058 090 3 -061682 0 0858 5 
59 0 3 1740 5 59 5 
60 0 4 1800 0 60 5 
61 0 4 1860 5 61 5 
62 0 4 1922 0 62 5 
63 0 4 1984 5 63 5 
64 0 4 2048 0 64 5 
65 0 5 2112 5 65 5 
66 0 5 2178 O 66 5 
67 0 5 2244 5 67 5 
68 0 5 2312 0 68 5 
69 0 5 2380 5 69 5 
70 0 6 2450 0O 70 5 
71 0 6 2520 5 q1 5 
72 0 6 2592 0 A215 
73 0 6 2664 5 73 5 
74 0 7 2738 0 74 5 
75 0 7 2812 5 ia db 
76 On 2888 0 76 5 
17 0 8 2964 5 17 +5 
78 0 8 3042 0 78 5 
79 0 8 3120 5 79 5 
80 09 3200 0 80 5 
81 0 9 3280 5 81 5 
82 09 3362 0 82 5 
83 1 0 3444 5 83 5 
84 1 0 3528 0 84 5 
85 1 0 3612 5 85 5 
86 Joel 3698 0 86 5 
87 1 1 3784 5 87 5 
88 Linn 3872 0 88 5 
89 1 2 3960 5 89 5 
90 ben? 4050 0 90 5 
91 hed 4140 5 91 5 
92 1 3 4232 0 92; 5 
93 1 3 4324 5 93 5 
94 1 4 4418 0 94 5 
95 1 4 4512 5 95 5 
96 1 5 4608 0 96 5 
97 Pas 4704 5 97 5 
98 1 6 4802 0 98 5 
99 1 6 4900 5 99 5 
100 rr 5000 0 —_— 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


TasueE III. 
Sin 6 Cos @ 

‘] -+0:09983 34166 46828 +0:99500 41652 78026 
co, +0°19866 93307 95061 +0:98006 65778 41242 
3 +0:°29552 02066 61340 +0°95533 64891 25606 
“4 +0°38941 83423 08650 +0°92106 09940 02885 
5 +0°47942 55386 04203 +0°87758 25618 90373 
6 +0°56464 24733 95035 +0°82533 56149 09678 

ti +0°64421 76872 37691 +0°76484 21872 84488 

8 +0°71735 60908 99523 +0:°69670 67093 47165 

9 +0°78332 69096 27483 +0:°62160 99682 70664 
1:0 +0°84147 09848 07897 +0°54030 23058 68140 
1a | +0:89120 73600 61435 +0°45359 61214 25577 
1:2 +0°93203 90859 67226 +0°36235 77544 76674 
1:3 +0°96355 81854 17193 +0:°26749 88286 24587 
1-4 +0:°98544 97299 88460 +0°16996 71429 00241 
1:5 +0°99749 49866 04054 +0:07073 72016 67703 
16 +0°99957 36030 41505 —0°02919 95223 01289 
1:7 +0:99166 48104 52469 —0°12884 44942 95525 
1:8 +0:97384 76308 78195 —0°22720 20946 93087 
1:9 +0°94630 00876 87414 —0°32328 95668 63503 
2:0 +0°90929 74268 25682 —0°41614 68365 47142 
271 +0°86320 93666 48874 —0°50484 61045 99857 
De +0°80849 64038 19590 —0°58850 11172 55346 
2°3 +0°74570 52121 76720 —0°66627 60212 79824 
2°4 +0°67546 31805 51151 —0°73739 37155 41246 
2°5 +0°59847 21441 03956 —0°80114 36155 46934 
2°6 +0°51550 13718 21464 —0°85688 87533 68947 
27 +0°42737 98802 33830 —0°90407 21420 17061 
2°8 +0°33498 81501 55905 —0°94222 23406 68658 
2°9 +0°23924 93292 13982 | —0:97095 81651 49591 
3°0 +0°14112 00080 59867 —0°98999 24966 00445 
371 +0°04158 06624 33291 —0:99913 51502 73279 
32 —0:05837 41434 27580 | —0:99829 47757 94753 
3°3 —0°15774 56941 43248 | —0°98747 97699 08865 
3-4 —0°25554 11020 26831 —0-96679 81925 179461 
3°5 —0°35078 32276 89620 —0°93645 66872 90796 
3°6 —(0°44252 04432 94852 —0°89675 84163 34147 
3:7 —(0°52983 61409 08493 —(0°84810 00317 10408 
3°8 —0-°61185 78909 42719 —0°79096 77119 14417 
3°9 —0°68776 61591 83974 —0°72593 23042 00140 
4:0 —0°75680 24953 07928 —0°65364 36208 63612 
4°] —0°81827 71110 6441] —0°57482 39465 33269 
4:2 —0°87157 57724 13588 —0°49026 08213 40700 
4°3 —0°91616 59367 49455 —0°40079 91720 79975 
4-4 —0°95160 20738 89516 | —0°30733 28699 78420 
4°5 —0°97753 01176 65097 | —0:21079 57994 30780 
4°6 —0°99369 10036 33464 | —0°11215 25269 35054 
4:7 —0°99992 32575 64101 — —0°01238 86634 62891 
4:8 —0°99616 46088 35841 rf -+0:08749 89834 39447 
4:9 —0°98245 26126 24333 +0:18651 23694 22575 
5:0 —0°95892 42746 63138 +0:°28366 21854 63226 
51 —0°92581 46823 27732 +0°37797 77427 12981 
5:2 —0°88345 46557 20153 +0°46851 66713 00377 
5:3 —0°83226 74422 23901 +0°55437 43361 79161 
5-4 —0°77276 44875 55987 +0°63469 28759 42634 
55 —0°70554 03255 70392 +0°70866 97742 91260 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


a eee 


Sin 6 Cos 6 
5-6 —0°63126 66378 72321 +0°77556 58785 10250 
5-7 —0°55068 55425 97638 +0°83471 27848 39160 
58 —0°46460 21794 13757 +0°88551 95169 41319 
59 —0°37387 66648 30236 +0°92747 84307 44036 
6:0 —0°27941 54981 98926 +0°96017 02866 50366 
61 —0°18216 25042 72096 +0°98326 84384 42585 
62 —0°08308 94028 17497 +0:99654 — 20970 23217 
63 +0:01681 39004 84350 +0:99985 86363 83415 
64 +0°11654 92048 50493 +0°99318 49187 58193 
65 +0°21511 99880 87816 | +0:°97658 76257 28023 
66 +0°31154 13635 13378 +0°95023 25919 58529 
6-7 +0:40484 99206 16598 +0°91438 31482 35319 
68 +0°49411 33511 38608 +0°86939 74903 49825 
69 +0:57843 97643 88200 -+-0°81572 51001 25357 
70 +0°65698 65987 18789 +0°75390 22543 43305 
ae +0°72896 90401 25876 +0°68454 66664 42806 
7:2 +0°79366 78638 49153 +0°60835 13145 32255 
73 +0°85043 66206 28564 -+0°52607 75173 81105 
74 +0°89870 80958 11627 +0°43854 73275 74391 
75 +0:93799 99767 74739 +0°34663 53178 35026 
76 +0°96791 96720 31486 +0°25125 98425 82255 
et +0°98816 82338 77000 -+.0°15337 38620 37865 
78 +0°99854 33453 74605 +0-05395 54205 62650 
79 +0°99894 13418 39772 —0°04600 21256 39537 
8-0 +0°98935 82466 23382 —0°14550 00338 08614 
81 +0°96988 98108 45086 —0°24354 41537 35791 
8-2 +0°94073 05566 79773 —0°33915 48609 83835 
83 +0°90217 18337 56294 —0°43137 68449 70620 
8-4 +0°85459 89080 88281 —0°51928 86541 16685 
8-5 +0°79848 71126 23490 —0°60201 19026 84824 
8-6 +0°73439 70978 74113 —0°67872 00473 20013 
87: +0°66296 92300 82183 —0°74864 66455 97399 
88 +0°58491 71928 91762 —0°81109 30140 61656 
8-9 +0°50102 08564 57885 —0°86543 52092 41112 
9-0 +0°41211 84852 41757 —0°91113 02618 84677 
9-1 +0°31909 83623 49353 —0°94772 16021 31112 
9:2 +0°22288 99141 00247 —0°97484 36214 04164 
9°3 +0°12445 44235 07062 —0°99222 53254 52603 
9-4 +0°02477 54254 53358 —0°99969 30420 35206 
9-5 —0°07515 11204 61809 —0°99717 21561 96378 
9°6 —0°17432 67812 22980 —0°98468 78557 94127 
7 —0°27176 06264 10943 —0°96236 48798 31310 
9-8 —0°36647 91292 51928 —0°93042 62721 04754 
9°9 —0°45753 58937 75321 —0°88919 11526 25361 
10-0 —0°54402 11108 89370 —0°83907 15290 76452 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Part II. 
Bessel and Neumann Functions of Equal Order and Argument. 
A small number of values of J,(a), J,_,(a), &c., are given in Meissel’s 


Tables! of the J,(a) functions and the Committeo’s Tables of the G a(2) 
and Y,(x) functions, viz. J,(a) from a = 1 toa = 24 and G,(a), &c., from 
a=1toa=13. The following tables have been calculate from the 
formule? :— 


yo 


Ie=y 3[ (2) r(;) “gale) (5) ~sioale) T(3) 
ae r(5) - 4 


1.0) 95-7al (e) (3) + (2) "(5)ao(e) (a) azole) *(6) 
= sine) r(5 )+insio0(¢ i (5 )+ * gasiaooo a) Sule toa ] 


For the G functions, 


aL] peyt 6\: 6\#,,/1 

at [(c) (3 )+ ‘20 (7 i 15 Sigal ) r(3) 

1. 276 2 
= 795500 (- °)" (5) ve ] 

_1/ (6 1\ ag °)' 4) 
a= 4 [ (2) *(6) -()"(@)-sol2) "(@) +2200) "GG 
~exo0(e) ?(3) ~arsioo(2) (5) +pastzooo(2) “(s) --~ J 
s100(« 8 cis200( 74844000 5] 

The Y functions * are given by Y,(”)=(log 2—y)J.(~)—G.(2). 

“The numerical values occurring in the above formule are :— 

log T(4)=0°42796 27498 1426 : logI(3)=0°13165 64916 8402. 
T'(3)=2°67893 85347 O77 : I(3)=135411 79394 264. 


The results were checked by means of the formula 
I,(0)Vq- (2) —Tn-s(0) Yq) = 
A partial check was also obtained by the use of the Kapteyn Series 
Hecet | = = Jos-1(28—1)_ 1 
25 ——. 
= oa (2s—1)? 2 
The values of other functions of higher or lower orders are easily 
calculated from the recurrence formula Z,_,(7) — 2” 2, (2) + Z,,,(x) 


= 0, where Z,(x) stands for J,,(x), G,() or Y,(2). 


1 and * Gray and Mathews, Bessel Functions, pp. 266-279, p. 14. 
? Phil. Mag, June 1916. 


93 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


9I8LFZ-0 96Z898-0 €19892-0 T9¥6LE-0 
FZI6FS-0 EFOLOE-0 6L00LZ-0 CLEE8E-0 
19F093-0 OS60LE-0 L89TLZ-0 9SFL8E-0 
IZ819Z-0 O80SLE-0 O€EELZ-0 LILI6E-0 
O1ZESS-0 C6Z6LE-0 9L0SLZ-0 TLI968-0 
8Z9FST-0 £9EE8E-0 9FLOLZ-0 CE800F-0 
€L0993-0 EFPS8E-0 0ZS8Lz-0 9ZLGOF-0 
9FSLET-0 COLE6E-0 OFE08Z-0 99801F-0 
CFO6SS-0 PFS86E-0 90BZ83-0 9LZ9TF-0 
TL09Z-0 600F0F-0 0Z1F82-0 €861ZF-0 
611Z93-0 98L60F-0 18098Z-0 LIO8ZF-0 
069£93-0 80691F-0 160882-0 LIPPEF-0 
8LZ296-0 E1FZSb-O 8F1066-0 COZIFF-0 
818992-0 9FE6TF-O 19ZZ6-0 OFFSPF-0 
€8F89Z-0 8SLOSF-0 968F6S-0 Y8T9SF-0 
€800L2-0 OLLFFF-0 0896-0 16FP9F-0 
FO9TLZ-0 PLEESE-0 £6L862-0 CEPELF-0 
60ZELZ-0 6E9Z9F-0 9Z0T08-0 IILE8F-0 
£69FLZ-0 TI9ZL¥-0 €93808-0 O£986F-0 
9L09L2-0 ZB9E8F-0 9LFS08-0 6Z1S09-0 
ZIELLZ-0 SELS6F-0 3E9L08-0 ZBLLIS-0 
LBE8LZ-0 L91609-0 919608-0 908TES-0 
9106L-0 I81#3S-0 9SSTTE-0 CSFLES-0 
6616-0 IFITFS-0 0908T8-0 G61999-0 
OTL8Lz-0 FES099-0 LLOFTE-0 GFFS8C-0 
G60LLZ-0 9FOE82-0 19ZFIE-0 T96809-0 
9PLELZ-0 ¢19609-0 OLOSTE-0 1989-0 
LOGL9Z-0 9961F9-0 FFS60E-0 9SF0L9-0 
1997-0 88EZ89-0 LIST08-0 ZO9ZTL-O 
6F09EZ-0 SZFSEL-0 61698z-0 0089-0 
FO9S6T-0 60L0I8-0 LE6TSZ-0 6E6SF8-0 
C9ZIOT-0+ 816826-0 9ZI89T-O+ 28696-0 
CFELZS-0— TIT9LI-T+ PE9SET-O— 9BTLZS-I+ 
(Bee? (®)"A- (»)'-"9 (»)"5 


‘quaunbiy pun wapig qonby fo suooung wupunarr pun yassag 


“AL SIEVE 


9ZS8LI1-0 LEF6ET-0 
GGLOST-0 FLSOFI-0 
L80€81-0 GLEZFL-O 
O&SS8I-0 9S6EF1-0 
€60881-0 TLSSFL-0 
L8L061-0 C8ZLFI-0 
7961-0 LLOGFI-0 
919961-0 $960S1-0 
SLL661-0 SF6ZS1-0 
O€1E0Z-0 ZFOSST-0 
689902-0 9SZLST-0 
6LF01Z-0 1096ST-0 
9ZSFI1S-0 €6029T-0 
Z9S8I1Z-0 SFLFOT-0 
§SGEZT-0 98EL9T-0 
§2G8ZZ-0 O890LT-0 
G00FES-0 806ELT-0 
1¥#6682-0 €SPLLI-0 
OFF9FS-0 908T8T-0 
86SES2-0 LISS8T-0 
LEST9Z-0 6FL06I-0 
ZLFOLZ-O 08ZS61-0 
8ZF08Z-0 FL010Z-0 
9S816Z-0 98FL0Z-0 
L90G08-0 I88F1Z-0 
6890Z8-0 CSPETS-0 
L616ES-0 F8SEET-0 
L80Z9&-0 LE8SFZ-0 
ZETI6E-0 IF1192-0 
ILIO€¥-0 6Z1182-0 
16098F-0 €90608-0 
GZLOLS-0 FE8TSE-0 
861S9L-0+ TS00FF-0+ 
(»)'-7¢ (2) ° "6 


mA HIN Om OD 


38 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


94 


LI8PL1-0 €Z9F 16-0 
9TLLLT-O0 06261G-0 
LP8081-0 G6EFES-0 
LECF8T-0 G000E6-0 
LZ6L81-0 GZZ9EG-0 
OLGI6T-0 9LTEFS-0 
GEFIGL-O 8Z0LS6-0 
FP8861-0 9S§S96-0 
6106-0 G00096-0 
6003-0 €00296-0 
L96906-0 FIFOLG-0 
8Z0016-0 9629L6-0 
GOEETS-0 GELE8E-0 
91891Z-0 L6L686-0 
1090G6-0 GE9L66-0 
869F66-0 96€90€-0 
So1666-0 06¢9TE-0 
F600ES-0 8ZF8IE-0 
6FOLES-0 FZ906E-0 
€Z0GEC-0 €8866E-0 
FLOSES-0 906S6E-0 
EG0PES-0 66GL2E-0 
€S0SES-0 G900EE-0 
LOT9&G-0 GO9SEE-O 
GLILES-0 €6CSEE-0 
ZIZ8ES-O 8Z6LEE-0 
GLE6ES-0 IGLOFE-0 
60S0F3-0 OL9EFE-O 
S99TFS-0 0099FE-0 
9F8SFC-0 S696FE-0 
ISOPPE-0 9062SE-0 
I8Z°F6-0 LEZ9GE-0 
9ES9FG-0 169696-0 
(2)'-8x - ()Px- 


| 


‘ponuyu0o—qwaunbip pup Lapig yonby Jo suoyoung uupunay pun r98saq 


LO6S8T-0 SLIF3Z-0 186960-0 
OST68I-0 0£0662-0 \ 929860-0 
98°Z61-0 6LEFES-0 : 6SZL0L-0 
FIE961-0 TFZ0FS-0 GLIFOL-0 
188003-0 8EL9FZ-0 LZPLOL-0 
SFSF0G-0 6668S3-0 | OSOLIT-0 
G6L606-0 00@Z9G-0 FPSGLI-O 
GLEZIG-0 1ZL99Z-0 | GSGLIL-0 
OTES1Z-0 ELOTLZ-0 LEOOZL-O 
CTEBIZ-0 | LOLOLZ-O EFLZZI-O 
LESTZS-0 | SFFZ8T-0 9LOGZIL-O 
OLGFZG-0 | Z6E88z-0 €888Z1-0 
ZE98ZS-0 | LOES63-0 OLFZEL-0 
619ZES-0 | F69Z0%-0 9TE9E1-0 
0169€Z-0 O8801&-0 SL90FI-0 
LLGT¥3-0 1006-0 F6SSFL-O 
€899FZ-0 c9g0se-0 G6LIST-O 
COLLFZ-O 869ZE8-0 ELFZST-0 
F988F-0 | ZE8FEE-0 999EST-0 
L866F2-0 ISZLEE-0 LOGFST-0 
ES112-0 8L968E-0 | 68Z9S1-0 
L08ZE-0 LLIGPE-O | ZIOLET-O 
96FES-0 OSLPFE-0 | TS06ST-0 
GILFSZ-0 SOPLFE-0 | L¥GO9T-0 
096¢92-0 OFTOSE-0 Z90Z91-0 
GESLES-0 C966SE-0 OS9E9T-0 
€8E8°S-0 | €886°6-0 FSZL9T-0 
Z986S3-0 | 006898-0 LE699T-0 
1GZ19Z-0 €Z0Z98-0 F89891-0 
Z19Z9Z-0 9GZ698-0 | S6FOLI-0 
9809-0 60989€-0 F8EZLI-0 
€6FS9Z-0 880ZLE-0 | LESFLL-O 
686993-0 ZOLELE-O | Z6E9LI-0 
~I-"9 2)" | @ree 


€6&680-0 
S81¥80-0 
&PT980-0 
866880-0 
$89060-0 
FSEE60-0 
L9€960-0 
860860-0 
118660-0 
OS LIOL-0 
LO8E0T-0 
FIOIOT-O 
LT€S801-0 
SPELIT-O 
GSCFIT-0 
PIOLIT-O 
6OFIZT-O 


62C2E1-0 


GLOESI-O 
S8E6EST-0 
O&8FSL-0 
LPLGST-0 
G699GTL:0 
LOOLEL-O 
GLO8ZEIL-O 
60L6ET-0 
O8LOET-0 
6881ET-0 
GSE0SET-0 
GCGVEL-O 
ESFIEL-O 
O&LOET-0 
LSO8ET-0 


(0) "Fr 


&P 


95 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


980160-0 119660-0 198960-0 IS0F0I-0 EPSIF0-0 FFS8E0-0 009‘ 
9L8260-0 | F8LI0L-0 69LL60-0 FIE901-0 90&G#0-0 9L0680-0 00s‘ I 
GZ8F60-0 ZSIFOL-0 0F8660-0 L8L801-0 Z9GEFO-0 G86680-0 OOFT 
$96960-0 9SL901-0 90IZOT-0 SOSIIT-0 8ZPPFO-0 G860F0 0 008'T 
#0€660-0 €F9601-0 GO9FOT-0 €ZSFIL-0 FELSFO-0 €606F0-0 002‘T 
ZIGLOL-0 OLSZIL-0 Z8ELOL-0 €68LIL-0 O8TLF0-0 BESEFO-0 OOL‘T 
988F0L-0 SIS9I1-0 LGFOLT-0 6691Z1-0 O&S8F0-0 ISLPFO-0 000‘T 
SEF90T-0 EZS8I1-0 GOZZIT-0 S6LEZT-0 | FPLEFO-0 ZOSSt0-0 0S6 
6FI80I-0 8L901-0 O80FII-0 6FO9ZI-0 LZL0S0-0 0889F0-0 006 
Z86601-0 666261-0 986STT-0 ELF8ZI-0 88L190-0 1ZZL¥F0-0 0¢s 
9S6III-0 OLSSZ1-0 €60811-0 960I8T-0 | 0F6G90-0 G8I8F0-0 008 
GS80FIT-0 OFZ8ZL-0 OLE0ZI-0 L¥6SS1-0 | 961*S0-0 ZEZ6F0-0 OSL 
SOF9TL-0 EZZIEL-0 9FSZSIL-0 S90LEI-0 GLe¢¢0-0 8L8060-0 OOL 
ZE68I1-0 GOSFEL-0 ISSSZ1-0 I6FOFL-0 | L60L90:0 889190-0 ogg 
SILIZI-0 ZPISEL-0 6ZE8Z1-0 06ZFFI-0 Z6L890-0 #808S0-0 009 
G6LFZL-0 LOZSFL-0 IEST&L-0 LES8PL-0 ¢69090-0 G6SF90-0 oss 
6EZ831-0 1089PL-0 9ZSSEI-0 GEEESI-0 998690-0 898990-0 00g 
ZEIZEL-0 GFOZSL-0 LOLGEL-0 SI88S1-0 | ZPES90-0 LLE8¢0-0 Ost 
L8S9EL-0 FEISST-0 | 66FFFI-0 TLTS9T-0 9*3890-0 ¥0L090-0 00F 
T9S8EL-0 098091-0 | GZ99FL-0 0Z0891-0 | ¥99690-0 9SL190-0 ose 
9990FT-0 98LE9T-0 €688FI-0 9LOLLI-0 &960L0-0 6L8Z90-0 098 
SI6ZFI-0 L€6991-0 SISIST-0 998FLI1-0 F8PSL0-0 880F90-0 Ors 
LZESFL-0 FPEOLI-O ZE6EST-0 9Z6LLI-0 | LEIFLO0-0 968990-0 0zE 
LZ6LFI-0 6FOPLI-O | TEL9ST-0 G6LI8T-0 GF6SL0-0 818990-0 00g 
TFLOST-0 8608L1-0 GLLOST-0 GZ0981-0 | €26LL0-0 €L6890-0 08z 
€08ES1-0 ZESZS1-0 | 160891-0 LL9O6I-0 | FI1080-0 €800L0-0 09% 
GSILSI-0 68FL81-0 | 9ZL99I-0 EE8S61-0 986280-0 8L61L0-0 OFZ 
ZS809T-0 LOO&6I-0 IFLOLI-O L69106-0 Z0S80-0 960FL0-0 ad 
196F91-0 L&Z661-0 | ZIZSLI-0 F0180-0 GZF880-0 88F9L0-0 002 
LOLLOT-0 €19Z06-0 | 6FOLLI-0 €6911Z-0 9S1060-0 LOSLLO-O 06 
SLS691-0 698902-0 | T#Z081-0 €PS91Z-0 1Z0260-0 G2Z6L0-0 OST 
FOIZLI-0 6ZE01Z-0 900881-0 069612-0 880760 0 L¥L080-0 OLL 
(»)I-"A— (2)?K- (2)'I-"p (2)?9 (»)'-°¢ (») -"¢ » 


Po a A) BO eee 
*penutju0o—zuaunbsy pio Lep6o qunby fo suovjoung wupunayy pup 1988oq 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


96 


a a Se 


SESTIO-0 
667710-0 
G9SFS0-0 
89L060-0 
GLOEEO-0 
06¢9€0-0 
P8F8E0-0 
GPELFO-0 
LG0GF0-0 
T9LG40-0 
OSSEF0-0 
GOFFFO-0 
LGESF0-0 
9€69F0-0 
SPPLP0-0 
L998F0-0 
6€0090-0 
89S190-0 
61€ES0-0 
GFESS0-0 
GGLLG0-0 
88¢090-0 
OST790-0 
¥66990-0 
0LL890-0 
089TL0-0 
8LTSLO0-0 
FIS6L0-0 
Sé1¢80-0 
F9F980-0 
968L80-0 
T&¥680-0 


(2)I-"A— 


IS9LTL0-0 
O89F10-0 
G01960-0 
9691€0-0 
6907E0-0 
L6FLEO-0 
LP86E0-0 
¥G66F0-0 
P9IEFO-0 
SoPPrO-0 
STESF0-0 
8€c9F0-0 
FPGLFO-0 
EPESP0-0 
6996F0-0 
G68090-0 
686¢90-0 
180%90-0 
F10990-0 
LSG890-0 
806090-0 
0Z1¥90-0 
L€1890-0 
€L90L0-0 
66€€L0-0 
O0FL9L0-0 
98L080-0 
878980-0 
LL¥G60-0 
TLOF60-0 
68L960-0 
$¢69L60-0 


(2)"A— 


‘penuryuo0—juaunbip puv wapig yonbg fo suoyoung wuvwnayr puv yassag 


8010-0 
09TS10-0 
TOLGZ0-0 
T1ZZE0-0 
629F£0-0 
8008£0-0 
1040-0 
LIS€F0-0 
LE0PF0-0 
608FF0-0 
6£9SF0-0 
EC940-0 
8050-0 
0L9840-0 
GEL6F0-0 
€Z010-0 
09FZ20-0 
8L0F90-0 
2660-0 
$20890-0 
€92090-0 
9890-0 
CFEL90-0 
019690-0 
92ZSL0-0 
ZO0ESL0-0 
Z006L0-0 
§69€80-0 
1¥9680-0 
196060-0 
0860-0 
OTT¥60-0 


)ITRD 


OLIZLO-0 
S€ES10-0 
616960-0 
PE0EEO-0 
G8S9€0-0 
9916€0-0 
0Z91F0-0 
PE8PFO-0 
L09¢40-0 
LEF9F0-0 
O€€LF0-0 
96¢870-0 
9FE6F0-0 
6090-0 
LGLTSO-0 
LST€S0-0 
IGL¥90-0 
887990-0 
L0S8°0-0 
678090-0 
619€90-0 
£16990-0 
69TTL0-0 
PILELO-0 
$999L0-0 
$S1T080-0 
I8€F80-0 
899680-0 
662960-0 
8860-0 
SP000I-0 
OL6IOI-0 


()’5 


PISF00-0 
669900-0 
8¢8600-0 
FPFCIO-O 
I€FE10-0 
IG8F10-0 
8LLS10-0 
9€0L10-0 
OFELTO-0 
999L10-0 
810810-0 
86€810-0 
1880-0 
996610-0 
99L610-0 
1G€0G0-0 
£¥6020-0 
L¥91Z0-0 
€9F660-0 
G6€E<0-0 
S0°F20-0 
09890-0 
€9SL20-0 
0098¢0-0 
808620-0 
I¥G1€0-0 
886¢€0-0 
98TLE0-0 
L808€0-0 
06L8€0-0 
PPS6E0-0 
69€0F0-0 


(»)i-°¢ 


| 
| 


€LFF00-0 
9€9900-0 
L€9600-0 
GPISIO-0 
6L0€10-0 
96E710-0 
86¢910-0 
6LF910-0 
€9L910-0 
890L10-0 
96€L10-0 
IGLL10-0 
LETS810-0 
6810-0 
FG0610-0 
8€S610-0 


€110Z0-0 | 


69L060-0 
FOSTSO-0 
$9€660-0 
€8€€60-0 
919%G0-0 
6S1920-0 
6060-0 
6L18Z0-0 
19¥660-0 
STOTE0-0 
896660-0 
€0S9€0-0 
STI9€0-0 
GLL9EO-0 
6LPLE0-0 


@)see 


000‘000‘T 
000‘00¢ 
00000 
000‘0¢ 
000‘0F 
000‘0¢ 
000°¢a 
000‘0z 
000°6T 
000‘8T 
000°LT 
00091 
000‘ET 
000‘F 
000‘E1 
00021 
000‘IT 
000‘0L 
000‘6 
000‘8 
000‘L 
000°9 
000‘¢ 
00s‘ 
000°F 
00s‘s 
000‘¢ 
00¢'s 
000% 
006‘T 
008‘T 
OOL‘T 


D 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. a7 


Part III. 
Bessel Functions of Half-Integral Order. 


Some progress has been made with the calculation of the functions 
8,(x), C,,(a), &c., tables of which for integral values of x from 1 to 10 
appear in the Report for 1914. 

The tables now presented continue the work for z=1°1,..., 1°9. 
It is hoped that the Tables for z=0'1 . . . . 0:9 will be presented in the 
next Report. In addition the initial functions S,(v)=sin 2, Cy(x)=cos x 
have been calculated to 15 decimal places for r=0'1, 0°2,. . . , 10 in the 
preceding table (Table III.). 

The functions §,,(x), C,,(«) are solutions of the differential equation 


du n(n +1) \ 
Us fg NE) Mg: 
da? BF { x? ao 

These have been calculated with 9',(x), C’,(x), their derivatives with 
respect to x, and also the important functions |E,,(x)|*, | E’,(7)|* where 


E,,(2) =C,(”) —28,,(a) 
EY, (2) = C’,(x) —is’,(z) 


The logarithms of the functions tabulated are given for the whole range 
of n—in the previous tables it was not possible to do this for all values 
of ». As before |B,(x)|? and |B’,(z)|? are given until {8,(z)}? and 
{S’,(x)}? become negligible. 

Several misprints occur in the tables published in the Report for 
1914. The most serious are |E,,(9)|? and |E,,(9)|?, which should be 
respectively 334:4745 and 2189:467. The following are correct :— 
S’,(8) = 0258461, O’,(9) = —°4121185, 0',\(9) = —-9456727. The 
logarithms of the following functions should have negative charac- 
teristics :— 


|S’,(3)|, »=6 |O',(9)|, m=4 
|8’,(8)|, w=5, 12 |S,(10)|, ~=2, 11, 16 
|8’,(9)|, w=4, 5, 6, 7, 15, 16 |8/,(10) |, »=18. 
|C,,(9)|, n=3 


The functions §,(x), C,(z) are connected with Bessel Functions of 
Half-Integral Order as follows :— 


8,(@) ae A dra Jn +3) 
C,(x)=(—1)" ge J _n-3(@). 


They are not really ‘ Bessel Functions of Half-Integral Order,’ and it is 
suggested that a more appropriate name for them is that of ‘ Riccati- 
Bessel Functions.’ 


1916 II 


98 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


TABLE IY. 
Bessel Functions of Half-Integral Order. 
n Sn(11) Cn(11) |En(1*1)|? n 
0 -8912074 4535961 1:000000 0 
1 3565924 1:303567 1826446 1 
2. 0813173 3-101588 9:626460 2 
3 0130319 12°79456 163-7009 3 
4 0016127 7831833 4 
5 0001627 627:9918 5 
6 0000138 6201-600 6 
7 0000010 72663°64 7 
841 0000001 984666°3 8 
n | Sn’(1°1) Cn!(1'1 [En'(1°1)[? ms 
0 4535961 —+8912074 10000000 0 
1 5670325 —-7314652 0°8565672 1 
2 “2087427 — 4335683 18°84172 2 
3 0457759 —31:79266 1010:776 3 
4 0071676 —271:9994 | 4 
5 0008733 —2776°190 5 
6 0000871 —33198-92 6 
7 0000074 —456203°4 i 
| 8 0000005 —7088545° 8 
n log [Sn(1°1)| log |Cn(1°1)| log |En(1°1)|? n 
0 1-9499788 1:6566693 0-0000000 0 
1 1°5521721 0°1151335 0°2616069 1 
2 2-9101831 0°4915841 0:9834666 2 
3 9:1150063 11070253 2°2140511 3 
4 3:2075434 1:8938634 4 
5 42112570 274434492 5 
6 51414226 45211239 6 
7 6:0087975 5°6591585 7 
8 8:8213762 6°8505571 8 
| Se ee ee ee eee 
n log |Sn'(1'1)| log |Cn’(1‘1)| log |En’(1°1)|? n 
0 16566693 1-9499788 00000000 0 
1 1:7536079 1-8641937 1-9327614 1 
2 1°3196113 0°6370575 1:2751206 2 
3 3-6606370 1:5023269 3:0046548 3 
4 3°8553756 2-4345679 4 
5 4:9411828 -3°4434492 5 
6 5:9400699 3°7925037 6 
iz 6°8865989 48613172 7 
8 7-7311326 5:9932891 8 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


Bessel Functions of Half-Integral Order—continued. 


99 


n Sn(1°2) / C,(1°2) |En(1'2)|? n 
0 9320391 | *3623578 1000000 0 
1 4143415 1:234004 1:694444 1 
2 1038146 2-722652 7423611 2 
3 0182194 10°11038 102-2201 3 
4 0024655 56:25456 4 
5 0002717 411-7988 5 
6 0000253 3718°568 6 
7 0000020 39872°69 7 
8 0000001 494690-0 8 
n Sn’(1'2) | Cy’(1°2) |B,’ (1:2)? n 
0 3623578 —-9320391 1-0000000 0 
1 5867545 — 6659788 0:7878086 1 
2 2413171 —3:303749 10:97299 2 
3 0582660 | — 2255330 508°6546 3 
4 0100012 | —177:4048 4 
5 0013333 —1659°574 5 
6 “0001454 —18181:04 6 

7 0000134 —228872°1 7 
8 0000011 —3258061° 8 
n log |Sn(1°2)| log |Cx(1°2)| log |En(1°2)|? n 

0 1:9694341 1°5591376 00000000 0 
1 1:6173584 00913165 0:2290273 1 
2 1:0162585 0°4349921 0°8706152 2 
3 2-2605352 1:0047674 2:0095363 3 
4 3-3919031 1°7501577 4 
5 44341202 2:6146851 5 
6 5-4025955 _3°5703757 6 

7 6°3081560 46006755 ff 
8 71588359 5-6943332 8 
| log |Sn’(1°2)| log |Cn'(1°2)| log |En'(1'2)? n 
0 15591376 1:9694341 0-0000000 0 
1} 1°7684564 1:8234604 1:8964207 it 
2 1:3825881 05190071 1:0403251 2 
3 27654152 1:3532100 2:7064229 3 
4 20000500 2:2489654 4 
q 5 3-1249364 3-2199966 5 
6 41624806 4:2596187 6 
7 51274209 5°3595929 7 
8 6:0302111 6°5129592 8 


i) 
1) 


100 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 
Bessel Functions of Half-Integral Order—continued. 

n Sn(1°3) Cn(1'3) |E,(1°3)|? n 
0 9635582 2674988 1-000000 0 
1 4736998 1:169327 1591716 1 
2 1295951 2:430947 5°926298 2 
3 0247431 8:180470 66-92069 3 
4 0036368 41:61774 4 
5 0004350 279-9423 5 
6 0000439 2327-125 6 
7 0000038 22991°31 7 
8 ‘0000003 262957°2 8 
n Sn'(1'3) Cn’(1'8) [En’(1°8) |? n 
0 -2674988 —+9635582 1-0000000 0 
1 -5991737 —-6319831 0°7584118 1 
2 *2743226 —2°570592 6:683196 2 
3 -0724957 —16-44706 270°5110 3 
4 “0135528 —119°8741 4 
5 0019638 —1035:083 5 
6 0002325 —10460°63 6 
7 0000233 —121472°2 7 
8 -0000020 — 1595207: 8 

| n log [Sn(1°)| log |Cn1°3)| | log |En(1'3)|? n 
0 1:9838779 1:4273219 0-0000000 0 
1 1:6755032 0:0679358 0:2018656 1 
2 1-1125887 0°3857755 0°7727835 2 
3 2-3934538 0°9127782 18255604 3 
4 3-5607234 16192784 4 
5 4°6384829 2:4470686 5 
6 5-6422886 3°3668197 6 
7 6:5830439 4:3615637 7 
8 7:4688264 5:4198850 Sia 
n log |S,'(1°8)| log |Cn’(1°8)| log |E,’(1°8)|? n 
0 1:4273219 1:9838779 0:0000000 0 
1 1:7775528 1-8007055 1-8799051 1 
2 1:4382616 0-4100331 0°8249842 2 
3 2°8603124 12160883 2-4321850 3 
4 2°1320299 2:0787254 4 
5 3:2930930 3:0149754 5 
6 4-3663487 4-0195580 6 
7 5:3667311 5-0844770 7 
8 6:3047935 6:2028170 8 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 101 
Bessel Functions of Half-Integral Order—continued. 
| 
| n | Sn(1'4) | C,(1°4) [E"(1°4)|2 tty 
| 0 9854497 1699671 1-:000000 0 
p 1 5339255 1:106855 1°510204 1 
2 1586764 2:201865 4:873386 2 
3 0327759 6°756947 45°65741 3 
4 “0052029 31°58287 997:4779 4 
5 0006715 196-2758 5 
6 0000731 1510°584 6 
7 0000069 13830°58 7 
8 0000006 146674-2 8 
| S,/(1°4) Cy/(1°4) |En’(1'4)|? n 
0 1699671 —+9854497 10000000 0 
1 6040744 — 6206435 0°7501041 1 
2 3072450 —2-038666 4:250559 2 
3 0884424 —12:27731 150-7401 3 
4 0179104 —83'47983 6968'883 4 
5 0028048 —669°4021 5 
6 0003584 —6277°656 6 
7 -0000387 —67642°30 7 
8 0000036 —824307°5 8 
n log |Sn(1°4)| log |Cn(1°4)| log |En(1°4)|? n 
0 1-9936345 1:2303650 0-0000000 0 
1 1:7274807 0:0440907 0°1790356 1 
2 1:2005123 0°3427906 0-6878308 2 
3 9-5155541 0°8297505 1:6595113 3 
4 3°7162472 1°4994516 2:9989033 4 
5 48270381 2-2928668 5 
6 5°8636444 3:1791449 6 
7 6°8370529 41408403 7 
8 7°71553885 5°1663536 8 
n log |Sn’(1°4)| log |C,'(1°4)| log |En'(1'4)|? n 
0 1:2303650 1:9936345 0-0000000 0 
1 1:7810904 1:7928422 1:8751216 1 
2 1-4874848 0°3093461 0:6284460 2 
3 2-9466605 1-:0891032 2:1782289 3 
4 2-2531046 1:9215816 3°8431631 4 
5 3:4478942 2:8256871 5 
6 45543666 3°7977975 6 
7 5°5876714 48302184 7 
8 6°5584714 5:9160893 8 


102 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 
Bessel Functions of Half-Integral Order—continued. 
n Sn(1°5) C,(1'5) [En(1°5)/? n 
0 9974950 -0707372 1-000000 0 
1 5942595 1-044653 1:444444 1 
2 “1910239 2018569 4:111111 2 
3 “0424870 5°683910 32°30864 3 
4 “0072486 24°50635 600°5610 4 
5 0010044 141-3542 5 
6 -0001173 1012-091 6 
7 -0000118 8630-100 | 
8 -0000011 85288'91 8 
9 -0000001 957977°5 9 
n Sn'(1°5) Cn'(1°5) |En’(1°5)|? n 
o-- 0707372 —+9974950 1-0000000 0 
1 6013220 —+6256982 0°7530864 1 
P -3395609 —1-646772 2827160 2 
3 “1060500 —9°349252 87°41975 3 
4 -0231575 —59°66635 3560-073 4 
5 “0039005 —446:6742 5 
6 0005354 —3907-009 6 
7 -0000620 —39261°71 7 
8 -0000062 —446244'1 8 
9 -0000006 —5662576- 9 
n log |S»(1°5)| log |Cn(1°5)| log |En(1°5)|? n 
0 1-9989107 28496479 0-0000000 0 
1 17739761 0:0189721 0°1597008 1 
2 1-2810878 0°3050436 0°6139592 2 
3 2°6282557 0°7546472 1-5093187 3 
4 3°8602521 1:3892786 2°7785572 4 
5 3°0019201 21503086 5 
6 4-0691536 3:0052195 6 
7 5:0730299 3°9360158 i 
8 6°0217255 49308926 8 
9 8:9215307 5°9813553 9 
n log [Sn’(1'5)| log |Cn’(1'5)| log |En'(1°5)|? n 
0 2°8496479 1-9989107 0:0000000 0 
1 17791071 17963649 1-8768448 i 
2 15309177 02166335 _ 0°4513504 2 
3 1-0255107 0-9707768 1-9416096 3 
4 23646908 17757294 3°5514589 4 
5 35911161 2°6499909 5 
6 47286677 3°5918444 6 
a 5°7927320 45939692 7 
8 6°7940914 5°6495725 8 
9 7°7407389 6°7530141 9 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


Bessel Functions of Half-Integral Order—continued. 


103 


n 8,(1'6) C,,(1'6) i|{En(1°6)|? n 
0 9995736 —-0291995 1:000000 0 
1 6539330 9813239 1390625 1 
2 *2265508 1869182 3°545166 2 
3 0540383 4-859869 23°62125 3 
4 0098667 19°39275 3760787 4 
5 0014617 104-2243 5 
6 0001823 697°1495 6 
7 0000196 5560°116 7 
8 0000019 51428°93 8 
9 0000002 540872°3 9 
n Sn/(1'6) n (1'6) |En'(1°6)|? n 
0 —-0291995 —+9995736 10000000 0 
1 “5908655 —+6425270 0°7619629 1 
2 3707445 —1:355153 1:973892 2 
3 *1252290 —'T7:243073 52°47779 3 
4 -0293716 —43°62200 1902°887 4 
5 “0052989 —306'3083 5 
6 0007780 —2510-086 6 
7 0000964 —23628°36 7 
8 0000103 —251584°6 8 
9 0000010 —2990978: 9 
n log |Sn(1'6)| log |Cn(1°6)| log |En(1°6)|? n 
0 1-9998148 2:4653757 0-0000000 0 
1 18155333 1-9918124 0°1432100 1 
2 1-3551656 0:2716516 0°5496366 2 
3 27327015 0°6866246 13733029 3 
4 39941701 1:2876393 2°5752787 4 
5 3:1648490 2:0179691 5 
6 42608239 2°8433259 6 
7 5:2932701 3°7450838 7 
8 6-2704195 4:7112075 8 
9 7:1985963 5°7330947 9 
Se ae a ee ee ee eee ee 

n log |Sn’(1'6)| log |Cn’(1'6)| log |En(1°6)|? n 
0 24653757 1-9998148 0-0000000 0 
1 1-7714886 1-8078914 18819338 1 
2 1-5690747 0°1319885 0°2953234 2 
3 1-0977051 0°8599229 1:7199756 3 
4 24679281 1:6397055 3:2794131 4 
5 3°7241892 2-4861588 5 
6 4-8909713 3:3996887 6 
7 59839202 43734335 7 
8 5:0139483 5:4006840 8 
9 7:9891208 6°4758132 9 


—————— 


104 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Bessel Functions of Half-Integral Order—continued. 


n S,(1°7) | C,(1:7) |En(1°7)|? | 
| | 
0 9916648 —+1288445 1:000000 0 
1 7121767 9158740 1:346021 1 
2 *2651177 1:745093 3°115636 2 
3 0675811 4-216751 17°78556 3 
4 0131575 15°61800 243°9221 4 
5 0020760 78:46679 5 
6 0002756 492-1083 6 
7 0000316 3684°714 7 
8: 0000032 32020-07 8 
9 0000003 316516-0 9 
n Sn’(1°7) Cr’(1°7) |E,’(1°7)|? n 
0 —-1288445 —-9916648 1-0000000 0 
1 "5727373 —-6675939 07737096 1 
2 4002736 —1-137176 1°453389 2 
3 1458569 — 5696234 32:46835 3 
4 0366224 —32°53149 1058-299 4 
5 0070515 —215°1667 5 
6 0011033 —1658'386 6 
it 0001455 —14680°24 7 
8 0000166 —146998-0 8 
9 0000017 —1643653° 9 
n log |Sn(1°7)| log |Cn/1:7)| log |E,,(1°7)|? n 
0 1:9963649 1:1100659 0:0000000 0 
1 1:8525878 1:9618357 071290518 1 
2 1-4234387 02418185 0°4935467 2 
3 2-8298253 0°6249780 1:2500675 3 
4 2-1191719 11936255 2°3872512 4 
5 3-3172314 1:8946859 5 
6 44402972 2-6920607 6 
7 5-4996503 3-5664038 7 
8 6°5035823 45054223 8 
9 7-4584539 5°5003957 9 
n log |Sx’(1°7)| log |Cn’(1'7)| log |E,'(1°7)|? n 
0 1-1100659 1:9963649 0-0000000 0 
1 1°7579555 1-°8245123 18885780 1 
2 1:6023569 0:0558278 0°1623818 2 
3 1-1639270 0°7555878 1:5114602 3 
4 2-5637466 1°5123039 3°0246084 4 
5 3°8482825 2°3327750 5 
6 3:0426831 3-2196856 6 
7 4:1628774 4:1667333 a 
8 5:2199186 571673114 8 
9 62219501 6°2158101 9 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


Bessel Functions of Half-Integral Order— continued. 


105 


3 


nm | — Sn(1°8) Cn(1'8) [E,,(1'8)|? 

0 9738476 —*2272021 1-000000 0 
1 -7682286 "8476242 1:308642 1 
2 “3065333 1-639909 2:783265 2 
3 "0832528 3°707679 13°75381 3 
4 "0172277 12°77884 163-2991 4 
5 -0028856 60°18653 5 
6 0004064 355:0278 6 
7 0000494 2503°903 7 
8 0000053 20510°83 8 
9 0000005 191209°5 9 
n | Sn'(1'8) C,'(1'8) |En’(1°8}|? n 
0 —+2272021 —+9738476 1-0000000 0 
1 5470540 —-6981045 0°7866179 1 
2 -4276360 —-9744971 1:132517 2 
3 1677786 —4+539556 20°63572 3 
4 0449691 —24-68975 609-5837 4 
5 0092122 —154:4060 5 
6 0015310 —1123-239 6 
7 0002143 —9382°372 vk 
8 0000259 —88655°34 8 
9 0000028 —935536°6 9 
n log |Sn(1'8)| log |C(1'8)| | log |E,(1°8)|? n 
0 1-9884910 1-3564123 0:0000000 0 
1 1°8854904 1-9282034 0:1168208 1 
2 1-4864777 0-2148198 0°4445545 2 
3 2:9203990 0°5691021 1:1384231 3 
4 22362268 1-1064915 2°2129838 4 
5 34602321 1:7794993 5 
6 4:6089333 25502623 6 
7 5°6937251 3°3986175 7 
8 6°7229634 4°3119832 8 
9 7°7030474 5'2815094 9 


106 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 
Bessel Functions of Half-Integral Order—continued. 
n log |Sn'(1°8)| log |Cn/(1°8)| log |En’(1°8)|? n 
0 1-3564123 1-9884910 0:0000000 0 
1 1-7380302 1-8439204 18957638 1 
2 1-6310743 19887805 0:0540448 2 
3 1-2247366 0°6570134 1:3146196 3 
4 2-6529141 1:3925167 2°7850333 4 
5 3-9643632 2-1886641 5 
6 3°1849668 3:0504723 6 
7 4-3309626 3-9723126 7 
8 5-4135565 4-9477049 8 
9 6:4409759 5:9710608 9 
n 8,(1°9) C(1'9) JEn(1'9)|? n 
0 9463001 —+3232896 1-000000 0 
1 -8213422 7761477 1:277008 1 
D -3505561 1:548786 2°521627 2 
3 -1011738 3:299605 10°89763 3 
4 “0221894 10°60765 112°5228 4 
5 -0039339 46:94717 5 
6 -0005860 261-1918 6 
a -0000753 1740-154 7 
8 0000085 13476°87 8 
9 -0000009 1188424 9 
10 0000001 1174947" 10 
n Sn/(1'9) Cn'(1°9) |Bn'(1°9) |? n 
0 —°3232896 —-9463001 10000000 0 
1 “5140147 —-7317883 0°7997253 1 
2 “4523358 —+8541533 0°9341855 2 
3 1908080 —3°661116 13:44018 3 
4 “0544592 —19-03230 362-2312 4 
5 0118370 —112-9375 5 
6 -0020835 —777°8689 - 6 
i -0003085 —6149-903 i 
8 0000395 —55004°56 8 
9 0000044 —549460°6 9 
10 -0000004 —6065087° 10 


———————————— Kx 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 107 
Bessel Functions of Half-Integral Order — continued. 

n log |Sn(1°9)| | log |Cn(1°9)| log |E,(1'9) |? n | 
0 1-9760289 1-5095917 6:0000000 0 
1 1-9145242 18899444 0°1061937 1 
2 15447575 0°1899914 0:4016809 2 
3 10050680 0°5184619 1:0373320 3 
4 2:3461456 1:0256193 20512405 4 
5 3°5948263 1-6716094 5 
6 £7678710 2°4169595 6 
7 5-8767966 3:2405878 7 
8 6°9300277 4:1295890 8 
9 7°9340049 5°0749712 9 
10 88938182 6:0700182 10 

| 

n log |Sn’(1°9)| log |Cn'(1°9)| log |En’(1°9)|? eal 
0 1:5095917 1:9760289 0-0000000 0 
1 1-7109755 1°8643855 1-9029408 1 
2 1-6554610 1:9315358 1:9704331 2 
3 1-2805966 0°5636135 1:1284051 3 
4 2:7360716 1:2794912 2:5589859 4 
5 2-0732403 * 2°0528383 5 
6 3:3187965 2°8909064 6 
7 4-4893142 3°7888683 q 
8 5:5961638 4-7403987 8 
9 6:6476631 5°7399366 9 
10 6°7828371 10 


7:6501758 


108 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Part IV. 
Tables of the ber, bei, ker, kei, &c. functions—(continued). 
Introductory Note. 
§ 1. Definitions (Kelvin, ‘Math. and Phys. Papers,’ vol. iii. p. 491; 

Russell’s ‘ Alternating Currents,’ 2nd ed., vol. i., chap. 7). 
ber w+ bei =1,(aV 1) (=V=1) 
ber x—t bei e=J (x V1) 
ker a+ kei z=K,(xV 0) 
kei a—. kei e=G) (av 1) 


§ 2. Hapansions 
In series of ascending powers. 


4 8 - _ 8 
bro=l—e patent aept belo epee 
3 2 | 50 x8 
ker z=(a—log 2) ber a+o bei toe oh ai ga oaae ae 


Seen eae pees x? helt 8 
kei e=(a—log x) bei x i ber «+ PE" @.4.62+ thik J 
ee eee 


=(; BN ers 4... 28.)? a=log, 2—y='1159815. 


§ 3. In semi-divergent series of descending powers. 


: en ‘ 3m +m? 
These are obtained from I,(a)=(27x)-? exp (a+™ +— ota + ae 


3m +2m? a 15m+14m?+m? , 45m+51m?+ 8m? 
4a 102° 1226 


630m + 807m? + 190m? +5m4 se 35m + 488m? + 1382m3 + 8m! 
5627 8x8 
fe 11840m + 16704? + 59253 + 560m4 + 7m? 
7229 
14175m + 21780m? + 8655m? + 1080m! + 82m5 
* 20x19 ‘i 


where m= 1 a 


+ 


+ 


(To derive these coefficients put in Bessel’s equation for I,a, viz.: 
yp y—y(1+™,) =) ae (fu de) whence wu + u—(1 Pha 
x x? ig 4 ae x 2) 
=0; from this the coefficients are readily deduced.) 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 109 


From this expansion, putting 7 / , for zandn=0, ber =(27zx)-*e* cos [3 
and bei x=(27z)~*e* sin 8, where 


ot 1 25 13 1073 375733 
~ 18+ 8 2y 884/23 1982! 5120/ 25 9208760 Ian? 
1 SL er 
pee. roe. 25 1073 hi 103 
V2 8 8V2x 16x? 384/223 ° 5120/ 22°" 19224 
375738 
To09876V9a7 °° °° 


Putting w/c for x and n=1 since I’,(x)=I,(z), ber'x=(2mx)—*e” cos @ 
and bei’x=(27x)“e’ sin ¢ where 


3 a1, a7 | 1899 543183 
ig 2) BV Ox 128V 2x3 * 12824 * 5120 /2x> 229376 V Ix? 
32427 
~ 409628 
odes gk 3 21 1899 27 
9= 7987 BV 2x 16x2* 128V 22> 5120 2x* 3228 
543483 
~229876V 2u7 + 


The corresponding series for ker x, kei x, &c., are obtained by putting 


—ax for x and ( x) *cos nx for (Q7x)* 


§ 4. The ‘ Product Functions.’ 


In practical problems the functions usually appear in certain combina- 
tions. For the ber and bei functions they are as follows: 


Xb*(ax)=ber?a + bei?« =1,(rV/ 1) Jo(av 1) 
Vb (x)=ber!*ax + bei’a =I'(evV 1) Ji (zy 0) 
Zb (a) =ber x ber’c-+bei x bei’e=5 (Vode +1,J%,) 


Wb (a)=ber z bei’s:— bei « ber'e= 5 (I'Jo—1,F'o) 
t 
(In the last two the argument aM. is understood for I, and Jo:) 


* This notation is adapted from that in Russell’s Alternating Currents, second 
edition, vol. 1, chapter 7. 


110 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


§ 5. The corresponding combinations of the ker and kei functions are : 
Xk(x) =ker?x + kei?ax =K (x Vi) Go(av 1) 
Vk(x) =ker’2a + kei’?x ca Gg 


Zk(x) =ker x ker’e +kei 2 koi/e= 5 (K’yGo+KoG's) 
Wh(a) =ker a kei!n—kei « ker'e =, (K’oGy—KyG',). 
t 


§ 6. Mixed (ber, ker, &c.) product-functions arise from 
Ip(aV 1) Go(av 1) &e. 
and the real and unreal parts of this product will be called X7(x) and 
Xwu(a) ; and there are corresponding combinations analogous to the V, 
W, and Z functions already given : 


Xr(x) =ber w ker x+bei x kei x ‘Fi Me t 
Xu(z)—=ker x bei e—ber x kei aA Xr(x) + Xue) =To(wv Gola v1) 


Veto) bens hee ele bal) vel) + ValabaPaC 

Zr(a) = j(ber'e ker +ber x ker’a + boi'x kei x + bei x kei’x 

Zu(a)= 5 (ker x bei’x+ker’a bei x —ber'a kei x —ber x kei’x 
Zr(a) + Zu(a) =5 (aes +1,G’,). 

Wr(z) =p (ber x kei’a+ker x bei’x—ber’x kei x —ker'x beix 

Wu(z) =5 (ker' ber «+bei’x kei x—ber’x ker x —bei’x kei x | 
Wr (2) +. Wu(a)= 9, (lo ~1',G)). 


§ 7. The last four may be simplified by the following relations, which 
arise from the well-known property of the Bessel functions :— 


T9(#)K’ (a) —I'9(x)Ko(a)= —* 
Putting x/ for and equating real and imaginary parts, 
ber x ker’ + bei’a kei x—ber'’a ker x—bei « kei’x= 7 
ber x kei’ + bei x ker’a —ber’x kei x—bei’x ker x=0. 


§ 8. Hence 


Zr(x) =ber x ker’w + bei’x kei e+ a ker «+bei x kei/e— 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 111 


Zu(x)=ker x bei’x—ber x kei’x=bei x ker'x — kei x ber’x 
Wr(x)=ber x kei’x—ber'sx kei sz=ker x bei’x —ker’ax bei « 


Wu(«)=ker'x ber x—ker « ber’a + opel x kei‘s—bei'x kei x— = 


It will be noticed that Jo(@W/1)Ko(@v )=Xr(z)—iXu(x), &e. 


At the present time Vr(x) and Vu(x), called by Dr. Russell* S(z) 
and T(x) are the only mixed functions which have arisen in practical 
work, and tables of these two only are included here. 


§ 9. As the four X- functions arise from the products I,J), KyGo, and 
I,G (argument «Vv .), they must each be related in the same way to 
their derivates ; and we shall now show that they are four independent 
solutions of a linear differential equation of the fourth order; as are’also 
the four V, the four Z, and the four W functions. 


§ 10. Differentiation of the X-, V-, Z-, W- functions.—The argument 
x will be understood: X stands for Xd(zx) or any of the other three X 
functions, and V, Z, W, for the corresponding V-, Z-, and W- functions. 


Noticing that ber’«= —* ber'e—bei x and bei"2=—* bei’x+ber at 
X97, v=2w—2V 
w= aly w= x—lw. 
a x 


Further differentiation gives : 

Wt 3y1ox = (w’ 4 ww) 
zx x 
multiplying by x and successively differentiating 
yorty N+ Ayn _gXn-1 ar Iyn-29 (w" a awe) 

Again X!’+ *x’ =2YV. Multiplying by # and successively differentiating 

Xrtty % xnW9 (ve 48 *ye) ’ 
x x 


By these.relations the successive derivates of X, V, W, and Z (which 
=$X’) can be calculated. 


* Alternating Currents, loc. cit. 
+ Or we may obtain our results from XO(x) =1,(@ V1)J,(a V1), &e. (§ 4). 


112 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


§ 11. We can now find the linear differential equation solved by X. 
By eliminating V and its derivates from 


XIV + 3yu1 = 2(v™ + 2y71 
x x 
xm 4 2xnsayr4lyy 
x x 
Katy Xt = 2V 
OX =yu4 3yr 
x 
we obtain w!.X?" + 43. X™+-9?X"U—aX!—427!X=0. 


The corresponding equations for the V, Z, and W functions are: 
at VV 4 498 V— 82°V" 4 80 Vi —42!V =O; 
at ZY 4 4937" — 39°Z" — 382Z'4+ Z(8—42') =0. 
xtW + 403 W™ + a? WY +a0W'—W(14+42')=0. 
§ 12. These equations afford the best means of determining the 


coefficients in the expansions in series of the functions. The results are 
set out here; the appropriate solution is of course determined by multi- 


plying out a few terms of the expansions of ber z, ker a, &e. 


—_ C fi)* Cie Ci 
Malti ateee see 


eyegan 5. Cla) Ci ee 
V@=Ch't est eep Bam 


Mh A Gree Gre ese 
w= e treat ese SEE 


“rey g Eh) hd Ch) 
WOH + Tip eee een 


2? 5b) eae i oo 
Xu(e)=4 X0)— “ona * @6)7B* @.6.10)25* 


8 gi2 
6b (26.1047t +t" ) 


1 4 
Vu(z) =] VO(2)—3(14 23 +a, 


Z(t) =] z0(e)— (s+ a eye + (0.6 107d t me 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 113 


oe al gil 
Wau(x)=% W(x) — Ga sat@onteeioet °° ) 


Xr(«)=(a—log x) XB(x) + ate + anu? Bie +...+., where 


fat AS (° S67 Sees i 1 
atom pent «13 (1) +43 (ata) 
s=1 s=1 


Vr(a)=(a—log x) Vb(x) + 3(*/.)? +, r are 2367: 


The coefficients are oe reall 


aa ny el ea)? Ca)” 247 C/s)" 
Zr(«c)=(a—log x) AOS 9 a 12 2/47 120|2/3/6¢ Aarti 


Danes 1 1 1 
The coefficients are Gh giana) Cage sine ee 
se, 7 G@/s)? , 227 (7/s)° 
Wr(e)=(4—log 2) WO) + M+ Igy Tat 190° BSB 
: 3 
The coefficients are c,;— A 3 Co— 3 C3— —#3 iia Sap e 


Xk(e)= { («log oem Xba) -+2(a—log x) {es Ch)" £6 Cap C/)" 


[2[1 2" 92/24 
si 
L Gat (2. ope @. 6. 10)%6* oak. )+eaiet asa 
= "3 8) Poca 
where n,=2; ome a reget meets, vu) 
nn,,+ 8-8 4 8(4r—1) 


2r(2r—1) " 8r?(2r—1) 


Via) = { («log 2) +55 } Vole) +2(«—Ioga) { 40/4545 o : ate] 


Bas 7 (7/2)? _, 823 (*/s)° 
i++ weet sam ) 8 {1 ‘1 7 288 (1 2\8 
1916 I 


114 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Zk(a)= { (a— log 2)°+3 = Zb(«) + 2(a—log 2){ — A Cha 


2x {1 (2 
5 (?/2)! 
ieee 
wr (2 x 11 (*/o)? , 948 (7/5)? 
—5(at @arpt +5 ip * 288 1 2 id 


The new coefficients are (m —5e1) : (.—fe2) ; (»5—fes) at eta 


Wh(2)= { (a— log 2)?+, | WO(2) +2(a—log 2) | 5(°/2) 


a af)” Fy 
tiga pt **: 
o/s ae bo! 1 4 89 (*/2)° 14762 ("/o)9 4, 
4\o 2B ea ra a(3 B6 [1 [1 (3 3600 "2 [2 |5 
The new coefficients are(m; — 2c oy} (n se — 
iF gya)) (M2 4% Tees) 


3 8 
(1s—fea+ ss) ose 


§ 18. Expansions in series of descending powers. 
From gr expansions, in descending powers, of ber x, &c., we have 
b] ’ 


Xb(x)=5 = and Vi(a)=5—-¢ °7 (for a and yn, see § 3). 
: — Vp Zb(a) _ 2(¢— a) 
Zb(x). Putting Zb(2) =e , we have Xb ar : 
Now e"=27a2Xb(z). Taking logs and differentiating 
Z0(e) 7 1 oe 4 25 13 L073 
Xd(z) 22 JQ 2 BVI? 128V 2a! 320° 10247 228 


tips dg ee 
zJ/2 8a 12824 


: Agel hey 272 ae 
Then putting OS yaF 2(¢ a) =log (1 


16/ 2° 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 115 


From this, by expanding the logarithm, we obtain 


eee Gere c= ed Ban Bh AT nD 
2/ 2.10% J/2 8V2~ 160? 198V/2z3 128z* 
wistan t. RISE 
5120V 9x5 51205 
bei : ae 
WO(z). We have B=arc tan . Differentiating 
ber 
io Mie gi BR i 2 TOMB, 10 
XO(z) V2 8V2n? 80> 198V 2x! 1024/ 2x5 32a" 
Proceeding as for Zb(x), we obtain 
Wo(2)=—1— where 
2/ 2a 
x H 1 23 1 1153 835 


= f Fe eee ae ie ea nae 
ed SV In * 160” 384/203 1282! 5120/2" 1536a° 

§ 14. The differential equations of the 4th order (see § 11) are all 

unchanged by substitution of —a, or uw, for x; therefore the same co- 


efficients furnish four independent solutions of each equation. 
The ker, kei, &c., forms are of course obtained by substituting —a for 


x and Va 5 for vs = The expansions of the mixed functions are: 
aT 


B= be (a. ) Vee ( = 1 25 
a= foe OE \ eat * “*) Vein S\N a oe 108 


10738 
+ ——___ + ..... 
2560/7 22° 
g=}-e eo ) jos = See 21 
Vu(a)= f ~ Qe °° (+ gana +) sin f \@Y2 + a ant 6a 7208 
yee bY 
2560/2a° 
ies an (ote) (8) 
Fual=+ fayae P \*ae® Giant a58at" ©**) Leos a2 
ee 
4/20 64V 2x3 2560/7 20° 
Wr(x)+ I 2 (—ga- tat S30 ee: . sco fl a 
Wulz)— fava OxP* \ Ba? 64a! 76825 : cos f \?¥2 
1 23 1153 


ae ee 


att ab: op . 
4/2¢ 192/203 2560/ 2a” 


116 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


§ 15. The expansions of the ratios, similar to those given above for 
Zv(2) ona WO(z) 
Xb(zx) Xb(z) 

From e”=27rxVb(x); taking logs and differentiating, and noticing 


that Vo (2) =2(Wo(2)—1Vo(e)) 


, may be noted here. 


WA(z) _ peg ae og 1 eye G5) SSP a7" _ ease 
Vb(x) "22 SQ 2 Sy2u? 128/2x4 82x 1024.7 2x8 


From e*= ay 2QraZb(x), differentiating as before and noticing that 
Zb! (x) =Vb( (x) —*20(2) 


V0(2) _ 97 = =2{ 4 8 ght Gg VSI 4 ee 
Zb(a) J2 8/20? 8x? 128 /2Qx' 32x” 1024,/2x8 
AGL Se 
25627 


From ¢2"=2/27rx2 WD(a), noticing that Wb'(x)=Xb(z) ae WO(z). 


Xb(a) _ =a {7 ] ee 23 = 1 e 11538 
Wod(a) J2 8/2x? 8a? 128/ 2x1 * 8205 * 1024/2028 
835 
+ o56a7t °° 


beta .. — 
From ¢=are tan = , differentiating 


FALE May Womb Er bee oie ee ica, pple 81 
ea BV 2x? 8x? 128/20! | 1024./22°" 1627 


Vb(x) _ 1 (ake Se 25° Poa 
XO(z) WV De 4a?" 8./2x?" 8224 128V 2a 642° 1024/ 2x7 


The ker, kei, &c., functions yield similar series with the sign of « 
changed. 


* It will be seen that we may also obtain the coefficients in the series ¢ and w as 


follows: (=3[ 772 do=3 [ly ke; w= 3 | WeQae = 3%, be. 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 117 


§ 16. The following properties are useful in checking calculations : 
Vb(x).Xb(a)=Zb2(a) + Wd x)... Hypa) V'o(aV )Io(@V 0) I (av «) 
Vi (x). Xk (x) = Zk? (a) + Wk? (x) &e. 


Vr(a).Xr (oe) =Zr2(x) + Wr*(x) — in 


Vui(a).Xeu(cc) = Za?(a) + Wu?(z) a 


Xb(e) Xk(w)= Xr?2(w)+ Ku(x)=Ty(aVe). In(ave). Kola ve). (Go(avs) 
Vb(xz) Vk(v)= Vr?(x)+ Vu*(x) &e. 


Zb(a) Zk(x)= Zrr(x)+ Zu?(x)— in 


WO(e)Wk(e)=Wr"(2) + Wut(2) — 2, 


Table of the functions when x=6, to illustrate the foregoing expan- 
sions and properties : 


X4(6)| + 132-2682 | X2(6) +-0000525042 | X7(6)—-0471463 | Xu(6)| + -0687158 
V0(6) +117-7264 | VAC6) +-0000590055 | Vr(6)| + 0550093 | Vu(6) —:0626138 
46) + 82-1505 | Zk(6) 0000413761 | Zr(6)|—-0448258 | Zu(6)| —-0391922 
| W5(6) + 93-9296 } WA(6) —-0000372298 | Wr(6) +-0483902 | Wu(6)| + 0332545 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


TABLE V. 


Reports of 1912 and 1915 respectively.) 


(Note.—Tables of ber x, &c., and of ker a, éc., will be found in the British Association 


XD(e) Vi(e) Zb(e) Wh(x) 
0 1 0 0 0 
2 1:00005 -0100001 0005000 -100002 
“4 1:00080 -0400053 -0040003 -200053 
6 1:00405 -090061 -0135046 -300405 
8 1:01281 “160341 0320341 ‘401707 
1-0 1:03129 *251303 -0626628 -505212 
1:2 1:06498 "363892 -108584 “612981 
1:4 1:12065 “499824 -173218 728096 
1:6 1:20655 “661920 -260379 "854893 
1:8 1:33255 "854529 *374501 -999223 
2-0 1:51046 1:08403 “520949 1:168755 
2-2 1°75450 1:35944 "706429 1:37335 
2-4 2-08193 1:69315 “93951 1:62553 
2°6 2-51392 2-10186 1:23131 1:94108 
2°8 3-07672 2-60770 1:59633 2°33986 
3-0 380325 323967 2-05354 284679 
3:2 473513 4:03545 2-62780 349329 
3:4 5:92538 5-04380 3°35153 431898 
3°6 7:44187 6°32750 426701 5°37411 
38 9°37181 7-96737 5:42919 6°72254 
4:0 11°82753 10-06727 690940 844578 
4-2 14:9539 12°7608 8-8000 10-6482 
4:4 189381 16°2199 11-2208 13-4636 
4:6 24-0217 20-6660 143263 17-0643 
4°8 30°5169 26°3848 18°3169 21-6720 
5:0 38°8274 33°7452 23°4516 27-5728 
52 49-4749 43°2237 30:0653 35°1364 
Br 631341 55°4372 385921 44-8401 
56 80°6778 71:1843 49°5937 57°3015 
58 103-235 91-500 63°7984 73320 
6:0 132-268 117-726 82150 93-930 
62 169°670 151-605 105°875 120-471 
64 217-895 195396 136°563 154681 
6°6 280-122 252-035 176:279 198-812 
68 360°476 325°338 227-708 255°784 
7-0 464°311 420-263 294°339 329°389 
7:2 598°573 543:256 380-710 424-546 
14 772°290 702-711 492-726 547°648 
7:6 997-186 909°539 638-064 706:998 
7:8 1288°51 1177:95 826°74 913-39 
8-0 1666-08 1526-44 1071-78 1180°87 
8:2 2155-69 1979-12 1390°15 1527-69 
8:4 2790-90 2567°39 1803-99 1977°61 
8:6 361541 3332-19 2342-13 2561°58 
8:8 468614 4326-90 3042°17 3319°88 
9-0 6077°21 5621°11 3953-18 4305-00 
9-2 788526 7305-63 5139°16 5585°32 
9-4 10236:23 9498-98 6683" 64. 7250-02 
9°6 13294°4 12355°8 8695°7 9415°3 
“9°8 17273°9 16078'1 11317°6 12232'9 
10-0 22454'3 20929°6 14735°4 15900°5 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES, 119 


TABLE VI. 

z Xk(x) Vk(ev) —Zk(x) — Wk(x) 
0 co co co co 

*2 =| 3°578536 24°28511 8°701176 3°345845 

“4 | 1°624504 5°62803 2°717202 1°326491 

6 *886757 2°24272 1:231493 -687150 

8 “525874 ~ 1:103742 *650496 *396591 
1:0 *327220 *606639 *373568 *242799 
ale *210158 *356545 "226108 *154291 
1°4 “138048 °219118 -141870 -100606 
16 *0922234 ‘1389881 *0913721 -0668513 
18 -0624249 -0902563 -0600250 -0450694 
2-0 -0427017 -0596793 ‘0400477 *0307342 
2°2 *0294633 ‘0398631 *0269829 -0211286 
2°4 “0204761 *0271615 ‘0184628 *0146726 
2°6 *0143175 -0186069 ‘0127076 -0102431 
2°8 “0100639 *0128489 “00880954 ‘00719042 
30 -00710636 -00893315 -00614495 -00507167 
3:2 “00503806 -00624709 ‘00430923 ‘00359218 
3:4 ‘00358437 -00439086 “00303602 *00255363 
3°6 “00255816 “00309989 -00214779 -00182127 
3°8 “00183091 -00219708 -00152498 -00130273 
4:0 -00131374 -00156261 “00108629 *000934262 
4:2 “000944827 “001114834 -000776066 -000671600 
4:4 -000680933 -000797598 -000555901 -000483822 
4°6 -000491686 -000572080 -000399151 "000349232 
4:8 -000355660 -000411271 -000287226 *000252534 
5:0 -000257682 “000296286 “000207099 -000182913 
52 -000186975 “000213858 -000149600 -000132688 
5:4 “000135858 -000154635 -000108247 -000096390 
56 “0000988426 “0001119950 -0000784476 -0000701132 
5:8 -0000719989 “0000812348 ‘0000569341 ‘0000510620 
6:0 “0000525042 -0000590055 -0000413761 -0000372298 
6:2 -0000383282 ‘0000429148 -0000301073 -0000271735 
6-4 -0000280072 -0000312498 | “0000219332 “0000198533 
6°6 “0000204844 -0000227814 “0000159960 -0000145187 
6°8 ‘0000149953 -0000166254 ‘0000116779 ‘0000106269 
7:0 “00001098614 -00001214503 ‘00000853371 -00000778478 
72 “00000805511 ‘00000888036 “00000624176 -00000570725 
7:4 “00000591042 -00000649898 “00000456930 -00000418727 
76 *00000433977 -00000476016 ‘00000334768 “00000307426 
7:8 ‘00000318862 -00000348930 ‘00000245455 -00000225860 
8:0 “00000234430 -00000255965 *00000180100(5)| -00000166041 
8:2 -00000172457 -00000187900 *00000132238(5)| -00000122138 
8°4 “00000126940 -00000138028 “00000097160 -00000089896 
8:6 “000000934870 ‘000001014568 | -000000714306 “000000662009 
88 -000000688858 -000000746207 | -000000525462 -000000487771 
9:0 “000000507837 -000000549146 | -000000386762 -000000359572 
9:2 -000000374563 “000000404349 | :000000284827 *000000265194 
9:4 -000000276390 “000000297888 | -000000209866 -000000195677 
9-6 -000000204038 -000000219567 | -000000154710 “000000144446 
9°8 -000000150688 ‘000000161917 | -000000114104 -000000106674 

10:0 -0000001113328 *0000001194581; -0000000841936 | -:0000000788102 


120 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 
TasLe VII. (See § 8, p. 110.) 
x Vr(a) Vulx) x Vr(2) Vu(«) 

0 0 —-500000 52 —-0371624 —-0886720 
0-2 +:0247540 —-492179 54 —-0108757 —-0919472 
0-4 +-0713026 —-469113 56 +-0143658 —-0881244 
0-6 +-124040 —-431967 58 +-0368098 —‘0779618 
0-8 +:174894 —+382606 6:0 +-0550093 —-0626138 
1:0 +:218643 —-323490 6-2 +-0679052 —-0435313 
1:2 +:251844 —:257524 6-4 +-0748787 —°0223443 
1:4 +-272422 —‘187900 6:6 +:0757705 —-0007394 
16 +°279458 —'117907 68 +:0708683 +:0196616 
1:8 +-273040 —:050751 7-0 +-0608633 +-0374134 
2-0 ++254128 -+-010625(5) 7:2 +-0467809 +-0513408 
2-2 + 223987 +:063413 7:4 +:0298904 +-0606091 
2°4 +:186138 ++106494 76 +0116026 +:0647682 
2°6 +:141961 +-137681 7°8 —-0066396 +:0637662 
2°8 +:094732 +°156626 8:0 —°0234668 +°0579349 
3°0 +:047328 +:163403 8:2 —‘0376797 +:0479480 
3-2 +:002473 -+°158757 8:4 —-0483291 +:0347564 
3:4 —-037420 +:144036 8-6 —:0547744 +°0195065 
3-6 —-070384 +-121081 8:8 —-0567175 +-0034470 
3°8 —°094991 + 092096 9:0 —°0542104 —°0121671 
4-0 —+1104176 +:0594913 9:2 —-0476367 —-0261681 
4-2 —+1164649 +:0257313 9:4 —-0376694 —-0375586 
4-4 —*1135359 —'0068231 9°6 —'0252095 —°0455787 
46 —+1025796 —-0360562 9:8 —-0113098 —-0497534 
4°8 —'0850008 —‘0602179 10:0 +°0029099 — ‘0499173 
5-0 —:0625442 —-0780156 

TasLe VIII. 
x Vb(x)/X2(x) Zb(w)(Xb(x) | Wo(x)/Xb(x) | Zb(w)/Vo(x) | Wa(x)/Vb(x) 
0 0 0 0 0 co 

“2 ‘010000 “0005000 099997 -050000 10°00008 

"4 °039973 *0039971 *199893 -099993 5:00067 

6 089697 0134501 -299193 149949 3:33557 

8 158314 0316291 “396628 199787 250532 
1:0 243678 0607616 489883 249352 2:01037 
1:2 -34169 101959 “57558 298395 168451 
1-4 44601 154569 64971 “34656 1:45671 
1:6 54861 -215804 70854 -39337 1:29154 
1:8 64128 281043 74986 43826 116933 
2°0 *71768 *344896 ‘77378 "48057 1:07816 
2:2 77483 -40264 78276 51965 1:01023 
2°4 *81326 *45127 *78078 *55489 -96006 
26 “83609 48980 “717213 “58582 92351 
2:8 84756 51884 “76050 61216 89729 
3:0 *85181 “53994 74852 63388 “87873 
3:2 *85224 55496 "73774 65118 86565 
3:4 *85122 56562 -72890 -66449 85630 
36 85026 -57338 “72215 67436 84933 
3:8 85014 57931 71731 68143 “84376 

4:0 *85117 “58418 71408 68632 83893 
4:2 *85334 -58848 *71206 *68962 *83444 
4°4 *85647 *59250 “71093 *69179 *83007 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 121 


Tape VIII.—continued. 


x Vb(x)/Xd(x) Zb(x)/Xb(zx) W2B()/X3(x) Zb(x)/Vb(x) Wh(2x)/Vb(a) 
46 *86031 *59639 *71037 "69323 *82572 
48 "86460 *60022 *71016 "69422 *82138 
5:0 “86911 “60400 -71014 “69496 *81709 
52 *87365 | *60769 *71019 *69557 “81290 
54 *87809 *61127 *71024 *69614 “80884 
56 *88233 *61471 *71025 *69669 *80497 
5°8 "88633 *61799 *71022 *69725 | *80131 
6:0 “89006 *62109 *71014 “69781 "719786 
62 “89353 *62401 *71003 *69836 *79464 
6°4 "89674 | °62674 “70989 *69890 *79163 
6°6 *89973 “62929 “70973 *69942 “78883 
6°8 90252 *63169 “70957 “69991 “78621 
70 *90513 | *63393 *70941 “70037 *78377 
72 *90759 *63603 “70926 “70079 "78148 | 
74 “90990 “63801 “70912 “70118 “717934 
76 “91210 *63987 “70899 “70153 “17732 
78 “91419 *64163 “70888 *70185 *77541 | 
8:0 *91619 *64329 “70877 “70214 “77361 
8:2 “91809 *64488 “70868 “70241 *77190 | 
8:4 “91992 *64638 “70859 “70265 "77028 
8:6 *92166 *64782 "70852 “70288 "76874 
8:8 92334 *64919 "70845 “70308 “76727 
9:0 *92495 *65049 “70838 *70327 “76586 
9°2 *92649 *65174 "70832 "70345 *76452 
9°4 *92798 | *65294 *70827 “70362 “76324 
9°6 “92940 *65409 | °70822 *70377 "76202 
9°8 “93078 | *65519 “70817 ‘70391 “76084 
10-0 793210 *65624 “70813 “70405 “75972 
_ 1:00000 | “70711 “70711 “70711 “70711 


Note on the Graphs of these Ratio Functions. 


Zb/Xb and Zb/Vb increase, and Wd/ Vb decreases, with the argument. 
Vb/Xb increases up to a maximum value °85285 when x=3:1286, 
decreasing then to a minimum value ‘85006 when x=8°7233; there- 
after it increases towards the asymptotic value 1. 

W5/Xd increases up to a maximum value ‘78312 when x=2°2534, 
then descends to a minimum value °71018 when x=4:9360; it then 
rises slightly to a maximum ‘71025 when x=5'5727, thereafter it 


decreases towards the asymptotic value }V2=-70711. 


There is an error in Prof. Webster’s Table of bei’x which necessitated 
the recalculation of part of the Table. The error becomes considerable 
as the argument increases, and the corrected figures used in calculating 
the foregoing Tables are given below. 


122 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 1 


TABLE IX. 

x bei’x z, bei’x 
6°5 —14°129423 8°6 +12°832116 
6°6 —14°670413 8:7 +17°883387 
67 —15°146266 88 + 23°465444 
6°8 —15°543406 8:9 +29°598302 
6:9 —15°847109 9:0 + 36°299384 
7:0 —16°041489 971 +43°582976 
eu — 167109484 9:2 +51°459634 
7:2 — 16:032856 9°3 +59°935547 
033 —15°792207 9-4. +69:011850 
7:4 —15°367001 9°5 -+78°683888 
7°5 —14°735602 9°6 +88°940434 
76 —13°875334 | 9°7 +99°762855 
77 —12°762551 9°8 +111°124240 
78 —11°372739 9°9 + 122°988479 
79 — 9°680623 10:0 +135°309302 
8:0 — 7°660318 10°1 +148:029283 
871 — 5'285490 10-2 +161:078815 
8:2 — 2°529555 10°3 +174°375051 
83 + 0°634098 10°4 + 187°820832 
84 + 4:231841 10°5 +201°303603 
8:5 + 8:289519 


The following simultaneous equation occurs in practice (see Russell’s 
‘ Alternating Currents,’ 2nd ed., vol. i. p. 222) :— 


A bervx+B beiz+C kerz+D keix=1 
A bei «—B ber2v+C kei x—D ker xz=0 
A ber’a +B bei'x +C ker’a + D kei/a=0 
A bei’x —B ber’a+C kei’x —D ker’s=0 


From the relations (§ 7) 
ber x ker’x + bei’x kei x—ber'x ker x—bei x kei’x= —1/a 
ber a kei’x +beiax ker’x—ber’x kei x—bei’x ker x=0 
we may write the solution of the equation by inspection :— 
A = —gker's B= +akei'e C= +aber'e D = —xbei'z. 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 123 


Part V. (Prof. G. N. Watson.) 
TABLE X. 


Table of the Logarithmic Gamma Function. 


10+loge T(1+ 2) 


10+loge T(1+2z) | x | 10+logeT(l+a) | Fe 

9:9971344334 || -270 9°8974168067 ‘535 9°8810616420 
9:9943096921 “275 9-8964125776 540 9°8814165100 
9:9915254813 “280 9°8954374731 “545 9°8817939466 
9°9887815107 || -285 9°8944913366 -550 9°8821938554 
9°9860774933 || +290 9°8935740128 “B55 9°8826161405 
9:9834131461 || -295 9°8926853481 560 9°8830607072 
9°9807881899 | -300 9°8918251905 “565 9°8835274612 
9-9782023489 | -305 98909933893 “570 9°8840163092 
9:9756553510 | -310 9°8901897955 “515 9°8845271585 
9°9731469275 || -315 9°8894142616 “580 9°8850599172 
9°9706768132 | -320 9°8886666413 “585 9°8856144942 
9:9682447463 | -325 9-8879467900 “590 9°8861907991 
9°9658504682 || -330 98872545645 “595 9°8867887421 
9°9634937237 | -335 9°8865898228 “600 9°8874082343 
9°9611742605 || -340 98859524244 “605 9°8880491873 
9°9588918298 | -345 98853422303 610 9°8887115136 
99566461857 | -350 9°8847591026 “615 9°8893951263 
9:9544370852 || -355 98842029049 “620 9°8900999390 
9°9522642886 | -360 9-8836735020 “625 9°8908258662 
9:9501275587 || -365 9°8831707599 “630 9°8915728231 
9°9480266616 | -370 9°8826945461 “635 9:8923407254 
9°9459613659 || -375 9:8822447293 “640 9°8931294895 
9°9439314431 || -380 9-8818211791 *645 9°8939390324 
9°9419366675 “385 98814237669 “650 9°8947692718 
9:9399768159 -390 98810523647 “655 9°8956201261 
9:9380516678 | -395 9:8807068462 “660 9:8964915140 
9:9361610054 || -400 98803870858 “665 9°8973833553 
99343046133 || -405 9-8800929595 *670 9°8982955699 
99324822788 | -410 9:8798243441 “675 9°8992280788 
9°9306937913 || -415 9°8795811177 “680 9:9001808031 
9-9289389431 -420 9°8793631594 685 9:9011536649 
9:9272175284 “425 9°8791703495 “690 9:9021465865 
9:9255293442 -430 9°8790025693 695 9°9031594912 
9:9238741894. “435 9°8788597013 ‘700 9:9041923026 
9°9222518655 -440 9°8787416287 705 9:9052449448 
9:9206621760 -445 9:8786482362 -710 9:9063173427 
9-9191049267 -450 9-8785794093 “715 9°9074094215 
9°9175799255 “455 9°8785350343 ‘720 9°9085211071 
9:9160869826 -460 98785149990 “725 9:9096523259 
9-9146259100 “465 9:8785191917 “730 9-9108030049 
9-9131965220 “470 9°8785475020 735 9°9119730714 
9:9117986349 “475 9-8785998202 740 9°9131624535 
9:9104320669 -480 9-8786760379 “745 9°9143710797 
9-9090966382 “485 9:8787760472 “750 9°9155988790 
9:9077921709 -490 9°8788997415 “755 9°9168457808 
9:9065184892 -495 9°8790470148 760 9°9181117153 
9°9052754189 “500 9:8792177623 765 9°9193966129 
9:9040627878 “505 9°8794118800 770 9°9207004045 
9-9028804256 *510 9:8796292647 ‘175 9°9220230218 
9-9017281636 B15 9-8798698140 ‘780 9°9233643966 
9-9006058349 *520 9°8801334265 "785 9°9247244614 
9°8995132746 “B25 9°8804200017 ‘790 9°9261031491 
9°8984503191 "530 9-8807294399 795 9:9275003930 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Table of the Logarithmic Gamma Function—continued. 


TaBLe XI. 
Table of the Integral of the Logarithmic Gamma Function. 


x 10 + loge T(1+ x) z 10+log, T(1+ z) | x | 10+log-e F(1 + x) | 
“800 9°9289161271 ‘870 9:9506418694 | -940 9°9758086419 
“805 9°9303502855 °875 9°9523273146 || °945 9°9777337222 
“810 9:9318028031 *880 | 9°9540302503 | :950 | 9:9796755009 
“815 9°9332736150 || °885 9:9557506176 || -955 | 9-9816339239 
“820 99347626569 | -890 99574883577 || -960 | 9:9836089379 
*825 9°9362698647 | 895 9°9592434125 | -965 9°9856004894 
*830 9:9377951751 || -900 9°9610157241 || -970 9°9876085256 
*835 9°9393385250 || -905 9°9628052350 ‘975 9°9896329940 
“840 9°9408998517 || -910 | 9:9646118882 “980 9°9916738422 
"845 9°9424790929 | ‘915 9-9664356268 “985 9°9937310184 
*850 9:9440761870 || -920 9°9682763946 || -990 9-9958044709 
*855 9°9456910724 "925 9°9701341354 || -:995 9:9978941484 
“860 9°9473236883 || -930 9°9720087938 || 1:000 100000000000 
“865 9°9489739740 “935 9°9739003142 | 

a oe hah RE BEE vk ea i EY ES ars oe Ee ae One i! ee |) 


x | 
10+| log, FU+e)dt | 
0 


x 


| z 
| 10+] log, .T(1+¢)dt 
0 


| 


9°9999875846 
9°9999508093 
9°9998903733 
9°9998069658 
9°9997012663 
9°9995739448 
9°9994256625 
9°9992570712 
9°9990688145 
9°9988615270 
9°9986358354 
99983923582 
9:9981317060 
9°9978544815 
9°9975612803 
9°9972526903 
9°9969292922 
9°9965916600 
9:9962403605 
9°9958759540 
9°9954989940 
9°9951100280 
9°9947095968 
9°9942982352 
9°9938764720 
9°9934448302 
9°9930038268 
9°9925539734 
9°9920957760 
9°9916297350 
9°9911563457 
9°9906760982 
9°9901894773 


9°9896969629 
9°9891990301 
9°9886961491 
9°9881887854 
9°9876773998 
9°9871624486 
9°9866443836 
9°9861236524 
9°9856006982 
9°9850759598 
9°9845498721 
9°9840228658 
9°9834953678 
9°9829678008 
9°9824405838 
9°9819141321 
9°9813888569 
9°9808651662 
9°9803434641 
9°9798241513 
9°9793076250 
9°9787942789 
9°9782845034 
9°9777786856 
9°9772772093 
9°9767804551 
9°9762888003 
9°9758026197 
9°9753222842 
9°9748481622 
9:9743806190 
9°9739200170 
9°9734667158 
9°9730210722 


| x 
ao! OY 10+ log, .P(1 +1)at 
0 
‘68 9°9725834399 
“69 9°9721541702 
‘70 9°9717336117 


‘71 9°9713221100 
9°9709200084 


73 9°9705276475 
"74 9°9701453654 
“75 9°9697734976 
“76 9°9694123772 


UT 9°9690623348 


‘18 9°9687236987 
ah, 9°9683967947 
80 99680819463 


81 9:9677794747 
82 9°9674896989 
83 9°9672129355 
9°9669494991 
*85 9°9666997019 
9°9664638540 
87 9°9662422636 


88 9°9660352364 
89 9-9658430763 
“90 9°9656660852 


=O) 9°9655045628 


92 9°9653588069 
93 9°9652291134 
94 9°9651157760 
"95 9°9650190869 
“96 9°9649393361 


97 9°9648768117 


98 9°9648318002 
99 9°9648045862 
1:00 9°9647954523 


8 


ON THE CALCULATION OF MATHEMATICAL TABLES. 


TABLE XII. 


125 


Table of the Logarithmic Derivate of the Gamma Function. 


Vx) =" log.r(a) 


Ve) = loger(a) 


CHoOaIOTPwhe 


1:4227843350985 
0°4227843350985 
0°9227843350985 
1:2561176684318 
1:5061176684318 
1°7061176684318 
1°8727843350985 
2°0156414779556 
2°1406414779556 
2°2517525890667 
2°3517525890667 
2°4426616799758 
2°5259950133091 
2°6029180902322 
2°6743466616608 
2°7410133283275 
2°8035133283275 
2°8623368577393 
2°9178924132949 
2°9705239922423 
3°0205239922423 
3°0681430398613 
3°1135975853158 
3°1570758461854 
3°1987425128521 
3°2387425128521 
3°2772040513136 
3°3142410883506 
3°3499553740649 
3°3844381326856 
3°4177714660189 
3°4500295305350 
3°4812795305350 
3°5115825608380 


3°5409943255439 
3°5695657541153 
3°5973435318931 
3°6243705589201 
3°6506863483938 
3°6763273740348 
3°7013273740348 
3°7257176179372 
3°7495271417467 
3°7727829557002 
3°7955102284275 
3°8177324506497 
3°8394715810845 
3°8607481768291 
3°8815815101624 
3°9019896734277 
3°9219896734277 
3°9415975165649 
3°9608282857957 
3°9796962103240 
3°9982147288425 
4:0163965470243 
4:0342536898814 
4:0517975495305 
4:0690389288408 
4:0859880813832 
4:1026547480499 
4:1190481906729 
4:1351772229310 
4-1510502388040 
4°1666752388040 
4°1820598541886 
4°1972113693401 
4:2121367424744 


V(e)=£ log t(2) 


4°2268426248273 
4°2413353784505 
4°2556210927362 
4:2697055997785 
4°2835944886674 
4°2972931188044 
4°3108066323179 
4°3241399656512 
4°3372978603880 
4°3502848733750 
4°3631053861955 
4°3757635140436 
4°3882636140436 
4°4006092930559 
4°4128044150071 
4°4248526077782 
4°4367573696830 
4°4485220755654 
4:4601499825421 
4°4716442354153 
4-4830078717789 
4°4942438268351 
4-5053549379462 
4°5163439489352 
4°5272135141526 
4°5379662023246 
4°5486045001969 
4°5591308159864 
4°5695474826531 
4°5798567610036 
4°5900608426362 
4°6001618527372 
4°6101618527372 


126 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Tape XIII. 
Table of the Logarithmic Derivate of the Gamma Function, W(x), for halves 
of odd integers. 
eo | wWej= 2 toger(e) | 2 | ve)—Liogra) | 2 | y@=4 togrie) 
da | dx | dx 


— 
noe 


24 | 0°7031566406453 354 | 3-5553820702375 | 693 | 4:2341152559377 

1:1031566406453 | 3°5835510843220 | 70% | 4:2485037451463 
44 | 1°3888709263596 374 | 3°6109483445960 | 714 | 4°2626881423094 
54 | 1°6110931485818 | 384 | 3°6376150112627 72% | 4:2766741562954 
64 | 1-7929113304000 | 393 | 3°6635890372367 | 733 | 4'2904672597487 
72 | 1:9467574842461 | 403 | 3°6889054929329 | 744 | 4:3040727019205 
84 | 2-0800908175794 | 414 | 3°7135968509575 754 | 4°3174955207124 
94 | 2:1977378764029 || 423 3°7376932364997 763 | 4:3307405538250 
2°3030010342976 | 433 | 3°7612226482644 T74 | 4:3438124492498 
112 | 2°3982391295357 || 443 | 3°7842111540115 783 | 4:3567156750563 
124 | 2:4851956512748 | 452 | 3°8066830641239 793 | 4°3694545285595 
134. 2°5651956512748 | 463 3°8286610861019 804 | 4°3820331449117 
143 | 2°6392697253489 | 473 | 3°8501664624460 813 4:3944555051601 
153 | 2°7082352425903 | 483 | 3:8712190940249 824 4°4067254438104 
2-7727513716226 | 493 | 3°8918376507259 | 833 | 4°4188466559316 
174 | 2°8333574322287 | 503 | 3:9120396709279 | 843 4:4308227038358 
183 | 2°8905002893715 3°9318416511259 854 | 4:4426570233624 
1931 | 2°9445543434255 3°9512591268541 | 863 | 4:4543529297951 
204 | 2°9958363947075 534 | 3°9703067459017 874 | 4:4659136234367 
214 | 3:0446168825123 | 54} | 3:9889983346867 88}  4:4773421948652 
222 | 3°0911285104193 55}  4:0073469585399 894 | 4°4886416298934 
231 | 3:°1355729548637 | 563 | 4:0253649765579 | 903 | 4:4998148142509 
244 3:1781261463531 574 | 4:0430640916022 914 | 4:5108645380078 
3:2189424728837 || 583 | 4:0604553959500 923 | 4:5217934997565 
261 3°2581581591582 594 | 4:0775494130440 934 | 4:5326043105673 
2734  3°2958940082148 603 | 4:0943561357330 4°5432994977331 


| 
0:0364899739786 | 34} | 3°5263965629911 683 | 4:2195167157917 


iy) 
dH 
oo 
fr) 
Nj 


_ 
—) 
NH 


— 
[=r] 
nie 


Oo 
NH 


ho 
or 
wo 


284 | 3°3322576445784 614 | 4°1108850613528 953 | 4:5538815083151 
291 | 3:3673453638766 621 | 4:1271452239544 963 | 4:5643527125036 
4 | 3°4012436689613 4:1431452239544 4 | 4:5747154068041 


4°5849718170605 
4°5951241013245 
4°6051743525807 


31i | 3:4340305542072 || 643 | 4:1588932554505 || 983 
321 | 3:4657765859532 || 653 | 4-1743971314195 || 993 
331 | 3:4965458167224 | 663 | 4-1896643069920 | 1003 

673 | 4-2047019009769 


ww 

So 

om 
for) 
oO 

ere) 
ive} 
~I 

poh 


ON RADIOTELEGRAPHIC INVESTIGATIONS. 127 


Radiotelegraphic Investigations.—Report of the Commitee, con- 
sisting of Sir OLIver LopGE (Chairman), Dr. W. H. Eccirs 
(Secretary), Mr. S. G. Brown, Dr. C. Cures, Sir I’. W. 
Dyson, Professor A. 8. Epprneton, Dr. ErskINnE-MurRRAy, 
Professors J. A. Furmine, G. W. O. Hownz, H. M. Mac- 
DONALD, and J. W. NicHonson, Sir H. Norman, Captain 
H. R. Sankey, Professor A. ScHuSTER, Sir NAPIER SHAW, 
and Professor H. H. Turner. 


THE observational work done for the Committee during the past year 
has been carried out at about twenty-five stations distributed in 
Australia, the United States of America, Canada. New Zealand, 
Ceylon, Trinidad, Dutch East Indies, Fiji, and the Gold Coast. 

Of the four kinds of Forms issued by the Committee for the collection 
of statistics, the first, relating to the number and strength of the strays 
at 11 a.m. and 11 p.m. Greenwich mean time, has been in most regular 
use, and the stock is almost exhausted. No further edition of this 
Form will be issued during the war, and thus the collection of these 
statistics will come gradually to an end. 

The difficulty of obtaining clerical assistance for the work of 
reducing the Forms has greatly impeded progress, but a certain amount 
of work has been accomplished and has yielded results of interest. 
So soon as the several sections of the work are rounded off the results 
will be published. 

The reduction of Form I. is proceeding by the collation of records 
and reports of excessive atmospheric disturbance since August 1914 in 
North America and Australia, and by their examination in conjunction 
with meteorological data from the corresponding daily weather charts. 

The reduction of Form II. is proceeding by the correlation of 
instances of exceptionally good or bad transmission with meteorological 
data, and by analysis of statistics from Cocos, Fiji, Lagos, Malta, and 
Sierra Leone. 

Several important exceptional phenomena have been reported which 
will, after discussion, be published. These include reports of :— 


Aurora, strays, and signals in Alaska and Hudson Bay. 

Severe atmospheric disturbances in Malta. 

Simultaneous strays on both sides of the Atlantic. 

Effect of tropical storm in the Gulf of Mexico, September 30, 1915. 


The Committee desire to express their cordial thanks for the favours 
extended to them by the Colonial Office, the Governments of Australia, 
Canada, and New Zealand, the War Department and the Navy Depart- 
ment of the United States of America, the Telegraphic Department 
of the Dutch East Indies, the Marconi Companies in the United States 
of America and Canada, the United Fruit Company of New York, the 
Eastern, the Eastern Extension and African Direct Telegraph Com- 
panies, and Professors T. Agius, R. S. Hayes, and A. Hoyt Taylor. 


128 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


The assistance of those who have taken part in investigations other 
than those herein referred to will be duly acknowledged in a future 
report. 


The Influence of Weather Conditions upon the Amounts of 
Nitrogen Acids in the Rainfall and Atmosphere in Aus- 
tralia.—Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor 
ORME Masson (Chairman), Mr. V. G. ANDERSON (Secre- 
tary), and Messrs. D. Avery and H. A. Hunt. 


Durie the period March 15, 1916, to March 31, 1916, daily samples 
of rain-water collected at sixteen stations suitably distributed over the 
continent of Australia have been quantitatively examined for nitric and 
nitrous nitrogen. Altogether about 1,000 samples have been examined. 
The results when compared with the daily weather records and isobaric 
charts confirm the following conclusions drawn from the results of 
experiments previously conducted by V. G. Anderson at Canterbury, 
Victoria.* 
i. For a given type of weather the concentration of oxidised nitrogen in 
the rainfall varies inversely as the amount of rainfall. 
ii. The total amount of oxidised nitrogen per unit area found in the 
rainfall accompanying a storm depends upon the type of 
weather, and is practically independent of the amount of rainfall. 


The work carried out during the past year has also shown that 


i. Antarctic storms at different stations carry down amounts of oxidised 
nitrogen which do not differ greatly from the amounts previously 
found at Canterbury. 

ii. Rain falling at northern stations during the prevalence of trade winds 
contains amounts of oxidised nitrogen which are almost equal to 
the amounts found in the rain accompanying Antarctic depres- 
sions (rear isobars) at southern stations. This is shown to be 
probably due to the anticyclonic origin of winds accompanying 
both types of rain. 

iii. Passage over land modifies anticyclonic air only to a slight extent ; 
but, if during the passage it 1s subjected to the influences accom- 
panying monsoonal disturbances, comparatively large amounts 
of oxidised nitrogen are found in the subsequent rainfall. 

iv. The highest total amounts of oxidised nitrogen are found at southern 
and inland stations in rain-water resulting from monsoonal 
storms following a ‘ heat wave.’ 

y. Rains occurring during ‘divided control’ weather contain less. 
oxidised nitrogen than tropical rains, but more than Antarctic 


rains. 


1 V. G. Anderson, Report Brit. Assoc. 1914, 338; Quart. J. Roy. Met. Soc. 1915, 
41, 99. 


| 
: 


; 


INFLUENCE OF WEATHER ON ACIDS IN RAINFALL. 129 


vi. The nitrogen-fixing powers of inland monsoonal depressions tend 
towards the gradual enrichment, in respect of oxidised nitrogen, 
of the soil in south-eastern Australia. 


A number of determinations of the volume concentration of nitrogen 
peroxide in the atmosphere during the prevalence of anticyclonic 
weather has shown that at Canterbury, Victoria, in the rear circulation 
of anticyclones the air contains a greater proportion of nitrogen peroxide 
than the air of the front circulation. 

On the assumption that the oxidised nitrogen of the rainfall is 
derived from the atmosphere, the amounts of nitrogen peroxide in the 
latter were compared with the amounts of oxidised nitrogen found in 
the rainfall at Canterbury for the corresponding weather types. It is 
shown that air containing 0°56 volume of nitrogen peroxide per 10° 
volumes in the rear of an anticyclone would require to be washed out 
to a height of about 4,000 feet above ground-level in order to give the 
amount of oxidised nitrogen usually found in the rainfall accompanying 
this weather condition; similarly in the case of the front of an anti- 
cyclone it is shown that the height would require to be about 3,100 feet. 
The above are in fair agreement with the average altitude of rain-clouds 
(base), which according to leading authorities is about 3,500 feet. 

The Committee wishes to place on record an acknowledgment of 
its indebtedness to the following lady and gentlemen for their able 
assistance in collecting rain samples for this investigation :— 

Miss J. Heinrichsen, Ballarat, Victoria. 

S. Hebbard, Esq., Technical School, Sale, Victoria. 

A. H. Bisdee, Esq., Wihareja, Steppes, Tasmania. - 

W. M. Lee Bryce, Esq., The Resident Magistrate, Thursday 
Island, Queensland. 

F. Fairley, Esq., M.I.E.E., F.R.M.S., Woombye, Queensland. 

Dr. H. Priestley, Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine, Towns- 
ville, Queensland. 

R. Gordon Edgell, Esq., Bradwardine, Bathurst, N.S. Wales. 

EK. J. Cook, Esq., P.M. Hergott Springs, South Australia, 

Simon Ockley, Esq., Comaum, Penola, South Australia. 

W. A. Doran, Esq., P.M. Eucla, Western Australia. 

G. R. Kirkby, Esq., P.M. Carnarvon, West Australia. 

Major =F T. Wood, The Resident Magistrate, Broome, West Aus- 
tralia. 

G. G. Lavater, Esq., A.R.V.I.A., Narrogin, West Australia. 

Dr. Edwin Tyrie, Playford Hospital, Pine Creek, N.T. 

J. McKay, Esq., P.M. Alice Springs, Northern Territory (Central). 


With the approval of the Sectional Committee it is proposed to 
send the complete results of this investigation to the Royal Meteoro- 
logical Society for publication. 


The Committee does not seek reappointment. 
1916 K 


130 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


List of Apparatus. 


26 doz. 4 oz. stoppered bottles. 

26 doz. double-lined cardboard boxes (23 in. x 2} in. x 6 in.). 

16 Rain-collecting gauges, complete with wooden stand, iron spikes, funnel, 
glass container, bottle-brush, and 3 oz. glass wool. 

*1 sixteen-hole water bath of copper, complete with wooden stand and 
attachments. 

*] distilling apparatus, consisting of 1:5 litre Jena flask, Liebig’s condenser, 
retort stands, clamps and bossheads. 

*13 doz. glass basins (33 in. diam.). 

*44 doz. Erlenmeyer flasks of Bohemian glass, 100 ¢c.c. capacity. 

*12 doz. watch glasses (14 in. diam.). 

*2 Nessler tubes (70 c.c.) graduated. 

5 wooden trays. 


Much of the above apparatus is distributed amongst observers in 
different parts of Australia. The items marked with an asterisk, how- 
ever, are in Melbourne, and would be suitable for carrying on work 
of a similar character. 


Dynanuic Isomerism.—Report of the Committee, consisting of 
Professor H. KE. ARMSTRONG (Chairman), Dr. T. M. Lowry 
(Secretary), Professor SypNEy Younc, Dr. C. H. Desc, 
Sir J. J. Doppiz, and Dr. M. O. Forster. (Drawn up by 
the Secretary.) 


IMPORTANT new evidence, which has been accumulated during the 
past year, indicates even more clearly than before that liquids con- 
taining a single optically-active component, of definite composition 
and of fixed molecular structure, may be expected in the majority of 
cases to exhibit the ‘simple’ type of rotary dispersion expressed by 
the formula a(A?—A,?) =const. This formula has been tested in 
the case of forty-two compounds of the terpene series, for which data 
have recently been supplied by Professor Rupe, of Basel,! with the 
remarkable result that all but three have been found to conform closely 
to the ‘simple’ dispersion law. In view of the complicated character 
of the molecular structure in these compounds (which contain one, 
two, or three asymmetric carbon atoms, complex ring systems, and 
unsaturated linkages), it is clear that ‘simple’ rotary dispersion is 
not dependent on simple molecular structure, provided that the active 
substance is strictly homogeneous. ‘ Complex’ or ‘ anomalous ’ rotary 
dispersion in an optically-active liquid (and especially in a liquid of 
apparently simple character) may therefore be regarded as an a priori 
reason for suspecting the existence of some anomaly of chemical com- 
position—e.g., polymerism, association or dissociation, or dynamic 
isomerism. 


1 Ann., 1915, 409, 327. 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. ek 


Absorption Spectra and Chemical Constitution of Organic Com- 
pounds.—Report of the Committee, consisting of Sir J. J. 
Dossie (Chairman), Professor E. C. C. Baty (Secretary), 
and Dr. A. W. STEWART. 


In presenting the subjoined Report on Absorption Spectra and Chemical 
Constitution the Committee would draw attention to the fact that a 
Committee, composed of Sir W. N. Hartley, Sir James Dobbie, and 
Dr. A. Lauder, presented reports on this subject to the meetings of the 
British Association held in 1900, 1901, 1902, and 1903. Since 1903 
the investigation of Absorption Spectra has been very considerably 
extended, and it was thought advisable to bring the subject up to date. 

The list is believed to include every compound the Absorption 
Spectrum of which has properly been measured in the infra-red, visible, 
or ultra-violet regions of the spectrum. An addendum has been made, 
containing a list of those compounds the fluorescence or phosphorescence 
of which has been measured. 

The journals are denoted by the usual abbreviated titles, with the 
exception of the: Journal of the Chemical Society (London), which 
is referred to simply as Trans. 


List of Organic Compounds, the Absorption Spectra of which have been 
measured in the visible and ultra violet. 


A 


Acenaphthene. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 93, 1902 (1908). 

a Purvis. Trans., 101, 1315 (1912). 
Acenaphthenequinone. Baly and Stewart. Trans., 89, 502 (1906). 
Acenaphthylene. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 93, 1902 (1908). 
Acetaldehyde. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1910 (1912). 


“6 Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456 (1912). 
” ” ” Ber., 45, 2819 (1912). 

” 29 O Phys. Zeit., 14, 516 (1913). 

” ” ” Ber., 46, 3627 (1913). 

= Henri and Wurmser. Compt. rend., 156, 230 (1913). 


a my FA Jour. de Phys., 3, 305 (1913). 
Acetaldehyde-p-bromophenylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
Acetaldehydephenylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 

BS Stobbe and Nowak. Ber., 46, 2887 (1913). 
Acetaldehydephenylmethylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
Acetaldoxime. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 77, 318 (1900). 

% Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913). 
Acetamide. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913). 

Acetanilide. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
“6 Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Glendinning. Trans., 99, 451 (1911). 
Acetic acid. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
- »,  Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456, 1617 (1912). 


eet, if »  Ber., 45, 2819 (1912). 

~ ie a 4 Ber., 46, 1304, 2596, 3627 (1913). 
“A - * Hs Phys. Zeit., 14, 516 (1913). 

33 ‘i ne ty Compt. rend., 156, 550 (1913). 

:. Pe - ¥ Compt. rend., 157, 372 (1913), 


K 2 


132 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Acetic acid. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 158, 567 (1914). 
* es ri Ber., 47, 1690 (1914). 
i oe Hantzsch. Zeit. phys. Chem., 86, 624 (1913). 
a5 ;»  Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
as Henri. Ber., 46, 3650 (1913). 


2° and metallic salts. Ley. Ber., 42, 354 (1909). 
Bn 6 a uP Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
a se a5 ae Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913). 


aa ape a A - Trans., 105, 669 (1914). 
Acetic anhydride. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
Acetoacetic acid, ethyl ester, see Ethyl acetoacetate. 
Acetone. Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 489 (1906). 

a Gelbke. Phys. Zeit., 13, 584 (1911). 

Ai Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456 (1912). 

- 3's x Ber., 45, 2819 (1912). 

ae Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 

4 Henri and Wurmser. Compt. rend., 155, 503 (1912). 

a Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1810 (1912). 

=f Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 3627 (1913). 


a 5 » Compt. rend., 156, 884, 1322 (1913). 
3; »» Phys. Zeit., 14, 516 (1913). 

A Henri and Wurmser. Compt. rend., 156, 230 (1913). 

. Jour. de Phys., 3, 305 (1913). 

56 Brannigan, Macbeth, and Stewart. Trans., 103, 406 (1913). 


> Clarke and Stewart. Phys. Zeit., 14, 1049 (1913). 
$3 Stark. Phys. Zeit., 14, 845 (1913). 
a Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 47, 1690 (1914). 
5 . Compt. rend., 158, 567, 1022 (1914). 
+5 Henderson, Henderson and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 
35 Rice. Proc. Roy. Soc., 91A, 76 (1914). 
Stark and Lipp. Zeit. phys. Chem., 86, 36 (1914). 
Acetone- p-bromophenylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans. , 89, 982 (1906). 
Acetonedicarboxylic acid, ethyl ester. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905). 
3 rf a lags Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 2596 (1913). 
Acetone-p-nitrophenylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
Acetonephenylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
Acetonephenylmethylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
Acetonitrile. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913). 
Acetonylacetone. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905). 


as Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 489 (1906). 
> Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1322 (1913). 
3 ~ a Ber., 46, 3627 (1913). 
AO An a5 Ber., 47, 1690 (1914). 
Acetophenone. Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 
Purvis and McCleland. ‘Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
3 Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 47, 1690 (1914). 


Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
Acetophenone- p-nitrophenylhydrazone. Hewitt, Johnson, and Pope. Trans., 105, 
364 (1914). 
Acetophenoneoxime. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Glendinning. Trans., 99, 
451 (1911). 
Acetophenonephenylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
Acetoxime. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 77, 318 (1900). 

33 Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913). 
Acetoxymethylenecamphor. Lowry and Southgate. Trans., 97, 905 (1910). 
Acetyl chloride. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 

Acetylacetone, Baly and Desch. Trans., 85, 1029 (1904). 


45 Hartley. Trans., 87, 1796 (1905). 

= Baly and Desch. Astrophys. Journ., 23, 110 (1906). 
a Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1810 (1912). 

iss Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1322 (1913). 
55 Morgan and Moss. Trans., 103, 78 (1913). 


- Morgan and Reilly. Trans., 103, 1494 (1913). 


7 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 133 


Acetylacetone. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 158, 1022 (1914). 
wr Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 
AA metallic derivatives. Baly and Desch. Trans., 85, 1029 (1904) ; 
Astrophys. Journ., 23, 110 (1906). 
Morgan and Moss. Trans., 105, 189 (1914). 
Acetylaminoazobenzene. Tuck. Trans. .» 95, 1809 (1909). 
3-Acetylaminophenazthionium chloride. Pummerer, Eckert, and Gassner. Ber., 47, 
1494 (1914). 
53 s Eckert and Pummerer. Zeit. phys. Chem., 
87, 599 (1914). 
Acetylauramine. Grandmougin and Favre- ‘Ambrumyan, Ber., 47, 2127 (1914). 
p-Acetylbenzeneazophenol. Hewitt, Mann, and Pope. Trans., 105, 2193 (1914). 
p-Acetylbenzeneazophenolphenylhydrazone. Hewitt, Mann, and Pope. ‘Trans., 
105, 2193 (1914). 
p-Acetylbenzeneazo-a-naphthol. Hewitt, Mann, and Pope. Trans., 105, 2193 
(1914). 
p-Acetylbenzeneazo-8-naphthol. Hewitt, Mann, and Pope. Trans., 105, 2193 
(1914). 
Acetyleamphor. Lowry and Southgate. Trans., 97, 905 (1910). 
Acetylene. Hartley. Trans., 39, 153 (1881). 
Be Henri and Landau. Compt. rend., 156, 697 (1913). 
4 Stark and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 175 (1913). 
ee Zeit. phys. Chem., 86, 36 (1914). 
Acetylenedicarboxylic acid, ethyl ester. Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 2596 (1913). 
Acetylglyoxalic acid, ethyl ester. Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 47, 1690 (1914). 
ety! hexyl "ketone. Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 
(1914). 
Acetyl-8-naphthaquinonephenylhydrazone. Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 
Acetyloxindone. Hantzsch. Zeit. phys. Chem., 84, 321 ( 1913). 
3-Acetyl-1-phenyl-4-methyl-1°3-cyclobutadiene-2- carboxylic acid. Purvis. Trans. 
99, 107 (1911). 
5- Acetyl- 3-phenyl-4-methyl-A*-cyclopentene. Purvis. Trans., 99, 107 (1911). 
Acetylsuccinic acid, ethyl ester. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905). 
a-4-Acetyl-3-4-tolylenediazoimide. Morgan and Micklethwait, Trans., 103, 1391 
(1913). 
B-4-Acetyl-3-4-tolylenediazoimide. Morgan and Micklethwait. Trans., 108, 1391 
(1913). 
Acid brown. Hartley. Trans., 51, 152 (1887). 
Aconitic acid. Stewart. Trans., 91, 199 (1907). 
a 3 Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 2596 (1913). 
” Compt. rend., 157, 372 (1913). 
Aconitine. ” Hartley. Phil. Trans. ., 176, 471 (1885). 
y-Aconitine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
Acraldehyde. Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 3627 (1913). 
Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 433 (1913). 
Acridine methiodide. Tinkler. Trans., 89, 856 (1906). 
a-Alanine. Soret. Arch. des Sciences, 10, 429 (1883). 
ie salts of. Ley. Ber., 42, 354 (1909). 
-< oo os — Ley and Winkler. Ber., 45, 372 (1912). 
> » Ley and Hegge. Ber., 48, 70 (1915). 
B- Alanine, copper salt of. Ley and Hegge. Ber., 48, 70 (1915). 
Alizarin. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 85 (1913). 
es Hiittig. Zeit. phys. Chem., 87, 129 (1914). 
aa Meek and Watson. Trans., 109, 544 (1916). 
Alizarin-cyanine. Meek and Watson. Trans., 109, 544 (1916). 
Allantoin. Soret. Arch. des Sciences, 10, 429 (1883). 
Allochrysoketone-1-carboxylic acid. Hantzsch. Ber., 49, 226 (1916). 
Allochrysoketonic acid and ester. Stobbe. Ber., 48, "441 (1915). 
Alloxan. Hartley. Trans., 87, 1796 (1905). 
», potassium salt. Hartley. Trans., 87, 1796 (1905). 
Alloxantin, Hartley. Trans., 87, 1796 (1905). 
Allyl alcohol. Hartley. Trans., 39, 153 (1881). 
” os Drossbach. Ber., 35, 1486 (1902). 


134 - REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Allyl alcohol. Magini. Nuovo Cim., 6, 343 (1903), 

55 & Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 2596 (1913). 

op os Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 433 (1913). 
Allyl bromide. Purvis and McCleland. ‘Trans., 103, 433 (1913). 
Allyl isothiocyanate. Pfliiger. Phys. Zeit., 10, 406 (1909). 
Allylacetic acid. Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 2596 (1913). 

“F i 33 53 »» Compt. rend., 157, 372 (1913). 

ne 96 33 3 >,  Ber., 47, 1690 (1914). 
Allylacetone. Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 3627 (1913). 

7 Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 433 (1913). 

is Bielecki and Henri. Bev., 47, 1690 (1914). 

‘ 7 = Sa Compt. rend., 158, 567, 1022 (1914). 
o-Aminoacetophenone. - Baly and Marsden. Trans., 93, 2108 (1908). 
p-Aminoacetophenone. Baly and Marsden. Trans., 93, 2108 (1908). 
4-Aminoantipyrine. Morgan and Reilly. Trans., 103, 1494 (1913). 
p-Aminoazobenzene. Pauer. Ann. der Phys., 61, 363 (1897). 


a3 Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 
5% Hewitt and Thole. Trans., 97, 511 (1910). 
55 Purvis. Trans., 105, 590 (1914). 


ne Baly and Hampson. Trans., 107, 248 (1915). 
Aminoazo-a-naphthalene. Hartley. Trans., 54, 153 (1887). 
Aminoazo-8-naphthalene. Hartley. Trans., 51, 153 (1887). 
o-Aminobenzaldehyde. Baly and Marsden. Trans., 93, 2108 (1908). 
p-Aminobenzaldehyde. Baly and Marsden. ‘Trans., 93, 2108 (1908), 

> Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 
o-Aminobenzaldoxime. Baly and Marsden. Trans., 93, 2108 (1908). 
p-Aminobenzeneazodimethylaniline. Hantzsch. Ber., 46, 1537 (1913). 
5-p-Aminobenzeneazo-8-hydroxyquinoline. Fox. Trans., 97, 1337 (1910). 
p-Aminobenzeneazophenol. Hewitt and Thomas. Trans., 95, 1292 (1909). 
m-Aminobenzoic acid. Magini. Nuovo Cim., 6,343 (1903); J. Chim. phys., 2, 410 


(1904). 

o-Aminobenzoic acid. Magini. Nuovo Cim., 6, 343 (1903); J. Chim. phys., 2, 410 
(1904). 

p-Aminobenzoic acid. Magini. Nuovo Cim., 6, 343 (1903); J. Chim. phys., 2, 410 
(1904). 


Aminochloromaleinimide. Ley and Fischer. Ber., 46, 327 (1913). 

8-Aminocrotonic acid, ethyl ester. Baly and Desch. Trans., 85, 1029 (1904). 

1-Amino-6-8(9)-dihydroxynaphthacenequinone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 91, 426 

(1907). 

Aminodimethyldihydroresorcin. Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 

p-Aminodiphenylaminediazonium sulphate. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 
3011 (1912). 

‘-Aminoethylpiperonylcarboxylic anhydride. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. 
Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 

” 45 Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 88, 605 

(1903). 

1-Amino-6-hydroxynaphthacenequinone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 91, 426 (1907). 

Aminomethylenecamphor. Lowry and Southgate. Trans., 97, 905 (1910). 

Aminomethylmaleinimide. Ley and Fischer. Ber., 46, 327 (1913). 

a-Aminonicotinic acid. Ley and Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 

m-Aminophenol. Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 

p-Aminophenol. Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 

Aminophenylnaphthophenazonium chloride. Havas. Ber., 47, 994 (1914). 

Aminophenylphenazonium chloride. Havas. Ber., 47, 994 (1914). 

a-Aminopyridine. Ley and y. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 

Aminosulphonic acid. Baly and Desch. Trans., 93, 1747 (1908). 

Ammonium thiocyanate. Macbeth, Stewart, and Wright. Trans., 101, 599 (1912). 

Amy] acetate. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 

n-Amyl alcohol. Massol and Faucon. Bull. Soc. Chim., 11, 931 (1912). 

tert-Amyl alcohol. Massol and Faucon. Bull. Soc. Chim., 11, 931 (1912). 

Amyl butyrate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 

Amy! camphorcarboxylate. Lowry, Desch, and Southgate. Trans., 97, 899 (1910). 

Amyl camphorcarboxylate, acetate of. Lowry, Desch, and Southgate. Trans., 97, 

899 (1910). 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 135 


Amyl chlorocamphorcarboxylate. Lowry, Desch, and Southgate. Trans., 97, 899 
1910 


Amy] formate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 

ors re Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 

Amyl iodide. Crymble, Stewart, and Wright. Ber., 48, 1183 (1910). 
Amy] nitrite. Baly and Desch. Trans., 93, 1747 (1908). 

A es Harper and Macbeth. Trans., 107, 87 (1915). 

Amyl propionate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
Amy] salicylate. Pfliiger. Phys. Zeit., 10, 406 (1909). 

Amylene. Hartley. Trans., 39, 153 (1881). 

Anhydrobisdibenzylsilicanediol. Robison and Kipping. Trans., 105, 40 (1914). 
Aniline, Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 

Ae Pauer. Ann. der Phys., 61, 363 (1897). 

P Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 

3 Grebe. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 3, 376 (1905). 

ie Ley and Ulrich. Ber., 42, 3440 (1909). 

= Koch, Zeit. wiss. Phot., 9, 401 (1910). 

is Purvis. Trans., 97, 1546 (1910). 

5 Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 

3 Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1121 (1915). 

= Witte. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 14, 347 (1915). 

Anilinoacetic acid, ethyl ester. Ley and Ulrich. Ber., 42, 3440 (1909). 

s copper salt. Ley and Hegge. Ber., 48, 70 (1915). 

zs sodium salt. Ley and Hegge. Ber., 48, 70 (1915). 
1-Anilino-6-hydroxynaphthacenequinone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 91, 426 (1907). 
Anisaldehyde. Pfliiger. Phys. Zeit., 10, 406 (1909). 

53 Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 

os Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 
Anisaldehydephenylhydrazone. Stobbe and Nowak. Ber., 46, 2887 (1913). 
Anisaldehydephenylmethylhydrazone. Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 
o-Anisidine. Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 

‘. Purvis. Trans., 107, 660 (1915). 
p-Anisidine. Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 

an Purvis. Trans., 107, 660 (1915). 
Anisole. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 

- Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 

* Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 

an Baly and Rice. Trans., 101, 1475 (1912). 

as Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1514 (1912). 

so Purvis. Trans., 107, 660 (1915). 

z Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 

s Witte. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 14, 347 (1915). 
Anisolediazoniumeyanide. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Anisylideneacetone. Baker. Trans., 91, 1490 (1907). 

Anthracene, Hartley. Trans., 39, 153 (1881). 


ES Elston. Astrophys. Journ., 25, 155 (1907). 
- Baly and Tuck. Trans., 98, 1902 (1908). 

As McDowell. Phys. Rev., 26, 155 (1908). 

i Stevenson. J. Phys. Chem., 15, 845 (1911). 


Anthracene-blue. Meek and Watson. Trans., 109, 544 (1916). 
Anthraflavine. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 85 (1913). 
iso-Anthraflavine. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 85 (1913). 
Anthragallol. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 85 (1913). 
a Meek and Watson. Trans., 109, 544 (1916). 
Anthranil. Scheiber. Ber., 44, 2409 (1911). 
Anthraquinone. Baly and Stewart. Trans., 89, 502 (1906). 
F Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 85 (1913). 
Anthrarufine. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 85 (1913). 
Anthroxanic acid. Scheiber. Ber., 44, 2409 (1911). 
Antipyrine-4-azo-8-naphthylamine. Morgan and Reilly. Trans., 108, 1494 (1913). 
Antipyrine-4-az0-8-naphthylamine-6'-sulphonic acid. Morgan and Reilly. Trans. 
loc. cit. 
Antipyrine-4-azoacetoacetic acid, ethyl ester. Morgan and Reilly. Trans. loc. cit. 


136 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


Antipyrine-4-azoacetylacetone. Morgan and Reilly. Trans. loc, cit. 
Antipyrine-4-azobenzoylacetone. Morgan and Reilly. Trans. loc. cit. 
Antipyrine-4-azoethyl methyl ketone. Morgan and Reilly. Trans. loc. cit. 
Antipyrine-4-azoethyl-8-naphthylamine. Morgan and Reilly. Trans. loc. cit. 
Apiole. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Glendinning. Trans., 99, 451 (1911). 
iso-Apiole. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Glendinning. Trans., 99, 451 (1911). 
Apoatropine. Gompel and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1541 (1913). 
Apomorphine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
Gompel and Henri. Compt. rend., 157, 1422 (1913). 

Arsenic ‘triphenyl. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1514 (1912). 
Asparagine. Magini. J. Chim. phys., 2, 410 (1904). 
Atropic acid. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Glendinning. Trans., 99, 451 (1911). 
Atropine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 

ae Dobbie and Fox. ‘Trans., 108, 1193 (1913). 

PP Gompel and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1541 (1913). 
Auramine. Grandmougin and Favre- -Ambrunyan, Ber., 47, 2127 (1914), 
Aurine. Hartley. Trans., 51, 153 (1887). 
Australine. Hartley and Huntington. Proc. Roy. Soc., 31, 1 (1880). 
Azobenzene. Hartley. Trans., 51, 152 (1887). 


55 Pauer. Ann. der Phys., 61, 363 (1897). 

x Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 

> Tuck. Trans., 91, 449 (1907). 

Be Gorke, Képpe, and Staiger. Ber., 44, 1156 (1908). 

rf Hantzsch. Ber., 42, 2129 (1909). 

=: Crymble, Stewart, and Wright. Ber., 43, 1188 (1910). 
33 Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 

oy Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1514 (1912). 

re Hantzsch. Ber., 46, 1537 (1913). 

33 Purvis. Trans., 105, 590 (1914). 


Baly and Hampson. Trans., 107, 248 (1915). : 
Azobenzenetrimethylammonium salts, See Benzeneazophenyltrimethylammonium 


salts. 
Azoisobutyronitrile. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Azodicarbonamide. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 


Azodicarboxylic acid, potassium salt. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Azomethane. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Azophenetole. Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 

p-Azophenol, Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 
a-p-Azophenol. Robertson. Trans., 103, 1472 (1913). 
B-p-Azophenol. Robertson. Trans., 103, 1472 (1913). 
Azophenol hydrate. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 2512 (1910). 
Azophenol sodium salt. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 2512 (1910). 
Azoxyanisole. Purvis. Trans., 107, 660 (1915). 
Azoxybenzene. Purvis. Trans., 105, 590 (1914). 
Azoxyphenetole. Purvis. Trans., 107, 660 (1915). 


Barbituric acid. Hartley. Trans., 87, 1796 (1905). 
Benzaldehyde. Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 


oe Pfliiger. Phys. Zeit., 10, 406 (1909). 

“5 Purvis and McCleland. Trans.. 103, 1088 (1913). 
35 Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 47, 1690 (1914). 

” Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058, 1121 (1915). 


Strasser. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 14, 281 (1915). 
Benzaldehyde sodium hydrogen sulphite. Purvis. ‘Trans, ., 105, 2482 (1914). 
Benzaldehyde-p-nitrophenylhydrazone. Hewitt, Johnson, and Pope. Trans., 105, 
364 (1914). 
Benzaldehydephenylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 

Stobbe and Nowak. Ber., 46, 2887 (1913). 
Benzaldehydephenylmethylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
Benzaldoxime. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 77, 509 (1900). 

% Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 


—— 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 137 


Benzamide. Hartley and Hedley. Trans., 91, 319 (1907). 
Benzanilide. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Glendinning. Trans., 99, 451 (1911), 
Benzaurine. Meyer and Hantzsch. Ber., 40, 3479 (1907). 
ss Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 70 (1913). 
o-Benzbetain. Ley and Ulrich. Ber., 42, 3440 (1909). 
Benzene. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 


as Hartley. Trans., 39, 153 (1881); 47, 685 (1885), 

5 Pauer. Ann. der Phys., 61, 363 (1897). 

35 Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 73, 695 (1898). 

$5 Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 

5 As Nature, 72, 630 (1905). 

“1 Hartley. Nature, 72, 557 (1905). 

iff Friedrichs. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 3, 154 (1905). 

a5 Grebe. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 3, 376 (1905). 

a Hartley. Phil. Trans., 208 A., 475 (1908) ; Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 299 (1908). 
oF Grebe. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 9, 130 (1910). 

*; v. Kowalski. Bull. Akad. Sci., Cracovie, 14, 17 (1910). 
45 Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
3 Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 166 (1911). 

8 Stark and Levy. Jahrb. Radioak,, 10, 179 (1913). 

33 Stark and Lipp. Zeit. phys. Chem., 86, 36 (1914). 


Witte. Zeit. wiss. Phot, 14, 347 (1915). 
Benzene hexachloride. Hartley. Trans., 89, 153 (1881). 
Benzeneazoanisole. Gorke, Képpe, and Staiger, Ber., 44, 1156 (1908). 
Benzeneazobenzenediazonium chloride. Hewitt and Thole. Trans., 97, 511 (1910). 
Benzeneazocarbamide. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Benzeneazocarbonylcoumaranone. Merriman. Trans., 103, 1845 (1913). 
Benzeneazocarbonylcoumaranone, acetyl derivative. Merriman. Trans., 103, 1845, 

(1913). 
Benzeneazocarbonylcoumaranonephenylhydrazone, acetyl derivative. Merriman. 
Trans., 103, 1845 (1913). 
Benzeneazo-m-cresetole. Tuck. Trans., 91, 449 (1907). 
Benzeneazo-p-cresetole. Tuck. Trans., 91, 449 (1907). 
Benzeneazo-m-cresol. Tuck. Trans., 91, 449 (1907). 
Benzeneazo-p-cresol. Tuck. Trans., 91, 449 (1907). 
Benzeneazo-2°6-dibromophenol. Hantzsch and Robertson. Ber., 43, 106 (1910). 
Benzeneazoethane, Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Stobbe and Nowak. Ber., 46, 2887 (1913); 47, 578 (1914). 
5- Benzeneazo- 8-hydroxyquinoline. Fox. Trans., 97, 1337 (1910). 
Benzeneazomethane. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
oc Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Stobbe and Nowak. Ber., 47, 578 (1914). 
Benzeneazo- -a-naphthol. Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 
Benzeneazo-a-naphthol, ethyl ether. Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 
Benzeneazo-8-naphthol. Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 
sulphonic acid. Hartley. Trans., 51, 152 (1887). 

Benrencazo- ‘a-naphthyl eraree Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 
Benzeneazo-8-naphthyl acetate. Tuck. 'Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 
Benzeneazophenetole. Tuck. Trans., 91, 449 (1907). 

ae Gorke, Képpe, and Staiger. Ber., 41, 1156 (1908). 

3s Hantzsch and Robertson. Ber., 48, 106 (1910). 

5 Heilbron and Henderson, Trans., 108, 1404 (1913). 
Benzeneazophenol. Tuck. Trans., 91, 449 (1907). 


3 Gorke, Képpe, and Staiger. Ber., 44, 1156 (1908). 
vs Hantzsch. Ber., 42, 2129 (1909). 
. Hantzsch and Robertson. Ber., 48, 106 (1910). 


Robertson and Brady. ‘Trans., 403, 1479 (1913). 
Benzeneazophenol, butyl ether. Gorke, K6ppe, and Staiger. Ber., 41, 1156 (1908). 


a ethyl ether. 33 B “A Py ” ” 
>” methyl ether, ” ” ” ory ” ” 
ys phenyl ether. _,, xe >» ” ” ” 

propylether. ,, - °F 3 »> » 


Benzeneazophenol acetate, » ” » ” > ” 


138 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Benzeneazophenol benzoate. Gorke, Képpe, and Staiger. Ber. 41, 1156 (1908). ~ 


” butyrate. 2 ” ” ” ” ” 
propionate. 29 ” ” ” 
Benzeneazophenyltrimethylammonium chloride. Hewitt and Thole. Trans., 97, 
511 (1910). 
= 7 Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 167 (1915). 
35 iodide. Hantzsch. Ber., 42, 2129 (1909). 
2p 35 Baly and Hampson. Trans., 107, 
248 (1915). 


a3 salts. Hantzsch. Ber., 46, 1537 (1913). 
Benzeneazothioanisole. Fox and Pope. Trans., 101, 1498 (1912). 
Benzenediazohydrate, potassium salt. Dobbie and Tinkler. Trans., 87, 273 (1905). 

sodium salt. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Benzenediazonium chloride. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Benzenediazoniumsulphonic acids, salts of syn and anti. Dobbie and Tinkler. Trans., 
87, 273 (1905). 
Hantzsch and _ Lifschitz. 
Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Benzenehydrazocarbonylcoumaranone. Merriman. ‘Trans., 103, 1845 (1913). 
Benzenesulphonic acid. Wright. Trans., 105, 669 (1914). 
Benzidine. Cain, Macbeth, and Stewart. Trans., 103, 568 (1913). 
+ Purvis. Trans., 105, 590 (1914). 
Benzil. Baly and Stewart. Trans., 89, 502 (1906). 
=e Hantzsch and Schuviete. Ber., 49, 213 (1916). 
Benzil-o-carboxylic acid. Hantzsch and Schuviete. Ber., 49, 213 (1916). 
Benzil-o-dicarboxylic acid. Hantzsch and Schuviete. Ber., 49, 213 (1916). 
Benzilosazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 1572 (1907). 
Benziloxime. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 1651 (1910). 
Benzilphenylhydrazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 1572 (1907). 
Benzilphenylmethylhydrazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 
1572 (1907). 
Benzoic acid. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
vv ‘5 Hartley and Hedley. Trans., 91, 1572 (1907). 
aw a Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 103, 1193 (1913). 
oD » Merriman. Trans., 103, 1845 (1913). 
A - Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
3 - Strasse. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 14, 281 (1915). 
7 “yy Hantzsch. Ber., 49, 226 (1916). 
5 es salts of. Hartley and Hedley. Trans., 91, 319 (1907). 
Aa 5 »> »» Hewitt, Pope, and Willett. Trans., 101, 1770 (1912). 
a5 ae Wright. Trans., 108, 528 (1913). 
Benzoinphenylhydrazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 1572 (1907). 
Benzonitrile. Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 


29 29 Led 2° 2 


“ Strasser. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 14, 281 (1915). 

35 Purvis. Trans., 107, 496 (1915). 

53 Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
Benzophenone. Stobbe. Ber., 44, 1481 (1911). 

6 Purvis and McCleland. ‘Trans., 101, 1514 (1912). 

” Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 


99 2° 
+ Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 

Hantzsch and Schuviete. Ber., 49, 213 (1916). 
Benzophenoneanil hydrochloride. Reddelien. Ber., 47, 1355 (1914). 
Benzophenoneoxime. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Glendinning. ‘Trans., 99, 451 

(1911). 
a Lifschitz. Ber., 46, 3233 (1913). 

p-Benzoquinone. Lifschitz and Jenner. Ber., 48, 1730 (1915). 


3 Hartley. Trans., 58, 641 (1888). 

55 Soret. Arch. des Sciences, 10, 429 (1883). 

RS Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1902, 99. 
- Baly and Stewart. Trans., 89, 502 (1906). 

99 Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 618 (1906). 

3 Hartley and Leonard. Trans. .» 95, 34 (1909). 

a Hantzsch. Ber., 49, 511 (1915). 


ee a a 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 139 


p-Benzoquinoneazine. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 1494 (1910). 
p-Benzoquinonebenzoylphenylhydrazone. Tuck. Trans., 91, 449 (1907). 
p-Benzoquinonechlorimide. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1902, 99. 
p-Benzoquinonediazide. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
fF Cain. Ber., 46, 101 (1913). 
p-Benzoquinonedichlorimide. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 
1902, 99. 
p-Benzoquinonedioxime. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1902, 99, 
p-Benzoquinonehydrone. Lifschitz and Jenner. Ber., 48, 1730 (1915). 
Benzoyl chloride. Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 
Benzoylacetic acid, ethyl ester. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905). 
Benzoylacetone. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905). 
a Morgan and Moss. Trans., 103, 78 (1913). 
aluminium derivative. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905). 
Benzoylazobenzene. Merriman. Trans., 103, 1845 (1913). 
Benzoylazo-p-cresetole. Tuck. Trans., 91, 449 (1907). 
Benzoylbenzeneazo-p-cresol. Tuck. ‘Trans., 91, 449 (1907). 
p-Benzoylbenzeneazo-p-cresol. Hewitt, Mann, and Pope. ‘Trans., 105, 2193 (1914). 
p-Benzoylbenzeneazo-a-naphthol. Hewitt, Mann, and Pope. ‘Trans., 105, 2193 
(1914). . 
p-Benzoylbenzeneazo-8-naphthol. Hewitt, Mann, and Pope. Trans., 105, 2193 
(1914). 
Benzoylbenzeneazopheno!. Tuck. Trans., 91, 449 (1907). 
p-Benzoylbenzeneazophenol. Hewitt, Mann, and Pope. Trans., 105, 2193 (1914). 
o-Benzoylbenzoic acid, salts and ethyl ester of. Hantzsch and Schuviete. LBer., 49, 
213 (1916). 
Benzoylcarbinolphenylhydrazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., $1, 
1572 (1907). 
_ Benzoyldianilinostilbene. Everest and McCombie. Trans., 99, 1752 (1911). 
s-Benzoylphenylhydrazine. Merriman. Trans., 103, 1845 (1913). 
Benzoylpiperidine. Purvis. Trans., 103, 2283 (1913). 
Benzoylsuccinic acid, ethyl ester. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905); As- 
trophys. Journ., 23, 110 (1906). 
Benzyl acetate. Pfliiger. Phys. Zeit., 10, 406 (1909). 
Benzyl alcohol. Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 
a) “4 Pfliiger. Phys. Zeit., 10, 406 (1909). 
a5 sis Purvis. Trans., 107, 496 (1915). 
- o Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
a3 Strasser. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 14, 281 (1915). 
Benzyl benzoate. Pfliger. Phys. Zeit., 10, 406 (1909). . 
Benzyl chloride. Purvis. Trans., 107, 496 (1915). 
Benzyl cyanide. See Phenylacetonitrile. 
Benzyl ethyl ether. Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 
# 3 5 Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
‘vs 95 5 Strasser. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 14, 281 (1915). 
Benzylacetophenone. Stobbe and Ebert. Ber., 44, 1289 (1911). 
Benzylamine. Purvis. Trans., 97, 1546 (1910). 
Benzylaniline. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1514 (1912). 
Benzylidene chloride. Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 
Benzylideneacetone. Baker. Trans., 91, 1490 (1907). 

33 Baly and Schaefer. Trans., 98, 1808 (1908). 
Benzylideneacetophenone. Stobbe and Ebert. Ber., 44, 1289 (1911). 
Benzylideneaminoazobenzene. Pope and Willett. Trans., 103, 1258 (1913). 
Benzylideneaniline. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Benzylideneanisylideneacetone. Baker. Trans., 91, 1490 (1907). 
Benzylidenecamphor. Lowry and Southgate. Trans., 97, 905 (1910). 
Benzylidenemalonic acid. Baly and Schaefer. Trans., 93, 1808 (1908). 
Benzylidene-m-nitroaniline. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Benzylidene-p-nitroaniline. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Berberidic acid. Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 

ri a Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 
Berberine. Dobbie and Lauder. ‘Trans., 88, 605 (1903). 
5 Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 


140 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Berberine. Tinkler. Trans., 99, 1340 (1911). 
Biebrich scarlet. Hartley, Trans., 51, 152 (1887). 
Bis(anisylidenemethyl)pyrone. Boon, Wilson, and Heilbron. Trans., 105, 2176 
(1914), 
is salts. Boon, Wilson, and Heilbron. Trans., 105, 
2176 (1914), 
tetrabromo derivative. Boon, Wilson, and Heilbron. 
Trans., 105, 2176 (1914). 
Bisbenzeneazodiphenol. Robertson and Brady. Trans., 103, 1479 (1913). 
Bis(benzylidenemethyl)pyrone. Boon, Wilson, and Heilbron. ‘Trans., 105, 2176 
(1914). 
salts. Boon, Wilson, and Heilbron. Trans., 105, 
2176 (1914), 
2.3-Bis(p-dimethylaminoanilo)-a-hydrindone. Purvis. Trans., 99, 1953 (1911). 
Bis(furfurylidenemethyl)pyrone. Boon, Wilson, and Heilbron. Trans., 105, 2176 
(1914). 
“ salts. Boon, Wilson, and Heilbron. ‘Trans., 105, 
2176 (1914). 
Bismarck brown. Hartley. Trans., 51, 152 (1887). 
Bistolueneazodiphenol. Robertson and Brady. Trans., 108, 1479 (1913). 
Biuret. Soret. Arch. des Sciences, 10, 429 (1883). 
Borneol. Hantzsch. Ber., 45, 553 (1912). 
Bornylene, Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 139 (1913). 
Brassidic acid. Macbeth, Stewart, and Wright. Trans., 101, 599 (1912). 
4-Bromoacenaphthene. Purvis. Trans., 101, 1315 (1912). 
m-Bromoaniline. Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 
o-Bromoaniline. Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 
p-Bromoaniline. Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 
p-Bromoanisole. Purvis. Trans., 107, 660 (1915). 
Bromobenzene. Pauer. Ann. der Phys., 61, 363 (1897). 


29 


39 


a5 Grebe. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 3, 376 (1905). 

> Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 618 (1906). 

an Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
6 Purvis. Trans., 99, 811 (1911). 


So Witte. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 14, 347 (1915). 
p-Bromobenzenediazonium sulphate. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
p-Bromobenzoic acid and sodium salt. Hewitt, Pope, and Willett. Trans., 101, 

1770 (1912). 
Bromo-p-henzoquinone. Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 618 (1906). 
a-Bromocamphor, Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 807, 1340 (1909). 
8-Bromocamphor. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 807 (1909). 
Bromocamphorcarboxylicamide. Lowry, Desch, and Southgate. Trans,, 97, 899 


(1910). 

Bromocamphorcarboxylicpiperidide. Lowry, Desch, and Southgate. Trans., 97, 
899 (1910). 

a- Bromocamphor-f-sul pho-p-bromoanilide. Lowry and Desch. ‘Trans., 95, 1340 
(1909). 


a- Bromocamphor-7-sulphonamide. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 1340 (1909). 
a-Bromocamphor-7-sulphonic acid, ammonium salt of. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 
95, 1340 (1909). 
d-a-Bromocamphor-8-sulphonic acid, ammonium salt of. Purvis. ‘Trans., 107, 
643 (1915), : 
Bromodinitromethane. Hedley. Ber., 44, 1195 (1908). 
a5 Harper and Macbeth. Trans., 107, 87 (1915). 
Bromoformylcamphor. Lowry and Southgate. Trans., 97, 905 (1910). 
3-Bromo-4-hydroxy-2-methyl-5-isopropylbenzeneazoformamide. Heilbron and Hen- 
derson, Trans., 103, 1404 (1913). : 
5-Bromo-4-hydroxy-m-tolueneazoformamide. Heilbronand Henderson. Trans., 108, 
1404 (1913). 
Bromomaleinamide. Ley and Fischer. Ber., 46, 327 (1913). 
o-Bromomethyleamphor. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 807 (1909). 
8-Bromomethylecamphor, A PP 55 iets aeke 
w-Bromomethylcamphor. 3 =“ 5, Sot See) ee 


SE ee oe 


ON ABSCRPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 141 


«-Bromonaphthalene. Purvis. Trans., 101, 1315 (1912). 
B-Bromonaphthalene. Purvis. Trans., 101, 1315 (1912). 
aa'-Bromonitrocamphor. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 807 (1909). 
8-Bromonitrocamphor. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 807 (1909). 
m-Bromonitrocamphor. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 807 (1909). 
Bromonitromalonic acid, ethyl ester. Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 
p-Bromophenetole. Purvis. Trans., 107, 660 (1915). 

p-Bromophenol. Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 

p-Bromophenylhydrazine. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
p-Bromophenyloximidoxazolone. Hantzsch and Heilbron. Ber., 48, 68 (1910). 


os acetyl derivative. Hantzsch and Heilbron. Ber., 
43, 68 (1910). 

. methyl ether. Hantzsch and Heilbron. Ber., 43, 
68 (1910), 


m-Bromotoluene. Purvis. Trans., 99, 1699 (1911). 
o-Bromotoluene. Purvis. Trans., 99, 1699 (1911). 
Brucine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
Bulbocapnine. Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 

as Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 
Butyl acetate. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456, 1617 (1912); Ber., 45, 

2819(1912); 46, 1304 (1913). 
tsoButyl acetate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
tsoButyl alcohol. Hartley. Trans., 39, 153 (1881). 
n-Butyl alcohol. Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 45, 2819 (1912); Compt. rend., 155, 
456 (1912). 
on % Massol and Faucon. Bull. Soc. Chim., 11, 931 (1912). 
tertButyl alcohol. Massol and Faucon. Bull. Soc. Chim., 11, 931 (1912). 
tsoButyl butyrate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans, 170, I. 257 (1879). 
tsoButyl formate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans. 170, I. 257 (1879). 
tsoButyl iodide. Crymble, Stewart, and Wright. Ber., 48, 1183 (1910). 
tsoButyl valerate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
tertButylbenzene. Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 
aR Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
tsoButylene. Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 139 (1913). 
Butyraldehyde. Bieleckiand Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456 (1912); Ber., 45, 2819 
(1912); 46, 3627 (1913). 

isoButyric acid. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
n-Butyric acid. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 


an » Stewart. Trans., 91, 199 (1907). 

a5 »»  SBielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456, 1617 (1912); 156, 
550 (1913); Ber., 45, 2819 (1912); 46, 1304 (1913). 

_ »  Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 

a » Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913); 105, 669 (1914). 

3 », Salts. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 


» Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913) ; 105, 669 (1914). 
Butyryleamphor. Lowry and Southgate. Trans., 97, 905 (1910). 


c 


Caffeine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, I. 471 (1885); Trans., 87, 1796 (1905). 
Camphene, Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 139 (1913).. 
Camphor. Hartley. reac: 39, 153 (1881). 


=e Baly, Marsden, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 966 (1906). 

“e Hartley. Trans., 93, 961 (1908). 

+ Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 807 (1909). 

ik Lowry and Southgate. Trans., 97, 907 (1910). 

‘ Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 


Purvis, Trans., 107, 643 (1915). 
Camphor- B-anhydramide. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 1340 (1909). 
Camphorearboxylic acid. Lowry, Desch, and Southgate. Trans., 97, 899 (1910). 


> amide ” 99 9? 9 9? 2? 
a ethylester_ ,, % > ay ” >» 
a metallic salts ,, - e “1 > 9 


142 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Camphorcarboxylic methyl ester. Lowry, Desch, and Southgate. Trans., 97,899(1910). 
piperidide. 33 55 53 & 
Camphorie ‘acid, Hartley. Trans., 39, 153 (1881). 
>»  Scheiber and Knothe. Ber., 45, 2252 (1912). 
Camphoroxime. Baly, Marsden, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 966 (1906). 
Purvis. Trans. 107, 643 (1915). 
Camphorquinone. Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 489 (1906). 
Camphorquinone-p-bromophenylhydrazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. 
Trans., 91, 1572 (1907). 
Camphorquinonediphenylhydrazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 
1572 (1907). 
a-Camphorquinonehydrazone. Lankshear and Lapworth. Trans., 99, 1785 (1911). 
8-Camphorquinonehydrazone. Lankshear and Lapworth. Trans., 99, 1785 (1911). 
Camphorquinonephenylbenzylhydrazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. 
Trans., 91, 1572 (1907). 
a-Camphorquinonephenylearbamylhydrazone. Lankshear ani Lapworth. Trans., 
99, 1785 (1911). 
8-Camphorquinonephenylcarbamylhydrazone. Lankshear and Lapworth. ‘Trans., 
99, 1785 (1911). 
a-Camphorquinonephenylhydrazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 
91, 1572 (1907). 
Lankshear and Lapworth. Trans., 99, 1785 
(1911). 
8-Camphorquinonephenylhydrazone. Lankshear and Lapworth. Trans., 99, 1785 
(1911), 
Camphorquinonephenylmethylhydrazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. 
Trans., 91, 1572 (1907). 
a-Camphorquinonesemicarbazone. Lankshear and Lapworth. Trans., 99, 1785 
(1911) 
B-Camphorquinonesemicarbazone. Lankshear and Lapworth. Trans., 99, 1785 
(1911). 
Camphor-f-sulphonamide. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 1340 (1909). 
Camphor-8-sulphonanilide. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 1340 (1909). 
Camphoryl chloride. Scheiber and Knothe. Ber., 45, 2252 (1912). 
Cane sugar. Soret. Arch. des Sciences, 10, 429 (1883). 
- 55 Hartley. Trans., 51, 58 (1887). 
3 FP Lyman. Astrophys. Journ., 25, 45 (1907). 
Caprylene. Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 139 (1913). 
o-Catbamylphenoxyacetic acid. Merriman. Trans., 103, 1838 (1913). 
Carbon tetrachloride. Hartley. Trans., 39, 153 (1881), 
Liveing and Dewar. Proc. Roy. Soc., 35, 71 (1883). 
Carbostyril. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 75, 640 (1899). 
Carvenone. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Rea. Trans., 99, 1262 (1911). 
o-Carboxyphenoxyacetic acid, ethyl ester, monoamide. Merriman. Trans., 103, 
; 1838 (1913). 
Caryophyllene. Hantzsch. Ber., 45, 553 (1912). 
Catechol. Hartley. Trans., 53, 641 (1888). 
Magini. Atti R. Accad. Lincei, 12, ii. 87 (1903); J. Chim. phys., 2, 410 
1904). 
Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 
Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
Cedar-wood oil. Pfliiger. Phys. Zeit., 10, 405 (1909). 
Cephaeline. Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 105, 1639 (1914). 
Cetyl alcohol. Massol and Faucon. Bull. Soc. Chim., 11, 931 (1912). 
Cevadine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
Chelidonic acid, ethyl ester. Baly, Collie, and Watson. ‘Trans., 95, 144 (1909). 
33 sodium salts. Baly, Collie, and Watson. Trans., 95, 144 (1909). 
Chloral. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1810 (1912). 
Chloral hydrate. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1810 (1912). 
4-Chloroacenaphthene. Purvis. Trans., 101, 1315 (1912). 
Chloroacetic acid. Hantzsch. Zeit. phys. Chem., 86, 624 (1914). 
yy 5 Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913). 
* » Sodium salt. Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913). 


2? 


3 


a> 


a 


wri 


ee le ee 


ON. ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 143 


Chloroacetone. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1810 (1912). 
m-Chloroaniline. Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 
Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
<4 Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 
o-Chloroaniline. Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 
Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
re Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 
p-Chloroaniline. Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 

¥ Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 

53 Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 
m-Chlorobenzaldehyde. Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 


99 


939 


o-Chlorobenzaldehyde. 3s Ss zy qs 5 
p-Chlorobenzaldehyde. ms 35 55 5 > 
Chlorobenzene. Pauer. Ann. der Phys., 61, 363 (1897). 
AS Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 
es Grebe. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 3, 376 (1905). 
- Ley and y. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910), 
é Baly. Trans., 99, 856 (1911). 
“c Purvis. Trans., 99, 811 (1911). 
ef Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 


Witte. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 14, 347 (1915), 
p-Chlorobenzenediazocyanide. Dobbie and Tinkler. Trans., 87, 273 (1905). 
o-Chlorobenzene-anti-diazosulphonic acid, salts of. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 

45, 3011 (1912). 
o-Chlorobenzene-syn-diazosulphonic acid, salts of. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 
3011 (1912). 
m-Chlorobenzoic acid. Scheiber. Ber., 45, 2398 (1912). 
33 ef Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
o-Chlorobenzoic acid. Scheiber. Ber., 45, 2398 (1912). 
mf >, Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
p-Chlorobenzoic acid. Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
Chlorobenzoquinone. Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 618 (1906). 
o-Chlorobromobenzene. Purvis. Trans., 107, 496 (1915). 
m-Chlorobromobenzene. Purvis. Trans., 107, 496 (1915). 
p-Chlorobromobenzene. Purvis. Trans., 107, 496 (1915). 
aa'-Chlorobromocamphor. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 807 (1909). 
a-Chlorocamphor. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 807, 1340 (1909). 
a-Chlorocamphor-f-sulphonic acid, potassium salt. Lowry and Desch. ‘Trans., 95, 
1340 (1909). 
B-Chlorocrotonic acid. Macbeth, Stewart, and Wright. Trans., 101, 599 (1912). 
se a Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
B-Chloroisocrotonic acid. Macbeth, Stewart, and Wright. Trans., 101, 599 (1912). 
Chloroform. Hartley. Trans., 39, 153 (1881). 
3-Chloro-4-hydroxybenzeneazoformamide. Heilbron and Henderson. ‘Trans., 103, 
1404 (1913). 
1-Chloro-6-hydroxynaphthacenequinone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 91, 426 (1907). 
a-Chloronaphthalene. Purvis. Trans., 101, 1315 (1912). 
8-Chloronaphthalene. Purvis. Trans., 101, 1315 (1912). 
aa'-Chloronitrocamphor. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 807 (1909). 
m-Chlorophenol, Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
o-Chlorophenol. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
i} Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
p-Chlorophenol. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
Chlorophyll. van Gulik. Ann, der Phys., 23, 277 (1907), and 46, 147 (1915). 
m-Chlorotoluene. Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 
Ae Baly. Trans., 99, 856 (1911). 
i Purvis. Trans., 99, 1699 (1911). 
o-Chlorotoluene. Baly and Ewbank. ‘Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 
Bs 9s Baly. Trans., 99, 856 (1911). 
ne Purvis. Trans., 99, 1699 (1911). 
p-Chlorotoluene, Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 
ee Baly. Trans., 99, 856 (1911). 
PP Purvis. Trans., 99, 1699 (1911). 


144 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


Chlorotoluquinoneoxime. Hantzsch. Ber., 43, 1651 (1910). 
Chrysene. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 93, 1902 (1908). 
Chrysoidine. Hartley. Trans., 51, 152 (1887). 
Cinchonidine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
Cinchonine, Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 


a6 Dobbie and Lauder. Trans. -» 83, 605 (1903). 
3 Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 
39 Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 99, 1254 (1911). 


Cineol. Hantzsch. Ber., 45, 553 (1912). 
Cinnamaldehyde. Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 
Cinnamic acid. Stewart. Trans., 91, 199 (1907). 
53 a Baly and Schaefer. Trans., 93, 1808 (1908). 
Ley and y. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
* ”  Stobbe. Ber., 43, 504 (1910); 44, 960 (1911). 
Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Glendinning. Trans., 99, 451 (1911). 
i a Stobbe and Ebert. Ber., 44, 1289 (1911). 
if Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
ia ,, ethyl ester. Baly and Schaefer. Trans., 98, 1808 (1908). 
% 3 a ws Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 

», sodium salt. Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913). 
Cinnamylideneacetone. Baly and Schaefer. Trans., 98, 1808 (1908). 
Cinnamylideneacetophenone. Stobbe. Ber., 44, 960 (1911). 

Cinnamylideneacrylic acid. Baly and Schaefer. Trans., 93, 1808 (1908). 
Cinnamylidenemalonic acid. Baly and Schaefer. Trans., 93, 1808 (1908). 
33 >»  Stobbe. Ber., 44, 960 (1911). 
», methylester. Baly and Schaefer. Trans., 93, 1808 (1908). 
Cinnamylidene-p-toluidine. Tinkler. Trans., 103, 885 (1913). 
Citraconic acid. Stewart. Trans., 91, 199 (1907). 
ee »,  Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 2596 (1913); Compt. rend., 157, 
372 (1913). 
Citral. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 108, 433 (1913). 
»  Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 47, 1690 (1914) ; Compt. rend., 158, 567 (1914). 
Citrazinic acid, ethyl ester. Baker andl Baly. Trans., 91, 1122 (1907). 
», sodium salt. Baker and Baly. Trans., 91, 1122 (1907). 
Citric acid. Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 2596 (1913). 
Cocaine. Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 103, 1193 (1913). 
z Gompel and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1541 (1913). 
Codeine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
Gompel and Henri. Compt. rend., 157, 1422 (1913). 
Collidinedicarboxylic acid, ethyl ester. Ley and y, Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 
74, 1 (1910). 
Congo-red. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 158 (1915). 
Coniine. Purvis. Trans., 97, 1035 (1910). 
Corybulbine. Dobbie and Lauder. ‘Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 
a Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 
Corydaldine. Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 
5S Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 
Corydaline. Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 
%» Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126, 
= Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 105, 1639 (1914). 
Corydic acid. Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 
- »» Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 
Cotarnine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
a Dobbie, Lauder, and Tinkler. Trans., 83, 598 (1903). 
e Hantzsch. Ber., 44, 1783 (1911). 
», Salts. Hantzsch. Ber., 43, 1783 (1911). 
Coumaranonecarboxylic acid, ethyl ester. Merriman. ‘Trans., 103, 1838 (1913). 
” 2° 93 +9, acetyl derivative. Merriman. Trans. ., 103, 
1838 (1913). 
v-Coumaric acid. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. ‘Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
“5 », sodium salt. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Creatinine. Hartley. Proc. Roy. Soc., 43, 529 (1888). 
m-Cresol. Hartley. Trans., 58, 641 (1888). 


a. . ee re 


es 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 145 


m-Cresol. Baly and Ewbank, Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 

+ Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 

», methylether. Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 83, 1347 (1905). 
o-Cresol, Hartley. Trans., 58, 641 (1888). 

a Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 

33 Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 

ae Wright. Trans., 105, 669 (1914). 

», methylether. Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 
p-Cresol. Hartley. Trans., 53, 641 (1888). 

= Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 

fe Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 

a Wright. Trans., 105, 669 (1914). 
Crocein scarlet. Hartley. Trans., 51, 153 (1887). 
Crotonaldehyde. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 108, 433 (1913). 
Crotonic acid. Stewart. Trans., 9f, 199 (1907). 

35 », Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 433 (1913). 

33 s,  Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 157, 372 (1913). 

re ' aS of a Ber., 46, 2596, 3627 (1913), 47, 1690 (1914). 

55 »» Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 

55 », ethyl ester. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
Cryptopine. Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 105, 1639 (1914). 
Crystal ponceau. van der Plaats. Ann. der Phys., 47, 429 (1915). 
Crystal violet. van der Plaats. Ann. der Phys., 47, 429 (1915). 

“ oy Schlenk and Marcus. Ber., 47, 1664 (1914). 
Cumeneazo-8-naphtholdisulphonic acid. Hartley. Trans., 54, 152 (1887). 
y-Cumenediazonium sulphate. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Cuminaldehyde. Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 

Cuminolphenylhydrazone. Stobbe and Nowak. Ber., 46, 2887 (1913). 
Cupreine. Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 
aS Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 101, 77 (1912). 
Cyanic acid, potassium salt. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Trans., 79, 848 (1901). 
isoCyanic acid, ethyl ester. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Trans., 78, 848 (1901). 
» methylester. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Trans., 79, 848 (1901). 
Cyanoacetic acid, ethyl ester. Brannigan, Macbeth, and Stewart. Trans., 103, 406 
(1913). 
m-Cyanobenzoic acid. Scheiber. Ber., 45, 2398 (1912). 
o-Cyanobenzoic acid. Scheiber. Ber., 45, 2398 (1912). 
», methyl ester, Scheiber. Ber., 45, 2398 (1912). 
Cyanuric acid. Hartley and Huntington. Proc. Roy. Soc., 31, 1 (1880). 
- 33 Hartley. Trans., 41, 45 (1882). 
bs By Hartley, Dobbie, “and Lauder. Trans., 79, 848 (1901). 
5s » ethyl ester. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Rea. Trans., 99, 1262 


(1911). 
isoCyanuric acid, ethyl ester. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Rea. Trans., 99, 1262 
(1911). 
aa », methyl ester. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Trans., 79, 848 
(1901). 


Cyanuric chloride. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Trans., 79, 848 (1901). 
A'-Cyclohexadiene. Stark and Levy. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 179 (1913). 
4 Stark and Lipp. Zeit. phys. Chem., 86, 36 (1914). 
Cyclohexanone. Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 
“A Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 47, 1690 (1914). 

Cyclohexene. Stark and Levy. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 179 (1913). 
Cymene. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 

Ns Hartley. Phil. Trans., 208 A, 475 (1908) ; Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 299 (1908). 

5 Hantzsch. Ber., 45, 553 (1912). 
Cymeneazo-8-naphthalenedisulphonic acid. Hartley. Trans., 51, 152 (1887). 


D 


Dehydracetic acid. Baly, Collie, and Watson. Trans., 95, 144 (1909). 
isoDehydracetic acid. Baly, Collie, and Watson. Trans., 95, 144 (1909). 
Dehydrocorydaline. Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 

Bond’ Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126, 
L 


146 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIE sCE.—1916. 


Deoxybenzoinphenylhydrazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 
1572 (1907). 
Dextrose. Soret. Arch. des Sciences, 10, 429 (1883). 

3 Hartley. Trans., 51, 58 (1887). 

3°3'-Diacetoaminophenazthionium chloride. Eckert and Pummerer. Zeit. phys. 
Chem., 87, 599 (1914). 
3°6-Diacetoaminophenazthionium chloride. Pummerer, Eckert, and Gassner. Ber., 
47, 1494 (1914). 
1-8 (9)-Diacetoxynaphthacenequinone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 91, 426 (1907). 
Diacetyl. Baly and Stewart. Trans., 89, 502 (1906). 
5s Gelbke. Phys. Zeit., 13, 584 (1912). 
m3 Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1322 (1913); 158, 1022 (1914); 
Ber., 46, 3627 (1913); 47, 1690 (1914). 

3 Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 
Diacetylacetone. Baly, Collie, and Watson. ‘Trans., 95, 144 (1909). 
Diacetylcodeine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 

Diacetyldimethylpyrone. Baly, Collie, and Watson. ‘Trans., 95, 144 (1909). 
Diacetyldioxime. Baly and Stewart. Trans., 89, 502 (1906). 
Diacetylphenylhydrazone, Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 1572 

(1907). 

Diacetylphenylosazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 1572 (1907). 
Diacetylsuccinic acid, ethyl ester. Baly and Desch. ‘Trans., 87, 766 (1905). 
Diallyl. Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 139 (1913). 
Dialuric acid. Hartley. Trans., 87, 1796 (1905). 
Diaminoazobenzene. Hartley. Trans., 51, 153 (1887). 
4:4’-Diaminobenzophenone. Grandmougin and Fayre-Ambrumyan. Ber., 47, 2127 
(1914). 

- Watson and Meek. Trans., 107, 1567 (1915). 
a-Diaminopropionic acid, copper salt. Ley and Hegge. Ber., 48, 70 (1915). 
B- 39 99 9 929 9° 9 > 99 3 9 29 
p-Diaminotriphenylmethane. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 70 (1913). 

oe derivatives. Formanek. Zeit. Farb. Text. Chem., 2, 

473 (1903). 
Dianhydrotrisdibenzylsilicanediol. Robison and Kipping. Trans., 105, 40 (1914). 
Dianisylideneacetone. Baker. Trans., 91, 1490 (1907). 
Diazoacetic acid. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Diazoaminobenzene. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
aA Purvis. Trans., 105, 590 (1914). 

Diazomethanedisulphonic acid, salts. Hantzschand Lifschitz. Ber., 45,3011 (1912). 
p-Diazophenol. See p-Benzoquinonediazide. 
1:4-Dibenzoyl-2-dimethylpiperazine. Purvis. Trans., 103, 2283 (1913). 
1:4-Dibenzoyl-3-dimethylpiperazine. aS fe a4 o 3 
Dibenzoylsuccinic acid., ethyl ester. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans,, 77, 498 (1900). 
Dibenzyl. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 93, 1902 (1908). 

a Crymble, Stewart, and Wright. Ber., 43, 1188 (1910). 

33 Stobbe and Ebert. Ber., 44, 1289 (1911). 

as Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 

Dibenzyl ketone. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1514 (1912). 

Dibenzylamine. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1514 (1912). 

s-Dibenzylcarbamide, Purvis. Trans., 105, 1372 (1914). 

Dibenzylideneacetone. Baker. Trans., 91, 1490 (1907). 

Dibenzylsilicanediol. Robison and Kipping. Trans., 105, 40 (1914). 

m-Dibromobenzene. Purvis. Trans., 99, 1699 (1911). 

o-Dibromobenzene. Purvis. Trans., 99, 1699 (1911). 

p-Dibromobenzene. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910), 
aA Purvis. Trans., 107, 496 (1915). 

aa’-Dibromocamphor. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 807 (1909). 

aB-Dibromocamphor. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 807 (1909). 

Dibromo-4-hydroxy-2-methyl-5-zsopropylbenzeneazoformamide. Heilbron and Hen- 

derson. Trans., 103, 1404 (1913). 
5°7-Dibromo-8-hydroxyquinoline. Fox. Trans., 97, 1119 (1910). 
Dibromomalinimide. Ley and Fischer. Ber., 46, 327 (1913). 
aw-Dibromomethyleamphor. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 807 (1909). 


| 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 147 


Dibromothymoquinone. Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 618 (1906). 
2°4-Dichloroaniline. Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 
m-Dichlorobenzene. Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 
ey Baly. Trans., 99, 856 (1911). 
As Purvis. Trans., 99, 1699 (1911). 
o-Dichlorobenzene. Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 
<3 Baly. Trans., 99, 856 (1911). 
ee Purvis. Trans., 99, 1699 (1911). 
p-Dichlorobenzene. Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 
aa Baly. Trans., 99, 856 (1911). 
‘5 Purvis. Trans., 107, 496 (1915). 
Dichlorobenzoquinone. Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 618 (1906). 
p-Dichlorodioxyterephthalic acid. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 797 (1915). 
Pe »  ethylester. Hantzsch. Ann., 384, 185 (1911). 
3:5-Dichloro-4-hydroxybenzeneazoformamide. Heilbron and Henderson. Trans., 
103, 1404 (1913). 
Dichlorophenylphenazonium chloride. Balls, Hewitt, and Newman. Trans., 101, 
1840 (1912). 
3°5-Dichloropyridine. Purvis. Trans., 103, 2283 (1913). 
Dichlorothymoquinone. Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 618 (1906). 
5°7-Diethoxy-2-m p-diethoxyphenyl-4-ethyl-1-4-benzopyranol anhydrohydrochloride. 
Watson, Sen, and Medhi. Trans., 107, 1477 (1915). 
5:7-Diethoxy-2-p-ethoxyphenyl-4-ethyl-1:4-benzopyranol anhydrohydriodide. Wat- 
son, Sen, and Medhi. Trans., 107, 1477 (1915). 
Diethyl camphorcarboxylate. Lowry, Desch, and Southgate. Trans., 97, 899 (1910). 
Diethyl collidinedicarboxylate. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 
(1910). 
Diethyl diethylmalonate. Brannigan, Macbeth, and Stewart. Trans., 108, 406 
(1913). 
Diethyl diethyloxaloacetate. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 1407 (1915). 
Diethyl dimethyloxaloacetate. - a Gey wae iass 
Diethyl ketone. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456 (1912). 
95 % Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1810 (1912). 
“: - Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 45, 2819 (1912); 46, 3627 (1913). 
c Seek sees) Compt. rend., 156, 1322 (1913). 
a re Rice. Proc. Roy. Soc., 91 A, 76 (1914). 
Diethyl ketone phenylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
Diethyl ketone phenylmethylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
Diethylamine. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
$5 Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913). 
Diethylaniline. Purvis. Trans., 97, 1546 (1910). 
Diethyl-2-4-dinitroaniline. Hantzsch. Ber., 43, 1662 (1910). 
Diethyl-3-4-dinitroaniline. Hantzsch. Ber., 43, 1662 (1910). 
Diethylmalonic acid, ethyl ester. Brannigan, Macbeth, and Stewart. Trans., 103, 
406 (1913). 
Diethylnitrosoamine. Baly and Desch. Trans., 93, 1747 (1908). 
Digitaline. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
Dihydroanthracene. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 93, 1902 (1908). 
aS Stevenson. J. phys. Chem. 15, 845 (1911). 
1-3-Dihydrobenzene. Zelinsky and Gorsky. Ber., 44, 2312 (1911). 
1:4-Dihydrobenzene. Zelinsky and Gorsky. Ber., 44, 2312 (1911). 
Dihydrocarvone. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Rea. ‘Trans., 99, 1262 (1911). 
Dihydrocollidinedicarboxylic acid, ethyl ester. Baker and Baly. Trans., 91, 1122 
(1907). 
oH 3 gions; Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. 
Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
1:4-Dihydronaphthalene. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 93, 1902 (1908). 

% Leonard. Trans., 97, 1246 (1910). 
Dihydrophenylacridine. Dobbie and Tinkler. Trans., 87, 269 (1905). 
1-2-Dihydroxyanthraquinone. Meek and Watson. ‘Trans., 109, 544 (1916), 
1-4-Dihydroxyanthraquinone. Meek and Watson. Trans., 109, 544 (1916). 
5°7-Dihydroxy-2-mp-dihydroxyphenyl-4-ethyl-1°4-benzopyranol anhydride «nd 

anhydrohydriodide. Watson, Sen, and Medhi. ‘Trans., 107, 1477 (1915). 
L 2 


148 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Dihydroxyfluorescein. Medhi and Watson. Trans., 107, 1579 (1915). 

5-7-Dihydroxy-2-p-hydroxyphenyl-4-ethyl-1-4-benzopyranol anhydride and anhydro- 
hydriodide. Watson, Sen, and Medhi. Trans., 107, 1477 (1915). 

1:6-Dihydroxynaphthacenequinone. Baly and Tuck. Tians., 91, 426 (1907). 

1:7(10)-Dihydroxynaphthacenequinone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 91, 426 (1907). 

1°8 (9)-Dihydroxynaphthacenequinone. Baly and Tuck. ‘vrans., 91, 426 (1907). 

1:5-Dihydroxynaphthacenequinonesulphonic acid. Baly a. Tuck. Trans., 91, 426 
(1907). 

m-Diiodobenzene. Purvis. Trans., 99, 2318 (1911). 

o-Diiodobenzene. Purvis. Trans., 99, 2318 (1911). 

1:2-Diketo-5-acetyl-3-phenyl-4-methyl-A*-cyclopentene. Purvis. Trans,, 99, 107 


(1911). 

» ” ” » 9 oxime. Purvis. Trans., 99, 
107 (1911). 

29 ” ” ” * phenylhydrazone. Purvis. 


Trans., 99, 107 (1911). 
1:3-Diketo-2-anisylidenehydrindamine. Purvis. Trans., 99, 1953 (1911). 
1:3-Diketo-2-benzylidenehydrindamine. Purvis. Trans., 99, 1953 (1911). 
Diketobutyric acid, ethyl ester. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 158, 1022 
1914). 
Bevis are oop ie Chigrtntats ohenayliddistiy Adiatiamnias, Purvis. Trans., 99, 1953 
(1911). 
2°3-Diketo-4'5-diphenylpyrroline. Purvis. Trans., 97, 2533 (1910). 

x phenylhydrazone. Purvis. Trans.,97, 2535 (1910). 
1:4-Diketohexamethylene. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 73, 598 (1898). 
Diketohydrindylidenediketohydrindamine. Purvis. Trans., 99, 1953 (1911). 
2-3-Diketo-4-phenyl-5-p-anisylpyrroline. Purvis. Trans., 97, 2535 (1910). 
2°3-Diketo-4-phenyl-5-p-cumylpyrroline. Purvis. Trans., 97, 2535 (1910). 
2:3-Diketo-4-phenyl-5-piperonylpyrroline. Purvis. Trans., 97, 2535 (1910). 
2-3-Diketo-4-phenyl-5-m-tolylpyrroline. Purvis. Trans., 97,2535 (1910). 
2-3-Diketo-4-phenyl-5-o-tolylpyrroline. Purvis. Trans., 97, 2535 (1910). 
2-3-Diketo-4-phenyl-5-p-tolylpyrroline. Purvis. Trans., 97, 2535 (1910). 
2-3-Diketo-4-phenyl-5-p-tolylpyrrolinephenylhydrazone. Purvis. Trans,, 97, 2535 

1910). 
pp DisthonpDe Aiptieasipmartnd Tutin and Caton. Trans., 97, 2535 (1910). 
pp'-Dimethoxy-2°6-diphenylpyrazine. Tutin and Caton. Trans., 97, 2524 (1910). 
6°7-Dimethoxy-2-methyl-3°4-dihydrozsoquinolinium chloride. Tinkler. Trans., 101, 
1245 (1912). 
6'7-Dimethoxy-2-methyltetrahydrotsoquinoline. Tinkler. Trans., 101, 1245 (1912). 
6:7-Dimethoxyisoquinoline-1-carboxylic acid. Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 105, 1639 
1914). 
Deets camphorcarboxylate. Lowry, Desch, and Southgate. Trans., 97, 899 
1910). 
Pee oxaloacetate. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 1407 (1915). 
Dimethyl terephthalate. Hartley and Hedley. Trans., 91, 314 (1907). 
Dimethylamine. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
< Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913). 
p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene. Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 

aS Hantzsch. Ber., 42, 2129 (1909); 46, 1537 (1913). 

aa Baly and Hampson. Trans., 107, 248 (1915). 

oe Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 167 (1915). 
p-Dimethylaminoazobenzoic acid, ethyl ester. Hantzsch. Ber., 46, 1537 (1913). 
p-Dimethylaminobenzaldehyde. Baly and Marsden. Trans., 93, 2108 (1908). 

ie Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 
Dimethylaminobenzeneazoaniline. Hantzsch. Ber., 46, 1537 (1913). 
Dimethylaminobenzeneazoanisole. Hantzsch. Ber., 46, 1537 (1913). 
p-Dimethylaminobenzeneazophenol. Hewitt and Thomas. Trans., 95, 1292 (1909). 
m-Dimethylaminophenol. Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 

Dimethylaniline. Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 
3 Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
nS Purvis. Trans., 97, 1546 (1910). 
Dimethylanthranilic acid. Ley and Ulrich. Ber., 42, 3440 (1909). 
4 », methylester. Ley and Ulrich. Ber., 42, 3440 (1909). 


_— 


re 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 149 


Dimethylbenziminazolium iodide. Tinkler. Trans., 101, 1245 (1912), 

Dimethylbenziminazolol. Tinkler. Trans., 101, 1245 (1912), 

aa-Dimethylbutadiene. Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 
139 (1913). 

By-Dimethylbutadiene. Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 
139 (1913). 

Dimethyldihydro‘soquinoline. Tinkler. Trans., 101, 1245 (1912). 

Dimethyldihydroresorcin. Baly and Ewbank. ‘Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 

Dimethyl-2-4-dinitroaniline. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 1662 (1910). 

Dimethyl-3:4-dinitroaniline. Hantzsch. Ber., 43, 1662 (1910). 

Dimethylfulvene. Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 139 
(1913). 

Dimethylnitrobarbituric acid. Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 

Dimethylnitrosoamine. Baly and Desch. Trans., 93, 1747 (1908). 

3°3'-Dimethylphenazothionium chloride. Eckert and Pummerer. Zeit. phys. Chem., 
87, 599 (1914). 

3°6-Dimethylphenazothionium chloride. Eckert and Pummerer. Zeit. phys. Chem., 

87, 599 (1914). 
Pummerer, Eckert, and Gassner. Ber., 47, 
1494 (1914). 

2-Dimethylpiperazine. Purvis. Trans., 108, 2283 (1913). 

3-Dimethylpiperazine. Purvis. Trans., 103, 2283 (1913). 

2°5-Dimethylpyrazine. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 77, 846 (1900). 

Dimethylpyrone. Baly, Collie, and Watson. Trans., $5, 144 (1909). 

Dimethylpyronecarboxylic acid. Baly, Collie, and Watson. Trans., 95, 144 (1909). 

o-Dimethyltoluidine. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 

Dimethyl-o-toluidineazobenzenesulphonic acid. Hantzsch, Ber., 48, 167 (1915). 

Dimethylvioluric acid. Hantzsch and Robison. Ber., 43, 45 (1910). 

;, Salts. Hantzsch and Robison. Ber., 43, 45 (1910). 
Dinaphthanthracene. Homer and Purvis. Trans., 93, 1319 (1908) ; 97, 1155 (1910). 
88-Dinaphthyl. Homer and Purvis. Trans., 93, 1319 (1908). 
3°5 -Dinitroacetyl-p-aminophenol. Meldola and Hollely. Trans., 105, 410 (1914). 
2°6-Dinitro-4-aminoanisole. Meldola and Hewitt. Trans., 103, 876 (1913). 
1-3-Dinitro-5-aminobenzene. Hantzsch. Ber., 43, 1662 (1910). 
4-6-Dinitro-3-aminophenol. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 (1915). 
3°5-Dinitro-4-amino-o-xylene. Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. Trans., 101, 1209 

(1912). 
os Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 (1915). 
3°4-Dinitro-5-amino-o-xylene. Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. Trans., 101, 1209 


” 9 


(1912). 

5°6-Dinitro-3-amino-o-xylene. Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. Trans., 101, 1209 
(1912). 

4°5-Dinitro-3-amino-o-xylene. Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. Trans., 101, 1209 
(1912). 

3°5-Dinitro-6-amino-o-xylene. Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. Trans., 101, 1209 


(1912). 
aa Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 (1915). 
2°4-Dinitroaniline. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 (1915). 
3°5-Dinitro-4-anilino-o-xylene. Morgan, Mess, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 (1915). 
3°5-Dinitro-6-anilino-o-xylene. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 (1915). 
3°5-Dinitro-4-0-anisidino-o-xylene. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 


(1915). 

3°5-Dinitro-4-p-anisidino-o-xylene. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 
(1915). 

3°5-Dinitro-6-o-anisidino-o-xylene. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 
(1915). 

3°5-Dinitro-6-p-anisidino-o-xylene. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 


(1915). 
m-Dinitrobenzene. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
o-Dinitrobenzene. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 108, 1088 (1913). 
p-Dinitrobenzene. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
3°3'-Dinitrobenzidine. Cain, Macbeth, and Stewart. Trans., 103, 586 (1913). 
3°5’-Dinitrobenzidine. Cain, Macbeth, and Stewart. Trans., 103, 586 (1913). 


150 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCTENCE.—1916, 


3°5-Dinitro-4-benzylamino-o-xylene. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 
(1915). 

3°5-Dinitro-6-benzylamino-o-xylene. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 
(1915). 

2°4 Dinitrobenzylaniline. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 (1915). 

mp-Dinitrodiazoaminobenzene. Smith and Watts. Trans., 97, 562 (1910). 

3°5-Dinitro-4-dimethylamino-o-xylene. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 
1296 (1915). 

3°5-Dinitro-6-dimethylamino-o-xylene. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 
1296 (1915). 

2°4-Dinitrodimethylaniline. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 (1915). 

2°5-Dinitrodimethyl-p-toluidine. Morgan and Clayton. Trans., 99, 1941 (1911). 

2°6-Dinitrodimethyl-p-toluidine. Morgan and Clayton. Trans., 99, 1941 (1911). 

3°5-Dinitrodimethyl-p-toluidine. Morgan and Clayton. Trans., 99, 1941 (1911). 

2°6-Dinitro-p-dimethyltoluidine. Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. Trans., 101, 1209 
(1912). 

3°5-Dinitro-p-dimethyltoluidine. Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. Trans., 101, 1209 
(1912). 

Dinitroethane. Hedley. Ber., 41, 1195 (1908), 

3°5-Dinitro-4-ethylamino-o-xylene. Morgan, Moss, and Porter, Trans., 107, 1296 


(1915). 
3°5-Dinitro-6-ethylamino-o-xylene. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 
(1915). 
Dinitrofluorene. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Dinitromethane. Hedley. Ber., 41, 1195 (1908). ° 


Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 

3°5 Riker: 4-methylamino-o-xylene. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 

1296 (1915). 
3°5-Dinitro-6-methylamino-o-xylene. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 

(1915). 
2'4-Dinitromethylaniline. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 (1915). 
3°5-Dinitromethyl-p-toluidine. Morgan and Clayton. Trans., 99, 1941 (1911). 

i Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. Trans., 101, 1209 
(1912). 
2°5-Dinitrophenetole. Buttle and Hewitt. Trans., 95, 1755 (1909). 
2°4-Dinitrophenol. Buttle and Hewitt. Trans., 95, 1755 (1909), 
Bortini. Zeit. phys. Chem., 87, 104 (1914). 
5 Wright. ‘Trans., 105, 669 (1914). 

2°6-Dinitrophenol. Buttle and Hewitt. Tyrans., 95, 1755 (1909). 
Dinitrophenylmalonic acid, ethyl ester. Hantzsch and Picton. Ber., 42, 2119(1909). 
2°4-Dinitrophenylpiperidine. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 (1915). 
3°5-Dinitro-4-piperidino-o-xylene. Morgan. Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296, 

(1915). 
m-Dinitrotolidines. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 (1915). 
o-Dinitrotolidines. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 (1915). 
2'6-Dinitro-p-toluidine, Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. Trans., 101, 1209 (1912). 
3°5-Dinitro-p-toluidine. Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. Trans., 101, 1209 (1912). 
3°5-Dinitro-3-p-toluidino-o-xylene. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 


(1915). 

4°6-Dinitro-3-p-toluidino-o-xylene. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 
(1915), 
5-Dinitro-p-tolylmethylnitroamin Morgan and Clayton. Trans., 99, 1941 (1911), 


9 Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. Trans., 101. 
1209 (1912). 
2:5-Dinitro-p-tolylmethylnitrosoamin Morgan and Clayton. Trans., 99, 1941 


(1911). 
3°5-Dinitro-p-tolylmethylnitrosoamine. Morgan and Clayton. Trans., 99, 1941 
(1911). 
oF Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. Trans., 101, 


1209 (1912). 
3'4-Dinitro-o-xylene. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. ‘Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
3°5-Dinitro-o-xylene. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910), 
4:5 


. -Dinitro-o-xylene. > ”? ” ” 2? 29 2? ” 


ee |S ee SS ee 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 15] 


1:4-Dioxyanthraquinone. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 85 (1913). 
1-5-Dioxyanthraquinone. = - A 3 Bay hategs 
2°6-Dioxyanthraquinone. 
Dioxyterephthalic acid. Hantzsch, Ber. .» 48, 797 (1915). 
p-Dioxytriphenylmethane. Meyer and Fischer. Ber. .» 46, 70 (1913) 
Dioxyfumaric acid. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 1407 (1915). 
Dipentene. Hantzsch. Ber., 45, 553 (1912). 
Diphenyl. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 93, 1902 (1908). 
Ss Purvis. Trans., 105, 590 (1914). 
Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
Diphenyl disulphide. Fox and Pope. Trans., 103, 1263 (1913). 
Diphenyl ether. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1514 (1912). 
Purvis. Trans., 105, 590 (1914). 
Diphenyl phthalate. Purvis. Trans., 105, 1372 (1914). 
Diphenyl sulphide. Fox and Pope. Trans., 103, 1263 (1913). 
Diphenylamine. Baker. Trans., 91, 1490 (1907). 
4 Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1514 (1912). 
Purvis. Trans., 105, 590 (1914). 
Diphenylbutadiene: Stobbe and Ebert. Ber., 44, 1289 (1911). 
Diphenylbutane. Stobbe and Ebert. Ber., 44, 1289 (1911). 
Diphenylbutenine. Stobbe and Ebert. Ber., 44, 1289 (1911). 
as-Diphenylearbamide. Purvis. Trans., 105, 1372 (1914). 
8-Diphenylcarbamide. x3 a3 “3 35 4 
Diphenyldiacetylene. Stobbe and Ebert. Ber., 44, 1289 (1911). 
Diphenylene oxide. Dobbie, Fox, and Gauge. “Trans., 103, 36 (1913). 
Diphenylmaleinimide. Ley and Fischer. Ber., 46, 327 (1913). 
Diphenylmethane. Baker. Trans., 91, 1490 (1907). 
fee Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1514 (1912). 
- Purvis. Trans., 105, 590 (1914). 
Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
2°5- Diphenylpyrazine. Tutin and Clayton. Trans., 97, 2524 (1910). 
2°6-Diphenylpyrazine. ie 5% 36 ee WS a 
4°5- -Diphenylpyrrolinophenazine. Purvis. Trans., 97, 2535 (1910). 
s-Diphenylthiocarbamide. Purvis. Trans., 105, 1372 (1914). 
Diphenylthiovioluric acid and salts. Lifschitz. Ber., 47, 1068 (1914). 
Diphenylvioluric acid. Hantzsch and Robison. Ber., 43, 45 (1910). 
a », Lifschitz. Ber., 47, 1068 (1914). 
“i », Salts. Hantzsch and Robison. Ber., 43, 45 (1910). 
Ae PP Lifschitz. Ber., 47, 1068 (1914). 
Dipropargyl. Stark and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 175 (1913). 
99 » — Zeit. phys. Chem., 86, 36 (1914). 
Dipropyl ketone. Bielecki and Henri, Compt. rend., 156, 1322 (1913); Ber., 46, 
3627 (1913). 
5S ra Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 
am Rice. Proc. Roy. Soc., 91A, 76 (1914). 
Diisopropyl ketone. Rice. Proc. Roy. Soc. ., 91A, 76 (1914). 
ee amine. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913). 
2-Dipyridyl. Hartley. Trans., 47, 685 (1885). 
Purvis. Trans., 103, 2283 (1913). 
Dithiocarbonic acid, ethylester. Purvis, Jones,and Tasker. Trans., 97, 2287 (1910). 
: % phenyl ester. ,, 3, . 9 ” or) ” ” 
Dithiofluorane. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 70 (1913). 
Dithiooxalic acid, ethyl ester. Purvis, Jones,and Tasker. ‘'Trans.,97, 2287 (1910). 
» » Pphenylester.  ,, pera. Wee rel co Ot ee 
99 propyl ester. 29 99 29 9 2: 39 3? ” 
Doebner’ s violet. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 70 (1913). 


Emetine. Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 105, 1639 (1914). 
Eosine. Meyer and Marx. Ber., 41, 2446 (1908). 
s Nichols and Merritt. Phys. Rev., 31, 376 (1910). 
ae Massol and Faucon. Bull. Soc. Chim., 13, 217 (1913). 


152 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Erucic acid. Macbeth, Stewart, and Wright. Trans., 104, 599 (1912). 
tsoKrucic acid. Macbeth, Stewart, and Wright. Trans., 101, 599 (1912). 
Erythrooxyanthraquinone. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 85 (1918). 
Erythrosine. Massol and Faucon. Bull. Soc. Chim., 13, 217 (1913). 

a: van der Plaats. Ann. der Phys., 47, 429 (1915). 
Kthaneazobenzene. See Benzeneazoethane. 
Ethoxycaffeine. Hartley. Trans., 87, 1796 (1905). 
8-Ethoxycrotonic acid. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 


5 », ethylester. Baly and Desch. Trans., 85, 1029 (1904). 

2? 2”? 2” ” Hantzsch. Ber,, 43, 3049 (1910) > 45, 559 
(1912), 

4 sf hse Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 

55 - Ss pegs Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 

35 oS 53 kee Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 772 (1915). 

= 33 », _dibromide. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 772 (1915). 


55 », Sodium salt. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
3-Ethoxy-1.1-dimethyl-A*-cyclohexenylidene-5-cyanoacetic acid, ethyl ester. Crossley 
and Gilling. Trans., 97, 518 (1910). 
Ethoxyfumaric acid, ethyl ester. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905). 
y-Ethoxylutidine. Baker and Baly. Trans., 91, 1122 (1907). 
Ethoxymethylenecamphor. Lowry and Southgate. Trans., 97, 905 (1910). 
8-Ethoxyquinoline. Fox. Trans., 97, 1119 (1910). 
Ethyl acetate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I, 257 (1879). 
- aa Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456, 1617 (1912); 156, 550 
(1913); Ber., 45, 2819 (1912); 46, 1304 (1913). 
- 33 Henri and Wurmser. Compt. rend., 156, 230 (1913); Jour. de 
Phys., 3, 305 (1913). 
aA 3 Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
Ethyl acetoacetate. Baly and Desch. Trans., 85, 1029 (1904) ; Astrophys. Journ., 
23, 110 (1906). 


a3 OD Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 489 (1906). 

sf 5 Hantzsch, Ber., 44, 1771 (1911). 

aa $5 Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 

.5 oa Baly and Rice. Trans., 103, 91 (1913). 

53 ae Morgan and Reilly. Trans., 103, 1494 (1913). 

3 8 Bielecki and Henri, Ber., 46, 3267 (1913); Compt. rend., 156 


1322 (1913) ; 158, 866 (1914). 
rr 55 Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 
Ethyl acetonedicarboxylate. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905). 
a 3 Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 2596 (1913). 
Ethyl acetylenedicarboxylate, Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 2596 (1913). 
Ethyl acetylglyoxalate, Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 47, 1690 (1914). 
Ethyl acetylsuccinate. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905). 
Ethyl alcohol. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
2 6 Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456 (1912); Ber., 45, 2819 
(1912). 
5 55 Massol and Faucon. Bull. Soc. Chim., 11, 931 (1912). 
3 zs Henri. Ber., 46, 3650 (1913). 
Ethyl aminocrotonate. Baly and Desch. Trans., 85, 1029 (1904). 
Ethyl anilinoacetate. Ley and Ulrich. Ber., 42, 3440 (1909). 
Ethyl antipyrine-4-azoacetoacetate. Morgan and Reilly. Trans., 103, 1494 (1913). 
Ethyl benzoate. Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
Ethyl benzoylacetate. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905). 
Ethyl benzoylsuccinate. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905); Astrophys. 
Journ., 23, 110 (1906). 
Ethy] bromonitromalonate. Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 
Ethyl tsobutyl ketone. Rice. Proc. Roy. Soc., 91A, 76 (1914). 
Ethyl butyrate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
33 a3 Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 1617 (1912); 156, 550 
(1913); Ber., 46, 1304 (1913). 
Ethyl camphorcarboxylate. Lowry, Desch, and Southgate. Trans., 97, 899 (1910). 
2 50 benzoate. Lowry, Desch, and Southgate. Trans., 97, 
899 (1910). 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 153 


Ethyl camphorcarboxylate valerate. Lowry, Desch, and Southgate. Trans., 97, 
899 (1910). 
Ethyl o-carboxyphenoxyacetate, monamide. Merriman. Trans., 103, 1838 (1913). 
Ethyl chelidonate. Baly, Collie, and Watson. Traus., 95, 144 (1909). 
Ethyl cinnamate. Baly and Schaefer. Trans., 93, 1808 (1908). 
33 - Pfliiger. Phys. Zeit., 10, 406 (1909). 
- An Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
Ethyl citrazinate. Baker and Baly. Trans., 91, 1122 (1907). 
Ethyl collidinedicarboxylate. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 
(1910). 
Ethyl coumaranonecarboxylate. Merriman. Trans., 108, 1838 (1913). 
= a acetyl derivative. Merriman. ‘Trans., 103, 1838 
(1913). 
Ethyl crotonate. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 158, 866 (1914). 
Ethyl isocyanate. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Trans., 79, 848 (1901). 
Ethyl cyanoacetate. Brannigan, Macbeth, and Stewart. Trans., 103, 406 (1913). 
Ethyl cyanurate. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Rea. Trans., 99, 1262 (1911). 
Ethyl isocyanurate. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Trans., 79, 848 (1901). 
a 5 Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Rea. Trans., 99, 1262 (1911). 
Ethyl diacetylsuccinate. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905). 
Ethyl diazoacetate. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Ethyl dibenzoylsuccinate. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 77, 498 (1900). 
Ethyl p-dichlorodimethoxyterephthalate. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 772 (1915). 
Ethyl p-dichlorodioxyterephthalate. Hantzsch. Ann., 384, 135 (1911); Ber., 48, 
772 (1915). 
Ethyl diethylacetoacetate, Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 489 (1906). 
3 ne Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 3049 (1910); 45, 559 (1912). 
i, A Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 
5 5. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 158, 866 (1914). 
Ethyl dihydrocollidinedicarboxylate. Baker and Baly. Trans., 91, 1122 (1907). 
“1 oe Ley and yv. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 
74, 1 (1910). 
Ethyl diketobutyrate, Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 158, 1022 (1914). 
Ethyl dimethylacetoacetate. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 3049 (1910); 45, 559 (1912); 
48, 772 (1915). , 
Ethyl p-dimethylaminoazobenzoate. Hantzsch. Ber., 46, 1537 (1913). 
Ethyl dimethylsuccinylsuccinate. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 772 (1915). 
Ethyl dinitrophenylmalonate. Hantzsch and Picton. Ber., 42, 2119 (1909). 
Ethyl dioxyterephthalate. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 772 (1915). 
a ¥ dibromide. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 772 (1915). 
Ethyl dithiocarbonate. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker, Trans., 97, 2287 (1910). 
Ethyl! dithiooxalate. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker, Trans., 97, 2287 (1910). 
Ethyl 8-ethoxycrotonate. Baly and Desch. Trans., 85, 1029 (1904). 
. i Hantzsch. Ber., 43, 3049 (1910); 45, 559 (1912). 
a4 * Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 
eA ss Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1912). 
Ethyl 3-ethoxy-1:1-dimethyl-A*-cyclohexenylidene-5-cyanoacetate. Crossley and 
Gilling. Trans., 97, 518 (1910), 
Ethyl ethoxyfumarate. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905). 
33 * Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 1407 (1915). 
Ethyl ethylacetoacetate. Baly and Desch. Trans., 85, 1029 (1904). 
ae on Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 3049 (1910). 
a Be Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 3627 (1913) ; Compt. rend., 
158, 866 (1914). 
Ethyl formate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
oa es Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 1617 (1912); 156, 550 
(1913); Ber., 46, 1304 (1913). 
e PP Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
Ethyl hydrazinocoumaranonecarboxylate. Merriman. Trans., 103, 1845 (1913). 
Ethyl 3-hydroxy-1-1-dimethyl-A*-cyclohexenylidene-5-cyanoacetate. Crossley and 
Gilling. Trans., 97, 518 (1910). 
Ethyl 3-hydroxy-1:1-dimethyl-A*-cyclohexenylidene-5-cyanoacetate ethyl ethers. 
Crossley and Gilling. Trans., 97, 518 (1910). 


154 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Ethyl hydroxymethylenesuccinate. Baly and Desch. Trans., 85, 1029 (1904). 
Ethyl iodide. Crymble, Stewart, and Wright. Ber., 43, 1183 (1910). 
3 as Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Ethyl levulate. Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 489 (1906). 
Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 158, 567, 866 (1914); Ber., 47, 
1690 (1914). 
Ethyl methylacetoacetate. Hantzsch. Ber., 43, 3049 (1910). 
Ethyl nitrite. Harper and Macbeth. Trans., 107, 87 (1915). 
Ethyl m-nitrocinnamate. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Ethyl o-nitrocinnamate. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Ethyl p-nitrocinnamate. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Ethyl nitromalonate. Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 
Ethyl isonitrosoacetoacetate. Baly, Marsden, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 966 (1906). 
Ethyl isonitrosomalonate. Baly, Marsden, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 966 (1906). 
Ethyl orthoformate. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1912). 
Ethyl oxalate. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1912). 
Ethyl oxaloacetate. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905). 
Ethyl] oxindonecarboxylate salts. Hantzsch. Zeit. phys. Chem., 84, 321 (1913). 
Ethyl phenoxyacetate. Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 
Ethyl phenylacetate. Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 
7 3 Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
Ethyl phthalate. Scheiber. Ber., 46, 2366 (1913). 
Ethyl propionate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
Pe Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 1304 (1913); Compt. rend., 155, 
1617 (1912); 156, 550 (1913). 
Ethyl propyl ketone. Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 3627 (1913); Compt. rend., 
156, 1322 (1913). 
xs an Bs Rice. Proc. Roy. Soc., 81A, 76 (1914). 
Ethyl pyruvate. Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 489 (1906). 
Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 47, 1690 (1914); Compt. rend., 158, 
567, 866 (1914). 
ay as Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 
Ethyl succinylsuccinate. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 772 (1915). 
a5 Vs dichloride and tetrabromide. Hantzsch. Ber., 48,772 (1915). 
Ethyl thioacetate. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1918). 
Ethyl thiocarbonate. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. Trans., 97, 2287 (1910). 
oe i Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
Ethyl thioncarbonate. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. Trans., 97, 2287 (1910). 
3s ua Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
Ethyl thionthiocarbonate. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. Trans., 97, 2287 (1910) 
s as Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
Ethyl thiooxalate. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. Trans., 97, 2287 (1910). 
= oy Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
Ethyl triacetate. Baly, Collie, and Watson. Trans., 95, 144 (1909). 
Ethyl trimethyldihydropyridinedicarboxylate. Baker and Baly. ‘Trans., 91, 1122 
(1907). 
Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. 
Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Ethy] trinitrophenylmalonate. Hantzsch and Picton. Ber., 42, 2119 (1909). 
Ethyl trithiocarbonate. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. Trans., 97, 2287 (1910). 
Ethyl valerate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
Ethyl xanthochelidonate. Baly, Collie, and Watson. Trans., 95, 144 (1909). 
Ethylamine. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
aa Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913). 
Ethylaniline. Purvis. Trans., 97, 1546 (1910). 
4 Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
Ethylbenzene. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 


3° 3° 


23 


33 3° 


9 > 


+ Pauer. Ann. der Phys., 61, 363 (1897). 

» Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 

u Grebe. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 3, 376 (1905). 

# Hartley. Phil. Trans., 208A, 475 (1908); Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 
299 (1908). 


4 Grebe. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 9, 130 (1910). 


lle 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 155 


Ethylbenzene. Kowalski. Bull. Akad. Sci., Cracovie, IA, 17 (1910). 
“ Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Ss Stobbe and Ebert. Ber., 44, 1289 (1911). 
35 Weimer. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 12, 33 (1913). 
Ethylene. Hartley. Trans., 39, 153 (1881). 
° Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 139 (1913). 
nA Stark and Lipp. Zeit. phys. Chem., 86, 36 (1914). 
Ethylene iodide. Crymble, Stewart, and Wright. Ber., 43, 1183 (1910). 
Ethylenediamine. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913), 
Ethylidenexylidine. Purvis. Trans., 97, 644 (1910), 
Ethylnitroamine, cobalt derivative. Franchimont and Backer, ‘Trans., 101, 2256 


(1912). 

os copper salt. Franchimont and Backer. Rec. Trav. Chim., 32, 
158 (1913). 

Ps nickel salt. Franchimont and Backer. Rec. Trav. Chim., 32, 321 
(1913). 


Ethylnitrolic acid. Hantzsch and Kanasirski. Ber., 42, 889 (1909). 
+ », Salts. Hantzsch and Kanasirski, Ber., 42, 889 (1909). 

Ethylnitrosohydroxylamine, copper salt. Franchimont and Backer, Rec. Trav. 

Chim., 32, 158 (1913). 
Ethylthiocarbonic acid. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
Eugenol. Pfliiger. Phys. Zeit., 10, 406 (1909). 

5 Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Glendinning. Trans., 99, 451 (1911). 
tsoKugenol. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Glendinning. Trans., 99, 451 (1911). 


F 


Fast red. Hartley. Trans., 51, 152 (1887). 
Fenchone. Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 
»» semicarbazone. Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 
(1914). 
Fluorane. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 70 (1913). 
Fluorene. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 98, 1902 (1908). 
Fluorene ketone. Stobbe. Ber., 44, 1481 (1911). 
2-Fluorenediazonium chloride. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Fluorenoneanil hydrochloride. Reddelien. Ber., 47, 1355 (1914). 
Fluorenoneoxime.. Lifschitz. Ber., 46, 3233 (1913). 
Fluorescein. Meyer and Marx. Ber., 40, 3603 (1907); 44, 2446 (1908). 


as Kaempf. Phys. Zeit. 12, 761 (1911). 
Aa Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 44, 1944 (1911); 46, 70 (1913), 
as Massol and Faucon. Bull. Soc. Chim., 18, 217 (1913). 


Bs Medhi and Watson. Trans., 107, 1579 (1915). 
Fluorobenzene. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
33 Strasser. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 14, 281 (1915). 
p-Fluorophenetole. Purvis. Trans., 107, 660 (1915). 
Formaldehyde. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456 (1912); Ber., 45, 2819 
(1912). 
Formaldehydephenylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
Formic acid. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
PA Py Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456 (1912); 156, 550 (1913) ; 
Ber., 45, 2819 (1912); 46, 1304 (1913). 

a a Henri. Ber., 46, 3650 (1913). 

FA as Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 

ss ne Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913); 105, 669 (1914). 

Ag », salts. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 

x a » _ Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913); 105, 669 (1914). 
Formyleamphor. Lowry and Southgate. Trans., 97, 905 (1910). 
Formylcamphoranhydride. Lowry and Southgate. Trans., 97, 905 (1910). 
Fuchsine. Hantzsch. Ber., 46, 1537 (1913); 48, 167 (1915). 

Fuchsone, Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 70 (1913). 

re Schlenk and Marcus. Ber., 47, 1664 (1914), 
Fuchsoneimoniumcarbinol. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 70 (1913). 
Fulminic acid. Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 


156 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Fumaric acid. Magini. Phys. Zeit., 5, 69 (1904); J. Chim. phys., 2, 410 (1904). 
Stewart. Trans., 91, 199 (1907). 
er eee and Henri. Compt. rend., 157, 372 (1913); Ber., 46, 2596 
(1913). 
Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913). 
Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 1407 (1915). 
ss ;, sodium salt. Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913). 
Furan. Purvis. Trans., 97, 1648 (1910). 
Furfuraldehyde. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 73, 598 (1898). 
os Purvis. Trans., 97, 1648 (1910). 
Furfuramide. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 73, 598 (1898). 
Furfuran. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 73, 598 (1898). 
Furfurol. Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 47, 1690 (1914). 


39 2? 


G 


Gallein. Medhi and Watson. Trans., 107, 1579 (1915). 
Gelatine. Hartley. Trans., 51, 58 (1887). 
Geraniolene. Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 139 (1913). 
Glucosazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 1572 (1907). 
Glucosemethylosazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 1572 (1907). 
Glucosephenylhydrazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 1672 

(1907). 
Glucosephenylmethylhydrazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 

1572 (1907). 
Glycine, cobalt salt. Ley and Winkler. Ber., 42, 3894 (1909) ; 45, 372 (1912). 

»»  coppersalt. Ley. Ber., 42, 354 (1909). 

., a5 A Ley and Hegge. Ber., 48, 70 (1915). 
Glyoxal. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1810 (1912). 
Glyoxalphenylmetbylosazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 1572 

(1907). 
Glyoxalphenylosazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 1572 (1907). 
Gnoscopine. Dobbie and Lauder. ‘Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 
Guaiacol. Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 
Purvis and McCleland. ‘Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
5 Wright. Trans., 105, 669 (1914). 
Guanine hydrochloride. Hartley. Trans., 87, 1796 (1905). 


29 


H. 


Helianthin. Hartley. Trans., 54, 153 (1887). 
a Hantzsch. Ber., 46, 1537 (1913); Ber., 48, 167 (1915). 

Heptane. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
Heptyl alcohol. Massol and Faucon. Bull. Soc. Chim., 11, 931 (1912). 
Hexachlorobenzene. Hartley. Trans., 39, 153 (1881). 

=e Purvis. Trans., 107, 496 (1915). 
Hexachlorocyclohexane. Purvis. Trans., 107, 496 (1915). 
2.3.4-Hexachloropicoline. Purvis. Trans., 95, 294 (1909) ; 103, 2283 (1913). 
2.4-Hexadiene. Stark, Steubing,Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10,139 (1913). 

= Stark and Lipp. Zeit. phys. Chem., 86, 36 (1914). 
Hexahydrophenylnitromethane. Zelinsky and Rosanoff. Zeit. phys. Chem., 78, 
629 (1912). 

1.2.4.5.6.8-Hexahydroxyanthraquinone. Meek and Watson. Trans., 109, 544 (1916) 
1.2.3.5.6.7-Hexahydroxyanthraquinone. a bs Ma Pe 3 
Hexamethylacetone. Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 

= Rice. Proc. Roy. Soc., 914, 76 (1914). 
Hexamethylbenzene. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 

“5 Purvis. Trans., 107, 496 (1915). 
Hexamethylene. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 77, 846 (1900). 

< Zelinsky and Rosanoff. Zeit. phys. Chem., 78, 629 (1912). 

Hexamethyl-p-rosaniline. van der Plaats. Ann. der Phys., 47, 429 (1915). 
Hexane. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879) 
Hexanitrohydrazobenzene. Hantzsch and Lister. Ber., 48, 1685 (1910). 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 157 


Hexaphenylethane. Baker. Trans., 91, 1490 (1907). 
Hexatriene. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 93, 1902 (1908). 
Hexyl alcohol. Massoland Faucon. Bull. Soc. Chim., 11, 931 (1912). 
Hexylene. Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 139 (1913). 
Hippuric acid. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
ke », Soret. Arch. des Sciences, 10, 429 (1883). 
“f » Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913). 
», Sodium salt. Wright. Trans., 108, 528 (1913). 
Hofmann’ s violet. Hartley. Trans., 51, 152 (1887). 
Hydrastine. Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 
a Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 
Hydrastinine. Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 
oe Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 
BS Dobbie and Tinkler. Trans., 85, 1005 (1904). 
Hydrazinocoumaranonecarboxylic acid, ethyl ester. Merriman. Trans., 103, 1845 
(1913). 
Hydrazobenzene. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1514 (1912). 
Hydrocarbon, C,,H,,. Homer and Purvis. Trans., 98, 1319 (1908). 
Hydrocarbon, C,,H,,. Homer and Purvis. Trans., 97, 1155 (1910). 
Hydrocarbon, C,,H,,. Homer and Purvis. Trans., 97, 1155 (1910). 
Hydrocarbon, C,,H,,. Homer and Purvis. Trans., 98, 1319 (1908). 
Hydrocinnamic acid. See B-Phenylpropionic acid. 
Hydrocotarnine. Dobbie, Lauder, and Tinkler. Trans., 88, 598 (1903). 
Hantzsch. Ber., 44, 1783 (1911). 
Hydrocyanic acid. Hartley. Trans., 41, 45 (1882). 
Hydrohydrastinine. Dobbie and Tinkler, Trans., 85, 1005 (1904). 
Hydroquinone. See Quinol. 
Hydroxy. See also Oxy-. 
Hydroxyaposafronone. Balls, Hewitt, and Newman. Trans., 101, 1840 (1912). 
m-Hydroxybenzaldehyde. Purvis. Trans. 105, 2482 (1914). 
o-Hydroxybenzaldehyde. 5: s i % 
p-Hydroxybenzaldehyde. Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 
Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 

p- -Hydroxybenzaldehydephenylmethylhydrazone. Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 
4-Hydroxybenzeneazoformamide. Heilbron and Henderson. Trans., 108, 1404 
(1913). 

3 acetyl derivative. Heilbron and Henderson. 
Trans., 103, 1404 (1913). 
3-Hydroxy-1:1-dimethy]-A°-c yclohexenylidene- 5-cyanoacetic acid, ethyl ester. Cross- 
ley and Gilling. Trans., 97, 518 (1910). 
oo -2°6(?)- dinitronaphthacenequinone, Baly and Tuck. Trans., 91, 426 
(1907). 
3-Hydroxyfluorone. Watson and Meek. Trans., 107, 1567 (1915). 
Hydroxylamine. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 77, 318 (1900). 
ee euieiphons acid, potassium salt. Baly and Desch. Trans., 93, 1747 
(1908). 
1-Hydroxy-5-methoxynaphthacenequinone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 91, 426 (1907). 
Me Baly and Tuck. Trans., 91, 426 
4-Hydroxy-3-methoxytoluene. Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 105, 1639 (1914). 
Hydroxymethylenecamphor. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905). 
=e Lowry and Southgate. Trans., 97, 905 (1910). 
Hydroxymethyleneindandione. Lifschitz. Ber., 47, 1401 (1914). 
a acid, ethyl ester. Baly and Desch. Trans.,.85, 1029 
1 
4-Hydroxy-3-methyl-5-isopropylbenzeneazoformamide. Heilbron and Henderson. 
Trans., 103, 1404 (1913). 
1-Hydroxynaphthacenequinone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 91, 426 (1907). 
Hydroxyquinolbenzein. Medhi and Watson. Trans., 107, 1579 (1915). 
6-Hydroxyquinoline. Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 101, 77 (1912), 
8-Hydroxyquinoline. Fox. Trans., 97, 1119, 1337 (1910). 
Hydroxystilbene. Hewitt, Lewcock, and Pope. ‘Trans., 101, 604 (1912), 
8-Hydroxytetrahydroquinoline. Fox. Trans., 97, 1119 (1910). 


158 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


4-Hydroxy-m-tolueneazoformamide. Heilbron and Henderson, Trans., 103, 1404 


(1913). 
Hyoscyamine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
ES Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 103, 1193 (1913). 


Hyoscine. Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 108, 1193 (1913). 
Hypoxanthine. Soret. Arch. des Sciences, 10, 429 (1883). 


I 


Indonecyclomethylacetoethylene. Purvis. Trans., 99, 107 (1911). 
Iodine green. Hartley. Trans., 51, 153 (1887). 
4-Iodoacenaphthene. Purvis. Trans., 101, 1315 (1912). 
m-lodoaniline. Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 

o-Iodoaniline. Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 

p-lodoaniline. Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 
Iodoazobenzene. Hewitt and Thole. Trans., 97, 511 (1910). 
Iodobenzene. Pauer. Ann. der Phys., 61, 363 (1897). 

as Grebe. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 3, 376 (1905). 

a4 Purvis. Trans., 99, 2318 (1911). 

Fi Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
m-lodobenzoic acid. Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
o-lodobenzoic acid. Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
p-lodobenzoic acid. Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 

Iodoform. Crymble, Stewart, and Wright. Ber., 43, 1183 (1910). 
5 Ley and vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
p-lodophenol. Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 
m-lodotoluene. Purvis. Trans., 99, 2318 (1911). 
o-Iodotoluene. Purvis. Trans., 99, 2318 (1911). 
Isatin. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 75, 640 (1899). 
Ttaconic acid. Stewart. Trans., 91, 199 (1907). 
44 ae Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 2596 (1913). 


Jd 
Japaconitine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885), 


K 


4-Keto-3-acetyl-5-benzylidene-2-methyldibydrofuran. Purvis. Trans., 99, 107 
(1911). 
Keto-fluorene. Stobbe. Ber., 48, 441 (1915), 
9-Keto-fluorene-4-carboxylic acid. Stobbe. Ber., 48, 441 (1915). 
5 », ethyl ester. Stobbe. Ber., 48, 441 (1915). 


L 


Lactic acid. Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 2596 (1913). 
Ena Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 83, 626 (1903); Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 
66. 
Jaudanosine. Tubbic and Lauder. Trans., 83, 626 (1903); Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 
6 


aa Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 105, 1639 (1914). 
Lauric acid. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
Laurinol. Hantzsch. Ber., 45, 553 (1912). 
Leucine. Soret. Arch. des Sciences, 10, 429 (1883). 
Limonene. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Rea. Trans., 99, 1262 (1911). 
3 Hantzsch. Ber., 45, 553 (1912). - 
= Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 139 (1913). 
Lithium urate. Hartley. Trans., 87, 1796 (1905). 
2.4-Lutidine. Purvis. Trans., 97, 692 (1910). 
2.6-Lutidine. Baker and Baly. Trans., 91, 1122 (1907). 
i Purvis. Trans., 97, 692 (1910). 
y-Lutidone. Baker and Baly. Trans., 91, 1122 (1907), 


EE ————— 2 CCU, Lr 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 159 


M 


Maleic acid. Magini. J. Chim. phys., 2, 410 (1904). 

tLe Stewart. Trans., 91, 199 (1907). 

Ee tas Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 2696 (1913); Compt. rend., 157, 372 

(1913). 
Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 1407 (1915). 
Malic acid. Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 2596 (1913). 
Malonamide. Brannigan, Macbeth, and Stewart. ‘Trans., 1038, 406 (1913). 
Malonic acid. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456 (1912); Ber., 45, 2819 
(1912) ; 46, 2596 (1913). 
: »» Wright. Trans., 108, 528 (1913) ; 105, 669 (1914). 
», sodium salts. Brannigan, Macbeth, and Stewart. Trans., 103, 406 
(1913). 
ay Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913) ; 105, 669 (1914). 
Mandelic acid. Ley and vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
33 Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
Mandelonitrite. Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 
Melamine. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Trans., 79, 848 (1901). 
Melisyl alcohol. Massol and Faucon. Bull. Soc. Chim., 11, 931 (1912). 
Menthone. Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 
Mercuric acetate. Crymble. ‘Trans., 105, 658 (1914). 
Mercurydibenzyl. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
be Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1514 (1912). 
Mercurydiethyl. Crymble. Trans., 105, 658 (1914). 
Mercurydimethyl. Crymble. Trans., 105, 658 (1914). 
Mercurydiphenyl. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1514 (1912). 
Mercuryethyl chloride. Ley and Fischer. Zeit. anorg. Chem., 82, 329 (1913). 
us rE Crymble. Trans., 105, 658 (1914). 
Mercuryethyl iodide. Crymble. Trans., 105, 558 (1914). 
Mercurymethyl bromide. Crymble. Trans., 105, 658 (1914). 
Mercurymethyl chloride. Ley and Fischer. Zeit. anorg. Chem., 82, 329 (1913) 
3 a3 Crymble. Trans., 105, 658 (1914). 
Mercurymethyl iodide. Crymble. Trans., 105, 658 (1914), 
Mercurypropionamide. Ley and Fischer. Zeit. anorg. Chem., 82, 329 (1913). 
Mercurysuccinimide. Ley and Fischer. Zeit. anorg. Chem., 82, 329 (1913). 
Mesaconic acid. Stewart. Trans., 91, 199 (1907). 
a >,  Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 157, 372 (1913) ; Ber., 46, 2596 
(1913). 

Mesidine. Purvis. Trans., 97, 1546 (1910). 
Mesityl oxide. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 433 (1913). 

o¢ ss Brannigan, Macbeth, and Stewart. Trans., 103, 406 (1913). 

a 3 Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 

ee i Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 158, 567, 866, 1022 (1914); Ber., 

47. 1690 (1914). 

Mesitylsemicarbazone. Wilson and Heilbron. Trans., 103, 377 (1913). 
Mesitylene. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, 1, 257 (1879). 


nA Hartley. Phil. Trans., 208, A, 475 (1908); Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 299 
(1908). 
aA Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 


Mesotartaric acid. Stewart. Trans., 91, 1537 (1907). 

Methaneazobenzene. See Benzeneazomethane. 

Methazonic acid. Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 

o-Methoxybenzaldehyde. Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 

o-Methoxybenzaldehydephenylmethylhydrazone. Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 

p-Methoxybenzeneazodimethylaniline. Hewitt and Thomas. Trans., 95, 1292 (1909). 

” Hantzsch. Ber., 46, 1537 (1913). 

p-Methoxybenzeneazophenol. Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 

p-Methoxybenzenediazocyanide. Dobbie and Tinkler, Trans., 87, 273 (1905). 

o-Methoxybenzoic acid. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
2 », Sodium salt. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit, phys. Chem., 

74, 1 (1910). 


160 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


p-Methoxybenzoic acid. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 


5 », Sodium salt. Ley and vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 
74, 1 (1910). 
p-Methoxybenzylideneaminoazobenzene. Pope and Willett. Trans., 103, 1258 
(1913). 


6-Methoxyquinoline. Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 101, 77 (1912). 

Methoxystilbene. Hewitt, Lewcock, and Pope. ‘Trans., 101, 604 (1912). 

Methyl acetate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, 1, 257 (1879). 

Bieleckiand Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456 (1912) ; ; 156, 550 (1913) ; 
Ber., 45, 2819 (1912); 46, 1304 (1913). 

Methyl acetoacetate. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1322 (1913). 

Methyl alcohol. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, 1, 257 (1879). 

Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456 (1912); Ber., 45, 
2819 (1912). 

Massol and Faucon. Bull. Soc. Chim., 11, 931 (1912). 

Methy] allyl ketone. Purvisand McCleland. Trans., 103, 433 (1913). 

Methyl benzoate. Pfliiger. Phys. Zeit., 10, 406 (1909). 

Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Glendinning. Trans., 99, 451 
(1911). 

Methyl butyl ketone. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1322 (1913); Ber., 

46, 3627 (1913). 
Rice. Proc. Roy. Soc., 91A, 76 (1914), 

Methyl isobutyl ketone. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1322 (1913); 
158, 567 (1914); Ber., 46, 3627 (1913) ; 47, 1690 (1914). 

Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber. » 47, 876 (1914). 

is a 5 Rice. Proc. Roy. Soc., 91A, 76 (1914). 

Methyl butyrate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, 1, 257 (1879). 

Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 1617 (1912); 156, 550 
(1913); Ber., 46, 1304 (1913). 

Methyl camphorcarboxylate. Lowry, Desch, and Southgate. Trans., 97, 899 (1910). 

acetate. Lowry, Desch, and Southgate. Trans., 97, 899 


99 9? 


99 29 


99 29 


92 99 99 


9 9 


(1910). 
Methyl cinnamylidenemalonate. Baly and Schaefer. Trans., 93, 1808 (1908). 
Methyl isocyanate. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Trans., 79, 848 (1901). 

Methyl o-cyanobenzoate. Scheiber. Ber., 45, 2398 (1912). 

Methyl isocyanide. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913). 

Methyl isocyanurate. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. ‘Trans., 79, 848 (1901). 

Methyl dimethylanthranilate. Ley and Ulrich. Ber., 42, 3440 (1909). 

Methyl ethyl ketone. Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 489 (1906). 

Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456 (1912); 156, 
1322 (1913); Ber., 45, 2819 (1912); 46, 3627 (1913). 

Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 

a ss Rice. Proc. Roy. Soc., 91A, 76 (1914). 

Methyl formate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 

Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 1617 (1912); 156, 550 
(1913); Ber., 46, 1304 (1913). 

Hantzsch ‘and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 

Methyl hexyl ketone. Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 489 (1906). 

Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1322 (1913); Ber., 
46, 3627 (1913). 

Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 

a a. os Rice. Proc. Roy. Soc., 91A, 76 (1914). 

Methyl iodide. Crymble, Stewart, and Wright. Ber., 43, 1183 (1910). 

Methyl malonate. Brannigan, Macbeth, and Stewart. Trans., 103, 406 (1913). 

Methyl methylanthranilate. Ley and Ulrich. Ber., 42, 3440 (1909). 

Methyl nonyl ketone. Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 489 (1906). 

Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 

ef AS Rice. Proc. Roy. Soc., 91A, 76 (1914). 

Methy] oxalate. *Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Rea. Trans., 99, 1262 (1911). 

35 Hantzsch and Scharf, Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 

Methyl o-oxybenzoate. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 

Methyl propenyl ketone. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 1038, 433 (1913). 

Methyl propiolate. Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 2596 (1913). 


93> 9 29 


99 > 39 


9 9 


9° 99 99 


99 2? 2° 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 161 


Methyl propionate. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 1617 (1912); 156, 550 
(1913); Ber., 46, 1304, 2596 (1913). 
Methyl propyl ketone. Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 489 (1906). 
Rice. Proc. Roy. Soc., 914, 76 (1914). 
Methy! isopropyl ketone. Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 489 (1906). 
oe as 53 Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 
(1914). 
ies Rice. Proc. Roy. Soc., 91A, 76 oe 
Methyl salicylate. Hartle »y and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
Pfliiger. Phys. Zeit. 10, 406 (1909). 
Methyl 2 2.3.4- “trichloropicolinate. Purvis. Trans., 103, 2283 (1913). 
Methyl valerate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil, Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
PA = Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 1617 (1912); 156, 550 
(1913); Ber., 46, 1304 (1913). 
Methylacetanilide. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Methylacetylacetone. Baly and Desch. Trans., 85, 1029 (1904); Astrophys. 
Journ., 28, 110 ne 

As Morgan and Moss. ‘Trans., 103, 78 (1913). 

“A Morgan and Reilly. Trans., 103, 1494 (1913), 

Aa Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 158, 1022 (1914). 
Methylamine. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, TI, 257 (1879). 

a Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 77, 318 (1900). 

Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913). 
Methylaminomethylmaleinmethylimide, Ley and Fischer. Ber., 46, 327 (1913). 
Methylaniline. Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 

Purvis. Trans., 97, 1546 (1910). 

Methylanthranil. Scheiber. Ber., 44, 2409 (1911). 
Methylanthranilic acid. Ley and Ulrich. Ber., 42, 3440 (1909). 

Ms », methylester. Ley and Ulrich. Ber., 42, 3440 (1909). 

B-Methylbutadiene. Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 
139 (1913). 

a Stark and Lipp. Zeit. phys. Chem., 86, 36 (1914). 
a-Methyleamphor. Lowry and Desch. ‘Trans., 85, 807, 1340 (1909). 
Methylearbostyril. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., "75, 640 (1899). 
Methyl-)-carbostyril. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 75, 640 (1899). 
Methylearbylamine. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913). 
m-Methylcyclohexanone, Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 

(1914). 

o-Methylcyclohexanone. Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914), 
p-Methyleyclohexanone. Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 
Methylene iodide. Crymble, Stewart, and Wright. Ber., 48, 1183 (1910). 
Methylenecamphor. Lowry and Southgate. Trans. , 97, 905 (1910). 

Methyleugenol. Pfliiger. Phys. Zeit., 10, 406 (1909). , 
Methylheptenone. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 158, 567, 1022 (1914); Ber., 

47, 1690 (1914), 

Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 
Methylhexamethylene. Zelinsky and Rosanoff. Zeit. phys. Chem., 78, 629 (1912). 
Methylisatin. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 75, 640 (1899). 

Methyl-y-isatin. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 75, 640 (1899), 
Methylnitroamide. Baly and Desch. Trans., 98, 1747 (1908). 


a cobalt salt. Franchimont and Backer. Trans., 101, 2256 (1912). 
na copper salt. Franchimont and Backer. Rec. Trav. Chim., 32, 
58 (1913). 
9 nickel salt. Franchimont and Backer. Rec. Trav. Chim., 32, 158 
(1913). 


ere eer clohezane. Zelinsky and Rosanoff. Zeit. phys. Chem., 78, 629 
1912), 


ig 1-Methylnitrocyclopentane. Zelinsky and Rosanoff. Zeit. phys. Chem., 78, 629 
(1912). 
Methyloxindone. Hantzsch. Zeit. phys. Chem., 84, 321 (1913). 
salts. Hantzsch. Zeit. phys. Chem., 84, 321 (1913). 
Methylpentamethylene. Zelinsky and Rosanoff. Zeit. phys. Chem., 78, 629 (1912). 
Methylphenanthridine cyanide. ‘Tinkler. Trans., 89, 856 (1906). 


1916 M 


162 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Methylphenazonium salts. Hantzsch. Ber., 49, 511 (1916). 

n-Methylphenylacridonium salts. Hantzsch. Ber., 42, 68 (1909). 

Methylphenylacridonium chloride. Hantzsch. Ber., 44, 1783 (1911). 
iodide. Hantzsch. Ber., 44, 1783 (1911). 

a-Methylphenylpicramide. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 1651, 1662 (1910). 

B-Methylphenylpicramide. Hantzsch. Ber., 43, 1651, 1662 (1910). 

Methylzsophthalimide. Scheiber. Ber., 45, 2398 (1912). 

1-Methyl-2-pyridone. Baker and Baly. ‘Trans., 91, 1122 (1907). 

n-Methylthioacetanilide. May. Trans., 103, 2272 (1913). 

n-Methylthiobenzanilide. May. ‘Trans., 103, 2272 (1913). 

s-Methylthiobenzanilide. May. Trans., 103, 2272 (1913). 

Methyl-o-tolylpicramide. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 1662 (1910). 

Methyl-p-tolylpicramide. Hantzsch. Ber., 43, 1662 (1919). 

Morphine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 

Dobbie and Lauder. "Prans., 83, 605 (1903). 

Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit, Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 

Gompel and Henri. Compt. rend., 157, 1422 (1913). 

55 Dobbie and Fox. ‘Trans., 105, 1639 (1914). 

Murexide. Hartley. Trans., 51, 153 (1887); 87, 1796 (1905). 

3 Lifschitz. Ber., 47, 1068 (1914). 


29 
> 


33 


N 


Naphthacenequinone derivatives. Baly and Tuck. ‘Trans., 91, 426 (1907). 
Naphthalene. Hartley. Trans., 39, 153 (1881); 47, 685 (1885). 
Baly and Tuck. Trans., 93, 1902 (1908). 
Homer and Purvis. Trans., 97, 280 (1910). 
EA Leonard. Trans., 97, 1246 (1910). 
< Purvis. ‘Trans., 101, 1315 (1912). 
Stark and Levy. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 179 (1913). 
Baly. Phil. Mag., 29, 223 (1915). 
a- -Naphthalenediazonium chloride. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Cain. Ber., 46, 101 (1913). 
a-Naphthaquinone, Baly and Stewart. Trans., 89, 502 (1906). 
Purvis. Trans., 101, 1315 (1912). 
B- Naphthaquinone. Purvis. Trans., 101, 1315 (1912). 
B-Naphthaquinonephenylhydrazone. Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 
a-Naphthaquinonephenylmethylhydrazone. Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 
Naphthazarine. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 85 (1913). 
a-Naphthol. Purvis. Trans., 101, 1315 (1912). 
B-Naphthol. Purvis. Trans.» 101, 1315 (1912). 
B-Naphthol sulphides. Crymble, Ross, and Smiles. Trans., 101, 1146 (1912). 
a-Naphthylamine. Purvis. ‘Trans., 101, 1315 (1912). 
a-Naphthylamine-8-naphtholdisulphonic acid, azo dye from, van der Plaats. Ann. 
der Phys., 47, 429 (1915). 
B-Naphthylamine. Purvis. Trans., 101, 1315 (1912). 
Morgan and Reilly. Trans., 103, 1494 (1913). 
Naphthylaminochlorophenylphenazonium chloride. Balls, Hewitt, and Newman, 
Trans., 101, 1840 (1912). 
Narceine. "Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
55 Dobbie and Lauder. 'Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 
3 Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 
Narcotine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
A Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 
ea Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass, Report, 1903, 126. 
Nicotine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
me Purvis. Trans., 97, 1035 (1910). 
33 Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 103, 1193 (1913). 
Nitroacetaldoxime. Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 
Nitroacetic acid. Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 
»» potassium salt. Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 
Nitroacetophenonephenylmethylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
Nitroaceto-p-toluidide. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. ‘Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 


——o oe 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 163 


2-Nitro-4-acetyl-p-phenylenediamine. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 
(1915). 

Nitroamide. Baly and Desch. Trans., 93, 1747 (1908). 

2-Nitro-4-aminophenol. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 (1915). 


2-Nitro-5-aminophenol. “7 99 ” 28 9 
3-Nitro-4-aminophenol. 2 ts ie 5¢ yi eee ” 
4-Nitro-3-aminophenol . Pry ” 2 > Pr ” ory 
5-Nitro-2-aminophenol. ory >> ory ” > 3. ” 
2-Nitro-4-aminotoluene. > : 2 o> 3° ” ” 
2-Nitro-5-aminotoluene. 9 or >” ” 23 ” ” 
2-Nitro-6-aminotoluene. Ao Py ” > soo asp ” 
3-Nitro-2-aminotoluene. & ae cf PrLaeery ” 
3-Nitro-4-aminotoluene. 4 oF ae AA SSiaetss 35 
3-Nitro-6-aminotoluene. 33 Pr ” or Pe 3 ” 
4-Nitro-2-aminotoluene. sh x 33 ” ary) ” 
4-Nitro-3-aminotoluene. $3 AB * a0 one Shy - 
5-Nitro-4-amino-m-xylene. ,, Fi . ” Ped o 


6-Nitro-4-amino-m-xylene. ,, a FP) Priaeact as 
m-Nitroaniline. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
$5 Baly, Edwards, and | Stewart. Trans., 89, 514 (1906). 
aA Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
o-Nitroaniline. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
2 Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. Trans., 101, 1209 (1912), 
- Cain, Macbeth, and Stewart. Trans., 108, 568 (1913), 
3 Purvis and McCleland. ‘'Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
p-Nitroaniline. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
a Baly, Edwards, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 514 (1906). 
3 Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Cain, Macbeth, and Stewart. Trans., 108, 568 (1913). 
2-Nitro-6- anilino-1-hydroxynaphthacenequinone. Baly and Tuck. ‘Trans., 91, 426 
(1907). 
o-Nitroanisole. Baly, Edwards, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 514 (1906). 
és Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
ty Baly and Rice. ‘'Trans., 101, 1475 (1912). 
oA Purvis and McCleland. ‘Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
p-Nitroanisole. Baly, Edwards, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 514 (1906). 
Bs Baly and Rice. Trans., 101, 1475 (1912). 
Fe Purvis and McCleland. ‘Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
Nitroanthrone. Hantzsch and Korezynski. Ber., 42, 1216 (1909). 
Nitrobarbituric acid. Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 
m-Nitrobenzaldehyde. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913), 
o-Nitrobenzaldehyde. Purvis and McCleland. ‘Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
p-Nitrobenzaldehyde. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
m-Nitrobenzaldehydephenylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
o-Nitrobenzaldehydephenylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. ‘Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
p-Nitrobenzaldehydephenylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
Hewitt, Johnson, and Pope. ‘Trans., 105, 
364 (1914). 
acetyl derivative. Hewitt, Johnson, and 
Pope. Trans., 105, 364 (1914). 
m-Nitrobenzaldehydephenylmethylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. ‘Trans., 89, 982 
(1906). 
o-Nitrobenzaldehydephenylmethylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 
(1906). 
p-Nitrobenzaldehydephenylmethylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 
(1906). 
p-Nitrobenzantialdoxime. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 1651 (1910). 
as Brady. Trans., 105, 2104 (1914). 
p-Nitrobenzsynaldoxime. Hantzsch. Ber., 43, 1651 (1910). 
( 


39 


39 


ae Brady. Trans., 105, 2104 (1914). 
Nitrobenzene, Pauer. Ann. der Phys., 68, 363 (1897). 
Be Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 
oe Crymble, Stewart, and Wright. Ber., 43, 1191 (1910). 


we 


M ¢ 


164 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


Nitrobenzene. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913), 

ae Baly and Rice. Trans., 103, 2085 (1913).. 

6 Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
p-Nitrobenzeneazobenzeneazophenol. Pope and Willett. Trans., 103, 1258 (1913). 
m-Nitrobenzeneazodimethylaniline. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 1494 

(1910). 
o-Nitrobenzeneazodimethylaniline. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 1494 
(1910). 
m-Nitrobenzeneazo-a-naphthol. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 1494 (1910). 
o-Nitrobenzeneazo-a-naphthol. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 1494 (1910). 
p-Nitrobenzeneazo-a-naphthol. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 1494 (1910). 
m-Nitrobenzeneazophenol. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 1494 (1910). 
o-Nitrobenzeneazophenol. es "Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 1494 (1910). 
p-Nitrobenzeneazophenol. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. ‘Trans., 97, 1494 (1910). 
Pope and Willett. Trans., 103, 1258 (1913). 
m- -Nitrobenzenediazoethylamino- -p-nitrobenzene. Smith and Watts. Trans., 97, 


562 (1910). 
p-Nitrobenzenediazoethylamino-p-nitrobenzene. Smith and Watts. Trans., 97, 562 
(1910). 
p-Nitrobenzenediazohydroxide. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
oe methyl ether. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 


3011 (1912). 
Nitrobenzenediazo--semicarbazinocamphor. Forster. Trans., 89, 222 (1906). 
p-Nitrobenzenediazonium chloride. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
p-Nitrobenzenemethylnitrosoamine. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912), 
p-Nitrobenzenenitrosoamine. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
m-Nitrobenzenesulphonic acid. Baly and Rice. Trans., 103, 2085 (1813). 
m-Nitrobenzoic acid. Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
o-Nitrobenzoic acid. Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 

p-Nitrobenzoic acid. Hewitt, Pope, and Willett. Trans., 101, 1770 (1912). 
A Purvis, Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
p- -Nitrobenzylideneaminoazobenzene. Pope and Willett. Trans., 103, 1258 (1913). 
p-Nitrobenzyl cyanide. Lifschitz and Jenner. Ber., 48, 1730 (1915). 
m-Nitrobenzylideneaniline. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
o-Nitrobenzylideneaniline. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. ‘Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
p-Nitrobenzylideneaniline. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910), 
Nitrocamphane. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 807 (1909). 
Nitrocamphor. Lowry and Desch. Trans., 95, 807 (1909). 
Nitrocamphoranhydride. Lowryand Desch. ‘Trans., 95, 807 (1909). 
Nitrocarbamide. Baly and Desch. Trans., 93, 1747 (1908). 
m-Nitrocinnamic acid. Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
», ethylester. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
o- -Nitrocinnamic acid. Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
», ethyl ester. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
p- -Nitrocinnamic acid. Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
» ethylester. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. ‘Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Nitro-p-cresetole. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Nitro-p-cresol. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden, ‘Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Nitrocyanoacetamide. Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 
Nitrocyclohexane. Zelinsky and Rosanoff. Zeit. phys. Chem., 78, 629 (1912). 
Nitrodiacetyl-p-phenylenediamine. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. ‘Trans., 107, 1296 
(1915). 
1-Nitro-3.5-diaminobenzene. Hantzsch. Ber., 43, 1662 (1910). 
m-Nitrodimethylaniline. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. ‘Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
p-Nitrodimethylaniline. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
2-Nitrodimethyl-p-toluidine. Morgan and Clayton. Trans., 99, 1941 (1911). 
eos oper Morgan and Clayton. Trans., 99, 1941 (1911). 
Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Nitroethane. Baly and Desch. rane 93, 1747 (1908). 
Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 
as Zelinsky and Rosanofi. Zeit, phys. Chem., 78, 629 (1912). 
Nitrofluorene. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Nitroform. Hedley. Ber., 41, 1195 (1908). 


9° 


ee 


la ik 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 165 


Nitroform. Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 

Harper and Macbeth. 'Trans., 107, 87 (1915). 
Nitroguanidine. Baly and Desch. 'Trans., 93, 1747 (1908). 
Nitrohydroxystilbene. Hewitt, Lewcock, and Pope. ‘rans., 101, 604 (1912). 
chromoNitrolic acid. Hantzsch and Kanasirski. Ber., 42, 889 (1909). 
isoNitrolic acid. Hantzsch and Kanasirski. Ber., 42, 889 (1909). 
Nitromalonic acid, ethyl ester. Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912), 

“5 salts. Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 
Nitromesitylene. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Nitromethane. Baly and Desch. Trans., 93, 1747 (1908). 

3 Hedley. Ber., 41, 1195 (1908). 

m Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 

Zelinsky and Rosanoff. Zeit. phys. Chem., 78, 629 (1912). 
Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
Nitromethoxystilbene, Hewitt, Lewcock, and Pope. ‘Trans., 101, 604 (1912). 
3- Nitromethylaceto- -p-toluidide. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
3-Nitro-p-methyltoluidine. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
= Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. Trans., 101, 1209 (1912). 
a-Nitronaphthalene. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
55 Purvis. ‘Trans., 101, 1315 (1912). 
B-Nitronaphthalene. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Purvis. Trans., 101, 1315 (1912). 
a-Nitro-B- naphthylamine. Purvis. Trans., 101, 1315 (1912) 
m-Nitrophenetole. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. ‘'Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
o-Nitrophenetole. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
p-Nitrophenetole. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
m-Nitrophenol. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
as Baly, Edwards, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 514 (1906). 
mes Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
o-Nitrophenol. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I, 257 (1879). 


Be Baly, Edwards, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 514 (1906). 
35 Baly, ‘Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Es Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 


* Wright. Trans., 105, 669 (1914). 
p-Nitrophenol. Hartley and Huntington, Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 


as Baly, Edwards, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 514 (1906). 
33 Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 

‘ Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 

os Bortini. Zeit. phys. Chem., 87, 104 (1914). 


Wright. Trans., 105, 669 (1914). 
p- Nitrophenylacetic acid, ethyl ester, Hewitt, Pope, and Willett. Trans., 101, 1770 
(1912). 
x3 re sodium salt. Hewitt, Pope, and Willett. Trans., 101, 
1770 (1912). 
p-Nitrophenylacetonitrile. Hewitt, Pope, and Willett. Trans., 101, 1770 (1912). 
Nitro-p-phenylenediamine. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 (1915). 
p-Nitrophenylhydrazine. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
m-Nitrophenylnitromethane. Hedley. Ber., 41, 1195 (1908). 
o-Nitrophenylnitromethane. Hedley. Ber., 44, 1195 (1908). 
p-Nitrophenylnitromethane. Hedley. Ber., 44, 1195 (1908). 
Nitropropane. Zelinsky and Rosanoff. Zeit. phys. Chem., 78, 629 (1912). 
sec-Nitropropane. Zelinsky and Rosanoff. Zeit. phys. Chem., 78, 629 (1912). 
Nitroquinol dimethyl ether. Hantzsch and Staiger. Ber., 41, 1204 (1908). 

oe Gs ag Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 

a a Baly and Rice. Trans., 101, 1475 (1912). 
Nitrosoacetanilide. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
isoNitrosoacetic acid. Baly, Marsden, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 966 (1906). 

“ », ethyl ester. Baly, Marsden, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 966 
(1906). 
isoNitrosoacetone. Baly, Marsden, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 966 (1906). 
tsoNitrosoacetylacetone. Baly, Marsden, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 966 (1906). 
Pr Lifschitz. Ber., 46, 3233 (1913). 
Nitrosobenzene. Baly, Edwards, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 514 (1906). 


166 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF sciENCE.—1916. 


Nitrosobenzene. Baly and Desch. Trans., 93, 1747 (1908). 
tert-Nitrosobutane. Baly and Desch. Trans., 98, 1747 (1908). 
isoNitrosodibenzoylmethane. Lifschitz. Ber., 46, 3233 (1913). 
isoNitrosocamphor. Baly, Marsden, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 966 (1906). 
o-methyl ether. Baly, Marsden, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 966 
(1906). 
p-Nitrosodimethylaniline. Hartley. Trans., 85, 1010 (1904). 
tsoNitrosodimethyldihydroresorcin. Lifschitz. Ber., 46, 3233 (1913). 
tsoNitrosomalonic acid, ethyl ester. Baly, Marsden, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 966 
(1906). 
isoNitrosomethylacetone. Baly, Marsden, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 966 (1906). 
Nitrosomethylurethane. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
p-Nitrosophenol. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1902, 107. 
Baly, Edwards, and Stewart. Trans., 89, 514 (1906). 

isoNitrosophenylmethylpyrazolone. Lifschitz. Ber., 47, 1068 (1914). 
Nitrosopiperidine. Purvis. Trans., 103, 2283 (1913). 
tert-Nitrosoisopropylacetone. Baly and Desch. Trans., 98, 1747 (1908). 
Nitrososulphonic acid, copper salt. Baly and Desch. Trans., 93, 1747 (1908). 
Nitrosourethane. Baly and Desch. ‘Trans., 98, 1747 (1908). 
Nitrostilbene. Hewitt, Lewcock, and Pope. Trans., 101, 604 (1912). 
w-Nitrostyrene. Baly and Desch. Trans. 93, 1747 (1908). 
m-Nitrotoluene. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 

7 Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
o-Nitrotoluene. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. ‘Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 

35 Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 108, 1088 (1913). 
pera Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. ‘Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 

Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 108, 1088 (1913). 

3- Nitro_ p-toluidine. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. ‘Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
4-Nitro-2.5-tolylenediamine. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 (1915). 
Nitrourethane. Baly and Desch. Trans., 93, 1747 (1908). 
3-Nitro-o-xylene. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
4-Nitvo-o-xylene. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 


99 


oO 


Octane. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, J. 257 (1879). 
n-Octyl alcohol. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
5 = Massol and Faucon. Bull. Soc. Chim., 11, 931 (1912). 

tsoOctylalcohol. Hartley. Trans., 39, 153 (1881). 
Oxalic acid. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 

a5 ous Magini. Nuovo Cim., 6, 343 (1903). 
Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456 (1912); Ber., 45, 2819 

(1912) ; 46, 2596 (1913) ; 47, 1690 (1914). 
Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 

5» >» Wright. Trans., 108, 528 (1913) ; 105, 669 (1914). 

>> >», Salts. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 

- Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913); 105, 669 (1914). 
Oxaloacetic acid, ethyl ester. Baly and Desch. Trans., 87, 766 (1905). 
>, and salts. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 1407 (1915). 

Oxalosuccinonitrile, Gelbke. Phys. Zeit., 18, 584 (1912). 
Oxaluric acid. Soret. Arch. des Sciences, 10, 429 (1883). 
Oximidoxazolone. Hantzsch and Heilbron. Ber., 48, 68 (1910). 
Oxindonecarboxylic acid, ethyl ester. Hantzsch, Zeit. phys. Chem., 84, 321 (1913). 
m-Oxyanthraquinone. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 85 (1913). 
Oxyazobenzene. See Benzeneazophenol. 
m-Oxybenzoic acid. Hartley. Trans., 58, 641 (1888). 


oe a Magini. Atti R. Accad. Lincei, 12, ii. 87 (1903); J. Chim. 
phys., 2, 410 (1904). 

5: > Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 

és a soda salt. Ley and vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 
1 (1910). 


o-Oxybenzoic acid. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, i. 257 (1879). 
a » Hartley. Trans., 53, 641 (1883). 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 167 


o-Oxyhenzoic acid. Magini. Atti R. Accad. Lincei, 12, ii. 87 (1903); J. Chim. phys., 
2, 410 (1904). 


33 » Wright. Trans., 108, 528 (1913). 
"p »» methyl ester. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 
(1910), 


As :, sodium salt, Wright. Trans.,103, 528 (1913); 105, 669 (1914). 
p-Oxybenzoic acid. Hartley. Trans., 53, 641 (1888). 


a3 25 Magini. Atti R. Accad. Lincei, 12, ii. 87 (1903); J. Chim. 
“phys., 2, 410 (1904). 
ye »» sodium salt. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 
(1910). 


3 ss Wright. Trans., 105, 669 (1914). 
o-Oxycarbanil. “Hartley, Dobbie, and Paliatseas. Trans., 87, 839 (1900). 

i ethyl ethers. Hartley, Dobbie, and Paliatseas, Trans., 87, 839 (1900). 
Oxydiphenylphthalide. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 44, 1944 (1911); 46, 70 (1913). 
Oxyfumaric acid. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 1407 (1915). 

Oxyhydrastinine. Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 
Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 
Oxynarcotine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
3-Oxyphenazothionium chloride. Eckert and Pummerer. Zeit. phys. Chem., 87, 599 
(1914). 
Oxyphenylphthalide. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 44, 1944 (1911), 46, 70 (1913). 
p-Oxytriphenylmethane. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 70 (1913). 


P 
Papaverine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
br Dobbie and Lauder. ‘T'rans., 88, 605 (1903). 
= Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 


Pararosaniline. Baker. ‘I'rans., 91, 1490 (1907). 
Hantzsch. Ber., 46, 1537 (1913). 
Pentachloropyr idine. Baker and Baly. Trans., 91, 1122 (1907). 
Purvis. Trans., 108, 2283 (1913). 

1.2.4.5.8- Pentahy droxyanthraquinone. Meek and Watson. Trans., 109, 544 (1916). 
Pentamethylacetone. Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 
a-Phellandrene. Hantzsch. Ber., 45, 553 (1912). 

i” Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 139 

(1913). 

B-Phellandrene. Hantzsch. Ber., 45, 553 (1912). 
Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 139 


(1918). 

Phenanthrene, Hartley. Trans., 89, 153 (1881). 
Ae Elston. Astrophys. Journ., 25, 155 (1907). 
a Baly and Tuck. ‘'Trans., 93, 1902 (1908). 


Gompel and Henri. Compt. rend., 157, 1422 (1913). 
Phenanthrenequinone, Baly and Stewart. Trans., 89, 502 (1906). 
Phenanthridine methiodide. Tinkler. Trans., 89, 856 (1906). 
Phenazine. Hantzsch. Ber., 49, 511 (1916). 
o-Phenetidine. Purvis. Trans., 107, 660 (1915). 
p-Phenetidine. Purvis. Trans., 107, 660 (1915). 
Phenetole. Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 
ey Baly and Ewbank. Trans. , 87, 1347 (1905). 
Purvis. Trans., 107, 660 (1915). 
Phenetoleazoformamide, Heilbron and Henderson. Trans., 103, 1404 (1913). 
Phenol, Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, T. 25 57 (1879). 
+, Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Trans., "81, 929 (1902). 
5 Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 
BS Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
* Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 103, 1088 (1913). 
aA Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913) ; ; 105, 669 (1914). 
Witte. Zeit. wis, Phot., 14, 347 (1915). 
Phenolphthalein. Meyer and Hantzsch. Ber., 40, 3479 (1907). 
eS Meyer and Marx. Ber., 40, 3603 (1907); 41, 2446 (1908). 


168 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF ScCTENCE.—1916. 


Phenolphthalein. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 44, 1944 (1911); 46, 70 (1913). 
dimethyl ether. Meyer and Hantzsch. Ber., 40, 3479 (1907). 
Phenosafranine chloride. Balls, Hewitt, and Newman. ‘Trans., 101, 1840 (1912). 
Phenoxyacetic acid, ethyl ester. Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1322 (1905). 
Phenyl acetate. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Glendinning. Trans., 99, 451 (1911). 
Phenyl benzyl ether. Purvis and McCleland. ‘Trans., 101, 1514 (1912). 
AR as a5 Purvis. Trans., 105, 590 (1914). 
Phenyl benzyl ketone. Purvis and McCleland. ‘Trans., 101, 1514 (1912). 
Phenyl carbonate. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. Trans., 97, 2287 (1910). 
Phenyl diphenylearbamate. Purvis. Trans., 105, 1372 (1914). 
Phenyl dithiocarbonate. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. Trans., 97, 2287 (1910). 
Phenyl dithiooxalate. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. Trans., 97, 2287 (1910). 
Phenyl ethyl ketone. Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 
Phenyl mercaptan. Fox and Pope. Trans., 103, 1263 (1913). 
Phenyl oxalate. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. Trans., 97, 2287 (1910). 
Phenyl o-oxybenzoate. Ley and vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Phenyl styryl ketone phenylsemicarbazone. Heilbron and Wilson. ‘Trans., 108, 
1504 (1913). 
Pheny! styryl ketone semicarbazone. Heilbron and Wilson. Trans., 1014, 1482 (1912). 
Phenyl thioncarbonate. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. T'rans., 97, 2287 (1910). 
Phenyl trithiocarbonate. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. T'rans., 97, 2287 (1910). 
Phenylacetic acid. Baly and Collie. ‘Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 
ne Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
5 Baly and Tryhorn. ‘Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
ethyl ester. Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 
33 a5 Baly and Tryhorn. ‘Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
sodium salt. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 
(1910). 
Hewitt, Pope, and Willett. Trans., 1014, 1770 
(1912). 
ee os s» Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913). 
Phenylacetonitrile. Hew itt, Pope, and Willett. 7 rans., 101, 1770 (1912). 
Purvis. ‘Trans., 107, 496 (1915). 
“A Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
Phenylacetylene. Ley and y. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Phenylacridine. Hantzsch. Ber., 44, 1783 (1911). 
aH methiodide. Dobbie and Tinkler. Trans., 87, 269 (1906). 
Phenylacridonium sulphate. Hantzsch. Ber., 44, 1783 (1911). 
Phenylaminoacetic acid. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
>, Sodium salt. Ley and vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 
74, 1 (1910). 
Phenylaminochlorophenylphenazonium chloride. Balls, Hewitt, and Newman. 
Trans., 101, 1840 (1912). 
Phenylaminonaphthylaminochlorophenylphenazonium chloride. Balls, Hewitt, and 
Newman. Trans., 101, 1840 (1912). 
Phenylaminonaphthylaminophenylphenazonium chloride. Balls, Hewitt, and New- 
man. Trans., 101, 1840 (1912). 
Phenylazodimethyldihydroresorcin. Lifschitz. Ber., 47, 1401 (1914). 

Ae enol ether. Lifschitz. Ber., 47, 1401 (1914). 
Phenylbenzoylacetylene. Stobbe and Ebert. Ber., 44, 1289 (1911). 
Phenylcyanonitromethane. Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 
Phenyl-2.4-dinitroaniline. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 1662 (1910). 

Phenyldinitromethane. Hedley. Ber., 44, 1195 (1908). 

55 Harper and Macbeth. ‘Trans., 107, 87 (1915). 
p-Phenylenediamine. Purvis. Trans., 105, 590 (1914). 
Phenylglyoxalmethylosazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 1572 

(1907). 
Phenylglyoxalosazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 1572 (1907). 
Phenylglyoxalphenylosazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 1572 
(1907). 
Phenylhydrazine. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
8-Phenylindoneacetic acid. Stobbe. Ber., 48, 441 (1915). 
y-Phenylindoneacetic acid. Stobbe. Ber., 48, 441 (1915 


. 


33 


99 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 169 


y-Phenylindoneacetic acid methyl ester. Stobbe. Ber., 48, 441 (1915). 
Phenylmethylacridine cyanide. ‘Tinkler. ‘Trans., 89, 856 (1906). 
Phenylmethylacridol. Dobbie and Tinkler. Trans., 87, 269 (1905). 
Phenylmethylhydrazodimethyldihydroresorcin. Lifschitz. Ber., 47, 1401 (1914), 
Phenylmethylnitrosoamine. Dobbie and Tinkler. ‘Trans., 87, 273 (1905). 
ne Baly and Desch. ‘Trans., 98, 1747 (1908). 
Phenylnitromethane. Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 
Pe Zelinsky and Rosanoff. Zeit. phys. Chem., 78, 629 (1912). 
Phenylpicramide. Hantzsch. Ber., 43, 1662 (1910). 
35 Hantzsch and Lister, Ber., 43, 1685 (1910). 
4-Phenylpiperidine. Purvis. ‘Trans., 103, 2283 (1913). 
Phenylpropiolic acid. Stewart. Trans., 91, 199 (1907). 
Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Stobbe and Ebert. Ber., 44, 1289 (1911). 
“ 5 Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
B-Phenylpropionic acid. Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905), 
=: Stewart. ‘Trans., 91, 199 (1907). 
Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
a: Stobbe and Ebert. Ber., 44, 1289 (1911). 
a a Wright. ‘Trans., 103, 528 (1913). 
Es es Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
% », sodium salt. Wright. Trans. . 103, 528 (1913). 
4-Phenylpyridine. Purvis. Trans., 103, 2283 (1913). 
Phenylthiazime. Pummerer, Eckert, and Gassner. Ber., 47, 1494 (1914). 
hydrochloride. Eckert and Pummerer. Zeit. phys. Chem., 87, 599 
(1914). 
4-Phenyl-5-p-tolylpyrrolinophenazine. Purvis. Trans., 97, 2535 (1910). 
Phenyltrimethylammonium salts. Ley and Ulrich. Ber., 42, 3440 (1909). 
Phenyl-2.4-xylylmethane. Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1514 (1912). 
Phlorizine. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, J. 257 (1879). 
Phloroglucinol. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. ‘Trans., 81, 929 (1902). 
aC Hedley. ‘Trans., 89, 730 (1906). 
oF trimethyl ether. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Trans., 81, 929 (1902). 
Phorone. Baker and Baly. Trans., 91, 1122 (1907). 
Purvis and McCleland. ‘Trans., 108, 433 (1913). 
Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 47, 1690 (1914); Compt. rend., 158, 567, 1114 
(1914). 
m-Phthalaldehyde, Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 
o-Phthalaldehyde. Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 
p-Phthalaldehyde. Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 
Phthalic acid. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
2 x Magini. J. Chim. phys., 2, 410 (1904). 
a Hartley and Hedley. Trans., 91, 314 (1907). 
isoPhthalic acid. Hartley and Hedley. Trans., 91, 314 (1907). 
99 »  Magini. J. Chim. phys., 2, 410 (1904), 
>, potassium salt. Hartley and Hedley. ‘Trans., 91, 314 (1907). 
Phthalic anhydride. Hartley and Hedley. Trans., 91, 314 (1907). 
Phthalide. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Phthalimide. Hartley and Hedley. Trans., 91, 314 (1907). 
Phthalyl chloride. Scheiber. Ber., 46, 2366 (1913). 
Picene. Homer and Purvis. Trans., 93, 1319 (1908) ; 97, 1155 (1910). 
Picoline. Hartley. Trans., 41, 45 (1882) ; 47, 685 (1885). 
as Baker and Baly. Trans., 91, 1122 (1907). 
=e Purvis. Trans., 95, 294 (1909) ; 97, 692 (1910). 
Picramic acid. Meldola and Hewitt. Trans., 103, 876 (1913). 
tsoPicramic acid. Meldola and Hewitt. ‘Trans., 108, 876 (1913). 
Picramide. Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. ‘Trans., 101, 1209 (1912). 
Picric acid. Buttle and Hewitt. Trans., 95, 1755 (1909). 
= 5 Baly and Rice. ‘Trans., 103, 2085 (1013). 
Ws » Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913); 105, 669 (1914). 
%9 >  Bortini. Zeit. phys, Chem., 87, 104 (1914). 
m3 ;» potassium salt. Franchimont and Bacher. Proc, K, Akad. Amsterdam. 
17, 647 (19 


9 99 


”? 


9° 


2? ” 


Led 


93 


170 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Picric acid sodium salt. Wright. Trans., 108, 528 (1913); 105, 669 (1914). 

Picrotoxine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 

licrylmethylacetamide. Franchimont and Backer. Proc. K. Akad. Amsterdam, 17, 
647 (1914). 

Picrylmethylamide. Franchimont and Backer. Rec. Trav. Chim., 32, 325 (1913); 
Proc. K. Akad., Amsterdam, 17, 647 (1914). 

Picrylmethylaminoformic acid, esters of. Franchimont and Backer. Proc. K. 
Akad., Amsterdam, 17, 647 (1914). 

Picrylmethylnitroamine. Franchimont and Backer, Rec. Trav. Chim., 32, 325 
(1913). 

Picrylmethylnitrosoamine. Franchimont and Backer. Proc. K. Akad., Amsterdam, 
17, 647 (1914). 

Picrylphenylmethylamide. Franchimont and Backer. Proc. K. Akad., Amsterdam, 
17, 647 (1914). 

Pinacoline. Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 489 (1906). 


“5 Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1322 (1913); Ber., 46, 3627 
(1913). 
a Henderson, Henderson, and Heilbron. Ber., 47, 876 (1914). 


Stark and Lipp. Zeit. phys. Chem., 86, 36 (1914) 
NS Rice. Proc. Roy. Soc., 91A, 76 (1914). 
a-Pinene. Hantzsch. Ber., 45, 553 (1912). 
on Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 139 (1913). 
Piperazine. Purvis. ‘Trans., 103, 2283 (1913). 
Piperic acid. Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 103, 1193 (1913). 
Piperidine. Hartley. Trans., 47, 685 (1885). 
oe Purvis. Trans., 97, 692 (1910); 108, 2283 (1913). 
Piperidinium nitrite. Harper and Macbeth. Trans., 107, 87 (1915). 
Piperidoacetic acid, copper salt, Ley and Hegge. Ber., 48, 70 (1915). 
Piperine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 

a9 Dobbie and Fox. ‘Trans., 103, 1193 (1913). 

a Purvis. Trans., 103, 2283 (1913). 
Piperonalphenylhydrazone. Stobbe and Nowak. Ber., 46, 2887 (1913). 
Piperonylic acid. Dobbie and Lauder. 'Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 

‘3 a Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 
Propiolic acid, methyl ester, Bielecki and Henri, Ber., 46, 2596 (1913). 
Propionaldehyde. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456 (1912); Ber., 45, 

2819 (1912); 46, 3627 (1913). 

ES Purvis and McCleland. Trans., 101, 1810 (1912). 
Propionaldehydephenylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. ‘Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
Propionaldehydephenylmethylhydrazone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 89, 982 (1906). 
Propionamide, Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913). 

“9 Ley and Fischer. Zeit. anorg. Chem., 82, 329 (1913). 

Propionic acid. Hartley and Huntington, Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
ms os Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456, 1617 (1912); 156, 
550 (1913); Ber., 45, 2819 (1912); 46, 1304, 2596 (1913). 
=) v2 Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
bh 5 Wright, 'Trans., 108, 528 (1913); 105, 669 (1914). 
34 »» metallic salts. Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913); 105, 669 (1914). 
Propionyleamphor. Lowry and Southgate. Trans., 97, 905 (1910), 
Propyl acetate. Magini. Nuovo Cim., 6, 343 (1903). 
a5 5 Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456, 1617 (1912); 156 (1913) ; 
Ber., 45, 2819 (1912) ; 46, 1304 (1913). 
Propyl alcohol. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
aa eS Drossbach. Ber., 85, 1486 (1902). 
isoPropy] alcohol. Hartley. Trans., 89, 153 (1881). 
n-Propyl alcohol. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456 (1912); Ber., 45, 
2819 (1912); 46, 2596 (1913). 
ae a Massol and Faucon. Bull. Soc. Chim., 11, 931 (1912). 
Propyl aldehyde. See Propionaldehyde. 
Propyl butyrate. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 550 (1913). 
Propyl dithiooxalate. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. Trans., 97, 2287 (1910). 
Propyl formate. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 1617 (1912); 156, 550 
(1913); Ber., 46, 1304 (1913). 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 171 


Propyl propionate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 550 (1913). 
Bropyl valerate. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans. ., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
Propylamine. Bieleckiand Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913). 
Propylbenzene. Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 
Propylnitroamine. Franchimont and Backer. Trans., 101, 2256 (1912). 
Psychotrine. Dobbie and Fox. ‘Trans., 105, 1639 (1914). 
Pulegone. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Rea. Trans., 99, 1262 (1911). 
Purpurine. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 85 (1913). 
D Meek and Watson. 'Trans., 109, 544 (1916). 
Pyridine. Hartley. Trans., 47, 685 (1885). 
Pe Pauer. Ann. der Phys., 61, 363 (1897). 
AP Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 17, 509 (1900). 
55 Magini. Nuovo Cim., 6, 343 (1903). 
a Baker and Baly. Trans., 91, 1122 (1907). 
ne Hantzsch. Ber., 44, 1783 (1910). 
as Purvis. Trans., 97, 692 (1910). 
BE Baly and Rice. Trans., 103, 91 (1913). 
Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1121 (1915). 
Pyridine dicarboxylic acids. Hartley. Trans., 41, 45 (1882). 
Pyridinemethylbromide. Hantzsch. Ber., 44, 1783 (1911). 
Pyridinemethylchloride. Hantzsch. Ber., 44, 1783 (1911). 
Pyridinemethyliodide. Hantzsch. Ber., 44, 1783 (1911). 
a-Pyridone. Bakerand Baly. Trans., 91, 1122 (1907). 
B-Pyridone. Baker and Baly. Trans., 91, 1122 (1907). 
y-Pyridone. Baker and Baly. Trans., 91, 1122 (1907). 
Pyrocatechol. See Catechol. 
Pyrocinchonimide. Ley and Fischer. Ber. 46, 327 (1913). 
Pyrogallol. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, 1, 257 (1879). 
35 Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Trans., 81, 929 (1902). 
Hedley. Trans., 89, 730 (1906). 
Pyrogallolbenzein, Medhi and Watson. ‘Trans. ., 107, 1579 (1915). 
Pyromeconic acid. Baly, Collie, and Watson. Trans., 95, 144 (1909). 
Pyromucic acid. Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 78, 598 (1898). 
4-Pyrone. Baly, Collie, and Watson. Trans., 95, 144 (1909). 
Pyronine-G. Watson and Meek. Trans., 407, 1567 (1915). 
Pyrrole, Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 73, 598 (1898). 
+) Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Trans., 81, 929 (1902). 
a Purvis. Trans., 97, 1648 (1910). 
Pyruvaldehydeosazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 91, 1572 (1907). 
Pyruvaldehydephenylhydrazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Tvrans., 91, 
1572 (1907). 
Pyruvaldehydephenylmethylhydrazone. Baly, Tuck, Marsden, and Gazdar. Trans., 
91, 1572 (1907). 
Pyruviec acid. Bieleckiand Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1322 (1913) ; 158, 866 (1914) ; 
Ber., 47, 1690 (1914). 


Q 


Quinazarine. Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 46, 85 (1913), 
3 Meek and Watson. Trans., 109, 544 (1916). 
Quinhydrone. Hartley and Leonard. ‘Trans., 95, 34 (1909). 
Quinidine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
Quinine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
Pease Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 88, 605 (1903); 99, 1254 (1911). 
33 Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Repert, 1903, 126. 
a Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 101, 77 (1912). 
Quinol. Hartley. Trans., 53, 641 (1888). 
nH _Magini. Atti R. Accad. Lincei, 12, ii, 87 (1903); J. Chim. phys., 2, 410 
(1904). 
S Baly and Ewbank. ‘Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 
aA Hartley and Leonard. ‘Trans,, 95, 34 (1909). 
pe Purvis and MeCleland. ‘Trans., 108, 1088 (1913). 


172 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Quinol dimethyl ether. Baly and Ewbank. ‘rans., 87, 1347 (1905), 

si >»  Baly and Rice. Trans., 101, 1475 (1912). 

as monomethyl ether. Baly and Ewbank. ‘Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 
Quinoline. Hartley. Trans., 44, 45 (1882); 47, 685 (1885). 

55 Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 

by Hantzsch. Ber., 44, 1783 (1911). 

A Purvis. Trans., 97, 1035 (1910). 

>» Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 99, 1254 (1911). 
isoQuinoline. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Quinolineazo-8-hydroxyquinoline. Fox. ‘Trans., 97, 1337 (1910). 
Quinolineazophenol. Fox. ‘Trans., 97, 1337 (1910). 
Quinolinemethylchloride. Hantzsch. Ber., 44, 1783 (1911). 
Quinolinemethyliodide. Hantzsch. Ber., 44, 1783 (1911). 
tsoQuinolinemethyliodide, Hantzsch. Ber., 44, 1783 (1911). 

s Tinkler, Trans., 101, 1245 (1912). 
Quinolinic acid. Scheiber and Knothe. Ber., 45, 2252 (1912). 
MS ;, chloride of. Scheiber and Knothe. Ber., 45, 2252 (1912). 
», dimethyl ester. Scheiber and Knothe. Ber., 45, 2252 (1912). 
Quinolphthalein. Meyer and Marx. Ber., 40, 3603 (1907); 41, 2246 (1908). 
Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 44, 1944 (1911). 

Quinone. See p-Benzoquinone. 


R 


Racemic acid. Stewart. 'Trans., 91, 1537 (1907). 
HS ;,  Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 2596 (1913). 
Resorcinol. Hartley. Trans., 53, 641 (1888). 


a Magini. Atti R. Accad. Lincei, 12, ii. 87 (1903); J. Chim. phys., 2, 
410 (1904). 

a Baly and Ewbank. ‘Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 

Bs dimethyl ether. Baly and Ewbank. ‘Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 

a Baly and Rice. Trans., 101, 1475 (1912). 


rl monomethyl ether. Baly and Ewbank. ‘Trans., 67, 1347 (1905). 
Resorcinolbenzein. Medhiand Watson. Trans., 107, 1579 (1915). 
Resorufin. Nichols and Merritt. Phys. Rev., 31, 376 (1910). 

Rosaniline. Hartley. Trans., 51, 153 (1887). 
Rose Bengal. Massol and Faucon. Bull. Soc. Chim., 13, 217 (1913). 
ae es van der Plaats. Ann. der Phys., 47, 429 (1915). 
Rufigallol. Meek and Watson. ‘Trans., 109, 544 (1916), 


Ss 


Safrole. Pfliger. Phys. Zeit., 10, 406 (1909). 
Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Glendinning. Trans., 99, 451 (1911). 
isoSafrole, Pfliiger. Phys. Zeit., 10, 406 (1909). 

Be Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Glendinning. Trans., 99, 451 (1911). 
Salicine. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, 1, 257 (1879). 
Salicylaldehyde. Tuck. Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 

5 Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 

Baly and Tryhorn, 107, 1121 (1915). 
Salicylaldehydephenylmethylhydrazone. Tuck. ‘Trans., 95, 1809 (1909). 
Salicylic acid. See o-Oxybenzoic acid. 

Sandalwood oil. Pfliiger. Phys. Zeit. 10, 406 (1909). 
Serine. Soret. Arch. des Sciences, 10, 429 (1883). 
Sodium benzene-anti-azotate. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Solanine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
Starch. Hartley. Trans., 51, 58 (1887). 
Stilbene. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 93, 1902 (1908). 
eS Crymble, Stewart, and Wright. Ber., 43, 1188 (1910). 
& Stobbe and Ebert. Ber., 44, 1289 (1911). 
35 Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Hewitt, Lewcock, and Pope. ‘Trans., 101, 604 (1912). 
Strychnine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 175 


Styrene. Baly and Desch. Trans., 93, 1747 (1908). 
a Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
55 Stobbe and Ebert. Ber., 44, 1289 (1911). 
Succinic acid. Stewart. Trans., 91, 199 (1907). 
es Be Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Rea. Trans., 99, 1262 (1911). 
3 “4 Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 155, 456 (1912) ; 157, 372 (1913) ; 
Ber., 45, 2819 (1912) ; 46, 2596 (1913) ; 47, 1690 (1914). 
+ Wright. Tians., 103, 528 (1913); 105, 669 (1914). 
BS », sodium salts. Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913); 105, 669 (1914). 
Succinimide. Ley and Fischer, Ber., 46, 327 (1913); Zeit. anorg. Chem., 82, 329 
1913). 
ig i eazonerodimethylaniline Hantzsch. Ber., 46, 1537 (1913). 
p-Sulphobenzenediazohydroxide, salts of. Dobbie and Tinkler, Trans., 87, 273 
1905). 
el adipon ante acid, Scheiber and Knothe. Ber., 45, 2252 (1912). 
A », chloride. Scheiber and Knothe. Ber., 45, 2252 (1912). 
Sylvestrene. Hantzsch. Ber., 45, 553 (1912). 
es Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 139 (1913). 


T 


Tartaric acid. Magini. J. Chim. phys., 2, 410 (1904). 

> a0 Stewart. Trans., 91, 1537 (1907). 

e FE Bielecki and Henri. Ber., 46, 2596 (1913), 
Terephthalic acid. Hartley and Hedley. Trans., 91, 314 (1907). 

= »  Magini. J. Chim. phys., 2, 410 (1904). 

3 >, potassium salt. Hartley and Hedley. Trans., 91, 314 (1907). 
Terpinene. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Rea. Trans., 99, 1262 (1911), 
Terpinolene. Crymble, Stewart, Wright, and Rea. ‘Trans., 99, 1262 (1911). 
Tetraacetylethane. Baly, Collie, and Watson. Trans., 95, 144 (1909) 
Tetraacetylmorphine, Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
a-Tetrabromo-p-azophenol. Robertson. Trans., 108, 1472 (1913). 
B-Tetrabromo-p-azophenol. Robertson. Trans., 103, 1472 (1913). 
Tetrabromophenolphthalein. Meyer and Marx. Ber., 41, 2446 (1908). 

99 Meyer and Fischer. Ber., 44, 1944 (1911), 
Tetrachloro-2-aminopyridine. Purvis. Trans., 108, 2283 (1913). 
2.3.4.5-Tetrachloropyridine. Baker and Baly. Trans., 91, 1122 (1907). 
3 Purvis. Trans., 103, 2283 (1913). 
Tetrahydrobenzene, Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 77, 846 (1900). 
us Zelinsky and Gorsky. Ber., 44, 2312 (1911). 
Tetrahydroberberine. Dobbie and Lauder, Trans., 88, 605 (1903). 
rr Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 
rp Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 105, 1639 (1914). 
1.2.3.4-Tetrahydronaphthalene. Baly and Tuck. ‘Trans., 98, 1902 (1908). 

5 Leonard. Trans., 97, 1246 (1910). 
1,2.5.8-Tetrahydronaphthalene. Baly and Tuck. ‘Trans., 93, 1902 (1908). 
Tetrahydropapaverine. Dobbie and Lauder. Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 

na Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 
e Dobbie and Fox. Trans., 105, 1639 (1914). 
Tetrahydroquinoline. Hartley. Trans., 41, 45 (1882); 47, 685 (1885). 
1.2.5.8-Tetrahydroxyanthraquinone. Meek and Watson. Trans., 109, 544 (1916). 
Tetraiododichlorofluoroscein, sodium salt. van der Plaats. Ann. der Phys., 47, 429 
(1915). é 
mm'pp'-Tetramethoxy-2,6-diphenylpyrazine. Tutin and Caton. Trans., 97, 2524 
(1910). 


4.4’-Tetramethyldiaminobenzhydrol. Watson and Meek. Trans., 107, 1567 (1915). 
4.4'-Tetramethyldiaminobenzophenone. Baly and Marsden. Trans., 98, 2108 (1908). 
“2 Grandmougin and Favre-Ambrumyan. Ber., 
47, 2127 (1914). 

Tetramethylnaphthalene. Homer and Purvis. Trans., 97, 280 (1910). 
Tetranaphthyl. Homer and Purvis. Trans., 93, 1319 (1908), 
Tetranitromethane. Zelinsky and Rosanoff. Zeit. phys. Chem., 78, 629 (1913). 

aS Harper and Macbeth. Trans., 107, 87 (1915). 

AP Macbeth. Trans., 107, 1824 (1915). 


174 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


Tetraphenylquinodimethane. Heilbron and Henderson. Trans., 103, 1404 (1913). 
Tetraphenylsilicane. Purvis. Trans., 105, 1372 (1914). 
Tetraphenylthiopurpuric acid. Lifschitz. Ber., 47, 1068 (1914). 
Tetrazine. Koenigsberger and Vogt. Phys. Zeit.., 14, 1269 (1913). 
Thebaine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 5176, 471 (1885). 
Theobromine. Hartley. Trans., 87, 1796 (1905). 
Thiazime. Pummerer, Eckert, nid Gassner. Ber., 47, 1494 (1914), 
* hydrochloride, Eckert and Pummerer. Zeit. phys. Chem., 87, 599 
(1914), 
Thiazone. Pummerer, Kckert, and Gassner. Ber., 47, 1494 (1914). 
os Ekert and Pummerer. Zeit. phys. Chem., 87, 599 (1914). 
Thioacetanilide. May. Trans., 108, 2272 (1913). 
Thioacetic acid. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
Be », ethyl ester. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
», potassium salt. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ba., 46, 3570 (1913). 
Thiobenzamide. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
Thiobenzanilide. May. Trans., 103, 2272 (1913). 
Thiobenzoic acid. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
se », methylester. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 

» metallic salts. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
Thiocarbamide. Macbeth, Stewart, and Wright. Trans., 101, 599 (1912). 
Thionearbonic acid, ethyl ester. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. Trans., 97, 2287 

(1910). 
ee s» phenyl ester. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. Trans., 97, 2287 
(1910). 
Thionin. Eckert and Pummerer. Zeit. phys. Chem., 87, 599 (1914). 
Pummerer, Eckert, and Gassner. Ber., 47, 1494 (1914). 
ion thiocambonse acid, ethyl ester. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. Trans., 97, 2287 
(1910). 
Thionylmethylphenylhydrazine. Hutchison and Smiles. Ber., 47, 514 (1914). 
Thionylphenylhydrazine. Hutchison and Smiles. Ber., 47, 514 (1914) 
Thiooxalic acid, ethyl ester. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. ‘'Trans., 97, 2287 (1910). 
Thiophene. Pauer. Ann, der Phys., 61, 363 (1897). 
3 Hartley and Dobbie. Trans., 78, 598 (1898). 
: Purvis. Trans., 97, 1648 (1910). 
Thymol. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
a Wright. Trans., 105, 669 (1914). 
>, sodium salt. Wright. Trans., 105, 669 (1914). 
Thymoquinone. Baly and Stewart. Trans., 89, 502 (1906). 
Tolane. Stobbe and Ebert. Ber., 44, 1289 (1911). 
m-'Tolualdehyde. Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 
o-Tolualdehyde. Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 
p-Tolualdehyde. Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 
Toluene. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
Ae Pauer, Ann. der Phys., 61, 363 (1897). 
5 Baly and Collie. Trans., 87, 1332 (1905). 
in Grebe. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 3, 376 (1905). 
mi Hartley. Phil. Trans., 208A, 475 (1908); Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 299 (1908). 


5 v. Kowalski. Bull. Akad. Sci., Cracovie, 14, 17 (1910). 
ie Cremer. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 349 (1912). 
és Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 


Witte. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 14, 347 (1915). - 
p- -Tolueneazocarbonyleoumaranone. Merriman. ‘Trans., 103, 1845 (1913). 
p-Tolueneazo-p-cresetole. Tuck. Trans., 91, 449 (1907). 
p-Tolueneazo-p-cresol. Tuck. Trans., 91, 449 (1907). 
p-Tolueneazodimethylamine. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Toluenediazo-- -Semicarbazinocamphor. Forster. Trans., 89, 222 (1906). 
as ali acid. Scheiber and Knothe.~ Ber., 45, 2252 (1912). 
»» Chloride. Scheiber and Knothe. Ber., 45, 2252 (1912). 
Toluene- p. “sul phony). 1.6-dinitro-8-naphthylamine. Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. 
Trans., 101, 1209 (1912). 
Toluene-p- sulphonylmethyl- 1-nitro-8-naphthylamine. Morgan, Jobling, and Bar- 
nett. ‘Trans., 101, 1209 (1912). 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 175 


Toluene-p-sulphonyl-1-nitro-8-naphthylamine. Morgan, Jobling, and Barnett. 
Trans., 101, 1209 (1912). 
m-Toluic acid. Perkin and Simonsen. ‘Trans., 91, 840 (1907). 
ay » Purvis, Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
o-Toluic acid. Purvis, Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
r-Toluic acid. Purvis. Trans., 107, 966 (1915). 
W-m-Toluic acid. Perkin and Simonsen. Trans., 91, 840 (1907). 
m-Toluidine. Hartley. Trans., 47, 685 (1885). 

“ Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 

a Purvis. Trans., 97, 1546 (1910), 
o-Toluidine. Hartley. Trans., 47, 685 (1885). 

35 Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1355 (1905), 

“3 Purvis. Trans., 97, 1546 (1910). 

re azo-benzene. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 167 (1915). we 

a a sulphonic acid. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 167 (1915), 
p-Toluidine. Hartley. Trans., 47, 685 (1885). 

$3 Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 

Ac Purvis. Trans., 97, 644 (1910). 

ba acetaldehyde condensation compound. Purvis. Trans., 97, 644 (1910). 
a-p-Toluidino-y-phenylisocrotononitrile. Tinkler, Trans., 103, 885 (1913). 
m-Toluonitrile. Baly and Ewbank. ‘Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 

5 Purvis. ‘Trans., 107, 496 (1915). 
o-Toluonitrile. Baly and Ewbank. ‘Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 

3 Purvis. Trans., 107, 496 (1915). 
p-Toluonitrile. Baly and Ewbank. Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 

‘ Purvis. Trans., 107, 496 (1915). 
Toluquinone. Baly and Stewart. Trans., 89, 502 (1906). 
m-Tolyl-2.4-dinitroaniline. Hantzsch. Ber., 43, 1662 (1910). 
o-Tolyl-2.4-dinitroaniline. Hantzsch. Ber., 43, 1651, 1662 (1910). 
p-Tolyl-2.4-dinitroaniline. Hantzsch. Ber., 48, 1662 (1910), 
2-p-Tolyl-af-naphthatriazole. Morgan and Micklethwait. Trans., 103, 71 (1913). 
3-p-Tolyl-a6-naphthaisotriazole. Morgan and Micklethwait. ‘Trans., 103, 71 

(1913). 
o-Tolylpicramide. Hantzsch and Lister. Ber., 48, 1685 (1910). 
p-Tolylpicramide. Hantzsch and Lister. Ber., 48, 1685 (1910). 
- Triacetic acid, ethyl ester. Baly, Collie, and Watson. ‘Trans., 95, 144 (1909). 
Triacetic lactone. Baly, Collie, and Watson. Trans., 95, 144 (1909). 
Triaminoazobenzene, Hartley. Trans., 51, 153 (1887), 
p-Triaminotriphenylmethane, derivatives. Formanek. Zeit. Farb. Text Chem., 2 
473 (1903). 

Trianhydrotrisdibenzylsilicanediol. Robison and Kipping. Trans., 105, 40 (1914), 
Trianisylearbinol. Baker. Trans., 91, 1490 (1907). 
Trianisylmethane. Baker. Trans., 91, 1490 ( 1907). 
Tribenzoin. Purvis. Trans., 105, 1372 (1914). 
Tribenzylamine. Purvis. ‘Trans., 105, 1372 (1914). 
Tribromobenzene-anti-azocyanide. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 30)1 (1912), 
Tribromobenzene-syn-azocyanide. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
2.4.6.-Tribromophenol. Purvis. Trans., 103, 1638 (1913). 
Tricarballylic acid. Stewart. Trans., 91, 199 (1907). 

yi »» Bielecki and Henri, Compt. rend., 157, 372 (1913); Ber., 46 

2596 (1913). 

Trichloroacetic acid. Hantzsch. Zcit. phys. Chem., 86, 624 (1914). 

35 s Wright. Trans., 108, 528 (1913). 

E. », Sodium salt, Wright. Trans., 108, 528 (1913). 
Trichlorobenzoquinone. Stewart and Baly. ‘Trans., 89, 618 (1906). 
o-Trichlorofuchsine. Mayer. Ber., 47, 1161 (1914). 
2.4.6-Trichlorophenol. Purvis. Trans., 108, 1638 (1913). 

4-Trichloropicolinamide. Purvis. Trans., 95, 294 (1909) ; 103, 2283 (1913). 
4-Trichloropicolinic acid. Purvis. Trans., 95, 294 (1909). 
ey >» methylester. Purvis. Trans., 95, 294 (1909). 
5-Trichloropyridine. Purvis. Trans., 103, 2283 (1913). 
5-Trichloropyridine. Baker and Baly. ‘Trans., 91, 1122 (1997). 
ia Purvis. Trans., 103, 2283 (1913). 


, 


* 


2.3. 
2.3. 
2.3. 
3.4, 


176 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Trichlorotoluquinone. Stewart and Baly. Trans., 89, 618 (1906). 
3.5.7-Triethoxy-2-mp-diethoxyphenyl-4-ethyl-1.4-benzopyranol anhydrohydriodide. 
Watson, Sen, and Medhi. ‘Trans., 107, 1477 (1915). 
3.5.7-Triethoxy-4-0-methoxyphenyl-2-mp-diethoxyphenyl-1.4-benzopyranol anhydro- 
hydrochloride. Watson, Sen, and Medhi. Trans., 107, 1477 (1915). 
Triethylamine. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 

3 Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913). 
Triethylmelamine. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. ‘Trans., 79, 848 (1901). 
Triethylisomelamine. Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Trans., 79, 848 (1901). 
1.2.3-Trihydroxyanthraquinone. Meek and Watson. ‘Trans., 109, 544 (1916). 
1.2.4-Trihydroxyanthraquinone. Meek and Watson. ‘Trans., 109, 544 (1916). 
3.5.7-Trihydroxy-2-mp-dihydroxyphenyl-4-ethyl-1.4-benzopyranol, anhydride, anhy- 

drohydriodide, and anhydrohydrochloride triethyl ether. Watson, Sen, and 

Medhi. Trans., 107, 1477 (1915). 
3.5.7-Trihydroxy-2-op-dihydroxyphenyl-4-methyl-1.4-benzopyranol anhydride. Wat- 

son, Sen, and Medhi. ‘Trans., 107, 1477 (1915). 
1.2.6-Trihydroxynaphthacenequinone. Baly and Tuck. Trans., 91, 426 (1907). 
Triketohydrindene diphenyl hydrazone. Purvis. Trans., 99, 1953 (1911). 

8 hydrate. Purvis. Trans., 99, 1953 (1911). ; 
Trimethylamine. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1879). 
3 Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913). 
Trimethyldihydropyridinedicarboxylic acid, ethyl ester. Baker and Baly. ‘rans., 
91, 1122 (1907). 
35 AA Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. 
Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
‘Trimethylethylene. Stark, Steubing, Enklaar, and Lipp. Jahrb. Radioak., 10, 139 
(1913). 

.4.6-Trimethylpyridine. Purvis. Trans., 97, 692 (1910). 
.3.5-Trinitroacetylaminoanisole. Meldola and Hewitt. ‘Trans., 103, 876 (1913). 
.3.6-Trinitroacetylaminoanisole. Meldola and Hewitt. Trans., 103, 876 (1913). 
3.5-Trinitro-4-acetylaminophenol. Meldola and Kuntzen. Trans., 97, 444 (1910). 
3.5-Trinitroaminoanisole. Meldola and Hewitt. Trans., 103, 876 (1913). 
4, 
3. 


6 


ho bo bo bo bo bo 


6-Trinitroanisole. Buttle and Hewitt. Trans., 95, 1755 (1909). 
53 Baly and Rice. Trans., 103, 2085 (1913). 
5-Trinitrobenzene. Hantzsch and Picton. Ber., 42, 2119 (1909). 
oA Hantzsch. Ber., 43, 1662 (1910). 
5 Baly and Rice. Trans., 108, 2085 (1913). 
x5 Franchimont and Backer. Proc. K. Akad., Amsterdam, 17, 
647 (1914). 
2.3.6-Trinitrodimethyl-p-toluidine. Morgan and Clayton. Trans., 99, 1941 (1911). 
Trinitromethane. Hedley. Ber., 44, 1195 (1908). 
5 Hantzsch and Voigt. Ber., 45, 85 (1912). 
Trinitrophenylmalonic acid, ethyl ester. Hantzsch and Picton. Ber., 42, 2119 
(1909). 
2.4.6-Trinitrophenylpiperidine. Morgan, Moss, and Porter. Trans., 107, 1296 (1915). 
3.4.5-Trinitro-o-xylene. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. ‘Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
3.4.6-Trinitro-o-xylene. Baly, Tuck, and Marsden. Trans., 97, 571 (1910). 
Triphenyl phosphate. Purvis. Trans., 105, 1372 (1914). 
Triphenylacetic acid. Purvis. Trans., 105, 1372 (1914). 
Triphenylamine. Baker. Trans., 91, 1490 (1907), 
Triphenylearbinol. Baker. Trans., 91, 1490 (1907). 
$5 Schlenk and Marcus. Ber., 47, 1664 (1914). 
Triphenylchloromethane. Baker. Trans., 91, 1490 (1907). 
Triphenylguanidine. Purvis. Trans., 105, 1372 (1914). 
Triphenylmethane. Hartley. ‘Trans., 51, 152 (1887). 
5 Baker. Trans., 91, 1490 (1907). 
Triphenylphosphine. Purvis. Trans., 105, 1372 (1914). 
Tripropylamine. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 1860 (1913). 
Trithiocarbonic acid, ethylester. Purvis, Jones,and Tasker. Trans., 97, 2287 (1910). 
[ »,  phenylester. Purvis, Jones, and Tasker. Trans., 97, 2287 
(1910). 
Tri-o-tolyl phosphate. Purvis, Trans., 105, 1372 (1914). 
Tri-p-tolyl phosphate. Purvis. ‘Trans., 105, 1372 (1914). 


] 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. Lie 


Tropacolin. Hartley. Trans., 51, 152 (1887). 

a-Truxillic acid. Stobbe. Ber., 44, 960 (1911). 

Turpentine. Hartley. Trans., 37, 676 (1880). 
53 Pfliiger. Phys. Zeit., 10, 406 (1909). 

Tyrosine. Hartley and Huntington. Phil. Trans., 170, I. 257 (1890). 
4 Soret. Arch. des Sciences, 10, 429 (1883). 


U 


Urea. Soret. Arch. des Sciences, 10, 429 (1883). 
Urethane. Brannigan, Macbeth, and Stewart. ‘Trans., 103, 406 (1913). 
Sees Se romxde, salts. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
methyl ether. Hantzsch and Lifschitz. "Ber., 45, 3011 (1912). 
Uric acid. "Hartley. Trans., 87, 1796 (1905). 
“eee Soret. Arch. des Sciences, 10, 429 (1883). 
» >, lithium salt. Hartley. Trans., 87, 1796 (1905). 


Vv 


isoValeric acid. Wright. Trans., 103, 528 (1913). 
», sodium salt. Wright. Trans., 108, 528 (1913). 
n- “Valerie acid. Bielecki and Henri. Compt. rend., 156, 550 (1913); Ber., 46, 1304 
(1913). 
Vanadium teracetylacetonate. Morgan and Moss. Tvans., 108, 78 (1913). 
terbenzoylacetonate. Morgan and Moss. ‘Trans., 108, 78 (1913). 
Vanadyl bisacetylacetonate. Morgan and Moss. ‘Trans., 103, 78 (1913). 
8 bisbenzoylacetonate. Morgan and Moss. Trans., 103, 78 (1913). 
as bismethylacetylacetonate. Morgan and Moss. Trans., 108, 78 (1913). 
Vanillin, Purvis. Trans., 105, 2482 (1914). 
Veratric acid. Dobbie and Lauder. ‘Trans., 83, 605 (1903). 
: ne Hartley, Dobbie, and Lauder. Brit. Ass. Report, 1903, 126. 
Veratrine. Hartley. Phil. Trans., 176, 471 (1885). 
Veratrol. Baly and Ewbank. ‘Trans., 87, 1347 (1905). 
Violurie acid. Hartley. Trans., 87, 1796 (1905). 
5 >, sodium salt. Hartley. Trans., 87, 1796 (1905). 


x 


Xanthie acid. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
oF », anhydride. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
“a »  ethylester. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
cLh ss» >, potassium salt. Hantzsch and Scharf. Ber., 46, 3570 (1913). 
Xanthine. Soret. Arch. des Sciences, 10, 429 (1883). 
Xanthochelidonic acid, ethyl ester. Baly, Collie,and Watson. Trans., 95, 144 (1909), 
m-Xylene. Hartley. Trans., 47, 685 (1885). 
Ae Pauer. Ann. der Phys., 61, 363 (1897). 
An Baly and Ewbank. ‘Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 
a Grebe. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 3, 376 (1905). 
“ Hartley. Phil. Trans., 2084, 475 (1908) ; Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 299 (1908). 
a Mies. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 8, 287 (1910). 
4 Baly and Tryhorn, ‘Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
o-Xylene. Hartley. Trans., 47, 685 (1885). 
a Pauer. Ann. der Phys., 61, 363 (1897). 
5 Baly and Ewbank. ‘Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 
- Grebe. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 3, 376 (1905). 
be Hartley. Phil. Trans., 2084, 475 (1908); Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 299 (1908), 
na Leonard. ‘Trans., 97, 1246 (1910). 
5 Baly and Tryhorn. ‘Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
p-Xylene. Hartley. Trans., 47, 685 (1885). 
a5 Pauer. Ann. der Phys., 61, 363 (1897). 
on Baly and Ewbank. ‘Trans., 87, 1355 (1905). 
ae Grebe. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 8, 376 (1905). 
oh Hartley. Phil. Trans., 2084, 475 (1908) ; Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 299 (1908). 
Mies. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 7, 357 (1909). . 


1916 x 


178 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE. 1916. 


p-Xylene v. Kowalski. Bull. Akad. Sci., Cracovie, 14, 17 (1910). 
Pa Baly and Tryhorn. Trans., 107, 1058 (1915). 
m-2-Xylidine. Purvis. Trans., 97, 644 (1910). 
m-4-Xylidine. Purvis. Trans., 97, 1546 (1910). 
m-Xylidine, acetaldehyde condensation compound. Purvis. Trans., 97, 644 (1910). 
o-3-Xylidine. Purvis. Trans., 97, 1546 (1910). 
Xyloquinone. Baly and Stewart. Trans., 89, 502 (1906). 


List of Orgamc Compounds the Absorption of which has been 
examined in the Infra-red. 


BA 


Acetaldehyde. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31,388 (1910). 

Acetic acid. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

Acetone. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

Acetonitrile. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

Acetylene. Burmeister. Deutsch. Phys. Ges. Verh., 15, 589 (1913). 
Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

Rubens and vy. Wartenberg. Deutsch. Phys. Ges. Verh., 13, 796 (1911). 
3 as a 55 Phys. Zeit., 12, 1080 (1911). 
Acetyleugenol. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Aconitine. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 

Allyl alcohol. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 

Allyl sulphide. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

Allyl thiocyanate. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
isoAmyl acetate. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 

Amy] alcohol. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 

isoAmy] alcohol. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 

tert-Amyl alcohol. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 

isoAmy| butyrate. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 

isoAmy] isobutyrate. Weniger, Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
isoAmyl formate. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 

isoAmyl propionate. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
isoAmy] isovalerate. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
Aniline. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

Anisole. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

Atropine. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 


Balladonna. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 
Benzaldehyde. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Benzene. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35, 1905. 
vy. Bahr. Ann. der Phys., 33, 585 (1910). 

4 Angstrém. Ark. Mat. Astron. och Fysik, Stockholm, 8, No. 26, 1 (1913). 
Benzoic acid. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39. 243 (1914). 
Benzonitrile. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Brucine. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 30, 243 (1914). 
Butane. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
isoButyl acetate. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
Butyl alcohol. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
isoButyl alcohol. Weniger Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
sec-Butyl alcohol. Wenige:. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
Butyl butyrate. Weniger." Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
Butyric acid. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 81, 388 (1910). 
isoButyric acid. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 


9? 


99 


99 


Caproic acid. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
isoCaproic acid. Coblentz, Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Capryl alcohol. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910), 


ON ABSORPTION SPEOTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 179 


Carbon bisulphide. Rubens and vy. Wartenberg. Deutsch, Phys. Ges. Verh., 13, 796 
1911). 
Jae Pe athlnstie. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905), 
Carvacrol. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Cerotic acid. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Chlorobenzene. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Chloroform. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Chloroheptadecane. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Chlorotridecane. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Cinchonidine. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 
Cocaine. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 
», hydrochloride. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 
Codeine, Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 
Coniine. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914), 
Cumene. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Cumenol. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Cyanine. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Cyanogen. Rubens and v. Wartenberg. Deutsch. Phys. Ges. Verh., 18,796 (1911) ; 
Phys. Zeit., 12, 1080 (1911). 
a Burmeister. Deutsch. Phys. Ges. Verh., 15, 589 (1913). 
Cymene. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


D 
Decylene. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Tnst., 85 (1905). 
Diethyl oxalate. Weniger. Phys. Rev. 31, 388 (1910). 
Diethyl succinate, Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
Dimethylaniline. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 385 (1905). 
Diphenyl. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Dodecane. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Dodecylene. Coblentz. Pub, Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


E 
Ecgonine hydrochloride. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 
Eserine. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 
Ethane. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Ethyl acetate. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
Ethyl alcohol. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
59 Pr Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 


< ss Rubens and v. Wartenberg, Deutsch. Phys. Ges, Verh., 13, 796 
, (1911). Phys. Zeit., 12, 1080 (1911). 
53 oF Angstrém. Ark. Mat. Astron. och Fysik, Stockholm, 8, No. 26, 1 
(1913). 


Ethyl butyrate. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
Ethyl cyanide. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Ethyl ether. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

PP Ae Rubens and v. Wartenberg. Deutsch. Phys. Ges. Verh., 13,796 (1911); 

Phys. Zeit., 12, 1080 (1911). 

Sy a v. Bahr. Ann. der Phys., 38, 206 (1912). 
Ethyl hydrosulphide. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Ethyl iodide. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Ethyl malonate. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
Ethyl oxalate. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
Ethyl propionate. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
Ethyl succinate. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

= A Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
Ethyl sulphate. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Ethyl sulphide. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Ethyl thiocyanate. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Ethyl isothiocyanate. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Ethylene. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

is Rubens and v. Wartenberg. Deutsch. Phys. Ges, Verh., 13, 796 (1911) ; 
Phys. Zeit., 12, 1080 (1911). 
Ethylene bromide, Coblentz, Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
N 2 


180 REPORTS O 


Ethylene glycol. Weniger. 
B-Eucaine. Spence. Astro 
Eucalyptol. Coblentz. Pu 
Eugenol. Coblentz. Pub. 


Glycerine. Coblentz. Pub 


N THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
phys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 
b. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


G 
. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


3 Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 


Hexadecane. Coblentz. P 
Hexadecylene. Coblentz. 


H 


ub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


Hexane. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Homatropine. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914), 
Hydrogen cyanide. Burmeister. Deutsch. Phys. Ges. Verh., 15, 589 (1913), 


Todoform. Coblentz. Pub 


I 
. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


L 


Limonene. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


Menthol. Coblentz. Pub. 


M 
Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


Mesitylene. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


Methane. Coblentz. Pub. 


9° 


” 


Methyl acetate. Coblentz. 
Weniger, 
Callow, L 


9° ” 


Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


yv. Bahr., Ann. der Phys., 33, 585 (1910). 
Rubens and v. Wartenberg, Deutsch. Phys. Ges. Verh., 18, 796 (1911). 
v. Bahr., Ann. der Phys., 38, 206 (1912). 


Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905), 
Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
ewis, and Nodder. Trans., 109, 55 (1916), 


Methyl alcohol. v. Bahr., Ann. der Phys., 33, 585 (1910). 


Weniger. 
ngstrom. 

(1913). 
Methyl butyrate. Weniger 


°° > 


Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
Ark, Mat. Astron. och Fysik, Stockholm, 8, No. 26, 1 


. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 


Methyl isobutyrate. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 

Methyl carbonate. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

Methyl chloride. Rubens and v. Wartenberg. Deutsch. Phys. Ges. Verh., 13, 796 
(1911); Phys. Zeit., 12, 1080 (1911). 

Methyl cyanide. See Acetonitrile. 

Methyl ether. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst. 35 (1905). 

Methy! hexy! carbinol acetic ester. Weniger, Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910), 


Methyl iodide. Coblentz. 


Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


Methyl propionate. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
Methyl salicylate. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Methyl thiocyanate. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


Methyl isothiocyanate. Co 


blentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905): 


Methyl isovalerate. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 


Methylaniline. Coblentz. 
Myricyl alcohol. Coblentz. 


Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


N 


Narcotine. Spence, Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 
Nicotine. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 


Nitrobenzene. Coblentz. 


Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905), 


Nitroethane. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


Nitromethane. Coblentz. 
p-Nitrosodimethylaniline. 

o-Nitrotoluene. Coblentz. 
p-Nitrotoluene. Coblentz. 


Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 181 


oO 


Octadecane. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Octadecylene. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Octane. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

Oleic acid. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


P 


Paraldehyde. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 85 (1905). 

Pentadecylene. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

Pentane. Rubens and v. Wartenberg. Deutsch. Phys. Ges. Verh., 13, 796 (1911) 
Phys. Zeit., 12, 1080 (1911). 

Phenol. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

Phenyl acetate. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

Phenyl Mustard Oil. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

Phenyl thiocyanate. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1909). 

a-Picoline. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

=a Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 
Pilocarpine. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 
Pinene. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

Piperidine. Coblentz. Pub.-Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

% Spence, Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 
Piperine. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 
Propionitrile. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., No. 35 (1905). 
Propyl alcohol. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
secPropyl alcohol. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
Propylene glycol. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
Pyridine. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 

i Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 

Pyrrol. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


Quinidine. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 
Quinoline. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
- Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 
Quinine. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 
» ‘sulphate. Spence. Astrophys. Journ., 39, 243 (1914). 


R 
Resin. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


Ss 
Safrole. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Sodium ethoxide. Weniger. Phys. Rev., 31, 388 (1910). 
Stearic acid. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


T 


Terpineol. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Tetrachloroethyiene. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Tetracosane. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Tetracosylene.  Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Thiophene. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Thymol. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Toluene. ,Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
»  Angstrém. Ark. Mat. Astron. och Fysik, Stockholm, 8, No. 26, 1 (1918), 
o-Toluidine. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Triethylamine. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


Vv 
n-Valeric acid. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Venice turpentine. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905), 


182 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


x 


o-Xylene. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
m-Xylene. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905), 
p-Xylene. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 
Xylidine. Coblentz. Pub. Carnegie Inst., 35 (1905). 


List of Organic Compounds of which the Fluorescence or Phosphorescence 
has been Measured. 


A 


Acetanilide. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
a-Acetnaphthalide. Fischer. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 305 (1908). 
B-Acetnaphthalide. Tischer. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 305 (1908). 
Acetone. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 661 (1908). 

a3 Gelbke. Phys. Zeit., 18, 584 (1912). 
Acetophenone. Goldstein. Deutsch. Phys. Ges. Verh., 12, 376 (1910). 
o-Aminobenzaldehyde. Baly and Krulla. Trans., 101, 1469 (1912). 
a-Aminonicotinic acid. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. Phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
a-Aminopyridine. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. Phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910), 
Aniline. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908), 

5 Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 

- v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 

es Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 166 (1912). 
Anilinoacetic acid. Ley andy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
o-Anisidine, Ley andv. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910), 
p-Anisidine. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Anisole. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 

5 Baly and Rice. Trans., 101, 1475 (1912). 
Anthracene. Elston. Astrophys. Jour., 25, 155 (1907). 


a v. Kowalski. Comptes Rendus, 145, 1270 (1907). 
. Stark and Meyer. Phys. Zeit., 8, 250 (1907). 

_ Fischer. Zeit. wiss, Phot., 6, 305 (1908). 

- McDowel. Phys. Rev., 26, 155 (1908). 

es Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
5 Stevenson. J. Phys. Chem., 15, 845 (1911). 


Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 166 (1912). 
Anthranilic acid. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Anthranol, Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 

33 Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 166 (1912). 
Anthraquinone. v. Kowalski. Comptes Rendus, 145, 1270 (1907). 
Azodicarbonamide, Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 661 (1908). 
Azodicarboxylic acid, potassium salt. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 661 (1908). 


a 


Benzamide. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
o-Benzbetain. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Benzene. Stark and Meyer. Phys. Zeit., 8, 250 (1907). 


5 Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908. 

45 Ley and v. Engelhardt, Zcit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 

5 Dickson, Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 166 (1912). 


Benzenesulphonic acid. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
Benzil. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 661 (1908). 
Benzoic acid. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
55 » _V. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 

Benzonitrile. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 

55 v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 
Benzophenone. Stark and Meyer. Phys. Zeit., 8, 250 (1907). 

_ Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 

“ Goldstein. Deutsch. Phys. Ges. Verh., 12, 376 (1910). 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORCANIC COMPOUNDS. 183 


Benzoylacetone. Leyandy, Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Benzyl alcohol. Ley and v, Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Benzyl chloride. Ley and v, Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910), 
Benzyl cyanide. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910), 
Benzylamine. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
5 v. Kowalski, Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 

Bromobenzene. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 

a Ley and y. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 


Cc 
Camphor. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 661 (1908). 
Camphorquinone. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 661 (1908). 
Catechol. Stark and Meyer. Phys. Zeit., 8, 250 (1907). . 
m-Chloroaniline, Ley and vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910), “* ~ 
o-Chloroaniline. Ley and y. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
p-Chloroaniline. Ley and vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Chlorobenzene. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
e Goldstein. Deutsch. Phys. Ges. Verh., 12, 376 (1910). 
oc Ley and y. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
o-Chlorophenol. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
o-Chlorotoluene. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
p-Chlorotoluene, Ley and vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910) 
Cinnamic acid. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Collidinedicarboxylic acid, ethyl ester. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys, Chem. 
74, 1 (1910). 
m-Cresol. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 
m-Cresol methyl ether. v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911), 
o-Cresol. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 
o- Cresol methyl ether. v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 
p-Cresol. Ley and vy. Engelhardt, Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 
p-Cresol methyl ether. v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 
a Cumene. v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 
Cymene. vy. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911), 


D 


Diacetyl. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 661 (1908), 

“¢ Gelbke. Phys. Zeit., 12, 584 (1912). 
Dibenzyl. Fischer. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 305 oars 

a Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
Dibromoanthracene. Fischer. Zeit. wiss. Phot. -, 6, 305 (1908). 
p-Dibromobenzene. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
p-Dichlorobenzene. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Diethyl ketone. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 661 (1908). 
Dihydroanthracene. Stevenson. 75 Phys. Chem., "15, 845 (1911). 
Dihydrocollidinedicarboxylic acid, ethyl ester. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. 

Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
p-Dimethylaminobenzaldchyde. Baly and Krulla. Trans., 101, 1469 (1912). 
Dimethyl aniline. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Dimethylanthranilic acid. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Dimethylfulvene. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 661 (1908). 
o-Dimethyltoluidine, Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit, phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
p-Dimethyltoluidine. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910), 
3°6-Dioxyxanthone. Stark and Meyer. Phys. Zeit., 8, 250 (1907), 

“ Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908), 

Diphenyl. Fischer. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 305 (1908). 

a Stark and Steubing, Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 

5 Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phos., 10, 166 (1912). 
Diphenyl ketone. Stark and Steubing, Phys. Zeit., 9, 661 (1908). 
Diphenylamine. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 

Ar Dickson, Zeit, wiss, Phot., 10, 181 (1912), 


184 * REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Diphenylmethane. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
55 Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 166 (1912). 
Durene. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 


E 


Eosin. Nichols and Merritt. Phys. Rev., 31, 381 (1910). 
Ethyl benzoate. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Ethylaniline. Ley and yv. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Ethylbenzene. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 

vy. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 
Behe loabeyauidompnooeale: acid, ethyl ester.  Gelbke. Phys. Zeit., 13, 584 (1912). 


E 


Fluorane. Stark and Meyer. Phys. Zeit., 8, 250 (1907). 
By Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
Fluorescein.| Stark and Meyer. Phys. Zeit., 8, 250 (1907). 
a3 Kaempf. Phys. Zeit,, 12, 761 (1911). 
ig Mecklenberg and Valentiner. Phys. Zeit., 15, 267 (1914). 
Fluorobenzene. Ley and vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem. ., 74, 1 (1910), 


H 


Hexamethylbenzene. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Hydrocinnamic acid. Sce B-Phenylpropionic acid. 
Hydroquinone. See Quinol. 


I 
Todobenzene. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
+ Ley and y. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
M 


Mandelic acid. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Mercurydiphenyl. Ley and y. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910), 
Mesitylene. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 

, v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 976 (1911). 

55 Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 166 (1912). 
Mesitylenic acid. Goldstein. Deutsch. Phys. Ges. Verh., 12, 376 (1910). 
Methyl ethyl ketone. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 661 (1908). 
Methylanthracene. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
Methylanthranilic acid. Ley and vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
o-Methyloxybenzoicacid. Leyand vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
p-Methyloxybenzoic acid. Leyand vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 


N 
Naphthalene. Stark and Meyer. Phys. Zeit., 8, 250 (1907). 
5 Fischer. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 305 (1908). 
.. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
es Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 


a Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 166 (1912). 
a-Naphthol. Fischer. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 305 (1908). 
5 Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
s Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 181 (1912). 
B-Naphthol. Fischer. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 305 (1908). 
7" Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
= Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 181 (1912). 
Naphthonitrile. Fischer. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 305 (1908). 
a-Naphthylamine. Fischer. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 305 (1908). 
. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
§. Dickson. Zeit, wiss. Phot., 10, 181 (1912). 
8-Naphthylamine. Fischer. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 305 (1908). 
5 Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
AS Dickson. Zeit, wiss. Phot., 10, 181 (1912). 


ON ABSORPTION SPECTRA OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS. 185 


Nitroaniline. Dzierzlicki and v. Kowalski. Bull. Akad. Sci., Cracovie, 5,724 (1909), 
o-Nitroaniline. Ley and y. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Nitrobenzene. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
o-Nitrophenol. Ley and vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
p-Nitrophenol. Ley and vy. Engelhardt. Zit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 


ce) 


Oxalosuccinonitrile. Gelbke. Phys. Zeit., 12, 584 (1911). 

m-Oxybenzoic acid. Ley and y. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910), 
2 Py. v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 

o-Oxybenzoic acid. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
# »  v.Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 

p-Oxybenzoic acid. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
a3 Pe v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 

Oxyhydroquinone. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 


P 
Phenanthrene. Elston. Astrophys. Journ., 25, 155 (1907). 
Ae v. Kowalski. Comptes rendus, 145, 1270 (1907). 
3 Stark and Meyer. Phys. Zeit., 8, 250 (1907). 


Fischer, Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 305 (1908). 
Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
A Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 166 (1912). 
Phenol. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
a Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. Phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 

a v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911), 

Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 181 (1912). 
Phenolphthalein. Stark and Meyer. Phys. Zeit., 8, 250 (1907). 

Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit.., 9, 481 (1908). 

Phenoxylacetic acid. Ley and y. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Phenylacetic acid. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 

eg a v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 
Phenylacetylene. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Phenylamidoacetic acid. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Phenylpropiolic acid. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
B-Phenylpropionic acid. Ley and vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Phenyltrimethylammonium chloride. Ley and y. Engelhardt. Zeit. baad Chem., 

74, 1 (1910). 
Phenyltrimethylammonium iodide. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 
74, 1 (1910). 

Phloroglucinol. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
Phorone. Stark and Steubing Phys. Zeit., 9, 661 (1908). 
Phthalamide. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Phthalic acid. Stark and Meyer. Phys. Zeit., 8, 250 (1907). 
Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
a Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Phthalic aldehyde. Goldstein. Deutsch. Phys. Ges. Verh., 12, 376 (1910). 
Phthalic anhydride. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Phthalide. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Propylbenzene. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 

He v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 
Pyridine. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
Pyrocatechol. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
Pyrogallol. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
Pyruvie acid. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 661 (1908). 


Q 
Quinine sulphate. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908), 
nc) Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 181 (1912), 
Quinol. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot , 10, 181 (1912). 
Quinol dimethylether. Baly and Rice. Trans., 101, 1475 (1912), 


39 39 


186 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Quinoline. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
ee Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
* Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 181 (1912), 
isoQuinoline. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910), 
Quinone. Stark and Meyer. Phys. Zeit., 8, 250 (1907). 
Quinonephthalein, Stark and Meyer. Phys. Zeit., 8, 250 (1907). 
as Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 


R 


Resorcin. Stark and Meyer. Phys. Zeit., 8, 250 (1907). 

aa Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
Resorcinol dimethylether. Baly and Rice. Trans., 101, 1475 (1912). 
Resorufin, Wick. Phys. Zeit., 8, 681 (1907); 8, 692 (1907), 

BS Nichols and Merritt. Phys. Rev. 31, 381 (1910). 


Ss 
Styrol. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 


T 


Tetrahydroquinoline. Ley and v. Engelhardt, Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
pp -Tetramethyldiaminobenzophenone. Baly and Krulla. Trans., 101, 1469 (1912), 
Tetramethyldiaminoxanthone. Stark and Meyer. Phys. Zeit., 8, 250 (1907). 
a Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 

Toluene. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 

is Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 

a v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 

53 Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 166 (1912). 
m-Toluic acid. Goldstein. Deutsch. Phys. Ges. Verh., 12, 376 (1910). 

se »»  v.- Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911) 

o-Toluic acid. v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 
p-Toluic acid. v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 
m-Toluidine. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
o-Toluidine. Ley and vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
p-Toluidine. Ley and vy. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
o-Tolunitrile. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
p-Tolunitrile. Ley and v. Engelhardt. Zeit. phys. Chem., 74, 1 (1910). 
m-Toluonitrile. v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 
o-Toluonitrile. v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 
p-Toluonitrile. v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 
Triphenylamine. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
Triphenylearbinol. Baly and Krulla. Trans., 101, 1469 (1912). 
Triphenylmethane. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 


AS Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 166 (1912). 
x 
Xanthone. Stark and Meyer. Phys. Zeit., 8, 250 (1907). 
55 Fischer. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 305 (1908). 


ee Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
m-Xylene. Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 
2 v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 
sg Dickson, Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 166 (1912), 

o-Xylene. Fischer. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 305 (1908). 

$5 Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908), 

es v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 

33 Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 166 (1912). 
p-Xylene. Fischer. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 6, 305 (1908). 

3 Stark and Steubing. Phys. Zeit., 9, 481 (1908). 

“5 v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911). 

a Dickson. Zeit. wiss. Phot., 10, 166 (1912). 
1.4.5-Xylenol. v. Kowalski. Phys. Zeit., 12, 956 (1911), 


ON FUEL ECONOMY. 187 


Fuel Economy.—First Report of the Committee, consisting of 
Professor W. A. Bone* (Chairman), Mr. E. D. Srmon* 
(Secretary), the Rt. Hon. Lorp Atuerton,* Mr. ROBERT 
ARMITAGE, Professor J. O. Arno~p, Mr. J. A. F. 
Aspinatt, Mr. A. H. Barker, Professor P. P. BrEpson, 
Sea. 2) Briney,* Sir Huen” Bern,*’ Mr. E..’ Bory, 
Dr. CHARLES CARPENTER,* Dr. DUGALD CLERK,* Professor 
H. B. Drxon, Dr. J. T. Dunn,* Mr. 8. Z. DE FERRANTI, 
Dr. WinLIAM GaLLoway, Professor W. W. HALDANE GEE, 
Professor THos. Gray, Mr. T. Y. GReENER,* Sir ROBERT 
HapDFIELD,* Dr. H. 8S. Heue-Suaw,* Mr. D. H. HELpPs, 
Mr. GrevitteE Jones, Mr. W. W. Lackire, Mr. MICHAEL 
Lonecripvce, Dr. J. W. Metior, Mr. C. H. Merz,* Mr. 
Rospert Monp,* Mr. Bernarp Moors, Hon. Sir CHARLES 
Parsons,* Sir RicHarD REDMAYNE,* Professor RIPPER, 
Professor L. T. O’SHma, Mr. R. P. Stoan, Dr. J. E. 
Sreap,* Dr. A. Srragan,* Mr. C. E. StTROMEYER, Mr. 
BenJaMIn TauBot, Professor R. THRELFALL, Mr. G. BLAKE 
WALKER, Dr. R. V. WHEELER, Mr. B. W. WINDER, 
Mr. W. B. WoopuHouse, Professor W. P. WYNNE, and 
Mr. H. JAmes YarTes,* appointed for the investigation of 
Fuel Hconomy, the Utilisation of Coal, and Smoke 
Prevention. 


Introduction. 


Tue national aspects of fuel economy may be considered from two 
somewhat different standpoints, namely, (1) in view of the economic 
situation created by the war, which will necessitate the general adop- 
tion of more scientific methods in the future development and utilisa- 
tion of the nation’s mineral reserves, and (2) in view of that remoter, 
but possibly not far distant, future when our available coal supplies 
will be restricted by approaching exhaustion. In approaching its task 
the Committee decided that it could best serve the national interest by 
concentrating its attention upon the more immediate aspect of the 
problem. 

It can hardly be questioned that the chief material basis of the great 
industrial and commercial expansion of this country during the past 
century has been its abundant supplies of easily obtainable coal, which, 
until recent years, has given us a position of advantage over all other 
countries. It is also equally true that we can no longer claim any 
advantage in this respect over our two closest competitors. 

There can be little doubt but that up to the present we have been 
wasteful and improvident in regard to our methods of getting and 
utilising coal, and that not only are great economies in both these 


Nove.—*Denotes a member of the Executive Committee. 


188 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


directions attainable, but also that the question of the general adoption 
of more scientific methods in regard to these matters is one of vital 
importance, in view of the trying period of economic recuperation 
which will immediately succeed the war. 

For some years before the war the average price of coal at the pit- 
head had been decidedly on the up-grade, owing chiefly to deeper 
workings, higher wages, and greater precautions for ensuring the safety 
of the mines. The result of the great coal strike of 1912, and the 
legislation which it provoked, was to accentuate this tendency. And 
if, as seems probable, prices continue to rise for some time after the 
war at an accelerated rate, as compared with the pre-war period, the 
question of the best utilisation of fuels will be of increasing importance 


- to the nation. 


If anything ought to arouse public opinion to the gravity of the 
situation, it is surely afforded by the statistics published in the Report 
upon the World’s Coal Resources, issued by the International 
Geological Congress in the year 1913. According to this estimate, the 
geographical distribution of the world’s total possible and probable 
reserves of coal of all kinds available within 6,000 feet of the surface 
(amounting in all to 7,397,553 million metric tons) may be represented 
diagrammatically as follows: 


"MOL 


Pe lAgS hs 3 


PERCENTAGES OF Worup’s Toran Coat Reserves. 


ON FUEL ECONOMY. 189 


STATES 


AUSTRALIA 


@ 
as 


23:5 
tu 

a 

oO 

te 

i 

<x 

ke 

Oo 

= 


UNITED 


57 
GERMANYE 2-6 | 
CANADA GTBRITAIN AUSTRALIA 


PERCENTAGES OF Wortp’s Toran Coat RESERVES. 


BRITISH EMPIR 


CANADA 


1G? BRITAIN 


The fact that the available reserves of coal in Great Britain only 
amount to about one-fortieth, whilst those of the whole Empire do not 
amount to more than about one-fourth, of the world’s estimated total, 
is one which ought to be brought home to everyone responsible for the 
economic development of our national and imperial resources, especially 
in view of the fact that the United States, whose competition in the 
immediate future will probably be much more severely felt than ever 
before, possesses more than half the estimated world’s coal, and that 
also in regard to the two prime considerations of quality and cost 
of production she probably compares favourably with Great Britain 
and the Empire. 

Moreover, it may be pointed out that in the United States both the 
Government and the University of Illinois have, for some years past, 
conducted numerous important chemical investigations and large-scale 
trials upon the character of the principal American coal seams and 
their adaptation for various economic ends, and that, in consequence, 
American manufacturers have at their disposal much more complete 
and systematic information about their country’s coal resources than 
is at present possessed by their British competitors. Also, the United 
States Government, which is continually extending its policy of the 
conservation of its natural resources, has already taken legislative 
steps to prevent the premature exploitation of the coalfields of Alaska. 


190 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Nor has Canada lagged behind her neighbour, as is proved by the 
recent exhaustive ‘ Investigation of the Coals of Canada with reference 
to their Economic Qualities,’ conducted at the McGill University, 
Montreal, under the authority of the Dominion Government, and 
published in the years 1912 and 1913 by the Department of Mines in 
six imposing volumes. No such comprehensive investigations have ever 
been undertaken in this country, where they are much needed. The 
Committee is of opinion that the example of the United States and 
Canada might be followed with advantage to the industrial community 
by the Government of Great Britain, and that representations should 
be made with the object of inducing the Government to provide adequate 
funds in aid of further researches and investigations upon the chemical 
character of the principal British coal seams, the best means for their 
future development in the national interest, and upon problems of fuel 
economy, including the utilisation of all the by-products obtainable 
from coal. 

The rapid increase during recent years in the world’s demands for 
coal is shown by the following approximate figures covering the ten 
years’ period immediately preceding the outbreak of war :— 


Approximate total 


Year Millions of Tons 
1903 s ‘ : 5 . . : 5 < P 800 
1908 . a 3 3 ' 3 3 5 : . 1,000 
1913 : 4 : : 3 ; é 3 is . 1,250 


From these figures it would appear that, during the period in 
question, the world’s demands have continuously increased at a com- 
pound interest rate of nearly 5 per cent. per annum. Another 
important fact is that these demands have been principally met by 
three countries, namely, the United States, Great Britain, and Ger- 
many, which, between them, have hitherto annually raised 83 per cent. 
of the total anthracite and bituminous coals consumed in the world. 
This being so, it is of interest to compare the relative rates of increase 
in the coal productions of these three countries during recent years, 
which may best be deduced from a comparison of quinquennial averages 
over a period of fifteen years, from 1900-1914 inclusive, as follows :— 


Coal Productions of the United States, Great Britain, and Germany— 
Quinquennial Averages 1900 to 1914. 


Millions of Tons per annum 


Period 
United States Great Britain Germany ! 
1900-04. 288-2 226'8 1125 
1905-09 . 400°5 256-0 * 139°8 
1910-14... 519°2 269°9 168°3 


1 Excluding Lignites and Brown Coals. 


ON FUEL ECONOMY. 191 


From these figures it may be inferred that up to the outbreak of 
the war the coal output of the United States was increasing annually 
at a compound interest rate of about 6 per cent., that of Germany at a 
compound rate of about 4 per cent., whilst the British output was 
increasing at a compound rate of 2 per cent. only. During the period 
1910-14 the United States produced nearly twice as much coal as 
Great Britain, and, assuming that these relative rates of increase are 
maintained after the war, it may be predicted that Germany’s output 
of coal will overtake that of Great Britain about twenty years hence, 
when each country will be producing some 420,000,000 tons per annum. 

The public cannot be too often reminded that not only is coal of 
prime importance as a fuel, but also that, when suitably handled by 
the chemist, it yields very valuable by-products, which are the raw 
materials of important industries. Thus from coal-tar, and other by- 
products of its distillation, are obtained the raw materials for the 
manufacture of both synthetic dyes and drugs and certain high explo- 
sives. Another important by-product obtainable is ammonia in the 
form of sulphate, which is chiefly used as a fertiliser in the production 
of foodstuffs. The use of artificial fertilisers, including ammonium 
sulphate, by agriculturists in Great Britain is still in its infancy, and 
the near future ought to see a large expansion in the home demands 
for nitrogenous fertilisers. 

Among other products obtainable by the low-temperature distillation 
of coal are liquid hydrocarbons of the paraffin and naphthene series, 
and it is probable that large quantities of ‘motor spirit’ could be 
manufactured in this country from coal. There is no doubt that we in 
this country have not been sufficiently alive to the importance of 
recovering such by-products from the raw coal raised in our mines, 
and that we have been very much behind Germany in this respect. 
Thus, for example, whilst in the coking industry modern by-product 
recovery plants had been universally installed years ago throughout 
Germany, we were, in 1913, still carbonising about six and a half 
million tons of coal annually for metallurgical coke in old-fashioned 
bee-hive ovens. Also, whereas our total production of ammonium 
- sulphate from coal was in 1913 about 318,000 tons, Germany produced 
nearly half a million tons from a very much smaller output of coal. 

The community needs to be reminded that, at least so far as this 
country is concerned, progress in fuel economy involves something 
more than increased thermal efficiency in respect of power production 
and of heating operations generally, important as these undoubtedly 
are. It also involves the whole question of the better utilisation of 
our coal, including the recovery of by-products and the consequent 
abolition of the smoke nuisance, which at present, directly and in- 
directly, costs the country many millions of pounds per annum. 

There are two outstanding features in the history of the British coal 
trade to which the Committee desires to draw attention. One is the 
remarkably steady increase in the total output of our mines, which, 
since 1870, has been maintained at an almost uniform compound 
interest rate of 2 per cent. per annum, as the following table of quin- 
quennial averages over a period of forty-five years—1870-1914—shows: 


192 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


British Outputs of Coal 1870-1914. 


Coal Production in Great Britain—Quinquennial Averages, 
1870 to 1914-—Millions of Tons per Annum. 


Calculated at 2 Proportion of | 
Period Average Output | per cent. Com- Total Output 

H | pound Interest Exported 
1870-74 . : 121°5 121°5 0-13 | 
1syeey9" f/00 133-6 : 131-1 0-146 | 
1880-84 . F 156°4 148-1 0-172 
1885-89 . : 165°2 163°5 0-200 
1890-94 . ‘ 180°3 | 180°5 0°220 
1895-99 . : 202-0 199°3 0°237 
1900-04 .° . 226°8 220-1 0-27 
1905-09... 256-0 243-0 0°31 
1910-14 . A 269°9 268-2 0°326 


| 


The second feature is the phenomenal growth of our export trade, 
which, during the past sixty years, has increased something like twenty- 
fold, both as regards the quantities and the values of coal exported. 
Moreover, its value relative to other values exported has, during the 
same period, increased fourfold, until at the outbreak of war it con- 
stituted about 10 per cent. of our total exported values. We were then 
actually transacting over 70 per cent. of the total sea-borne coal trade 
of the world. It must, however, be borne in mind that a considerable 
proportion of the exported coal supplies the needs of our mercantile 
marine. 

Another circumstance which demands attention is the fact that the 
proportion of the coal raised annually in the United Kingdom which 
is exported has been doubled within the past thirty-five years, trebled 
within half a century, and is still increasing. Three factors have 
operated in producing this result. One is the proximity of the finest 
coalfields to our ports, another is the increased demands for coal from 
Europe and South America, while a third has been the phenomenal 
growth of our mercantile marine. 

The foregoing figures for the total outputs of our mines by no~™ 
means represent the real rate of depletion of our available coal reserves. 
A vast amount of usable coal is left behind in the mine because, 
under present individualistic conditions, it does not pay to bring it to 
the surface. A larger profit on the capital of a colliery company can 
often be earned by working the better classes of coal and leaving the 
less valuable grades underground. According to figures issued in the 
Report of the 1905 Royal Commission on Coal Supplies, this wastage 
amounted to nearly 25 per cent. of the total raised in the larger coal- 
fields. The question of checking this wastage by finding out in what 
ways the less valuable grades can be turned to good account commer- 
cially is one of supreme national importance, and the Committee desires 
to draw special attention to it. Much of the coal now left behind in 
the mines ought to be converted into useful forms of energy and 
products for public purposes, and one of the most important aspects: 
of the fuel-economy problem in Great Britain is the devising and 


ON FUEL ECONOMY. 193 


organising of means for making it possible to raise this hitherto wasted 
coal at an economic advantage. 

So much for the general statistics of coal production. Coming now 
to the possible saving in the coal consumed annually in this country at 
the outbreak of the war (nearly 200,000,000 tons), it will be remembered 
that the 1905 Royal Commission on Coal Supplies found that the 
possible saving in our then annual coal consumption (167,000,000 tons) 
amounted to between forty and sixty million tons. There are many 
competent judges who consider that, notwithstanding the improved 
apparatus which has been put into use in the best factories throughout 
the country during the last ten years, the average result obtained for 
the country as a whole still lags behind the best obtainable to-day in as 
great a proportion as it did in 1905. It will be the business of this 
Committee (1) to estimate as nearly as may be the present possible 
margin of saving, and (2) to point out the particular directions in which 
it can be attained from a national point of view. 


Organisation of the Committee’s Work. 


Having regard to the magnitude of its work, and the fact that the 
coal question is one upon which almost every branch of manufacturing 
and transport industry is dependent, the original Committee of thirteen 
members appointed by the Association in October 1915 decided to 
exercise somewhat freely its powers of co-option, so as to make a 
General Committee sufficiently large and representative of all the 
important interests involved. 

For the more detailed and special study of particular aspects of the 
fuel question the enlarged General Committee resolved itself into the 
following five Sub-Committees, each of which subsequently elected its 
own Chairman and, subject to its reporting from time to time to the 
General Committee, proceeded to make such arrangements as seemed 
best for the prosecution of its work :— 

(A) Chemical and Statistical. 

(B) Carbonisation. 

(c) Metallurgical, Ceramic, and Refractory Materials. 
(p) Power and Steam Raising. 

(ce) Domestic Heating and Smoke Prevention. 

The General Committee next appointed an Executive Committee, 
composed of the Chairman and Secretary of tiie General Committee, 
the Chairman of each Sub-Committee (ez officio), and twelve other 
members, which could meet frequently in London for the discussion 
of matters relative to the organisation and co-ordination of the work of 
the Committee as a whole, to deal with matters arising out of the 
proceedings of the Sub-Committees which might require immediate 
action or decision, and to receive and consider communications either 
from Government Departments or Technical Associations concerning 
subjects under investigation by the Committee. 

The General Committee has met in London four times since its 
appointment in October 1915, the various Sub-Committees have each 
met about four times since their formation in January 1916, whilst 
the Executive Committee has met regularly on alternate Fridays since 
April 28 last. In all, thirty meetings have been held during the year. 

1916 fc) 


194 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


At the first meeting of the General Committee it was decided to 
organise a series of conferences of manufacturers and others interested 
in the fuel question in a number of the larger industrial centres, for the 
purposes of arousing interest in the work of the Committee, of inviting 
co-operation and suggestions from large users of fuel, and of educating 
public opinion in respect of the national importance of the question. 

The following six conferences have already been held :— 


Date Place Under the Auspices of 
1915 2 5 : 
: English Ceramic Society, 
cole eh een Ne cota { North Staffs Mining Tasetmee 
1916. 
March6 . .{]| London ._._. | London Section of the Society of Chemi- 
cal Industry. 
March 13... | Middlesbrough . | Cleveland Institution of Engineers. 
March 29. .{| Nottingham ._ . | Nottingham Section of the Society of 
Chemical Industry. 
April5 .  .| Manchester .  . | Manchester Section of the Society of 
Chemical Industry. 
April6 .  . {| Sheffield . .  . | Sheffield Society of Engineers and 
Metallurgists. 


All but one of the above meetings were addressed by the Chairman 
and one or more of the other members of the Committee, and the 
discussions which invariably followed were productive of valuable 
suggestions or information regarding local conditions which demand 
special consideration. It may be also mentioned that the Chairman 
lectured at the Royal Institution of Great Britain, on Thursdays, 
January 20, 27, and February 3 last, on ‘ The Utilisation of the Energy 
of Coal.’ 

In March last the Committee was asked by the newly formed 
Central Coal and Coke Supplies Committee of the Board of Trade to 
make suggestions as to economies in fuel consumption which could be 
made at the present time, and, as the result of further correspondence 
upon the matter, it was arranged that Sir Richard Redmayne should act 
as the representative of the Board of Trade Committee on this 
Committee. 

During the first year of its existence the attention of the Committee 
has been fully occupied with questions of organisation and a preliminary 
survey of the ground which must be explored later on. Already several 
important lines of investigation needing the co-operation of manufac- 
turers have been instituted and are well in hand. But the returns are 
in most cases not yet sufficiently complete to justify publication in the 
Report, and, in view of the importance of the interests and issues 
involved, the Committee feels that it would be premature to issue any 
detailed report on particular aspects of the fuel question until its 
inquiries have reached a more advanced stage than at present. 

The Committee recommends that it be reappointed to continue its 
investigations, as outlined and foreshadowed in this Report, and, in 
view af the considerable expense involved in carrying out such work, 
it feels justified in asking for a grant of 1001. 


ON FUEL ECONOMY. 195 


APPENDICES. 
The Work of the Sub-Committees. 


The following memoranda concerning the work of each of the five 
Sub-Committees will sufficiently indicate the various matters which are 
at present chiefly under consideration, and the arrangements which 
have been made for their future investigation. 


A. 


Chemical and Statistical Sub-Committee.’-—Dr. J. T. Dunn (Chair- 
man), Professor P. P. Bepson, Dr. W. Gattoway, Professor Tuos. 
Gray, Mr. T. Y. Greener, Professor L. T. O’SHea, Sir Ricuarp 
Repmayne, Dr. A. Strawan, and Dr. R. V. WHEELER. 


The Sub-Committee is preparing a memorandum and a biblio- 
graphy upon the question of the chemistry of coal, and is of the opinion 
that the time has now arrived for a re-inyestigation of the subject in 
order to clear up a number of outstanding points connected with the 
chemical constituents of coal, their mutual relations in the raw material, 
and their influence upon the character of the various products obtain- 
wble by its distillation or oxidation. Accordingly, some of its members 
have undertaken experimental work, partly on new lines and partly by 
way of check repetition, with the object of providing a basis for a more 
complete attack upon the subject in the near future. A group of 
research assistants is already working on the problem under Professor 
Bone’s direction in the Department of Chemical Technology of the 
Imperial College of Science and Technology, London. 

As an important part of the work, the Sub-Committee hopes later 
on to organise systematic investigations upon the chemical character of 
the principal British coal seams. Such an undertaking would, how- 
ever, involve considerable labour and expense, and the prospect of 
achieving any useful result will depend entirely on the amount of funds 
which may be forthcoming in support. The Sub-Committee is of the 
opinion that the resources both of existing laboratories which have been 
established within recent years in this country for the special investiga- 
tion of fuel problems, and of other laboratories where the technique of 
the subject has been developed, might be utilised more than they are 
at present in this connection, and that the time is ripe for the organisa- 
tion of a scheme of systematic co-operative research, aided by national 
funds, in which all such laboratories may participate. 

The Sub-Committee is also compiling statistical information relative 
to the different purposes for which coal is used, and has entered into 
communication with the Board of Trade upon the question, but the 
collection and analysis of such statistics has been greatly impeded by 
the war. 

Another important matter into which the Sub-Committee proposes 
to inquire is the amount of wastage due to coal which, for one reason 
or another, is at present left, behind in the pits. Part of such wastage, 


? The Chairman and Secretary of the General Committee are ex officio members 
of each Sub-Committee, 


0 2 


196 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


for example that due to the occurrence of faults in the coalfields, is 
unavoidable, but when all such allowance has been made, there un- 
doubtedly remains a large wastage in working which might be and 
ought to be avoided. A memorandum is being prepared on the reduc- 
tion of such wastage by the adoption of hydraulic stowing, a practice 
which, although in vogue on the Continent, has not yet been established 
in Great Britain. 


B. 


Carbonisation Sub-Committee.—Mr. T. Y. Greener (Chairman), 
Professor P. P. Benson, Sir G. T. Bemsy, Mr. E. Bury, Dr. CHaRLEs 
Carpenter, Dr. J. T. Dunn, Professor THos. Gray, Mr. D. H. 
Hewes, Mr. C. H. Merz, Professor L. T. O’SuHea, Dr. J. E. Sreap, 
Mr. G. Buaxe WALKER, and Dr. R. V. WHEELER. 


The total amount of coal carbonised in this Kingdom for the manu- 
facture of metallurgical coke or for towns’ gas in the year 1913 was 
probably about thirty-five to forty million tons, or approximately one- 
fifth of the total home consumption of coal for all purposes. 

According to a recent Parliamentary Return relating to all Autho- 
rised Gas Undertakings in the United Kingdom, the total quantity of 
coal carbonised for towns’ gas by 831 such undertakings in the year 
1913 amounted to 16,971,724 tons, from which 195,826 million cubic 
feet of coal gas were produced, or say, on the average, about 11,500 
cubic feet per ton of coal carbonised. There are a number of gasworks 
not included in this Parliamentary Return, and it is computed that 
they carbonise about one and a quarter million tons of coal per annum. 
Thus the total coal carbonised in gasworks throughout the Kingdom 
in the year 1913 would be about 18,200,000 tons. 

The amount of ammonium sulphate produced by gasworks in that 
time in the United Kingdom was officially given as 182,180 tons, which 
on the above basis would represent an average yield of about 22.4 pounds 
per ton of coal carbonised. 

No such complete returns are available in relation to the manufac- 
ture of metallurgical coke, but the amount of coal carbonised for this 
purpose in 1913 probably did not fall much short of twenty million tons. 
Of this coal, the larger proportion was carbonised in by-product ovens, 
producing, besides coke, tar, benzol, &c., some 133,816 tons of 
ammonium sulphate. Assuming an average yield of 22.5 pounds of 
ammonium sulphate per ton of coal, it would appear that approximately 
13.3 million tons were carbonised in by-product ovens, and probably 
about half that amount in bee-hive ovens. 

With regard to the coking industry, the Sub-Committee has already 
undertaken steps to secure a complete return of the number of by- 
product recovery ovens installed and working throughout the country, 
the character of each installation (whether waste heat or regenerative), 
its coking capacity, the description of the recovery plant connected 
with it (whether direct or indirect), the number of benzol recovery 
plants in operation, the quantities and yields of the by-products obtain- 
able, and the purposes for which waste heat and surplus gas are being 


ON FUEL ECONOMY. 197 


employed. When completed, this return will enable the Committee to 
arrive at an approximate estimate of the margins of possible economies 
in the shape of improved utilisation. of the coal carbonised which can 
now be effected in the coking industry and the directions in which 
further progress is likely to be made. 

A memorandum is also in course of preparation describing the more 
important developments of the by-product coking industry, from its 
inception until the present day. 

With regard to gasworks practice, inquiries have been instituted 
regarding the present practice in connection with the manufacture of 
towns’ gas, and for this purpose the Institution of Gas Engineers is 
officially represented on the Sub-Committee. It is also intended later 
on to consider the question of low-temperature carbonisation from the 
point of view of its possible economic results, but up to the present 
time so little authentic information is available that the Committee 
would welcome the offer of proper facilities to enable them to investi- 
gate the matter. 


C. 


Metallurgical, Ceramic, and Refractory Materials Sub-Committee.— 
Dr. J. EK. Sreap (Chairman), Mr. Ropery Armiracs, M.P., Professor 
J. O. Arnotp, Sir Hucn Betu, Bart., Mr. E. Bury, Sir RoBert 
HaprietpD, Mr. Grevitte Jones, Dr. J. W. Meutuor, Mr. Rospert 
Monn, Mr. Bernarp Moore, Mr. Bensamin Tausot, Mr. B. W. 
Winver, and Mr. H. James Yates. 


The amount of coal consumed in metallurgical, ceramic, refractory 
materials, and cognate industries probably amounts to approximately 
20 per cent. of the total home consumption. Of this, probably about 
three-fourths must be debited to the iron and steel industries. 

The Sub-Committee has taken steps to ascertain from some of the 
larger manufacturers data which will assist it in determining the actual 
amount of fuel which is being used on the average in the manufacture 
of the various brands of pig iron, spiegeleisen, ferro-manganese, &c., 
throughout the Kingdom. A memorandum is in preparation concern- 
ing the heat balance of a blast furnace of modern construction for the 
manufacture of Cleveland No. 3 and other pig irons, and a description 
will be given of the best methods now available for the utilisation of 
the surplus gases from such a furnace. Inquiries are also being made 
as to the results of the application of dry air to blast furnaces. 

In like manner a series of questions relative to fuel consumptions in 
steelworks has been prepared for circulation among the larger steel 
plants in the Kingdom, with a view to ascertaining both the present 
average consumption and the directions in which further economies 
may be looked for in the near future. In this connection the Sub- 
Committee will endeavour to draw up a statement as to the best lay-out 
and arrangement of a combined by-product coking, iron-smelting, and 
steel-making plant from the point of view of utilising as completely as 
possible surplus gases and waste heat, and thus realising the maximum 
fuel economy in the heavy-steel industry. 


198 REPORTS ON THE STATH OF ScIENCE.—1916. 


Similar inquiries will be instituted in regard t6 present-day practice 
and results in relation to (1) iron foundries, (2) manufacture of wrought 
iron, and (3) specialised steel industries. 

Two members of the Sub-Committee specially connected with the 
ceramic industry have undertaken to prepare a memorandum showing 
the average present practice and the possible margins of fuel economy in 
relation to that industry, and information is invited by the Sub-Com- 
mittee relative to glassworks and brickworks. 

The Sub-Committee desires to state that all information com- 
municated to it by individual manufacturers will be regarded as con- 
fidential,* and will be used merely as a basis for arriving at an approxi- 
mate estimate of the present average fuel consumption per unit of 
output in the particular industry to which the information relates. 


1. 


Power and Steam Raising Sub-Committee.—Mr. C. H. Merz 
(Chairman), Lord AuuErton, Mr. J. A. F. Aspinatu, Dr. Duaaup 
Cuerk, Mr. S. Z. pe Ferranti, Sir Ropert Haprietp, Dr. H. S. 
Heve-Suaw, Mr. W. W. Lacxiz, Mr. Micuarn Lonearinar, Mr. 
Rosert Monp, Hon. Sir Cuartes Parsons, Professor Rippsrr, 
Mr. R. P. Stoan, Mr. C, E. Srromeyer, Professor THRELFALL, 
Mr. G. Buaxe Waker, and Mr. B. W. Woopuovse. 


The special duty of this Sub-Committee is to investigate the 
economies in fuel which would result from the use of improved methods, 
and it has been decided to deal with the subject under the following 
heads :— 


(1) To consider (a) the amount of fuel consumed, and (b) the 
corresponding power developed in the United Kingdom 
under the following heads: Factories, Mines, Railways, 
Ships, and Steam Raising for other purposes than power. 

(2) To consider the present position of central electrical power 
plants and gas undertakings as regards power supply. 

(3) To discuss the relative merits of the present methods for 
producing power by steam, gas, oil, and petrol engines 
respectively. 

(4) To investigate the possible saving of fuel which might be 
effected (a) by improved plant, (b) by greater centralisa- 
tion of power production, (c) by co-ordination with metal- 
lurgical and other manufacturing processes, (d) by some 
measure of public control, (e) by better supervision, and 
(f) by the use of inferior grades of fuel which are at 
present wasted. 


While, on account of the magnitude of the subject and the amount 
of investigation involved, it is not possible at present to submit any 


8 It is suggested that all such information should be sent in the first instance to 
Professor Bone (Chairman of the General Committee), at the Imperial College of 
Science and Technology, London, who will classify and summarise it under either 
alphabetical letters or numerals in such a way that the names of the manufacturers 
or firms concerned will not be divulged to any of the members of the Committee. 


“ON FUEL ECONOMY. 199 


report, is may be mentioned that information has been sought as to 
the amount of fuel consumed and the corresponding power developed in 
such official publications as the Report of the Royal Commission on 
Coal Supplies in 1905, the Census of Production for the year 1907, and 
the Returns published annually by the Home Office for Mines and 
Quarries, and various Shipping and Customs Reports. But although, 
from such sources, fairly accurate figures can be obtained for the 
amount of coal used annually for industrial purposes and shipping, the 
corresponding figures of power produced are not obtainable from any 
published returns so far as can be ascertained. 

The average figure of five pounds of coal per horse-power hour 
which was given in the Report of the Royal Commission on Coal 
Supplies in 1905 was, we believe, deduced from returns from a number 
of typical industrial concerns where information could be obtained, and 
is is probable that this estimate did not exaggerate the actual coal 
consumption per horse-power hour at that time. 

In view of the impossibility of obtaining accurate returns of fuel 
consumption per horse-power hour from the whole of the power users 
in this country, it has been decided to investigate the matter by asking 
for detailed returns from typical factories in various trades and in 
different districts throughout the country, selected by members of the 
Sub-Committee who have special knowledge of particular trades. 

Special memoranda are in course of preparation on questions of 
organisation of power production for industrial and transport purposes, 
the use of large turbine and gas engines, and other important aspects 
of the power question. 


EK. 


Domestic Fuel Sub-Committee.—Mr. EK. D. Simon (Chairman), 
Mr. A. H. Barker, Professor H. B. Drxon, Professor W. W. 
HatpAneE Gee, Professor W. P. Wynne, and Mr. H. James Yates. 


The amount of coal actually consumed for domestic purposes in the 
United Kingdom probably does not fall far short of thirty-six million 
tons per annum—nearly one-fifth of the total consumption for all pur- 
poses in the Kingdom. To this would have to be added the ‘ coal 
equivalent ’ of the gas and electricity consumed for domestic purposes, 
if a correct estimate of the total domestic coal consumption is to be 
made. The Royal Commission of 1905 estimated that 50 per cent. of 
the coal consumed for domestic purposes might be saved by the 
installation of better appliances, so that there is clearly a vast field 
for economy. 

The whole question of domestic uses of fuel bristles with difficulties 
and complications. In the first place, it is necessary to discriminate 
between fuel or energy consumed in the kitchen for cooking and other 
similar purposes, and that applied for the heating of ordinary living- 
rooms. 

In the vast majority of the houses inhabited by the artisan popula- 
tion the kitchen fire or stove is the only place in the house where fuel 
is burnt; also in better-class houses it is only in the kitchen that fuel 


200 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


is burnt daily throughout the whole year. Hence it would appear that 
the kitchen is responsible for the greater part of our annual domestic 
fuel bill, and, therefore, the question of the relative efficiencies of 
kitchen ranges, gas and electric cookers, and hot-water supply apparatus 
assumes considerable importance. 

Again, the selection or recommendation of particular means or 
apparatus for domestic heating cannot always be based simply upon the 
question of thermal efficiency, because it also involves considerations 
of a physiological and even of a psychological character. Thus, for 
example, systems of central heating which have been recommended on 
grounds chiefly of thermal efficiency, and which are so universally used 
in America and on the Continent, are not usually acceptable to the 
average Englishman, who undoubtedly prefers to be warmed by the 
radiation from a bright fire. 

This being so, the Sub-Committee feels that it will be wise to 
recognise at the outset that there is probably no single solution of the 
domestic heating problem which is likely to be universally adopted 
within any measurable period of time; and that, therefore, it should 
preferably concentrate its efforts upon questions of more immediate 
practical importance. 

It will be generally agreed that any reform in domestic fuel con- 
sumption should aim at achieving one or more of the following objects, 
namely :— 


(1) Actual reduction in cost of domestic heating, either in the 
form of direct saving of fuel or labour, or both; 


(2) Mitigation or abolition of the domestic smoke nuisance; and 
(3) Better hygienic conditions in living-apartments generally. 


The Sub-Committee can perhaps best discharge its duties by con- 
sidering how far the various systems now available for domestic heat- 
ing fulfil such requirements, and how they may severally be installed 
and operated to the best advantage. 

Tn order to do this the Sub-Committee has arranged for experiments 
to be carried out with the object of determining how to produce in a 
given room suitably warm and healthy conditions at a minimum cost 
and with a minimum production of smoke, and how such conditions 
may be defined for any particular room. Also, experimental work is 
being carried out upon the relative efficiencies of coal fires, gas fires, 
electric heaters, and the like. 

Inasmuch, however, as in this country the use of the open coal fire 
will probably continue for some time to come, and as there are un- 
doubtedly great economies to be immediately realised by the wider adop- 
tion of improved fire-grates, the Sub-Committee will pay special atten- 
tion to the question of improvements in the construction and installa- 
tion of such grates, to which the attention of architects, builders, and 
the public generally ought to be drawn. 

Arising out of the present extensive use of solid fuel in domestic 
fires, the Sub-Committee will also consider the important question of 
the prospects of substituting for raw coal some form of carbonised fuel 


ON FUEL ECONOMY. 201 


(semi-coke or coke). There can be no doubt but that if such a sub- 
stitution could be effected, without either increasing the domestic coal 
bill or involving some other disadvantage, not only would there be a 
great addition to the amount of valuable by-products annually obtained 
from coal consumed in the Kingdom, but also the smoke nuisance in 
our large centres of population would be materially reduced. 

Work on these lines is being carried out in the Department of Heat- 
ing and Ventilating Engineering at the University College, London, at 
the Municipal School of Technology, Manchester, and at the Depart- 
ment of Chemical Technology at the Imperial College of Science and 
Technology, London. 


The Botanical and Chemical Characters of the Eucalypts and 
their Correlation.—Second Report of the Committee, con- 
sisting of Professor H. E. Armstrona (Chairman), Mr. 
H. G. Smiru (Secretary), Mr. E. C. ANDREWS, Mr. R. T. 
Baker, Professor F. O. Bowser, Mr. R. H. CAMBAGE, 
Professors A. J. Ewart and C. E. Fawsitt, Dr. HEBER 
GREEN, Dr. CUTHBERT Hau, Mr. J. McLuckisz, Professors 
ORME Masson, E. H. RENNIE, and R. Rosinson, and 
Mr. P. R. H. St. Joun. 


[Piate IT.] 


Durine the year the Committee has held three meetings in Sydney, 
at which methods of procedure and results were discussed. 

Mr. John McLuckie, M.A., B.Sc., of the Botanical Department, 
Sydney University, was added to the Committee. 

Much of the official year had passed away before the Committee 
in Australia knew that its first Report had been accepted for printing 
and that the Committge had been reappointed with a grant of £30. 

The serious drain on the young Australian scientists caused by the 
war has also been a factor in preventing the completion of certain 
work which it is considered desirable should be undertaken, so that 
no claim is made in the present Report upon the grant. The Committee 
ask to be reappointed, and that at least the sum allocated to them lest 
year may again be placed at their disposal. 

Work has been done during the year on 

(a) the phenols in Eucalyptus oils; 

(b) ihe Famaion in the amounts of the constituents of Eucalyptus 

oils ; 

(c) Eucalyptus Australiana and its peculiarities. 


(a) The Phenols in Eucalyptus Oils. 


In the first Report it was stated that two distinct phenols were 
present in Eucalyptus oils (No. 10 in previous Bibliography), though 
only in very small quantities. 

One of these phenols, Tasmanol, has now been isolated from the 


202 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


oils in several species of the ‘ peppermint’ and ‘ashes’ groups. 
Tasmanol is a liquid; it contains a methoxy-group and gives a 
characteristic colour with ferric chloride. It is usually associated with 
the ketone piperitone. The prepared oils from all the members of the 
‘groups mentioned are water-white, so that a possible reason is suggested 
for the occurrence of the two classes of Eucalyptus oils, those which 
are colourless and those tinged yellow. 

The botanical characters of the species yielding oils which contain 
Tasmanol are also in agreement with this chemical character; thus 
the anthers are kidney-shaped (Renanther@) ; the lanceolate leaves have 
the venation type 3,* the timbers are white in colour, while the per- 
sistent portion of the fibrous barks is either that known as ‘ pepper- 
mint’ or allied to this; the kinos contain neither Hudesmin nor Aroma- 
dendrin. 

The presence or absence of cineol in the oils appears to have no 
directing influence, as oils equally rich in cineol may contain either 
phenol or perhaps both. 

The second phenol, which occurs in the other large group of oils, 
has now been isolated in sufficient quantity to demonstrate its crystal- 
line form. The accompanying photograph shows the crystals of natural 
size. These crystals were obtained from the phenol extracted from 
about 60 lb. of the crude oil of Hucalyptus Woollsiana. 

It would be necessary to treat several hundreds of pounds of oil 
of the appropriate species to obtain sufficient of this crystallisable 
phenol to enable its chemical composition to be determined. It does 
not, so far, appear that it contains a methoxy-group; in this respect 
it differs from Tasmanol. 

The crystallisable phenol is associated with the aldehyde Aroma- 
dendral in the oils of the typical ‘ Boxes,’ the group to which Euca- 
lyptus Woollsiana belongs; piperitone is absent; it possibly occurs 
also in the cineol-pinene oils from which both the ketone and the 
aldehyde are absent or only present in traces. 


(b) The Variation in the Amount of Constituents in Eucalyptus Oils 
in Material of Various Ages. 


There has long been some uncertainty on this point; it is now 
recognised, however, that the various products from particular species 
of Eucalyptus are remarkably constant from a chemical point of view, 
so much so that botanical diagnosis is assisted by their determination. 

Differences in the amounts of the oily constituents of particular 
species are, however, to be expected, although in the case of Eucalypts 
the variation is but slight, particularly when the material has been 
collected as for ordinary distillation. This fact is now recognised 
commercially and standards have been founded upon it. 

Eucalyptus Smithi, the species chosen for these experiments, 
affords results from which a very good idea can be formed of the extent 
of variation to be expected in oils from trees of different ages. 


* These types-of venation are illustrated in the first Report. 


British Association, 86th Report, Newcastle, 1916.} [Puate II. 


Crystallised Phenol from the Oil of Hucalyptus Woollsiana. 


Illustrating the Report on the Botanical and Chemical Characters of the 
Eucalypts and their Correlation. 
[To face page 202. 


BOTANICAL AND CHEMICAL CHARACTERS OF THE EUCALYPTS. 203 


The oil from this species of Eucalyptus belongs to the cineol-pinene 
group and the leaf has a venation of type 2. The oil contains cineol 
in larger amount, perhaps, than is found in that of any other species 
and has a less percentage amount of the constituents which are 
generally considered of an. objectionable nature, as, for instance, the 
aldehydes, sesquiterpenes, &c. 

The following tables illustrate the rate of diminution of the terpene 
and the corresponding increase in cineol as the trees grow older; but 
it may be observed that the figures published fourteen years ago for 
the oil of this species agree most closely with those now given for 
general material, although the foliage was collected over a hundred 
miles from the locality where the later material was gathered. 

Extended data as well as numerous illustrations are given in the 
‘Journal of the Royal Society of New South Wales,’ August 1915. 


TaBe I. 
(a) Leaves from lopped trees, seven months’ erowth; collected May 
(b) ae lopped trees, fifteen months’ growth; collected May 
(c) oe seedlings, twelve months’ growth; collected June 
(d) Leaves, tom seedlings two and a half years old; collected July 


(e) Leaves from cultivated tree at Marrickville; collected June 1915. 

(f) Leaves from general material, partly young; collected January 1915. 
(g) Leaves from general material; collected three weeks later than (f). 
{hj Leaves from old trees; collected March 1913. 


The constants, &c., given by the crude oils from the above material 
were as follow :— 


Tass II. 
Specific : ' Solubility in) Saponifi- ; 
3 . Refractive | . Cineol 
— Gravit Rotation a ,70perCent.| cation 
at 15°C, ‘ Index Alcohol | Number | Per Cente 
| Required 

a) 0:9098 + 7°6° 14636 1:6 vols. 48 67:4 
at 20° 

(b) 0°9157 + 6°5° 1:4635 AeDirisss 56 74:2 
; at 20° 

(c) 0°9116 + 9:2° 1:4650 el ss 1:3 61:5 
at, 19° 

(a) 09139 + 76° 1:4634 14 ,, Al 69:0 
at 18° 

(4) 0:9198 + 4%° 1:4672 1 ee 27 750 
at 16° 

(f) | O9156 # 53° 1°4571 ii; 3°3 80-7 
at 26° 

(9) 09154 + DALE 14574 els a5 3:1 79:0 
at 25° 

(h) 0°9210 + 42° 14604 bot 345 1:3 85:2 
; at 22° 


204 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF ScIENCE.—1916. 


The cineol was determined by the resorcinol method, in all cases in 
the redistilled portion of the freshly obtained oil boiling below 190°. 
The alcohol for solubilities was 70 per cent. by weight. 


(c) ‘Eucalyptus Australiana’ (sp. nov.) and its Peculiarities. 


This species is plentifully distributed in New South Wales and 
Victoria. It is known vernacularly as ‘ Black peppermint,’ ‘ Narrow- 
leaf peppermint ’ and also as ‘ Messmate.’ Although morphologically 
this tree shows great resemblance to Hucalyptus amygdala of 
Tasmania, yet the two trees are not identical. The yield of oil given 
by the Australian trees is remarkably high, sometimes reaching as 
high as 44 per cent., from leaves with terminal branchlets. This oil 
has abnormal characters, due largely to the presence of an alcohol, 
of high boiling point, at present undetermined; the amount of 
this alcohol appears to be fairly constant. Phellandrene, which is 
present to a pronounced extent in the oil from higher altitudes, 
diminishes considerably in amount when the species grows naturally at 
a lower level, the cineol increasing correspondingly in amount. It 
was discovered several years ago that the cineol content of the oil 
from this species could be raised if the oil were fractionally separated 
when the leaves were being distilled. This fact has now commercial 
value and much of the water-white Eucalyptus oil containing about 
70 per cent. cineol, which has recently reached the London market, 
has been prepared from this species in this way, the oil coming over 
during the first hour being sold as a pharmaceutical oil, that which 
distils later being used for other commercial purposes. It has been 
found that this ‘ first-hour oil’ is remarkably constant in general 
characters ; numerous analyses, made in Sydney, show that if separated 
at the first hour the figures have the following range :— 


Relative density at 15° C.=0°9179 to 09211. 
Rotation *p=1°3° to +1°79. 

Solubility in 70 per cent. alcohol 1:05 to 1:15 volumes. 
Refractive index at 20° C.=1'4614 to 1:4636. 


Analyses of the second-hour oil gave 11°4 as saponification number 
for the ester and 95:1 for the acetylated oil. In the case of the third- 
hour oil the figures were 9°4 and 124°5 respectively. 

It is very probable that this species of Eucalyptus will eventually 
become of even greater economic importance as an oil-producing plant 
than it is at the present time. (For further information see ‘ Journal 
of the Royal Society of New South Wales,’ December 1915.) 

Besides this species a few others have been described recently and 
named by Mr. Maiden, but the products these gave have not yet been 
chemically examined. 


ON BROWN COAL. 


205 


Brown Coal.—Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor 
OrME Masson (Chairman), Mr. P. G. W. Bayty (Secre- 
tary), and Mr. D. Avery, on the Utilisation of Brown Coal 


Bye-Products. 


Ow1ne to pressure of work arising out of war conditions, no further 
work has been done in connection with experiments in the utilisation 


of brown coal. 


The work will, however, be set in hand at an early date, as the 
importance of the investigation is emphasised by the necessity for 


developing our raw products. 


The deposits of brown coal in Victoria (Australia) are enormous, 
covering several hundreds of square miles and varying in thickness 


up to 800 feet. 
The analysis of the coal may be taken as 


Nitrogen 
The recovered distillation products are :— 


(1) Ammonium sulphate 
(ee 
(3) Gas, 360 B.T.U. . 
(4) Carbonaceous residue 


Per cent. 
53-00 
24-50 
21-50 

1-00 


100-00 
0-30 


30 lb. per ton. 
68-5 lb. per ton. 
9,140 cubic feet. 


"560 Ibs. 


The experiments in hand deal with the best form of retort or 
generator, and the examination of the tar for various oils and paraffins. 
The question of briquetting will also be reviewed. 


The Old Red Sandstone Rocks of Kiltorcan, Ireland.—Interim 
Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor GRENVILLE 
A. J. Cone (Chairman), Professor T. JoHNsoNn (Secretary), 
Dr. J. W. Evans, Dr. R. Kipston, and Dr. A. SMITH 
WoopwakD, appointed for the Exploration thereof. 


Foitiowine the publication of the Interim Report made in 1915, 
approved sets of duplicate specimens of Archeopteris and Bothro- 
dendron in various stages have been sent, at the receiver's expense, 
to educational institutions in Canada, the United States, South Africa, 
and New Zealand. No applications have as yet been made by museums 
or universities in the United Kingdom. 

The most interesting addition to our knowledge of the Kiltorcan 
flora during the year has been the discovery of seeds and pollen-grains, 


206 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 
the attribution of which to Ginkgophyllum or some other genus is still 
under investigation. 

The Committee asks for reappointment, with a grant of 41. 


The Plant-bearing Cherts at Rhynie, Aberdeenshire.—Report of 
the Committee, consisting of Dr. J. Horne (Chairman), 
Dr. W. Macxig (Secretary), and Drs. J. 8. Fuerr, W. T. 
Gorpon, G. Hickuinc, R. Kipston, B. N. Pracu, and 
D. M. S. Watson, appointed to excavate Critical Sections 
therein. (Drawn up by the Chairman and Secretary.) 


CONTENTS. 
PAGH 
I. Introduction . : 5 : : : : : E . 206 
II. Investigations of the Committee 4 - : 5 4 : . . 209 
A. Record of Evidence in the Trenches : = : : : : . 209 
B. Evidence from other Sections in the Area . 5 . : : . 211 
i. Glamlach Burn . - J : : : ‘ 5 . 211 
ii. Hasaiche Burn . : 3 5 A 3 5 : : . 211 
iii. Roadside Section 5 4 . : = : 3 " . 213 
III. Conclusions . 5 : - : 5 : - 5 : 5 . 215 
Report on the Plants. By Dr. Kipston, F.R.S. . ; : . 2 - 216 


I. Introduction. 


Tur Rhynie Old Red Sandstone outlier was first described in detail by 
Sir Archibald Geikie in his comprehensive paper on ‘The Old Red 
Sandstone of Western Europe.’! He divided the beds into the following 
zones in descending order :— 

6. Greenish grey shales, with beds of flagstone. Dryden. 

5. Thick group of hard pale grey and reddish or purplish ‘sandstones, with 
occasional pebble beds, and numerous pipes, ‘galls,’ and irregular veinings of red clay. 
Rhynie quarries, Burn of Craig, about 1,000 feet. 

4. Band of diabase-porphyrite, seen between Contlach and Auchindoir Manse. 

3. Very soft and crumbling, grey and red, pebbly sandstones, and conglomerates of 
well-rounded pebbles, with bands of red shale, 300 or 400 feet, seen below Glenbogie, 
where the valley is cut out of this soft series. 

2. Red shales, with caleareous red nodules, 40 or 50 feet; seen in small ravine to 
east of Glenbogie. 

1. Band of red and yellow conglomerate and breccia, sometimes with calcareous 
cement. This lowest deposit immediately underlies the shales at the last-named 
locality, and rests on the crystalline rocks. 

The highest division (Dryden Flags) is practically the only one that 
falls within the scope of this report. 

The beds of the Rhynie outlier are seen to lie unconformably on 
the igneous rocks (diorites and granites), and the members of the 
metamorphic series of West Aberdeenshire along the eastern margin 
of the area, and to dip at fairly uniform angles of 15° to 20° to the 
west, where they are cut off by a fault running north and south which 
throws down the whole series against the clay-slates, grits, and diorites 
on the west. 


1 Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. xxviii. p. 423. 


ON THE PLANT-BEARING CHERTS AT RHYNIE, ABERDEENSHIRE. 207 


The area was surveyed in detail by the Geological Survey, and the 
results, which confirm the conclusions previously arrived at by Sir 
Archibald Geikie as to the order of succession of the strata, are repre- 
sented in the one-inch map (Sheet 76) published in 1886, and are briefly 
described in the explanatory memoir to that sheet published in 1890. 
The classification adopted in the memoir is given below ? :— 


(5) Dryden flags and shales. 

(4) Quarryhill sandstones. 

(3) Tillybrachty sandstones with volcanic zone. 
(2) Lower red shales with calcareous bands. 
(1) Basal breccia and conglomerate. 


Karly in 1910 Dr. Mackie became aware that a narrow strip of 
sedimentary and volcanic rocks occurs to the west of the boundary 
fault as laid down on the Geological Survey Map (Sheet 76). This 
strip is situated about a quarter to half a mile due west of the village 
of the Muir of Rhynie, and extends both north and south of the Rhynie 
and Cabrach road. These beds present a much more ancient-looking 
facies than the Old Red Sandstone strata east of the fault, and were 
found on examination in detail to include cherts, silicified grits and 
conglomerates, together with a very acid andesite or rhyolite, which 
also shows silicification in places. The results were described by 
Dr. Mackie in a preliminary paper communicated to the British 
Association at the Dundee meeting in 1912,° and in greater detail 
in a paper read before the Edinburgh Geological Society in 
November 1913.4 In addition to the series there described, Dr. 
Mackie brought to light a distinct band of volcanic ash just 
above the rhyolite and between it and the ‘ Upper Grit’ of the same 
series. Late in 1912—too late for inclusion in the British Association 
paper—numerous blocks of a fine black chert were discovered by 
Dr. Mackie lying loose on the surface or built into the stone dykes 
along the sides of the adjacent fields. These appeared to radiate from 
a centre about seventy-five yards east of the bend of the road leading 
to Windyfield farmhouse. They were traced eastward for about three 
hundred yards, but up to that time they had nowhere been found in 
place. Their cherty character was at first the main point of interest, 
and for that reason, in the absence of field evidence of their strati 
graphical position, they were naturally supposed to belong to the 
silicified ‘ Older Series ’ to the west of the Old Red Sandstone boundary 
fault. Between the date indicated and October 1913 numerous micro- 
sections of the chert were examined by Dr. Mackie, which proved 
to be exceptionally rich in plant remains in a remarkably perfect 
state of preservation. These were at once placed in the hands of 
Dr. Kidston for description in detail, and a brief account of them 
drawn up by him is appended to this report. Dr. Mackie believes that 
the microscopic sections of the plant-bearing cherts also show remains 
of small crustacea, which are still under investigation. 


* Explanation of Sheet 76 (Mem. Geol. Sur.), p. 27. 

3 British Assoc. Report, Dundee 1912, p. 467. 

“*The Rock Series of Craigbeg and Ord Hill, Rhynie, Aberdeenshire,’ 
Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc. vol. x. part 2, p. 205. 


208 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Rhy- Rhyolite 
LGr. = Lower Grits 
Up. Gr = Opper Grits 


Lys . 
Le | Dryden shales} 


4} Planty chert 


7 
¢ 


Scale 
(a) 500 1000 1500 Feet 


Explanation of Signs ° 
<—Dip of strata, XUighly inclined strata,——Vertical strata 
—— — Faults shown thus 


Fic. 1.—Map showing the sites of the trenches 1 to 12, and position of the 
roadside section at Craigbeg. 


ON THE PLANT-BEARING CHERTS AT RHYNIE, ABERDEENSHIRE. 20% 


In October 1913, Mr. D. Tait, of the Geological Survey, at the 
instance of the Assistant-Director, Dr. Flett, visited the area and made 
several excavations with the view of fixing definitely the stratigraphical 
position of these plant-bearing cherts. He proved their position within 
the Old Red Sandstone area and about two hundred yards east of the 
boundary fault, as laid down in the Geological Survey Map (Sheet 76). 
The main locality is in the position of Trench No. 1 of the accompanying 
map (Fig. 1). His results are summarised in his report, which is 
quoted in Dr. Mackie’s paper communicated to the Edinburgh Geological 
Society.* His conclusion was that these plant-bearing cherts belonged 
to the Old Red Sandstone. For reasons given in the paper referred to, 
Dr. Mackie could not accept that conclusion, and the present investiga- 
tion was undertaken with the view of determining the exact strati- 
graphical position of the plant-bearing cherts. 


IL. Investigations of the Committee. 


As the field of investigation lies almost wholly on agricultural land, 
the trenches had to be covered up by the end of March 1916. The work 
was much interrupted by unfavourable weather. Fortunately only a 
small part of the work as originally planned was not carried out. 
The Committee hope to be able to overtake the remainder in the late 
autumn of this year or nearly next spring, with the aid of a grant from 
the Royal Society. The work was conducted throughout under the 
personal supervision of Mr. Tait, of the Geological Survey. 

The area of investigation hes to the west of the village of Muir of 
Rhynie. About a quarter of a mile from the centre of the village, and 
about*a hundred yards to the N.W. of the bridge of the Easaiche Burn 
(see fig. 1), a small ditch between two fields occurs on the N.E. side of 
the road. This ditch was made the datum line for measurement from 
the road in a northern direction, while the road itself from the end of 
the ditch was made the line of measurement in an east and west direc- 
tion. As many blocks of the chert were found lying along the margins 
of this ditch, it was cleared out and the rocks in place were exposed at a 
distance of about fifty yards N.E. from the road. The chert band was 
found in the ditch. A bed of clay was also found below it. The section 
in the ditch remains as a record of the work of the Committee. 


A. Record of Evidence in the Trenches. 


The following are the records of the various trenches as drawn up 
by Mr. Tait. Their positions are indicated on the accompanying map 
(fig. 1):— 

Trench No. 1.—In first field north of Easaiche Bridge, on south-east 
side of path and ditch separating the two fields, and 178 feet north-east 
of road. ‘This trench is 38 feet long and about 3 feet wide. Its greatest 
depth is 64 feet. The plant-bearing chert, which is about 8 feet in 
thickness, projects upwards to within 6 inches of the surface of the 
field and dips at an angle of 45° to the north. 


* “The Rock Series of Craigbeg and Ord Hill, Rhynie, Aberdeenshire,’ 
Trans. Edin. Geol. Soc, vol. x. part 2, p. 223. 
1916 P 


210 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—191€. 


Soil and subsoil varies from 6 inches to 6} feet (thickness).® 
Feet Inches 


O— (1) Cherty sandstone with carbonaceous fragments 
N— (2) Cherty sandstone with lenticles of chert 
M— (3) Chert with thin bands of sandstone 
L— (4) Chert with sandy layers. 
K— (5) Bedded cherty sandstone 
I— (6) Sandy chert, lenticular . 
H— (7) Bedded cherty sandstone, dark- coloured 
G— (8) Chert . 5 
F— (9) Sandy chert 
E—(10) Chert . 
D—(11) Cherty sandstone, dark. coloured 
C—(12) Clayey shale . 3 
B—(13) Chert . 
A’—(14) Dark cherty sandstone with carbonaceous markings 
A'’—(15) Chert . : : . . “ : ; 
(16) Grey clay : 
(17) White plastic clay, greenish tint and rusty spots, bedding 
obscure, but more distinct near bottom . 2 — 
(18) Clay or clayey shale not so light in colour as that above 2 — 


Trench No. 2.—lower trench in upper field (second field) north of 
Fasaiche Bridge. 


ee Ease maya 
HE wacwwraweawl oan 


Feet Inches Feet Inches 
Surface : 213 — Chert blocks, fractured and 
Yellow clay, ? in place. et2, — confused . ; ot — 
Solid bed of chert, 2-3 feet . 3 — Light-coloured clay - ot — 


Dips of 50° to 60° to the north-east were indicated. 
Trench No. 3.—Section in trench in upper field (second field), north 
of Easaiche Bridge, 70 feet north-east of road, and 180 feet north-west 


of the ditch separating the lower from the upper field. Thicknesg* 
Feet Inches 

Surface material : Z : A ; F Pies | 
(1) Greenish-yellow clay . : ; - , : aes. 


=| | 


(2) Red ochrey clay . — 

(3) Sandy chert and cherty sandstone i in beds VW’ to a” and 

in small pieces . : 3 1 — 

(4) Greyish shale with pale and yellow bands : nly Mee -- 

(5) Yellowish clayey shale with grey bedding lines. ee — 

(6) Yellow plastic clay, ochrey at base, bedding obscure 1 — 

(7) Banded dark-grey and yellow clayey shale, micaceous . 2 — 
(8) Hard, dark-brown, well-bedded sandstone with carbon- 
aceous films on bedding planes, and with blebs of 

black chert often } inch in size . : - 5 _ -10 

(9) Chert, lenticular, with plant remains . : : _ -5 

(10) Dark cherty sandstone . : n ; - _ -8 

(11) Dark carbonaceous shale, micaceous qe 9 

(12) Chert with plant remains and dark cherty sandstone — -6 

(13) Cherty sandstone, much broken 5 a -10 

(14) Chert with plant remains . ; 4 : : — -3 

(15) Chert, much broken, sandy . _ -5 
(16) Solid, massive bed of chert with brecciated internal 

structure . sate 6 

Loose blocks of chert not im situ at greater depth . _— ? 


Dips 50° to 55° to the east-north-east. 


® The capital letters A to O in the section of Trench No. 1 have been used 
by Dr. Kidston and Professor Lang to indicate the various sub-zones of the 
cnet in their joint paper ‘On Old Red Sandstone Plants showing Structure 
from the Rhynie Chert Bed, Aberdeenshire,’ communicated to the Royal Society 
of Edinburgh on July 3, 1916, 


ON THE PLANT-BEARING CHERTS AT RHYNIE, ABERDEENSHIRE. 211 


Trench No. 4.—In first field north of Easaiche Bridge, on south-east 
side of ditch, and 250 feet north-east of road. 

A greenish and yellowish clayey and micaceous shale, with brown 
bands, was met with at a depth of 8 feet. This was weathered into a 
soft material that could be dug with a spade. The bedding planes indi- 
cated a dip to the north at 35°. 

Trench No. 5.—In first field north of Easaiche Bridge, on south-east 
side of ditch, and 300 feet north-east of the road. This trench was 6 feet 
deep. At its north end, near the bottom, reddish clayey shale was 
found; at its south end, greenish shale. The rock was very much 
decomposed, but the fragments, often flat or lenticular in shape, dipped 
to the north. The section was not a good one, but there is little doubt 
that this material is in situ here. 

Trench No. 6.—In first field north of Easaiche Bridge, on south-east 
side of ditch, and 400 feet north-east of road. This trench went to a 
depth of 8 feet, but no solid rock was reached. A gravelly sand was 
found at the bottom. 

Trench No. 7.—In first field north of Easaiche Bridge, on south-east 
side of ditch, and 475 feet north-east of road. This trench went to a 
depth of about 5 feet. Brownish and greenish thin-bedded shale with 
a dip to the north was found in it. 

Trenches Nos. 8, 9, 10, 11 (sites as on map).—These trenches varied 
in depth from 6} feet to 9 feet. No rock was met with in any of them. 

Trench No. 12.—In north-east corner of field close to Windyfield 
farmhouse. A yellowish-green flaky sandstone was met with at about 
7 feet from the surface. The dip was probably to the south-south-east.’ 
A snowstorm interrupted operations, and the section was never clearly 
exposed. 


B. Evidence from other Sections in the Area, 
i. Glamlach Burn Section. 


In the Glamlach Burn (fig. 1), on the north-east side of the field 
in which trenches 1, 4, 5, 6, and 7 were dug, there is a continuous 
section of shales and fine sandy flags, extending from the north end 
of the Cross Ditch down to within a few yards of the junction of the 
Glamlach Burn with the Easaiche Burn. The beds dip to the north 
at angles of about 30°, and belong to the Dryden Flag group. They 
aot Vag plant-bearing cherts and associated strata exposed in trenches 

and 2. 


li. Hasaiche Burn Section. 


A few rock exposures occur in the Easaiche Burn (fig. 1), to the 
south-west of the field in which the trenches have been dug, at two 
localities—one about 400 feet, the other about 200 feet from the base 
line of the Cross Ditch. Flaggy sandstones cross the stream and dip 
with a high angle in a northerly direction. They belong to the Dryden 


’ As the sandstone found in this trench evidently belongs to the Dryden 
Flags the western boundary fault must run along the north-west side of this 
trench. Its exact position here has not been determined. 


P 2 


1916. 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE, 


212 


orudgy JO ‘MN OlU-j[ey ‘Seqsieig ‘Toes epIspeoy—'"z ‘DIT 
SSSSeSSeSeSqQSSSSSSSSSSSSSeSeeexqRSS SS 


ooz Ost 001 os () 
41333 30 AT1VOS. 


UlezIZIUN 


” coz 2e s7saYy9 AIGSUOIZE/IY 
Susseag 7ue/d pue aseg \ ; 
Jeau spueg AYyse yj 3 ‘ 
~ STTVHS NIGAYG .3 FLITOAHY YVY7TNIISTNA« SLI49D YAIMOT | vu eLidOrd 
SSX  sxq°~%~«qi~w > * a ef See 2 ae gt 92 sO! aoe eed x %X%a™ oe 
ee Oat tana ag 4 ; XK 


hey Nie EN , 
a OP er 


ON THE PLANT-BEARING CHERTS AT RHYNIE, ABERDEENSHIRE. 213 


Flag group, and evidently underlie the plant-bearing cherts laid bare 
in the trenches in the field to the north-east. 

Further up stream, at a point about 500 feet from the datum line, 
calcareous shales about 10 feet in thickness appear on the right bank, 
followed by flaky sandstones. The shales and sandstones are vertical, 
and have a north-east and south-west strike—features that suggest 
proximity to a fault. The strike of these beds is parallel to the trend 
of the boundary fault on the western margin of the Rhynie outlier of 
Old Red Sandstone. Immediately to the west, a band of hornblendic 
andesite crosses the stream. Its stratigraphical horizon is not clear, 
but it is referred provisionally to the Old Red Sandstone of the Rhynie 
outlier. 


iii. Roadside Section, Craigbeg. 


With the sanction of the road authorities, the rocks were laid bare 
by the side of the road ascending Craigbeg between Rhynie and the 
farm of Newseat (fig. 2). On its north-east side the rocks form a 
steep bank, covered in part by soil and vegetation. The vegetation 
was removed, and a continuous rock section, 110 feet in length, was 
exposed. In a south-east direction, where the gradient is not so steep, 
this rock section ended in superficial materials. Trenches were dug 
to find the solid rock between this locality and trench No. 3 (the 
nearest point to the south-east at which rock was found), but without 
success owing to the covering of drift. 

The interest of the roadside section centres in the following points : 
(1) The position of the fault between the diorite and the Craigbeg Series 
(the ‘ Older Series’ of Dr. Mackie), (2) the junction of the rhyolite 
and the ‘ Lower Grits ’), (3) the probable position of the fault between 
the Old Red Sandstone of the Rhynie outlier and the ‘ Older Series,’ 
and (4) the exposure of the chert band and other members of the Dryden 
Flag group. 

Beginning at the diorite at the north-west end of the road section 
and descending towards Rhynie, we pass from lower to higher beds. 
Dips are, however, only plainly seen in the beds that overlie the 
rhyolite, their inclination increasing from 25° to about 40° where the 
section ends. 

(1) The fault between the diorite and the Craigbeg Series was located 
at 1,045 feet from the datum line of the Cross Ditch. Its hade is about 
33° to the east. Its position is defined by a band of dark-purplish 
clay which was excavated at the top of the bank and at the road-level. 
Here the ‘ Slit Rock’ of Dr. Mackie’s succession lies against the fault 
plane, the basal chert of the ‘ Older Series’ being cut out by the fault. 
But it appears in place at the north-east corner of the old diorite quarry 
about 20 yards to the north of the point indicated. 

(2) South-east from the fault, the ‘ Lower Grits’ of Dr. Mackie’s 
succession are exposed in the bank above the road, and their junction 
with the overlying rhyolite was laid bare for a distance of three or four 
feet, about 300 yards from the datum line. The junction line is more 
or less vertical, but follows an irregular zig-zag course. The two rocks 
are welded together, and the ‘ Lower Grit’ is bleached to a depth of 
about an inch at the point of contact. Dr. Flett and Dr. Campbell 


SHALE S 


D . Re Ss WD, |, MN 


SO/L AND SUVBSO/L 
CHERTY SANOSTONES 


CHERT INTERBEDDED H/T 
BROWNISH SANDSTONE 


SANDY SHALES AND CLAYS 
WITH CHERTY BANOS 


LIGHT COLOURED SHALES 
WITH MIORE SANDY AND 
YICACEOUS BEDS 


ASHY, FLAGGY, SANDSTONE 


MICACEOUWS FLAGGY SANDSTONE 


°°) TAIN BEDDED, WITH ASHY BAND 


GREENISH SHALE, 


BROKEN UP IN SITU? 


YELLOWISH THIN BEDDED 


FLAGGY MICACEOUS SANDSTONE 


| WITH ASHY BANDS 


GREENISH CLAYEXY SHALE 


BROKEN UP IN SITU? 


: i <4 BROWNISH, ASH¥ SANOSTONE FLAGS 
|— FAULT 


| PARD M/ICACEOUWS FLAGGY 


SANDSTONE WITH AS/1¥ BEOS 


|| 4ARD BROKEN ASH Y 
|) MICACEOUS SANOSTONE 


| SECOMING MORE ASHY 


TOWARDS /7S BASE 


RH YVOLITE 


Fic. 3.--Section in N.E. bank of public road at Craigbeg between Windyfield and Nether Ord, Rhynie. 


ON THE PLANT-BEARING CHERTS AT RHYNIE, ABERDEENSHIRE. 215 


report that they have not detected any signs of contact alteration in 
the grit when examined under the microscope. Dr. Mackie has noted 
the occurrence of fine quartz veins between the two rocks in all his 
microscopic sections. The rhyolite weathers into a white plastic clay, 
with knots of less decomposed material. From its microscopic 
characters it may be classed as an andesite. Its outcrop along the 
road section measures 33 yards. It passes upwards into a band of 
volcanic ash with gritty partings, followed by the ‘ Upper Grits ’ of 
Dr. Mackie’s succession, consisting of hard, flaggy, much broken, 
micaceous sandstones with interbedded tuffs. 

(3) At the eastern margin of the ‘ Upper Grits ’ the beds are much 
disturbed, and there are clear indications of faulting. Dr. Mackic 
infers that these indications mark the position of the fault that bounds 
the Rhynie outlier of Old Red Sandstone on its western side.6 The 
locality is 250 yards from the datum line and about 120 yards further 
to the west than the position of the fault laid down in the Geological 
Survey One-inch Map (Sheet 76). 

(4) Eastwards beyond the boundary fault a continuous rock section 
was laid bare for about 20 yards. The strata exposed (fig. 3) dip to the 
east at angles varying from 35° to 40° and belong to the group of the 
Dryden Flags and Shales. They consist of greenish shales interbedded 
with soft, micaceous, flaggy sandstones, which contain in their lower 
part thin bands of tuff. Near the top of the section, bands of chert 
often sandy and nodular, sometimes more massive, are intercalated with 
these beds ; one, containing plant remains, reaches a thickness of 2 feet, 
3 inches. Beyond this point to the south-east excavations were made 
in the bank, but they failed to reach solid rock. 


III. Conclusions. 


From the evidence obtained in the course of these excavations, the 
Committee have drawn the following conclusions :— 

(1) The plant-bearing cherts found in the trenches are interbedded 
with the Dryden Flags and Shales, and are therefore of Old Red Sand- 
stone age. 

(2) The plant-bearing cherts exposed in the roadside section (fig. 3) 
are also interbedded with Dryden Flags and Shales. The band is 
probably the stratigraphical equivalent of the chert occurring in the 
trenches to the east. It contains the same plant (Rhynia), and rests 
on a similar bed of white clay. 

(3) The strata exposed in the roadside section between the diorite 
on the west and the Dryden Flags on the east (the Craigbeg Series or 
the ‘ Older Series ’ of Dr. Mackie) lie between two faults, each of them 
having a downthrow to the east. Owing to the intense silicification 
which most of the rocks have undergone, their lithological characters 
differ considerably from those of the normal Old Red Sandstone strata 
of the Rhynie outlier. They may nevertheless be of Old Red Sand- 
stone age. The precise stratigraphical horizon of these rocks has not 
been definitely determined. 


* It is probable that there may be more than one fault on the west side of 
the Rhynie outlier, 


216 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


The Committee, having obtained a grant for this research from the 
Royal Society, desire to be reappointed to carry on investigations 
regarding points which are still doubtful. 


Notre sy Dr. Mackin.—As the members of the ‘Older Series’ show locally 
intrusion and alteration by the younger granites of the North of Scotland, they 
probably represent an older stage of Old Red Sandstone than the other beds of 
the Rhynie outlier. 


Report on the Plants. By Dr. Kipston, F.R.S. 


From a paleobotanical point of view the results of these investiga- 
tions are of great interest and importance. A careful examination of 
the Rhynie chert zone has shown that it is composed of a number of 
peat-beds, attaining a thickness of 8 feet, whose formation was brought 
to a final close by infiltration with silica, supplied by geysers or 
fumeroles. The structure of the peat and its enclosed plants, in many 
cases, are preserved in great perfection. The condition of the silicified 
peat, so far as its structure and contents are concerned, is shown to-day 
very much as it existed at the time that its formation was brought to a 
close. The peat-beds, now the chert zone, lie on a bed of white clay, 
4 feet thick, the top inch of which is a grey clay. 

It contains two vascular plants, Rhynia Gwynne-Vaughani n. sp. 
and n. g., and Asterorylon Mackiei n. sp. and n. g. The plants, named 
Rhynia, grew closely crowded together, and their remains formed a 
peat. The plant was rootless, consisting entirely of a system of 
cylindrical stems. Rhizomes were fixed in the peat by rhyzoids, and 
tapering aerial stems grew up from them. These stems bore small 
hemispherical projections, and branched dichotomously and laterally. 
They had a thick-walled epidermis with stomata, and a simple central 
cylinder consisting of a strand of tracheides surrounded by phloem. 
Large cylindrical sporangia, containing numerous spores, were borne 
terminally on some of the leafless aerial stems. The plant is com- 
parable with some of the specimens of Psilophyton princeps, figured 
by Dawson; and a new class of vascular cryptogams, the Psilophytales, 
is formed for their reception. This is characterised by the sporangia 
being borne at the ends of the branches of the stem without any relation 
to leaves or leaf-like organs.°® 

The peat is almost entirely formed of Rhynia, while Asterorylon is 
of very rare occurrence. 


®° Rhynia Gwynne-Vaughani was described by Dr. R. Kidston and Professor 
Lang in a paper read before the Royal Society of Edinburgh on July 3, 1916. 
The description of Asteroxylon Mackiei, K. and L., is reserved for a future 
communication. 


ON THE LOWER CARBONIFEROUS FLORA AT GULLANE. 217 


Investigation of the Lower Carboniferous Flora at Gullane.— 
Report of the Committee, consisting of Dr. R. KipstTon 
(Chairman), Dr. W. 'T. Gorpon (Secretary), Dr. J. 8. FLETT, 
Professor E. J. GARwoop, Dr. J. Horne, and Dr. B. N. 
PEACH. 


A new discovery of petrified plaint-remains was made in 1914 ata 
point below high-water mark near Gullane, Haddingtonshire. The 
place could only be reached at certain states of the tide. In order to 
accelerate collecting, blasting operations were proposed, and a grant 
voted at last meeting of the Association to meet the expenses. The 
locality, however, lies within the area of the Forth Estuary, and, 
although the military and police authorities readily gave permission to 
blast on the foreshore, it was considered inadvisable to act on that 
permission meanwhile. No part of the grant was used therefore, but 
sufficient material has been collected to amplify considerably the data 
already obtained. Some 150 thin sections of the material have been 
prepared and examined. 
The flora represented in these sections is as follows :— 


Lepidodendron veltheimianum, | Bensonites fusiformis, R. Scott. 

Sternb. Pitys primeva, Witham. 
Stigmaria ficoides, Sternb. Pitys dayii, sp. nov. 
Botryopteris (?) antiqua, Kidston. | Pitys sp. nov. 


Chief importance is attached to the specimens of Pitys, as so many 
well-preserved specimens have never been obtained elsewhere. Many 
of these examples had the bark preserved, while one of them consisted 
of a branch tip still clothed with needle-like leaves. Much light has 
been thrown on the stem structure of the genus, while the details of 
the connexion of leaf and stem have also been determined. 

As regards the other plant types represented, it is interesting to note 
the similarity between the whole assemblage and the flora of the 
Pettycur Limestone at Pettycur, Fife. Indeed, the form Bensonites 
fusiformis, R. Scott, has not, so far, been recorded except from Petty- 
cur. Both Gullane and Pettycur lie on the Forth, and the geological 
horizon of the rocks at both localities is not very different, so that the 
similarity of the floras is not surprising. 

The specimens from Gullane occur in a greyish-white clastic rock, 
which, on examination, proved to be a highly decomposed volcanic ash. 
It is suggested that the decomposition of the ash, by vapours emitted 
from the volcano during its activity, produced solutions of mineral 
matter which caused the petrifaction of plant-fragments included in the 
ash. These plant-fragments occur quite sporadically through the 
rock, and they have evidently not been drifted in water. The petrify- 
ing solutions have been both calcareous and siliceous, so that some 
specimens are preserved in carbonate of lime, others in silica, while a 
few are partly in the one and partly in the other. 

The perfection of the preservation is very striking, and it is pro- 
posed to continue collecting specimens when possible. The Com- 
mittee, therefore, desires reappointment. 


218 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


Photographs of Geological Interest.—EHighteenth Report of the 
Committee, consisting of Professors EK. J. GARwoop (Chair- 
man), W. W. Watts and 8. H. Rreynoups (Secretaries), 
Mr. G. Binaury, Dr. T. G. Bonney, Messrs. C. V. CRoox 
and W. Gray, Dr. R. Kinston, Mr. A. 8S. Re, Sir J. J. H. 
TEALL, and Messrs. R. WELCH and W. WHITAKER. (Drawn 
up by the Secretaries.) 


Tue Committee have to report that since the issue of the last Report in 
1910 they have received 429 photographs for the national collection. 
The total number in the collection is now 5,656, and the yearly average 
amounts to about 210. 

Since the issue of the last Report the Committee have suffered the 
loss of Professor James Geikie, their Chairman for twenty-six years. 
They have also lost Dr. Tempest Anderson and Mr. H. B. Woodward, 
both of whom took great interest in the work of the Committee and 
made contributions to the collection. 

The geographical scheme appended shows the distribution of new 
accessions among the counties. Kincardineshire figures in the list for 
the first time, and considerable additions have been made from Corn- 
wall, Durham, Somerset, Surrey, and Inverness; while Yorkshire, with 
an addition of 127, has now over a thousand prints in the collection. 

Mr. Bingley adds still further to his photographic survey of the 
Yorkshire coast, as well as sending sets from the Yorkshire Dales, from 
Settle, and from Leeds. He also contributes a carefully selected set 
from the Magnesian Limestone of the Durham coast. To him we owe 
prints from Cumberland, Westmorland, Lancashire, and the Isle of 
Man. 

Professor Reynolds has illustrated the coasts of Cornwall and 
Devon, with the Carboniferous Limestone districts of Gloucester and 
Somerset. The igneous and ancient rocks of many parts of Scotland 
are also illustrated by him, particularly in Argyll, Forfar, Inverness, 
and Sutherland. He also contributes prints from Galway and Mayo. 

' Mr. A. §. Reid records the growth of deltas in certain Scottish 
Lochs; his photographs should be compared with Nos. 1867 and 1868. 

Mr. R. Welch contributes very interesting series of prints taken 
with his usual skill and finish, from Derbyshire and from several Irish 
counties, including Clare and Limerick. 

The late Mr. Russell Gwinnell sent numerous photographs taken in 
Skye and on the mainland; and Mr. Zealley took photographs to illus- 
trate his work in the North of Ireland. 

Photographs sent by Mr. Wickham King record his discovery of 
Downtonian rocks in the South Staffordshire Coalfield. Mr. L. 
Richardson sends prints in illustration of his Rhetic work. Colonel 
Haywood has photographed the coast scenery of the Isle of Man, and 
Mr. Cornewall-Walker presents, through Mr. Whitaker, a record of the 
excavations for a reservoir in Tunbridge Wells Sand, near Lingfield. 


ON PHOTOGRAPHS 


OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 219 


: Previous Additions 
Counties Collection (1916) Total 
ENGLAND — 
Cornwall 92 80 122 
Cumberland 44 1 45 
Derbyshire 65 4 69 
Devonshire 208 9 217 
Dorset : 174 1 175 
Durham é 145 65 210 
Gloucestershire . 128 8 131 
Hertfordshire 22 2 24 
Lancashire 80 6 86 | 
Oxfordshire 1 8 4 
Shropshire 64 1 65 
Somerset 169 86 205 
Surrey 95 16 91 
Sussex 26 1 27 
Westmorland 87 6 938 
Worcestershire . 27 2 29 
Yorkshire , 960 127 1,087 
Others 922 —_ 922 
Total . 3,284 818 8,602 
WaLEs— 
Carnarvonshire . A 118 8 126 
Others : 286 = 286 
Total . , 404 8 412 
CHANNEL IsLANDS 88 _ 88 
Ise oF Man 102 7 109 
ScorLanp — 
Argyllshire 40 4 44 
Fifeshire 64 1 65 
Forfarshire 7 5 12 
Inverness-shire . 177 26 202 
Kincardineshire = 4 4 
Perthshire , 24 8 82 
Ross-shire . 19 2 21 
Sutherlandshire 48 9 57 
Others . s 224 — 224 
Total . ‘ 603 58 661 
IRELAND— 
Antrim ‘ P 287 11 298 
Clare . 7 15 3 18 
Cork . A é 23 2 25 
Donegal . 4 ; 54 2 56 
Galway 4 ; 46 6 52 
Limerick . - ; 2 1 By 
Londonderry , 26 2 28 
Mayo. . 25 11 86 
Others . 220 — 220 
Total . 698 88 786 
Rock Srructunss, &c. 98 _— 98 
SumMary, 
ENGLAND A . e 8,284 818 3,602 
WaLeEs . F f 404 8 412 
CHANNEL ISLANDS : 88 — 8a 
IsLE oF Man , 102 q 109 
ScoTLanD F 608 58 661 
IRELAND 3 . A 698 88 786 
Rock Srructurgs, &c. 98 — 98 
Total, . 5,227 429 5,656 


220 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Other contributors include Professor Allen, Mr. Montague Cooper, 
Mr. Cameron, Mr. Pritchett, Mr. A. E. Kitson, Mr. C. B. Storey, 
the late Mr. J. Parker, Dr. G. Abbott, Mr. Evers-Swindell, the York- 
shire Speleological Association, and Mr. HK. Simpson. To all these 
helpers the Committee owe and beg to tender their thanks. 

Prizes for photographs of scenery illustrating geological features 
have been offered by the Tunbridge Wells Natural History Society. 

The Geological Survey has followed up the publication of a list of 
its own English geological photographs by one. of its Scottish pictures, 
and made arrangements by which prints and slides may be purchased, 
thus giving to students and teachers an excellent opportunity of getting 
characteristic and typical geological illustrations. 

In spite of this it is thought that there will still be scope for the 
issue of a new series by the Committee, as the ground covered by its 
ccllection is at present wider than that of the Geological Survey. Un- 
fortunately, want of time has delayed the publication of the new series, 
but it is hoped that a method has now been found to bring about the 
long-promised publication. 

Few additions to the duplicate series have been made since the issue 
of fhe published sets. Lectures on this series have been given by 
Mr. Whitaker at several local scientific societies, including the Ipswich 
and District Field Club, the Sidcup Literary and Scientific Society, the 
Folkestone Natural History Society, and the Sutton Society; as well 
as at other Societies and Institutions at Croydon and Sutton. 

Applications by Local Societies for the loan of the duplicate collection 
of prints or slides should be made to the Secretary. A descrip- 
tive account of them can also be lent. The carriage and the making 
good of any damage to slides are the only expenses to be borne by the 
borrowing Society. 

The Committee recommend that they be reappointed, and that Pro- 
fessor S. H. Reynolds be Secretary. A financial statement, given in 
the appendix, shows that the assets of the Committee amount to 
£169 8s. 10d. 


EIGHTEENTH LIST OF GEOLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHS. 
From Auaust 23, 1910, ro Aucust 31, 1916. 


List of the geological photographs received and registered by the 
Secretaries of the Committee since the publication of the last Report. 

Contributors are asked to affix the registered numbers, as given 
below, to their negatives for convenience of future reference. Their 
own numbers are added in order to enable them to do so. 

* indicates that photographs and slides may be purchased from the 
donors or obtained through the address given with the series. 

Copies of other photographs desired can, in most instances, be 
obtained from the photographer direct, or from the officers of the Local 
Society under whose auspices the photograph was taken. The cost at 
which copies may be obtained depends on the size of the print and on 
local circumstances, over which the Committee have no control. 

The Committee do not assume the copyright of any photographs 


ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 


221 


included in this list.. Inquiries respecting photographs, and applications 


for permission to reproduce them, 


graphers direct. 


should be addressed to the photo- 


Copies of photographs should be sent unmounted to 
Professor S$. H. RryNnoups, 


The University, Bristol, 


accompanied by descriptions written on a form prepared for the purpose, 
copies of which may be obtained from him. 


The size of photographs is indicated as follows :— 


L=Lantern size. 
1/4 = Quarter-plate. 
1/2 = Half-plate. 


1/1 =Whole Plate. 
10/8 =10 inches by 8. 
12/10 =12 inches by 10, &c. 


E. signifies Enlargement. 


ACCESSIONS, 1910-1916. 


ENGLAND. 
CornwaLu.—Photographed by Goprruy Binauey, Thorniehurst, 


Headingley, Leeds. 


Regd. 


No. 

5211 (7468) Land’s End 
5212 (7469) ,, ” 
5213 (7474) ,, ” 


1/2. 


Granite Coast. 1906. 
Weathered Granite. 1906. 
Marine erosion of Granite (1906). 


Photographed by Professor 8. H. Rrynoutps, M.A., Sc.D., The 


University, Bristol. 


5214 (2:13) Crousa Common 
5215 (3°13) Coverack Cove 
( 
( 


5216 
5217 
5218 
5219 
5220 


4°13) on 9 
5°13) FE 5 
(6°13) 53 xg 
(7°13) 3 
(8-13) BS ce 


5221 
5222 


5223 
5224 


(9°13) 

(11°13) 

rack. 

(12°13) Carrick Luz, near Cove- 
rack. 

(14:13) Carrick Luz, near Cove- 
rack. 

(15°13) Carrick Luz from W: . 

(16:13) Beagle’s Pt., W. of 
Coverack. 

(17°13) Chynall’s Pt., Coverack 

(18°13) ” ” 

(21:13) Compass Cove, Lizard 


(23°13) Poldourian, Lizard 
(25°13) Kennack Cove, Lizard . 
(38°13) Gunwalloe, near Helston 


” ’” . . . 
Spernic Cove, near Cove- 


1/4. 


Gabbro blocks. 1913. 


Basic dyke cutting Gabbro, cutting 
Serpentine. 1913. 
Basic dyke cutting Gabbro, cutting 


Serpentine. 1913. 

Plexus of Gabbro veins in Serpentine. 
1913. 

Plexus of Gabbro veins in Serpentine. 
1913. 

Raised Beach and Head on Serpentine 
veined with Gabbro. 1913. 

Weathered surface of Serpentine. 
1913. 

Two basic dykes in Serpentine. 1913. 

Plexus of Gabbro veins in Serpentine. 
1913. 

Inclusion of Serpentine in Gabbro. 
1913. 


Augen Gabbro. 1913. 
Marine erosion of Gabbro. 1913. 
Weathering of Serpentine. 1913. 


”» d” ” 


” ” ” 

Gabbro cutting Serpentine cut by 
Epidiorite dykes. ,1913. 

Banded Chromite Serpentine. 1913. 

Epidiorite dykes in Serpentine. 1913. 

Contorted Manaccan beds (Devonian). 
1913. 


222 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


5233 (44°13) Porthleven . : . The Giant’s rock, an enormous Erratic 
of Granitic Gneiss. 1913. 

5234 (44a°13) Loe Bar, near Helston The Sand bar holds up the water of 
the Helston river. 1913. 


5235 (45°13) Porthleven Cliffs . . Sea Cave and Shore Platform, with 
large Erratic, the ‘Giant’s Rock.’ 
1913. 


5236 (46:13) Lavarnick Pit, Kynance Rock fall probably due to under- 
cutting of the Serpentine. 1913. 

5237 (4913) Gew Graze, Kynance . Rock fall presumably due to under- 
cutting of the Serpentine. 1913. 


5238 (50°13) Parc Bean, Kynance . Epidiorite dykes cutting Serpentine. 
1913. 
5239 (51:13) Mullion Island and Rocks. 1913. 
ae 
5240 (52.13) Pentreath Beach, Lizard Veined Serpentine. 1913. 


CuMBERLAND.—Photographed by Goprrny Bincuey, Thorniehurst, 
saraiaietoe Leeds. 1/4. 
(9114) Wasdale . : . Screes. 1910. 


DerBysuiRE.—Photographed by R. Wreucu,* 49 Lonsdale Street, 
Belfast. 1/1. 


5626 (4109) Miller’s Dale . : . Toadstone and Carboniferous _Lime- 
stone. 1904. 
5627 (4114) Blue John Mine, Castle- Swallow Hole. 1905. 
ton. 
5628 (4111) Castleton . , : . Mouth of Windy Knoll Cave. 1905. 
5629 (4112) Bradwell Dale 3 . Encrinite band im Carboniferous Lime- 
stone. 1905. 


DevonsuireE.—Photographed by Professor 8. H. Reynoups, M.A., 
Se.D., The University, Bristol. 1/4. 
5242 (110) Beer Head, from East . Chalk Cliffs, Upper Greensand in fore- 
ground. 1910. 
5243 (2°10) Whitecliff and Seaton . Upper Cretaceous section. 1910. Upper 
Greensand to zone of 7’. gracilis. 
(4:10) Beer Harbour, north side Chalk section, from R. Cuvieri to M. 
cor-testudinarium zone. 1910. 


5244 


5245 (510) Beer, Annie’s Knob . Outcrop of MM. cor-testudinarium zone. 
1910. 
5246 (6:10) West of Hooken Cliff, Upper Greensand at base of cliff. 
Beer. 1910. 
5247 (810) Hooken and Under Slipped Upper Cretaceous Rocks. 
Hooken, Beer. 1910. 
5248 (10°10) West of Lyme Regis . Small Slips. 1910. 


Photographed by F. J. Auuen, M.A., D.Sc., 8 Halifax Road, 
Cambridge. 1/4. 


5249 ( ) Westleigh Quarry, near Contorted Carboniferous Limestone. 
Burlescombe. 1912. 


Photographed by Monracur Coopsr,* Photographer, Taunton. 12/10. 


5250 ( ) Westleigh Quarry, near Contorted Carboniferous Limestone. 
Burlescombe. 1912. 


ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 


223 


DorsersHire.—Presented by A. C. G. Cameron, Harcombe Bank, 


Regd. 
No. 
5251 


Uplyme. 


( ) Lyme Regis 


6/3. 


Burning cliffs of Lias. 


Duruam.—Photographed by Goprrey Binauey, Thorniehurst, 


5252 
5253 
5254 
5255 
5256 
5257 
5258 


5259 
5260 


5261 
5262 


5263 
5264 
5265 
5266 
5267 
5268 
5269 
5270 
5271 


5272 
5273 


5274 
5275 


5276 
5277 


5278 


Headingley, Leeds. 


(9266) Trow Rocks, 8. Shields . 


(9267) » ” 

(9268) ‘ i 

(9269) Frenchman’s Bay, S&S. 
Shields. 

(9271) Frenchman’s Bay,  §&%. 
Shields. 

(9272) Frenchman’s Bay,  S. 
Shields. 


(9273) Marsden Bay, Sunderland 


(9274) i * 
(9275) 9 9 
(9276) ” ” 


(9277) Cliffs, Marsden Bay, Sun- 
derland. 


(9278) S. of Grotto, Marsden 
Bay, Sunderland. 

(9279) Cliffs S. of Grotto, Mars- 
den Bay, Sunderland. 

(9280) 8S. of Grotto, Marsden 
Bay, Sunderland. 

(9282) Marsden Quarry, Sunder- 
land. 

(9234) Marsden Bay, Sunderland 


(9236) ” %» 

(9237) ” 39 

(9238) Marsden Rock, Marsden 
Bay. 

(9240) Marsden Bay, Sunderland 


(9241) 7 mE 
(9242) 5 as 
(9243) - A 
(9244) sy 


‘The Chimney Rock.” 
(9247) Marsden Bay, Sunderland 
(9248) ” » 


(9231) Between Sunderland and 
Marsden Bay. 


1/2. 


Brecciated Magnesium Limestone 
thrust over well-bedded ditto. 1910. 

Thrust plane in disturbed Magnesian 
Limestone. 1910. 

Mylonised band at thrust plane 
Magnesian Limestone. 1910. 
Fissuring and thrust faulting in Mag- 

nesian Limestone. 1910. 
Magnesian Limestone thrust over well- 

bedded strata. 1910. 
Cellular Magnesian Limestone. 


in 


1910. 


Velvet beds, top of brecciated beds, 
Magnesian Limestone. 1910. 

Mass of Breccia filling fissure. 1910. 

Twisted ‘cleavage’ in Upper Mag- 
nesian Limestone. 1910. 

Jointing in Upper Magnesian Lime- 
stone. 1910. 

Folding, buckling, &c., of Magnesian 
Limestone against horst (outside 
picture). 1910. 

Jointing passing into brecciation of 
Magnesian Limestone. 1910. 

Minute brecciation of Magnesian Lime- 
stone. 1910. 

Brecciation and contortion in Mag- 
nesian Limestone. 1910. 

Block of stellate concretionary Mag- 
nesian Limestone. 1910. 

Stack of Magnesian Limestone, 
cretionary and brecciated. 1910. 

Cliffs and stacks of Magnesian Lime- 
stone. 1910. 

Sea stacks of Magnesian Limestone. 
1910. 

Marine erosion of Magnesian Lime- 


con- 


stone. 1910. 
Fissures in Magnesian Limestone 
Breccia. 1910. 


Brecciated Magnesian Limestone. 1910. 

Bedded and partly brecciated Upper 
Magnesian Limestone. 1910. 

Vertical ‘ Breccia-gash’ standing out 
from cliff. 1910. 

Stack of Magnesian Limestone Breccia. 
1910. 

Sea cave. 1910. 

Sea stacks of Magnesian Limestone 
Breccia. 1910. 


Sea stack of Permian Breccias. 1910. 


224 
Regd. 
No. 
5279 
5280 
5281 
5282 
5283 
5284 
5285 
5286 
5287 
5288 
5289 
5290 
5291 
5292 
5293 
5294 
5295 
5296 
5297 
5298 
5299 
5300 
5301 
5302 
5303 
5304 
5305 
5306 


5307 


* REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


(9232) S. of Marsden Bay 


(9233) Coast near Lizard Point 
between Sunderland and 
Marsden Bay. 

(9225) ‘ Holey-rock,’ Roker, near 
Sunderland. 


(9226) Roker, near Sunderland 

(9227) ” ” 

(9228) A of 

(9283) Fulwell Quarry, Sunder- 
land. 

(9284) Fulwell Quarry, Sunder- 
land. 

(9285) Fulwell Quarry, Sunder- 
land. 

(9286) Fulwell Quarry, Sunder- 
land. 

(9287) Fulwell Quarry, Sunder- 
and. 

(9288) Fulwell Quarry, Sunder- 
and. 


(9289) West Boldon, near Sun- 
derland. 

(9290) West Boldon, near Sun- 
derland. 

(9291) Down Hill Quarry, Bol- 
don, near Sunderland. 

(9292) Down Hill Quarry, Bol- 
don, near Sunderland. 

(9293) Down Hill Quarry, Bol- 
don, near Sunderland. 

(9294) Down Hill Sand Pit, 
Boldon, near Sunderland. 


(9305) Fulwell Quarry, near 
Sunderland. 

(9306) Fulwell Quarry, near 
Sunderland. 


(9295) Near Hylton Castle, Sun- 
derland. 

(9296) Near Hylton Castle, Sun- 
derland. 

(9249) Hendon, near Sunderland 


(9250) Cliffs at Hendon, 8. of 
Sunderland. 
(9251) Cliffs at Hendon, S&S. of 


Sunderland. 

(9252) Hendon, near Sunderland 

(9253) Cliffs, of 
Sunderland. 

(9254) Cliffs, Hendon, near Sun- 
derland. 


Hendon, S&S. 


(9255) 
between 
Ryhope. 


‘Jane Jewison’s Rock,’ 
Sunderland and 


Marine erosion of Permian Breccias. 
1910. 

Sea stacks and 
Breccia. 1910. 


cliffs of Permian 


Sea caves in 
1910. 

*Cannon-ball ’ 
1910. 

‘Cannon-ball ’ 
1910. 

‘Cannon-ball ’ 
1910. 

Cellular concretionary Magnesian Lime- 
stone. 1910. 

Honeycomb concretionary Magnesian 
Limestone. 1910. 

Botryoidal Magnesian Limestone. 1910. 


Magnesian Limestone. 
Magnesian Limestone. 
Magnesian Limestone. 


Magnesian Limestone. 


Cellular —_ concretionary 
Limestone. 1910. 

Concretionary Magnesian Limestone. 
1910. 

Concretionary Magnesian Limestone. 
1910. 

Breccia and Lower Magnesian Lime- 
stone. 1910. 

Breccia and Lower Magnesian Lime- 
stone. 1910. 

Disturbed mass of Magnesian Lime- 
stone, 1910. 

Fissuring in Lower Magnesian Lime- 
stone. 1910. 

Sequence ‘ Yellow Sands’ to Fossili- 
ferous Limestone. 1910. 

False-bedding and bands of MnO, in 
Permian Sands. 1910. 

Botryoidal Magnesian Limestone. 1910. 


Magnesian 


Honeycomb concretionary Magnesian 
Limestone. 1910. 

Disturbed Lower Magnesian Lime- 
stone. 1910. 

Disturbed Lower Magnesian Lime- 
stone. 1910. 


Concretionary, Upper Magnesian Lime- 
stone. 1910. 

Concretionary Magnesium Limestone, 
capped by Boulder Clay. 1910. 

Honeycomb concretionary, Upper Mag- 
nesian Limestone. 1910. 

Bedding planes passing through Mag- 
nesian Limestone Concretions. 1910. 

Middle Permian thrust over Upper 
Concretionary Beds. 1910. 

Block-fractured rock and_ phacoidal 
structure developed above Thrust 
plane. 1910. 


Slickensided Breccia. 1910. 


ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 


(9256) ‘Jane Jewison’s 
between Sunderland 
Ryhope. 

(9257) Cliffs near Ryhope, S. of 
Sunderland. 

(9258) Marslack, near 
S. of Sunderland. 
(9259) Marslack, near Ryhope, 

S. of Sunderland. 

(9260) Grindon, near Sunderland 

(9261) Grindon, near Sunderland 

(9263) Claxheugh, by R. Wear, 
2 miles W. of Sunderland. 

(9264) Claxheugh, by R. Wear, 
2 miles W. of Sunderland. 

(9265) Near Claxheugh, Sun- 
derland. 


Rock,’ 
and 


Ryhope, 


225 


Slickensided surface. 1910. 


Breccia resting on well-bedded Per- 
mian rocks. 1910. 

Breccia thrust over disturbed Mag- 
nesian Limestone. 1910. 

Strata disturbed by small Thrust. 1910. 


Esker. 1910. 

Gravel and sands of Esker. 1910. 

Rock-fall and section of Permian Beds. 
1910. 

False-bedded Yellow 
stone. 1910. 

Minutely faulted cellular Breccia. 1910. 


Permian Sand- 


GLOUCESTERSHIRE.—Photographed by Professor S. H. Reynops, 


M.A., Sc.D., The University, Bristol. 


5317 (1:12) Sodbury Section (Carboni- 
ferous Limestone). 

5318 (2:12) Sodbury Section (Carboni- 
ferous Limestone). 

5319 (3°12) Sodbury Section (Carboni- 
ferous Limestone). 

5320 (412) Sodbury Section (Carboni- 
ferous Limestone). 

53241 (5°12) Sodbury Section (Carboni- 
ferous Limestone). 

5322 (6:12) Sodbury Section (Carboni- 
ferous Limestone). 

5323 (7:12) Sodbury Section (Carboni- 
ferous Limestone). 

5324 (8°12) Sodbury Section (Carboni- 
ferous Limestone). 


1/2. 


Upper D Beds. 1912. 


Lower D and Upper S, Beds. 1912. 


The Base of the Concretionary Beds 


and Seminula-Oolite. 1912. 
Base of 8, and §, Beds. 1912. 
8, and top of C,. 1912. 
Caninia-Dolomites and Swallet. 1912. 
Laminosa-Dolomites, &e. (C,). 1912. 


Z Beds. 1912. 


HERTFORDSHIRE.—Photographed by G. E. Prircuert, F.S.A., 


Oak Hall, Bishop’s Stortford. 


5325 ( ) Whitehall Farm, Bishop’s 
Stortford. 

6326 ( ) Whitehall Farm, Bishop’s 
Stortford. 


a 

Hertfordshire Puddingstone, 22 tons 
estimated. 

Hertfordshire 
estimated. 


Puddingstone, 5 tons 


LancasuirE.—Photographed by Goprrey Binauey, Thorniehurst, 


Headingley, Leeds. 


5327 (7723) Hook Clough, Pendle Hill 
5328 (8455) Leck Beck. 


5329 
5330 


(8466) Sellet, near Kirkby Lons- 
ale. 

(8467) Sellet, near Kirkby Lons- 
dale. 

6331 (8470) Whittington Quarry 

6332 (8471) Penford Beck, near Whit- 

tington. 


1916 


1/2. 


Callograptus carboniferus. 1906. 


Current-bedded Carboniferous Sands 
and Shales. 1909. 

Limestone quarry. 1909. 

Quarry in Yoredale Sandstone. 1909. 
Whittington Limestone, Yoredale 
Series. 1909. 


Shales above Whittington Limestone, 
Yoredale Series. 1909. 


Q 


226 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


OxFoRDSHIRE.—Photographed by A. E. Kitson, F.G.S., 109 Worple 
Road, Wimbledon, S.W. 1/4. 
ete 


oO. 
5333 ( ) Blackthorn Hill, Bicester Great Oolite and Cornbrash. 1908. 
5334 ( ) ” ” 
5335 ( ) 33 29 


99 9 3? 2? 


” 3? > 2? 


SHROPSHIRE—Photographed by C. B. Storry, M.A., F.G.S., 
Plas Nantyr, Glyn, Ruabon. 1/4. 


5336 ( ) The ‘ Devil’s Chair,’ the Arenig Quartzite. 1902. 
Stiperstones. 


SomersET.—Photographed by Professor S. H. Rrynoups, M.A., Sc.D., 
The University, Bristol. 1/2 and 1/4. 
5337 (07:59) Burrington Combe - Silicified Zithostrotion in §, Beds. 


1907. 

5338 (07-60) be Be 5 . ‘©The Cave.’ 1907. 

5339 (07-61) ¥5 ¢ : . Entrance to the Goatchurch Cave. 
1907. 

5340 (09:37) BF :. : . Quarry 1 (base of D,, top of §,). 
1909. 

5341 (09-39) a 35 : - Quarry 1 and §S, Beds. 1909. 

5342 (09°40) = 55 ‘ - Quarry 2, and hillside to the N. 1909. 

5343 (09-41) 4 Be ; - Hillside between Quarries 1 and 2, 
and part of Quarry 2. 1909. 

5344 (09:42) ri 5 4 - Quarry 2 (S8,, and the lower part of 
S,)." 1909. 

5345 (09°43) Bp ss : . The section between Quarry 2 and 
‘The Cave.’ 1909. 

5346 (09-45) 3 : - Quarry 3 and the C, scarp. 1909. 

5347 (09°46) » ” , . §, andC Beds from Quarry 2 to near 
Quarry 3. 1909. 

5348 (09-47) 3 S 5 - §, and C, Beds. 1909. 

5349 (09-50) e My : - Base of C, Dolomites of Quarry 3, and 
top of C, y. 1909. , 

5350 (09°51) a As : - C,y Beds. 1909. 

5351 (09°52) = 33 : - Hillside between C, scarp and C, y 
scarp. 1909. 

5352 (09-54) x s3 * - Quarry 3 and scarps of C, and 

,y- 1909. 
5353 (09°55) 5 3 . The Great Scarp of C, y. 1909. 


cf ; - Great Scarp of C, y from W. 1909. 
Ls - Valley of W. twin Stream and Great 
Scarp of C, y beyond it. 1909. 


5356 (09°58) 5 5 : - Upper part of Combe and side of 
valley of Eastern twin Stream. 1909. 
5357 (09-61) if +3 ; . The Eastern twin Stream. 1909. 
5358 (09-63) b> os : . Valley of the Western twin Stream. 
1909. 
5359 (09-65) Ap % ‘ . Weathered surface of coarse Crinoidal 
Oolite, E. twin Stream. 1909. 
5360 (11:1) Vobster Old Quarry, Overfolded S, and D, Beds. 1911. 
general view, looking west- . 
ward. 
5361 (11-2) Vobster Quarry, eastern Overfolded §. Beds planed down and 
part of northern face. capped by Lias. 1911. 


5362 (11:3) Vobster Quarry, western Highest Seminula-Beds, overfolded. 
end. 1911. 


ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 221 


Reed. 

0. 

5363 (11:4) Vobster Quarry. . Lias om planed down and overfolded 
Carboniferous Limestone. 1911. 

5364 (115) ,, Ap : . Lias on planed down and overfolded 
Carboniferous Limestone. 1911. 

5365 (11:6) ,, ” ° . Lias on planed down and overfolded 


Carboniferous Limestone. 1911. 


Photographed by the late James Parker, 21 Turl Street, Oxford. 
5366 ( ) Vobster Quarry : . Lias resting against Carboniferous 
Limestone. 1909. 


Photographed by L. Ricuarpson, 10 Ozford Parade, Cheltenham. 
1/2, 5/4, and 1/4. 
5367 (1) Warren Farm section, near Disturbed Keuper Marls. 1904. 


Watchet. 
5368 (2) Cleeve Bay, looking towards Coast scenery near Blue Anchor. 1904. 
N. Hill, Minehead. Point and Warren Farm section. 1904. 


5369 (3) Foreshore section, near Blue Sully Beds and Rhetic Beds. 1904. 
Anchor Point, Watchet. 
5370 (4) Blue Anchor Point, Watchet Anticlinal arrangement of Keuper and 
Rhetic Beds. 1904. 
6371 (5) Top of cliff, Blue Anchor Rhetic (Cotham, Langport, and 
Point, Watchet. Watchet Beds) and Base of Lias. 


1904. 
5372 (6) Blue Anchor Point, Watchet Keuper Marls, with veins of Gypsum. 
1904. 


Surrey.—Photographed by A. E. ConnewaLL-WaLkER, Redhill, 
Surrey. 1/2. 

5373 ( ) Dry Hill, near Lingfield. Tunbridge Wells Sand. 1912. 
Reservoir for East Surrey 
Waterworks, looking north. 

5374 ( ) Dry Hill, near Lingfield. 
Reservoir for East Surrey 
Waterworks, looking north. 

5375 ( ) Dry Hill, near Lingfield. 
Reservoir for East Surrey 
Waterworks, looking north. 

53876 (  ) Dry Hill, near Lingfield. 
Reservoir for East Surrey 
Waterworks, looking north. 

5377 ( ) Dry Hill, near Lingfield. 
Reservoir for East Surrey 
Waterworks, looking north. 

5378 ( ) Dry Hill, near Lingfield. 
Reservoir for East Surrey 
Waterworks, looking south. 

5379 ( ) Dry Hill, near Lingfield. 
Reservoir for East Surrey 
Waterworks, looking south. 

5380 ( ) Dry Hill, near Lingfield. 

‘ Reservoir for East Surrey 
Waterworks, looking south. 

5381 ( ) Dry Hill, near Lingfield. 
Reservoir for East Surrey 
Waterworks, looking south. 

5382 ( ) Dry Hill, near Lingfield. 
‘Reservoir for East Surrey 
Waterworks, looking south. 


” 23 ” be 


Q 2 


228 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE,—1916. 


5383 ( ) Dry Hill, near Lingfield. Tunbridge Wells Sand. 1912. 
Reservoir for East Surrey 
Waterworks, looking west. 

5384 ( ) Dry Hill, near Lingfield. 55 
Reservoir for East Surrey 
Waterworks, looking west. 

5385 ( ) Dry Hill, near Lingfield. ns fs 55 
Reservoir for East Surrey 
Waterworks, looking west. 

5386 ( ) Dry Hill, near Lingfield. a 3 55 
Reservoir for East Surrey 
Waterworks, looking east. 

5387 ( ) Dry Hill, near Lingfield. 4 os OF 
Reservoir for East Surrey 
Waterworks, looking east. 

5388 (  ) Dry Hill, near Lingfield. 30 a) o B 
Reservoir for East Surrey 
Waterworks, looking east. 


” 


23 


Sussex.—Photographed by Jounson, Brrp, anv Co.,* 20 High Street, 
Tunbridge Wells, and presented by Dr. G. Asporr. L. 


5389 ( ) Eridge Rocks, nr. Tun- False-bedding in Tunbridge Wells 
bridge Wells. Sand. 1909. 


WEsTMoRLAND.—Photographed by Goprrey BineuEy, Thorniehurst, 
ue Leeds. 1/2. 


5390 (8445) Brigsteer : Carboniferous Limestone Escarpment. 
1909. 

5391 (8448) Barbon Beck, Barbon . Carboniferous Limestone in bed of 
stream. 1909. 

5392 (8449) 5 35 Junction of Carboniferous Limestone 
and Red Conglomerate. 1909. 

5393 (84 eye Lune, Kirkby Lons- Red Conglomerate. 1909. 

5394 2472) Getion Roof Quarry . Section in Yoredale Grits. - 1909. 

5395 (84 74) ” dy ” ” ” ” ” 


WORCESTERSHIRE.—Photographed by H. S. Evers-Swrinpeuu, Ped- 
more; and sent by W. Wicxnam Kine, F.G.S., Stourbridge. 1/2. 


5396 (L) Hayes, near Halesowen . Coal yee resting unconformably 
on Ludlow and Downton Beds. 
1912. 

5397 (R)_ ,, 6 . Coal Measures resting unconformably 
on Ludlow and Downton Beds. 
1912. 


YorKSHIRE—Photographed by GoprrEY Brneury, Thorniehurst, 
Headingley, Leeds. 1/2 and 1/4. 


5398 (9207) Roseberry Topping . Cutting in Shales and Ironstone. 1910. 
5399 (9211) a9 ” . Outher. 1910. 

5400 (9215) Ayton : : ; . Whin Sill as seen in quarry face. 1910. 
5401 (9216) ,, ‘ . Quarry in Whin Sill. 1910. 

5402 (9715) Blea Hill Rigg End of Cleveland Dyke. 1912. 


5403 (9716) Foul Syke, Fylingdale Peat cutting, with tree stumps. 1912. 
Moors. 


ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 


(9708) Yellow Sand Bight, near 
Whitby. 


(9709) Yellow Sand Bight, be- 
tween Whitby and Saltwick 
Nab. 

(9710) Yellow Sand Bight, be- 
tween Whitby and Saltwick 
Nab. 

(9720) Near Robin Hood’s Bay 

(9702) Robin Hood’s Bay : 

(9693) The Peak, near Whitby 


(9700) _,, 

(8525) Hayburn Wyke : 

(8562) Iron Scar, 8. of Hay. 
burn Wyke. 

(8563) Iron Scar, near Hayburn 
Wyke. 


”» 


(8564) Iron Scar, 8. of Hay- 
burn Wyke. 

(8566) Iron Scar, 8S. of Hay- 
burn Wyke. 

(8552) Cloughton Wyke 

(8553) —,, s 

(8557) ” ” 

(8558) ” ” 

(8559) ” ” 

(8547) Hundale Point, Clough- 
ton Wyke. 

(9317) Barieton Bay, N. of 
Scarborough. 

(9319) Cromer Point, near Scar- 
borough. 

(6940) Scalby Bay, N. of Scar- 
borough. 

(6941) | Selby Bay, near Scar- 
borough. 

(6942) Scalby Bay, near Scar- 
borough. 

(6943) Scalby Bay, near Scar- 
borough. 

(6944) Scalby Bay, near Scar- 
borough. 

(6945) Scalby Bay, near Scar- 
borough. 

(6947) Scalby Bay, near Scar- 
borough. 

(6948) Scalby Bay, near Scar- 
borough. 

(6949) Scalby Bay, near Scar- 
borough. 

(6950) Scalby Bay, near Scar- 
borough. 

(6951) Scalby Bay, near Scar- 
borough. 

(6952) Baaiby Bay, near Scar- 
borough. 

(6953) Sealby Bay, near Scar- 


borough. 


229 


Roots from Lower Estuarine Series, 
penetrating Dogger and Upper Lias. 
1912. 

Fossil root in Upper Lias overlain by 
Dogger. 1912. 


Hollow in Dogger due to decay of tree 


trunks. 1912. 
Landslip on Cliffs. 1912. 
Tan-pits beck fall. 1912. 


Dogger and Estuarine Sandstone, S. 


side of Peak Fault. 1912. 

Bosses in Alum Shale on shore. 1912. 

Cliffs and Waterfall. 1909. 

Ellerbeck Beds, Lower Estuarine 
Series. 1909. 

Ripple-marked Ellerbeck Beds. 1909. 

Ellerbeck Beds, Lower Estuarine 
Series. 1909. 

Ellerbeck Beds, Lower Estuarine 
Series. 1909. 

Estuarine Series, Lower Oolite. 1909. 

Estuarine Series. 1909. 

Estuarine Series, Lower Oolite. 1909. 


Ripple marked Middle Estuarine Sand- 
stone. 1909. 

Block of current-bedded Middle 
Estuarine Sandstone. 1909. 

Estuarine Sandstone, with ripple 
marks and worm tracks. 1909. 

Upper Estuarine Sandstone, with Unio 
distorta. 1911. 

Current-bedding in Boulder of Upper 
Estuarine Sandstone. 1911. 

Estuarine Beds. 1905. 


ay ? ) 


Boulder Clay, sands and gravel. 1905. 

Boulder Clay section. 1905. 
” 2?) ” bE) 

Boulder Clay, gravels and silt. 1905. 

Boulder Clay, sand and gravel. 1905. 

Pockets of gravel in Boulder Clay. 
1905. 

Pockets of gravel in Boulder Clay. 
1905. 

Pockets of gravel in Boulder Clay. 
1905. 

Pockets of gravel in Boulder Clay. 
1905. 

Boulder Clay, sands, &c. 1905. 

Gravels in Boulder Clay. 1905. 


230 
Regd. 
O. 
5437 
5438 
5439 
5440 
5441 
5442 
5443 
5444 
5445 
5446 
5447 
5448 
5449 
5450 
5451 
5452 
5453 
5454 


5455 
5456 


5457 
5458 
5459 


5460 
5461 


5466 


5468 
5469 
5470 
5471 
5472 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


(6954) Scalby Bay, near Scar- 
borough. 

(6955) Scalby Ness, near Scar- 
borough. 

(6957) Cliffs §. of Holbeck 
Gardens, Scarborough. 


(6938) Carnelian Bay,  Scar- 
borough. 

(9310) Carnelian Bay,  Scar- 
borough. 

(9314) Carnelian Bay,  Scar- 
borough. 

(6929) Osgodby Nab, S. of Scar- 
borough. 

(6931) Oceotby Nab, S. of Scar- 
borough. 

(6932) Gacndby Nab, S. of Scar- 
borough. 

(6934) Osgodby Nab, S. of Scar- 
borough. 

(6935) Oashdby Nab, S. of Scar- 
borough. 

(6936) Osscahy Nab, S. of Scar- 


borough, from Carnelian Bay 
(6926) Cayton Bay, S. of Scar- 
borough. 

(6965) Red Cliff, Cayton 
S. of Scarborough. 
(6967) Red Cliff, Cayton 
S. of Scarborough. 
(6969) Red Cliff, Cayton 
8. of Scarborough. 
(6966) End of Yons Nab, S. of 
Cayton Bay, Scarborough. 
(8834) Beach near Reighton, S. 

of Filey. 
(8835) Speeton Gap, near Filey 
(8837) Speeton Cliffs, Flam- 
borough Head. 
(7357) Speeton . 
(7358) + : : ; 5 


Bay, 
Bay, 
Bay, 


° 


(7364) | 
(7360) 
(7365), 
( op 
(7366) 
(7362) 
( 


(8845) Cliffs between S. Landing 
and High Stacks, Flam- 
borough. 

(8847) Flamborough Head, N. 
side of S. Sea Landing. 

(8849) South Sea Landing, Flam- 


boroug 
(8851) Hi h Stacks, Flam- 
borough. 
(8852) N. of High Stacks, Flam- 
rough. 
(8853) High Stacks, Flam- 


borough. 


Base of Boulder Clay Cliff. 1905. 


1905. 

jointed Upper Estaarine 
1905. 

Clay on Lower 
1905. 


Strongly 
Series. 
Boulder 
Series. 
Bedding of Upper 
stone. 1911. 
Landslip in cliff. 


Estuarine 
Estuarine Sand- 
1911. 


Estuarine Series capped by Boulder 
Clay. 1905. 

Estuarine and Millepore Series capped 
by Boulder Clay. 1905. 

Estuarine and Millepore beds. 1905. 


Shingle spit and sand dunes. 1905. 

Middle Oolite succession, cornbrash to 
Lower Calcareous Grit. 1905. 

Lower Calcareous Grit, Oxford Clay, 
Kellaway Rock. 1905. 


Kellaway Rock at base of cliff. 1905. 
Estuarine Series. 1905. 
Kimmeridge Clay, with nodules con- 
taining Perisphinctes. 1910. 

Slipped Red Chalk. 1910. 
Red Chalk. 1910. 
Ammonites. 1906 

” ) 

“ be | 

” 3 
Chalk. 1910. 
Chalk capped by Boulder Clay. 1910. 
Chalk Cliffs. 1910. 
Marine Erosion of Chalk. 1910. 
Chalk Cliffs and Sea Caves. 1910. 


Arch in Chalk. 1910. 


Regd. 
No 
5473 
5474 
5475 
5476 
5477 
5478 
5479 
5480 
5481 
5482 
5483 
5484 
5485 
5486 
5487 


5488 


5489 
5490 


5491 
5492 


5493 
5494 
5495 
5496 
5497 
5498 
5499 
5500 
5501 
5502 
5503 
5504 


ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 


(8855) Selwick Bay, See ens 
(8857) Flamborough Head ; 


(8858) rE 

(8869) Thornwick Bay, Flam- 
borough Head. : 

(8846) Near Danes Dyke, Flam- 


borough. 
(8843) Sewerby, near Bridlington . 


(8844) Flamborough Head 
Sewerby. 

(8477) Gannister Quarry, Meanwood 
Valley, near Leeds. 

(8497) Gannister Quarry, Meanwood 
Valley, near Leeds. 

(8498) Gannister Quarry, Meanwood 
Valley, near Leeds. 

(8797) Gannister Quarry, Meanwood 
Valley, near Leeds. 

(8798) Gannister Quarry, Meanwood 
Valley, near Leeds. 

(8908) Semmer Water, near Bain- 
bridge. 

(8909) Semmer Water, near Bain- 
bridge. 

(8912) River Bain, Wensleydale, 
emerging from Semmer Water. 

(8913) River Bain, Wensleydale 


from 


(8926) Parker Gill Force 
(8929) Mill Gill, near Askrigg 


(8942) ” ” ”) . 
(8943) Whitfield Force, near Ask- 
rigg. 

(8946) Cogill Beck, near Askrig 
(8947) ,, ” 
(8948) ” ” ” 
(8804) Attermine Scars, Settle 
(8822) Attermine Scars, Settle 


(8819) Attermine and 
Scars, near Settle. 
(8807) Langcliffe Scar, near Settle, 
with entrance to Victoria Cave. 
(9670) Entrance to Victoria Cave, 

Settle. 
(8818) Warrendale Knotts, 
mine Scars, Settle. 
(8820) Warrendale Knotts, 
mine Scars, Settle. 
(8806) Warrendale Knotts, 
mine Scars, Settle. 
(9675) Black Hill, near Settle 


Langcliff 


Atter- 
Atter- 
Atter- 


231 


Erosion of Chalk Cliffs. 
Marine Erosion of Chalk. 
Chalk Cliffs. 1910. 

Arch in Chalk Cliff. 1910. 


Chalk Cliffs. 


1910. 
1910. 


1910. 


Boulder Clay against Pre-glacial 
Chalk Cliff. 1910. 


Chalk and Boulder Clay. 1910. 
Folded Gannister. 1909. 
Disturbed Gannister. 1909. 
Crushed Gannister. 1909. 
Overthrust. 1909. 

Coal seam. 1909. 

1910. 

1910. 

1910. 

Looking down stream from spot 
whence No. 5487 was taken. 
1910. 

Yoredale Limestone undercut. 
1910. 


Black Shales overlying Great Sca‘ 
Limestone. 1910. 

Yoredale Series. 1910. 

The fall is over Yoredale 
Shales. 1910. 

Stream-bed showing 
Yoredale Limestone. 

Stream-bed showing jointing 
Yoredale Limestone. 1910. 

Jointing and pitting in Yoredale 
Limestone. 1910. 

Cliffs of Carboniferous Limestone. 
1910. 

Screes of Carboniferous Limestone. 
1910. 


Black 
jointing in 
1910. 

in 


Bare Scars of Carboniferous Lime- 
stone. 1910. 

1910. 

1912. 


Scars of Carboniferous Limestone. 
1910. 

Carboniferous 
1910. 

Bare Scars of Carboniferous Lime- 
stone. 1910. 

Silurian below Millstone Grit. 1912. 


Limestone Scars. 


232 


Regd, 
No. 
5505 
5506 
5507 
5508 
5509 
5510 
5511 
5512 
5513 
5514 
5515 


5516 
5517 


5518 


5519 
5520 


5521 
5522 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


(9676) Black Hill, near Settle 
(9678) Cowside Beck, near Settle 


(9364) Mealsbank janes Ingleton 
(9365) 
(8810) Kingsdale, near Ingleton 


(8813) Routen Pot, Kingsdale 
(9362) Right bank of Greta, Ingle- 
ton. 


(9374) Near Manor Bridge, Kings- 
dale Beck, Ingleton. 

(9377) Mason Hill, near Ingleton 

(9640) Hambleton Quarry, near 
Bolton Abbey Station. 

(9641) Hambletom Quarry, near 
Bolton Abbey Station. 

(9642) Hambleton Quarry, near 


Bolton Abbey Station. 


Silurian below Millstone Grit. 1912. 

Basement Conglomerate of Carboni- 
ferous Age. 1912. 

Basement Conglomerate of Carboni- 

- ferous Age. 1912. 

Basement Conglomerate of Carboni- 
ferous Age. 1912. 

Basement Conglomerate of Carboni- 
ferous Age. 1912. 

Basement Conglomerate of Carboni- 


ferous Age. 1912. 

Basement Conglomerate of Carboni- 
ferous Age. 1912. 

Carboniferous Limestone and 
Rubble Beds. 1911. 

Carboniferous Limestone. 1911. 

” ” ” 

Carboniferous Limestone Erratic. 
1910. 

1910. 

Exposure of Coal Measures. 1911. 

Fault. 1911. 

Upper Permain Conglomerate. 1911. 

Contorted Yoredale Limestone. 
1912 

Contorted Yoredale Limestone. 
1912. 

Contorted Yoredale Limestone. 
1912. 


Photographed by BE. Stupson, 44 Sefton Terrace, Beeston Hill, Leeds, 
and presented on behalf of the Yorkshire Speleological Association. 


5523 
5524 


5525 
5526 


5527 
5528 
5529 


5530 
5531 


5532 


12/10 
(_ ) Rift Pot, Ingleborough . 


( ) 2? ” by] 


Carboniferous Limestone; Surface. 
1908 (?). 


First Chamber. 1908 (?). 


WALES. 


CARNARVONSHIRE.—Photographed by 


) Criccieth Bay 
) 9 > 
Criccieth 


Rhydcrosiau, Criccieth : 
Dwyfawr, Criccieth 


( 
( 
( 
( 
( 
( 3) 3 %9 
( Near Criccieth 
( 


— — waren 


1912. 
Wern Quarry, near Portmadoc Middle Lingula Flags. 


L. 


‘Head’ and Blown Sand. 1912. 

Rolled masses of Boulder Clay. 
1912. 

Glacial Valley. 

Rhyolite. 1912. 

Lower Llandovery Beds, fimbriatus 

- to convolutus zones. 1912. 

Tarannon Rocks. 1912. 

Tarannon Rocks, turriculatus zone. 


1912. 


1912. 


ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 233 


ISLE OF MAN. 
Photographed by Goprrey Brinaxey, Thorniehurst, Headingley, Leeds. 
1/2. 
Regd. 
No. : 
5533 (7720) Poyll Vaaish : ; . Desmograptus monensis. 1906. 
Photographed by Col. A. C. Haywoop, Rearsby, Blundellsands. 1/2. 
5534 (1) Elby Point, Dalby . . . Contorted Manx Slates. 1909. 
5535 (2) ,, 3 Er ; : . Disturbed Niarbyl Flags. 1909. 
5536 (3) ” ” ” . e b ” ” 7) ”» 
5537 (4) ” ” ” . . . ” ” BB) 
5538 (5) Niarbyl Bay i ‘ : . Coast Scenery. 1910. 
5539 (6) ” ” . . . ° ” ” ” 
SCOTLAND. 


ARGYLLSHIRE.—Photographed by Professor S. H. Reynoups, M.A., 
Sc.D., The University, Bristol. 1/4. 
5540 (11:7) Ardnamurchan Point from Gabbro Coast. 1911. 
t 


he S.W. 
5541 (11:8) Ardnamurchan Point . . Dykes in Gabbro. 1911. 


Photographed by the late Russetu F. GwInneu, 33 St. Peter’s Square, 
London, W. 1/4. 

5542 (1) Achnacroich, Lismane, Oban . Raised Beach, with old Sea Cliff. 
1907. 


5543 (2) 56 oF i . Travertine from stream on edge 
of Raised Beach. 1907. 


FiresHireE.—Photographed by Professor 8. H. Reynoups, M.A., Sc.D., 
The University, Bristob, 1/4. 


5544 (16:12) Shore S. of Rock and Dome-shaped fold in the Calci- 
Spindle, St. Andrews. ferous Sandstone Series. 1912. 


ForFARSHIRE.—Photographed by Professor 8S. H. Reynoups, M.A., 
Sce.D., The University, Bristol. 1/4. 


5545 (51:12) Shore, N. of Arbroath . Unconformity between Upper and 
Lower Old Red Sandstone. 1912. 


5546 (52:12) ,, 3 vs - Unconformity between Upper and 
Lower Old Red Sandstone. 1912. 

5547 (53:12) __,, Be 3 . Marine erosion of Old Red Sand- 
stone. 1912. 

5548 (54:12) _,, i 5 - Mouth of Blowhole, ‘The For- 
bidden Cave.’ 1912. 

5549 (55:12) __,, es A - Blowhole, ‘The Forbidden Cave.’ 
1912. 


INVERNESS-SHIRE.—Photographed by Professor S. H. RryNnoups, 
M.A., Sc.D., The University, Bristol. 1/4. 


5550 (11:12) Eigg from the S.E. . - The Sgurr of Higg. 1911. 

5551 (11:16) Lochalsh F : - . Overfolded Torridonian rocks and 
Murchison Monument. 1911. 

5552 (11:17) Kylerhea, Skye . 4 . 100 ft. Raised Beach terrace. 1911. 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


(11:19) Eastern Red Hills and 
Blaven Range from Cnoc Car- 
nach. 

(11°21) Eastern Red Hills, Blaven 
Range and Southern Coolins 
from Cnoc Carnach. 

(11-22) Cnoe Carnach S. of Broad- 
ford, Skye. 

11°26) § of Loch Kilchrist, 
near Broadford Skye. 

11:27) S of Loch 
near Broadford, Skye. 


( 

( Kilchrist, 
(11:28) S.E. of Loch 

( 


Kilchrist. 
near ee ie Skye. 
11:29) 8 of Loch 
near Becadford, Skye. 
(11:32) S.E. of Loch 
near Broadford, Skye. 
(11°35) Head of Loch 


Skye. 


(11°36) Loch Scavaig, Skye . 

(11:37) Outflow of aa Coruisk, 
Skye. 

(11°38) Allt-a-Chaoich, Loch Sca- 


Kilchrist, 
Kilchrist, 


Scavaig, 


vaig, Skye. 

(11:40) S. of ‘Bad Step,’ Loch 
Scavaig, Skye. 

(11°41) S. of ‘Bad Step,’ Loch 
Scavaig, Skye. 

(11:48) Ben Lee, W. of Loch 
Sligachan, Skye. 

(11:50) Marsco, near  Sligachan, 


Skye. 


Contrast in outline between Grano- 
phyre and Gabbro Mountains. 
1911. 

1911. 


Veins of Granophyre penetrating 
Upper Basalt of Composite Sill. 
1911. 

Vertical Junction of Durness Lime- 
stone and intrusive Granite. 1911. 

Sponge-like bodies in Durness Lime- 
stone. 1911. 

Trachyte Dyke in Durness Lime- 
stone. 1911. 

Trachyte Dyke in Durness Lime- 
stone. 1911. 

Junction of Granite and Durness 
Limestone. 1911. 

Southern Coolins and_ strongly 
Glaciated Rocks in foreground. 
1911. 

Basalt Dykes in Gabbro. 1911. 

The outflow is over solid Gabbro. 
1911. 

Veined Peridotite. 


Glaciated 
1911. 
1911. 


1911. 


surface and_ Erratics. 


1911. 
1911. 


Photographed by the late RussEuL F. GwInneE Lu, 33 St. Peter’s Square, 


5569 
5570 
5571 
5572 
5573 
5574 


KINCARDINESHIRE.—Photographed by Professor 
M.A., Sc.D., The University, Bristol. 


42°12) gos Bay, Stonehaven Pillow Lava. 


5575 
5576 
5577 


5578 


London, W. 
(2°08) Skulamus, E. of Broadford, 


Skye. 
(5) Strath  Suardal, 
Skye. 
Broc-Bheinn, 
chan, Skye. 
Lusaburn, Kylerhea Road, 
miles from Broadford, Skye 
Lusaburn, Kylerhea Road, 
miles from Broadford, Skye 
9) Lusaburn, Kylerhea Road, 

miles from Broadford, Skye 


Broadford, 
(6) N.W. of Sliga- 
(7) 53 
(8) 53 
(9) 


5 


(4d 12) ” 
(47°12) N. of 
( 


Goss 
Stonehaven. 


Harbour, 


1/4. 

Tertiary basic Dyke. 1908. 

Eastern Red Hills and Kilchrist 
Vent. 1910. 


Spheroidal Weathering in Dolerite 


Dyke. 1910. 
Gorge in Torridonian Sandstone. 
1910. 
Gorge in Torridonian Sandstone. 
1910. 
Gorge in Torridonian Sandstone. 
1910. 


S. H. Reynops, 
1/4. 
1912. 


Shore platform ‘formed of vertical 
Downtonian rocks. 1912. 


49-12) Crawton, S. of Stonehaven Columnar Basalt, the centre of 


each 


column weathered away. 
1912. 


ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 


235 


PERTHSHIRE.—Photographed by A. S. Rem, M.A., F.G.S., Trinity 


College, Glenalmond. 


“ae 

0. 

5618 (13) Loch Lubnaig, near Callander 
5619 (12) ” ”? »”» 
5620 (15) ,, ” ” 
5621 (14) ,, ” ” 
5622 (4) ,, ” ” 
5623 (3) ,, ee ” 
5624 (8) Lochs Doine and Voil, near 

Callander. 
5625 (7) Lochs Doine and Voil, ‘near 


Callander. 


1/2. 


Delta of Balvag River. 1916. 
a9 > ”) 
dy ” ” 
29 ” ” 


dy ” ” 


Delta of Monachyle Burn dividing 
one Loch from the other. 1916. 
Delta of Monachyle Burn dividing 
one Loch from the other. 1916. 


Ross-suirE.—Photographed by the late Russeui F. GwiNneELL, 


5579 
5580 


33 St. Peter’s Square, London, W. 


(3) Black Rock Gorge, 
Cromarty Firth. 

(4) Black Rock Gorge, 
Cromarty Firth, 


Novar, 


Novar, 


1/4. 

Gorge eroded along Joint plane in 
Old Red Sandstone. 1908. 

Gorge eroded along Joint plane in 
Old Red Sandstone. 1908. 


SUTHERLANDSHIRE.—Photographed by Professor §. H. Rrynoups, 


5581 
5582 


5583 
5584 
5585 


5586 


5587 


5588 
5589 


M.A., Sc.D., The University, Bristol. 


(21°12) Oykell Bridge, W. of Lairg 

(22°12) Roadside W. of Inchna- 
damff. 

(23:12) Roadside W. of Inchna- 
damff. 

(25°12) Quinag from Loch Glencoul 


(26°12) N. side, Loch Glencoul 


(27:12) Head of Loch Glencoul 


(29°12) Near head of Loch Glen- 
coul. 


1/4. 
Section of Moine Schists. 1912. 
Torridonian Unconformable on 
Lewisian. 1912. 
Torridonian Unconformable on 
Lewisian. 1912. 


Torridonian Mountain on platform 
of Lewisian Gneiss. 1912. 

Glencoul Thrust, Lewisian Gneiss 
brought over Fucoid Beds (Cam- 
brian). 1912. 

Glencoul Thrust bringing Lewisian 
Gneiss over Durness Limestone. 
1912. 


Lewisian Gneiss. 1912. 


(30°12) Inchnadamff ; - . Durness Limestone. 1912. 
(32:12) Roadside W. of Inchna- Torridonian Unconformable on 
damff. Lewisian. 1912. 
IRELAND. 


Antrim.—Photographed by R. Wetcu,* 49 Lonsdale Street, Belfast. 


5630 


laa 
(5218) Frosses Bog, Ballymoney 


Typical section in thick Peat. 1908. 


Photographed by A. E. V. Zeatiry, B.Sc., A.R.C.S., Geological 


5590 


Survey, Rhodesia, Buluwayo. 


(91) Cliffs of Giant’s Causeway 


5591 (93) Part of Giant’s Organ, Giant’s 


Causeway. 


5592 (103) Fair Head, Ballycastle . 


5593 


(106) N.W. of Lough-na-Cranagh, 
Ballycastle. 


Glaciated 


1/ 4, 
Curved Dolerite Columns. 1907. 
Columnar Dolerite with Trans- 
verse Jointing. 1907. 
Cliff of Columnar Dolerite. 1907. 


Lower Carboniferous 


Sandstone. 1907. 


236 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 
Regd. 


No. 
5594 (109) Lough-na-Cranagh, Bally- Glaciated Rock-basin, erratic 
castle. blocks. 1907. 
5595 (111) Murlough Bay, Ballycastle . Glauconitic Conglomerate, resting 
unconformably on Trias. 1907. 
5596 (116) White Park Bay, Ballintoy . Irregular and regular Columnar 
Jointing. 1907. 
5597 (117) ,, Ay 5 . Irregular and regular Columnar 
Jointing. 1907. 
5598 (122) Between Larry Bane and Solution grooves due to weathering 
Carrick-a-raide, Ballintoy. in Chalk. 1908. 
5599 (155) Cushendun . é 5 . Crushed Pebbles in Conglomerate 
of ‘ Dingle Beds.’ 1907. 


Cuare.—Photographed by R. Weicu,* 49 Lonsdale Street, Belfast. 1/1. 


5631 (5266) Elder-Bush Cave, Newhall . Entrance, Stratification, and Rect- 


angular Galleries. 1905. 
5632 (5264) Catacombs Cave, Ennis . Entrance. 1905. 


5633 (5265) 5 a a . Interior, with Cross Chambers. 
1905. 


Corx.—Photographed by R. Weucu,* 49 Lonsdale Street, Belfast. 1/1. 


5634 (5268) Mammoth Cave, Doneraile . Entrance in Quarry. 1907. 
5635 (5269) ” ” ” . Upper and part of Lower Stalag- 
mite Floors. 1907. 


DonEGcau.—Photographed by A. BE. V. Zeauury, B.Sc., A.R.C.S, 
Geological Survey of Rhodesia, Buluwayo. 1/4. 


5600 (230) Barnes Gap, Creeslough . Weathered Metamorphosed Lime- 
stone. 1908. 


Photographed by R. Weucu,* 49 Lonsdale Street, Belfast. 1/1. 
5636 (5214) Rosapenna . : . Section in Shell-sands. 1903. 


GaLway.—Photographed by Professor 8. H. Reynorps, M.A., Se.D., 
The University, Bristol. 1/4. 


5601 (55:13) Top of Bencorragh, Lough Pillow Lava (Spilite). 1913. 


Nafooey. 

5602 (56:13) Top of Bencorragh, Lough ” ” ” ” 

afooey. 

5603 (57:13) Top of Bencorragh, Lough 9 ” » » 
Nafooey. = 

5604 (58:13) Top of Bencorragh, Lough ” ” ” » 
Nafooey. 

5605 (63:13) Top of Bencorragh, Lough 0 ” ” ” 
Nafooey. 

5606 (64:13) Top of Bencorragh, Lough ” ” ” ” 
Nafooey. ; 


LimericK.—Photographed by R. Weucu,* 49 Lonsdale Street, Belfast. 
Ls, 
5637 (11169) Castleconnell ; Z . Perforations in Limestone. 1906. 


ON PHOTOGRAPHS OF GEOLOGICAL INTEREST. 


237 


LonponverRyY.—Photographed by R. Wstcu,* 49 Lonsdale Street, 
Belfast. 


Regd. 
No. 
5638 
5639 


(5261) Culbane, Portglenone 
(5262) 2) 


” 


Diatomaceous Clay of River Bann. 
1903. 

Diatomaceous Clay of River Bann. 
1903. 


Mayo.—Photographed by Professor S. H. Reynoups, M.A., Sc.D., 


The University, Bristol. 


(11:10) Derry Bay, Kilbride 
(13°10) —,, 
(13-10) N. 
insula. 
(14°10) N. 
insula. 
(15°10) Derry Bay, Kilbride 
(16-10) ,, 
(61-11) W. of Finny, Kilbride Pen- 
insula. 
62:11) N. 
insula. 


shore of Kilbride... Pen- 
shore of Kilbride Pen- 


( of Finny, Kilbride Pen- 

(63:11) W. of Finny, Kilbride Pen- 
insula. 

(64:11) W 
insula. 

(65:11) W. 


insula. 


. of Finny, Kilbride Pen- 
of Finny, Kilbride Pen- 


il /4. 
Ice-worn Islands. 1910. 


Clogduff, an Ice-worn Island. 1910 
Roche Moutonnée. 1910. 


> ”) 2) 


Clogduff, an Ice-worn Island. 1910. 
Ice-worn Shores. 1910. 
Chert in Spilite. 1911. 


Flow Brecciation (?) in Spilite. 1911. 


Strings and patches of Chert in 
Spilite. 1911. 
Spilite (Pillow Lava). 1911. 
Spilite (Pillow Lava) showing Con 
centrically arranged Vesicles. 191]. 


APPENDIX. 
FINancraL STATEMENT. 


As no meeting of the Committee has been practicable since 1908, there is give 
below a statement of the exact financial position :— 


Balance Sheet, 1910. 


Cr. £.s. d. Dr. £ os. d. 
Balance, September 1908 . 124 4 1 | Publication expenses 013 0 
Sales published series 8 5 0/| Collection expenses 2, 69 

Balance 129 9 4 
Total 132 9 I Total . 132 9 1 


Interest Account since Close of Publication. 
January 1904 to August 1908, at 24 per cent. on £140 

August 1908 to August 1915, at 24 per cent. on £130. : 
August 1915 to August 1916, at 43 Pa cent. ce Fron): on £130 


Balance as above 


Cr. 


Assets as above 


Total 


bo 
re 
—_— 
Or 
rlRooo 


173 16 


Balance Sheet, September 1916. 


£ os. d. Dr. & 85) id. 

- 173 16 4 | Subscription refunded 1: 52-0 

Collection expenses 3 2 6 

Exchequer Bond (5%) 100 0 0 

Cash oh A 69 8 10 

Total . . 173 16 4 Total 173 16 4 


238 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Nomenclature of the Carboniferous, Permo-Carboniferous, and 
Permian Rocks of the Southern Hemisphere.—Interim 
Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor T. W. 
EKpGEwortTH Davip (Chairman), Professor E. W.. SKEATS 
(Secretary), Mr. W. 8. Dun, Sir T. H. Honpanp, Rev. 
W. Howcuin, Mr. A. E. Kitson, Mr. G. W. LampiueH, 
Dr. A. W. Rocers, Professor A. C. SEwarp, Dr. D. M. S. 
Watson, and Professor W..G. WooLNnouGH, appointed to 
consider the above. 


Durine the past few months communications in response to the Secre- 
tary’s circular letter (see last year’s report in Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 
1915, p. 263) have been received from Dr. A. W. Rogers and Dr. 
D. M. 8. Watson, relating mainly to the classification in South Africa. 
Reports in reply to the Secretary’s questions have also lately been 
received from Mr. A. E. Kitson (Gold Coast), Mr. F. Chapman 
(Melbourne), Mr. W. H. 'Twelvetrees (Tasmania), and Professor P. 
Marshall (New Zealand). It has been considered advisable to keep 
these contributions for printing along with others which have not yet 
come to hand owing to war conditions. 


Occupation of a Table at the Zoological Station at Naples.— 
Report of the Committee, consisting of Mr. EH. 8. GoopRIcH 
(Chairman), Dr. J. H. ASHwortH (Secretary), Mr. G. P. 
Bipver, Professor F. O. Bowrr, Dr. W. B. Harpy, Dr. 5. 
F. Harmer, Professor S. J. Hickson, Sir E. Ray Lan- 
KESTER, Professor W. C. McIntosu, and Dr. A. D. WALLER. 


Tue British Association table at Naples has not been occupied during 
the current: financial year. 

Mrs. Pixell-Goodrich has published? an account of the Gregarines 
of Glycera siphonostoma, founded on material obtained during her 
occupancy of the table in March and April 1914. 

Intimation has been received that the administration of the Zoo- 
logical Station is now in the hands of a Commission, with Professor 
F. S. Monticelli as President, appointed by the Italian Government. 

The Committee asks to be reappointed. 


1 Quart. Journ, Micr. Sci., vol. 61, pp. 205-216, pl. xvili., 1916, 


ON ZOOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY AND PUBLICATION. 239 


Zoological Bibliography and Publication.—Report of the Com- 
mittee, consisting of Professor E. B. Pountron (Chairman), 
Dr. F. A. BaTuer (Secretary), and Drs. W. E. Hoye and 
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL. 


Tuis Committee represents the resuscitation of a Committee first 
appointed in 1895, with Sir W. H. Flower as Chairman and Dr. 
Bather as Secretary. That Committee reported in 1896 and 1897, and 
its Reports, in which a number of suggestions were made for, the 
guidance of authors and editors, were widely distributed. Although 
the request of the Committee for reappointment with a small grant 
was not acceded to, its Secretary has continued to distribute those 
Reports, as well as a circular issued by the Committee, and has con- 
ducted correspondence arising therefrom. Whether or no it be in 
consequence of the action taken by the Committee of 1895 and thus 
continued, there can be no doubt as to the greater attention now paid 
by most publishing bodies to the points mentioned in the previous 
Reports. Others, however, have not yet fallen into line, and new 
publications, started without experience, fall into the old errors. For 
these reasons and also because the correspondence shows that interest 
in the subject tends to increase, this fresh Committee has been 
appointed, so as to reinvest the suggestions with their original 
authority, and to deal with any inquiries that may arise. 

During the past year copies of the circular have been sent to the 
editors of two societies with satisfactory results, and several inquiries 
have been answered, especially from the Geological Society of Glasgow. 


Method of making References to Previous Literature. 


One of these inquiries related to this subject, which also was dis- 
cussed in the pages of Science for October 1 and November 12, 1915. 
On this matter the Committee begs to offer the following suggestions : 

The question is: What is the best way in which the author of a 
paper can introduce references to the works which he quotes or other- 
wise alludes to? No single method suits all cases. At the outset a 
distinction must be drawn between two classes of papers: first, brief 
articles, in which the references are correspondingly few and rarely 
repeated ; secondly, long articles or memoirs, in which the references 
are correspondingly numerous and frequently repeated. 

In articles of the first class, references may quite easily be worked 
into the text, and can be repeated by giving the cited author’s name, 
with a distinguishing date when more than one of his works has been 
mentioned: ‘This is more economical of time, space, and money than 
footnotes, and is far less fruitful of error than the irritating ibid. 
and loc. cit., often used by writers who apparently do not know 
what the contractions really mean. 

For memoirs of the second class, it is more convenient for both 
author and reader to have, either at the end or at the beginning of the 


240 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


memoir, a ‘ List of Works referred to’ (often erroneously termed a 
‘ Bibliography,’ even when lamentably lacking all bibliographic 
details). This should be arranged with the names of the authors in 
alphabetical order, and with the papers under each author’s name in 
chronological order, the date of publication (month as well as year, if 
necessary) preceding the title of the paper. In those rare cases when 
two or more papers by a single author from a single year cannot be 
distinguished by the month, the letters a, b, &c., may be added. 
Examples: 


Lampert, J. Jan. 1900. Etude sur quelques Kchinides de I’Infra- 
Lias. Bull. Soc. Sci. Yonne, LIIL., 3-57, pl. 1. 

Meyer, H. von. 1849b. Ueber die Laterne des Aristoteles. 
Arch. f. Anat., Jahrg. 1849, pp. 191-196, pl. ii. 


The references in the text will give the name of the author followed 
(or preceded) by the date, with the addition of a precise page-number 
where required. Hxamples: 

‘ Mesodiadema simplex Lampert (Jan. 1900, p. 31), Middle Lias.’ 

‘The term Schaltstiick, used by H. v. Meyer (1849b), is open to 
objection. ’ 

‘So early as 1787, A. Parra observed the epiphyses.’ 


The plan of arranging and numbering the quoted works in the 
order in which they happen to be mentioned in the text, and of refer- 
ring to them by the number, saves trouble to nobody except the writer 
of the paper at the moment of writing. The method here advocated 
is nearly, often quite, as brief; it gives the historical perspective, and 
it is of itself enough to save a reader familiar with the subject from 
repeated application to the list at the end. 

The system is essentially the same as that introduced by Professor 
BE. L. Mark in October, 1881 (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, VI., 
232, footnote), and recommended in March, 1894, by H. H. Field 
(Bull. Soc. Zool. France, X1X., 44). Those authors, however, write 
"81 and 94, instead of 1881 and 1894, a system that could only have 
been defended had our science begun and ended with the nineteenth 
century. 

As bearing on this particular question, the Committee would repeat 
two suggestions made in 1897. First, that the title of a paper (or 
at least its opening words) should be quoted, as well as the name of the 
journal from which it is taken. Secondly, that references should be 
given in full (i.e., series, volume, pages, date), so that an error in one 
may be corrected by the help of the others. 

The Committee asks for reappointment, and wishes to state that 
any inquiries or suggestions will be welcome, and should be addressed 
to its Secretary at the Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road, 
London, S.W. 7 


ON POLITICAL BOUNDARIES. 241 


Political Boundaries. 
By Colonel Sir T. H. Houpicu, K.C.M.G., K.C.1.E., C.B. 


[Ordered by the General Committee to be printed in extenso.] 


Ir is said that more wars have been caused by boundary disputes than 
any other source of political contention. Whenever there is a war, 
there is, inevitably, a boundary violated somewhere or other as the 
direct result of military movement, but this is an effect rather than a 
cause. The cause is to be sought for amongst a great complexity of - 
human motives—it may be a spirit of aggression, the sheer lust of 
world power, or it may be and frequently is an irrepressible demand for 
more space for an expanding people. This everlasting changing and 
shifting of boundaries which, whether regarded ag cause or effect, is 
the accompaniment of every great world war would, one would have 
thought, have led long ago to a most careful consideration of 
the principles. which should govern the setting out of boundaries 
between nationalities in such manner as to render them the most 
efficient factors in the preservation of peace; and yet the amount of 
really useful literature on this subject is almost infinitesimal. The 
complexity and importance of it has, I think, hardly been realised, 
and certainly no other subject could lend itself better to scientific dis- 
cussion from either the military, political, or the geographical stand- 
point, or start more free from preconceived notions and dogmatic opinion. 
One or two able writers have indeed attempted to define the require- 
ments of an international boundary from a theoretical point of view in 
a manner which is wholly admirable in so far as it is based on a belief 
in the regeneration of humanity, and the existence of an honest desire 
for a millennium of peace and goodwill which should lead nations to 
dwell together in unity. Unfortunately there are very few signs of 
this happy tendency in these days. It does not much matter in what 
direction you look for signs of yearning loving kindness amongst people, 
who, being ordered and ruled from separate and distinct centres of 
government, still exist as rivals in the great world field of commercial 
development and wealth hunting; you will not find them. In no direc- 
tion whatever are such symptoms significant enough to warrant the 
adoption of any scheme of boundary fixing which would lead to the 
commingling of the human fringes of the nations and promote mutual 
assimilation in a spirit of brotherly love and common ideals. Here we 
are faced with one of the difficulties which beset the discussion of the 
subject. What is a nation? or rather what are those conditions of 
government and geographical environment which constitute the basis 
of a nationality, binding all its individual members into one definite and 
complete whole in the consciousness of unity of purpose and ideals? 
An American writer defines a nation as ‘a population of an ethnic 
unity, inhabiting a geographic unity under a common form of govern- 
ment.’ He is careful to add that the exceptions are quite numerous 
enough to prove the rule. We had better leave it at that, and remember 
that under the universal political empires of the past there were no 
nations; and that with the increase of democracies in the world will 


come an inevitable increase of international boundaries. It is, however, 
1916 R 


242 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


with the spirit of the nation, the sentiments which underlie its national 
ideals, that we have to deal in practice when laying out a line of 
separation, and this, so far as it affects boundary settlements between 
civilised communities, appears at first sight to be a very complicated 
problem. The bonds of ethnic affinity ; a fervid community in religious 
sentiment; a mutual basis of agreement and aim as regards cultural 
development, or political aspirations, have all been cited as sentiments 
strong enough to ensure such a peace-loving and peace-promoting 
assimilation as should render the existence of a dividing line a merely 
nominal geographical incident. As a matter of fact none of these 
sentiments weigh for an instant against a cetrain form of perfervid 
patriotism, which is a virtue inculcated by education and supported by 
the irresistible effects of environment and self-interest. I do not mean 
to say that self-interest is at the root of patriotism, but I do mean to say 
that it is very easy to place self-interest on a very high pedestal of 
morality, and then to imagine that it is patriotism; and that it is a 
matter of the very deepest concern to any Government which values 
the great principle of love for one’s country, and the spirit of self- 
sacrifice in that country’s cause, to see to it that the highest patriotic 
ideals, whilst yet uncontaminated by the breath of self-interest, are 
fostered and inculcated during the earliest phases of education. It 
might be thought that community of origin and of language would be 
a powerful agent in the promotion of peace between peoples who share 
it. Unfortunately, it seems to count for little or nothing when 
boundary disputes arise. Such international family quarrels are often 
the bitterest, nor can we say that community of religious faith is any 
stronger as a binding agency than community of language and ethnical 
affinity. Such influences may almost be ignored, as well as those 
which arise from common aspirations after certain forms of culture, 
when men’s passions are aroused by the greed of territorial expansion 
or the bitter grievance of its curtailment. It is quite sufficient for all 
practical purposes if we lump all such matters of sentiment together and 
regard the total effect of them as the will of the people. The will of 
the people is, in effect, the outcome and expression of all these 
influences, together with that greater, nobler, and more inspiring senti- 
ment which the Japanese know as ‘ bushido,’ and which we call 
patriotism. I have been concerned officially in the settlement of many 
boundaries, but never have I experienced (nor have I ever heard of) a 
settlement in which the people concerned on either side were so happily 
disposed towards each other as to ask only for a fair division of 
interests, and such a nominal hedge between them as would permit of 
neighbourly fraternisation and the interchange of courtesies. On the 
contrary, boundary disputes seem to possess quite an unreasonable, and 
sometimes incomprehensible, faculty for stirring up the very worst 
elements of international hatred and passion, and we are forced to the 
conclusion that a boundary settlement involves the partition of con- 
flicting interests which must be adjusted as far as possible so as to. 
prevent those interests from ever clashing or morally interfering with 
each other again. So long as man is a fighting animal he must be ° 
prevented from physical interference with his neighbour by physical 


ON POLITICAL BOUNDARIES. 243 


means. I grant that this is not a high ideal, but what else can we 
suggest? We have had bitter experience of late years which should 
teach us again an old, old lesson of the value of high ideals and 
altruistic sentiment where men’s passions are concerned in this un- 
redeemed world so full of beauty and of desperate evil; and we must 
reluctantly admit that the best way to preserve peace amongst the 
nations is to part them by as strong and as definite a physical fence 
as we can find. In short, a boundary must be a barrier, and the 
position of it must be influenced largely by the will of the people. 
These, then, are the two governing conditions of boundary making. 
Let us consider the latter condition first. All authorities seem to agree 
(there are not many of them) that the annexation of any territory 
directly against the will of its inhabitants is a political blunder. The 
assimilation of its people with the conquering nation is a slow, and 
often an impossible process. The Germans have not assimilated the 
French of Alsace and Lorraine, the English have hardly assimilated 
the Irish, and where race antagonism is believed to be supported by 
self-interest real assimilation seems to be hopeless. An admixture, 
so to speak, may be effected mechanically, but real chemical fusion 
never takes place. Under such circumstances it is seldom indeed that 
the acquired territory is a safe and thoroughly sound unit in the political 
entity. It adds little or nothing to the strength of a nation, although 
it may be economically useful, and it is apt to be a very thorn in the 
side of any Government and an undoubted danger in times of stress 
and adversity. The expression of the peoples’ will varies infinitely in 
form. In the savage and uncivilised countries of the black man there 
may be no possibility of consulting it. The questions at issue may lie 
between whole nations, and the black man has little to say to the 
disposition of his own property. But amongst civilised countries there 
is always a ‘ will,’ and it is usually exceedingly definite. Various sug- 
gestions have been made as to the best way of ascertaining that will. A 
plebiscite even has been suggested. I cannot imagine a surer way of 
starting an armed conflict. The process of vote-catching is never one 
which lends itself to the promotion of good feeling and brotherly love 
at the best of times, even when the object is a political issue only half 
comprehended. When it is a matter of close personal interest involving 
a clear issue of local gain or loss it certainly would stir up to its very 
depths the identical dispute which the boundary is planned to decide. 
Nor in practice will it be found that any such resource is necessary. 
However complicated may be the admixture of those sentiments which 
together combine to form a definite will on the part of the disputants. 
the expression of a people’s will in terms of the majority is usually 
definite and unmistakable. When opinions are fairly divided and the 
expression of them is weak and wobbly, inclining first one way and then 
another, weighing advantages against disadvantages, and coming to no 
decided conclusion, then indeed sentiment may well be allowed to give 
way to those physical conditions which should govern the selection. of 
the line of partition, strong geographically, a barrier for defence against 
aggression, an age-long guarantee for the peaceful development of 
culture and commerce without interference or fear on either side. Let. 
R 2 


244 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


me repeat that the reason for giving first consideration to the senti- 
mental values in a boundary dispute is the obvious fact, long ago con- 
firmed by history, that no nation gains in strength by the acquisition 
of a people latently hostile, and prevented by hereditary or ethnical 
instinct from any process of assimilation which will cement the bonds 
of political union. Setting aside, then, the question of international 
sentiment, we may consider those problems which beset the physical 
side of the questions, especially the relations and influence of geography 
and environment on a frontier, together with some few of the most 
important rules which should guide first the delimitation, and then the 
demarcation, of a boundary, and I should like to commence by insisting, 
as far as I can, on some definitions which seem to be called for, judging 
from certain reports dealing with boundary matters which I have lately 
read, and on which I have been asked to express an opinion. The 
‘ delimitation ’ of a boundary is not the actual process of marking out its 
position in the field. That is better understood by the word ‘ demarca- 
tion.’ Delimitation is a process of defining by means of maps and 
protocols where a boundary should be demarcated in the field, and it is 
usually the function of those high political authorities who meet together 
to represent the interests of either nation concerned and agree, on such 
geographical evidence as they can get, what either side is prepared to 
accept. Too often it is assumed that with the delimitation of a boundary 
the great question at issue is finally settled. If the delimitation is based 
on perfectly sound evidence, and if the protocols and other technical 
documents provided for the guidance of the demarcators is expressed 
both clearly and correctly, the subsequent business of demarcation 
becomes merely a secondary process giving effect in the field to that 
which has been decided in high conclave. This has seldom been the 
case in the past owing to a want of appreciation for the necessity for 
exact geographical knowledge, both practical and theoretical, on the 
part of the political delimitors, and it has happened that the terms of 
delimitation have led to far extended disputes and to a process of 
demarcation which, in one important instance at least, has lasted for 
more than a century and a half. Another matter on which some 
confusion of mind has been apparent, even amongst officers of special 
ability in this form of public service, is the distinction which lies 
between a frontier and a boundary. If you define this distinction 
shortly it amounts to this—a boundary denotes a line, and a frontier 
space. The boundary limits the frontier, and it is the expansion of the 
frontier which so frequently renders a boundary necessary; a frontier 
is but a vague and indefinite term until the boundary sets a hedge 
between it and the frontier of a neighbouring State. 

There are, in my opinion, certain fixed principles which are 
applicable to all boundaries no matter where they may be traced, 
whether among the gloomy forésts of the Upper Amazon or the peaks 
and pinnacles of the Andes, amongst the sun-baked hills of Africa or 
through the intricacies of the rugged borderland of India; whether in 
black man’s wilderness or the white man’s populous and overcrowded 
provinces; and these principles, which are dependent on physical 
attributes, can never be safely ignored. The last half-century has 


ON POLITICAL BOUNDARIES, 245 


witnessed a perfect orgy of boundary making, and latterly the demand 
of scientific requirements (notably of geographical exactitude in defini- 
tion and demarcation) have been fairly met. We can certainly claim 
that of late years our boundaries have been shaped scientifically by 
competent demarcation guided by the text of delimitations which, if 
not technically perfect, have at least been free from the ridiculous 
elementary errors of past generations of politicians, who were ignorant 
of the very first principles of geography. I need not weary you with 
any repetition of past mistakes, mistakes that have cost us the value 
of many millions sterling, and have more than once reduced this country, 
as well as other countries, to the verge of war. I have referred to them 
often enough elsewhere. It is quite probable that we shall ere long be 
faced with a comparatively new phase of boundary problems where 
there can no longer be the excuse of want of sound map knowledge of 
the districts concerned to account for misleading and inaccurate 
delimitations, but where ethnical interests of the most important 
character will possibly present painfully complicated knots for dis- 
entanglement. In no case, however, can I imagine that the wishes of 
the majority of the people concerned will be difficult to ascertain, and 
in certainly the great majority of cases it will be those main principles 
involving physical attributes which will prove to be the most important 
factor in the settlement. We should, in the first place, be absolutely 
certain, that on both sides of the settlement there is the same governing 
idea of a contract which is to secure the permanent peace of the border. 
Whilst this is the just and righteous aim of the boundary maker, whilst 
he has nothing in view but that which is to develop the influences of 
peace and the interests, commercial and cultural, of the peoples between 
whom he has to set a hedge, he must beware of any reservation which 
may become apparent during the process of settlement which would 
indicate that a loophole is to be left in that hedge through which 
advantage may be taken hereafter, when the hour shall strike, of some 
weakness which may facilitate a sudden and determined overthrow of 
the whole construction. In the strongest sense of the term, then, I 
must insist that a boundary must be a sound and unbroken barrier as 
far as possible, and that it must be selected most assuredly with the 
great object in view of hindering in every possible way any proposed 
scheme of violation. As a barrier it may be natural or it may be 
artificial. In either case it must be made as secure as Nature or Art 
can make it. Peace can only be based in this imperfect world on 
security. Security, as one able writer has justly put it, means 
‘armament.’ In blood and tears have we at last learnt this lesson. 
May no specious notions of a new millennium blot it out from our 
minds, and may our political representatives, impressed at last with 
the lessons of the War, set about designing new political boundaries 
with lines as strong as they can be made. Prevention of war is much 
better than cure; better by the lives, it may be, of millions of brave men 
and the tears of thousands of women, and it may quite easily be 
prevented to a very appreciable extent by limiting the capacity of angry 
disputants to get at each other. How are we to secure these strong 
boundaries? To a certain extent Nature helps us, and where Nature 


246 REPORTS .ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


steps in with a really sound and impracticable fence nothing in the 
world can be better. Almost every geographical feature has already 
been impressed into the service of the boundary maker. We have 
mountain ranges, rivers and lakes, seas and deserts, all doing duty, to 
say nothing of countless minor features which make up the topo- 
graphical plan of the earth’s surface. Incomparably the best of these 
are mountain ranges. It may happen that they stand alone, untouched 
for miles by artificial designs as great and impassable border lands, in 
the midst of which the boundary follows the great divides, majestic, 
unapproachable, immovable, subject to no vicissitudes of natural force 
short of violent earthquakes, requiring no artificial boundary marks for 
definition, no ridiculous waste of money over demarcation, no expendi- 
ture in boundary upkeep, presenting on either hand a magnificent wall 
of defence, unbroken, impressive, defiant. It is true that here and 
there across all the great mountain systems of the world there run the 
tortuous and narrow ways culminating in passes connecting the wide 
plains on either side. Over these passes and through their narrow ways 
armies have been conducted from time to time, and history records 
several notable instances of great invasions conducted across great 
mountain systems, but I venture to think this is not a phase of history 
which is likely to repeat itself. The power of scientific defence forbids 
it. Under such circumstances opportunities for transgressing the 
boundary and trespass into foreign fields are not many, and the tres- 
passing is a matter which entails serious consideration and the delay 
of preparation. I need not enlarge on the value of mountain 
boundaries. You are all familiar with such notable instances as the 
great wall of the Pyrenees, the more intricate Alpine system, and the 
magnificent Continental divide of the Andine Cordillera, all of which 
have been pressed into international service ; but tomy mind the most 
amazing natural boundary in the world is that of the snowy Himalayan 
ranges which part India from the great northern uplands. These 
ranges, combined with the important offshoots of the Hindu Kush and 
its extensions, absolutely and securely hedge in India from any 
northern threat of invasion, leaving but one comparatively short north- 
western gateway doubtfully available through the whole wide extended 
frontier between Burma and Persia. If we cannot guard that gateway 
we had better leave India. Next to an impressive mountain system we 
must be content with lesser divides, lesser in altitude, and inferior in the 
quality of difficult approach. If we cannot have Himalayas we may 
make good use of Carpathians. I need hardly refer to the excellent 
use which has been made of this formidable, but by no means un- 
approachable, mountain system, not only historically, but notably 
during the varying phases of the present war. The Crown Colony of 
Galicia, lying flat beyond these mountains, has proved to be nothing 
but weakness to the Austrian Empire, which has been forced to defend 
her south-eastern frontier by the Carpathian ridges rather than by the 
fortresses and rivers of Galicia. Whatever may be the significance of 
the mountain system as a geographical divide between the nations, it 
is of obvious importance that the actual boundary should follow the 
parting of the waters. To take a remarkable instance of the weakness 


ON POLITICAL BOUNDARIES. 247 


which results from a failure to observe this condition I may refer to 
the northern Italian frontier. Here the main watershed has been inter- 
mittently abandoned; valleys are crossed; local interests are divided ; 
racial and social affinities are disregarded ; mountain crests are traversed 
with an air of readiness which betokens a nominal rather than an actual 
boundary, and a permanent international grievance has been established 
which this war may, or may not, set right. 

Failing a definite uplifted watershed, the ordinary divide between 
the heads of minor affluents of a river basin is quite a useful alternative. 
The advantages are those of permanence, definiteness, and economy, 
added to a certain command in altitude which renders it important as a 
military feature. It is seldom that a divide alters its position from the 
action of natural causes: on the whole it may be regarded as a perma- 
nent feature unlikely to be shifted or affected by the wear and tear of 
nature’s destructive forces ; and it is definite and often unmistakably re- 
cognisable without the aid of artificial landmarks, which cost money and 
are perishable. Consequently, it is readily and quickly adapted to the 
purpose of boundary making. Judging from the map of Europe, ib 
may be said that these advantages have not been overlooked in the past. 
To a very great extent it is the divide between the rivers, and not the 
rivers themselves, that have been adopted for international purposes. 
Rivers, perhaps, rank next in value to mountain chains, and they 
certainly play an important part in the great political partitioning of 
the world. They are at least unmistakable and definite features re- 
quiring little artificial assistance; and they do often serve the purpose 
of a barrier. Indeed, it entirely depends on the conditions of environ- 
ment whether a river makes a good boundary or a very bad one. 
Where the surrounding country is a waste of trackless forest or of 
wild upland, and where the river is confined to a narrow channel in 
a rock-bound bed, it may be admirably adapted for a boundary. The 
Oxus, from the plains of Badakshan to its glacier sources in the 
Pamirs, forms a typical boundary of this nature; but where it leaves 
the hills and, spreading into the plains, it changes its banks and its 
channels, swallowing up acres of good alluvial soil here, pushing up 
sandbanks and islands there, and laying out new islets or streamlets 
which wander irresponsibly over the surface of the plains confusing the 
issue as to what are its banks, it forms no boundary at all. Moreover, 
‘where it is broad enough and deep enough to warrant navigation, it 
has a tendency to lapse into the exclusive possession of the most 
pushing nation. 

The Oxus of the plains from Charjui to Badakshan has become a 
Russian highway. The Rhine, when indeed it formed a boundary, 
was always claimed as ‘our river’ by the Germans. Rival claims 
for right of way and disputes about land or local irrigation claims are 
far more likely to arise from the common possession of an intermediate 
river than the friendly interchange of civilities and international 
amenities. When the Germans shifted their boundary from the Rhine 
to the Vosges Mountains they strengthened their own frontier greatly, 
whilst incidentally they also strengthened that of France, as we have 
every reason to know. The strength of the German frontier lies in 


248 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


the Vosges and the heights above the Meuse, not in the Meuse, the 
Moselle, or the Rhine. The annexation of the provinces of Alsace 
and Lorraine did nothing to damage the efficacy of their national frontier 
from the military point of view. It rather improved it. That it proved 
to be a great political blunder is due to German incapacity to appreciate 
the force of that fundamental consideration which deals with the 
will of the people and their national incapacity for assimilation. 

Lakes and deserts play approximately the same useful part as 
barriers between rival States. In Europe, Africa, and America lakes 
have been largely claimed in support of boundary demarcation and, 
like deserts, they have on the whole proved efficient, even if the exact 
position of the dividing line is but ill-defined in their midst. There 
is, indeed, this great advantage about both of these geographical 
features: it is seldom matter of importance that there should be exact 
demarcation. There may be islands in lakes, or oases and wells in 
deserts which have to be accounted for in the partition; but beyond 
them in the great wide sweep of inland water or the sand spaces of a 
sun-dried wilderness there is seldom the necessity for striking a distinct 
artificial line. It would be interesting had we time to trace a geographi- 
cal analogy between a desert frontier and a sea frontier ; and to show how 
it has happened that through long ages of history a desert-girt land of 
promise and development has owed continued peace and progress to its 
environment just as much as a sea-girt island. It may happen that no 
geographical features of any significance are available for the satis- 
faction of the boundary maker, and.that continuous and obvious arti- 
ficial means have to be employed to make a boundary plain. Even 
with the best assistance of nature artificial methods of marking a 
boundary will always be necessary where man’s own artificial impress 
on the earth’s surface is encountered. Passes over the heights and 
roads traversing less conspicuous divides have to be denoted, and the 
gateways of a country or a State demand careful acknowledgment, 
but independently of such obvious points, on which it is not necessary 
to dwell, it very frequently happens that for thousands of miles the 
natura] features (whether divide or river) are not marked enough to 
advertise the existence of a boundary without a line of pillars or marks 
of some sort at distances of intervisibility. A divide even may include 
marshy flats from which rivers drain in opposite directions, or culti- 
vated areas may intervene, so that at the best of times there is no 
getting away from artificial expression altogether. It is, however, the 
employment of means such as are wholly and purely artificial, where 
nature not only has no hand in the arrangement, but where her gentler 
efforts are traversed and discarded that so many ridiculously bad 
boundaries come to grief. The straight line, for instance, whether it 
represents a parallel of latitude, a meridian, or just a line projected 
on some particular bearing, is almost invariably bad. It possesses no 
elasticity, it is often most difficult to determine, it is expensive, and 
terribly tedious in the process of evolution. It may cut in two local 
interests of great importance and play the mischief with a well-defined 
frontier. ‘The worst mistakes in delimitation have occurred where a 
meridian (undetermined by exact geodetic measurement) or a parallel 


ON POLITICAL BOUNDARIES. 249 


of latitude has been the weak resource of an ignorant arbitration which 
is dealing with a strictly geographical problem without waiting for proper 
geographical illustration. A straight line is generally an indication of 
geographical ignorance, a last resource when topographical information 
is wanting, so that it need not surprise us that it has in the ignorant 
past been distinctly popular. It has always proved to be immensely 
expensive, and I could occupy your time for hours in recounting 
historical instances of its adoption, with the evil financial results thereof. 
It is, however, to the credit of European diplomacy of the past that 
there are not many straight lines in Europe; there has indeed been 
no excuse for them, for there cannot be many square miles of the 
Continent that have not served as the basis for military action leading 
to a certain amount of exact topographical knowledge since Cesar 
first conquered Gaul. What interests us at present chiefly is that 
particular phase of boundary making in the future which is to provide 
for the security and, through security, for the peace of the quasi- 
civilised communities of Europe and the Near East. If I am right 
in assuming the general principle governing the selection of a boundary 
line to be that of securing a barrier, clearly we are landed at once in 
questions of military defence as a necessary corollary. 

At the present time the principle for which we are fighting is that 
of maintaining the integrity of small nations; and the principle which 
apparently tends to govern the evolution of national societies, both 
small and great, is that of the democracy. As democracies increase, 
and Empires are restricted, so will boundaries, together with the 
division of international interests, increase; but it must be remembered 
that the bed-rock of all social evolution is the everlasting question of 
population. Thus the right of expansion in order to meet the imperious 
demand of multiplying people will promote boundary disputes and 
frontier wars as long as the world lasts. So that the security of a 
frontier is a matter of increasing importance in the world’s economy, 
inasmuch as we can never expect an international convention to regulate 
the output of population in the same way that the output of armament 
or ships may be regulated, although one is just as important as the 
other in the interests of peaceful international evolution. 

What, then, is to be the nature of the political boundary of the 
future from the military point of view if we wish to attain the security 
which is the only guarantee (and which will continue to be the only 
guarantee) for peace? So far, as regards the actual line which denotes 
the boundary and limits the frontier on either side, there will be no 
great departure from those principles of selecting strong natural fea- 
tures to which I have already alluded, and these natural features will 
in most cases lend themselves readily to military defensive purposes. 
Consequently, we may assume that the mountain ridge or the divide 
will be adopted wherever possible. If we have learnt anything from 
the war, we have learnt the enormous advantage to defence which is 
given even by a slight command in altitude. It is true that river flats 
and marshes have figured largely in the strategy of the war in Poland, 
on the Russo-German frontier, and in Mesopotamia; and that the 
skilful use of marshes and inundations has largely affected the results 


250 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


of the campaign; but we may very safely say that no such accidents 
of topographical configuration would ever be selected as the basis of a 
boundary in preference to the advantages conferred by an elevated line. 
An open space of marshland, even if traversed by a definite river 
channel in its midst, could not often occur in European configuration 
as a useful alternative to the divide, so that I do not imagine that in 
the redistribution of political boundaries at the close of the war, no 
matter where they may take place, will there be any great departure 
from the old order which adopted elevations and placed strong fortresses 
at intervals to guard frontiers. Nothing has occurred which need shake 
our faith in the value of this military precaution for the security of the 
frontier. | Where the dividing line is unsupported by strong geo- 
graphical features, such as are of themselves of military significance, 
the construction of fortresses, wherein may be gathered large military 
forces of sufficient strength to render it impossible to pass them by or 
ignore them, will still be considered imperative. It was the strength 
of the line of French forts from Belfort to Verdun facing the Vosges 
Mountains and the Meuse which determined the initial strategy of 
the German campaign, and directed the advance through Belgium as 
indicating the line of least resistance to Paris. It was the gallant 
defence of Liége which destroyed the full effect of the great initiative 
and gave priceless opportunity for mobilisation to the Allies. It is 
the Rhineland fortresses, and not the Rhine itself, which will protect 
the western frontiers of Germany when the hour comes for France to 
strike back. The unexpected collapse of Antwerp, of Namur, and 
of Maubeuge does little to modify this opinion. I shall be surprised 
if in the long future history does not point to the defence of Verdun 
as the pivot on which the fortunes of the war turned. Along with 
fortresses and with the controlling system of railways (with which we 
cannot be concerned just now) there will be new developments on or 
near the boundary which will be the outcome of present experiences. 
The réle of trench-digging and of earthworks, which is comparatively 
new to European campaigning and which has time and time again 
proved the one insuperable obstacle to rapid advance, will not be lost 
sight of or neglected in favour of more impressive permanent works. 
Boundaries will be selected that admit of the linking up of natural 
features by a tracery of trenches and field works, infinitely intricate, 
whilst artillery and all the mechanical paraphernalia of war with which 
we have lately become familiar will find their place in the general 
scheme. Indeed, it seems that the European boundary of the future 
will be something more than the artificial impress of a line on the 
face of Europe, having no further significance than that of a hedge. 
It may well become an actual military barrier bristling with obstruction 
and points of steel, so complete and effective in its appointments as 
to approach very closely to realising an ideal of absolute security. Thus 
will it really serve to diminish the probability of attack, and at any 
rate to induce long and very careful consideration before its violation 
is undertaken. It may be said that I am suggesting a defensive fence 
round every State that has any consideration for its own security such 
as might prove a serious bar to the exchange of friendly amenities. 


ON POLITICAL BOUNDARIES. 251 


I fear that it is so; but my suggestion only indicates that which will, 
it seems to me, inevitably happen. Anyhow, it is freely open to 
discussion, and I claim to do no more than briefly outline the prin- 
ciples which, I consider, must govern a subject on which there has 
been so far singularly little opinion expressed. 


The Question of Fatigue from the Economic Standpoint.—Second 
Interim Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor 
J. H. Murrweap (Chairman), Miss B. lL. Hurcuins (Secre- 
tary), Mr. P. SanGanr FLORENCE (Organising Secretary), Mr. 
C. K. OGDEN (Special Investigator), Miss A. M. ANDERSON, 
Professor CHAPMAN, Professor STANLEY KENT, Dr. Martnanp, 
Miss M. C. Matrueson, Mrs. Merepitu, Dr. C. S. Mysrs, 
Mr. J. W. Ramssortom, and Dr. J. JENKINS ROBB. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 
Introduction : Sy ec ¢ F 7 ; ; : - : ; . 251 
I. Accumulated Fatigue in Warfare. ; : ; 3 , f » 253 
II. Daily Course of Fatigue in Type-setting . : . eee : . 256 
III. Fatigue as a Cause of Accidents 3 : : ‘ ; 3 ; . 258 
IV. The Applicability of Psychology to Problems of Industrial Fatigue . . 262 
V. Bibliographical Material . 3 F F ‘: 3 i : : . 270 

Introduction. 


THE publication of the first (interim) Report of the Committee of the 
British Association appointed to investigate ‘ Fatigue from the Economic 
Standpoint ’ has aroused interest both among the general public and 
among business men. As the Committee was appointed with the 
definite practical aim of influencing industrial organisation, it has 
tried through its Investigator to keep in touch with the attitude of 
practical organisers to.the subject during the past year. Public reference 
to Fatigue has therefore as far as possible been noted. The reception 
of the Report itself showed that the publication occurred at a moment 
when scientific discussion was felt to be a necessity owing to the 
conditions of overtime, night work, Sunday work, and women’s employ- 
ment in the munition industry. The matter was particularly taken up 
in the leading trade papers; in many cases cortespondence ensued, 
in which managers, foremen, and others contributed their experiences. 
The appointment by the Minister of Munitions of a Committee to deal 
with Industrial Fatigue and Health of Munition Workers early in 
September gave additional stimulus to the study of the subject, and in 
the Memoranda published by this Committee our interim report was 
frequently mentioned. 

The Medical Research Committee of the National Health Insurance, 
indeed, decided itself to promote investigation, which proceeded on 
the lines developed in our 1915 Report—namely, by the collation of 
actual factory statistics. The danger of overlapping has, however, been 


252 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


avoided by the fact that the investigators have been conversant with 
one another’s work, and a line of demarcation was drawn whereby the 
Medical Research investigation continued on the lines of our first Report 
while the British Association Committee approached the separate 
problem of accumulated fatigue, and concentrated more particularly 
on questions of method, endeavouring also to facilitate the co-ordination 
of previous investigations, and compiling a complete Bibliography of 
Fatigue in all its aspects, which should be of the greatest assistance to 
students in the future. This laborious task has been rendered yet more 
formidable by the interruption of communications with the Continent, 
but the resources of the University Library and the Psychological 
Library at Cambridge have once more been freely drawn upon. This 
Bibliography, already comprising close upon 1,000 entries, under the 
threefold classification of years, subjects, and authors, has not yet 
reached the final stage necessary for publication; but, as an example, is 
submitted the list of entries classified under the heading ‘ General,’ that 
is to say, dealing with the whole subject rather than with any special 
aspect. 

Owing to circumstances also arising out of the continuance of 
hostilities, memoranda on changes in factory hours and the experience 
of managers promised by members from their various localities have 
been held over, and the present Report is based for the most part on 
research undertaken by the Investigator (Mr. C. K. Ogden) and by Mr. 
P. 8. Florence. The co-operation has been secured, amongst others, 
of Professor Lee, of Columbia University, Mr. Cyril Burt, Psycho- 
logical Adviser to the L.C.C., Miss May Smith, of Cherwell Hall, 
Oxford, and Mr. E. J. Dingwall, of the Cambridge University Library. 
The effect of Fatigue on Women Workers is being studied by Miss 
A. M. Anderson, Chief Lady Inspector of Factories, a translation has 
been made of those portions of Biicher’s Arbeit und Rhythmus that are 
relevant to modern industrial conditions,! while Miss B. L. Hutchins 
has presented a memorandum reviewing the steps by which public 
attention has been gradually directed to the effects of fatigue in 
production. 

The Committee was appointed in the first instance to consider the 
problem of Fatigue from the Economic Standpoint. This might have 
been interpreted only to cover the effect of fatigue upon the output of 
particular groups of workers. But the Committee has felt from the 
beginning that behind this there was the larger question of the effect 
of fatiguing employments on the general health of the working popula- 
tion, the frequency of sickness, the period of industrial efficiency, the 
mortality rate in particular industries. Difficult though this investiga- 
tion is, the Committee has thought that it ought not to be shirked; and 
in the attempt to deal with this problem under the title of accumulated 
fatigue they are able to present a memorandum (Section I.) from Dr. 


* The effect of rhythm in enabling the organism to pertorm with ease an 
amount of work which, if it were absent, would cause acute distress and fatigue 
is well known, as for instance in the ground covered by fragile people at a ball. 
The noise, regularity, ‘swing’ and team-work of so many processes in modern 
industry present very favourable ground for the application of rhythm, and the 
Committee have already made studies of some of its aspects. 


THE QUESTION OF FATIGUE FROM THE ECONOMIC STANDPOINT. 253 


Gwynne Maitland, who during the war in Serbia has had special oppor- 
tunities of observation; while the co-operation has been secured of 
Professor T. Loveday, of Armstrong College, Newcastle-on-Tyne, and 
of Dr. Major Greenwood (Statistician to the Lister Institute). They 
submit their results rather as an indication of what the Committee hope 
to achieve in the coming year than as claiming completeness in their 
present form. 


Section I. 


Accumulated Fatigue in Warfare. 
Dr. Marruanp. 


The present war supplies unlimited material for the study of fatigue, 
but there is little opportunity afforded for experimental examination ; one 
must for the most part be content with clinical observations. 

There is one outstanding advantage in these cases as compared with 
civil cases; it is that they show much greater severity, and so enable 
one to realise to what extent fatigue may be responsible not only for 
functional disorders, but ultimately for permanent constitutional lesions. 

There is, however, this great disadvantage, that there is no 
opportunity for submitting these, as one can submit civil cases, to experi- 
ment. It is obviously impracticable to be in the position and to select 
the opportunity for measuring work before and after the strain of field 
and trench work. 

By experience of work in the field and by the observation of cases, 
useful conclusions can be reached, and some measure of reform has 
already been forced upon the Army. 

The soldier has a limited capacity for work, but if he has been care- 
fully trained that capacity may be increased; on the other hand, if his 
capacity is exceeded, and recuperation is not permitted to him, that 
capacity may undergo so much diminution as to render him quite unfit 
for military purposes. 

Military necessity, the impossibility of bringing up relays for replace- 
ment, the inability to provide sufficient rest and uninterrupted sleep, 
prevent the Army from getting the greatest possible value out of the unit. 

It was, indeed, found that long-continued trench strain resulted in 
cases of breakdown which certainly recovered after a period of rest, but 
such cases were left with a shorter period of utility on their return to 
the trenches, and, breaking down again, frequently discharged as of no 
further use. Not only was the period of activity shortened, but the 
quality of their work deteriorated, as evinced by their inaccurate shoot- 
ing, by their inability to time hand-grenade fuses, by hesitation in 
matters which demanded quick and intelligent decision, and in various 
other ways. 

In estimating the predisposing factors causing the acute cases of 
fatigue it would have been of the greatest importance to classify the 
various field operations in such a way as to obtain a common denomi- 
nator, whereby forced marching, trench-digging, gun-moving, stretcher- 
bearing, and so on, might be schematised, and an ideal number of hours 


254 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


allotted to each task. Unfortunately, of course, the actual strain in- 
volved varies with the occasion, and the matter is further complicated by 
various other conditions, such as the time and amount of the place for 
rest and sleep, the adequacy and sufficiency of food, the amount of noise 
and sensory disturbances generally, and the nervous strain of exposure 
to fire, and so on. 

It is obvious we must therefore dispense with the hope of obtaining 
an ideal working day for each military unit. 

All that we can reasonably hope for is that, with the present greater 
ability to supply reinforcements, we can diminish the strain as well as 
more frequently replace the actual fighting units; and it becomes a 
matter of the greatest urgency that with this ability, and with the 
growing delicacy of perception in the anticipation of the breaking-point, 
a greater discretion might be employed to prevent it. 

Now we have two degrees of acute fatigue always coming up for 
notice. The one is the occasional case which is sent to the rear in a 
state of collapse. 

The case is often confused with shock, and in some respects it 
resembles a case of shock: there is extreme pallor of the face, the 
extremities are cold, and there is a fine muscular tremor. The blood 
pressure of the brachial artery in such a case is very low, usually below 
80 mm. Hg, the pulse is thready and the heart sounds are feeble and 
fluttering. It is, in fact, to be distinguished from shock only by its 
history and course. 

Now, such a case follows the usual physiological course. Thus, 
after compensation has been established in the process of strain—.e. 
‘second wind’ has been obtained, the heart is relieved, the vessels of 
the working part are dilated, and the respiratory embarrassment sub- 
sides—no further trouble may ensue if rest occurs in due course, but if 
the work is greatly increased, or if it continues too long, the chief 
organ to give out is the heart, which is working at high speed and at 
higher pressure to supply the greater need of the working parts. The 
heart begins to display its weakness by failing to contract completely, 
the right heart over-loaded begins to show its distress in the laboured 
breathing of the lungs. The working parts, making the same demand 
for oxygenated blood, fail to be adequately supplied, owing to the 
growing weakness of the heart, and the fatigue products beginning to 
accumulate interfere therefore with the efficiency of the muscles. 

The discomfort under ordinary conditions may become so acute as 
to make a worker cease his work; the initiative, however, which drives 
the soldier on, may so obsess his mind as to render him insensitive to 
these flags of distress and so he continues to the danger-point. The 
heart, still labouring on, fails, owing to congestion of the right heart, 
to get itself supplied with oxygenated blood, and the condition is there- 
fore aggravated and it undergoes dilatation. At this stage a failure of 
cerebral supply brings about syncope, the restitution of cerebral 
function with the horizontal position may even fail to bring back the 
mental stimulus, but usually only brings into consciousness the acute 
feeling of helplessness in the body. 
' The soldier may then be fortunate enough to be carried straight away. 


THE QUESTION OF FATIGUE FROM THE ECONOMIC STANDPOINT. 255 


to the field hospital or even to the base, where apparently complete 
recuperation takes place, and he may once more take his place in the 
fighting line. 

This is the case usually which, through insufficient rest at the base, 
may return again suffering in the same way but more severely, and he 
may be eventually considered unfit to return. 

These are the cases that provoke attention; but the cases which are 
more important to consider from the point of view of military values 
is the great class of combatants which do not collapse in the field but 
yet betray to some extent the symptoms of these graver cases. They 
manage to come through without collapse, but they too display extreme 
pallor, their blood pressure is extremely low, their heart feeble, and 
they also exhibit an extreme and incessant restlessness of the hands 
and feet—faiblesse irritable. In this condition they are practically 
useless as a fighting unit, and are in fact a genuine encumbrance. 
Fatigue here again has gone slightly beyond the possibility of sound 
physiological recuperation, and the tissues show depreciation by the 
celerity with which fatigue is induced on the next occasion for great 
physical strain. It becomes then a matter of the greatest urgency to 
see these soldiers are replaced before this excessive fatigue is established ; 
that of course can only be done empirically by a knowledge of the 
endurance of the soldier in the present type of warfare. It is essential 
that these soldiers return to the fighting line with their capacity for 
work undiminished, and it is with this object in view that the hours 
in the fighting line have lately been limited and the period of rest 
increased. 

Finally the result we have to expect if the demand for adequate rest 
and recuperation is not satisfied is that a permanent lesion is 
established. 

From this last type of case we perhaps ought to exclude those cases 
which after great exposure and great strain betray or develop on the 
one hand tubercular trouble, on the other those cases which, through 
inherent heart-weakness, develop dilated hearts and incompetent heart- 
values. The cases which are especially instructive are those cases 
which show no other lesion than the arterial. 

It was extraordinary to observe how many Serbian soldiers, who 
have lived through the Balkan wars culminating in this present war, 
revealed arterio sclerosis. ‘Their temporal vessels were always markedly 
tortuous, and, on examination, almost all palpable vessels were found 
to be thickened and tortuous. 

There seems no better illustration of the result of hard work on 
arteries than this continued war strain. Hard work has long been stated 
to be an alternative to the acute specific toxins in the productions of 
fibrosis in arteries, but has never received much attention. 

It was in almost all the above cases possible to exclude the mineral 
poisons, alcohol, and specific toxins, and by exclusion the only con- 
clusion which could be arrived at was that accumulative fatigue bodies 
themselves act as an arterial toxin. Moreover, it is necessary to 
remember the great demands made upon the vasomotor system, which 
is constantly in requisition in hard work, and therefore constantly 


256 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


demanding oxygen. With the tax made upon the heart in extreme 
stress the heart may fail to remove the fatigue bodies, which, accumulat- 
ing, may irritate the delicate muscular mechanism in the arterial walls. 
This irritation, with the relative absence of anabolic bodies and oxygen, 
results in a degeneration of muscular tissue, and the artery in self- 
defence undergoes fibrous degeneration. 

The history of six years of Balkan wars prove beyond dispute that 
the strain of forced marching, inadequate food, insufficient rest and 
sleep, resulting in a temporary and functional fatigue to begin with, may 
ultimately, through a gradual depreciation of tissue, cause a genuine 
degenerative lesion. 


Section IT. 
The Daily Course of Fatigue in Type-setting. 


The Committee have succeeded in securing’ an hourly output 
curve of the process of type-setting. Type-setting, whether by machine 
or hand, is work requiring the closest attention and must be sharply 
distinguished from the uniform and regular work that can so easily be 
performed automatically. The reading of the manuscript and the 
setting of the different combinations of letters and points require judg- 
ment and care. Working by hand, there is in addition the task of 
taking the type from the right box in the compositor’s tray and of 
placing the type correctly on the stick. The piece-hands also often 
made their own corrections. Work on a typograph machine is much 
like that of typewriting. The matter to be set was of a uniform nature 
throughout. 

The factory was situated in the country and built spaciously ; there 
were no special conditions likely to be unfavourable to health. 


Type-setting by Typograph Machines. Operated by men. Average 
number of ‘ ens’ over period of ten full working days in February 
1916. 


— | Chester Marshall Newman | Stringer Average 
8-9 3,180 4,880 3,440 2,030 3,382 

9-10(a) 3,740 5,730 4,000 ~ 2,520 3,997(a) 
10-11 3,530 5,320 3,650 2,450 3,737 
11-12 3,300 5,520 3,300 2,740 3,715 

Dinner Interval. 

1-2 3,570 5,550 3,500 - 2,800 3,855 
2-3 (5) 3,750 5,750 3,780 2,530 3,952 
3.15-4.15 4,000 5,840 3,400 2,560 3,950 
4.15-5.15 3,780 4,980 2,780 2,120 3,415 


Note.—(a) There is a mid-spell break of ten minutes from 9 to 9.10. The 
output for the period 9 to 10 is averaged up to the full hour. (6) There is no 
break in the work from 3 to 3.15. 


* By courtesy of Mr. Stanley Unwin, of Messrs, Allen & Unwin, and of 
Messrs. Unwin Brothers. 


Ea _--" - 


THE QUESTION OF FATIGUE FROM THE ECONOMIC STANDPOINT. 257 


Type-selting by hand.—‘ Piece-hands.’ Average number of ‘ens’ 
over period of ten full working days (February 1916). 


_ ee pies 4 Bickerton Smith Fletcher | Average 
8-9 1,420 1,430 1,290 1,140 1,500 1,356 
9-10(a) 1,730 1,380 1,430 1,280 1,090 1,383(a) 

10-11 1,620 1,530 1,190 1,150 1,110 : 
11-12 1,640 1,430 1,170 0,900 1,140 1,256 
Dinner Interval, 

1-2 1,500 1,300 1,060 1,050 1,330 1,248 
2-3 1,550 1,580 1,170 1,100 1,330 1,346 
3.15-4.15(b)| 1,440 1,750 1,340 940 1,500 1,394(b) 

4.15-5.15 1,370 1,300 1,120 860 1,290 1,188 


Notes.—There are two mid-spell breaks of ten minutes :— 

(a) From 9 to 9.10. 

(6) Round 3.30, when tea is taken. For the periods 9 to 10 and 3.15 to 4.15 
the output is averaged up to the full hour, There is no break in the work from 
3 to 3.15. 


The average curve of the output for all the individuals engaged on 
these type-setting processes follows very closely the curves which were 
given last year for soldering and labelling tins, and which were then 
suggested as the normal curve for all work requiring concentration and 
attention. 

Here again the two spells show a similar level of output and a 
similar curve. On the machines the afternoon output is 2 per cent. 
higher, in the hand-work it is 2 per cent. lower than the morning output. 
In both spells, with one exception, the output is at a maximum in the 
second hour and falls off in the third and fourth. In the afternoon the 
fall in the fourth hour of the spell (and the last of the day) is particu- 
larly marked. The one exception to the rule of a maximum in the 
second hour occurs in the afternoon spell of the type-setting by hand, 
when the maximum is in the third hour (from 3.15 to 4.15). 

If we may venture on an explanation of the above facts, the usual 
rise in output between the first and second hours of a spell would seem 
to be due to the worker getting practised, the fall occurring after the 
second hour to be due to fatigue. As for the exception in the time of 
the maximum output, the explanation probably lies in the cup of tea 
and the break of ten minutes given to the piece-hands at 3.30. The 
effect of the similar break at 9 a.m. in the case of machine operators 
as well as piece-hands no doubt adds its weight to that of practice in 
producing the morning maximum in the 9 to 10 hour. 

The above table also records the average output of each individual 
separately. As might be expected in industry where so many different 
factors contribute to the result, individuals show some wide deviations 
from the average curve of output for the day.’ 


? The extent of these deviations from the curve can only be measured 
clearly if the hourly output of each individual be expressed as a percentage of 
his average hourly rate. Otherwise individual deviations in the level of output 
will interfere and affect the deviation. 


1916 $ 


958 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SctENCE.—1916. 


However, in the type-setting by hand, Bickerton represents the 
average direction of curve in both spells, while Smith does so in the 
morning spell and Howells and Fletcher in the afternoon. Five spells 
out of ten are therefore roughly typical. In the type-setting by 
machine, Chester represents the average direction of curve in both 
spells, while Newman does so in the morning and Marshall in the 
afternoon. Four spells out of eight are therefore roughly typical. 

No ‘distinctive characteristic seems common to the two women 
piece-hands, Randall and Howells. 


Section III. 
Fatigue as a Cause of Accidents.—Introduction. 


In the Interim Report published last year (1915), Section III., 
page 17, an attempt was made to estimate how far the number of 
accidents in each working hour could be expected to vary with fatigue. 
It was there submitted that ‘in the causation of many accidents the 
psycho-physiological state of the victim was probably one of the 
elements, though generally only as a condition enabling some mechanical 
cause to take effect,’ and further, that fatigue, the most important of 
psycho-physiological states, would be evidenced by an increase of such 
accidents towards the end of the working period. 

In testing the degree of fatigue by means of the accident curve, the 
question, therefore, becomes important how far the_ mental or bodily 
state of the injured men contributes to the occurrence of industrial 
accidents. As an experiment a list was made from the particulars of 
the causes of accidents presented by the Federation of Master Cotton 
Spinners’ Associations to the Departmental Committee on Accidents 
1911 (Cd 5540), and in answer to the above question causes were 
separated according to whether they indicated the state of body and 
mind and hence fatigue to be contributable to the accident or not; the 
term ‘ contributable ’ being applied to any factor that might possibly be 
said to have contributed towards the accident. 

This list, which found only 75 out of 1,362 accidents to which 
fatigue was not ‘ contributable,’ has been so often quoted since the 
publication of the Report (notably in the Brief prepared by Louis 
Brandeis in defence of the Oregon Ten-hour Working Day) that a more 
detailed study of the subject seems desirable. 

In particular it appears important that the possible contribution to 
an accident of the injured man’s state of mind and body be measured 
more accurately; in fact, that the possibility of such contribution be 
* graded ’ according to whether it was very great, great, fair, and so on. 
As will be seen below, in the classification of accidents at the munition 
factory seven such grades are distinguished. 

The usefulness of such a measurement of the degree of contribution 
to an accident by the victim himself lies mainly in the chance it offers of 
a more accurate test of the influence of fatigue. In plotting the time- 
distribution of accidents, only those types of accidents should now be 
chosen that are attributable in great measure to the victim himself. If 
fatigue is the main determinant, then in these classes the increase in 


THE QUESTION OF FATIGUE FROM THE ECONOMIC STANDPOINT. 259 


accidents as the day proceeds is likely to be steeper than it is for all 
types of accident taken together. The matter can be brought to the 
proof, 


The Victim’s Degree of Responsibility.* 


An accident is by derivation an injury that was not premeditated. 
A wound from a mortal enemy’s bullet is not an accident, but a casualty 
or murder, according to circumstance. It is only when injuries occur 
in industry, where the main purpose is the making of goods, or in any 
other peaceful pursuit, that they can be called accidents. 

Now, this terminology puts us on the track of the most essential 
characteristic of an accident, the fact that it occurs owing to some 
unusual circumstance. 

Confining ourselves purely to injuries occurring to human beings, it 
is obvious that such injury * is due to some contact of the human body 
with itself or with a material object, whether solid, fluid, or gas. 

The unusual circumstance to which an accident is due must, there- 
fore, occur, either in the movements (or position) of the human body, or 
in the movements (or position) of some material object, at the time the 
accident occurred. Where a man injures himself by falling, or places 
his hand between two cogwheels, or bruises himself against a door-post, 
it is his body that is behaving unusually; floor, cogwheels, and post 
are just persisting as usual. Where a load drops on a man, or a tool 
breaks in his hand, or an explosion blows him up, it is the material, 
not he, that is acting unusually; or, where a man in the course of his 
work steps on a plank with a nail in it which enters his foot, it is 
the material that lay, presumably, in an unusual position. 

This analysis of the causes of an industrial accident is undertaken 
in order to disclose the human element, the degree of responsibility of 
the injured man at the time; to say that some object acted unusually 
is, therefore, insufficient. The question must be raised as to what force, 
human or natural, caused the unusual action. In shell factories the 
most frequent cause of accidents is the dropping of a shell on to one’s 
own foot; here it was the object that made an unusual movement, 
but the man who was the motive force. On the other hand, the action 
of a material object may be due to a fellow workman, or (though the 
distinction is irrelevant to the injured man’s responsibility) where shells 
fall off a table, or sparks fly out of a wheel, action may be caused by 
purely natural and mechanical causes. 

Where it was the body of the injured man that made an unusual 
movement, or was in an unusual position at the time, rather than any 
material object, this may have been caused by something unusual in 
the external circumstances beyond the man’s control. A man may have 
fallen down a hole because the floor was more slippery than he was 
accustomed to find it, or he may have tripped up over an object not 
usually placed in that position; or, again, he may have taken a 


* Based upon research undertaken by Mr. P. S. Florence under a grant from 
the Medical Research Committee (National Health Insurance). 
* Injury is not taken to cover cases of poisoning, strain, sprain, or fainting. 


s 2 


260 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SOIENCE.—1916. 


‘header ’ into his machine because the tool on which he was putting his 
weight slipped. 

This last case is, however, somewhat complicated, and is illustrated 
by several of the examples given below. The exact stages in the 
occurrence would usually be somewhat as follows :— 


1. The man applies too much pressure. 

2. The tool slips and thus removes all support from the man. 

3. The man falls into, or part of his body moves into, a dangerous 
spot. 

a 4. The machine inflicts an injury. 

Here Stage 4 is due to the usual action of the machine, but the 
other stages are all unusual. 

This case might be classified separately as ‘ unusual position of the 
injured man due to unusual action of material due in turn to unusual 
action of the injured man at the time,’ but to avoid a profusion of classes 
the Stages 1 and 2 may be considered as cancelling out, and therefore 
forming an absence of, external circumstances beyond the injured man’s 
control at the time. If the tool slipped, not because of excessive human 
pressure, but because it had become worn or was otherwise defective, 
then, of course, such external circumstance would be present. 

The analysis has now proceeded far enough to show what is the 
influence of the human element in each class of accident. The human 
factor, with its liability to recklessness, to inattention and to insufficient 
muscular co-ordination, obviously preponderates wherever, amid usual 
conditions, it was an action or position of the human body that was 
unusual at the time, or else wherever an unusual movement or position 
of a material object was caused by a human being at the time. 

But even in one of the classes of causes of accident that remain, 
namely, where the dangerous movement of the material object was due 
to natural causes, the fact that an accident ensued in some cases 
depends on a human element. Suppose that in hoisting a load on a 
crane the load swings over and hits a man on the head,* he might 
have avoided it. What chance of escape such a man actually has, 
depends firstly on whether the hoisting was part of his own work to which 
he should have been attending, and, secondly, what length of warning 
the unusual move of the material would give. If the material object 
fell noiselessly from a height, and to watch it was not part of the 
injured man’s work, then no human element was present in the causa- 
tion of the accident whatever. A human element would, however, be 
introduced if the man had been inattentive, or else attentive but slow 
in escape. 

It is now possible to place in order each class of causes of accidents 
that has been formed, according to the degree to which the human 
element enters into them. First would come the accidents due to the 
action of the material which no human capacity could have foreseen or 
avoided at the time ; secondly, accidents which a high degree of attention 
might just have foreseen; thirdly, accidents which a quick reaction 
(i.e., presence of mind) might have escaped; fourthly, accidents which 


5 See example D below. 


THE QUESTION OF FATIGUE FROM THE ECONOMIC STANDPOINT, 261 


either great attention to the work in hand might just have foreseen 
and a quick reaction might just have escaped; next, accidents due to 
some positive inattention or lack of muscular control (usually a 
muscular inaccuracy) either with extenuating circumstances (fifthly) or 
not (sixthly); and, finally, accidents due either to a lack of muscular 
control (often a lack of muscular co-ordination) or to inattention plus 
a slow reaction that misses the chance of escape. 

After the enumeration of each class of causes, accidents caused 
lately under such classes at a large munition factory will be given, being 
typical or specially complicated examples, as described by the foreman 
in his report to the head office. It will be noted that the wording often 
omits one stage in the ‘ modus operandi’ or else is somewhat ambiguous, 
the tendency being to attribute accidents to an unusual behaviour in 
the material rather than in the man. Thus a ladle ‘ coming away ’ 
when being handled by the operative is rather like the frequently 
attested cup-breaking in the housemaid’s hands, while to say that 
‘ working at a steam hammer, tongs flew off job,’ does not tell us how 
exactly the hammer affected the tongs. Where necessary, I have 
appended the explanation of the accident supervisor. 


Examples of the Causation of Accidents. 


1st. Unusual action of material objects at the time. Outside scope 
of injured man’s work, no escape possible. 

A. ‘ By valve flying out and catching him on the head.’ 

B. ‘ Carrying shell and passing machine a turning flew and burnt eye.’ 

2nd. Unusual action or position of material objects at the time, 
within scope of injured man’s work, no escape possible. 

Includes all injuries from sparks or cuttings flying out of work in hand. 


3rd. Unusual action or position of material objects at the time, out- 
side scope of injured man’s work, escape possible. 


C. ‘Shell rolled off a bench and fell on his foot.’ 
Includes most injuries from fellow workers’ carelessness. 


4th. Unusual action or position of material objects at the time, 
within scope of injured man’s work, escape possible. 
D. ‘ While slinging job with crane, the job slung round and caught him on 
eg.’ 


E. ‘While setting the bar, the machine started, and his hand was caught 
between the bar and the shell-carrier.’ 

F. ‘While throwing water on scar from furnace, steam scalded his arm.’ 

G. ‘ While walking across the shop, stepped on to a piece of wood with a 
nail in it. The nail penetrated his boot, and entered his foot.’ 


5th. -Unusual action or position of injured man at the time attribut- 


able to unusual circumstances beyond his control. 


H. ‘ While removing a 12-inch punching-die off press, he stepped back to 
keep clear and in doing so fell over a 12-inch shell-block which was 
lying behind him.’ 

I. ‘Slipped on piece of sheet-iron and wrenched his back, when lifting 
4°5 forging.’ 


6th. Unusual action or position of injured man at the time not 
attributable to unusual circumstances beyond his control. Consists 


262 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


mainly of injuries from falls, and also from catching in the machine, 
as follows :— 

J. ‘ While reaching over to stop the machine, his sleeve was caught by the 
drill.’ 

K. ‘While fastening shell in chuck, elbow caught reamer and caused the 
machine to be in motion.’ 

L. ‘In pushing G. M. ring in lathe to fix it with the dogs, his hand slipped 
off edge which had just been faced and was cut, making a very nasty 
wound.’ 

M. ‘ While filing work in machine, finger came in contact with a rough edge 
of job and was lacerated.’ 

N. ‘In lifting the ladle from the boiling resin, the ladle, which had stuck, 
came away suddenly and splashed the boiling resin over hand and a 
little on face.’ 

O. ‘ While standing waiting for turn at steam forging hammer, a job 
which was being forged got fastened in tool, and as he was in the 
act of knocking it out it jumped out and fell on his foot.’ 

P. ‘ Wooden stick which is used for cleaning shell slipped, and hand 
caught on shell, cutting it on the back.’ 

Q. ‘Cleaning machine while running slow, belt pulled in waste, also three 
fingers.’ 

7th. Unusual action or position of material due to the injured man 

at the time. 

R. ‘In throwing shunting stick on back of engine after coupling waggons, 
the hook of stick caught him on wrist.’ 

8. ‘While gauging a shell it slipped and fell on his right foot.’ 

T. ‘Filing rag off edge of hole, the file caught the slot in chuck and jammed 
hand on tool.’ 

U. ‘Grinding chisel, which slipped and cut palm of left hand.’ 

V. ‘While working at steam hammer, tongs flew off job with the force of 
bat striking him in the face.’ 


Note to V.—The man in all probability had been holding the tongs at an 
unusually high angle. 


Section LY. 


The Applicability of Psychology to Problems of Industrial 
Fatigue. 


(a) Laboratory Experiment. 


One of the most important general differences between laboratory 
experiments and the normal conditions of the factory is to be found in 
the difficulty of ensuring any degree of natural affective behaviour in 
any kind of experiments suitable for laboratory investigation. Thus the 
very important factor constituted by the subject’s. every-day interests 
is not likely to show in the laboratory even where instructions are given 
to ‘ behave naturally.’’ The chief ‘interest ’ which the subject is likely 
to feel is a certain curiosity as to the results of the experiment itseli—a 
state of mind which has no precise parallel in the industrial field. 

Moreover, the conditions of experimentation imply a very high 
average degree of tension, and of concentration on the operation or 
reaction of the moment, with no reference to the affective side of the 
personality taken as a whole. In the factory, on the other hand, the 
worker spends the greater part of his life; on his work the continuation 
of his existence largely depends. Boredom or joy in work may here 
exercise a peculiar influence on output—not less than economic 
considerations based on desires of the mo.t far-reaching character. 


THE QUESTION OF FATIGUE FROM THE ECONOMIC STANDPOINT. 263 


Hence in experimental work the immediate conditions of attention 
are chiefly of an objective nature, such as the intensity, extent, and 
duration of the stimulus; in the factory, attention is more frequently 
determined by the mental relation of the worker to his work, by his 
needs and desires, by his moods and by his ‘ interests.’ 

On the other hand, laboratory work is able to study certain factors 
in isolation in a manner which the complicated conditions of factory and 
school life render impossible; and the problem with which we are 
concerned is to discover how far factory investigation can profit by the 
analysis of the experimenter, and how far the artificiality of laboratory 
conditions is detrimental to the transference of conclusions from one 
field to another. 

First of all, we are confronted by the general problem which arises 
when we bear in mind the sudden accessions of energy of which every- 
day life shows so many examples, but which only occur on a small 
seale under artificial conditions :— 


“It is the possibility of these sudden accessions of energy,’ says 
Dr. McDougall, ‘that has rendered well nigh futile all the many 
attempts hitherto made to obtain reliable objective measures of degrees 
of fatigue of the organism as a whole.’ He refers to the recent work 
of Dr. Rivers, which shows how even in ergographic work suggestion 
and expectation are often distinctly disturbing factors and essentially 
involve the bringing into play of one or more of these special sources 
of energy. 

Physiologists in particular are accused of neglecting this general 
consideration. ‘It seems impossible to get the physiologists of the 
laboratory, the physiologists who are chiefly concerned with the organs 
rather than with the organism, to consider this conception seriously and 
on its merits. If they occasionally refer to it, it is only to put it aside 
contemptuously as a naive survival from the dark ages. Yet those 
who are in the habit of dealing with the problems of the organism as a 
whole, the physician and the psychologists, constantly make use of this 
conception, for they find it impossible to make progress in the under- 
standing of their problems without it. That fact gives the conception 
a claim to a more serious consideration than it has commonly received 
from the physiologists.’ 


But it is not only in their neglect-of such general conceptions of 
every-day life as energy that the psychologists of the laboratory are in 
need of correction. They are too apt to work under conditions which 
in the case of fatigue practically exclude the production of any true 
fatigue as we meet with it in industry. And it is therefore not 
surprising to note with regard to the general question of method, that 
MM. Binet and Henri have shown the inadequacy of the various 
methods supposed to estimate the fatigue of the organism as a whole 
employed previous to the date of publication of their work ‘ La Fatigue 
Intellectuelle ’ (1898); and in a recent critical study of the principal 
methods Messrs. Ellis and Shipe* have arrived at the conclusion that 
none of those investigated by them are reliable. 


* American Journal of Psychology. 


264 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, PAS 


Nevertheless, a good deal has been achieved in spite of the absence 
of universally accepted criteria, and in his ‘ Manual of Mental and 
Physical Tests’ Professor G. M. Whipple, of Cornell, has given a 
useful account of some of the leading methods employed so recently 
as 1910 with sundry references to fatigue. 

The study of these methods is a good index of the difference between 
laboratory and industrial work. 

First in importance comes the Ergograph, which records the 
endurance of a group of muscles, and is also used as an index of the 
effect of all forms of work. The ergograph, though objections have 
been raised to it on the ground that it fails properly to isolate a single 
muscle, is very much more confined in its fatiguing effects than any 
industrial process. 

The tapping test secures an index of various forms of motor ability, 
speed, &c., and also of the fatigue effects of rapid movements. It is 
even further removed from the operations of industry than is the 
ergograph. 

With the claims of the esthesiometer as a direct index of fatigue 
we have dealt in connection with school experiments. Of the various 
methods of producing and testing mental fatigue, which include cancel- 
lation (the crossing out of assigned letters or words from a printed 
* sheet), completion (Ebbinghaus’s test mentioned below under (b)), tests 
of memory, computation and simultaneous operations, only the two last 
call for special remarks here. 

Almost all analyses of the work-curve have been based on experi- 
ments in computation, and the same is true of pauses. Computation in 
its various forms is assumed to imply perception, movement, attention 
and retention, as well as associative activity; and Kraepelin and his 
followers have confined themselves chiefly to addition. In order to 
produce greater fatigue Thorndike has used four- and five-place numbers 
both for addition and multiplication. It need hardly be remarked that 
the kind of fatigue produced by work of this sort is reliable chiefly for 
certain problems of refined analysis. It is obviously peculiar, and 
largely temporary in its effects, and is considerably complicated by the 
elements of boredom and practice, to say nothing of mental types. 

Similarly, the experiments hitherto conducted on simultaneous 
activities have only a remote connection with the complex operations 
found in industry. Binet has suggested various methods of testing 
ability to execute concurrent motor activities, but most of the work 
has been done on purely intellectual operations. 

One of the most recent and successful pieces of laboratory apparatus 
is that devised by Dr. W. McDougall” and described by him in the 
‘ British Journal of Psychology,’ 1904-5. The process has more in 


7 Dr. McDougall has written as follows (B.A. Report, 1908, p. 487) of the 
further utility of his apparatus: ‘The Kraepelin methods seek to avoid die- 
turbances by keeping interest at a minimum. But the human subject is not 
easily kept in such a state ; he will become interested if only in the approaching 
end of his task, and hence great irregularities. In view of these difficulties 
I have suggested a method of estimating fatigue, which follows the opposite 
principle, and seeks to keep interest at a maximum throughout, the task set 
being of the nature of a sprint.’ 


THE QUESTION OF FATIGUE FROM THE ECONOMIC STANDPOINT, 265 


common with many processes of industry than any ergographic or 
mental test, and consists essentially in successfully jabbing with a pen 
at a series of spots in irregular succession on a cylinder. The rate of 
rotation may be increased or decreased, and the subject may be given 
any other task to be performed concurrently. It is claimed that the 
method enables us to measure, after an interval of half-an-hour’s 
duration, the degree of fatigue produced by an effort sustained for about 
three minutes only. 

This method is not dissimilar from the operations involved, e.g. in 
working on the dial-feed cartridge-making machine, and when its value 
has been more generally recognised, it should provide a more practical 
measure of the effects both of monotonous and complex operations, 
and of the value of pauses, than has hitherto been available. 

A question naturally arises as to the value for industrial purposes 
of experimental work which does not reproduce the actual processes 
and machinery of the factory itself. On the one hand, we have 
the very natural objection that any abstraction from the actual 
conditions must, to some extent, vitiate the applicability of the results 
obtained. On the other hand, Muensterberg has pointed out that unless 
concrete situations are reproduced in toto we can never be sure that the 
omission is not an essential factor. He illustrates the argument by the 
contention that a reduced copy of an external apparatus may arouse 
ideas, feelings, and volitions which have little in common with the 
processes of actual life. The man to be tested for any industrial 
achievement would have to think himself into the miniature situation, 
and especially uneducated persons are often very unsuccessful in such 
efforts. This can clearly be seen from the experiences before naval 
courts, where it is usual to demonstrate collisions of ships by small 
ship models on the table in the court-room. Experience has frequently 
shown that helmsmen, who have found their course all life long among 
real ships in the harbour and on the sea, become entirely confused when 
they are to demonstrate by the models the relative positions of the 
ships. 

Hence Muensterberg urges the necessity of concentrating on the 
essentials of the process involved ; e.g. in the case of street-car accidents 
a peculiar strain on the attention, &c. 

It is obvious that such a selection of essentials may be of the greatest 
value for the study of fatigue in certain cases—especially where attention 
is involved. On the other hand, there are many other kinds of opera- 
tions which are simple enough to reproduce in toto, and which can be 
better studied under laboratory conditions than in the factory itself. 
Particular interest attaches to the controlled experiments of Bogardus 
designed to get a degree of monotony and speed and strain equivalent 
to that produced by a longer spell of similar operations in the factory ; 
and showing that two-thirds of the muscular inaccuracies occurred in 
the last half of the period. 


(b) Educational Psychology. 


Scepticism with regard to the possibility of obtaining any satis- 
factory conclusions as to the effect of fatigue in schools seems to have 


266 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


given place quite recently to a more hopeful attitude, chiefly as a result 
of various studies by Winch, in which definite results are claimed as 
the result of a strictly scientific procedure. 

It is possible, therefore, that interest in the relations of fatigue in 
industry and education will now revive; but there are many important 
respects in which the conditions of school and factory respectively affect 
the study of fatigue. First of all, there is the general consideration 
that according to many modern educationists any conception of the 
school which approximates educational to industrial conditions is in 
itself a gross abuse. The object of the school should be to avoid all 
that leads to premature fatigue, and it is therefore only in ill-managed 
undesirable cases that we can casually step into the school in the 
expectation of finding measurable fatigue.* 

Even where modern conditions still allow of fatigue it must be 
regarded very differently from the fatigue of the factory. In The 
Great Society Graham Wallas writes: ‘ The stimulation of our nervous 
system along any given line of discharge makes a further stimulation 
along the same line more easy. It also ‘‘ uses up ’’ something in the 
nervous structure which requires time to repair. Every teacher knows 
that if a boy has to spend two hours in doing a succession of elementary 
sums of the same kind, he will do them with growing ease qua habit 
and growing difficulty qua fatigue. After a period of rest the fatigue 
wears off and the habit remains, so that a boy may then prove to have 
been making most progress towards accuracy in sum-working when he 
was too tired to work his sum accurately.’ 


This fatigue in the process of learning, this conception of progress 
cannot easily be paralleled in the factory. Extra effort is never stimu- 
lated in the factory with a view to the formation of habit! The majority 
of mental tests as employed on school children are the same as those of 
the laboratory, and have not been essentially modified in the past sixteen 
years. Leuba’s remarks of 1899 still hold good :— 


‘The mental test,’ he then wrote, ‘ has been extensively applied. 
It is Kraepelin’s method and the method of Burgerstein, Haser, 
Kemsies, and many others. The form may vary widely; firstly, in the 
character of the work required, which may be either a long series of 
simple examples (v. Laser, Holmes, Richter), or a few pieces of more 
difficult work (v. Sikorsky, Friedrich, Kemsies); and secondly, in the 
method of measuring fatigue, which may be either by the decrease in 
the rapidity. with which the work is done or by the increase in the 
number of errors which occur. A test which has been called the ‘‘ com- 
bination method ’’ was devised by Ebbinghaus, who used paragraphs 
of text from which here and there words had been erased. The sub- 
jects were required to fill in all the blanks, within a given time, with 
words which made sense with the context. Measurement was by the 
number of errors occurring. ; 

‘ The apparatus for all such mental tests is simple; it requires only 
the preparation of a set of arithmetical problems or the mutilating of 


® On the other hand, over-pressure will show itself in its pernicious effects 
on health in general and in the production of nervous or bovine dispositions. 
See e.g. Hertel’s Over-pressure, p. 33. 


THE QUESTION OF FATIGUE FROM THE ECONOMIC STANDPOINT. 267 


a printed page. Its method of reading results is likewise easy, since it 
consists in a mere counting and averaging of errors. The truth of its 
interpretation is, however, by no means so certain. The test does not 
get atthe phenomenon to be studied at all directly or unequivocably, 
unless the distinction between fatigue and weariness is to be overlooked 
altogether. ‘The material from which the results are read is the product 
of the total set of mental conditions obtaining at the time of the 
investigation, and the number of errors in any given case will as readily 
be affected by a feeling of rivalry between the pupils or by a momentary 
distraction as by the influence of fatigue itself. These influences can- 
not unconditionally be set down as constant factors, which are, 
therefore, eliminable. The anticipation of recess or the conclusion of 
work may very well be potent in establishing a law of rhythmical 
increase and decrease in the number of errors, which will well combine 
with the actual exhaustion effects to produce a curve which does not 
at all truly represent the rise in fatigue. The results of practice, like- 
wise, interfere with the purity of the fatigue curve when it is determined 
by the numbers of errors occurring.’ 

_ As Weber has pointed out, Kraepelin himself was very cautious in 
his attitude to the subject; but other investigations at the end of the 
last century raised the hopes of educationists and produced those 
strange obsessions as to the value of the esthesiometer, which 
occupied so much space in psychological literature for a number of 
years. 

R. MacDougall summarises the scale of values and recommenda- 
tions which these esthesiometric investigations endeavoured to 
establish, as follows :— 

“Mathematics and classics stand high in all the lists; singing, 
drawing, and religion come far down, as does also the study of 
German. That is, studies which demand close application tax the 
pupil heavily, while those in which practice and mechanical routine 
ean play a part are marked by slight fatigue. Gymnastic exercise, 
instead of being recuperative, ranks among the most fatiguing forms of 
school work. Only light exercise is recreation, Even the recess 
period is marked by deep fatigue in those who indulge in violent exer- 
cise. Instead of the customary intervention, the various investigators 
agree in recommending a shorter pause after each hour’s work, during 
which noisy games shall be discouraged and the children taught to 
seek rest, fresh air, and gentle movement. In these lies the solution 
of the problem of fatigue in school.’ 

It is clear that many of these views would be supported by 
edueational reformers on grounds of common experience, but it has 
been demonstrated by Leuba, Germann, and others that the xsthesio- 
metric method is quite inadequate to establish such far-reaching 
conclusions, 


(c) The Need for Co-operation. 


_ On the whole, however, in spite of their experiments in school and 
laboratory, the work of psychologists is still for the most part the 
reverse of illuminating for the problems of industry. The writers of 


268 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


general text-books are content to introduce fatigue in the most cursory 
manner, and the student can obtain from them little idea of the pro- 
blems which now demand attention.? Dr. Myers, in Chapter xiv. of 
his ‘ Text-book of Experimential Psychology,’ Vol. I., has recently 
made a welcome step in the right direction. 

The results of industrial investigation have now clearly indicated 


® It is worth while to present a brief analysis of the way in which even 
such an authority as Kuelpe introduces Fatigue into his well-known Outlines 
of Psychology. After defining a sensation as a simple conscious process 
standing in a relation of dependency to particular nervous organs, he states 
that sensations are compared by means of ‘sensible discrimination,’ and are 
experienced and communicated by ‘sensitivity’ which may be either direct or 
indirect (pp. 31 and 33). Sensible discrimination and sensitivity are improved 
amongst other things by a greater degree of attention and expectation : habitua- 
tion facilitates attention and expectation, but too great habituation nullifies 
their effects and dulls the subject’s interest in the experiment. 

Practice in a process increases delicacy of perception and readiness of 
judgment by increasing attentional concentration and capacity of reproduction. 
Fatigue decreases all these things. Both practice and fatigue may be general 
or special (p. 43). 

Peripherally excited sensations (p. 87) are of various kinds—cutaneous, 
tactile, olfactory, visual, and organic. There are also ‘common sensations’ 
in which one or more of these are compounded ; and there is the sensation of 
giddiness which may be the function of a particular sense organ, the static 
sense. The common sensations include hunger and thirst, tickling, itching, 
and shivering; cardiac and respiratory sensations, the sensation of being ‘all 
right,’ and finally the sensations of exertion and fatigue (pp. 146-148). 

Centrally excited sensations, all of which have previously been peri- 
pherally excited, are reproduced (through the mediation of direct or indirect 
recognition and association) modified in various degrees in memory and in 
imagination. This reproduction, like sensitivity and sensible discrimination, 
is conditioned by attention, by practice, and by fatigue, general and special. 
Relaxation after a sleepless night weakens memory in all departments. Per- 
sistent occupation with a particular object fatigues the memory. Kuelpe 
(p. 212) regards it as uncertain whether fatigue influences associability and 
reproductivity directly, or only indirectly—1.e. by way of attention. The 
abnormal increase of central excitability at a certain stage of fatigue (evidenced 
by vivid dreams, multiplication of illusions, &c.) seems to indicate that the 
diminution of associability and reproductivity resulting from fatigue does 
not affect the central sensations themselves so much as the arrangement, con- 
nection, and direction which are normal to them under the guidance of 
voluntary attention. An analysis of the influence of practice leads to a similar 
conclusion. We must therefore suspend judgment upon the question whether 
practice and fatigue are conditions of centrally excited sensations co-ordinate 
with attention. The forgetfulness of old age is probably to be explained by 
reference to fatigue (p. 217). 

Affective states, the pleasantness and unpleasantness of a sensation, are 
adversely influenced by fatigue, which (p. 261) weakens what would otherwise 
be a pleasure, and increases what would normally be a moderate unpleasantness. 

Fatigue is apt to retard the work of auditory analysis (p. 303). It is 
far more difficult to distinguish the individual tones in a clang or to reduce 
a compound clang to its simpler constituents when the mind is fatigued than 
when it is fresh. The effect of fatigue, therefore, seems to be restricted to 
the increase of fusion degree, to the reinforcement of the unitariness of the 
total impression. Fatigue also diminishes the accuracy of estimating time 
intervals, brightness contrast, and : 

Fatigue lengthens reaction time in experiments. 

Though there is a relation between fatigue and sleep, sleep can hardly be 
regarded as a special instance of the general phenomenon of fatigue, as it 
is often impossible under circumstances of extreme exhaustion. A theory 


THE QUESTION OF FATIGUE FROM THE ECONOMIC STANDPOINT. 269 


several directions in which further assistance from psychologists is 
urgently needed. 


A. The effect of the following factors in predisposing or retarding 
the onset of Fatigue :— 


I. The Intelligibility of the work. What types of workers, if any, 
can take more pleasure in their work when each action has its place in 
some definite whole whose purpose they can understand. Are Ker- 
schensteiner’s conclusions on this subject (‘The Schools and the 
Nation,’ p. 121, &c.) valid also for Industry? 


II. Spurt, on account of rush orders, &c. The investigations of 
Kraepelin require more detailed examination in their application to the 
factory. 


III. Rhythmisation.—Since industrial operations are usually com- 
plex—i.e. consist of several co-ordinated movements—rhythm requires 
further analysis into two elements :— 


(a) Regularising of the time of the whole complex operation. 
(b) Regularising of the method of operation—i.e. the timing of the 
separate movements within the whole operation. 


How far is there an adaptation of work rhythm to some natural 
(physiological) rhythm ? 

IV. Concentration and attention over long periods. How exactly 
is Attention affected by Fatigue, e.g. at the end of a long spell of work 
(four or five hours)? What explanations can be given of the rise in 
accidents near the end of such a spell? Is it a case of momentary 
lapses or a general failure in intensity of application? Why does the 
number of accidents fall again in the very last hour of the spell before 
the meal-breaks? (See 1915 Report.) 


B. What apparatus now at the service of Experimental Psycholo- 
gists is most suitable for use in factory investigations? What further 
contrivances can be devised to facilitate such research? 


of sleep must therefore include a reference to the atfention, the importance 
of which for its induction or prevention is well known. There is no surer 
means of producing sleep than to tire the attention. 

Kuelpe’s standpoint throughout is that of the laboratory experimenter. 
His references to fatigue are either designed to put the experimenter on his 
guard against influences disturbing normal conditions, or are of the nature of 
obiter dicta, 


270 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


Section Y, 


Bibliography. 


The classification adopted for the Subject Bibliography is as follows: 


I 


A. Non-Indusirial. 


. (a) General. 
(6) Attention, Interest, Suggestion. 


II. Mental Work. 


III. 


IV 


Vv 
VI 
Vil 


. Physical Aspects. 
(a) General, 
(6) The Senses (ocular, auditive, tactile, olfactory), 
(c) Muscles. 
(d) Nerves, 
(e) Brain. 
(f) Circulation and Respiration. 
(g) Chemical analysis. 
(hk) Temperature. 
(t) Food; Drugs; Alcohol. 
(j) Athletics. 
(k) Typewriting. 
(1) Reaction. 
. Apparatus and Method. 
(a) General. 
(6) Ergography. 
(c) Aisthesiometry. 
. Practice. 
- Rhythm. 
. Pauses. 


VIII. Hygiene. Sleep. 


IX 


. Educational. 


X. Abnormal. 


XI 


. Supplementary and Various. 


B. With special reference to Industry. 


Entries grouped under Section B (Industrial) were for the most part printed in 
the Index of Sources at the end of our 1915 Report. The following selections com- 
prising the group ‘1 (a) General’ in the above classification give an idea of the 
scope of the work, and include only those entries which do not fall under any of the 
special groups into which it has been found convenient to divide the whole. 


Amar, J. 


Baur, A. 


BETTMANN, 8S. . 


Brvan-LzEwis, W. 


Brsrowicz, W. 


Effets physiologiques du travail et ‘ degré de fatigue.’ 
“C.R. Acad. d. Sci.,’ civir. 646-649. 1913. 

A useful paper which confines itself to a discus- 
sion of the phenomena of circulation and respira- 
tion in connection with various kinds of work, 
and shows when the conditions of work are no 
longer normal by a series of experiments upon 
rhythm and arterial pressure. 

Observations sur la fatigue professionnelle. ‘J. de 
Physiol. et Path. Gén.’ xvi. 178-188; 192-202. 
1914. 

Die Grenzen Ermiidung und _ Uebermiidung. 
“Studien Pad.-psychol.’ v. 17-19. 1904. 

Ueber die Beeinflussung einfacher psychischer 
Vorgiinge durch kérperliche und geistige Arbeit. 
“Psychol. Arb.’ 152-208. 1896. Influence of 
walking or adding on reactions. 

The Neuron Theory: Fatigue, Rest and Sleep. 
“Rep. Brit. Ass.’ Lxxv1. 722-723. 1906. A brief 
statement. 

See Leubuscher, P. 


et i a 


THE QUESTION OF FATIGUE FROM THE ECONOMIC STANDPOINT. 271 


Butxtey, L. D. 
Burnuam, W. H. 
CANCELLIERI, D. 


CaRRIEvU, M. 


Der Sanpxo, D. 


Dessy, S., and Grannis, V. . 


Dressten, F. B. 


Ferre, C. 


Fisurr, I. 
FLicet, J. C. . 


Foster, M. 
Fourno., L. 
Franz, 8. I. 


Gury, E. . 
Grannis, V. 
Har.ess, E. 
Henri, V.. 


Hu1, D. S$. 


Hittarvuser, A. 


Hotimeworts, H. L. 


Imbert, A. : 


. 


Fatigue as an element of menace to health in the 
industries. ‘39th Annual Meeting of the American 
Academy of Medicine.’ 1914. 

The Problem of Fatigue. ‘Amer. J. of Psychol.’ 
xIx. 385-399. 1908. A short suggestive enu- 
meration of factors under influence of James. 

Della Fatica. ‘ Riv. ped.’ 1.183. 1908. 

De la fatigue et de son influence pathogénique. 
Paris, pp. 131. 1878. 

The significance of physical fatigue. ‘La Rif. 
med.,’ No. 31. 1910. 

Contribution & VTétude de la fatigue. ‘ Arch. 
ital. de Biol.’ xiz, 225-233. 1904. Criticising 
and supplementing the work of Abelous, Langlois, 
and Albanese. 

‘Fatigue.’ ‘Ped. Sem.’ m. No. 1, 102-106. Also 
“Amer. Jour. of Psychol.’ rv. 514-517. 1892. 
Etude expérimentale de l’influence des excitations 
agréables et des excitations désagréables sur le 

travail. ‘ Année Psychol.’ vir. 82-129. 1901. 

Etudes expérimentales sur le travail chez Phomme 
et sur quelques conditions qui influent sur sa 
valeur. ‘J. de l Anat. et dela Physiol.’ xxxvu. 
1-79. 1901. A brief review of the physiological 
and psychological conditions which bear upon 
the performance of work. 

Les variations de Vexcitabilité dans la fatigue. 
‘ Année Psychol.’ vir. 69-81. 1901. 

Travail et Plaisir. Paris, 1904. Sums up Feéré’s 
work to that date. Enterprising and suggestive 
but rather unreliable. 

L’économie de leffort et de travail attrayant. 
‘J. de PAnat. et de la Physiol.’ xxm. 253-292. 
1906. An interesting study, with many detailed 
experiments bearing on the subject in question. 

Report on National Vitality. ‘Yale Univ.’ July 
1909. 

Some observations on local fatigue in Illusion of 
Reversible Perspective. ‘ Brit. J. of Psychol.’ v1. 
60-77. 1913. 

Weariness. ‘Nineteenth Century.’ Sept. 1893. 

Contribution 4)’ étude du surmenage. Paris, 1879. 

Fatigue factors in certain types of occupations. 
‘Trans. xv. Intern. Cong. of Hygiene,’ m1. 512— 
517. 1913. Psychologist to Government Hospital 
for Insane, Washington. 

Etudes de Psychologie. Paris, 1903. Correlation 
of mental work and automatic processes. 

See Dessy, 8. 

Das Problem der Ermiidung und Erholung. ‘ Aerztl. 
Int.-Bl. 1861. Miinchen, vu. 1. 

Etude sur le travail psychique et physique. ‘ Année 
Psychol.’ mz. 232-278. 1897. A select biblio- 
graphy of forty-four items is appended. 

Fatigue: Some of its Scientific and Practical 
Aspects. ‘Methodist Qt. Rev. Pp. 19. Oct. 
1909. 

Fortlaufende Arbeit und Willensbetiitigung. ‘ Unter. 
such. zur Psychol. u. Phil. hrsg. vy. Ach. N.’ 1. 
Bd. 6 H. pp. 50. Leipzig: Quelle and Meyer, 1912. 

Variations in Efficiency during the Working Day. 
‘Psychol. Rev.’ xxi. 473-491. 1914. 

Fatigue as a result of occupation. ‘14th Intern. 
Cong. of Hyg. and Demography.’ Berlin, 1907, 


272 REPORTS ON 


JOTEYKO, J. . 4 5 


Kiprant, V. 


KocuMANN, WILHELM 


KRAEPELIN, EMIL . 
—— and Rivers, W. H. Re, 


Lapp, G. T., and Woop- 
WORTH, R. S. 
LAGRANGE, FERNAND 


Lany, J. M. 


LEvBUSCHER, P., and 
Brsrowicz, W. 
LinpHeEm, A. R. von 


THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


Le quotient de la fatigue H/N. ‘C.R. Acad. d. Sci. 
cxxx. 667-669. 1900. 

Excitabilité et fatigue. ‘Rev. de l’Univ. de Brux.’ 
125-143. 1901. 

Le siége de la fatigue. ‘Rev. gén. d. Sci.’ x11. 
294-300. 1902. 

La fatigue. ‘ Dictionn. de Physiol.’ Richet, v1. 185. 
With bibliography. 1903. 

La fatigue. Paris, Alcan, 1902. 

Les Défenses Psychiques. ‘ Rev. Psychol.’ xxxvin. 
113-134; 262-273. 1913. Review in ‘ Année 
Psychol.’ p. 381. 1914. 

Lois de la fatigue. ‘ Rev. Scient.’ 5 'S., tv. 367-369 ; 
398-403. 1905. Reviewing some of the work 
of Joteyko on Ergography. 

Ueber die Verhaltnis von Arbeitszeit und geistiger 
Aufnahmfahigkeit der Arbeiter. ‘ Archiv fur 8.’ 
873. 1913. 

A prescription of the methods that can be used 
in establishing how far the worker is really in a 
position to develop his faculties after accomplish- 
ing his day’s work; whether he is not obliged to 
dispense with all recreation that is of cultural 
value and tends to develop his personality, having 
to fall back on the public-house, the cinemato- 
graph, music-halls, football, and such like. Deals 
also with changes in the working capacity of 
the workman outside his professional activity, a 
province where the automatisation of functions 
cannot enter, 

Die Arbeitskurve. ‘ Philos. Studien.’ 459-508. 1902. 

Ueber Ermiidung u. Erholung. ‘Psychol. Stud.’ 
627-678. 1896. 

Elements of Physiological Psychology. ‘ Scribner,’ 
chap. vil. sec. 32-37. 1911. 

La fatigue et le repos. Pp. 357. Paris, Alcan, 
1912. The most comprehensive general study. 

This book contains the most comprehensive 
general survey of the whole subject. M. Lagrange 
divides the work into three parts. In the first 
he discusses the physiological, psychological, and 
other aspects of fatigue itself. In the second he 
mentions various therapeutic measures, and in 
the third he deals very fully with the meaning and 
value of rest. 

Les effets comparés sur la pression du sang de la 
fatigue physique produite par une marche pro- 
longée et de la fatigue psychique résultant d’un 
travail d’attention. ‘C.R. Acad. d. Sci.’ cLyim. 
1913-1916. 1914. 

Fatigue. ‘Harvey Lectures.’ 1906. See also ‘J. 
of Amer. Med. Assoc.’ xtvi. 1491-1500. 1906. 

The Nature of Fatigue. ‘Pop. Sci. Mo.’ 1910. 

The Physiology of Exercise and Rest. ‘ Journal 
of Outdoor Life? June 1911. Lee’s three 
general studies are the clearest and most reliable 
statements extant. 

Neurasthenie i. Arbeiterkreis, ‘Deutsche Med.’ 
May 1905. 

The Morbidity and Mortality of Occupations. 
‘14th Intern. Cong. of Hyg. and Demography.’ 
Berlin, 1907. 


THE QUESTION OF FATIGUE FROM THE ECONOMIC STANDPOINT. 273 


Linpiey, E. H. & 


Lorentz, Fr. . . 


MacDovaatr, R. . . 


McDova@atL, W. 
Manaserna, M. 
Marsu, H. D. . 


MirsEMER, K. . 
Moors, J. M. 


Mosso, ANGELO 
OxrurRn, AXEL . 


Oxtver, Sir T. 


Patmegn, E. 


Patrick, C. T. W. 
PorrenBERGER, A. T., and 
TaLtMan, G. C 
Poorr, G. V. . 
REvItuiop, L. . 
RiTzMAnn, F. . 


Rivers, W. H. R. 
Roupney, V. I.. 


SacHNINE, H. 


Savacg, J. H.. 
Lr Savovurevx, H. 


Scumipt, A. . 
ScHOENHALS, P. 


‘Scuvuyten, C. 
iSuaw, E. R. 
Sprcat, W. . 


‘SStratrmya, W. . . 


1916 


Ueber Arbeit und Ruhe. Leipzig, 1900. Also 
‘Psychol. Arb.’ v. 3, pp. 491-517. 1901. With 
many detailed statistics and calculations. 

Die Ermiidung und das Antikenotozin. . ‘ Zs. f. 
pad. Psychol.’ xv. 482-484. 1914. 

A Review of Fatigue. ‘ Psychol. Rev.’ v1. 203-208. 
1899. Rather favourable summing up of esthe- 
siometry. 

Fatigue. ‘Rep. Brit. Assoc.’ 1906. Very important 
study: especially conception of energy. 

Le surmenage mental dans la civilisation moderne. 
Translated from the Russian. Paris, 1890. 

The Diurnal Course of Efficiency. Diss. New York, 
Science Press, 1906. 

Ueber psychische Wirkungen ké6rperlicher und 
geistige Arbeit. ‘Psychol. Arb.’ iv. 375-434. 
1902. 

Studies in Fatigue. ‘ Yale Studies,’ v. 3, pp. 68-95. 
1895. General conclusion that fatigue makes 
work less rapid, accurate, and regular. 

La Fatica. 1891. English Trans. Drummond. 
New York, 1904. London, Allen and Unwin, 
1914. Remains a mine of suggestive work even 
to-day. 

Experimentelle Studien zur Individual Psychologie 
‘Inaug. Dis. Dorpat,’ 1889. Yoakum speaks 
of it as ‘ beginning’ the work of the Kraepelin 
school. 

Occupational Fatigue. ‘ Journal of State Medicine.’ 
Oct. 1914. 

Ueber die Einwirkung verschiedener Variabeln auf 
die Ermiidung. ‘Skand. Arch. f. Physiol.’ xxrv. 
197-225. 1910. 

The Psychology of Relaxation. ‘Pop. Sci. Mo.’ 
LxxxIy. 590-604. 1914. 

Variability in Performance during Brief Periods of 
Work. ‘Psychol. Rev.’ xxi. 371-376. 1915. 

On Fatigue. ‘Lancet,’ m. 163. 1875. 

La fatigue. ‘ Bull. Soc. méd. de la Suisse Rom.’ 
xiv. 250, 279. Lausanne, 1880. 

Arbeit, Ermiidung und Erholung. ‘ Concordia: Zs, 
der Zentralstelle fir Volkswohlfahrt.’ Noy. 1907. 

See KRAEPELIN, E. . * 

Ueber Ermiidung [Russian]. ‘ Kazani, Med. Zurn.’ 
1. 525-529. 1901. 

Etude sur l’influence de Ja durée du travail quotidien 
sur la santé générale de l’adulte. Thése. 
1900. 

Overwork as a Cause of Insanity. ‘ Lancet,’ 1. 127. 
1875. 

L’ennui normal et l’ennui morbide. ‘J. de Psychol. 
norm. et path.’ x1. 131-148. 1914. 

Uebermiidung. ‘ Med. Klinik,’ 1x. 567-568. 1913. 

Neurasthenie und Hysterie bei Arbeitern. ‘ Monats. 
fiir Unfallheilkunde,’ 289. Aronheim, 1906. 

Qu’est-ce que le surmenage? ‘ Rev. psychol.’ 1. 
142-158. 1908. : 

Fatigue. ‘ Addr. and Proc. Nat. Educ. Assoc.’ 550- 
554. 1898. 

Zur Analyse der Arbeitskurve. ‘Zs, f, pad. 
Psychol.’ m. 19-31. 1910. 

Health, Fatigue, and Repose. 1913. ‘Lady Priestley 
Lecture,’1914, Popular account of various modern 
views. 


Lyon, 


Tv 


274 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


Strona, E. K.. . . . Fatigue, Work and Inhibition. ‘ Psychol. Bull.’ 
x. 444-450. 1913. Very useful summary of 
recent work. 

+ « « ©  .  « Fatigue, Work and Inhibition. ‘ Psychol. Bull.’ 
x1. 412-417. 1914. 

Stuptn, S.. é j ‘ . Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Ermiidung beim Men- 

schen, ‘Skand. Arch. f. Physiol.’ xm. 149. 1902. 

Supputu, W. X. . .  . Fatigue in its relation to Consciousness. ‘ Alien. 
and Neurol.’ xxu. 467-474. 1901. 

TuHornDIKE, E.t. . . . The Curve of Work. ‘ Psychol. Rev.’ xrx. 165-194. 
1912. Vigorous criticism of Kraepelin school. 

— .. . . .  . Fatigue in a Complex Function. ‘ Psychol. Rev.’ 

: xxi. 402-407. 1914. 

Tissit, P.. . . = . ~ . La Fatigue et Ventrainement physique. Paris, 
1897. A popular study, with interesting remarks 
on the results of gymnastics. 

TrvES, Z.. : 2 z . Contributo critico-sperimentale allo studio dei 
fenomeni soggettivi di fatica nel lavoro volontario. 
‘Riv. di Patol. nerv. e ment.’ x. 201-219. 1905. 


—_—_—— 


Verworn, M. . . .  . Ermiidung und Erholung. ‘Berlin Klin. Woch- 
ensch.’? XxxvuI. 125-132. 1901. 

Weis, F.L. . . . =. Fatigue. ‘Psychol. Bull.’ vir. 390-395. 1911. 
Incomplete summary of new work in 1910-1911. 

—— . . . . .  . Fatigue. ‘Psychol. Bull.” 1x. 416-420. 1912. 
Summary of recent work. 

Weyaanpt, W. . . . Ermiidung und Erschépfung. ‘Sitz. Ber. physik. 
ges.’ 37. Wiurzburg, 1901. 

Woopwokrth, R. 8. .  . See Lapp, C. T. 

Wricut, W.R. . . . Some Effects on Incentives on Work and Fatigue. 


“Psychol. Rev.’ xm. 23-24. 1906. 

A series of ergographic experiments are here 
described, which confirm the great importance 
of interest. Among other conclusions drawn 
from the experiments is the fact that the 
subject accomplished more work when working 
with a definite aim, and that the fatigue accom- 
panying such work is less than that acquired 
under no such direct stimulus. 

Zuntz,N.. . . .  . Die Merkmale der Ermiidung. vu. 741-744. 

Umschau, Frankfurt a. M. 1903. 


Industrial Unrest.—Abstract of the Report of the Committee, 
consisting of Professor A. W. KirKatpy (Chairman), Mr. 
E. J. W. Jacxson (Secretary), the Rt. Hon. CHARLES 
Booru, the Rt. Hon. C. W. Bowerman, Sir HueH BELL, 
Sir C. W. Macara, the Ven. Archdeacon CUNNINGHAM, 
Professors 8. J. CHAPMAN, E. C. K. Gonner, W. R. Scort, 
and Messrs. 8. Banu, H. Gostinc, Howarp Heaton, and 
Pickup HOLDEN. 


The Report was drawn up in three sections :— 


A. The causes of industrial unrest. 
B. Attempts at diminishing industrial unrest. 
C. Recommendations. 


4 ON INDUSTRIAL UNREST. 275 


A. Causes. 


1. The desire for a higher standard of living. 

2. The desire of workpeople to exercise a greater control over their 
lives, and to have some determining will as to conditions of 
work. 

. The uncertainty of regular employment. 

. The monotony in employment. 

. Suspicion and want of knowledge of economic conditions. 

. The complaint that some labour is irregular and less satisfactory. 

. The effects of war measures. 


ID OP 


B. Attempts at Diminishing Industrial Unrest. 
These include: 


1. Conciliation and Arbitration Boards. 
2. Arbitration (a) Voluntary. 
(b) Compulsory. 
3. Profit-sharing and co-partnership. 
4. Co-operation. 


C. Recommendations. 


The aim of this investigation was to discover certain general prin- 
ciples which must underlie an harmonious economic organisation. 
Before the problems of industrial unrest can be solved, these prin- 
ciples must be applied to particular industries. With their special 
application this Committee has not dealt, and the recommendations put 
forward include only broad principles possible of wide application. 


They may be divided into groups as they concern: 


. The general attitude and outlook of employers and workmen. 
- The machinery for dealing with disputes. 

. The organisation of industry. 

. Post-war arrangements. 


He Pwhe 


. (i) That there should be greater frankness between employers 
and workpeople, and that they should discuss industrial 
matters together or through duly accredited representatives. 

(ii) That employers should consider the cost of labour, and not 
the wages earned by individual workmen. 

(iii) That the fundamental facts and principles of industrial and 
economic life should be known by both. 

2. (i) That employers and workpeople should improve their 
organisations with a view to determining jointly the con- 
ditions under which industries should be carried on. 

(ii) That in each industry permanent boards or committees be set 
up to consider all matters of common interest. 

(ii) That there be a joint National Board to which local boards 
could refer unsettled disputes. 

3- (i) That the necessity for co-operation between employers and 

employed be recognised by both. 

T2 


276 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


(ii) That employers establish : 


(a) Associations of one trade in a given district. 
(b) National Associations of one Trade. 

(c) Local Federations of Trades. 

(d) National Federations of Trades. 


(b and d being organised under a system of representation.) 
That workpeople establish unions and federations corresponding to 
the above. 


(iii) From the two National Federations there be elected an Indus- 

trial Council. 

(iv) That the State give recognition to approved associations, 
unions, and federations under carefully devised regula- 
tions, the State being the representative of the consumer 
and of the community. 

4. (i) On demobilisation, that district boards of really practical men 
be established to consider and adjust difficulties, especially 
as to replacement in industry of men who have joined the 
Forces. 

(ii) As to agreements and regulations in abeyance for the period of 
the War. The industrial community will have an oppor- 
tunity for considerable reconstruction. The new organisa- 
tion suggested should take this in hand. 


Replacement of Men by Women in Industry.—Abstract of the 
Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor W. R. Scott 
(Chairman), Mr. J. Cunnison (Secretary), Miss ASHLEY, 
the Rt. Hon. C. W. BowERMAN, Professor 8. J. CHAPMAN, 
Ven. Archdeacon CunNINGHAM, Mr. W. J. Davis, Professor 
E. C. K. Gonner, and Mr. St. G. HEATH. 


Tue activity of the Ministry of Munitions, the schemes for the ‘ dilution 
of labour,’ and the scarcity of skilled male labour have brought about 
in the second year of the war a marked development in the demand 
for female labour. At the present time (July 1916) over half a million 
women have replaced men who have left their occupations for more 
urgent national service. 

The women who have taken the men’s places have for the most part 
had previous industrial experience, though seldom (in industry proper) 
of the kind of work they are now doing. Many of them are married 
women, or single women transferred from other occupations. Generally 
the supply has been drawn from the neighbourhood, but some of the 
munitions establishments have attracted women from a wide geographical 
area, not always limited to the British Isles. 

Besides the employment of women on trams and railways, in banks, 
and as postal servants (positions open to the public view), replacement 
has occurred through the whole of industry. Few women are to be 


REPLACEMENT OF MEN BY WOMEN IN INDUSTRY. 277 


found taking the place of highly skilled men; but large numbers have 
released the unskilled and those termed, in engineering, ‘ semi-skilled.’ 
But when the work of the men involved a degree of skill and experience 
which women seldom possess, new machinery of a more automatic kind 
has been introduced (sometimes to such an extent as almost to transform 
an industry), and subdivision of processes has changed highly skilled 
work into a series of repetition operations which can be accomplished by 
relatively untrained workers. This has to be borne in mind when women 
are stated to be doing the work of skilled men. 

The success of the women on these repetition processes is marked. 
They learn quickly; they are good time-keepers; they have, so far at 
least, stood the strain of long hours extremely well, and their manual 
dexterity enables them to achieve good results in the way of output on 
repetitive processes. On work demanding greater judgment and adapta- 
bility the evidence of their success is not so great; but their industrial 
training has been short. 

For some time the employment of women on men’s processes was 
opposed by Trade Unions, which still in some industries bring forward 
strong objections to replacement. But in the most important industries 
agreements have been reached between men and employers as to the 
conditions on which replacement may be carried out during the period 
of the war. Those conditions usually include an agreement as to 
women’s wage-rates and a guarantee of the re-employment of the men 
replaced. 

The wages of women in war-time have been influenced by the fixing 
of a minimum for certain kinds of munition workers in certain classes 
of munitions establishments ; by the competition of munitions with other 
industries in the demand for female labour; by the pressure of the 
Trade Unions; and by the general rise in prices. The fact that even in 
districts where the competition of munitions is keenest the wage-rates 
for women in other industries, on processes involving similar skill and 
exertion, have not always risen to the munition level, suggests that the 
withdrawal of the minimum regulation, twelve months after the war, 
will lead to a fall in women’s wages. But it is unlikely that they will 
fall to their general pre-war level. 

The fact that not a great proportion of the women war workers were 
previously occupied suggests that after the war the problem of a large 
surplus of women may not be so serious as has been feared. The 
married women are for the most part in industry only for the period of 
the war ; and inquiry among women workers generally shows that many 
of them have no desire to remain in competition with men. But this 
involves the question of the increased demand for women on repetitive 
processes ; and if, as seems likely, the subdivision of processes and the 
highly automatic machinery introduced owing to war conditions have 
come to stay, there may be a change in the relative demand for skilled 
and for unskilled labour to the disadvantage of the former. 


278 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


The Effects of the War on Credit, Currency, and Finance.— 
Report (Abstract) of the Committee, consisting of Professor 
W. R. Scorr (Chairman), Mr. J. E. AuLen (Secretary), Sir 
EDWARD BRABROOK, Professor C. F. BASTABLE, Professor L. 
R. DicksEe, Professor F. Y. EpGEworTH, Mr. BARNARD 
EvLuIncer, Mr. A. H. Gipson, Professor KE. C. K. GONNER, 
Mr. Francis W. Hirst, Professor A. W. Kirkaupy, Mr. 
D. M. Mason, Professor J. SHIELD NICHOLSON, Sir R. H. 
INGLIS PALGRAVE, and Mr. E. SYKEs. 


I. Introduction. 


Communications invited from America and allied countries. The 
Committee records its thanks to Professor Gide (Paris), Professors 
Einaudi, Loria, and Supino (Italy), and Mr. 8. Metz (Argentina). 


Il. Credit. 


Last year’s Report dealt with the period of transition from peace 
to war; ‘Credit has now adapted itself to a state of war.’ The 
marked increase in banking deposits is apparently anomalous, but 
explained by various considerations—e.g., calling in of floating foreign 
balances from abroad, decrease in outstanding London acceptances, 
subscriptions by the public and by banks to War Loans, Exchequer 
bonds, Treasury bills, issue of currency notes, &c. 


IIL. Currency. 


Since last year’s Report the credit position has become less 
abnormal, and the need for emergency currency less; but it is now 
desirable to concentrate the country’s stock of gold. Notes should 
be marked convertible into gold at Bank of England, though actual 
conversion undesirable. Adequate gold reserve against notes essen- 
tial: no increase since last year, while the note issue has been 
trebled. It is difficult to estimate quantity of gold in country before 
the war: some of it hoarded, and hoarding seems to have increased. 

How far is issue of currency notes an addition to the circulation? 
The Mint calculation gave 78,000,000/. of gold in hands of public 
on June 30, 1914: notes in hands of public now may not be much 
more. It is conceivable that there is no increase in money in circula- 
tion; but it is possible that the Mint calculation is an over-estimate. 
Mr. A. H. Gibson thinks pre-war amount under 50,000,0001. 


IV. Prices. 


What has caused rise in prices? Many reasons offered, ‘ prompted 
by certain aspects of the situation which are forced upon the attention 
of each writer by his own personal experience.’ Thus those engaged 
in monetary transactions explain rise by alterations of the currency ; 
those engaged in manufacture and distribution explain it by quasi- 
monopoly of producers, intensity of demand of home and foreign 
Governments, increased cost of production (plant, labour, capital), 


EFFECTS OF THE WAR ON CREDIT, CURRENCY, AND FINANCE. 279 


and increased taxation. The theory of money must be applied with 
great care at present, as this is a ‘short period,’ and it must be 
distinguished from a normal period, ‘Index numbers’ afford a fair 
guide to amount of rise, but are not exhaustive. Professor Charles 
Gide, of Paris, thinks that the issue of notes, which has been specially 
large in France, has had very little influence on prices, since in 
France prices have not risen as much as they have in England. 


V. Foreign Exchanges. 


Report first combats impression prevalent abroad (as communi- 
cated by Professor Achille Loria, of Turin) that there is ‘a moral 
prohibition on the export of gold,’ and that England has in fact 
“a non-exportable gold standard.” No doubt great exports have been 
made. The British Empire controls two-thirds of world’s output 
of gold, therefore no good reason for any moral or patriotic impediment 
to the most perfect freedom of gold export. Difficulties of American 
exchange successfully removed by Dollar Securities Scheme. Pro- 
fessor Gide holds that the depreciation of its exchange does not 
necessarily indicate impoverishment of a country. 


VI. Economy, Individual and National. 


There are various types of saving which are of unequal value to the 
nation. Mistakes arise from thinking in terms of money. We ought 
to think ‘in terms of commodities.’ It is clear that the best saving 
is in imported goods; next in goods which ‘are produced under 
conditions of diminishing return ’"—e.qg., ‘ saving in the use of wool, 
coal, food of all kinds, cotton, &c., is highly beneficial.’ Hconomy 
in public expenditure is ‘even more necessary.’ 


VII. and VIII. War Tazation and Finance. 


Report discusses relative advantages of financing war by loans 
and by taxation. It is a matter of some doubt whether much addi- 
tional revenue can be obtained by further taxation of commodities 
except petrol and spirits. If further revenue is required it must be 
obtained by a more scientific and equitable income-tax. At present 
taxation of working-classes is based on their consumption of neces- ° 
saries (apart from tobacco and intoxicants); canon of ‘ ability to 
pay’ ignored. Amount of tax paid by working man through sugar, 
tea, and other duties depends on size of his family and not of his 
income. Conclusion.—Contributions required from working-classes 
should be taken by income-tax on wages collected through the em- 
' ployer at time of payment. 


IX. Economic Conditions after the War, 


APPENDIX. 


Diagram illustrating Day-by-day Borrowing. 
By Mr. D. Drummond FRASER. 


280 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


Stress Distributions in Engineering Materials.—Interim Report 
of the Committee, consisting of Professor J. Perry (Chair- 
man), Professors E. G. Coker and J. E. Peraven (Secre- 
taries), Professor A. Barr, Dr. C. CHREE, Mr. GILBERT Cook, 
Professor W. E. Dausy, Sir J. A. Ewrne, Professor 
L. N. G. Fmon, Messrs. A. R. Fuuton and J. J. Guest, 
Professors J. B. HEnpgRson, F. C. Lea, and A. E. H. 
Love, Dr. W. Mason, Dr. F. Roacrrs, Mr. W. A. Scoste, 
Dr. T. E. Stanton, Mr. C. E. StRomrysr, and Mr. J. S. 
WILSON, to report on certain of the more Complex Stress 
Distributions in Engineering Materials. 


[Pxate III.) 


Durine the past year the time of the various members of the Committee 
has been, to a large extent, taken up by work in connection with the war, 
and some of the researches carried out by Professor Coker and others, 
although having a direct bearing on the work of the Committee, cannot, 
at present, be included in the report. 

Papers have been received from Mr. Stromcyer, Dr. Stanton, and 
Dr. Mason, and are published as appendices. 

Mr. Stromeyer submits results of tests in tension, compression, and 
tension and shear made on a number of steels of different compositions. 

Dr. Mason has carried out some experiments with the alternating 
stress machine he recently designed ; these show that when the range of 
cyclic strain in alternating bending or in alternating torsion is not entirely 
elastic, the range of non-elastic strain varies largely with change of fre- 
quency of cycle. Some experiments have been made to investigate the 
recovery or apparent recovery that takes place when a piece showing 
‘cyclical permanent set’ is allowed to rest. Similar ‘recovery’ has 
been found, under certain circumstances, after alteration of frequency 
of cycle, during tests wherein the range of stress was constant throughout. 

Dr. Stanton gives a description of a new machine for tests of materials 
in combined bending and torsion. 

The general result of his work is a confirmation of Guest’s hypothesis 
for the material used. 


The Committee ask for reappointment with a grant of 801. 


APPENDIX I. 
An Experimental Comparison of Simple and Compound Stresses. 
By C. E. StRoMEYER. 


The following experiments were carried out on twenty-six samples 
of mild steel of which the chemical analyses and many mechanical tests 
have been previously reported. Vide ‘ Journal Iron and Steel Inst.’ 1907 I., 
1907 III., 1909 I. ; ‘Proceedings R.S.,’ 1915; ‘ Trans. Inst. Naval Archi- 
tects, 1915. 

The object of the present set of experiments was in part to trace a 
relationship between tension, compression, and shear stresses, in order 


ON STRESS DISTRIBUTIONS IN ENGINEERING MATERIALS. 281 


to test the applicability of Guest’s law with regard to elastic limits, plastic 
limits, and ultimate strengths, for each of which breakdown points the 
tension and compression stresses should according to Guest’s law be 
equal and twice as great as their combinations: the shearing stresses. 


Ultimate Strengths. TasuE I. 

The ultimate crushing strengths were not obtainable. The ordinary 
tensile strengths, T, were obtained by the usual method of dividing the 
original cross-section of the samples into the maximum loads recorded 
during the tests. The tenacities per reduced section, T,, were, as the 
name implies, obtained by dividing the reduced section of the sample, 
at the point of fracture, into the smallest recorded load at the moment 
of fracture. On account of the unsteady conditions near the moments 
of fracture it was not always possible to determine these loads with 


Taste I. 
Ultimate Strengths. 


Ultimate Tenacities per Ultimate Shearing 

& Tenacities Reduced Sections Strengths 

@® ee 

& | BEsti- Ob- Esti- | Observed | Esti- Ob- 

E mated |served T| mated Ty mated | served S S/T | S/T: 

Tons Tons Tons Tons Tons Tons 

D 23°78 23°60 40°20 36°57 20°72 21-23 0:90 0°58 
A 24°22 24°11 48°16 50°48 27°44 22°00 091 0:44 
M 25°18 24°90 53°96 58°22(—)| 24°42 —_— — — 
D.€ 25°38 24°60 50°52 48°17 23°12 21:05 0°86 0:44 
U 25°94 25°30 49°66 53°12 23°29 22°86 0:90 0°43 
P 26°33 25°50 54°64 56°74 24°50 24°10 0°95 0:42 
Ss 26 56 26°00 54°24 53°33 24°54 22-90 0°88 0°43 
B 27°31 27°40 52°52 56°24 25°10 24°90 0:91 0°44 
T 27°33 28°20 54°10 62°62(—)| 24°42 25 72 0-91 0°41(+) 
L 27°40 26°30 56°32 60°56(—)| 25°39 24°40 0:93 0°40(+) 
BB| 27°43 27°60 54°32 51:20 24°44 23°34 | 0°85 0°46 
N 27°57 26°27 55°38 58°62(—)| 24°85 23°72 0:90 0°40(+-) 
E 27°57 30°60 51°28 58°42(—)| 24°45 23°12 0°76 0°40(+) 
J 27°85 28°10 54°14 67°86(—)| 24°63 24°85 | 0°89 0°36(+) 
Q 28°81 28°50 54°76 58°77 25°06 29°93 0-91 0°44 
V 28°90 29°60 54°70 54°88 24°79 25:00 0°85 0:46 
Z 28:97 29°70 55°72 49°33 24°94 24°74 0°83 0°50 
F 29°51 28°90 58°78 57°00 27°10 26°60 0°92 0°47 
K | 29°94 27°80 55°02 54 96(—)| 25°33 25°15 0:90 0°46(+) 
G 30°66 31°30 57°84 60°88 25°85 27°50 0°88 0°45 
R 31°26 32°10 60°68 62 80 27°35 27°65 0°86 0°44 
W | 31°59 31°80 57°48 61:26(—)| 25°90 27:11 0°85 0°43(+-) 
H 32°60 33°70 58°40 64°81(—)| 26°65 28°37 0°84 0°44(-+-) 
Cc 33°84 33°30 55°76 51°72(—)| 25°73 26°41 0°80 0°51(+-) 
Y 37°69 37°40 68°58 66°96 28°97 29 70 0°79 | 0:44 


The above estimated stresses are found by the formulz 


T,=19-75 + 25 (C + C2) + 115 Si+ 30P + 205 N— 1158+ 365 As 
T,=505 + 20C +20 Si+40P+ 200N—80S 
S =222 + 9C + 6 Si+20P+100N—208. 


(—) These stresses may be too high. (++) These ratios may be too low. 


282 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


TABLE II. 
Elastic and Plastic Limits. 


TENSION | CoMPRESSION SHEAR 
Elastic Plastic Elastic Elastic Plastic 
Limits ee} Limits Limits 


(Limits Drops Limits} Drops 


21°3b 24-29! | 24-4 | 17-0bb | 22°14) 1 
17°71 |18-00!) 21:0 | — 161lb | 18°87 | 12: 
20°‘8bb 25°64b Grad ual 25:0!!! | 23°12) 14: 


13°60 | 12°7 11:3 
15°92 | 15:7 14°6 


Tet We i Ta Ce Ce Se Se Sp Sa 
| 

Tons | Tons Tons | Tons Tons Tons | Tons | Tons | Tons Tons 
D | 15:5b |16-50b 18-0 | 18-0 | 20-0bb 22°63} 9-0 |11-66| 10:9 | 9:7 
A | 16-6b |20-90!| Gradual | 14°6b | 15°99| 8-0 |11-87| 12:0 | 106 
M | 165! | — | 17-5 | 17-5 | 20-2! |19°61| 9-0b| 11-79| 10-7] 9-02 
X | 16-3b |19-131| 18:4 | 18-4 | 14:1b | 12:56] 9-4 | 9:50| 10-4] 9-4 
U | 18-81! |18-61!| 19-7 | 195 |. — | — | 10-5 111-38] 11-5'|- 10°49 
Q | 17°45 |18-03b] 181 | 181] — | — | 11-0 |12-24] 11-2! 10-4 
S | 17-2bb 21-31b) 21-2 20-9 | 15-1b | 15°80) 10-0b| 12°30 | 10:1 | 9-9 
B | 17-4" |17-341| 19:0 | — | 16-9! |17:25/ 9-0 |12-50| 11-6] 107 
T | 13-0bb|17-35b) — | — | 13-4b |18-'77| 9-0 |12-00| 11:2] 10-4 

i KW j 

L | 17-9b |19-11b] 21-3 | 21-2 | 74" | 19-78 | 11-7 | 12-42] 123 | 11-09 
BB/ 19:8b /20-01b] 21-2 | 21:3 | {97> | 18-66) 9-0b| 13-20/ 11-9 | 10-87 
N | 11-4bb /13-01b] 16-4 | 16-1 | 14-6! | 16-80) 9-0 |10-84| 9:2] 8-07 
E | 21-4b |26-08!!| 28-4 | 28-4 | 145b | 18-45) 13-6 |16-15| 1461 13-4 
J | 187b |17-92b| 20-0 | 20-0 | 16-6b | 17°65 11-8b| 13-59 | 12-9 | ~=— 
Q | 22-91 |24-58!| 23-2 | 23-1 | 17-Obb | 20-60, 14°6 | 15-09| 14:5 | 19°6 
V | 20-0b |24-89:| 23- | 23-0 | 16-7! | 18-38! 105 | 15:50! 13-4 | 12-6 
Z | 20:0! |21-20b) 20:3 | 20°3 | 15-6bb | 14-94 100 | 12-60| 11-8 | — 
F | 19-5! |20-01!!) 20-2 20-2 | 16-7b | 18-98) 10-5b| 14-00 | 12°6 | 113 
K | 18:8! |18-46!| 21-0 | 21-0 | 18-2! | 20-13 | 11:3 | 13-20) 12-2 | — 
G | 13-7bb |24-51!| 23-5 | 23-2 | 15-1bb | 19°58 | 12°5 | 14°35| 13-6 | 11-9 
R | 17-Gbb |24-90!| 23-0 | 22°6.| 18-0bb | 20°68) 12°7 | 1650) 142 | 19-5 
W | 20-1b (24-38b) 23:1 | 23-1 | 16-0! |18-94) 9-0 |13-40| 12:2 | 11-02 
H 24-4 
C 
Y 


9:0 
4°8 | 15°50) 14:9 12:9 
2°0 
4:5 


(!) Well defined limits. 

(?) In these cases there were tco few observed stresses to make accurate estimates 
of the ‘ drops.’ 

(b) Ill defined limits. 


accuracy. The ultimate shearing strengths, 8, were obtained from the 
torsion tests as explained below. In these cases, too, the unsteady 
conditions at the ends of the tests interfered with the accuracy. Never- 
theless we find that the ratio 8/T, is fairly constant but rather less than 
05 as required by Guest’s law. The ratios S/T vary from 0-756 to 0-946 
and seem to be of no value. 

Table I. also contains the estimated ultimate strengths estimated 
from three formule there given. The agreement between the estimated 
and actual stresses is remarkably good in the case of T. The two other 
formulx are of interest because the constants for T, are approximately 
twice as great as those for S. , 

Possibly with an increased number of experiments the agreement may 
prove to be a closer one. It should be noted that the influence of nitrogen 


ON STRESS DISTRIBUTIONS IN ENGINEERING MATERIALS, 283 


Taste III. 
Ratios of Shear Limits to Tension and Compression Limits 
Samples : 
8./Te 8-/Ce S-/Te S./Ce Sp/Tp Sa/Ta 

D 0°58 0°45 0-71 0°51 0°60 0:54 

A 0-48 0°55 0°57 0-74 _— — 

M 0°54 0-45 — 0°60 0°61 0°51(?) 
xX 0°58 0°66 0°50 0°76 0°56 0°52 

U 0°56 — 0°61 — 0°58 0°53(?) 
iP 0°63 — 0°68 — 0°62 0°57 

Ss) 0°58 0°66 0°58 0-78 0°47 0°47 

B 0°52 0°53 0-70 0-72 0°60 —- 

T 0°69 0°67 0°69 0°64 — — 

L 0°66 ere 0-65 0°63 0:58 0°52(2) 
BB 0-45 Hi 0:66 0-71 0:56 0:51(?) 
N 0°79 0°62 0°84 0°65 0°56 0°50 
E 0°67 0:94 0°62 0:88 0°51 0:47 

J 0°63 0-71 0°76 0-77 0°64 — 

Q 0-74 0°86 0°61 0°73 0°62 0:54 

Vv 0°52 0°63 0°62 0°84 0:59 0:54 

Z 0°50 0°64 0°59 0°84 0°58 — 

F 0°54 0°63 0°70 | 0-74 0°62 0°56 
K 0°60 0°62 0-71 0°65 0-98 — 

G 0-91 0°83 0°59 0-73 0°58 0-51 

R 0°72 0°70 0°66 0-80 0°62 0°55 
W 0°45 0°56 0°55 0-71 0°53 0°48(?) 
H 0°69 0°87 0°64 0°70 0°61 0°53 

Cc 0°68 0°75 0°76 0°72 0-60 — 

NV 0°70 0°62 0°58 0-69 — — 


(?) See footnote Table IT. 


is about ten times greater than that of carbon, and that therefore analyses 
which omit this constituent are valueless for comparisons like the present. 
Tables II. and III. deal with elastic and plastic limits on the above 
lines, but as these limits are badly defined it has seemed desirable to 
record not only the first indications of curvature in the elastic lines, viz. 
T,, C,, and §, for tension, compression and shear, but also those stresses 
T., C., and S, when the strain-indicator pointers commenced to creep 
after the additions of small loads. Under the tension and shearing stresses 
the material seemed to break down at certain badly defined stresses, 
which might be called plastic limits T, and S,, and sometimes this break- 
down resulted in what is generally known as ‘drop’ T, and §,, the steel- 
yard dropping without additional loading. Both 8, and 8, have been 
estimated from the torsion tests as explained in the note at the end of the 
aper. 
E Oks will be seen from Table III. the several ratios vary within the 
following limits :— 
Ratios 58,/T, 18,/C, S8./T, §/C, 8/7, 8,/T. 
From 0448 0-448 0497 0515 0474 0472 
To 0908 0-938 0:836 0876 0645 0575 


It will be seen that only the last two ratios, and especially the last 
one, are at all steady. The conclusion may therefore be drawn that 


984 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


Guest’s law does not apply to elastic limits as at present defined, but only 
to the drop stresses. This is perhaps natural, for the drop or minimum 
stress after the general breakdown is probably the natural resistance 
of the material, whereas the elastic limits may have been affected by 
preliminary strainings and by ageing effects. It should also be men- 
tioned that the changes of curvature of the elastic lines are very much more 
marked in the tension and compression cases T, and C, than in thé shearing 
(torsion) cases, for in these latter it is only the outer fibres of the samples 
which are affected. 

Both in the tension and the compression experiments two strain 
indicators were used and corrections were made in the final results for 
eccentricity of pull. These corrections were less than 10 ton for the 
tension tests. Duplicate tests on the same material demonstrated that 
these corrections are necessary and that the methods adopted are fairly 
correct. 


Note on Shearing Stress Strain Diagrams. 


The problem is to determine the shearing stress strain curve from the 
torsion moment or stress strain curve. 

Assume that two similar cylindrical shells of the respective semi- 
diameters x, and x and the thicknesses dz and dz are subjected to equal 
circumferential shearing stresses 8, then the respective torsion moments 
dM, and dM stand in the relation 


dM, /aM = «3 /a'. 
This relation holds good for a number of concentric cylindrical shells 


constituting a solid bar, provided of course that the stress distribution 
is similar in each bar of the respective radii r, and r. 


M, /M = 1,3/r°. 


Let r,=r-+dr, then M,=M(r-+drjs/8=M(I +), 
Assume that the smaller of the two rods of the radius r receives the 
addition of a thin cylindrical shell of the thickness dr, then its diameter 
will be the same as the other bar, and if this added cylinder be stressed 
circumferentially with the stress 8, which exists in its original outer 
fibre, then the torsion moment M, for this compounded bar is :— 


M,=M+2I1 . Sr. dr. 


These two torsion moments M, and M, would be obtained with one and 
the same bar if in the first one, the shear strain angle at the surface, 
were a,, and if in the second it were :— 


a,=a,(r+dr)/r=a, (1+), then as da=a,—a,=0°" 


we may in the above equations replace dr/r by da/a, and combine them 
as follows :— 


M,—M,=dM=2.0 Sr a sui, 
a 


and we have :-— 
2 


_ 2 (84, dM 
S=75(fM+0%"). 


ON STRESS DISTRIBUTIONS IN ENGINEERING MATERIALS. 285 


As long as the elastic limit of the material of a bar of the diameter 
d = 2r is not exceeded, the torsional resisting moment is 


M=§, . d'x/16=8, . 17/2. 


If therefore from the observed torsion moment we estimate shearing 
stresses S, as if the material were perfectly elastic, then the plastic stresses 
are 


8,1 a aM 
8=8.(4 0 da): 
This formula has been used for estimating the plastic shearing limits 


and drops from the torsion curves. Beyond these limits dM/da is negli- 
gibly small and the ultimate shearing stresses are therefore 


S=35S,. 


APPENDIX II, 
On the Hysteresis of Steel under Repeated Torsion. 
By W. Mason, D.Sc. 


Recent experiments' have shown that elastic hysteresis becomes 
rapidly greater with increasing range of stress. At a range of 8:5 tons 
per square inch, the width of the hysteresis loop for an annealed steel 
tube, measured in stress, amounted to 0°15 tons per square inch. 

The question arises whether the hysteresis found with stress-ranges 
which extend beyond what are believed to be the natural elastic limits 
is or is not of the same nature as elastic hysteresis. 

The following set of experiments was one of several made in order 
to get further information on this point. 

A turned and bored hollow specimen (see figure) of the dead mild 
steel provided by the Stress Distribution Committee of Section G of the 
British Association was fixed in an alternating torsion-testing machine 
wherein the torque, direct and reverse, was applied by a lever which 
could be operated either by mechanism or loaded by dead weights. The 
grips holding the ends of the specimen were centred inside ball-bearings, 
and care was taken to eliminate any friction that might affect the 
value of the applied torque. The range of the angle of twist was 
measured by mirrors bolted to the specimen (see figure’. The image 
of a fixed scale was reflected in turn by each mirror, and was received 
in a fixed telescope. . The mirrors remained fixed to the specimen through- 
out, and neither the scale nor telescope was moved during the experiments ; 
but if any small displacement of these latter, for any cause, did occur, 
there could be no effect on the range of torsional strain or width of 
hysteresis loop observed. 

The Table explains the scheme of the experiments. 

The readings in columns a, 6, c, d, e are accurate to within +01 
scale divisions, and the accuracy of the range of strain and of the width 
of hysteresis loop is certainly well within +-02 scale divisions. The 
arrangement for observing the torsional strain is intended for measure- 
ment of comparatively large ranges of angular twist, and not for the 
accurate measurement of the elastic hysteresis. 


} ‘ Elastic Hysteresis in Steel,’ F, E. Rowett.—Proc. Roy. Soc. A., Vol. 89, 1914. 


286 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


All the readings given in columns a, b, c, d, and e are for the tests 
in which the torque was applied by weights. During the intermediate 
runs of repeated stressing at the frequency of 200 per minute, readings 
were taken of the range of strain which corresponded very fairly (see 
Table)—up to Test No. 7—with the ranges obtained in the dead-weight 
tests at the same ranges of stress. The former readings, 7.e. at 200 per 
minute, are read to the nearest ‘05 scale division. It will be noticed that 
there was a distinct increase of range of strain and of width of hysteresis 
loop during the 36,000 cycles at +5:50 tons per square inch ; and a larger 
increase in both of these during the 228,000 cycles at +5:62 range. Also 
at the change of speed, after the run of 228,000, from 200 to8 cycles per 
minute, the range of strain altered from 6-90 to 7-24; this is an example 
of the speed effect already found by the author in previous work.? 

It appears, then, that for the steel tested there is a limit to elastic 
ranges of strain in the neighbourhood of 5-50 tons per square-inch 
range of stress. A torsion test, made with continuously increasing torque, 
of another specimen (solid) cut next in order to the specimen of these 
tests from the same bar of steel, gave a yield point of 9-85 tons per square 
inch, and a limit of proportionality in the neighbourhood of 5:80 to 6 tons 
per square inch. 

After Test No. 8 (see Table), a succession of tests at smaller ranges 
of stress showed the hysteresis loop to be wider even than at the higher 
ranges of stress of the cycles imposed before the limit to the elastic ranges 


Test SPECIMEN. 


Square 


Parallel for2° Square 


Holes for bolts to Fix 
mircor holders. 


of stress had been passed. The apparent recovery of elasticity with 

rest in Test No. 15 is presumably the counterpart for alternating cycles 

of the well-known phenomenon of recovery with rest after overstrain. 
The foregoing experiments illustrate the following points :— 


At a range of stress—applied by equal direct and reverse torsion— 
which may be determined with considerably more accuracy than the 
elastic limit in a static test (7.e. with slowly increasing stress in one direc- 
tion), the hysteresis increases largely with continued application of the 
cycles. At a smaller range of stress, the increase of hysteresis, if any, 
is very small and may probably be regarded as an increment of elastic 
hysteresis. Other of the author’s tests have shown that 250,000 cycles 


2 


* “On Speed Effect and Recovery in Slow-speed Alternating Stress Tests,’-—Proc. 
Roy. Soc. A, vol, 92, 1916. 


287 


ON STRESS DISTRIBUTIONS IN ENGINEERING MATERIALS. 


“PZ. 1, SBA aynutuT sod sapoo g yo Aouonbory oy} 4B ULwIZS FO aSuBi oy} UNI SIq} JO pues 04} 4V x 


G0-0 | OF-€ 
L0-0 €F-S 
80-0 OF-€ 
SI-0 99.9 
pesopa you doory 
18-0 10-9 
pesopa you dooT 
$2.0 FG-L 
«06-9 °F 09-9 
80-0 | 69-9 
80-0 0g-9 
0¢-9 0} Su 
¢0-0 | &F-9 
0-0 | eL9 
¥0-0 | 91-9 
€0-0 c8-G 
€0-0 98-S 
a-—I0=> Pp-q= 
SUOISIAIP, 8[BOG 
: doory 8189! yinz 
-194sAq . 48 
jo wppim [2° BUPA 


e[Bog UO ssuIpBeyy 


2... 2! sd) es SS eS eS 


“AI GIdVL 


* 4sor SInoy ZG 109jV 


ueuttoedg 


8 “ON 989,L 
BurMoy[oF ‘sso1j8 JO soswes sojpeuts ye sopoAD 


‘ut ‘bs stto4 
Z9-G-F 3% sopAd 0008S 10938 A[oyerpomAUAT, 


WOT} SursvoroUt UleIyG Jo oduUVY, °Z9.G-- SSe1}G JO esury ye oqnurur rod 00g 4% sepoLo QO0'8ZS WATS ueuttoedg 


9 ‘ON 4807, SurMoy[OT 
‘ut ‘bs suo} 0¢.g-F JO sapo£d Q00'9S 109J8 489, 


IsBaLOUL 4nq ‘GF.g Ureryg Jo osuUBY “OG.g-F S8eq}g FO esuey ye oqnuru sod ogg 9% sepoAo 000'9E UeAIs UotToadg 


FON 48e, Surmoyjog 
> cur ‘bs suog ¢Z.g-F Jo sopoko OOF SI 109V 


Z ON 989F, SurMoyjouy 
* ‘ur ‘bs suo 90.9 30 sepo 009'TS LUV 


wa sod Qog 9% sepoho QOg‘TE UALS UoUToedg 


+ + ~guryovtr ogurt uemoeds Suyjqnd r0qp¥ 


qseq, Jo SuOI}TpUO_ 


0S-6L 98-01 | 99-31 G6-F1 09-21 00-9 | L8-3F 
SS01]8 O10Z 4B 4SOX SINOY ZG poMoTye 
09-31 ¥8-01 LG-61 LG-F1 09-21 | 00-9 F| 18-35 
09-21 68-01 89-31 82-71 6F-ZL | 00-9 | L8-6F 
67-21 ¥6-01 ¥9-61 06-71 6F-ZL | 00-8 | 38-84 
67-31 66-01 F9-61 06-41 I¥-ZL | 00-8 — | 28-84 
I-31 Lg-6 GL-6L 9¢-ST OF-Z1 0-01F | 8L-0F 
OF-GT L&-6 §L-6L 89-91 Gé-6L 0-O1F | 8L:6F 
18-61 16-8 S8-é1 16-91 2-31 | GL-TIF | 39-97 
69-61 82:6 19-31 L8-9T €9-31 | GL-11 | 29-9 
69-61 FE-6 19-31 $8-S1 G¢.ZL | 0G-1IF | 09-9F 
F9-61 G€-6 69-31 08-ST GG-Z1 | 09-11 | 09-97 
ga-zt | 196 | 09-21 | $9-S | 99-20 | L601F | 93.97 
CL.g ureayg Jo oduvy ‘GZ.g-F sserzg JO oSuBY ye oynUTUT rad 90g 9% sepAo OOP'ST W0ATS uoutoedg 
69-61 09-6 LG-31 99-ST GG. | L6-01 | 93.9 
GG-6L G9-6 89-61 0g-ST GG-3L | SP-OIF | 00-94 
06-G Ureryg Jo oBuRY “00.¢7F Sserzg Jo OdURY ye oynU 
99-61 G9-6 69-1 Tg-S1 09-31 | SP-OI-F | 00-97 
. ‘uy ‘bs 
VI | xed suoy, 
a p a () v) 
pBory ON | wXB— | pwory ON | wxB+ | PvoT ON TOAST | sseaqg 
TO PvorT | yo oBuBy 
jO osuRy 


988 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


of a range of stress somewhat below the above-mentioned limiting range 
do not cause an increment of hysteresis measurable by the same apparatus 
as used for the tests cited in this note. 

The large increase of hysteresis due to repetitions of a range slightly 
exceeding this limiting range cannot be regarded as increased elastic 
hysteresis for two reasons :— 


(1) Because on subsequent application of much less ranges of stress 
the hysteresis retains an augmented value which appears to be much 
more than what can be regarded as elastic hysteresis, and (2) the large 
increase of range of strain is not independent of the speed of cycle; for, 
as previously shown by the author* (see also Test No. 8), a reduction 
of frequency of cycle gives an increase of range of strain, and vice versa ; 
whereas Rowett4 has found that the area of the elastic hysteresis loop 
is the same at low and high speeds within 5 per cent. 

At this limiting range of stress there appears to be a definite impair- 
ment of elasticity with repetition of cycle, and the increased hysteresis 
is most probably the coarser form of hysteresis believed to be due to 
crystalline slipping. 


Appenprx III. 


On the Fatigue Resistance of Mild Steel under Various Conditions of 
Stress Distribution. 


By Dr. T. E. Stanton and Mr. R. G. Batson. 


The material on which the experiments described in this Report were 
made was a special sample of mild steel procured for the Committee by 
Dr. F. Rogers. The ordinary mechanical properties of the steel have been 
investigated fairly completely, and the results of the tests are given in the 
Report for 1915. It should be mentioned that the specimens used were 
prepared from the 1-5/16” bar, and were not heat-treated before 
testing. The results of a tensile test on the bar used give results which 
were practically identical with those obtained by Mr. Cook (see Report 
1915, p. 160), and were :— 


Wield Stress J~ »..9.: i)», W365 fons per sq. inch. 
Maximum Stress. : Al 1 Ea ss 4 
o/, Extension ( [=35) acti aa 
°% Contraction of Area at 
Fracture SAP BPS. Oe COS 
Modulus of Elasticity .  . 29-7x105 Ib. per sq. inch. 


The scheme of experiments was the determination of the fatigue 
resistance of solid cylindrical specimens subject to rapid alternations 
of a combined bending and twisting moment of given value and such 
that the ratio of bending moment to twisting moment could have any 


3 Proc. Royal Soc. A, yol 92. 4 Proc. Royal Soc. A, vol. 89. 


yy 


(Prats TT, 


British Association, 86th Report, Newcastle, 1916.) 


AWG 


Fro. 2n, 


Fio, 2. 
Tilustrating the Report on Stress Distributions in Engineering Materials, 


[10 face page $88, 


ON SLIRESS DISTRIBUTIONS IN ENGINEERING MATERIALS. 289 


desired value between the extreme cases of reversals of simple bending 
and reversals of simple torsion. 

The fatigue-testing machine in which the experiments were made was 
specially designed and constructed for the purpose of the research in the 
engineering workshop of the National Physical Laboratory. The general 
principle of the machine will be seen from fig. 1, which is a diagrammatic 
representation of the manner in which the combination of bending and 


Fia. 1. 


twisting is applied to the specimen. In the position shown, the cross- 
section of the specimen at S is subject to a twisting moment WD, and 
to a bending moment Wd. When the head has turned through 180° 
the moments will be equal in amount but opposite in sign. When the 
head has turned through 90° from the position shown the maximum 
stress will be that due to a bending moment WD plus that due to the 
direct loading, but as in all cases this stress is below the known fatigue 
limit of the material under reversals of simple bending, its effect is supposed 
to be negligible, and the specimen is assumed to be subject to reversals 
of the combination of bending and twisting moment alone. 

The form of specimen adopted is shown in fig. 2a,° which represents 
a plan of the testing head with the specimen and hanger in position. By 
varying the length of the collar c, and also, if necessary, the position of the 
neck of the specimen, relative to the axis of rotation of the specimen, it 
will be seen that the ratio of bending moment to twisting moment can be 
varied within fairly wide limits. 

For the experiments in which the stresses were practically reversals 
of simple shear, the arrangement described above was not suitable, and 
the method of making the torsion tests is shown in fig. 2B. In this case 
it will be seen that the fatigue of the specimen takes place simultaneously 


’ It was found on trial that the variation of sectional area in the neighbourhood 
of the neck of the specimen, shown in fig. 24, was a source of weakness and in the 
Peet which the results are given in Table V., the form of the specimen was slightly 
modi 


1916 U 


290 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF Scienck.—1916. 


over two sections symmetrically placed about the axis of rotation. In 
the tests the distance of the hanging weight from the axis of the specimen 
was 8} inches, so that the ratio of the twisting moment to the bending 
moment was about 20. 

For reversals of simple bending, a test of a specimen in an ordinary 
fatigue-testing machine of the Wohler type would have been sufficient 
for the prediction of the fatigue limit. It was considered, however, of 
fundamental importance to determine if the effect of the reversals of 
bending produced in this machine were of the same amount as those 
produced by the continuous rotation of a loaded bar as in the ordinary 
Wohler test, and for this purpose a special device was employed, which 
is illustrated in fig. 2c, which is an elevation of the testing head with the 
specimen in position. It will be seen that the axis of the load is made to 
intersect the axis of the specimen, 7.e. the torsional moment is made zero, 
by extending the hanger so as to envelop the head when rotating, and 
the load is transmitted to the specimen through the ball-bearing in the 
specimen itself. In this way reversals of simple bending are produced 
in the specimen, the essential difference between this case and the Wéhler 
test being that in the former the maximum stress is confined to the axial 
plane in the specimen perpendicular to the axis of rotation. 


The Method of Carrying Out the Tests. 


In the ordinary system of testing for the prediction of the limiting 
fatigue range of stress it is customary to have a fairly large number of 
specimens, and to commence by imposing a range of stress which will 
probably cause fracture after a few thousand reversals. The next specimen 
is then tested under a smaller stress range, and so on until a range is 
found which the specimen will bear indefinitely. In the present case the 
cost of each specimen was so considerable that the reverse method to the 
above was adopted, 7.e., a comparatively small range was first imposed, 
and if after three million reversals fracture had not occurred, the load 
was increased by about five per cent., and the test carried on. Finally 
a stage was reached when fracture took place with less than three million 
reversals. A new specimen was then fitted to the machine and tested 
at what was considered to be the limiting range. In this method the 
time taken in the series of tests required for the prediction of the fatigue 
limit is longer than in the former case, but considerable economy in the 
cost of preparation of specimens is effected. 


eee Per en 


ON STRESS DISTRIBUTIONS IN ENGINEERING MATERIALS. 291 


Results of the Tests. 


The results obtained up to the present are given in the following 
table :— 


TABLE V. 


Limiting Fatigue Range of Stress for British Association Mild Steel 
Specimens prepared from the 1-5/16 in. round bar and not heat-treated. 


| 


Pounds per Square Inch 


Ratio of ; 
Twisting Tensile Shear 
iar yt Dérelis Gat. | Bees On Maximum | Maximum Remarks 


Bending | Plane Per-| Plane Per- Principal Shear 


endicular | pendicular 
Bent ¥ Axis of iS Axis of Stress Stress 
| Specimen Specimen 
0 | -+-25000 — --25000 +12500 | Experiments made on 
testing machine of 
Wohler type running 
| at 2,000 revs. per 
| minute. 
0 | +25000 — | +25000 | +12500 | Combined Stress Test- 


ing machine running 
at 2,000 revs. per 
| minute. 
116 , 415700 | + 9100 | +19750 | +11900 | Ditto. 
145 | +13700 | + 9800 | +18750 | +11900 | Ditto. 
| +11500 | +10300 | +17550 | +11800 | Ditto. 
250 | + 9000 | +11100 | +16500 | +12000 | Ditto. 
About 20 + 1260 | 412580 | +13230 | +12600 | Ditto. 


i 


‘REMARKS ON THE TESTS. 


It will be seen in the first place that the results under alternations of 
bending in one plane are in agreement with those obtained under alternate 
bending in rotating planes as in the Wobler test, so that results obtained 
in the two types of machines are comparable. 

Further, the limiting shear stresses in the pure bending and in the pure 
torsion tests are seen to be in close agreement. 

Finally, although in the tour cases of combined stress the limiting 
maximum shear stresses seem to be appreciably below the values for 
pure bending and pure torsion, the general agreement is so close that 
further investigation is required before it can be stated definitely that 
the result indicated is a real one. This investigation is now in hand. 


GENERAL CONCLUSIONS. 


Although the number of tests carried out up to the present does not 
justify any general conclusion as to the nature of the criterion for ultimate 
failure, the general results of the investigation appear to demonstrate 
that, as a first approximation, Mr. Guest’s hypothesis that failure is due 
to a particular value of the maximum shear stress may be applied to this 
particular steel. 


U 2 


292 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


Gaseous Explosions.—Interim Report of the Committee, con- 
sisting of Dr. DuGALD CLERK (Chairman), Professors DALBY 
(Secretary), W. A. Bonz, F. W. Burstatn, HH. L. 
CALLENDAR, HE. G. Coker, and H. B. Dtxon, Drs. 
R. T. GuAzEBROOK and J. A. HarkeR, Colonel H. GC. L. 
HOupEN, Professors B. Hopkinson and J. E. PETAVEL, 
Captain H. Rrann Sankey, Professors A. SMITHELLS and 
W. Watson, Mr. D. L. CHApMan, and Mr. H. E. WIMpPERIs. 


Durine the session most of the members of the Committee were engaged 
on work in connection with the war, and no Notes were submitted for 
consideration. Only one meeting to deal with routine business and to 
consider as to future arrangements was therefore held. Consequently 
the grant of 501. made to the Committee at the Manchester meeting 
of the Association in 1915 was not drawn upon by the Chairman. 

The Committee recommend that they be reappointed, and that a 
sum of 501. be granted to them for the ensuing session, so that should 
the war come to an end during that time the work of the Committee 
could be resumed without delay. 


Exploration of the Paleolithic Site known as La Cotte de 
St. Brelade, Jersey.—Report of the Committee, consisting of 
Dr. R. R. Marert (Chairman), Mr. G. F. B. DE Grucuy 
(Secretary), Dr. A. KnrrH, Dr. C. ANDREWS, the late Dr. A. 
DuntopP, Colonel R. GARDNER WaRTON, and Mr. H. BALFour. 


Report of Work done in 1916. 


Scheme of Operations.—The collapse of the cave roof in September 
1915 caused the workings to be encumbered by some 500 tons of rock 
rubbish, to which the winter rains added another 200. These accumu- 
lations were cleared away in February and March 1916, the work 
occupying eight weeks and three days. To save expense, the heavier 
stuff was dumped into the part of the cave already dug out, so as only 
to leave a sufficient fairway some 15 feet broad. In July and August 
for seven weeks excavation of the implementiferous bed was resumed. 
This bed now lay 30 feet from the entrance in the middle of the cave and 
8 feet further in along the western wall. The superincumbent débris had 
been removed down to 15-20 feet above floor-level, as far back as a 
line 50 feet from, and parallel with, the entrance. Behind this line 
.the débris rose sheer for 50-70 feet above floor-level, being especially 
dangerous at the N.E. corner. It was decided to limit exploration to 
the western side of the cave, corresponding to the Working A of former 
years, as being the easier and safer task. In the meantime it was 
found possible to attack the débris of the N.E. corner from the back— 
viz., from the ‘cliff face to the north, and so eventually to break 
right through into the cave, after removing everything loose down to 
the level of the top of the human deposit. Thus this year’s programme 
entailed a relatively large amount of labour spent on the sterile portions 


ON THE EXPLORATION OF A PALAOLITHIC SITE IN JERSEY. 293 


of the cave-filling—labour which, however, has rendered it probable 
that the work can be brought to a finish next year. On the other 
hand, Working A proved fairly rich up to the point to which it was 
carried—namely, 53 feet from the entrance; and the archeological spoil 
is of considerable value. 

Bone.—Bone was plentiful, but in a bad state owing to damp. 
It was distributed in pockets, in one case a magma of bone-fragments, 
mostly of reindeer and horse, occupying a space of some two cubic 
feet. The best specimens have been forwarded to the British Museum, 
where they still await full determination. A large and complete tine 
from the antler of a deer shows striations which are seemingly due to 
human use, if hardly human design. A well-developed rodent bed 
occurred beyond the 50-foot line at an unexpectedly high level, and 
may turn out to have stratigraphical value when this part of the bed is 
more thoroughly excavated. Three fresh species of rodents have 
already been determined from this year’s finds. 

Stone Implements.—As regards flint, out of 803 pieces no less 
than 610 showed signs of use, and of these 420 were trimmed, including 
33 implements of first quality. Among the implements of second 
quality, to adopt the classification already employed (see Archeologia, 
Lxvu., 97f), 43 are long flakes with two trimmed side-edges, 89 long 
flakes with one trimmed side-edge, 84 square, 25 hollowed, none 
curved, 1 sharpened, 25 keeled, 39 discoidal, and 81 dwarf. Whereas 
in the outer portions of the cave the ratio of trimmed to untrimmed 
pieces was less than one in three, at the back it was about equal, 
presumably because most of the knapping responsible for the flint 
refuse was done near the entrance where the light was good. As 
regards stone other than flint, of 311 hammer-stones (182 being of 
granite and 129 of greenstone) nearly all showed signs of use, while 
175 were more or less fractured. Such hammer-stones, to use the 
term without prejudice, occurred chiefly in conjunction with the pockets 
of bone-fragments. It is a remarkable fact that whereas the ratio of 
such hammer-stones to the flint pieces was but 5% per cent. in the 
outer part of the cave, here at the back it actually amounted to 374 per 
cent. Evidently the back of the cave served some specialised use, 
possibly a culinary one, which brought these pebbles into play. It may 
be noted that 63 per cent. of the hammer-stones from this Mousterian 
cave are 40-80 mm. long (700 being measured), whereas from the 
Neolithic kitchen-midden of Le Pinacle in Jersey 644 per cent. were 
below 40 mm. in length (600 being measured), the inference perhaps 
being that the later people had smaller or weaker hands. A selection 
of the 1916 implements is being presented, with the consent of the 
Société Jersiaise, to the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge. 

Acknowledgments.—The Chairman and Secretary were in charge of 
the work throughout. Mr. R. de J. F. Struthers, M.A., B.Sc., Mrs. 
Holland and her son, Mrs. Jenkinson and Miss Moss came from 
Oxford and rendered invaluable aid. Many local helpers also assisted, 
notably Mr. EK. T. Nicolle, Mr. H. J. Baal, Mr. E. F. Guiton, and 
Mr. G. Le Bas, B.Sc. Mr. E. Daghorn, the contractor, showed his 
usual skill, taking risks freely, and, indeed, twice narrowly escaping 


294. REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


a serious accident. The funds were furnished partly by the British 
Association and partly by the Government Grant Committee of the 
Royal Society, 


Archeological Investigations in Malta.—Report of the Com- 
mittee, consisting of Professor J. L. Myres (Chairman), Dr. 
T. AsuBy (Secretary), Mr. H. Batrour, Dr. A. C. Happon, 
and Dr. R. R. Marerr. 


The Excavations conducted at Ghar Dalam (Malta) in July 1916. 
By Mr. G. Desport. 


A arant of 101. having been accorded by the British Association for 
conducting further excavations in Malta, Ghar Dalam was again 
chosen as the most important and promising site. As this is not, how- 
ever, yet Government property, permission had to be asked from its 
proprietor, Mr. G. Bezzina, P.L., who very kindly gave us full liberty 
to carry on the work. :: 

Since the excavations conducted by Dr. Ashby in May 1914, at 
which I had the good fortune to be present,' a good amount of digging 
has been done by irresponsible persons, and this can be seen from the 
considerable enlargement of one of the trenches which were dug during 
that time. We have been assured, moreover, that many bones from 
the cave have been recently sold to several persons of the locality and to 
many others who are only affected by the craze of collecting. 

For the present excavations Mr. C.-Rizzo, P.A.A., who is un- 
doubtedly one of the best authorities on the geology of these islands, 
suggested that some digging should be done around a large stalagmite 
115 feet from the entrance and about 10 feet from the left side of the 
cave, in the hope that it might have served to obstruct the way to 
carcasses which the flood may have once washed inside, and to see also 
if stalagmite has been found on any of the animal remains. 

Taking up this suggestion, a trench from 5 to 6 feet wide was dug 
along the whole width of the cave, which at this point is 30 feet wide. 

The roof over the part where the present trench was dug contains 
two groups of stalactites, one on each side, those in the middle having 
been detached, as can be seen from the parts of them still adhering to 
the roof, upon which stalactitic formations are again appearing, 
Mr. Rizzo observed that the stalactites are all formed below fissures 
of the rock. 

The larger of these groups is the one towards the left side, and 
several of the stalactites composing it are as much as 3 feet in length 
and nearly 2 feet in diameter; to one of these corresponds the large 
stalagmite, which is 5} feet high and 24 feet in diameter. The top 
of this stalagmite projected for over one foot over the surface of the 
cave earth, and this projecting part is probably one of the large semi- 
circular bosses alluded to by Cooke, and which he describes as ‘ bases 
of stalagmites.’ 

The superficial layer consisted of rounded boulders, many of which 


1 Man, Jan. and Feb. 1916, Nos, 1, 14. 


ON ARCHAOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS IN MALTA. 295 


were as much as 13 or 2 feet in diameter: the greater part of these 
was heaped up to a height of about 3 feet along both sides of the 
cave; the middle part, around the large stalagmite, must have been 
cleared of them, evidently to form the pathway which runs inwards 
from the mouth of the cave to a distance of over 200 feet. Among 
the boulders both pottery and organic remains were found; the former 
consisted chiefly of sherds of various textures, the majority being very 
rough and poorly baked, and several of them were as much as three- 
quarters of an inch in thickness ; the latter consisted of lumps of seaweed 
(Posidonia oceanica), which is often used here even at the present day 
for bedding for cattle instead of straw, and of limb bones, vertebra, 
and jaws of cow, pig, and sheep or goat. These bones were, however, 
so very friable that they would not suffer the least handling, and, with 
the exception of the crown of some of the molars, all crumbled to dust 
as soon as touched. 

All the boulders having been cleared away, the surface of the cave 
earth was laid bare before us, so that we could begin digging the second 
layer, upon which many land shells (Helix aspersa) were strewn. 

This layer varied in depth from 1 to 1} feet; it consisted chiefly 
of small stones, none of which was over 4 inches in its greatest 
dimension ; these were embedded in a very fine earth of a deep brick- 
red colour. The organic remains met with in it consisted of some 
roots and the remains of cow, pig, horse, and sheep or goat, The 
majority of these bones were in a very fragmentary state; none of them, 
however, were so friable as those met with amongst the boulders in 
the superficial layer. The only remains of the horse consisted of a 
molar which was found close to the large stalagmite, at a depth of 
4 foot from the surface. The remains of the stag were met at the 
very bottom of this layer, and they consisted chiefly of limb bones, 
jaws, vertebre, and a few broken antlers; these last were very much 
like our globigerina limestone, both in colour and consistency. and 
shells were also met with in this layer, but only towards the right 
side of the cave ; these consisted mostly of Helix vermiculata and Rumina 
decollata, a few Helix Caruane, one or two Helix aperta, a Helix 
cellaria, a Cyclostoma melitense, and a few Clausilia bidens. We also 
noted many fragments of land shells which it is quite impossible to 
identify. The pottery met with in this layer consisted of sherds of 
various texture, mostly belonging to the neolithic period. 

The next or third layer consisted of a very fine red earth with 
hardly a single stone in it; it contained, however, many broken stalac- 
tites, varying in length from only a few inches to two or three feet, 
and in diameter from one-eighth or one-sixth inch to nearly one foot. 
They lay at different depths in this layer. which in some parts was as 
much as 3 feet thick. Many of these stalactites, which had evidently 
been detached from the roof just above, must have been lying in the 
position in which we found them for a considerable time, as was clear 
from the stalagmites which were subsequently found above them, and 
which in some cases were as much as one foot in height. 

Two large stalactites covered with a very thick stalagmitic forma- 
tion, which had fallen from the part of the roof just above, as 


296 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENOE.—1916, 


First or 
Superficial 
Layer 


al 


s) 
Ti OY 
Cae 
a =A ALS IE 
ee ° 
“6th perhaps last Layer 


28 


is) 


> 


e Stalagmite 


‘ 


lomerate. 


,On, 


ie 
Ci) 
re} 
bial 
r=) 
o 
te 
& 
n 
fo} 
u 
He) 
o 
gi 
@ 


@ Lar 
® Co 


ON ARCHAEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS IN MALTA. 297 


seen from their parts still adhering there, lay in a slanting position, 
embedded midway into this layer, through all the foregoing and 
projecting for over one foot over the surface. These stalactites we shall 
call ‘ the large broken stalactites.’ The organic remains found in this 
layer were as follows. Just at the top of it human remains were met 
with; these consisted of four phalanges, a metacarpal bone, a milk 
molar, and one of the first bicuspids. Land shells were also met with 
in abundance at this level and a little further down: the majority of 
them were much fractured, and all of them so friable as to be very 
difficult to extract. I managed, however, to obtain seven or eight 
nearly perfect specimens. I compared these with those met with by 
Cooke when he excavated this cave, and I found them quite different. 
In size these shells (fig. la) are equal to the Heliz vermiculata; in 
shape, however, they are identical with the Helix melitensis (fig. 2a). 


N°]2 N° 22 
Nat. SIzeE. 


This struck me so much that I asked the opinion of my friend the 
Contino Dr. R. Caruana Gatto, who is the first authority on the land 
shells of these islands, and he considers them to be a new undescribed 
variety which he denotes as var. Despottit. Besides the land shells 
three marine species were met with ; these consisted of the upper four or 
five whorls of a Triton nodiferum, a broken Murex trunculus, and an 
Euthria cornea. These were of the colour and consistency of chalk, 
and, though rather far from one another, were found at a uniform depth 
of 3 feet or so from the surface—i.e., in the middle of the present layer. 

Stag remains were found in considerable quantities almost all 
through this layer. Between the two large broken stalactites and the 
large stalagmite there was a conglomerate of stalagmitic formations and 
stag bones ; this was in some places over 2 feet thick. 

Between the large stalagmite and the left side of the cave small 


298 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


bones, probably belonging to mammals the size of a rat, were found in 
great abundance, and they were met with from the very surface of 
this layer down to a depth of 3 feet; with them a few avian remains 
were also found. Both these and the foregoing, however, will have 
to be sent for identification, together with some other doubtful speci- 
mens, to the specialists of the British Museum, who are always so kind 
as to offer us their valuable aid. 

The inorganic remains consisted of a fine flint knife (fig. 8a), which 
was found at the same level with the human bones; potsherds were 
also met with until about the middle of this layer, where two sling 
stones were also found. The sherds were of various textures, some 
being rough; others, on the contrary, rather fine, and having a fine 
slip; some had eyen ornaments engraved upon them, and _ these, 
according to Professor Zammit, who is our most competent authority 
on the subject, belong to the bronze age. 

At a depth of nearly two feet from the surface of this layer a 
stalagmitic incrustation varying in thickness from a half to one-eighth 
of an inch projected circularly from the sides of the large stalagmite 
to a distance varying from two to four feet. Stag bones were found 
beneath it, and these were of a peculiarly dark colour; the earth here 
was also blackish, but it continued so from the very surface of the 
cave floor. This might be due to the excrement of bats, which con- 
gregate in great numbers between the large stalagmites just above. 

A little more than one foot further down than this incrustation 
another one similar to it, but somewhat thicker and extending to a 
greater length, was found broken for the greater part; this is very 
probably due to the fall of the two large broken stalactites. 

Just beneath this stalagmitic formation came the next, or fourth, 
layer; this was composed of red earth, having only a few stones 
sparingly scattered through it. The animal remains met with in it 
were stag bones, the.most abundant parts of which consisted of frag- 
ments of antlers, belonging to animals ranging from the fawn to full- 
grown individuals; so abundant, in fact, were these antlers that it is 
difficult to explain why the number of other bones found together with 
them is so comparatively small. 

The bones found close to the rock from which the large stalagmite 
rises are of a black colour, the majority being very heavy, and almost 
of the consistency of pebbles. A foot from the bottom of this layer 
a third stalagmitic formation projects out of the rock towards the 
right side of the cave; this had to be broken away, and beneath it the 
bones met with were of a charcoal-black colour, and still heavier than 
those met with just above. A few bits of these bones were of a reddish- 
brown colour, and their consistency was almost like that of flint. The 
majority of these bones were broken and rounded, showing evident signs 
of their having been rolled considerably. _ Close to the rock on the right 
side, at a level with this last incrustation, a part of an elephant’s molar 
(E. mnaidrensis) was found. This, too, is very much worn by rolling; 
its colour, however, is not dark. 

The fifth layer consisted of flat angular stones larger than any yet 
met with, excepting those in the superficial layer. Many vieces of 


ON ARCHEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS IN MALTA. 299 


stalagmitic formations and stalactites were embedded between them, 
and the whole was conglomerated by a loamy red earth, mingled with 
whitish dust and bits of clay. ‘The animal remains met with in this 
layer consisted of a few stag bones. 

We come now to the sixth layer, which may be the last. Its depth 
cannot yet be given, as it still continues further down; four feet or 
more of it have, however, already been excavated. It is difficult to 
give a good account of this layer, as, properly speaking, there is no 
stratification in it. On one side we find pure clay, on another we 
find dust and coarse sand intermingled with it; in some parts we meet 
again with the usual red earth, which at this level is rather clayey, and 
so on. 

In this layer the remains of the two hippopotami (Hip. pentlandi and 
H. minor) appeared; with them, however, were associated the remains 
of elephants (HZ. mnaidrensis) and stags. 

The remains of the hippopotami and elephants which can be well 
identified consist chiefly of molars and tusks; those of the stags of 
fragments of antlers. The other bones are in such a fragmentary state 
that no more can be said about them than that they belong to either 
the hippopotamus or to the elephant. They are very black, very 
heavy, and much rounded, and at first sight rather difficult to dis- 
tinguish from the pebbles with which they are also associated. The 
pebbles here are of various colours and consistency, and very much 
like the pebbles found all along the beach of Marsascirocco harbour ; 
with them some bits of stalactites are to be met with; these, too, are 
perfectly rounded, showing that, like the bones, they have undergone a 
good deal of rolling about. Among these pebbles, the majority of 
which are not more than four inches in diameter, some rounded 
boulders of very hard stone were met with, some of these being as 
much as 14 foot in diameter. 

This is, of course, only a preliminary report on the animal remains 
found during these excavations, and as they consist of several thousands 
of bones, it is quite clear that a considerable time is required for the 
compilation of a detailed report. The want of specimens for com- 
parison is also to be taken into consideration, as well as the fact that 
consequently some of the specimens will have to be sent to the British 
Museum for identification. Amongst these species hitherto unknown 
in this locality might also be found. 

The most important fragments of pottery found during these excava- 
tions were the following :— 

(1) A sherd of a reddish and poorly baked clay having two lines very 
roughly incised upon it; its thickness is nearly } inch, and it was found 
at 14 foot from the surface. 

_ (2) Another fragment of a blackish and red colour, having a slip on 
the inside and on the outside a line of very coarse ornaments, probably 
done by means of the thumb nail. The thickness is the same as that 
of (1), but (2) was found one foot lower down. 

(3) A fragment of very poorly baked clay having bits of shells in it; 
the inside is very rough and of a blackish colour on the outside; 
however, there is a thin coating of a buff colour, which seems to be of 


300 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Harr Nat. Size. 


ON ARCHEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS IN MALTA. 301 


Har Nat. S1z3. 


302 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


finer texture. Some incision may also be seen upon it; its thickness 
is } inch. It was found at a depth of 1 foot from the surface. 

(4) A very rough sherd 4 inch in thickness, and having many 
fragments of shells in it; on the inside it is of a reddish colour and on 
the outside black. Upon the black, however, it has a very thin coat- 
ing of buff colour. The incisions on it are rather coarse, and are 
apparently made by means of the finger nail. It was found at a depth 
of 3 feet from the surface. 

(5) A fragment of the same texture as the foregoing, wanting, 
however, the buff coating, and having more coarse incisions upon it. 
It was found at a depth of 23? feet from the surface. 

(6) A very rough and poorly baked sherd of a slate colour, having 
a perfectly black coating on the inside; the ornaments incised upon it, 
though more elaborate, are also coarse. Its thickness is a little more 
than 4 inch; it was found at a depth of 24 feet. 

(7) Another fragment of a very rough texture; its colour is a slate 
grey, and if has a more elaborate ornament engraved on it. Its thick- 
ness is about 4 inch, and it was found at a depth of 2 feet from the 
surface. 

(8) A bit of very poorly baked pottery 4 inch thick, having rather 
coarse incisions upon it; it is also of a slate-grey colour, and was found 
at a depth of 3 feet. 

(9) A fragment of pottery of a slate colour, having a perfectly black 
coating on the inside. The greater part of the incisions on it are rather 
faint, but it has also a band of a well-marked ornament. Its thickness 
is + inch, and it was found at a depth of 3 feet from the surface. 

(10) A fragment of much better baked pottery of finer texture; it is 
probably a part of a bowl; it has a fine band engraved around it, which 
is probably made with the finger nail. In colour it is grey, with a 
black coating on the inside. Its thickness is + inch, and it was found 
at the same level with (8) and (9). 

(11) This is similar in texture to No. 8; the incisions on it are, 
however, finer. It was found a little higher up than Nos. 8, 9, and 10. 

(12) This sherd is of almost the finest quality met with during these 
excavations. Its colour is black, with a reddish slip on the outside. 
It is a fragment from the rim of a vase; the incisions upon it are fine 
and straight. Its thickness is less than + inch, and it was found 
at a depth of 2 feet from the surface. 

(13) A sherd of very rough texture, very poorly baked. In colour 
it is dark grey, with a whitish slip on the outside. The ornaments 
upon it consist of two incised parallel lines; it is 4 inch in thickness, 
and it was found at a depth of only 4 foot from the surface. 

(14) This is undoubtedly the finest piece of pottery fou..d during the 
excavations. It is of a black or very dark-grey colour; its thickness is 
less than + inch; the incisions upon it are also more perfect 
than any of those on the foregoing sherds. They are filled with a 
material quite like chalk, both in colour and consistency. This sherd 
was found at a depth of a little over 3 feet from the surface. 


ARTIFICIAL ISLANDS IN LOCHS OF HIGHLANDS OF SCOTLAND. 3803 


Artificial Islands in the Lochs of the Highlands of Scotland.— 
Report of the Committee, consisting of Professors Boyp 
Dawkins (Chairman), J. L. Myres (Secretary), T. H. 
Bryce, and W. RipcEeway, Dr. A. Low, and Mr. A. J. B. 
WaAcE, appointed to investigate and ascertain the Distribu- 
tion thereof. 


Excavation Work on the Crannog in Loch Kinellan, Strathpeffer. 
Report from Huau A. Frassr, M.A. 


As mentioned in the 1913 Report of this Sub-Committee, a grant was 
made by the Carnegie Trust to Dr. Munro for the excavation of the 
island in Loch Kinellan. In August 1914 Mr. Hugh A. Fraser started 
work on the island, with the assistance at the outset of the Rev. Odo 
Blundell and later of Dr. Munro. 

The work done in 1914 established the island as an artificial one, 
@ point on which there was previously some doubt. 

Pits dug over the surface of the crannog revealed in every case a 
platform of logs or brushwood, or compact occupation-débris, under- 
neath a superincumbent mass of earth, clay, and stones, some four feet 
thick. 

Unfortunately, digging was greatly interfered with by water per- 
colating through the structure of the island from the loch. This not 
only delayed the work, but caused additional labour which exhausted 
the grant before the work had reached anything like a conclusive stage. 

Persuaded that more could be gleaned from a careful examination 
of the pits than was learned in 1914, I started work again in 19165. 

On examining the woodwork with care I found quite a number of 
logs with checks, mortise-holes, &c. In no instance, however, did 
the most careful examination reveal these checks and mortise-holes as 
serving any primary purpose. LHverything drove one to the conclusion 
that part at least of the wood used for strengthening the structure of 
the island had previously been employed for some other purpose. 

At the east end of the island the overlying mass of earth and stones 
appears to rest on a platform of brushwood; in the centre and at the 
west end it rests on wooden platforms. Two pits at the east end, 
dug to the base of the island, showed underneath the surface-material 
successive layers of occupation-débris right down to the original lake 
bottom, some seven feet below the present surface. In selected pits 
situated at the centre and west end of the island the wooden platforms 
were pierced, and were found to consist of three layers of logs or tree- 
stems. Underneath the platforms there seems to be a succession of 
layers of habitation-débris corresponding to those found at the east 
end of the island. 

In course of the excavations, bones, whole and broken, and other 
kinds of food-refuse, were found in profusion, as were also pottery 
shards in the upper strata. The bones have been examined and 
reported on by Professor Bryce of Glasgow University, while the 
pottery has been reported on by Mr. Curle, Director of the Royal 


304 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Scottish Museum. The pottery is at present being compared with the 
pottery found in the Glastonbury lake-dwellings. 

The archeological relics include a number of stone implements, one 
or two whorls, and an ivory playing piece. 

Late in the season a dug-out canoe was discovered supporting the 
logs in one of the pits. A length of twenty feet was exposed when the 
late autumn floods stopped work for the year. 

From the point of view of structure the results obtained have been 
interesting, and if continued may prove very valuable archeologically. 
Any approximation as to the date of the island, or to the dates of its 
various eras, can only be made after careful comparison of the results 
obtained with those got at other sites—work that involves much labour 
and time. While further work on the island is very desirable, such 
work, to be of value, must be on a more ambitious scale than the funds 
available have hitherto permitted. 

The facts that continuous layers of occupation-refuse exist right 
down to the original bed of the lake and that much of the woodwork 
overlying these layers and supporting the surface-material shows 
signs of having been previously used structurally would point to the 
site’s having been originally the location of a pile dwelling or palifite, 
the débris from which formed the basis of the more modern crannog. 
While this suggestion is made tentatively, the theory was not sought 
for, but was arrived at as a possible and a very probable explanation of 
many circumstances noted in course of the investigation. 


The Structure and Function of the Mammalian Heart.—Report 
of the Committee, consisting of Professor C. S. SHERRINGTON 
(Chairman), Professor STANLEY KENT (Secretary), and Dr. 
FLORENCE BUCHANAN, appointed to make further Researches 
thereon. (Drawn up by the Secretary.) 


Tue work of the Committee since the date of the last Report? has 
progressed slowly, owing to numerous interruptions which have 
occurred. The Secretary was for some time engaged in the training of 
officers for the new armies. Afterwards he devoted the whole of his 
time to an inquiry into industrial fatigue. Under the circumstances 
it was thought best to devote such time as was available to the prepara- 
tion of material and the accumulation of facts rather than to attempt 
the publication of any detailed statement of results. The work that 
has been done is satisfactory, and will greatly assist future progress. 
The Committee ask to be reappointed with a grant of 501. 


1 Annual Report, 1915, p. 226. 


ON THE DUCTLESS GLANDS. 305 


The Ductless Glands.—Report of the Committee, consisting of. 
Professor Sir Epwarp ScHAFER (Chairman), Professor 
SWALE VINCENT (Secretary), Dr. A. T. CAMERON, and Pro- 
fessor A. B. MacattumM. (Drawn up by the Secretary.) 


Tue work of the Committee has been carried on during the past year 
by the Secretary and by Messrs. Austmann and Halliday under his 
direction. 

The subjects of investigation have been the effects of prolonged 
anesthesia on the adrenalin content of the blood, and the morphological 
position of the islets of Langerhans in the pancreas. 

The results are generally confirmatory of previous work on the 
subject, but they involve questions of detail in technique which will 
be more appropriately described elsewhere. 

The Committee ask to be reappointed with a grant of 251. 


Electromotive Phenomena in Plants.—Report of the Committee, 
consisting of Dr. A. D. Water (Chairman), Mrs. WALLER 
(Secretary), Professors J. B. Farmer, T. JOHNSON, and 
VELEY, and Dr. F. O’B. Ewuison. 


THE object of the work this year has been to determine whether, for 
the practical purpose of ‘ seed germination testing,’ if the whole seed 
be used a sufficiently strong electrical response is obtained. 

The extraction of the radicle in small seeds is a delicate and trouble- 
some process, so that it would be an advantage to be able to use the 
whole seed. 

The following table shows the difference in response of the whole 
pea intact and its radicle:— 


Pras Soakep Twenty-Four Hours. 


1. Whole pea blaze : é . 0070 volt. 
Its radicle : p iy OREO) 
2. Whole pea . ; 4 : ; ee One 
Radicle . . : : 4 ee OOOO. 
3. Whole pea . 4 A ; 4 . ‘0050°3, 
Radicle . ‘ : { ’ ee "0300", ; 
4. Whole pea . ‘ : , : . 0110 ,, 
Radicle . : : : ; . °0400 ,, 
5. Whole pea . p : ; > = “OBO ~... 
Radicle . ; ! P : : 20206... 
6. Whole pea . ; . i : 5 SOOO (54 


Radicle . : : : ; -., "0250 ;, 


1916 x 


306 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Experimental Studies in the Physiology of Heredity.—Report 
of the Committee, consisting of Professor F. F, BuackMAN 
(Chairman), Mr. R. P. Grecory (Secretary), Professors 
W. Bateson and F. KEeEsie, and Miss E. R. SAUNDERS. 


Tue experiments have been carried on during the present year in 
spite of labour difficulties. 

The work on Primula sinensis has mainly devolved on Miss Killby, 
Captain Gregory having been occupied with military duties. The seed 
harvest in 1915 was a large one, and it has been necessary to hold over 
some of the material to be dealt with in the coming season. The 
results already obtained have added considerably to our knowledge of 
the genetics and cytology of the peculiar (tetraploid) races which 
contain double the normal number of chromosomes. Some of these 
races produce types which in the form of leaves and corolla and in 
certain colour characters find no parallel among the races with the 
normal number of chromosomes (‘ Proc. Roy. Soc.,’ December 1915). 
Progress has been made with the work of fixing certain types which 
have not as yet bred true, and in the course of the work a new 
form has been produced, the existence of which had been predicted 
though it had not previously been obtained. 

Miss Killby has also continued her work on beans and marrows, 
but two unfavourable seasons have delayed the work, and a further 
crop of plants will have to be raised before any definite statement can 
be made. 

Miss Gairdner has continued her experiments with wallflowers, but 
the work is not yet complete. 

Miss Saunders has carried out further work on stocks, foxgloves, 
and lobelia. 

From the new stock, intermediate in surface character between the 
ordinary fully hoary type and the wallflower-leaved variety obtained 
last year, another new form has been bred, intermediate again between 
its parent and the glabrous form. The gap between the two extreme 
types is thus being gradually bridged, and it is hoped that the produc- 
tion of these new forms may furnish a clue to the curious and un- 
explained relation between surface character and sap colour. Progress 
has been made with the attempt to synthesise an eversporting form, 
but further generations will need to be raised before any definite result 
can be expected. 

Of foxgloves a considerable number of first-year plants have been 
grown, and it is hoped that they will yield important results next year. 
In the meanwhile they are being utilised as far as possible for the 
supply of digitalin. 

It is expected that the results obtained this year with lobelia will 
complete the work on the inheritance of doubleness in that form. 

It is hoped that it will be found possible to renew the grant, as a 
number of the experiments are still in progress. 


THE RENTING OF CINCHONA BOTANIC STATION IN JAMAICA, 307 


The Renting of Cinchona Botanic Station in Jamaica.—Report of 
the Committee, consisting of Professors F. O. BowEr 
(Chairman), R. H. Yapr (Secretary), R. Bouuer, F. W. 
OuIveR, and F. K. WEIsS. 


Tue diminished rent of 121. 10s. was duly paid to the Jamaican Govern- 
ment and acknowledged. Owing to the continued state of war, no 
student made use of the station during the year. 

_ Following on the letter from the Colonial Secretary, printed in the 
1915 Report, the Jamaican Government have now entered into corre- 
spondence with Professor Duncan Johnson, of Baltimore, with a view 
to a lease from October 1, 1916, and with a provision that it should 
be made free to botanists of both countries (see letter of Assistant 
Colonial Secretary, March 21, 1916). In the latest communication 
(see letter of Acting Colonial Secretary, June 8, 1916), Mr. Cousins 
adds: ‘ That it is now suggested that Johns Hopkins or Cornell Univer- 
sities may consent to act in the matter of the lease, and that this may 
start from October 1 next, when the British Association tenancy would 
end.’ It is also added that the Jamaican Government ‘ will negotiate 
for a free admission of British botanists as desired,’ and that we shall 
be informed later of any arrangements made. 

As it thus appears that the British Association will obtain the object 
desired, viz., the accommodation of students at the Cinchona Station 
without any payment at all, the Committee ask that they be reappointed 
for the purpose of receiving applications from students; but they do 
not apply for any renewal of grant. 


Mental and Physical Factors involved in Education.—Report of 
the Committee, consisting of Dr. C. S. Mysrs (Chairman), 
Professor J. A. GREEN (Secretary), Professor J. ADAMS, 
Dr. G. A. AupEN, Sir E. Braproox, Dr. W. Brown, Mr. 
Cyrin Burt, Professor EK. P. CunveRwetu, Mr. G. F. 
Daniewu, Professor B. Foxtry, Professor R. A. GREGORY, 
Dr. C. W. Kimmuins, Mr. W. McDovaatt, Professor T. P. 
Nunn, Dr. W. H. BR. Rivers, Dr. F. C: SHRUBSALL, 
Professor H. Bompas SmirH, Dr. C. SPEARMAN, and Mr. 
A. E. TWENTYMAN, appointed to inquire into and report upon 
the methods and results of research into the Mental and 
Physical Factors involved in Education. 


Norms in Mechanical Arithmetic. 


Tur Committee has had under consideration the question of so-called 
“normal performances’ of school children. It would be of great 
service to teachers to determine what may be considered reasonable 


x 2 


308 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


requirements from children of particular ages. In regard to most 
attainments such determinations present problems of great complexity. 
Individual children vary greatly in their powers and in the circum- 
stances of their out-of-school lives. So far as it is the outcome of 
experience, knowledge can hardly be measured; and there is by no 
means a general agreement about what ought to be taught to children 
of eight or to children of eleven. In the case of the fundamental instru- 
ments of social intercourse the problem is simpler. The mastery of 
these is generally expected as a result of school training; progress in 
these is more or less steady throughout the school career. Arithmetic, 
reading, spelling, and writing provide instances. Arithmetical skill 
is largely dependent upon the rapid and accurate use of the funda- 
mental processes—addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division— 
which function best when they have reached the level of mechanical 
habit. In reading and writing mechanical habit again plays a chief 
part in their efficient use. But these subjects are psychologically more 
complex; and it is disputable whether any real value can come from 
isolating the ‘ habitual’ elements and attempting to measure progress 
in the development of mere mechanism. In the case of the arith- 
metical habits, no such disadvantage arises. Accordingly, the Com- 
mittee has restricted its inquiries to the four ‘fundamental rules’ of 
arithmetic—addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division. 


General Principles. 


In constructing test-sheets for each kind of process a definite, written 
scheme has been followed. Consequently, for the same kind of test it 
is possible to construct any number of test-sheets of approximately 
equal difficulty. 

As far as possible, all the available figures and combinations of 
figures in pairs are used with equal frequency. The tests are so con- 
structed that any child, after working through the first quarter (or in 
some tests, half) of the paper, has worked through all possible pairs 
of numbers (up to 9) once each. And, as far as possible, the pairs are 
scattered over the paper by pure chance. Every other column for 
addition sums involves ‘carrying.’ Similarly, half the pairs for sub- 
traction involve ‘ borrowing.’ No ‘ remainders’ are involved in the 
division sums. To facilitate computation of marks the sums were 
printed in rows of five or ten. One mark was awarded for each correct 
operation,—each column correctly added, each pair of figures correctly 
subtracted, multiplied, or divided. 

The children worked the sums upon sheets already printed. The 
tests were set, timed and marked by the investigators themselves or 
under their immediate superintendence. 


London ehsate: 


Four elementary schools were chosen: the boys’ department of an 
ordinary school attended by children in a ‘ good’ neighbourhood; the 
girls’ department of an ordinary school in a ‘ poor ’ neighbourhood ; 


ON MENTAL AND PHYSICAL FACTORS INVOLVED IN EDUCATION. 309 


the boys and girls of an ordinary mixed school in a ‘ moderate ’ neigh- 
bourhood ; and the boys and girls of the junior mixed and elder (girls) 
departments of a special school for the mentally defective. 


Numbers. (Table I.) 


In all, 936 ‘ normal’ children and 111 ‘ defective’ children have 
been examined in London with the same series of tests (series 11). 
Taken in isolation, the numbers in some of the age-groups are small. 
Those above 13 and below 8 years of age are so few, and so highly 
selected, as to be negligible for general comparison. 


Age-Averages. (Tables II. and III.) 


The results, for the most part, show a steady progress from year to 
year. The average rate of progress in addition, subtraction, multipli- 
cation, and division, is about 3, 5, 7, and 44 marks per annum respec- 
tively. At 10 years, the children attain on an average 22, 44, 40, and 
26 marks: i.e., they work at the rate of 8 or 9 operations a minute 
in multiplication and subtraction, and at about half that rate in 
division and addition. At the age of 11 the rate of progress declines; 
and at 13 the average may even fall. In this decline, an important, 
but not the sole factor, is doubtless the transference of the best scholars 
to secondary and central schools. If we assume that, with a complete 
sample for the higher ages, progress would continue at nearly the same 
rate, then the following regression-equations would serve to calculate 
very approximately the norm from the age last birthday :— 


Addition-mark = 4xage—18 
Subtraction-mark = 8 x age—36 
Multiplication-mark = 10 x age —60 
Division-mark = 8xage—54 


Standard Deviation (Table IV.) and Range (Table V.). 


Within each age, the variation of individuals is considerable. The 
standard deviation increases absolutely with increase of age, but 
diminishes relatively to the age-average from about half the average to 
about a third. 

The best performance at the age of 9 usually surpasses the average 
performance at the age of 13; the worst performance at the age of 13 
usually falls to the average performance at the age of 8. The best 
performance in any age-group is double the average for that group, but 
occasionally may be four or five times as large. 


Overlap of Ages. (Figure 1.) 


Owing to the wide individual variation, the overlap between the 
several ages in any single test is enormous. The knowledge of the 
“norm ’ or average for a given age, without knowledge of the amount 


Ssv3\ 1 

(8A) ONpMAIpUT 18404 
6.) uoupiad pivpunjs x t= 
A) OVUAAK 


G:C‘) uouvuag pivpuns XT + 
TBMPLAyPUyT 4BIOM 


SS Sais eS i 


(8°) onprarpuy ysogr 


UWOTVBlAe prvpuyys x7 


GOVUAAV 


WOLBIAeg pxepueys xI+ 


Tenprarpuy yseg yw 


€-- === =~ -- <n 4 == 


€----------4--—%- 


(Slainaa toss 


ool 


Olt 


02) 
Suuyw 


Seva 1 


(8.@' Fe) ronpraypur 140A 
(8°"°Fe) 
uonpiuagq pappuns' xT— 


(van) govagay ! 
[BDPTAIPUT SIOM 
(sa) H 
UONDMIC DAPPUDIS XT + -+ 
' 
(8¢@°7) onpraypuT 189T WV 


uo}}BIAed PABpUByS xI— 


sp) TOVUAAV 
Cc 
TOTPBIAGT 
paBspuyys * I+ 
10) 
=| TBnplArpul ysog 
D 
Oo 
Sy 


SU 


NorL La Vv 


COW, pue (“ds (9) Ww, (a) ‘Ws D> SToomog ur dnorp-e8y yows roy osuvy pur ‘uoywrAsqg prepuryg ‘gsRI0AY—"T BIOd1T 
a ORY 
| 


gov 
Suvah €} ral lige Ol 
(8@'7U) IOnpLAIpUT 18404 ; 
(s-am) qpruaar %* 


(8.C'T0) Uoynuag Pampung xT+ + \ 
Tenpyaipuy yszom | + 

1 

i 

' 

Vv 


1 
' 
! 
! 
(ssa'7e) wnprarpuy og V 
TOFBIACT PIVpULAS xT 


FOVUTAV 
TOWRA PrVpusys xT+ 


TenplATpul 4seq , 


AYVSA CI 
(cM) wonprarpur ssiodt FR 
(am) aprudar xX 
OL “am \ 
| uoymiasd parpums xT+ + 
\ 
(SQ) nprapuy eI ly 


0c TBNPTATPUT SOM 


0¢ UV 
TOT} BANC ~ 
= t parepusys xT- 
Or< 
og 
: 09 Oo GOVUGAV 
4 
ol 
og npaepueag XT - 


Tenprajpur yseg 7 


&--4---%---9 


> 


ie) 


6 


Yo to Ww 


11d 


NoOlLvd 


312 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Marks 
"GOOD Scucor cae p 
"MODERATE’ Schoo (Boys) G-.—.—.9 vi 
200 *MopeRaTe” Schoor(Giris) eX a 
‘PoOR’ Scxoou o-—o Xi 
“MENTALLY DEFECTIVE” S101 yrs // B 
ae 


So 


8 9 ike) VI 12 (3 YEar. 


Figure 2.—Averages for the several Ages in the several 
Schools (Marks for all Tests). 


ON MENTAL AND PHYSICAL FACTORS INVOLVED IN EDUCATION. 313 


of deviation around that average, is thus of little value. In conse- 
quence, however, of the incomplete, though high, correlation between 
performances in the several tests (Table VII.) and the high correlation 
with age, the overlap in the totals for the tests is smaller than the 
overlap in each test taken singly. 


Sex and Social Status. (Table V.) 


The children in the ‘ Good’ school gain about 50 per cent. more 
marks than the children in the ‘ Poor’ school, despite the fact that 
espécial care'is taken with the teaching of mechanical arithmetic in the 
latter. In the ‘Moderate’ school the average marks as a rule fall 
between those gained at the ‘ Good’ and ‘ Poor’ schools respectively. 
Except at 12, the averages of the boys in the mixed school surpass those 
of the girls in every age. 


Defectives. 


Even in the highest and largest age-group (age 12), the averages 
for the defectives are less than half those for the normal children of 
the age of 8. Roughly, they appear to be backward by nearly half their 
age; and deviate below the average for their age by nearly three times 
the standard deviation. 

There is often, however, an appreciable overlap (Figure 1). In 
nearly every ordinary school tested there are performances which are 
worse than the best found among defectives of the same age. 


Correlations between the Several Tests. (Table VII.) 


Within each class the correlations between the several tests are 
moderately high. Within each age-group they would, of course, be 
enormously higher. No decided hierarchy appears in the averages. 
There is doubtless a common general factor. But this cannot be mere 
general ability, since in general ability each class should be nearly homo- 
geneous ; and, overlying the general factor, there seem also to be specific 
factors in cyclic overlap,—multiplication is most closely corre- 
lated with division; division nearly as closely with subtraction; sub- 
traction somewhat less closely with addition ; addition less closely still 
with multiplication, and least of all with division. 


Sheffield Schools. (Tables VIII. and IX.) 


Four Sheffield schools have worked tests which were built up on 
the same lines as those used in London, though the actual examples 
used were different. The four schools included one large mixed school 
in a neighbourhood rather above the average, a boys’ school in an 
average artisan district, a girls’ school in a poor district, and a mixed 
junior school in a district similar to the first school. There is, however, 
some difficulty in using these necessarily inexact descriptive terms of 


314 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


schools in provincial towns where districts are not usually so clearly 
defined as in London. 

Unfortunately, the figures for the four schools are not yet com- 
pletely worked through. It is hoped to present them at the meeting. 
In comparison with the London figures, it should be noted that the age 
groups are larger, the averages are higher, the standard deviations are 
larger, and the range is wider. 

The correlations between the pairs of subjects for School C worked 
out for the several age groups, although not in detail comparable with 
those in Table VII., are considerably higher in the general averages at 
the foot of each column than those for the London schools. It is 
perhaps worth noting, however, that the correlation between multiplica- 
tion and division is highest in both tables, and that between subtraction 
and division is next highest also in both cases. 

For the rest, the same generalisations emerge. There is a steady 
progress from year to year. But the age-differences are swamped by the 
large variation and wide range exhibited by the individuals of each 
age-group. 

The Committee desires to be reappointed with a grant of 10). 


(Nors.—Tables I.-VII. refer to London schools ; Tables VIII.-IX, to Sheffield schools.) 


Tasre I. 
Number of Children Tested. 


. M. “2 ‘ M. , 
‘a? . . ‘Pp? | Total | «M.D? Total 

Ago Solos! oat oo School |Ordinary| School | All Schools 
16- 3 3 
is 1 1 2 15 17 
Te 8 3 1 1 1B 8 21 
13- 47 12 12 31 102 25 127 
12- 49 15 37 34 128 28 156 
1l- 79 21 25 35 160 15 175 
10- 101 33 38 36 208 6 214 
9- 97 28 34 39 198 4 202 
8- 42 11 8 36 97 6 103 
7- 27 27 1 28 
6- 1 1 1 
Total | 417 124 155 240 936 111 1,047 


315 


ON MENTAL AND PHYSICAL FACTORS INVOLVED IN EDUCATION. 


ES ES Ee SS 


€-¢ 8-68 C-88 9.97 8-6F 
0-1 
0-0 $-01 
L-0 §-03 LAS 6-63 G88 
0-0 9-63 G-0€ 8-88 0-0F 
8-9 9-1F 3-6 8-0F L-L¥ 
$-S L-OF 0-9F L-8P L-1¢ 
0-11 G-8¢ 9.¢¢ 9-1¢ 9-L¢ 
8-L L-L¥ ¥-88 0-89 £-69 
GF 0-IL O-LL LIL 9-69 
LS 0-LP 0-SZ 
LI 
(s[au9) (shog) 
yooyog jooyas yooqag 
Sage D [ooqas yooyas : 
“an, ods NW Pa \e “Ds 
NOILOVULENOG 


€-P €-61 
0-¢ 

0-0 0:9 
L-0 €-01 
L-0 S-FL 
0-7 GLI 
L-? 6-61 
6:9 8-SZ 
L-6 0-86 
L-L 0-07 
6-6 
9-9 

Jooqog Jooyog 

an ? od ’ 


(s[ar9) 
yooyag 
ra |\a > 


NoILIaay 


6-9 8-93 (-€1 0} -g 809%) edei0ay 
a) 
=)4 

€-F1 6-91 -8 

0-L1 8-03 -6 

0-33 8-83 -O1 

G-LZ 0-93 -IL 

9-LE G.0& -ZI 

GLE 8-9E -&I 

0-+F 9-96 FI 

0-87 0-66 oT 
—9L 

sXo 

ea jooyag 
‘TH ‘ r9) ’ 
< ’ asy 


vt 


‘dnoup-aby yova Lof 82897, Josaacg ay2 ur sabosaay 


‘II Flav 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. ’ 


316 


G1 L-9T €-LZ 18 0-€€ 9-€ P-ZE L-I¥ 
0-0 0-1 
0-0 Lal 0:0 9-L 
0-0 G-§ 0-ST LST 0-L1 0-9 €-81 2-13 
0-0 L8 8-LI 1-61 b-3G 0-0 8-LT €-L3 
0-1 F-91 1-93 6-83 9-18 L-¥ o-ZE 1-98 
€-1 o-83 2-38 9-€€ LSE £3 0-0F ¥-LP 
8-3 GLE F-LE 0-LE 0-8F 0-6 G:8F L-19 
1:3 1-13 6-F§ €-19 ¥-8F Lg 1-8P G-9¢ 
LI 0-9F 0-09 0-L9 F-FF 9-L 0-F¢ 0-28 
8-1 0-LF 0-SF | 01 
0-2 9.9 
(S[aH)) (sfog) <4 (Sqat)) 
Jooyas [ooyog \ Jooyag [ooyog [ooqog 
op : jooyasg jooqag : “7T" . jooqag 
an, éd; “Wh Hh, ‘D aN, <d» hk, 
NOISIAIC, NOLLVOITAILTIA YY 


G-LP 


‘dnoip-oby yove 40f 8380,7, psoaag oy2 ur sabosaay 
‘panuiquoo— JJ Wavy, 


oD» 


o3y 


317 


ON MENTAL AND PHYSICAL FACTORS INVOLVED IN EDUCATION. 


L-FE 6-93 8-1F 8-FF 1-82 (-E1 03 -g sod) oder0ay 
Lt 0-0 0-T | 0-1 | 0-9 -9 
£-9 ¥-1 9-L £-01 6-9 at 
8-LI Era | T-81 | T-Lz | 8-81 -8 
¥-FZ ¥-81 6-63 | 1-98 | 1-81 -6 
3-88 T-LZ £-0F 0-47 | 9-13 -01 
1-8 £-38 €-LF 8-8F 0-43 ti 
¥-FF €-Le 0-9¢ 6-F¢ | ¥-62 | 
0-L¥ 1-68 0.66 Z-8¢ | Le EI 
L-6F 8-08 ¢-19 9-49 8-1€ a 
Z-1F 0-9F 6.09 | 0-98 G-38 ST 
EY * ans as aD, es 
69], 11V | WOISTAT, Tory eoryd ry WorqOBIAGNS wory!ppY o3y 


| 


(‘yove ul UeIprIyO Jo Jequinu ey} 0} Surpioooe pozyyZtam useeq AY sfooyos [eIeAes ay} Ut SdnoIZ-e5e [eIZACS OY} IOF SHIeU oY.) 


(‘syooyog huvguawary Asvuipsc) 


"9989,7, Josaaag oy? sof sysvjy 2bnsoap 


‘TIT e781, 


(-8I 03 -g 


6-¢ €-61 ger -li'g-on | -2-LT- |" ge 0-F L8 g.8 TL 8-6 8-8 | lesseomtes 

0-0 0-0 -9 

© 0-0 ¥-9 0-0 0-G =k 

for) 

re 

ai LI G-Z1 8-31 | 3-01 | £6 L-€l L-0 9-9 0-9 8-8 9-8 €-9 -8 

= 0-0 F-91 ZO. | 901 | S11 | T-8I 6-0 rane L-9 9:9 0-4 L8 -6 

= GL 9-81 3-L1 G-61 1-91 9.06 0-F -L 6-L 9-L 1-6 L-9 -O1 

7) 9-6 0-83 8.02 | Fer | 6-62 | 6-72 LP F-01 G01 | #9 Z-91 | 9-01 -I1 

8 8-01 Tsee, ee | €12 | 602 | 3-22 sip) F-01 6.6 OMT: |-set 18 -Z1 

iS ¢.9 1-83 eer Piser | et | sez 6g 8-01 iia |e a Sie | o.08 -€1 

< 

5 

a 9-2 0-0 0:0 G61 | L-8Z 9.9 0-0 0-0 8-01 | O-IT 71 

= 0-2 0-0 0-0 FL 0:0 0:0 -<1 

x 6-1 0:8 -91 

o 

a ) | (shog) ) | (sh 

fe jooyog | (pargsraqa) | toogog | HD) | (S40€) | jooyog | oouog | (paymsreaa)| toogog | (SED) | (S408) | toogog 

& an, asviaay fe [hae lL ge SEN for Chay. | CABRCAYT | ell tit ane WS 

ie osy 

NOLLOVULEAY Noliaay 


318 


‘dnoiy-abp yona 10f $7807, JoLaaag ay}? ut suoyniaag piDpunzg 


‘AI ®1aVvJ, 


ON MENTAL AND PHYSICAL FACTORS INVOLVED IN EDUCATION. 319 


1-3 0-ST 0-11 F-E1 G-ST 8-LT1 
0-0 
0-0 GG 
0-0 1-8 0-g L:8 0-9 I-11 
0-0 L-GI €-L 8-11 9-6 6-91 
3:3 GFT ¥-6 6-ST €-§T 9-9T 
1:3 6-06 1-81 G-GL I-1& 6-66 
8-7 T-ST €-IT T-F1 6-91 ¢-81 
G-€ 6-81 0-ST F-81 0-9T ¥-GG 
TI 0-0 0-0 0-66 L-3G 
6-T 0-0 0-0 
8-0 
fog) 
ooo ayqsteaa) | looyog (stu) | (8408) | Jooyog 
Kate, | Sogemey™ | “ra,” | oes | ows | Tra, 
NOISIAIC, 


os €-81 O-LT F-91 6-LI 6-8I { 
0:0 
0-0 8-9 
0-0 6-01 §-6 9-8 L-Il §-01 
0-0 6-91 €-6 0-€T €-€1 0-16 
&-V 8-LT L-F1 9-8T 9-81 6-81 
6-6 9:06 T-06 8-41 FFG 8-16 
T-L I-16 9-16 6-16 6-9T 8-16 
1-¢ 1-86 0-16 PGS FG 9-06 
Fg 0-0 0-0 1-96 1-83 
PL 0-0 0-0 
7-8 
(sqarp) | (sfog) 
yoones | (Papnieat)| Teves | Toory | foowsy | Tomes 
: d oW; oH, ‘ 
NOLLVOITALILTIOPL 


(-€T 04 -8 
so3v) odB10AY 


aay 


|= Seer: Wr eer ener ene Creed Oe ee ee ee Ea Ga 
‘dnoug-ebp yon sof 8789,J, JoLaaag ay, Ut suoNDIAaagd pivpunig 
*panu1juoo— AT Fav J, 


—1916. 


ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE 


REPORTS 


320 


yooyog 
“aN, 


0 -6¢ 
G-9 —G-69 0 -GF & -LE 
L-9 —G-9 0 -6¢ IT -€9 
0-8 -Z-86 13-661 T -€8 
G-F -G-8IT} 1 —101 FI-L9 
L-¥1-G-001| ¢ —88 LE-LIt 
L-¥1-0-€6 0 -90T 91-89 
6-8F-S-1L IL-1L LL-LL 

Teita)) 

ase1oAy ee 1S aay 

: d> oW Vi 


NOLLOVaLAaAG 


org | 

0-0 0-F% | 
FI-3g G -6L 0-G GP -G-23 0 -16 € -LI 
66-9S v -*8 0-6 L-& —0-2€ 0-16 0 -0€ 
8 -28 6-901 | 0-8 g-G —3-9F Leahy. 6 —OF 
0 -Z9T € -FFI 0-ST 6-9 -3-19 0 -€F 6 —83 
66-88 ¢ -801 O-LI G-01-Z-99 9 —-&P I1-L9 
FE-88 6 -OIT | 0-02 0-G1-L-6S 6 -+¢ GI-6€ 
S¥-06 0 -8P T-81 ¢-66-6-€P OV-0F | 9€-9E 
L¥-L¥ SE-SG 1-06 

I-81 
(shog) 3 (s[219) (skog) 
Toowps Pe ee aseI9vaAy te jooyog yooqog 

NOLLIGGY 


(‘sooupwsofs9g 48404 pup 382g) 


‘dnoiyj-abp yoo us 9382, JoLaaag ay? ut abungy auazxrg 


‘A Wavy, 


mal 


osy 


321 


ON MENTAL AND PHYSICAL FACTORS INVOLVED IN EDUCATION. 


6 =07..| 

0-0 0 -I1 | 

ee eae Se 
0-0 | 0-2 -0-0¢ | 0 -61 & -62 F -82 SF 
0-0 |0-3-L66| 0 -Lz 0 -0g 9 -9F Z -9L 
0-9 |9-1-09¢] 0-98 0 -29 * -19 Zz -29 
0-9 «| Lb -¢-zor] 0 -SL €1-99 0-991 | 9 -80T 
0-6 | 0-21-0-89 | L -9F LI-6L 8 -69 91-8L 
O-LI | %-L-9-LL| 0 -09 ZI-FL TI-1L 9 -SOT 

| aa ee = Ee ~ e iat 
0-€ | 0-68-3-0L | StS 09-09 9F-801 | ¢ -89 
0-9 LE-LP Ch-GF 
I-€ 
Wa | oeioy | MOPS | teow | rooms | MS 

NOISTAI(L 


0-LE 
c-O1 


jooyas 
an, 


her | 
I-96 | 
G8 -L-Gh | 0 —8& VY 86 OG-8P OI-Lg 
GS -G-F9 | 0 -8& 0 -99 Ié-Ik 0 -8 
6-8 —€-68 | 6 —6L Ft -16 &I-801 L —-08 
G-GI-L-101| 0 -8 LI-LL GG-OFT IT-80T 
L-06-9:86 11-88 &c-IIT vE-V6 SI-TOL 
0-16-S-€01} 9 —€0T €6-98 Fe-F IL Ie-I11 
0-LF-3-48 | ¥9-#9 Z8-Z8 6F-0ZT | € -18 
9F-9F Sa6cg 
(spat) (so 
aSVIOAW Pee. | pt ete a 
od; ol. “NW oD, 


(‘saounwL0f{i9g 781044 pun 780g) 


NOILVOITAILTA Jl 


aay 


‘dnoiy-ab pf yove ur szsa, qouanoeg oy? ur abuny awouay 


*‘panuiquoo— A WIV, 


1916 


322 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


Taste VI. 
Total Marks (All Tests) for the Several Schools. 


‘M.’ ‘“M.’ 
Grr 3 ‘pz ‘M.D,’ 
A . ’ 
ge School (Bee) cos School School 
16- | _ | bo ieaee al 
15- 147-0 1830 24:9 Cee 
14— 180°0 266°0 | 255°0 210:0 20°6 
13- 2198 | 2922 | 1587 | 1898 25°3 
12- 189°3 | 179°5 183°8 132°4 29°7 
1]- 161°5 162-2 | 1470 130°1 13°71 
LO-\ | 476 S= -1290 120-9 107°9 165 
9g- | 117°8 101°6 90:2 70°6 0-7 
8- 95°1 | 95:0 70°7 47'8 14 
7- | | / i Some — Se S ne 
| | | i: 
Average | | aX 125 
(ages | 
8- to 13-) 155°2 | 148°6 127°7 1048 14:4 
i i 
Taste VII. 
Correlations between the Several Tests. 
| | | 
.,. _|Addition aye Subtrac-} Multipli- 
: Addition and Mul- Addition ne al Subtrac- Pau 
Standard jand Sub-] "4: iea- nd Multipli-| tion and aud Average 
traction Heh Division Area Division Disien 
VILA “40 35) *58 rte 61 “79 617 
VIILB “Eyl 31 Si ils —S? 46 81 +442 
VIA “46 32 ‘18 “41 “27 Mil +392 
VIB “5D “51 “46 “58 *b5 “49 523 
V.A 5) ‘51 *32 58 9337/ 65 “497 
V.B 34 “34 “47 34 “41 62 420 
IV. 29 47 “16 32 62 “70 "427 
TIT.A ‘21 *29 ‘07 “28 “50 “50 *308 
TIT.B “46 “46 67 ‘57 “1 “46 "522 
Il, “46 “40 32 “50 46 “51 “442 
Average “429 “416 341 “467 ‘476 “624 "459 


ON MENTAL AND PHYSICAL FACTORS INVOLVED IN EDUCATION. 323 


Tasty VIII. 
C. (Boys’) School. 


Y.—Addition (Series 12). 


| 

| Age. 8} 94 ry dl Si 134 | 

| Number . 7 63 | «(72 66 15 29 | 

Average mark oS 10 18 | 26 35 36 43 | 
Standard deviation. . 8:91 8°52 | 9°25 14:02 13°57 15°14 
Highest mark. 27 43 49 66 74 85 | 
Lowest mark . 0 Guide ete 16 3 12 | 

| Average error 6:3 296 | 24 2°45 2°6 34 

2.—Subtraction (Series 12). 
Age . ee | 9h 104 114 2h | aay | 
oe F — _— ———__ | —— — | 
Number . 7 Ga ey ol 66 76 =| «29 
Average mark SWE 22 35 45 64 74 81 
Standard deviation : 13°27 21°56 20°14 23°97 29°56 29°11 
Highest mark r 50 84 95 128 134 145 
Lowest mark . i 0 0 0 14 17 
Average error 8:6 9:2 75 71 55 56 
3.—Multiplication (Series 12). 
Age . 8t | 9% IF CaM Me ne eS 13} 
Number 7 | 63 72 67 76 33 
Average mark pee 23 | 32 40 61 69 80 
Standard deviation . 10°84 12:98 17°65 23°24 28°48 20°71 
Highest mark . ah 48) 1 62 86.0 | TET 136 136 
Lowest mark . 12 | 10 8 18 7 30 
Average error 31 | 3°57 50 3:03 | 4:1 3°66 
4,—Division (Series 12). 

Age . | 84 9h 104 11, | 123 134 
Number . it 63 72 67 76 33 
Average mark .| 14 | 19 26 46 57 63 
Standard deviation Z | 9°56 11:09 13°63 24°41 30°9 26°33 
Highest mark .| 35 65 68 102 143 119 
Lowest mark Py eae 2 0 8 0 16 
Average error 3 70 5°52 70 3°8 72 54 


’ 


REPORTS 


Tasty IX. 
W. R. (Mixed) School. 


ON THE STATE OF SCTENCE.—1916. 


Age. 


g 8} | 9% 103 133 
Number . PB 3| ) 33 66 67 35 
Fadl 30 58 69 | 74 78 48 

Average mark _.. B.. 38 46 48 49 

ee Be 26 33 40 44 46 

Standard deviation B. | 11-92 19:9 17-5 16°3 

bret 722| 1-0") 13-11 | 20% 25°2 13°6 

Highest mark |. B. 64 100 154 110 

Med oe 60 81 80 178 85 

Lowest mark. . B. 12 17 16 23 

Ct. 5 a) 8 ff Se 19 26 
Average error . B. 271 2°2 2-0 2:0 
t 7 1-45 2-2 13 1:55 1:75 
2.—Subtraction (Series 12). 

Apeeml . aft OE agil! Skea: Skee a0k: |.) 1g 12} 13} 

~~ _ eres =a 3 2 | = -- = fs 2 a . 

Number B. 33 67 | 67 35 
/ Ge} -.30 58 69 Th As 48 
_ Average mark . B. 72 | 82 90 97 
| G4] S36 50 65) 78-4) 6BT 98 

Standard deviation B. |. 21:22) 42°13 | 36:83 30°6 
| G. 16°6 2471 27-4 | 30°04 | 26-4 38°9 

Highest mark. . B. 119 194 | 184 152 

Cre |e ke 115 128 165 182 185 

Lowest mark... B. | erred 16 35 

G 7 9 wm } 4 37 30 
Average error, . B. 64 | 6:9 5:0 46 
G 4:0 | 593 4:93| 3°86 40 4°85 
3.—Maultiplication (Series 12). 

Age . gh | gh | 10} | 113 124 134 
aranioer B | iis line . | 68 35 
| G 30 58 | 69 74 78 48 
| Average mark . 58 69 74 81 
| ll Sab a | SL 61 71 83. || 
Standard deviation B. Peis 30°95 23°41 22°46 | 
Ga 85 18°6 . 2071 19°09 22°38 28°3 
| Highest mark. . B. | 116 164 140 124 
| i. |" ea 83 101 105 159 156 

Lowest mark | 18 24 18 25 

x. ee Neate 16 17 36 41 

Average error . B. | | 37 | 39 4-4 4-9 

G. 2°8 | 2°6 | 3:2 2°9 ; 


16 


ON MENTAL AND PHYSICAL FACTORS INVOLVED IN EDUCATION. 325 


: 
Ke 


| 


4.—Division (Series 12). 


644 


“703 


651 


Age ca ages 9h fore |) Ens. | ioe |. ass 
amber B. | 33 | 66 68 | 35 
Gai 0 58 651 |. 74...) 678 48 
verage mark . B. 45 60 66 | 69 
G. 14 Die AF-S | 55 62 66 
Standard deviation B. | | 18:56 38:9 26°67 23°41 | 
G. | 69 | 165 20°3 28°2 29°8 29°64 | 
| Highest mark . B. | 82 177 124 133 
G. | 29 61 89 | 150 | 172 131 
| Lowest mark B. 20 10 3 14 
) G. 2 ahead 6 5 20 | 
Average error . B. | | | 475, 3°75 3°9 53 | 
G. 3°4 3°5 | 2°5 | 2°6 2°5 2°87 | 
TABLE X. 
Correlation between the Age Groups of School C (Sheffield) (Boys). 
soo (tite Ma aaauon| an | gone | RB] 
ge ae tion an Average | 
Subtrac- | Multipli- | é Multipli- Pree and | 
| tion cation | Division cation | oe Division | 
8 806 “400 | 580 | -390 | -868 | “758 | -634 
9 623 574 | 643 73 =| = (7492 “744 “608 
10 706 622 | 664 669 ‘783 727 695 
11 “492 “628 703 “794 “700 *908 ‘704 | 
12 Seve "864 | -900 “752 693 910 815 
13 | “87 CE la iat ee) “728 ‘770 “784 “70) | 
= | ie | 
_ Average | ‘711 ‘718 805 | “705 


326 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Popular Science Lectures.—Interim Report of the Committee, 
consisting of the PRESIDENT and GENERAL OFFICERS, Pro- 
fessor H. E. ArmstRoNG, Professor W. A. Bone, Sir 
EDWARD BRABROOK, Professor S. J. CHAPMAN, Professor A. 
DeEnpDy, Professor R. A. Grecory (Hon. Sec.), Professor 
W. D. Hauursurton, Dr. H. S. HELe-SHaw, Professor F. 
ISEEBLE, Mr. G. W. LampbLuGcH, and Dr. EK. J. RUSSELL, 
appointed by the Council to consider and report on the Popu- 
larisation of Science through Public Lectures. (Drawn up by 
the Secretary.) 


INTRODUCTION. 


Ar the meeting of the Council in June 1916 representations were made 
by the Organising Committee of Section L (Educational Science) that 
much less attention is given to popular lecturing now than was for- 
merly the case; and it was suggested that efforts should be made to 
promote increased public interest in science by means of such lectures. 
The Council, therefore, appointed a Committee representative of all 
the Sections of the Association to institute inquiries into this subject 
and prepare a Report upon it. Many local Scientific Societies, Univer- 
sities, University Colleges, and similar institutions have organised 
popular science lectures; and the Committee has endeavoured to 
secure the results of the experience obtained, with the object of dis- 
covering the elements of success or failure. 

A schedule cf twelve questions was drawn up and was widely dis- 
tributed. To prevent misunderstanding, it was pointed out in an 
explanatory letter that the inquiry referred only to single pioneer 
lectures for the general public, and was not concerned with students’ 
courses, such as are arranged by University Extension authorities, the 
Workers’ Educational Association, and other organisations. 

A circular containing the schedule of questions was addressed to 
(1) Principals and Registrars of all Universities (except Oxford and 
Cambridge) and University Colleges in the United Kingdom; (2) Prin- 
cipals, or Directors, of all Technical Colleges represented in the Asso- 
ciation of Technical Institutions; (3) Secretaries of every University 
Extension Delegacy, or Board, of the Workers’ Educational Association, 
the Gilchrist Trust, and like organisations ; (4) Secretaries of all Corre- 
sponding Societies and of forty other local Scientific Societies; (5) 
Curators of the chief provincial Museums ; (6) a few individuals having 
special knowledge of the subject. 

By the middle of August, about 150. circulars had been returned, 
nearly all of them containing replies to the questions and also many 
valuable comments. The whole of these replies—about 1,500 in all— 
have been classified, and a digest of their substance is here given. 
The first question asked for the name of the society or institution 
providing the information. 


ON POPULAR SCIENCE LECTURES, 327 


ABSTRACT OF REPLIES TO QUESTIONS. 


(2) Are arrangements made for the delivery of public lectures wpon 
scientific subjects each session? If so, (a) are the lectures free? 
(b) What are the lowest and highest charges for admission ? 


In most cases local scientific societies arrange for the delivery of 
occasional popular lectures each session. These lectures, however, are 
not usually intended for the general public, but for members of the 
societies and any friends who may accompany them. ‘The lectures are 
thus more of the nature of scientific meetings than public assemblies, 
and the fee for admission to them is the membership subscription. 
which varies from 1s. to a guinea per session. In a few cases one or 
more public lectures are arranged each session, and admission to these 
is free, or at nominal charges varying from 1d. to 64. 

Series of public lectures are arranged by several Corporations in 
connection with museums, libraries, and other institutions, as well as 
by Universities and Technical Colleges. The annual series of Cor- 
poration Free Lectures at Liverpool includes scientific subjects; at the 
Horniman Museum, Forest Hill, S.E., twenty free lectures are given 
on Saturday afternoons from October to March; at the Manchester 
Museum, sixteen public lectures are arranged each year ; at the National 
Museum of Wales, Cardiff, lectures are given from time to time in 
connection with special exhibits in the museum; at the Technical 
School, Barrow-in-Furness, a course of popular lectures is delivered on 
Saturday evenings; and at the Museum, Free Library, and Bentlif Art 
Gallery, Maidstone, free popular lectures were successfully arranged 
every winter before the War. The Secretary of the Buchan Club, 
Aberdeen, remarks of public lectures: ‘ They were formerly given until 
they declined for want of suitable lecturers and variety of lectures ’; 
and the Principal of Battersea Polytechnic says: ‘ We have dis- 
continued the arrangement of popular lectures as the attendance was 
discouraging. We have found that the people in this district will not 
attend popular lectures, whatever the subject. We have offered lec- 
tures by such men as Max O’Rell, E. T. Reed, J. Foster Fraser, T. P. 
O’Connor, Sir J. D. McClure, F. Villiers, Fred Enoch, and H. Furniss ; 
and the response of the public was disappointing, although the charge 
for admission was only 3d. We arranged for a lecture on ‘‘ Air-ships ”’ 
in the Spring of this year, but failed to secure an audience and had to 
cancel the lecture.’ 


(3) Where are the lectures usually given? (a) What is approximately 
the average attendance ? 


Lectures given in rooms of Museums, Public Libraries, Universities, 
Technical Schools, and like institutions, attended by members of 
scientific societies and their friends, have usually audiences of about 
30 in number, and the limit of accommodation does not often exceed 
about 200. The average attendance of the whole of the lectures of 
which particulars have been received is about 300. In the Town Hall, 
Stockport, the average is 1,250, ‘ but this is a decreasing number ’; at 
the Mechanics’ Institution, Burnley, it is S800-1,200; at the Town 


328 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


Hall, Portsmouth, 500-2,000; at the Merchant Venturers’ Technical 
College, Bristol, 600-800; at the Birmingham and Midland Institute, 
700; at the Albert Institute, Dundee, 500-800; at various towns distri- 
buted through England, Wales, and Ireland the average attendance 
at Gilchrist Lectures is about 600; and at the Geographical Institute, 
Newcastle, about 500. 


(4) What subjects attract the largest audiences ? 


From the point of view of local scientific societies, the most popular 
subjects are local archeology and antiquities, animal and bird life, and 
other aspects of natural history. The most popular public lectures are 
those on travel and adventure by explorers whose names are widely 
known. Astronomy is rarely mentioned, but this is probably because 
local scientific societies are mostly concerned with natural history and 
there are few good lecturers on astronomy. Science lectures must be 
illustrated by lantern slides or experiments if they are to appeal to a 
large public, and their titles should arrest attention. The chief point. 
however, is that lectures should deal with recent discoveries or topics 
which have been mentioned frequently in the daily newspapers. The 
largest audiences are usually attracted not by descriptive lectures on 
such subjects as mimicry, the descent of man, prehistoric animals, 
trade processes, and so on, but by those which are concerned with 
questions of wide economic or sociological interest, such as industrial 
research in America, wireless telegraphy in war, the wages problem, 
munitions of war, &c. One correspondent says: ‘ Purely scientific 
lectures do not attract, however eminent the lecturer. The most attrac- 
tive lectures are the least scientific.’ 


(5) Do you attach as much importance to the lecturer as to the 
subject ? 


As much, or more, importance is usually attached to the lecturer 
as to the subject. Most of the replies are in this sense, and the follow- 
ing are typical of them: ‘ The society does not, but the audience does’ ; 
‘Tn order to attract subscribers, the chief importance is attached to the 
personality and celebrity of the lecturer’; ‘ The lecturer practically 
determines the audience’; ‘ Undoubtedly, if the lecturer is well 
known’; ‘ Yes, more, for popular lectures ’; ‘ More to the lecturer, if 
known: if not known, to the subject.’ The best combination is, of 
course, an attractive subject and a celebrated lecturer, and the public 
soon forms its own estimate of the two factors. ‘The subject attracts 
in the first instance, but a poor lecturer would not draw a second time.’ 

‘ Under the conditions here [Forest Hill, S.E., Horniman Museum], 
where there is a large population to draw on, title and subject are 
probably more important than lecturer. Nevertheless, some lecturers 
are always fairly sure of a good audience, and a series which begins 
with lectures by relatively poor lecturers soon suffers a reduction in size 
of audiences.’ In many cases the lectures are given by members of 
the staffs of local museums, universities, or other institutions, but this 
limitation of choice of lecturer and subject soon exhausts the public 
interested in them, 


ON POPULAR SCIENCE LECTURES. 329 


(6) Are lectures by strangers generally more or less successful than 
those by local lecturers ? 

When the visitor is a celebrated lecturer, it is natural that larger 
audiences should be secured than in the case of local lecturers. Probably 
strangers are not invited to lecture unless they have more than a local 
reputation, and this accounts for the general opinion that they are 
more successful as regards size of audience. ‘Typical replies to this 
question are: ‘ Lectures by strangers, especially when they are cele- 
brities, are far more attractive ’; ‘ Yes, as they are usually well-adver- 
tised: otherwise, I doubt if the numbers would be increased ’; ‘ Except 
for lecturers of world-wide fame, we find the attendance about the same 
for local lecturers as for outside lecturers’; ‘A known name, local or 
otherwise, is generally more attractive than that of a completely un- 
known person ’ ; ‘ Strangers distinguished in literature, science, or public 
life generally attract good audiences. In the case of scientific lectures, 
local lecturers appeal more to the general public owing to the fact that 
it is a difficult matter for an outside lecturer to provide adequate experi- 
ments. The majority of these lectures in the past have been delivered 
by our own staff’ (University College, Nottingham). ‘It depends on 
the lecturer ; when a local lecturer lectures repeatedly in the same dis- 
trict he ceases to draw really large audiences.’ (Manchester). 

The general conclusion seems to be that for lectures to local socie- 
ties, with audiences numbering from about 30 to 100, local lecturers 
‘draw’ as much as visiting lecturers of the same standing, but the 
visitor has to depend more upon the subject and title to attract an 
audience. ‘ The fact that a prophet is not without honour save in his 
own country somewhat discounts the popularity of local lecturers; but 
a distinguished local man will attract a larger audience than a much 
less distinguished stranger ’ (Manchester). 


(7) If fees are paid to lecturers, what is the usual amount for 
(a) Lectures with or without lantern slides, (b) Lectures with experi: 
mental illustrations ? 5 


Few local societies have sufficient funds to pay lecturers: the result 
is that most scientific lectures arranged by these societies are given 
free or for out-of-pocket expenses. Members of the staffs of colleges 
and other institutions also usually give public lectures locally without 
fees. The general fee to professional lecturers, with lantern slides 
or experimental illustrations, or both, varies from three to ten guineas. 
Dr. Wertheimer, Principal of the Merchant Venturers’ College, Bristol, 
says, in answer to this question: ‘ Varies with the lecturer. We have 
found some dear at five guineas and others cheap at fifteen guineas.’ 
The Stockport Science Lectures Committee usually pays ten guineas 
for a lecture, but in exceptional cases, as for Sir Ernest Shackleton and 
Sir H. B. Tree, forty guineas have been paid. 


(8) With admission free, or at a nominal charge, and excluding the 
cost of the hire of a room or hall, what is the usual profit or loss upon 
a popular science lecture? (a) If there is a loss, how is it met ? 


(9) Are any local funds available for people’s lectures ? 


330 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


As lectures to members of local scientific societies and their friends 
are usually given free, expenses are low and are met by the general 
funds of the societies. The Secretary of the Buteshire Natural History 
Society says: ‘Some years we have had lectures for the public for 
which a charge was made—about 6d. There was usually a profit, after 
paying everything, of a few shillings.’ There is, however, rarely a 
profit upon a public lecture. The Buchan Club, Aberdeen, estimates 
the loss at 11. to 2l. per lecture, and it is paid from the funds of the 
society. Even with the well-arranged Gilchrist Lectures delivered 
in various parts of the country, the average loss is about 101, a lecture 
and is met by a grant from the Gilchrist Trustees. At Stockport ‘ the 
hall has been hired, with charges for admission. The greatest profit in 
the early years was approximately 201. In recent years there has been 
a loss. A number of local gentlemen guaranteed a guinea each in case 
of loss. No call has been made upon them.’ 

At University College, Nottingham, the loss per lecture is from 2. 
to 51., but no allowance is made for the services of the lecturer and 
his assistant, or for the use of apparatus. In such cases the loss is 
met out of College funds. Lectures are likewise given in many places 
as part of the educational work of museums and the cost is paid out 
of the incomes of the institutions. When the museum is a municipal 
institution, or lectures are arranged by a Free Public Library Com- 
mittee, any loss comes out of the rates. Thus, the Secretary of the 
Albert Institute, Dundee, says: ‘ As the lectures are all delivered within 
the premises of the Free Library Committee, any charge for admission 
is prohibited by the Public Libraries Acts. The Albert Institute Lec- 
tures have proved so popular that they are regarded as a branch of 
the work of the Free Library Committee. A sum of about 25]. is 
usually taken in the estimates of that Committee for expenses— 
lantern operator, making slides, arranging halls, &e. All my lectures 
are gratuitous.’ 

Similarly, the Chief Librarian of the Liverpool Public Libraries 
remarks: ‘ The public’ libraries are rate-supported, and lectures are 
part of the public library work. This library was established by special 
Act of Parliament, and not under Ewart’s Library Act. Authority was 
included in our Act to pay for lectures. The vote by our Council for 
lectures during the past few years has been about 1,100]. per year.’ 

In other cases the cost of popular lectures is paid by the local 
Education Committee or out of the grant made to the institution by 
the Board of Education. 

Very few localities have special funds available for the expenses of 
public lectures. The Secretary of the Kilmarnock Glenfield Ramblers’ 
Society says, however: ‘The Kilmarnock Philosophical Society has 
sonsiderable funds for providing lectures, but has not done so for many 
years.’ At Dundee, ‘ the late Lord Armitstead gave, about twenty-five 
years ago, a sum to establish ‘‘ The Armitstead Lectures.’’ No local 
lecturers are engaged. A nominal charge for admission is made. These 
were formerly well attended, but latterly the attendance has fallen 
off. The Albert Institute Lectures now tax the full accommodation of 
the Albert Hall. They are absolutely free to the public.’ 


ON POPULAR SCIENCE LECTURES. 331 


There is at Perth a local Trust Fund, called the Duncan Bequest, 
for lectures ; and at Maidstone the popular lectures are provided out of 
the Bentlif Wing Trust Fund of the Museum, Free Library, and Bentlif 
Art Gallery. The Midland Institute, Birmingham, has a small endow- 
ment of about 301. a year for science lectures; and the Royal Technical 
College, Glasgow, has an endowment fund for popular lectures on 
astronomy. The Gilchrist Educational Trust is referred to in detail 
later. One of the purposes of the Chadwick Trust (40 Queen Anne 
Chambers, Westminster, $5. W.) is to provide for ‘ the delivery by com- 
petent persons of lectures on Sanitary Science,’ and a number of 
successful lectures have been given in pursuance of it, particularly 
during the War. Among the subjects of these recent lectures are: 
Racial Hygiene and the Wastage of War; War and Disease; Food in 
War-time; Typhus in Serbia; Prevention c? Disease and Frostbite in 
the Army. The Trust pays all expenses of fees, hall, lantern, adver- 
tising, and printing, though halls and lanterns are often lent. 


(10) Has public interest in popular science lectures increased or 
decreased in your district during the past ten or twenty years ? 


The analysis of replies to this question is inconclusive. About one- 
third of the correspondents report that interest has increased, another 
third that it has decreased, and the remaining third that it has remained 
stationary or no decided change has been noticed. Museums. mostly 
report an increase of interest, and technical institutions a decrease. 
No general conclusion can be derived from the replies from scientific 
societies, in which so much depends upon the energy of the secretary 
and the constitution of the committee. For example, the Birmingham 
and Midland Institute Scientific Society reports an increase, while the 
Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society records a 
decrease. 

As regards public interest in science lectures Dr. M. E. Sadler 
remarks: ‘I should say that it has increased and might be greatly 
stimulated by further efforts.’ Other replies to this effect are: ‘I do 
not believe that public interest in popular science lectures has decreased, 
but it certainly has less opportunities of manifesting itself’ (School of 
Technology, Manchester). ‘There has been a marked increase of 
interest within the past five years ’ (University College, Aberystwyth) ; 
“In that time the public interest in our lectures has increased consider- 
ably ’ (Kilmarnock); ‘The interest in the Manchester Geographical 
Society’s weekly lectures has greatly increased during the past fifteen 
years.’ 

The chief causes of decrease of interest in many districts are 
indicated in the following replies: ‘The public interest has doubtless 
decreased slightly during the past ten years. This is to some extent 
accounted for by the fact that during recent years scholars from the 
secondary and other schools in the city have continued their education 
at the college and other institutions, attending two and three evenings 
per week, and therefore do not attend single lectures as in former years. 
The opening of picture-houses has probably also affected the attendance 
at lectures’ (University College, Nottingham). ‘Decreased. The 


332 REPORIS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


lectures are no longer novel, there is increasing difficulty in obtaining 
new and good lecturers, and there are many counter-attractions, ¢.g. 
kinema, other lectures in the same town, &c.’ (Stockport Science 
Lectures Committee). ‘ Decreased: representatives on public bodies 
either have not the time (through commercial claims), or the interest, to 
devote any attention to the matter’ (Chelmsford). ‘I should say 
decreased with the quality of the lecture. Good lectures are rare and 
generally well attended ’ (Plymouth). 

The whole matter is admirably summed up by Mr. D. B. Morris, 
Town Clerk, Stirling, as follows :— 


‘Comparing the position of matters now with that of thirty years 
ago, the popular lecture does not now occupy the place in public esteem 
which it did. For this there are various causes. With the better type 
of young persons, attendance at continuation classes, with their 
organised schemes of study, takes the place of attendance at popular 
lectures. To the non-studious the picture-house is the habitual place 
of resort. Many of the films there shown are such as would be 
exhibited at a popular science lecture. 

‘ As regards older people, some find that life has to be lived more 
strenuously nowadays, and rest or quiet recreation are sought in the 
evening rather than anything distinctly intellectual. The great popular 
interest which used to be taken in natural history arising out of the 
** evolution ’’ controversy, and inspired also by the writings of Darwin, 
Wallace, Huxley, Lubbock, Kingsley, and others, has passed entirely 
away. Such interest now centres in subjects like wireless telegraphy, 
aviation, and, at present, all matters connected with the war. 

‘Serious students will always be found to attend courses where 
educational value is to be got, but popular lectures will not succeed 
unless illustrated by kinematograph, lantern, or experiments, or by all 
three. The element of entertainment must be present, which implies 
novelty. Arrangements might be made with local picture-houses to 
have a fortnightly or monthly scientific evening, which would take the 
form of a popular lecture with illustrations. Tickets, containing a 
short syllabus of the series, could be sold at cheap prices, a local 
organisation assuming financial responsibility.’ 


(11) Can you suggest any course of action to follow in order to 
increase public interest in science in your district by means of popular 
lectures ? 

The chief needs referred to are: (1) a supply of trained popular 
lecturers ; (2) co-ordination of effort of educational institutions, Univer- 
sity Extension Committees, Municipal Corporations, Trades Councils, 
and similar bodies; (3) adequate advertisement and interesting Press 
notices ; (4) lectures dealing more especially with subjects of present-day 
interest, or relating to the needs of the district; (5) endowment of 
popular science lecturers so as to enable lectures to be provided at a 
moderate cost; (6) the use of the kinematograph in science lectures. 

Many correspondents seem to think that popular lectures are neces- 
sarily of the instructive kind and intended to induce people to take up 
courses of study at educational institutions. They have little faith in 
such a means of increasing the number of students, and rightly so. 


ON POPULAR SCIENCE LECTURES. 333 


_ The purpose of public lectures may be, however, not so much to create 
desire to study as to enlighten the community upon the relation of 
science to individual and national life. The point of view is thus 
entirely different from that of the local educational institution or the 
local scientific society, both of which regard popular lectures as possible 
means of securing new students or members. The position is clearly 
stated by Principal Garnett, School of Technology, Manchester, in the 
following reply: ‘A more general realisation by competent lecturers 
of the benefits which popular lectures may confer upon the community 
and a greater readiness on the part of Universities and Colleges to 
spend money on the provision and advertisement of such lectures. At 
the present time eminent men of science are, with few (if any) excep- 
tions, rendering in other ways more valuable national service than they 
could render by the delivery of popular lectures. Moreover, the 
restricted financial resources of Governing Bodies are probably more 
usefully employed in the conduct of research and in providing the 
education required by men who are to occupy responsible positions in 
the various industries. The financial difficulty would disappear if an 
inspiring account of the broad outlines of natural science formed part 
of the curriculum of every elementary and secondary school. This 
‘science for all’’ is to be carefully distinguished from the science 
training given to those who are to pursue further the study of science 
in some institution of higher education or are to use it in their daily 
work.’ 

Mr. R. J. Moss (Royal Dublin Society) says: ‘Much more atten- 
tion must be given to science in school education. It should be made 
interesting and taught as much as possible by demonstration and experi- 
ment. In this way the coming generation may be enabled to appreciate 
science and to take an interest in the progress of knowledge. A great 
deal of good might be done by the creation of travelling lectureships to 
be held for a limited time by men who show an aptitude for the work.’ 


(12) What do you consider are the chief elements of success, or 
reasons for failure, of public lectures wpon scienttfic subjects ? 


Among the conditions of success mentioned in replies to this ques- 
tion are: (1) The reputation and personality of the lecturer, (2) effec- 
tive advertisement and newspaper reports, (3) energy and efficiency 
of local secretaries and committees, (4) attractive titles, and choice of 
topical or popular subjects, (5) plenty of lantern slides, use of bioscope 
films, or good experimental illustrations. It is obvious that a lecturer 
should adapt himself to his audience, and should possess expository 
power, so as to deal with his subject in a clear and interesting manner, 
without degenerating into the style of a public entertainer. 

Professor Herdman states the chief element of success to be ‘ a good 
lecturer who can be heard, has a definite story to tell, and can tell it 
in plain language.’ This is also the view of Principal Garnett, who 
says: ‘ The chief elements of success seem to me to be that the lecturer 
should be vividly conscious of the closest relation that exists, or that 
can be established, between his subject and the daily lives of his audi- 
ence; and that he should possess an expert knowledge of his subject, 
a, power of lucid exposition, and a pleasant and forcible delivery.’ 


304. REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


The replies received show that these conditions are rare among 
lecturers; and failure is often ascribed to the absence of them. A sub- 
ject and style appropriate to a lecture at the Royal Institution are 
unsuitable for a working-class audience such as that at the Royal 
Victoria Hall, though this is sometimes forgotten. The Librarian and 
Director of the Sunderland Public Libraries, Museum, and Art Gallery, 
remarks: ‘The expertness of the lecturer and his constant association 
with experts often causes him to be ignorant of the ignorance of his 
audience. On the other hand, he is occasionally patronising. In fail- 
ing to approach his subject from their point of view he is occasionally 
‘over their heads,’’ and, despite his specialisation, frequently fails 
where ‘‘ a man of the people,’’ or a non-expert, will succeed with less 
knowledge, but better judgment. There should be the same difference 
between a ‘“‘ popular lecture ’’ and a scientific discourse, as between an 
interesting primer and an advanced scientific treatise in literature. The 
successful “‘ popular ’’ lecturer is, I think, more rare than the advanced 
or scientific lecturer. Failure may possibly be attributed to the growth 
of light-entertainment halls, or maybe to a wider and more popular 
treatment of subjects in the Press. There is also a greater literature 
now, and a wider circulation of it through libraries.’ 

Even in lectures to local scientific societies the subjects are fre- 
quently treated in too advanced a manner, and are therefore unintelli- 
gible to many of the audience. It is suggested by some correspondents 
that if more attention were given to science in schools there would be 
a larger attendance at popular lectures; but much depends upon the 
nature of the science teaching. The Principal of the Technical School, 
Barrow-in-Furness, writes: ‘I am afraid that one of the causes lies 
in the dreary nature of the instruction in “‘ science ’’ given in the day- 
schools (secondary). | No one here who has learnt chemistry, for 
instance, in a day-school seems to wish to learn more.’ 

The thirst for amusement and excitement, no doubt, accounts 
largely for want of interest in science by the great majority of the 
public. There are now so many counter-attractions, such as picture 
palaces, music-halls, and other places of entertainment, that the 
general public is attracted to them rather than jto lectures which 
require mental effort to understand them. ‘ People want recreation 
after the day’s work, and prefer amusement rather than instruction.’ 

Experience shows that in an ordinary provincial town there is 
usually a small minority of intelligent persons who profit considerably 
from popular or semi-popular science lectures, but that the general 
community of the district is untouched by them. ‘ Such attempts as 
have been made to reach larger audiences, with a low standard of 
education, by means of ultra-popular lectures have proved failures ’ 
(Gloucester). In this, as in most cases, lectures of the instructive 
type are referred to, and not those which aim at the appreciation of 
science as a living force in social economics or State affairs. Mr. 
H. J. Lowe, Secretary of the Torquay Natural History Society, 
remarks: ‘ The only way I can see to helping science into its proper 
position as an essential in national development is by the recognition 
and proclamation by the Government and educational authorities of its 


ON POPULAR SCIENCE LECTURES. 300 


immeasurable importance in attaining national efficiency. ‘This 
should be followed by some general scientific knowledge being required 
in all passing examinations, as a guarantee of an acquaintance with 
science method and reasoning.’ 

The provision now made for the study of scientific and technical 
subjects accounts, no doubt, for the failure of popular lectures in 
many districts. When there were few institutions of higher education, 
the thoughtful section of the population took advantage of such lectures 
to extend their knowledge, but now the same class is provided for in 
educational institutions and courses. The public science lectures of 
the present times, therefore, need not be of the same kind, or on the 
same subjects, as those of a past generation, but should be adapted to 
more modern needs and interests. Above all, they should be intended 
for the people as a whole, and not for students or others who propose 
to devote systematic attention to the subjects of the lectures or devote 
their careers to them. This distinction is not recognised in the sub- 
joined remarks by Mr. C. F. Procter (Hon. Sec., Hull Scientific 
and Field Naturalists’ Club), which represent the views of many 
scientific societies as to the present position, yet it is most important. 

Mr. Procter says: ‘ Scientific lectures can only be made popular in 
the sense that you attract the crowd of unscientific people, with a pro- 
fusion of experiments, or, failing that, lantern illustrations. People 
will flock to the Egyptian Hall and are vastly entertained and educated 
a little by an exhibition of what is often clever scientific acrobatics. 
Human nature loves to see what it cannot understand, and twenty 
years ago represents a period when the commonplaces of science were 
a wonderland to the average mind. The trend of education has altered 
that, and has sharply divided the same people into a minority of 
scientific enthusiasts who ‘‘ ask for more,’’ and a majority of in- 
differents who remain cold at a display of the old elementary stuff. 
Education (and that includes very largely the popular science lectures 
of the past) has created in this, as in all the arts, a small aristocracy 
of intellect, or, rather, comparatively small. These are not satisfied 
with anything that can possibly be popular. They are long past that, 
but will feverishly attend anything which proposes further to explore 
the deep water. The crowd—the man in the street and his women- 
kind—has had its wonder-hump excised in the school laboratory. 
Modern sensationalism in amusement and the plethora of scrappy yet 
crisp literature (which religiously exploits every new thing, scientific or 
otherwise, that may entertain) has calloused this excision. The 
application of the film-pictures to microscopy, &c., is about the only 
way to popularise science lectures, but—why bother? We cannot all 
be men of science, and the present system provides that any who get 
the call may answer it, whilst popular lectures only attempt to enter- 
tain individuals of an age who are already past the slightest hope of 
ever being useful scientists. The proper thing is already being done 
by our schools, universities, and University Extension lecturers with 
our budding professors.’ 

The following letter from the Acting Registrar of University College, 
Nottingham, bears upon some of the foregoing points: ‘ Popular 


336 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


lectures have been delivered for the past thirty-five years at this college. 
During the past few years the numbers delivered on science subjects 
have been less than in previous years, but there is good reason to believe 
that if some pecuniary assistance from a central fund could be devoted 
to lectures on science much progress might be made, not only in this 
city but throughout the whole of the East Midland area. At one time 
it was the practice to arrange during each session two or three series 
of lectures on scientific subjects during the winter terms. These series 
consisted of three or four weekly lectures on each subject and were 
generally delivered by professors of the college. The professors 
received no extra remuneration for this work and as the ordinary college 
work grew it was almost impossible for the time to be spent in the 
preparation, which, it can be well understood, was very extensive. Ten 
to fifteen years back we always had crowded audiences, but these were 
cut down owing to the opening of so many picture-houses in the city 
and also to the fact that many of the senior scholars from the secondary 
and other schools now continue their education at the college and other 
institutions, attending two and three evenings per week.’ 


CONSTRUCTIVE PROPOSALS. 


Many correspondents are of the opinion that the formation of a 
panel of lecturers who would be prepared to assist small societies by 
lecturing for a small fee would be of great assistance. Mr. H. V. 
Thompson, Hon. Sec. of the North Staffordshire Field Club, says: 
‘Tt would greatly facilitate matters if the British Association prepared 
a list of lecturers on various scientific subjects who, although not 
necessarily in the first rank of scientific attainment, could be relied 
upon to give lectures which would hold and interest a normal popular 
audience. ‘This course would much assist local clubs and societies in 
the difficult choice of lecturers and also enable them to gauge the interest 
in science in the district. Furthermore, promising young men would 
be introduced to districts where they are unknown at the present time.’ 

Mr. H. E. Forrest, Hon. Sec. of the Caradoc and Severn Valley 
Field Club, makes much the same suggestions, as follows: ‘I think 
local societies might help each other a great deal more than they do. 
In almost every society there are one or two members who are good 
lecturers on some particular branch of natural science. These might, 
in many instances, be willing to lecture to other societies for their 
expenses or a nominal fee. I suggest that you prepare a list of these 
gentlemen (giving addresses), with the subjects on which they lecture, 
and send the list to all corresponding societies, leaving it to their 
secretaries to make arrangements direct with the respective lecturers.’ 

Mr. Herbert Bolton, Curator of the Bristol Museum and Art Gallery, 
suggests that there should be an exchange system of lecturers among 
museum curators: ‘If, say,.a dozen curators had all to work up 
lectures upon subjects with which they are familiar, they could, by 
arrangement, deliver the lecture at eleven other places in addition to 
their own, and so put in a good winter’s work and make a good lecture 
reach a wide audience.’ Similar suggestions are made by several 
correspondents for the exchange of lecturers among local scientific 


societies. 


ON POPULAR SCIENCE LECTURES, 337 


GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 


In addition to the replies to the individual questions, some valuable 
general remarks have been received, and a selection from them is here 
given. Dr. Alex. Hill, Principal, University College, Southampton, 
writes: ‘Twenty years’ experience as a Gilchrist lecturer has taught 
me that the success of a popular lecture depends wholly upon organisa- 
tion. Not once in a score of Gilchrist lectures is there a seat vacant 
in the largest hall in the town, wherever it may be. A committee is 
formed long before the Gilchrist lectures are to be given: on it the 
representatives of all working-class organisations, Y.M.C.A., churches 
and chapels in the place. Very commonly every ticket for the course 
is sold before the lectures commence. It is needless to say that the 
Gilchrist lectures have a high reputation; but the public has little, if 
any, knowledge of the qualifications of an individual lecturer. The 
only chance of drawing an srtisan population to a lecture is to let them 
have a share of the responsibility of arranging for it, and therefore of 
securing a large audience. There has been no diminution in interest 
in popular scientific lectures in my time—say, forty years—but there 
has been a great falling off in the trouble taken in organising audiences.’ 

Dr. W. B. Burnie, Principal of the Brighton Technical College, 
says: ‘The reasons of success or failure depend on what you want 
your popular lectures to accomplish. ‘The objects can be :— 


(a) To give a little scientific knowledge to the general public. 

(b) To remove prejudices against scientific work and attempt to 

make the public more sympathetic. 

(c) To interest individuals in scientific work so that they take up 

seriously some branch of science. 

“ (a) seems to me to have been achieved so far as popular lectures, 
without effort on the part of the public, can accomplish it. 

“(b) seems not able to be accomplished by popular lectures. The 
numerous people who distrust and dislike science do not attend popular 
lectures. 

“(c) is a reasonable object for the lectures; but where it is the 
object the lectures are more likely to be successful where they are 
arranged to display the resources of a particular institution, as in the 
ease of the lectures we have here. 


‘The most important constructive proposal for the popularising of 
science is the proposal to put it on the same footing as literary know- 
ledge for examinations for the Civil Service and the like. So long as the 
scientific man is subordinated to the literary man in our public work— 
so long as the entrance examinations to the Universities and the Army 
and other professions may be mainly literary and cannot be mainly 
scientific—so leng will the general public regard science as either a 
hateful innovation or a rather interesting by-product which does not 
pay. In face of this you cannot popularise science.’ 

Frequent reference is made by correspondents to the success of 
Gilchrist lectures. These lectures are arranged under the auspices of 
the Gilchrist Educational Trust, which has the administration of a fund 
amounting originally to 70,0001. The trustees have founded scholar- 


1916 Z 


338 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


ships, made considerable grants of money from time to time to educa- 
tional institutions, and expended, in the forty-one years from 1868 to 
1909, nearly 40,0001. on lectures on scientific and other subjects to 
working-men in the various towns of Great Britain and Ireland. Lord 
Shuttleworth, Chairman of the trustees, described the work of the trust 
in an address to the Bolton Education Society in 1910, and the address 
is published in pamphlet form. The Secretary of the trust is Dr. A. H. 
Fison, who has prepared for the present Committee the subjoined valu- 
able statement of its work and his own views based upon long and 
successful experience as a public lecturer. 

In framing the report Dr. Fison has had the advantage of advice 
and suggestions from Lord Shuttleworth, who, as Sir Ughtred Kay- 
Shuttleworth, became one of the trustees in 1877, and has ever since 
taken the keenest interest in all the work of the trust. 


Report ON THE GILCHRIST PopuLaR LECTURES. 
By Dr. A. H. Fison, Secretary to the Gilchrist Trustees. 


The Gilchrist Lectures were first given in 1866, and were then 
organised by Dr. W. B. Carpenter, at that time secretary to the trustees. 
Dr. Carpenter died in 1885, and was succeeded after a short interval 
by Dr. R. D. Roberts, who acted as secretary until his death in 1911, 
after which date it became my duty to continue the work. Like Dr. 
Roberts, I have taken a keen interest in the lectures, that constitute 
only a part of the activities of the trustees, and my experience has given 
me some definite ideas of the possibilities of popular lectures on science, 
as well as some upon the caution that it is necessary to exercise in their 
organisation if they are to achieve their highest educational purpose. 

The number of Gilchrist Lectures arranged annually has varied from 
time to time, but, for a considerable period, about one hundred lectures 
have been arranged for each winter, and this number may, I think, be 
taken as a fair average. These hundred lectures have been given at 
twenty selected towns, a course of five being allotted to each, and 
delivered at fortnightly intervals. In early years at least one endeavour 
was made to give continuity to a course, though the lectures were given 
by different lecturers, but the lectures have more generally been upon 
different subjects, which again have been so selected as to open up as 
many different views of science as possible. The trustees have from the 
beginning exercised great care in their invitation to the gentlemen they 
have asked to lecture for them, in regarding, as essential qualifications, 
high academic distinction as well as the possession of the personal 
qualification that enables some men to treat a subject with worthy 
dignity and at the same time to hold the attention of a popular audience. 
Among the names of the many distinguished men who have assisted the 
trustees as lecturers those of Prof. Dallinger, Sir Robert Ball, and Prof. 
Vivian Lewes at once occur as those of lecturers who have been pre- 
eminently successful, as well as those to whom the success of the 
Gilchrist Lectures has been largely due. For the first thirty-two years 
the lectures dealt exclusively with scientific subjects, but in 1898 Sir 
Charles Waldstein lectured for the trustees upon Greek Art. The 


ON POPULAR SCIENCE LECTURES, 339 


experiment was so successful that further lectures upon Art and upon 
History have been introduced since, and, although about four-fifths of 
the lectures are still devoted to Science, there appears no reason to 
regard lectures dealing with Art and History as being less attractive 
to the working-classes, at any rate so long as they are introduced in a 
series in which the greater number of lectures are devoted to Science, 
than those dealing with Natural Science. 

The trustees are accustomed to ask their lecturers to accept an 
honorarium of ten guineas, with first-class travelling-expenses, for each 
lecture, and the towns at which lectures are arranged are if possible 
so combined that a lecturer may conveniently visit several in succession. 
Most of the lecturers have generally devoted two weeks, one before and 
the other after Christmas, in the winter to this work, giving five lectures 
in each week. 

As regards organisation, the trustees are accustomed to receive early 
in every year a number of applications for grants of lectures for the 
following winter. The applications come from local education autho- 
rities, from committees of public libraries, from local philosophical and 
scientific societies, and from other bodies. In the event of a favourable 
reply, and with the view of arousing the widest interest in the lectures, 
the committee applying is asked to form a Local Lectures Committee 
on which all educational interests as well as all labour organisations in 
the locality are represented. Whenever possible, it was the custom of 
my predecessor, Dr. Roberts, to visit the local committee, and some- 
times to address preliminary public meetings on the subject of the forth- 
coming lectures. [ have been very careful to follow this precedent, and 
have during the past four years addressed a number of public meetings 
arranged for dates a few weeks preceding the lectures upon different 
subjects of educational interest, and I am convinced of the usefulness 
of these meetings as a step towards ensuring the success of the course. 
When suggesting their arrangement to the local committee, I always 
request them to endeavour to obtain the support of the Mayor or some 
other person of influence as chairman, and I have generally been happy 
in obtaining this support. 

The usual financial arrangement with the local committee is for them 
to defray all strictly local expenses. A regular lanternist, who accom- 
panies the lecturers on their rounds, is appointed by the trustees, and 
receives 2/., plus his travelling-expenses, for each lecture. The 
lanternist’s fee was originally paid by the local committee, but the 
trustees have recently consented to defray one-half of it. To raise funds 
necessary to meet local expenses, the committee is empowered to devote 
one-tenth of the seating capacity of the hall to reserved seats, the price 
of these being left to its discretion. The rest of the hall is open to 
artisans at the nominal charge of sixpence for the five lectures, 
perforated tickets of admission being attached to a small book containing 
syllabuses of the lectures and portraits of the lecturers. Certain 
modifications are allowed in cases where the local committee makes a 
contribution to the cost of the lectures. 

The average attendance at the Gilchrist Lectures from 1911 to 1918, 
the three years immediately preceding the war, was slightly over 600. 


z2 


340 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


In former times the average exceeded this considerably, but the differ- 
ence is accounted for in part, though possibly not entirely, by the 
fact that the trustees have in later years made grants of lectures to 
smaller towns. A very great deal depends upon the energy and 
enthusiasm displayed by the members of the local committee, and, above 
all, by the secretary—it is impossible to exaggerate the importance of 
this point. Much as the masses of the British people appreciate a good 
lecture when they attend it, it needs hard work and a perfect organisa- 
tion to secure good attendance at the lecture-hall, however attractive 
the subject and however eminent the lecturer. 

From my own twenty-five years’ experience as a lecturer, and from 
the similar experiences of many other lecturers with whom I have 
discussed the question, I am inclined to think that the interest of the 
working-classes of the country in popular lectures has somewhat 
decreased during the past quarter of a century. The marked decrease 
in the demand for Gilchrist Lectures that has taken place might appear 
to be definite evidence of this, but it is difficult to judge how far this 
is due to the increased stringency of the conditions that have been 
imposed by the trustees from time to time. Except in special circum- 
stances, grants of lectures are now made only to those towns where 
the trustees are assured that a bona-fide attempt will be made to follow 
them by a course of more sustained study; no grant is made where a 
course of lectures has been given during the eight years preceding unless 
a contribution is received towards the cost, and grants are not made 
to county boroughs and large towns in possession of funds for educa- 
tional purposes without a very substantial contribution, usually from 
301. to 401., being made towards their cost. 

The following causes may, in my opinion, have contributed to a 
decreased interest in the lectures :— 

1. The keen interest now taken by working-men in their trades 
unions and in labour problems in general. In a few cases, the outbreak 
of labour troubles has seriously interfered with the success of courses 
actually in progress. 

2. The facilities for entertainment supplied by music-halls, kinema 
exhibitions, and football, as well as in other ways. 

3. The increased educational facilities now provided locally in a 
great many towns, either by universities or technical institutes. 
Towards the foundation of many of the latter the trustees believe the 
Gilchrist Lectures to have contributed, partly because of the interest in 
natural science they have aroused, but also partly in consequence of 
pressure exerted and conditions imposed by the trustees in by-gone years 
before promising courses of lectures in a big town. 

Although there appears to be some evidence of a general diminution 
of interest in popular lectures, there are still many cases where no such 
decrease is apparent. Some of these, illustrated by the great success 
that has recently attended courses of Gilchrist Lectures at Blackpool, 
Norwich, and Yarmouth, it seems difficult to classify, but the general 
experience supplied by the Gilchrist Lectures seems to be that in indus- 
trial towns that lie off the well-beaten track of civilisation, such as, 
for instance, those of the colliery districts in South Wales and Cumber- 


JN POPULAR SCIENCE LECTURES. 341 


land, interest is as keen as ever, while it is well maintained in the 
smaller manufacturing towns. In these towns too, especially in many 
of those of the former class, the interest developed by the lectures 
appears to be particularly intense in raising the thoughts of the 
audiences above their immediate surroundings, and in opening up Visions 
of new aspects of nature hitherto unsuspected. In many cases, the 
lecturer will be invited to accompany members of his audience to their 
homes, and the discussion of the lecture will be continued as far into 
the night as human nature allows, while the same lecture, delivered 
at a large town on the more beaten track, may more likely be received 
with merely polite attention and there will generally be less impressive 
evidence of interest in.the subject of the lecture being maintained beyond 
its conclusion. 

The experience of the Gilchrist Lectures has been mainly derived 
from England and Wales. Some courses have been arranged in Ireland 
and in Scotland. A few applications are still received from Ireland, but 
there has been no demand for lectures in Scotland in recent years. No 
steps have been taken to publish the readiness of the trustees to consider 
applications for grants, the reputation of the lectures themselves having 
hitherto proved sufficient each year before the war to cause far more 
towns to ask for lectures than it has been possible to include in the 
succeeding winter’s programme. 

A note of warning should, I think, be added with regard to the possi- 
bility of popular lectures doing occasional harm by developing a taste 
for them that may be inimical to more serious work. My attention was 
directed to this point some years ago by the secretaries of the Oxford 
and Cambridge University Extension Boards, both of whom instanced 
cases where, as they alleged, Gilchrist Lectures had had an injurious 
effect upon their own classes. I was at first very reluctant to accept 
this conclusion, but later experience has convinced me that it may not 
have been without foundation. In a few cases within my own experi- 
ence, where I have urged the importance of establishing classes, either 
in connection with the University Extension movement or classes of a 
similar character, in sequence with courses of Gilchrist Lectures, I 
have been met with remarks to the effect that ‘ The Gilchrist Lectures 
have been so successful that our audiences very much prefer courses 
of unconnected lectures on similar lines,’ and I have not always been 
successful in overcoming these difficulties. A large number of courses 
of disconnected lectures, varied by performances of popular entertainers, 
are given every winter throughout the country. They are, no doubt, 
useful as recreative entertainments and as counteractions to undesirable 
attractions, but their educational influence would appear to be small, 
and they may do occasional harm in discouraging educational endeavour 
that might lead to higher achievement. These considerations have been 
recognised by the trustees, who now insist in most instances on imposing 
conditions as to work of higher educational value being organised as 
the outcome of a course of lectures. 

The main conclusions to which the experience supplied by the 
Gilchrist Lectures would appear to point are consequently :— 

1. Although the demand for popular lectures among the working- 


342 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


classes may not be quite as great as it formerly was, they are still 
capable of achieving as great success as ever in towns that lie off the 
more beaten track, and appreciable success in the smaller manufacturing 
towns. ' 

2. In every case the success of a course of lectures requires thorough 
local organisation and the hearty co-operation of all classes. 

3. The best popular lecture deals rather with the-important part 
of education that concerns the spiritual side of man than the side that 
deals with the immediate acquisition of knowledge. The effect is in 
the main stimulating and suggestive, and a course only fulfils its full 
purpose when such a result follows and is utilised in supplying an 
inspiration for further endeavour of higher educational value. 

4. Popular lectures that degenerate into mere forms of entertain- 
ment, while they doubtless fulfil a useful purpose in supplying counter- 
attraction to entertainments of less desirable character, may be harmful 
to the cause of real education by discouraging more worthy endeavours. 


Dr. Fison’s report embodies the results of experience gained by 
others and himself in organising popular lectures under the direction 
of the Gilchrist Trustees during a period of fifty years. A similar 
historical account of the free lectures movement in Liverpool, prepared 
for the Liverpool Library, Museum, and Arts Committee by Mr. G. T. 
Shaw, Chief Librarian, on the fiftieth anniversary (1865-1914-15), has 
been published by the Corporation and is here abridged. These two 
accounts show clearly the position of popular lectures in large towns 
both in the past and at the present time. 


LiIvERPOOL CoRPORATION FREE LEctTuREs. 


Lectures to which the public are admitted free are regarded to-day 
as necessary auxiliaries of public library work, and many committees 
of public libraries in the United Kingdom have organised such lectures, 
while many more would do so if funds and accommodation could be 
provided. The Public Libraries Acts under which so many libraries 
are established do not authorise payments for lectures. Liverpool was 
fortunate in securing a private Act of Parliament for the establishment 
of its public library and museum, and the promoters of that Act were 
wise enough and enterprising enough to include in it a clause giving 
authority to organise those free lectures, the jubilee of which in this 
city we have now attained. 

No action was taken under this power until the year 1865. That 
the matter was not overlooked; however, is proved by the fact that care 
was taken to provide for a lecture-hall capable of seating 350 people in 
the plans of the building for the library and museum which Sir W. 
Brown generously presented to Liverpool. This must have been one of 
the first gifts of a building for a public library and museum in England, 
and it was certainly the first public library and museum in this country, 
built after the passing of the Public Libraries Act, to possess a lecture- 


ON POPULAR SCIENCE LECTURES, 343 


hall. To-day the Liverpool Public Library, Museum, and Arts Com- 
mittee possess two lecture-halls, the one above referred to, and the 
Picton Lecture Hall (opened 1882), capable of seating 1,200 people, 
and both are used in connection with the lecture-work of the institutions. 

In the year 1861 there was founded the Liverpool School of Science, 
to ‘ promote a knowledge of Science and Art and the application thereof 
to the various industries.’ The school was successfully conducted in 
the lecture and class rooms in the new Public Library and Museum 
building, but as time passed a want was felt of popular lectures to 
supplement the instruction given in the school. These the Committee 
of the School of Science could arrange, but could not afford to pay 
for ; consequently, in the year 1865, the Committee of the Public Libr ary 
and Museum were approached to undertake the work. The Library 
Committee considered that the suggestion came within the scope of their 
commission, and arranged for four courses of ten lectures on each of 
the following subjects: Geology, Chemistry, Geometry, and Natural 
Philosophy. Admission to the lectures was, of course, free, and the 
attendances numbered 2,666. The total cost was 100I. 

This was regarded as a success from the Library Committee’s point 
of view, and ‘ confirmed the Committee of the School of Science in the 
opinion which they entertained: that, whilst there is a fair demand 
for scientific instruction in Liverpool, the class which seeks such in- 
struction is unable to pay much for it.’ But it also had to be reported 
that ‘the attendance at the lectures of the School of Science had 
further diminished in consequence of the opening of the free lectures.’ 
The Committee of the School of Science considered that the continuance 
of a double course of lectures alike in aim and character might prove 
injurious to both, and recommended that ‘ only one suitable programme 
of scientific lectures should be issued for the future and that that should 
emanate from the Library and Museum Committee.’ This recom- 
mendation was adopted, and since the year 1865 Liverpool has never 
been without its annual series of Corporation free lectures. 

The Liverpool Corporation free lectures as organised to-day have 
been subjected to the criticism that through being single lectures on 
many subjects they are less effective from an educational standpoint 
than they would be if divided into courses of lectures on fewer subjects. 
In view of this criticism it will be interesting, and may be useful, to 
trace the developments of our lectures from 1865 to 1896, when the 
present system was adopted. 

As already stated, the first series of lectures in 1865 consisted of 
40 lectures divided into 4 courses of 10 lectures each, and were on 
strictly scientific subjects. During the succeeding 9 years, courses of 
lectures in Literature and Art as well as Science were continued, the 
number of lectures in the courses varying from 12 to 2. In 1875 40 
lectures were given, of which 5 were single lectures and the remainder 
_ short courses varying in number but not exceeding 6 lectures in one 
course. 

In 1878 there were 41 lectures divided into 1 course of 3 lectures, 
10 courses of 2 each, and 18 single lectures. In 1865 there were 40 
lectures and 4 lecturers; in 1875 40 lectures and 14 lecturers, while 


344 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


in 1878 there were 41 lectures and 29 lecturers. Though the popularity 
of the single lecture was established, the Committee were evidently 
reluctant to discontinue courses of lectures, as in 1878 they divided 
the programme into two sessions, allocating courses of lectures to the 
autumn and single lectures to the winter months. 

Neither labour nor money was spared to make the autumn courses 
of lectures popular, useful, and successful. As this policy was continued 
from 1878 until 1892 it must have met with encouraging success. But 
with the growth of the University and the development of other educa- 
tional agencies in the city, the needs of those people who wanted the 
more detailed study of literary and scientific subjects that courses of 
lectures afford were supplied. Statistics show that the attendances at 
the lectures were not maintained. Courses which had four or five 
hundred people at the first lecture ended with an attendance of sixty 
or seventy. On the other hand, the winter series of single lectures 
maintained their popularity. Consequently in 1893 the Committee dis- 
continued the courses of lectures and made the autumn series consist of 
single lectures. In 1896 the Lectures Sub-Committee abolished the 
division of autumn and winter series and substituted the present series 
extending from November to March. 

In the year 1906 special lectures for children were introduced. At 
firsh six lectures were provided, but that number was increased to 
sixteen the following year, and in 1913 twenty-one were given. The 
Sub-Committee exercise a care in the selection of both lectures and 
lecturers which fully justifies the popularity of these lectures—a 
popularity which taxes the seating capacity of all the halls they are 
delivered in. 

The policy of the Lectures Sub-Committee may be defined as an 
endeavour to present in popular form the results of the latest develop- 
ments and discoveries in literature, art, and science—including travel, 
sport, and geographical exploration. As far as possible the lectures 
have always been illustrated by diagrams, specimens, and objects from 
the museum, exhibitions of books, and scientific experiments. The 
oxyhydrogen light was first used in connection with these lectures in 
1876: electric light has long since been substituted for lime-light, and 
now the bioscope film is superseding the lantern-slide. 

But while endeavouring to make the lectures entertaining, instruc- 
tive, and popular, the Sub-Committee never lose sight of the fact that 
they are an important part of the library work. A list of books obtain- 
able at the Reference and Branch Libraries on the subject of each lec- 
ture is printed under the title of the lecture in the programmes, and 
when possible the list is written on a lantern-slide and projected on to 
the screen just before the commencement of the lecture. 

In the year 1865 there was a total attendance of 2,666 people at the 
40 lectures then delivered—an average of 66 per lecture. Last Session 
(1913-14) 72,613 people attended 169 lectures—an average of 430 per 
lecture. In 1865 the amount expended on lectures was 1001., and in 
1913 it was 1,100. Since the inauguration of these lectures 3,801 
have been delivered to a total number of 2,324,090 people. 


ON POPULAR SCIENCE LECTURES. 345 


Lecture TypsEs. 


Three types of popular lectures may be distinguished, namely: 
(1) Lectures to members of local scientific societies and others interested 
in scientific subjects; (2) people’s lectures, with lantern-slides and 
experiments. These are of a recreative kind and somewhat of the 
nature of entertainments; (3) lectures showing the relation of science 
to various aspects of national life, such as industry, education, practical 
politics, andsoon. These have for their object the creation of a large 
body of opinion in support of the claims of science to an influential 
position in the State. 


(1) The programmes of local scientific societies show that a wide 
range of subjects is covered, and that a valuable service is rendered 
by the opportunities which the meetings and lectures afford of obtaining 
sound ideas upon scientific matters and developments. A few subjects 
may be mentioned from many hundreds referred to in the reports 
submitted: Aerial Navigation; Heredity; The Daylight Saving Bill; 
Medieval Alchemy; The Story of Moving Pictures; Roger Bacon; 
Colliery Explosions; Wheat; The Food We Eat; How to Distinguish 
Wild Birds; Lord Lister and his Work; Gyroscopes and Gyroscopic 
Devices; Wireless Telegraphy ; The Web of Life; Afforestation; From 
Grub to Butterfly ; The Splendours of the Heavens; Insect Mimicry ; A 
Piece of Limestone; Insects as Carriers of Human and Animal Dis- 
eases ; Radium; Coal and Fuel Economy ; Chemical Science and Indus- 
try; Drops and Bubbles; Humble-bees; The Air We _ Breathe; 
Creatures of Other Days; Spectrum Analysis; Migration of Birds ; The 
Distribution of Wealth; Bacterised Peat; Tuberculosis ; Civilisation and 
Food; The Alternation of Generations; Colour Photography; Ancient 
Herbals; Volcanoes: their Origin and Nature; Astronomical Sidelights 
on Archeological Problems ; The Study of Splashes ; Romance of Insect 
Life; The Calendar; Light and Vision; Mendelism ; Poisonous Plants ; 
Aphides (Green Flies); Bees and their Diseases; Bacteria in Daily 
Life; Protective Colouration; Shooting Stars; The Senses—News- 
agents of the Mind; Munitions of War; The Life of a Star; The 
Colours of a Soap Bubble. 

It is obvious from an examination of reports and syllabuses that, in 
most districts, local societies and institutions provide already for the 
needs of the circle of people interested in scientific work and develop- 
ment. The societies seem, however, to make up their programmes 
independently, and depend very largely upon local lecturers. It would 
be an advantage if each society and institution would send to a central 
committee a list of about half-a-dozen lecturers and their subjects who 
would be prepared to lecture at other centres. The list could then be 
printed and distributed to all the bodies contributing to it, and each body 
would thus have before it not only many possible subjects of lectures, 
but also be able to secure outside lecturers for them if so desired. 


(2) Outside the circle of local societies and educational institutions 
is the large mass of the community completely apathetic to scientific 
development and with no desire for knowledge. This part of the 


346 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


population can be reached only by entertainment or by an appeal to 
what may be termed their political interests. 'The members of it do 
not wish to be instructed in their leisure hours, but seek for amusement 
and wonderment, though they are often keenly interested in subjects 
of national or economic importance. The best avenue to their attention 
to scientific discovery and teaching is the picture-house, and it should 
be frankly recognised that the films shown must not demand much 
mental effort to comprehend them. By a selection of suitable films 
of geographical, industrial, and scientific subjects, it would be possible 
to enlighten the mass of the people as to the varying aspects of Nature 
and life in many parts of the world, the resources of the Empire, the 
wonders of natural history, and the services of science to national life 
and industrial progress. 

Increasing use is being made of bioscope films to illustrate popular 
lectures, and in the future these moving pictures will, in many cases, 
supersede the lantern-slides which attracted the public in former years. 
When there is a large demand for such pictures, producers of them 
will be glad to meet it, but at present they mostly devote attention to 
sloppy sentiment, stupid antics, and Wild West sensationalism. Messrs. 
Pathé Fréres formerly possessed a number of very fine films illustrating 
the circulation of the blood and the phenomenon of phagocytosis, 
sleeping sickness, the development of the axolotl, and similar subjects 
treated in a way to interest and instruct popular audiences, but they 
now say, in reply to an inquiry, ‘A short time ago all these original 
productions were taken out of stock, owing to the very bad condition 
they were in.’ Letters have been sent to a number of firms believed 
to possess films of scientific, geographical, and industrial subjects which 
may be hired for lecture purposes, and the following lists should be 
of service in making suitable selections. It would usually be possible 
to arrange with a local picture-house for the hire of the hall and the 
exhibit of the films selected :— 


Kineto, Lid., 80-82 Wardour Street, London, W. 
Animals, Birds, Fish, Reptiles, &c. 


Among the Reptiles (400 ft.) ; Walk through an Aquarium (500 ft.) ; 
Butterfly Farming (415 ft.); Pussy’s Cousins (480 ft.); Fun in a Bear 
Pit (465 ft.); British Birds of Prey (455 ft.); Curiosities of Insect Life 
(480 ft.); Humours of Animal Life (430 ft.); Birds of Moorland, Marsh, 
and Mountain (320 ft.); Microscopic Pond Dwellers (440 ft.); Snap- 
shots at the Zoo (405 ft.); An Otter Study (510 ft.); Studies of Aquatic 
Life (450 ft.); Nature’s Little Tragedies (440 ft.); Trout Farming in 
Surrey (540 ft.); Studies in Furs and Feathers (470 ft.) ; Unique Studies 
of Nature, No. 1 (330 ft.); Unique Studies of Nature, No. 2 (380 ft.); 
Unique Studies of Nature, No. 3 (380 ft.) ; Four-footed Friends (385 ft.); 
Friends in Feathers (380 ft.); Unattractive Pets (420 ft.); Pigeon 
Studies (310 ft.); Cormorant Study (340 ft.); Peculiar Pals (435 ft.); 
In Field and Hedgerow (425 ft.); Life of a Wasp (505 ft.); Life on 
a Rocky Shore (490 ft.); From Egg to Fry (360 ft.); Bird Studies, 
No. 1 (305 ft.); Wild Silk Moth (380 ft.); Bird Studies, No. 2 (315 ft.); 
Unfamiliar Animals (305 ft.); The Jackdaw (380 ft.); The Life of a. 


ON POPULAR SCIENCE LECTURES. 347 


Plaice (420 ft.); Confessions of Pongo (4465 ft.); Animal Drolleries 
(460 ft.) ; Birdland Studies (355 ft.); Nature’s Aviators (360 ft.). 


Industrial. 


An Eastern Industry (330 ft.); Making a Modern Railway Carriage 
(560 ft.); How a Railway Line is made (845 ft.); Making a Motor 
Oycle (740 ft.); Modern Methods of Repairing Tram Lines (265 ft.); 
On a Coffee Plantation (476 ft.); Construction of a 4-Cylinder Engine 
(745 ft.); Salmon Fisheries at Sooke (475 ft.); Timber Industry of 
British Columbia (510 ft.); Life on a Ranch (410 ft.); Experiment in 
Chemistry of Combustion (535 ft.); Irish Cloth Industry (365 ft.). 


Scientific. 


Wonders of Crystallization (400 ft.); From Egg to Chick (455 ft.) ; 
Sugar Industry in Jamaica (405 ft.); Electrolysis of Metals (410 ft.); 
Chemical Crystals (340 ft.); Birth of a Flower (500 ft.); Germination 
of Plants (430 ft.); Horticultural Pests (420 ft.). 


Miscellaneous Films. 


A Day in the Life of a Coal Miner (595 ft.); Native Oyster Fishing 
(875 ft.); Ancient Delhi (420 ft.); Roaming through India (875 ft.) ; 
Scenes in New Zealand (530 ft.); Glimpses of Ceylon (475 ft.); 
Benares (310 ft.); Crossing the Line (870 ft.); Llandudno (875 ft.); 
Temples and Religious Ceremonies of Java (395 ft.); Winter Climbing 
at Snowdon (510 ft.); Trip through North Wales (450 ft.); Through 
Rob Roy’s Country (420 ft.); What the Eye does not See (480 ft.); 
Some Wonderful Waterfalls (295 {t.); The Care of Horses (480 ft.); 
Travels in Belgium (585 ft.); From Antwerp to Ostend (475 ft.); 
Scenes in Hungary (450 ft.); The Emerald Isle (445 ft.) ; Sand Siftings 
(325 {t.); Rambles in Sweden (455 ft.); A Trip through Norway 
(375 ft.); Kill that Fly! (455 ft.); Milford Sound, N.Z. (425 ft.); 
Wonders of Static Electricity (830 ft.); Floral Favourites (405 ft.); 
Trip up the Clyde (460 ft.); Venice and the Grand Canal (395 ft.); 
The Shantung Silk Moth (360 ft.); The Scottish Lowlands (400 ft.); 
North Wales, the British Tyrol (415 ft.); Genoa and its Surroundings 
(475 ft.); Picturesque Japan (475 ft.); Rome (485 ft.). 


Butcher’s Film Service, Lid., Camera House, Farringdon Avenue, 
London, E.C. 


Travel, Sporting, Industrial, and Educational Pictures. 
Taken in the British Colonies. 


New Zealand.—The Maori at Home (875 ft.); Running Waters 
of New Zealand (271 ft.); A Day in the New Zealand Bush (3840 ft.) ; 
Scenes in a Kauri Forest, N.Z. (458 ft.); New Zealand’s Wonder 
Land (253 {ft.); Familiar Sights in Geyserland (420 ft.); City of 
Wellington, N.Z. (345 ft.); New Zealand River Scenery (283 ft.); 
Trout-fishing on Lake Tauto, N.Z. (850 ft.); The N.Z. Flax Industry 
(455 ft.); Modern Cheesemaking in Taranaki, N.Z. (420 ft.). 


348 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


South Africa.—Life in a Kaffir Kraal (250 ft.); Rail and hiver 
Trip up the beautiful Umkommas, Natal (220 ft.); Scenes in and 
around Cape Town (435 ft.); Views of Durban (260 ft.); A Railway 
Ride to Delagoa Bay (345 ft.); Sunday Morning Scenes in a Kaffir 
Compound (510 ft.); Pretoria, Capital of United South Africa (360 ft.) ; 
Bloemfontein and Kimberley (330 ft.); Johannesburg—The Golden 
City (315 ft.); Holiday on the Zambezi (495 ft.); Visit to Khama’s 
Country, Bechuanaland (455 ft.); Scenes in the Province of Mozam- 
bique (885 {t.); Diamond-seeking on the Vaal River (265 ft.); How 
the Natives of South Africa are Educated (842 ft.); From Ostrich 
Egg to Feather Boa (430 ft.); The Rhodesian Tobacco Industry 
(860 ft.); The Whaling Industry of Natal (500 ft.); Gold-mining in 
Rhodesia (255 ft.); Native Industries on the Rhodesian Railway 
(445 ‘ft.); The Wattle Bark Industry of Natal (340 ft.); The 
Mechanical Coaling of Ships at Durban (275 ft.); An Old Dutch Grape 
c'arm, Groot Constantia, Cape Colony (275 ft.); The Home of the 
Famous Cullinan Diamond (How diamonds are found on the 
Premier Diamond Mine, Pretoria) (500 ft.). 

Canada.—Picturesque Niagara (420 {t.); Lachine Rapids, Montreal, 
Canada (320 ft.); Canoe Trip on the French River (280 ft.); A Cana- 
dian Summer Resort (Lake of Bays) (370 ft.); A Trip to the Muskoka 
Lakes (400 ft.); A Trip through the Thousand Islands (460 ft.); Scenes 
on the Grand Trunk Pacific (335 ft.); A Fishing Trip in Northern 
Ontario (340 ft.); Deer-hunting in the Highlands of Ontario (425 ft.) ; 
Harvesting Scenes in Western Canada (300 ft.); Silver-mining in 
Cobalt, Canada (375 ft.); Timber Industry on the Fraser River 
(460 ft.); Peach-growing in the Niagara Peninsula, Canada (880 ft.) ; 
Fruit and Vegetable Farming in the Garden of Canada, St. Catherine’s 
(255 ft.); The Building of a Trans-continental Railway in Canada 
(630 ft.); Apple Industry in Canada (225 ft.); Peterborough Hydraulic 
Lift Lock, Ontario (400 ft.). 

Australia.—Among the Ferns and Waterfalls of the Blue Mountains 
(250 ft.); A Visit to the Jenolean Caves, N.S.W. (250 ft.); The Cockle 
Industry near Sydney (420 ft.); Constructing the Dam at Barrinjack, 
N.S.W. (3895 ft.); Wool Industry in New South Wales (466 ft.). 

Various.—The City of York: The Eboracum of the Romans 
(403 ft.); Salt Industry at Hyéres (France) (260 ft.); The Manufacture 
of Golf Clubs (350 ft.); Royal Porcelain Works, Worcester (485 ft.). 


Charles Urban Trading Company, Ltd., Urbanora House, Wardour 
Street, Shaftesbury Avenue, London, W. 

Chemical Action; Chemical Experiments; Microscopical Animosi- 
ties; Curious Caterpillars; Life in a River Backwater; Fish Life; The 
Wimshurst Machine; Pond Life (micro-kinematograph); The Life of a 
Bee ; Little Drops of Water (micro-kinematograph). 


Pathé Fréres Cinema, Ltd., 84 Wardour Street, London, W. 


Sunny Spain; In Ancient Seville; The Environs of Mount Dore; 
Village Life in Central India; Here and There in Spain; On the 
Catalonian Side of the Pyrenees; Winter in the Pyrenees. 


ON POPULAR SCIENCE LECTURES. 349 


Mr. J. Fairgrieve, who has given particular attention to the use of 
the kinematograph in geographical teaching, says in reply to an inquiry: 
‘The only really extensive detailed catalogue of geographical films for 
sale is that published by the Charles Urban Trading Co., Ltd. There 
are a few short films of 50 or 60 feet taking approximately a minute 
to run through, such as Old Street, Colombo, or Camel Caravans cross- 
ing the Nile Bridge, Cairo, and there are a few long composite films 
of 800 feet, such as Cairo to Khartum, but the usual length is from 
300 to 400 feet. Such scenic pictures are Yellowstone National Park 
(350 ft.); From Salonica to Smyrna (865 ft.); Railway Trip in the 
Tyrol (400 ft.); Railway over the Andes (400 ft.). Some films dealing 
with processes are Slate Mining in North Wales (360 ft.); Trapping 
Salmon (75 ft.); Distilling (900 ft.); Logging in Norway (180 ft.). 

‘Messrs. Pathé Fréres have an enormous stock of valuable geo- 
graphical films, many on a non-flam base, both for sale or hire, but 
the absence of a published catalogue makes it extremely difficult to 
find out what films are really suitable for geographical work. Among 
many others the following should be of considerable use: Pau from a 
Dirigible (412 ft.); The Rubber Industry in Malaysia (360 ft.); Culti- 
vation of Coffee at Santos (480 ft.). 

‘Jury’s Imperial Pictures, 74 Upper St. Martin’s Lane, and M. P. 
Sales Agency, 86 Wardour Street, also supply films. 

‘The High Commissioners for the Commonwealth of Australia, 
72 Victoria Street, S.W., and for New Zealand, 13 Victoria Street, 
have films illustrating the life industries and scenery of these lands, 
which are lent free of charge to lecturers or societies of repute.’ 


(3) There is especial need at the present time of lectures showing 
the relation of science to many aspects of national life. Science and 
scientific method mean progress and efficiency, and the more this is 
recognised the greater will be the interest taken in the promotion of 
scientific study and investigation. The majority of the people in these 
islands regard science as a thing apart from their everyday lives; and 
even when they admire devotion to it or appreciate the advantages given 
them by scientific research, they think it is outside the world of prac- 
tical affairs, whether commercial, industrial, or administrative. It is 
time that a systematic effort was made to remove this common im- 
pression and to bring science into close touch with social and political 
movements. By this means alone can a large body of opinion be 
created in support of the claims of science to an influential position in 
the State. The people as a whole will remain untouched by descriptive 
science lectures, however good the lecturer or important the subject, 
but they are ready to respond to a call for national efficiency associated 
with science in the place of the opportunisms of political parties of the 
past. What is particularly wanted to gain this end is lectures by 
advocates of science and scientific method, whether they are themselves 
professional men of science or not. The lecturers need not be original 
investigators or distinguished professors, provided that they are good 
speakers and have sufficient knowledge of the history of science and 
industry to show to an audience the debt which civilisation owes to 


350 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


its scientific workers whether in the laboratory, the field, or the work- 
shop. The time has come for the organisation of this propaganda work, 
and every encouragement should be given to societies or men who will 
take part in it. Political parties send lecturers all over the country to 
expound their principles: there should now be lecturers who will 
similarly spread the message of science and efficiency and secure support 
for the men who will promote these factors in all departments of State. 

As titles of lectures having this intention, the following may be 
suggested: England’s Neglect of Science and Some of the Results; 
Unscientific Ministers and their Muddles; Politics and Trade; The 
Problem of Food ; The Claims of Scientific Method; Lost Industries and 
How to Regain Them; Neglected Resources of the Empire; Politics and 
Education ; State Control by Amateurs ; Administration without Science ; 
The Representation of Science and Efficiency in Parliament ; Industrial 
Organisation and its Benefits ; The Education of our Masters ; Science in 
National Affairs; What a Ministry of Commerce might do for the 
Empire; The State as a Co-operative Society; Practical Education ; 
National Waste and its Consequences; The Alliance of Science and 
Industry; Needs of Modern Life; How to Increase Work and Wages; 
A New Policy of Progress; The Promotion of Industrial Enterprise ; 
National Economy in Fuel; Capital and Labour; Workshop Hustle and 
Fatigue; Healthy Homes; Nationalisation of the Highways; Railways 
as State Services. 


SUMMARY. 


(1) Many local societies arrange for the delivery of occasional popular 
or semi-popular science lectures, but the audiences are mostly made 
up of members and their friends. 


(2) In most places there is a small circle of people interested in 
scientific work and development, and sufficient means exist to enable 
them to extend their acquaintance with diverse branches of natural 
knowledge, but the great bulk of the community is outside this circle 
and is untouched by its influence. 


(3) Popular lectures on scientific subjects do not usually attract such 
large audiences as formerly in most parts of the Kingdom. To make a 
wide appeal to the general public the same principles of organisation, 
advertisement, and selection of lecturer and subject must be followed 
as are adopted by agents of other public performances. 


(4) Increase in the number of educational institutions has provided 
for the needs of most persons who wish to study science, either to gain 
knowledge or prepare for a career. Other people seek entertainment 
rather than mental effort in their leisure hours, and they require 
subjects of topical interest, or of social and political importance, to 
attract them to lectures. 


(5) Few popular lectures pay their expenses, and scarcely a single 
local society has a specia] fund upon which it can draw in order to 
meet the cost involved in the provision of a first-rate lecturer and 
adequate advertisement. 


ON POPULAR SCIENCE LECTURES. 351 


(6) Expenses of public lectures are usually paid from (a) general 
funds of local societies; (b) college or museum funds; (c) rates; 
(d) education grants; or (e) Gilchrist and other trusts. 


(7) After the war there will be a new public for lectures and 
courses on a wide range of subjects; but one of the main purposes of 
the lectures should be to show as many people as possible that they are 
personally concerned as citizens with the position of science in the 
State, in industry, and in education. 

Certain recommendations arising out of this Report are now under 
consideration by the Committee. 


u rg aa rs itt pod ey % ia i y 
ay Be otal Baas NaH SH BAA ty Bh 


Bs Pr fae aes st re hese cus myer ery 
eam Py 
isn : =~ < pods a a ft fiita.- : 


83 Fatahas aon. Fre: iis ton i witieidys Siar aie 


will 


TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 


1916 A J 


( phorroas aur_40 enol Toned 


= 
, 
aay 


- —— 


TRANSACTIONS OF THE SECTIONS. 


Section AA—MATHEMATICAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE. 


PRESIDENT OF THE SEcTION: Professor A. N. WHITEHEAD, 
D.Se., F.R.S. 


WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6. 


The President delivered the following Address :— 


The Organisation of Thought. 


Tue subject of this address is the organisation of thought, a topic evidently 
capable of many diverse modes of treatment. I intend more particularly to give 
some account of that department of logical science with which some of my own 
studies have been connected. But I am anxious, if I can succeed in so doing, 
to handle this account so as to exhibit the relation with certain considerations 
which underlie general scientific activities. 

It is no accident that an age of science has developed into an age of organisa- 
tion. Organised thought is the basis of organised action. Organisation is the 
adjustment of diverse elements so that their mutual relations may exhibit some 
predetermined quality. An epic poem is a triumph of organisation, that is to 
say, it is a triumph in the unlikely event of it being a good epic poem. It is 
the successful organisation of multitudinous sounds of words, associations of 
words, pictorial memories of diverse events and feelings ordinarily occurring in 
life, combined with a special narrative of great events: the whole so disposed 
as to excite emotions which, as defined by Milton, are simple, sensuous, and 
passionate. The number of successful epic poems is commensurate, or, rather, 
is inversely commensurate with the obvious difficulty of the task of organisation. 

Science is the organisation of thought. But the example of the epic poem 
warns us that science is not any organisation of thought. It is an organisation 
of a certain definite type which we will endeavour to determine. 

Science is a river with two sources, the practical source and the theoretical 
source. The practical source is the desire to direct our actions to achieve pre- 
determined ends. For example, the British nation, fighting for justice, turns 
to science, which teaches it the importance of compounds of nitrogen. The 
theoretical source is the desire to understand. Now I am going to emphasise 
the importance of theory in science. But to avoid misconception I most 
emphatically state that I do not consider one source as in any sense nobler than 
the other, or intrinsically more interesting. I cannot see why it is nobler to 
strive to understand than to busy oneself with the right ordering of one’s 
actions. Both have their bad sides; there are evil ends directing actions, and 
there are ignoble curiosities of the understanding. 

The importance, even in practice, of the theoretical side of science arises 
from the fact that action must be immediate, and takes place under circum- 
stances which are excessively complicated. If we wait for the necessities of 
action before we commence to arrange our ideas, in peace we shall have lost our 
trade, and in war we shall have lost the battle. 

Success in practice depends on theorists who, led by other motives of 
exploration, have been there before, and by some good chance have hit upon 

AA 2 


356 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION A. 


the relevant ideas. By a theorist I do not mean a man who is up in the clouds, 
but a man whose motive for thought is the desire to formulate correctly the 
rules according to which events occur. A successful theorist should be exces- 
sively interested in immediate events, otherwise he is not at all likely to 
formulate correctly anything about them. Of course, both sources of science 
exist in all men. 

Now, what is this thought organisation which we call science? The first 
aspect of modern science which struck thoughtful observers was its inductive 
character. The nature of induction, its importance, and the rules of inductive 
logic have been considered by a long series of thinkers, especially English 
thinkers, Bacon, Herschel, J. S. Mill, Venn, Jevons, and others. I am not 
going to plunge into an analysis of the process of induction. Induction is the 
machinery and not the product, and it is the product which I want to consider. 
When we understand the product we shall be in a stronger position to improve 
the machinery. 

First, there is one point which it is necessary to emphasise. There is a 
tendency in analysing scientific processes to assume a given assemblage of con- 
cepts applying to nature, and to imagine that the discovery of laws of nature 
consists in selecting by means of inductive logic some one out of a definite set 
of possible alternative relations which may hold between the things in nature 
answering to these obvious concepts. In a sense this assumption is fairly 
correct, especially in regard to the earlier stages of science. Mankind found 
itself in possession of certain concepts respecting nature—for example, the 
concept of fairly permanent material bodies—and proceeded to determine laws 
which related the corresponding percepts in natvre. But the formulation of 
laws changed the concepts, sometimes gently by an added precision, sometimes 
violently. At first this process was not much noticed, or at least was felt to be 
a process curbed within narrow bounds, not touching fundamental ideas. At 
the stage where we now are, the formulation of the concepts can be seen to be 
as important as the formulation of the empirical laws connecting the events in 
the universe as thus conceived by us. For example, the concepts of life, of 
heredity, of a material body, of a molecule, of an atom, of an electron, of 
energy, of space, of time, of quantity, and of number. J am not dogmatising 
about the best way of getting such ideas straight. Certainly it will only be 
done by those who have devoted themselves to a special study of the facts in 
question. Success is never absolute, and progress in the right direction is the 
result of a slow, gradual process of continual comparison of ideas with facts. 
The criterion of success is that we should be able to formulate empirical laws, 
that is, statements of relations, connecting the various parts of the universe as 
thus conceived, laws with the property that we can interpret the actual events 
of our lives as being our fragmentary knowledge of this conceived interrelated 
whole. 

But, for the purposes of science, what is the actual world? Has science to 
wait for the termination of the metaphysical debate till it can determine its own 
subject-matter? I suggest that science has a much more homely starting- 
ground. Its task is the discovery of the relations which exist within that flux 
of perceptions, sensations, and emotions which forms our experience of life. 
The panorama yielded by sight, sound, taste, smell, touch, and by more inchoate 
sensible feelings, is the sole field of its activity. It is in this way that science 
is the thought organisation of experience. The most obvious aspect of this field 
of actual experience is its disorderly character. It is for each person a 
continuum, fragmentary, and with elements not clearly differentiated. The 
comparison of the sensible experiences of diverse people brings its own diffi- 
culties. J insist on the radically untidy, ill-adjusted character of the fields of 
actual experience from which science starts. To grasp this fundamental truth 
is the first step in wisdom, when constructing a philosophy of science, This fact 
is concealed by the influence of language, moulded by science, which foists on 
us exact concepts as though they represented the immediate deliverances of 
experience. The result is that we imagine that we have immediate experience 
of a world of perfectly defined objects implicated in perfectly defined events 
which, as known to us by the direct deliverance of our senses, happen at exact 
instants of time, in a space formed by exact.points, without parts and without 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 357 


magnitude ; the neat, trim, tidy, exact World which is the goal of scientific 
thought. 

My contention is that this world is a world of ideas, and that its internal rela- 
tions are relations between abstract concepts, and that the elucidation of the pre- 
cise connection between this world and the feelings of actual experience is the 
fundamental question of scientific philosophy. The question which I am inviting 
you to consider is this : How does exact thought apply to the fragmentary, vague 
continua of experience? I am not saying that it does not apply, quite the 
contrary. But I want to know how it applies. The solution I am asking for 
is not a phrase however brilliant, but a solid branch of. science, constructed 
with slow patience, showing in detail how the correspondence is effected. 

The first great steps in the organisation of thought were due exclusively to 
the practical source of scientific activity, without any admixture of theoretical 
impulse. Their slow accomplishment was the cause and also the effect of the 
gradual evolution of moderately rational beings. I mean the formation of the 
concepts of definite material objects, of the determinate lapse of time, of simul- 
taneity, of recurrence, of definite relative position, and of analogous funda- 
mental ideas, according to which the flux of our experiences is mentally 
arranged for handy reference: in fact, the whole apparatus of common-sense 
thought. Consider in your mind some definite chair. The concept of that chair 
is simply the concept of all the interrelated experiences connected with that 
chair—namely, of the experiences of the folk who made it, of the folk who sold 
it, of the folk who have seen it or used it, of the man who is now experiencing 
a comfortable sense of support, combined with our expectations of an analogous 
future, terminated finally by a different set of experiences when the chair 
collapses and becomes fire-wood. The formation of that type of concept was 
a tremendous job, and zoologists and geologists tell us that it took many tens of 
millions of years. I can well believe it. 

I now emphasise two points. In the first place, science is rooted in what I 
have just called the whole apparatus of common-sense thought. That is the 
datum from which it starts, and to which it must recur. We may speculate, if 
it amuses us, of other beings in other planets who have arranged analogous 
experiences according to an entirely different conceptual code—namely, who 
have directed their chief attention to different relations between their various 
experiences. But the task is too complex, too gigantic, to be revised in its 
main outlines. You may polish up common sense, you may contradict it in 
detail, you may surprise it. But ultimately your whole task is to satisfy it. 

In the second place, neither common sense nor science can proceed with their 
task of thought organisation without departing in some respect from the strict 

consideration of what is actual in experience. Think again of the chair. 
Among the experiences upon which its concept is based, I included our expecta- 
tions of its future history. I should have gone further and included our 
imagination of all the possible experiences which in ordinary language we should 
call perceptions of the chair which might have occurred. This is a difficult 
question, and I do not see my way through it. But at present in the construc- 
tion of a theory of space and of time, there seem insuperable difficulties if we 
refuse to admit ideal experiences. 

This imaginative perception of experiences, which, if they occurred, would 
be coherent with our actual experiences, seems fundamental in our lives. It is 
neither wholly arbitrary, nor yet fully determined. It is a vague background 
which is only made in part definite by isolated activities of thought. Consider, 
for example, our thoughts of the unseen flora of Brazil. 

Ideal experiences are closely connected with our imaginative reproduction of 
the actual experiences of other people, and also with our almost inevitable 
conception of ourselves as receiving our impressions from an external complex 
reality beyond ourselves. It may be that an adequate analysis of every source 
and every type of experience yields demonstrative proof of such a reality and of 
its nature. Indeed, it is hardly to be doubted that this is thé case. The 
precise elucidation of this question is the problem of metaphysics. One of the 
points which I am urging in this address is that the basis of science does not 
depend on the assumption of any of the conclusions of metaphysics; but that’ 


858 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION A, 


both science and metaphysics staré from the same given groundwork of 
immediate experience, and in the main proceed in opposite directions on their 
diverse tasks. 

For example, metaphysics inquires how our perceptions of the chair relate us 
to some true reality. Science gathers up these perceptions into a determinate 
class, adds to them ideal perceptions of analogous sort, which under assign- 
able circumstances would be obtained, and this single concept of that set of 
perceptions is all that science needs; unless indeed you prefer that thought find 
its origin in some legend of those great twin brethren, the Cock and Bull. 

My immediate problem is to inquire into the nature of the texture of science. 
Science is essentially logical. The nexus between its concepts is a logical 
nexus, and the grounds for its detailed assertions are logical grounds. King 
James said, ‘ No bishops, no king.’ With greater confidence we can say, ‘ No 
logic, no science.’ The reason for the instinctive dislike which most men of 
science feel towards the recognition of this truth is, I think, the barren failure 
of logical theory during the past three or four centuries. We may trace this 
failure back to the worship of authority which in some respects increased in the 
learned world at the time of the Renaissance. Mankind then changed its 
authority, and this fact temporally acted as an emancipation. But the main 
fact, and we can find complaints’ of it at the very commencement of the 
modern movement, was the establishment of a reverential attitude towards any 
statement made by a classical author. Scholars became commentators on truths 
too fragile to bear translation. A science which hesitates to forget its founders 
is lost. To this hesitation I ascribe the barrenness of logic. Another reasou 
for distrust of logical theory and of mathematics is the belief that deductive 
reasoning can give you nothing new. Your conclusions are contained in your 
premises, which by hypothesis are known to you. 

In the first place this last condemnation of logic neglects the fragmentary, 
disconnected character of human knowledge. To know one premise on Monday, 
and another premise on Tuesday, is useless to you on Wednesday. Science is a 
permanent record of premises, deductions, and conclusions, verified all along 
the line by its correspondence with facts. Secondly, it is untrue that when 
we know the premises we also know the conclusions. In arithmetic, for 
example, mankind are not calculating boys. Any theory which proves that they 
are conversant with the consequences of their assumptions must be wrong. We 
can imagine beings who possess such insight. But we are not such creatures. 
Both these answers are, I] think, true and relevant. But they are not satisfac- 
tory. They are too much in the nature of bludgeons, too external. We want 
something more explanatory of the very real difficulty which the question sug- 
gests. In fact, the true answer is embedded in the discussion of our main 
problem of the relation of logic to natural science. 

It will be necessary to sketch in broad outline some relevant features of 
modern logic. In doing so I shall try to avoid the profound general discus- 
sions and the minute technical classifications which occupy the main part of 
traditional logic. It is characteristic of a science in its earlier stages—and 
logic has become fossilised in such a stage—to be both ambitiously profound in 
its aims and trivial in its handling of details. We can discern four depart- 
ments of logical theory. By an analogy which is not so very remote I will call 
these departments or sections the arithmetic section, the algebraic section, the 
section of general-function theory, the analytic section. I do not mean that 
arithmetic arises in the first section, algebra in the second section, and so on; 
but the names are suggestive of certain qualities of thought in each section 
which are reminiscent of analogous qualities in arithmetic, in algebra, in the 
general theory of a mathematical function, and in the analysis of the properties 
of particular functions. 

The first section—namely, the arithmetic stage—deals with the relations of 
definite propositions to each other, just as arithmetic deals with definite 
numbers. Consider any definite proposition ; call it ‘py.’ We conceive that there 
is always another proposition which is the direct contradictory to ‘p’s call it 
“not-p.’ When we have got two propositions, p and qg, we can form derivative 


e.g., in 1551 by Italian schoolmen. 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 359 


propositions from them, and from their contradictories. We can say, ‘ At least 
one of p or q is true, and perhaps both.’ Let us call this proposition ‘p or q.’ 
I may mention as an aside that one of the greatest living philosophers has stated 
that this use of the word ‘or ’—namely, ‘p or qg’ in the sense that either or both 
may be true—makes him despair of exact expression. We must brave his wrath, 
which is unintelligible to me. 

We have thus got hold of four new propositions, namely, ‘p or gq,’ and 
‘not-p or q,’ and ‘ or not-q,’ and ‘not-p or not-g.’ Call these the set of 
disjunctive derivatives. There are, so far, in all eight propositions, p, not-p, 
q, not-g, and the four disjunctive derivatives. Any pair of these eight pro- 
positions can be taken, and substituted for p and q in the foregoing treatment. 
Thus each pair yields eight propositions, some of which may have been obtained 
before. By proceeding in this way we arrive at an unending set of propositions 
of growing complexity, ultimately derived from the two original propositions 
p or g. Of course, only a few are important. Similarly we can start from 
three propositions, p, g, 7, or from four propositions, p, g, 7, s, and so on. 
Any one of the propositions of these aggregates may be true or false. It has 
no other alternative. Whichever it is, true or false, call it the ‘truth-value’ of 
the proposition. 

The first section of logical inquiry is to settle what we know of the truth- 
values of these propositions, when we know the truth-values of some of them. 
The inquiry, so far as it is worth while carrying it, is not very abstruse, and 
the best way of expressing its results is a detail which I will not now consider. 
This inquiry forms the arithmetic stage. 

The next section of logic is the algebraic stage. Now, the difference 
between arithmetic and algebra is that in arithmetic definite numbers are con- 
sidered, and in algebra symbols—namely, letters—are introduced which stand 
for any numbers. The idea of a number is also enlarged. These letters, 
standing for any numbers, are called sometimes variables and sometimes para- 
meters. Their essential characteristic is that they are undetermined, unless, 
indeed, the algebraic conditions which they satisfy implicitly determine them. 
Then they are sometimes called unknowns. An algebraic formula with letters 
is a blank form. It becomes a determinate arithmetic statement when definite 
numbers are substituted for the letters. The importance of algebra is a 
tribute to the study of form. Consider now the following proposition, 


The specific heat of mercury is 0-033, 


This is a definite proposition which, with certain limitations, is true. But the 
truth-value of the proposition does not immediately concern us. Instead of 
mercury put a mere letter which is the name of some undetermined thing : 
we get, 

The specific heat of x is 0:033. 


This is not a proposition ; it has been called by Russell a propositional function. 
It is the logical analogy of an algebraic expression. Let us write f(x) for any 
propositional function. 

We could also generalise still further, and say, 


The specific heat of x is y. 


We thus get another propositional function, F(a, y) of two arguments 2 and y, 
and so on for any number of arguments. 

Now, consider f(x). There is the range of values of x, for which f(x) is a 
proposition, true or false. For values of x outside this range, f(x) is not a 
proposition at all, and is neither true nor false. It may have vague sugges- 
tions for us, but it has no unit meaning of definite assertion. For example, 


The specific heat of water is 0-033 
is a proposition which is false; and 
The specific heat of virtue is 0:033 


is, I should imagine, not a proposition at all; so that it is neither true nor 
false, though its component parts raise various associations in our minds. This 


360 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION A. 


range of values, for which f(x) has sense, is called the ‘type’ of the argu- 
ment &. 

But there is also a range of values of 2 for which f(x) is a true proposition. 
This is the class of those values of the argument which satisfy f(x). This 
class may have no members, or, in the other extreme, the class may be the 
whole type of the arguments. 

We thus conceive two general propositions respecting the indefinite number 
of propositions which share in the same logical form, that is, which are values 
of the same propositional function. One of these propositions is, 


f(z) yields a true proposition for each value of x of the proper type; 


the other proposition is, 
There is a value of a for which f(x) is true. 


Given two, or more, propositional functions /(#) and (x) with the same 
argument x, we form derivative propositional functions, namely, 


f(x) or ¢(x), f(x) or not-¢(z), 
and so on with the contradictories, obtaining, as in the arithmetical stage, an 
unending aggregate of propositional functions. Also each propositional func- 
tion yields two general propositions. The theory of the interconnection between 
the truth-values of the general propositions arising from any such aggregate of 
propositional functions forms a simple and elegant chapter of mathematical logic. 

In this algebraic section of logic the theory of types crops up, as we have 
already noted. It cannot be neglected without the introduction of error. Its 
theory has to be settled at least by some safe hypothesis, even if it does not 
go to the philosophic basis of the question. This part of the subject is obscure 
and difficult, and has not been finally elucidated, though Russell’s brilliant 
work has opened out the subject. 

The final impulse to modern logic comes from the independent discovery of 
the importance of the logical variable by Frege and Peano. Frege went further 
than Peano, but by an unfortunate symbolism rendered his work so obscure that 
no one fully recognised his meaning who had not found it out for himself. 
But the movement has a large history reaching back to Leibniz and even to 
Aristotle. Among English contributors are De Morgan, Boole, and Sir Alfred 
Kempe; their work is of the first rank. 

The third logical section is the stage of general-function theory. In 
logical Janguage, we perform in this stage the transition from intension to 
extension, and investigate the theory of denotation. Take the propositional 
function f(x). There is the class, or range of values for 2, whose members 
satisfy f(x). But the same range may be the class whose members satisfy 
another propositional function g(x). It is necessary to investigate how to 
indicate the class by a way which is indifferent as between the various pro- 
positional functions which are satisfied by any member of it, and of it only. 
What has to be done is to analyse the nature of propositions about a class— 
namely, those propositions whose truth-values depend on the class itself and 
not on the particular meaning by which the class is indicated. 

Furthermore, there are propositions about alleged individuals indicated by 
descriptive phrases: for example, propositions about ‘the present King of 
England,’ who does exist, and ‘the present Emperor of Brazil,’ who does nat 
exist. More complicated, but analogous, questions involving propositional func- 
tions of two variables involve the notion of ‘ correlation,’ just as functions of 
one argument involve classes. Similarly functions of three arguments yield 
three-cornered correlations, and so on. This logical section is one which Russell 
has made peculiarly his own by work which must always remain fundamental. 
IT have called this the section of functional theory, because its ideas are essential 
to the construction of logical denoting functions which include as a special case 
ordinary mathematical functions such as sine, logarithm, &c. In each of these 
three stages it will be necessary gradually to introduce an appropriate 
symbolism, if we are to pass on to the fourth stage. 

The fourth logical section, the analytic stage, is concerned with the investi- 
gation of the properties of special logical constructions, that is, of classes and 


a 


ie PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, 361 


correlations of special sorts. The whole of mathematics is included here. So 
the section is a large one. In fact, it is mathematics, neither more nor less. 
But it includes an analysis of mathematical ideas not hitherto included in the 
scope of that science, nor, indeed, contemplated at all. The essence of this 
stage is construction. It is by means of suitable constructions that the great 
framework of applied mathematics, comprising the theories of number, quantity, 
time, and space, is elaborated. 

It is impossible even in brief outline to explain how mathematics is 
developed from the concepts of class and correlation, including many-cornered 
correlations, which are established in the third section. I can only allude to 
the headings of the process which is fully developed in the work, ‘ Mathematica 
Principia,’ by Mr. Russell and myself. There are in this process of develop- 
ment seven special sorts of correlations which are of peculiar interest. The 
first sort comprises one-to-many, many-to-one, and one-to-one correlations. The 
second sort comprises serial relations, that is, correlations by which the members 
of some field are arranged in a serial order, so that, in the sense defined by the 
relation, any member of the field is either before or after any other member. 
The third class comprises inductive relations, that is, correlations on which the 
theory of mathematical induction depends. ‘The fourth class comprises selec- 
tive relations, which are required for the general theory of arithmetic operations, 
and elsewhere. It is in connection with such relations that the famous multipli- 
cative axiom arises for consideration. ‘The fifth class comprises vector relations, 
from which the theory of quantity arises. The sixth class comprises ratio 
relations, which interconnect number and quantity. The seventh class com- 
prises three-cornered and four-cornered relations which occur in Geometry. 

A bare enumeration of technical names, such as the above, is not very 
illuminating, though it may help to a comprehension of the demarcations of the 
subject. Please remember that the names are technical names, meant, no doubt, 
to be suggestive, but used in strictly defined senses. We have suffered much 
from critics who consider it sufficient. to criticise our procedure on the slender 
basis of a knowledge of the dictionary meanings of such terms. For example, 
a one-to-one correlation depends on the notion of a class with only one member, 
and this notion is defined without appeal to the concept of the number one. 
The notion of diversity is all that is wanted. Thus the class a has only one 
member, if (1) the class of values of x which satisfies the propositional 
function, 


xz is not a member of a, 
is not the whole type of relevant values of x, and (2) the propositional function, 
x and y are members of a, and x is diverse from y, 


is false, whatever be the values of x and y in the relevant type. 

Analogous procedures are obviously possible for higher finite cardinal mem- 
bers. Thus, step by step, the whole cycle of current mathematical ideas is 
capable of logical definition. ‘The process is detailed and laborious, and, like 
all science, knows nothing of a royal road of airy phrases. The essence of the 
process is, first to construct the notion in terms of the forms of propositions, 
that is, in terms of the relevant propositional functions, and secondly to prove 
the fundamental truths which hold about the notion by reference to the results 
obtained in the algebraic section of logic. 

It will be seen that in this process the whole apparatus of special indefinable 
mathematical concepts, and special @ priori mathematical premises, respecting 
number, quantity, and space, has vanished. Mathematics is merely an apparatus 
for analysing the deductions which can be drawn from any particular premises, 
supplied by common sense, or by more refined scientific observation, so far as 
these deductions depend on the forms of the propositions. Propositions of 
certain forms are continually occurring in thought. Our existing mathematics is 
the analysis of deductions, which concern those forms and in some way are 
important, either from practical utility or theoretical interest. Here I am 
speaking of the science as it in fact exists. A theoretical definition of mathe- 
matics must include in its scope any deductions depending on the mere forms 


362 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION A. 


of propositions. But, of course, no one would wish to develop that part of 
mathematics which in no sense is of importance. 

This hasty summary of logical ideas suggests some reflections. The question 
arises, How many forms of propositions are there? The answer is, an unend- 
ing number, The reason for the supposed sterility of logical science can thus be 
discerned. Aristotle founded the science by conceiving the idea of the form of 
a proposition, and by conceiving deduction as taking place in virtue of the 
forms. But he confined propositions to four forms, now named A, I, E, O. So 
long as logicians were obsessed by this unfortunate restriction, real progress 
was impossible. Again, in their theory of form, both Aristotle and subsequent 
logicians came very near to the theory of the logical variable. But to come 
very near to a true theory, and to grasp its precise application, are two very 
different things, as the history of science teaches us. Everything of importance 
has been said before by somebody who did not discover it. 

Again, one reason why logical deductions are not obvious is that logical form 
is not a subject which ordinarily enters into thought. Common-sense deduc- 
tion probably moves by blind instinct from concrete proposition to concrete 
proposition, guided by some habitual association of ideas. Thus common sense 
fails in the presence of a wealth of material. 

A more important question is the relation of induction, based on observa- 
tion, to deductive logic. There is a tradition of opposition between adherents of 
induction and of deduction. In my view, it would be just as sensible for the 
two ends of a worm to quarrel. Both observation and deduction are necessary 
for any knowledge worth having. We cannot get at an inductive law without 
having recourse to a propositional function. For example, take the statement of 
observed fact, 


This body is mercury, and its specific heat is 0-033. 
The propositional function is formed, 
Hither « is not mercury, or its specific heat is 0-033. 


The inductive law is the assumption of the truth of the general proposition, that 
the above propositional function is true for every value of « in the relevant type. 

But it is objected that this process and its consequences are so simple that 
an elaborate science is out of place. In the same way, a British sailor knows 
the salt sea when he sails over it. What, then, is the use of an elaborate 
chemical analysis of sea-water? There is the general answer, that you cannot 
know too much of methods which you always employ; and there is the special 
answer, that logical forms and logical implications are not so very simple, and 
that the whole of mathematics is evidence to this effect. 

One great use of the study of logical methed is not in the region of elaborate 
deduction, but to guide us in the study of the formation of the main concepts 
of science. Consider Geometry, for example. What are the points which com- 
pose space? IQuclid tells us that they are without parts and without magnitude. 
But how is the notion of a point derived from the sense-perceptions from which 
science starts? Certainly points are not direct deliverances of the senses. 
Here and there we may see or unpleasantly feel something suggestive of a 
point. But this is a rare phenomenon, and certainly does not warrant the con- 
ception of space as composed of points. Our knowledge of space properties is 
not based on any observations of relations between points. It arises from 
experience of relations between bodies. | Now a fundamental space relation 
between bodies is that one body may be part of another. We are tempted to 
define the ‘ whole and part’ relation by saying that the points occupied by the 
part are some of the points occupied by the whole. But ‘ whole and part’ being 
more fundamental than the notion of ‘point,’ this definition is really circular 
and vicious. 

We accordingly ask whether any other definition of ‘spatial whole and part’ 
can be given. I think that it can bedone in this way, though, if I be mistaken, 
it is unessential to my general argument. We have come to the conclusion that 
an extended body is nothing else than the class of perceptions of it by all 
its percipients, actual or ideal. Of course, it is not any class of perceptions, 
but a certain definite sort of class which I have not defined here, except by 


a —— 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 363 


the vicious method of saying that they are perceptions of a body. Now, the 
perceptions of a part of a body are among the perceptions which compose 
the whole body. Thus two bodies a and 6 are both classes of perceptions; and 
b is part of a when the class which is } is contained in the class which is a. 
It immediately follows from the logical form of this definition that if 6 is part 
of a, and c is part of 6, then ¢ is part of a. Thus the relation ‘whole to 
part’ is transitive. Again, it will be convenient to allow that a body is part 
of itself. This is a mere question of how you draw the definition. With this 
understanding, the relation is reflexive. Finally, if @ is part of b, and 6 is 
part of a, then a and 6 must be identical. These properties of ‘whole and 
part’ are not fresh assumptions, they follow from the logical form of our 
definition. 

One assumption has to be made if we assume the ideal infinite divisibility 
of space. Namely, we assume that every class of perceptions which is an 
extended body contains other classes of perceptions which are extended bodies 
diverse from itself. This assumption makes rather a large draft on the theory 
of ideal perceptions. Geometry vanishes unless in some form you make it. 
The assumption is not peculiar to my exposition. 

It is then possible to define what we mean by a point. A point is the class 
of extended objects which, in ordinary language, contain that point. The 
definition, without presupposing the idea of a point, is rather elaborate, and I 
have not now time for its statement. 

The advantage of introducing points into Geometry is the simplicity of the 
logical expression of their mutual relations. For science, simplicity of defini- 
tion is of slight importance, but simplicity of mutual relations is essential. 
Another example of this law is the way physicists and chemists have dissolved 
the simple idea of an extended body, say of a chair, which a child under- 
stands, into a bewildering notion of a complex dance of molecules and atoms 
and electrons and waves of light. They have thereby gained notions with 
simpler logical relations. 

Space as thus conceived is the exact formulation of the properties of the 
apparent space of the common-sense world of experience. It is not necessarily 
the best mode of conceiving the space of the physicist. The one essential 
requisite is that the correspondence between the common-sense world in its 
space and the physicists’ world in its space should be definite and reciprocal. 

I will now break off the exposition of the function of logic in connection 
with the science of natural phenomena. JI have endeavoured to exhibit it as 
the organising principle, analysing the derivation of the concepts from the 
immediate phenomena, examining the structure of the general propositions 
which are the assumed laws of nature, establishing their relations to each 
other in respect to reciprocal implications, deducing the phenomena we may 
expect under given circumstances. 

Logic, properly used, does not shackle thought. It gives freedom and, 
above all, boldness. Illogicai thought hesitates to draw conclusions, because it 
never knows either what it means, or what it assumes, or how far it trusts its 
own assumptions, or what will be the effect of any modification of assumptions. 
Also the mind untrained in that part of constructive logic which is relevant to 
the subject in hand will be ignorant of the sort of conclusions which follow 
from various sorts of assumptions, and will be correspondingly dull in divining 
the inductive laws. The fundamental training in this relevant logic is, 
undoubtedly, to ponder with an active mind over the known facts of the case, 
directly observed. But where elaborate deductions are possible, this mental 
activity requires for its full exercise the direct study of the abstract logical 
relations. This is applied mathematics. 

Neither logic without observation, nor observation without logic, can move 
one step in the formation of science. We may conceive humanity as engaged 
in an internecine conflict between youth and age. Youth is not defined by 
years, but by the creative impulse to make something. The aged are those who, 
before all things, desire not to make a mistake. Logic is the olive branch 
from the old to the young, the wand which in the hands of youth has the magic 
property of creating science. i js 


364 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION A, 


The following business was then transacted :— 


1. Discussion on Gravitation. Opened by . Cunninanam. 


2. Report on the Determination of Gravity at Sea. 
See Appendix p. 549. 


3. Efficiency of Sunspots in relation to Terrestrial Magnetic 
Phenomena.’ By Rev. A. L. Corti, S.J. 


4. Report of the Seismological Committee.—See Reports, p. 29. 


5. The Mean Distances of Stars of different Magnitudes.2 
By Sir F. W. Dyson, F.B.S. 


THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 7. 


The following business was transacted :— 


1. Discussion on Osmotic Pressure. Opened by Professor 
A. W. Porter, F’.R.S. 


2. The Measurement of Time. By Professor H. H. Turner, I’.R.S.° 


3. Ionisation Potential. By Professor J. C. McLrnnan. 


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 8. 
The following Papers were received :— 


1. X-Ray Spectra of the Elements.t. By Sir E. Ruruerrorp, F.R.S, 


2. Propagation of a Signal in a Dispersive Medium. 
By Professor T. H. Havetock, F.R.S. 


DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL PHysIcs. 


3. Can the Frequencies of Spectral Lines be represented as a Function 
of their Order ?? By Professor W. H. Hicks, F.R.S. 


* See Monthly Notices, 2.A.S., vol. Ixxvi., pp. 15-16, 631-634. Tbid., 
vol. Ixxili., pp. 539-543. 
Published in Monthly Notices, R.A.S., vol. Ixxvii., No, 1. 
Published in The Observatory, vol. xxxix., p. 419-425. 
See Hngineering, October 6, 1916, p. 320. 
See the Astrophysical Journal, November 1916, vol. xliv., p. 229. 


oa pp © bb 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION A. 365 


4. Measurement of the Energy in Spectral Lines.® 
3y Dr. R. T. Bearty. 


DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS. 


4 


5. Oscillating and Asymptotic Series. By Professor G. N. Watson. 


The author, after referring to the work of Cauchy and Abel, gave an account 
of the more recent researches of Poincaré, Borel, Cesaro, and others. For 
references to these and other investigations on related topics the following 
may be consulted : Borel, Lecons sur les Séries Divergentes; Bromwich, [nfinite 
Series; Whittaker and Watson, Modern Analysis. 


6. Suggestions for the Practical Treatment of the Standard Cubic 
Lquation and a Contribution to Substitution Theory.” By 
Professor Kk. W. GENESE. 

7. Nole on a Problem of Boltzmann's and ils Relation to the Theory 

of Radiation. By Dr. H. R. Hasse, 


8. Report on the Calculation of Mathematical Tables. 
See Reports, p. 49. 


® See Phil. Mag., February 1917. 
7 See Mathematical Gazette, March 1917. 


366 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION RB. 


Section B.—CHEMISTRY. 


PRESIDENT OF THE SEcTION: Professor G. G. HENnpDERSON, 
D.Sce., LL.D., F.R.S. 


WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6. 
The President delivered the following Address :— 


For the third time in succession the Section meets under the shadow of the war 
cloud, but there is some slight consolation for the indescribable suffering and 
sorrow which have been imposed upon millions of our fellow creatures in the 
hope and belief that this cloud also may have a silver lining. It is perhaps no 
exaggeration to say that nothing less than such an upheaval of existing habits 
and traditions as has been caused by the war would have sufficed to arouse the 
British nation from the state of apathy towards science with which it has been 
fatuously contented in the past. Now, however, the sleeper has at least stirred 
ii his slumber. The Press bears witness, through the appearance of innumer- 
able articles and letters, that the people of this country, and even the politicians, 
have begun to perceive the dangers which will inevitably result from a con- 
tinuance of their former attitude, and to understand that in peace, as in war, 
civilisation is at a tremendous disadvantage in the struggle for existence unless 
armed by science, and that the future prosperity of the Empire is ultimately 
dependent upon the progress of science, and very specially of chemistry. If, 
as one result of the war, our people are led to appreciate the value of scientific 
work, then perhaps we shall not have paid too high a price, high although the 
price must be. As concerns our own branch of science, we cannot rest satisfied 
with anything less than full recognition of the fact that chemistry is a pro- 
fession of fundamental importance, and that the chemist is entitled to a position 
in no respect inferior to that of a member of any of the other learned pro- 
fessions. 

Reference to the Annual Reports of the Association shows that former 
Presidents of the Section have availed themselves to the full of the latitude 
permitted in the choice of a subiect for their Address, and that some have even 
established the precedent of dispensing with an Address altogether. On the 
present occasion a topic for discussion seems to be clearly indicated by the 
circumstances in which we stand, because, since the outbreak of the war, 
chemists have been giving more earnest consideration than before to the present 
position and future prospects of the chemical industry of this country. It will, 
therefore, not be inappropriate if I touch upon some aspects of this question, 
ae although unable to add much to what is, or ought to be, common know- 
ledge. 

The period which has elapsed since the last meeting of the Section in New- 
castle has witnessed truly remarkable progress in every branch of pure and 
applied chemistry. For fully fifty years previous to that meeting the attention 
of the great majority of chemists had been devoted to organic chemistry, but 
since 1885 or thereabouts, whilst the study of the compounds of carbon has 
been pursued with unflagging energy and success, it has no longer so largely 
monopolised the activities of investigators. Interest in the other elements, 
which had been to some extent neglected on account of the fascinations of 
carbon, has been revived with the happiest results, for not only has our know- 
ledge of these elements been greatly extended, but their number also has 
been notably increased by the discovery of two groups of simple substances 
possessed of new and remarkable properties—the inert gases of the argon family 
and the radio-active elements. In addition, the bonds between mathematics 
and physics on the one hand and chemistry on the other have been drawn 


tai 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 367 


closer, with the effect that the department of our science known as physical 
chemistry has now assumed a position of first-rate importance. With the 
additional light provided by the development and application of physico- 
chemical theory and methods, we are beginning to gain some insight into such 
intricate problems as the relation between physical properties and chemical 
constitution, the structure of molecules and even of atoms, and the mechanics 
of chemical change; our outlook is being widened, and our conceptions rendered 
more precise. Striking advances have also been made in other directions. The 
extremely difficult problems which confront the bio-chemist are being gradually 
overcome, thanks to the indefatigable labours of a band of highly skilled 
observers, and the department of biological chemistry has been established 
on a firm footing through the encouraging results obtained within the period 
under review. Further, within the last few years many of our ideas have been 
subjected to a revolutionary change through the study of the radio-active 
elements, these elusive substances which occur in such tantalisingly minute 
quantities, and of which some appear so reluctant to exist in a free and 
independent state that they merge their identity in that of another and less 
retiring relative within an interval of time measured by seconds. In truth, if 
a Rip Van Winkle among chemists were to awake now after a slumber of thirty 
years, his amazement on coming into contact with the chemistry of to-day would 
be beyond words. 

The more purely scientific side of our science can claim no monopoly in 
progress, for applied chemistry, in every department, has likewise Bi eet 
with giant strides, mainly of course through the application of the results of 
scientific research to industrial purposes. An attempt to sketch in the merest 
outline the recent development of applied chemistry would, I fear, exhaust your 
patience, but I may indicate in passing some of the main lines of advance. 
Many of the more striking results in the field of modern chemical industry 
have been obtained by taking advantage of the powers we now possess to carry 
out operations economically both at very high and at very low temperatures, 
and by the employment on the manufacturing scale of electrolytic and catalytic 
methods of production. Thanks largely to the invention of the dynamo, the 
technologist is now able to utilise electrical energy both for the production of 
high temperatures in the different types of electric furnace and for electrolytic 
processes of the most varied description. Among the operations carried out 
with the help of the electric furnace may be mentioned the manufacture of 
graphite, silicon, and phosphorus; of chromium and other metals; of carbides, 
silicides, and nitrides; and the smelting and refining of iron and steel. Calcium 
carbide claims a prominent place in the list, in the first place because of the 
ease with which it yields acetylene, which is not only used as an illuminant, 
and, in the oxy-acetylene burner, as a means of producing a temperature so 
high that the cutting and welding of steel is now a comparatively simple 
matter, but also promises to serve as the starting-point for the industrial 
synthesis of acetaldehyde and many other valuable organic compounds. More- 
over, calcium carbide is readily converted in the electric furnace into calcium 
cyanamide, which is employed as an efficient fertiliser in place of sodium 
nitrate or ammonium sulphate, and as a source of ammonia and of alkali 
eyanides. Among the silicides carborundum is increasingly used as an abrasive 
and a refractory material, and calcium silicide, which is now a commercial 
product, forms a constituent of some blasting explosives. The Serpek process 
for the preparation of alumina and ammonia, by the formation of aluminium 
nitride from beauxite in the electric furnace and its subsequent decomposition 
by caustic soda, should also be mentioned. Further, the electric furnace has 
made possible the manufacture of silica apparatus of all kinds, both for the 
laboratory and the works, and of alundum ware, also used for operations at 
high temperature. Finally, the first step in the manufacture of nitric acid and 
of nitrites from air, now in operation on a very large scale, is the combustion 
of nitrogen in the electric arc. 

In other industrial operations the high temperature which is necessary is 
obtained by the help of the oxy-hydrogen or the oxy-acetylene flame, the former 
being used, amongst other purposes, in a small but I believe profitable industry, 
the manufacture of synthetic rubies, sapphires, and spinels. Also, within. a 
comparatively recent period, advantage has been taken of the characteristic 


368 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION B. 


properties of aluminium, now obtainable at a moderate price, in the various 
operations classed under the heading alumino-thermy, the most important being 
the reduction of refractory metallic oxides, although, of course, thermite is 
useful for the production of high temperatures locally. 

The modern methods of liquefying gases, which have been developed within 
the period under review, have rendered possible research work of absorbing 
interest on the effect of very Jow temperatures on the properties and chemical 
activity of many substances, and have been applied, for instance, in separating 
from one another the members of the argon family, and in obtaining ozone in 
a state of practical purity. Moreover, industrial applications of these methods 
are not lacking, amongst which I may mention the separation of nitrogen and 
oxygen from air, and of hydrogen from water-gas—processes which have helped 
to make these elements available for economic use on the large scale. 

Electrolytic methods are now extensively employed in the manufacture of 
both inorganic and organic substances, and older processes are being displaced 
by these modern rivals in steadily increasing number. It is sufficient to refer 
to the preparation of sodium, magnesium, calcium, and aluminium, by electro- 
lysis of fused compounds of these metals; the refining of iron, copper, silver, 
and gold; the extraction of gold and nickel from solution; the recovery of tin 
from waste tin-plate; the preparation of caustic alkalis (and simultaneously of 
chlorine), of hypochlorites, chlorates, and perchlorates, of hydrosulphites, of 
permanganates and ferricyanides, of persulphates and percarbonates ; the regene- 
ration of chromic acid from chromium salts; the preparation of hydrogen and 
oxygen. As regards organic compounds, we find chiefly in use electrolytic 
methods of reduction, which are specially effective in the case of many nitro 
compounds, and of oxidation, as for instance the conversion of anthracene into 
anthraquinone. At the same time a number of other compounds, for example 
iodoform, are also prepared electrolytically. 

Within recent years there have been great advances in the application of 
catalytic methods to industrial purposes. Some processes of this class have, 
of course, been in use for a considerable time, for example the Deacon chlorine 
process and the contact method for the manufacture of sulphuric acid, whilst 
the preparation of phthalic anhydride (largely used in the synthesis of indigo 
and other dyestuffs), by the oxidation of naphthalene with sulphuric acid with 
the assistance of mercuric sulphate as catalyst, is no novelty. More recent are 
the contact methods of obtaining ammonia by the direct combination of nitrogen 
and hydrogen, and of oxidising ammonia to nitric acid—both of which are said 
to be in operation on a very large scale in Germany. The catalytic action of 
metals, particularly nickel and copper, is utilised in processes of hydrogena- 
tion—for example, the hardening of fats, and of dehydrogenation, as in the 
preparation of acetaldehyde from alcohol, and such metallic oxides as alumina 
and thoria can be used for processes of dehydration—e.g., the preparation of 
ethylene or of ether from alcohol. Other catalysts employed in industrial 
processes are titanous chloride in electrolytic reductions and cerous sulphate in 
electrolytic oxidations of carbon compounds, gelatine in the preparation of 
hydrazine from ammonia, sodium in the synthesis of rubber, &c. 

Other advances in manufacturing chemistry include the preparation of a 
number of the rarer elements and their compounds, which were hardly known 
thirty years ago, but which now find commercial applications. Included in this 
category are titanium, vanadium, tungsten, and tantalum, now used in metal- 
lurgy or for electric-lamp filaments; thoria and ceria in the form of mantles 
for incandescent lamps; pyrophoric alloys of cerium and other metals; zirconia, 
which appears to be a most valuable refractory material; and compounds of 
radium and of mesothorium, for medical use as well as for research. Hydrogen, 
together with oxygen and nitrogen, are in demand for synthetic purposes, 
and the first also for lighter-than-air craft. Ozone is considerably used for 
sterilising water and as an oxidising agent, for example in the preparation of 
vanillin from isoeugenol, and hydrogen peroxide, now obtainable very pure in 
concentrated solution, and the peroxides of a number of the metals are also 
utilised in many different ways. The per- acids—perboric, percarbonic, and 
persulphuric—or their salts are employed for oxidising and bleaching purposes, 
and sodium hydrosulphite is much in demand as a reducing agent—eg., in 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 369 


dyeing with indigo. Hydroxylamine and hydrazine are used in considerable 
quantity, and the manufacture of cyanides by one or other of the modern 
methods has become quite an important industry, mainly owing to the use of 
the alkali salts in the cyanide process of gold extraction. These remarkable 
compounds the metallic carbonyls have been investigated, and nickel carbonyl 
is employed on the commercial scale in the extraction of the metal. Fine 
chemicals for analysis and research are now supplied, as a matter of course, 
in a state of purity rarely attained a quarter of a century ago. 

In the organic chemical industry similar continued progress is to be noted. 
Accessions are constantly being made to the already enormous list of synthetic 
dyes, not only by the addition of new members to existing groups, but also 
by the discovery of entirely new classes of tinctorial compounds; natural indigo 
seems doomed to share the fate of alizarine from madder, and to be ousted by 
synthetic indigo, of which, moreover, a number of useful derivatives are also 
made. Synthetic drugs of all kinds—antipyrine and phenacetin, sulphonal and 
yeronal, novacain and f-eucaine, salol and aspirin, piperazine and adrenaline, 
atoxyl and salvarsan—are produced in large quantities, as also are many 
synthetic perfumes and flavouring materials, such as ionone, heliotropine, and 
vanillin. Cellulose in the form of artificial silk is much used as a new textile 
material, synthetic camphor is on the market, synthetic rubber is said to be 
produced in considerable quantity ; and the manufacture of materials for photo- 
graphic work and of organic compounds for research purposes is no small 
part of the industry. However, it would serve no useful purpose to extend this 
catalogue, which might be done almost indefinitely. 

British chemists are entitled to regard with satisfaction the part which they 
have taken in the development of scientific chemistry during the last three 
decades, as in the past, but with respect to the progress of industrial chemistry 
it must be regretfully admitted that, except in isolated cases, we have failed 
to keep pace with our competitors. Consider a single example. Although 
there still remain in South America considerable deposits of sodium nitrate 
which can be worked at a profit, it is clear that sooner or later other sources 
of nitric acid must be made available. The synthetic production of nitric 
acid from the air is now a commercial success; several different processes are 
in operation abroad, and Germany is reported to be quite independent of outside 
supplies. Electrical energy, upon the cost of which the success of the process 
largely depends, can be produced in this country at least as cheaply as in Ger- 
many, and yet we have done nothing in the matter, unless we count as something 
the appointment of a committee to consider possibilities. This case is only 
too typical of many others. A number of different causes have contributed to 
bring about this state of affairs, and the responsibility for it is assigned by some 
to the Government, by others to the chemical manufacturers, and by still others 
to the professors of chemistry. I think, however, it will be generally admitted 
that the root of the matter is to be found in the general ignorance of and in- 
difference to the methods and results of scientific work which characterises the 
people of this country. For many years past our leaders in science have done 
all that lay in their power to awaken the country to the inevitable and deplor- 
able results of this form of ‘sleeping sickness,’ but hitherto their reception has 
been much the same as that accorded to the hero of ‘The Pilgrim’s Progress,’ 
as depicted in the following passage :— 

‘He went on thus, even until he came at a bottom where he saw, a little out 
of the way, three Men fast asleep with Fetters upon their heels. 

‘The name of the one was Simple, another Sloth, and the third Presumption. 

‘Christian, then seeing them in this case, went to them, if peradventure he 
might awaken them. And cried, You are like them that sleep on the top of a 
Mast, for the Dead Sea is under you, a Gulf that hath no bottom. Awake there- 
fore and come away; be willing also, and I will help you off with your irons. 
He also told them, If he that goeth about like a Roaring Lion comes by, you 
will certainly become a prey to his teeth. 

‘With that they lookt upon him, and began to reply in this sort : Simple said, 
T sce no danger; Sloth said, Yet a little more sleep; and Presumption said,” 
Bevery Vat must stand upon his own bottom. And they lay down to sleep again, 
and Christian went on his way.’ 


1916 BB 


370 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION B. 


I believe that a brighter day is dawning, and that, if only we rise to the 
occasion now, chemistry in this country will attain the position of importance 
which is its due. Meantime it is of no avail to lament lost opportunities or to 
indulge in unprofitable recrimination ; on the contrary, it should be our business 
to find a remedy for the ‘arrested development ’ of our chemical industry, and 
the task of establishing remedial measures should be taken in hand by the State, 
the universities and the chemical manufacturers themselves. As regards another 
very large group of interested persons, the consumers of chemical products, or 
in other words the nation as a whole, it is surely not too much to expect that 
they have been taught by the course of events since the outbreak of the war 
the folly of depending solely upon foreign and possibly hostile manufacturers, 
even although fiscal and other advantages may enable the alien to undersell 
the home producer. Considering that the future prosperity of the Empire 
depends largely upon the well-being of its chemical industries, it is simply 
suicidal to permit these to be crippled or even crushed out of existence by 
competition on unequal terms. 

The Government has taken a most significant step in advance by appointing 
an Advisory Council for Scientific and Industrial Research and providing it 
with funds; incidentally, in so doing, it has recognised the past failure of the 
State to afford adequate support to scientific work. The Advisory Council has 
lost no time in getting to work and has already taken steps to allocate grants 
in support of a number of investigations of first-rate importance to industry. 
In order to be in a position to do justice to the branches of industry concerned 
in proposed researches which have been submitted by institutions and indi- 
viduals it has decided to appoint standing committees of experts and has 
already constituted strong Committees in Mining, Metallurgy, and in Engineer- 
ing; a Committee in Chemistry will no doubt be appointed in due course. The 
Council also makes the gratifying intimation that the training of an adequate 
supply of research workers will be an important part of its work. 

It is safe to prophesy that the money expended by the Advisory Council 
will sooner or later yield a goodly return, and this justifies the hope that the 
Government will not rest satisfied with their achievement, but will take further 
steps in the same direction. This desire for continued action finds strong sup- 
port in the Recommendations made by a Sub-Committee of the Advisory 
Committee to the Board of Trade on Commercial Intelligence, which was ap- 
pointed to report with respect to measures for securing the position, after the 
war, of certain branches of British industry. Of these recommendations 1 
quote the following :— 

1. Scientific Industrial Research and Training. (a) Larger funds should 
be placed at the disposal of the new Committee of the Privy Council, and also 
of the Board of Education, for the promotion of scientific and industrial train- 
ing. (b) The universities should be encouraged to maintain and extend re- 
search work devoted to the main industry or industries located in their respective 
districts, and manufacturers engaged in these industries should be encouraged 
to co-operate with the universities in such work, either through their existing 
trade associations or through associations specially formed for the purpose. 
Such associations should bring to the knowledge of the universities the difficulties 
and needs of the industries, and give financial and other assistance in addition 
to that afforded by the State. In the case of non-localised industries trade 
associations should be advised to seek, in respect of centres for research, the 
guidance of the Advisory Committee of the Privy Council. (c) An authoritative 
record of consultant scientists, chemists and engineers, and of persons engaged in 
industrial research, should be established and maintained by some suitable 
Government Department for the use of manufacturers only.’ 

‘2. Tariff Protection. Where the national supply of certain manufactured 
articles which are of vital importance to the national safety or are essential to 
other industries has fallen into the hands-of manufacturers or traders outside 
this country, British manufacturers ready to undertake the manufacture of 
such articles in this country should be afforded sufficient tariff protection to 

senable them to maintain such production after the war.’ (It is also recom- 
mended by the Sub-Committee that in view of the threatened dumping of stocks 
which may be accumulated in enemy countries, the Government should take 


—————————— 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, ol 


such steps as would prevent the position of industries, likely to be affected, 
being endangered after the war.) 

*3, Patents. (a) The efforts which have been made to secure uniformity 
of Patent Law throughout the Empire should be continued. (6) The provi- 
sions of the law as to the compulsory working of patents in the United Kingdom 
should be more rigorously enforced, and inspectors should be appointed to 
secure that such working is complete and not only partial.’ 

The adoption by the Government of these weighty recommendations would go 
far to establish British chemical industry on a secure basis, and would un- 
doubtedly lead to the expansion of already existing branches and the establish- 
ment of new ones. Meanwhile, the Australian Government has set an example 
which might be followed with great advantage. Shortly after the British scheme 
for the development of scientific and industrial research under the auspices of the 
Advisory Council had been made public, the Prime Minister of Australia deter- 
mined to do still more for the Commonwealth, with the object of making it 
independent of German trade and manufactures after the conclusion of the war. 
He therefore appointed a committee representative of the State Scientific 
Departments, the universities, and industrial interests, and within a very short 
period the committee produced a scheme for the establishment of a Common- 
wealth Institute of Science and Industry. The Institute is to be governed by 
three directors, two of whom will be scientific men of high standing, while the 
third will be selected for proved ability in business. The directors are to be 
assisted by an Advisory Council composed of nine representatives of science and 
of industry; these representatives are to seek information, advice, and assist- 
ance from specialists throughout Australia. The chief functions of the Institute 
are (1) To ascertain what industrial problems are most pressing and most likely 
to yield to scientific experimental investigation, to seek out the most competent 
men to whom such research may be entrusted, and to provide them with all 
the necessary appliances and assistance. (2) To build up a bureau of scientific 
and industrial information, which shall be at the service of all concerned in the 
industries and manufactures of the Commonwealth. (3) To erect, staff, and 
control special research laboratories, the first of which will probably be a 
physical laboratory somewhat on the lines of our National Physical Laboratory. 
Other functions of the Institute are the co-ordination and direction of research 
and experimental work with a view to the prevention of undesirable overlapping 
of effort, the recommendation of grants of the Commonwealth Government in 
aid of pure scientific research in existing institutions, and the establishment and 
award of industrial research fellowships. 

This admirable scheme is more comprehensive and more generous than that 
of our Government, but it could be rivalled without much difficulty. We already 
possess an important asset in the National Physical Laboratory, and there now 
exists the Advisory Council with its extensive powers and duties. What is 
lacking in our scheme, so far as chemistry is concerned, could be made good, 
firstly, by providing the Advisory Council with much larger funds, and, 
secondly, by the establishment of a National Chemical Laboratory—an institute 
for research in pure and applied chemistry—or by assisting the development 
of research departments in our universities and technical colleges (as is now 
being done in America), or, better still, by moving in both directions. With 
respect to the second alternative, I do not mean to suggest that research work 
is neglected in the chemistry departments of any of our higher institutions ; 
what I plead for is the provision of greater facilities for the prosecution of 
investigation not only in pure but also in applied chemistry. As things are at 
present, the professors and lecturers are for the most part so much occupied 
in teaching and in administration as to be unable to devote time uninterruptedly 
to research work, which demands above all things continuity of effort. The 
ideal remedy would be the institution of research professorships, but, failing 
this, the burden of teaching and administrative work should be lightened by 
appointing larger staffs. 

It has been suggested by Dr. Forster that the State could render assistance 
to chemical industry in another way, namely, by the formation of a Chemical 
Intelligence Department of the Board of Trade, which should be concerned 
with technical, commercial, and educational questions bearing upon the industry. 

BB 2 


372 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION B. 


Under the first head the proposed Department would have the duty (a) of 
collecting, tabulating, and distributing all possible information regarding 
chemical discoveries, patents, and manufacturing processes, and (0) of present- 
ing problems for investigation to research chemists, of course under proper 
safeguards and with suitable remuneration. The more strictly commercial 
side of the Department’s activities would be concerned with the classification o1 
the resources of the Empire as regards raw materials, and of foreign chemical 
products in respect of distribution throughout the world, with ruling prices, 
tariffs, cost of transport, and if possible cost of production. On the educa- 
tional side it is suggested that the Department should collect data regarding 
opportunities for chemical instruction and research in various parts of the 
Empire, and should consider possible improvements and extensions of these. 
The Department would of course be in charge of a highly trained chemist, 
with a sufficient number of chemical assistants. 

This proposal, which has been widely discussed and on the whole very 
favourably received by chemists, has much to recommend it; to mention only 
one point, the unrivalled resources of the Board of Trade would facilitate 
the acquisition of information which might otherwise be difficult to obtain, or 
which would not be disclosed except to a Government Department. ‘The 
principal objections which have been raised are based upon the fear that the 
proposed Department, however energetic and enterprising it might be at the 
start, would soon be so helplessly gagged and bound down by departmental red 
tape as to become of little or no service. This danger, however, could be 
obviated to a great extent by the institution of a strong Advisory Committee, re- 
presentative of and elected by the Societies concerned with the different branches 
of chemistry, which would keep closely in touch with the Chemical Intelligence 
Department on the one hand and with the industry on the other, and which 
would act as adviser of the permanent scientific staff of the Department. There 
is, I fear, little chance of seeing Dr. Forster’s proposal carried into effect unless 
all the Societies concerned move actively and unitedly in the matter; they 
must do the pioneer work and must submit a definite scheme to the Government, 
if the desired result is to be attained. In the not improbable contingency that 
the Board of Trade will decline to take action, I trust that the scheme for the 
establishment of an Information Bureau—on lines similar to but somewhat 
less wide-reaching than those which I have just indicated—which has been 
under the careful consideration of the Council of the Society of Chemical 
Industry, will be vigorously prosecuted. Difficulties, chiefly financial, stand in 
the way, but these are not insuperable, especially if the sympathy and support 
of the Government can be enlisted. 

Unless the conditions and methods which have ruled in the past are greatly 
altered it is hardly possible to hope that the future prospects of our chemical 
industry will be bright; it is essential that the representatives of the industry 
should organise themselves in their own interest and co-operate in fighting the 
common enemy. More than ever is this the case when, as we are informed, 
three different groups of German producers of dyes, drugs, and fine chemicals, 
who own seven large factories, have formed a combination with a capital of 
more than 11,000,000/., and with other assets of very great value in the shape 
of scientific, technical, and financial efficiency. Hence it is eminently satisfac- 
tcry to be able to record the active progress of a movement, originated by the 
Chemical Society, which has culminated in the formation of an Association of 
British Chemical Manufacturers. The main objects of the Association are to 
promote co-operation between British chemical manufacturers; to act as a 
medium for placing before the Government and Government officials the views 
of manufacturers upon matters affecting the chemical industry; to develop 
technical organisation and promote industrial research; to keep in touch with 
the progress of chemical knowledge and to facilitate the development of new 
British industries and the extension of existing ones; and to encourage the 
sympathetic association of British manufacturers with the various universities 
and technical colleges. 

Needless to say, the progress of this important movement will be assisted 
by everyone who is interested, either directly or indirectly, in the welfare of 
our chemical industry, and, moreover, the support of the scientific societies will 


--- 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 373 


not be lacking, for, as the result of a conference convened by the President and 
Council of the Royal Society, a Conjoint Board of Scientific Societies has been 
constituted, for the furtherance of the following objects :—Promoting the co- 
operation of those interested in pure or applied science; supplying a means 
whereby scientific opinion may find effective expression on matters relating to 
science, industry, and education; taking such action as may be necessary to 
promote the application of science to our industries and to the service of the 
nation; and discussing scientific questions in which international co-operation 
seems advisable. 

In an Address given to the Society of Chemical Industry last year, I indi- 
cated another way in which chemical manufacturefs can help themselves and 
at the same time promote the interests of chemistry in this country. In the 
United States of America individual manufacturers, or associations of manufac- 
turers, have shown themselves ready to take up the scheme originated by the 
late Professor Duncan for the institution of industrial research scholarships 
tenable at the universities or technical colleges, and the results obtained after 
ten years’ experience of the working of this practical method of promoting co- 
operation between science and industry have more than justified the anticipations 
of its originator. The scheme is worthy of adoption on many grounds, of which 
the chief are that it provides definite subjects for technical research to young 
chemists qualified for such work, that it usually leads to positions in factories 
for chemists who have proved their capacity through the work done while holding 
scholarships, and that it reacts for good on the profession generally, by bringing 
about that more intimate intercourse between teachers and manufacturers which 
is so much to be desired. 

In this connection the recent foundation of the Willard Gibbs Chair of 
research in pure chemistry at the University of Pittsburgh is extremely 
significant, for it shows that even in such a purely industrial community as 
Pittsburgh it is recognised that the most pressing need of the day is the 
endowment of chemical research and the creation of research professorships. 
Mr. A. P. Fleming, who recently made a tour of inspection of research labora- 
tories in the United States, points to the amount of work done by individual 
firms and the increased provision now being made for research in universities and 
technical institutions. He reports that at the present time there are upwards 
of fifty corporations having research laboratories, costing annually from 
20,0007. to 100,000/. for maintenance, and states that ‘some of the most striking 
features of the research work in America are the lavish manner in which the 
laboratories have been planned, which in many cases enables large scale opera- 
tions to be carried out in order to determine the best possible methods of 
manufacturing any commodity developed or discovered in the laboratories ; the 
increasing attention given in the research laboratories to pure science investiga- 
tion, this being, in my opinion, the most important phase of industrial research ; 
and the absorption of men who have proven their capacity for industrial research 
in such places as the Mellon Institute, the Bureau of Standards, &c., by the 
various industries in which they have taken scientific interest.’ It is evidently 
the view of American manufacturers that industrial research can be made to pay 
for itself, and that to equip and maintain research laboratories is an excellent 
investment. 

It cannot be too often reiterated that no branch of chemical industry can 
afford to stand still, for there is no finality in manufacturing processes ; all are 
capable of improvement, and for this, as well as for the discovery and the 
application of new processes, the services of the trained chemist are essential. 
Hence the training of chemists for industrial work is a matter of supreme 
importance. We may therefore congratulate ourselves that the opportunities for 
chemical instruction in this country are immensely greater than they were thirty 
years ago. The claims of chemistry to a leading position have been recognised 
by all our universities, even the most ancient, by the provision of teaching 
staffs, laboratories, and equipment on a fairly adequate if not a lavish scale, 
and in this respect many of the technical colleges fall not far behind. The 
evening classes conducted in a large number of technical institutions are hardly 
fitted to produce fully trained chemists, if only because lack of the necessary 
time prevents the student from obtaining that prolonged practice in the labora- 


374 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION B. 


tory which cannot be dispensed with, unless indeed he is prepared to go through 
a course of study extending over many years. At the same time these evening 
classes play a most important part, firstly in disseminating a knowledge of 
chemistry throughout the country, and secondly in affording instruction of a 
high order in special branches of applied chemistry. Finally, in a large and 
increasing number of schools a more or less satisfactory introduction to the 
science is given by well-qualified teachers. With our national habit of self- 
depreciation we are apt to overlook the steady progress which has been made, 
but at the same time I do not suggest that there is no room for improvement 
of our system of training chemists. Progress in every department of industrial 
chemistry is ultimately dependent upon research, and therefore a sufficient supply 
of chemists with practical knowledge and experience of the methods of research 
is vital. This being so, it is an unfortunate thing that so many students are 
allowed to leave the universities in possession of a science degree but without 
any experience in investigation. The training of the chemist, so far as that 
training can be given in a teaching institution, must be regarded as incomplete 
unless it includes some research work, not, of course, because every student has 
the mental gifts which characterise the born investigator, but rather because 
of the inestimable value of the experience gained when he has to leave the beaten 
track and to place more dependence upon his own initiative and resource. Con- 
sequently one rejoices to learn that at the University of Oxford no candidate 
can now obtain an Honours degree without having produced evidence that he 
has taken part in original research, and that the General Board of Studies at 
Cambridge has also made proposals which, if adopted, will have the effect of 
encouraging systematic research work. Perhaps it is too much to expect that 
practice in research will be made an indispensable qualification for the ordinary 
degree; failing this, and indeed in every case, promising students should be 
encouraged, by the award of research scholarships, to continue their studies for 
a period of at least two years after taking the B.Sc. degree, and to devote that 
time to research work which would qualify for a higher degree.. In this connec- 
tion an excellent object-lesson is at hand, for the output of research work from 
the Scottish Universities has very greatly increased since the scheme of the 
Carnegie Trust for the institution of research scholarships has come into opera- 
tion. Thanks to these scholarships, numbers of capable young graduates, who 
otherwise for the most part would have had to seek paid employment as soon 
as their degree courses were completed, have been enabled to devote two or more 
years to research work. Of course it must be recognised that not every chemist 
has the capacity to initiate or inspire investigation, and that no amount of train- 
ing, however thorough and comprehensive, will make a man an investigator 
unless he has the natural gift. At the same time, whilst only the few are 
able to originate really valuable research work, a large army of disciplined men 
who have had training in the methods of research is required to carry out 
experimentally the ideas of the master mind. Moreover, there is ample scope 
in industrial work for chemists who, although not gifted with initiative as 
investigators, are suitably equipped to supervise and control the running of large- 
scale processes, the designing of appropriate plant, the working out on the 
manufacturing scale of new processes or the improvement of existing ones— 
men of a thoroughly practical mind, who never lose sight of costs, output, and 
efficiency, and who have a sufficient knowledge of engineering to make their 
ideas and suggestions clear to the engineering expert. Further, there has to be 
considered the necessity for the work of the skilled analyst in the examination 
of raw materials and the testing of intermediate and finished products, although 
much of the routine work of the industrial laboratory will advisedly be left in 
the hands of apprentices working under the control of the chemist. Lastly, for 
the buying and selling of materials there should be a demand for the chemist 
with the commercial faculty highly developed. There is, indeed, in any large 
industrial establishment room for chemists of several different types, but all of 
these should have had the best possible training, and it must be the business 
of our higher teaching institutions to see that this training is provided. 

On more than one occasion I have expressed the opinion that every chemist 
who looks forward to an industrial post should receive in the course of his train- 
Ing a certain amount of instruction in chemical engineering, by means of lectures 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 375 


and also of practical work in laboratories fitted out for the purpose. The prac- 
ticability of this has been proved in more than one teaching institution, and 
experience has convinced me that chemists who have had such a course are 
generally more valuable in a works—whether their ultimate destination is the 
industrial research laboratory or the control of manufacturing operations—than 
those who have not had their studies directed beyond the traditional boundaries 
of pure chemistry. (I used the word ‘traditional’ because to my mind there is no 
boundary line between the domains of pure and of applied chemistry.) A course 
in chemical engineering, preferably preceded by a short course in general 
engineering and drawing, must, however, be introduced as a supplement to, and 
not as a substitute for, any part of the necessary work in pure chemistry, and 
consequently the period of undergraduate study will be lengthened if such a 
course is included ; this is no disadvantage, but quite the contrary. I am glad 
to say that the University of Glasgow has recently instituted a degree in Applied 
Chemistry, for which the curriculum includes chemical engineering in addition 
to the usual courses in chemistry, and I hope that a place will be found for this 
subject by other universities. 

On the whole, there is not much fault to be found with the training for 
chemists supplied by the universities and technical colleges, but there is still 
room for improvements which could and would be carried out if it were not 
that the scientific departments of these institutions are as a rule hampered by 
lack of funds. The facilities for practical instruction with respect to accom- 
modation and equipment are generally adequate, but, on the other hand, the 
personnel could with advantage be largely increased, and at least the junior 
members of the staffs are miserably underpaid. It would doubtless be regarded 
as insanity to suggest that a scientific man, however eminent, should receive 
more than a fraction of the salary to which a music-hall ‘artiste’ or a lawyer 
politician can aspire; but if the best brains in the country are to be attracted 
towards science, as they ought to be, some greater inducement than a mere 
living wage should be held out. Hence no opportunity should be lost of im- 
pressing upon the Government the necessity for increasing the grants to the 
scientific departments of our higher teaching institutions, and for the provision 
of research scholarships. It is much to be desired also that wealthy men in 
this country should take an example from America and acquire more generally 
the habit of devoting some part of their means to the endowment of higher 
education. The private donations for science and education made in the United 
States during the last forty-three years amount to the magnificent sum of 
117,000,0007., and recently the average annual benefactions for educational pur- 
poses total nearly 6,000,000/. Of course there are few, if any, of the universi- 
ties and colleges in this country which are not deeply indebted to the foresight 
and generosity of private benefactors, but the lavish scale on which funds are 
provided in America leads to a certain feeling of admiring envy. 

After all, the chief difficulty which confronts those who are eager for progress 
in educational matters is that so many of our most famous schools are still 
conducted on medieval lines, in the sense that the ‘ education ’ administered is 
almost wholly classical. Consequently, ‘though science enters into every part 
of modern life, and scientific method is necessary for success in all under- 
takings, the affairs of the country are in the hands of legislators who not 
only have little or no acquaintance with the fundamental facts and principles 
signified by these aspects of knowledge, but also do not understand how such 
matters can be used to strengthen and develop the State. Our administrative 
officials are also mostly under the same disabilities, on account of their want of 
a scientific training. They are educated at schools where science can receive 
little encouragement, and they do not take up scientific subjects in the examina- 
tions for the Civil Service, because marks can be much more easily obtained 
by attention to Latin and Greek; and the result of it all is that science is 
usually treated with indifference, often with contempt, and rarely with intelli- 
gent appreciation by the statesmen and members of the public services whose 
decisions and acts largely determine the country’s welfare. The defects of a 
system which places the chief power of an organisation which needs under- 
standing of science in every department in the hands of people who have not 


376 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION B. 


received any training in scientific subjects or methods are obvious.’ The 
remedy is also obvious. ; 

Here, again, the prospects are now brighter than ever before, because the 
warnings and appeals of men of science have at last, and after many years, 
begun to bear fruit, or perhaps it would be more correct to say the lessons of 
the war have begun-to make an impression on the powers that be. Within 
the last few weeks it has been intimated that the Government, giving ear to 
what has been uttered, incessantly and almost ad nauseam, with regard ta 
British neglect of science, propose to appoint a committee to inquire into the 
position of science in our national system of education, especially in universities 
and secondary schools. The duty of the committee will be to advise the authori- 
ties how to promote the advancement of pure science, and also the interests of 
trade, industries, and professions dependent on the application of science, bear- 
ing in mind the needs of what is described as a liberal education. It is stated 
that the committee will include scientific men in whom the country will have 
confidence, some of those who appreciate the application of science to commerce 
and industry, and some who are able from general experience to correlate 
scientific teaching with education as a whole. I am sure that we may look 
forward with confidence to the recommendations of such a committee, and we 
shall hope, for the sake of our country, that their recommendations will be 
adopted and put in force with the least possible delay. 


The following Papers were then read :— 


1. The Future of Organic Chemical Industry. By F. H. Carn. 
2. The British Coal Tar Colour Industry in Peace and War. 
By C. M. Wurrraker. 


(Ju) 


The Preparation of Chemicals for Laboratory Use. By W. Rasxroun. 


THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 7. 
The following business was transacted :— 


1. Joint Discussion with Section C on the Investigation of the Chemi- 
cal and Geological Characters of different varieties of Coal, with 
a view to their most effective utilisation as fuel, and to the exlrac- 
tion of bye-products.—See Section C, p. 395. 
2. The Papers read on Wednesday by Messrs. Carr, WairraKkEr, and 
Rintrout were discussed. 


3. Description and Exhibition of an Apparalus for Grinding Coal in 
Vacuo. By Dr. P. Pumurprs Brepson. 


4. Papers by Dr. J. E. Sruapv, F.R.S.:— 
(a) On the Oxidation of Nickel Steel. 
(b) On the Reduction of Solid Nickel and Copper Oxides by Solid 
Iron. ; 
(c) On the Disruptive Effect of Carbon Monoside at 400° to 
500° C. on Wrought Iron, 


1* Nature,’ Feb. 10, 1916. 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION B. STk 


5. A Modified Chlorinalion Process. By Dr. J. A. Smyrue. 


6. On the Stepped Ignition of Gases. By Professor 
W. M. Trornton. 


7. Report on Dynamic Isomerism.—Sce Reports, p. 130. 
8. Report on the Transformation of Aromatic Nitroamines. 
9. Report on Plant Enzymes. 


10. Report on the Correlation of Crystalline Form with Molecular 
‘ Structure. 


11. Report on the Study of Solubility Phenomena. 


12. Report on the Influence of Weather Couditions on the Amount of 
Nitrogen Acids in Rainfall and the Almosphere.—See Reports, 
p. 128. ‘ 


13. Report on Non-aromatic Diazonium Salts. 


14. Second Report on the Botanical and Chemical Characters of the 
Hucalypts.—See Reports, p. 201. 


15. Report on the Absorplion Spectra and Chemacal Constitution of 
Organic Compounds.—See Reports, p. 151. 


16. Report on the Study of Hydroaromatic Substances. 


17. Report on the Natural Plant Products of Vicloria. 


18. Report on the Ulilisalion of Brown Coal Bye-products. 
See Reports, p. 205. 


19. Report on Fuel Economy, the Utilisation of Coal, and Smoke 
Prevention.—See Reports, p. 187. 


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 8. 


ul 


Joint Discussion with Section G on the Report of the Committee on 
Fuel Economy. 


378 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION GC. 


Section C.—GROLOGY. 


PRESIDENT OF THE SECTION: Professor W. S. Boutron, D.Sc., F.G.S. 


WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6. 
The President delivered the following Address :— 


Wuen I came to the serious consideration of a subject for this Address, two 
dominant thoughts emerged : the first, that we should be assembled here in New- 
castle-on-Tyne, the heart of a great industrial community, where coal, the very 
life-blood of industry, has been raised for more than three centuries in ever- 
increasing amount—and of all minerals which our science has helped us to win 
from the earth for man’s comfort and use, coal must assuredly take pride of 
place. My second thought was a reminder not of strenuous and peaceful 
achievement in the past, but of the fateful present and the grim and stressful 
future. 

Those of us who have closely followed the opinions of the average educated 
man since the opening of the war must have been profoundly impressed with 
the revolution taking shape in his mind as to the attitude of the Government 
and the State towards science, and especially as to the relation of science to our 
industry and commerce. We now realise that this country, this Empire, has 
for the future vastly greater possibilities in the development and utilisation of 
its natural and industrial resources than in the past; that as far as possible it 
is imperative for our progress and safety that we become more self-contained, 
and less dependent upon the foreigner for the absolute necessities for our manu- 
factures and industry. Chemists, engineers, and metallurgists have become 
keenly exercised as regards the application of their respective sciences, not 
only to the making of munitions of war, but to the advancement of industry 
after the war. 

In these grave questionings, in this general stock-taking of science in its 
relation to industry and the State, what of our own particular science? Will 
geology take its rightful share in ministering to our material wants and in 
furthering the Empire’s needs? 

It has been the custom for the President of this Section to deal with some 
large, outstanding question of theoretic interest, as in the luminous and eloquent 
Address by Professor Cole last year. On this occasion I wish to deal with 
the present outlook of Hconomic Geology, more especially in this country. 

If we attempt to compare the growth of applied geology in Britain with 
that, say, in the United States of America, or even in our great self-governing 
Dominions, or to appraise the knowledge of, and respect for, the facts and prin- 
ciples of geology as directly applicable to industry in these countries and in our 
own, or to compare the respective literatures on the subject, I think we shall 
have to confess that we have lagged far behind the position we ought by right 
of tradition and opportunities now to occupy. The vast natural resources of 
the countries I have named have doubtless stimulated a corresponding effort in 
their profitable development. But making due allowance for the fact that 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 379 


Britain is industrially mature as compared with these youthful communities, we 
cannot doubt that in this special branch of geology, however splendid our 
advances in others, we have been outstripped by our kinsmen abroad. 

To attempt an explanation of this comparative failure to apply effectively 
the resources of geology to practical affairs would demand a critical analysis of 
the whole position of science in relation to industry and education which is 
being so vigorously debated by public men to-day. It is unquestionably due, 
in no small measure, to our ignorance and neglect of, and consequent indiffer- 
ence to, science in general, more especially on the part of our governing classes. 
This war, with all its material waste and mental anguish, may bring at least 
some compensation if it finally rouses us from complacence and teaches us to 
utilise more fully the highly trained and specialised intelligence of the nation. 


The Geological Survey. 


In any discussion of the present outlook of economic geology in Britain we 
naturally turn first to the work of the Geological Survey. When in 1835 the 
National Survey was founded with De la Beche as its first Director, it was 
clearly realised by the promoters that its great function was to develop the 
mineral resources of the Kingdom, which involved the systematic mapping of the 
rocks, and the collection, classification, and study of the minerals, rocks, and 
fossils illustrative of British Geology. For upwards of eighty years this work, 
launched by the enthusiasm and far-sighted genius of De la Beche, has been 
nobly sustained. We geologists outside the Survey are ever willing to testify to 
the excellence, within the Treasury-prescribed limits, of the published maps and 
memoirs. Indeed, it would be difficult to name a Government service in which 
the officers as a body are more eflicient or more enthusiastic in their work. 

We have ceased to hear rumours of Treasury misgivings as to whether the 
Geological Survey can justify, on financial grounds, its continued existence. 
When we call to mind the untold wealth of information and fact in the published 
maps, sections, and memoirs, the enormous value of such knowledge to mining, 
civil engineering, agriculture, and education, and indirectly to the development 
of the mineral resources of the whole Empire, and then reflect that the total 
annual cost of the Geological Survey of England, Wales, Scotland, and Ireland 
is somewhere near 20,000/.—less, that is to say, than the salary and fees we have 
been accustomed to pay every year to a single Law Officer of the Crown—we 
should find it difficult to bear patiently with any narrow or short-sighted 
official view. 

But the time is opportune, I think, when we may ask whether the Survey 
is fulfilling all the functions that should be expected of it; whether it is 
adequately supported and financed by the Government ; whether it should not be 
encouraged to develop along lines which, hitherto, from sheer poverty of official 
support, have been found impracticable. 

It will be admitted that the re-mapping of the coalfields, which were 
originally surveyed on the old 1-inch Ordnance Maps more than half a century 
ago, before much of the mining information now available could be utilised, is 
a primary duty and a pressing public necessity. But it would be a great mis- 
take to allow other areas which have apparently little or no mineral wealth, 
and are destitute, so far as we at present know, of any geological problem of 
outstanding interest, like the problem of the Highland Schists, to remain, as at 
present, practically unsurveyed. Take, for example, the great spread of Old 
Red Sandstone in South Wales and the Border counties of England, which on 
the present Government maps is indicated with a single wash of colour, and 
here and there an outcrop of cornstone. It is true that the southern fringe of 
this area has been recently surveyed in more detail in re-mapping the South 
Wales Coalfield; but there remain upwards of 2,000 square miles of Old Red 
Sandstone unsurveyed. A map indicating merely the outcrop of the main 
bands of sandstone, conglomerate, marl and limestone would be of great 
assistance to engineers in such works as water-supply and sewage, as well as to 
agriculture. I am aware that many other areas more clamorously demanding a 
survey could be cited; but I give this example because it happens that a few 
months ago the Survey Maps of the area were found to be useless for the 


380 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION C. 


purposes of an engineering work which had necessarily to be based upon the 
local geology. 

It is sometimes said, and with truth, that the great function of a Survey 
is to produce a geological map which should be a ‘ graphic inventory,’ so far as 
its scale permits, of the mineral resources, actual and potential, of a country. 
After all, such a map, even when accompanied with its horizontal section and 
used by the trained geologist, is a very imperfect instrument by which to 
summarise and accurately to interpret the results of the surveyor’s work. 
There is so much to express that a single map will not always suffice. It may 
be desirable to show not only the outcrops of the strata at the present surface, 
but the thickness of the beds, and even the shape of a buried landscape or sea- 
planed surface, now unconformably overlaid by newer rocks. That the 
Geological Survey are alive to the importance of such work is shown by some 
of their recent publications. The memoir on the ‘ Thicknesses of Strata in the 
Counties of England and Wales, exclusive of rocks older than the Permian,’ 
published this year, is a most valuable compilation, bringing together officially 
for the first time a vast amount of useful fact, mainly from open sections and 
borings. May we not look forward to the time when the Survey can issue maps 
with ‘ isodiametric lines ’ showing the thicknesses in the case of important beds; 
for example, sheets of productive coal measures, water-bearing beds, and so 
forth? In any case, we may confidently expect maps that will show by contours 
the shape and depth of those buried rock-surfaces, whether unconformities or 
otherwise, which limit strata of peculiar economic value. The Director of the 
Survey has already given us a foretaste in his valuable and suggestive maps of 
the Paleozoic platform of South-Kast England,’ and in the contoured maps 
of the base of the Keuper and of the Permian to the east of the Yorkshire, 
Nottingham, and Derby Coalfield, and the rock-surface below sea-level in 
Lincolnshive.* 

Some of the new edition one-inch colour-printed maps, excellent though they 
are, suffer by being overburdened with detail already, and we ought to consider 
whether it is not possible to issue maps of selected districts in series, as is done 
in the beautifully printed atlases of the United States Geological Survey, where 
each map of the series shows one particular set of features. 

As regards the Descriptive Memoirs which accompany the new maps, the 
matter is often so compressed that it is little more than a record of bare fact. 
No one desires the prolixity and the repetition that mar many of the publica- 
tions of the United States Survey, but we can surely afford a reasonable space 
for proper description, illustration, and argument; nor, seeing that the memoirs 
are permanent records of high scientific value, is it desirable to have them 
cheaply printed on poor paper. It is said that some Treasury ‘ Minute’ lays 
it down that the cost of production of a Government publication must he 
covered by the anticipated sales of the same; and to comply with this ‘ Minute ’ 
the public has to pay upwards of 1l. for a single geological sheet, because it 
happens to include a little detailed geology which adds somewhat to the cost of 
colouring up. Why not demand that the person living on an island off the 
West Coast of Scotland shall pay, say, 3s. 6d. for every letter he receives by 
post, that being, approximately, what it costs the State to deliver it? 

We have yet to realise that technical knowledge, of the highest value to 
the country and obtained at great cost and labour, should be distributed as 
widely as possible, and at the lowest or even at a nominal charge. I would go 
further, and put much of the technical information in a simple and attractive 
form. We might even hope, for example, to eradicate the lingering super- 
stition of the water divining-rod, which is still requisitioned by some public 
bodies. How admirably clear, simple, and direct is the information on water- 
supply in the little Survey Memoir entitled ‘Notes on Sources of Temporary 
Water Supply in the South of England and Neighbouring Part of the Con- 


tinent,’ price 2d., evidently produced under the stress of war conditions, and all 
the better for it. 


1 A. Strahan, Pres. Address to Geol. Soc. 1913. 
? Mem. Geol. Surv. ‘Thicknesses of Strata,’ pp. 88 and 110. 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, 381 


During the last few months a series of much more important publications by 
the Geological Survey has appeared. I refer to the Special Reports on the 
Mineral Resources of Great Britain, of which some six volumes are completed. 
The Survey is to be congratulated upon starting a line of investigation and 
report which is a return to some of its oldest and best traditions. The 
Preface, by the Director, to the first volume of the series, that on the ‘ Tungsten 
and Manganese Ores,’ is illuminating and symptomatic, for it reveals a con- 
sciousness of our shortcomings in the past and points the way to reform in 
the future. 

He says: ‘The effects of the war, in increasing the demand for certain 
minerals of economic value, have led to many inquiries as to the resources in 
Britain of some materials for the supply of which dependence has been placed 
upon imports, and have raised the question whether further exploitation and 
improvements in method of preparation of those minerais would now be justified.’ 

Valuable mineral deposits in old workings, the delimitation of still unworked 
eround, old waste-products now of great value under changed conditions of 
demand, are vital matters dealt with in these volumes. In a pregnant passage 
the Director says : ‘It has become apparent also that some of our home products 
would be at least equal to material we have been importing, provided that they 
could receive equally careful preparation for the market, and that with 
improved treatment and greater facilities for transport, they would be fit to 
compete with some of the foreign materials.’ 

In the volume on ‘ Barytes and Witherite’ it is stated that ‘apart from the 
very highest qualities, there is no scarcity of barytes in Great Britain, but that 
notwithstanding that fact more than half the amount used in this country has 
been imported, and that 34 per cent. of the amount used came from Germany.’ 
Owing to fineness of grinding and low freights, the imports of this mineral 
from Germany have increased at a bigger rate than our own output, a state of 
things that surely will never recur. 

At a meeting of the Organising Committee of this Section in February last, 
the following recommendation was sent to the Council of the British Associa- 
tion :— 

“In view of the numerous important instances which have been brought to 
its notice of the exploitation in alien interests of minerals in the British Empire, 
the Council of the British Association for the Advancement of Science realises 
the national importance of preparing for publication special reports on the 
mineral resources of Great Britain, and recommends the extension of the inquiry 
to the whole of the British Empire. The Council expresses a hope that it may 
be possible to expedite this work by utilising the services of persons with 
expert or special local knowledge. For this purpose an addition to the annual 
vote for the Geological Survey would be required.’ 

It is gratifying to learn that the Council has forwarded this Recommenda- 
tion, with others, to the proper Government authorities, and we may hope that 
adequate facilities will be given to continue and extend this most valuable work. 


The Geological Survey and the Imperial Institute. 


The terms of the Recommendation I have just read remind us that an 
institution under State control, and supported by Government funds, has 
already attempted some such work as is here contemplated. I refer to the 


Imperial Institute at South Kensington. From the Scientific and Technical 
Research Department reports and papers appear from time to time on the 
mineral resources of Britain and the Colonies. Thus, ‘The Occurrence 


and Utilisation of Tungsten Ores’ appeared in 1909, and similar reports on 
the ores of chromium, titanium, zinc, &c., and on the coal and iron resources 
of the British Crown Colonies and Protectorates have been published. These 
reports are all unsigned, although presumably written by competent persons. 
Such investigations, although primarily dealing with the Colonies, necessarily 
overlap to some extent similar work undertaken by the Geological Survey in 
this country. The point, however, I wish to make is that the work, both for 
Britain and the Crown Colonies and Protectorates in so far as it relates to 
prospecting, mapping, and reporting on mineral resources, could be done more 


382 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION C. 


effectively by the staff of the Geological Survey. There is no need to duplicate 
such a staff in the Government service. Men of the standing of our Govern- 
ment surveyors, specially trained on the economic side, who are at present 
investigating our home mineral resources, are admirably fitted to do similar 
work in the Crown Colonies. As for the self-governing Dominions and India, 
they have their own Geological Surveys and may be relied upon to develop 
their own mineral wealth. 

We are told in the Bulletin of the Imperial Institute * that ‘Mineral surveys, 
under the supervision of the Director of the Imperial Institute, and conducted 
by surveyors selected by him, are in progress in several countries ’—Ceylon, 
Northern Nigeria, Southern Nigeria, Nyasaland—and reports thereon are 
published from time to time. Should not such Surveys be undertaken by the 
highly trained staff and the tried organisation of the Geological Survey? 

So far as I am aware, there is not even an official connection between the 
Imperial Institute and the Geological Survey; and it is to be regretted that 
in the recent Act of Parliament whereby the management of the Institute is 
definitely transferred to the Colonial Office, and which provides for the appoint- 
ment of an Executive Council of twenty-two members to supersede the present 
Advisory Committee, no provision is made for the co-operation of the Geological 
Survey in the geological and mineralogical side of the Institute’s work. And 
may I say, in passing, that I think it is also a grievous mistake to develop a 
Research Department at the Institute without making some attempt to colla- 
borate with the neighbouring Imperial College of Science and Technology, 
which, with its fine equipment and expert staff of researchers and teachers, 
should constitute a real Imperial College of Science and Research, in fact as 
in name? 

But, these matters apart, it will be recognised on all hands that an ample 
field remains open for the energy and enterprise of the Imperial Institute as a 
great central Clearing House of scientific and technological knowledge for the 
whole Empire, and especially for bringing the results of scientific investigation 
into touch with the main streams of industry and commerce. For my own part, 
I believe that the Imperial Institute, without trespassing upon the legitimate 
duties and functions of the Geological Survey, could and ought to perform most 
of the functions which Sir Robert Hadfield recently referred to* when he 
suggested the creation of a new ‘ Central Imperial Bureau.’ 


The Development of Concealed Coalfields. 


I pass on to consider what is, or should be, another phase of the work of 
our National Survey, namely, the discovery and development of concealed 
coalfields. 

The Royal Coal Commissions of 1866 and 1901, and frequent addresses and 
reports by leading geologists in recent years upon the extension of our coal- 
fields under newer rocks, bear witness to the sovereign importance of this 
branch of economic geology. One after the other the coalfields are being re- 
mapped by the Geological Survey, and we confidently expect the work to 
continue. But as the known coalfields become opened up and gradually 
exhausted, the question of the survey and development of concealed coalfields 
becomes ever more pressing and vital to our position as a great industrial nation. 

In the Yorkshire, Nottingham, and Derby Coalfield the rapid extension of 
workings eastward under the Permian and Triassic cover during recent years 
has been remarkable; and although the estimates of its buried Coal Measures 
adopted by the Commission of 1901, at that time thought conservative, have 
since come to be regarded as too liberal, we may still rely upon a buried field 
of workable coals larger in area than the exposed Coal Measure ground of this 
great coalfield, so that the whole combined field will prove the richest in our 


islands. : 
The Kent Coalfield has made a peculiar appeal to popular imagination, 


* January-March 1916, p. v. 
+ Tnaugural Meeting of the Ferrous Section of the Metallurgical Committee 


of the Advisory Council for Scientific Research (Nature, May 25, 1916). 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 383 


partly because of its proximity to London, and its distance, amid England’s 
fairest garden, from the great and grimy industrial areas of the North. A recent 
address by Dr. Strahan vividly describes the rapid exploitation of this field.* 

A problem of perhaps wider geological interest than that of the Kent Coal- 
field, and certainly of greater complexity, and containing the possibility of an 
even richer economic harvest, is the occurrence of buried Coal Measures 
under the great sheet of red rocks between the Midland coalfields, and under 
newer beds in the area to the south and east of them, towards London. 

For the ultimate solution of this problem an appeal will have to be made to 
many geological principles of which the higk theoretical interest is universally 
acknowledged, although their practical importance is not so immediately 
apparent. Thus the minute zonal work in the Chalk, the laborious studies 
among Jurassic Ammonites, as well as the detailed investigations of minor 
transgressions and non-sequences in the Mesozoic rocks generally, will all have 
their value when estimating the nature and thickness of cover over the buried 
Coal Measures. 

But the shape and structure of the buried Paleozoic foundation of Hast and 
South-central England, with its possible coal-basins, is a more difficult because 
a more obscure question. It has already claimed the serious attention of 
geologists, and will doubtless demand in the near future a more rigid and 
exhaustive study. 

Professor Watts, in his Presidential Address to the Geological Society in 
1902, dealt in considerable detail with the possible methods of extending our 
knowledge of this problem, and Dr. Strahan has returned to the problem again 
and again. in recent years.° 

One obvious line of attack is the more intensive study of the structure of the 
exposed coalfields, which is made possible by our ever-widening knowledge 
obtained largely from coal workings, present and past. 

And here I digress for a moment to lay stress upon a great and needless 
loss of valuable and detailed knowledge of our Coal Measure geology. It is 
well known, that the Home Office Regulations demand that plans of workings 
in the different seams at a colliery shall be made and maintained by the colliery 
officials; and that on the abandonment of the mine copies of such plans shall be 
kept at the Mines Department of the Home Office for future reference. Jor 
ten years, however, they are regarded as confidential. Such information is 
recorded primarily with a view to the prevention of accidents due to inrushes 
of water and accumulations of gas. 

Unfortunately, as mining men can testify, the plans are often woefully 
incomplete, inaccurate, and positively misleading as regards such features as 
faults, rolls, wash-outs, and so forth, and this is notoriously so along the margin 
of the plans where workings have been abandoned. Cases have been brought 
to my notice where plans of old workings have been consulted when adjacent 
ground was about to be explored, and subsequently the plans have proved to 
be grossly inaccurate, with the consequent risk of serious economic waste. I 
believe this unfortunate state of things is partly the effect of the complete 
official severance of the Geological Survey and the Mines Department of the 
Home Office. When the Geological Survey was first established, and for many 
years afterwards, a Mining Record Office for the collection and registration of 
all plans relating to mining operations was attached to it; but subsequently the 
Mining Record Office was transferred to the Home Office. 

I would suggest that it ought to be made possible for all mining plans to be 
periodically inspected by Government officials with geological knowledge, not 
merely after the plans are deposited in a Government office, but during the 
working of the mine; so that, if desirable or necessary, the geological facts 
indicated by the mine-surveyor on the plan can be tested and verified. If 
accurate and properly attested plans of old workings were always available, 
the opening up of new ground would be greatly facilitated and much waste of 
time and money would be avoided. 


° “The Search for New Coalfields in England.’—Royal Institution of Great 
Britain, March 17, 1916. 


* Presidential Address to Section C, Brit. Assoc., 1904; Presidential Address 
to Geol. Soc.. London, 1913. 


384 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION C. 


Geological Features of the Visible Coalfields which bear upon the Distribution 
and Structure of Concealed Coalfields in the South Midlands of England. 


In touching upon this question of possible buried coalfields in the South 
Midlands of England, I wish briefly to refer to a few points connected with our 
detailed knowledge of already explored coalfields which must be taken into 
account. They may be grouped under two heads— 


(1) The stratigraphical breaks which are said to exist within the Coal 
Measures themselves; and 

(2) The post-Carboniferous and pre-Permian folding, and its relation to 
pre-Coal-Measure movements. 


Geologists who have made a close study of the detailed sequence of any 
British coalfield are fairly agreed that, while sedimentation was accompanied 
by a general subsidence, the downward movement was discontinuous, possibly 
oscillatory, as evidenced, on the one hand, by the occurrence of marine bands 
in a general estuarine series, and, on the other hand, by those coal seams, 
particularly, which consist of terrestrial accumulations of plant-material. But 
on a critical analysis of prevalent views we meet with considerable difference 
of opinion as to the inferences to be drawn from the known facts. 

Jukes-Browne, referring to Coal Measure time, says ‘that it was a period of 
internal quiescence, a period in which terrestrial disturbances were at a mini- 
mum,’ ’ and this notwithstanding his advocacy of the tremendous plication of 
the Malvern and Abberley Hills in the middle of the Coal Measure period, 
that is, in the interval between the Middle and Upper Coal Measures of England. 
Another high authority says ‘The Coal Measure Period as a whole was one of 
crust movement.’ ® 

Dr. Gibson, after a detailed survey of the North Staffordshire Coalfield, 
where the Middle and Upper Coal Measures are fully and typically developed, 
asserts that ‘no break has been detected in the Coal Measure sequence’ ;° and 
a like conclusion is to be drawn from the work of the Government surveyors and 
from borings in the Yorkshire, Derby, and Nottingham Coalfield and that of 
East Warwickshire. 

Mr. Henry Kay *° would fix a Jocal unconformity at the base of the Halesowen 
Sandstone of South Staffordshire, and another at the base of the Keele Beds 
(or so-called Lower Permian Marls); while in the Coalbrookdale Coalfield the 
well-known Symon Fault, described by Marcus Scott as a great erosion-channel 
in the Middle or Productive Measures, subsequently filled up by the unproduc- 
tive Upper Coal Measures,*? was interpreted by W. J. Clarke in 1901? as a 
pronounced unconformity, a view which has been generally accepted ever since, 
and which was eagerly seized upon by those who hold that the Malvernian 
disturbance occurred at this time. 

The interrelation of the divisions of the Coal Measures is, in view of the 
search for hidden coalfields, so important that I wish to pause for a moment to 
consider the significance of the evidence for this unconformity which is said to 
exist in the Midlands between the Middle and Upper Coal Measures. 

The plate which illustrates Marcus Scott’s paper on the Symon Fault ?* shows 
the upper beds plotted out from the lowest workable seam in the older measures, 
which he assumes to be horizontal (their original position); while Clarke, using 
Scott’s data, plots his sections from the base of the Upper Measures, which he 
uses as a horizontal datum-line.'* Incidentally I may remark that in both cases 
the sections are drawn with a much-exaggerated vertical scale, and, of course, 
correspondingly exaggerated dips. 

In my opinion, both these interpretations are misleading (apart from the 
question of scale), because in neither case is the adoption of the horizontal datum- 


7 The Building of the British Isles, 1911, p. 169. 
§ Q.J.G.S., 1901, vol. lvil., p. 94.— 

° Q.J.G.S. 1901, vol. lvii., p. 264. 

1” Q.7,.G.8. 1913, vol. Ixix., pp. 433-453. 

1 Q.J.G.S. 1861, vol. xvii., pp. 457-467. 

2 Q.J.G.8. 1901, vol. lvii., pp. 86-95. 

13 Tbid. 14 Toid. 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 385 


line strictly justified by the facts. In the one case the curvature of the basin 
is made too great, and, in the other, the dips in the Middle Measures are unduly 
increased ; for, as mining plans show, the base of the Upper Measures is by no 
means horizontal. The fact is that the undulations in the measures throughout 
the coalfield are extremely slight, there being scarcely any perceptible dip in the 
strata, as noted by Scott, except near what is called the ‘ Limestone Fault,’ 
where the dips, as will presently appear, can be otherwise accounted for. 
Furthermore, there is a significant absence of faults other than those which affect 
Middle and Upper Measures equally. 

I believe there is another and a simpler explanation of this classic disturb- 
ance, and one which harmonises, in part, the views of both Scott and Clarke; 
and at the same time helps to give us a reasonable interpretation of the appa- 
rently conflicting statements which have been made by working geologists 
respecting the relationship of the Coal Measure divisions in the Midlands. 

The Keuper Marls of the Midlands occur either in horizontal or very gently 
undulating sheets, but Dr. Bosworth has shown that around Charnwood Forest 
they dip in all directions, ‘sometimes to the extent of 20 or even 30 degrees,’ 
and that everywhere the inclination is in the direction of the rock-slope beneath, 
though always at a smaller angle than the slope. This local dip (or ‘ tip,’ as he 
calls it) ‘seems most likely to have been largely caused by contraction of the 
marls under pressure and by loss of moisture.’ *° 

In a paper dealing with the Coal Measures of the Sheffield district published 
this year,’® Professor Fearnsides directs attention to a research by Sorby, 
embodied in a memorable contribution to the Geological Society of London in 
1908 *” upon the contraction of clay sediment due to loss of water. It appears 
to me that the penetrating genius of Sorby, with that clarity of vision which 
comes from patient and exact quantitative experiment, may help us to clear 
up some of the difficulties to which I have referred. If the Coal Measure 
clays have lost something like five-sixths of the original thickness they possessed 
as mud or slime, as Sorby’s quantitative experiments seem to indicate, is it not 
possible that the discordance we are discussing between the Middle and Upper 
Coal Measures is due, in part at all events, to differential contraction and 
consequent local sagging during the extremely slow squeezing out of the water 
by the pressure of overlying sediment? We must remember that the Middle 
Coal Measures consist essentially of clays, and that over a large part of the 
Midlands they were deposited on a very uneven floor, and that to start with 
they were therefore of very variable thickness. It is easy to see, also, that an 
arenaceous fringe of sediment where the measures abut against a rise in the floor 
would suffer far less vertical contraction from this cause than the clay, because 
of the very diminished ‘surface energy’ of the constituent sand particles, and 
that this would have the effect of accentuating the dip due to the sag. 

It is to be noted that Scott’s observations and the bulk of his section referred 
to the central parts of the coalfield, while Clarke deals primarily with the district 
just north of Madeley and along the south-eastern fringe of the ‘ Limestone 
Fault,’ which may prove to be, in my opinion, in its early stage at all events, 
a pre-Coal Measure ridge of limestone. 

It is quite possible, indeed probable, that portions of the undulating surface 
of the Middle Coal Measures suffered local erosion, which, however, need not 
imply folding of the beds with prolonged subaerial denudation; for it seems 
likely that such local erosion was subaqueous, producing a non-sequence similar 
in character (and origin perhaps) to the relatively small stratigraphical breaks 
which have been recognised recently in the Jurassic strata in the West of 
England and elsewhere. 

Thus, in North Staffordshire, where the Midland Coal Basin is deepest, no 
break between the Upper and Middle Measures exists; but approaching the 
southern margin of the basin, to the south of the South Staffordshire Coalfield, 
where the Middle Coal Measures are rapidly thinning, there are, if Mr. Kay’s 
observations are correct, signs of a non-sequence or local unconformity. The 


** The Keuper Marls around Charnwood, 1904-1911, pp. 47-50. 
6 Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 1., Part 3, 1916. 
7 Q.J.G.S, 1908, vol. lxiv., pp. 171 et seq. 

1916 


386 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION C. 


same is true, but on a larger scale, in the Symon Fault of the Coalbrookdale 
Coalfield,*® and is to be explained, if the above reasons are valid, by the rapid 
variation in thickness of the Middle Measures, due to the irregular floor upon 
which they rest, to the consequent sagging of the beds, and also to local sub- 
aqueous erosion. Further, such partial unconformities or non-sequences would 
generally indicate the proximity of that marginal fringe where the Upper 
Measures overlap the Middle, and rest on pre-Coal Measure strata. 

The Middle and Upper Coal Measures of the Midlands record general 
but intermittent subsidence, with a considerable pause at the end of Middle 
Coal Measure time, followed by a much more general depression, as shown by 
the extended and overlapping sheet of Upper Coal Measures. But there is no 
evidence which I regard as convincing that regional elevation or great orogenic 
movements occurred until after the Upper Coal Measures were laid down. 

The floor upon which the Middle Coal Measures were deposited along the 
southern fringe of the Midland Coalfields was a sinking and already folded 
and denuded floor, and it is to be expected, therefore, that these measures rest 
in submerged gulis and estuaries, which would mean that some, at any rate, of - 
the several coal basins were originally isolated wholly or in part, and their separa- 
tion is not to be interpreted as due to folding and subsequent denudation. 

Dr. Newell Arber has argued that the Middle Coal Measures of Coalbrook- 
dale, the Forest of Wyre, and the Clee Hills were deposited in three separate 
basins, which as regards the Sweet Coal or Productive Measures were never 
continuous.?? On the other hand, just as it is certain that the Productive 
Measures on either side of the South Pennines were originally continuous, so it 
is probable that as we go northward from this southern fringe the Productive 
Measures spread out into more extensive sheets. 

Before leaving the subject I should like to make it clear that I do not wish 
dogmatically to assert that the conditions were exactly as I have just outlined. 
We want many more careful observations before the case can be proved. But 
I do submit that the facts so far as known are capable of the interpretation 
1 have put upon them; and that such an interpretation is more consonant with 
the results obtained by workers among the Coal Measures of the Midlands 
generally than that which has been in vogue since Clarke’s paper on the Symon 
Fault was published. 

The folding and faulting impressed upon the measures after their deposition, 
as determining the position and structure of exposed and concealed coalfields 
alike, are obviously of prime importance; but involved in these movements 
are those of pre-Coal Measure time. So complex and confused are these com- 
bined disturbances that our main hope of grasping their salient features and 
of applying the knowledge to further the development of new mineral] ground 
is to study more closely the tectonics of our already-worked coalfields and their 
immediate borders. 

As an example of such intensive geological work, I should like to refer to 
the detailed plotting by Mr. Wickham King of the Thick Coal of South Stafford- 
shire on the 6-inch maps. For more than twenty years he has been engaged 
in collecting and tabulating an immense number of levels and other data from 
colliery officials, and from old and sometimes half-forgotten borings; and he 
has now produced a contoured map and a model to the same scale, showing in 
great detail the folds and faults in the Thick Coal. In 1894 Professor Lapworth, 
to whose initiative this work was due, emphasised the value of such ‘ plexo- 
graphic maps’ of coal seams, and predicted that such maps would be drawn in 
all the coalfields.2? The data obtained in South Staffordshire also enable us to 
determine, at some places exactly, at others approximately, the shape of the 
pre-Coal Measure floor and the outcrops of its constituent formations; and to 
disentangle, in part, the pre- and post-Coal Measure movements. Thus we get 


18 Mr. Wedd has recently described a similar break between the Middle and 
Upper Coal Measures of the northern part of the Flint Coalfield. (See Summary 
of Progress of Geol. Surv. for 1912, pp. 14, 15.) 

12 Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., London, Series B, vol. cciv., pp. 431-437. ‘ On 
the Fossil Floras of the Wyre Forest, &c.’ 

20 Fed. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. viii., 1894-5, p. 357. 


VSS” 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 387 


additional evidence to show that before Middle Coal Measure time, denuded 
folds, with a north-west or Charnian trend, and other folds with a north-east 
or Caledonian trend prevailed. The post-Carboniferous and pre-Permian move- 
ments emphasised and enlarged some of these folds. As already remarked, a 
matter of great practical importance is as to how far these pre-Coal Measure 
folds interfered with the continuity of deposition of the productive series, with, 
for example, the original extension of the Thick Coal of South Staffordshire. 
Since Jukes’ time it has been known that the Thick Coal group as a whole 
thins, and the coal itself deteriorates, southward towards the Clent and Lickey 
Hills. It is the discontinuity and local deterioration in an east and west 
direction, beyond the Boundary Faults, due to pre-Coal Measure flexures, and _ 
irrespective of post-Carboniferous movement, that I have been emphasising. 

The powerful disturbances of post-Carboniferous and pre-Permian age, 
which have affected all our coalfields, I have no intention of discussing here. 
Professor Stainier, the Belgian geologist, has just published a lengthy and 
able discussion of the subject,?! while the lucid account by Dr. Strahan in his 
Presidential Address in 1904 and his recently summarised views in a lecture 
to the Royal Institution will be in the minds of all geologists. 

I do not think, however, that it is generally realised what a great part 
the two dominant pre-Carboniferous systems of folding played in determining 
the trend of the post-Carboniferous flexures. In the South Pennines, in the 
Apedale disturbance of North Staffordshire and in the Malverns we have 
nearly north and south folds due to a great easterly thrust; but elsewhere 
in the Midlands and the North the movements were taken up, to the west 
of these north and south lines by the Caledonian folds, and to the east 
by the Charnian flexures. It is very instructive to watch in the centre of the 
South Staffordshire Coalfield the old Charnian fold of Silurian rocks that 
make up Dudley Castle Hill, the Wren’s Nest and Sedgley Hill struggling, 
as it were, against the newer post-Carboniferous easterly squeeze, which has 
impressed a north and south strike upon each of the domes, arranging them 
en échelon from north-west to south-east, and incidentally permitting the great 
laccolitic intrusion of Rowley Regis. 

Tt will be found, however, that the vast majority of the folds and faults 
in the Midland and Northern Coalfields are not along what may be called 
strict Hercynian lines—that is, north to south and east to west—but along 
the locally older Caledonian and Charnian directions. It was as if the great 
north and south flexures of the Southern Pennines and Malverns, and the 
east and west Armorican folds of the South of England, to a large extent 
exhausted the mighty attack of the Hercynian movements coming from the 
South and East of Europe; while smaller intervening and relatively sheltered 
areas were allowed to yield along their old north-west and north-east lines. 


Need for Systematic Survey by Deep Borings. 


After all, when we turn our attention to the possible extension of the 
Coal Measures under the newer strata of South-Central England, the geological 
data at our disposal are lamentably and surprisingly few. Notwithstanding 
our eagerness to unravel the difficulties, and so to open up new fields for 
mining activity, very little positive progress has been made in the last twenty 
years. Of late a few deep borings have been sunk; one near High Wycombe, 
after piercing the Mesozoic cover, ended in Ludlow rocks; another at Batsford 
in Gloucestershire, fifteen miles north of the well-known Burford boring, struck 
what are regarded as Upper Coal Measures, also resting on Silurian rocks. 

At the present time it seems specially fitting to call attention once again 
to our haphazard method of grappling with this great economic question. 
Are we to go on indefinitely pursuing what is almost ‘wild-cat’ boring, 
to use the petroleum miner’s expressive slang? Or shall we boldly face 
the fact that systematic exploration is demanded; and that this pioneer work 
is a national obligation, the expense of which should be a national charge ? 

At the meeting of the Organising Committee of Section C, already referred 
to, a recommendation was forwarded to the Council in the following terms :— 


22 Trans. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. li., Part I., 1916, pp. 99-153. 
oc2 


388 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION C. 


‘The Council of the British Association for the Advancement of Science 
recommends that the site, depth, and diameter of every borehole in the British 
Isles, exceeding 500 feet in depth, be compulsorily notified and registered in 
a Government Office. That all such boreholes be open to Government inspec- 
tion during their progress. That copies of the journals and other information 
relating to the strata penetrated by the boring be filed in a Government Office 
under the same restrictions as those relating to plans of abandoned mines.’ 

I would go further and urge that the Government should undertake the 
sinking of deep borings at selected points. This is no new idea. In his 
Presidential Address to the Geological Society of London in 1912 Professor 
Watts pleaded most forcibly the vital importance of a State-aided under- 
ground survey of the area to which I have referred. The work is too vast for 
individual effort, or even for a private company to undertake. It is not 
suggested that deep borings should be sunk with the express purpose of finding 
coal. What is wanted is a systematic survey by borings at such spots as are 
likely to throw light upon the structural framework of the Palzozoic floor 
and the thickness of its cover. 

Of course, there are difficulties in the way of such a scheme. There is 
the expense. But in view of the enormous economic possibilities of the work, 
and remembering that it is now possible to sink a boring to a depth of, 
say, 1,200 feet, and to bring up 18-inch cores at a cost of less than 2,000/., it 
cannot be reasonably argued that the expense is beyond the nation’s power 
to bear. A levy of a farthing a ton on the coal output of the United Kingdom 
for a single year would yield something like 300,000/., a capital sum that 
would provide in perpetuity an additional yearly grant to the Geological 
Survey of 15,000/., which would suffice not only to carry on this work, but 
would enable the Survey to extend its functions in the other directions I have 
indicated. 

As to legal obstacles and vested mineral rights I wish to say nothing, 
except that if the country could be convinced that this work is urgently needed 
on national grounds, all scruples and doubts, so agitating to the official mind, 
would speedily vanish. 

For many years I lived near our great exporting centres of the finest 
steam coal in the world; and as I watched the steady and incessant streams 
of coal-waggons, year in, year out, coming down from the hills, I was con- 
stantly reminded that we are rapidly draining the country of its industrial 
life-blood. Is it an extravagant demand to ask that an infinitesimal fraction 
of this irreplaceable Nature-made wealth should be set aside to provide the 
means for the discovery and development in our islands of new mineral fields? 


Chemical and Microscopical Investigation of Coal Seams. 


The recovery of bye-products in the coking of coal, which up to the begin- 
ning of the War was almost exclusively undertaken by the Germans, is likely in 
the future to become an important British industry. This will ultimately 
demand a thorough knowledge of the microscopic and chemical structure of all 
the important coking seams in our coalfields. 

Remembering how varied both in microscopical structure and chemical com- 
position the individual lamine of many of the thick coal-seams are, it will 
readily appear how important such a detailed investigation may become, having 
regard to the great variety of these bye-products and their industrial applica- 
tion. Moreover, thin seams, hitherto discarded, may pay to be worked, as 
may also an enormous amount of small coal, estimated at from 10 to 20 per cent. 
of the total output, which up to the present has been wasted. 


Geology of Petroleum. 


It has been frequently remarked that in order to account for the vast 
accumulation of coal in the Carboniferous strata, it is necessary to postulate a 
special coincidence over great areas of the Northern Hemisphere of favourable 
conditions of plant growth, climate, sedimentation, and crustal subsidence; con- 
ditions which, although they obtained at other geological periods over relatively 
small areas, were never repeated on so vast a scale. Having regard to the 
estimates of coal deposits in Cretaceous and Tertiary strata, published in our 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 389 


first International Coal Census, the ‘Report on the Coal Resources of the 
World,” it would appear that we might reasonably link the Cretaceo-Tertiary 
Period with the Carboniferous in respect of these peculiar and widely prevalent 
coal-making conditions. For I find that of the actual and probable reserves of 
coal in the world, according to our present state of knowledge, about 43 mil- 
lion million tons of bituminous and anthracite coal exist, the vast bulk of 
which is of Carboniferous age; while there are about 3 million million tons of 
lignites and sub-bituminous coals, mostly of Cretaceous and Tertiary age. 

When we look to the geological distribution of Petroleum, we note that it is 
to be found in rocks of practically every age in more or less quantity, but that 
it occurs par excellence, and on a great commrercial scale, in rocks of two 
geological periods (to a smaller extent in a third); and it is significant that 
these two periods are the great coal-making periods in geological history—the 
Carboniferous and the Cretaceo-Tertiary. It would take me beyond my present 
purpose to explore the avenues of thought and speculation opened up by this 
parallel. I will only remark that it seems to afford some support for the view 
that coal and petroleum are genetically as well as chemically related. While the 
terrestrial vegetation of the two periods was accumulating under specially 
favourable physiographical conditions ultimately to be mineralised into seams of 
coal, the stores of petroleum believed to be indigenous to strata of the same 
periods were probably derived from the natural distillation of the plankton 
which must have flourished, too, on an enormous scale in the shallow, muddy 
waters adjacent to this luxuriant land growth. The phytoplankton, including 
such families as the Diatomaceze and Peridinie, may well have played the 
chief réle in this petroleum formation, while affording unlimited sustenance 
to the small and lowly animal organisms, like Entomostraca, whose fatty 
distillates doubtless contributed to the stores of oil. It is possible, then, that 
a prodigious development of a new and vigorous flora during both periods— 
the spore-bearing flora, in the main, of the Carboniferous, and the seed-bearing 
flora of the Cretaceo-Tertiary period—was the chief contributory factor in the 
making of the world’s vast store of solid and liquid fuel. It contributed 
directly by supplying the vegetable matter for the coal, and indirectly by 
ae the development of a prolific plankton, from which the oil has been 
istilled. 

The world’s production of petroleum has trebled itself within the last fifteen 


- years. In 1914 the United States of America produced 66°36 per cent., and 


North and South America together nearly three-fourths of the world’s total 
yield; while the British Empire (including Egypt) produced only a little more 
than 2 per cent. In the near future Canada is likely to take its place as a 
great oil- and gas-producing country, for large areas in the middle-west show 
promising indications of a greatly increased yield. But Mexico is undoubtedly 
the country of greatest potential output. Its Cretaceous and Tertiary strata 
along the Gulf Coastal Plain are so rich that it has been stated recently on 
high authority that ‘a dozen wells in Mexico, if opened to their full capacity, 
could almost double the daily output of the world.’ ** 

Als is well known, natural supplies of petroleum are not found in the British 
Isles on a commercial scale; but for many years oil and other valuable products 
have been obtained from the destructive distillation of the Oil Shales of the 
Lothians. If Mr. Cunningham Craig is right in his views recently expressed ,”* 
these shales, or rather, their associated freestones, have been nearer to being 
true petroliferous rocks than we thought; for he believes that the small yellow 
bodies, the so-called ‘spores’ in the kerogen shales, are really small masses of 
inspissated petroleum, absorbed from the porous and once petroliferous sand- 
stones with which the shales are interstratified. 

If recent experiments on peat fulfil the promise they undoubtedly show, we 
shall have to take careful stock of the peat-bogs in these islands. It is well 


72 Report on ‘The Coal Resources of the World’ for the Twelfth Intern. 
Geol. Congress, 1913. 

*® Ralph Arnold, ‘Conservation of the Oil and Gas Resources of the 
Americas,’ Zeon. Geol., vol. xi., No. 3, 1916, p. 222. 

** Institution of Petroleum Technologists, April 1916. 


390 !RANSACTIONS OF SECTION 6. 


known that peat fuel has been manufactured in Europe for many years. But my 
attention has been called to a process for the extraction of fuel-oil from peat, 
which has been tried experimentally in London, and is now about to be launched 
on a commercial scale, utilising our own peat deposits, like those of Lanarkshire 
and Yorkshire. 

The peat is submitted to low-temperature distillation at ordinary pressure, 
or at a slight negative pressure, the highest temperature reached being about 
600° C. From a ton of Lanarkshire peat, after the moisture is reduced to 
25 per cent., 40 gallons of crude oil, 18 to 20 lbs. of ammonium sulphate, about 
the same quantity of paraffin wax, 30 to 33 per cent. of coke, and 5,000 to 
6,000 cubic feet of combustible gas are obtained. The coke is said to be of 
very good quality. By the same process it is hoped to get satisfactory results 
from the lignites of Bovey Tracey. 

Considering the rapid development of oil as fuel, and its supreme indus- 
trial importance in many other ways, it is remarkable that British geologists 
should have given such little attention to the origin and occurrence of petroleum. 
Among American geologists a lively interest in this subject has been aroused and 
a voluminous technical literature is already published. And yet the fact 
remains that we are still in a cloud of uncertainty as to this vital question, 
upon the solution of which depends whether the prospector of the future is to 
work by hazard or on scientific and reasoned lines. 

Mr. Murray Stuart, now of the Indian Geological Survey, offered in 191075 
a simple explanation of the occurrence of petroleum, based upon his own observa- 
tions in Burma, a research which seems to have attracted far more attention in 
America than in this country. He showed that the oil of the streams and 
swamps in Burma is carried down to the bottom of the water in small globules 
by adhering tiny particles of mud. Thus there is formed a deposit of mud 
containing globules of oil and saturated with water. If subsequently this 
deposit is covered by a bed of sand, the oil and part of the water, as the 
pressure of overlying sediment increases, are squeezed into the sand, so that by a 
repetition of the process a petroliferous series of clays and sands may be 
accumulated. In examining lately a large quantity of the well-known ‘land- 
scape marble’ from the Rhetic of Bristol, I obtained from it small but appre- 
ciable amounts of petroleum; and towards the end of my investigation I was 
pleased to discover that I was in thorough agreement as to the origin of this 
curious landscape structure with Mr. Beeby Thompson, whose research was pub- 
lished more than twenty years ago.*° In these thin deposits of hydrocarbons 
among laminated silts, with their striking tree-like growths and hummocky 
surfaces, may we not have, in miniature, an illustration of the deposition and 
partial migration of petroleum which occurs on so vast a scale in the oilfields of 
the world? 

It is not suggested that all petroleum deposits have had such an origin. I 
am convinced, however, that in all geological ages such sedimentary accumula- 
tions have occurred; and that, except where the conditions of cover have been 
favourable for its imprisonment, the oil is, and has been throughout geological 
time, incessantly escaping at the surface. Thus we may conceive the earth as 
continuously sweating out these stores of oil, either in the liquid or gaseous 
form, especially where rocks are being folded and rapidly denuded. 

It is sometimes asked whether the adoption of mineral oil as a power- 
producer is likely to supplant coal, and thereby seriously reduce the output of 
that mineral. The world’s yield of petroleum will doubtless go on increasing at 
a very great rate; but from the experience gained in some of the fields in the 
United States and Eastern Canada, it seems unlikely that this increase can con- 
tinue for a very long period. Practically complete exhaustion of the world’s 
supply is to be looked for within 100 years, says one authority.?” Even if the 
output rose to ten times the present yield, it would represent only about half the 
present world output of coal, and it is practically certain that so high a yield of 


25 Rec. Geol. Surv. India, vol. x]., 1910, pp. 320-333: ‘The Sedimentary 
Deposition of Oil.’ 


2° Q.J.G.8. 1894, pp. 393-410. 
*7 _H.S. Jevons, British Coal Trade, 1915, p. 710. 


aN 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 391 


oil could not be maintained for many years. Owing to the almost certain rapid 
increase in the output of coal, estimates made by the authority already quoted 
indicate that the total production of petroleum could never reduce the world’s 
output of coal by more than about 63 per cent.”* ! 

For us, and probably for those of the next generation, the geology of petro- 
leum will continue to be of immense practical importance ; but coal will doubt- 
less remain our great ultimate source of power. oD 

An obligation rests upon us to see that the oil resources of the British 
Empire and of territories within our influence are explored, if possible, by 
British geologists, with all the specialised knowledge that can be brought to 
bear; and I am glad to think that the University of Birmingham and the 
Imperial College of Science and Technology, London, with this end in view, 
are doing pioneer work in giving a systematic and specialised training to our 
young petroleum technologists. 


Underground Water. 


It is pleasant to recall that this Section of the British Association has in 
the past done yeoman service in stimulating investigation and in collecting 
valuable data which have a direct practical and economic application. As far 
back as 1874 a Committee of Inquiry was ‘appointed for the purpose of investi- 
gating the Circulation of Underground Waters in the Permeable Formations of 
England and Wales, and the quantity and character of the water supplied to 
various Towns and Districts from these Formations.” For many years this 
Committee compiled records of borings, which might otherwise have been lost, 
and some of the local Scientific Societies affiliated to this Association did similar 
work in their respective districts. 

Since the year 1856, when the Frenchman, Darcy, attempted by a mathe- 
matical formula to express the law governing the transmission of water through 
a porous medium, nearly all investigation upon this important engineering ques- 
tion has been carried on in the United States; and many of the results have 
been published in the valuable Water Supply and Irrigation Papers of the 
United States Geological Survey. Particular reference should be made to the 
work of Hazen, King, Darton, and Slichter, the last of whom has given us 
the clearest and most convincing explanation of the behaviour of water perco- 
lating through a porous rock. He and his co-workers have experimentally 
investigated the factors which determine the underground flow, and expressed 
their relationship by mathematical formule; and they have made it clear, by 
careful measurement extended over long periods, that the rate of flow through 
average porous water-bearing rocks and under ordinary pressure gradients is 
extremely small, something like a mile a year, or even less.”° 

Geologists who are in touch with the application of these principles to such 
engineering matters as water-supply, sewage, and drainage will readily appre- 
ciate the great value of such researches. At the same time, one must reluctantly 
confess that, with few exceptions, these investigations have not been adequately 
grasped and utilised in present-day engineering practice in this country. As to 
their geological bearing, we have only to be reminded of the important processes 
of solution, cementation, and fossilisation in rocks in order to comprehend the 
value of a just estimate of the behaviour of this vast and slow-moving chemical 
medium in which the superficial rocks of the crust are immersed. 

A wide and fertile field of research has been opened up to the mining geolo- 
gist by the recognition of the important réle played by ground-water in ore- 
genesis and in the ‘secondary enrichment’ of ores. In this country, however, 
the circulation of underground water, and especially the relation of rainfall and 
‘run-off,’ concern the civil engineer more than the miner. There exist, unfor- 
tunately, much confusion and uncertainty in engineering practice in regard to 
such geological questions; and this is due partly to a want of precision in the 
use of terms, though mainly to a lack of reliable data. One finds, for example, 
frequent discrepancies in statistics of rainfall in relation to percolation and 


23 H. S. Jevons, British Coal Trade, 1915, p. 716. 
29 Water Supply Paver, No, 67, U.S, Geol, Sur.; ‘The Motions of Under- 
ground Waters,’—Slichter. 


392 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION C. Mie 


‘run-off,’ because the term ‘run-off’ is used in two senses—either to express 
the total river-discharge in a catchment area, when it would obviously include 
practically all percolation within such area; or to express the local surface 
run-off, which could be utilised for reservoirestorage in the area in question, as 
distinct from the fraction of the rainfall which percolates into the ground and 
subsequently emerges at lower levels. 

Another source of error arises from a disregard of the fact that the perco- 
lating water in any area may be regarded as a storage-reservoir which tends to 
equalise the surface stream-flow during periods of varying rainfall; and that in 
pumping operations on a large scale the natural equilibrium becomes disturbed, 
not only water of percolation but also part of the surface run-off in the form of 
springs, seepages, and streams being drawn upon. 

The conditions are so complex and the controlling factors vary so much 
in different river-basins that it is impossible to obtain for the whole country 
anything like an accurate and reliable expression for the relationship between 
rainfall, percolation, and run-off. The interminable and: costly legal wrangles 
during the passage of a Water Bill through Parliament bear witness to the 
truth of this statement. What is needed is a continuous record in the differ- 
ent catchment areas of the country of observations on river discharge, percola- 
tion, and so forth, extended over many years. Fortunately, our rainfall obser- 
vations, thanks to the British Rainfall Organisation, are now, or could be made, 
ample for this purpose. But except for attempts by local water companies and 
corporations to obtain the data I have referred to, there exists no public 
control to deal with the matter. 

In 1906 a Committee of the Royal Geographical Society, with Dr. Strahan 
as Chairman, and with the aid of a grant from the Royal Society, undertook 
to investigate river discharge, suspended and dissolved matter, rainfall, area, 
and geological conditions in some specially selected river-basins. The final 
report, which has now appeared, dealing with the Severn above Worcester, the 
Exe, and the Medway. constitutes a most valuable record. 

The mean discharge of the Severn above Worcester from 1882 to 1889 comes 
out as 46-2 per cent. of the rainfall, and for the Exe 55:9 per cent. The 
Severn may be taken as an average river for these purposes, and we note that 
the discharge is distinctly higher than, what we should expect from figures 
usually given in text-books. 

It will be obvious to all geologists that important theoretical questions, such 
as the rate of denudation and deposition, and vital engineering matters, such as 
the position and permanency of harbour works, would be greatly assisted by 
exact quantitative estimates of the material carried down by rivers. 

In 1878 Joseph Lucas urged the importance of a Hydro-geological Survey 
of England, and the Royal Commission on Canals and Waterways in their final 
report in 1909 recommended the appointment of some public authority to do for 
the whole country what this Committee has so admirably done for these three 
river-basins. ; 

Organisation of Expert Knowledge. 


We are reminded by the report of a later Royal Commission—that on 
Coast Erosion in 1911—that systematic observations and the collation and 
organisation of geological and engineering knowledge are urgently needed in 
connection with the protection of our coasts and the reclamation of new lands. 
For it will be remembered that, the Commission found that during the last 
thirty-five years the gain of land, as shown by Ordnance Survey maps, has been 
more than seven times the loss by erosion. 

Here, again, the British Association may reflect with pride that it paved the 
way for this national inquiry. For many years its Committee on Coast Erosion 
gathered and collated evidence on erosion, and induced the Admiralty to instruct 
the Coastguard to observe and report upon changes that take place from time 
to time. 

After recommending ‘that the Board of Trade should be constituted the 
Central Sea-Defence Authority for the United Kingdom for the purpose of the 
administration of the coast-line in the interest of sea defence,’ the Commis- 
sioners go on to urge that ‘that Department should have the assistance of 
scientific experts to collate information and to secure systematic observations 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 393 


with regard to questions such as the changes taking place below the level of 
low water, the travel of materials in deep water, the movements of outlying 
sand-banks, etc., which are continually happening on the coasts of the Kingdom, 
and with regard to which the information at present is scanty and vague.’ *° 

Is it not abundantly clear that in economic geology, as in the case of other 
applied sciences, we must rely in the future less upon chance individual effort 
and initiative? We must concentrate, centralise, and organise; and at every 
stage we shall need expert control and advice as regards those larger scientific 
issues of national importance which have a direct practical bearing. 


The following Papers and Report were received :— 


1. The Local Geology. By Professor G. A. Lesoun, F.G.S. 


2. Some Notes on the Permian of Durham. 
By Dr. D. Wootacort, F.G.S. 


See ‘Stratigraphy and Tectonics of the Permian of Durham, Northern 
Area,’ Proc. of the Univ. of Durham Phil. Soc., vol. iv. pt. 5, 1911-12; and 
‘Geology of N.E. Durham and S.E. Northumberland,’ Proc. of Geologists’ 
Assoc., May 1912. 


3. A Plexographic Model of the Thick Coal of South Staffordshire. 
By W. Wicxuam Kine, F.G.S. 


[Prats IV.] 


Mr. E. B. Marten, C.E., of Stourbridge, between 1865 and 1893 collected 
over 400 levels of the thick coal of South Staffordshire and located them on 
maps. At Professor Lapworth’s suggestion, Mr. Marten and the author in 
1893-4 endeavoured to make a map showing the contours in the thick coal, based 
upon these levels, but the information was insufficient. 

Subsequently, with the kind help of many persons, the author increased these 
levels to 1,798 and constructed therefrom a map on 6-inch scale depicting the 
contours of the thick coal. The model exhibited (see plate) is made from 
this map and is to the horizontal scale of 6 inches to the mile, while the vertical 
scale is enlarged 12. The object of the work is to throw light on the tectonics 
of the adjacent concealed coalfields by ascertaining the detailed structure of the 
visible coalfield. 

The 2,500 feet declivity to Hampstead is well shown. One photograph will 
not bring out that there is a corresponding declivity of from 1,200-2,500 feet 
from the Himley-Sedgley aréte to Baggeridge. 

In this preliminary account of the model, the general structure may be 
summarised thus : 

(1) A Central (Rowley) ridge, with a general Charnian trend (N.N.W.- 

S.S.E.) about 12 miles long, running through Blackheath to Sedgley. 

(2) Two minor ridges, sub-parallel to the central ridge: the first from Great 

Barr to Essington (64 miles), N.E. of which the thick coal splits up into 
several seams; the second from Hagley, near Stourbridge, to Kingswin- 
ford (6 miles). 


The intervening troughs are :— 
(az) The wide Oldbury-Tipton basin E.N.E. of the central ridge. 
(b) The narrower Cradley-Pensnett syncline W.S.W. of the central ridge. 


(c) The still narrower and deeper Stourbridge-Kingswinford trough W.S.W. 
of its corresponding ridge. 


3° Royal Commission on Coast Erosion, etc., 1911. Third (and Final) Report, 
pp. 160-161, : 


394 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION C. 


The central or Rowley ridge is sagged at three equidistant (4 miles) places, 
(a) near Halesowen, (b) S.S.E. of Dudley, and (c) N.N.W. of Sedgley, and at 
these places it is crossed by three Caledonian trend-lines with a general 8.S.W.- 
N.N.E.. direction. The middle one of these trend-lines connects up the anti- 
clinal aréte of Netherton, the synclinal ravine of Tividale, and the Walsall 
plateau, each of these elements being four miles long. The north-western 
consists of the Himley to Sedgley Park aréte (4 miles), beyond which it sinks 
into a shallow syncline (3 miles), and rises again, near to and beyond Essington, 
into a narrow aréte. The south-eastern one forms an aréte, not shown on the 
model, from near Hagley in the direction of Halesowen, which sinks into a 
long and broad synclinal ravine towards and far beyond Halesowen (5 miles), 
and then becomes a well-developed anticlinal aréte from Spon Lane to beyond 
Great Barr. The Central Caledonian trend-line therefore divides the two 
synclines on the opposite sides of the central Charnian ridge, each into two 
parts, that to the W.S.W. being divided by a sharp anticlinal aréte, and that 
to the E.N.E. by a narrow and deep synclinal ravine. 

The Central Charnian and Caledonian trend-lines form an X. 

The evidence, derived from over fifty pits sunk into, and the outcrops of, 
the Pre-Carboniferous rocks, shows that movement in both Charnian and Cale- 
donian directions, accompanied by and followed by faulting and denudation, 
had taken place in the district previous to middle coal-measure time, and that 
this denudation, was greatest at the S.S.E. ends of the Charnian anticlines, and 
less on the Caledonian anticlines. 

The Central Charnian ridge, from Sedgley to south of Blackheath, combined 
with the east to west faults of the Tipton and Cradley synclines, closely 
approach to the form of the letter S. The throw of the most important of 
these faults is in the Tipton syncline to the south,’ and in the Cradley syncline 
to the north. They invariably die out to the east in both these synclines, 
against the 8.S.E. ends at Blackheath and Walsall, of the more denuded parts 
of the Charnian ridges, whilst they succeed to the west, with greatly diminished 
throws, in breaking through and laterally shifting the N.N.W. end of the 
Charnian and the §.8.W. end of the Caledonian ridges at Sedgley and Lye, 
which had been elevated much less by these two older movements. 

The Central Caledonian trend-line, comprising, as the middle limb, the anti- 
clinal aréte of Netherton and the synclinal ravine of Tividale, if combined with 
the Langley N.-S. and the Stourbridge-Kingswinford 8.S.E.-N.N.W. arétes also 
forms the letter S. 

The plexography of South Staffordshire is markedly reflected in the 
physiography. 

A plexographic map of the South Wales syncline made by some person who 
could collect information therefor, before the Cardiff meeting, should materially 
increase our knowledge. 


4. Underground Contours of the Black Mine. By Dr. G. Hicxuinea. 


5. Underground Contours of the Barnsley Thick Coal. 
By Professor W. G. FEARNSIDES. 


Joint Meeting with Section K.-—See p. 493. 


* Compare Jukes’ Memoir, 2nd ed., p. 165. 


British Association, 86th Report, 1916.] [Puate IV, 


ESSINGTON 


Ny =z, 


ze Le ; ie . are Z 4 = ey, yy i? 
nme Aa oh Chis ee a [Zs iff | 
:™ | tae fo) Peed, 


te Vey 
KWCSHINORO. ag ae 
aes 


a 


eS 
ena 5 ey 


HAGLEY | \ 


Illustrating Mr. W. Wickham King’s Paper ‘A Plexographic Model of the 
Thick Coal of South Staffordshire.’ 


[To face page 394. 


1. in 2 ae, 
. + 


79 . st 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION C. 395 


THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 7. 
Joint Meeting with Section B. 


Discussion on the Investigation of the Chemical and Geological 
Characters of different varieties of Coal, with a view to their most 
effective utilisation as fuel, and‘ to the extraction of bye-products. 


Professor G. A. Lesour, in opening the discussion, dealt with the various 
aspects from which coal may be studied, and showed that, while certain of 
these fall within the province of the geologist alone, any satisfactory classifica- 
tion of the various types of coal, and the elucidation of the varying characters 
of seams as traced from place to place, can be achieved only by the close 
co-operation of geologists and chemists. 

Professor W. A. Bone briefly summarised the limited knowledge so far 
attained regarding the chemical constitution of coal, pointing out that the great 
bulk of the analyses hitherto made were directed merely to estimation of the 
fuel value of samples. In his opinion no great progress was likely to be made 
except on the lines of some well-considered scheme of research in which the 
various workers would find their place and collaborate. 

Professor Kenpatn addressed himself particularly to the question of the 
nature and origin of the ash in coal-seams. He recognised three sources of the 
mineral matter: (1) the residue of the mineral constituents of the plants; 
(2) detrital mineral matter; (3) the calcite, iron-pyrites, &c., segregated as veins 
in the seams. It was shown that the different modes in which these several 
types of ash are distributed in the coal are of great economic consequence, some 
being separable, others inseparable. The bearing of ash on the mode of origin 
of the coal was also discussed. 

Dr. Dunn gave some account of the highly variable chemical nature of the 
ash of coals. He dwelt on the necessity for the analysis of coal-samples 
specially selected with a view to their suitability as bearing on the geological 
history of the deposit, for the purpose of arriving at a philosophical theory of 
coals and their classification. The work and expenditure involved would be such 
that the matter could only be dealt with on a national basis. 

Professor Bepson drew attention to the reports of a Committee of Section B, 
published in the Transactions of the Association in 1894 and in 1896, dealing 
with the action of various solvents on coal. Though some further progress had 
been made on these lines we were still lacking exact information as to the 
natures of the substances dissolved and of the undissolved portions. 

Mr. D. Trevor Jones and Dr. R. V. WHEELER presented a report on the 
chemical constitution of coal. The coal conglomerate may be resolved into 
cellulosic and resinic portions, the former containing molecules with the furan 
structure and yielding phenols on distillation. The resinic derivatives contain 
compounds in which alkyl, naphthene, and unsaturated hydroaromatic radicles 
are attached to larger and more complex groupings. Under the influence of 
pressure the bulk of the resinic derivatives have become highly polymerised. 
The oxygenated resinic derivatives are chiefly oxides, probably cyclic oxides; 
esters, lactones, anhydrides, acids and ketones are absent or present only in 
small quantity. Hydrocarbons exist in the resinic portions of coal; saturated 
hydrocarbons (paraffins) are, however, present in small quantities only. The 
eer ani to which coals have been subjected must have fallen short of 

Dr. Marie C. Srores dealt with the paleobotany of coal in relation to 
chemical constitution. It was well known that sufficiently thin sections of coal 
showed themselves under the microscope to have been formed from a variety of 
plant fissues, and on the analogy of living plants it was therefore to be pre- 
sumed that a corresponding variety of chemical substances contributed to the 
formation of the coal. Living vegetable tissues could by no means be simply 


396 RANSACTIONS OF SECTION C. 


divided into ‘ cellulosic’ and ‘ resinic’ types. Each constituent tissue might be 
supposed to have given rise to characteristic decomposition-products in. the coal; 
and, in conjunction with Dr. R. V. Wheeler, she was now engaged in testing this 
point. Such tissues as spore-walls and cuticles proved insoluble in pyridine, 
and could thus be separated and separately analysed. It was hoped to track 
down the characteristic products of other tissues in a similar way. Co-operation 
between the chemist and paleobotanist was clearly essential. 

Dr. Hicxurne desired to support all that Dr. Stopes had said regarding the 
importance of microscopic study as a guide in the interpretation of the chemistry 
and geology of coal. He wished only to question the necessity of any very close 
connection between the chemical constitution of the vegetable ‘ tissues’ now 
distinguishable in coal and that of the original tissue of the living plant. It 
seemed probable that very extensive substitution of material might have 
occurred, and that the present character of the coal might be dependent more 
largely on the extent and character of the ‘decomposition’ processes than on 
the original composition of the tissues involved. 

Professor FEARNSIDES dealt with coal as a rock-genus, within which a number 
of essentially different species have already been recognised, and asked that 
chemists should express these specific differences in terms of chemical constitu- 
tion. He suggested that the methods of etching used by metallographers might 
be applied to the study of polished surfaces or cleat surfaces of coal. It was 
to be desired that the same blocks of coal analysed by the chemist should be 
studied by the paleobotanist, and that the geologist and mine-worker should 
combine in choosing samples worthy of investigation. In particular, co-opera- 
tion between chemists and geologists was to be desired to secure a knowledge 
of the lateral variations in composition within the individual lenticles of coal 
which in sum constitute the coal-seam. 

Professor Boyp Dawxtns wished to emphasise the probability that the 
original substance of the plant-tissues whose remains are seen in coal may have 
been largely replaced by other materials. He quoted examples of such replace- 
ment in fossils of all types, showing that replacement is the rule and not the 
exception. Some indication of the organic form of the fossil may even be 
imparted to the mineral matter which may be deposited around or within it. 
In his opinion, the greater part, if not the whole, of the organic element in the 
coal had been subjected to mineral change. 

Professor W. 8. Bourton (who presided) expressed his gratification at the 
opportunity for an interchange of ideas among chemists and geologists upon a 
subject of vital importance to the'nation. Already much valuable research 
upon the nature and composition of coal had been done, both on the analytical 
and on the microscopical and paleobotanical side. He felt sure that when the 
printed records of the discussion were published they would serve to stimulate 
fresh and more vigorous research, and more especially to co-ordinate and 
mutually assist the work of the chemist and geologist, and so enormously 
increase the value of our greatest industrial asset. 


The following Papers were then read :— 


1. A Method of indicating the Age of Geological Formations on Maps 
in Black and White. By Dr. J. W. Evans. 


All Pre-Cambrian rocks are represented by shading having a N.W. and 
S.E. trend; the older Paleozoic by shading with a N.E. and S.W. trend; the 
younger Paleozoic by N. and §. shading, and the Mesozoic by E. and W. 
shading. The earlier metamorphic Pre-Cambrian is indicated by continuous 
lines, the later metamorphic by broken lines having the intervals in adjoining 
lines alternating with each other; and the unmetamorphosed Pre-Cambrian by 
those having the intervals opposite. The Cambrian, Ordovician, and Silurian 
(older Paleozoic) are distinguished in a similar manner, and so are the 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION C. 397 


Devonian Carboniferous and Permian (younger Paleozoic); and the Trias, 
Jurassic, and Cretaceous. The Kainozoic (Tertiary) is indicated by small 
crosses, diagonal for the Eocene and Oligocene, and upright for the Miocene 
and Pliocene. In each case the earlier division is distinguished by the crosses 
in adjoining rows (following the direction of the arms) alternating, and the later 
by crosses opposite each other in such adjoining rows. The Anthropozoic 
(Quaternary) is shown by rows of small circles or dots, the former being 
reserved for the Pleistocene and the latter for the Recent. 

Minor divisions may be distinguished (1) by varying the size, thickness, or 
spacing of the lines or other symbols, (2) by adding new symbols. Where 
desirable, the recognised symbols of lithological characters may be added to 
those denoting the formation. Passage Beds between two formations may be 
shown by a combination of shading. 

For volcanic rocks the symbols employed for sedimentary rocks are very 
much thickened. When the age of intrusive rocks is known, it may be 
indicated by the corresponding shading for sedimentary rock, with the white 
and black interchanged ; or, if preferred, their nature may be shown by white 
letters on black. 


2. The Acid Rocks of Iceland. By Lronarp Hawkes, M.Sc. 


An account was given of the preliminary results of an investigation of the 
Tertiary acid series. It is known that these rocks are widely developed in Kast 
Iceland, but hitherto definite information as to their extent, nature, and mode 
of occurrence has been lacking. Whilst they have been stated to be partly 
intrusive and partly extrusive (I., p. 269), it has generally been accepted that 
they are dominantly intrusive in character (I., p. 232; II., p. 5; III., p. 783), 
a view which has probably been influenced by the general intrusive nature of 
the British Tertiary acid rocks (IV., p. 364). 

The main exposures of acid rocks in East Iceland from Borgarfjord to 
Berufjord have been studied in the field. Evidence was brought forward to 
show that these rocks are in the main extrusive in character. In places (e.g. the 
Borgarfjord district) the acid series is at least 2,000 feet in thickness. Tuffs 
and spherolitic liparites and obsidians are very common. The author holds that 
the old view that the acid rocks are dominantly intrusive, being thus marked 
off from the basic rocks, is incorrect. Tertiary volcanic activity was similar 
to that which has obtained in Iceland in post-glacial tines, when acid rocks have 
been extruded along with the basic, but in a smaller amount. Acid eruptions 
seem to have taken place almost continuously during the building-up of the 
Tertiary plateau. The uneroded character of the liparite lava streams shows 
how rapidly the successive basalts which submerge them were poured out, and 
this throws some light on the problem of the intrusive or extrusive origin of 
the Antrim rhyolites. 

Since the close of the Tertiary volcanic period enormous denudation has 
obtained, and the varying resistance offered to erosive agents by acid and basic 
rocks has produced some remarkable effects. 

Thoroddsen (I., p. 159) has described some peculiar streams of acid rocks 
which he regards as post-glacial lava flows, formed by the extrusion of liparite 
blocks in a half-melted condition from the mountain-sides. The most noteworthy 
of these occurs in the Lodmundarfjord. The rocks of the district are Tertiary 
bedded basalts, with the exception of an acid series, contemporaneous with the 
basalts, revealed in a huge cirque excavation in a side valley. The valley is 
full of a chaotic assemblage largely composed of sphzrolitic liparite reaching 
down from the cirque (Skimhéttur) on to the bottom of the main (Lodmun- 
darfjord) valley. The author holds that these blocks do not represent a lava- 
stream but a moraine. All the rocks of the stream occur in situ in the 
Skumhéttur mountain. The theory of morainic origin has been previously 
rejected partly on account of the reported exclusive liparite composition where 
a mixture of acid and basic rocks would be expected. It was found, however, 
that the stream is not exclusively composed of acid types, though dominantly 
so. The large proportion of liparite present results from its lesser resistance 
to ice-erosion compared with basalt, whereby the huge cirque has been excavated 


398 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION C. 


where the acid rocks occur, and the material deposited to form the present 
remarkable stream. It has also been objected that none of the blocks are 
ice-scratched, but this is not to be expected owing to the exceptional fissility of 
liparite and its rapid degradation under weathering influences—the author has 
never seen an ice-scratched boulder in Iceland. 

I. Tu. Tuoroppsen. ‘Island: Grundriss der Geographie und Geologie.’ 
No. 152. Pet. Mitt. 1905. 

Il. H. Pserurss. ‘Island : Handbuch der Regionalen Geologie.’ 1910. 

III. C. W. Scumipr. ‘Der Liparite Islands in geologischer und petro- 
graphischer Beziehung.’ ‘ Zeitschrift der Deut. geol. Gesell.’ Vol. xxxvii. 
1885. 

IV. Sir A. Gerxr. ‘ Ancient Volcanoes of Great Britain.’ Vol. ii. 1897. 


3. The Petrology of the Arran Pitchstones. By ALEXANDER Scort, 
M.A., D.Sc. 


Although the Arran pitchstones are so widely known, no extensive examina- 
tion of them has ever been made. The intrusions, which number about eighty, 
may be divided into the following groups :— 

(a) Non-porphyritic glasses with abundant microlites which are generally 
hornblende. These are chiefly found in the district round the coast 
and include the Corriegills and Monamore Glen occurrences. 

(6) Pitchstone-porphyries with large phenocrysts of quartz and felspar and 
scarce augite and with hornblendic microlites. This group includes 
many of the dyke-rocks intrusive into the Goatfell granite. 

(c) Pitchstone-porphyries with phenocrysts of felspar and pyroxene and sub- 
ordinate quartz. The pyroxene includes both augite and enstatite, and 
scarce crystals of an iron-rich olivine are also found. Microlites of 
pyroxene and of hornblende occur. This group is typical of the intru- 
sions of the south end of the island. 

(d) More basic type with scarce phenocrysts and great abundance of 
pyroxene microlites. This group is represented by two occurrences in 
Glen Cloy and several around the great Tertiary volcanic vent. 

Analyses have been made of each type, and the results show the existence 
of considerable variation in composition. 

An attempt has been made to determine the cooling histories from the 
examination of the field relations and the microscopic structures of the various 
types, and also to indicate the conditions which are responsible for such a large 
development of glassy intrusive rocks. 


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 8. 
Joint Meeting with Section E. 
The following Paper was read :— 


The Physical Geography and Geology of the Northern Pennines. 
By Dr. A. Wiumore. 


This paper attempts a brief summary of the structure of the Northern 
Pennines for geologists and geographers, especially for those who are interested 
in the relation of geographical form to geological structure. It is, for the most 
part, a re-statement, and advances little that is new; but it is thought that the 
present visit of the Association to the North may be a fitting opportunity to 
summarise our knowledge of the structure of an interesting region, especially 
as considerable progress has been made in our detailed knowledge of the 
Northern Pennines since the visit of the Association to Newcastle in 1889. 

By ‘The Northern Pennines” as treated in this paper, we mean that well- 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION C. 399 


defined part between the two great gaps—the Tyne Gap and the Craven or 
Aire Gap. In this part of the Pennines the mountain masses are broader and 
higher, and the structure is somewhat different from that of the Pennines south 
of the Craven Gap. The familiar anticline is not so conspicuously developed 
as in the southern half of the Pennines. 

In the Northern Pennines the student may see very clearly indeed the 
broad dependence of the topography upon rock-character, rock-position, and 
geological history. 

The Craven or Aire Gap may be taken as a convenient starting-point. This 
is a lowland region of roughly triangular form drained by four local river 
systems: the Wharfe, the Aire with Broughton Beck, the Ribble with the 
Lancashire Calder, and the Wenning (one of the feeders of the Lune). Each 
of these outlets of the ‘gap’ is utilised by a railway. The Leeds and Liverpool 
Canal follows the valleys of the Lancashire Calder and the Aire, and crosses the 
Pennines at an elevation of a little over 500 feet (the highest point is at Foul- 
bridge Tunnel, near Colne). 

The Middle Pennine Gap is determined by the great Craven Fault system 
and the folding of the strata to the South and South-West of the fault. The 
general direction of the folding is from W.S.W. to E.N.E. Near the Fault 
there is considerable and somewhat intense local folding, and probably some 
repetition of the beds. 

North of the Craven Gap—and stretching to the Tyne Gap—is the Plateau- 

or Block-country—the Northern Pennines of this paper—determined mainly by 
the three great western fault systems; these are the Pennine, the Dent, and 
the Craven Faults. Three ‘ blocks’ of the Northern Pennines are thus formed : 
(1) the Cross Fell block, (2) the Mallerstang or Dent block, (3) the Ingleborough- 
Penygent block. On these plateau-blocks the mountains stand, excellent 
examples of mountains of circumdenudation or residual mountains. Ingle- 
borough or Penygent may be taken as a type of these mountain masses, standing 
on the plateau-floor of the Great Scar Limestone and capped by outliers of 
Millstone Grit. The Great Scar Limestone is gradually replaced towards the 
north by the coming in of the Bernician type. The Great Scar Limestone of 
the Penygent block is a region famous for pot-holes and underground streams, 
such pot-holes as Gaping Ghyll and Alum Pot being well known. On the great 
plateau numerous streams disappear to reissue in the valleys below, frequently 
at the unconformity where the limestone, with or without its basement con- 
glomerate, lies almost horizontally on the upturned edges of the Older Palzozoic 
rocks. 
These plateau-blocks are not all similarly related to the adjacent westerly 
regions. On the east of the great Pennine Fault is the wedge-shaped Vale of 
Eden, filled with Permian and Triassic strata. There is an interesting inlier 
chiefly of Older Paleozoic rocks occurring between the Carboniferous plateau- 
block and the New Red beds of the plain. This is known as the Cross Fell 
inlier, and is characterised by a series of magnificent ‘ pikes,’ like a narrow strip 
of the Lake Country tacked on to the western edge of the Pennines. This 
inlier stretches from near Brough in the south to Melmerby in the north. The 
Dent Fault has its downthrow to the east, and along the complex fault-line 
the Carboniferous Limestone is in ‘contact with the Older Paleozoic rocks of the 
Howgill Fells and the moors to the north and north-east of Kirkby Lonsdale. 
The Carboniferous block to the east of this fault is the Mallerstang block of 
this paper. It is remarkable for the great number of mountain masses which 
rise to between 2,000 and 2,400 feet. An eastern part of this block is the 
original region of the Yoredale of Professor Phillips (Wensleydale is Yoredale or 
Uredale). The Craven Fault system throws the Carboniferous Limestone, 
chiefly the Great Scar Limestone, against Permian, or Coal-measures, or Miil- 
stone Grit, or the higher divisions of the Carboniferous Limestone itself. 

To the geographer the change of scenery in crossing these faults is most 
interesting. The view from the western limestone scars of the Cross Fell block 
across the Vale of Eden to the Lake District mountains is one of the finest in 
Britain. The change from the Older Paleozoic Howgill Fells, Grayrigg Fells, 
Middleton and Barbon Fells eastward across Garsdale or Dentdale to the Car- 
boniferous Fells of the Yoredale country of Mallerstang is, perhaps, not so 


400 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION C. 


striking but is yet very marked. The change from the Penygent block—with 
its great plateau floor, its step-like Yoredale mountains, capped with grits, and 
its steep-sided gorges—to the rolling country of Bowland and the Craven Low- 
lands provides one of the best geographical contrasts in the North of England. 

To the geologist there are many interesting problems, in which considerable 
progress has been made in the last quarter of a century, but many points in 
which are still obscure. Some of these are: the change in the type of stratifica- 
tion from the Pendleside type and Bowland type at the southern end of the 
region through the Yoredale type to the Bernician of the north, and the satis- 
factory correlation of the different facies; the relation of the now famous 
‘knoll’ limestones, best seen immediately south of the Craven Fault, to the 
Lower and Upper Carboniferous Limestones of more normal type, and the 
whole problem of knoll-structure; the sharp folding immediately in front of 
the faults. Dr. Marr has pointed out the knoll-like structure produced in the 
Keisley Limestone of the Cross-Fell inlier, and has compared it with the lime- 
stone of Draughton Quarry to the south of the Craven Fault. There are many 
folded greyish-white limestones in the knolls of Craven which are very much 
like those of Keisley ; the Carboniferous Limestone floor and the different times 
of its submergence, on which new light has been thrown by Prof. Garwood’s 
recent work. An interesting paper on this subject was presented by Dr. 
Vaughan last year—his last paper; the relation of the pre-Pennines—a part of 
the old Caledonian system, the rocks of which seem to have had cleavage 
developed in them during the early Devonian folding, and which suffered denu- 
dation in later Devonian and early Carboniferous times; the immense thickening 
of the Millstone Grit to the south, and the precise relation of its rock-material 
to the denudation of the Caledonian Alps; and the age of the various foldings 
and faultings which have determined (in the main) the present Pennines. 

All these problems have their geographical aspect. The old Palzozoic floor 
in Ribblesdale and the bit of wild scenery of another type—an inlier in the 
Carboniferous of the Penygent plateau; the striking rounded and ovoid form 
of the Craven knolls; the apparently great thickness of grit of the Bowland 
Fells, and especially of the Pendle Range—these and many similar phenomena 
interest alike the geologist and the student of Physical Geography. 

The age of the faults and folds has been discussed by several distinguished 
workers. There was, of course, the pre-Pennine folding in Devonian times ; 
faulting was possibly in progress in Carboniferous times as taught by 
Mr. Tiddeman; great earth-movements occurred at the end of the Car- 
boniferous period ; Professor Kendall has shown that there was upward move- 
ment of the Pennines in early Permian times, between the deposition of the 
Lower Brockram and the Upper Brockram; the great faults, especially the 
Pennine and Craven Faults, and the earlier folding were probably Permo- 
Triassic and possibly in part post-Triassic (the Craven Fault is, in the main, 
later than the Dent Fault, as it cuts the latter sharply at the southern end near 
Kirkby Lonsdale); the great continent- and mountain-building movements of 
mid-Tertiary time probably gave (according to Dr. Marr) the final broad form 
to the Northern Pennines, and determined the general consequent drainage 
system of the region. 

Dr. Marr, Professor Kendall, Professor Fearnsides, and others have dealt 
with some of the interesting and important Glacial and post-Glacial changes 
of drainage of which there are many examples in the Northern Pennines. These 
Pleistocene changes may be studied especially well in the Howgill Fells, the 
Bowland Fells, and the Craven Lowland country. 


The following Papers and Reports were then received in Section C. :— 


1. Note on the Occurrence of Refractory Sands and Associated Materials 
occurring in Hollows in the Surface of the Mountain Limestone 
District of Derbyshire and Staffordshire. By Professor W. G. 
FEaARNSIDES and Dr. P. G. H. Boswetu. 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION 6. 40] 


2. Some Geological Characters of Sands used in Glass Manufacture. 
By P. G. H. Boswetu, D.S8c., F.G.S. 


At a time when it is necessary to know the extent and value of our national 
resources of sands suitable for various industrial purposes, including glass- 
manufacture, it is especially desirable that we should realise the particular 
properties of such sands and the geological conditions under which the deposits 
occur in the field. e 

(a) In chemical composition, for all general purposes of glass-making, the 
sand should contain a very high proportion of silica (SiO,), if possible, over 
99 per cent. The percentage of iron (estimated as Fe,O,) should be as low as 
possible. For optical glass, table-ware (‘ crystal’), &c., it should not rise above 
0-05 per cent. ; for laboratory-ware, globes, and all second-grade glass-ware, a 
percentage up to 0°08 is permissible; for plate- and window-glass and good white 
bottle-glass the proportion-may reach 01 or 02 per cent.; and for rough 
bottle-glass and other similar work a limit of 2 per cent. may be admitted. For 
refractory glass, such as that used for thermometers, gauges, certain laboratory- 
ware, &c., it is an advantage to find a sand bearing 4 per cent. or more alumina. 
Unfortunately, most British sands bearing alumina carry also iron and other 
undesirable impurities. Other bases, such as lime, magnesia, titanium, and 
alkalies, should, if present at all, exist only in negligible quantities. In the 
analyses the loss on ignition should also appear; it yields an indication of the 
amount of water and organic substances present. The latter are not objectionable 
as they usually ‘burn out.’ 

The analysis of one of the best British glass-sands, a sample of Lower 
Greensand from Aylesbury, indicates: SiO,, 99-80 per cent.; Al,O,, 0°32 per 
cent.; He,O,, 0°03 per cent.; loss on ignition, 0°22 per cent.; total, 100°37 per 
cent. With this may be compared a well-known German glass-sand from Lippe : 
Si0,, 99°88 per cent.; Al,O,, 0°18 per cent.; Fe,O,, 0°02 per cent.; loss on 
ignition, 0°21 per cent. ; total, 100°29 per cent. 

(6) For all but the highest-quality glass, where the cost of crushing the raw 
material to a fine even state, with suitable subsequent treatment, is not prohibi- 
tive, the mechanical composition is of the utmost importance. The sand used 
should, if possible, be perfectly graded : that is, it should be composed of grains 
all of the same size. Such perfection of grading is not attained as a result of 
natural agencies; the best-graded natural deposits contaim over 90 per cent. of 
grains of one grade, which, for glass-making purposes, is preferably the medium- 
sand grade (diameter > } and < $mm.). A high percentage of the fine-sand 
grade (diameter > 4 and < j4,mm.) would be even more preferable, but 
suitable sands with a high proportion of this grade are not of common occurrence 
in this country. Coarser sand-grains are not desirable, and, if present, should 
be removed by sieving. Very fine sand, silt, and clay-grades are inimical, and 
must be removed by washing. As examples of well-graded glass-sands may be 
mentioned :—Dutch sand, >} and <1 mm. diameter, 0:4 per cent. ; >; and <}, 
94-4 per cent.; >, and <4, 5:1 per cent.; > 4, and <qy5, O71 per cent. ; 
<zsy mm., 0:0 per cent. ; total sand-grade, > 7, mm. diameter, 99-9 per cent 
King’s Lynn (Lower Greensand), >} and <1 mm., 0-0 per cent. ; >} and <}, 
94°8 per cent.; >; and <}, 49 per cent.; > 4, and <5, 0°2 per cent. ; 
<xtp mm., 0'1 per cent. ; total sand-grade, > 1, mm. diameter, 99-7 per cent. 

(c) The mineral composition should be as simple as possible. Briefly put, 
the sand should as far as possible contain only quartz, or quartz and felspar, 
and the heavy detrital minerals present should be small in quantity and simple 
in composition. 

The treatment of sands (whether chemical, to remove iron, or mechanical, 
to ensure good grading) often involves prohibitive expense. It is therefore of 
considerable importance, as well as of some interest, to look into the geological 
conditions under which desirable glass-sands occur. We may thus receive clues 
to the existence of further supplies by knowing the kind of deposits in which 
they are met, and the special conditions under which we may expect to find 
them. The important supplies of glass-sands occurring in Western Europe are 
associated with organic matter of planty origin. In support of this statement 
Wwe may enumerate: Lippe sand, associated with rafts of braunkohle, in beds 


1916 DD 


402 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION C. 


of Miocene age; Hohenbocka sand, of the same age, containing carbonacéous 
layers; Fontainebleau sand, in Upper Oligocene deposits, with lignites; Inferior 
Oolite sands in. the Yorkshire and Northampton districts, containing planty 
matter and roots; Burythorpe sand (Callovian), containing carbonised woody 
material and peaty matter; Aylesbury and Leighton Buzzard sands (Lower 
Greensand) with peaty bands; Headon Hill and Bagshot sands from Alum 
Bay, Wareham, and other places (Eocene, &c.), interbedded with lignites. 
Numerous other examples may be adduced. Attention may also be drawn to 
the very pure sandstones of the Coal Measures, associated with coal-seams, and 
to the white sandstones found with the Brora coals of Scotland (Callovian). 
The bleaching of the reddish sands for a foot or two in depth upon our heaths 
is a similar phenomenon. In each case the freedom from iron may be attributed 
to the reducing action of the planty matter, in changing the ferric salts to the 
more soluble ferrous state, when they are more easily removed by percolating 
waters. 

The beds of white sand seem always to be of limited thickness, and 
frequently to be laid down under lagoon or estuarine conditions favouring the 
development of plant life. 

Cementation is objectionable, either because of the introduction of impuri- 
ties or because of the cost of subsequent crushing. It is desirable, however, 
that the deposits should be incoherent. The most widely-used sands are thus 
of comparatively late geological age. Most of them occur in Tertiary deposits, 
but some are Cretaceous in age. A strong tendency also exists for the simplifica- 
tion in mineral constitution (due to elimination of more easily decomposable 
minerals) and greater perfection of grading in the later geological sedimentse— 
a result of their constituents having passed through many geological cycles. 


3. Report on the Lower Carboniferous Flora at Gullane. 
See Reports, p. 217. 


4. Interim Report on the Old Red Sandstone Rocks of Kiltorcan, 
Ireland.—See Reports, p. 205. 


5. Report of the Geological Photographs Committee. 
See Reports, p. 218. 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION D.—PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 403 


Secrion D.—ZOOLOGY. 


PRESIDENT OF THE SECTION: Professor E. W. MacBripe, 
M.A., D.Sc., F.RB.S. 


WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6. 
The President delivered the following Address :— 


Tue British Association meets for the third time in the midst of a great 
European war, which is taxing to their utmost all the resources of the Empire, 
although we may express the confident hope that these resources will in the 
future prove themselves as adequate to the strain put on them as they have 
done in the past. All of us are agreed that our country has entered into this 
conflict with clean hands, and is striving to attain high and noble aims; but 
many of us think that the attainment of those aims has been to a considerable 
extent hindered by a neglect on the part of our rulers and organisers to take 
advantage of the results obtained by scientific research, and also by their neglect 
to provide adequate means for the continuance of that research. Hence the 
Organising Committee of the Section has very wisely sought to encourage the 
production at this meeting of papers setting forth those results of zoological 
research which have either a direct economic value as bearing on the rearing 
of useful animals, or an indirect economic one as teaching us how to combat 
harmful parasites both of animals and man. But we must never forget that 
whilst the justification of a science in the long run—at any rate in the eyes 
of the many—may reside in the value of its applications, yet the first condition 
of its assured progress is the resolute adherence to the investigation of its 
underlying laws; and surely of all these laws the most fundamental in the case 
of biology are the laws of inheritance. These laws, as we are all aware, have 
been the subject of the most intensive research, especially during the last sixteen 
years. In these researches, however, the method which has been almost ex- 
clusively employed has been that of selective mating between different strains, 
and attention has been too exclusively focussed on the adult characters of the 
offspring. Amother set of researches which may eventually throw a good deal 
of light on the laws of inheritance have been going on simultaneously with the 
experiments on cross-breeding. These researches have had as their object the 
determination of the laws governing the development of the germ into the 
adult organism, and researches of this kind are generally denoted by the term 
EXPERIMENTAL EmpryouoGy. Even in this time of storm and stress, it seemed 
to me to be not inappropriate if I were to endeavour in a necessarily brief 
sketch to take stock of the positive results which have been gained as the 
harvest of thirty years’ work in this branch of zoology. 

The founder of the science may be said to be the German anatomist His, 
who in 1874 published a small volume entitled ‘ Unsere Korperform und das 
physiologische Problem ihrer Entstehung,’ in which he defined the scope of the 
new science and distinguished between what he called the physiological and the 
phylogenetic interpretations df embryology. He says: ‘In the whole series of 
phases which a developing organism traverses, each previous phase is the 
necessary preparation for the succeeding one,’ and, further, ‘The physiologica] 


explanation of the forms of the hodies of animals, and the investigation of 
pDD2 


404 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION D. 


their phylogenetic history, are two undertakings whose ways for the present lie 
in different directions. The more difficult task falls to the lot of the physio- 
logical study of form. But if the pursuit of this study demands a concen- 
tration of energy and a renunciation of the pleasure of frequent indulgence in 
wide generalisations, nevertheless it affords the priceless compensation of close 
contact with the basis of our knowledge of Nature, and to him who follows 
it with care and perseverance will be granted that sharpness of insight and 
confidence of judgment which are the characteristics and reward of every exact 
method.’ 

His laid down two laws as the basal principles of the new science. The 
first is the principle of ‘Srmcrric ORGAN-FoRMING REGIONS or THE GERM,’ the 
second is the ‘Princrpre or Dirrerentian GRowrs.’ The first principle 
affirms that the apparently undifferentiated germ is divided into different 
regions in each of which are situated the materials for the formation 
of a definite primary organ. It follows that development really consists in the 
formation of a mosaic of rudiments, each gifted with its own specific rate of 
growth. The second principle affirms that the rate of growth of these various 
rudiments are unequal, and that in consequence of the lateral pressures thus 
set up various types of folding invagination, and other forms of embryogenetic 
process must result : thus, for instance, His endeavours to explain the separation 
of the myotomes from the lateral plate in the chick-embryo by the arching up 
of the dorsal surface which takes place between the second and third days 
of incubation. Since, according to His, the myotome is attached to the skin, 
it is pulled upwards along with this and torn away from the lateral plate, 
which remains below, as this is tied to the yolk. 

Indeed, this book, which may be termed the first primer of Experimental 
Embryology, is largely occupied by showing how secondary displacements of 
embryonic organs must result from inequalities of growth: its great defect is 
the absence of experiments to prove that these secondary changes really are 
the consequences of the primary changes to which His referred them. 

To Roux belongs the credit of being the first to make the decisive appeal to 
experiment. In 1888 he published an account of how he had been able to 
produce half-embryos of the frog by stabbing and killing one of the first two 
blastomeres of the developing egg with a red-hot needle. In this way he 
obtained half-blastule and half-gastrule, and even older half-embryos, with half 
a nerve cord and half a notochord. Later he extended his experiments to 
destroying the anterior two cells or the posterior two cells of the four-cell 
stage, and claimed in this way to have obtained anterior and posterior half- 
embryos. 

These experiments seemed to supply a solid basis of fact for the first 
principle of His, viz. that of specific organ-forming areas in the germ; but a 
most unexpected further discovery by Roux was that of the phenomenon which 
he termed ‘ Post-GENERATION.’ ‘These half-embryos carried about attached to 
them the dead blastomere (or blastomeres) which had been destroyed by the 
experiment. This mass occupied, of course, the position which should have 
been taken by the missing half of the embryo if the embryo had been a perfect 
one. Now the half-embryos occasionally survived, and when this occurred the 
missing half was regenerated, or, as Roux phrased it, Post-cENERATED. Accord- 
ing to Roux this took place by the migration of nuclei from the living into the 
dead half by which the latter was recalled to life, and began to divide into 
cells which then became moulded into the missing half of the embryo. 

Roux’s position was strongly attacked by Hertwig, who maintained that 
Roux had not succeeded in producing any real half-embryos, but that when 
one blastomere had been killed the other began to develop into a whole 
embryo; that the processes of folding, invagination, &c., which normally lead 
to this result were impeded by the presence of the mass of dead yolk, and thus 
a distorted embryo was produced which Roux had mistaken for a half one. 
Hertwig pours ridicule on Roux’s idea that nuclei could migrate into and 
revivify a mass of protoplasm killed by being scorched by a red-hot needle, 
and in subsequent publications Roux receded to the position that the post- 
generation was due to the production of new cells by the uninjured half of 
the egg, and that the dead half was only used as food; but he steadfastly 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 405 


maintained that the embryos which he obtained were real half-embryos and 
not merely distorted whole ones. Hertwig’s position seemed to be upheld by 
the remarkable experiments of Driesch on the eggs of the sea-urchin. Many of 
these experiments have become so well known that they have, so to speak, 
escaped from zoological literature into popular literature, and have even 
become incorporated in current philosophy. It will therefore be necessary to 
examine Driesch’s work critically, although limits of space forbid us dealing 
with his experiments in detail, and a very brief description of the more 
important must suffice. 

The first and in many ways the most striking of Driesch’s experiments was 
that of separating the first two blastomeres of the sea-urchin’s egg from one 
another by. violent shaking. When this was done he found that each of the 
separated blastomeres developed into a perfect larva of reduced size. Driesch 
hailed this as a final proof that the doctrine of ‘Specific organ-forming areas’ 
of His which had been endorsed by Roux was fundamentally false. This con- 
clusion he was able to back up by further experiments, especially after his 
methods had been improved by the discovery made by his friend and co-worker 
Herbst that when sea-urchin eggs were allowed to develop in artificial sea-water 
from which lime had been excluded the blastomeres separated from one another 
spontaneously. Driesch showed that one of the first four blastomeres would 
develop into a perfect larva, and that in some few cases one of the first eight 
blastomeres would do likewise. 

Driesch asserted that the fate of a cell was a function of its position in the 
embryo, not of its inborn specific quality. He showed that when eggs were 
allowed to develop under pressure the first eight cells, instead of forming two 
tiers of four cells each, were spread out in one plane. If the membrane of 
the egg had been burst these cells did not return to their positions when the 
pressure was removed, but at the next cleavage formed a double-layered plate 
of sixteen cells, eight in each layer; and yet this structure would in favourable 
circumstances develop into a perfectly normal embryo. Now it follows from 
this that cells which under normal circumstances would have formed the lower 
pole of the larva must form the sides. To similar conclusions Hertwig was 
led when he examined the development of frogs’ eggs submitted to pressure, 
either by being sucked into narrow glass tubes or by being pressed between 
glass plates. He maintained that the dividing planes separating the blasto- 
meres were formed along the lines of pressure, or, in other words, that growth 
took place at right angles to the pressure: that the nuclei of the developing 
egg could be juggled about like a handful of marbles without altering the result. 

Driesch then showed that if the blastula into which the sea-urchin egg 
develops be cut into pieces, these pieces if not too small will close up and form 
miniature blastule which will develop by the invagination of their lower 
poles into gastrule and further into the well-known pluteus larve. Previously 
to the occurrence of invagination, cells are budded from the lower pole into the 
cavity of the blastula; these are termed mesenchyme. If the blastula be cut 
in pieces after this has occurred, these pieces may still heal up and form 
miniature blastule; but only blastule derived from the lower pole of the 
original blastula will become converted into gastrule and form guts—those 
derived from the upper pole remain gastrule until they die. Another instance 
of the same thing was observed in the case of the gastrule of the star-fish. 
These are sausage-shaped—not hemispherical, like the gastrule of the sea- 
urchin—and hence comparatively easy to cut across. The gut reaches from the 
posterior pole only about half-way up. When the gastrula is bisected the 
stump, including the fragment of the gut attached to the blastopore, will 
regenerate the missing parts and form a smaller gastrula which will develop into 
a perfect larva. But if, before bisection has been performed, the apex of the 
gut has grown out into the thin-walled vesicle from which the cclom is 
developed and this is removed by the operation, then, although the stump will 
een up and a miniature gastrula will be formed, this gastrula will never form a 
celom. 

Driesch talks of PosITIVE AND NEGATIVE DETERMINATION OF THE POTENCIES 
of portions of the growing embryo. To take an instance; when the mesenchyme 
has been formed in the blastula of the sea-urchin, the lower portion of the 


406 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION D. 


blastular wall is positively determined by having conferred on it the power of 
producing a gut, whilst the upper portion of the blastular wall is negatively 
determined in being deprived of the power of producing a gut: whereas, as we 
have seen, previous to the formation of mesenchyme either half could produce a 
ut. 

z Driesch then began experiments on a totally different kind of eggs, viz. 
those of the ctenophore Beroé. These eggs are much larger than those of the 
sea-urchin and have an abundant supply of yolk. The first step in develop- 
ment is the division of the egg by longitudinal furrows into a wreath of eight 
cells. Now it is a comparatively easy matter to separate one or two of these 
from the rest; and the remainder will then develop into an imperfect ctenophore 
with seven or six, instead of the customary eight, ciliated ribs. It is therefore 
evident that the material for one particular rib must be localised in one 
particular blastomere. Driesch even succeeded in proving that this speciali- 
sation existed before the egg had divided into cells at all, for he cut pieces of 
protoplasm from unfertilised eggs, and those that survived developed into 
ctenophores with an imperfect number of ribs. 

Driesch and Hertwig, on the one hand, and Roux, on the other, drew 
opposite conclusions from the results of their experiments. 

Roux regarded—as His did before him—each element of the embryo as 
imbued with its own specific organ-forming capacity, which he attributed to a 
substance termed by him its ‘Ipropnasson.’ The power of regenerating lost 
parts could not be attributed to the Idioplasson; so, in order to account for it, 
a new substance, the ‘RESERVE-IDIOPLASSON,’ was invented, which came into 
play only when by experiment or accident one part was separated from the rest. 
Driesch, as we all know, boldly asserted the existence of an ‘ ENTELECHY’ or 
arranging spirit which out of the material at its disposal constructed the 
organism which it knew and willed. Thus the inability of the upper half of a 
blastula, once the mesenchyme was formed, to produce a perfect larva was 
explained by Driesch on the assumption that as development proceeded the 
protoplasm became relatively more stiffened or stereotyped and less easy of 
manipulation by. the entelechy, and the fact that the egg of a ctenophore would 
not endure the removal of a blastomere without giving rise to an imperfect 
organism was attributed to an early or precocious ‘stiffening’ of the proto- 
plasm. Roux would have attributed many of Driesch’s results to the action 
of his Reserve-idioplasson, to which Driesch retorted that by a parity of 
reasoning all development might be construed as regeneration: ‘everything is 
wanting at the beginning except a single cell, which regenerates all the rest.’ 

Hertwig did not go so far as Driesch in calling up spirits from the void; 
but his explanation must be characterised as vague and misty : he speaks, as 
we have seen, of the fate of a cell being a function of its position, and of the 
development of organs being a result of the reciprocal action of different cells 
on each other. But it is obvious that if differentiation is to spring from this 
an initial difference must exist; for the reciprocal action of similar cells on 
one another would give everywhere a similar result, 

The next step in advance came from the study of molluscan eggs first by 
Crampton and then by E. B. Wilson, who confirmed and extended Crampton’s 
results. In the eggs of certain Mollusca the first cleavage of the egg seems 
to divide it, not into two, but into three cells. The third ‘cell’ is, however, 
devoid of a nucleus, and, before the next cleavage, it melts into one of the two 
remaining cells. This transitory cell is known as the ‘FIRsT POLAR LOBE.’ At 
the next cleavage five cells are apparently produced, but again one of these 
is a transitory ‘ SECOND POLAR, LOBE’ which melts into one of the remaining four 
before the cleavage following. After this cleavage a THIRD POLAR LOBE is 
extended and reabsorbed in the same way. The egg of a mollusc normally gives 
rise to a characteristic larva termed a TRocHOPORE: this, as all know, is a more 
or less spherical structure girdled by a belt of powerful cilia known as the 
PROTOTROCH, and having at the apex of one hemisphere a thickened plate—the 
Aprcan Prats bearing a tuft of long cilia. This hemisphere is known as the PRE- 
TROCHAL hemisphere; at the end of the other hemisphere, termed the post- 
TROCHAL, is situated the embryonic mouth or blastopore. This opening leads into 
a sac-like gut, at the sides of which are situated two masses of mesoderm, Now 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 407 


it is a comparatively simple matter to cut off either the first or second polar lobes 
by means of a very fine scalpel, and this is what Crampton and Wilson did. 
If the first polar lobe be cut off and the egg survives, it develops into a most 
peculiar trochophore. The shape is no longer spherical but hemispherical, and 
the flat surface is bordered by the prototroch; in a word, there is no post- 
trochal region. The apical plate, with its tuft of cilia, is entirely absent: the 
pre-trochal region is covered instead with a uniform layer of very fine cilia. 
No mesoderm is formed: the interior is filled up with a mass of endoderm 
in which a cavity is obscurely or not at all developed. If, instead of cutting 
off the first polar lobe, the second polar lobe be removed, a very similar larva 
is produced; as before, there is no post-trochal region produced and no meso- 
derm is differentiated, but a distinct apical plate with its wisp of cilia pro- 
duced. We can only conclude from these experiments that there are distinct 
substances whose presence is necessary for the formation of the post-trochal 
region and of the apical plate respectively, that both these stuffs are concen- 
trated in the first polar lobe, but that only the stuff necessary for the formation 
of the post-trochal part of the embryo is contained in the second polar lobe. 
Before the second cleavage of the egg has taken place the material necessary 
for the formation of the apical plate has become redistributed, and Wilson 
has been able to track it to its new destination. For, when the segmenting 
molluscan egg is subjected to the influence of sea-water free from lime, it 
breaks up into its constituent cells just as does the sea-urchin egg. When these 
cells are now replaced in ordinary sea-water they develop further, but they do 
not, like the separated cells of the sea-urchin egg, produce miniature perfect 
embryos, but, on the contrary, each continues its development as if it still 
formed part of the original embryo. The eight-cell stage in a molluscan egg 
consists of four large cells termed macromeres, and of four small cells termed 
micromeres. Now when these micromeres are separated and left to develop 
separately, in certain molluscan eggs at any rate, only one of the four 
micromeres will give rise to an apical plate, and this cell must therefore contain 
the special substance which was formerly in the first polar lobe. Therefore, in 
view of these facts, we are led to what I consider the great epoch-making 
discovery of experimental embryology, viz. the existence of SPECIFIC ORGAN- 
FORMING SUBSTANCES. 

This conclusion is bitterly resisted by Driesch. He has no difficulty in 
showing that the conception of the developing organism as a machine composed 
of juxtaposed parts is a perfectly untenable one. For no conceivable machine 
could have its parts so arranged that one could cut a large portion out of it 
anywhere at random and yet have the possibility of forming out of the 
remainder an exactly similar machine of smaller size; and yet this is true of the 
blastula of the sea-urchin before the mesenchyme is formed. But if all the cells 
of this blastula contained a similar organ-forming substance, then we can under- 
stand how any sufficiently large portion of the blastula wall can round itself 
off and give rise to a perfect embryo. To this Driesch replies that it is 
impossible to form a clear conception of what an ‘ organ-forming’ substance is. 
It is, of course, not an ordinary chemical substance: for the molecules of an 
ordinary chemical substance have not the power of ‘crystallising ’ into arms and 
legs and other organs, and it can hardly be supposed that substances exist the 
individual molecules of which are miniature arms and legs. He therefore 
maintains that all these substances are merely ‘conditions’ which limit the 
powers of the entelechy to whose efforts the real activity in organ-formation 
must be ascribed. Now, this objection of Driesch raises a really fundamental 
question, which is: In what, after all, does ‘explanation’ consist? I think 
that close reflection on this subject will convince one that we think we have 
‘explained ’ a new phenomenon when we have successfully compared it with 
some older phenomenon which we regard as familiar and well known. Thus we 
imagine that we have ‘explained’ the eruption of a volcano when we have 
compared it, rightly or wrongly, to the explosion of an overheated steam boiler, 
and the law of gravitation which ‘explains’ the movements of the heavenly 
bodies is merely a comparison of these movements with the movements of an 
apple which falls from its parent tree to the earth. The explanation of 
development by an entelechy is at bottom a comparison of the forces moulding 


408 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION D. 


an embryo to the purposeful endeavours of a man who is bent on building a 
house of a particular type and who takes whatever materials he can lay his hands 
on in order to effect his object. Now certainly purposeful endeavour is the most 
familiar of all the activities which we see around us, and there is therefore 
nothing wrong in Driesch selecting this most familiar of all phenomena in order 
to throw light on the development of the germ. The great objection to it is, I 
think, that it is unfruitful: it does not enable us to compare one kind of 
development with another. For we simply have to instal a different kind of 
entelechy with a different purpose in every kind of egg, and there the matter 
ends. On the other hand, there are records of phenomena, rapidly increasing in 
number with the extension of research, of which ‘we can only give a rational 
account by postulating some form of the hypothesis of organ-forming sub- 
stances : for in some cases these substances are actually visible to the naked eye 
in the living egg. We shall give a short account of the most striking instance 
of this, viz. the development of the egg of the Ascidian Cynthia partita as 
described by Conklin. This egg before fertilisation contains the usual large 
bladder-like nucleus or germinal vesicle characteristic of immature eggs. The 
mass of the egg consists of a cytoplasm rendered a slaty-grey colour by 
inclusions of yolk, but in its outermost zone are included many particles of a 
bright yellow pigment. When the ege ripens the germinal vesicle bursts and 
the clear fluid which it contains spreads out in a cap at one pole of the egg. 
Now, fertilisation takes place and the spermatozoon enters the egg at the 
opposite pole from that at which this cap of clear matter is situated. The 
effect of this entry—long before the male pronucleus has reached the female 
pronucleus—is as if the egg were struck by a whirlwind. All the yellow 
particles of pigment are sucked downwards towards the entering spermatozoon 
and so is the original clear substance. The female pronucleus descends from 
the upper pole to the centre of the egg, where it meets the male pronucleus and 
the yellow and clear substances form two concentric crescents around the 
posterior half of the egg. When segmentation of the egg begins and the egg 
divides into two, the yellow mass is likewise divided into two, and each half 
receives an inclusion from the yolky cytoplasm which becomes incorporated 
with it. Thereafter, during the subsequent stages of development, the clear, 
blue and yellow cytoplasms remain distinct from one another and as cell- 
division progresses they become gradually confined to definite cells. Then it 
becomes evident that the clear substance forms the ectoderm, the blue stuff the 
endoderm, whilst the yellow stuff forms the mesoderm and in particular the 
longitudinal muscles which flank the Ascidian tadpole’s tail. That these sub- 
stances are in reality essential for the formation of the organs in which they are 
situated is shown by the fact that when one of the first four cells is killed, and 
thereby one half of the yellow substance removed, the resulting tadpole has 
muscles only on one side of the tail. That the arrangement of these substances 
in the egg is due to some attractive influence radiating from the male pro- 
nucleus is proved by the circumstance that when an egg is entered by two 
spermatozoa the yellow material forms two crescents, one embracing each male 
pronucleus. Amother most interesting conclusion to be drawn from the study of 
this development is that the separation of these substances corresponds to the 
DIFFERENTIATION OF THE GERMINAL LAYERS about which so much dispute has raged, 
and that the cutting up of the developing organism into cells is a phenomenon 
of secondary importance. For we find that both notochord and nerve cord arise 
from the same group of cells, termed by Conklin the CHORDA-NEURAL CELLS : 
but this is not to be interpreted as meaning that these organs were differentiated 
out of a common ancestral organ, because when these chorda-neural cells are 
closely examined they are found to include within themselves areas of both the 
clear and blue cytoplasms, and when they divide the clear and the blue regions 
are assigned to different daughter-cells, and the clear daughter-cells give rise to 
the nerve-tube whilst the blue daughter-cells grow into the notochord. We find 
in this an additional confirmation of Hertwig’s view that the nuclei are all alike 
and endowed with all the potentialities of the organism, and that it is the 
cytoplasmic areas which become unlike each other. Of course Driesch may 
reply that the organ-forming substances are merely the conditions and not the 
effective causes of organ-formation. Putting aside the obvious retort that the 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 409 


distinction between ‘condition’ and ‘effective cause’ is rather a metaphysical 
one, we may proceed to show that the supposititious indwelling entelechy can be 
entirely baulked and misled in its aim by slightly different arrangements of the 
organ-forming substances. The eggs of the frog contain two different cyto- 
plasmic substances easily distinguishable by the naked eye; one of these is of a 
dark colour, and the other of a light colour. When the experiment was per- 
formed of fixing a frog’s egg upside down to a slide so that it could not rotate, 
and allowing it to develop in this position, it was found that the nervous system 
of the tadpole was still produced on the side of the egg which was uppermost. 
This can be understood when it is realised that the dark substance is of a lesser 
specific gravity than the white substance, and that the substances re-arrange 
themselves under the influence of gravity. If, however, frogs’ eggs are fixed 
to one slide and compressed by having another slide clamped on the top of them, 
and are allowed to divide into two in this position, and if the slides be then 
turned upside down and the development allowed to continue, a double monster 
is produced;that is, a tadpole sometimes with two heads and sometimes with 
two tails. Now, Driesch defines his entelechy as a ‘rudimentary psychoid 
which knows and wills what it wants to produce’; but we may safely affirm that 
no intelligent psychoid ever desired to produce a result like this, and in this 
ease nothing has been either added to or subtracted from the egg. But if we 
try to give an explanation in terms of organ-forming substance, we succeed 
much better. We may assert with confidence that the formation of a normal 
embryo is the consequence of the arrangement of the dark and light substances 
in a certain spatial relation to one another. When the egg is inverted this fixed 
relation is maintained owing to the influence of gravity, since, as we have seen, 
the two substances have different specific weights; but when the egg has been 
divided into two and is then inverted, then the division plane between the two 
cells causes a readjustment of the positions of the two substances within each 
cell as if each cell were a whole egg, and thus arises the tendency for each 
cell to develop into a whole embryo. If the same experiment be tried with a 
newt’s egg—in which, however, the various organ-forming substances are not 
distinguishable by the naked eye—the result is to produce, not a double monster, 
but two completely separate embryos. Now, if we analyse closely wherein lies 
the difference, in the distribution of these substances in the two-cell stage of a 
normal egg and of an egg which has been compressed and inverted during the 
first cleavage, we find that it can only consist of a slight re-entrant angle in the 
outline of the black substance as it crosses the division plane separating the two 
cells. In the normal egg the black substance forms an evenly curved cap in the 
two-cell stage; in the compressed egg this cap is bent inwards in the middle. 
Yet this slight difference is supposed to be sufficient to deceive the entelechy 
and baulk it of the fulfilment of its purpose. In the newt’s egg, where the 
materials are apparently more mobile, the re-entrant angle is more acute, and 
here the duplicity becomes so great as to produce two completely separate 
embryos. That the difference in outline is in reality the factor which causes 
the doubling is proved by a large number of additional experiments. Thus 
Herlitzka, experimenting, not with the segmenting egg but with the blastula of 
the newt, was able to show that, by constricting it with a fine hair so as to 
indent the anterior outline, he was able to produce a two-headed embryo; Loeb, 
by placing the blastule of the sea-urchin Arbacia before they had escaped from 
the egg membrane in water of diminished salinity, was able to cause them to 
swell so as to tear rents in the membrane and to produce extrusions of the 
blastular wall. These rounded extrusions begin to develop like separate 
embryos, forming their own guts. 

We thus come to the conclusion that for the present we may dismiss the 
conception of the entelechy from our minds as a working hypothesis and adopt 
instead the conception of organ-forming substances, and we may now proceed 
to inquire what further can be learnt about these extraordinary materials. In 
some cases it can be shown that what determines the fate of a particular region 
of the embryo is, not the presence or absence of a certain substance, but its 
presence in greater amount than in neighbouring regions. The classic example 
of this kind of thing is the egg of Ascaris, the Nematode worm as worked out 
by Boveri. We are, most of us, aware that the development of this egg used 


410 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION D. 


to be cited as the most convincing proof that the differentiation of the germ is 
the result of the differentiation of the nuclei. For when it divides into two cells 
the nucleus of the upper cell undergoes the remarkable change known as 
DIMINUTION OF THE CHROMATIN. There are at most four chromosomes in the 
fertilised egg: in the upper cell just after division a large portion of these is 
cast forth into the cytoplasm and absorbed, whilst the remainder breaks up into 
a large number of minute chromosomes. The upper cell gives rise only to 
ectoderm, whereas the lower gives rise to all the internal organs. Now, if an 
egg happens to be fertilised by two spermatozoa, a curious monster results, 
which may have any one of three forms in the four-cell stage. It may consist 
of two upper and two lower cells, and in this case it will develop into a complete 
twin embryo; it may consist of one upper and three lower cells—in this case it 
will develop into a monster with three sets of internal organs; or, finally, it may 
consist of three upper cells and one lower cell, in which case it will develop 
into a fairly normal embryo with an unusually voluminous amount of ectoderm. 
Now, Boveri, by an exhaustive analysis, shows that the assumption that the 
cause of the diminution of chromatin lies in the nucleus leads to conclusions 
which are totally at variance with the facts: that it must lie in some peculiar 
substance collected in one region of the cytoplasm; and that the different 
results obtained by double fertilisation are due to the accident that, of the four 
nuclei resulting from the first cleavage, one, two, or three may lie in the region 
containing this substance. But the most convincing proof is furnished by an 
ingenious experiment which we have been able to repeat in the laboratory of the 
Imperial College. If the fertilised eggs of Ascaris be fixed to a slide and put 
into a centrifugalising machine and a high speed of rotation be maintained 
for a considerable time, and the eggs divide into two whilst undergoing this 
rapid rotation, then it will chance that the planes of division of some of them 
from their position on the slide will be exactly radial. When this occurs both 
cells are exactly alike—neither nucleus undergoes diminution, and each cell gives 
rise to a set of internal organs; but the least obliquity of the plane of this 
division to the axis of rotation results in the formation of two cells, one of 
which exhibits diminution of chromatin in the normal manner, and gives rise 
to the ectoderm, whereas the other nucleus remains unaffected and the cell con- 
taining it gives rise to the internal organs. We may assume that the peculiar 
substance which causes diminution is driven to the outer part of the egg by 
the centrifugal force, but it is impossible to avoid the conclusion that, in an egg 
the plane of whose first division lies slightly oblique with regard to the axis of 
rotation, both the first cells must receive some of the substance, and yet only 
one nucleus undergoes diminution. Therefore the fact that one cell receives 
more of the substance than its fellow must determine the diminution of the 
chromatin and its subsequent development. 

Having studied the general properties of these marvellous substances so far 
as the evidence at our disposal will permit, we must try to find out something 
of their origin. In the case of the egg of the Ascidian Cynthia the origin 
of one of them at least is obvious. For, as we have seen, the ectoderm owes its 
origin to the nuclear sap. But a little reflection will render it clear that in the 
last resort all these organ-forming substances must arise from the chromatin. 
For the father’s contribution to the fertilised egg is merely a small mass of 
chromatin—the spermatozoon head—and yet organs are inherited from the 
father just as well as from the mother. Now, Schaxel has shown that when 
the unripe egg is examined it is possible by appropriate methods of staining 
to detect streams of chromatin granules both inside and outside the nuclear 
membrane, forming in many cases accumulations against the nuclear membrane 
and pointing in the clearest manner to the conclusion that chromatin material is 
being poured into the cytoplasm and is modifying its character. This is 
especially obvious in the unripe egg of Cynthia. Even the nuclear sap must be 
regarded as a by-product of the chromatin: for Gates has shown that when, as 
happens in the ripening of the pollen-cells of Oenothera, a piece of chromatin 
becomes detached from the nucleus of one cell and discharged into the cyto- 
plasm of its neighbour, this piece acts like a miniature nucleus and surrounds 
itself with a nuclear membrane inside which is nuclear sap. It is thus seen 
that nuclear membrane and sap are both produced by the reaction of chromatin 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRHSS. 411 


with cytoplasm. A great deal of confirmatory evidence can be brought in 
favour of the view that the cytoplasm of the egg is at first homogeneous but is 
modified as growth proceeds by the agency of material emitted by the nucleus. 
Thus if the unfertilised egg of the Nemertine worm Cerebratulus be broken 
into fragments and spermatozoa added, the fragment which contains the 
nucleus alone will develop into a larva. If, however, we wait until the nuclear 
membrane has dissolved and the contents of the nucleus have diffused into the 
cytoplasm, then, when the egg is broken into fragments and the fragments 
fertilised with spermatozoa, each will develop into a larva. It is obvious that 
the whole quality of the cytoplasm has been changed by what has been dis- 
charged into it from the nucleus. And the same thing can be observed in the 
egg of Ascaris. We have just learnt that this egg when ripe has its cytoplasm 
sharply differentiated into zones, one of which contains the peculiar substance 
which determines diminution of the chromatin. But if the unripe eggs of 
Ascaris be subjected to centrifugal force, they can lose large portions of their 
cytoplasm and yet the diminished remnants containing the nuclei, if fertilised, 
will produce perfectly normal embryos of reduced size, showing that when the 
egg is unripe the cytoplasm is perfectly homogeneous. We are all aware that 
Weismann in his famous theory of the GermM-PLAsm anticipated many of these 
conclusions. He also regarded the peculiar cytoplasmic qualities of the various 
cells of the body as caused by the emission of peculiar materials from the 
nuclei, but there is one fundamental difference between Weismann’s theory and 
the view which we have been led to take as a result of all the experiments 
which have been described. Weismann supposes that the division of the 
nucleus, though it results in the formation of two apparently similar daughter- 
nuclei, is in reality in many cases a differential division and separates two 
different kinds of chromatin: and that the differences in the cytoplasms of 
various cells which become obvious as development processes are due to differ- 
ences in the constitution of the nuclei which they contain. He supposes that 
the nuclei of certain cells from the beginning of development retain the con- 
stitution of the nucleus of the egg and that some of the descendants of these 
cells do the same and eventually give rise to the germ-cells, and he termed the 
supposititious pre-determined lineage of cells leading from the fertilised egg to 
the germ-cell a GERM-TRACK: these germ-tracks are then imagined to stretch 
in a continuous chain from generation to generation, transmitting their 
characters unaltered, whereas the other cells which constitute the body are a 
sort of by-product of these. Now, we have seen that it has been experimentally 
demonstrated that the nuclei in the blastula of the sea-urchin and in the earlier 
segmentation stages of the frog’s egg are alike and can be interchanged with 
one another with impunity, and yet at the very period of the development at 
which this obtains most definite and distinct cytoplasmic differentiation can 
occur—at any rate in the frog’s egg; therefore we are led to agree with 
Hertwig that all the nuclei of an embryo are potentially alike, and that 
in the case of many animals definite pre-determined ‘ germ-tracks’ do not 
exist. Quite recently evidence strongly confirmatory of this view has been 
brought forward by Gatenby. This observer finds that in the common frog 
every season a new generation of egg-cells is formed by the modification of 
ordinary peritoneal cells. Previous observers had traced the first origin of the 
germ-cells back to a very early stage in the development of the tadpole and had 
maintained the existence of definite germ-tracks in this animal. But Gatenby, 
whilst admitting the truth of their observations, points out that these primitive 
germs would not suffice for the supply of eggs even for the first spawning 
season, and that the much more numerous eggs that are spawned in subse- 
quent seasons are derived by the gradual modification of typical peritoneal 
cells, and that the first indication of this modification consists in the appear- 
ance of a blush of chromatin surrounding the nucleus—a blush which we may 
surely interpret as an emission of organ-forming materials into the cytoplasm. 

We have so far discussed the appearance of organ-forming substances as if 
they were elaborated and discharged from the nucleus solely during the period 
of the ripening of the egg. This appears to be the case in such highly 
specialised eggs as those of Ctenophores, Mollusca, and Nematoda, but we have 
to consider the case of eggs like those of the sea-urchin and star-fish, which are 


412 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION D. 


apparently quite undifferentiated in the earlier periods of development. Now, 
in our discussion of Driesch’s experiments we have seen that when development 
reaches a certain point, the embryo ceases to be equipotential in all its parts. 
In the case of the sea-urchin this point is reached when the primary mesenchyme 
cells are being formed; now Schaxel has shown that the nuclei of these cells 
are surrounded by the familiar blush of chromatin, which points to the con- 
clusion that the nuclei are again emitting organ-forming materials into the 
cytoplasm. It is after this event that we find that the upper half of the 
blastula is incapable of forming a gut. We cannot, however, conclude that 
ectodermic and endodermic substances are first formed at this stage, because 
then we could not account for the fact that in an earlier period of develop- 
ment any part of the blastula will, if cut off, heal up and form a small 
blastula capable of forming a gut. Rather the evidence forces us to assume 
that ectodermic and endodermic organ-forming substances begin to be formed 
shortly after fertilisation and continue to be formed for some time, but that at 
first they are not separated from one another, so that when segmentation 
occurs they exist side by side in the same cell; as development proceeds, the 
endodermic substances become gradually segregated towards one pole and the 
ectodermic substances towards another. We must think of the cell-walls as 
permeable to these substances; indeed, we must regard the protoplasm of the 
embryo as a whole in spite of its apparent division into cells. The best proof 
of this view is furnished by Herbst’s well-known experiment of exposing the 
developing eggs of the sea-urchin to the action of the salts of lithium. We all 
know that eggs which have undergone this treatment develop into motionless 
blastule, whose walls later become differentiated into two regions—one corre- 
sponding to the ectoderm and one to the endoderm of a normal embryo. Such 
embryos, if replaced in normal sea-water, acquire the power of motion, and the 
part corresponding to the gut of a normal gastrula often shows signs of differ- 
entiation into cesophagus, stomach, and intestine—turned inside out. This 
“LITHIUM LARVA,’ however, is not formed unless the eggs are placed in the 
lithium solution immediately after fertilisation, or at least during the early stages 
of segmentation, and continue in it until they attain the blastula stage. Now, as 
the intensity of the action of the lithium salts increases, so does the proportion 
of the wall of the lithium blastula, which takes on endodermic characters till in 
extreme cases only a minute button representing the ectoderm remains, and in 
a few cases even this can disappear. It is obvious that the effect of the lithium 
is to increase the amount of endoderm-forming substance, and therefore this 
substance must be manufactured during the period of the egg’s exposure to 
lithium salts; that is, after fertilisation up till the formation of the blastula. 
We see then that in eggs of this type the emission of organ-forming substances 
goes on after fertilisation: that these are only gradually localised and, pari 
passu, with their restriction to definite regions the power of all parts of the 
embryo to develop the whole organism is lost. Even Driesch was able to show 
that when 16-cell segmentation stages are broken into groups of cells, though 
all groups of any size can form miniature larve, those groups which belong to 
the lower half of the blastula develop more easily than the others, since their 
cells contain a larger proportion of endodermic substance. 

The discovery that, in the case of some animals at least, the emission of 
organ-forming substances from the nucleus goes on after fertilisation encourages 
the thought that even in those cases where the organ-forming substances appear 
all to be formed before fertilisation and the nuclei are relatively passive during 
early development the nuclei may later resume their active réle. Now, in two 
cases where, by the separation of the first two blastomeres, we are enabled to 
get half-embryos, it can be shown that the missing half is later regenerated. 
This is true of the frog, and is also true of the ctenophore. The ctenophore 
furnished us with such a beautiful instance of the limited potentialities of 
isolated blastomeres that it comes as a shock to learn that the exquisite half- 
embryos produced by separating the first two blastomeres can regenerate the 
missing half. This fact was first noticed by Chun, but has been confirmed by 
Mortensen. Now, the most natural way to explain this regenerative power is to 
attribute it to a renewed activity on the part of the nuclei in producing organ- 
forming substances. If we accept this view a good many curious facts about 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, 413 


regenerating organs receive an appropriate explanation. For instance, when the 
tail of a lizard is broken off it not infrequently happens that two tails are 
regenerated. This result can be artificially brought about by slightly injuring 
the regenerating surface. Here, then, we have another illustration of the 
principle that the number of organs of a given type produced by organ-forming 
substance depends on the outline of the germ. Where this is in a uniform 
curve, one is produced; if it is indented, two are produced. 

Besides regeneration the phenomenon of budding is almost certainly to be 
referred to renewed nuclear activity in the production of organ-forming sub- 
stances. It has long been a puzzle why in so many cases the development of the 
bud pursued a different course from that of the fertilised egg. Thus in the 
development of the bud of Ascidians the central nervous system is developed 
from the pharyngeal sac, whereas in the development of the ovum it is formed, 
as in the higher Vertebrates, from the ectoderm. But the ectoderm of the early 
embryo, as Hjért points out, is a layer of cells consisting of undifferentiated 
protoplasm, whereas the ectoderm of the bud is an extension of the maternal 
adult ectoderm, a layer of cells of hopelessly specialised cells irrevocably com- 
mitted to the production of cellulose for the formation of the test, whose 
character could not be changed by the injection of any amount of organ- 
forming substance. Therefore the organ-forming substances are differently 
distributed, and chiefly poured by the active nuclei into the cells of the more 
plastic inner layer. If this view be admitted, we can see at once why the 
capacity of reproduction by means of buds is in general limited to animals of 
lowly organisation. It is not that the nuclei of the higher animals become 
limited in their potentialities : it is that their cytoplasm becomes too specialised 
to be modified in new directions. This is true even in the case of animals of 
simple organisation if they possess a strongly specialised cytoplasm, as, for 
instance, the Nematode worms. 

We have now taken a brief survey of the evidence for the existence of organ- 
forming substances, elaborated by and emitted from the nucleus, which confer 
on the cytoplasm the power of forming the primary organs of the embryo. 
We have learnt that these substances aggregate themselves in centres, each of 
which tends to form an organ, and we can easily see that any influence, external 
or internal, which would tend to increase or diminish the number of the centres 
would correspondingly increase or diminish the number of similar organs formed 
from such substance. But, as we all know, these primary organs undergo 
further differentiation during the course of development into the secondary and 
definitive organs; and we shall now submit evidence that the formation of these 
secondary organs is determined, not by substances emitted from the nuclei of 
the primary organs to which they belong, but by substances absorbed from the 
blood or body. fluid which have been produced by other organs. The first 
striking case of this was discovered by Herbst. As is well known, Crustacea are 
able to regenerate their limbs if these be cut off. Now, Herbst found that 
this is also true of the eye-stalk; if this be removed from a young shrimp, it 
will in time regenerate a new eye. But if the optic ganglion which lies 
beneath the eye be likewise removed, then, when the wound heals up, there will 
be produced, not a new eye, but an extra antenna. There seems to be no 
escape from the conclusion that, in normal development, the influence which 
compels the ectoderm to modify itself into the lenses, crystalline cones, and 
rhabdomes of the compound eye must be emitted by the ganglion cells of the 
optic ganglion. 

Another striking case has been brought forward by Lewis. In the develop- 
ment of the Frog, as in that of other Vertebrata, the retina is formed by an 
outpushing of the embryonic brain known as the primary optic vesicle, and the 
lens is formed as an inpushing of the ectoderm of the side of the head. Now 
these newt embryos are very tolerant of operations: it is perfectly possible to 
slit open the skin and cut off the optic vesicle and yet the wound will heal up 
and the embryo will survive, only in this case no lens will be formed by the 
ectoderm on the operated side. But a still more wonderful experiment has been 
performed. The amputated optic vesicle has been inserted under the skin in a 
hinder region of the body: the wound has healed up, and the optic vesicle has 


414 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION D, 


continued to live in its new situation and has caused the skin covering it to 
become modified into a lens-like structure. Hence we must conclude not only 
that the optic vesicle secretes a substance which acts on the skin covering it and 
compels this skin to become modified into a lens, but that all the skin of the 
body is capable of undergoing this modification if acted on by the appropriate 
stimulus. 

A third instance of the same kind has come under my own notice. During the 
past few years I have been engaged in rearing large numbers of the pluteus of 
the Hchinus miliaris in the tanks of the laboratory at the Imperial College. This 
pluteus is exceptionally favourable for observation because of its extreme trans- 
parency. Since the development of Echinoderms is a somewhat specialised 
branch of embryology, with which it is sufficient for most zoologists to cultivate 
only a bowing acquaintance, I may perhaps be forgiven for recalling to your 
minds the salient features of the development of this species. The plutei with 
which Driesch experimented were reared up till the stage when they possessed 
only: four arms and a single pair of coelomic sacs lying at the sides of the 
cesophagus. In their subsequent development, however, the number of arms is 
increased to eight, symmetrically arranged. Each coelomic sac becomes divided 
into anterior and posterior portions, and from the anterior portion of the left 
side a small rounded vesicle, termed the HyDROC@LE, is nipped off, which is the 
rudiment of the adult water-vascular system of the ring, the radial canals, and 
the canals of the tube feet. After its formation an invagination of the over- 
lying ectoderm can be observed—this is the AMNIOTIC INVAGINATION. Its open- 
ing becomes constricted, so that the invagination becomes flask-shaped and 
finally closed, thus cutting off the sac from all connection with the exterior, 
so that we have an ectodermic sac overlying a celomic one. From the floor of 
this ectodermic sac are developed a series of pointed spines each with the 
characteristic neuro-muscular ring surrounding its base and also the sensory 
nervous ectoderm clothing the tube feet and from which the adult nervous 
system is developed. The posterior ccelomic sac extends forwards and inter- 
venes between the stomach and the hydrocele. From this sac are formed five 
outgrowths surrounding the hydrocele, which form the pockets of Aristotle’s 
lantern in the adult, from whose walls the teeth are developed. The stomach 
develops an outgrowth in the centre of this circle which is the rudiment of the 
esophagus of the adult. On the right side of the larva there are normally 
developed two pedicellariz each supported by a little calcareous plate on which 
later little square-topped spines make their appearance. Now, it occasionally 
happens, for reasons which I am investigating but have only succeeded in 
partially elucidating, that on the right side of the larva a second hydroceele is 
developed from the right anterior ccelomic sac, and in certain circumstances it 
continues to develop. When this occurs, a second amniotic invagination is 
formed on the right side of the larva, from whose floor a second series of 
pointed spines is developed, whilst the pedicellarie and square-topped spines, 
which should normally be formed, fail to put in an appearance. The right 
posterior ccelomic sac extends forwards between the second hydrocele and the 
stomach and develops a series of pockets which give rise to a second Aristotle’s 
lantern ; whilst the stomach gives rise to a second larval cesophagus in the centre 
of these. We are thus driven to the conclusion that the ectoderm of the right 
side of the larva is just as capable as that of the left side of forming a nervous 
system and pointed spines, and that the right posterior ceelom can form just as 
we as the left posterior coelom the complex structure known as Aristotle’s 
antern, 

When I brought these facts to the notice of Driesch as being very difficult 
to explain on his theory of entelechy, he replied that he regarded them as an 
instance of twinning, 2.e., the formation of partial wholes, comparable to cases 
of the formation of Siamese twins. Now, undoubtedly such twinning can occur 
in Echinoderm larve. Gemmill has published a most interesting account of such 
twin larve of the star-fish Zuidia, which he found developing from segmenting 
eggs which had been fertilised in the West of Ireland and sent to him by post. 
Gemmill rightly attributes the twinning to the partial separation of the 
blastomeres due to the shaking which they endured on their journey. -But no 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 415 


such explanation will fit the case we are considering. For the additional 
hydroceele shows all degrees of development, and according to the degree of its 
development is the amount of influence which it exercises on the tissues of the 
right side. When it is comparatively small it may cause the formation of an 
amniotic invagination but may not be able to inhibit the formation of pedicel- 
lariz, so that the characteristics of both sides of the larva are present together 
on the same side, and I have observed cases where it is still smaller and then it 
is unable to produce even an amniotic invagination, although it shows by its 
lobes, &c., that it is an unmistakable hydroccele. 

These observations show that we must accept the view that this marvellous 
structure, when once established, really does effect these wonderful transforma- 
tions in what are relatively indifferent tissues by the materials which it exudes, 
and it seems impossible to suggest any modification of the theory of the 
entelechy which will fit this case. We can gather a suggestion of the possible 
answer to an objection raised by Driesch to the theory of organ-forming sub- 
stances. Driesch says in effect this: If, considering the case of the regenera- 
tion of the legs of the tadpole when they have been cut off, we assume the 
existence of a material with the capacity of developing into a leg, how are we 
to explain the circumstance that when the leg is cut off at the knee the stump 
containing this supposititious substance regenerates not a whole leg but only 
the missing part? Now we find that the formation of a second hydrocele can 
not only effect great changes in the adjacent tissues; it can also inhibit the 
formation of pedicellariz. So we may well believe that when regeneration of an 
organ takes place, the presence of a portion of the organ to be regenerated may 
inhibit the organ-forming substance from producing a second edition of the same. 

We cannot close this survey without allowing ourselves to reflect on the light 
which the fact we have related may throw on the cause of variation, which is 
one of the root problems of biology. We have been gradually led to view the 
nucleus as a storehouse of all the characters of the species, and to look for the 
cause of the first differentiations seen in development in the modification of the 
cytoplasm through the emission of substances from the nucleus; but to attribute 
much of the later development to the modification of one organ through the 
influence of materials emitted into the body-fluids by another organ, so that we 
may compare the organs of the growing body to an assemblage of semi- 
independent organisms which constitute an environment for one another. We 
all know from medical evidence that there exist certain organs of the body— 
the so-called ductless glands or ENDOCRINE ORGANS—whose secretions have 
enormous influence both on the growth and the function of all the other organs 
of the body. The question then inevitably occurs to our minds whether all the 
organs of the body may not exercise the same kind of influence on each other to 
a lesser degree. As St. Paul puts it: ‘If one member suffers, all the rest of 
the body suffers with it.’ Now, Dr. Cunningham put forward the idea that 
when an organ becomes modified in response to new conditions—as we know 
that organs can become modified—its chemical influence on other organs 
changes, and amongst others its influence on the genital cells. The substances 
which it emits are, we may suppose, taken up by these cells, and perhaps stored 
up by them in the genital nuclei. When these substances have been changed 
by reaction with a changed environment, these changed substances will be 
absorbed by the genital cells, and when these cells develop into new organisms 
the altered materials which they emit into the cytoplasm will tend to produce 
in it the same alterations as were produced by the changed environment even 
before the latter can act. In this way characters originally acquired in 
response to a changed environment may be conceived to become ingrained, as it 
were, in the organism. It has always been one of the great difficulties of the 
theory of the inheritance of acquired characters to conceive how a change in an 
external organ could, so to speak, cause a corresponding change in a genital cell; 
and if the change in the external organ be a mere mutilation, such as is produced 
by cutting off the tail of a mouse, for example, this difficulty is insurmount- 
able, and there is no evidence whatever that such mutilations are ever inherited. 
And yet the negative evidence derived from such experiments has been adduced 
to prove the impossibility of the inheritance of acquired qualities! But when 


416 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION D. 


the change in the external organ is of the nature of a reaction to a stimulus and 
when we contemplate the marvellous changes in growth due to minute quantities 
of organ-forming substances, then the problem becomes altogether changed, and 
the possibility of its solution brought nearer. The whole study of comparative 
embryology seems to support some such conclusion as this, for we find a con- 
stant tendency in the more specialised types of development for changes which 
must have corresponded to changes in environment to be pushed back to 
successively earlier stages in the life-history. As Hyatt has shown, the study 
of youth-stages of fossil Cephalopoda where the evidence is available points in 
the same direction. Now, we can find evidence of the same thing in these 
organ-forming stimuli. We have seen that the formation of an eye in the 
shrimp is due to an influence emanating from the optic ganglion, and that if 
eye and ganglion be both removed the wounded ectoderm heals up and forms 
an antenna. But if the same experiment be performed on the more modified 
crab a different result follows: whether the optic ganglion be removed or 
not, a new eye is regenerated. We may regard the optic ganglion as forming, 
as it were, a kind of internal environment for the ectoderm, and in the more 
modified crab the influences which radiate from this internal environment have 
become, so to speak, stored up in the nuclei of the ectoderm, so that these now 
have in themselves the capacity of the formation of an eye independently of 
any stimulus. 

Of course, by experimental embryology we can never demonstrate the fact 
that the action of the environment ever is imprinted on the genital cells and 
that acquired characters actually are inherited. At most we can find examples 
of possible modus operandi of this influence. The final proof must be sought 
in breeding experiments. Before, however, we complain of the paucity of 
results obtained from these, let us clearly grasp the difficulties of obtaining a 
definite result at all in such a case. We may expose animals to a changed 
environment and observe that changes in their structure result; if we obtain 
offspring from them, and rear these in the normal environment, we shall most 
probably find that the change in structure has been entirely lost, and therefore 
many biologists infer that these environmental changes are not inheritable. But 
in drawing this conclusion such biologists entirely forget that, if a change from 
one environment to another causes a change in structure in one generation, a 
change in the opposite direction should be sufficient to reverse it in an equal 
amount of time. On the other hand, if a change in structure is only caused by a 
changed environment after exposure to it through a number of generations, then, 
when the changed offspring are retransferred to a normal environment, the 
changed structure should persist in a diminishing degree for a number of genera- 
tions; but the successful carrying out of such an experiment would require a 
long period of years, and very few such experiments have been attempted. 
Kammerer, however, has published an account of such an experiment proving 
the inheritability of the effects of environment in the skin colour of the 
Salamander, which in my opinion is conclusive; and he rightly says that those 
who would follow in his footsteps and perform similar experiments must be 
prepared to consecrate to them a considerable portion of their lives, 

In conclusion, we may say that the labours of experimental embryologists 
have allowed us to obtain a glimpse into the nature of the forces which trans- 
form the apparently simple and formless germ into the complicated adult 
animal, and, though at present we are unable to compare these forces with 
forces which act on non-living matter, yet at any rate we are enabled to classify 
them and to learn something about their laws of action; and this knowledge is 
an indispensable preliminary to any deeper knowledge of their nature to which 
we may hope that in the future we may be able to attain. 

We have seen that Driesch’s conception of an indwelling entelechy, though 
logically defensible, is useless and unworkable in practice, and that the concep- 
tion of the existence of organ-forming substances fits in much better with the 
facts, although these hypothetical substances are very different in their nature 
from the ordinary chemical substances found in inorganic nature. Finally, we 
have seen that the growing organs of the individual constitute, so to speak, 
an environment for one another, and many features of the adult are due to 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 417 


their interaction and the modifications they induce in one another, and that 
these modifications are similar in nature to those produced by the external 
environment, and, like the results of external influences, tend in time to become 
ingrained in the constitution of the organs on which they act. We are only 
at the outset of our knowledge of the subject, but the successes already gained 
in the brief period during which investigations of this kind have been carried 
on, and the paucity of the labourers in the field, justify our expectation of the 
most far-reaching results if investigations on these lines are perseveringly 
carried on. 

It is a matter of the deepest interest that we are being driven step by step 
to a position which is in essential agreement with the underlying idea of that 
theory of PaNncenests which was put forward by the founder of modern. 
biology, at the conclusion of his long and patient study of the variation of the 
animals and plants under domestication, as the only conception which he could 
form of the causes of variation. 


The following Papers and Reports were then received :— 


H 


. Exhibition of Lantern-slides illustrating the Mussel-fishery and 
the Life of Alcide d’Orbigny at Esnandes (La Rochelle). By 
E. Heron-Auwen, F.L.S. 


2. Bionomics of the Egyptian Bilharzia Worms.’ By Dr. R. T. Lerper. 


3. Some Points of Bionomic Interest observed during the Visit of the 
British Association to Australia.2, By Dr. F. A. Drxey, F.R.S. 


4. Report on the Occupation of a Table at the Zoological Station at 
Naples.—See Reports, p. 238. 


5. Report on the Collection of Marsupials. 
6. Report on Zoology Organisation, 
7. Report on the Nomenclator Animalium Generum et Sub-generum. 


8. Report on the Occupation of a Table at the Marine Laboratory, 
Plymouth. 


9. Report on the Biological Problems incidental to the Belmullet 
Whaling Station. 


10. Report on Biology of the Abrolhos Islands. 
11. Chemical Entomology. By F. M. How err. 


1 See Proc. R. Soc. Medicine, vol. ix. (1916), pp. 145-172. 
2 See HEntomologists’ Monthly Magazine, January—June 1916. 


1916 EE 


418 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION D. 


12. Likes and Dislikes of Flies. By Miss O. C. Lopas. 


13. Military Entomology. By F. M. Howuerv. ~ 


THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 7. 
The following Papers were received :— 


1. The Exploitation of British Inshore Fisheries.* 
By Professor Herpman, F.R.S. 


2. The Coastal Fisheries of Northumberland.° 
By Professor A. Mrrx, M.Sc. 


3. The Further Development of the Shell-fisheries.° 
By Dr. James JOHNSTONE. 


4. The Scheme of Mussel-purification of the Conway Fishery, a brief 
Description of the Method devised by the Board of Agriculture 
and Fisheries. By Dr. A. T. Masrerman, F.R.S. 


5. The Scales of Fishes and their Value as an Aid to Investigation. 
By Professor A. Mrex, M.Sc. 


6. Some Notes on the Determination of the Age of Fishes by their 
Scales. By Dr. A. T. Mastrerman, F.B.S. 


7. Review of the Fluctuations of the Herring, Mackerel, and Pilchard 
Fisheries off the South-West Coasts in the light of Seasonal Varia- 
tions of Hydrographical Factors.6 By Dr. E. C. JEx. 


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 8. 
The following Papers were received :— 


1. Amebe in relation to Disease.’ By Dr. PrxeLu-Goopricu. 


* Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1916), part iii., pp. 481-518. 
* See Nature; also Annual Sea Fisheries Laboratory Report for 1916 (Trans. 


Biol. Soc. Liverpool for 1916-17). 
* See ‘Fisheries,’ History of Northumberland, vol. vii.; also Report of 


Inshore Fisheries, Board of Agriculture and Fisheries. 
° To be published in the ‘ Fishery Investigations’ Series of the Board of 


Agriculture and Fisheries. ; 
* See H. Pixell-Goodrich and M. Moseley, Journ. R. Micr. Soc., December 


1916. 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION D. 419 


2. Notes on the Amebe from the Human Mouth.’ By Dr. T. Goopey. 


3. The Flagellate Protozoa associated with Diarrhea and Dysentery. 
By H. B. Fantuam, M.A., D.Sc., and ANNE Porter, D.Sc. 


At the present time, when the conservation of life is so important, it is 
well that attention should be directed to all the pathogenic organisms produc- 
ing disease in man. LHntameba histolytica, causing amcebic dysentery and liver 
abscess, has had much attention directed to it, but until recently less notice 
has been taken of the Mastigophora associated with diarrhoea or dysentery in 
man. Between January and April 1916 we have taken an active share in and 
supervised the examination of some 3,800 stools from dysentery patients, and 
have conducted research on the same. The patients mostly contracted the 
infections in Gallipoli, but a few had never left England until they went to 
Flanders, while a very few became infected in England and had never been 
outside the country. More recently, one of us (H.B.F.) has examined the 
stools of a number of cases of diarrhea and dysentery in the East, especially in 
Salonika. 

The Mastigophora found in the stools include Trichomonas hominis (also 
called 7’. intestinalis), Chilomastiz (Tetramttus) mesnili, Giardia (Lamblia) 
intestinalis, Cercomonas hominis and C. parva. Both single and multiple 
infections of these flagellates with each other and with Hntameba histolytica, 
EB. coli, Isospora, Himeria, Spirocheta eurygyrata and Blastocystis occurred 
some patients exhibiting as many as five different organisms in their stools 
The periodicity of the appearance of the parasites in the stools was found to 
vary with the different parasites. A short account of the essential features of 
each of these organisms will now be given. 


Trichomonas hominis or 7'. intestinalis as found in the human intestine is 
pear-shaped, with three free flagella at the blunt or anterior end, a lateral 
flagellum being attached to the body by an undulating membrane, and an axial 
rod running towards the pointed end of the body from near the anteriorly 
placed nucleus. The flagellate measures about 10m to 154 by 54. Rounded 
contracted forms may be found in the feces. Similar Trichomonads occur in 
rodents such as rats, mice, and rabbits. Possibly rats and mice act as reser- 
voirs of the parasites. Trichomonads may also be water-borne. Mello Leitao 
(1913) found 7. hominis in cases of relatively benign dysentery in Rio de 
Janeiro. Escomel (1913) found 152 cases of dysentery in Peru solely due to 
Trichomonas. We have found Trichomonas in some patients from Uallipoli, 
while in certain cases in Egypt these parasites were the cause of severe 
diarrhea. With regard to treatment, the use of turpentine, thymol, and 
calomel, methylene blue and iodine irrigations have been recommended by 
different workers. Prophylaxis is directed to the prevention of contamination 
of food and water supplies by infected material, by rodent reservoirs and insect 
carriers, and to the isolation of pronounced human parasite carriers. 

Chilomastix (Tetramitus) mesnili. This flagellate is allied to Trichomonas, 
but possesses a large cytostome, hence its former name of Macrostoma mesnili. 
Three anterior flagella are present, and a fourth one (perhaps attached to an 
undulating membrane) vibrates in the cytostome. An axial rod or axostyle is 
absent. The parasite measures about 14m@by 74. Encystment occurs. It has 
been found to be the cause of a colitis. Cases of Tetramitus diarrhcea have 
been frequently found in Salonika, and the disease also occurs in Egypt and 
Gallipoli. Pure infections of Chilomastix (Tetramitus) have been seen, and 
mixed infeetions of Chilomastix and Trichomonas have occurred in cases of 
persistent diarrhea. 

Giardia (Lamblia) intestinalis exhibits bilateral symmetry. Eight flagella, 
arranged in four pairs, are present. The axostyle may be double, and two 
karyosomatic nuclei are present. A concave sucking disc occurs on the under 
surface. Two parabasal granules, often situated near the middle of the 


* See Parasitology, vol. ix., part ii., 1917. 


490 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION D. 


axostyle, are seen. The organism is from 104 to 2y1ong and 5u to 12 broad. 
Multiplication by longitudinal binary and multiple fission occurs. Resistant 
cysts are produced. These finally contain four nuclei, the remains of the 
axostyle and the parabasal bodies. The cysts serve to spread the parasite. 
Giardia was found to be the commonest flagellate infection in the stools of 
soldiers from Gallipoli examined by us, 471 stools out of 3,800 examined in three 
months containing this Protozoon, while on 137 occasions it was the only 
Protozoon present. The stools were sometimes of peculiar colours and con- 
sistencies, and were often bulky and diarrheic in character. There was a 
distinct increase in the number of mononuclear Jeucocytes and lymphocytes in 
the blood of the patients. By enumerative methods it was found that there was 
a greater uniformity of distribution of cysts in a diarrheeic stool than in a 
semi-solid or formed one. The number of cysts in a bulky stool was calculated 
to be 14,400,000,000, the bulk of the stool being 950 c.c. In a stool of average 
volume the number was 324,000,000, the bulk being 150 c.c., while in a small stool 
of 50 c.c. volume 10,000,000 cysts were found. As each cyst, produced from a 
suctorial form, is resistant, efforts should be made to attack the flagellate form, 
which is probably most numerous in the intestine when cysts are few in the 
feces. The periodicity in the appearance of the maximum crops of cysts varies 
slightly in different cases, the period being about a fortnight in some and a 
little less in others. Giardia may produce severe diarrhea in children. 

We have shown experimentally that Giardia of human origin is pathogenic 
to kittens and to mice. Animals fed with contaminated food became emaciated, 
suffered from either persistent or recurrent diarrhcea, and in most cases died. 
Erosion of the intestinal cells by: the Giardia occurred, and blood and shed 
epithelial cells were found in the feces. Sections of the intestine showed such 
epithelial erosion and abscessed conditions. The virulence of different strains 
of Giardia varies, and the cysts can remain infective for some time. Rats, 
mice, and cats can act as reservoirs of the disease. By contaminating the food 
or drink of man with their excrement, they may propagate lambliasis. Noc 
and others have found lambliasis among patients whose homes were infested 
with rodents. Bismuth salicylate was found effective in reducing the number 
of parasites, the cysts disappearing in some cases. 

Cercomonas hominis and C. parva occurred in some of the dysenteric stools 
examined by us. They were not very common. The parasites were active, 
the nucleus was distinct, and the flagellar movements were pronounced. 


References. 


Fantham, H. B. (1916). The Nature and Distribution of the Parasites 
observed in the Stools of 1305 Dysenteric Patients. Lancet, June 10, 1916, 
pp. 1165-1166. 

Fantham, H. B. (1916). Protozoa in ‘The Animal Parasites of Man.’ Bale 
and Danielsson, London. See pp. 54-62, 623-625, and 734-737. 

Fantham, H.B., and Porter, A. (1915). Protozoa found in cases of Dysentery 
from the Mediterranean. Proc. Cambridge Philosoph. Soc., vol. xviii., 
pp. 184-188. 

Fantham, H. B., and Porter, A. (1916). The Pathogenicity of Giardia 
(Lamblia) intestinalis to Men and Experimental Animals. Brit. Med. Journ. 
July 29, 1916, pp. 139-141. 

Porter, A. (1916). An Enumerative Study of the Cysts of Giardia (Lamblia) 
intestinalis. Dancet, June 10, 1916, pp. 1166-1169. 


4. War and Eugenics. By Hucu Ricuarpson, M.A. 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION E.—PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 421 


SECTION E.—GEOGRAPHY. 


PRESIDENT OF THE SECTION: Epwarp A. Reeves, F.R.G.S. 


WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6. 
The President delivered the following Address :— 
The Mapping of the Harth—Past, Present, and Future. 
[PxiatEs V. AND VI.] 


We meet to-day under exceptional circumstances. The great war is affecting us 
all; those of us who are not actually engaged in it find that our lives are more 
and more under the influence of the great struggle that is now taking place, and 
are being called upon to do what we can to carry on the work of the men who 
have gone, as well as our own. This is the explanation of my presence here 
to-day. Mr. D. G. Hogarth, who was to have been our President this year, has 
been compelled to resign owing to his absence from England on important military 
duties; and a week or two ago I received a letter from the Secretary of the Asso- 
ciation asking if I could help out of the difficulty in which our Section was 
placed by agreeing to take the chair during the meeting. Well, there seemed 
nothing else for me to do but accept, so I am here, and will do the best I can 
to fill the gap. With your kind indulgence, and the invaluable help and guid- 
ance of the recorder, secretaries, and committee, I trust we shall manage to get 
through somehow without bringing discredit on ourselves. 

You will understand that, as the notice was so short, I have had no time to 
prepare an address such as I should like to place before you; and that which I 
shall now give has been hastily put together during a few days’ holiday at 
the seaside, from notes and jottings I have recently made for other purposes, 
combined with such remarks as I feel may be appropriate to the circumstances 
and conditions under which we meet. 

This is a great testing time—a crisis in our history when theories are put to 
practical trial, and I fear many of them will be weighed in the balances and 
found wanting. Scientific training is specially being tested, and almost every 
branch of human knowledge has, either directly or indirectly, been called upon 
to do its utmost in connection with the great War. This is no less true of sur- 
veying and geography generally. There has always been of necessity a close 
connection between military operations and map-making, and it is not too much 
to say that one of the essential conditions of successful warfare is a good and 
accurate knowledge of the geographical features of the theatre upon which the 
operations have to be carried out. Many a battle has been lost in the past, as 
we ourselves know to our cost, through imperfect topographical or geographical 
knowledge. The South African campaign, without referring to any others, 
produces more than enough evidence of the serious results ensuing from imper- 
fect maps; and at the present time the general staffs of all combatants seem 
more than ever alive to the importance of this subject. 

There are various ways in which this War will affect the map-maker; not 
only will new boundaries have to be surveyed and laid down; but outside of 
Europe districts will have to be mapped of which little information has hitherto 


422, TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION =. 


existed, so that, after all is over, our present maps and atlases will be out of 
date, and the publisher will find himself called upon to produce new ones. 

It therefore appears to me that this is a suitable occasion for taking stock 
of our position, and I will endeavour to give you: 


(1) A brief general summary of what has been done in the past towards the 
mapping of the earth’s surface; 

(2) a sketch of how things stand at the present time; and_ 

(3) finally add a few remarks upon future work, specially as regards 
instruments and methods. 


You will perceive at once that this is a large subject, and in the time at my 
disposal I shall only be able to deal with it in the briefest possible manner. 

The acquirement of knowledge has always been progressive, sometimes 
moving slowly, at others more rapidly, but ever advancing; and this is specially 
true of the subject we have to consider. Our present knowledge of the earth, 
its form, size, the configuration of its surface features, their measurement and 
representation on maps as we see them to-day, are the result of many centuries 
of strenuous endeavour and conquest over obstacles, and at times almost insur- 
mountable difficulties, the record of which constitutes a striking monument to 
indomitable courage and perseverance such as cannot be excelled in the history 
of mankind. 

Of all branches of human research and discovery that of geographical 
exploration and representation of the surface features of the earth is doubtless 
one of the oldest; in fact, it is difficult to imagine a time in the history of 
intelligent man when it did not in some manner or other exist. The earth’s 
surface is, by the nature of things, man’s present dwelling-place, and, however 
high and far he may soar in imagination and thought, as to his bodily presence 
his movements and operations are restricted to the crust of the comparatively 
small planet he inhabits. By his very nature man is an adventurer and a restless 
wanderer; and, since his physical constitution does not permit of his travelling 
more than a comparatively few feet vertically, his only chance of expansion is 
laterally or horizontally; and geographical investigation and measurement 
became a natural consequence. 

From the earliest days there would arise the need of some sort of plans and 
maps; there would soon be boundary questions to settle, and the limits of 
pasture-lands, and irrigation rights, mining-claims and other matters would call 
for maps of some kind, however rough they may have been; so it is quite 
impossible to say when surveying commenced. It certainly must be one of the 
oldest departments of knowledge, and, like all others, has slowly advanced as 
the centuries have passed and greater accuracy was required until it has reached 
the refinement and precision of the present day. 

Probably the earliest attempts were those which naturally resulted from the 
necessity of representing in some kind of plan the limits of private property, 
and several interesting examples of this have been brought to light during 
archeological investigations and discoveries in Egypt and other ancient sites. 

A careful reader of the account of the dividing of the land of Canaan 
among the tribes of Israel can hardly fail to come to the conclusion that Joshua 
had some sort of a map of the land before him when he proceeded to apportion 
the various districts, the boundaries of which are so minutely and carefully 
described ; and it is also more than probable that he and others who had been 
sent beforehand to spy out the land ‘had in view quantity as well as quality,’ 
as Gore says in his ‘ Geodesy,’ which implies some kind of rough survey and 
sketch map. 

At a later period we have the vision of the man with the measuring line in 
his hand, measuring out his thousands of cubits, apparently much as a chainman 
does his work to-day. : 

So long as the district concerned was of no great extent there could have been 
little difficulty about making a rough plan or map of it. For lineal measure- 
ments the most natural units would be the lengths of various parts of the human 
body, the cubit, the pace, the foot and the span were evidently amongst the 
earliest standards of all, and most of these have remained in use until this day. 
With these, and an elementary knowledge of some of the simpler geometrical 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 423 


figures, it would be easy for quite useful plans to be constructed, as indeed we 
know was the case. 

The longer distances were reckoned by the time it took to travel from one 
place to another, days’ journeys, &c.; and later on in stadia, of which it is 
generally assumed that there were 600 to a degree according to the ordinary 
Greek measure. 

When distinctive “features were visible it would be comparatively easy to 
map roughly a route travelled, much as a man in the present day can make an 
approximate sketch to show any journey he has taken, even without a compass 
or other instruments; or natives have been able to draw rough sketches to 
explain to explorers the direction of any coast line, or course of a river. One of 
the most recent examples of this is the map reproduced by Mr. Beaver, which 
was drawn in the sand by a native of Papua to show the relative position and 
names of the various tributaries of a river he was exploring (see ‘ Geogr. 
Journal,’ April 1914). 

Long before the magnetic compass was known, at any rate in Europe, navi- 
gators and travellers had to find their way somehow, often through little-known 
regions, and, when they had no landmarks to direct them, would have to seek 
some other means of guidance. Early nomad peoples of the desert would soon 
become acquainted with the heavenly bodies and their general movements and 
positions, and would naturally turn to them for the guidance they sought. 
Their positions at certain times and seasons would, through being continually 
observed, become quite familiar, and so doubtless before any instrumental 
astronomical observations for fixing positions were made, men learned to march 
and steer their ships by the sun by day and the stars by night. It is interesting 
to note that the art of marching by stars has heen considerably revived in the 
last few years, specially in the rapid movement of troops at night. 

So long ago as the seventh century s.c., Thales had taught the Ionian sailors 
to steer by the Little Bear, as did the Phcenicians. 

One of the most interesting exploring expeditions of ancient times was that 
of Pytheas, the discoverer of Britain, in the third century B.c., who had not 
only learnt to sail by the stars, but determine the latitudes of points throughout 
his voyage by astronomical observations, made with a gnomon or sort of sun- 
dial, with which he seems to have fixed the latitude of Marseilles with far 
greater accuracy than might have been expected. 

The gnomon used by Pytheas was probably of the earlier form, which con- 
sisted merely of an upright rod in. the centre of a flat disc, but Aristarchus, in 
the third century B.c., introduced a decided improvement in the design of this 
interesting old instrument, which deserves to be borne in mind by all surveyors, 
since it seems to have been the first by which angles could be measured directly 
without computation. He substituted for the flat disc, or plate, a hemispherical 
bowl, in the centre of which an upright rod was fixed equal in length to the 
radius of the bowl. Concentric equidistant semi-circles were drawn on the 
interior of the bowl, which became a scale for the direct measurement of angles 
of altitude as indicated by the shadow of the rod or gnomon. 

The voyage of Pytheas is of special importance, since it shows that even at 
that early date serious attempts were made at carrying out geographical exploring 
expeditions, by sea at any rate, on scientific lines. 

The first record of anything that could be considered as the beginning ot 
geodetic surveying was the well-known attempt of Eratosthenes to ascertain the 
size of the earth by the measurement of an arc of the meridian. This wonderful 
old philosopher was born in Cyrene in B.c. 276, and was so noted for his learning 
that he was put in charge of the famous library at Alexandria. The method 
he adopted was much the same in principle as that upon which geodesists at 
the present time work, but it seems impossible to say how near the truth his 
results were, as there is a doubt as to the length of the stadium he used. 

The subject of the true form and dimensions of the earth is a most important 
one in many respects, and considerably affects survey questions, since it must 
form the basis of all exact measurements on the earth’s surface. Right on to 
the present day geodesists have been working at it, and although they have 
brought down the probable error in the measurements to a minimum, yet eyen 
now the question cannot he taken as finally settled. 


424 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION E. 


As regards the maps of very early date, it has always been a question as to 
how far they were the outcome of mere information collected by travellers with- 
out any attempt at instrumental measurement, and how far they were based upon 
some kind of route-surveying and astronomical determinations. At sea, as has 
been shown, occasional observations were made to determine latitude, but the 
actual charting of the coast-line, it is more than probable, was sketched in in 
the roughest possible manner, with litile assistance from any kind of instruments. 
After repeated voyages the navigators would naturally obtain some acquaint- 
ance with the general configuration of the coast-lines and be able to draw a 
fairly accurate chart. These rough sketches were sent from one to another and 
copied by hand by cartographers; so in course of time quite a good representation 
was produced. It is indeed remarkable how accurate some of these old charts 
were, A rough latitude could always be obtained from observation, but it was 
quite another thing with longitude. Even at the present day there is far more 
uncertainty about a longitude observation than a latitude, and in early days, 
before the construction of accurate chronometers, to obtain the difference of time 
or longitude between two places was a problem which could not be satisfactorily 
solved with the rough instruments and tables available. Consequently the 
longitudes on early maps were, as a rule, very wrong. They were generally 
much too great, as the tendency was, as it is indeed at the present time, to 
exaggerate the distance travelled. 

As might be expected, now and then serious mistakes seem to have been 
made in the fitting together of sections of charts received from various sources. 
This was probably due to the fact that in many cases they were rough copies 
from other copies of the originals, and, with no proper means of settling the 
orientation, the chart would, as likely as not, be fitted on to another at quite a 
wrong angle. This is doubtless the explanation of some of the grosser errors 
on many of the old maps. For instance, in the early editions of Ptolemy’s maps, 
1462(72)-1490, to the north of England there is a remarkable mass of land 
running something like east and west, and projecting a long way in the former 
direction. This is, of course, meant for Scotland, but it is difficult to see how 
it could have got so wrongly drawn. Yet if you suppose the whole mass turned 
round at right angles, so that the part that goes to the east is placed to the 
north, you get a much better representation. There seems little doubt that 
somehow or other the whole thing has got wrongly joined on to England. In 
later editions of Ptolemy it was corrected. 

The best-known of all the old instruments is the Astrolabe, which is generally 
supposed to have been invented by Hipparchus about B.c. 150. Ptolemy, and 
many others after him, introduced modifications in it, some of which were doubt- 
less improvements, while others, as is the case with many so-called improvements 
in more modern instruments, were of doubtful value or merely unnecessary incum- 
brances. Divested of all elaborations, the astrolabe consisted of a somewhat 
heavy metal ring suspended from the thumb, or, in the case of the larger 
instruments, hung on some form of tripod arrangement. Pivoted at the centre 
was the movable sighting rule or alidade, and the altitude of the sun or star 
was read off on the graduated circle round the circumference of the disc. 

During the medieval ages things were at a standstill, or rather went back- 
wards, as regards all scientific pursuits, at any rate in Europe. This in a 
special manner affected geography and map-making. The advance that had 
been made by the Greeks was arrested, and the knowledge they had gained was 
lost sight of; instead of maps being improved by more accurate surveys of 
explorers and travellers, they were frequently drawn in monasteries by monks 
from imagination, more or less distorted by religious bigotry. Cartography 
fared somewhat better in the hands of the Arabs, but many of the maps seem 
to have been constructed: under the impression that the outlines of all parts of 
the world must be formed by straight lines and arcs of circles, drawn with a 
ruler and compass, so that they are of little real value. ‘There were, however, a 
few notable exceptions. 

It was not until the latter part of the fifteenth century, the time of the great 
Portuguese and Spanish discoveries, that any real advance was made, but then 
Europe seemed to awake from a long sleep, and a grand new start was made. 

One of the first acts of King John IT. of Portugal (1481-95), whose memory 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 425 


deserves to be equally held in respect with that of his great uncle Prince 
Henry, was the calling together of the Committee, or ‘Junta,’ of learned men 
to consider the best means of finding the latitude when the Pole-star was 
too low to be of service, to decide upon the most approved form of instru- 
ment for the taking of observations, and to furnish suitable tables of 
declination, &c., for the computations. Equipped with the new tables, which 
may, perhaps, be considered the first Nautical Almanac, and the simplified 
astrolabe, the Portuguese navigators started on the famous voyages, with a 
much better chance of properly fixing positions than their predecessors. The 
vernier had not yet been invented, and so the difficulty of obtaining accurate 
readings of the circles was still considerable. To overcome this difficulty it was 
decided to construct astrolabes with very large circles, and the instrument 
carried by Vasco da Gama in his famous voyage round the Cape in 1497 had a 
circle which measured just over two feet in diameter. The size of the instru- 
ment certainly made it unwieldy, and so it was necessary to suspend it from 
some sort of stand, which meant that it could not have been used with much 
success on board ship. Vasco da Gama seems to have been fully alive to this, 
and so we find him, when he arrived at St. Helena Bay, not far from the Cape, 
bringing his instrument on shore and fitting it up on a stand. His observation 
and method of obtaining the latitude of this spot is of considerable interest, and 
may perhaps be taken as a fair example of the kind of work that was then 
done. 

The sun’s meridian altitude measured was 76° 20’, which gave a zenith 
distance of 13° 40’. The declination found from the tables was 19° 21’ §., so 
by adding this to the zenith distance the resulting latitude was 33° 0’ S. I 
have recently tried to find out how near this was to the true latitude, but it 
seems to be difficult to say exactly where the instrument was erected. If we 
take the head of the bay as the spot, the error is apparently 13/, since the latest 
Admiralty chart gives 32° 47'S. This error appears to be somewhat larger than 
might have been expected, but still, taking all things into consideration, it was 
not so bad after all. I have on several occasions made altitude observations 
with rough home-made instruments of the astrolabe type, to see what could 
reasonably be expected, and have found that with care it is possible to get a 
latitude with an error not exceeding 5’ to 7’, taking a mean of several readings. 

The difficulty of taking anything like accurate observations at sea was for 
centuries a very serious one, and long before the invention of the reflecting 
quadrant or sextant many were the attempts to devise some instrument for 
accomplishing this. 

Next to the astrolabe, and various forms of quadrants with a sighting 
arrangement and plumb-bob, the old cross-staff came into use. This consisted 
of two rods or pieces of wood at right angles to each other. The shorter piece 
had a hole in the centre, and was made to slide along the other. The eye was 
placed at the end of the long piece, and the sliding piece or cross moved along 
until one end of it cut the sea horizon and the other the sun. The altitude was 
then read off on the long staff, which was graduated for the purpose. This was 
essentially a seaman’s instrument, and was in common use about 300 years ago 
in fact, until the famous old Arctic explorer, Capt. John Davis, of the sixteenth 
century, improved upon it by bringing out his ‘ Back-staff,’ which enabled a 
man to take altitudes with his back to the sun instead of half blinding himself 
by looking straight at it. 

With instruments such as these only the roughest measures could be obtained, 
and it was not until the ingenious invention of the reflecting octant, suggested 
first of all by Sir Isaac Newton, that anything approaching accuracy was 
possible. Hadley’s quadrant was the first of such instruments to be put into 
actual use, but there is no doubt that the idea should be ascribed to the famous 
Sir Isaac Newton, although the instrument was probably independently invented 
by Hadley. 

With the invention of the sextant, or its predecessors the octant and quad- 
rant, rapid progress was made in improvements in navigation and surveying 
instruments. 

The introduction of the Nonius by Peter Nufiez in the middle of the sixteenth 
century, and later of the Vernier by the Frenchman Francis Vernier, which, 


426 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION TF, 


owing to its simplicity, soon superseded the former, were of great importance, 
since it was no longer necessary to construct the enormous large arcs and circles 
which had hitherto been indispensable to give anything like accuracy. 

The magnetic compass not only made an enormous difference in navigation 
and exploration by sea, since it enabled the sailor to launch boldly out into the 
unknown oceans with confidence, but it soon began to leave its mark on land- 
surveying and geographical exploration. Much has been written on the inven- 
tion of the compass, and many have been the disputes upon the subject, but it 
was certainly in use in Mediterranean countries of Europe as early as the 
twelfth and thirteenth centuries. The date when it was first used for land- 
surveying is not known exactly, but in Europe it was probably about the early 
part of the sixteenth century. 

For the filling-in of the topographical features early forms of the plane- 
table, or their prototypes the trigonometer and graphometer, came into use in 
the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Besides these the surveying per- 
ambulator, much as is used at the present time, was a favourite instrument in 
measuring distances along roads, and many of the road maps of England before 
the Ordnance Survey were made by its means, combined with compass-bearings 
and circumfactor angles. 

It is supposed that Ptolemy was fully alive to the fact that it was not 
necessary to actually measure the whole length of an arc of the meridian, but 
that some parts could be computed, or perhaps graphically obtained, much as is 
now done in plane-tabling; but, so far as we know, the first to introduce 
triangulation from a measured base and angles was Willebrod Snell, a mathema- 
tician of the Netherlands, who ‘lived in the seventeenth century. The account 
of his triangulation for obtaining the distance between Alkmaar and Bergen-op- 
Zoom, in Holland, is well known, and it is not necessary for me to refer to it in 
detail here; but its importance cannot be overestimated, since it laid the 
foundation for all future work. Much has been done in later years, but this has 
only meant the improvement of Snell’s system, the perfecting of instruments 
for the measurement of angles and bases, and more refinement in the com- 
putations. ; 

Of all the instruments used by the surveyor, there is doubtless none more 
important than the theodolite, which seems to have been first of all invented 
by Leonard Digges. His invention is described in his book on surveying, which 
was completed by his son and published in 1571. 

There is an interesting old theodolite of much the same design in Bleau’s 
famous Dutch Atlas of the latter part of the eighteenth century. 

The ‘ common theodolite,’ as it was called, since it had no telescope, carried 
by Mason and Dixon to the United States, and used by them in their survey 
of the boundary between Maryland and Pennsylvania in 1763-9, is now in the 
R.G.S. Museum. It was made by Adams, of London, and was evidently only 
intended for observing horizontal angles. It resembles what is generally known 
as a circumferator more than a theodolite. The famous Ramsden theodolite, 
which was used on the primary triangulation of the British Isles and later on 
in India, has often been shown in books, and doubtless many of you are quite 
familiar with its appearance. This has found a final resting-place in the 
Ordnance Survey Office, Southampton. 

The surveying equipment of the pioneer explorer of early days, say, of 
from twenty to sixty years ago, usually consisted of a sextant and artificial 
horizon, a chronometer or watch, prismatic compass, boiling-point thermometers, 
and aneroid. With the sextant and artificial horizon the astronomical observa- 
tion for latitude and longitude were taken, as well as those for finding the error 
of the compass. The route was plotted from the compass bearings and adjusted 
to the astronomically determined positions. The latitudes were usually from 
meridian altitudes of the sun or stars, and longitudes from the local mean time 
derived from altitudes east or west of the meridian, compared with the times 
shown by the chronometer, which was supposed to give Greenwich mean time. 

The sextant, in the hands of a practical observer, is capable of giving results 
in latitude to within 10/ or 20”, provided it is in adjustment, but the difficulty 
is.that the observer has no proper means of testing for centering and graduation 
errors, 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 427 


The great drawback to the sextant for survey work is that it is impossible 
to take accurate rounds of horizontal angles with it, since, unless the points are 
all on the same level, the angles must be too large. It is essentially a naviga- 
tor’s instrument, and nowadays has been almost entirely superseded by the 
theodolite for land-surveying. 

As regards the longitude, the difficulty was always to obtain a steady rate 
for the chronometer, owing principally to the unavoidable oscillations and con- 
cussions met with in transit. Formerly it was customary to observe lunar dis- 
tances for getting the Greenwich mean time instead of trusting to the chrono- 
meters, but these, even with the utmost care, are very unsatisfactory. 

In more recent years the occultation of a star method of finding the Green- 
wich mean time superseded almost entirely the lunar distance, but all of these 
so-called ‘ absolute ’ methods of finding longitude are fast becoming out of date 
since the more general introduction of triangulation and wireless telegraphy. 

Heights of land were usually obtained by the boiling-point thermometer or 
aneroid. 

This then was the usual equipment of the pioneer. With such an outfit the 
greater part of the first mapping of Africa and other regions of the world was 
carried out, with results that were more or less reliable according to the skill 
of the explorer and the time and opportunities at his disposal. 

In recent years considerable improvement has been made in the instruments 
and methods of the geographical surveyor: the introduction of the Invar tape 
for the measuring of the baselines, the more general application of triangulation, 
the substitution of the theodolite for the sextant, the use of the plane-table for 
filling in the topographical details of the survey, the application of wireless 
telegraphy to the determination of longitudes, these and other improvements 
have all tended to greater accuracy and efficiency in geographical and topo- 
graphical mapping, so that in many respects the rough approximate methods of 
the earlier explorers are fast being superseded by instruments and methods 
more in keeping with modern requirements in map-making. 

Still, the principle underlying all surveying is the same, and the whole 
subject really amounts to the best and most accurate methods of measurement 
with a view to representing on a plane, on a greatly reduced scale, the leading 
features of a certain area of the earth’s surface in their relatively correct 
positions; and so it resolves itself into geometrical problems of similar angles 
and proportional distances. This being the case, it is clear that it becomes in 
the main a question of correct angular and linear measurements, and all the 
improvements in survey methods have had for their object the increased accuracy 
of accomplishing this, together with greater facility for computing the results. 

What we do now is exactly what was attempted by the early Greek 
geometricians and others in ancient times, only we have far more accurate instru- 
ments. If, for instance, we compare our modern micrometer theodolite with 
the old scaph of the Greeks the contrast is striking, although both had the same 
object in view as regards taking altitudes of heavenly bodies. Many of the old 
instruments, in spite of their great size, were extremely rough, and the angles 
could only be read with approximation or to a great extent by estimation, while 
the theodolite, which is now generally used on geographical surveys, although it 
has circles of only five inches in diameter, can, by means of the micrometers, 
be read to 2” of arc, or even to 1” by careful estimation. This, when one 
comes to, think of it, is a triumph of refinement, since it really means that 
we can measure to within about ;3$5; part of an inch, which is the space 
occupied by 1/ on the arc of a circle of five inches diameter. At least this is 
the theoretical accuracy, but in practice there are, of course, errors in sighting, 
setting the micrometer wires, and those arising from other sources which have 
to be taken into consideration. 

The continued striving after greater accuracy of measurement applies not only 
to angular measuring instruments, but to linear distance measurement as well; 
and the improvements in apparatus for this purpose, could we follow them in 
detail, would be most interesting. From the rough methods that would suggest 
themselves naturally to early intelligent men, and some of which I referred to 
in the earlier part of this address, to the modern baseline apparatus, and accu- 
rately computed sides of a geodetic triangulation, is a far cry, and the advance 


428 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION E. 


in this matter is certainly remarkable. What would the ancient geographers 
have said if they were told of the accuracy of a modern first-class triangulation, 
such as that of our own Ordnance Survey or of the Survey of India? 

Still absolute accuracy of measurement of any kind seems to be an impossi- 
bility, and the best we can do, after all, is to approach it as near as we can, 
and to arrange matters so that the inevitable errors will tend to balance one 
another. Nature herself seems to object to perfection in measurement. For 
instance, when we attempt to measure a distance, and have taken all precautions 
we can, changes of temperature occur and alter the length of our measuring-tape, 
and, in spite of all that has been done by manufacturing tapes of alloys of 
different metals in order to counteract this effect, uncertainty must exist to some 
extent. Then as regards our angular measuring instruments, not only must there 
always be personal error and some imperfections in the graduation and centering, 
but the change of temperature again comes in, affecting the metal, and attempting 
to defeat our object of obtaining perfection. Ii we desire to measure the true 
vertical angle, there is always the troublesome and uncertain effect of the refrac- 
tion of the atmosphere, which makes the mountain-top appear in a different 
place from where it really is, according to the heat, moisture in the air, and all 
sorts of other unknown causes which, in spite of all the corrections we may 
apply, occasion at least some uncertainty as to our result, whilst, in the case 
of the sun or star, it is considerably worse. So great is this refraction that 
when the sun appears to be just above the horizon, as you see it over the sea, 
it is actually not there at all, and has gone down below the horizon. Of course 
tables have been constructed to correct for all this, but no one can say that 
they are really accurate, as the results depend so much upon local conditions, 
and they must after all be considered merely devices for making the best of a 
bad job. Then, again, when we have taken all possible care with the levelling 
of a theodolite, Nature, through inequalities of gravity, has an unsuspected trick 
of drawing the level out of its normal position, which introduces uncertainty, 
and is often most bewildering in its result. But enough has been said on this 
subject. The only safe rule for a surveyor to follow is never to assume that he 
is correct, and to take his observations so that they tend to compensate one 
another, whenever it is possible to do so. 


So far what I have said has had chiefly to do with some of the earlier 
attempts at surveying and map-making, and the instruments and methods by 
which these have been carried out; and I will now try to give you an outline 
of what has been done in comparatively recent times, and state briefly the 
present position of various parts of the world as régards the condition of their 
mapping and the survey basis upon which their maps depend. 

Little by little civilised man, by his daring, his love of adventure, and the 
necessities of events and circumstances, has penetrated into the unexplored parts 
of the earth and pushed back the clouds and mists that so long shrouded them 
from his knowledge, until at the present time the regions that are entirely un- 
mapped are very few indeed, and do not amount to more than about one-seventh 
of the whole land-surface of the globe, including the unexplored areas of the 
Polar regions, which may be either land or water. Not content with a mere 
vague acquaintance, he has striven for greater accuracy, and has turned to various 
branches of science and called them to his aid, in order that he may obtain 
more correct knowledge and a better comprehension of the earth’s features. To 
enable him to fix with definiteness the position of places upon its surface, map 
out the various land-forms, and obtain their accurate measurements, he has 
consulted the astronomer and mathematician. Commencing, as we have seen, 
with the rudest instruments and measuring apparatus, these, as greater accuracy 
was required, have gradually been improved, until the present-day appliances 
and equipment of a surveyor are a wonder of refinement and delicacy. 

In order that we may obtain a general idea of what parts of the world have 
been mapped and what have not, as well as ascertain something of the vaiue 
of the survey basis for maps of the various parts of the world at the present 
time, I will now show a map I have recently drawn. It is merely an outline, 
and diagrammatic in character; but I trust will help to make the matter plain. 
By way of comparison I have drawn another map showing what was surveyed 


arigetiniars Loses else 7 ; (wordvasodoy-u0KN 
poddemuan Aax4ug « ee] paddeyy 


sayojoYS PUL sos.aav1y, aqnoy wmoay paddeyy 


sfoaing [vorqdeasodoy, ayranooe utoay paddeyy 


OIBL ‘a77svaqiaNy “wodary Y79Q ‘WONDMLIOSSH YSII1g 


‘A aLvIg} 


6 Pun g sobpd waanjag | 


‘wonoag pnovydn.1hoa4 —ssouppy s quaprsaig buyvusnyy 


(qworydvrZodoy,-0 7 
Bevis ste] \S)rie]slie:¢ ee ferexeca yaa! oie peddemug Ajaugug pen Agaryo) sfoarng aqerpary SsaT moay paddy 
| 


ES sAoaang [vorydevisodog, ayvanaov uloay paddeyy 


Ea SITOPOYS PUB Sostoavay, aynoy woay paddvyy 
e) 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 429 


at all accurately, mapped from rough surveys and entirely unsurveyed and 
unmapped in 1860—that is, nearly sixty years ago. These maps (Plate V.) will, 
I hope, make the subject clearer to you than if I placed before you mere tables 
of figures and statistics, which, though important in their place, do not convey 
to the eye at a glance the facts and proportions that can be furnished by 
diagrammatic maps and diagrams. 

For the sake of comparison of relative areas, the maps are all drawn on an 
equal area projection, that is to say, a certain area on the map, such as a square 
inch, everywhere represents the same area on the earth’s surface. The idea kept 
in view in drawing the maps is that the shade deepens as the accuracy of the 
surveys increases. (1) The parts that are topographically mapped from 
triangulation or rigorous traverses are shown by the darkest tint; (2) those that 
are less accurately mapped from surveys chiefly non-topographical, and of which 
in many places the basis consists to a great extent of disconnected land-office 
and property plans, are shown by the tint next in density; and then the next 
lightest tint (3) represents the parts of the world that are only mapped from 
route-surveys or rough traverses of explorers. Although these traverses vary 
greatly in degree of accuracy, they cannot be considered so reliable as the surveys 
shown by either of the other two shades, and in many cases the mapping con- 
sists of the roughest sketches. (4) The regions that are entirely unsurveyed and 
unmapped are indicated by the lightest tint of all, almost white. 

Before dealing with the present-day map, I desire to call attention to the 
1860 map. Referring to the state of surveys in the Eastern Hemisphere in 1860, 
it will be seen at once that outside the continent of Europe, where a considerable 
extent of accurate surveying had been carried out, the only country where any 
mapping, based upon triangulation, had been done was India. These areas are 
shown in the darkest shading. In Europe, France, British Isles, Germany, 
Austria, Italy, Russia, Switzerland, Denmark, the Netherlands, and Scandi- 
navia had already made a good commencement with their Government maps 
based upon trigonometrical surveys, but these were in several cases by no means 
complete, and it is interesting to note that even of Scotland there existed at 
that time no Ordnance Survey for the northern part. The southern part had been 
surveyed and mapped on the one-inch scale long before this, but the survey was 
afterwards carried on in England, and, later on, on the six-inch scale in Ireland, 
so that the northern part of Scotland was not done in 1860. India has been noted 
for the excellency of its surveys ever since the days of Major Lambton, wha 
started the work in 1804, and Colonel Everest, who succeeded him as head of 
the surveys after Lambton’s death in 1823. As will be seen, in 1860 a consider- 
able extent of India had been mapped from trigonometrical surveys. Even 
before Lambton’s time India had been well ahead of any other country outside 
Europe with its surveys, which was entirely due to the energy and skill of 
Major James Rennell, who as Surveyor-General of Bengal surveyed the Ganges 
and lower Bramaputra rivers, as well as the districts of Bengal, with Behar, 
between 1763 and 1782. 

In the parts of the Eastern Hemisphere that were surveyed and mapped 
in the second degree of accuracy according to our system, that is, those shown 
by the next tint, may be included most of the remaining parts of Europe, 
Egypt, and parts of Algeria near the coast. For the rest such mapping as was 
done was based upon rough route-sketches, shown by the third tint. In this 
must be included practically all that was known of the African continent, such 
as the explorations of Mungo Park, Beke, Livingstone, Speke and Grant, and 
others, as well as the early exploratory surveys in Central Asia and Australia. 
The regions that were entirely unsurveyed and unmapped at this time were, as 
you see, enormous in their extent, and included not only the Polar regions, but 
vast areas of Central Africa, Asia, and Australia. 

Turning to the Western Hemisphere, we find that at this date no triangula- 
tion of any extent had been carried out. The U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey 
had made a good start, but their work had been confined to the coastline or 
districts near the coast. There had been La Condamine’s attempt at measuring 
an arc of the meridian near Quito in South America in 1736, the measurement of 
the Mason and Dixon line, and their survey of the boundary between Pennsyl- 
vania and Maryland, in the latter part of the same century; but neither of these 


430 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION 4. 


resulted in any serious topographical mapping. Such surveys as existed of the 
interior parts of the United States in 1860, although they varied as regards 
their merits and degree of dependence, could not be considered as anything but 
approximate. Some parts of the eastern States are, as you see, shaded with a 
tint of the second density, but, with this exception, such mapping as had been 
done either in North or South America cannot be considered of a higher order 
than route-traversing and sketching, and is tinted accordingly. 

Vast areas of Central Asia, and a still larger portion of the interior of Africa, 
were entirely unmapped in 1860, as was also the case with South America away 
from the courses of the great rivers, North America and the Arctic regions. 
Attempts had been made to penetrate and traverse the desert-like interior of 
Australia, but to a great extent this region, was still entirely unmapped. Several 
important expeditions had commenced the exploration and mapping of the coast- 
line of the Antarctic continent, such as that of Captain James Ross, who had 
penetrated a considerable distance south in the neighbourhood of South Victoria 
Land, Captain Wilkes and others, who had sighted land to the west of this 
region. But, after all, little had been done in the way of surveying and mapping 
in the Antarctic regions. 

Referring now to the 1916 map on which the same shades of tints have the 
same meaning as on the previous map, you will see at once that the parts that 
are accurately surveyed from a topographical point of view, based upon triangu- 
lation or rigorous traverses, have greatly increased in extent, and these now 
represent, according to a rough estimate I have made, about one-seventh of the 
total area of the land-surface of the earth, instead of only one-thirtieth, as was 
the case in 1860. Remarkable progress has also been made with regard to both 
of the less accurate kinds of surveying and mapping, while the parts that are 
now entirely unsurveyed and unmapped only amount to about one-seventh instead 
of a little over one-half, which was roughly the amount in 1860. 

I have attempted to form an estimate of the condition of the world’s surveys 
as represented by the differently tinted areas on the maps for 1860 and 1916; 
and, taking the total area of the land-surface of the earth together with the 
unknown parts of the Arctic and Antarctic regions which may be either land 
or water, to be 60,090,000 square miles, I have obtained the following results :— 


1860 1916 
Sq. Stat. Proportion Sq. Stat. Proportion 
Miles to Whole Miles to Whole 


1. Mapped from accurate topo- 
graphical surveys based on 1,957,755 = 0°0326 8,897,238 = 0°1482 
triangulation or rigorous or roughly 4 or roughly 
traverses 


2. Mapped. from less reliable} 9 917-641 = 0-0336 | 5,178,008 =0-0866 


surveys, chiefly non-topo- é 

ceapticel se P | or roughly 2, or just over 55 
3. Mapped from route traverses 4 25,024,360 = 0°4170 | 37,550,552 = 0 6258 

and sketches i or roughly 2 or little less than 


4, Entirely unsurveyed and| 30,997,054=0°5166 | 8,350,794 =0°1391 
unmapped J or just over 3 or little less than + 


These proportions can perhaps be more clearly seen from the following 
diagram (Plate II.), on which numbers and tintings have the same significance 
as on the maps and table. 

From the figures here given it is plain that with the same rate of progress 
as that of the past sixty years or so it would take just over four hundred years 
more to complete the accurate trigonometrical surveying and topographical 
mapping of the earth’s land-surface, including the parts of the Polar regions 
that may possibly be land—that is, the 60,000,000 square miles which we have 
taken for this total area; but this will certainly not be the case, since the rate 
at which such surveys have been carried out has been greatly accelerated during 
recent years, owing to the rapidly increasing demands for accurate topographical 
maps, improvements in methods, and other causes, so-that it--will possibly net 


British Association, 86th Report, Newcastle, 1916. | [Puatr VI. 


1860 


‘ 
RT aR et 


Illustrating President's Address—Geographical Section. 
[To face page 430, 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 431 


be half this time before all the parts of the earth’s surface that are likely to 
be of any use to man as settlements, or capable of his development, are properly 
surveyed and mapped. There are, of course, regions, such as those near the 
Poles and in the arid deserts, that are never likely to be accurately triangulated 
and mapped to any extent, and it would be mere waste of time and money to 
attempt anything of the kind. 

As might be expected, the parts of the earth’s land-surface that are 
accurately surveyed, about one-seventh of the whole, are those inhabited by the 
most civilised nations and their dominions. ‘The areas so mapped include the 
European countries (with the exception of some parts of the Balkan States), 
India, Japan, Algeria, Tunis, Egypt, and other parts of Africa under the 
dominion of European nations, United States, parts of Canada and Mexico, the 
international boundaries between some of the South American countries, and 
very restricted areas of Australasia. These have all regular Government topo- 
graphical surveys based on accurate triangulation, and are therefore shown in 
the darkest shade on the map. The parts that are still unsurveyed and 
unmapped in any sense are, as will be seen, certain remote unexplored regions 
near the Poles, a few small patches in Central Asia, much of the interior of 
Arabia, parts of the Sahara and certain other comparatively small areas in 
Central Africa, a considerable amount of the interior of South America, specially 
those parts between the great rivers, and certain areas of the interior of 
Australia. These are shown by the lightest shade on the map, and at the 
present day represent slightly less than the area that is accurately mapped. 
Between these two extremes the surveying and mapping varies in merit and 
degree of reliability from that of a fairly accurate nature, such as land-office 
plans (which as a rule make no pretence at showing topographical features) and 
the more accurate plane-tabling and compass-traversing, which altogether may 
be taken as covering about one-twelfth of the earth’s land area, and that 
enormously extensive area only roughly mapped from route-traverses of explorers 
and others, which now constitutes about two-thirds of the whole of the earth’s 
land surface. 

Many and varied have been the influences that have led to the surveying 
and mapping that have already been accomplished, and it would be interesting 
if we had time to analyse them. Among the preliminary surveys, I think it 
would be found that military operations would hold an important place. Many 
an unexplored region has been mapped for the first time as the result of frontier 
expeditions, such as those of the frontier regions of India and parts of Central 
and South Africa, while the need of a more exact acquaintance with the topo- 
graphical features for military requirements have frequently led to more exact 
trigonometrical surveys. Our own Ordnance Survey is indeed an example of 
this, for in the first place it resulted from the military operations in Scotland 
in the latter part of the eighteenth century. 

Among other causes that have resulted in surveying and mapping might be 
mentioned the delimitation of boundaries, commercial or industrial under- 
takings, such as gold-mining and land-development, projects for new railways, 
all of which have at times been fruitful in good cartographical results. Nor 
must we forget Christian missions. The better-trained missionary has always 
recognised the importance of some sort of a survey of the remote field of his 
operations, and the route to it, if for no other reason, with a view to the good 
of his fellow-workers and those who come after him; and in the earlier days 
specially perhaps most of all pioneer mapping was done by the self-sacrificing 
service of the missionary. We have only to think of such men as Moffat, 
Livingstone, Arnot, Grenfell, and others of the same sort, to be reminded of 
the debt due to the missionary from all interested in geographical mapping. 

Still, few of the expeditions ref aan aus TAS 

‘ » few peditions referred to so far have had surveying as their 
primary object, and such mapping as has been carried out has been incidental 
and necessary for the prosecuting of the main purpose in view. Properly 
equipped surveying expeditions that have been despatched from this and other 
countries have during recent times added enormously to our knowledge of the 
surface configuration of the earth. 

The survey of British possessions in Africa and other parts of the world 
under the Colonial Office have recently made rapid progress. and full particulars 


432 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION £. 


of the work done are given from year to year in the Annual Report of the 
Colonial Survey Committee, which was first published in 1905. These reports, 
accompanied by plans and diagrams, contain most valuable information and 
show exactly what has been done, the method employed, cost of surveys, &c. 
All who are interested in these matters would be well repaid by a careful 
perusal of these valuable publications, which only cost a few shillings. 

From its very foundation the Royal Geographical Society has had a remark- 
able influence on the surveying and mapping of the earth’s surface, and 
especially those parts of it which have been previously but very imperfectly 
known or entirely unexplored. I think it must be admitted that this influence 
has increased as years have gone by, and it is no exaggeration to say that it has 
done more in this respect than any other body. It is therefore perhaps fitting 
that I should give some account of what has been accomplished, as it has a 
direct bearing on route-surveying and mapping by travellers and explorers. 
It is not only by the awarding of annual medals to explorers whose journeys 
have resulted in an increase to our geographical knowledge, and the more 
accurate surveying and mapping of little-known parts, that the Society has 
stimulated and encouraged geographical research, but it has also assisted finan- 
cially numerous expeditions, and the money thus granted has enabled many a 
man to carry out his explorations to a successful issue, which he otherwise 
could not have done for the want of funds. Still more frequently has it been 
the case that travellers going into little-known parts of the world have been 
granted loans of surveying instruments which they could not otherwise have 
taken, and encouraged to do what mapping they found possible. Altogether 331 
expeditions have been lent instruments, and about 38,500/. have been devoted to 
grants of money by the Society to further geographical exploration and 
surveying. 

There is still another way, by no means the least important, in which the 
Royal Geographical Society has done much to promote geographical surveying, 
and that is by providing suitable instruction in the work of surveying for 
travellers. It is all very well to grant money and lend instruments, but the 
important thing is to know how to make good use of the money and the instru- 
ments so as to take proper advantage of opportunities afforded and to do the 
best surveys and maps of the regions visited. In the early days of the Society a 
man had to pick up the requisite knowledge as best he could, but in 1879 a 
scheme of proper instruction was started at the suggestion of the late Sir 
Clements Markham, who was then one of our Honorary Secretaries. This had 
small beginnings, but in recent years has made rapid strides, until at present it 
forms one of the most important parts of the Society’s work. This course of 
instruction in geographical surveying, which has now been in existence for about 
thirty-eight years, was first conducted by my predecessor, the late Mr. John 
Coles, and, since he resigned in 1900, has been under my charge. Altogether 
725 surveyors and explorers have received instruction, without reckoning special 
large classes of forty or fifty men which during the past few years, until the 
outbreak of war, have been sent to us by the Colonial Office to learn the more 
elementary parts of compass-traversing and mapping. 

Now as regards the future. The demand for properly trained geographical 
surveyors has been steadily increasing in past years, and is likely to be still 
greater as time goes on. After the termination of the war there will be much 
work to be done, especially as regards the surveying of new boundaries, and 
freshly acquired districts in Africa and elsewhere; and it would be wise to 
make preparations for this well ahead. 

The future surveyor will be in a much better position than his predecessors, 
not only on account of the improvements in instruments and apparatus for his 
work, but because, in many parts, a good beginning has been made with the 
triangulation to which the new surveys can be adjusted. In Asia a considerable 
amount of new work of this kind has been done over the frontier of India in 
recent years by the Survey of India, among the more important of which is 
the connecting of the Indian triangulation with that of Russia by way of 
the Pamirs. The many boundary surveys that have been carried out in Africa, 
the triangulations of Egypt, the Soudan, East and South Africa, and other parts 
of the continent are well advanced, and will be of the utmost value to the future 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 433 


surveyor. One of the most important lines is the great triangulation which, 
it is hoped, will some day run across the continent from south to north, 
from the Cape to Egypt. Owing to the energies of the late Sir David Gill, 
this important chain of triangles has already got as far as the southern end of 
Lake Tanganyika; the part to the west of Uganda near Ruwenzori has also been 
finished, and it now remains to carry the chain through German Hast Africa and 
down the Nile Valley. The latter, it is hoped, will by degrees be accomplished 
by the Soudan and Egyptian Survey Departments, although it may be delayed 
for some years yet; and the former, which was to have been undertaken by the 
Germans, it is to be hoped will after the war be accomplished by British sur- 
veyors, through—not German East Africa—but newly acquired British territory. 
Running right through parts of Africa that are but imperfectly mapped in 
many districts, the stations of this triangulation will be invaluable for the 
adjustment of any network of triangulation for future surveys in the interior, 
and, indeed, have already been utilised for the purpose. 

The carefully carried out boundary surveys between various countries of 
South America will be of the greatest assistance in future exploration and 
survey in the interior of that continent, wherever they are available, while the 
Survey Departments of Canada and the United States are doing excellent work 
and extending their surveys far into the imperfectly-mapped regions of North 
America. So, altogether, the surveyor of the future will soon have a good 
foundation of reliable points to work from. It is important to remember that 
running a chain of triangles across a country, though important as a framework, 
does not constitute a map of the country; and what is wanted, at any rate 
in the first place, is a series of good topographical maps, based upon triangula- 
tion, showing the leading features with sufficient accuracy for the purposes of 
ordinary mapping, so that on scales of 1: 250,000, or even 1: 125,000, there is 
no appreciable error. 

As regards instruments, the Astrolabe a Prisme is being increasingly used 
for taking equal altitude observations with most excellent results, but at the 
present time the five-inch transit micrometer theodolite, already referred to, 
is perhaps all that is required for general work. It has now been thoroughly 
tested and found most satisfactory. As regards smaller instruments there is 
the four-inch tangent-micrometer theodolite, and for rapid exploratory survey, 
where weight is a great consideration, a little three-inch theodolite has been 
found useful. 

For base-line measurement the invar type should be taken on all serious work, 
and for filling in the topographical features a good plane-table is doubtless the 
instrument to use. In mountainous regions and in some other special conditions 
photographic surveying doubtless has a future before it, and in military opera- 
tions when the photographs are taken from aircraft it has proved itself invalu- 
able; but in ordinary surveying it is, I think, not likely to take the place of 
well-established methods. The introduction of wireless telegraphy for the 
determination of longitude is likely to increase in usefulness. Good examples 
of the work done with it have lately been given in the ‘ Geographical Journal’ 
and elsewhere. 

Time does not permit of my going more fully into this subject, and I must 
now bring this address to a close. 


“The following Papers were then read :— 


1. France: A Regional Interpretation. By Professor H. J. Fieure, 
D.Se. 


2. Generalisations in Geography, and more especially in Human 
Geography.t By G. G. CursHoLm. 


3. The Weddell Sea. By Dr. W. 8. Batcer. 


* Published in the Scottish Geographical Magazine, vol. xxxii., November 
1916. 
1916 FF 


434 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION E. 


THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 7. 
The following business was transacted :— 


1. Discussion on Political Boundaries. Opened by Colonel Sir T. H. 
Houpricu, K.C.M.G.—See Reports, p. 241. 


2. Italy and the Adriatic. By Miss M. Newsicin. 


3. Recent Exploration in the Japanese Alps. By Rev. WauTER WESTON. 


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 8. 
Joint Meeting with Section C.—See p. 398. 
The following Papers were then read in. Section E :— 


1. The Evolution of the Port of Hull. By Captain Ropweuu Jonszs. 
2. Economic Maps. By G. Puri. 


3. Annual Variations in Temperature and Salinity of the Waters of the 
English Channel.. By Dr. E. C. Jun. 


4. Periodicity of Sea-surface Temperature in the Atlantic Ocean. 
By Dr. BH. C. JEE. 


5. Salonika: Its Geographical Relation to the Interior.? 
By H. C. Woops. 


6. Some Geographical Aspects of a War Indemnity. By B. C. Wauuis. 


“ Published in the Scottish Geographical Magazine, vol. xxxiii., February 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION F.—PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 435 


Section F.—KCONOMIC SCIENCE AND STATISTICS. 


PRESIDENT OF THE Section: Professor A. W. KirKapy, 
M.A., B.Litt., M.Com. 


WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6. 
The President delivered the following Address :— 


Wuen the British Association held its meeting in Australia in August 1914 
the war cloud had only just burst, and thus the distinguished economist’ who 
occupied the Presidential Chair of this Section could deal freely with the normal 
economic problems of old and young communities, disregarding the new and 
disastrous problems resulting from a great world war. Last year, however, 
my predecessor was compelled to take account of the critical events of the 
preceding twelve months. The war which so many presumably well-informed 
people expected to be over in less than a year is still with us, and the economic 
difficulties have increased in number and intensity. It is true that one of our 
statesmen has declared that the war may end sooner than some of us think—a 
not very hopeful utterance, but still I feel warranted from various signs in 
dealing in this address rather with the period of reconstruction after the war 
than with the existing situation, for, owing to kaleidoscopic changes, what is 
written as to present conditions in August will probably be quite out of date 
by September, whilst the work of reconstruction may last for the best part of 
a century, and continue to affect the well-being of the community throughout 
succeeding history. 


Some Thoughts on Reconstruction after the War. 


We have been at war for two years, and the war has been waged more 
strenuously than any that human history records. It used to be said that a 
great European war under modern conditions could not last more than six 
months; but this prediction, like so many other preconceptions, has been falsi- 
fied by a world calamity that to the great mass of mankind was entirely 
unforeseen. 

In every sphere this great war has worked, and will yet work, great changes, 
but in the economic sphere the effects that can already be noted far exceed 
those in any other. 

Up to the present the man in the street will tell you that the war has cost 
ns over 2,000,000,0007. In mentioning that sum he probably thinks of sacks of 
sovereigns, a printing-press feverishly turning out Treasury notes, and the 
various devices with which he is familiar for making currency or credit. But 
it would probably sound strange to him to hear that the number of sovereigns 
in the country is, if anything, greater than when the war commenced, and that 
eurrency generally has been enormously increased during the past twenty-four 
months, for it is not currency that has been consumed. The same man in the 
street, especially if he live in a munitions district, will discover that there. is 
money in plenty in circulation, that the people all look well-to-do and are living 
as they seldom or never have before, and he may conclude that war is, after 
all, not such a bad thing—at any rate, it brings prosperity. 

’ What is the truth? When we say that the war has cost 2,000,000,000/. we 
mean that we haye consumed that amount of commodities and services, that 


FF2 


436 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION F. 


we have diverted capital and labour into new channels of production, but that 
these channels, unlike those connected with a good scheme of irrigation which 
may make the wilderness to blossom like the rose, have emptied themselves in 
the desert and the runnels are now dry and worthless. To put it plainly, the 
warring Powers have, some entirely, others more or less partially, turned their 
attention from profitable production, the output of wealth, the exchange or use 
of which will produce new wealth, to the production of instruments of destruc- 
tion. | When these instruments are utilised they not only consume themselves 
and leave practically nothing remaining, but they carry out a work of destruction 
which entails the loss of other accumulations or possibilities of wealth. Nor 
is the consumption of the instruments and munitions of war the sole or chief 
material loss to the combatants. The men handling those weapons have to be 
trained and transported to the field of action, fed during the period of their 
service, tended when sick or wounded, and clothed and housed in some sort. 
All these operations consume a quantity of food, clothing, and other materials 
of various descriptions, and there is absolutely nothing tangible to show for 
this expenditure. 

To take our own case, five million men trained to industry, helping to carry 
on the business and trade of this country, would consume almost as much food 
and clothing and other materials as the men in the field and on the sea, but as 
a return for that consumption there is more than corresponding production of 
useful commodities, machines, ships, and railway stock, which in turn assist in 
the work of developing the natural resources of the world or of directly taking 
part in the work of further production. Thus the position is that for two 
years we have been consuming our wealth, and to that extent must remain the 
poorer and be short of many of the goods and services we used to consider 
necessaries of life, until we have, by renewed efforts and a return to the 
industries and commerce of peace, taken measures to restore those useful things 
which have been consumed. 

When the war ends, it will be incumbent on us all to redouble our activities, 
increase the productivity of mill, factory, and field; for, so long as there is a 
deficiency in excess of what we were accustomed to, so long must some of us, 
and especially the poorer members of the community, feel the pinch occasioned 
by this devastating war. 

But, it may be asked, how are we to increase our productivity? The war, 
in spite of the suffering amd loss occasioned, has not been all loss. As a 
nation—nay, as an Empire—we have found ourselves; but this thought, if 
developed, would lead us into spheres foreign to the work of this Section. We 
have taken measures which must result in improving the physique of our race. 
Of the many thousands of men who have been trained to arms and submitted 
to discipline the great majority happily will return when peace is made. The 
self-sacrifice practised by these men will act as a leaven among our population— 
it has already done so. We shall emerge from this war a_ better-disciplined, 
a more serious people, better equipped mentally and physically to cope with 
new conditions. We have learned what hitherto had only been suspected or at 
most known to a few, that we have not produced anything like our industrial 
maximum. 

An insidious element of friction threatening to develop into class war has 
been sapping our energies. There have been faults on both sides, but daylight 
is being thrown over the situation, and the waste and loss of this friction have 
been laid bare. If we do not take to heart this great experience and alter our 
ways for the better, then we deserve to go down as a nation; but I am persuaded 
that the lesson is being learned, that the picture now visible of industrial 
waste and loss—a loss that falls most hardly on the masses of the people—will 
not pass before our eyes unheeded. 

Not only was there loss through friction between employers and employed, 
but in many industries we were continuing to use out-of-date tools and methods 
long after they should have been discarded. A long era of prosperity had not, 
indeed, caused decadence, but was threatening to do so. The war has shaken 
us up and shown us the realities of life, making the mistakes of the material 
side with which we have to do here plain and unmistakable. 

To beat the national enemy we had to re-equip our workshops, and the new 
equipment will be available to a great extent for future work. Moreover, we 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 437 


have been taught by a bitter lesson that up-to-date equipment is as necessary, if 
we are to maintain our position as an industrial and commercial nation, as it 
was to enable us to maintain our international position. 

Friction between employers and workpeople led to restrictions on output, 
indifference led to utilising old tools and methods; both meant decrease of pro- 
ductivity. The necessary increase can be readily obtained by remodelling our 
system in these respects. How this can be carried out so far as reorganisation 
of the industrial forces of this country is concerned will be developed later, 
and is dealt with in greater detail in the Report presented by a Committee of 
investigation which has been working for this Association. 


Attempted Forecast of our Industrial Future. 


I want to attempt now to make a forecast of what may be expected in the 
commercial and industrial spheres when we sheathe the sword. Germany has 
overrun some important manufacturing districts. Belgium, North-Western 
France, and Poland have not only been occupied by the enemy, but machinery 
and industrial equipment have in many cases been removed to Germany. It is 
reported that railway tracks have been torn up in order that their materials 
might be used for military purposes elsewhere. The busy industrial areas men- 
tioned have undoubtedly suffered very considerably, and will require to recon- 
struct and re-equip towns and factories, and to reorganise the labour-force. To 
set commerce and industry at work again on anything like the previous scale 
must be a work of some time. On the other hand, in spite of every effort, 
Germany has found it impossible to interfere with the industries of the United 
Kingdom either by force or intrigue; nor have the Entente Powers as yet 
invaded Germany. Indeed, for the purpose of this forecast it is wise to 
assume that German industrial equipment will not be affected detrimentally by 
the war. Even though we should invade Germany with a view to inflicting, 
not only defeat, but punishment, our purpose will not include industrial 
destruction. We shall undoubtedly do our utmost to punish those, whatever 
their rank, who have been responsible for the many crimes committed against 
humanity during the past two years. But this does not necessitate the ruthless 
destruction of mill, factory, or mine. We can quite adequately punish Germany 
without putting ourselves on a par with her in methods of destruction and 
brutality. The military caste must be summarily punished and the entire nation 
must be made to realise the sentiments of horror that their delight in the sink- 
ing of the Lusitania, the executions of Miss Cavell and Captain Fryatt, have 
aroused throughout the world. Every instance of insensate brutality must be 
atoned for by the guilty parties, and the nation as a whole must be taught such 
a lesson as shall make a repetition of those savage methods impossible. We 
feel our ability to carry through this salutary work, but when this is effected 
and when once again the world begins to get into its normal stride, so far as one 
can foresee, England and Germany will for some time be the only two European 
nations prepared to take any considerable part in international trade. 

Meantime during the period of the war, two countries—the United States of 
America and Japan—have enjoyed new and unlooked-for trading advantages. 
So far as competition from the United States is concerned, it is probable that 
we need not feel unnecessarily pessimistic. The South American States are at 
the beginning of a period of development which may well prove to be rapid. 
The possibilities opened up by the Panama Canal route, even though the present 
canal should prove a failure, will not be resigned before another attempt is made 
to pierce the isthmus; that a cutting will eventually be made is in my opinion 
beyond question, American developments, then, may be expected to take place 
principally on the American continent, in the Pacific, and in the Far East. In 
these regicns there is ample room for both British and American enterprise. 

Nor will Japan, for some time to come at any rate, compete with our staple 
manufactures. 

The development made by Japan during the war would seem to indicate 
that it is Germany, and not Great Britain, that will have to bear the brunt of 
Japanese competition. Small goods and fancy articles which came freely into 
our markets from Germany and Austria before the war are now being made in 
Japan. Our merchants, being unable to get supplies of these goods, sent 


438 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION F. 


samples to Japan, with the most satisfactory results as to price, finish, and 
quality. Thus we have been able to extend our business relations with our ally 
at the expense of our enemy. Moreover, although there is no certain informa- 
tion on the subject, it is more than possible that when normal trading is 
resumed it will be found that Japan has been extending her business in these 
and other classes of goods into other markets hitherto the preserve of the Central 
Powers. 

Hence it is of special interest to attempt to forecast to what extent and with 
what prospects England and Germany will be in competition in international 
trade after the war. This will depend for the most part on two sets of factors : 
(i) the internal industrial condition of each country and (ii) commercial factors. 
So far as the former are concerned, there is much that this country should 
realise and take to heart. 

The United Kingdom, in spite of the war and its heavy drain on our 
resources, has been enjoying an exceptional time of seeming prosperity. A 
large section of the workpeople have been earning high wages, whilst some 
employers have been earning handsome profits. High prices, high wages, 
high profits have been the order of the day. The return of peace will very 
considerably modify the last two of these, and how will those affected face 
the change? 

To understand how the parties will answer this question, certain agree- 
ments must be remembered. Foremost among these is the State guarantee that 
certain Trade Union restrictions and Government regulations which have been 
in abeyance for the period of the war shall be reimposed when peace is 
restored. If we were reverting to pre-war conditions there would be much 
to be said for this, but one hopes that both parties realise fully that con- 
ditions have radically changed, and that in consequence both employers and 
workpeople must be prepared to meet the new situation in a new spirit. Why 
were these agreements and regulations set aside? Because it was known that 
they hampered output, and our military success depended upon our producing 
the greatest possible amount of munitions of war. Our commercial success 
will now equally depend on getting the utmost possible production out of our 
industrial equipment. Are we then going to restore these obstacles just at 
the most critical moment? 

With the return to more normal times the national necessity for war stores 
and munitions will cease, and our industrial forces will have to rely on the 
home and foreign markets for employment. Foreign competition will almost 
certainly be greatly intensified. There may be at first a great demand for 
manufactured goods of all kinds, as a consequence of decreased supplies during 
the war, but all the principal trading nations will strain every nerve to get 
the greatest possible share of orders. If, under such circumstances, we indulge 
in an internal struggle between Capital and Labour, instead of bending our 
whole energies to retain and extend our hold on markets, we shall lose an 
opportunity which is not likely to return. And yet there is a widespread 
expectation among employers and workpeople that the European war will be 
succeeded by serious industrial strife. , 

So far as the commercial factors are concerned we have almost everything 
in our favour. We have not outraged the sentiments of humanity by employing 
inhuman methods in waging war. We have retained our position as the head- 
quarters of the money market. We have our shipping resources and equipment 
practically intact. Our merchants and exporters are keen and ready to carry 
on their business with even greater energy than before the war. We have 
arrears to make up, but have the will, and, with harmony at home, the 
ability to carry on a more extended trade. Our capital has not been seriously 
affected, and there are no signs that it will be—our financial establishments 
and banks are prepared to do their share. 

Turning to Germany, there is a most interesting condition of affairs to 
study. If beaten in the war Germany will be a poor country; the economic 
position will be deplorable, but hardly irreparable. Every section of the 
community has already felt to some degree the effects of the war. When 
peace comes there will be a determined attempt to regain the old position. 
A disciplined people, acting under a Government that will be compelled by 
circumstances to foster every possible means for repairing the broken machine 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 439 


of trade and for restoring the national wealth, will without any doubt be 
prepared to make heavy sacifices to regain what has been lost. The Govern- 
ment will offer advantages in the shape of low railway rates and canal 
facilities, and, as far as possible, bounties on export business and on shipping 
to encourage and extend foreign trade. Manufacturers and merchants will 
cut down profits, and workpeople will be carefully taught that only by increased 
productivity and by a period of low wages can that which has been lost be 
regained. One foresees a remarkable attempt by a united and determined 
nation to make good in as short a period as possible the waste and loss 
occasioned by the war and the blockade. German goods for export will be 
cheap, and the low price will be still further emphasised by the depreciation 
of the mark. For so long as the mark is at a discount there will be a pro tanto 
advantage to export trade, and although the mark may eventually regain its 
par value, a few months or even weeks will have an appreciable influence on 
reopening foreign business. 

Thus a comparison of English and German possibilities in foreign trade 
on the resumption of peace shows that there are certain advantages on both 
sides. The German advantages are solid and appreciable, but if England is 
seething with industrial friction the advantages she possesses will be neutralised 
and her failure a certainty. 

This leads us to consider whether a policy can be devised which will 
remove causes of friction and assure to our industries a new era of prosperity. 


The Need for National Organisation. 


It is at first sight curious, but still very natural, that Press and public 
should from time to time be obsessed with one idea. As the war developed 
there has been a growing tendency to demand Organisation in every sphere 
of national life. The striking successes scored by Germany have been 
universally, and probably rightly, ascribed to thoroughness of organisation and 
complete preparedness before provoking the conflict. As a consequence, a 
comparison has been made between English and German military policy, greatly 
to the detriment of the former. And, not content with this, further com- 
parisons have been made, with the result that, if one believed all that was 
printed in the newspapers or accepted what passes in private conversation, 
we should be led to believe that rule of thumb has been the leading British 
characteristic. It has been forgotten that Germany has for many decades 
prided herself on her Army, even as England has relied on her Navy. One 
has been a great military power; the other equally great at sea. The test 
of war has proved that Germany was a very difficult country to oppose by 
land, but that in naval matters England is supreme. The economist, however, 
has to go further and investigate into those matters which are connected with 
his science—namely, the production, the distribution, and the consumption 
of wealth. Can it be said that the want of organisation and other faults of 
our military system are typical of what has been going on in the industrial 
and commercial sphere? I for one cannot bring myself to accept the truth 
of this. Had our economic interests been carried on under so-called War 
Office principles we could not have built up the great position we occupy 
as world traders. What, then, are the facts? To answer this question one 
should remember the leading facts connected with our industrial development. 
This brings out some points which the superficial observer inevitably misses. 
For upwards of a century our industries have been gradually developing, 
and the progress has on the whole been along healthy lines—each decade has 
seen some advance more or less great. 

German attention to industry and commerce is much more recent. She was 
able to benefit by our experience, nor was she slow in doing so. To take a simple 
illustration. A manufacturing firm of fifty years’ standing has developed a 
system and has equipped factory and workshop as occasion demanded. A rival, 
seeing the possibility of competing successfully in the same business, organises 
a new company, raises the necessary capital, and is able to commence operations 
with plant, machinery, and equipment of all kinds absolutely up to date, and 
even with some new improvements. In these circumstances, provided that the 
management be good and that there is a demand for the goods produced, the 
pew firm has on the manufacturing side considerable advantages. The older 


440 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION F. 


firm, however, is not devoid of advantages. It has a certain connection, a 
goodwill, and with able management these will enable it to compete with the 
newcomer, whilst the managers will have time to consider how to put the manu- 
facturing side of their business on a par with that of the rival firm. The 
position in a simple instance like this is fairly easy to understand. In the 
case of a nation, with its many and varied interests, it takes a very much 
longer time for the situation to develop. The agitation for Tariff Reform and 
Colonial Preferences is a proof that several years before the war broke out some 
Englishmen were awake to the fact that a new condition had come into existence, 
and that, if we were to preserve our advantageous position, we must take careful 
stock of newly-arisen factors in world-trade. For Germany was not the only 
one, nor perhaps the most serious, of these factors. The United States of 
America, from the time of the Civil War, had bent her energies to the work 
of internal development. Having concentrated on this for nearly forty years, 
she began to expand a world-policy both political and commercial. Japan, too, 
emerged with unexpected suddenness into the arena. Thus, as the nineteenth cen- 
tury drew to a close, the economic interests of England required careful and 
earnest attention. The fiscal controversy undoubtedly had the great and important 
effect of waking English traders out of the lotus-eating condition into which 
they were in danger of sinking. All our principal and many of our less 
important industries were carefully reviewed, with results that can be realised 
by a study of the annual statistics published by the Board of Trade. There 
was, however, a very subtle policy being pursued, which required very minute 
knowledge and wide experience to grasp. It was our proud boast that we left 
trade free and untrammelled, that we believed in the health-giving effects of 
open competition. It needed the stern lesson of the war to make known how 
this generous policy could be utilised to our detriment by a rival commercial 
nation. The facts as to the exploiting of the mineral resources of the Empire, 
as to how the dye and colour industry and various by-product industries have 
been developed so that certain vital trades almost passed under foreign control, 
came to light only just in time. 

It became plain, as these facts leaked out, that we needed a better system 
of industrial and commercial intelligence. There was also a lack of unity of 
working among our principal industries incompatible with the growing inter- 
dependence which has been a marked feature of modern economic life. 

Hitherto, apparently, it has been no one’s business to survey comprehensively 
the resources whence our raw materials are drawn. Even those resources within 
the Empire have been nervelessly left to be exploited by the first comer, and 
the mask of an English name has enabled foreign capital and energy to divert 
some of our valuable minerals to foreign countries, whence we have been com- 
pelled to purchase them at unnaturally enhanced prices. Sufficient of the facts 
have been made public to warrant the demand for reconstruction and improved 
organisation of those departments responsible for the national trade. 

It would be most unwise as well as ungenerous to attempt to blame our Board 
of Trade. That department has, on the whole, worked hard and well for British 
interests. But it is both wise and necessary to criticise the policy that has 
overweighted this one Government department. And although there should 
be very careful consideration before either recommending or making a drastic 
change, attention ought to be given to the frequently expressed opinions of 
both Chambers of Commerce and individual traders in favour of the creation 
of a Ministry of Commerce. To this Ministry there might be transferred 
some of the functions of the Board of Trade, whilst at the same time the new 
Ministry might be responsible for maintaining that general survey over trade 
and commerce without which any organisation we may attempt would be in- 


complete. 
If this view be accepted, it is not fair to charge our industrial interest with 
lack of organisation. An examination of any one of our industries—ship- 


building, shipping, the manufacture of various goods for export—shows that 
each has been well, and in many cases exceptionally well, organised ; but the 
organisation requires to be completed by some machinery with responsible 
officials to co-ordinate the organisation of the several interests. Even in this 
direction something has been attempted. The Associated Chambers of Com- 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 44] 


merce give, at any rate, the germ of an organisation for attending to this great 
need. We may ask whether this could be still further elaborated so as to give 
the country what is wanted. Have our Chambers of Commerce sufficient standing 
to make their association strong enough for the work; or should we look to the 
State to supply the keystone to the arch? The answer to this will depend on 
the views of the individual attempting to give it. Perhaps the time has come 
when a word of warning should be uttered. Are we not getting rather too 
prone to fall back upon the State? We were, and perhaps still are, the most 
self-dependent people in existence. Both the employer and the Trade Union 
have in the past been but little inclined to turn to the State. Can the comple- 
tion of our industrial and commercial organisation be adequately attained by 
the interests concerned, or must we look to another State department or sub- 
department to effect what is required? Our past history seems to suggest that 
before turning to the State we try the initiative of the interests at stake. This 
brings us to a further section of the subject. 


Industrial Organisation. 


The organisation that has grown up with the development of our industries 
includes two very important but unequally developed sets of organisation. The 
Industrial Army of Labour force of this country includes all those who either 
organise industry or take any part, however important or however humble, 
in its working. From the captain of industry, or entrepreneur as our brave 
allies call him, down to the humblest weekly wage-earner, we have a labour force 
which ought to be looked upon as one and indivisible. In connection with this 
force we now have two sets of organisations whose interests some people consider 
to be antagonistic. I would emphasise the fact that these two are really one 
force, their main interests are identical, and they can best serve those interests 
by striving to minimise differences and by doing all that is possible to work in 
harmony. 

Though theoretically one, the labour force has internally developed two 
sets of organisations. Manual labour has its Trade Unions; the organisers of 
industry have their Associations; British Trade Unions have a fairly long 
history behind them, and may be said to bein advance of any similar unions 
the world over. But the fact that of recent years there has been a tendency 
for small unofficial sections of given unions to kick over the traces and dis- 
regard the policy and agreements of their leaders shows that perfection of 
organisation has by no means been attained. 

Employers’ Associations are of more recent formation, nor have they so far 
attained to anything like the same completeness. Both organisations, especially 
the employers’, are in need of further development. It is hardly for the 
economist to show how this can be effected. He can point to imperfections and 
make suggestions—only those conversant with practical working facts can 
formulate a practical policy. The most patent defects of these associations are 
due to the very virtues of their members. ‘The individual British business 
man is unexcelled by the business man of any other country. In times of rapid 
transition and crisis he has again and again shown his leadership. He knows 
his business thoroughly, and as a working unit he has taken a very high place. 
But one of the most marked developments of modern trade is a growing inter- 
dependence of industries. Hand in hand with this we have become familiar 
with another phenomenon, the amalgamation of businesses of various dimensions 
into one great company or corporation. This phenomenon is common to both 
commercial and manufacturing interests. It is as marked among banks as 
among steel and iron companies. The comparatively small manufacturer or 
business man is giving place to bigger and inclusive organisations. These two 
and somewhat parallel developments are making a new demand on the individual. 
He and his predecessors exemplified individualism; the new stage upon which 
we have entered demands a modification of the old policy. Business, like 
everything else, is subject to evolution, and evolution on healthy lines can only 
be obtained by grasping fundamental facts and applying experience in accord- 
ance with economic laws. There need be nothing revolutionary about the 
required changes in our business organisation. We merely have to note what 
has already occurred, mark healthy tendencies, and clear away or prevent 
obstructions to natural growth. Our past history amply justifies us in pursuing 


442 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION F. 


this policy without uncertainty as to the result. Our entire industrial history 
is one of the best examples of steady and on the whole well-ordered evolution. 
We have shown our ability to adapt ourselves to the needs of the moment. 
As a race we are healthily conservative without being reactionary. That is to 
say, we know how to preserve what is good in the old and amalgamate it with 
the new. In other words, our organisation enjoys that useful quality of 
elasticity which enables us to keep abreast of the times. 

Bearing this in mind, where are the defects of our business man, and to what 
does he need to give attention in order to come into line with the most recent 
requirements ? 

As I have just said, our business man’s qualities emphasise his defects. 
For generations our business men have worked as units, and individualism has 
become almost second nature. The call now is that the individual shall sink 
a part of his personality and become, so far as one side of his activities is 
concerned, a member of an association. We have had Employers’ Alliances, 
Federations, and Associations. Some have failed, some have managed to keep 
afloat, others have had a certain amount of success. None have hitherto quite 
attained to what is required. To the onlooker it would appear that when our 
employers meet as an association there is a lack of sympathy among the 
members, and if this should persist it would be fatal. Each individual knows 
his own. business; he does not know, and perhaps it would be true to say he 
does not care to know, his neighbour’s concerns. At any rate, as a result there 
is a lack of cohesion ; there is a lack, too, of that co-operation which is required. 
if the association is to be really successful and accomplish the objects for which 
it has been formed. This working in co-operation, the large organisations of 
capital, and the working together in associations, are comparatively new things 
to our business community. Time and experience will put things right; at 
present we have not accustomed ourselves to a newly-developing condition of 
affairs. Our business men, then, need to focus their attention on these early 
ailments of the movement and get them removed as soon as possible. 

A second group of defects arises indirectly but almost inevitably from that 
which has just been considered. Some alliances, rings, and associations have 
failed and come to an end. And in certain cases the cause has been unmistak- 
able, for there has been a lamentable want of loyalty, and even in some cases it 
must be said honesty, to the agreements entered into by the association. 

Only to mention one group as an instance of this—the New Trades Com- 
bination Movement, which caused quite a considerable stir during the late 
nineties of last century, especially in the Midlands among the metal trades. 
Articles appeared in the journals, and a book’ was written explaining the 
movement and great hopes were entertained that a new era had opened out 
before both Capital and Labour. But all ended in a failure. There was for a 
time a kind of Syndicalism—a syndicated industry enabling employers to increase 
their profits, and the workpeople to earn abnormally high wages. So long as 
competition could be kept out of the market, things went swimmingly and a 
specious prosperity developed. But the consumer was being exploited—the 
increased prices charged for such goods as metal bedsteads gave would-be 
competitors and unscrupulous members of the alliance their chance. The cheap 
wooden bedstead, however, made its appearance on the one hand, and on the 
other there were such things as secret discounts and commissions, and this 
special alliance ended in failure. The history of that short, but industrially 
instructive, movement has yet to be written. Its cardinal facts should be 
known to those who now have an opportunity for shaping the industrial future 
of this country. 

Three lessons stand out from this experience :— 

(i) We must learn to work together in association. : 

(ii) All members of an association must be absolutely loyal and honest to their 
engagements, either written or implied. - § 

(iii) Such associations must be regulated or the community will be exploited. 

Nor is it impossible to suggest a method by means of which this may result. 
When Employers’ Associations have justified themselves it should be possible to 
obtain State recognition for them, and it would be practical politics, when both 


? The New Trades’ Combination Movement, E. J. Smith, Rivingtons. 1899, 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 443 


Employers’ Associations and Trade Unions have developed to the point at which 
both merit State recognition, to enforce under penalty agreements made between 
them on all those, either employers or workpeople, who wished to work at the 
industry within the area under the recognised organisations. Thus it would 
not be necessary to make membership compulsory; self-interest would be the 
extent of the pressure. 

Turning to workpeople’s unions we also find defects which require removing. 
The policy of union has been practised among the workers for upwards of a 
century, and for at least half that time with well-marked success in certain 
directions. In the first instance it was the aristocracy of labour that realised 
the advantage of collective action, but, notably since the late ‘eighties of last 
century, efforts have been made to extend the policy to all grades of labour. 
Hence the ailments which have to be noted are rather more mature than those 
affecting Employers’ Associations. Success in certain directions has perhaps led 
some of the more ardent spirits to expect more from their unions than working 
conditions allow. The experience of old and tried leaders has led them to adopt 
a more cautious policy than the young bloods are inclined to accept. Hence 
there has been a want of loyalty, different, it is true, from that met with among 
employers, but equally disastrous if persisted in to the object in view. 

All the men in a given industry should be members of the union, provided 
that the union is well organised and ably administered. This should, however, 
be the result of self-interest and a regard for the good of fellow-workers, rather 
than of compulsion; how that may be attained has been suggested. Perfection 
of organisation will come when workpeople not only realise the real possibilities 
of collective action, but are prepared to follow loyally leaders who have been 
constitutionally elected. The leaders are in a better position to know the facts 
of the case immediately under review, but if their leadership has been found 
faulty there should be adequate machinery for replacing them with men who 
command the confidence of the majority of the members. When agreements 
have been entered into, the terms should be implicitly observed, even though 
they may turn out to be less advantageous than was expected. Periodical 
revision would make it possible to rectify mistakes or misapprehensions. But it 
cannot be too strongly emphasised that for both sets of organisations the great 
factor making for smooth and satisfactory working is absolute loyalty to the 
pledged word. A large employer of skilled labour, writing to me on this point, 
said : ‘In my opinion no industrial harmony can exist between employers and 
employees until Trade Unions, through their Executives, can compel their 
members to adhere to and honourably carry out all agreements entered into with 
the employers. . . . In fact, until a more honest code of morals exists on both 
sides no improvement can be looked for.’ 

Further, there is a need for a more complete and authoritative central 
authority, both for individual industries and for federated trades. The 
machinery for this exists; it merely requires development. When the local and 
central machinery has-been perfected, the right to strike, which, in common with 
the right to lock out as a final resource, should be jealously maintained, would be 
carefully regulated, and would only be resorted to as the considered judgment 
of the most experienced men on either side. It should be impossible for either 
an individual association or a section of it to order a strike or a lock-out on its 
own responsibility. 

What, then, do I consider should be the main outline of industrial organi- 
sation? Employers should be organised into :— 


(a) Associations of one trade in a given district. 
(6) National Associations of one trade. 

(c) Local Federations of trades. 

(d) National Federations of trades. 


Of these, 6 and d should be organised under a system of representation. 

Workpeople should have unions and federations corresponding to those of 
the employers, and in both cases the National Federations should be carefully 
organised Councils who would enjoy a large measure of authority, tempered by 
the necessity to win and preserve the confidence of their electors. From these 
two representative bodies there could be elected an Industrial Council as a Court 
of Appeal, representative of the whole industrial activity of the country, and so 


444 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION F. 


far as these various bodies were approved by the State they would enjoy far- 
reaching powers. ; 

Approval by the State should depend on the observance of moderation and 
working in conformity with carefully devised regulations. For the State in this 
matter would be the representative of the consumer and of the national interest. 
Without this you get something not very far removed from Syndicalism, but 
under careful regulation abuses might be avoided. 

At the head of the organisation there would be a real Industrial Council 
representing the industry of the country. The Industrial Council established in 
the year 1911 has never had a fair chance to show its mettle. It was established 
at a critical time; perhaps the Government did not feel justified to throw a great 
responsibility on an untried body. Nevertheless it exemplified a very wise 
policy, and one regrets that it has not been tested, for even now both employers 
and workpeople feel that some such Council is preferable to State interference, 
and there is a clearly articulated distrust on both sides of official arbitration. 

We do not need at the present juncture to attempt a new experiment. Our 
old system, whatever its failings, has been tried and proved sound. Its elasticity 
has been its salvation, and it is capable of still further evolution without calling 
for drastic changes. The improved organisation that is now suggested would 
contain nothing that is new or untried. It would consist of natural developments 
of what already exists. Employers and workpeople have organised themselves 
into associations and unions, some of these have developed federations of similar 
or even of unconnected interests; and both parties have their national congresses, 
or at any rate the germ of them. The demand now is that the organisations 
already in existence be perfected, and that those perfected organisations shall in 
all their agreements be loyally and honestly supported by their members. 
Success depends on absolute loyalty to the pledged word. 

Here we have a practical policy suited to the needs of this critical stage in 
our history. The ideal organisation has yet to be formulated, but what is here 
proposed would form a definite step in advance, and the very elasticity of the 
system would be a good augury for the future. 

Among the innovations recently introduced into this country, and one calcu- 
lated to have important effects on our industrial well-being, is automatic and 
semi-automatic machinery. We have been accustomed to the use of labour-saving 
machines—indeed, this country was the birthplace of many of them. The re- 
equipment, however, of our factories for war purposes, both in tools and work- 
people, has wrought a revolution comparable with that effected by the intro- 
duction of the steam-engine. 

From the point of view of craftsmanship our old system had much in its 
favour. Our mechanics in certain trades had to be highly skilled, for the de- 
scription of work turned out made considerable demands on the operative. In 
America and Germany standardisation has been carried very much further than 
in this country, and consequently repetition work was much more generally 
practised than with us. 

One may grieve over the passing of our old methods, as one is sometimes 
tempted to regret the days of cottage industries. Neither, however, is compatible 
with modern conditions, and an important part of the work of reconstruction and 
reorganisation will be connected with standardisation and the further introduction 
of repetition work. This will call for the exercise of careful and experienced 
industrial statesmanship, if trouble is to be avoided, for agreements will have 
to be framed which will in the long run work equitably and satisfactorily to all 
the parties concerned. 

A Committee of this Association has been investigating for the past two years 
into the extent to which women have recently replaced men in industry. A 
certain amount of exaggeration exists as to the number of women who have 
entered our factories or undertaken services left vacant by men who have joined 
the Forces. The total number is in round figures about 600,000, as against five 
million men who have joined either the Navy or the Army as a consequence of 
the war. ; 

The entry of large numbers of women into industry has been viewed with 
a certain amount of alarm by the men; and Trade Unions have naturally 
stipulated, where possible, that these women shall receive the same rates of pay 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 445 


for the same work as the men, and that when the men return the women shall 
give place to them. 

That there was little ground for alarm as to the influx of women can be 
realised by a consideration of a few facts and figures. The majority of men 
who enlisted were workpeople of one sort or another; of these, unhappily, 
some have been killed in battle or have been rendered incapable for work. 
Even so, the majority will come home requiring occupation. What opportunities 
will they find? 

To answer this question at all satisfactorily it is necessary to consider some 
determining factors. Thousands of men have left indoor occupations and their 
accustomed town life, and have been trained, drilled, and disciplined under open- 
air conditions. They have lived, worked, and fought in the open country in 
some cases for many months. The new experience has had potent effects. 
Physique has improved, the outlook on life has changed, in many cases new 
hopes for the future have been formed. Inquiry shows that there is a division 
of opinion as to the extent to which disbanded members of the Forces will decide 
on making a radical change in their mode of life. Yet the experience of what 
occurred after the South African War warrants us in assuming that considerable 
numbers will only return to indoor occupations and town life if there be no 
alternative. It is too soon yet to form an opinion as to what opportunities 
there will be for land settlement. But it is known that offers will be made 
both at home and in various parts of the Empire. A moderate estimate of those 
accepting these offers, and of our losses of killed and permanently disabled, 
would be at least one million. Then we shall undoubtedly require, at any rate 
for some years, a much larger standing Army. Even on a peace footing this 
at a moderate computation may be put at a million men. These two figures, 
and neither of them errs on the side of exaggeration, will absorb two million 
men who will be permanently lost to the old occupations. 

Moreover, there is good ground for anticipating that if the war concludes 
before our resources are unduly strained, and there is every prospect that it 
will, there will be a period of good trade. We have to restore our own depleted 
stocks of goods, our mercantile marine demands a large amount of new tonnage, 
railways and other transport services will require much new equipment. Turn- 
ing to the Continent, parts of France, Belgium, and other of the Entente 
countries will need reconstruction works of considerable proportions, and in this 
work we shall play a great part. World markets, too, have been kept short 
of many manufactured goods. We shall be in a position both to finance and 
carry on a greatly extended system of industry and commerce, for not only is 
our banking system prepared to face this, but our man force has been greatly 
improved, and our industrial equipment to a great extent remodelled. 

Reverting to the somewhat thorny question of the women who have been 
engaged on what were men’s occupations, I see no cause for alarm. Many 
women came forward from motives of patriotism and will gladly resume their 
former state. The question, I believe, will rather be, how can we obtain the 
labour necessary to cope with the post-war demand? 

The new equipment of our factories will place us in a position to increase 
very greatly our output, and this should enable us not only to face a possible 
labour shortage, but, if the recommendations made by this Section of the Asso- 
ciation meet with a favourable response, our labour force should enter upon a 
new period of prosperity consequent on a remodelling which has been rendered 
possible by a reorganisation of our industrial machinery. This new epoch for 
labour would include higher wages, shorter hours, and better working conditions. 
To effect these salutary advances both employers and employed need to exercise 
sanity of judgment, frankness in mutual discussions, and a recognition of the fact 
that the prosperity and material well-being of each is bound up in a common 
effort to maintain and develop our industrial and commercial position. 


The following Report was then presented and discussed :— 
On Industrial Unrest.—See Reports, p. 274. 


446 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION F. 


THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 7. 


The following Report and Paper were received :— 


1. Outlets for Labour on the Land. By CuristopHER TUuRNOR. 


4. Report on the Replacement of Men by Women in Industry. 
See Reports, p. 276. 


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 8. 
The following Report and Paper were received :— 


1. Report on the Effects of the War on Credit, Currency, and 
Finance.—See Reports, p. 278. 


2. The English Historical Method in Economics.—Rent. 
By T. B. Brownina. 


1. This paper opened with two questions: (1) Has the war introduced any 
substantial change in the nation’s attitude towards economic problems? And 
(2), if so, is it likely to be permanent and induce a corresponding change in 
national policy? Answering both questions in the affirmative, the writer 
selected for consideration the subject of rent, because the main schools of 
economic thought, both at home and abroad, diverge at that point. 

2. Then followed the body of the article, dealing, first, with the founder 
of economic induction in England, Dr. Richard Jones (1790-1855); secondly, 
with his classification of rents, his summation of their incidents, and inferences 
from the facts ascertained ; and, thirdly, with later developments of the inquiry 
in respect to proprietorship and tenancy, redemption of the soil, and the 
relation of price to rent and rent to wages. 

3. The view thus obtained is contrasted with the deductive or speculative 
conception usually associated with the name of Ricardo; with the outcome of 
that conception as applied to India and as embodied in current doctrines of 
increment, State-assumption of rent, and theoretic Socialism; its adaptability 
to statistical and social investigation respecting the individual, the family, the 
State; and its relation to the prime elements of national welfare, consumption 
and production, price of goods, and value of industries. 

4. In conclusion the author expressed the conviction that a similar success 
would accompany and follow a more intense application of the comparative 
method to political economy as has signalised its application to philology, law, 
and the several branches of sociology. 


SATURDAY, SEPTEMBER 9. 
The following Paper and Report were received :— 


1. The Decimal System in Currency, Weights, and Measures. 
By Sir Ricuarp BursipcEe and Dr. G, B. Hunter. 


It is of vital importance to prepare for the necessary reform in British 
weights, measures, and coinage now, in order that at the end of the war we 
shall be able to start on equal terms with our trade adversaries. An immense 
competition for the trade of neutral countries is coming, and orders will 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION F. 447 


naturally be placed with countries which use the weights and measures to which 
they are accustomed. There is every reason to suppose that the United States 
realises this, and already a Bill has been introduced into Congress which will 
make the metric system the only legal one from July 1, 1920. 

France would welcome this change being made by Britain, which would un- 
doubtedly make trade conditions easier between the two countries. 

Italy expresses the same opinion. But, while preferring to buy British 
goods, German and Austrian merchandise (not handicapped by complicated 
weights, measures, and coinage) are flooding and being purchased in that 
country. 

Similar reports come from the French Riviera. 

The Consul-General of Bolivia strongly advocates the use by Britain of the 
metric system as an aid to recovering her trade with South America. 

The Buenos Ayres Standard gives figures contrasting the amount of 
machinery supplied by Germany and by Britain to Argentina before the war. 

The Overseas Dominions are prepared to make the reform, but are waiting 
for the Mother Country to move first. . 

The advantages to be gained at home by the reform comprise great saving 
of time educationally, and also a saving of time and labour in industrial and 
commercial undertakings of every description. 


2. Second Interim Report on Fatigue from the Economic Standpoint. 
See Reports, p. 251. 


448 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION G 


Section G.—ENGIN HERING. 


PRESIDENT OF THE SECTION: GERALD G. Sronzny, B.A., F.R.S. 


WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6. 


The President delivered the following Address :— 


Ar times such as these the mind naturally turns to problems to be considered 
both at the present time and after the war, and in considering such problems a 
review of some of the errors committed in the past is most necessary. 

Such a review enables methods which should be adopted both now and in 
the future to be considered. 

As this is an address to the Engineering Section of the British Association 
for the Advancement of Science, only such problems will be considered as affect 
engineering and its allied industries. 

One thing which has handicapped our industries is the reluctance of firms to 
utilise highly educated labour or to adopt scientific methods. In looking round 
the industries of the district one is struck by the small number of men who 
have undergone a thorough scientific training at one of the Universities or at 
one of the leading technical colleges, and who occupy a prominent place in the 
firms in this district. 

The general complaint is that University and college men are too theoretical 
and not practical. 

It is the usual thing for a bad workman to blame his tools, and is it not 
because employers do not know how to make use of such labour that they utilise 
it to such a small and imperfect extent? 

Things are very different in some other countries with which we have com- 
peted in the past, and with which there will be in all probability still fiercer 
competition in the future. There we find the fullest use made of highly educated 
scientific labour. 

How many engineering firms in this district have a skilled chemist on their 
staff, and what percentage of these pay him a decent salary? And how many 
heads of firms have sufficient chemical knowledge to appreciate the work of and 
utilise the services of such a man because unless there is appreciation of the 
work done by such a man his services are useless and he becomes discouraged, 
generally finding himself up against the blank stone wall of there being no 
appreciation of his services, and yet chemical problems are continually cropping 
up in engineering work. There is the question of the supply of materials; as 
a rule the manufacturer trusts to the name of the contractor and assumes that 
he gets materials of the composition and purity he ordered. Every now and 
then something goes wrong and the question arises, why? Without a chemist 
to analyse the material it is often most difficult to say. Apart from this 
question of the analysis of raw or partly manufactured materials received, there 
is the chronic question as to the mixtures of the metals in both the metal and 
brass foundry, and large economies can be effected by systematic analyses. 

Another direction in which scientific labour is invaluable is in seeing that 
instruments are in proper order and that tests are accurately carried out. Tests 
carried out with inaccurate instruments and without proper scientific precautions 
to see that they are accurate and reliable are worse than useless, and in fact 
most misleading and dangerous, as entirely unreliable inferences may be drawn 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 449 


from them and far-reaching troubles caused in the future. How many tests of 
steam engines are unreliable because there is no standardisation of the pressure 
and vacuum gauges and thermometers used, and in how many cases is even the 
reading of the barometer omitted? An absolute pressure stated as so many 
inches of vacuum has no meaning unless the barometer reading is also given 
or the inches of vacuum are stated as reduced to ‘Bar. 30.2 How many firms 
using steam have any arrangements for testing vacuum and pressure gauges? 
And yet there are no instruments more liable to error than these gauges. When 
one tries to analyse the results of steam tests one is constantly up against the 
elementary question ‘ Were the gauges, &c., accurate? What a misfortune it is 
that there were no means of testing their accuracy.’ Under scientific super- 
vision arrangements are made to avoid such troubles and get reliable results 
which can be depended on for future designs. 

What has been said about pressure gauges and the measurement of pressure 
applies, of course, to all other instruments and measurements. In most works, 
it may be said with sorrow, that the only moderately accurate measurements 
that can be made are those of dimensions and weight. It is only by accurate 
testing of existing plant that reliable deductions can be drawn enabling safe 
progress to be made in future designs. 

One of the great things which helped forward the steam turbine in the early 
days was accurate and full testing of each plant as soon as it was completed 
and before it left the works. The late Mr. Willans was probably the first, or 
one of the first, to recognise the importance of accurate testing of steam plant, 
and the success his well-known engine had was largely due to this. From the 
earliest days of the steam turbine, Sir Charles Parsons recognised the necessity 
of such testing, and the test house has always been a prominent feature of 
Heaton Works. And then in the higher ranks of engineering works it requires 
a scientific mind to draw safe conclusions from tests carried out and to 
see in what directions progress can be safely made. Such methods have 
enabled the steam turbine during the writer’s acquaintance with it, now extend- 
ing over some twenty-eight years, to grow from 50 horse-power to some 45,000 
or more in each unit, and the steam consumption to be reduced from 40 lb. 
per h.p. hour to about 73 lb. or less than one-fifth. 

And closely allied to such work in engineering works is the general question 
of scientific research, and here a trained scientific mind is of the utmost import- 
ance to see that reliable results are obtained and to make true logical deductions 
from those results. Without suitable training a man is liable to be unable to 
grasp all the conditions of an experiment and to make deductions from the 
data obtained which are totally unjustified and often lead to most disastrous 
results in the future. 

Such research is generally carried out in four places—engineering works, 
private laboratories, engineering colleges, and national laboratories. 

The first has already been dealt with. 

The second is of comparatively small importance in practice. 

As regards the third a great deal of good work has been done in engineering 
colleges, often under great difficulties for want of plant and money, and it is 
greatly to the credit of our professors and others that they have succeeded 
in doing so much with the very inadequate appliances at their disposal, and 
handicapped for want of funds. How inadequate their income is can be under- 
stood when it is remembered that Leipzig University alone has an annual 
income from the German Government of 100,000/., as against a total Government 
grant to all the Universities here of about 45,000/., or less than half. 

Of national laboratories we have only one, the National Physical Laboratory 
at Teddington, and here again the support given to it is totally inadequate. 
The total income from all sources last year was only 40,000/., and of this 
23,0007. was charges for work done, such as testing meters and other instru- 
ments and such commercial work; the Government grant is only 7,000/. a year, 
and besides this 7,5007. was received for experiments in connection with 
aeronautics, which is really war work. The balance was made up of sub- 
scriptions, grants from technical societies, and miscellaneous receipts. Compare 
this with the German equivalent, the Reichsanstalt of Berlin, which has an 
income of 70,0007. a year from the Government, or ten times that given to 
our N.P.L. The Bureau of Standards, the similar institution in U.S.A., has 

1916 : GG 


450 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION G. 


a Government grant of 140,000/., or twenty times ours. In the Civil Service 
Estimates there is an allowance of 40,000/. for research, an increase of 15,0001. 
over that allotted last year. The total estimates are over 20,000,000/., so that 
less than one-fifth per cent. is allotted to research. 

It is difficult to realise what benefits might be gained by investigations 
which could be carried on by the N.P.L. if only sufficient funds were available, 
and of what importance they might be to industry at large. One example may 
suffice. Some time ago the Reichsanstalt carried out a most complete set of 
tests on a certain class of machine, an investigation which must have cost 
several thousands of pounds sterling, apart from the time it occupied. The 
results of this investigation are available to German manufacturers of this 
machine, and just before the war preparations were being made to take 
advantage of this, and from figures stated a large extra economy was expected. 
This, of course, would enable them, provided the cost of manufacture was not 
too high, to have an enormous advantage over such machines manufactured 
without this special knowledge. The Institution of Mechanical Engineers saw 
the importance of this problem and appointed a Research Committee to deal 
with the question, but the first question met with is that of finance. Should 
this be the case in a wealthy country such as this that depends on its manu- 
factures for its very existence? And that such an investigation is required is 
obvious from the fact that the designs of no two independent manufacturers 
of this machine in this country agree among themselves. Of course, each claims 
his is the best, but) this cannot be so. 

Investigations in engineering shops do not meet such a case. The question 
of finance has to be carefully watched, and as soon as results sufficiently good 
are obtained they are generally accepted, and in any case the problem is rarely 
thrashed out to the bottom, an almost universal defect in commercial research 
work, Without the help of the National Physical Laboratory the position of 
the aeroplane in this country would be very different from what it is, and 
what has been done for the aeroplane requires to be done in many other 
directions. 

But what firm here would do what has been done in the commercial synthesis 
of indigo, on which it is said that seventeen years’ work and over 1,000,000/. 
has been spent by one firm alone abroad? Here, in chemical investigations and 
manufactures, the Government refuse to even give the help of allowing cheap 
alcohol to be obtainable, and much of such work is impossible in this country 
on this account, as in mary cases methylated and denatured alcohol are not 
suitable. Recently under pressure the restrictions have been somewhat relaxed 
by the Government, but many manufacturers have found that the privileges 
granted are so tied up in red tape that the concessions are practically useless. 

And it is not only on the scientific side that there is so much to be done 
in the way of putting our house in order; there is much to be done in the 
way of putting the management and commercial sides of engineering and other 
allied works in a position to compete. 

The great growth of engineering works and their being formed into limited 
liability companies have not been without their drawbacks. 

In the old days engineering works were comparatively small, and, as a 
rule, one man, generally a clever engineer, was at the head. After his death, 
and often before, the place was turned into a limited liability company, and 
gradually fell into the hands of a body of men, many of them not technical, who 
had no further interest in the firm than to draw their salaries as directors and 
managers, and who had no financial stake in the concern beyond the 500/. or 
1,0007. in shares necessary to qualify them as directors. The result is that the 
place gradually degenerates, initiative ceases, and it finally gets to a stage of not 
paying any dividends, and really being kept going, not for the sake of the 
shareholders, but of the directors and other officials. 

Such a firm as a rule does not put enough aside for depreciation, and thus its 
machinery and buildings degenerate and become obsolete, which makes it still 
less able to compete with more modern firms. At the same time it is not 
able to afford the money necessary to carry on the experimental and research 
work which is a necessity for any progressive firm, and thus its manufacturers 
cease to progress with the times. As Sir Charles Parsons truly said, a man or 
firm in the face of financial difficulties cannot carry on research work, and, 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 451 


further, that the minimum spent on research work should be at least one per 
cent. of the turnover, and that the amount it is advisable to spend is three per 
cent. Unless a firm makes good profits it cannot keep up to date, and will 
sooner or later go to the wall. 

But the workman says that he should have his share. What is his share 
under the present state of things? The average capital expended in engineer- 
ing works per individual employed is about 2007. An investigation the writer 
made some years ago gave this figure, and it was confirmed by an investigation 
of shipbuilding yards, which gave 185/., and of the Census of Production, which 
gives a capital of 1,500,000,000/. for 7,000,000 workers, or 214, per man. An 
investigation of the dividends paid shows them to be about 4 per cent. on the 
capital employed. Here it must be remembered that firms paying 10 to 15 per 
cent. on their ordinary capital have often a large preference and debenture 
capital, on which a much lower rate of interest is paid, and also that often 
part of the ordinary capital was issued at a premium. Also account has to be 
taken of the large number of companies that do not pay any dividend on their 
ordinary stock, and often none on their preference. Little is as a rule heard 
of the finances of such companies; it is the ones paying good dividends that 
public attention is drawn to. 

‘Tt thus means that the shareholders get about 8/7. per year per individual 
employed. 

On the other hand, the average wages for men and boys, skilled and un- 
skilled, is about 70/. per annum in normal times. This means that the worker 
gets between eight and nine times as much as the capitalist, and shows on 
what a very small margin the capitalist works. And without the capitalist, 
under our present system of individualism, there would be no factories erected 
and run, and therefore no work for the working-man, a thing it is well for 
him to remember, and also that without profits the capitalist will not invest 
in engineering and other works in this country, but will seek for a more profitable 
field for his capital elsewhere. Every 200/. invested in this country in a factory 
means work and livelihood for one British working-man. 

At the same time I am sorry to say the employer does not look after the 
welfare of his workmen as he might. In a small factory the head of the 
firm, as a rule, knows all the leading men among the workmen, many of them 
having been with him for years. As the place grows he loses touch with his 
men, and as an actual fact knows fewer of those under him when he has 1,000 
or more employees than he did when he had 400 or under. This state of things 
gets worse when the place is turned into a limited liability company, as nearly 
all large places are at present. The result is that a most deplorable state of 
things has come to pass. The workman says, ‘ Put not thy trust in employers’ ; 
the master says, ‘Put not thy trust in workmen’; and the official who is 
between the master and the workman says, ‘ Put not thy trust in either.’ 

It is difficult to say what is to be done to remedy this state of things, but 
one cannot help feeling much might have been done in the past to have pre- 
vented such a regrettable state of affairs as there is at present. Much of this 
trouble might have been avoided if employers had shown more considera- 
tion for the welfare of their workmen. Of course there are some notable 
exceptions, but they are few and far between. An example is the necessity 
of the Factory Acts to ensure proper light and air and other arrangements 
necessary for the health of the workmen. But much more should be done. 
Why is it that canteens are being rushed up all over the country, and why 
were there so few before? In many works to this day the provisions for 
getting food and drink warmed are most primitive and inefficient, and as to 
getting anything to eat if one has to work overtime unexpectedly, it is in 
most works impossible. As a rule the only thing available was a drink at the 
public house outside the gates, and even ‘this is now closed at five o'clock. 
Why if a man works overtime should he also starve? And how can efficient 
work be expected under such conditions? Why also should there not be 
provision for drying clothes after walking to work on a wet morning, and 
each man be provided with a cupboard where he could keep a change of boots? 
Why are not sanitary arrangements decently private, and why are they not kept 
clean and wholesome? They are often in a disgraceful state, These are only 
a few samples of the directions in which much might be done, 


oa2 


452 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION G. 


The adjustment of the wages to be paid to the workman is a most difficult 
one. There are three principal ways of paying workmen: on time, on piece, 
and on bonus. 

On time is the only way of paying a man who is on various classes of work, 
where the fair time required for each job is not known, and in many Cases the 
most highly skilled men are on such work and as a result only make time wages. 
This results often in the highly skilled man making less money than the less 
skilled man who is on repetition work and as a consequence is working on piece 
or bonus, and this is obviously unfair. For example, a man may have the 
setting up and adjusting of a number of machines on repetition work, and he 
often makes less money than the less skilled men under him who are on piece or 
bonus, although their nominal rate of wages is less than his. 

Again, highly skilled erectors who go outside the works to erect machinery, 
often worth thousands of pounds, and set it to work, are only paid on time, and 
often make less money than their fellows who are on piece inside the works. 

The adjusting of piece prices is a most difficult one. They should be adjusted 
so as to be fair both to master and man, but too often such fixing of prices is 
left to subordinate officials who have in many cases their own axe to grind. 
There should in all works be a special department for such fixing of prices, 
and once a price is fixed it should not be altered without good reason. The 
practice of cutting prices by the masters in the past is, in the opinion of the 
writer, largely responsible for the present limitation of output by the men about 
which we hear so much. There is a rule that if a man makes more than time and 
half or time and third the price of the job is to be cut. If the price has been 
fairly fixed why should it be reduced because the man makes large wages due to 
his skill and industry? The larger the output from his vice or lathe the better 
for the master, as he is getting a larger output from his plant with a certain 
capital expenditure, and thereby establishment charges are reduced. This is 
especially the case in machine work, as the hourly value of the machine employed 
often far exceeds the wages of the workman employed. 

A fair rating for machine tools is 4d. per hour per 100/. value, and as the 
time rating of the man is generally about 9d., it is easily seen that if the 
average value of the machine tools exceed 225/. machine charges exceed time 
wages, and the average value of machine tools is generally largely in excess 
of this figure, in fact often about double it. It is therefore obvious that it is 
much more important to get large output than to pay small wages. 

The result of this ‘ time and half’ rule is that a good man, by working up to 
the limit of his capacity, ‘spoils the job’ for the next man who comes along 
and may not be of the same calibre as the first man. It has therefore been 
found advisable and necessary by the workmen to limit the output of all men 
to a certain standard, and this results in the end by the pace being set by the 
slowest man on a particular job. 

A fair bonus system is perhaps the ideal way of paying men, but here, again, 
although the times for a job are supposed to be fixed and unalterable, in too 
many cases they have been altered by various devices, and as a result the 
system is looked on with suspicion by the workman. 

Gradually bit by bit the pernicious doctrine that the less work done by a 
man the more employment there will be has grown up, he not seeing that the 
cheaper an article can be produced the larger will be the sale for it and the 
better it will be able to compete with the products, not only of other producers 
in this country but of those abroad. And also that very cheapness, combined 
with good quality, induces the sale for such articles to be large. 

Laziness is inherent in man, and on an average no man will work unless 
compelled to do so, and still less will work his best unless there is a great 
inducement. This is true not only of the working-man but of all other classes. 
Therefore the policy of ‘Ca’ Canny’ has been only too readily adopted on the 
ground not only that it was pleasant for the man himself but also he believed 
that it tended to the welfare of his fellow-workmen. 

The writer has very reluctantly come to the conclusion that the workman 
of to-day is not doing as much work as was done some thirty years ago when 
he was in the shops, and not only this, but that timekeeping is not as good. 
In this connection, however, it must be rememhered that excessive overtime 
inevitably leads to bad timekeeping. 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 453 


Bad timekeeping causes much more loss than that due to the actual time 
lost, as not only does machinery and other plant lie idle, but the disorganisation 
caused in works by lost time is most serious. \ 

With the growth in strength of the Trades Unions, which at first were for 
the legitimate object of seeing that the workman got fair play, and providing 
out-of-work and old-age benefits, &c., has grown up asystem of Trades Union 
officials who live by agitation, and whose job would be gone if there were no 
supposed grievances to agitate about. ‘These men keep the labour world in a 
constant state of agitation, and make the employers’ and officials’ existence a 
burden to them by constant demands of all sorts, many of them utterly imprac- 
ticable and unfair. When they cannot agitate against the employer they 
agitate against another Trades Union, and thus endless disputes spring up on 
the demarcation of work. Some of the worst strikes in the past have been 
due to disputes between two Trades Unions. 

Unless something can be done to bring master and man together and make 
both work for the common good, English trade must inevitably go down, and 
the supremacy that England has in the engineering of the world will come 
to an end. 

Nothing ever was a truer statement than that recently made by Lord Joicey 
that this country, unless it produces as cheap or cheaper than other countries, 
cannot in the long run keep her trade, and this is true in spite of any tariff 
walls which may be set up. And if the present state of affairs is maintained 
of unscientific management and obsolete machinery, combined with limitation of 
output and high wages, or, in other words, high cost of production, we must, 
sooner or later, go to the wall. 

What is really wanted is common honesty and common sense on both sides, 
for one side is as bad as the other at present. 

And now about the official, who is in all grades from the manager down to 
the foreman, and who comes between the master and the man. Unless he is 
treated fairly by the master, and unless he treats his men fairly, there is sure 
to be friction and loss of efficiency. He must also work with his fellow-officials, 
who move in lines more or less parallel to his, and here, to prevent jealousies 
and to prevent the more unscrupulous among them taking unfair advantages, 
demarcation of each official’s duties and work is most important. This is a 
point often omitted to be taken sufficiently into account in the organisation of 
works, and often causes most disastrous results. The duties of each man 
should be clearly defined by the master, and no interference with those of others 
tolerated. ‘The master also should remember that the official has no Trades 
Union or similar organisation to protect him, and should act accordingly. Much 
more could be said about the relations of the official both with his fellow- 
official who is on the same level as himself, with his master who is above him, 
and the workman who is under him, but time forbids. On all three sides much 
improvement could be effected. The fact remains, however, that for success 
it is essential that all from the apprentice to the head of the firm should work 
as one homogeneous whole. 

Apart from the considerations set out above, combinations among the firms 
employed in any one trade are most essential for the well-being of that trade. 
It is by such combination that much of the progress made of late years by 
our competitors has been effected. Some of these combinations have been 
international, and at least two such in the engineering trade before the war 
were so. These now, of course, are, and it is expected will be after the war, 
confined to the allied and possibly to neutral countries, but such combinations, 
whether among all the engineering firms in one district or among firms employed 
in one particular trade, to be successful must be worked fairly to all members, 
and the larger firms must not override the smaller, as, it is regrettable to Say, 
has been done in combinations of employers in some districts. For example, in 
a district where there is one firm very much larger than any of the others, it 
is not unknown for it to act the bully and insist on everything being done as 
would suit its requirements, regardless of the rights of others. And, further, 
such combinations are, unless directed by men with broad minds and able to 
take a wide view of things, apt, especially in case of emergency, to do 
much harm. 


454. TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION G. 


If the Armament Ring in this country had taken such a view when it was 
found what an enormous supply of munitions was required, it is doubtful if 
there would have been such a shortage as there has been. Hundreds of firms 
were willing and anxious to help in the production of munitions, but when 
they offered their services they were met in many cases with a blank refusal, 
and in all cases with little encouragement. And when, under pressure from the 
Government, the Ring accepted outside help, in many cases the conditions 
imposed on the sub-contractors were unfair in the extreme, apparently the whole 
idea of the Ring being to make all the profit they could out of the troubles of 
the Empire. It has been just as difficult to persuade the Armament Ring to 
give up what they thought was their monopoly and to bring in outside works 
to help in the production of munitions as it has been to persuade the Trades 
Unions to forgo trade customs and to enable outside sources of labour to be 
employed, such as women and other unskilled labour. But both have had to 
do it. In other words, ‘ Dilution of Works’ has been as difficult to effect as 
‘Dilution of Labour,’ and the position of both the Armament Ring and of the 
workman would have been very different if they had consented freely to it 
when it became obviously necessary for the safety of the Empire. 

Combination among workmen is admittedly a necessity if they are to have 
fair play, but combination among employers has come later and is equally a 
necessity. 

At present most of the principal federations of employers deal only with 
wages questions and questions affecting labour, but they require to be extended 
so as to take in all branches of the business of engineering. Labour has long 
seen the importance of federation; it is now for Capital to do the same. One 
of the great difficulties has been that certain firms would not join, and a very 
small proportion acting thus weakens the whole to a much greater extent than 
the actual ratio of this small proportion of the whole. It is easy to see how 
alive Labour is to this by the constant trouble over the Non-Union question, and 
this is well put in the notice addressed last March to the Transport Workers of 
the Mersey district, ‘To be outside a Union is to be disloyal not only to your 
own class but to yourselves individually.’ What applies to Labour also applies 
to firms; for a firm to be outside the Federation is to be disloyal, not only to 
its fellow-firms but to itself. 

Such a state of affairs is not tolerated in some of the countries competing 
with us, and it is questionable whether action by the Government is not 
advisable. 

An example of the mischief done by a few who would not fall into line with 
the many is seen by the necessity for the Act compelling the early closing of 
shops one day a week. The great majority were ready to close, but the action 
of a small minority prevented their doing so, and in the end compulsion had to 
be used on the minority. Legislation has not ‘been necessary to prevent ‘ black- 
legging’ in the labour world since other methods have been used which have 
been practically successful, but it is quite possible it may be necessary to use 
compulsion to make firms toe the line. 

Such combinations are not only for labour questions but also for all other 
subjects affecting the engineering industry at large, and more especially the 
special industries in which any one firm deals. Thus they resolve themselves 
into general federations of all engineering industries and minor ones dealing 
with particular trades. 

The former deal chiefly with labour questions and questions affecting the 
industry as a whole, the latter with those affecting any particular trade. 

Among the questions coming up to be considered by the latter class is the 
standardisation of specifications and conditions of contracts as well as in some 
cases the adjusting of prices to avoid unfair competition and to put the whole 
trade on a paying basis. Much has been done in this direction with most 
advantageous results in certain cases, but much more remains to be done if this 
country is going to hold its place in the world. 

The necessities of research work have already been dealt with, and by the 
pooling of such research work enormous advantages in any one trade could be 
obtained. Such pooling of information has been effected with most beneficial 
results, especially in the chemical trade abroad. Any workable scheme which 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 455 


would enable this to be done and get over the jealousies between one firm and 
another would be of enormous benefit to the trade in general. 

Another thing that must not be lost sight of is the urgent need of improving 
our educational system. It is little short of a disgrace that the older Univer- 
sities are closed to those without a knowledge of Latin and Greek. 

Languages are of the greatest importance to an engineer—not dead 
languages but live ones. And these should be properly taught, so that the 
student should not only be able to read and write them but also to speak and 
understand them. It is quite a different knowledge of a language to be able to 
read, write, speak, or understand it. Many people can read a language without 
being able to write, speak, or understand it, and conversely it is not uncommon 
to meet people who can speak and understand a language without being able to 
any large extent to read or write it. And it is only in live languages that a man 
is trained to speak and understand a language. 

Why is it that we are so wedded to the dead languages? There is, of 
course, the tradition that such are necessary for a liberal education, and 
there is the argument that modern languages are not as good a training for 
the mind. Granted that they are not quite so good from the point of view 
of learning to read and write them, does not the fact that they can also he 
taught as a live language to be spoken and understood make them on the 
whole the best educationally for a man? This is entirely apart from the fact 
that modern languages are useful and ancient useless to the man in commercial 
work. There is, of course, bitter opposition from that most conservative man, 
the schoolmaster, and one great reason is that it is much easier and cheaper 
to get a man to teach Latin and Greek than modern languages which have 
to be taught orally. The teaching of Latin and Greek as they are usually taught 
has been standardised to the last degree, and as a result they can be taught 
by the ‘semi-skilled’ man, and a ‘skilled’ man is not necessary, to use 
engineers’ phraseology. In fact, teaching of Latin and Greek is a pure ‘ repeti- 
tion job.’ At the same time no education is complete unless science is combined 
with languages and also literature, and here lies one great danger of modern 
technical education. 

And after the boy has left school and enters the shops more facilities 
should be given to enable him not only to keep up but continue his education. 
In the shops and drawing office too often the boy is left to pick up a 
knowledge of his trade as best he can. The apprentice who asks questions 
is often looked on as a nuisance, and requests for information are generally 
met by a blank refusal or worse. Often the foreman or chief draughtsman 
is afraid to answer questions for fear of being charged with giving away 
so-called ‘trade secrets,’ but an immense deal of information can be given 
to an apprentice without doing so. 

Evening classes are all very good in their way, but more facilities should 
be given for the diligent apprentice to attend day classes, and this can 
be arranged in various ways if the employer has a will to do it. A thing 
that at present often prevents boys desirous of educating themselves getting 
on is the fact that overtime is allowed as soon as a boy is eighteen, and 
often he is compelled to work overtime regardless of classes that he ought 
to be attending. 

It is important to remember that the boy of to-day is the man of to-morrow. 

One complaint is that after a lot of trouble is taken about a boy he 
leaves after a few years and goes to another employer. The good of the 
trade in general must be considered, and a man who has had experience of 
various classes of work is generally a much more valuable man than one 
whose knowledge is confined to one class only. In any case the other 
employer gets the benefit of what has been done by the first, and thus the 
trade in general benefits. 

It is felt that this is a very imperfect review of things as they are at 
present, but if this address induces all classes engaged in engineering to 
consider how things can be bettered the author feels that a part, at all events, 
of his object has been attained. 


456 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION G. 


The following Paper was then read :— 


Timit Gauges. By Dr. R. T Guazmproox, C.B., F.R.S. 


THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 7. 
The following Papers and Reports were received :— 


1. The Principle of Similitude in Engineering Design.” 
By Dr. T. EB. Stanton, F.B.S. 


Standardisation and its Influence on the Engineering Industries.* 
By C. up Maistre (with a Foreword by Sir Joun Woure-Barry, 
K.C. B. Baek R. S. ). 


ne) 


3. Pressure Oil Film Lubricalion.t| By H. T. Newstary. 


4. The Influence of Pressure on the Electrical Ignition of Methane.* 
By Professor W. M. Tuornton, D.Sc. 


5. Some Experiments on the Possibility of working Diesel Engines with 
Low, Compression Pressures. By Professor W. H. WATKINSON. 


e 


6. Interim Report on Gaseous Explosions.—See Reports, p. 292. 


7. The Calculation of the Capacity of Aerials, including the Effects of 
Masts and Buildings.?’ By Professor G. W. O. Hown, D.Sc. 


8. Some Characteristic Curves for a Poulsen Arc Generator.’ 
By N. W. MchLacuuan. 


9. Interim Report on Complex Stress Distribution. 
See Reports, p. 280. 


10. Report on Engineering Problems affecting the Fulure Prosperily of 
the Country. 


— == = ——— =—— 


Published in Hngineering, vol. 102, p. 236. 
Published in Hngineering, vol. 102, p. 266. 
Published in Zngineering, vol. 102, p. 240. 
Published in Hngineering, vol. 102, p. 264. 
Published in The Electrician, voi. 77, p. 775 
Published in Hngineering, vol. 102, p. 290. 
Published in The Electrician, vol. 77, pp. 761, 880. 
Published in The Electrician, vol. 77, p. 883. 


3a oo 4 bp & bh KR 


oo 


TRANSACTIONS OF SEOTION G. 457 


FRIDAY, SEPTRMBER 8. 


Joint Discussion wilh Section B of the Report of the Committee 
on F'uel Heonomy. 


Professor W. A. Bone, Dr. J. T. Dunn, Dr. J. E. Stead, Mr. H. J. Yates, 
Mr. C. H. Merz,’ Sir Hugh Bell, Professor H. Louis, Sir Chas. Parsons, 
Dr. Dugald Clerk, Professor H. B. Dixon, Dr. des Voeux, Dr. E. IF. Armstrong, 
Mr. C. E. Stromeyer, Mr. Blackett, Professor G. G. Henderson, Mr. Gerald 
Stoney, Mr. R. P. Sloan,? Mr. McLaurin, Mr. Woodhouse, Mr. Chamen, Mr. 
A. H. Barker, and Mr. Highfield took part in the discussion.* 


? Mr. Merz’s contribution to the discussion was published as a paper in 
Fingineering, vol. 102, p. 262, and in The Electrician, vol, 77, p. 915. 

? Mr. Sloan’s contribution was similarly published in Engineering, vol. 102, 
p. 293, and in The Mlectrician, vol. 77, p. 917. 

* An abstract of the whole discussion was published in Hngineering, 
vol. 102, p. 272. 


458 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION H 


Section H.—ANTHROPOLOGY. 


PRESIDENT OF THE SEcTION: R. R. Maret, D.Sc. 


The President delivered the following Address on Friday, September 8 :— 


Anthropology and Universily HMducation. 


Hap Fate been more kindly, we of this Section would to-day have been listening 
to a Presidential Address delivered by Sir Laurence Gomme. Thus, on meeting 
together, our first thought is about the gap in the ranks of science caused by 
his death. He studied and enriched Anthropology chiefly on the side of folk- 
lore, having been in no small part responsible for the foundation and subsequent 
development of the well-known society that devotes itself to this branch of 
the subject. As one who is officially connected with the society in question, 
I am under a special obligation to honour his memory. If its researches have 
all along been conducted on strictly scientific lines, if it be not unworthy to 
take its place by the side of the Royal Anthropological Institute as a body 
of co-workers and co-helpers who participate in precisely the same intellectual 
ideals (and a proof of such a recognised community of aim is to be found in 
the fact that most of us are proud to be members of both organisations alike), 
the credit is largely due to Sir Laurence Gomme, to Lady Gomme who shared 
in his labours to such good purpose, and to those many personal friends of 
his who, kindled and kindling by mutual give and take, inspired each other 
to cultivate Anthropology in the form in which it lies nearest to our doors. 
A busy Londoner, if ever there was one, and, what is more, a Londoner loving 
and almost worshipping his London, Sir Laurence Gomme yet managed to 
cultivate the sense of the primitive, and, amid the dusty ways of the modern 
city, could himself repair, and could likewise lead others, to fresh and quiet 
spots where one may still overtake the breath of the morning. 

I shall not attempt now to deal in detail with his diverse contributions to 
science. They have become classical, forming by this time part and parcel 
of our common apparatus of ideas. But it may be in point here to suggest 
some considerations of a general nature touching his enlightened conception 
of anthropological method. In the first place, he would never suffer Anthro- 
pology to be thrust into a corner as a mere sub-section of History. On the 
contrary, he perceived clearly that History in the sense of the history of 
European civilisation is but a sub-section of the universal history of man, in 
other words, of Anthropology; which is just such a history of universal man 
conceived and executed in the spirit of science. Perhaps the folklorist is in a 
better position to appreciate the continuity of human history than his anthropo- 
logical colleague, the student of backward races. For it is constantly borne 
in upon him how the civilised man is only a savage evolved; whereas how the 
actual savage is ever to be civilised is, alas! usually not so evident. Moreover, 
Sir Laurence Gomme’s interests lay chiefly among such problems as pertain 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 459 


to the transitional period in the history of this country that connects the chrono- 
logically primitive with the modern. We need more students willing and able 
to undertake such bridge-work. So long as we merely attack human history 
at its two ends (so to speak), there will be on the part of the several groups 
concerned a tendency to lose touch. They will thus be apt to exaggerate 
such divergence in respect to working methods as must inevitably occur when- 
ever there is the slightest difference as regards quality of subject-matter. 
There is much that I could say, did time allow, about the value of proto- 
history, as it is sometimes termed, that is, the study of the emergence of 
civilisation out of barbarism, as a means of fostering a deeper sense of 
solidarity between those who study human development from the contrasted 
standpoints of a rudimentary and a matured culture. All honour, then, to 
Sir Laurence Gomme as a pioneer in this little-frequented field. Again, let us 
honour him as an early promoter of that so-called ethnological method of which 
so much has lately been heard. This point is well brought out in a very 
sympathetic account of Sir Laurence Gomme’s life-work from the pen of 
Dr, Haddon. I need not here anticipate what I have to say about the 
scientific and educational importance of such a method and point of view. 
My only concern at present is to lay stress once more on those qualities of the 
true pioneer, the initiative, the self-reliance, the divinatory impulse, which 
we shall always associate with the memory of Sir Laurence Gomme. Science 
as well as war has its roll of honour; and therein, for our encouragement, let 
us reverently inscribe his name. 

The question to which I beg to call attention on the present occasion is, 
What function ought Anthropology to fulfil among the higher studies of a 
modern University? The subject may be commonplace, but it is certainly not 
untimely, At the present moment those of us who are university teachers in any 
of the warring countries are feeling like fish out of water. Our occupation is to 
a large extent suspended; and already it seems a lifetime since we were assist- 
ing, each after his own fashion, in the normal development of science. 


Usus abit vite : bellis consumpsimus evum. 


Can the hiatus be bridged, the broken highway mended? Never, if memories 
are to prevail with us; but, if hopes, then it goes equally without saying that 
we shall somehow manage to carry on more actively and successfully than ever. 
So the only problem for brave and hopeful men is, How? Ignoring our present 
troubles, we are all thinking about the future of University education, and 
reform is in the air. 

Of course, every University has difficulties of its own to meet; and my 
own University of Oxford, with eight centuries of growth to look back on, is 
likely to be more deeply affected by the sundering of traditions due to the War 
than such of its sister-institutions as are of more recent stamp. Now, when I 
discuss University matters, the case of Oxford is bound to weigh with me 
predominantly; and, indeed, no man of science could wish me to neglect what 
after all is bound to be my nearest and richest source of experience. But 
various kind friends and colleagues hailing from other Universities in Great 
Britain, France, and the United States have furnished me with copious informa- 
tion concerning their home conditions; so that I shall not altogether lack 
authority if I venture to frame conclusions of a general nature. Besides, it is 
not on behalf of any University but rather as representing the interests of the 
science of Anthropology, that I am entitled to speak in my present capacity. I 
do indeed firmly hold that anthropological teaching and research can be 
admitted to the most ample status in the curriculum of any modern University 
without injury to established industries and activities. But even if this were 
not so—even if it needed a sort of surgical operation to engraft the new in the 
old—we anthropologists must, I think, insist on the fullest recognition of our 
science among University studies, realising as we are especially able to do its 
immense educational value as a humanising discipline. Let me not, however, 
rouse prejudice at the outset by seeming to adopt an aggressive tone. ‘ Live and 
let live’ is the safest motto fer the University reformer; and I have no doubt 
that the peaceful penetration whereby Anthropology has of late been almost 
imperceptibly coming to its own in the leading Universities of the world will 


460 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION H. 


continue to accomplish itself, if we, who make Anthropology our chief concern, 
continue to put forth good work in abundance. For, like any other science, 
the science of man must be justified of its children. 

Now, it is customary to contrast what are known as technical studies with 
University studies proper; and such a distinction may prove helpful in the 
present context, if it be not unduly pressed. Thus, in particular, it will afford 
me an excuse for not attempting to travel afresh over the ground covered by 
Sir Richard Temple in his admirable Presidential Address of three years ago. 
What he then demanded was, as he termed it, a school of Applied Anthropology, 
in which men of affairs could learn how to regulate their practical relations with 
so-called ‘natives’ for the benefit of all concerned. Let me say at once that I 
am in complete agreement with him as to the need for the establishment or 
further development of not one school only but many such schools in this 
country, if the British Empire is to make good a moral claim to exist. Indeed, 
I have for a number of years at Oxford taken a hand in the anthropological 
instruction of probationers and officers belonging to the public services, and can 
bear witness to the great interest which students of this class took at the time, 
and after leaving Oxford have continued to take, in studies bearing so directly 
on their life-work. 

What I have to say to-day, however, must be regarded as complementary 
rather than as immediately subsidiary to Sir Richard Temple’s wise and politic 
contention, The point I wish to make is that, unless Anthropology be given its 
due place among University studies proper, there is little or no chance that 
technical applications of anthropological knowledge will prove of the slightest 
avail, whether attempted within our Universities or outside them. Amthropo- 
logy must be studied in a scientific spirit, that is, for its own sake; and then 
the practical results will follow in due course. Light first, fruit afterwards, as 
Bacon says. So it has always been, and must always be, as regards the associa- 
tion of science with the arts of life. That Sir Richard Temple will heartily 
subscribe to such a principle J have no doubt at all. As a man of affairs, 
however, whose long and wide experience of administration and of the problems 
of empire had convinced him of the utility of the anthropological habit of mind 
to the official who has to deal with ‘all sorts and conditions of men,’ he 
naturally insisted on the value of Anthropology in its applied character. On the 
other hand, it is equally natural that one whose career has been wholly 
academic should lay emphasis on the other side of the educational question, 
maintaining as an eminently practical proposition—for what can be more prac- 
tical than to educate the nation on sound lines?—the necessity of establishing 
Anthropology among the leading studies of our Universities. 

How, then, is this end to be attained? The all-important condition of 
success, in my belief, is that all branches of anthropological study and research 
should be concentrated within a single School. For it is conceivable that a 
University may seek to satisfy its conscience in regard to the teaching of 
Anthropology by trusting to the scattered efforts of a number of faculties and 
institutions, each of which is designed in the first instance to fulfil some other 
purpose. Thus for Physical Anthropology a would-be student must resort to 
the medical school, for Social Anthropology to the faculty of arts, for 
Linguistics to the department of philology, for Prehistorics to the archzxological 
museum, and so on. Such a policy, to my mind, is a downright insult to our 
science. Is the anthropologist no better than a tramp, that he should be 
expected to hang about academic back-doors in search of broken victuals? Fed 
on a farrago of heterogeneous by-products, how can the student ever be taught 
to envisage his subject as a whole? How, for instance, is he ever to acquire the 
comprehensive outlook of the competent field-worker? Such a makeshift arrange- 
ment can at the most but produce certain specialists of the narrower sort. In 
‘The Hunting of the Snark’ they engaged a baker who could only bake bride- 
cake. Anthropological expeditions have, perhaps, been entrusted before now to 
experts of this type; but they have not proved an entire success. I am not 
ashamed to declare that the anthropologist, be he field-worker or study-worker— 
and, ideally, he should be koth in one—must be something of a Jack-of-all-trades. 
This statement, of course, needs qualification, inasmuch as I would have him 
know everything about something as well as something about everything. But 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 461 


the pure specialist, however useful he may be to society in his own way, is not 
as a rule a man of wide sympathies; whereas the student of mankind in the 
concrete must bring to his task, before all else, an intelligence steeped in sym- 
pathy and imagination. His soul, in fact, must be as many-sided as that 
complex soul-life of humanity which it is his ultimate business to understand. 

Suppose it granted, then, that the anthropological studies of a University 
must be united in a single School, how is this to be done? In this examination- 
ridden land, the all-important first step is that Anthropology be admitted to an 
independent place in the examination-system of the University concerned. 
Whether such a principle would hold good of other countries, as, for instance, 
of the United States, I am not sure. In America, indeed, the simplest way to 
start a subject would seem to be to get a millionaire to endow it. But here let 
it suffice to deal with the conditions most familiar to us; amongst which alas! 
millionaires are hardly to be reckoned. Now, much depends, of course, on what 
sort of place the subject is accorded; for there are higher and lower seats at 
the feast of reason which a British University in its examinatorial capacity 
provides for its hungry children. It is largely a question of the form of dis- 
tinction—the degree or other badge of honour—with which success is rewarded. 
Thus the examination in Anthropology may be made an avenue to the Bachelor’s 
degree, to some higher degree such as that of Master, or to some special certifi- 
cate or diploma. Further, ambition will be stimulated accordingly as classes or 
other grades of achievement are recognised within the examination itself. But 
these are matters of occasion and circumstance, such as must be left to the 
discretion of the genius loci. The essential requirement is that, Anthropology 
should figure in the examination-system with a substantive position of its own. 

If there is to be an examination in Anthropology, some official body must exist 
in order to arrange and administer it. It is possible, indeed, to hand over such 
a function to an organisation already saddled with other duties. In that case 
it is extremely improbable that the new and, as it were, intrusive subject will 
be given its fair chance. Preferably, then, Anthropology should be committed 
to the charge of a special Board. The members of such a Board need not one 
and all be professionally concerned with the teaching of Anthropology; though, 
as soon as a teaching staff comes into being, its leading members will naturally 
be included. On the contrary, it is advisable that representatives of a goodly 
number of those disciplines which take, or ought to take, an interest in human 
origins should participate in the deliberations of such a governing body. Biology, 
Human Anatomy, Archzxology, Geology, Geography, Psychology, Philology, His- 
tory, Law, Economics, Ethics, Theology—here are a round dozen of organised 
interests from which to select advisers. To be effective, of course, an organising 
committee must not be too large; and it may be necessary, if the Board of 
Anthropological Studies be constituted on the wide basis here suggested, that it 
should depute its executive functions to a Sub-Committee, merely retaining a 
right of general superintendence. But the principle that Anthropology is a 
blend or harmony of various special studies is so important that its many- 
sidedness must somehow be represented in the constitution of the central 
authority which controls the destinies of the subject. 

Lest I seem to dwell too long on questions of mere machinery, I do not 
propose to deal at Jength with the activities which such a Board is bound to 
develop. When we come to consider presently how the subject of Anthropology 
needs to be conceived with due regard alike to its multiplicity and to its unity, 
we shall in effect be discussing the chief function of a Board of Studies, which 
is to prescribe, for examination purposes, an ordered scheme of topics based 
on an accurate survey of the ground to be covered. Everything turns on pro- 
viding an adequate curriculum at the outset. The teaching arrangements will 
inevitably conform thereto; and, unless the division of labour correspond to a 
sound and scientific articulation of the subject, chaos will ensue. For the rest, 
the powers granted to such a Board can hardly be too wide. Thus at Oxford 
the experiment has answered very well of constituting a Committee of Anthro- 
pology which not only examines, prescribes the programme of studies, and 
arranges courses of instruction, but is Jikewise authorised to manage its own 
finances, to organise anthropological expeditions, to make grants for research, 
and, generally, to advance the interests of Anthropology in whatever way may 
seem to it good and feasible. So much for what is, indeed, the obvious principle 


462 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION H. 


that, if there is to be a school of Anthropology at all, it must enjoy a liberal 
measure of self-government. 

Given, then, an independent, centrally governed school of Anthropology, must 
it be housed within the walls of a single Institution? Such a requirement 1s 
perhaps to be regarded as a counsel of perfection; since it may be necessary 
to make a start, as, for instance, we had to do at Oxford, without commanding 
the resources needful for the providing of accommodation on a suitable scale. 
Nevertheless. to bring all the anthropological studies together within the same 
building is, I think, highly desirable in the interests both of science and of 
education; and this building, I suggest, should be for choice an ethnological 
museum, such as the Peabody Museum of Harvard University. Lacking such 
a museum altogether, a University can scarcely aspire to teach Anthropology in 
any form. On the other hand, for teaching purposes the museum need not be a 
very elaborate or costly affair. I am not competent, indeed, to deal with the 
vexed question of museum organisation, and must altogether avoid such a 
problem as whether an ethnological collection should primarily be arranged on a 
geographical or on a typological plan. But this much at least I would venture 
to lay down, that it is salutary for any ethnological museum, and especially 
for one connected with a University, to be associated with the systematic 
teaching of Anthropology. When this happens it soon becomes plain that, in 
order to serve educational ends, a museum should abound rather in the typical 
than in the rare. The genuine student of Anthropology pays no heed to scarcity 
values, but finds the illustrative matter that he needs largely in common things 
which have no power to excite the morbid passion known as collector’s mania. 
Or, again, if both the instructor and the pupil have had a sound anthropological 
education, they will have no use for objects torn by some ‘ globe-trotter’ from 
their ethnological context and hence devoid of scientific meaning; and yet the 
museums of the world are full of such bric-d-brac, and in former less-enlightened 
times have done much to encourage this senseless and almost sacrilegious kind 
of treasure-hunting. 

Further, if all courses of anthropological instruction are held in the imme- 
diate neighbourhood of a rich store of material, osteological, archeological, and 
technological, no teacher can afford to treat his particular topic as one wholly 
relative to ideas as distinct from things. J can conceive of no branch of the 
subject, with the possible exception of linguistics, that does not stand to gain 
by association with objects that appeal to the eye and touch. There is a real 
danger lest Anthropology on its social side be too bookish. Much may be done 
to supplement a purely literary treatment by the use of a lantern, not to 
mention the further possibilities of a cinematograph supported by a phonograph ; 
and I was much struck on the occasion of a recent visit to Cambridge by the 
copious provision in the way of slides which Professor Haddon has made for 
lecturing purposes. Even more, however, is to be gathered from experience of 
the things themselves, more especially if these be so arranged as to bring out 
their functional significance to the full. Thus, however carefully we might have 
studied the works of Sir Baldwin Spencer beforehand, those of us who had 
the privilege two years ago of visiting the Melbourne Museum under his guid- 
ance must have felt that but half the truth about the Australian aborigines 
had hitherto been revealed to us. Or, again, if our buildings and, let me add, 
our finances were sufficiently spacious, how valuable for educational purposes it 
would be to follow the American plan, so well exemplified in the great museums 
of Washington, New York, and Chicago, of representing pictorially, by means 
of life-size models furnished with the actual paraphernalia, the most charac- 
teristic scenes of native life! 

There are many other aspects of this side of my subject on which I could 
enlarge, did time allow. For example, I might insist on the value of a collec- 
tion illustrating the folklore of Europe, and that of our own country in 
particular, as a means of quickening those powers of anthropological observation 
which our students may be taught to exercise on Christians no less intensively 
than on cannibals. But I must pass on, simply adding that, of course, such 
an anthropological institution must be furnished with a first-rate library, 
including a well-stocked map-room. America, by the by, can afford us many 
useful hints as to the organisation of a library in connection with University 
education. Thus I lately noted with admiration, not unmixed with envy, how 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 463 


the University of California furnishes each class of students with a special 
sanctum where the appropriate literature is collected for them ready to hand. 
To arrange such seminar libraries, as they may be termed, is quite simple, if 
only the library officials and the teaching staff can be induced to co-operate 
intelligently. 

I come at length to the root of the problem. It has sometimes been objected 
that, however much we strive by means of organisation to invest Anthropology 
with an external semblance of unity, the subject is essentially wanting in any 
sort of inner cohesion. Nor does such criticism come merely from the ignorant 
outsider; for I remember how, when the programme for our Diploma Course 
at Oxford was first announced to the world, Father Schmidt found fault with 
it in the columns of ‘ Anthropos’ on the ground that it was not the part of 
one and the same man to combine the diverse special studies to which we 
had assigned a common anthropological bearing. In the face of such strictures, 
however—and they were likewise Yevelled at us from quarters nearer home— 
we persisted in our design of training anthropologists who should be what I 
may call ‘all-round men.’ Let them, we thought, by all means devote them- 
selves later on to whatever branch of the subject might attract them most ; 
but let them in the first instance learn as students of human life to ‘see it 
steadily and see it whole.’ Since this resolve was taken, a considerable number 
of students has passed through our hands, and we are convinced that the 
composite curriculum provided in our Diploma Course works perfectly in 
practice, and, in fact, well-nigh amounts to a liberal education in itself. It 
is true that it cuts across certain established lines of demarcation, such as, 
notably, the traditional frontier that divides the faculty of arts from the 
faculty of natural science. But what of that? Indeed, at the present moment, 
when the popular demand is for more science in education—and I am personally 
convinced that there is sound reason behind it—I am inclined to claim for our 
system of combined anthropological studies that it affords a crucial instance 
of the way in which natural science and the humanities, the interest in material 
things and the interest in the great civilising ideas, can be imparted conjointly, 
and with a due appreciation of their mutual relations. 

Now, there is tolerable agreement, to judge from the University syllabuses 
which I have been able to examine, as to the main constituents of a full course 
of anthropological studies. In the first place, Physical Anthropology must 
form part of such a training. I need not here go into the nature of the topics 
comprised under this head, the more so as I am no authority on this side of 
the subject. Suffice it to say that this kind of work involves the constant use 
of a well-equipped anatomical laboratory, with occasional excursions into the 
psychological laboratory which every University ought likewise to possess. It 
is notably this branch of Anthropology which some would hand over entirely 
to the specialist, allowing him no part or lot in the complementary subjects of 
which I am about to speak. I can only say, with a due sense, I trust, of the 
want of expert knowledge on my part, that the results of the purely somato- 
logical study of man, at any rate apart from what has been done in the way 
of human paleontology, have so far proved rather disappointing ; and I would 
venture to suggest that the reason for this comparative sterility may lie, not 
so much in the intrinsic difficulties of the subject, as in a want of constructive 
imagination, such as must at once be stimulated by a fuller grasp of the 
possibilities of anthropological science as a whole. % 

In the next place, Cultural as distinct from Physical Anthropology must 
be represented in our ideal course by at least two distinct departments. The 
first of these, the Department of Prehistoric Archeology and Technology, 
involves the use of a museum capable of illustrating the material culture of 
mankind in all its rich variety. Here instruction will necessarily take the form 
of demonstration-lectures held in the presence of the objects themselves. To 
a limited extent it should even be possible to enable the student to acquire 
practical experience of the more elementary technological processes, as, for 
instance, flint-knapping, fire-making, weaving, the manufacture of pottery, 
and so on. May I repeat that, to serve such educational purposes, a special 
kind of museum-organisation is required? Moreover, it will be necessary to 
include in the museum staff such persons as have had a comprehensive training 
in Anthropology, and are consequently competent to teach in a broad and 
humanising way. 


464 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION H, 


The other department of Cultural Anthropology is one that embraces a 
considerable complex of studies. At Oxford we term this branch of the subject 
Social Anthropology, and I do not think that there is much amiss with such a 
title. Among the chief topics that it comprises are kinship- and marriage- 
or ganisation, religion, government, law, and morals. Further, economic and 
zsthetic developments have to be examined in their reference to the social life, 
as apart from their bearing on technology. In one aspect, all these subjects 
lend themselves to a sociological method of treatment; and, though no one is 
more concerned than myself to insist on the paramount importance of psychology 
in the equipment of the perfect anthropologist, I would concede that the socio- 
logical aspect ought as far as possible to be considered first, as lending itself 
more readily to direct observation. To reveal the inner workings of the social 
movement, however, nothing short of psychological insight will suffice. Indeed, 
all, I hope, will agree that the anthropologist ought to be so trained as to be 
able to fulfil the functions of sociologist and psychologist at once and together. 

It remains to add that no training in Social Anthropology can be regarded 
as complete that does not include the study of the development of language. 
On the theoretical side of his work the student should acquire a general acquaint- 
ance with the principles of comparative philology, and, in particular, should 
pay attention to the relations between speech and thought. On the practical 
side he should be instructed in phonetics as a preparation for linguistic re- 
searches in the field. But detailed instruction in particular languages, more 
especially if these are not embodied in a literature, is hardly the business of 
a School of Anthropology such as every University may aspire to possess. For 
this reason I welcome whole-heartedly the creation of the London School of 
Oriental Studies, which obtained its charter of incorporation only some three 
months ago. It is probably sufficient for the practical needs of the Empire 
that the teaching of the chief vernacular languages of the East and of Africa, 
when the object suught is primarily their colloquial use, should be concentrated 
in a single institution, and this may appropriately have its place in the metro- 
polis. The new School likewise proposes to give instruction not only in the 
literature (where there is a literature), but also in the history, religion, and 
customs of the peoples whose languages are being studied. I do not speak 
with any intimate knowledge of the full scheme contemplated, but would venture 
to suggest that, if this additional task is to be adequately discharged, the new 
institution must be organised on a twofold basis, comprising a School of Anthro- 
pology with a specially trained staff of its own by the side of the school of 
languages, whether these be living or classical. If, on the other hand, the 
study of customs were to be subordinated to the study of languages, being 
carried out under teachers selected mainly for their linguistic attainments, 
I fear that this part of the training would prove little better than a sham. 
Fortunately the University of London already possesses a School of Anthro- 
pology, which under the guidance of an exceptionally brilliant staff has already 
done work which we all know and appreciate. Other Universities, too, have 
similar schools, and could not acquiesce in the centralisation of anthropological 
studies in London, least of all in connection with an organisation that is primarily 
concerned with the teaching of languages. But I have no doubt that a just 
and satisfactory co-ordination of functions can be arranged between the different 
interests concerned; and, in the meantime, we, as anthropologists, can have 
nothing but hearty praise for the enterprise that has endowed with actuality 
the magnificent and truly imperial idea represented by this new School. 

So much, then, for the multiplicity which an anthropological curriculum 
must involve if it consist, as has been suggested, of Physical Anthropology, 
Technology with Prehistoric Archeology, and Social Anthropology with Linguis- 
tics. And now what of its unity? How best can these diverse studies be 
directed to a common end? I would submit that there are two ways in which 
the student may most readily be made to realise the scope of Anthropology 
as a whole, the one way having reference to theory and the other to practice. 

The theoretical way of making it plain that the special studies among which 
the student divides his time can and must serve a single scientific purpose is 
to make his work culminate in the determination of problems concerning the 
movement of peoples and the diffusion of culture—in a word, of ethnological 
problems (if, as is most convenient, the term ‘ethnology’ be taken to signify 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 465 


the theory of the development of the various ethnic groups or ‘ peoples’ of the 
world). A great impetus was given to the investigation of such matters by 
Dr. Rivers in a now famous Presidential Address to this Section, followed up as 
it was shortly afterwards by a monumental work on the ethnology of the Pacific 
region. But it would be quite a mistake to suppose that anthropologists were 
not previously alive to the importance of the ethnological point of view as a 
unifying interest in anthropological theory. As far back as 1891, when the 
second Folklore Congress met in London under the presidency of the late 
Andrew Lang, the burning question was how far a theory of diffusion and how 
far a theory of independent origins would take us in the explanation of the 
facts with which the science of folklore is more particularly concerned. It is 
true that there has been in the past a tendency to describe the theory of inde- 
pendent origins as the ‘anthropological’ argument; but such a misnomer is 
much to be regretted. Anthropology stands not for this line of explanation 
or for that, but for the truth by whatever way it is reached; and Ethnology, 
in the sense that I have given to the term, is so far from constituting the 
antithesis of Anthropology that it is rather, as I have tried to show, its final 
outcome and consummation. Recognising this, the Oxford School of Anthropo- 
logy from the first insisted that candidates for the Diploma should face an 
examination-paper in Ethnology, in which they must bring the various kinds 
of evidence derived from physical type, from arts, from customs, and from 
language to bear at once on the problem how the various ethnic individualities 
have been formed. The result, I think, has been that our students have all 
along recognised, even when most deeply immersed in one or other of their 
special studies, a centripetal tendency, an orientation towards a common 
scientific purpose, that has saved them from one-sidedness, and kept them loyal 
to the interests of Anthropology as a whole. Let me add that, as our anthropo- 
logical course ends in Ethnology, so it begins in Ethnography, by which I mean 
the descriptive account of the various peoples considered mainly in their relation 
to their geographical environment. Thus, from the beginning to the end of his 
work, the student of Anthropology is reminded that he is trying to deal with 
the varieties of human life in the concrete. He must first make acquaintance 
with the peoples of the world in their unanalysed diversity, must next proceed 
to the separate consideration of the universal constituent aspects of their life, 
and then finally must return to a concrete study of these peoples in order to 
explain, as well as he can, from every abstract point of view at once how they 
have come to be what theysare. If this theoretical path be pursued, I have 
little fear lest Anthropology appear to the man who has really given his mind 
to it a thing of rags and tatters. 

The second way in which the unity of Anthropology may be made manifest 
is, as I have said, practical. The ideal University course in Anthropology 
should aim directly and even primarily at producing the field-worker. I 
cannot go here into the question whether better work is done in the field 
by large expeditions or by small. For educational purposes, however, I would 
have every student imagine that he is about to proceed on an anthropological 
expedition by himself. Every part of his work will gain in actuality if 
he thinks of it as something likely to be of practical service hereafter ; and, 
to judge from my own experience as a teacher, the presence in a class of 
even a few ardent spirits who are about to enter the field, or, better still, 
have already had field-experience and are equipping themselves for further 
efforts, proves infinitely inspiring alike to the class and to the teacher himself. 
Once the future campaigner realises that he must prepare himself so as to 
be able to collect and interpret any kind of evidence of anthropological vai~ 
that he comes across, he is bound to acquire in a practical way and as it 
were instinctively a comprehensive grasp of the subject, such as cannot fail 
to reinforce the demand for correlation and unification that comes from the 
side of theory. 

Let me at this point interpolate the remark that recruits for anthropological 
field-service are to be sought among women students no less than among 
men. We shall have an opportunity during the present meeting of congratu- 
lating Miss Freire-Marreco, Miss Czaplicka, and Mrs. Scoresby Routledge— 
all members of the Oxford School—on the courage with which they have 
braved all sorts of risks in order that anthropological science might be 


1916 H H 


466 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION H. 


increased. After all, Anthropology is the science of man in the sense that 
includes woman; and the woman’s side of human life, more especially among 
primitive folk, must always remain inaccessible to the mere male. I hope 
that our Universities will give this fact due weight, not only when forming 
their anthropological classes, but also when constituting their teaching staffs. 
For the rest, even those who for one reason or another are unable to obey 
‘the call of the wild’ may find plenty to do in the way of field-research 
in the nearest village; and my experience of the work of women, whether 
as collectors of folklore or as searchers after prehistoric objects, has led me 
to regard them as capable of responding practically to an anthropological 
education, to the lasting benefit both of science and of themselves. 

So far I have insisted on the need of training the anthropologist to be 
an ‘all-round man.’ It stands to reason, however, that in the course of such 
an education special aptitudes will declare themselves; and it is all for the 
interests of science that the student should later on confine his activities to 
some particular field or branch of research. The sole danger lies in premature 
specialisation. Nor will a short and sketchy course of general anthropology 
suffice as a propedeutic. A whole year of such preliminary study is the 
miaimum I should prescribe, even for the man or woman of graduate standing 
who is otherwise well grounded. Thus we find at Oxford that the system 
works well of encouraging students first to take the Diploma Course, for 
which at least a year’s study is required, and then to proceed to a Research 
Degree such as is awarded for a substantial thesis embodying the results of 
some special investigation In this way we try to educate the only type of 
specialist for which Anthropology has any use—namely, the type that is capable 
of concentration without narrowness. 

So long as the nucleus of the Anthropological School of a University 
consists in students who devote themselves to the subject as a whole, there 
can be no objection, IT think, to the inclusion of those who, though primarily 
interested in distinct if allied subjects, desire to study some branch of 
Anthropology up to a certain point. Thus at Oxford the classes given in 
the department of Social Anthropology are attended by theologians, philo- 
sophers, lawyers, students of the classics, economists, geographers, and so 
forth; while elsewhere, as, for instance, at Harvard University, medical 
students, including those who are interested in special subjects such as 
dentistry, are attracted by the courses in Physical Anthropology. There is 
all the more to be said for such a hospitable policy on the part of a University 
School of Anthropology, inasmuch as our subject is one especially suitable 
for the graduate student; though at Oxford we have thought it wiser not 
to limit admission to this class of students, simply requiring that all who 
enter the school shall produce evidence of having already obtained a good 
general education. | Hence, if students proceeding to the Bachelor’s degree 
along one of the ordinary avenues are brought betimes into touch with anthro- 
pological teaching, there is all the better chance of gathering them into the 
fold after graduation. There is* also another good reason why a school of 
Anthropology should open its classes freely to the votaries of other subjects. 
It thereupon becomes possible to institute a system of give-and-take, whereby 
the student of Anthropology can in turn obtain the benefit of various courses 
of instruction dealing with other subjects akin to his own. Thus at Oxford 
the School of Anthropology is able to indicate in its terminal lecture-list a 
large number of sources whence supplementary instruction is forthcoming 
such as will serve to broaden the student’s mind by making him aware of 
the larger implications of the science of man. 

I have been speaking all along as if general education and scientific research 
were the only objects which a University should keep in view. But I have 
explained that my sole reason for not discussing education on its technical 
side was because Sir Richard Temple has already discoursed so weightily on 
the need for an Applied Anthropology. I should like, however, to submit a 
few observations concerning this matter. We have had some experience at 
Oxford in the anthropological training of officers for the public services. The 
Sudan Probationers, by arrangement with the Governor-General of the Sudan, 
have received systematic instruction in Anthropology for a number of years. 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 467 


Again, members of the University and others serving or about to serve in Africa 
have more recently attended our classes in considerable numbers, and with the 
express sanction of the Colonial Office. If the Indian probationers have so 
far had less to do with Anthropology, it is simply because the programme of 
studies which they are expected to carry out within the space of a year is 
already so vast. The following are some of the impressions I have formed 
as to the most suitable way of training students of this type. In the first place, 
each set of officers destined for a particular province should be provided with 
a course in the ethnography of their special region. In the second place, all 
alike should be encouraged to attend some of the general courses provided by 
the School, if only in order that they may associate with the regular students, 
and so gain insight into the scientific possibilities of the subject. Thirdly, 
such official students ought not to be subjected to any test-examination in 
Anthropology at the end of their course, unless they elect on their own account 
to enter for the ordinary examinations of the School. We need to deal some- 
what tenderly with these men who, after many years of University training, 
are about to go out into the world; for it is fatal to send them out tired. For 
this reason, among others, I am in favour of every University retaining its own 
alumni during their probationary period. By this time they are thoroughly at 
home in their own University ; and nowhere else are they likely to be treated 
with so much consideration as regards their spiritual needs. I am sure that 
the picked University man who stands on the threshold of a public career 
can be trusted to make the most of his time of training, if he be not badgered 
with too many set courses and examinations, but is allowed, under discreet 
supervision, to follow the promptings of his own common sense. Certainly, in 
regard to Anthropology, it has answered well at Oxford not to press students 
of this class too hard. If they have shown keenness at the time, and have 
done much good work afterwards, it is at least partly because there were no 
associations of the prison-house to mar their appreciation of the intrinsic 
interest of the subject. 

Though I have indulged in a somewhat lengthy disquisition, I fear that 
I have not done justice to many aspects of my theme. But I feel less compunc- 
tion on this score inasmuch as I believe that we who belong to this Section 
are in close agreement as to the importance of Anthropology as an element in 
University education, and likewise as to the principles according to which it 
ought to be taught as an academic subject. The difficulty is rather to make 
the public realise the need for the fuller encouragement of anthropological 
studies. Fortunately for the future of our science, Anthropology is an imperial 
necessity. Moreover, at this crisis in its fortunes, the country is likely to pay 
heed to the sound maxim that national education must issue in activities of a 
practical and useful nature; so let us by all means place the practical argument 
in the forefront of our case. Sir Richard Temple has set us an excellent example 
in this respect. The contention, however, which I have now to put forward by 
way of supplement is this, that in order to be practical one must first of all be 
scientific. In other words, an Applied Anthropology is bound to be a hollow 
mockery unless it be the outcome of a Pure or Theoretical Anthropology pursued 
in accordance with the ideal of truth for truth’s sake. Nowhere, I believe, 
so well as within our Universities is it possible to realise the conditions favour- 
able to the study of Anthropology in its practical and imperial bearing; for 
nowhere else ought the spirit of research to be more at home. 

The conclusion, then, of the whole matter is that, for practical and scientific 
reasons alike, our Universities must endow Schools of Anthropology on a liberal 
scale, providing funds not only for the needs of teaching, but likewise for the 
needs of research. Money may be hard to get, but nevertheless it can be got. 
We must not hesitate, as organisers of education, to cultivate the predatory 
instincts. For the rest, it is simply a question of rousing public opinion in 
respect to a matter of truly national importance. If anything that I have 
said to-day can help in any way to improve the position of Anthropology among 
University studies, I shall be satisfied that, trite as my subject may have 
seemed to be, I have not misused the great opportunity afforded to every 
holder of my present office. 


HA 2 


468 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION H. 


WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6. 


The following Papers were received :— 


1. Magic and Religion.* By Dr. F. B. Jzvons. 
2. The Origin of the Actor.2, By Professor W. Ripceway, F.B.A. 


3. Is the British Facial Type Changing ? * 
By Professor A. Kriru, F.R.S. 


4. The Evolution of the (Weaving) Spool and Shuttle. 
By H. Liye Roru. 


5. The Anthropometric Characters of Asylum and Normal Population. 
By Dr. J. F. Tocurr. 


6. Some Beliefs and Customs of the Aborigines of the Malay States. 
By J. A. N. Evans. 


7. Megalithic Remains on Easter Island. By Scornspy RoutTLEnae. 
8. The Roman Wall. By Professor HavERFIELp. 


9. Monuments of the Early Christian Type in Northumbria. 
By W. G. Couiinawoop. 


THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 7. 


The Seclion joined the Cumberland and Westmorland Antiquarian and 
Archeological Association in an Archeological Field Day. 


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 8. 


After the President had delivered his Address (p. 458) the following Papers 
and Report were received :— 


1. The Main Cultures of New Guinea. By Dr. A. C. Happon, F.R.S. 


2. The Cultivation of Taro.4| By Dr. W. H. RB. Rivers, F.R.S. 


* To be published in full in Polk Lore. 

* See Professor Ridgeway’s Dramas and Dramatic Dances of Non-Furopean 
Races, with special reference to the Origin of Tragedy. (Cambridge, 1915.) 

* To be published in full in the Journ. R. Anthrop. Inst. 

* Published in Proc. Lit. and Phil. Soc. Manchester. 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION H. 469 


3. Transpacific Migrations. By Dr. A. Hrpuicka. 


4. Recent Archeological Discoveries in the Channel Islands.° 
By Dr. RB. BR. Marerv. 


d. Organisations of Witches in Great Briluin.® By Miss M. Murray. 
6. A Summer and Winler among the Tribes of Arctic Siberia.’ 
By Miss Czapuicka. 


7. Report on the Artificial Islands in the Lochs of the Highlands of 
Scotland.—See Reports, p. 303. 


8. Excavation Work on the Artificial [sland of Loch Kinellan, 
Strathpeffer. By H. A. Fraser. See Reports, p. 303. 


SATURDAY, SEPTEMBER 9. 
The following Papers were received :— 


1. A Contribution to the Study of the Physical Type of the North- 
Weslern Tungus. By Miss Czapuicka. 


2. Recent Culture on Easter Island and i's Relation to Past History. 
By Mrs. Scoresspy RournepGeE. 


3. Personal Experience as an Klement in Folk Vales. 
By Miss B. Freire Marreco. 


4. The Witton Gilbert Stone Are. By Rev. Anruur Watts. 


* See ‘Report of Committee for the Excavation of a Paleolithic Site in 
Jersey’ on p. 292 of present volume; Bulletins de la Société Jersiaise, 1915, 
1916, 1917; and especially Archcologia, \xvii. (1916), 75-118, ‘ The Site, Fauna, 
and Industry of La Cote de St. Brelade, Jersey.’ By R. R. Marett. 

° To be published in Folk Lore. 

’ Published in full in Man, September 1916. 

* Published in Man, September 1916. 


470 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION I. 


Section 1.—PHYSIOLOGY. 


PRESIDENT OF THE SEcTION: Professor A. R. CusHuny, M.A., 
M.D2-f:R.8. 


WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6. 
The President delivered the following Address :— 


On the Analysis of Living Matter through its Reactions to Poisons. 


1 am told that the chair of Section I has not been held by a pharmacologist 
for many years, and I wish to express the pleasure I feel in the honour that 
has been done me personally, and even more in the recognition vouchsafed to 
one of the youngest handmaidens of medicine. Pharmacology has too often 
shared the fate of the bat in the fable: when we appeal for support to the 
clinicians we are told that we represent an experimental science, while when 
we attempt to ally ourselves with the physiologists we are sometimes given the 
cold shoulder as smacking too much of the clinic. As a matter of fact, we 
should have a footing in each camp, or, rather, in each division of the allied 
forces. And the more recent successes in the application of pharmacology to 
diseased conditions are now beginning to gain it a rather grudging recognition 
from clinicians, while the alliance with the biological sciences is being knit 
ever more closely. The effect of chemical agents in the living tissues has 
assumed a new and sinister aspect since the enemy has resorted to the whole- 
sale use of poisons against our troops, but I must leave this for the discussion 
to-morrow. 

I wish to-day to discuss an aspect of pharmacological investigation which has 
not been adequately recognised even by the pharmacologists themselves and 
which it is difficult to express in few words. In recent years great advances 
have been made in the chemical examination of the complex substances which 
make up the living organism, and still greater harvests are promised from these 
analytic methods in the future. But our progress so far shows that, while 
general principles may be reached in this way, the chemistry of the living 
organ, like the rainbow’s end, ever seems as distant as before. And, indeed, 
it is apparent that the chemistry of each cell, while possessing general resem- 
blances, must differ in detail as long as the cell is alive. No chemistry dealing 
in grammes, nor even microchemistry dealing in milligrammes, will help us 
here. We must devise a technique dealing with millionths to advance towards 
the living organism. Here I like to think that our work in pharmacology may 
perhaps contribute its mite; perhaps the action of our drugs and poisons may 
be regarded as a sort of qualitative chemistry of living matter. For chemical 
investigation has very often started from the observation of some qualitative 
reaction, and not infrequently a good many properties of a new substance have 
been determined long before it has been possible to isolate it completely and 
to complete its analysis. For example, the substance known now as tryptophane 
was known to occur in certain substances and not in others long before Hopkins 
succeeded in presenting it in pure form. And in the same way it may be 
possible to determine the presence or absence of substances in living tissues, 
and even some of their properties, through their reaction to chemical reagents, 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, 471 


that is, through the study of the pharmacology of these tissues. A simple 
example may render the point clearer: It is possible that, if the toxicity of the 
saponins to different cells were accurately known, the relative importance of 
the lecithins in the life of these cells might be estimated, and this might give 
a hint to the chemist in approaching their analysis. I do not claim that pharma- 
cological investigation can at present do much more than the qualitative testing 
of the tyro in the chemical laboratory, but even a small advance in the chemistry 
of living matter is worthy of more attention than this has received hitherto. 

All forms of living matter to which they have free access are affected by 
certain poisons, and some of these have obvious chemical properties which sug- 
gest the method of their action; thus the effects of alkalies and acids and of 
protein precipitants hardly need discussion. Others, such as quinine and prussic 
acid, which also affect most living tissues, have a more subtle action. Here it is 
believed that the common factor in living matter which is changed by these 
poisons is the ferments, and quinine and prussic acid may therefore be regarded 
as qualitative tests for the presence of some ferments, notably those of oxida- 
tion, and, in fact, have been used to determine whether a change is fermenta- 
tive in character or not. Formaldehyde was stated by Loew to be poisonous to 
living matter through its great affinity for the NH, group in the proteins, a 
suggestion which has perhaps not received enough attention of late years, 
during which the importance of this group in proteins has been demonstrated. 
The toxicity of other general poisons, such as cocaine, is more obscure. But 
what has been gained already in this direction encourages further investigation 
of the action of the so-called general protoplasm poisons, and further efforts to 
associate it with the special constituents of the cell. 

In other poisons the action on the central nervous system is the dominating 
feature, and among these the most interesting group is that of the simple bodies 
used as anesthetics and hypnotics, such as ether, chloroform, and chloral. The 
important use of this group in practical medicine has perhaps obscured the fact 
that they act on other tissues besides the central nervous system, though we are 
reminded of it at too frequent intervals by accidents from anesthesia. But 
while they possess this general action, that on the nervous tissues is elicited more 
readily. Not only the nerve-cell, but also the nerve-fibre, react to these poisons, 
as has been shown by Waller and others. And even the terminations are more 
susceptible than the tissues in which they are embedded, according to the 
observations of Gros. The selective action on the nervous tissues of this group 
of substances has been ascribed by Overton and Meyer to the richness in lipoid 
substances in the neurons, which leads to the accumulation of these poisons in 
them, while cells containing a lower proportion of lipoid are less affected. In 
other words, Overton and Meyer regard these drugs as a means of measuring 
the proportion of lipoids in the living cell. This very interesting view has 
been the subject of much discussion in recent years, and, in spite of the support 
given it by several ingenious series of experiments by Meyer and his associates, 
no longer receives general acceptance. ‘Too many exceptions to the rule have to 
be explained before the action of these bodies can be attributed wholly to their 
coefficients of partition between lipoids and water. At the same time the evidence 
is sufficient to justify the statement that the property of leaving water for lipoid 
is an important factor in the action of the bodies, although other unknown 
properties are also involved in it. And whatever the mechanism of the 
characteristic action, these substances in certain concentrations may be regarded 
as tests for the presence of nervous structures and have been employed for this 
purpose. 

Other bodies acting on the nervous system have a much narrower sphere. 
Morphine and strychnine, for example, appear to be limited to the region of the 
nerve-cells, but there is still doubt whether they affect the cell-body alone or 
the synapses between certain of its processes. They have not been shown to act 
on peripheral nervous structures in vertebrates, nor on any but specific regions 
of the central nervous system. Nor has it been established that they affect 
invertebrates. The substance with which they react is obviously limited by 
very narrow botindaries around the nerve-cell. 

More interest has been displayed in recent years in the alkaloids which act 
on the extreme terminations of various groups of nerves. These are among 


472 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION T. ic 


the most specific reagents for certain forms of living matter which we possess. 
Thus, if an organ reacts to adrenalin, we can infer that it contains the stb- 
stance characteristic of the terminations of sympathetic fibres, with almost as 
great certainty as we infer the presence of a phenol group from the reaction 
with iron. And this sympathetic substance can be further analysed into twa 
parts by means of ergotoxine, which reacts with the substance of the motor 
sympathetic ends, while leaving that of the inhibitory terminations unaffected. 
Similarly the endings of the parasympathetic nerves are picked out with some 
exceptions by the groups represented by atropine and pilocarpine, and here 
again there must be some definite substance which can be detected by these 
reagents. : 

Further, some light has been thrown on, at any rate, one aspect of these 
nerve-end substances by the observation that they all react to only one optical 
isomer in each case. Thus the dextro-rotatory forms are ineffective in both 
atropine and adrenalin, and this suggests strongly that the reacting body in 
the nerve-ends affected by these is itself optically active, though whether it bears 
the same sign as the alkaloid is unknown. This very definite differentiation 
between two optical isomers is not characteristic of all forms of living matter. 
For example, the heart muscle seems to react equally to both levo- and dextro- 
camphor. The central nervous system contains substances which react some- 
what differently to the isomers of camphor and also of atropine, but the 
contrast is not drawn so sharply as that in the peripheral nerve-ends. 

Another test alkaloid is curarine, the active principle of curare, which in 
certain concentrations selects the terminations of the motor nerves in striated 
muscle as definitely as any chemical test applied to determine the presence 
or absence of a metal. 

The tyro in the chemical laboratory is not often fortunate enough to be 
able to determine his analysis with a single test. He finds, for example, 
that the addition of ammonium sulphide precipitates a considerable group of 
metals, which have then to be distinguished by a series of secondary reactions. 
The pharmacologist, as an explorer in the analysis of living matter, also finds 
that a single poison may affect a number of structures which appear to have 
no anatomical or physiological character in common. But as the chemist 
recognises that the group of metals which react in the same way to his reagent 
have other points of resemblance, so perhaps we are justified in considering 
that the effects of our poison on apparently different organs indicate the 
presence of some substance or of related substances in them. A great number 
of instances of this kind could be given, and in many of these the similarity 
in reaction extends over a number of poisons, which strengthens the view that 
the different organs involved have some common reacting substance. 

One of the most interesting of these is the common reaction of the ends 
of the motor nerves in striated muscle and of the peripheral ganglia of the 
autonomic system. It has long been known that curare and its allies act 
in small quantities on the terminations of the motor nerves in ordinary muscle, 
while larger amounts paralyse conduction through the autonomic ganglia. More 
recently it has been developed by the researches of Langley that nicotine and 
its allies, acting in small quantities on the ganglia, extend their activities to 
the motor-ends in large doses. Some drugs occupy intermediate positions 
between nicotine and curare, so that it becomes difficult to assign them to 
either group. These observations appear to leave no question that there is 
some substance or aggregate common to the nerve-ends in striated muscle and 
to the autonomic ganglia. As to the exact anatomical position of this sub- 
stance, there is still some difference of opinion. Formerly it was localised in 
the terminations of the nervous fibres in the muscle and ganglia, but Langley 
has shown that in the latter the point of action lies in the ganglion-cell itself, 
and his researches on the antagonism of nicotine and curare in muscle appear 
to show that the reacting substance lies more peripherally than was supposed, 
perhaps midway between the anatomical termination of the nerve and the 
actual contractile substance. Another analogy in reaction has been shown to 
exist between the ganglia and the terminations of the post-ganglionic fibres of 
the parasympathetic, for Marshall and Dale have pointed out that a series of 
substances, such as tetramethyl-ammonium, affect each of these in varying 
degrees of intensity. The specific character of the reaction is shown by the 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 473 


fact that while it is possessed by the tetramethyl-ammonium salts, the tetra- 
ethyl-ammonium homologues are entirely devoid of it. 

Another close relationship is shown by the reaction of the glucosides of the 
digitalis series on the heart and vessels. These all act on the muscle of the 
heart, and in higher concentration on that of the vessel-walls. There must 
therefore be a common base in these which is affected by the drugs. And the 
existence of this is perfectly intelligible in view of the fact that the heart is 
developed from the vessels. A more obscure relationship is shown by the 
reaction of this group to the inhibitory cardiac centre in the medulla, which is 
thrown into abnormal activity by their presence in the blood, as has been shown 
alike by clinical and experimental observations. A similar relation is shown 
by the common reaction of the heart-muscle and the vagus centre to aconitine 
and some other related alkaloids. On the other hand, the saponin series, which 
shows a closer relationship to the digitalis bodies in the heart-muscle, is devoid 
of its characteristic action on the medulla. The reacting substance in the heart 
is thus capable of responding to digitalis, saponin and aconitine, while that 
in the vagus centre can associate only the first and last and is not affected by the 
saponins; the common reactions indicate that the two are related, while the 
distinctive effect of saponin shows that they are not identical. A similar 
relationship may be drawn from the action of morphine and the other opium 
alkaloids on pain sensation, on respiration, and on the movements of the 
alimentary tract. Exact determinations of the relative power of these alkaloids 
in these regions are not at our disposal as yet, but sufficient is known to suggest 
that while morphine affects a common substance in the medullary centre and 
the intestinal wall, the other members of the series act more strongly in one or 
other position. 

It was long ago pointed out that caffeine affects both kidney and muscle- 
cell, and Schmiedeberg has attempted to correlate the intensity of action of the 
purine bodies at these points and to measure the probable diuretic action by the 
actually observed effect on the contraction of muscle. Other reactions of the 
kidney suggest a relationship to the wall of the bowel. For example, many of 
the heavy metals and some other irritant bodies act strongly on the kidney and 
bowel, and again, according to one view of renal function, many of the simple 
salts of the alkalies affect the kidney in exactly the same way as the bowel-wall. 
This last may, however, be due to the physical properties of the salts, and the 
likeness in reaction to those of kidney and bowel, which is striking enough, 
may arise rather from a likeness in function of the epithelium rather than from 
any specific relationship to the salts which is not common to other forms of 
living matter. 

Many other examples might be cited in which organs which are apparently 
not related, either morphologically or in function, react to poisons in quantities 
which are indifferent to the tissues in general. And this reaction in common 
can only be interpreted to mean that there is some substance or group of related 
substances common to these organs. The reaction may differ in character; thus 
a drug which excites one organ to greater activity may depress another, but 
the fact that it has any effect whatever on these organs in preference to the 
tissues in general indicates some special bond between them, some quality which 
is not shared by the unaffected parts of the body. I have, therefore, not 
differentiated between excitation and depression in discussing this relation. 
One is tempted to utilise the nomenclature introduced by Ehrlich here, and to 
state that the common reaction is due to the presence of haptophore groups 
while the nature of the reaction (excitation or depression) depends on the 
character of the toxophore groups. But while these terms may be convenient 
when applied to poisons whose chemical composition is altogether unknown, they 
merely lead to confusion when the question concerns substances of ascertained 
structure. Thus, as Dale has pointed out, it is impossible to suppose that such 
substances as tetramethyl-ammonium and tetraethyl-ammonium owe the difference 
in reactions to specific haptophore groups in the one which are absent in the other. 
It seems more probable that in this instance and in others the difference in 
the effect of these bodies in the tissues arises from differences in the behaviour 
of the molecule as a whole than in differences in the affinities of its special 
parts; that is, that the action of these poisons is due to their physical properties 
rather than to their chemical structure, although this, of course, is the final 
determining cause. 


474 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION I. j 


In the same way the common reaction of tissues, which I have so far ascribed 
to their possessing some substance in common, may arise from community of 
physical relationship, and I wish to avoid the implication borne by the word 
‘substance,’ which I have used in the widest sense, such as is justified perhaps 
only by its historical employment in theological or philosophical controversy. 
The reaction of living tissue to chemical agents may arise from a specifie 
arrangement in its molecule, but may equally be attributed to the arrangement 
of the molecules themselves. And the curious relationships in the reactions 
of different tissues may indicate, not any common chemical factor, but a common 
arrangement of the aggregate molecules. We are far from being able to decide 
with even a show of probability which of these alternatives is the correct one, 
and my object to-day has been to draw attention to these relationships rather 
than to attempt their elucidation. Hitherto the speculative pharmacologist has 
been much engaged in comparing the chemical relationship of the drugs which 
he applies to living tissues; much useful knowledge has been incidentally 
acquired, and the law has been formulated that pharmacological action depends 
directly on, and can be deduced from, chemical structure. This view, first 
elaborated in this country, has in recent years shared the fate of other English 
products in being advertised from the housetops and practically claimed as the 
discovery of more vociferous investigators. On examining the evidence, old 
and new, one cannot help feeling that attention has been too much directed 
to those instances which conform to the creed, while the far more numerous 
cases have been ignored in which this so-called rule fails. The difficulties are 
very great; for example, what chemical considerations can be adduced to explain 
why the central nervous tissues react differently to bromide and chloride, 
while to the other tissues these are almost equally indifferent; or how can the 
known chemical differences between potassium and sodium be brought into 
relation with the fact that they differ in their effects in almost every form of 
living tissue? 

Less attention has been paid to the other factor in the reaction, the properties 
of the living tissue which lead one cell to react to a poison, while another fails 
to do so. I have pointed out some curious relations between different organs, 
but much needs to be done before any general view can be obtained. Further 
detailed examination of the exact point at which poisons act, and much greater 
knowledge of the physical characters of the drugs themselves and of the relation 
of colloid substances to these characters, are needed. We must attempt to 
classify living tissues in groups not determined by their morphological or even 
functional characters, but by their ability to react to chemical agents. Advance 
is slow, but it is continuous, and if no general attack on the problem is possible 
as yet, our pickets are at any rate beginning to give us information as to the 
position of the different groups to be attacked. And when a sufficient number 
of these qualitative reactions have been ascertained for any form of living 
matter, it may be possible for some Darwin to build a bridge from the struc- 
tural chemistry of the protein molecule to the reactions of the living cell. We 
can only shape the bricks and mix the mortar for him. And my purpose 
to-day has been to indicate how the study of the effects of drugs on the living 
tissue may also contribute its mite towards the great end. 


The following Reports and Papers were then received :— 


1. Report on the Ductless Glands.—See Reports, p. 305. 


2. Report on the Structure and Function of the Mammalian Heart. 
See Reports, p. 304. 


3. Report on the Significance of the Eleclromotive Phenomena 
of the Heart. 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION I. AD 


4. Report on Electromotive Phenomena in Plants. 
See Reports, p. 305. 


5. Report on Anesthetics. 
6. The Effect of Pituitary Hatract on the Secretion of Cerebro-spinal 
Fluid.t By Professor W. D. Hauursurtron, 1.2.5. 


THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 7. 
The following Papers were received :— 


1. Arginine and Creatine Formation (further investigations). 
By Professor W. H. Tuompson, M.D. 
2. The Secretion of Urea and Sugar by the Kidney.” 
By Professor A. R. Cusuny, FES. 


3. Lhe Action of Thyroid on the Swprarenals and Heart, 
By Professor P. T. Herrine, M.D. 


4. The Effect of Thyroid-feeding on the Pancreas.* By Dr. Kouima, 


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 8. 
Joint Discussion with Sub-Section I and Section L on the Report on 
the Mental and Physical Factors involved in Education (p. 307). 
The following Papers were then received :— 


1. The Action of Ovarian Extracts. By Dr. lracaxt. 


2. he Properties required in Solutions for Intravenous Injections.* 
By Professor W. M. Bayutss, F.R.S. 


8. Food Standards and Man-Power. 
By Dr. A. D. Water, F.R.S. 


4. The Nutrition of Living Organisms by Simple Organic Compounds. 
By Professor B. Moors, F.R.S., and J. E. Barnarp. 


1 See Halliburton, W. D., and Dixon, W. E., Journ. of Physiology, vol. 1., 
pp. 198-216, 1916. 

2 To be published in full in Journal of Physiology, vol. li. 

§ Published in full in the Quarterly Journal of Experimental Physiology. 

Se ‘ Methods of Raising a Low Arterial Pressure,’ Proc. Roy. Soc. B. 89, 
p. « 


476 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION I. 


SUB-SECTION OF PSYCHOLOGY. 
WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6. 
The following Papers and Report were received :— 


1. Experiments upon the Effectiveness of War-Hconomy Posters.° 
By Miss Epcetu. 


2. An Investigation of London Children’s Ideas as to how they can 
help in Time of War.’ By Dr. C. W. Krams. 
3. Report on the Organisation of Research inlo Psychological Problems 
arising out of the War. 


THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 7. 
The following Papers were received :— 


1. Some Notes on the Concept of Instinct. By Professor Nunn, M.A. 


2. Emotional Disturbances from a Biological Point of View. 
By Dr. Murray. 


3. Some Aspects of Infancy and Childhood in the Light of Freudian 
Principles. By Miss Turner. 


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 8. 


Joint Discussion with Sections I and L on the Report on the Mental 
and Physical Factors involved in Education (p. 307). Opened by 
Professor J. A. Green, M.A. 


The following Papers were then read :— 


1. Sociology and Psychology.?. By Dr. W. H. R. Rivers, F.B.S. 


2. Psychological Research and Race Regeneration. By Dr. ABELSON. 


* See The Government as Advertiser in the Sociological Review. 
* To be published in the Journal of Hxperimental Pedagogy, March 1917. 
" Published in full in the Sociological Review. 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K.—PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 477 


Section K.—BOTANY. 


PRESIDENT OF THE Section: A. B. Rennie, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. 


WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6. 
The President delivered the following Address :— 


Srxce our last meeting the Great War has continued to hold chief place in our 
lives and thoughts, and in various ways, and to a greater or less degree, has 
influenced our work. In the case of many Botany has had for the time being to 
be set aside, while others have been able to devote only a part of their time 
to scientific work. On the other hand, it is gratifying to note that some have 
been able to render helpful service on lines more or less directly connected with 
their own science. The trained botanist has shown that he may be an eminently 
adaptable person, capable, after short preparation on special lines, of taking up 
positions involving scientific investigation of the highest importance from the 
standpoints of medicine and hygiene. 

We have to regret the loss of a promising young Cambridge botanist, Alfred 
Stanley Marsh, who has made the supreme sacrifice for his country. Happily, 
in other cases lives have been spared and we are able to welcome their return 
to the service of botany. 

In common with our fellow-botanists throughout the world, we have learnt 
with sorrow of the death of one of the kindliest and most versatile exponents 
of the science, Count Solms-Laubach, whom we have welcomed in years past 
as a guest of our Section. 

May I also refer to the recognition recently given by the Royal Society to’ 
the services of two of our Colonial botanists?—Myr. J. H. Maiden, of Sydney, 
who has done so much in Australia for the development of botany and its 
applications in his position as Government Botanist and Director of the Botanic 
Gardens at Sydney, and whose kindness some of us have good cause to remember 
on the occasion of the visit of this Association to Sydney in 1914; and Professor 
H. H. W. Pearson, of Cape Town, who is doing useful work of botanical 
exploration in South-West Africa. 

A little more than two years ago, during the enforced but pleasant leisure 
of our passage across the Indian Ocean to Australia, I was discussing with our 
President for the year the possibility of a war with Germany. He was con- 
fident that sooner or later it was bound to come. JI was doubtful. ‘But what 
will prevent it?’ asked my companion. ‘The common sense of the majority,’ 
was my reply. He was right and I was wrong, but I think he was only less 
surprised than myself when next evening we heard, by wireless, rumours of the 
outbreak of what rapidly developed into the great European war. But even a few 
weeks later, when Germany was pressing westwards, and the very existence of 
our Empire was threatened, we hardly began to appreciate what it would 
mean, and we still talked of the possibility of an International Botanical 
Congress in 1915. 

We know more now, and I need not apologise for considering in my Address 
the part which botanists can take in the near future, especially after the war. 
For one thing at least is certain: we are two years nearer the end than when 
it began, and let us see to it that we are not as backward in preparing for post- 
war as we were for war problems. 


478 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 


Some months ago the various Sectional Committees received a request to 
consider what could be done in their respective Sections to meet problems which 
would arise after the war. Your Committee met and discussed the matter, with 
the result that a set of queries was sent round to representative botanists asking 
that suggestions might be presented for consideration by the Committee. A 
number of suggestions were received of a very varied kind, indicating that in 
the opinion of many botanists at any rate much might be done to utilise our 
science and its trained workers in the interests of the State and Empire. Your 
Committee decided to arrange for reports to be prepared on several of the more 
important aspects by members who were specially fitted to discuss these aspects, 
and these will be presented ifi the course of the meeting. These reports will, I 
am convinced, be of great value, and may lead to helpful discussion; they may 
also open up the way to useful work. 

For my own part, while I might have preferred to consider in my Address 
some subject of more purely botanical interest, I felt that under the circum- 
stances an academic discourse would be out of place, and that I too must 
endeavour to do something to effect a more cordial understanding between 
botany and its economic applications. 

For many of us this means the breaking of new ground. We have taken up 
the science because we loved it, and if we have been able to shed any light 
on its numerous problems the work has brought its own reward. But some of 
us have on occasion been brought into touch with economic problems, and such 
must have felt how inadequate was our national equipment for dealing with 
some of these. In recent years we have made several beginnings, but these begin- 
nings must expand mightily if present and future needs are to be adequately met 
and if we are determined to make the best use of the material to our hand. 

Whether or not we have been living for the past forty years in a fools’ 
paradise, it is certain that our outlook will be widely different after the war, 
and may the stimulus of a changed environment find us ready to respond ! 

Sacrifice must be general, and the botanist must do his bit. This need not 
mean giving up the pursuit of pure science, but it should mean a heavy specialisa- 
tion in those lines of pure science which will help to alleviate the common 
burden, will render our country and the Empire less dependent on external 
aid, and knit more closely its component parts. 

It may be convenient to consider, so far as they are separable, Home and 
Imperial problems. 

Without trenching on the domain of Economics, we may assume that increased 
production of foodstuffs, timber, and other economic products will be desirable. 
The question has been raised as to the possibility of increasing at the same 
time industrial and agricultural development. But as in industry perfection of 
machinery allows a greater output with a diminished number of hands, so in 
agriculture and horticulture perfection of the machinery of organisation and 
equipment will have the same result. 

There are three factors in which botanists are primarily interested—the 
plant, the soil, and the worker. 

The improvement of the plant from an economic point of view implies the 
co-operation of the botanist and the plant-breeder. The student of experi- 
mental genetics, by directing his work to plants of economic value, is able, with 
the help of the resources of agriculture and horticulture, to produce forms of 
greater economic value, kinds best suited to different localities and ranges of 
climate, those most immune to disease and of the highest food-value. Let the 
practical man formulate the ideal, and then let the scientist be invited to supply 
it. Much valuable work has been done on these lines, but there is still plenty 
of scope for the organised Mendelian study of plants of economic importance. 
It is a very large subject, and we are hoping to hear more about it before 
we separate. 

A minor example occurs to me. Do the prize vegetables which one sees at 
shows and portrayed in the catalogues represent the best products from an 
economic point of view; in other words, is the standard of excellence one which 
considers solely their value as foodstuffs? A chemico-botanical examination 
would determine at what point increase in size becomes disproportionate to 
increase in food-value, and thus correct the standard from an economic point of 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, 479 


view. And, presumably, the various characters which imply greater or less 
feeding value offer scope for the work of the Mendelian. 

The subject of intensive cultivation offers a series of problems which are 
primarily botanical. It would be a useful piece of investigation to work out the 
most profitable series which can be grown from year to year with the least 
expenditure on manures and the minimum of liability to disease. A compara- 
tively small area would suffice for the work. 

The introduction of new plants of economic value is within the range of 
possibility; our repertoire has increased in recent years, but an exhaustive 
study of food plants and possible food plants for man and stock would doubtless 
yield good results. It is matter of history that the introduction of the tea plant 
into further India was the result of observations by Fortune, a_ botanical 
collector. The scientific botanist may find pleasant relaxation in the smaller 
problems of horticulture. 

We have heard much lately as to the growing of medicinal plants, and 
experience would indicate that here is opportunity for investigation, and, unless 
due care is taken, also danger of waste of time, money, and effort. A careful 
systematic study of species, varieties, and races is in some cases desirable in 
order to ensure the growth of the most productive or valuable plants, as in the 
case of the Aconites; and such a study might also reveal useful substitutes or 
additions. Here the co-operation between the scientific worker and the commer- 
cial man is imperative. I have recently been interested to hear that the special 
properties of medicinal plants are to be subjected to experiment on Mendelian 
lines. 

During the past year there has been considerable activity in the collecting of 
wild specimens of various species of medicinal value, frequently, one fears, 
involving loss of time and waste of plants, owing to want of botanical or 
technical knowledge and lack of organisation. In this connection a useful piece 
of botanical work has recently been carried out by Mr. W. W. Smith, of 
Edinburgh, on the collection of sphagnum for the preparation of surgical 
dressings. The areas within the Edinburgh district have been mapped and 
classified so as to indicate their respective values in terms of yield of sphagnum. 
By the indication of the most suitable areas, the suitability depending on extent 
of area, density of growth, freedom of admixture of grass or heather, as well 
as facility of transport and provision of labour, the report is of great economic 
value. The continuity of supply is an important question, and one which should 
be borne in mind by collectors of medicinal plants generally. And while it is 
not the most favourable time to voice the claims of protection of wild plants, 
one may express the hope that the collector’s zeal will be accompanied by 
discretion. 

The advantages arising from a closer co-operation between the practical 
man and the botanist are illustrated by the research laboratories recently 
organised by the Royal Horticultural Society at Wisley. Such an institution 
forms a common meeting-ground for the grower of plants and the botanist. 
The former sets the problems, and the latter takes them in hand under condi- 
tions approaching the ideal and with the advantages of mutual discussion and 
criticism. Institutions such as these will give ample opportunity to the 
enthusiastic young botanist who is anxious to embark on work of investigation. 
The student of plant physiology will find here work of great interest. The 
erower has perforce gained a great deal of information as to the behaviour of 
his plants under more or less artificial conditions, but he is unable to analyse 
these conditions, and the co-operation of the physiologist is an invaluable 
help. Experiments in the growth of plants under the influence of high-tension 
electricity are at the present time being carried out at Wisley. Such experi- 
ments may be conducted anywhere where land and power are available, but it 
is obviously advantageous that they should be conducted by an expert plant- 
physiologist versed in scientific method and not directly interested in the result. 
Dr. Keeble’s recent series of lectures on Modern Horticulture at the Royal 
Institution deal with matter which is full of interest to the botanist. For 
instance, he shows how the work of Continental botanists on the forcing of 
plants has indicated methods, in some cases simple and inexpensive, which 
have proved of considerable commercial value, and that there is evidently scope 


480 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 


for work in this direction, which, while of interest to the plant-physiologist, 
may be also of general utility. 

The subject of the soil offers problems to the botanist as well as to the 
chemist and proto-zoologist. In the plant we are dealing with a living organism, 
not a machine; and an adequate knowledge of the organism is essential to a 
proper study of its nutrition and growth. The facility with which a consider- 
able sum of money was raised just before the war to improve the equipment 
at Rothamsted, where work was being done on these lines, indicates that 
practical men are ready to come forward with financial help if work which 
promises to yield results of economic importance is being seriously carried out. 
And it is significant of the attitude of botanists to such problems that there is 
only one trained botanist on the staff of this institution. 

The study of manures and their effect on the plant should attract the botanist 
as well as the chemist. In this connection I may refer to Mr. Martin Sutton’s 
recent work at Reading on the effects of radio-active ores and residues on plant- 
life. A series of experiments was carried out in two successive years with 
various subjects selected for the different character of their produce, and in- 
cluding roots, tubers, bulbs, foliage, and fruit. From the immediate point of 
view of agriculture and horticulture the results were negative; the experiments 
gave no hope of the successful employment of radium as an aid to either the 
farmer or gardener. Speaking generally, the produce from a given area was less 
when the soil had been treated with pure radium bromide, or various proprietary 
radio-active fertilisers, than when treated with farmyard manure or a complete 
fertiliser, while the cost of dressing was very much greater. To quote Mr. 
Sutton’s concluding words, ‘'The door is still open to the investigator in search 
of a plant fertiliser which will prove superior to farmyard dung or the many 
excellent artificial preparations now available.’ But though the immediate result 
was unsatisfactory to the grower, there were several points of interest which 
would have appealed to the botanist who was watching the course of the 
experiments, and which, if followed up, might throw light on the effect of 
radium on plant-life and lead in the end to some useful result. As Mr. Sutton 
points out, many of the results were ‘contradictory,’ while a close examination 
of the trial notes, together with the records of weights, will furnish highly 
interesting problems. For instance, there was evidence in some cases that 
germination was accelerated by presence of radium, though subsequent growth 
was retarded; and the fact that in several of the experiments plants dressed 
with a complete fertiliser in addition to radium have not done so well as 
those dressed with the fertiliser only may be regarded as corroborating 
M. Truffaut’s suggestion that radium might possess the power of releasing addi- 
tional nitrogen in the soil for the use of plants, and that the plants in question 
were suffering from an excess of nitrogen. Certain remarkable variations between 
the duplicate unmanured control plots in several of the experiments led to the 
suggestion that radium emanations may have some effect, apparently a beneficial 
one. I have quoted these experiments as an example of a case where the co- 
operation of the botanist and the practical man might lead to useful results, and 
at the same time afford work of much interest to the botanist. 

As an introduction to such work, University Professors might encourage their 
advanced students to spend their long vacation in a large nursery or botanic 
garden where experimental work is done. ; 

As regards the worker in agriculture and horticulture, how can the botanist 
help? Apart from well-staffed and well-equipped schools of agriculture and 
horticulture, which require the botanist’s assistance, a wider dissemination of 
the botanist would be advantageous. Properly trained botanists distributed 
through the country with their eyes open might be a valuable asset in the 
improvement of production; botanist and cultivator might be mutually helpful ; 
the former would meet problems at first hand, and the latter should be en- 
couraged by the co-operation. A kind of first-aid class suggests itself, run by 
a teacher with a good elementary knowledge of botany, upon which has been 
erected a general knowledge of horticultural operations. This would afford a 
vocation for students of scientific bent who cannot spare the time for a long 
University course. Some of us may remember the courses arranged by various 
County Councils thirty years or so ago, financed by the whisky money, out of 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 481 


which have grown some useful permanent educational institutions. But these 
courses were often barren of result, owing partly to insufficient ‘sympathy ’ 
between the lecturer and his audience. A young man fresh from the University 
who was waiting for a more permanent job was brought into touch with the 
practical man in the lecture hall, and the contact was, so to speak, not good. 
Between the two was a gulf across which the lecturer shouted, and his words 
often conveyed little meaning to those on the other side. A great deal of 
money must have been spent with incommensurate results. 

On the other hand, we must be careful to work economically and not wear 
out high-class tools on rough work. I think there is some danger of this in 
connection with certain courses in horticulture for women. Girls who have 
had a good general education enter, at the age of seventeen or eighteen, on a 
course of study, lasting for two or three years, of horticultural methods and the 
kindred sciences. So far, good; but after all this training the finished product 
should aspire to something more than market gardening in competition with 
the man who left school at twelve or fourteen, has learnt his business practically, 
and has a much lower standard of living. 

The utilisation of waste lands is a big subject and trenches on the 
domain of Economics. But important botanical problems are involved and 
careful ecological study will prepare the way for serious experimental work. 
The study of the growth of plants in alien situations is fraught with so 
many surprises and apparent contradictions that successful results may be 
looked for in most unlikely situations. I remember a striking instance near 
Lake Tarawera, in the North Island of New Zealand. The area in question 
had been completely devastated in the great eruption of Mount Tarawera 
in 1886, the ground being covered with ash to a depth of several feet. When 
I saw it two years ago the vegetation of a considerable area was almost purely 
Central European. The trees were poplar, Robinia, and elder, with an under- 
growth of dog-rose, bramble, &c. I was not able to find out the recent 
history of the locality and there were very few signs of habitation, but 
it was not the kind of vegetation one would expect to find growing so 
naturally and freely in such a locality. But the subject of utilisation of 
waste lands will occupy us later. 

The study of the diseases to which plants are liable, and their prevention 
and cure, offers a wide and increasing field for inquiry, and demands a larger 
supply of trained workers and a more definite and special system of training. 
For the study of those which are due to fungi it is obviously essential 
that a thorough general knowledge of fungi and laboratory methods should 
be acquired, preferably at some Pathological Institution which would also 
be in touch with the cultivator and naturally approached by those requiring 
advice and help in connection with disease, on the same principle that a 
medical school is attached to a hospital. An important part of the training 
should be the study of the disease in the field and the conditions under 
which it arises and flourishes. From the point of view of Mycology much 
useful scientific work remains to be done on the life history of the fungi 
which are or may be the causes of disease. The study of preventive methods 
must obviously be carried out in the field, and, while these are mainly 
mechanical processes, they need careful supervision; the question of the 
subsequent gathering and disposal of a crop must not be overlooked. Experi- 
ments in the use of dust instead of spray as a preventive of fungous and 
insect attack have recently been carried out in America. Other plant diseases 
afford problems for the physiologist, who is a necessary part of the equipment 
of the Pathological Institute. 

The anatomical and chemical study of timbers might with advantage 
occupy a greater number of workers. The matter is of great economic 
importance. Questions of identity are continually arising, and in the present 
vague state of our knowledge it is often difficult or impossible to give a 
satisfactory answer. Samples of timber are put on the market shipped, say, 
from West Africa under some general name such as mahogany; the importer 
does not supply leaves and flowers for purpose of identification, and in the 
present incomplete state of our knowledge it is often impossible to make 
more than a vague attempt at determination. Or a merchant brings a sample 


1916 ter 


482 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 


which has been sent from X as Y, which it obviously is not; but what is 
it, whence does it probably come, and what supply of it is likely to be 
forthcoming? These are questions which it would be useful to be able to 
answer with some greater approach to accuracy than at present. And it 
should be the work of definitely trained persons. I recall a sample of wood 
which some months ago, coming from a Government Department, went the 
round of the various institutions which were at all likely to be able to 
supply the required information as to its identity. It should have heen 
matter of common knowledge where to apply, with at the same time reasonable 
certainty of obtaining the information required. 

It is possible also that a more systematic study of minute structure would 
help to solve questions of affinity. A chemical study has proved of value 
in the discrimination of the species of Hucalyptus in Australia. 

Apart from co-operation between the botanist and the practical or com- 
mercial man, there is need for co-ordination between workers. I give the 
following incident from real life. At the meeting of an advisory committee 
the head of a certain institution stated that he had set one of his staff to work 
at a certain disease which was then under discussion, but had learnt shortly 
after that a student at another institution was engaged on the same piece of 
work. A conference led to a useful division, one of the workers to study the 
life history of the organism in the laboratory, the other to work at conditions 
of life, &c., in the field. But it also transpired that another institution, as well 
as another independent worker, were engaged on the same problem, and while 
it was suggested that in one case co-operation might be invited, it was deemed 
inadvisable to approach the other. The problem in this case was not one of 
such special difficulty as to require so much attention, and even if it had been 
some co-ordination between the various working units would have been lelpful. 
Similar instances will occur to you. The measure of efficiency of our science 
should be the sum of the efficiency of its workers. It should be possible to 
devise some means for informing fellow-workers as to the piece of work in 
hand or proposed to be undertaken, and thus on the one hand to avoid wasteful 
expenditure of time and effort, and not infrequently the hurried publication of 
incomplete results, and on the other to ensure where practicable the benefits 
of co-operation. 

The various illustrative suggestions which I have made would imply a 
close co-operation between the schools of botany and colleges and institutions 
of agriculture, horticulture, and forestry; to pass from the former to one or 
other of the latter for special work or training should be a natural thing. 
While on the one hand a University course is not an essential preliminary to 
the study of one or other of the applied branches, the advantages of a broad, 
veneral training in the principles of the science cannot be gainsaid. The estab- 
lishment of professorships, readerships, or lectureships in economic botany at 
the University would supply a useful link between the pure and applied science, 
while research fellowships or scholarships would be an incentive to investigation. 

There is the wider question of a rapprochement between the man of science 
and the commercial man. Its desirability is obvious, and the advantages 
would be mutual; on the one hand it would secure the spread and application 
of the results of research, and on the other hand the man of science would be 
directed to economic problems of which otherwise he might not become cog- 
nisant. The closer association between the academic institution and those 
devoted to the application of the science would be a step in this direction. 


Our British possessions, especially within the tropics, contain a wealth of 
material of economic value which has been only partially explored. One of the 
first needs is a tabulation of the material. In the important series of Colonial 
floras incepted by Sir Joseph Hooker, and published under the auspices of 
Kew, lies the foundation for further work. Consider, for instance, the ‘ Flora 
of Tropical Africa,’ now rapidly nearing completion. This is a careful and, 
so far as possible with the material at hand, critical descriptive catalogue of 
the plants from tropical Africa which are preserved in the great British and 
European Herbaria. The work has been done by men with considerable train- 
ing in systematic work, but who know nothing at first hand of the country the 
vegetation of which they are cataloguing. Such a ‘ Flora’ must be regarded as 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 483 


a basis for further work. Its study will indicate botanical areas and their 
characteristics, and suggest what areas are likely to prove of greater or less 
economic value, and on what special lines. It will also indicate the lines on 
which areas may be mapped out for more detailed botanical exploration. That 
this is necessary is obvious to any botanist who has used such a work. A large 
proportion of the species, some of which may, on further investigation, prove 
to be of economic value, are known only from a single incomplete fragment. 
Others, for instance, which may be of known economic value, doubtless exist 
over much larger areas and in much greater quantity than would appear from 
the ‘Flora.’ The reason of these shortcomings is equally obvious. The 
collections on which the work is based are largely the result of voluntary effort 
employed more or less spasmodically. The explorer working out some new 
route, who brings what he can conveniently carry to illustrate the plant pro- 
ducts of the new country; the Government official or his wife, working during 
their brief leisure or collecting on the track between their different stations ; 
the missionary or soldier, with a penchant for natural history; to these and 
similar persons we are largely indebted for additions to our knowledge of the 
plant-life. Advantage has sometimes been taken of a Government expedition 
to which a medical man with a knowledge of or taste for natural history, or, 
in rare cases, a trained botanist, has been attached. 

The specimens brought home by the amateur collector often leave much to 
be desired, and little or no information is given as to precise locality or the 
nature of the locality, the habit of the plant, or other items of importance or 
interest. There may be indications that the plant is of economic value, but 
no information as to whether it is rare or plentiful, local or occurring over a 
wide area. 

Samples of wood are often brought, but generally without any means of 
identification except a native name; and it must be borne in mind that native 
names are apt to be misleading; they may be invented on the spur of the moment 
to satisfy the white man’s craving for information or when genuine are often 
applied to more than one species. 

A large proportion of the more extensive collections are due to German 
enterprise, and the best representation of this work is naturally to be found 
in Germany, though it is only fair to state that the German botanists have 
been generous in lending material for work or comparison. The botanical 
investigation of German East Africa and the Cameroons has been carried out 
by well-trained botanists and collectors, and the results of their work published 
both from botanical and economic points of view. I may refer to the large 
volume on German East Africa, which contains not only a general account of 
the vegetation and a systematic list of the genera and species comprising the 
flora, but also an account of the plants of economic value classified according 
to their uses. The exploration of the Belgian Congo has been seriously under- 
taken by the Belgian Government, and a number of large and extensively illus- 
trated botanical memoirs have been issued. Some of us may be familiar with 
the fine Congo Museum near Brussels. 

It is time that pioneer work gave place to systematic botanical exploration 
of our tropical possessions and the preparation of handy working floras and 
economic handbooks. Work of botanical exploration should be full of interest 
to the young botanist. But if he is to make the best use of time and opportunity 
he must have had a proper course of training. After completing his general 
botanical course, which should naturally include an introduction to the principles 
of classification, he should work for a time in a large Herbarium and thus acquire 
a knowledge of the details of systematic work and also of the general outlines of 
the flora of the area which he is to visit later. He should then be given a 
definite piece of work in the botanical survey of the area. From the collated 
results of such work convenient handbooks on the botanical resources of regions 
open to British enterprise could be compiled. There will be plenty of work for 
the systematist who cannot leave home. The ultimate elaboration of the floristic 
work must be done in the Herbarium with its associated library. There is also 
need of a careful monographic study of genera of economic value which would 
be best done by the experienced systematist at home, given a plentiful supply of 
carefully collected and annotated material. An example of such is the systematic 


112 


484 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K, 


account of the species of Sanseviera by Mr. N. E. Brown, recently issued at 
Kew. Closely allied species or varieties of one and the same species may differ 
greatly in economic value, and the work of the monographer is to discover and 
diagnose these different forms and elucidate them for the benefit of the worker 
in the field. 

If we are to make the best use of our resources botanical research stations 
in different parts of the Empire, adequately equipped and under the charge of 
a capable trained botanist, are a prime necessity. We seem to have been 
singularly unfortunate, not to say stupid, in the management of some of our 
tropical stations and botanical establishments. 

The island of Jamaica is one of the oldest of our tropical possessions. It 
is easy of access, has a remarkably rich and varied flora, a fine climate, and 
affords easy access to positions of widely differing altitude. It is interesting 
to imagine what Germany would have made of it as a station for botanical 
work if she had occupied it for a few years. The most recent account of the 
flora which pretends to completeness is by Hans Sloane, whose work antedates 
the Linnzan era. <A flora as complete as available material will allow is now 
in course of preparation in this country, but the more recent material on which 
it is based is due to American effort. Comparatively recently a mycologist has 
been appointed, but there is no Government botanist to initiate botanical 
exploration or experimental work or to advise on matters of botanical interest. 
A botanical station ideal for experimental work in tropical botanical problems 
is a mere appendage of a Department of Agriculture, the Director of which is 
a chemist. 

A botanical station for research to be effective must be under the super- 
vision of a well-trained botanist with administrative capacity, who must have 
at his disposal a well-equipped laboratory and ground for experimental work. 
He must not be expected to make his station pay its way by selling produce 
or distributing seedlings and the like: a botanical station is not a market- 
garden. The Director will be ready to give help and advice on questions of a 
botanical nature arising locally, and he will be on the look-out for local problems 
which may afford items of botanical research to visiting students. Means must 
be adopted to attract the research student, aided if necessary by research 
scholarships from home. The station should have sufficient Imperial support 
to avoid the hampering of its utility by local prejudice or ignorance. The 
permanent staff should include a mycologist and a skilled gardener. 

The botanical station does not preclude the separate existence of an agri- 
cultural station, but the scope of each must be clearly defined, and under normal 
conditions the two would be mutually helpful. Nor should the botanical station 
be responsible for work of forestry, though forestry may supply problems of 
interest and importance for its consideration. 


Finally, I should like to suggest the holding of an Imperial Botanical Con- 
gress at which matters of general and special interest might be discussed. The 
visit of the British Association to Australia was, I think, helpful to the 
Australian botanists; it was certainly very helpful and of the greatest interest 
to those coming from home. Many of the addresses and papers were of con- 
siderable interest and value, but of greater value was the opportunity of meet- 
ing with one’s fellow-workers in different fields, of conversation, discussion, and 
interchange of ideas, the better realisation of one’s limited outlook and the 
stimulus of new associations. A meeting which brought together home botanists 
and botanical representatives from oversea portions of our Empire to discuss 
methods of better utilising our vast resources would be of great interest and 
supremely helpful. Let us transfer to peace purposes some of the magnificent 
enthusiasm which has flowed homewards for the defence of the Empire in war. 

In this brief address I have tried, however imperfectly, to indicate some 
lines on which botanists may render useful -service to the community. To a 
large extent it means the further development and extension of existing 
facilities added to an organised co-operation between botanists themselves and 
between botanists and the practical and commercial man; this will include an 
efficient, systematic cataloguing of work done and in progress. We do not 
propose to hand over all our best botanists to the applied branches and to 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 485 


starve pure research, but our aim should be to find a useful career for an 
increasing number of well-trained botanists and to ensure that our country and 
Empire shall make the best use of the results of our research. Incidentally 
there will be an increased demand for the teaching botanist, for he will be 
responsible for laying the foundations, f 

Complaint has been made in the past that there were not enough openings 
for the trained botanist; but if the responsibilities and opportunities of the 
science are realised we may say, rather, ‘ Truly the harvest is plentiful, but 
the labourers are few.’ Botany is the alma mater of the applied sciences, 
agriculture, horticulture, forestry, and others; but the alma mater who is to 
receive the due affection and respect of her offspring must realise and live up 
to her responsibilities. 


The following Discussions then took place :— 


1. On Economic Mycology and the Necessity for Further Provision for 
Pathological Research. 


(a) Introductory Statement by Professor M. C. Porter, Sc.D. 


The real importance of this branch of botany to the nation and the vital 
necessity of a study of the causes contributing to the enormous food-wastage 
throughout the Empire need to be strongly emphasised. 

A very large proportion of the world’s commercial products are of vegetable 
origin, and all the plants providing such products are subject to the attacks of 
fungoid or bacterial parasites, the loss resulting from diseases of this nature 
being of enormous extent. It has been estimated that on the average about 
one-third of the various crops are destroyed. The loss to the German Empire 
on the cereal crop in one year was over twenty millions sterling, and Australia 
suffered to the extent of two and a-half millions through ‘rust’ of wheat 
alone. In England abont one million tons of potatoes are lost by disease per 
annum, and in Northumberland and Durham alone about 250,000 tons of turnips 
and swedes, valued at 125,000/. The destruction of timber everywhere is most 
serious, and all Colonial crops such as sugar, rubber, coffee, &c., together with 
every kind of fruit, pay a heavy toll to the attacks of plant parasites. 

It is rather remarkable that so little interest is shown in the study of 
economic mycology. Hitherto little encouragement has been given to the prose- 
cution of research in phytipathology, and problems of importance equal to any 
in any branch of science await solution in this section of botany. 

Our ordinary botanical courses should include a wider treatment of the 
fungi; and, while appreciating to the full the valuable results of cytological 
work, one may claim at the same time that it might reasonably be supplemented 
by study of the life-histories of the fungi from the point of view of their work 
in Nature. More students might thus be led to take up research upon economic 
lines who would be equipped with a broad scientific training founded upon 
sound principles of physiology, bio-chemistry, and bio-physics. There is great 
danger in a narrowly technical education, and it is to be feared that. at present 
there is not a sufficient supply of suitably qualified men to undertake the 
investigation of problems in the etiology of disease. 

The problems are extremely complicated, and large questions are involved 
which demand the application of fundamental principles of physiology and plant 
hygiene. The relation of host to parasite, the reaction of both to internal and 
external conditions open up a wide field of research. The therapeutics of the 
plant must be considered from the same point of view as animal therapeutics ; 
and conditions of environment, predisposition, and questions affecting infection 
and immunity, must all form the subject of definite scientific investigation. 

A close study of the life-history of a fungus often reveals some weak spot 
where it is specially vulnerable, and a knowledge of methods of natural 
infection and of conditions favouring the spread of the disease will often lead 
to an effective means of prevention. 

The fundamental question of food-constituents and the associated theories of 


486 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 


manurial treatment, though much discussed, remain in a state not altogether 
satisfactory, and there is room for a more scientific basis of experiments. 

Nitrogen may be cited as one of the most important of the food elements 
which are liable to abuse. Much has been written about the supply of combined 
nitrogen, but the harmful effect of excessive nitrogen has not received the 
attention it deserves. Numerous cases can be indicated in which plants are 
rendered specially susceptible to fungoid diseases through the improper use of 
this element. : 

The chemical. effects of lime upon the soil have received great attention, but 
its action in neutralising soil-acidity is not sufficiently recognised. This is a 
most important factor in certain diseases, and it has been shown that alkalinity 
of the soil secured immunity of the host from attacks of Plasmodiophora, and 
that the soil calcium has not necessarily any relation to the disease. How far 
soil acidity or alkalinity are factors in other plant diseases is another point 
awaiting elucidation. 

It is a matter for further research to determine how far such processes as 
transpiration, respiration, &c., may be modified by manurial treatment, and 
within what limits it may so alter the constituents of the cell-sap as to be 
usefully employed as a prophylactic treatment. 

Great strides have been made in recent years towards a recognition of the 
needs of economic mycology, which have naturally shown how much more 
remains to be accomplished. The Destructive Insects and Pests Act has been 
put in operation by the Board of Algriculture as a necessary means of coping 
with the devastating spread of certain diseases in this country. The provision 
made for economic mycology under the Board of Technical Instruction for 
Ireland has been productive of great results. In some districts in England 
centres for pathological research are already established, but to cope with the 
manifold questions which present themselves many more investigators are wanted, 

The establishment of the Phytopathological Laboratory at Kew, in touch 
with mycologists in all parts of the Empire, is another forward step which 
cannot fail to be of the utmost importance to our Colonies and at home. But 
more is required. Phytopathological Laboratories should be set up in various 
centres of Great Britain, these being linked up with the main central establish- 
ment at Kew. The variations of our soil and climate demand that stations 
should be distributed according to special local requirements; each district 
creates its own problems. Lach station shouid be superintended by a thoroughly 
qualified botanist whose equipment should be such as to enable him to deal with 
the important pathological problems involving a knowledge of bio-chemistry and 
bio-physics. 

The foundation of a central laboratory for the cultivation and distribution of 
pure cultures of fungi and bacteria would also be a development of great value 
to the nation. Dr. Kral’s laboratory fulfilled a very important function in the 
distribution of organisms in pure culture of pathogenic and non-pathogenic 
bacteria and certain fungi; and now that this supply is no longer available we 
find ourselves in a position similar to that created by the lack of aniline dyes, 
optical glass, &c. The establishment was ‘strongly advocated of a National 
Institution for pure cultures which would be comparable to the National 
Physical Laboratory, from which type specimens could always be procured and 
critical determinations assured, and which would be of sufficiently wide scope 
to serve the needs of the medical bacteriologist, the plant pathologist, the 
agriculturist, brewer, tanner, &c. 

At the present time there is no catalogue of British fungi similar to the 
London catalogue of flowering plants, but through the assiduity of Mr. J. 
Ramsbottom a list of the Uredinales, Discomycetes, and Phycomycetes has 
now been published by the British Mycological Society. 

Great value is attached to research in plant hygiene. A distinction must 
be drawn between mycology and plant pathology. The mere working out of 
life-histories is only the preliminary step, behind this lies a whole series of 
researches in chemical physiology and pathology which may throw light upon 
problems connected with both the animal and the plant. It may not be 
unreasonable to suppose that the plant may possess bodies analogous to the 
protective anti-bodies of the animal so well known in medical bacteriology. 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 487 


Already animal pathology has gained much by botanical discoveries, and it 
behoves the botanist to seek in the advances of physiological chemistry, as 
affecting animal pathology, their significance in relation to plant diseases and 
immunity. 


(b) The Organisation of Phytopathology. By W. B. Brrerwey. 


The need is evident for some body which will co-ordinate phytopathological 
science throughout the British Empire, and it is suggested that this may best be 
met by the establishment of an Imperial Bureau of Mycology. Attention may be 
drawn to the Imperial Bureau of Entomology, and the excellent work carried 
out by that body. The two bureaus would work in intimate correlation, and this 
would best be achieved were they autonomous sub-divisions of an Imperial 
Bureau of Phytopathology. 

The principal functions that a bureau of mycology would perform are as 
follows :— 

I. It would publish a bulletin of mycological research, and an up-to-date and 
complete review of applied mycology. These, together with the corre- 
sponding entomological publications, would cover the entire field of 
phytopathology. 

II. It would encourage the collection of specimens and secure their authori- 
tative identification with a reasonable degree of promptitude. 

III. Card indexes would be compiled relating to the various aspects of 
mycology, such as literature, diseases, parasites, census, &c. 

IV. The bureau would apportion grants, and appoint persons to investigate 
problems of special importance. 

V. It would function as a pure culture supply laboratory for the British 
Empire, and work in intimate contact with other similar institutions. 

VI. A complete collection of specimens illustrating plant pathology would 
be formed for reference, loan, and exchange. 

VII. The bureau would work in intimate and reciprocal relationship with 
the Universities and teaching institutions and be a centre of post- 
graduate studies. 

VIII. Together with the Entomological Bureau it would organise a biennial 
or triennial Imperial Congress of Phytopathology for the discussion 
of problems of international value or general importance throughout 
the British Empire. 

IX. It would co-ordinate mycology with certain areas of medical science. 

X. Finally it would be a centralising institution for the co-ordination of 
workers in all branches of the science, and as such would tend to 
further valuable collaboration and to eliminate useless duplication and 
waste of energy. 

Such a bureau should be housed in a specially built institution containing 
large and well-equipped laboratories, with library, museum, and other accom- 
modation for the performance of its functions; possess convenient and extensive 
experimental grounds, and be staffed adequately by experts in the several 
branches of the science. It should be of University rank and independent 
status, and absolutely free to express its own ‘ personality ’ in its development. 
It should be supported by grants from the British and Colonial Governments, 
and be managed by an honorary committee representative of British and 
Colonial mycology. 


(c) Training in Plant Pathology.1| By J. Ramssorrom, M.A., F.L.S. 


In this country and in our Colonies we have very few economic mycologists 
who rank in the first class. It cannot be denied that this is almost entirely 
due to a lack of proper training. A plant pathologist must know his general 
botany, but what seems usually to be forgottem is that he should also have a 
knowledge of soils and their properties, of manures and their effects, and of 


* To be published in full in 7rans, British Mycological Soc. for 1916. 


488 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 


the general principles and practices of agriculture and horticulture, if not also 
of forestry. It is suggested that such extended knowledge could be best 
obtained by having diploma courses of four or five years in economic mycology 
and in economic zoology. Further, a central pathological laboratory and experi- 
mental station should be founded in this country and the best economic botanists 
appointed to it. (Similar stations are also requisite in the tropics.) Here menwho 
are to receive Government appointments could take their final year’s study, having 
special facilities in the way of specimens, literature, apparatus, &c., and the 
most recent methods of attacking economic problems could be studied. Every 
branch of the subject should be treated at this institution from its practical 
side. From this station would go out the advice to farmers in the form of 
simple directions and explanations, while the full discussions of results could 
be published in the form of bulletins. 

A definite policy should be adopted in the training and appointment of 
economic mycologists in place of the present haphazard system. 


(d) Some Problems connected with the Treatment of Fungous Diseases 
by Spraying. By E. S. Saumon and Dr. J. Varcas Eyre. 


It may be taken as a sign of the recent agricultural progress that spraying 
against fungous diseases has been adopted permanently, as being both necessary 
and profitable, by the English farmer, more particularly by the fruit-grower. 

A close acquaintance with the practical side of the subject, however, soon 
convinces one that a great deal remains to be done to make the work thoroughly 
efficient. The farmer, protected against fraudulent artificial manures by the 
operations of the Fertilisers and Feedingstuffs Act, is still unprotected by any 
legislation forbidding the sale of spurious fungicides, the use of which too often 
nullifies spraying operations involving a considerable expenditure in labour and 
materials. The remedy for this waste lies for the most part, undoubtedly, in 
the dissemination, of scientific information, but valuable assistance would be 
given by legislation—such as that now in force in the United States—requiring 
that a certain standard is maintained. 

It is clear that there is now among farmers in the best fruit-growing districts 
a strong tendency to make use of that technical advice which is brought to 
them as the result of research. The method of using the recently introduced 
lime-sulphur wash is one evidence of this. The sight of the farmer and his 
fruit foreman using the hydrometer in the process of diluting down the con- 
centrated wash is now not uncommon in Kent. 

While on the one hand we have the stimulating fact that in this branch of 
agriculture the farmer welcomes scientific guidance, we find on the other hand 
that research has proceeded—at any rate in this country—but a little way. 
The absence of scientic information on many points vital to efficient and 
economic spraying is due probably to the fact that, for the elucidation of the 
problems concerned, co-ordinated work is required of the mycologist, the 
botanist, and the chemist. If we consider the field of work, we find that its 
problems must be approached from three sides, concerning as they do (1) the 
fungus, (2): the host-plant, (3) the chemical substances of the fungicide. 

The problem for the mycologist is to ascertain whether different fungi, 
showing approximately the same structure and mode of living on or in the 
tissues of the host-plant, show the same susceptibility to the same class. of 
fungicide. For this purpose parasitic fungi may be divided into (7) those with 
a superficial mycelium which can be dealt with by the class of active (or direct) 
fungicides; (i) those with a deep-seated mycelium, some of which can be dealt 
with by the class of potential (or preventive) fungicides; and a third division, 
of those fungi which expose the mycelium to attack by rupturing the cuticle 
of the leaf and which can be dealt with by the active fungicide, or the potential 
fungicide, according to the amount of vulnerable surface exposed. 

The problem for the botanist is the investigation of the nature of the 
susceptibility to injury from fungicides shown by many cultivated varieties 
of plants. This susceptibility, which varies in degree and may be very marked, 
is evident when a fungicide containing either copper or sulphur is used. Thus, 
to mention instances, the two varieties of apple known as Cox’s Orange Pippin 
and Duchess’s Favourite are so susceptible to the effects of copper that when 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 489 


Bordeaux mixture is used on them, at the lowest concentration at which it is 
efficacious as a fungicide, their leaves are affected to the extent that they 
drop off, while on other varieties of apples Bordeaux mixture at double the 
concentration can be used without causing injury. A remarkable case of injury 
caused by the vapour rising from solutions of soluble sulphides is observed 
with the variety of gooseberry called Yellow Rough. A lime-sulphur wash at 
a concentration which causes no injury when sprayed on the leaves of other 
varieties of gooseberry causes almost complete defoliation when sprayed on the 
leaves of Yellow Rough, or even when sprayed on adjoining bushes, or on the 
ground under the bush. Whether this susceptibility is correlated with eny 
morphological characters, or is due to specific differences in protoplasmic 
reactions of the cells, are questions which should be answered by the botanist, 
and will give valuable help in solving the problem of the efficient spraying 
of the manifold varieties of cultivated plants. 

The problem presented to the chemist is obviously that of finding materials 
which are able to cause death to the fungus without. causing injury to the host- 
plant—a problem which is based upon knowledge of the behaviour towards 
plant tissue of different chemical substances. Much remains to be done in the 
direction of accumulating such information, and it is felt that some systematic 
work should be undertaken to ascertain what are the effects produced by 
different types of chemical substance, such as oxidising agents, colloidal 
substances, hormones, &c., towards living plant tissue. 

With information of this kind it may be possible to classify chemical 
substances which have fungicidal properties according to the degree of intensity 
of their action in this respect and, also, with regard to their behaviour towards 
the hhost-plant. 

The results which have been obtained from work of this kind in the case 
of copper fungicides are of sufficient importance to justify such work being 
largely extended. It is only by careful systematic study that the mode of 
action of fungicidal substances will become known. It will be necessary in 
this connection to study not only behaviour of a substance itself towards the 
fungus and towards the host-plant, but also the behaviour of substances which 
are closely related to it. For example, when investigating the mode of action 
of soluble sulphide spray fluids, it is necessary to carry out trials not only 
with different sulphides of the same element, but also with the corresponding 
sulphides of similar elements, because, by so doing, the particular action or 
activity may be observed to be toned down or otherwise modified so that the 
mode of action may become detectable. 

Another aspect of the problem under discussion, and an important one, is 
the examination of the part played by certain attendant substances, not of 
themselves possessing recognisable fungicidal properties, but which cause the 
fungicidal property of another substance with which they are intimately mixed 
or in solution to become much more marked. It is thought probable that an 
instance of this kind is to be found in the case of paraffin, which when present 
in small quantity appears to increase the fungicidal intensity of a soluble 
sulphide spray fluid. Another case of a similar character is that where an 
increase in the concentration of soap renders solutions of liver-of-sulphur 
fungicidal. The importance of gaining information as to the behaviour of 
attendant substances towards the host-plant as well as towards the fungus will 
be obvious in view of the desirability for combining insecticides with fungi- 
cidal washes, the insecticide, from this point of view, being regarded as the 
attendant substance. 

In the class of active sprays it is of paramount importance that the fungi- 
cide chosen should be brought into intimate contact with the fungus, and when 
this presents a surface which is difficult to wet owing to the presence of air 
films, some substance has to be added which will lower the surface tension 
of the fluid. It seems highly desirable that some reliable method should be 
devised for testing the wetting power of different spray fluids, and that a 
careful study of this problem be made. 


490 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 


2. Discussion on the means to bring into Closer Contact those carrying 
out Scientific Breeding Hzperiments and those Commercially 
Interested in the Results of such Experiments. 


The discussion was opened by Miss E. R. Saunpers, who stated that it 
should be unnecessary at the present day to insist upon the extreme importance 
—in fact, the absolute necessity—for commercial success, of close contact 
between industry and science. The practical value of the results obtained by 
the scientific breeder could scarcely be over-estimated—in illustration one need 
only mention for example such experiments as those of Professor Biffen on the 
production of strains of wheat immune from rust—yet it could not be said that 
in general any real contact existed between the scientific breeder and the trades 
and industries to whose interest it was to apply the discoveries made by the 
breeder. This lack of co-operation had been brought out strongly at the meeting 
of the Association’ last year at Manchester in the case of the cotton trade. As 
a result steps had now, she understood, been taken by the manufacturers to 
remedy this state of affairs. In another case the trade had taken the initiative. 
A number of growers in a district in Hertfordshire had recently formed a 
society (Nursery and Market Garden Industries’ Development Society) and 
started an experiment station for the investigation of the growers’ problems by 
scientific methods. The inauguration of this scheme had been so successful 
that the station was now in receipt of a considerable grant from the Board of 
Agriculture and Fisheries. Instances such as those mentioned were, however, 
exceptional, and a more general and organised means of intercourse between 
the commercial man and the scientific breeder was much to be desired. Before 
considering what steps could be taken to facilitate such intercourse it would 
be well to consider the nature of the existing facilities to this end. These 
might conveniently be considered under the different heads of agriculture, horti- 
culture, pure science, &c. . 

Agriculture.—Under the scheme recently drawn up by the Board of Agricul- 
ture and Fisheries it was proposed that for the purpose of educational work of 
university type in agriculture the counties of England and Wales should be 
grouped into twelve divisions or provinces, each associated with a central college 
engaged in teaching and investigating agricultural subjects, with skilled practical 
instructors in each county. The scheme provides for 


1. Research to be carried on at National Research Institutes devoted to the 
study of different sections of agricultural science. 

2. Consultative work by workers, stationed at collegiate centres serving 
groups of counties, who are concerned with the application of the results 
of research to practice, and who make a special study of the needs of 
particular localities. 

3. Teaching by (a) Lecturers in Universities and colleges; (b) Teachers at 
farm schools; (c) Instructors employed in peripatetic work. 


Eleven of these National Research Institutes had begun work by December 
1915. Among those having reiation to our present subject might be mentioned 
one at the University of Cambridge, of which Professor. Biffen is director, for 
breeding new crops. It has not yet been found practicable to arrange for an 
Institute at which experiments in genetics on the larger farm animals could be 
carried out. Pending the establishment of such an institute a grant has been 
made by the Development Commissioners to Professor Punnett of Cambridze 
for the promotion of breeding experiments with small animals. At the Research 
Institute in Fruit-Growing at the University of Bristol some breeding experi- 
ments on Mendelian lines have formed a part of the work which has already 
been started. 

With the object of furthering research, grants in aid are made from the 
Development Fund for Experiments and Research. The grants available for 
distribution under the scheme fall into four groups :— 

1. Grants to Research Institutes. 

2. Special Research Grants. 

[In the Annual Report of the Distribution of Grants for Agricultural 
Education and Research for 1912-13, for example, mention is made of 
special grants for the carrying out of breeding work to University 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 49] 


College, Reading (Experiments on Wheat by Professor Percival), and 
to the South-Eastern Agricultural College, Wye (Experiments on Hops 
by Mr. E. S. Salmon). ] 

3. Grants for the provision of technical advice and for the investigation of 
local problems. 

4, Grants for the provision of research scholarships. 


Grants in aid of research institutes are payable only to certain institutions 
approved by the Development Commissioners. These institutions are required, 
as a condition of grant, to specialise in particular branches of agricultural 
science. Now the papers containing an account of the research work carried out 
at these institutes are published in various periodicals, but the majority appear 
in The Journal of Agricultural Science and The Journal of the Board of Agri- 
culture. It must be borne in mind that both these Journals are concerned with 
all matters agricultural, and hence breeding results naturally constitute a very 
small proportion of the whole. 

In addition to the Journal, leaflets are also issued by the Board from time 
to time containing information on practical agriculture, to which the same remark 
applies. 

: Horticulture.—A Horticultural Branch of the Board of Agriculture has lately 
been formed, which issues an annual report. This report deals for the most 
part only with plant diseases and pests. 

The Royal Horticultural Society has its gardens and its own Journal. The 
Society has a large membership,eand articles on Mendelian work appearing in 
the Journal would have a wide distribution, and should be of great use. But 
the Journal is intended to deal with all branches of the subject of horticulture, 
and, therefore, as in the case of the Journal of the Board of Agriculture, 
naturally only a small fraction of the contents relates to scientific breeding 
experiments. The Society’s Shows might afford opportunity to some extent of 
giving ocular demonstration of results of breeding work, and this idea was, she 
believed, under consideration. | Possibly arrangements might be made for 
exhibitions of this kind as a regular feature of the Royal Agricultural Society's 
Shows. 

Pure Science.—Facilities under this head for bringing breeders and growers 
into contact might be regarded as almost negligible, since the original papers in 
which the scientific results are recorded, usually appearing in various scientific 
journals devoted to the subject of heredity, were as a rule of little use to the 
practical man not acquainted with the terminology, or with the earlier work in 
the subject. 

After this brief statement of the position Miss Saunders brought forward 
the following proposals for discussion. These proposals were not to be regarded 
as resolutions in final form. They embodied various suggestions made by those 
with whom she had had an opportunity of discussing the matter, and were 
intended merely to serve as a basis of discussion :— 


Suggestions proposed for Discussion. 


1. That a memorial should be sent to the Board of Agriculture and Fisheries 
‘calling attention to the urgent need of bringing into closer contact the 
scientific breeder and those commercially interested in the results of 
breeding work, and urging upon the Board the advisability, as a pre- 
liminary step, of calling the trades concerned together, with the object 
of inducing them to organise Research Departments. These Research 
Departments would constitute the natural channels for the interchange 
of information between those concerned with the industrial application 
of the discoveries in genetics and the scientific workers. 


The formation, by those engaged in the study of genetics, of a body (or 
centre)—a Genetics Association, with (if possible) some easily, accessible head- 
quarters—might do much to facilitate intercourse of this kind and to promulgate 
information on the subject of genetics generally. Such a body might make 
arrangements, e.g., for 


(a) Periodic visits, by those interested, to different experimental 
stations and growing centres. 


492 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 


(b) More frequent meetings at which breeders and growers would have 
an opportunity of meeting and of seeing exhibits or hearing dis- 
cussions. 


2. The publication in easily accessible form of 
(a) A record of the literature of genetics. 
(6) Abstracts of the more important papers. 

In regard to a record, a start might be made by the immediate preparation 
of a bibliography, to include the period from 1,900 until the present time. 
Henceforward a number might be issued annually—a Year-Book of Genetics— 
containing the author’s name and the title and place of publication of all papers 
on the subject, with (or without) an abstract or brief statement of the line of 
work. At intervals, e.g. every tenth year, a volume might be issued in which 
the contents of the ten previous Year-Books were all incorporated. In this 
work America might be willing to co-operate, and possibly other countries. In 
view of the practical advantages which the wider distribution of a knowledge of 
the results of experimental breeding would ensure the Board of Agriculture and 
Fisheries should be approached with a view to their undertaking the publication 
of an Annual Supplement to the Journal of the Board of Agriculture, con- 
taining an abstract or short account of the more important papers on the 
subject of genetics. Possibly co-operation might be arranged between the Board 
and the Royal Horticultural Society so that the work could be shared and the’ 
information be put in the hands of readers of both the Horticultural and the 
Agricultural Journals. - 


3. The formation of a Sub-Section Genetics in connection with Sections 
D, K, and M. 


Professor Barrson supported the first proposal. As a preliminary step the 
Board of Agriculture might be asked to call together representatives of the 
trades concerned, with a view to the creation of a permanent organisation. 
This suggestion had been made by Mr. A. D. Hall, of the Development Com- 
mission, who had experience of similar cases. Such an organisation would facili- 
tate the application of science at large. These things could not be forced down 
people’s throats, and till the need for scientific aid were felt by the practical 
men nothing could be done. In the interests of the science it was certainly 
desirable that a Genetics Society should be created, if only to promote inter- 
communication between the workers in this country. The Society would also 
aid in the direction of Miss Saunders’ first proposal. As to her second sugges- 
tion he was more doubtful. A bibliography of genetic work would be of little 
use to practical men. It would be a laborious undertaking; and, moreover, at 
the present time the bibliographies published by the Zeitschr. f. Vererbungslehre 
and by the Zeitschr. f. Pflanzenziichtung provided all that was required by 
scientific workers. 

Professor Bowrer and Professor SewaRD supported the proposal to form a 
Sub-section Genetics in connection with Sections D, K, and M. Professor 
Bower considered that the proposal might even have been extended and a 
recommendation made to constitute Genetics a Section instead of a Sub-section. 

Professor WEISS said that he doubted whether this proposal would have the 
desired effect of inducing the local commercial man to attend the meetings. 
He thought that the ordinary type of paper read at the British Association 
meeting would not attract these men, and that they would not be disposed to 
pay the membership subscription. He suggested instead that a Conference on 
Genetics might be held on a particular day during the meeting to which such 
individuals should be invited as delegates, at which suitable papers, dis- 
cussions, or exhibits might be arranged. 

Mr. A. M. Smirx said that so far as his experience went he thought farmers 
were quite ready to apply new methods when these were pointed out to them, 
and that the outlook was perhaps more hopeful than some speakers had indicated. 

The Prestpent, in closing the discussion, suggested the formation of a 
Committee to consider further the proposals which they had had before them, and 
take such steps as it might decide upon to carry them into effect. 


[A Joint Committee of Sections D, K, and M has been approved.] 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 493 


Joint Meeting with Section C, 
The following Report and Paper were received :— 


1. Report of the Committee for Excavating Critical Sections in the Old 
Red Sandstone Rocks at Rhynie, Aberdeenshire.—See Reports, 
p. 206. 


2. On Rhynia Gwynne-Vaughani. 
By Dr. R. Kipston, F.R.S., and Professor W. H. Lana, F.R.S. 


At Rhynie, in Aberdeenshire, well-preserved silicified plant-remains occur 
in a chert bed, not younger than the Middle Old Red Sandstone. There are 
two vascular plants—Rhynia Gwynne-Vaughani and Asteroxylon Mackiei, 
discovered by Dr. Mackie. The present paper deals only with Rhynia, an 
illustrated account of which is in course of publication by the Royal Society of 
Edinburgh. Asterozxylon is still under investigation. 

The plants of Rhynia Gwynne-Vaughani grew closely crowded together, and 
their remains formed a peat. The plant was rootless and leafless, consisting 
entirely of a system of cylindrical stems. The rhizome was fixed in the peat 
by rhizoids and tapering aerial stems grew up from it. The plant probably 
attained a height of 8 inches or more, and the stems range in diameter from 
6 mm. to under 1 mm. The stems bore small hemispherical projections. In 
place of some of these projections lateral branches developed. Dichotomous 
branching also occurred sparingly. 

The aerial stems had a thick-walled epidermis with stomata; a cortex, distin- 
guished into a narrow zone of outer cortex and a broad inner cortex; and a 
simple central cylinder, consisting of a strand of tracheides surrounded by 

hloem. 
Large cylindrical sporangia, containing numerous spores, were found in the 
peat. They were evidently borne terminally on some of the leafless aerial stems. 

Rhyna, and some of the specimens of Psilophyton princeps figured by 
Dawson, cannot be placed in any of the main classes of the Vascular Cryptogams 
(Filicales, Lycopodiales, Equisetales, Sphenophyllales, Psilotales) at present 
defined. A new class, for which the name Psilophytales is proposed, is there- 
fore founded for their reception. This is characterised by the sporangia being 
borne at the ends of branches without any relation to leaves or leaf-like organs. 


THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 7%. 
The following business was transacted :— 


1. On Leaf Architecture: By Professor F. O. Bower, F.R.S. 


2. Discussion on the Utilisation and Improvement of Waste Lands. 
Opened by Professor F. W. Oniver, F.R.S. 


The present collection of short papers dealing with the general subject of 
Waste Lands were delivered before the Botanical Section (K) of the British 
Association at the request of the President of the Section. The question of the 
utilisation and improvement of Waste Lands was one of a large number which 
had come under the notice of the Sectional Committee. Several members of 
the Section having had practical experience—botanical, geological, or economic— 
of ground of this kind, it was decided that a sufficient number of commu- 
nications should be arranged with a view to forming the basis of a discussion 


* Published im Trans. R. S. Edin., 1916, vol. iii., part iii., p. 21. 


494 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 


on a topic of current interest and considerable national importance. The 
abstracts which follow represent the subject-matter of the papers communicated 
on the occasion referred to. 

Waste lands may be defined as ground not hitherto exploited, or, at any 
rate, utilised only to a slight extent. They are capable of great improvement 
in respect of fertility and of being put to unaccustomed uses. 

As the recent tendency for land has been to fall from a higher to a lower 
economic plane, waste lands, which from this point of view lie at the bottom, 
have received relatively little consideration. 

With the changed conditions brought by the war, it has become necessary 
that food and other raw products should be raised at home in increasing quanti- 
ties. Thus in some measure our imports will be restricted, money will be kept 
in the country, and additional rural occupations found for our people. 

Lands remain waste, i.e., unproductive, in an old country like Great Britain 
from some obstinate physical or chemical defect, or from lack of intelligence 
or imagination in the matter of their exploitation. The principal causes may 
be grouped under the following heads :— 


(1) Poverty in some ingredient directly or indirectly essential to plant growth, 
é.g., nitrogen, potassium, phosphorus, or lime. 

(2) Mobility : liability to erosion by sea, rivers, rain, or wind. Animals such 
as rabbits have a similar effect on light sandy soils. 

(3) Zoxicity, from acidity of soil or presence of salt. 

(4) Dryness, which can be corrected by irrigation. 

(5) Remoteness. 

(6) Ignorance, inertia, deliberate intention, and general ‘ cussedness.’ 


Roughly speaking, there are two ways of exploiting such terrains. 


(1) Utilisation—the fostering of the spontaneous vegetation which may have 
an economic value by the introduction of method and technique. 

Thus a salt-marsh might be utilised for the cultivation of an economically 
valuable halophyte. 

(2) Conversion or reclamation—the terrain may be transformed by stabilising, 
draining, irrigating, or altering in other ways involving great expense 
and labour, so that the land may be used for raising crops that would 
not grow upon it were it not so treated. 

According to this system, a salt-marsh would be banked and drained, and 
transformed into arable ground. 

It is often forgotten that waste land is rich in many things, that it is a 
soil on which the sun shines. Ideas and unremitting toil in carrying them 
out are here, as elsewhere, the only road to success. The exploitation of waste 
lands has the especial attraction of being pioneer work; for, generally speaking, 
exploitation will involve doing something with them which has never been 
done before. 

The communications which follow deal with several types of such land and 
from a variety of points of view. 


I. The Planting of Pit Mounds. By P. KE. Marrineav. 


Waste lands are of two kinds, natural and artificial, and this paper deals 
solely with the latter. It relates to experimental work of the Midland 
Reafforesting Association in the districts of South Staffordshire and North 
Worcestershire, known as the Black Country. 

The Association came into existence in 1903, and completed its first two 
plantations at the end of 1904, some five acres. The total area now under 
trees is about eighty acres. 

The district lies high, from 500 to 700 feet above the sea, and is on the 
main watershed of England. Part of it therefore slopes rapidly S.W. towards 
the Severn and the greater part very gradually northwards towards the Trent. 
The rainfall is approximately 30 inches per annum. The wind is strong and 
the banks are much exposed to it. 

The banks are of three main types, furnace-slag, clunch or shale, and burnt 
out coal-waste or carbonaceous shale. Of these, the first may be neglected as 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 495 


the stuff has its price and is all being removed by degrees for railway ballast. 
The third kind generally takes fire and the fires may burn for twenty years. 
When burnt out the resulting soil is a red and friable ash. 

The general result of the Association’s experiments is that the black alder 
will grow anywhere, on stiff clunch or on loose ash; the white alder, so 
successful on dry mounds in France and Belgium, has not done quite as well 
as the black, but is making good fertilising nodules and will ultimately do 
well. On the loose ash, birch does very well, except where fumes are unusually 
dense. Where a richer growth of grass indicates a better soil, ash and sycamore 
have been planted, and are now beginning to do well. Wych-elm, the commonest 
tree of the district, is also doing very well. 

The plantations formed in 1905 to 1908 are now from 18 to 24 feet in height. 
Black poplars, which surround some of the plantations, have reached a height 
of nearly 30 feet. 

There are fourteen thousand acres (estimated) of pit-bank in the Black 
Country, and the other coal-fields of Britain present many times that area. 
The Association has only a few acres successfully planted, but sufficient to show 
that, with proper precautions, the whole of this waste area could be utilised 
for the growing of timber. In some districts larch, Scots pine or spruce might 
be grown, and the Association has begun to experiment with Sitka spruce, 
but the Black Country atmosphere is not suitable for conifers, and some other 
district would make more useful experiments. 

The cultivation is of the simplest. Pits have been made a spade deep, and 
the rough turf or weeds put in the bottom of them. The labour has been 
entirely of the casual type, and has proved quite satisfactory, as was indicated 
by the Association’s evidence before the Royal Commission on Coast Erosion. 
The cost of planting must vary with local conditions, but may be generally 
stated at about 6/. per acre, with a charge of about 1s. per linear yard for the 
necessary fencing (1,742 trees per acre, i.e., five feet apart). 

The commercial side of the experiment has not yet matured, but birch and 
alder are both marketable in Birmingham and the Black Country at a good 
price, being much in demand for handles of small tools, of electric switches, 
and of numerous utensils. It is reckoned that in. five or six years the Associa- 
tion will be able to put on the market some tons of timber at a price much 
higher than that which growers of coniferous wood expect after forty years 
of waiting. 

A medal was awarded at the Royal Agricultural Show, Shrewsbury, 1914, 
to the Association for an exhibit showing the uses to which small alder and 
‘en timber are put, and the progress made in furnishing a new source of 
supply. 

Closer planting would be a great improvement; the best distance has proved 
to be four feet apart, or 2,722 trees per acre at a proportionately, higher cost. 


II. Maritime Waste Lands. By Professor F. W. Outver. 


These include, in particular, sand-dunes, shingle-beaches, and salt-marshes. 
It is proposed to draw attention here to certain ways in which the first and 
last named are capable of exploitation. The suggestions made are not intended 
to be exhaustive, but merely as illustrations that have come under the notice 
of the writer of what may be done. 

Sand-dunes.—These have a primary significance in coastal defence, and the 
utilisation of dunes should be subject to that condition. 

Dunes are commonly fixed by marram-grass (Psamma arenaria), and for the 
fixing to be efficient the marram should be planted. 

In this country no very urgent necessity has ever been felt to treat sand- 
dunes seriously because they are relatively small and their wandering has not 
raised acute problems as in Gascony and on the Baltic. In the Netherlands, 
of course, the existence of the country largely depends on the proper upkeep 
of the dune barrier. It would be easy to show the folly of our slovenly neglect 
and carelessness were not the space available needed for the consideration of 
other aspects. 


Australia, New Zealand, and South Africa have found it necessary to put 


496 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 


their sand-dunes to rest, and the most valuable of recent contributions on the 
strategy and technique of dune planting come to us from overseas.* 

We have, however, a fine object-lesson in the pine-woods (Austrian, Corsican, 
and Scots) which have been raised on the dunes of Lord Leicester’s estate at 
Holkham in Norfolk. As originally planted these woods were not intended for 
exploitation, but by natural regeneration they are attaining to the condition 
of exploitable forests. 

If it is a matter of urgency that more timber be raised in this country, 
and nobody is likely to deny it, then our dune systems should be considered 
from that point of view. And this is the more urgent as in not a few cases 
extensive dune areas are no longer being fed by sand from the original source 
but are being gradually blown away, and in another fifty to a hundred years 
will have ceased to exist. A case in point is the Brancester-Burnham dune 
system on the north coast of Norfolk, where the evidence of shrinkage from 
this cause is incontrovertible. If the dunes are not planted within a reasonable 
period there will be no ground left to plant. 

An alternative to conversion to forest is the utilisation of dune areas for 
the improved cultivation of marram-grass. Paper experts have reported very 
favourably on the prospects of marram as a raw material for the manufacture 
of paper,* though I have not heard that it has been commercially exploited 
in this sense hitherto. The fibre obtained belongs to the same class as Esparto- 
grass, and can be dealt with in the mills where Esparto is treated. Before 
the war we imported some 200,000 tons of esparto-grass from ‘Southern Spain 
and the North African coast at a cost to the paper manufacturer of 3/. 10s. 
the ton. 

During the present summer I cut in Norfolk trial areas of rough uncultivated 
marram dunes and found the yield to be about 23 tons of dry grass per acre. 
If this result be corroborated in other cases, it is evident, having regard to 
the prices mentioned, that the matter deserves serious attention. 

We have still to find out how often an area can be cut, the most economical 
distribution of shelter belts so that the sand shall not be blown away from the 
stubble, the effects of manures, and the possibility of applying reaping machinery 
on ground of this kind. 

For a maximum output it will be necessary to plant the dunes with marram, 
an operation well understood and costing where the most approved methods 
are followed, according to Gerhardt’s estimate 47. per acre, and according to 
the Australian exploitation at Port Fairy, Victoria, 4/. 5s.—all charges included. 
The subsequent details of cultivation for regular cropping have, of course, to 
be ascertained by trial. 

I should estimate that the cut of closely grown, planted marram-grass should 
approximate to four tons dry grass per acre. In selecting areas for marram pro- 
duction it would be well to avoid those where there is a tendency to stagnate; 
moreover, extensive, homogeneous areas seem preferable to the narrow coastal 
fringe. In this case, then, we should look to Cornwall, North Wales, the coast 
of Scotland, and the well-known Southport area as the headquarters of this 
kind of exploitation. 

There are other methods of dune conversion that should also be considered 
by any supreme body that may take over the control of our waste lands; but 
what has been said above may suffice for the immediate object of drawing 
attention to the potentialities of these neglected areas. 

Salt-marshes.—These being tidal require banking before they can be exploited 
for cultivation. The fertility of banked marshes is well known, and requires 
no emphasising here. 

Extensive areas are ripe for banking without prejudice to navigation, and 
the only remark to be made is that the inevitable period of transition between 
the disbanding of our armies and their reabsorption into civil life should afford 
the opportunity for putting through works of this kind, works analogous in 
nature to the entrenchments which soldiers are accustomed to undertake. 


1 L. Cockayne, Report on the Sand-dunes of New Zealand, N.Z. Department 
of Lands, 1909. J. H. Maiden, The Sand-drift Problem in New South Wales, 
in The Forest Flora of N.S.W., pt. lvii. 1915. 

2 Kew Bulletin of Misc. Information, 1912, p. 396; 1913, p. 363. 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 497 


What is required without delay is the means for making the necessary 
decisions as to the areas to be reclaimed and the preliminary organisation in 
preparation for the work. Time probably is still available for these pre- 
liminaries, as labour from the source indicated is not likely to be available for 
a considerable period. 

Should we ever be in a position to follow a policy in reclamation thought 
out some years in advance, it would be possible to expedite the process of silting 
up of marshes by appropriate planting. The study of the sequence of natural 
plant successions has shown that measures of this kind are perfectly feasible. 

In addition to avoiding haphazard and piecemeal reclamation, another useful 
duty that would fall to the lot of a department in, supreme control should be 
to determine how far a proposed reclamation is consistent with the maintenance 
of proper navigation to ports in the vicinity. Whoever studies the present 
state and previous history of the dead ports of the north coast of Norfolk can 
hardly fail to agree that their decayed state is mainly attributable to imprudent 
methods of land-reclaiming that have prevailed in past times. 

Before leaving the subject of the salt-marsh there is the question of direct 
utilisation in contradistinction to conversion or reclamation. The species of 
plants that flourish on tidal marshes are, as is well known, limited in number ; 
not more than 14 per cent. of all British plants are halophytes, and this of 
course circumscribes the possibilities of utilisation. 

There is, however, on the South Coast a plant which has latterly appeared 
in enormous quantities on the mud flats of Southampton Water and Poolo 
Harbour, and which is certain to penetrate into other areas. Public attention 
was first called to the spread of Spartina Townsendti, some nine years ago, by 
Lord Montagu of Beaulieu, and a good deal of precise information as to this 
plant has been made available by Dr. O. Stapf. Spartina now occupies thousands 
of acres in the areas named and is still rapidly spreading—particularly in Poole 
Harbour, where it was first detected in 1899. Nothing, however, seems to 
have been done to put this gift of Providence to any definite use, though cattle 
are reported to come down to graze on it with avidity where the ground has 
become sufficiently consolidated. Curious to know whether the paper-maker 
might not be able to find some use for Spartina, a sufficient sample for technical 
treatment was obtained through the good offices of Mr. B. K. Hunter and a 
‘mixed ’ squad from a school within reach of Poole Harbour. The expert report 
based on an investigation of this sample is altogether favourable to the idea 
that good paper can be derived from Spartina Townsendii, and, should the 
quantitative results based on the treatment of further material prove equally 
satisfactory, it is permissible to hope that a thriving industry may spring from 
the exploitation of this plant. The present situation, which must tend to restrict 
the supply of imported raw materials for the paper-mills, is, of course, favour- 
able to the recognition of the good qualities of a home-grown plant, and it is to 
be hoped that by intelligent and energetic exploitation Spartina may become one 
of the staples of our paper-manufacturers. 

The above examples of the possible utilisation of waste lands by the sea 
could easily be multiplied. They indicate the existence of a considerable field 
well deserving a closer investigation than it has yet received. The writer 
believes the time is ripe for the preparation of a much fuller survey and report 
of this type of ground than has hitherto beem considered necessary. And what 
is true of maritime waste lands applies with equal force to other types. It is 
much to be hoped that a powerful central authority, such as the Board of 
Agriculture and Fisheries, may be able to direct attention to these matters, 
to institute the necessary inquiries, and do what can be done im the way of 
initiating exploitation in promising cases. In our view, the whole question 
might be referred to a permanent or semi-permanent department competent to 
deal with all sorts of waste grounds. This plan seems preferable to separate 
or ‘ water-tight’ action, as the problems of utilisation and conversion of the 
different types of ground have much in common, and the experience gained in 
one case should be directly applicable to another. Such an authority, once in 
operation for the British Isles, should soon find itself working in close touch 
with similar bodies representing the larger and lesser units of the Empire. The 
scope of the field thus opened up would, of course, be practically unlimited. 


1916 K K 


498 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 


Ill. Utilisation of Northern Mountain and Heath Land. 
By Dr. Wiuu1aM G. Situ. 


This is land which has never been ploughed, except a small proportion of 
old cultivation now reverted to a more or less wild condition. The herbage 
may be grouped into vegetation on peat, heather land of the dark-toned hills, 
and several types of green hill, consisting of various grasses, sedges, rushes, and 
bracken. The area of this vegetation is considerable. Recent returns of the 
Board of Agriculture for Scotland show the following subdivisions of the land, 
nineteen million acres, exclusive of water :— 


Crops and cultivated grasses, about 25 per cent. 

Woods and plantations, about 4°5 per cent. 

Mountain and heath land used for grazing, about 48 per cent. 
Remaining area, about 22°5 per cent, 


The last item includes urban and industrial land, and hill land not specified 
as used for grazing; the proportion is high in the Highland counties, where it 
is mainly deer-forests and grouse-moors. Hence about 60 per cent., say 18,000 
square miles, of Scotland is uncultivated land of the kind under consideration. 
For the Northern Counties of England the proportion is about 25 per cent., say 
3,000 square miles. This hilly land is not waste, because almost every acre 
brings in some income and is utilised in some way. The income, however, is 
small while the area is large, so that there is a great opportunity for improve- 
ment, since a slight increase in food-production—directly or indirectly—amounts 
to a large aggregate. i 

The vegetation is considerably varied, in accordance with a wide range of 
topographic, climatic, and edaphic conditions. Hence no uniform system of 
utilisation is applicable. The problem is further complicated by existing 
economic conditions. The pasturage of sheep and cattle is a direct means of 
maintenance for a local population and of food-production for the nation. 
Yorestry brings with it local maintenance and the production of wealth in the 
form of timber. On the other hand, grouse-moors and deer-forests are not 
directly productive, and yet they constitute a means of utilisation of considerable 
importance. As regards the merits of the types of land exploitation indicated, 
there is room for wide variations of opinion, and the different aspects have not 
been simplified by controversy often conducted with insufficient knowledge. 
The subject is therefore a thorny one for generalisation. On the present occasion 
what is required is the simplest possible statement, mainly rudiments and 
commonplace to anyone who has studied the subject in detail. 

Improvement and increased production from hilly areas can only follow on 
a closer examination of existing modes of utilisation. Indeed, the stages leading 
up to present utilisation are themselves improvements in some direction or 
another, and are suggestive for the future. Such improvements fall into two 
groups—simple and complex. Simple improvements under present conditions 
include amelioration of the herbage, such as might be effected by perfecting the 
system of grazing, or by the application of manures or other methods. Again, 
the yield of commercial timber from woodlands might be considerably improved. 
The simpler methods involve relatively little expenditure and will give a direct 
return in a short time. Complex improvements include increased tillage of the 
valleys, accompanied by increased production of crops and stock, and better 
facilities for transport and distribution of produce available for sale. In 
another direction, forests might be established on land of low value. These 
and allied systems of improvement involve economic readjustment, and seem 
to demand some degree of co-operative or State initiation and control. 

Deer-forests—Deer for the greater part of the year frequent the higher 
ground. The herbage includes the dwarf turf of the more exposed summits 
and slopes, the mixed grass and sedge herbage of more sheltered slopes and 
valleys, and the extensive peat-vegetation of high peaty plateaux. This summer 
grazing lies most above 2,000 feet altitude: that is above the tree-limit, and 
unsuitable for sheep and shepherding except in the few summer months. In 
winter the deer migrate to the lower valleys, and the provision of wintering 
grounds within the deer-fence has led to displacement of tillage, sheep, and 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 499 


cattle with their dependent population. Deer also damage the valley woods and 
discourage extension of forestry there. The reason for the extension of deer- 
forests is a demand for them, and the consequent increase of the landowner’s 
income. The value of each stag to the shooting tenant is from 25/. to 301. ; 
the rent resulting to the landowner is from 1s. to 3s. per acre. For the high 
summering ground the summer grazing of sheep brings in from one penny to 
threepence per acre. The following example is instructive :*—The average 
aggregate rental of a certain block of deer-forest is 5,300/.; if this were only 
utilised as summer pasturage for sheep the rental is estimated at 500/.; with 
the addition of rent for grouse and other game it might reach 2,000/.; the 
balance in favour of deer is obvious. 

Grouse-moors.—These centre round the heather (Calluna) and other Fricacee, 
&c., the shoots, seeds, and berries of which form the chief food-supply for 
grouse and allied game. The Calluna zone of the Highlands lies below the 
summit region, and this zone is mostly suitable for sheep-pasturage and forestry, 
so that grouse-moors are competitive with sheep and timber. There is a large 
demand for shooting-moors in normal times, and the landowner’s income varies 
from one or two shillings up to even five shillings per acre. This may be 
doubled if sheep are grazed over the same ground, and if the shooting and 
grazing are under one control this arrangement works well. With dual control 
of gamekeeper versus shepherd, the general result is that sheep are discouraged 
on the more highly rented grouse-moors. Cases could be quoted where the 
sheep-stock has been deliberately reduced on the plea of disturbance of game. 
In practice, and in spite of the recommendations of reports such as those of 
the Grouse Disease Committee, the average keeper tends to maintain his heather 
in a condition not the best for sheep. 

Pasturage.—A century or more ago, the grazing-stock of the hill districts 
included more cattle than is now the case. The summer grazing of cattle in the 
more inaccessible localities was effected by the ‘shieling’ system, corresponding 
to the ‘ chalet’ or ‘ Sennhiitte ’ system om the Alps, or the ‘Seter’ of Norway. 
Gradually sheep-pasturage has increased, and now there are extensive areas 
entirely under sheep, or with a few cattle grazed on the lower slopes. At 
first the sheep belonged to many small holders who had the right of common 
pasturage over large areas of hill-grazings. But from various causes the small 
holdings have gradually become grouped under one occupier, so that now the 
greater part of the hill-grazing consists of large holdings of several thousand 
acres each. In Scotland the holdings exceeding 300 acres (the largest given 
in the Returns) numbered in 1914 only 2,600, of which some are lowland arable 
farms, and of the hill-farms a single owner or tenant often holds more than 
one. This transition from mixed stock to sheep alone, and from small holdings 
to large, is probably a natural process of concentration and cheaper working. 
Along the trail of the movement there has been rural depopulation, accompanied 
by a shrinkage of the ploughland, and the lack of home-raised young cattle has 
forced the lowland farmer to find in Ireland the cattle to consume his crops. 

Since sheep-grazing is the greatest and most direct source of food-production 
on the northern hills, it is natural to suggest’ increase of the flocks. This, 
however, is not quite simple. The stock maintained depends chiefly on the 
available food-supplies during critical periods, during snow or when herbage 
is adversely affected by cold or drought, e.g. in the spring months. It is a 
common practice to move part of the flock from the higher sheep-farms to 
lowland farms in autumn to be wintered. The sheep remaining at home utilise 
the lower ground with grass and heather. During snow they are fed with hay, 
some of which is grown im fields on the farm itself, but frequently the fodder 
has to be brought from the lowlands. Increase of locally produced hay requires 
further inclosure and tillage of suitable valley alluvial deposits. In the case 
of existing enclosed grasslands a considerable increase of hay and grazing 
is possible by the use of artificial manures. 

Pasturage during the more favourable parts of the year extends over the 
whole grazing area: that is, up to 3,000 feet or more on the better grazing hills 
of the Highlands. To facilitate shepherding each flock is divided into units 
(‘ hirsels *) or still smaller units (‘hefts’), and it is important that the grazing 


* Lovat and Stirling, Afforestation in Scotland, p. 15; Edinburgh, 1911. 
K K 2 


500 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 


allotted to each unit should include several types of herbage, since these vary 
in nutritive value and at different times of the year. The following plants 
form types of vegetation, pure or in mixture: Heather (Calluna) is one of the 
more important plants, and furnishes grazing for Black-face and other hill- 
breeds of sheep all through the year. Cotton-sedge (Yriophorum) occurs on 
peat, and is valuable during the flowering season in spring. Purple heath-grass 
(Molinia) has some grazing value in early summer, and this is increased where 
the plant association includes heather. Nardus stricta is another widely distri- 
buted type, but it is less useful. Grassland on stream alluvia and on slopes 
flushed by spring-water is an essential item of the herbage of every flock-unit.‘ 
The proportion of each type of vegetation varies with the district. Thus, 
Calluna is relatively more abundant in the eastern districts than in the western, 
where there is a preponderance of greener herbage and peat vegetation. Because 
of the local variation of the herbage there is no fixed number for a flock-unit, 
nor can any definite area be allotted; some of the better hill-grazings carry one 
sheep to the acre, others are nearer four acres to a sheep. There is considerable 
opportunity for improvement in the production of the hill-grazings. Amongst 
methods in actual operation the following may be indicated :— 

Drainage.—Surplus water is generally removed by open surface drains. In 
the case of peat this dries the surface and encourages heather. It also localises 
the peaty water which causes deterioration, e.g., of good grassland on slopes, 
into Nardus. On fine-soiled alluvia, drainage encourages the finer grasses to 
replace Juncus and Carex spp., which are less useful. 

Irrigation, or artificial flushing.—In some districts (e.g., S.E. Scotland), 
where Calluna is in excess and grassland deficient, the latter can be encouraged 
by leading spring water, emerging on the valley slopes, by means of open ditches 
so arranged that the water overflows on to heather, which is thereby rapidly 
displaced by grassland. This is the result of constant or periodic watering by 
more or less hard water, accompanied by surface aeration and by top-dressing 
with fine mineral matter. 

Periodic burning.—The types with dominance of Calluna, Hriophorum, 
Molinia, and Nardus are treated by periodic burning. Heather (Calluna) at 
some age (15 to 25 years) begins to lose vigour; it assumes a grey colour due 
to scarcity of fresh green shoots, hence low feeding value; the flowering is also 
reduced. When this is fired, generally in the spring months up to middle of 
April, the old plants are destroyed and the ground is left bare. Callwna returns 
mainly by seedlings, less frequently from renewal-shoots arising from dormant 
or adventitious buds at the base of old stems. The time required for renewal 
of a close covering varies from five years upwards, and depends partly on the 
age of Calluna when burned, partly on the soil. The slowest return is after 
Calluna burned old on ‘hard’ soils with a scanty surface layer of humus. The 
quickest return is after Calluna burned young on surface-drained peat or on 
soils with several inches of humus. During the period after burning the area 
may be occupied by a transitional vegetation, e.g., Hrica cinerea on dry soils, 
Erica tetraliz on moist soils, Vaccinium Myrtillus, Nardus, Molinia, Juncus 
squarrosus, &c.; these may become more or less permanent and displace Calluna. 
The maintenance of the maximum food-supply requires that the heathery herb- 
age be burned in patches or blocks, the total area of which varies according to 
the rotation. With pure heather the annual proportion for any given area 
should be one-fifteenth for a fifteen-year burning rotation; some moors are 
burned over every ten or twelve years. Where the heather is mixed with cotton- 
sedge, &c., as on peat, a seven-year rotation is preferable. If the herbage is 
mainly Molinia or Nardus, better grazing is supplied by burning every two to 
four years. The number of years applies only where abundant seedlings or 
renewal-shoots come within two years after burning. These proportions to be 
burned annually are seldom attained in practice, although the recommendations 
of the Grouse Disease Committee * have been beneficial. With increased burning 


‘ Cf. “Types of Upland Grazings,’ D. Macpherson and W. G. Smith, British 
Association, Sect. M., Manchester, 1915. 

* “The Grouse in Health and Disease.’ Report of the Committee of Inquiry, 
1911. Popular edition, London, 1912. 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K, 501 


the sheep-stock can be increased in numbers and quality, and the grouse-bag 
is increased, hence a higher rental. 

Some wider schemes for improvement can only be indicated. Restriction of 
areas of deer-forests and grouse-moors to the more inaccessible parts would 
precede an opening-up of the lower valleys for increased wintering of sheep 
and for tillage. Increased grazing of cattle along with sheep would lead to 
better utilisation of the herbage, especially that of the Nardus, Molinia, and 
bracken (Pteris) zones. Increased tillage with oats, turnips, and grass would 
provide wintering for the cattle. An important scheme by Lord Lovat and 
Captain Stirling © outlines the afforestation of considerable areas of high valley 
slopes in such a way that existing sheep-farms and deer-forests would not be 
interfered with. The scheme is based on experience of areas bordering the 
Caledonian Canal, and is treated in considerable detail ; hence it is an important 
guide in adding forestry to the local resources of the land. 


IV. Waste Moorlands. By Professor W. B. Borromtey. 


On the slopes of the Pennines, stretching from Derbyshire northwards into 
Scotland, there are hundreds of acres of waste moorlands. The top of these 
moors is usually covered with peat, whilst the slopes form very poor grazing- 
land, carrying only a few sheep to the acre. That this land can be rendered 
productive is shown by the cultivated fields around the sparsely scattered farm- 
houses along the moor-side. 

Drainage, fencing, cultivation, &c., might be too expensive to attempt 
reclamation of these poor lands on a large scale, but recent experiments have 
proved that by the application of suitable manures the grazing value can be 
greatly. increased. Farmyard manure, lime, and phosphates are the chief 
essentials. Unfortunately, farmyard manure in necessary quantities is difficult 
to obtain in these localities. Nature has provided, however, in the peat of 
these districts a substance which by simple and inexpensive treatment can be 
converted into a valuable manure. This raw mountain-peat, although wholly 
organic and often containing two to three per cent. organic nitrogen, is useless 
as a manure owing to its acid nature. When treated with bacteria, incubated 
and sterilised, the acidity is destroyed, a large amount of the organic matter 
is rendered soluble and available for plant-food, and certain growth-promoting 
substances are formed. Experiments conducted during the past summer at the 
Imperial College of Science, London, on the growth of Lemna plants in water- 
culture solutions, have demonstrated that the growth-promoting substances, 
known as auximones, obtained from bacterised peati have a remarkable effect on 
plant-growth. 

Two series of water-cultures, ten dishes in each series, with twenty Lemna 
plants in each dish, were started on June 9, 1916, series A with complete Detmer- 
culture solution only; series B with Detmer solution plus the soluble extract of 
one gramme of bacterised peat in 1,000 c.c. of water. After six weeks’ growth 
the following results were obtained :— 


Number of Plants. 


At commence- After six 
ment. weeks. 
Detmer , : : : ; 20 326 
Detmer + peat-extract s é 20 6,722 


Dry Weight of 100 Plants in Milligrammes. 


At commence- After six 


ment, weeks. 
Detmer F : : : 12 mgs. 5:4 mgs. 
Detmer + peat-extract : . 12 mgs. 16°5 mgs. 


The effect of the peat-extract was evident not only in the more rapid multi- 
plication of the peat-plants, but also in the size and weight of the individual 


° Afforestation in Scotland, Edinburgh, 1911. 


502 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 


plants. The practical value of this treated peat in increasing the productivity 
of moorlands has recently been demonstrated on a small scale. On the moors 
above Entwistle, near Bolton, Lancs., there is an extensive bed of peat. Some 
of this peat was bacterially treated and used on the adjoining moorland. One 
portion dressed at the rate of one ton to the acre produced a crop of hay. 
On another portion which had been ploughed and limed the previous year the 
bacterised peat doubled the yield of oats and mangolds. 

The method of treating the peat is simple and inexpensive. The necessary 
plant consists of shedding, bins in which to bacterise the peat, a disintegrator, 
and a boiler and engine. For an outlay of 250/. a plant could be erected capable 
of producing twenty to thirty tons of bacterised peat per week. As there are 
unlimited amounts of mountain-peat available, the manufacture of bacterised 
peat ought to be commenced at once in a number of peat districts. By con- 
verting a waste material into a valuable manure and applying it to the neigh- 
bouring poor land the home production of food would be materially increased. 


V. Reclamation of Peat-lands in Carnarvonshire. 
By Professor J. Luoyp Wiiams and G. W. Rosrnson. 


Scattered throughout the county of Carnarvon there are thousands of 
acres of peaty soils. The character of the peat varies greatly, but there 
can be no doubt that large areas could be reclaimed with profit and made to 
contribute to the wealth of the nation. The types surveyed can be illustrated 
from examples occurring in the South Carnarvonshire peninsula, extending in a 
south-west direction from the foot-hills at the base of the Snowdon mass. 
The reclaimable areas quoted are strictly confined to such as have already 
shown by actual experiment that they are capable of yielding good results. 

I. The Quarry Districts along the Foot-hills of the Snowdon Range.—Here, 
at altitudes of 700 to 900 feet, are numerous large tracts of thin peat over a 
hard, stony, boulder clay. The natural vegetation is chiefly Nardus, Molinia, 
Festuca ovina, short heather, and ling and tormentil, with Sphagnum, cotton 
grass, and sedges in the wetter parts. In spite of the unpromising appearance 
of these tracts, frequent enclosures are walled off—small holdings reclaimed 
during leisure hours. The massive stone walls indicate the nature of the 
reclamation practised, for they consist of the boulders cleared from the waste. 
No special methods are employed, but good crops of oats and potatoes are 
grown, and, though in most cases only ‘home’ grass seeds are sown, these 
yield good pasture and hay; in two cases excellent crops of timothy were 
observed—one of these fields had been laid down eight years previously. The 
contrast between these oases of lush green and the brown heathery wastes 
surrounding them is most striking. 

Along strips of hill-slopes, aggregating a length of about thirty miles, many 
hundreds of these reclaimed holdings have been made by the quarrymen during 
the last eighty years. The soil in many cases is a strong loam containing a high 
proportion of organic matter. The following figures may be instructive : they 
are the analysis, A of the soil of a small holding near Llanllyfni (Glan y Gors), 
and B of the soil of the adjacent waste. 


A B 
Organic matter . : : : E : : 16°6 43°71 
Nitrogen. : . : : 5 : ; “49 11 
Potash (K,O)_. ; : : - : “43 “4.2 
Phosphoric acid (P, 0 ick : : ; 14 14 


The soil B is a thin peat over a bouldery loam, and somewhat wet. The 
smaller proportion of organic matter in A may be ‘due to the portion reclaimed 
being originally less peaty, but it is also probable that it is to some extent 
the result of aeration consequent on tillage. Generally speaking, the thin 
peats are not extremely deficient in potash and phosphoric acid, although the 
availability is rather low. In all the Carnarvonshire peats calcium carbonate 
is entirely lacking. 

It will at once be recognised that this system of scattered quarrymen’s 
holdings is in essence the ‘garden city’ idea—an excellent system, for, while 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 503 


the country as a whole is enriched, the workman lives under conditions that 
make for health of body, of mind, and of morals—such a system as this ought 
to be encouraged to the utmost. Alas! our ‘ enlightened’ economic system has 
brought all this kind of work to a standstill, and quarrymen are more and 
more crowded into squalid streets of small, gardenless houses at the bottom 
of narrow valleys, where they are tempted to spend their money and spare 
time in cinemas and public-houses. This change is primarily due to the fact 
that all improvements are penalised by increases of rents and of rates, and the 
latter are generally heavier proportionately on small holdings than on large 
farms. This is one of the ways in which we encourage our people to compete 
with German agriculture! 


Il. Thin Peats at Lower Altitudes (200 to 400 feet).—Of these there are 
numerous very extensive tracts, especially between the Moel Hebog range and The 
Rivals, where one could walk the greater part of the distance on this kind of 
soil. The flora is similar to that of the hill peatlands, but a little more varied. 
Thus, using the numbers 1-10 to indicate the scale of comparative frequency, 
we have in four typical localities : 


(a) Calluna 9, Molinia 6, Festuca ovina 4, Juncus squarrosus 4, Tormentil, &c. 
(b) Festuca ovina 6, Cynosurus 2, Plantago lanceolata 1, Scabiosa succisa 3, 
Carex panicea 4, &c. 


The next two localities were damper : 


(c) Juncus effusus 6, Nardus 5, Festuca ovina 5, Carex panicea 4, Agrostis 
vulgaris 3, Molinia 3, Juncus squarrosus 4, Sphagnum 2, Yorkshire 
Fog 2, Tormentil, Scabiosa succisa, Thrincia hirta, &c. 

(d) Anthoxanthum 6, F. ovina 3, Luzula campestris 3, Taraxacum, Lousewort, 
Cotton-grass, Sphagnum, &c. 


The underlying boulder clay in this district is much less stony, but rather 
more sticky than in the foot-hills. It is of different origin, being the product 
of Northern glaciation, while the subsoil of the peat of Class I. is local material 
seraped down by Welsh glaciers. The peat over a large part of this area, 
notably in Lleyn, is extremely thin. Though there is good slope for drainage, 
this is rendered difficult by the unevenness of the surface of the boulder clay 
and the consequent numerous ‘pockets,’ each requiring separate draining. 
Certain parts cannot be efficiently dealt with except under a joint scheme, but 
in most cases it is difficult to get neighbouring landowners to co-operate for the 
common good. In a portion of the area there are numerous small holdings 
reclaimed within the last fifty or sixty years, and their flourishing condition 
shows what can be done, even with very ordinary methods. Most of the peaty 
tracts, however, go with the large farms adjacent to them. The farmers make 
no attempt to improve them; they are quite content with the rough grazing 
obtained from them in the summer. In one place this tract abuts on the old 
“mountain wall,’ above which there is a fairly large colony of small holders. 
Pointing to the peaty waste, we asked an old man, ‘Is the land below as 
hopeless as it looks?’ ‘Oh, no!’ said he, ‘if one could only get some of it 
out of the clutches of the farmers one could turn it to very good use.’ 

It is worthy of note, as showing the importance of ownership and of security 
of tenure, that, in a number of cases where tenants have recently bought their 
farms, they have at once proceeded to drain and cultivate the waste portions 
of their land. There can be no doubt that much more of this beneficial work 
would be undertaken were there a sound scheme for extending financial 
assistance to farmers who lack the necessary capital. 


III. Deep Peat.—This is of two kinds. The greater part is inland: it is 
over boulder clay and is very acid. In certain localities it is cut for fuel. 
Where this is not done it is generally reserved for grazing. The ‘skin,’ as 
the surface layer is called, is thick and tough; being firmly compacted Molinia, 
Juncus squarrosus, Nardus, Festuca ovina, and often Salix herbacea with other 
plants, it is strong enough to support the cattle grazing upon it. This peat type 
corresponds to the German ‘ Hochmoor’; from a few analyses it would appear 
to be very poor in, potash, but moderately supplied with phosphoric acid. 

Although it is well known to most farmers that the addition of mineral 


504 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 


matter to a peaty soil improves the herbage, it is rarely that this knowledge 
is acted upon. In one case a portion of peaty pasture looked far better than 
the rest: the farmer explained this as being the result of the application of 
road scrapings to the plot two years previously. On another farm some old 
mortar and gravel, after building, had been spread over a peaty tract. The 
parts not treated had the usual thick tufts of withered Nardus, sedges, and 
Festuca ovina, while the treated part had succulent, closely-grazed grass, with 
numerous patches a foot or more in diameter of white clover. Yet with this 
object-lesson before him the farmer had made no attempt to apply its teachings. 
In one case where the peat was not very deep it was suggested to the farmer 
that if he ploughed two furrows deep so as to bring up some of the boulder 
clay it might be beneficial. This he did, with the result that the crop of oats 
he obtained the following season was the best in the whole district. 

Experiments have been carried out by the North Wales University College 
Agricultural Department in the use of mineral fertilisers for improving the 
herbage of peaty pastures : these show conclusively that phosphates, particularly 
slag and lime, encourage the growth of the finer grasses and of white clover, 
and the treated plots show the difference in the greater closeness with which 
they are grazed. 

The second type of deep peat is found along the coast of Cardigan Bay, 
and in one or two bogs further inland, but at an altitude not much above 
sea-level. The peats appear to be of lacustrine or estuarine origin, and may 
be comparable to the German ‘ Niederungsmoor.’ They differ, however, from 
peats of this class in other localities in their lack of calcium carbonate. Their 
vegetation is, however, slightly more varied than the ‘ Hochmoor’ peats, 
suggesting less acidity. Some of them are half-cultivated; others yield only 
rough grazing, and at present no systematic attempts are made at draining 
and improving them, so that they only produce a fraction of what they are 
capable of under proper treatment. The greatest trouble is drainage. As 
mentioned above, this involves co-operation, together with some amount of 
compulsion to induce the farmers to keep the drains clear. So long as a farmer 
has dry, loamy soil on his farm, he will not trouble to improve the wetter 
portions. In one very instructive case a farmer gave up his ‘rough grazing’ 
to a small holder, who now has made out of the rushy, sedgy, reedy tract of 
wet peat an excellent little farm, producing heavy crops. 

In most of the cases under discussion there are, close by, large banks of 
sand and gravel which might, at a very trifling cost, be utilised to ameliorate 
the peat and to correct its too great richness in organic matter. Strange to say, 
no attempt is ever made to carry out this obvious method of improvement. As 
for any of the special methods employed on the Continent, such as the Rimpau 
system, trenching, &c., it is needless to say that they are quite unknown in 
the district. 

In conclusion, we maintain that, though the extensive peaty areas in the 
county are very acid and cold, and, as such, inferior to ordinary loams, they 
can still be made productive. It is evident that before they can be satisfactorily 
tackled some amount of experimental work must be done. Investigations 
should be carried out, partly on the lines of the Continental work, and partly 
on lines which suggest themselves to the local scientific workers. It is to be 
ney that up to the present we have very few experiments on peat in 

ritain. 

Much might be done at once in the light of knowledge at present available. 
Such improvements need not consist of large schemes. The cultivator could 
try to effect improvements on his patch of waste, bearing in mind the chief 
needs for amelioration : 

1. Thorough drainage. 

2. mie of inorganic matter to correct excess of organic matter (on deep 
peats). F 

3. Correction of acidity by use of lime or ground limestone. 

4. Addition of plant food—chiefly phosphates, 

The obstacles to improvement are to a great extent economic. Some of them 

have already been mentioned : there are others, such as the high cost of labour, 

the want of recognition of the value of land, and the lack of organised assistance 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 505 


from the Government. To some extent the evil is consequent on the peculiarities 
of rural human nature, which, without being definitely opposed to progress 
and sceptical as to the possibilities of improvement, possesses an inertia of 
incredible magnitude. It is to be regretted that this inertia in agricultural 
matters is not confined to the cultivators of the soil, but is equally evident, 
and probably less excusable, in the landowning class. When one compares the 
active enthusiasm of this class in the closing years of the eighteenth century and 
the first half of the nineteenth with present-day indifference, it would be 
difficult to resist a feeling of pessimism if there were not some signs of an 
increasing interest in rural affairs on the part of landowners. It is not so 
much that landlords are oppressive in the economic relation as that, instead of 
initiating and encouraging schemes of improvement, they stand aloof and show 
no interest in the problem beyond receiving their rents; or, still worse, by their 
adherence to the worst features of an outworn system, they discourage all 
attempts at reclamation. Not long ago we were invited to see some hill farms 
that had been bought a few years previously by a gentleman not of the land- 
owning class. The new owner had been supplying his tenants with slag and 
other fertilisers, and with drain-pipes; he paid them bonuses on work done in 
blasting and removing boulders and in clearing wild land of bracken and 
hawthorn and gorse; he sought expert advice as to the treatment of certain 
local problems, and he communicated the knowledge to the tenants, with the 
result that hay crops were six times heavier than formerly, grazing areas were 
extended, and the land itself had quadrupled its value. From the hillside 
which was thus laboriously being improved one looked down on wide parklands, 
where all the wide, smooth ground—the best land in the neighbourhood—was in 
grass; this was let by auction every year and the hay carted off, and this 
gradually impoverished land had not received an ounce of fertiliser in forty 
years. ‘The owner does not live there, for the ‘house’ is in ruins, and there 
is not the consolation (?) of good shooting—it seems to be a case of sheer 
indifference. Not only this, but landlords are often obstructive—they refuse 
to sell waste land at reasonable prices for reclamation, and in many cases they 
have refused to agree on conditions that would have made possible large 
schemes for arterial drainage and pumping. 

On some of the thinner soils timber-growing might succeed. Even if this 
were not possible as a commercial proposition, the shelter afforded by belts of 
timber would be of immense service to the cultivator, and other indirect benefits 
might also accrue. Hitherto it has been impossible to get anything done on 
the lines indicated; it is to be hoped that after the war, with the aid of the 
Development Commissioners, a more fruitful policy will be adopted. 

Lastly, we hope that the authorities will take up a scheme of small holdings 
which depends not on the taking of already well-cultivated land and giving it 
to inexperienced men, but on the gradual improvement of the thousands of 
acres of land now lying waste. Assistance should be forthcoming towards the 
initial expenses, and the use of the land free of rent and rates should be 
guaranteed for a number of years. In a word, men should be encouraged to 
improve the land instead of being penalised for it. Far more use should be 
made of existing facilities for agricultural education, and a well-considered 
scheme of extension classes (not mere popular lectures) should be instituted 
where special methods and the principles underlying them should be explained. 
Most important in this connection would be the extension of facilities and 
equipment for research in local problems. 


3. On Afforestation after the War. 
By Sir Jonn M. Srrauinc-Maxwetn, Bart. 


The author remarked on the difficulty experienced in the importation of 
timber during the war. The consumption of timber in military operations alone 
was tremendous, and our dependence on foreign countries was a heavy handicap. 
The bulk of our supplies were drawn from virgin forests abroad. Every year 
the demand increased, prices rose, and quality deteriorated. He was sanguine 
enough to believe that the planter in England would get his money back; but 


506 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 


we must have forests even though afforestation were not a profitable enterprise. 
We could not become a self-supporting country. We should rather aim at 
making the Empire as a whole self-supporting, contenting ourselves in the 
British Isles with the provision of sufficient timber to last .us in emergency 
for five years. 

In the discussion which followed, Dr. A. W. BortHwick emphasised the 
importance of educational work in training those engaged in forestry. This 
must be carried out in adequately staffed and equipped institutions. 

Professor SOMERVILLE pleaded for effective Government action, and drew a 
vivid picture of the delays to progress as a result of inaction on the part of 
the Government and the various hindrances which were put in the way of 
advance. 

Mr. MippirTon, as representing a Government Department, thought Professor 
Somerville a little severe. It was necessary to examine projects before they 
were embarked upon, and he pleaded the necessity of the preliminary survey 
which Professor Somerville had deprecated. 


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 8. 


The following business was transacted :— 


1. Discussion on the Bearing of Bolanical Science on Coal. 


The discussion was opened by Dr. Maris Stores, who laid emphasis on the 
importance of the collaboration of paleobotanist, chemist, and geologist in 
answering the three chief questions about coal: what it is; where it is; and 
how it may best be used. A very wide and also very detailed knowledge of 
all fossil plants, not only the attractive or specially interesting ones, is requisite. 
Parts of plants generally ignored by botanists dealing with the recent flora are 
often the key to knowledge of fossil plants—fragments of angiospermic wood, 
for example, of which a systematised knowledge in recent families is urgently 
needed. It may be said that for the discovery of where coal is a knowledge 
of species and their outward characteristics is necessary ; while for the discovery 
of what it is and how it may best be used a knowledge of tissues and special 
internal cell structures may prove of most value. Already tentative researches 
show the possibility of particular by-products from coal being associated with 
definite portions of plants. 

Owing to the fact that the coal of this country was nearly all carboniferous 
in age, an idea seems prevalent that the study of fossil plants of other epochs 
has no bearing on the coal question. This is very mistaken if we look at things 
imperially, for the coal supplies of parts of our Empire are of differing geological 
ages—e.g. the coal in India is nearly all either of Tertiary or ‘ Glossopteris- 
flora’ age, while Canada has vast Cretaceous resources. This justifies the claim 
that every branch of paleobotanical study may have its bearing on some aspect 
of the coal question in one part of our Empire or another. Though something 
has been done in studying coal in sections, a much more intensive study is 
needed, and methods are wanted for investigating it without sections—e.g. when 
it is already finely powdered. Reference was made to the enlightened encourage- 
ment and employment by the State of specially trained paleobotanists in a 
number of the leading countries. 

Professor Weiss referred to the recent advance in the preparation of micro- 
scopical slides exhibiting the structure of coal, and referred to the work of 
Mr. James Lomax, who had made an extensive microscopical investigation of 
various portions of coal seams, from which we learnt that certain portions of 
a seam are much richer in spores than others. The presence or absence of these 
spores makes a material difference in the chemical nature of various portions 
of a seam, and while some of the coal may be more suitable for household use, 
other portions may be more suitable for the manufacture of gas and coke. It 
is important, therefore, that all seams should be systematically investigated 
both microscopically and chemically, so that the coal may be put to the best use. 


TRANSACTIONS Ol SECTION K. 507 


Professor A. C. Sewarp was of the opinion that, from the economic point 
of view, the chemical investigation of coal was of greater importance than the 
purely botanical examination, the results of which, he was afraid, would, from 
a utilitarian standpoint, be comparatively meagre. 


2. Discussion on the Collection and Cultivation of Medicinal Plants. 


The discussion was introduced by Professor H. G. GreentsH, of the Pharma- 
ceutical Society of Great Britain. 

After pointing out the shortage which had been produced by the state of 
war, and to which attention had been drawn so early as 1914 by the Board of 
Agriculture, he proceeded to give an account of the efforts that had been made 
to remedy this by fostering home production. In the autumn of 1915 the 
Herb Growing Association, which had sprung into existence for this purpose, 
made serious attempts to organise on co-operative lines, but they had the 
misfortune to lose their drying-shed by fire, and the Central Committee of the 
National Patriotic Organisation came forward to endeavour to place the new 
industry on a sound basis. 

To this end a circular letter was issued, urging landowners to devote a 
portion of their land to medicinal plants, and a leaflet with lists of plants and 
hints for drying, &c. A conference was then held, at which the Central 
Committee, the Herb Growing Association, and the Agricultural Organisation 
Society were represented, and as a result a scheme has been drafted for the 
establishment of the herb industry on a proper footing. 

Only the future can show whether this industry can be made a financial 
success, but, notwithstanding the pessimistic views which have been expressed, 
Professor Greenish was of the opinion that the high quality of the home-grown 
and dried article would command a price sufficient to warrant the trial. There 
is scope also for research and experiment on the production of plants of higher 
yield or greater medicinal intensity. 

The PresipEent then read a paper sent by Mr. E. M. Hotmrs, F.L.S., F.E.S., 
also of the Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain, on the cultivation of 
medicinal plants and the collection of wild herbs in Britain. 

The author suggested the collection of herbs by instructed children, the 
establishment of public drying-houses, and the cultivation of certain plants, 
Belladonna, Henbane, Digitalis, in the particular place in which they flourish. 

The industry can only be extended to an export trade by establishing the 
superiority of the British-grown article. The Colonies are attempting to grow 
their own herbs on account of the inferior material exported to them from this 
country. 

From the scientific point of view, which is naturally that of the British 
Association, there are several matters in connection with the cultivation of 
medicinal plants that deserve serious consideration. 

1. The possible improvement in the alkaloidal value of the plants. 

2. The possible improvement in the yield of essential oils, and especially the 

increased percentage of the more valuable constituents of the oils. 

3. The most favourable conditions of cultivation for each particular species. 

Some experiments have been already made by the Agricultural Departments 
in the United States, in Germany, Austria, and other countries on these lines, 
but two mistakes have been made by these Departments : 

(a) They have not sought the best outside expert advice. 

(b) They have published too soon such results as they have obtained, on a 
small scale, without comparing them with results obtained elsewhere by practical 
men working on a large scale with the plants, and without stating the com- 
parative conditions of soil, climate, and general environment. 

Thus an American experimentalist states that the Biennial Henbane does 
not revert to the annual form, whereas I could show him in my own ground 
all stages between the two in different soils and with different treatment. 

_ 1. With regard to the possible improvements in the alkaloidal value of 
important medicinal plants, I may mention a few of the points that seem to 


me to demand careful experiments. : 


508 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 


(a) The ascertaining the ingredients of the ash when the plant is calcined, 
as showing what the plant actually removes from the soil, and the consequent 
necessity of replacing the loss of these ingredients. 

(b) The relation of moisture and good tilth (i.e., soil kept porous and 
absorbent by the presence of decayed animal or vegetable matter, or by the 
use of coarse sand or breeze for clayey soils) to the vigour of the plant. 

(c) The effect of exposure to wind and sunlight. 

It will be understood that vigorous vegetation may be due to abundance of 
moisture, and that the amount of alkaloid or essential oil may seem greater 
or less in proportion to the succulence of the foliage, so that dwarfed growth 
may be mistakenly supposed to indicate a higher percentage of either alkaloid 
or essential oil. But it must not be forgotten that, unless the conditions for 
healthy growth are attended to, the plants soon become a prey to disease, and 
what is apparently gained in produce is lost in the expense of repeated replanting 
of the ground necessitated by disease. 

(d) Another point is the selection of particular individuals for improvement 
of the species. In a field of cultivated herbs there will always be some that 
show more vigorous growth, deeper green colour, and an aspect of good health. 
These plants should be selected for analysis to see if their alkaloidal value is 
different from or superior to the average amount, and the seed of the first- 
developed capsules of healthy and vigorous plants should be saved for propaga- 
tion. The conditions of the soil in the spot where these particular plants have 
grown should be recorded. 

(e) Yet another point is the observation of various forms, varieties, or hybrids 
that occur under cultivation, and their separate cultivation for experimental 
purposes. It is these that have much to do with success. 

Thus the Japanese menthol plant occurs in several varieties. The first that 
was imported into this country did not yield anything like the percentage of 
menthol that the Japanese stated was to be obtained, and it is only lately that 
the best variety has been brought to Europe, i.e., the kind that yields the full 
amount of menthol. 

The English peppermint plant yields the highest-priced oil that is obtainable 
in any country, and I have shown! that this is due to the fact that the French 
and American plants belong to different varieties of Mentha piperita from the 
English plant, and that the Chinese and Japanese belong to another species. 

The best variety of Angelica in cultivation is grown in Saxony, apparently 
in micaceous soil, and the most highly prized caraway is grown in the North 
of Russia. 

These might be experimented with in this country to ascertain if, under 
conditions found or obtainable here, these varieties would retain their 
peculiarities. 

There are about twenty-four varieties of Aconitum Napellus, but these have 
never been separately cultivated to ascertain which is the best variety for use 
in medicine. 

The chamomile needs similar experimentation as regards its volatile oil. 
There is a variety of Anthemis nobilis var. b. floscula which has a specially strong 
odour, but it has not, that I am aware of, yet been cultivated for the oil, 
although it might prove superior to any of the forms under commercial 
cultivation. 

The ordinary double-flowered chamomile easily reverts under cultivation to 
the single form, but the conditions that cause it and the means of preventing 
it have not, I believe, as yet been published. 

I will not at present refer to the foreign cultivation of medicinal plants, 
save to allude to the fact that several important plants, such as the Siam benzoin 
tree, the insect-powder plant, and the best Chinese rhubarb plant, deserve the 
attention of our Colonies. : 

Sir Sypney Otivier, Secretary of the Board of Agriculture and Fisheries, 
observed that the problem of supplying raw materials for drugs during the early 
part of the war had had to be dealt with as a matter of emergency, and the 
co-operation of all persons who are willing to help in it had been sought far 
and wide. Such voluntary and unorganised effort, however, could not suffice to 


» Perfumery and Essential Oil Record, vol. iii., p. 10. 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 509 


supply the needs of the drug market continuously, and under normal conditions. 
If, therefore, Great Britain was to be made self-supporting in regard to the 
principal lines of medicinal plants, it must be demonstrated that they could be 
grown by market gardeners as a remunerative crop. In that case there would 
be plenty of skilled professional horticulturists fully capable of providing the 
necessary supply. Assistance might have to be given to them in regard to the 
preparation of their material so that a uniform sample could be supplied to 
the wholesale dealers. As large quantities of the principal drugs, belladonna, 
henbane, &c., are already grown in this country by pharmaceutical manufacturers, 
it appeared reasonable to expect that the country could supply itself in this 
manner. But it appeared desirable that there should be more co-operation and 
organisation between the various agencies which were now interesting themselves 
in this matter. 

Miss SaunpERS pointed out the need for co-operation between the breeder 
and the chemist. She asked Professor Greenish if the frog method was still 
employed for the assay of digitalin, and what quantity of fresh leaves was 
required for comparative assays. 

Mr. Cuaripce Druce considered that the cultivation of drugs for the British 
market should be in the hands or under the control of those having a practical 
knowledge of a highly technical industry, since the difference between profit 
and loss depended upon such knowledge. He did not think, except in the case 
perhaps of a few plants, that school childrem could be advantageously employed 
in herb collecting. 

Dr. E. N. Tuomas raised the question of the relative merit, in certain cases, 
of extraction from dried and from fresh leaves. 

Professor Werss supported the opinion of Sir Sydney Olivier that the cultiva- 
tion of drugs could only be placed upon a satisfactory basis if the industry 
became specialised, and only the most remunerative varieties were grown. He 
referred to the experimental work which had been carried out in America on 
the effects of selection in the cultivation of belladonna.? It was essential that 
similar experiments should be carried out in the United Kingdom on all important 
medicinal plants with regard to their richness in alkaloids and other specific 
substances. The botanical departments of the various universities and colleges 
would, without doubt, be ready to co-operate in this matter with the Board of 
Agriculture. 

The Presipent thanked the visitors to the Section most cordially for their 
kindness in contributing to so interesting and fruitful a discussion. 


3. Are Endemics the Oldest or the Youngest Species in a Country ? 
By Dr. J. C. Wiis. 


4. Geographical Distribution of the Composite.* By J. SmMauu. 


5. The Origin and Fate of Salt-marsh ‘ Pans.” 
By Professor R. H. Yarp, M.A. 


6. A Contribution to the Plant Geography and Flora of the Arfak 
Mountains in Dutch N.W. New Guinea.? By Miss L. S. Gress, 
F.LS., F.N.M.S. 


The author’s chief collecting area was in the vicinity of the two small Angi 
lakes, situated at an altitude of 7,000 and 8,000 feet respectively, on the southern 


? Bull. No. 306, United States Department of Agriculture. 

5 See Pharm. Jour., December 1916-February 1917. 

* A’ full account of the work dealt with is included in a paper on ‘ The Salt- 
marshes of the Dovey Estuary,’ by R. H. Yapp and D. Johns; see Journal of 
Ecology, vol. iv., part iii., 1916. 

5 Published by Taylor & Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 


510 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 


portion of the Arfak. Previous botanical collections in these mountains have 
been made by Drs. Beccari and Gjellerup. 

General Plant Formations.—Access to the lakes is from the coast, of which 
only the immediate shore line is sparsely inhabited. A huge intervening low- 
lying belt of sago swamps and high forest, growing on sterile ‘korang’ or 
coral limestone, extends to the lower foot-hills of the Arfak. This tract of 
country, intersected by the alluvial terraces and large inundation areas of the 
rivers, which pour down from the mountains in the rainy season, is devoid of 
inhabitants and suggests very recent elevation. 

Native houses are first met with at about 2,000 feet on the subsidiary spurs 
and lower ranges. From thence upwards, on the slopes and crests of the ridges, 
there is evidence of extensive cultivation, past and present. At about 7,000 feet 
on the crest of the main range human habitation again ceases, and a zone of 
small virgin mountain forest obtains to 9,000 feet, the limit of the range. This 
small forest, from 8-9,000 feet moss-grown to mossy in character, is chiefly 
marked by coniferous trees of Dacrydium, Phyllocladus, Podocarpus, and 
Libocedrus sp. In the larger forest of the same type which clothes the shel- 
tered slopes of the lakes, groups of a handsome Araucaria are conspicuous. 

Open spaces break this prevailing forest in parts along the ridges. These 
are either natural landslips of loose granite, gravel, or small artificial clearings 
made by the Papuans for rest and camping purposes. Where this clearing 
occurs over larger areas, on exposed plateau summits at about 9,000 feet, a 
xerophytic, open type of what may be called a Claydonia Association is found— 
Myrmecodia, Hydnophytum, prostrate or stunted shrubs with herbaceous plants, 
being dotted on a lichen-covered surface. To a certain extent marshland extends 
round the margin of the Jakes, where splendid Rhododendrons, Zingiberaceae sp., 
and fine clumps of orchids formed splashes of brilliant colouring. 

The shores of both the lakes are inhabited by small Alfuero or mountain 
tribes. 

Phytogeographical results may be summarised as follows :— — 

1. Wide distribution in New Guinea of endemic mountain types—Not only 
have species common to the Arfak proved identical with several collected 
recently by Kloss on the Utakwa Expedition to Mount Carstensz in the §.W., 
but also new species have been established in new genera or in genera first 
recorded for New Guinea on that occasion. The same results apply to the 
mountains of the N.E. and the S.E., for, amongst other striking instances, 
Libocedrus, already known from both regions, is now established for the 
N.W. as well, while two new species of Didiscus link up the Arfak with the 
Owen Stanley range, on which one species of this genus was already known. 

2. Further evidence of New Guinea as the centre of distribution for many 
so-called Australian and also Polynesian types.—This fact is a marked feature 
of recent German and Dutch exploration, and has been emphasised by the 
well-known botanists who have worked out those results. To quote only a few 
examples on the present occasion, Hibbertia, a genus hitherto supposed to be 
limited to Australia and New Caledonia, is represented in the Arfak by a species 
closely allied to the Australian H. volubilis; and the occurrence of Patersonia 
and Centrolepis connects New Guinea both with Australia and with the summit 
of Kinabalu, in North Borneo, and Mount Halcon, in the Philippines, while 
Centrolepis is also known from South China. Both genera are new to the New 
Guinea flora. 

Systematic results.—These comprise several new genera, whilst a large 
proportion of the plants collected have proved new to science. Amongst the 
latter, a Dacrydium, Libocedrus, and Kentia sp. are perhaps the most interesting. 
Myrtaceae, Araliaceae, Ericaceae, Vacciniaceae, and Orchidaceae were the 
natural orders most largely represented. ; 

Collections made round Manokoeari (Dorei Bay), on some of the islands 
along the coast, and at Humboldt Bay have been separately enumerated, as no 
two species proved common to both mountain and coast flora. Though many 
new plants and interesting new records are included in this list, the larger 
portion naturally comprises better-known Malayan types, though wide endemic 
distribution is again emphasised. 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION K. 511 


7. Survey Work near Bellingham.® 
By Miss Cuartorre EK. C. Mrasnam. 


8. On the Movements executed by Young Fern Fronds, with especial 
reference to Geotropism. By Miss T. L. PRANKERD. 


Young fern fronds are capable of at least seven types of movement—viz. 
geotropic, heliotropic, epinastic, nutational, autotropic, thigmotropic, and the 
sagging due to weight. These are exhibited to a greater or less degree in the 
three phases into which the life-history of a fern frond falls, both morpho- 
logically and cytologically. 

The rate of migration of the chlorostatoliths and the reaction time are much 
greater than those corresponding for the Angiosperm, and the former is 
decreased by severance of the frond. 

The loss of geotropic irritability corresponds roughly (probably accurately) 
with the disappearance of the statenchyma during the second phase of existence 
while the frond is still capable of growth. 


9. On the Distribution of Slarch in the Branches of Trees, and its 
Bearing on the Statolith Theory. By Miss T, LL. PRANKERD. 


Facts.—Starch is almost always to be found in the buds and twigs of trees 
in the winter, and is invariably embedded in the protoplasm. 

In the spring, before the buds open, the starch content increases, and in 
certain of the cells of the stem the grains always become free to fall—i.e., form 
statoliths. As the bud opens the contained starch is gradually used up, except 
that in the stelar sheath of the developing stem, which is converted into 
statoliths. 

In the summer, statoliths are developed in the appendicular organs, and die 
away in the stems remote from these. Behaviour of trophic starch is variable. 

Production of autumn statoliths is under investigation. 

Theory.—On the whole the statolith theory derives some measure of support 
from these facts, in that :— 

(1) Statoliths are produced in spring, and are absent in winter and in the 

older parts of the stem. 

(2) Statolith starch is constant in time and place; trophic starch is variable 
in both, especially in the former. 

(8) The degree of development of the statolith apparatus shows some 
amount of correspondence with geotropic activity, whether comparison 
be made inter se, or the group as a whole be compared with other 
biological groups. 


* To be published in The Vasculum. 


512 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION L. 


Section L.—EDUCATIONAL SCIENCE. 


PRESIDENT OF THE SECTION: Rey. W. Trempie, M.A. 


WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6. 


The President delivered the following Address :— 


Ir is a great responsibility, as it is a great honour, to be allowed the oppor- 
tunity of delivering the Presidential Address to the Education Section of 
the British Association this year. The whole subject of education is more 
before the public mind than it has been for a generation at least, and one is 
tempted, therefore, to range over the whole field. I shall indeed range pretty 
far, but of course an individual’s opinions are only of real value so far as 
they reflect at least some experience of his own. My experience has been 
entirely with education of the secondary school and University type, and 
with the effort, of which I shall speak incidentally, to supply University 
teaching to adult working men and women; this is indeed an instance of 
the University type of education. Of elementary schools, which I suppose 
constitute, for the present at least, the main part of our problem, I know 
nothing directly and very little indirectly. But I see two things with regard 
to them: first, that all reform is conditional upon our securing smaller classes ; 
and, secondly, that the elementary schools ought not to be the most important 
part of our English problem, for we ought to be turning our attention to the 
building up of an adequate secondary system. It is in the sphére of secondary 
education that our whole equipment is most conspicuously and lamentably 
deficient. 

One other word of introduction. The present interest of Englishmen in 
education is partly due to the fact that they are impressed by German 
thoroughness. Now let there be no mistake. The war has shown the 
efiectiveness of German education in certain departments of life, but it has 
shown not only its ineffectiveness but its grotesque absurdity in regard to 
other departments of life, and those the departments which are, even in a 
political sense, the most important. In the organisation of material resources 
Germany has won well-merited admiration, but in regard to moral conduct, 
and with regard to all that art of dealing with other men and other nations 
which is closely allied to moral conduct, she has won for herself the horror 
of the civilised world. If you take the whole result, and ask whether we 
prefer German or English education, I, at any rate, should not hesitate in 
my reply. With all its faults, English education is a thing generically superior 
to the German. It is to perfect our own, and not to imitate theirs, that we 
must now exert ourselves. And so I turn to the discussion of some parts 
of this task. 

There is a great deal of public interest at the present time, and 
very nearly as much mental confusion, with regard to education generally, and 
especially with regard to the place of technical training in education. The 
discussion in the public Press and elsewhere follows the lines of a number 
of cross-divisions. We sometimes have the division into literary and scientific 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 513 


education, sometimes the division into general and technical; and there are 
those again who confuse these two divisions. ; ‘ 

It is worth while, perhaps, to point out the particular confusions which 
are thus involved. There is no contrast in principle between a literary and 
a scientific education; the study of literature is a mere dabbling with amuse- 
ments if it is not a scientific study. ‘The real distinction, at which one only 
hints, concerns not the method of inquiry but the subject considered. It 
is the distinction between the study of man and the study of the physical 
universe; and as soon as this is clearly realised it becomes apparent that 
no education can pretend to completeness at all which does not in a very 
considerable degree, at icast, cover both fields. Human faculty being what 
it is, the time available is for most people too short to make possible a thorough 
study of both human and natural science, which we may take to designate 
the inquiry into the behaviour of man and the inquiry into the behaviour of 
the physical world. But an education which leaves either entirely out of 
sight, and indeed which fails to implant in the mind the governing principles 
and ideas of both, can hardly be said to deserve the name of education at all. 

Before pursuing this theme it is worth while to turn for a moment to the 
other distinction, which, as I have said, is sometimes identified with this. 
Here, again, the principle of the distinction is false. A general education must 
include, if it is to be truly general, the training of all the faculties, and this 
plainly covers manual work as well as mental work. Moreover, it appears to 
be established that manual work is for children the best means of developing 
brain faculty, and therefore has a direct value for the purely mental side of 
education. 

Anyone who has taken any part in administering our present educational 
methods must surely be convinced that we are relying far too much upon 
books as our method of instruction. There are many people of very decided 
intelligence and capacity who can hardly learn anything at all out of books. 
One of the developments which we need is the far freer use of manual and 
productive work as a means of education in the strictest sense; as a means, 
that is, of developing human faculty quite irrespective of the practical or 
commercial value of such faculty when developed. 

But here again, as in the former case, there is, underlying the false dis- 
tinction, a real distinction between education whose aim is the employment 
of leisure, and that whose aim is the practical work of life. But inasmuch as 
work and leisure are both of them essential and necessary parts of human life, 
it is clear that the distinction, though quite real, ought not to be allowed to 
become a contradiction, so that the dilemma can arise whether we are training 
people for work or for leisure; plainly we must aim at training them for both. 

At this point it will assist the clearness of the subsequent discussion if we 
refer to yet one more distinction which arises out of what has already been 
said—namely, the distinction between technical education and technical instruc- 
tion, if by the latter of these words I may be allowed to indicate the training 
which aims at supplying some specific skill quite irrespective of the general 
human development of the personality, and by the former phrase such a train- 
ing in either physical science or its practical application as may be a real part 
of the development of an entire human being. If the words are used in this 
sense I should desire to say that technical instruction may be of commercial 
value, and should, for aught I know, be definitely encouraged or even enforced 
by the State for the sake of its commercial value. But it has nothing to do 
with education, and we, as interested in education, have nothing to do with 
it, except indeed this : That we need vehemently to protest against such early 
specialisation as may develop the wealth-producing capacities at the cost of 
dwarfing the human nature as a whole. 

_ When we analyse the prevailing conceptions current in most educational 
discussion in the way in which I have attempted, it appears that there are 
two broad divisions of the subject, one concerned with the matter of study, 
and the other concerned with the educational needs of human nature. The 
former gives us the broad distinction of human studies and physical studies ; 
the latter gives us the broad distinction of spiritual and intellectual. The 
confusion to which allusion has been made arises in large part from the natural 
Stars to identify these two methods of division, as though it could be said 

’ LL 


514 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION L. 


that the study of man developed the spiritual but not the intellectual ‘side of 
our nature, and physical studies the intellectual and not the spiritual. But the 
fact is that both of the main elements in human nature with which education 
is chiefly concerned can be developed by means of either of the two broad 
sections into which we have divided the possible subjects of study. The study 
of literature can be so conducted as to develop a scientific habit of mind, and 
natural science can be so studied as to expand the imagination and, through 
that, the sympathies. 

There is indeed one side of human nature of which I have said nothing, 
namely, the physical; but though a complete education must concern itself with 
this, it is a part of the subject capable of separate treatment, and we may here 
omit it, only remarking that education is very vitally concerned to see that 
the physical condition is such as may be the basis for the intellectual and 
moral life. It is now a commonplace of the subject that it is impossible to 
teach, and indeed cruelty to try to teach, those who are hungry or who are 
over-tired. It is not always recognised, however, that, apart from physical 
condition at the time when teaching is given, vigorous intellectual work, and 
still more moral character, can hardly be expected when the physical system is 
either stunted or disproportionately developed. I suppose it is technically 
possible to extract perfect melody from a violin whose strings are not in tune, 
and for aught I know it may he strictly possible for a perfect character to 
work itself out upon the basis of an ill-developed physical system; but it is 
clear that the difficulty is for all practical purposes insuperable. 

I am told that an inquiry made in our Industrial Schools and Reformatories 
has shown that those children who are most difficult from the point of view 
of discipline, and as to whose future in the matter of moral development there 
is least ground for hope, nearly always prove to be in some way physically 
under-developed or mis-developed. Certainly if the body is in a condition of 
instability we should expect the mind and soul to be correspondingly fretful 
and irritable. The whole matter therefore of physical health and development 
is one that is vital to education, not only as a part of education itself in the 
largest sense, but as a condition which must be satisfied before education in 
the narrower sense can satisfactorily do its work. 

From this we may return to the two broad divisions of human personality 
which are the actual concern of education in the narrower sense—the spiritual 
and the intellectual. The spiritual side of human nature, the capacity for 
fellowship and for devotion, is best trained by the life of membership in a 
society. No instruction or study can take the place of this. This is the great 
inheritance that comes down to us, in England at any rate, from the Middle 
Ages. The side on which those great private institutions which are called 
Public Schools, and the older Universities, are particularly strong is the social 
life which is their most leading characteristic. As the personality begins to 
develop it requires some society of which it may be a member, other than the 
home on the one side and the nation on the other. The nation is clearly far 
too big for the child to realise, or indeed to possess any effective membership 
in it; and the home, though not too small, is yet unsuitable in one respect, 
namely, that itis bound to be too much under the direction of the parents. Where 
life in a school-room is possible and where there is a large family to share that 
life, some of the conditions which we require are present, but what is needed is 
a society which shall indeed be under general supervision but of which the 
members actually determine the character and life, so that each feels that he 
is a member of this community in the fullest sense, that its welfare depends 
upon his loyalty, while his welfare depends upon its general character. I 
confess that I doubt the possibility of securing this fully realised membership 
otherwise than in a boarding school, but here I speak with great ignorance; 
at any rate I am sure that for the spiritual development of the rising generation 
we urgently need that corporate life in schools which the so-called Public 
Schools possess in so large a measure. Every member of one of these schools, 
or of one of our older Universities, knows quite well that what has been most 
valuable to him in his training has been the whole life of the place, and not 
the specific teaching of the class-room or laboratory. It is probably true that 
the educational institutions which have especially cherished this ideal have 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 515 


tended to be slack, as they have certainly been amateurish, with regard to the 
intellectual or scientific life; but they have maintained this fundamental prin- 
ciple, that the spiritual nature is best developed through life as a member of a 
society, and that a society of such a kind that the membership can be real and 
effective. Recent experiments, such as that of the ‘ Young Republic,’ are 
carrying into new developments precisely this idea, and their success—for I 
think we may already pronounce them a success—is a great vindication of the 
idea itself. But for the supreme testimony to the value of this education we 
must turn to our colonial and imperial administration. There has been nothing 
to equal it in the history of the world. It has faults, of course, and some of 
them arise from just such an amateurishness as we have noticed in our Public 
Schools. Yet there has been the sense of ‘fair-play,’ the readiness to take 
whatever comes as part of the day’s work, the absence of self-advertisement 
and personal ‘push,’ the capacity to take command and act with authority 
when called upon, which are the very qualities most developed by Public-School 
life and most vitally needed in the public servants of a world-wide Empire. 
The great evil has been that the boys of a Public School all come from one 
social class, so that, though their public spirit is keen, their horizon is very 
narrow and they do not see the need or even the opportunity to exercise public 
spirit except in the ways traditional in their class. 

In order that this social life may exist in any real completeness it is neces- 
sary that its control should be in the hands of members of the school itself. 
There should, of course, be supervision by masters or mistresses, who can in 
case of necessity take complete charge and prevent the occurrence of disaster; 
but the normal life should be under the control of senior members of the com- 
munity itself. This will involve the acceptance within that community of boy 
or girl standards, and this is wholesome. It is not desirable that the growing 
conscience should be perpetually confronted with standards which are forced 
upon it but which it does not accept; it should be left free to form and to 
follow its own judgment under the stimulus of wise leaders who, without 
impatience at its youthfulness, will yet guide it onward to fuller and fuller 
development. The things that are important to a child may often seem trivial 
to the adult, but they are genuinely important to the child, and provided that 
his growth is being encouraged, and not artificially arrested, it is quite right 
that at each stage he should take interest in those things that are appropriate 
to that stage. Moreover, when children are thrown into a social life of this 
kind they immediately exhibit the root principle of all morals, namely, the 
sense of membership in the community and of obligation to serve it. The 
community in question is a narrow one. The boy of fourteen on arriving at a 
Public School hardly regards himself as standing in any ethical relation, for 
instance, to the masters. If he can outwit them, that is just a score for him. 
So, for example, dishonest work, when the boy cheats in order to avoid punish- 
ment, is very leniently judged by his fellows; whereas precisely the same act, 
if done for the sake of gaining promotion over others, is regarded as disgrace- 
ful. The schoolmaster is often tempted to class both of these together under 
‘cheating,’ because he does not realise that the latter is a sin against a com- 
munity to which obligation is recogiised, while the former is merely an act 
of hostility against a natural foe. But so it is; and there is no harm in it 
provided it is only a stage in development. After all, if Jael had treated 
Barak in the way in which she did treat Sisera, Deborah would not have sung 
her praises. 5 

Now, one main activity of a society composed of children or adolescents will 
necessarily be found in games. This is partly because physical growth is one of 
the main businesses of life at that stage, and it is right that the growing boy or 
girl should delight in developing and exercising the physical faculties. But it is 
also because a game is felt to be more communal than school work. With work 
arranged as it now is, it inevitably follows that school work is regarded as 
being done for one’s own sake, while the boy who plays hard is regarded as 
serving the community; he does it for his house or the school as much as for 
himself. I shall suggest in a moment that experience shows that by changes, 
which are otherwise desirable, with regard to school work itself a good deal of 
this difficulty may be overcome, but it will still remain true, at any rate with 


LL 2 


516 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION L. 


boys, that games are the dominant interest, and athletic heroes more admired 
than hoys of intellectual promise; and I desire to insist that this is a perfectly 
right thing provided only that the elders, whether parents or teachers, do not 
themselves adopt the boy’s standard, and so fix it in the boy’s mind, but while 
sympathising with the boyish interests yet constantly lead the mind forward 
to a truer perspective. 

I have already said that we give too exclusive a place to books in school 
education. Many boys, not at all really stupid, are failures at school because 
they are bad at books. If manual work is given a larger place, it can be so 
arranged that the great moral difficulty about school work is removed—namely, 
its individualistic and competitive character. Co-operation cannot be carried far 
in book work. If a boy does the work of another, as I used when at Rugby to 
write all the Latin proses for the boys in the Army class in my house, he may 
benefit himself, but the others lose. Learning from books must be done by each 
for himself. But manual work can be done in teams, so that a large co-opera- 
tive element comes in, which is of great value as a training for citizenship. 

It is possible to do something of this sort with regard to book work. At 
Repton a challenge-shield is at this time being presented, to be held by the 
house whose members together gain most marks according to a scheme which 
allots so many marks to a form prize, so many to a school prize, and so forth. 
This, in so far as it is successful in its aim, will bring the communal and 
co-operative spirit into the school work. : 

Before we leave this question of social life in the school or college and its 
influence as an instrument of spiritual education, let me point out what the 
adoption of this view involves. It requires in the first place that the school 
should have some individuality which ought to be expressed in its buildings 
and institutions. Improvement is already being made in this respect, but it is a 
monstrous crime that our big towns should be studded with vast barrack- 
like buildings which have no individuality whatever, and are merely, as it were, 
blocks of class-rooms and laboratories. It is much better to have a definitely 
ugly building than a building with no sort of feature. The school must be 
recognised as having a real life of its own in which its members must find their 
place ; for instance, ‘the monstrous regulation which allows a child to leave school 
on a certain day because his or her individual birthday is come, is full of the 
evil suggestion that the school exists for the child but has no claim upon it. 
Then, again, real playing-fields are needed in the neighbourhood of each school— 
not just an asphalt yard for the children to run about in, but grounds where 
organised games as part of the normal life of the school are possible. This is 
needed for physical growth, but it is also vitally needed for the production of 
that social spirit in the school which is the best of all trainings in good 
citizenship. The teachers in our elementary schools have in many cases done 
wonders in developing such a social spirit even under present conditions, but 
their good work is grievously hampered. I confess that unless such a social 
life can be developed I take comparatively little interest in the actual subjects 
of study; for I agree strongly with Plato that the primary aim of education 
is to fashion the inclinations and mould the growing will; and if this is not 
done, if there is either no real will developed at all, or a self-seeking anti- 
social will, I would rather that there should be no intellectual training. If a 
man is going to be a knave, for Heaven’s sake let him also remain a fool. 

In discussing the general atmosphere in which teaching is given, and the 
effect which by its constant though often unnoticed influence it produces upon 
the character, something must be said about the suggestion implied and offered 
by our present educational system, and the changes which are needed to remedy 
its evils. In the first place it is clear that the system rests on the belief that 
for most people all that is really required is a beggarly minimum. This is 
most of all apparent in that curious regulation which permits clever children 
who might profit by continued education to leave school earlier than others, 
while those who are more slow-witted and less likely to profit by prolonged 
education are kept at school for the full time. Clearly this regulation rests on 
and suggests the belief that there is a definable minimum to which all citizens 
should attain, but beyond which there is no vital necessity that they should 
pass. The point selected is unfortunate in the last degree, and that in two 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 517 


ways. First, it releases children from the discipline of school just at the 
moment when discipline begins to be most essential. Down to the beginning of 
adolescence what we weed is something that may more fitly be called super- 
vision, and for myself I have great sympathy with those who hold that under a 
general supervision there should be the utmost possible freedom for the child. 
But with adolescence there comes a temporary chaos in the psychological 
make-up, and during that period there is an urgent need, not only for super- 
vision, but expressly for discipline as that word is commonly understood, 
namely, the imposition of restraint, forcible if need be, in order that certain 
impulses may not break Joose and destroy the harmony of the whole nature. 
But the school-leaving age is unfortunate in another respect also. We teach the 
child to read, and then send him away from school at a time when it is too 
early to have begun the training of his taste and judgment. We have made 
him a prey to all manner of chance influences but have not supplied him with 
the power of selection between these, or the means of resisting those which his 
better judgment condemns. 

Something no doubt can be done by means of continuation classes provided 
that the time for them is taken out of the hours of employment and not 
added on to these; but nothing will really meet the case except an all-round 
raising of the school-age. And even then we still need to get away from the 
conception of a necessary minimum. What we have to aim at is the maximum 
attainab’e by each scholar, not the minimum that will make him a tolerable 
member of a civilised community. If we aim at a minimum that will be 
what most of the scholars also aim at. But how are we to make this 
change? The obvious method is a large system of exhibitions, maintenance 
grants, and the like, and we must welcome the proposals of the Consultative 
Committee presided over by Mr. Acland which were made public during July 
last. The proposals are better than the Report, which, as was pointed out 
in ‘The Times Educational Supplement,’ is too much under German influence. 
But here, again, we come to another false suggestion. Any system of scholar- 
ships and exhibitions is false in principle, because it inevitably suggests to the 
child that it is to pursue its studies for the sake of its own advancement; 
the whole system coheres with the ideal of the educational ladder, by means 
of which men and women may climb from one section of society to another. 
Now it is undoubtedly true that the State is bound to secure for its own 
interest that brain-capacity wherever found shall be fully developed, and 
that if a child of a dock labourer has capacities fitting him to be a great 
statesman or a great artist it is for the public interest that these capacities 
should be fully developed. But we have also to remember that when by 
education you lift a child from one section of society to another, you expose 
him to one of the most insidious of all temptations, the temptation to despise 
his own people. And if once his native sympathies are thus broken up, it is 
unlikely that he will grow any more. An educational system which depends 
upon the ladder is in a fair way to train a nation of self-seekers. Our demand, 
and here I know that I am speaking for the whole community of labour, must 
be for the educational highway. Our aim must be, not chiefly to lift gifted 
individuals to positions of eminence, but to carry the whole mass of the people 
forward, even though it be but a comparatively little way. We want the 
whole system to be all the while suggesting that the child’s faculties are being 
trained, not for its own advancement, but for the benefit which the com- 
munity is to receive. And the right way to suggest this, while also securing 
for the community the maximum benefit, is, as it seems to me, nothing less 
than a system of free education from the elementary school to the University, 
which instead of offering exhibitions to enable those who are capable to 
proceed, will on the contrary exclude at certain wisely chosen stages those who 
are unable to benefit further by school education. At each of such stages there 
should be for those who are excluded from further advance some form of 
apprenticeship, and if the stage comes early this should be conducted as far 
as possible according to the principles of school life, with all its discipline as 
well as supervision. 

But while I regard that as the ideal, of course I recognise that it cannot 
be achieved at once, and for the moment the line of advance must be that 


518 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION L. 


suggested by Mr. Acland’s Committee, supplemented by the greatest possible 
development of the tutorial-class system which owes its origin to the 
Workers’ Educational Association, and for a full account of which I must 
refer to Mr. Mansbridge’s book ‘ University Tutorial Classes.” The great 
feature of the tutorial-class system is its freedom from the spirit of com- 
petition and worldly self-advancement. It is an effort on the part of working 
people, with the help which the Universities have been nobly ready to supply, 
to equip themselves more perfectly to meet their responsibilities as citizens 
and as members of their own class. Within each tutorial class the element 
of competition is entirely absent, and any proposal which might have the 
indirect effect of introducing such a spirit is regarded by the whole move- 
ment with extreme anxiety and disfavour. By this system real University 
teaching is brought within the reach of the working people without their being 
drawn away from their own class. The Universities have responded nobly to 
the appeal, as I have said. But they simply cannot from their own resources 
meet the need which really exists. Hither the State or private generosity must 
come to the help of the movement. The Board of Education has already shown 
its approval not only by a most valuable report which it has issued, but also by 
revising its code so as to enable it to give a higher grant to this work than 
was possible under the old regulations. But still more is needed. There must 
be munificent endowment of this work either by benefactors or by the State 
if the opportunity is to be genuinely taken. ' 

The tutorial-class movement has made two important discoveries. The first 
is that there is a very great amount of literally first-class ability in the country 
going to waste for lack of opportunity. That many of us had formerly been 
convinced must be the case; it is now proved. The other discovery is this. A 
man who has had no secondary education at all can take up work of the 
University type when he is of full age if his mind has remained alert. I 
believe many continuation classes fail through ignorance or neglect of this 
fact. We always tend to restart the teaching process at the exact point which 
the student had reached when he left school. That is a mistake. The man 
or woman whose education ends at fourteen or thirteen, and who becomes 
desirous of more at twenty-one or later, has lost much in the way of knowledge; 
but if the mind has remained alert the development of faculty has gone on 
and the appropriate method of study is that of the University, not that of 
the secondary school. This is of the utmost importance. We shall not for 
many years to come secure such a raising of the school-age or such a_re- 
modelling of our system as shall guarantee the full development of every child 
and adolescent. Thousands will continue to be dropped by our educational 
system at fifteen, if not sooner. Of course a healthy-minded boy who leaves 
school at fifteen means to have done with his books. He promptly throws 
them away unless he is Scotch, and then he sells them. But six or more years 
later he may wake up to his need for more knowledge and intellectual training. 
Our tendency has been to give him school teaching; that is wrong; he is of 
the age to which University teaching is adapted, and only in that will he 
find what he is wanting. 

I turn now to problems connected with subjects of study. Provided there 
has been established such a social life as I have described, there will be less 
harm than otherwise resulting from some degree of specialisation in secondary 
schools. The students of different subjects will be mixing with one another, 
and will learn from one another a great deal of those subjects which they are 
not themselves definitely studying. Certainly one of the great advantages of 
the college system at the Universities is that it gathers together in very 
intimate social intercourse students of different subjects. It would be impos- 
sible for me, for example, to. express what I owe to my intercourse with 
students of natural science during my time at Balliol in Oxford. My own 
study of natural science lasted for one term, during which I turned the age 
of thirteen. We rubbed glass rods on fur mats and then held them over 
strange instruments in which gold leaves behaved in a manner which I now 
forget, and that was all; but I venture to think that I have acquired sufficient 
knowledge of how scientists interpret the world to be of real service to me, 
and this I owe almost entirely to being a member of a college which contained 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 519 


people who studied natural science while I was studying classical languages, 
ancient history, and philosophy. I believe that the influence in the other 
direction is still more important. At the present time there is a great 
denunciation of the prevalence of classical studies and a demand for educa- 
tion in natural science. But I remember a candidate for a scholarship in 
natural science who presented himself for examination while I was a Fellow 
of Queen’s College, who had apparently not read a line of poetry, who knew 
absolutely no history at all, had never read a novel, nor even a magazine that 
was not scientific; he assured us with conscious pride that since he was 
thirteen he had read no printed matter except such as conerned natural 
science. An effort to engage him in conversation showed that his mind was 
very much what might be expected. He came from a day school, and had 
had very little intercourse with people engaged in the study of other pursuits. 
That is an extreme instance. But it is worth while just now to insist that 
specialisation in mathematics or natural science, if divorced entirely from the 
more humane studies, or from intercourse with those who are pursuing such 
studies, may be educationally disastrous in the last degree. Of course it is 
sometimes suggested, as I remarked earlier, that the study of natural science 
produces a scientific type of mind. But this is one form of the confusion to 
which I alluded at the outset, which results from our speaking of natural 
science by the general name of ‘science.’ The study of languages and history 
can be, and ought to be, just as scientific as the study of physics. 

We may state the question perhaps in this way. In order that a man may 
live his life and discharge his responsibilities as a citizen he needs knowledge. 
What is the most important sort of knowledge to have? None can be put on a 
level with the knowledge of human nature. Whatever a man is going to do 
he will have to deal with his fellow-men and find his own place among them. 
This knowledge cannot be adequately obtained from books alone, and, as I 
have said already, training through membership in a social life is the best 
means to it. But it may be also fostered in a very high degree by what are 
called the humane studies: the study of the best that men have thought in 
philosophy, the study of their highest aspirations and deepest woes in litera- 
ture, the study of their attempts and their achievements in history. This is the 
most serviceable of all scientific studies that a man can undertake. But it is 
no doubt true that we have allowed two evil things to happen. In the first 
place we have not sufficiently recognised the value of natural science in 
education, and, still more disastrous, we have tended to identify the study of 
the humanities with the study of the classical languages. 

The upholders of the classics, taken as a group, have no one but themselves 
to blame if the studies in which they believe are an object of very general 
attack, for they have been defiant in manner and retrograde in practice. And 
yet the attack upon the classics is unintelligent. It is very noticeable that 
the most elaborate study which has ever been compiled of the British Empire, 
and of the problems which it must face in the near future, should find it 
necessary to begin its survey with an account of the civilisation of ancient 
Greece and Rome. I am referring, of course, to ‘The Commonwealth of 
Nations,’ by Mr. Lionel Curtis. European history and civilisation are indeed 
only intelligible in the whole sense of the word by means of some knowledge 
of those two ancient nations. And there is this great advantage in the study 
of Greece and Rome, that we can trace there the complete rise and fall of a 
particular system of civilisation. The modern system is not complete, perhaps 
it never will be. For that very reason it is impossible to see the events in a 
perspective determined by an apprehension of the whole. But the history 
of ancient Greece is a complete thing, so is the history of ancient Rome, and 
it is possible to study their thought and achievements with a perspective and 
proportion due to the fact that the whole is known to us. I am not saying 
that this is always done, for much time is too often spent on studying events 
which led to no appreciable result at all; but at least the thing is possible. 
The study of ancient Greece has this further advantage, that the ancient Greeks 
asked all the elementary questions of philosophy in the simplest form, All 
subsequent European thought is to some extent sophisticated, precisely because 
it takes up its problems where the Greek philosophers left them. It is 


520 | TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION L. 


undoubtedly best for the student to begin at the beginning, and the beginning 
of European thought is to be found in the pages of Aischylus, Sophocles, and 
Euripides, of Plato and Aristotle, of Herodotus and Thucydides. But the 
study of these great literatures with their attendant history is largely ruined 
by two facts. One is that far more boys are driven into this study than will 
ever seriously profit by it, and for this Universities are on the whole to blame, 
though it is to be remembered that nearly all professional examinations make 
a fetish of elementary Latin, requiring not enough of it to be any kind of 
use, but quite enough to waste a great deal of the student’s time. And the 
other ruinous fact is that we have continued a system appropriate to a time 
when there were few subjects to supply the place of mental gymnastics, and 
therefore use the history of two great peoples, and two noble literatures, for 
this menial office. 

I should like to suggest that certain authors should be altogether excluded 
from the curriculum of schools. In the choice of authors for school reading 
it is always what a writer says, not how he says it, that should be considered. 
My list of condemned authors would certainly include Cicero and Demosthenes. 
Further, I would suggest that either some special part of the term, or some 
special author studied through the term, should be selected for close and 
grammatical study in classical forms, but that beyond this there should be a 
large amount of reading, for the preparation of which the use of a translation 
should not only be permitted but obligatory. Perhaps Cicero and Demosthenes 
might come in under the former heading as museums of idioms and grammatical 
constructions. Moreover, and to this I attach the utmost importance, composi- 
tion should be entirely given up except at the very elementary stage where 
“sentences” are necessary for the mastering of even elementary constructions ; 
and again at the most advanced stage, where the pupils have reached a point 
at which it is clear that they can with advantage be carried forward some 
distance in pure scholarship. The amount of time that is wasted over Latin 
and Greek prose seems to me something entirely deplorable. To gain the 
whole of this time for reading or for history would be an incalculable boon. 
IT know this is a heresy, and so J emphasise it. No doubt any mental grind 
brings some benefit. But I believe the time given to Latin and Greek prose 
is as near wasted as any time of tolerably hard work can be. The climax of 
horror is reached when boys are made to read a dull author because it will 
be good for their prose, or are not allowed to read a quite interesting author 
because it would be bad for their prose. 

But, after all, the chief point that I wish to urge is that the classics are not 
the only available form of humane study. I should like to see an experiment 
conducted on the following lines. The staple of the school curriculum to be 
European history and English literature. At the bottom of the sckool there 
should be elementary Jatin, which undoubtedly provides good mental 
gymnastics, and of course elementary mathematics and natural science. Per- 
haps also French, though of this I am more doubtful. Those boys who 
showed real facility in Latin should, if they so desired, begin to study Greek 
at about the age of sixteen or sixteen and a half. They should then have one 
term in which they would do very little except Greek. Experiments suggest that 
in forms consisting only of boys who have already shown some aptitude for a 
classical language, one term’s concentrated study will bring them to the point 
reached by efforts of several years according to our present methods, and the 
devotion of a single term to this would not seriously interrupt the general 
course. There would not be a classical side and a modern side, for the staple 
study of the whole school would be history; but there would be, above the point 
indicated, divisions for Latin and Greek as there now are in classical schools 
for mathematics. These would have allotted to them all the hours on the 
time-table that were not required for the history and literature, for it is of no 
use, broadly speaking, to read classics after that time unless they are given 
almost the whole of the student’s attention. The study of ancient civilisation, 
which is what the study of the classics ought to be, is itself something far too 
rich to come under any condemnation of specialism. Boys who do not take . 
this classical course would take mathematics, science, and at least one modern 
language, the mathematics and the science heing as far as possible combined ; 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. OBI 


specialisation either in ‘the linguistic or the scientific branch would be en- 
couraged in the highest departments. There would also, of course, be oppor- 
tunity for specialisation in history by means of divisions which would provide 
a course of study supplementary to that which formed the staple of the school 
curriculum. 

Meanwhile there is one serious evil which could be remedied at once. It 
is the business of the Universities to be the guardians and upholders of a 
true educational ideal against the natural utilitarianism of the man of affairs. 
By their scholarship system the Universities exercise a far-reaching influence 
on secondary schools. They give far more scholarships for classics than there 
are deserving candidates; they do a good deal for natural science and mathe- 
matics; they do something, though absurdly little, for history; but they prac- 
tically do nothing at all for modern languages. To this branch of study 
they give no encouragement such as might help the schools to treat it in a 
truly educational way. I want to see boys and girls who study modern 
languages reading the great literatures which constitute the value of those 
languages as boys at the top of a classical side read Atschylus and Plato. 
But we shall not reach that without help from the Universities, and at present 
the Universities refuse their help. 

But, after all, important as are the subjects of study and the machinery 
for pursuing them, all of this is subordinate to the spirit which should direct 
and inspire the whole. I say the less about this because it has been so admir- 
ably dealt with by Mr. Clutton-Brock in his recent little book ‘The Ultimate 
Belief,’ which I could wish that all my hearers would read. Broadly, however, 
my contention, like his, would be that the aim of education is primarily 
spiritual, and that there are three, and only three, primary aims of the 
spiritual life. These are Goodness, Truth, and Beauty. It must always be 
insisted that these are ends in themselves. School discipline must be so con- 
ducted as to suggest constantly that goodness of character is not to be sought 
as a means to happiness or any form of success, but as an end in itself. So 
much is commonly admitted though seldom acted on, but the same principle 
must be impressed with regard to Truth and Beauty. With regard to Truth, 
probably most educators already believe it but they are shy of appealing to it, 
and industry is recommended not as a means to the fulfilment of the spirit’s 
destiny but as a means to success in life, or at best as a means to effective 
moral goodness. In the case of Beauty our education hardly recognises at all 
that it is an end, with the result that those whose spiritual activity most 
naturally takes this form find themselves in rebellion against the upholders of 
Truth, and still more against the upholders of Goodness. 

There is danger at the present time that we are about to be plunged into 
great efforts for educational development resting on purely utilitarian motives. 
Such efforts may succeed for a time, but in the long run they are doomed to 
failure because they take their stand upon a lie. Beauty, Truth, and Goodness 
cannot in the end of the day be sought for the sake of anything beyond them- 
selves, though it is true that innumerable benefits follow even the partial 
attainment of them. But the search is doomed from the outset if it is not 
concentrated upon them as themselves being the prize of the soul. 

Now this contention that Beauty, Truth, and Goodness are ends in them- 
selves, which is the characteristic mark of a truly spiritual faith, really implies 
that these three are a unity, and there is no way of making that unity intelli- 
gible except by faith in God as at once perfect Power and perfect Love. This 
is my last point. | We are all agreed in desiring scientific education, but the 
method which we have followed for many years precludes our ever reaching 
such a goal. For to all intents and purposes we have said: Let us leave the 
existence of God an open qnestion, and then be scientific about the rest. The 
thing cannot be done. The existence of God is not a matter of private opinion 
which can be added to other views of life and the world without making any 
difference. It either governs the whole of our thinking or else it is not 
really accepted at all. Consequently the scientific ideal of education is simply 
unattainable as long as this question is treated as an open one. There are 
two possible educational systems, each of which would be scientific at least 
in its spirit, One is the religions, the other is the atheist’e. Tt will very 


522 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION L. 


seriously affect the teaching of history, for example, whether or not we believe 
in a Divine Providence; if we do, it is absurd to teach history without refer- 
ence to it. I am very likely to be told that this simply means that as the 
Being of God is itself not something susceptible of proof we are condemned 
for ever to unscientific methods in this respect, and, realising that, must set 
out to be as scientific as we can. But that I desire to deny. I desire that any 
scheme of education should state clearly whether belief in God is its governing 
principle or not. If it is not, that system of education is in its effect atheist, 
even though it is conducted in a school that has a chapel and compulsory 
services. But we can only have clear thinking, and it is for that I am now 
pleading, if we recognise that we must take our stand on one side or the other. 
The question cannot be left open because it is one which, if not answered in 
one way, answers itself in the other. If we teach history without reference 
to Providence, we also teach that Providence does not guide history. JI am 
not exceedingly interested in the maintenance of religious instruction as some- 
thing apart from the rest of education, as if religion could be one subject of 
study side by side with chemistry and mathematics. Of course it can be so 
studied, and that by an atheist as much as by a believer. The only religion 
worth having is one that colours and governs the whole of life and thought. 
If we wish to exclude this let us say so plainly and follow our principle scien- 
tifically. If on the other hand we believe that the religious view is right, then 
let us affirm that also, and teach every subject in the light of it. The only 
religious education which is going to stand the test of an alert criticism con- 
ducted by scientifically trained minds is not instruction given in certain 
isolated periods, but a presentation of the whole universe of being as filled 
with the Glory of God. 

The only way to this goal is to secure that the training colleges are filled 
and inspired by living faith. The future teachers must learn the science of 
the spiritual world, which is called theology, in some degree at least—no out- 
rageous demand if all citizens are to learn something of the science of the 
material world. They must be taught how to handle the documents at once 
appreciatively (which means reverently) and scientifically (which means criti- 
cally). Above all, their whole study and training must be in the atmosphere 
of faith. The State training colleges virtually or entirely dgnore all this side of 
things; I fear that partly owing to the crowding of the time-table and partly 
owing to rigidity of method the Church training colleges are in this matter far 
from efficient. I often marvel that the champions of religious education seem 
virtually to ignore training colleges, for it is clear that in them is the key 
to the whole position. 

Beyond all questions, however, of method, or even of fundamental prin- 
ciple, there lies the supreme task of persuading the people of England, I will 
not say of Scotland, to believe in education, for it may be broadly said that 
the English people at present do not really believe in it at all. Of the three 
great aims of the spirit—Beauty, Goodness, and Truth—that with which edu- 
cation as organised by the State must mainly concern itself is Truth. It may, 
so to speak, make provision for the pursuit of the other two, but its main 
efforts must be concentrated, when once such provision is made, upon the 
training of the intellect, or, in other words, upon the pursuit of Truth. But 
the English people as a whole do not care about Truth. When an Englishman 
speaks of telling the truth he usually means saying what is in his mind quite 
irrespective of whether it is the truth or not. We are disposed to value know- 
ledge only for results beyond itself, and for this reason, with the exception of 
a perhaps almost uniquely large number of distinguished individuals, we 
acquire as a nation singularly little knowledge either for the satisfaction of our 
intellects or for the practical work of the world. At the present time there 
is indeed a kind of flutter about education, but the discussions show that it 
has behind it very little enthusiasm for the Truth, and it will therefore fail 
even of its practical object, if indeed it does not as may be expected die 
down as quickly as it has sprung up. The main purpose of education may he 
summed up in the great phrase of St. Paul: ‘ Whatsoever things are true, 
whatsoever things are honourable, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever 
things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 523 


report, if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these 
things.’ It should lift us above that material world, absorption in which is 
the occasion of all strife and enmity. For the material goods are at any given 
moment limited in amount, so that the more one has the less there is for others, 
and if all are aiming at these they are bound to be brought into conflict. 
Education should lift us to the pursuit of the spiritual goods—love, joy, peace, 
loyalty, beauty, knowledge; of which it is true to say that the more one has 
the more everyone else will have on that account. Such an education would 
save our nation from its divisions which weaken it far more than any deficiencies 
in technical skill, and would lift all the nations of the world that followed it 
to that plane of being where each would rejoice in bringing its contribution to 
the general weal, and none would seek an advantage that could only be won 
at a loss to humanity as a whole. That is a far-off goal; but it must be 
towards far-off goals and on lofty ideals that we set our aspiration, if out of 
the terrors of this time we are to win a result that shall be commensurate 
with the suffering through which we are passing. 

Meanwhile there is in many quarters, and most conspicuously in the ranks 
of labour, a disinterested desire for knowledge as a real emancipation of the 
soul, which all who care for education should watch and help to the utmost of 
their power. It must be from the aspiration of the common people that the 
salvation of the people comes. Nothing that is really good can be imposed 
upon people by well-wishing superiors. In education, as in everything that 
concerns the spirit, freedom is the one condition of progress. It is for freedom 
that we are fighting in the war; it is for freedom that those who care for 
education are struggling at home; for there is nothing that so much hinders 
the effective freedom of our people as the fact that they are left without 
facilities for the whole development of their faculties. In the name of those 
who have died for the freedom of Europe, let us go forward to claim for this 


land of ours that spread of true education which shall be the chief guarantee of 
freedom to our children for ever. 


The following Paper was then read :— 
The Place of Handicraft in Schools. By J. G. Leacn. 


A few notes on the early history of manual instruction.—Importance of even 
a brief survey.—Impetus given to the movement towards handwork by Rousseau, 
Pestalozzi, and Basedow in latter part of eighteenth century.—The nineteenth 
century.—First administrative steps in England in the early ‘eighties of last 
century.—The part played by the British Association, and Sir Philip Magnus’s 
paper in 1886.—The fourfold argument in favour of handicraft, including 
domestic work in schools, (a) physiological, (b) psychological, (c) moral, and 
(d) social.—Increased importance which manual instruction will derive from 
experience of war—Effect of continued education up to age of eighteen.—Danger 
of making this too much a period of text-book cram.—Association of physical 
exercise and drill with manual work.—Intimate connection of manual instruction 
and the teaching of science at early stages.—Supposed conflict between science 
and the Humanities.—Between the school workshop and the class-room.—These 
fears due to a misapprehension of terms, and of the distinction between principles 
and the application of principles, as in mathematics pure and applied —Coming 
demand for trade schools, or pre-apprenticeship schools, or manual training 
high-schools.—Where are the instructors to be found? Probable dearth of men 
teachers in the next few years.—Necessity for men in boys’ schools.—The possi- 
bility of finding new sources of supply.—Training of wounded soldiers, a fine 
type of men to introduce into our schools to act as instructors.—A suggested 
scheme for student-teachers, worked in connection with new trade schools, &c.— 
Danger of destruction of local initiative, local responsibility, by central bureau- 
cracy bent not only on laying down general lines of policy, and supervising 
policy, but on administering every detail of that policy.—The hope of the future, 
the working out of our own salvation under control of an unambitious, unsenti- 
mental central authority, with some sense of humour, whose aim is guidance, 


524 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION L. 


encouragement, and co-operation, not forcible feeding on a diet of codes and 
regulation.—Only by hard, honest, skilful, intelligent work, with a living element 
of spontaneity in it, hand-work as well as head-work of every kind possible to 
Iman, can we redeem our future as we should. 


THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 7. 


The following business was transacted :— 


1. A Scheme of Secondary Education for Children, 
By Mrs. T. W. Watts. 


2. The Present Position of Science in Secondary Schools. 
By J. Tawpor. 


9 


3. The Importance of Combining Literary and Scientific Subjects in 
the Course of General Education, By Rev. H. B. Gray, D.D. 


The general principle sought to be enforced in this paper was that a due 
balance should be maintained between naturalistic studies on the one hand 
and literary studies on the other in the education of all boys up to a certain 
limit of age—which limit should vary in accordance with the age at which 
they are destined to end their school life altogether. 


I. The Preparatory School. 


To begin with the preparatory school, where children of the prosperous 
classes are generally educated. 

The subjects to be taught may be summed up as follows :— 

(2) English, to include reading aloud (with just emphasis and elocution) 
of simple literature. 

(b) History grouped round lives and characters. 

(c) Arithmetic, with mensuration. 

(d) The elements of mechanics. 

(ce) Nature study on a gradually expanding scale from local to national 
environments. 

(f) Geography on a modern and scientific basis. 

(gy) One modern language, which should be French. 

(4) Manual training, to be taught for one-third of the weekly periods now 
spent in non-productive games, such games to be limited to three afternoons 
a week, while one afternoon at least should be devoted to physical training. 


II. The Continuation and the Technical Schools. 


These should be made compulsory on all boys up to the age of eighteen, 
on the plan known as the Cincinnati system, according to which two boys, 
pursuing the same trade, are paired, one pupil attending the school, and the 
other the works or shop, every alternate week. 


Ill. The Public and the Secondary Schools. 


For the purpose of dealing with the subject in hand, a distinction must 
be drawn between the (so-called) public school, where the leaving age ranges 
from seventeen to nineteen, and the secondary school, where it ranges from 
fifteen to sixteen. This distinction of name is in itself illogical, but the 
variation in the leaving age involves slightly different problems and therefore 
somewhat different treatment. 

(a) In the public school the educational curriculum should, from the age 
of twelve or thirteen to sixteen, be conducted on the Grand Trunk principle. 
There should be no such line of demarcation as that now in vogue, known 
as ‘the Classical and the Modern Sides.’ 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION L. 525 


The subjects should be :— 


1. Science—that is, the ascertained facts and principles of mechanics, 
chemistry, physics, biology, geography, and geology. 


2. Mathematics, studied with a view both to their commercial utility and 
their applicability to scientific pursuits. 


3. English Language and Literature, together with training in elocution and 
in composition. Easy précis-writing and essayship should form part of the 
course. 

4. French, taught orally and practically, and with due regard to literature. 


(6) In the secondary school the course should be the same as in the public 
yee till fourteen, and after the age of fourteen— 


. English, French, Science, and Mathematics, or, alternatively, 

ii. English, French, one other modern language, and commercial mathe- 
matics. 

As regards ii., Science will have been previously studied between twelve 
and fourteen. 

The alternative courses i. and ii. are arranged so as to suit those boys 
who are entering on technical and commercial careers respectively. 

(c) In the public schools, after the age of sixteen, specialisation could 
begin, and be organised as the boy is to enter 


(2) The literary professions. 

(b) i. The commercial professions. 

(6) ii. The scientific professions. 

(a) On the literary side, one or both ancient languages should be studied 
on a reformed method, while mathematics and science might be dropped. 


(0) i. On the commercial side, one further modern language should be 
combined with French, according to the career which the pupil is likely to 
enter, but History and Economics should form part of the classical curriculum. 

(8) ii, On the scientific side, one or two special branches of science should 
be pursued, adapted also to the pupil’s future career. 


The principles of biology should be a subject of study for all boys over 
sixteen, whether on the literary, the commercial, or the scientific side. 

Finally, a graduated system of manual training for all boys in public and 
secondary schools should be insisted upon as part of the course, and should 
take up one-third of the hours now devoted to non-productive games, while 
one-third of such periods should be devoted to military drill. 

It is necessary to insist upon the importance of a real educational touch 
between those who are training pupils of all grades and ages in literary and 
naturalistic studies respectively. There has hitherto been, specially in our 
public schools, an unnatural divorcement between the methods of the two, 
both in sentiment and practice. In the lower grades of education a teacher, 
equipped by his own school training with both kinds of knowledge, would 
apply scientific method to the teaching of languages, and literary expression to 
lectures on the natural sciences. There must be, in fact, no watertight com- 
partments in knowledge on the part of teachers any more than on the part 
of pupils. 

‘AH that can be ventured here is that, if a balanced scheme of education, 
such as has been set forth in this paper, is carried out, it will bear its natural 
fruits in producing the right kind of teachers and the right kind of teaching 
in the following generation. This is as much as can safely be predicted. 


4. Science in the Universities. By Principal W. H. Hapnow. 


5. Science in relation to Industry.1. By Dr. E£. F. ArmstTrona. 


1 Published in full in School World, 1916, vol. xviii., pp. 366-368. 


526 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION L, 
6. Discussion on the Place of Science in the Education of Boys. 


7. Science Training which should be given to Girls who propose to 
become Teachers of Domestic Craft or to devote themselves to a 
Domestic Life. By Mary E. Marspen. 


The influence of school education upon professional training is deep and far- 
reaching. The latter depends largely upon habits formed at school. 

Success in professional training in Domestic Craft depends mainly wpon 
manipulative skill, accuracy of work, and knowledge of Physics and Chemistry. 

A knowledge of Mathematics, Physics, and Chemistry up to matriculation 

standard should have been attained at school by intending teachers of Domestic 
Craft. 
The fundamental ideas of Physics and Chemistry play a much larger part 
in Housecraft than those gained from the study of any other science, e.g. Botany. 
The school course in Physics should include measurement and the general pro- 
perties of matter and heat. The Chemistry course should include an outline of 
the chemistry of air and water, natural waters, hardness of waters, acids, 
alkalies and salts, chalk, carbon and its principal compounds, combustion and 
elementary chemical theory. If time permits, it is advisable for girls to study 
the outlines of the chemistry of such substances as common foodstuffs, soap, 
&c. In order to prove the necessity for the study of these subjects as a pre- 
liminary to a course of professional training, a brief outline is given of the 
science included in the Battersea Polytechnic Training Department for Teachers 
of Domestic Subjects. 

The Physics course includes general measurement, specific gravity and heat, 
accuracy in observation and in measurement being one of the paramount aims. 
The Chemistry course comprises the chemistry of air and water, elementary 
chemical theory; the common acids, alkalies and salts; coal-gas, fuel; sugars, 
starch, alcohol; the study of the principal foodstuffs; textile fabrics, soap; 
the outlines of the bacteriology of the air, water, milk, meat; preservation and 
purification of foodstuffs; antiseptics and disinfectants. Much time could 
obviously be saved if the earlier portion of the work had been efficiently done 
in Secondary Schools. There are also additional courses in Experimental 
Cookery and Laundrywork, of which the object is mainly to apply the know- 
ledge gained in Physics and Chemistry to practical Housecraft. Much import- 
ance is attached to the study of Hygiene, which is treated as a science based 
largely upon Physiology, Chemistry, Physics, and Bacteriology. The course 
includes personal, domestic, and public hygiene; infant feeding and care; the 
common physical and mental defects of children, &c. 

For those students who show special aptitude for the scientific side of the 
training, an additional one-year course has been in operation for some years at 
Battersea Polytechnic. This course includes Physics, Chemistry, Bacteriology, 
Physiology and Hygiene, and the work is much more advanced than in the earlier 
course, both as regards pure Science and its application to Housecraft. Domestic 
Craft is full of possibilities for invention and research. It is an essential factor in 
the reconstruction which must follow after the war. Women must take their 
share if that reconstruction is to be accomplished, and in no sphere can they do so 
more adequately than in Domestic Craft. Efficiently trained women are necessary 
in order to spread the knowledge which will lead to the substitution of wise 
economy of time, labour, and money for the almost universal thriftlessness of 
English households, to check the appalling wastage of infant and child life, and 
to make it impossible for the present physical unfitness of so large a proportion 
of our adult population to be repeated in future generations. 


8. Science in the Education of Girls, particularly those hoping to be 
Medical Students. By Dr. Mary H. Wiuutams. 


I. Why science teaching should become an integral part of the girl’s educa- 
tion. Aim of education is to manufacture the best possible citizen; one with the 
highest moral standard and equipped with that special knowledge which shall 
enable her to do the work for which she is best fitted. 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION L. 527 


It is urged that languages teach perseverance: this is learned by ‘ sticking 
at’ any branch of study. The Humanities may give a quality which we used 
to call ‘culture,’ but, if so, it can only be gained by those few who learn 
enough to read masterpieces in the original with ease. Sufficient knowledge 
of languages to give definition of language should be taught. 

Science study is the best method of learning to weigh evidence. Investi- 
gating the evidence on which scientific statements are based induces a habit of 
mind afterwards invaluable. 

II. Order of choice of various branches of science. 


1. First, Biology, because it has most bearing on every-day life; in Biology, 
I include Botany, Elementary Zoology, and Physiology. 

(A) Mistakes are commonly made from ignorance of this subject : e.g. (a) in 
the interests of economy we are urged to forgo sugar, though it is a most 
important food; (b) the Daylight Saving Act, accepted as a war emergency 
measure, has been passed with no consideration of its possible pathological 
effects. It is seriously lessening the amount of sleep of the children, as they 
will not, or cannot, get to sleep in daylight. 

(B) A knowledge of the origins of life in plants, protozoa, insects, birds, and 
mammals is essential, in order to give a rational, consecutive account of the 
origin of human life when our children begin to question us. Ignorance on this 
subject leads to harm. 

2. Chemistry and the various branches of physics should be included so far 
as time permits. An elementary knowledge of the facts of heat, light, and 
electricity makes life more interesting, and a thorough knowledge of these sub- 
jects is needed for a medical student. Sufficient chemistry should be taught 
to make physiology intelligible. 


III. Information concerning present amount of science teaching in various 
large girls’ schools. 


9. Discussion on the Place of Science in the Education of Girls. 


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 8. 
The following Reports were received :— 


1. Report on the Character, Work, and Maintenance of Museums. 
2. Report on the Influence of School Books upon Eyesight. 
3. Report on the Free-place System in Education. 


4. Report on Popular Science Lectures.—See Reports, p. 326. 


5. Report on the Mental and Physical Factors involved in Education. 
See Reports, p. 307. 


6. Discussion on the Report on the Mental and Physical Factors 
involved in Education. 


TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION M 


Gr 
bo 
oo 


Section M.—AGRICULTURE. 


J & | 
Presipent or tHe Ssecrion: li. J. Russenu, D.Sc. 


WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6. 
The President delivered the following Address :— 


We are met this year under peculiar conditions such as may never recur in 
our history. We have had a demonstration, more striking than ever before, of 
the vital part that agriculture plays in the life of the community; we have seen 
how in time of war the supply of food might easily become the factor deter- 
mining the issue, and it is already clear that in time of peace a vigorous rural 
civilisation is indispensable to the stability of the social structure of the nation. 

I am going to deal to-day with the possibilities and the prospects of increased 
crop production, which, both in its narrow aspect as a source of national 
wealth, and in its wider significance as the material basis of rural civilisation, 
must always remain one of the most important of human activities. 

We may take it as an axiom that the developments of the future will in the 
main grow out of those of the past. There are no breaks in the continuity of 
progress in agriculture; the farmer’s unit of time—the four- or five-year rota- 
tion—is too big to allow of sudden jumps and short cuts from one stage to 
another; and so, if we want to find the most promising lines of progress for the 
future, we must first discover the lines along which progress has been made in 
the past. 

The rotations and methods now in use are based on those of medizval times, 
which in turn go back to a high antiquity. The early system was very simple; 
the arable land grew corn to provide food and beer for man, while the grass- 
land, meadows, commons, &c., provided food for beasts. The arable crops were 
wheat and rye for bread, and barley for beer; peas, oats, beans, and certain 
mixtures of cereals were also grown for the sake of variety. For our purpose 
we can group these simply as winter corn, chiefly wheat, rye, and some mixtures— 
and as spring corn—barley, peas, Xc. 

Agriculturists speedily discovered—what anyone can find out for himself by 
simple trial—that it is very difficult to get winter corn to grow on the same 
land year after year. The crop has to be sown in autumn or early winter if 
it is to have the best chance of success; the old crop is not removed till August, 
the land is often too dry to plough in September, and there is not enough time 
to plough and seed it all in October. So the likeliest chance for sowing the 
winter corn would be on land on which the preliminary preparations had been 
made in the summer, so that the final preparations could easily be made in 
autumn. 

On the other hand, spring-sown corn could easily follow winter corn. ‘The 
land could be left for ploughing at any convenient time in winter; the final 
operations could be deferred until March without jeopardising the crop. 

But, as everyone soon learns to his cost, corn-crops harbour weeds, so that 
after a couple of years of corn-cropping the land is pretty full of weed-seeds 
and has to be cleaned. 

These troubles could only be met in one way—by growing first winter corn, 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS 525 


then spring corn, and then leaving the land fallow and ploughing it so as to bury 
the weeds that grew up. Thus, the rotation became, 

Winter corn, 

Spring corn, 

Fallow ; 
and it would be adopted for the best of all possible reasons—because there was 
no better way. So we find Tusser saying * :— 


‘ First rie and then barlie the champion saies 
Or wheat before barlie be champion wales : 
But drink before bread corne with Middlesex men, 
Then lay on more compas, and fallow agen.’ 

The ‘compas’ or farmyard manure was obtained from beasts fed on hay 
drawn from the meadows. There was also some grazing on the stubbles. 

Thus there was a transfer of fertility from the grass-land to the arable, 
which, together with the growth of leguminous weeds on the stubbles, seems to 
have kept up the fertility of the arable land and allowed of the production of 
crops that have been estimated at about ten bushels of wheat to the acre. 

When improvements first began to be recorded they were made in two 
directions : in the system of tenure, and in the method of working. 

On the usual system of tenure the arable land was divided into strips, which 
each year were distributed among the villeins and cotters in such manner that 
each should have his share of good and of poor land. But as each man only 
had the strip for a year there was no great inducement to make laborious per- 
manent improvements. It was not till the land was enclosed that the cultivator 
was encouraged to do his best. And so the enclosure of the land—though at 
the time attended by much trial and tribulation—is now recognised as having 
been an essential condition to progress. Under these new conditions the yields 
have been estimated in certain districts at about twenty bushels of wheat, thirty 
of barley, and forty of oats and pulse. 

The second defect of the old system was the lack of food for stock. Nothing 
beyond a certain amount of hay was provided for the cattle to eat during 
winter. So long as the grass held out they were well enough off, but from 
October onwards there was little for them to live upon, and so many were 
slaughtered and salted. 

This lack of winter-keep does not seem to have worried the common people. 
A dry summer must have given medieval beasts a bad time, but the country 
proverbs are in favour of dry summers, probably because they suit the corn 
best, and corn of some sort formed the chief item in the countryman’s diet. 
Only at killing time, when there was more meat than could be disposed of, 
would they come in for any great share, and then the village feasts were held, 
which still survive in many places in an attenuated and modified form. 


‘ At Hallowtide slaughter time entereth in, 
And then doth the husbandman’s feasting begin,’ 
said Tusser. 

The first improvements came from Flanders, which has always been a centre 
of high farming. Ata time when history was moving in a different course, and 
Royalist refugees from England were finding shelter in Flanders, Sir Richard 
Weston, a Royalist landowner in Surrey, tells us of a conversation he had with 
a Flemish merchant in 1644 as to the reason why the farmers on the light and 
apparently poor land between Ghent and Antwerp were accounted the richest 
in Flanders. ‘I will tell you (said hee) the reason, why it yeildeth more profit, 
is because that Land is naturel to bear Flax, which is called the Wealth of 
Flanders . . . and after the Flax is pulled, it will bear a Crop of J'urneps . . 
after that Crop is off, you may sowe the same Land with Qats: and upon them 
Clover grass seed onelie harrowing it with bushes, which will come up after 
the Oats are mowed, and that year yield you a verie great Pasture till 
Christmas; and the next year following you may cut that grass three times, 
and it will everie time bear such a burden, and so good to feed all sorts of 


* Five Hundred Points of Husbandry, 1573. 


1916 MM 


530 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION M. 


Cattel, as the best meadows in the Countrie do not yield the like.’ All of 
which set Sir Richard reflecting ‘what an huge Improvement I might make 
of my own Estate, ... if God Almightie pleased to permit mee quietly to 
enjoie it.’ * 

But Sir Richard was never to carry out his intention, and then, as now, it 
took a long time to introduce an improvement simply by recommending it. For 
already the writers on agriculture had begun to spoil matters by putting forth 
visionary schemes, characterised by more enthusiasm than discernment. In 
1580 the first English poultry book appeared,* showing, like a multitude of 
successors, ‘how, by the Housebandrie, or rather Housewiferie of Hennes, for 
five hundred Frankes or Frenche pounds (making Englishe money 55/. 11s. 1d.) 
once emploied, one maie gaine in the yere fower thousande and five hundred 
Frankes (whiche in Englishe money, maketh five hundreth poundes) of honeste 
profite : all costes and charges deducted.’ In the same spirit Speed wrote later 
on ‘ shewing, among many other things, an Aprovement of ground by Rabbits 
from 2007. annual Rent, to 2000/. yearly profit, all charges deducted.’ * 

Not till the middle of the eighteenth century was the large-scale test forth- 
coming. In 1730 Charles, 2nd Viscount Townshend, retired from political life 
to Raynham, near Fakenham, in Norfolk, to make his famous experiments with 
turnips and clover, and finally solved the problem of combining animal 
husbandry with crop-growing—two branches of farming which in the past had 
often been found mutually antagonistic. Lord Townshend’s method was to 
grow turnips on a large scale, and then allow the animals to eat the crop im 
situ, 60 that their manure might fertilise the land for the next crop and their 
treading might consolidate it and so improve it as a seed-bed. After turnips a 
crop of barley was taken, and after this a crop of grass and clover, part of 
which could be cut as hay to supply food for the animals during the winter, 
and the remainder eaten in the field by the animals in order to fertilise the 
ground for the wheat crop. After wheat, turnips were taken again. The plan 
was thoroughly sound, and both animals and crops flourished: it survives to 
this day under the name of the Norfolk rotation, and many progressive farmers 
still use it with but the small modification that they often grow two corn-crops 
in succession after the turnips. 

But Townshend’s improvements were not immediately adopted; certain difti- 
culties also arose which he did not overcome. Turnips are liable to attacks of a 
minute beetle, Phyllotreta nemorum, commonly known as the ‘ fly,’ which in dry 
weather sometimes almost destroyed the crop and left the animals without 
food for the winter. Red clover (the ordinary variety grown) will not always 
grow every fourth year, but sometimes fails after the second or third time. 
Thus under the combined attacks of turnip-fly and of clover sickness the farmer 
might find himself with a number of animals on his hands and no food for them, 
an awkward predicament from which he rarely extricated himself without 
considerable financial loss. 

Fortunately another public-spirited landowner in the same district came 
forward and continued the experiments: Thomas William Coke, afterwards 
Earl of Leicester, who inherited in 1776 his uncle’s estate at Holkham, about 
twelve miles north of the scene of Lord Townshend’s labours. Although Coke 
did not surmount these difficulties (no one has entirely done so even yet) he got 
round them by increasing the range of crops so that he should not be wholly 
dependent on turnips and clover. Instead of having the whole of his Jand in 
four crops he devoted some of it to others, such as sainfoin, winter- and spring- 
grown tares, mangolds, cocksfoot, potatoes, &c. He purchased oil-cakes for his 
animals, and thus not only fattened them more rapidly, but also increased the 
amount of fertilising material in the manure. In this way he imported fertility 
from other districts to his own, a process which has now become a regular part 
of British husbandry. Thus sheep and cattle remained the central features of 
the farm, but the margin of safety was increased by growing other fodder crops 


? Hartlib, Husbandry wn Flanders, 1650. 

° A Discourse of Housebandrie, no lesse profitable than delectable etc., by 
Prudens Choiselat . . . translated into Englishe by R. E. 1580. 

“Ad. Speed. Adam out of Eden. 1659. 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 531 


not liable to the same ills as clover and turnips, so that if one set of troubles 
intervened there would still be a reserve of food for the animals. 

These experiments had all been made on light land, but they slowly spread 
to the heavier soils. It had early been found that some of the new crops could 
be grown in such a way as to give all the benefits of a bare fallow without the 
waste. Jethro Tull’s drill enabled the seed to be sown in rows; he was not the 
first to get the idea; Platt had already in 1600 made a wheat dibbler worked by 
two men ‘whereof the one maketh the holes and the other setteth the seed.’ 
Tull, however, was the first to make a machine that actually worked on a farm. 
And along with the drill he introduced from the vineyards of the south of 
France the idea of cultivating between the rows. Thus the necessity for bare 
fallows disappeared, and by the end of the eighteenth century Young considered 
himself justified in conducting a campaign in his usual vigorous way against 
them. 

The process took a long time to develop, and it is not absolutely complete yet ; 
in 1915 there were still nearly 310,000 acres of bare fallow in England alone. 
Usually this is on heavy land, where no way has yet been found for dispensing 
entirely with the bare fallow. 

The introduction of clover had the immediate effect of providing more 
food for the animals by increasing the stock of hay. But soon a new and 
important effect became manifest. The clover actually benefited the succeeding 
crops by that wonderful process of nitrogen fixation which took nearly fifty years 
to discover and is not fully understood even yet. 

Thus, by the beginning of the nineteenth century a very much improved 
system of agriculture was available to farmers. In place of the old medieval 
rotation (which some of them were still practising) in which only two-thirds of 
the arable land was utilised, the remainder being fallow, they now had a rota- 
tion enabling them to use all their land, giving them more cattle-food, more 
farmyard manure, and consequently more human food; further, the clover crop 
directly enriched the ground. 

In consequence the yields went up, and instead of the 10 bushels of wheat of 
medizval times, it was not uncommon to get 25 or more bushels; in Hertford- 
shire, a great corn-raising district, the yields varied from 20 to 40 bushels.® 

The yields might not have gone much higher, but for a new idea which came 
in as a result of scientific investigations—an idea which developed till it led to 
so vast an extension of agriculiure and of industry that it may well rank as 
one of the greatest achievements of science. 

Up fo 1840 it had always been supposed that crop production must necessarily 
be limited by the amount of farmyard manure available, and the aim of the 
agricultural improvers had therefore been to increase the quantity of farmyard 
manure on the farm. 

It had long been known to chemists and physiologists that certain substances 
were favourable to plant growth, but they were all expensive materials, pur- 
chasable only by the ounce, and the observations were regarded as of academic 
interest only. Thus, Francis Home in 1775 had made pot experiments showing 
that saltpetre, Epsom salt, and ‘ vitriolated tartar ’ (i.e. potassium sulphate) all 
led to increased plant-growth. These and similar observations, though interest- 
ing, must have seemed to the pundits of the day about as useless and ill-assorted 
a collection of material as could well have been got together. All these, how- 
re straightened out and systematised by Liebig’s brilliant generalisation 
in t 

Liebig declared that the need of the plant was not farmyard manure, but 
the mineral substances contained in its ash. If these were supplied it could 
dispense with farmyard manure, and draw on the illimitable reserves of nitro- 
gen, carbon dioxide, and oxygen of the air for all the rest of the materials it 
wanted. A prodigious controversy arose, and although many of the details 
proved to be wrong, there emerged the general truth, first demonstrated at 
Rothamsted, that crops can be raised perfectly well without any farmyard 
manure by supplying the necessary simple nutrients. Chemists speedily found 
out what these were and the forms in which they were most easily given. The 


* Arthur Young, General View of the Agriculture of Hertfordshire, 1804. 
M M 2 


Boe TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION M. 


first to te introduced was superphosphate of lime, patented by Lawes in 1843, 
which had so striking an effect that for years farmers were willing to pay about 
7l. per ton for it.© The list of artificial manures has since been extended ; 
as a result, the farmer has been able to increase his manurial operations very 
considerably, and to fertilise great areas of arable and of grass land that could 
not possibly have been treated on the old system. The artificial-fertiliser 
industry has now assumed enormous dimensions, and satisfactorily enough has, 
in this country, continued mainly in British hands. 

The improvements in cropping thus rendered possible stimulated progress in 
other directions. Since those days implements have been improved out of all 
recognition : seeds have been improved, and even that interesting figure the 
agricultural labourer, while largely unimpressed by our scientific achievements, 
has also advanced in the external comforts of his life, though not as much as 
he deserves. 

Looking back on the brief sketch I have been able to give you, the three 
great lines of progress have been :— 


1. The introduction, usually from Flanders, of crops that had not previously 
been grown on British farms. 

2. The removal of obstacies which prevented crops from making as full 
crowth as they might. 

3. The introduction of new methods for increasing the growth of the plant. 


These are the methods that have answered in the past, and as they represent 
the most promising starting-points for the future we shall therefore discuss their 
application to different types of soil to see what possibilities they offer of further 
increases in crop-production. We shall first discuss yields per acre and then 
yields per farm. 

The main obstacles to increased plant-growth lie in the climate and in the 
soil. Climate apparently cannot be altered; we have to adapt ourselves to it 
by growing crops and varieties suiting the conditions that happen to obtain. 
But soil can be altered, and it is possible to do a good deal in the way of 
changing it to suit the crops that are wanted. 

In improving the soil the scientific method has proved to be the safest ; 
this consists in first finding out what has to be done and then discovering the 
best way of doing it. The two problems are very different, and usually require 
different men ; one cf an analytical turn of mind, and the other severely practical. 

On light soil the two great obstacles to be overcome are the lack of water 
and the poverty in plant nutrients. Both arise from the same cause, the lack 
of colloidal substances, such as clay and humus, which have the power of 
absorbing and retaining water and plant nutrients. There are two ways of 
dealing with the problem; one is to get round it by increasing the depth of 
soil through which the roots can range, and the other is to remedy the defect 
by adding the necessary colloidal substances—clay, marl, or organic matter. 
In practice it is not possible to add sufficient to overcome the defect entirely, 
and therefore both methods have to be used. 

Depth of soil is perhaps the most important single test that can be applied 
to light sands. If the soil is shallow, and is underlain by solid rock, pebbles, 
or gravel, the case has hitherto been hopeless, excepting where the climate 
is persistently moist. I know of no instance of successful treatment in tolerably 
dry regions; the areas are generally left alone. They form picturesque heaths, 
some are used as rabbit-warrens or golf-courses, some are recommended for 
afforestation. 

If the rock, instead of being solid, is simply a thin layer separating the sand 
above from a great depth of sand below, then improvement can be effected 
by removing it. This used to be done by hand labour; good instances are 
afforded by Cox Heath, Maidstone, once a waste, now good cultivated land. 
Probably a cheaper way now would be to blow the rock out with dynamite or 
some of the high explosives that will presumably be available after the war. 
But the improvement is not entirely permanent : in certain conditions the thin 


° The early superphosphate contained ammonium salts, so that the difference 
between the old and the modern prices is not as great as it looks. 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. Doo 


layer of rock has a tendency to reform which can only be prevented by occa- 
sionally ploughing to greater depths than usual. 

Once the light soil is made deeper it can be still further improved. The 
most permanent improvement is to add clay, or preferably marl; this used to be 
done in many parts of England, but it now only survives on certain fen or 
peaty soils. Here the soil is not sand but almost pure organic matter; it is, 
however, very light. The operation in the fens is simple: the marl (mainly 
clay, and containing only a few per cents. of calcium carbonate) ‘ lies about four 
or five feet below the surface, and is reached by digging a series of holes across 
the field; it is then thrown up to surface and spread. Another set of holes is 
then dug about 18 yards away, and the process is repeated until the whole 
field is covered. The operation is done about every twenty years; it is admittedly 
very successful, though I have been unable to obtain precise figures to show the 
value of the improvement; it would be more extensively carried out but for the 
circumstance that much of the marl lies below the water-table, and cannot be 
reached by ordinary means. 

More usually the marl does not occur under the sand but at some distance 
away, so that it has to be carried, and this has killed the process in England. 
Transit difficulties, however, need not be permanent, and they have a way of 
disappearing in large-scale operations; this was successfully achieved in the 
intensively cultivated tract of land known as the Pays de Waes in Belgium. 
The soil is very light: in places it is even blown about by the wind. But clay 
lies near; it was brought in tramways, and laid on to-a depth of about four 
inches. The soil then became very productive. Excellent results have also 
been obtained in Denmark, where perhaps more than anywhere else the work 
has been put on a sound scientific and economic basis. Usually a district is 
marled by co-operation between farmers whereby the cost of marl on the land 
is reduced to about 2 kroner (2s. 3d.) per cubic metre. This has necessitated 
the construction of light railways from the marl pit to the farm, and the work 
has been carried out by co-operative associations, often working on a loan from 
the State, free of interest and repayable in twenty-five years. Another method 
has been for the Society to buy moveable tracks and tip trucks and to let them 
out to the farmer. 

The more usual method of increasing the absorptive power of light sandy soils 
is to add organic matter, either by dressings. of farmyard manure, by feeding 
crops to sheep on the land, or by a method that wants much further investi- 
gation, ploughing crops or crop residues straight into the soil. But the organic 
matter disappears at a very rapid rate, so that the process needs repeating 
in one form or another every second or third year. In few cases only can this 
be dispensed with: where the soil is deep and lies in a valley or even in a 
saucer-shaped depression there may be enough seepage from the higher land to 
ensure regularity in water-supply. More usually the addition of organic matter 
becomes necessary : in the Norfolk Chamber of Agriculture field experiments 
on light soils no mixture of artificials proved as effective as farmyard manure. 

The addition of organic matter must generally be accompanied by the addi- 
tion of lime or limestone, otherwise the soil may become ‘ sour ’—a remarkable 
condition, detrimental to plant-growing, but not yet fully understood by 
chemists, and therefore more easily detected by the vegetation than by analysis. 
Few light-land farmers use lime or chalk as regularly as they should for the 

best results. There are two reasons for this. The first is that all crops do not 
benefit by lime. The potato-crop in particular, which, as we shall see later, is 
one of the most valuable crops on light lands, responds neither to lime nor chalk 
in an ordinary way; indeed, lime is considered to be actually harmful by favour- 
ing scab. But although the potato- and even the oat-crop may not benefit by 
liming, the clover certainly does, and this reacts on the corn-crops that follow. 
Experiments are much needed to determine at what point in the rotation lime 
or limestone should be added. 

The second reason against liming or chalking is the old one of transit. 
The problem is solving itself wherever finely ground limestone is to be had, 
but over considerable tracts of country natural deposits of chalk, especially 


7 A sample analysed in our laboratory contained 1.8 per cent. calcium, 24 per 
cent. clay, and 31 per cent. fine silt (British units). 


534 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION M. 


if it could be broken, would be cheaper. As already stated, the difficulty has 
been solved in Denmark by co-operative associations. In Belgium lime used to 
be carried at half-rate at two periods, spring and autumn, when the railways 
were less busy than usual. 

Further, it is necessary to add all the plant-nutrients, for sand is usually 
deficient in these, excepting in places calcium phosphate. The common 
English practice is to import feeding-stuffs to be eaten by sheep on the land, 
se that the great proportion of the nitrogen, potash, and phosphates thus 
brought on to the farm shall get straight into the soil. This is not sufficient, 
however, and artificial manures should be used as well and far more extensively, 
than at present : nitrogen, potash, and phosphates are all wanted. 

These additions do not end the matter. Light sandy soils are very prone 
to weeds, and constant cultivation is necessary to keep them down. Fortunately 
the cultivation serves another purpose as well; it helps to retain the moisture 
content of the soil. 

Thus the management of a light sandy soil is a constant struggle: it 
demands constant surface cultivations, frequent additions of fertilisers, of 
organic matter and lime, and periodical deep ploughings to check any tendency 
to pan formation. When all this is done the light soils become very pro- 
ductive; they will grow almost any crops, and they can be cultivated easily 
and at almost but not quite any time. One of their chief defects is that cereal 
crops do not produce as much grain as might be expected: in the words of 
the practical man, they will not ‘corn out.’ This phenomenon requires further 
investigation. 

On tke other hand, neglect in any of these directions soon leads to failure. 
For light soils more than any cthers, facilis descensus Averni: an idle or incom- 
petent man may in a few seasons let down a farm that has been patiently 
built up by his industrious predecessors. It is easy to find tragic instances 
of this; and, if any colonisation scheme is attempted on a large scale, it is to 
be hoped that steps will be taken to prevent falling back. 

These are the conditions for the successful management of light soils : how 
far can they be attained? This is a purely economic question. It is obvious 
that success is only possible if the gross returns are sufficient to cover the costs. 
Now, a very great deal of experience has shown that the ordinary farm-crops— 
wheat» barley, swedes, &c.—do not bring in sufficient gross return to encourage 
good farming. Numerous instances occur on the tracts of light Bagshot sands 
running westwards from Woking and Staines to beyond Aldershot and Woking- 
ham. Some of the old four-course farms still survive—wretched little affairs, 
the tenants of which are constantly struggling against chronic poverty. Again, 
considerable areas of light land in Hertfordshire caused their cultivators to go 
bankrupt in the “nineties when only these ordinary crops were grown. The old 
Townshend and Coke method of feeding sheep on the land is satisfactory, but 
it requires the triple, and not very common, qualifications of capital, good 
knowledge of sheep and of crop management. The situation in Hertfordshire 
was saved by the potato-crop which, on these farms, brings in a gross return 
of 25/. or more per acre against a return of 7/. from wheat at pre-war prices. 
Of course the expenditure on potatoes is much greater than on wheat, but that 
does not matter; the point is that the expenditure has to be incurred in any 
case 1f the land is to be kept in good cultivation, and potatoes bring in the 
necessary return, while wheat does not. Potatoes are the commonest of money-. 
finding crops, but they are not the only ones. Greens are in some places very 
successful, bringing in 17/. or more gross return. In North Kent various 
market-garden crops are used. In parts of Norfolk blue peas have answered 
satisfactorily. Clover-seed is a useful adjunct in places, but it is not sufli- 
ciently reliable for the chief money-maker. One finds in Suffolk, for example, 
areas of light land where farmers depend on a lucky haul in clover seed, and 
consequently are unable to do their sheep and their land as well as they should. 
Sugar-beet would also serve the purpose; so would potatoes grown to provide 
starch. The same end is achieved if two or more crops can be raised in a single 
season, as in some of the schemes suggested by Wibberley. There is great scope 
here for the ingenious-minded agriculturist. 

It is not necessary to take the money-finding crop very often; once in four 
years may prove sufficient. But the system is capable of considerable intensifica- 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, Dov 


tion if the farmer has sufficient capital, or if his holding is so small that 
his capital can be more intensively used. It is possible to grow nothing but 
crops bringing in a large gross return; in districts round Sandy, Biggleswade, 
&c., the market-garden crops have been exclusively grown for very many years 
with great success *; this method also proves very successful on the Bagshot 
sands. It is not clear, however, that this type of farming could be indefinitely 
extended. 

The best hope for improvement of these light soils lies in increasing the 
number of money-finding crops, improving the methods of growing them—e.v., 
the introduction of the boxing and spraying of potatoes—and their relation to 
the other crops or the live-stock, and improving the organisation for disposing 
of them, so that farmers will feel justified in spending the rather considerable 
sums of money without which light soils cannot be successfully managed. 

We can now leave these light soils and pass to the opposite extreme—the 
heavy clay soils. These suffer from the fundamental defect that the clay easily 
deflocculates and assumes a sticky, pasty condition when wet, and a hard, lumpy 
condition when dry. In spite of a good deal of laboratory work, deflocculation 
is not well understood; it is known, however, to be a special case of a very 
general phenomenon—flocculation of suspended colloids—and it will presumably 
succumb to treatment when the general problem is solved. Important advances 
have been made in the last few years by Perrin,’ and it would be interesting 
to apply his methods to clay. 

For the time being the only feasible method of flocculating clay is to add 
lime or chalk, but experience shows that liming and chalking must be accom- 
panied by drainage to be a complete success. Any attempt to improve crop 
production on heavy lands involves these as the first steps. 

Liming and chalking present no serious difficulties beyond those of transit 
already discussed; but drainage does. 

The old drains laid down in the great reclamation schemes of the ’60s, 
and still often called the Government drains, are in many places blocked up, 
and new ones are wanted. The old system is too costly for modern use, but 
fortunately mole drainage promises to be an efficient and much cheaper substi- 
tute. Already one or two large companies are at work in Oxfordshire and the 
surrounding counties ploughing either by the acre or the chain, and already 
good results have been obtained in Oxfordshire, Essex, and elsewhere. But if 
drainage is to be a complete success there must be co-ordination and a certain 
amount of control over the whole drainage area. This control already exists 
in some places : the Fens, Romney Marsh, &c., and it can be worked satisfac- 
torily. But in the great clay areas there is no unified control, and it is left 
to each individual to act or refrain from acting just as he pleases. One man 
may drain his land, but if his neighbour a little lower down does not choose 
to keep the ditch clean there may be endless trouble. Further, if his successor 
chooses to neglect the drains, they may get blocked up, and much of the capital 
sunk in them may be wasted. It is obviously undesirable that a great 
fundamental improvement should thus be at the mercy of individuals, and the 
whole matter requires careful considered action. 

Where clay soils are drained and limed it is possible to begin to do some- 
thing with them. Wheat, beans, mangolds, cabbages, and grass can all be 
produced. There is often a tendency to shallow ploughing resulting in the 
formation of a rather solid plough-sole a few inches below the surface. Marked 
improvement has resulted on some of the Essex land by breaking this up with 
a subsoiler every four or five years; the practice, unfortunately, is not common. 
and demonstration plots on heavy soils in different parts of the country are 
much needed to extend it. 

But, when all is said and done, clays still suffer from two disadvantages : 
they are only suited to a limited number of crops, and they are difficult to 
cultivate. The land may be too hard in autumn to be ploughed for winter 


® In 1808 they were said to have been grown from time immemorial.— 
Batchelor, General View of the Agriculture of Bedford. 

° Brownian Movement and Molecular Reality. Perrin (London, Taylor & 
Francis, 1910). 


536 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION M. 


corn; too wet in winter to be ploughed for spring corn; and too dry in spring 
to be prepared for mangolds. There are times in between when something can 
be done, but only the man who is skilful enough to take full advantage of these 
intervals has much hope of success. Most men, therefore, prefer not to run the 
risk of cultivation, and lay the land down to permanent grass. 

There are two directions in which the risk can be reduced, though it will 
still remain a serious factor. 

The great difficulty of cultivation arises largely from the circumstance that 
only on a relatively small number of days are both soil and weather suitable for 
ploughing. The result is that much of the work is left till late, and late work 
tends to be bad work. This can only be overcome by speeding up the process 
of ploughing during the favourable opportunities, and so far as I can see this 
is only possible by the use of motors. I believe, therefore. that motor-ploughs 
and cultivating implements will play a considerable part in the improvement of 
heavy land. 

A second direction in which the risk can be reduced is by keeping up the 
supply of organic matter in the soil. The action of organic matter is partly 
mechanical, partly more complex, but the result is that the soil becomes lighter, 
works down more readily to a tilth, and shows less tendency to fluctuations in 
crop. The Broadbalk plot at Rothamsted, receiving farmyard manure, gives a 
steadier yield, showing far less ftuctuation than the plots receiving dressings 
of artificial manures. 

Probably the cheapest and most satisfactory way of increasing the supply of 
organic matter in the soil is by ploughing in crop residues, such as, for example, 
are left by a seeds mixture, a clover ley, or ploughed-up grass-land. Their 
effect is well seen by comparing the wheat-yields on the Agdell field at Rotham- 
sted, where clover is ploughed in prior to the wheat, with those on Broadbalk, 
where wheat only is grown, and where, therefore, nothing bigger than wheat 
stubble and its accompanying weeds is ever ploughed in. The Broadbalk plot 
receives far more manure than the Agdell plot, and in good years it gives higher 
yields, but in poor years it comes down much lower; the fluctuations are 
considerably greater. 


Steadying Effect of Crop Residues on Yield of Wheat. 


Agdell Field. 


After Clover ploughed Broadbalk. 


“a. After previous Wheat. 
Complete Artificials Complete Artificials 


Average of all 


5 : : 35 bushels 30 bushels 
Highest yield, 1863. 5 : AG 94 3% 56 = 
Low yields, 1871 f i * ones 132 ny, 
| hea eee eT ss ainfs., tate 3] Mt oe 
Bs sa STO 5 ‘ one 5 3 
> 2S s7908 ai se ? 28, ) 4 Gee 


Land that went down to grass in the ’90s because cultivation was too risky 
has now gained so much organic matter that it can safely be cultivated again. 
Mr, Strutt has done this satisfactorily on some of the heavy Essex clays. The 
Duke of Marlborough has ploughed up some of the grass in Blenheim Park, 
though here, as a matter of fact, the land is not all clay but includes corn- 
brash that never need have gone down to grass at all. At Rothamsted we have 
recently ploughed up a poor grass field that for some years had barely paid its 
rent, and the crops promise to be considerably more remunerative than anything 
we have had before. The conditions for success seem to be that the soil shall 
be turned right over in the ploughing, and then rolled down so as to prevent 
the grass from growing up between the furrows; and, further, that measures 
should at once be taken against weeds, either by growing hoed crops like 
potatoes or beans drilied in rows sufficiently far apart, or some dense crop 
like winter oats that will smother everything else. In our ploughed-up field 
wherever the trial crops are thin we had a brilliant display of charlock and 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 


poppies, neither of which were prevalent in the adjoining arable fields; the 


causes of this are under investigation. 


Thus, the movement in favour of ploughing up some of our grass land is 
eminently sound. But sooner or later the organic matter now stored in the soil 
will be much reduced, and trouble may then be anticipated. 
ought not to be insuperable; the way out seems to be the North Country system 
of alternate grass and tillage; leaving the land in arable cultivation for four or 
five years, and then in grass for four or five years. 
strations started on these lines in heavy-land districts would resolve many of 
the farmers’ doubts as to the advisability of breaking up some of their grass- 
land. Some grass, however, there will always be on the clays, and the great 
Methods have been worked out in several places, and 
In most cases basic slag is sufficient 


need is to improve it. 


they should now be more generally applied. 
to begin with, and it produces an improved herbage which may well repay 


further treatment. 


We now turn to the loams. 


acre. 


appear to be satisfactory. 


Once these great fundamental things have received attention, all these soils— 
loams, sands, and clays—can be further improved by proper treatment with 
fertilisers. A great deal of good work has been done on this subject, and the 


results are steadily being diffused among farmers. 


When the results of field experiments are plotted they fall into two groups :— 
1. An increase in the fertiliser causes an increase in crop production, but 
This is especially the case with 


beyond a certain stage the 
nitrogenous fertilisers. 


increase falls off. 


supply of 


water, 


The difficulty 


air 


537 


and plant 


The Rothamsted experiments with wheat give the following results :— 


| 


| Increase per 


| 


Increase per 


| Mineral manurealone  . 
| Mineral manure +200 lbs. 
| Ammonium salts . 

| 

| 


Mineral manure+400 lbs. 

| Ammoniumsalts . . 

Mineral manure+ 600 lbs. 
Ammonium salts . 


Grain | 200lb. Ammo-| Straw || 200 1b. Ammo- 
/ nium Salts | nium Salts 
Bushels_ | Bushels Cwt. Cwt. 
14°5 _— 12°1 — 
23°2 8:7 21:4 9°33 
3271 8:9 32:9 115 
4°5 | 41'1 8:2 


36°6 | 


In the Irish experiments carried out on a uniform scheme at a large number 
of centres, when the quantity of sulphate of ammonia was varied, the yields of 


potatoes were :— 


| Standard Manure of Potash and Phosphates + 


1 ewt. | 


Sulphate of Ammonia. 
Ke. “ 


1} ewt. 
Sulphate of Ammonia 


2 ewt. 
Sulphate of Ammonia 


Tons Cwt. 
Bless? 


eee ee —— SS 


Tons Cwt. 
Ae 96 


1] 


Tons Cwt. 


11 


I think that a few demon- 


These present no special difficulties to be over- 
come, but their productiveness is, of course, subject to all the usual’ factors 
influencing plant-growth, viz., sufficient 
nutrients, proper temperature, root-room, and absence of injurious factors. 
Water-supply, air-supply, and temperature do not usually cause much trouble, 
but the crop may be hampered by lack of root-room, in which case periodical 
deep ploughing or subsoiling may bring about a substantial improvement. It is 
not necessary always to plough deeply; the point is to vary the depth, and once 
in about four years to go deeply, so as to stir up the subsoil. 
have done this for potatoes, and we found that subsoiling at a cost of about 3s. 
per acre was followed by an increase of 10 ewt., worth 35s., in the yield per 
One of our neighbours does much more, and once in every five years 
ploughs 17 inches deep with a steam plough; this is done in July, and the results 


On our land we 


538 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION M. 


Phosphatic fertilisers show the same kind of effect, but less frequently. In 
the Aberdeen experiments increases in the dressing of superphosphate up to the 
extraordinary dressing of 10 cwt. per acre still gave increases in the turnip crops, 
while in the Cambridge experiments on the fen soils increases in superphosphate 
up to 6 and 8 cwt. gave marked increases in mangolds and potatoes. 

2. But, when for any reason such as climate, supply of other nutrients, or 
some soil condition, the crop has reached its limit of growth, then the extra fer- 
tiliser has no effect ; not until the limiting factor is removed can it begin to act. 
In our own experiments swedes did not respond to increased dressings of manure, 
because the climate does not allow of more growth than about 12 tons to the 
acre; so that, unlike the Aberdeen results, the extra dressings of manure were 
without effect. In the Irish experiments already quoted, increasing dressings 
of superphosphate had no effect on the yield of potatoes so long as only 1 ewt. 
of sulphate of ammonia was given. 


Standard Dressing of Nitrogen and Potash + 


3 ewt. of super 4 ewt. of super | 5 ewt. of super 
SS = | 
Tons Cwt. Tons Cwt. | Tons Cwt. 


10 16 ite ae | iN pls; | 


Whitney considers that this is the general rule in the United States, and, in 
summarising the results of several thousand fertiliser experiments on wheat, 
cotton, and potatoes, finds little indication of any significant difference in pro- 
ductivity due to different amounts of fertiliser used.?° 

There is no real discrepancy between the two cases. What happens in the 
first is that there is more tillering of the cereals, so that the number of individua) 
leaves and stems keeps on increasing, as the dressings of fertiliser increase. The 
effect of phosphates on the root-crops is probably to facilitate swelling of the 
roots, or, in the case of potatoes, to increase the number of tubers, either of 
which would probably facilitate the deposition of storage products from the sap. 
In these experiments there is no indication of any end-point, and apparently the 
more the crop is fed the larger would be the yield. But the process does come 
to an end. The final limit is reached by the inability of the plant to stand up 
any longer or to grow any bigger. When the corn-crop gets beyond a certain 
size it is almost invariably beaten down by the wind and rain, so that the 
difficulty of getting it in becomes considerable. Heavy dressings of nitrogenous 
manures also predispose the crop to fungoid disease; attacks apparently being 
facilitated by the thinning of the cell-walls and the change in composition of the 
cell-sap. 

The way for further progress is then to seek new varieties that can stand up 
and resist disease. And here a good deal has been done. Biffen has shown how 
desirable properties may be transferred from one wheat to another, and his inves- 
tigations are revealing the limits within which it is possible to construct a variety 
of wheat according to the growers’ specification. Similar work is badly wanted 
for other crops. Fortunately our great seedsmen are fully alive to the possi- 
bilities in this direction, and have already done much useful work. It is not 
only in the case of cereals and potatoes that new varieties can be sought; there 
is great scope also for new varieties of all other crops. The striking superiority 
of wild white clover over the ordinary cultivated varieties, and the great 
differences demonstrated at Woburn between varieties of rape and lucerne, 
show that there is a considerable future for this sort of work. It need not 
stop with varieties of crops at present in cultivation: the net might be 
thrown further afield. Elliot boldly introduced some unconventional con- 
stituents into his mixture with considerable success. Swiss pastures look 
strange mixtures to Hnglish agriculturists, accustomed to recognise only grasses 
and clovers as pasture crops, and yet the Swiss agriculturists assure us of the 
value of some of the other plants. When I see a light-land farmer spending 
time and money in trying to make a fodder-crop grow, and time and money 


0 U.S. Dept. of Agric., Bureau of Soils, Bull. 62, 65, 66. 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 539 


in trying to prevent ragwort from growing, I cannot help thinking how much 
the problem would be simplified if a plant-breeder would evolve a ragwort 
with the vigour of the weed and the value of the fodder crop. The great value 
of new varieties is the diversity that can thus be introduced. Only rarely does 
a crop find precisely suitable conditions, and only rarely can the conditions be 
altered to suit the crop entirely. There is always a gap between what the 
crop wants and what it can get. It is the realisation of this fact that makes 
the farmer a chronic grumbler. 

Now, this gap can be bridged to some extent from both ends. The soil 
conditions can be changed somewhat by the methods already discussed, and the 
plant requirements can be varied by altering its construction. It is on these 
lines that new varieties ought to be studied. When a variety is fixed by the 
breeder the proper course is to find the conditions to which it is specially 
suited. This, I think, is much better than trying to put the varieties in a 
definite order of merit by making a number of tests over the whole county, 
and then averaging the lot. To begin with, the results of one season rarely 
agree with those of another over any large area, and in three successive years 
three different varieties may turn out to be the best—a result which is easily 
intelligible when put this way, though it looks very odd when set out baldly 
in a seedsman’s catalogue without reference to the fact that the results were 
obtained in different seasons. Even when an average can be obtained it is not 
entirely useful. Averages want interpreting for the ordinary farmer, for 
average conditions never seem to arise on any particular farm. 

It would be a useful thing to multiply simple combined variety and 
manurial tests, such as are being made by Mr. Dudding on Lord De Saumarez’s 
estate, where varieties run in one direction- and a few selected manurial 
dressings run in the other. 

There seems considerable prospect of increased production by securing better 
co-ordination between the soil conditions and the variety used, and I am very 
hopeful of advances in this direction. 

The question arises: How far can the plant-breeder go? Is there any 
prospect of putting something into the plant that is not there already, or can 
he only transfer a property from one variety to another? Can the physiologist 
make the plant do more than its normal growth, or do anything beyond ensuring 
that it shall have the conditions it wants? 

These questions are difficult to discuss : nothing but the fait accompli being 
really satisfactory. I shall not deal with the breeding work, but may refer to 
some of the physiological attempts to stimulate or in some similar way increase 
plant growth. Many have been made, but so far there is no indication of 
success. Laboratory evidence is periodically adduced to show that certain 
substances or electrical or other treatments stimulate plant growth. One of 
the earliest was manganese sulphate: then came other substances, and in due 
course radium. All these were tried in crop production, and all failed. Man- 
ganese salts were tested by Dr. Winifred Brenchley and by Dr. Voelcker ; 
radium by Mr. Martin H. Sutton. At the present time auximones are under 
investigation. 

All these things are, of course, perfectly legitimate objects of investigation 
in the laboratory and experiment station. Some of them may succeed: Miss 
Dudgeon’s experiments at Dumfries show that the last word has not yet been 
said about the effect of the electrical discharge on plants; in any case no man 
can set limits to the achievements of science: the impossible of yesterday has 
often become the commonplace of to-day. Unfortunately the investigators 
have sometimes let their enthusiasm outrun their discretion, and instead of 
waiting for properly conducted field trials they have rushed the laboratory 
results out to the public, sometimes accompanying the account with picturesque 
multiplication sums showing what would happen if the flower-pot were multi- 
plied up to an acre, and the acre multiplied up to a million acres. 

If this were done by a business house to push a proprietary article we might 
safely leave the matter to economic forces and the County Council experts, but 
the sad thing is that it has been done in the name of Science: tests of the 
roughest description have been circulated as if they had satisfied the canons 
of scientific criticism, and the farmer is left under the impression that the 


540 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION M. 


method is on a sound basis and is going to increase very considerably the crop- 
production of the country. 

Now, this is distinctly unfortunate. During the last twenty years the 
farmers’ appreciation of science has been steadily rising, and the most cordial 
relationships exist between the men of science at the Agricultural Colleges and 
Research Institutions and the best farmers and agricultural journalists. 
Promises made in the name of Science are taken seriously and remembered, an:l 
if they are not fulfilled Science will be blamed. Those of us who are trying 
to apply Science to Agriculture are placed in the very awkward position of 
either having to disclaim a piece of work that may finally turn out very useful, 
or else appearing to acquiesce in a promise—real or implied-—that will never 
be kept. 

The position we have reached is that crop-production may be increased :— 


1. On light soils-by more extended cultivation of crops that bring in a high 
return per acre, and therefore provide the money for the constant culti- 
vations and manurings necessary on this class of land. This would 
involve improvements in the machinery for distribution of the produce. 

2. On heavy land by chalking or liming, followed by drainage. To obtain 
the best results a better system of control of main drains and ditches 
is needed. Cultivation of this land is always risky, but the risk can 
be reduced :— : 

(a) By quicker ploughing in autumn so as to bring the work well 
forward: this seems only possible by the use of the motor- 
plough. 

(b) By keeping up the supplies of organic matter in the soil; the 
simplest plan seems to be the adoption of the North Country 
system, in which the land is alternately in grass and in tillage. 
There still remains a risk which on present conditions the 
farmer may not feel able to take. 


3. On all soils increased yields may be obtained by increasing the supply 
of fertilisers. 
4, Finally, however, there comes a point where further increases in fertiliser 


dressings cease to be effective : the plant either cannot grow any bigger, 
or it cannot stand up any longer. 

5. Further crop increases can only be obtained by finding new varieties that 
can grow bigger or stand up better. Considerable improvements may 
be anticipated by a closer co-ordination of crop variety and soil and 
climatic conditions. 


But there is another way in which Science can further the problems of crop- 
production. Instead of aiming solely at increased yields per acre, attempts may 
be made to reduce the cost per acre and increase the certainty of production. 

One of the most hopeful ways of attacking this problem is to increase the 
efficiency of the manurial treatment. No manurial scheme is perfect; no farmer 
ever recovers in his crop the whole of the fertilising constituents applied to the 
soil; there is always a loss. In our Broadbalk experiments, where wheat is 
grown year after year on the same land and large dressings of artificials are 
used, we do not recover in the crop more than about 30 to 40 per cent. of the 
added nitrogen. 

Now, whilst we can never hope for perfect efficiency, 7.e. for 100 per cent. 
recovery, we can hope to do better than this. On our own fields we improve con- 
siderably on it every year by the adoption of a proper rotation. Thus, whereas we 
apply 400 Ib. of ammonium salts every year in addition to potash and phosphate 
on the continuous wheat-plots, and only get 32 bushels of wheat in return, we 
get the same yield on the rotation-plots without any addition of ammonium 
salts and even without clover: when clover is introduced we get an even higher 
yield. There are several causes at work which I need not now discuss. The 
broad conciusion is that the efficiency of a manurial scheme can be enhanced by 
arranging a proper rotation, with the practical result that the same yields can 
be got at less expenditure on manure. 

Further experiments on the relationship between the efficiency of fertiliser 
action and the rotation are very desirable. Rotation experiments have a way of 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 541 


becoming involved unless one keeps them rigidly to one point : but there should 
be no difficulty in working out a relatively simple scheme for any one locality. 

Intimately bound up with all this is the more economical use of fertilisers 
generally—not the more restricted: use, but the more effective use. To a con- 
siderable extent the question is one of nitrogen. Nitrates wash out of the soil so 
readily that it is never safe to assume that any will survive the winter, so that 
anything left untouched by the standing crop may easily be lost. The Broadbalk 
results show that more nitrogen is taken up by the crop, and therefore the 
fertiliser is more economically used when potash and phosphates are present in 
sufficient quantities than when either is lacking. The efficiency of the nitrate 
is therefore increased by properly balancing the manure. 

Attempts to calculate the best-balanced fertiliser have all failed. Chemists 
have long since given up the idea that the composition of the crop afforded any 
clue to its fertiliser requirements, although this idea still persists in places. 
Nothing but actual trials can show what the crop needs. A great many trials 
have been made in the counties during the last twenty years which have added 
considerably to our knowledge of the action of fertilisers. Unfortunately much 
of the work lies buried in County Council Reports and Bulletins, some of 
which seem to ,have disappeared almost entirely—at any rate we have not 
succeeded in getting them at Rothamsted, in spite of great efforts to do so. 
I have recently been through many of these Reports, and have been struck with 
the value of much of the work. Its main disadvantage is that no uniform 
scheme was applied all over the country : each county made its own scheme, or 
did without one if it preferred. It was assumed that soil and climate must 
profoundly affect the action of fertilisers, and consequently that uniformity 
would be unnecessary. In Ireland, on the other hand, one and the same scheme 
was adopted everywhere, and the results are of considerable value. 

I hope that our own county authorities will be able to agree on a uniform 
scheme after the War; this would simplify very considerably the experimental 
work on the economical use of fertilisers. 

Some of these old experiments served the useful purpose of showing that 
better returns were got from dung combined with artificials than from dung 
alone, and the theme, though somewhat hackneyed, is by no means exhausted. 
Thus, in an experiment by the Leeds University Agricultural Department, 
20 tons of dung supplemented by artificials gave larger returns than 38 tons of 
dung without artificials. In the Irish experiments carried out over the eleven 
years 1901-1911 at 353 centres, additions of superphosphate and of potash to 
dressings of dung considerably increased the yield, and, of course, the utilisation 
of nitrogen :— 


Tons Cwt. 

No manure . . : E : : ; 5 : , eee 
15 tons farmyard manure per acre é : : : C : 8 4 
20 tons farmyard manure per acre : : : : é 9 2 
15 tons farmyard manure per acre + 1 cwt. sulphate of ammonia . 9 3 
15 tons farmyard manure per acre + 1 ewt. sulphate of ammonia 

-+- 4 cwt. superphosphate. : é : 3 - : Seeks 
15 tons farmyard manure per acre + | cwt. sulphate of ammonia 

+ 4 cwt. superphosphate + 1 cwt. muriate of potash : : LO 


More experiments of this sort are wanted. Generally the experiments have 
been reported for single crops only. But the farmer works on a different basis; 
his unit is the rotation, and therefore the effect should be shown over the 
rotation. 

Again, it is known in a general way (though there are remarkably few pub- 
lished experiments on the point, and there ought to be more) that phosphates 
increase the feeding value of crops, and therefore that a crop intended to be 
fed to live stock will be improved by dressings of phosphate, even if no increased 
growth is obtained. In many cases the crops are fed on the land to sheep 
frankly with the idea of benefiting subsequent crops. What is the effect of the 
phosphate here? How are the subsequent crops affected by improving the 
feeding value to the folded crop? 

Again, potash and phosphates are known to benefit the clover crop, and 


542 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION M. 


clover residues to benefit succeeding crops. How would a dressing of potash 
and phosphates to the clover react on the next crops? Practically no farmer 
gives it; would it not be worth while? These and similar questions can only be 
answered by actual experiments, and in view of the importance of making the 
best use of our manures over the whole rotation, it is desirable that they should 
be put in hand. 

Another direction in which great economy is possible is in the management 
of farmyard manure. It has been a common complaint against agricultural 
investigators that they have concerned themselves exclusively with artificials, 
and left untouched the greater problem of the manure-heap. For farmyard 
manure is the staple manure of the countryside; no direct estimate of the 
amount used annually appears to be available, but the statistics show that 
9: million tons of straw, wheat, barley, and oats, are grown in the country. 
If we assume that all this is made into manure, and that one ton of straw 
gives on an average four tons of manure, we arrive at 37 million tons of 
farmyard manure made per annum. The value at 5s. per ton is 9,250,000I. ; 
all the artificial manures consumed in Great Britain probably do not much 
exceed 6,500,0007. in value each year. 

Through the generosity of the Hon. Rupert Guinness, weshave been able 
at Rothamsted to attack this important subject, and Mr. Richards has obtained 
some striking results, showing what losses may take place and indicating 
methods of avoiding them. The great sources of loss are the air and the 
weather. Heaps made up in the orthodox manner—compacted but left out in 
the field without shelter—lost in three months 39 per cent. of their dry 
matter and 87 per cent. of their original ammoniacal nitrogen. When the 
heap was stored under cover the loss was smaller, being 30 per cent. of the 
dry matter and 55 per cent. of the ammoniacal nitrogen, so that the provision 
of shelter added materially to the value of the manure. These analytical 
results were confirmed by field trials. Ten tons of the sheltered’ manure 
gave nine tons of potatoes per acre, against 74 tons given by ten tons of 
the exposed manure. Reckoning the potatoes as worth 70s. per ton, the extra 
crop obtained by sheltering the manure is worth 5/. 12s. per acre, without 
taking into account the fact that less dung is required to make ten tons of 
sheltered manure. 

But there is still a loss even from the sheltered heaps, amounting in our 
various experiments to some 50 per cent. of the ammoniacal nitrogen, and 
some 30 per cent. of the total. Below this we see no way of going at present 
so long as the manure is stored in heaps. Laboratory experiments, however, 
indicate a much better method of storage. 

If the manure is kept entirely out of contact of air it can be preserved 
absolutely without loss; and if, further, it is warm enough (about 26° C.) 
it will even improve by the ammoniacal fermentation which sets in. No 
heap we have seen in practice reaches this happy condition, and we have no 
indication that any heap ever could. The only perfect storage would appear 
to be in pits or tanks that could be closéd absolutely air-tight. Whether this 
could be done in practice is a matter that can only be settled by experiments. 
These we hope to put in hand next season, and in the first instance we are 
starting with liquid manure, the storage of which, especially on dairy farms, 
is admittedly a weak point in farm management. 

Another direction in which saving is possible is in the soil itself. It 
is now 46 years since Lawes and Gilbert built those remarkable drain gauges 
at Rothamsted which for the first time enabled chemists to determine pre- 
cisely the quantity of fertilising material washed out from the soil by rain. 
When there was no crop on the ground the soil lost by drainage about 40 lb. 
of nitrogen in the form of valuable nitrates, a quantity as great as is con- 
tained in a 24 lb. bushel crop of wheat. - This was soil without manure. 
More recently the subject has been investigated in another way. The amount 
of nitrate in certain plots has been determined at ten days’ intervals for a 
period of two years. In the early part of the year the nitrate is low in 
amount; it rises rapidly in spring or early summer—the rise coinciding with 
the rise in soil temperature. During summer there is considerable increase in 
fallow land, but not in cropped land—partly because the crop is taking up 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, 543 


nitrate, and partly also apparently because the growing crop seems to interfere 
with bacterial activity. But in autumn, when the crop is off, there is a great 
rise in nitrate production, which becomes particularly marked if the land is 
broken up immediately and given a late fallow. Finally, in early winter the 
soil is left with a large amount of nitrate. If the soil lies bare through the 
winter the nitrate is lost; last winter the December and February rains were 
specially disastrous, so that when spring came in we were left on“ some of 
our plots with only 40 lb. of nitrogen as nitrate out of an autumn stock of 
70 to 100 lb.—having lost no less than 30 lb., and on some of the plots con- 
siderably more, during the winter. 

Unfortunately the heaviest loss falls on the best manured land, and the 
crops that suffer most are those like wheat or oats, that are grown on the 
residues of the previous year’s dressings. Some years ago Sir Napier Shaw 
startled agriculturists by stating that every inch of rain falling during the 
months of September, October, and November caused a falling-off of two bushels 
of wheat per acre from an ideal standard of 46 bushels per acre over the whole 
of the Eastern Counties. There can be no doubt that the washing out of 
nitrates is an important factor in this fall, and it is no exaggeration to say 
that our losses from this cause are enormous. All this, of course, emphasises 
the need of spring dressings of quick-acting nitrogenous manures, and accounts 
for the marked improvements that set in on many soils when spring dressings 
are given. 

A good way of getting round this difficulty is to sow a catch-crop in 
autumn, and either to plough it in before the main crop is sown or to feed 
it to stock, whichever is the more convenient. The practice is an old one, 
but, apart from the usual case of sowing clover in the growing corn, it is not 
very common; there are several practical difficulties, chiefly arising from the 
dryness of the ground at harvest time. This can be met by shallow cultiva- 
tions immediately the corn is cut, and without waiting for it to be carried. 
The problem is under investigation. At Rothamsted we find mustard answers 
very well; it grows more easily than most other things do in September, and 
it has a great capacity for taking up nitrates. Trifolium is also valuable 
where it will stand the winter. It likes a firm seed bed, so that it only 
wants harrowing in to the stubbles, and it not only takes up nitrate, but it 
can fix nitrogen as well, though we do not know how far it actually does so 
under these conditions. In Belgium carrots and turnips are both grown as 
catch-crops. Carrot seed is broadcasted in winter wheat just before the ears 
begin to form, and, although it can neither be rolled nor harrowed in, it has 
no difficulty in germinating; by the time the wheat is cut the plant is already 
established, and it is about 24 to 3 inches high. It is still weak, but after 
a harrowing to tear out weeds, and, if necessary, a dressing of liquid manure, 
it begins to grow more vigorously, and finally yields a valuable crop. 
Turnips are sown after harvest. The corn stooks are set in rows so as to 
leave fairly wide strips of the field, which are at once lightly ploughed; the 
seed is then sown, and the land harrowed down and rolled. The strips on 
which the stooks were placed are similarly sown at the earliest opportunity. 
It is essential, however, that the ploughing and harrowing should be done 
immediately after cutting, as otherwise soil moisture is lost, and germination 
may not take place. A dressing of phosphate is usually given. 

It thus appears that the wastage of nitrates in winter can be greatly reduced, 
but the process requires suitable crops and rapid cultivation methods. Neither 
of these ought to be beyond the power of the agriculturist to provide. Thé 
possibilities are many. Wibberley has discussed several schemes of continuous 
cropping that satisfy these requirements, giving a succession of crops which 
cover the land at the critical time when losses would occur. And our implement 
makers are steadily increasing the number and effectiveness of the implements, 
while motor traction promises also to increase the speed of working. 

Our experiments indicate two difficulties, which, however, ought not to be 
beyond control :— 

1. This close succession of crops reduces the opportunities of fallowing and 
cleaning the land. A fallow seems to have an effect on the soil nothing else can 
quite produce. Thus in the season of 1913 the yields on the Hoosfield barley 


544 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION M. 


plots, which had been fallowed during 1912, were higher than they had been 
for nearly sixty years—since 1854 and 1857: several of the plots yielded over 
60 bushels of grain, 30 cwt. of straw, and 7,000 Ib. of total produce per acre. 
Part of this result was due to the season, which was very favourable to barley— 
the spring being moist, and the summer damp and cool. But a considerable 
part must be attributed to the fallow, for on the Agdell rotation-field, where 
there had been no fallow in the preceding year, the yields were by no means 
extraordinary, the highest crop being 33 bushels of grain, 15 cwt. of straw, 
and 3,500 lb. of total produce—results which are frequently obtainable on the 
same plots. The fields are not contiguous, and comparisons must not be pushed 
too far; nevertheless, where the conditions were comparable the yields were 
not dissimilar: the unmanured plot in Agdell field (which had virtually been 
fallowed during the preceding year, the turnip crop having failed) gave 18°5 
bushels of grain and 8 cwt. of straw, nearly the same as the unmanured Hoos- 
field plot, 21 bushels of grain and 10 cwt. of straw. Only where the turnip crop 
on Agdell had succeeded in 1912 were the barley yields markedly less than on 
Hoosfield. But so far as our experiments go these effects can all be obtained 
with late summer or autumn fallows. On a farm near to our own it is found 
worth while in a dry year to break up the seeds ley immediately after the first 
cut so as to get some summer cultivation done, and give a bastard fallow before 
putting in the winter corn. 

On a well managed farm on the Brick Earth of the Sussex coast the corn 
is got in July: the steam tackle is put on to break up the land at once, and 
a fallow is given during August and September. If these months are fairly 
dry, as is usually the case, the loss of nitrate is not great and the cultivations 
kill weeds. If, in addition, the weather is hot, the soil benefits further. Hot- 
weather cultivation improves nearly all soils, probably because it has some 
partial sterilising action : the only soils that do not benefit so far as I know are 
the fen soils, and I do not quite understand why this should be. Thus the 
possibility of co-ordinating the cropping with the biochemical activities in the 
soil promises considerable saving of valuable soil materials. 

2. The more serious difficulty is the pests, of which the number seems amaz- 
ing. The more intensive the cropping the greater the opportunity for the various 
pests to live, till finally in the glass-house nursery industry the trouble becomes 
acute. At present our methods of dealing with them are not very discriminating, 
and in practice we only attempt to control two in the open field—finger-and-toe 
by liming, and potato disease by spraying, while two or three—wireworm and 
turnip-flea—are more or less kept in check by the adoption of special cultivation 
or other devices. All the rest are simply suffered. This year, for instance, our 
corn was attacked in various places by wireworm, by turnip-flea, by rats and by 
rust, by smut, frit-fly and aphis, to say nothing of birds, rabbits, game, against 
many of which the farmer is at present powerless. 

In glass-houses it is possible to adopt the heroic method of sterilising the 
soil and killing everything, but this is not yet practicable on the farm, and 
even if it were it does not prevent re-population. Further, most pests have 
their parasites, and wholesale sterilisation may help the pest by destroying 
the parasites. Imms has recently noted two cases where this is said to have 
happened : scale insects, which are helped by spraying the parasitised insects ; 
and a wheat-pest (Diplosis tritici, a Cecidomyiid) which was helped rather than 
hindered by burning the cavings from affected wheat, because the pupe thus 
destroyed were parasitised, while those remaining in the soil were not. 

Nothing much can be done to deal with soil-pests until we know more about 
them, and it is to obtain this knowledge that recent work is being done. 

When intensive cultivation is carried to an extreme it is followed by a falling 
off of bacterial efficiency, finally leading to ‘ sickness’ in soil, which has been 
investigated in some detail in our laboratory. 

But the waste of nitrates is not the only nitrogen loss taking place in the 
soil. On certain of our plots a nitrogen balance-sheet is set up: an analysis 
of the soil is made every twenty years, account is taken of the nitrogen put in 
as manure and taken out again by the crop, and a statement can then be drawn 
up showing the income, the known outgoings, and the residue left in the soil. 
Three distinct cases are found. On the poor unmanured soil a balance is 
obtained, the nitrogen removed in the crop being about equal to that supplied 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 545 


by rain, &e., and lost from the soil. On land laid down to grass no balance 
is obtained: there is an excess of soil nitrogen, which at first could not be 
explained, but was finally attributed to the activities of nitrogen-fixing 
organisms living either in the free state, or in association with the various 
leguminous crops. Nor is a balance obtained on arable soils heavily dressed 
with farmyard manure, but here there is a deficit, the nitrogen in the crop being 
considerably less than that given up by the manure and the soil. Some of the 
deficit undoubtedly arises from the loss of nitrates already discussed; but there 
is evidence of a further loss, which is attributed to the evolution of gaseous 
nitrogen. It is impossible at present to draw a sharp line of demarcation 
between these two processes in the field, and the investigation is therefore 
being made in the laboratory. In the meantime the trouble may, however, be 
met in two ways: 

1. The land may be left in grass for a few years so that the gain in nitrogen 
during this period may balance the loss during the arable period. This is 
already done in several rotations, but it suffers from the disadvantage that the 
land during its recuperative grass period is producing less than during the 
arable period. 

2. The land may be kept in arable cultivation, but the loss diminished by 
increasing the efficiency of the manurial scheme, a problem that has already 
been discussed. 

It is obvious that a knowledge of the times and ways of leakage of nitrogen 
from the soil puts us in possession of means of reducing the wastage. Field 
data of the kind required take a long time to accumulate because the normal 
season that the agricultural investigator desires never seems to arrive. Only 
when observations have gone on for a number of years can safe conclusions 
be drawn. 

A further direction in which improvement is possible is in cultivation. 
Reference has already been made to the necessity for increasing the speed of 
ploughing so as to get the work forward, and enable the farmer to plough just 
as much as he likes in autumn, or, if he wishes, to get in a bastard fallow or a 
catch-crop. The motor plough seems the only solution, and as soon as the 
difficulties of engine construction are got over and the price comes sufficiently 
low, I think it must displace the horse-plough as inevitably as the railway 
displaced the stage-coach. Both the soil and the human factors tend this way. 
So long as a man and two horses, and in some parts of the country a man and 
a boy and three horses, can only manage to plough an acre a day, it is obvious 
that the farmer cannot afford to pay more than a small wage for the work; but 
when a man on a motor plough can do several acres a day a considerably higher 
wage becomes possible. 

The work of ploughing can in many cases be lightened by dressings of chalk, 
and its effectiveness increased by making a more economical use of tilths left 
after certain crops. Experiments of this sort have been started at Rothamsted, 
and might with advantage be made elsewhere. Cultivation is at present the 
most empirical branch of soil management : the underlying principles are hardly 
yet known, and the current explanations are for the most part mere guesses, 
and sometimes not very happy guesses. We want more definitely ascertained 
facts than we have got before we can begin to straighten out this difficult 
subject. Further, we want better means of spreading the knowledge of good 
implements and of testing new ones. 

The last economy to which I shall refer is the choice of crops. The farmer 
grows his crops for profit, and clearly ought to select the most profitable for the 
purpose. This can only be done by keeping accounts. No crop ought to be 
grown that does not pay its way; it should be displaced by one that does. On 
our own farm we find that wheat, oats, and barley are about equally profitable ; 
but the crops in the root- or fallow-break vary enormously—potatges bringing in 
most profit, while swedes, on the other hand, are invariably grown at a loss on 
our land. I believe this would be found not uncommon in the southern part of 
England. Amos and Oldershaw have recently gone into the cost of silage crops 
in these conditions. More experiments and inquiries are greatly needed to 
widen the range of this class of crops, and give us something that will be as 
useful as swedes but more profitable. 


1916 NN 


546 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION M. 


Besides these improvements in crop-production which affect all farmers, 
even the best, there are two other ways in which we can hope for further 
developments. 

One is to raise up the ordinary farmer to the level of the good one. The 
average crop of wheat for the country is oflicially reported to be 32 bushels, 
but no good farmer would be content with less than 40. If we accept the 
official average there must be a great amount of wheat grown at much less than 
the best that is possible even now. A vast amount of educational work has to 
be done to spread the knowledge of the best methods, varieties, manures, &c. 
We have all met the type of farmer who had no nitrate of soda and so used 
superphosphate instead. The county instructor will always retain his important 
position; unfortunately the more backward his county the less sympathy he is 
likely to get. 

The other is to extend the area of land under cultivation. There are still 
wastes to be reclaimed, as Mr. Hall is reminding us, while even on farmed 
land the proportion under the plough each year is only small, and is con- 
stantly decreasing. Grass-land only produces about one-half of what arable 
land yields, and it is imperative to the proper development of the country 
that some of it should be broken up. The farmer knows this, but he does 
not put his knowledge into practice. It is futile to abuse him, or to try to 
find excuses: the better method is to try and find the causes at work. So 
far as I can see there are two main reasons why he does not adopt all possible 
devices for increasing crop-production. In the first place he cannot always 
afford the risk. There is one fundamental distinction between farming and 
manufacturing that is often overlooked in discussions on the subject. Except in 
rare cases—sugar beet and some kinds of seeds—the farmer does not grow for 
contracts, but always for what manufacturers would call ‘stock.’ The manu- 
facturer makes a contract to supply certain goods at a certain price : he knows 
what his machinery will do, he can insure against many of his risks, and get out 
of the contract if others befall him. He knows to a penny how much he will 
be paid, and so he can calculate to a nicety how much he can afford to spend, 
and how far he can go in introducing new methods. Now the farmer cannot 
do this. He cannot be certain what yield or what price he will get. He starts 
spending money in August on a crop that will not be sold for fifteen months, 
and he has no idea how much money he will receive in return. The whole thing 
is a hazard which cannot be covered by insurance. Obviously, then, the farmer 
must leave a big margin for safety, so he balances his risks by laying down 
some of his land to grass where the risks are at a minimum. But when you ask 
him to intensify his methods, and, as a necessary corollary, to break up some 
of his grass-land, he has a perfect right to ask who is going to bear the extra 
risk. 

I have indicated two ways in which the risks can be reduced, but they will 
always remain, and their magnitude greatly affects the total production of the 
farm. Mr. Middleton has recently made a very striking comparison between 
the average farm produce in Germany and in Great Britain, showing that each 
hundred acres of cultivated land 


In Great Britain In Germany 
Feeds 45 to 50 people Feeds 70 to 75 people 
Grows 15 tons of corn Grows 33 tons of corn 
11 tons of potatoes 55 tons of potatoes 
4 tons of meat 44 tons of meat 
174 tons of milk 28 tons of milk 
Negligible quantity of sugar 2% tons of sugar 


The German cultivator is not better than ours, nor is he more enterprising, 
neither is his soil or his climate better. The result is attained because in 
Germany the risks are balanced when only one-third of the cultivated area is 
in grass, leaving two-thirds for arable cultivation: whilst here the farmer 
believes they can only be balanced by putting two-thirds of the land into grass, 
and leaving only one-third for arable cultivation. 

The problem has been burked in the past, but it must be faced in the future. 
It is essentially a question of distribution of risk, and it ought not to be 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 547 


beyond the political insight and economic wisdom of those whose business it is 
to settle these matters. 

Another factor operates against the most intense production, and it is more 
difficult because it is more deep-seated. 

Agriculture is more than a trade; it is a mode of life, and the system in 
vogue profoundly modifies the life and the outlook of the whole countryside. 
The farmer lives on the top of his work; he has few evenings away from it, 
no week-ends, not much holiday and still less prospect of retiring on a fortune; 
his life has to centre on his farm. Few people set out solely to make money, 
and most farmers and landowners look to find their pleasure as well as their 
profit on their land. And so it comes about that things are not always arranged 
to ensure the maximum of crop-production. Trees and hedges are left because 
they make up a pleasing landscape: excuses are found for them, and in some 
places they may be really useful, but over much of the country the land would 
produce more without them. Copses are left, pheasants are bred, foxes and 
hares are preserved, and rabbits spared, not because they add to the food- 
supply, but because they minister to the pleasure of the countryside, and in 
spite of the facts that the crops would be bigger without them and that the 
plague of sparrows might be considerably less if it were not for the gamekeeper. 

It would be wholly unreasonable to expect the farmer to lead a life of 
blameless crop-production unrelieved by any pleasure, and it would be social 
folly of the highest order to make the young farmer exchange the innocent 
pleasure of an occasional day’s shooting or hunting in the country for the night’s 
pleasure in town. I am not going to attempt to justify the syndicate-shoot or 
the reservation of great areas of land for the pleasure of a few. But I think 
we shall always have to be content with getting less crop-yields than the land 
might produce because we must always keep up the amenities and the pleasures 
of the countryside. We must maintain the best equilibrium we can between 
these somewhat—but not wholly—conflicting interests. 

And as agriculture strikes more deeply at the roots of human life than any 
mere trade, so agricultural science possesses a human interest and dignity that 
marks it off sharply from any branch of technology : it is, indeed, one of the 
pillars of rural civilisation. For the farmer’s daily task brings him into con- 
tinuous contact with the great fundamental processes of Nature, and the function 
of agricultural science is to teach him to read the book of Nature that lies always 
open before him, and to see something of the infinite wonder of every common 
object in the fields around him. The investigator in agricultural science is out 
to learn what he can of these things, and to pass on his knowledge to the 
teacher, who in turn has to put it into a systematic form in which the young 
men and women of the countryside can assimilate it. After knowledge comes 
control. When we know more about the soil, the animal, the plant, &c., we 
shall be able to increase our crop-yields, but we shall lose the best of our work 
if we put the crop-yield first. Our aim should be to gain knowledge that will 
form the basis of a true rural education, so that we may train up a race of men 
and women who are alive to the beauties and the manifold interest of the 
countryside, and who can find there the satisfaction of their intellectual as well 
as their material wants. If we can succeed in that, we shall hear far less 
of rural depopulation ; instead we may hope for the extension of that type of keen 
healthy countryman which has always been found among the squires, farmers, 
and labourers of this country, and which we believe was already increasing before 
the war. With such men and women we can look forward with full confidence 
to the future. 


The following Papers were then read :— 
1. Soil Protozoa and Soil Bacteria. By Dr. T. Goopry. 


2. British Forestry, Past and Future. 
By Professor W. Somervitie, D.Sc. 


* Published in The Political Quarterly for February 1917 (Oxford: The 
University Press). 
NN 2 


548 TRANSACTIONS OF SECTION M. 


3. The Utilisation of Forest Waste by Distillation. 
By 8. H. Cours. 


THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 7. 
The following business was transacted :— 


1. Discussion on Motor Cultivation. 


2. Discussion on Hnsilage. 


3. Climate and Tillage. By T. WiBBERLEY. 


FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 8. 


The following Papers were received :— 


1. Economy in Beef Production.” 
By Professor T. B. Woop and K. J. J. Mackenzie. 


2. The Relation of Manuring and Cropping to Economy in Meat 
Production. By Professor D. A. Giucurist. 


3. The Inheritance of Mutton Points. 
By K. J. J. Macxenzip and Dr. F. H. A. MarsHatu. 


4. The Composition of British Straws.* By Professor T. B. Woop. 


5. Losses from Manure Heaps. 
By Dr. E. J. Russewi and BE. H. Ricwarps. 


6. The Fiazation of Nitrogen in Feces. By BE. H. Richarps. 


* See Journal of Agricultural Science, voi. viii. 
* Published in the Journal of the Board of Agriculture. 


ON THE DETERMINATION OF GRAVITY AT SEA. 549 


APPENDIX I. 


The Determination of Gravity at Sea.—Report of the Committee, 
consisting of Professor A. E. Love (Chairman), Professor 
W. G. Durrietp (Secretary), Mr. T. W. Cuaunpy, and Professors 
A. §. Eppineron and H. H. Turner. 


[Puates VII.-XVIII.| 


Report upon the Comparison of the Aneroid and Mercury Barometers. 
Drawn up by the SECRETARY. 


1. Preliminary. 


In 1866! attention was drawn to the possibility of employing an aneroid in 
conjunction with a mercury barometer for the measurement of gravity 
at certain land stations, but the variability of the elastic properties of the 
metal boxes constituted a difficulty to its successful application. As it 
was the opinion of meteorologists that aneroids had been greatly improved 
in material and in construction, I took advantage of a generous offer from 
the Cambridge Scientific Instrument Company to provide an aneroid 
wherewith to test the method anew, this time at sea, during the voyage of 
the British Association to and from Australia in 1914. 

It had scarcely been hoped that the investigation would lead at the 
first attempt to the successful determination of gravity at sea, but it was 
hoped to gain experience and information which might serve to disclose 
any defects which might be capable of subsequent remedy. On account 
of the exigencies of war-time, the report has been condensed and the bulk 
of the tables omitted. The original report is filed at the offices of the 
British Association, where it may be consulted by those closely interested in 
the subject. It sets forth the present state of science with regard to the 
aneroid method of measuring the intensity of gravity over the oceans, and 
the primary object in compiling it has been to place in the hands of future 
investigators a record of the experience already gained. 

The results, which are discussed with some reserve in sections &, 
9 and 10, have, however, an interest of their own, and future work 
will be eagerly awaited to see if the fall in the value of gravity between 
Australia and India is real, or due to a systematic error to which the 
aneroid is liable, or to some other uncorrected vagary of this instrument. 

In future experiments fuller acquaintance with the lag and the pump- 
ing of the aneroid barometer for long periods previous and subsequent to 
the voyage should solve the question whether Helmert’s formula holds 
good or not over the deep oceans. At present the indication, though not 
the conclusion, is that it does not, gravity being apparently less over the 
deep ocean than overland areas ; over inland seas, on the other hand, the 
normal value may be exceeded. 


‘Von Wiillerstorf Urbair, Zeitschrift der bsterreichischen Gesellschaft fiir Meteoro- 
logie, Band I, 1866, 


550 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


2. The Marine Barometer. 


In the original Report the characteristics and behaviour of this instru- 
ment are considered with particular reference to the work of Stokes, Chree, 
and Hecker. It must suffice here to indicate the nature of the discussions. 

1. Construction.—Hecker claims advantages over the Kew pattern 
for a capillary constriction with symmetrical funnel-shaped ends and a 
large space above the mercury. 

2. Lag.—It is clear from Stokes’ and Chree’s investigations upon the 
lag of marine barometers at land stations that the viscous resistance to the 
flow of mercury in the capillary is not the dominant cause of lag. Surface 
tension effects must be taken into account. 

Chree concludes from land observations that the barometer with the 
smaller lag possesses a smaller mean error. Hecker, from sea observations, 
comes to the opposite conclusion. 

Without going so far as Chree in saying that ‘ at sea the effect of lag 
upon the average marine barometer is exceedingly small,’ the present 
research favours the view that at sea the lag is less important than on 
land, probably because the regular throbbing of the engines is more effi- 
cacious in eliminating unsymmetrical surface tension effects than per- 
functory tapping on land. In view of the theoretical uncertainty and the 
practical difficulty of reading a barometer at sea, it would appear pre- 
{erable to place the barometer and the other apparatus with which its 
readings are to be compared in a chamber in which the rate of change of 
pressure can be controlled and measured and reduced to a small and 
determinate quantity, if not to zero, rather than to trust to measurements 
of the variations of the atmospheric pressure, which, since the ship is 
moving, are likely to be more rapid even than those encountered by a 
fixed barometer at a land station, and which are seldom linear for any 
considerable period. 

It is suggested that the chamber should be large enough to contain 
photographically recording aneroid and mercury barometers and furnished 
with an auxiliary aneroid which could be used as a regulator; by means 
of an electric contact operating a relay working a rotatory pump it should 
be possible to maintain a nearly constant pressure. 

The error introduced by fluctuating pressure is shown in fig. 14 for a 
harbour station ; compared with other consecutive Morea deviations at sea, 
fig. 9, the deviations are large. 

3. Pumping.—A vertical acceleration of the barometer may be occa- 
sioned by the rise or fall of the ship as a whole, or by rolling and pitching 
about a longitudinal and transverse axis respectively, if the apparatus is 
not in the centre of the ship. The vertical motion adds an acceleration 
to that due to gravitational attraction, and the problem is complicated by 
the fact that this dynamic acceleration may not be symmetrical. 

The constriction is introduced for the purpose of freeing the static 
attraction from the dynamic acceleration, but though it reduces it does 
not eliminate the pumping. The damping is always such that the free 
vibration of the mercury is aperiodic. 

When the mercury is pumping it is necessary to take the mean of 
Successive maxima and minima readings. The practice of reading only 
the highest (or lowest) point, which at one time received official sanction, 
is deprecated. Ié is difficult to set and read the barometer and to record 
the reading in the half period of the wave, but with a dial form of instru- 


ON THE DETERMINATION OF GRAVITY AT SEA. 551 


ment itis not impossibie. If successive readings cannot be taken, an equal 
number of maxima and minima should be measured. It would be prefer- 
able to employ an assistant to read and record the dial indications, but if 
the experiment is conducted in a refrigerator the presence of a second 
observer must be avoided. Telephonic communication with an assistant 
outside should be arranged. 

If the instrument records photographically the film may be studied at 
leisure, and only those portions chosen for measurement’ in which the 
pumping is small and fairly regular. It is found simplest not to measure 
each crest and hollow separately, but to set the wires in the eyepiece first 
along the mean line of crests and then along the mean line of hollows ; 
these can be judged with considerable accuracy. The mean of these two 
readings is then taken as the level of the undisturbed mercury surface. 
Unfortunately the photographic record involves difficulties, arising from 
the density of the photographic image and from parallax. 

If the ship’s motion is regular, and the barometer free from unsymme- 
trical errors, it is impossible to improve upon the height of the barometer 
as given by the mean of the lines of crests and of hollows. Hecker, 
however, finds that the Kew pattern barometer gives unsymmetrical 
pumping, but his experimental evidence is open to criticism. (See O. R.) 
When the ship’s motion is irregular, the pumping is necessarily unsymme- 
trical. It is doubtful if it is practicable to deal usefully with observations 
made when the photographic trace shows the dissymmetry to be marked. 
A prolonged comparison between the readings of the marine barometer 
carried on board a ship straining at anchor in seas of all kinds, and a 
standard barometer on a neighbouring pier or headland, might settle this 
point ; or it might be feasible to imitate the motion of a ship with the 
aid of a lift oscillating about the floor containing a standard barometer. 

Rolling and pitching produce pumping both by adding to the vertical 
acceleration of the point of support of the apparatus and by throwing 
the barometer slightly out of the vertical position, an inevitable accom- 
paniment of the motion, since friction at the suspension cannot be com- 
pletely avoided. The former, which is the more important, is dependent 
upon the positich of the apparatus in the ship, and could be elimimated by 
taking the mean of simultaneous readings of similar barometers placed 
equidistant from the two axes, and on opposite sides of them. The 
usefulness or otherwise of introducing linear terms to correct for the 
various types of pumping is briefly discussed in the original Report. 

4. Temperature Correction.—Since an error of 0:1° introduces an un- 
certainty in the value of gravity of ‘02 cms./sec.?, accurate measurement 
of the stem temperature is essential. Inequalities of lagging may occasion 
a temperature gradient which is difficult to allow for, and it would be 
preferable to immerse the barometer in a well-stirred water bath. This 
would obviate difficulties such as are occasioned by the approach of the 
observer, which is especially troublesome if the observations are carried 
out in a refrigerator, since there is usually a difference in the temperature 
of the attached thermometer and that of the mercury in the stem of the 
barometer. 

5. Other matters to be considered are the capacity correction, capillary 
depression, pressure of mercury vapour, and the loading of the ship. 
The consumption of fuel and food lightens the ship and may tilt the 
apparatus if it is not suspended. 


552 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SOTENCE.—1916. 


3. The Aneroid Barometer. 


This instrument was constructed by the Cambridge Scientific Instru- 
ment Company at very short notice. It was then kindly placed at the 
disposal of the writer by Mr. Horace Darwin. Fig. 1 represents its main 
features. 

The series of boxes B mounted on the horizontal axis A is suspended 
by the thin steel springs CC, 0°45 mm. thick, from a pair of square bars 
shown in section, which are supported by pairs of pillars DD mounted 
on a solid metal base EE. The axis is under no other constraint, but a 
loose link, pointed at each end, and fitting into cones on either side, makes 
a connexion between it and the screw which passes through one end of the 
base. The extension of the boxes, which is a measure of the atmospheric 
pressure, is measured by finding the amount through which the divided 
head H must be turned in order to press the other end of the axis against 
the stop G. Contact is determined by flicking a spring along one side of 
which, at a distance of 7:5 ems. from the support, the contact piece G is 
fixed, and as the screw head is slowly turned, noting the instant at which a 
tinkle indicates that the axis is in contact with the vibrating spring. If 
the boxes pump there is a tendency for the contact to be registered too 
early, which gives too low a value for the pressure. 

To obviate the effects of the ship’s motion, Mr. Horace Darwin devised 
the suspension also shown in fig. 1. 

The box K, containing the instrument, was suspended by springs from 
three arms at 120° with one another, which were united over a central 
pivot supported upon a frame fixed to a firm base. A dash-pot L con- 
taining oil and a plunger to damp the vertical vibrations was fixed to the 
top of the instrument case. 

During the voyage a level and sliding weights were added and a 
thermometer arranged to record the temperature within the case. The 
instrument gave very steady readings (consistent to 0-025 millibars at 
land stations), but at sea the pumping was unfortunately very apparent. 

The calibration of the instrument in a closed chambey is difficult, as 
it requires two hands for every manipulation, one for turning the milled 
head and the other for flicking the spring by a device which extends 
through the wooden side of the box. 

Though, as will eventually appear, the instrument has certain failings, 
its investigation at sea has brought to light certain points which will 
prove of value to the future designing of an instrument of sufficient delicacy 
for the object of this research. 


4, The Observations. 


As explained in the Interim Report (1915), the apparatus was carried 
in s3. Ascanius on the outward and in R.M.S. Morea on the homeward 
voyage. Observations were made three times a day as a rule during both 
voyages. Hach set of observations consisted of the following :— 

(1) Reading of temperature of special chamber from outside by thermo- 
meter projecting through wall. 

(2) Entering chamber and closing door quickly. 

(3) Temperature of aneroid and five observations of the pressure 
recorded. 


5D8 


NATION OF GRAVITY AT SEA. 


DETERMI 


x 
Di 


ON THI 


“1ojomMolvg plotouy oq} Jo uotsuadsng 


UALANOUVG GIOMANY FHL 
‘T “OTL 


‘(pepeys) worjoes [erje0 OY} MOYs 03 sooR[d ur AVAL 4NO SI JUSTINAYSUL OYJ, 


) 


| 


554. REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


(4) Temperature of mercury barometer and ten readings taken. 

(5) Five readings of aneroid and its temperature recorded. 

(6) Observations (made by the ship’s officer) of speed, course, depth, 
latitude and longitude. 

When the barometers pumped more than usua! a larger number of 
observations were recorded. 

In Table I. are typical sets of readings. 


Taste I. 


TYPICAL SETS oF READINGS. 


July 19, 1.45 p.m. Sept. 21, 11.55 a.m. | Oct. 5, 3.40 p.m. 
— - | : 
Aneroid | Mercury | Aneroid Mercury | Aneroid | Mercury 
| | 
a age | = eas Rae ey 
eee ee ie ha] eo) “al ery ee eae 
ta ea el in (ie ga Pein Oe a Pt ge a lice | ese 
See ee Ae iam Os: z es sae | | « 
4°75 558-4 278-8 100210 62-1 599-6 — 1014-08 8°-8 600-9 282-0 1013-10, 
Be 3-5 | — | 3:60! — | 600-2 |. — 4-01| — ! 0-9 | = 12 
25 | — | 375) — |5909.| — 4-30| — | 6-9 | = 15, 
40 | — | 2:48] — 6000 | — 3-90). — | @-B) fe 16 
ae 38 | — | 275) 6-2 599-7 | — 4°30| 8-8 601-0 | — 16 
= 55 | — 3°65 | 63 598-2 27976) = 3-85| 8:9 08 289-2 16 
ES 40. | el gh paged | nba | —~ [> lope ee eam 
— | 38) — 4-45| — |599-:0' — | 3:86/—]| 09) — = 
i 4-3 | — | | 4-00} —‘!599°0 | — | 3-80] —|.-6-9| = | = 
4°-90 37 |279°0| 2-211 6°5 598-7 | — | 430189) 07} — | — 
Meena | | “i mae | % | | | 
ae } 1553-73 278-9 1003-13) 6°3, 599°37 7279°6 1014°08 £85 00 Sees 
| | | 


Table II. gives the means of the land and harbour station observations 
which were used for the calibration of the aneroid. 

Table III. gives the observations made at sea. 

[These tables are not reproduced in full; the original Report should 
be consulted for details. ] 


5. The Reduction of the Aneroid Readings. , 


The aneroid was not delivered to the experimenter until the eve of his 
departure for Australia, when a test was out of the question. Fortunately 
the instrument had passed through the hands of Mr. F. J. W. Whipple, 
who had compared its reading with that of a standard barometer at the 
Meteorological Office. Comparisons with the mercury barometer were 
made at each port of call on the voyages, and subsequently in University 


College, Reading, and at the Meteorological Office, London: Table II. 


The results show considerable changes in the value of the aneroid reading 
corresponding to any particular pressure, the readings rising with time. 
The problem has been to find the value in millibars of an aneroid reading 
at any stage in the voyage. 


| 


a 


5D 


ON THE DETERMINATION OF GRAVITY AT SEA. 


© 
au 
a | 
| 
on 
2 
a 
| 


*suOT}RAIOSGO TanTNpued Aq AqTALAS JO ONTVA PaAdsqo 9Y]} ,, 


0g 
o 


‘ 
Sie! 


CH yeT ye Aqravis 


JO aN{VA oY} WLOL) UOTYLIAP sz pUB AZTAVAS OF ONTVA [VOTJa109T] OT} quosordaar “Lg pure "A 


"kg — 8g 


FE-G— | 3g weayy 


| (; ‘wd |) 
L¥-Z— | €9-G— | FE-Z— | ZE-GOOT | LZ-600L  9F-600T GT-L89 | 6-06 | 9-G00T L8-TTOT OL-TTOT 9-28S eae } 8% ‘a 
| | | | | | | [irae 
CF-G— | €E-3— FET— 68-G00T TE-GOOT TL-600T| 86-889 | G-oG | LE-60OT ZI-ZIOL 16-T10I | F-c8% 1| ate | ge 'p 
Z1G-G—="AQ “GOT-8L6="4 \ "TOC .61 ‘SUOT ‘NF “yery ‘anoqaeyT oqmojog “vawo7g *S "IN" 
pee eile). CL ine, ile Same: SP tire” Nae aiaO he qaey oquLojop HK -SWa 
p+ | £0. — | FT. + } Chg—8e) 
#0-I— 91-I— | 66-0— | 8g weoyq 
. P | “ud 
66-0— IT-I— | $6-0— | L0-610T F6-8TOI ZI-GIOT | 86-089 | Tz-o9  $6-8T0T 11-0201 SF-GTOT 1-082 | arte } 71 0 
| | = “ 
| | ‘a 
80-I— 0G-T— | FO-I— | 69-0Z0T ZE-0Z0T | 69-0Z0T , 06-889 00-09 | G9-OZOT | LL-TZOT 00-T20T OIC} |ennag A teme u 
" 4deg 
*ISL-I—="¢ ‘98F-6L6="% ‘T FP OIL “SU0T “S € GE 4UT “moqivy opjueMery “valoyT “SY 
oa ae od ad vd Oe et Ala bel °g a L | 
. | 
| AWTAR IY) | 
e H pue j|durey, roy | 
SSUIpBaY ploreuy Zurpre i ’ 8 ' 
Sq/e3 (Sq—d) = Sg WOT} payepnopRo oarnsseig Snene duet perce Banani, pe ove 
Gh yey ye . aul, aye ‘s 
Aqraersy UWLOTJ STOTPVIACT } ADIPUOH | a i son 
JaeyowOINg pro1euy reyeuioreg Ammoi1eT ) 


‘SNOILVAUTSHQ WAOAUVET INV GNW] TvoidAT—]] @IAvy, 


| 
| 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


| 


Be Ta pee ee i eee 
\PS-T—| 88-1 — | L8-T— 88-1 — 66-1—|38-T—| LO-— | ¥0-— | IT--+ 970-—|18-1— G6-1—|GL-T— G0-GZ0T | 68-1ZOL | 80-Z0T | 06-8201 £ 
ILT—9t-1— $1-1— St-T— 8é-[—|60-I—| 10-— | #0-+|31-+ £70-— |80-L— 06-T— |60-T— | 66-6101 | 08-6101 66-610T | 90-160T b 
ii —|?%6- —|96- —)L6- pt G6. a ta LO seer F0-+ | €1-+ |880-— 06. — Z0-1— |¢8.—  6F-6LOT | 98-610 | ¥S-610L| €F-E01 d 
ae le a == Bh ere] = = = — —=,| — = —! 
| Bey sy  WZy SIV | aBIy "Sly | ow SNe ET Br 28g | 3@ | go) od Je od | ud °g 
es ae earl ci “ol ew wie t's | ome F ck ee +e 2 
TOnOp, | ‘dura y, TOTPBA 
=P a s,dig | SIOLIG, UOTYRIG eS hers SUIPreYy plor9suy | Loy pazoeartoa 9 -19SO 
| Ly Bty = 28y UEP eg = aly: IO} UO} | OF SUOT}DOTIOD sas Ta" Cl = 20 m0. Haea aInssarq | JoyemoIeg 
-99I1109 | Aanoqro yr 
"AT @1avy, 
km adi f= é ‘et Se ora iy : 
| | | | ae frued | } 
| | Op . | 
| Ge Pat GI. G9 =| LL- PFO OL-9 | 80-€C0T | 1-616 6-91 “MFP N| O€19 6G o60T | 8€ 9G | os pst oe 
| | | ‘ue | 
Gr. | G+ GT. Lé- F0-SE9 16-F | 06-001 | 8-81z 9ST | “M'N 0919 1,0€ ol IT | GL 86 ; 9Z°0L | \ ST D 
| | | | ' | 
| | | feud 5) 
ee oa, be va O€- | 06-€€9 90-9 | CF-610T | 1-846 | 9T | “MN | 008 /9€ oPLL | 61 oLl€ Rigerd | FI eae 
. | qdag 
ee = = ee a = | je at c= -| t we 45 
; 7 ‘ Surpeey | Surpeoy | | | | 
| uy | ‘o1eqy | prorsuy | Aimosropy TROT dutez, Tee dua q, fe | a ce Ae | oy 
a ti erm id iy Pea pe ee a ae Oe Pe HOUR | ago yydeq | -18u0rz |opnyyerq) OM | od -1088q0 
asuvyyp ‘duay, | surdam q TOPULOIRG plosewy | loyouoivg ATI TY | | ) 


‘VAY LV SNOILVAUTISHO IVOIAT, ‘Ma1opy “SY £0 AOVAOA—'‘T]T @TAVY, 


ON THE DETERMINATION OF GRAVITY AT SEA. 557 


The methods will only be briefly referred to here. From Table II. 
curves were drawn connecting the readings of the aneroid at land stations 
with the corresponding atmospheric pressure in millibars obtained from 
the reduced readings of the marine barometer (fig. 2); the graphs are 
nearly linear, the slopes varying with time. It was found simplest to 
correct separately for (a) alteration of scale division value with time, and 
(b) creeping of the zero. Details of the method are given in the full 
Report. The calculated pressures corresponding to a given aneroid reading 
are designated p, in the Tables. 

A second method lay in drawing fig. 3 from the data of Table IT. and 
fig. 2, relating the aneroid reading with the data of observation for 
particular values of the pressure. The degree of imperfection of tue 
aneroid method of determining ‘ g’ is shown by the deviations of indi- 
vidual readings from the graphs. Some of the discrepancies may be due 
to the transport and re-setting up of the instrument between the Meteoro- 
logical Office, s.s. Ascanius, R.M.S. Morea, and Reading. When the ob- 
servations were continuous the readings are more consistent—hence more 
reliance is to be placed on the Morea observations During the Ascantus’ 
voyage the suspension and levelling were altered several times. 

The reduction factor being known at any date, it was simple to find the 
atmospheric pressure corresponding to any aneroid reading at a given date. 
These pressures are designated p, in the Tables. 

A further value for an aneroid division was calculated on the assumption 
that the Morea readings could be treated quite separately from the rest, 
and that the graph was a straight line; this appeared to be an extreme 
assumption providing a useful check upon the other methods. These 
values are designated p,. When corrected for station errors there is very 
little difference between the results of the different methods of treatment. 

The aneroid was not suitable for the investigation of its properties in 
an experimental chamber, consequently other means were employed for 
investigating the effects of (1) temperature ; (2) rate of change of tempera- 
ture; (3) rate of change of pressure (see O.R.). The pumping of the 
aneroid was lessened but not obviated by the mounting ; though the boxes 
were on a horizontal axis placed parallel to the keel, rolling affected the 
reading. Except in harbour its pumping was less than that of the 
mercury barometer. The effect of different ships is shown in fig. 4. 
Though the aneroid was mounted on springs on R.M.8. Morea, the vibra- 
tion of the ship had a greater effect upon the pumping of the aneroid. 

But the most troublesome feature of the pumping is that contact is 
registered too early, as already explained. The amount depends upon 
the relative frequencies of the pumping and of testing. When the head 
is turned very slowly contact occurs only at one end of the travel of the 
boxes; great rapidity would be required to make it equally probable that 
the other end of the travel is recorded. The error is indeterminate, but 
the value of gravity is systematically too low by a small amount. 

In a subsequent section this point is further considered. For inclusion 
in the final diagrams the criterion has been an amount of pumping half 
that permitted for the mercury barometer. For future work an aneroid 
recording photographically by a reflected spot of light method is recom- 
mended. The essential thing is to measure the extremes of the pumping 
on each side of the mean. 


558 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


6. Calculation of the value of Gravity from the readings of the Aneroid and 
Mercury Barometers. 


The height of the mercury barometer reduced to 0° C. and corrected 
for scale errors but not for latitude is given in the column headed B, in 
Table IV. 

As latitude has not been allowed for, the units are not true millibars. 

The corresponding atmospheric pressure is given in the same Table 
under the heading p,, Pp, OF Pe, according to the method of reduction. 
The value of gravity is found from the following equation: 


g§ a S450 x p/B,, 


eo 8450 re ep 
oh) = eee. 
S450 B, 


or 3g = op SS. 


Where 8g is the deviation from the value of gravity in latitude 45°. In 
Table IV. the columns 8g,, 8g,, 5g., are calculated from the values pa, 
pp, and p,, respectively. t 

The application of corrections to these on account of the ship’s motion 
and the errors at land stations is discussed in later Sections. 


7. Correction for the Ship’s Horizontal Motion. 
P 


The ship’s motion along the surface of the water involves a correction 
for gravity equivalent to the extra centrifugal force upon the ship. 

The modification of the curvature of the ship’s course relative to 
the centre of the earth as she sails over the crests or hollows of ocean 
swells operates as a pumping term and is treated in the same way. The 
error is small ifthe swell is symmetrical and if the mean level of the 
mercury be taken. 

The form in which the term is introduced in the present investigation 
is 2 vcos sina, where a is the angle between the true north and south 
line and the direction of the ship, o the angular velocity of the earth’s 
rotation, and d the latitude. It neglects the term involving the square of 
the ship’s velocity and the component of the ship’s velocity in the 
North-South direction. The appropriate correction for each observation 
is included in Table IV. under the column headed m. 

The theoretical reasons for introducing this term were pointed out 
by von Eétvés, but as its introduction appeared to cause the results 
of Hecker’s determinations of gravity at sea to diverge appreciably from 
Helmert’s formula doubt was cast upon the necessity for it? Voy- 
ages on the Black Sea enabled Hecker’ to test this point, and he found 
that the barometric height differed by ‘08 mm. if the ship went east 
instead of west, and therefore that it was necessary to include the term. 

Any uncertainty in measuring the velocity and direction of the ship 


2 Helmert, C. R. 6%" Conférence générale de VAssociation Géodésique Inter- 
nationale, 1909, p. 22. 
8 Loc. cit. 


ON THE DETERMINATION OF GRAVITY AT SEA, 559 


occasions an error which varies according to the latitude. For equatorial 
regions the gravity error due to an error of one degree in the course varies 
per knot from 00013 when the course is N. or 8. to ‘000012 when it is E. 
or W. An error of one knot in determining speed produces a gravity 
error which varies from 0 on a meridian course to ‘0073 on an H.-W. 
course. Elsewhere these amounts are to be multiplied by the cosine 
of the latitude. 

While the average speed of the ship over 24 hours is capable of mea- 
surement with considerable accuracy from the dead reckoning, the speed 
during the five minutes required for an observation is less certain. 

The chief difficulty lies in the uncertainty of the tides, and it would 
be preferable to anchor the ship before starting the observations ; it 
is feared that this can only be done on a few occasions, but otherwise, 
especially in places near the coast, like the Scilly Isles, an appreciable 
error is involved. There may frequently be an uncertainty of about 
‘015 cm./sec”, which, though unimportant in the present research, may in 
future work prove a relatively large source of error. 

For high accuracy it is very essential to secure close co-operation 
between the observer and the executive officers of the ship. 

If the speed of the vessel is ascertained by dead reckoning, pitching 
introduces a small modification of the instantaneous values calculated 
above, and tends to diminish them, but the precise amount is incal- 
culable. 


8. Variation of Gravity with Latitude. 


In Table 1V. the deviations of gravity from its value in latitude 45° 
are shown corrected for the ship’s motion in columns headed A,g,, 4)9,, 
A\g,, according to the aneroid method of reduction. These values, 
together with the theoretical curve derived from the formula 


yo = 978-030 ; 1 + 0:005302 sin? A — 0-000007 sin? 2 rt 


are plotted in figs. 5 (1), 6 (1), 7 (1). The large open circles represent 
harbour observations, the small circles represent sea observations, of which 
those which are open are less reliable than those which are black. The 
aneroid method is clearly capable of showing the general trend of 
eravity with latitude, but we try to push it further :—fig. 5 (1) showed 
that many of the harbour readings were too high, which threw doubt upon 
the method of reduction, and led to the trial of the other methods already 
described and shown graphically in figs. 6 (1) and 7 (1). In none of these 
is there complete coincidence between the harbour observations and the 
theoretical curve, though in fig. 6 (1) they lie close to it ; this is therefore 
the most satisfactory graph, and it shows a defect of gravity between 
Bombay and Australia. ; 

The reason why the harbour observations show deviations 1s not clear ; 
it may be that the effect of lag upon the mercury barometer is more 
serious when the ship is at rest, when changes of atmospheric pressure 
introduce considerable errors, fig. 14, or it may be that there are short 
period changes in the elastic properties of the aneroid. Though there is no 
obvious reason why any short period variation should begin and end 
during a stay in port, the only possible way of improving the curves lay 
in plotting the station errors against a horizontal scale,—assuming 


560 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


that the errors grew continuously and linearly with time between the 
stations, and obtaining the corrections to be applied to any period of the 
voyage from the graph. These are given in Table IV. under the 
columns headed 1,, 1,, and 1,, and the final corrected values in columns 
Avg,, Aogp, and Agg,. 

In figs. 5(2), 6(2), 7(2) these values are plotted against the latitude of 
the ship at the time of observation, the stations chosen as standards 
being indicated by arrows at the base of the diagrams. Sydney and 
Reading are omitted. 

The mean of the Adelaide and Fremantle Harbour observations was 
chosen as a standard (i.e. they were made equidistant from the theoretical 
curve) on account of the paucity of the observations at these two ports. 
For certain reasons the Adelaide readings are the least reliable, and I now 
believe it would have been preferable to have taken the Fremantle 
Harbour observations as correct. 

Even when, as in fig. 5(2), only the Australian ports, Bombay, Aden, and 
Tilbury were chosen as reference ports, the intervening stations Colombo, 
Malta, Suez Canal, and Plymouth Harbour fall close to the theoretical 
line, which to some extent justifies the assumption made in correcting for 
station errors ; moreover, the continuity of the dots between Australia and 
Bombay suggests that in this region there has been no sudden change in 
the properties of the aneroid. 

In order to see if the systematic error introduced by the pumping of 
the aneroid could be responsible for these low values of gravity, the devia- 
tions from the theoretical formula were plotted against the pumping, ?.e. 
the maximum difference from the mean of each set of aneroid readings, 
fig. 8. No general dependence is to be discerned, for though a defect of 
gravity is usually accompanied by moderate pumping there are almost as 
many instances of excess values under the same conditions. A further 
examination showed that the defects in gravity between Fremantle and 
Aden were greater (nearly twice as great) than could be explained even 
on the assumption that the aneroid readings were too low by an amount 
as large as the extreme measured pumping of that instrument. The only 
evidence in favour of a connexion between the pumping and the defect of 
gravity is derived from the early part of the voyage of ss. Ascanius, fig. 12, 
when the pumping was great because the aneroid was not mounted on the 
spring support. On this occasion, the deviation from the theoretical 
curve was great also, but it is just as possible that this was due to the 
instrument not having been levelled. On the other hand, the curves 
reproduced in figs. 9 and 13, in which pumping and defect of gravity are 
plotted together against time, show little correlation, and on the whole, 
the evidence is against this particular instrumental detect having vitiated 
the results ; it is possible that over-caution has been shown in labouring 
this point ; nevertheless, it is one which must not be overlooked in the 
design of future aneroids to be used for gravity determinations at sea. 

Thus, as far as the evidence goes, the conclusions arrived at by 
Hecker as a result of his investigation by means of the boiling-point 
thermometer are not confirmed, and one may seriously doubt whether 
Helmert’s formula holds over ocean depths as closely as has been 
supposed. 


ON THE DETERMINATION OF GRAVITY AT SEA. 561 


). Variation of Gravity with Depth. 


In fig. 9 are shown the contours of the ocean floors and the correspond- 
ing deviations of gravity from the theoretical formula. As the horizontal 
line represents time, the steepness of the contour is not accurately re- 
presented. Hach circle represents one observation, an open circle indi- 
cating that the observation is not quite so reliable. The results are to 
be accepted with caution, for reasons already discussed. Nevertheless, 
there is a certain consistency about the results which justifies their being 
brought forward. There is, for example, a well-marked defect of gravity 
over the Indian Ocean and over its northern extension, the Arabian Sea, 
and there is a surprising agreement in the contours of the lines of soundings 
and of gravity, which is particularly noticeable in the part of the voyage 
from Fremantle to Aden, and would have been more pronounced if the 
Fremantle observations had been taken as reference points. It is with con- 
siderable satisfaction that I note a certain measure of agreement between 
these results and those made by means of the apparatus I have described 
elsewhere.! The only part of the voyage subjected to a test by this 
instrument was the approach to Colombo and thence onwards half-way to 
Bombay. A comparison of the two is shown in fig. 10. The dotted 
line represents the aneroid results taken from fig. 9, and the black circles 
the observations made with the ‘ gravity barometer.’ The agreement 
is not complete, and I have emphasised it by leaving as open circles those 
which are not in accord. The discrepancy shown by the last three obser- 
_ vations may perhaps be accounted for by a break in the thread of mercury 
which ultimately led to the abandonment of the test (loc. cit.). 

In view of this corroboratory evidence for a fraction of the voyage, I 
feel justified in venturing upon the following brief discussion of the results 
obtained from the aneroid method, especially as it indicates the type of 
problem involved in an investigation of this nature. 

Starting from Fremantle the ocean descends to 6000 metres, and 
gravity falls too; this defect of gravity is displayed until the island of 
Ceylon is approached, and indeed continues after the water has got 
shallow, perhaps due to the influence of the western slope of the moun- 
tains of which Adam’s Peak is the prominent feature. In Colombo 
Harbour the value is high again, though that port is not much farther 
from the mountains. On leaving Colombo the depth increases rapidly as 
the Gulf of Manaris traversed, and gravity falls at the same time in a very 
remarkable way. The subsequent shoaling as India is approached is 
accompanied by a rise in gravity, but not quite to the normal value, and 
there is a persistent defect until! Bombay is reached. The suggestion is 
made that the range of mountains along the Indian coast, the Western 
Ghats, is concerned with this defect, which curiously enough reaches its 
maximum where Mount Hadar 6215 feet, and another 6660 feet, slope 
down to the coast from summits about 25 miles inland. North of lat. 
14° 30’ the coastal range is less pronounced and tails off considerably 
before reaching Bombay, where gravity regains its normal value (Bombay 
was taken as a standard station). 

The dip down of the contour into the Arabian Sea coincides with a 
deficiency in the value of gravity ; the oscillations are probably due to 
experimental errors, but the mean curve is considerably below the normal 


'* Apparatus for the Determination of Gravity at Sea.’ Duffield. Roy. Soc. Proc. 
1916 00 


562 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCipencE.—1916. 


line, and the contour of the bed of the Arabian Sea and the Gulf of Aden 
is followed closely. The floor of the Red Sea is nowhere deep, and there 
is a defect of gravity which is very pronounced as a coral shoal is ap- 
proached, very small in the centre of the sea, and again marked in the 
neighbourhood of Suez. In the Canal a defect of gravity appears which is 
not easily explicable if it is real. The Mediterranean shows an excess at 
first, but a defect over the deepest part. The approach to Malta is 
characterised by a rise in the value of gravity (in conformity with the 
known tendency of island stations), which increases before leaving the 
shallow water south of Sicily and again when on the ridge south of Sar- 
dinia. One may infer either that this ridge is of great density, which may 
account for its capability of supporting Corsica-Minorca, or else that the 
graph should have been dropped down on account of some vagary of the 
aneroid, when the gravity and sea-floor contours would fit together rea- 
sonably. In either case some tendency for gravity to increase as the bed 
of the Mediterranean rises is apparent. The approach to the Straits of 
Gibraltar occasions a pronounced fall in the value of gravity; such has 
previously been observed on the edge of a land mass, even though the 
water is shallow, e.g., south of Colombo and Bombay and in the Red Sea. 

Finally, in the extension of the Atlantic Ocean known as the Bay of 
Biscay there is an indication of a defect in gravity, but not as pronounced 
as in the Indian Ocean, where the depth is the same. 

In fig. 11 the depths are plotted against deviations from the normal 
values of gravity. For shallow water there is little regularity, though a 
general reduction below the normal value, perhaps corresponding to the 
known defect of gravity at coastal stations, but beyond a certain depth a 
diminution of gravity is associated with increasing depth. 

The results, if confirmed, will very seriously limit the application of 
the isostatic theory of the earth’s equilibrium, since over the Indian 
Ocean the value of gravity is -2 to °3 cms. /sec.” less than that demanded 
by the mathematical expression of Pratt’s hypothesis, a very appreciable 
amount in gravitational units. The compensation appears to be less 
complete than the simple theory had led us to hope. 

The above suggestions are put forward tentatively, and with due 
regard to the nature of the evidence upon which they are based. 


10. The Preliminary Experiments on ss. Ascanius. 


Various changes in the disposition of the aneroid were made during 
the voyage, and additions were introduced as experience was gained ; for 
example : (1) the instrument was mounted on the support designed for it 
instead of being allowed to rest on the table, an advantage clearly shown 
in fig. 12; (2) oil damping was substituted for air damping ; (3) a level 
and sliding weights were added to enable the instrument to be adjusted 
horizontally whenever necessary. Discontinuities were thus introduced 
which probably account for the discrepancies in the harbour station 
observations in Cape Town, Fremantle, and Adelaide (fig. 3). On account 
of these the reduced results are scarcely of sufficient value to justify a 
description of them in further detail than is conveyed in figs, 12 
and 13, the data for which have been obtained from the first method of 
reduction described above :— 

(1) The low values of the north latitude observations, fig. 12, are due to 


ON THE DETERMINATION OF GRAVITY AT SEA. 563 


the change in the disposition of the aneroid when mounted on springs, not 
to the pumping being greater, since equal pumping later on occasioned 
no such drop in the value of g. Las Palmas shows a high value with a 
defect on approaching and leaving the island, perhaps because the 
island is built up of material taken from the neighbourhood, but probably 
this is accidental. 

(2) The non-success of the reduction of the aneroid for the latter 
part of the voyage is shown by the impossibly large departure from 
the theoretical values shown in fig. 12. 

(3) The observations have been corrected by taking those of Cape Town, 
Fremantle, and Adelaide as reference stations. Plotting the deviations 
from the theoretical curve against ocean depths, fig. 13 has been obtained. 

The defect of gravity between 0° and Cape Town may be due to the 
absence of a port of reference to the left of the diagram. It is, however, 
suggestively in agreement with the Morea readings in deep water, fig. 9. 

(4) The continuity of the observations between Cape Town and Fre- 
mantle (fig. 13) was broken by various disturbances to the instruments 
already mentioned, but the average divergence of a reading from the 
theoretical value is not more than ‘03 ems. sec.2; if these readings stood 
alone they would support Helmert’s formula and Hecker’s conclusions, 
though the probable error is large in this part of the voyage, the differ- 
ences between successive readings sometimes amounting to suchimprobable 
values as “6 cms./sec.*, This may be attributed to the pumping of the 
mercury barometer, which was so large that a very large proportion of the 
readings would have been omitted if the same standard had been demanded 
as was required for the Morea observations. The pumping of the aneroid 
was, however, within the limits allowed. Between Fremantle and Ade- 
laide the theoretical formula is followed approximately, high values being 
observed as the ship rounded Cape Leeuwin, as in the Morea observations. 


11. Temperature Regulation on Board Ship. 


The Interim Report of the Committee (1915) paid a tribute to the 
generosity of Messrs. Alfred Holt & Sons, of the Blue Funnel Line of 
steamships, for erecting a special chamber for these experiments in the 
refrigerator of ss. Ascanius. 

The chamber was conveniently situated on the level of the dining 
saloon, and was a little above sea-level. Access to it was through the 
‘ handling-room,’ which was at a temperature of about 40°F. The chamber 
had its own system of brine pipes, which could be connected up to an 
auxiliary engine, and it was possible to adjust the number of pipes in 
operation within the chamber. 

An electric fan placed on the floor kept the air stirred continuously 
within. The temperature was read from without by a thermometer 
which could be withdrawn through a hole in the wall. This was read 
at intervals seldom greater than one hour throughout the whole of the 
twenty-four hours by one of the refrigerating engineers, and brine 
pumped through accordingly. , 

Fig. 15 is shown as an example of the success achieved in regulating 
and in compensating for the entrance of the observer. I am indebted 
to Mr. Latham for this diagram, which was drawn from his observations. 
Tt will be seen that it is possible to maintain an experimental chamber 

002 


564 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—191 6. 


at sea sufficiently constant for most experimental purposes. If these 
experiments possessed no other value they would be still useful from the 
demonstration of this result. One may congratulate Messrs. Alfred 
Holt also upon it. 

The outbreak of the war occasioned the transfer of the apparatus to the 
refrigerator of the P. & O. R.M.S. Morea (see Interim Report). It was 
difficult to instal the apparatus, as the refrigerator was only 14 feet above 
the keel and 12 feet below sea-level, and was approached by three narrow 
ladders, but, thanks to the care of Mr. Charlewood and his mate (butchers’ 
department), this was safely accomplished. The writer obtained per- 
mission to partition a good space of the handling-room, but as it was 
done with matchboarding it did no more than isolate it from the hang- 
ing joints of meat and other articles which are more appreciated on the 
upper decks than in the bowels of the ship. At midnight, alone in these 
depths, on a rough night, with carcases waving to and fro in the light 
of a ruby lamp (some of the other apparatus was photographic), a whizz- 
ing fan blowing a blast of snow and air, and the floor frozen and slippery, 
the conditions were not those to be deliberately sought by a scientific 
investigator 

The chambers on the Morea were cooled by air which was blown into 
and extracted from them. The same facilities for maintaining a constant 
temperature were not available, and so the two systems cannot be pro- 
perly compared. 1 think, though, that the brine system is more satis- 
factory and more rapid in compensating for the introduction of the 
observer. It svas found preferable on ss. Ascanius to introduce the brine 
at a temperature as little below that required by the room as possible. 

As the engineers on R.M.S. Morea did not find it practicable to run 
the engines more than twice or three times a day, [ arranged my fan in 
such a way that it sucked from a neighbouring cold-chamber a quantity 
of cold air which it was hoped would compensate for my entry, but it 
did not make much difference. 

It will be seen from fig. 16 that the conditions in the experimental 
chamber on the homeward voyage were much less favourable as regards 
temperature. 


12. Influence of Gravity Deviations upon Meteorological Phenomena. 


Though the effect is necessarily very small, it is just possible that 
under some conditions the influence of variations in gravity upon 
meteorological conditions may prove appreciable. For example, the 
change in the value of g, which a body experiences when it moves E. 
or W., will apply to the motion of a mass of air. A current going east 
(i.e. a westerly wind), being attracted less, tends to rise, whereas an 
easterly wind tends to descend. A velocity of 13:7 knots per hour in an E. 
or W. direction at the Equator is equivalent to a change of barometric 
pressure equal to 0-1 mb. 

There is a considerable difference between the gravitational attrac- 
tion upon a mass of air moving N. or 8. according to whether it assumes 
the velocity of the earth below it or not; for example, the decrease in 
gravity for motion from Lat. 50° to Lat. 45° is equivalent to a change 
of pressure of nearly 0:5 mb. 

Then, again, any wide departure from isostatic equilibrium, such as 
is suggested by this research over the Indian Ocean, may show itself over 


Puate VII. 


950): 


500 


450 
essure in Millibars 
1030 1040 


Tllust 


British Association, 86th Report, Newcastle, 1916. Puate VII 


Aneroid 


Readings 


upor 
the 


970 980 990 1000 i010 1020 1030 1040 


- Pressure in Millibars 
zi rs 


Illustrating the Report on the Determination of Gravity at Sea Fio. 2. 


British A Puats VIII. 


650} > 
= 
o 
@ 
fare 
London 
= Met. Off. 
oO 
Py 
Cc 
<x 


bservation 


British Association, 86th Report, Newcastle, 1916. Prare VIL. 


“Ascanius” “Morea” __ Reading 
| ; Sa 
CapeTown 
| ae 1023-5 mbs 
650} = 2 
|= 
= « 
= O 
4 Fremantle Fremantle Reading _ “Tondon 
lz neers Met Off 
c mbs 
\z Fremantle 1017'S 
l< 
4 Eas 
4 7 he 
4 = 
| London 
600} Met Office Sa 
= Bombay 1010-3 mbs 


Colombo 


| 1000-7_mbs 

| 

| 
360 ding 

‘| Ssaney 

| amour Date of Observation 

June Joly Aug Nov Dec Jan feb Mor Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct. Nov. Dec iy 


i914 1915 


Illustrating the Report on the Determination of Gravity at Sea Fic, 8 


Puate IX. 


rs 


gs 


gs 


I+ 2: millibars 


Fig. 4. 


Web 


British Association, 86th Report, Newcastle, 1916. Pate IX. 


mbs 
I 


Relation between Pumping of 
Aneroid and Mercury Barometers 
under different conditions 


i) 


e S.S.Ascanius before mounting 
Aneroid on Springs 


o SS.Ascanius after mounting 
ee Aneroid on Springs 


0 2 - RM.S. Morea 


Pumping of Aneroid 
1m 


fs 
° 


ae ° 
° Boe A ° ° 4 
i. ° 
° 
20 oo 2) 
° 
° 
T T T 7; 
6 ‘8 10 1-2 millibars 


Pumping of Mercury Barometer 


Illustrating the Report on the Determina Gravity at Sea 


| Pnhate X. 


Fremantle 


o 


Adelaide [Fremantle 


20° 30° 40° 
4 aaa 
Til 


British Association, 86th Report, Newcastle, 1916. Prate X, 


Gye 
Tilbury Sec? 
“See Variation of Gravity with Latitude 


Ajga b+ -5 
Method of Reduction N°l 


. Corrected for Ships Horizontal Motion 0 
Fro. 5 (1) ~ 


Fremantle 
*o 


_~ Same, corrected also for Harbour Station Errors 


fritury leone aden Adelaide| Fremantle 
50° 40° 30° 20 10° \0 10° 20° 30° 40° 


1 


North Latitude South Latitude 
Illustrating the Report an the Dotermina 


of Gravity at Sea 


Fics. 5(I) and 5 (2) 


British 


Tilbury 
ie) 


Fig. 6 


Fie. 6 


Illustra 


Puate XI. 


cms 
Kec? 


outh Latitude 


British Association, 86th Report, 


Tilbury. 


Same, 


SgPimouth 
Fro. 6 (2 Malta 
28 
So suer 
#2 Sgn 
oe 
co} 
2 
Fic. 6(2 
S, 
T 
50 40° 30° 


castle, 1916. 


Variation of Gravity with Latitude 


Method of Reduction N° 2 
Corrected for Ships Horizontal Motion 


os 
~ 
Bombay. Saye oe ae 
: Z 
§*F—~___ colombo FAO 
a5 aCe 
GO 4 . 


corrected also for Harbour Station Errors 


20° 
n 


Prate XI 
cms- 


A 


Fremantle 


So 
7 Adelaide 


Sec? 


pire 


0 


North Latitude 


South Latitude 


Illustrating the Report on the Determination of Gravity at Sea 


Fics.6 (I) and 6 (2) 


British Asso Puate XII. 


Ply A c tiie 
0% 4 J 
Tilbury 
Fia. 7 (1) 
Arg. £*75 
ors 0 
Fia. 7 (2) 
—2*5 
Sb Thala eOfrwe 
50° 20° 30° 40 
i 
outh Latitude 


Illustrating t 


British Association, BGth Report, Newcastle, 1916, Prate XII 


Pl h a pee 
we Variation of Gravity with Latitude te 
Tilbury 


\ Method of Reduction N°3 0 
Fra. 7 (1) oS . Corrected for Ships Horizontal Motion 


Fremantle 
Tea -1-0 


2-0 
F-2-5 
SS 
‘a re 
Az. Ets 
Same, corrected also for Harbour Station Errors 0 
Fra. 7 (2) 


eam ent 
lo 0 10 20° 30° 40° 
it i it i at 1 i ii 1 

North Latitude South Latitude 


Illustrating the Report on the Determination of Gravity at Sea 


Trisury (sts lt Vaden 
50° 40° 30° 2 0° 


Fics. 7 (I) and 7 (2) 


British Associatioi 


Puate XIII. 
A29b Morea 
+4l—Dyo 
+3 
r) 
7 6 
+2 ee 
e 
wn 
BO, 
Be bey 
“2 3 Al mbs, 
> Se 
. e . et. e " 
© 
e e 
e st 
Sg * ee j 
e e 
e Ps ee ° 
e 


Illustrating the 


British Association, 86th Report, Newcastle, 1916. Prate XID 
A2ab Ascanius aa Morea 
+4) yo . dN 5 
° 
cal mb +3 
7 e Y) v . 
+2] fe +2] g oe 
0 e - 5 e ©, . 
2 O85 2 
Boll 2 eae ds 
2 ere . O 2 do. 090 . 
4 0 Aneroid Pumpin > s 2 Aneroid Pumpin 
= 0 2% O pun) 3 BUNgS 
= = ° Toe in “37 4! mbs 3 3 = 3! 4lmbs 
> ° . a 
> 0 > : 
2 ee . ® ° 
s Ss 
. 
2 e 
. 


3 


Illustrating the Report on the Determination of Gravity at Sea. 


Fia. 8. 


Puare XLV. 


British Association, 


Gr 


Colombo 
o--—-a -—— 
! ' / 
! ! / 
! | / 

S ! J ‘fea :. 
: Ie yi ie 4 

ia ei! le P -v 

» u 1 / e 
iP / 
~~" ; if 
\/ 
oO 4 %, 


Broken Curve Aneroid Method 
Circles Gravity Barometer Method 
Preliminary Trial 


llustrating the Repi Fie. 10. 


British Association, 86th Report, Newcastle, 1916. 


Fio. 9. Poare XLV 
Gravit 
Deviations Gravity Voyage of R.M.S. Morea 
| Caen Variation of Gravity with Depth 
\ 
4 Fremantle | 
Colombo 
oe A t eeu 
4 1 Ssh ye j—\ AB 
ae = . / \/ , <x / Pumping 
24 \~ ea Me Nv 
ea ~ i 
aI lV \ Wa . aaa i 
~4- 4000 \ | Indian Ocean u 
= \ J 5 FS! 
-6+ 6000 \_ 
Sept. Oct 
fis | 2 OR ret Re I SY . 
+4 
a Dotted Line Gravity 
D He ES EAD oP Neen Full Line... Pumping 
"a ning 
4 Me Me 
Adena Gal Suez Canal | ~ 
o—to —= Sua Red Sea Je 


ry 


Plymouth 


y WV 
-212000 
J | 
--4-414000 rs 
6000 
i i P 1 1 1 0 1 it 1 1 15 1 At 


Illustrating the Report on the Determination of Gravity at Sea, 


Broken Curve Aneroid Method 
Circles Gravity Barometer Method 
Preliminary Trial 


Fic, 10. 


British Association, 86th Report, Newcastle, 1916. Puate XV 


ee 
+44 Agp-ty, R.M.S. MOREA 
% 
“| ° . 
+24 
+ : 
| : 5 
a> a+ 


6000 METRES 
T 


£000 2008 


Tie al 


Deviations from Theoretical Value of Gravity and Depths 


Open Circles represent Depths less than 100 Metres 
Land and Harbour Stations omitted 


Illustrating the Report on the Determination of Gravity at Sea. 


Fio. 11 


British 4 


oO 


MS 


Deviation of Gravity from Value at Latitude 45° 


1 aS i ee gige 7 aloe 


50° 


South Latitude 


Prate XVI. 


Fremantle 
°o 


British Association, 86th Report, Newcastle, 1916. Puatr XVL 


cms. 
ec? 
+1 
| 
} 
is} Ships Motion 
| in Latitude = are = 
| \ 
| 7 
\% Voyage of ey. 
=I} S S.S. Ascanius SNL” & 
| < ehcp 
| . Capetinnens © 
SS Variation of Gravity with Latitude YA Adelgideo 2 
. Zo (oi8) 
~ 5 of o 
a OP Sees 
~ Poo 
SS °° 
OAc eo 
=. oe ° Fremantle 
—— { ae oe ° 
3 “ ee 
1 ° - 
° 5 jo Be © 
rs a Before t After 
| = eo ar Mounting ,on Springs 
| ° < ° a ' 
| ° 
| ane 7 ' 
+ 23) a |) 
| 
| North Latitude ° ‘ South Latitude 
ew Aro Gee OP ee Nip oc wv " oF ae 7 ar 


Illustrating the Report un the Determination of Gravity at Sea. Ko. 12. 


British Assq 


Gravity 
+4 


+2 


Gravity Variation 
! 
Ls) 


+2 


oO 


Gravity Variation 


Illustrating | 


Puate XVII. 


/ \ Gravity 


Indian Ocean pay P 


Sea Level 


Pumping 


Time 
0 25 
(eo) 
oO e Oe 
Sera abel a Ay 
e 
° 
e 
oo ° 


“Morea” Readings 
in Sydney Harbour 


Open Circles indicate rising or falling pressures 


British Association, 86th Report, Newcastle, 1916. Fig. 13, Prate XVI. 
Gravity 
+4, Voyage of S.S. Ascanius R 
Variation of Gravity with Depth R 
4 y P f 1 a HN poravity 
+2 
| \ | Indian Ocean 
Atlantic Oc R ZN INI { i \ / 
4 anti ean \ 
Bw foNe id ca f fo) ff seatevet 
= pam SF Ng a ay ea pe 
S--2 |2000 iN Aah wt 1! A OSA WAL A Y 
2 oh aa ae Mt y Cape Val 4 —. Pumping 
= \ VAN 
peal rf Town 5 a & ae 
aT = NG See a 
~6 |6000 = 2 
Metres 
re r r Mm 
duly 5 Mo at (Vc a 2\0 a eames ie agloecn 
+4, 
+2) 7% I 
Fremantie A ° 
s \ BA YS ° 
2 J} UNVEIL aaa Adelaide sea Level 4 ee 
2 SS pe ve v 
= LNA 7 2 ° 
> x fi iA =, y . 
> <I Bs 
> Australian t . 
= aoe Morea” Readings 
S L) in Sydney Harbour 
E allen \ Open Circles indicate rising or falling pressures 
July Time Aui Sept. 
2l6 omens Omnia Lammas \s El Mc 
Fio. 1. 


Iuustrating the Report on the Determination of Gravity at Sea. 


British Associatio Puatr XVIII. 


Illustrating the Re} 


British Association, 86th Report, Newcastle, 1916. Puate XVIII 


| | 
8y 8:| Sept.10 ln | 2 | | 14 is | 16 
| | | 
z June 24 4 | | | 
a = A\ = Fees ae f+ [eee 
| 7 \ i 
4 4 f | [ | \ | 
Tox i | | | 
— sjune 25 6 Regulation 10° | | | 
SF | a 4 | | | 
NM SN ae we of sept.i7| 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 ,| 23 
la Refrigerating 8°| | | | 
7 4 June 28 ry\ | | | | 
AU aN A AR Ad \ } Chambers | V/a\ a ila | | : 
5 VAY Vr a rT i J 
J duly 4 A le 
Al ayy Vv [5 12°| = | | | 
5 July sept74| 25 | 26 | 2p” | 2a] | [29 | 30 | 
il : | | | | | 
Bl NAVA SIT 7 (0° | | i if | | 
it iI A walls ] | | / | 
(a SN a Wy a 
| i} | 
oh. = S | i y | 
roe SRS | | | 
s;| SS Fr A$ 7 (Sj[_ | | = ee | a _l| 
A [ | | | 
Aug 3 a eh fee NG iN | | | 
|e 4 | | | 
Noon S-S- ASCANIUS | | RMS| MOREA 
aioe o lean oe eo kel|2 | | | | 4 


Fis. 16. 
Tilustrating the Report on the Determination of Gravity at Sea. Fi, 16, 


ON THE DETERMINATION OF GRAVITY AT SEA. 565 


a long series of observations as superposed upon other and larger effects 
due to temperature changes, and in the same way differences between 
coastal and inland gravity values might be Jooked for in the average 
yearly barometric pressures, 


13. Conclusion. 


In conclusion this paper is intended to be an examination of a parti- 
cular method of measuring gravity at sea, and does not claim more than 
that it shows the limitations of the method. I think, however, that 
from these preliminary observations it may be confidently asserted that 
the general deviation of gravity from the theoretical value over oceans 
of depth of 6000 metres is not of greater order of magnitude than 03 
ems. /sec.2, ie. 8¢/g $ 3x10~* Certain divergences have been found ; 
it cannot be definitely asserted that they are real. Nevertheless, in view 
of the difficulties of a research of this nature, the results have becn given 
in some detail in the hope that subsequent researches will benefit by 
their discussion, and that the problem of the distribution of the material 
of the earth’s crust may be carried a step nearer solution. 

Such evidence as has been adduced points to a defect of gravity over 
deep oceans ; there is also some evidence that there isa defect of gravity 
on the edge of a continental mass, especially if there is a coastal mountain 
range, and that gravity has higher values over isiand stations than over 
deep seas. 

In the Interim Report (B. A. Report, 1915) the Committee has ex- 
pressed its thanks to the Directors of the Blue Funnel and the P. & O. 
lines of steamships, and to the captains and officers of ss. Ascanius and 
R.MS. Morea, for assistance in installing the apparatus and in arranging 
for the conduct of the experiments. In addition to those who have already 
been mentioned, the experimenter is indebted to Mr. William Haddow, 
officer of ss. Ascanius, for working out the ship’s positions at the times 
when the observations were taken, and to Sy. Chief Officer Sandberg, 
of R.M.S. Morea, for similar services on the return voyage. 

Mr. Chaundy assisted in the reduction of the preliminary observations 
on ss. Ascanius, but the bulk of the reductions on both voyages were 
carried out by Miss ©. Mallinson, B.Sc. of University College, Reading, 
under the supervision of the Secretary. 

Mr. F. J. W. Whipple, of the Meteorological Office, has been consulted 
upon a number of occasions upon points which have arisen in connection 
with this research, and in particular with regard to the determination of the 
aneroid constant; the observations made at the Meteorological Office 
were kindly carried out by him, and his help is gratefully acknowledged. 
The two barometers used in this research were made by the Cambridge 
Scientific Instrument Company. The marine barometer had been presented 
to the Meteorological Office, and it was with the Scientific Instrument 
Company’s consent that Sir Napier Shaw kindly placed this instrument 
at the disposal of the writer. The aneroid was specially constructed 
for this research and kindly lent to the experimenter. It is with very 
much appreciation that the Secretary acknowledges his indebtedness 
to the Cambridge Scientific Instrument Company, and in particular to 
Mr. Horace Darwin. It was due to this generous action that a test of 
the aneroid method at sea was rendered possible. 


L916. 


oy 
(=P) 
for) 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE. 


APPENDIX IL. 


Corresponding Societies Committee.—Report of the Committee, 
consisting of Mr. W. WuitaKker (Chairman), Mr. WILFRED 
Mark Wess (Secretary), Rev. J. O. Bevan, Sir Epwarp 
BRaBrook, Sir GEORGE ForpHAM, Dr. J. G. Garson, Prin- 
cipal E. H. Grirriras, Dr. A. C. Happon, Mr. T. V. 
Hortmes, Mr. J. Hopkinson, Mr. A. UL. Lewis, Rev. 
T. R. R. Sressine, and the PRESIDENT and GENERAL 
OFFICERS. (Drawn up by the Secretary.) 


‘ur Committee recommends that ‘The Wimbledon Natural History 
Society’ and ‘The Letchworth and District Naturalists’ Society ’ 
should be admitted as Associated Societies. 

Professor G. A. Lebour, M.A., D.Sc., F.G.S., has been appointed 
President of the Conference of Delegates to be held at Newcastle, and 
Mr. Thomas Sheppard, M.8c., F.S.A. (Scot.), has been appointed 
Vice-President. 

The following subjects will be discussed at the Conference :— 

1. The Encouragement of Public Interest in Science by means 
of Popular Lectures. 

2. The Desirability of forming Federations of Societies with 
Cognate Aims. 

3. The Importance of Kent’s Cavern as a National Site. 


The Committee asks to be reappointed with the addition of Sir 
Thomas Holland, and applies for a grant of 251. 


Report of the Conference of Delegates of Corresponding Societies held 
at Newcastle-on-Tyne on Wednesday, September 6, and Friday, 
September 8. 


President: Professor G. A. Lupour, M.A., D.Sc., F.G.S. 
Vice-President : THomas SuEpparD, M.Sc., F.G.S., F.S.A. Scot. 
Secretary: WiuFRED Mark Wess, F.L.S. 


First Mrerinac, WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 6. 


The Chair was taken by Professor Lesour, who delivered the following 
Presidential Address :— 

Co-operation. 

Quite a number of our Corresponding Societies are either entirely or in part 
of the nature of Naturalists’ Field Clubs, and it is to these that this Address 
is chiefly directed. The great specialised Societies of London and elsewhere 
to some extent conform to the spirit of the Charter of the Royal Society as 
expounded by De Morgan in his Budget of Paradoxes, viz. ‘that all who are 
fit should be allowed to promote natural knowledge in association, from and 
after the time at which they are both fit and willing.’ In other words, a 
certain amount of special knowledge is essential to membership. 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES, 567 


No such qualification is needed before joining a Field Club. Anyone fond of 
Nature in any of her aspects may join freely. There is no probation. Mere 
interest in natural objects suffices, and I take it that the cultivation of such 
an interest is pre-eminently the raison d’étre of Field Clubs. What may te 
called professional men of science are only accidentally members of such clubs. 
In the early days of these associations, when Oxford and Cambridge were the 
only universities in England, and did but little to popularise Natural Science, 
the club members were either collectors of natural objects or friends of these 
collectors who enjoyed sociable rambles with some reputable aim rather than 
solitary country walks. 

The collectors who at first gathered plants, animals, or fossils merely as 
euriosities soon became observers as well, and afterwards all-round naturalists 
of an excellent if somewhat limited kind, Their friends caught the collecting 
ardour, learnt more or less correctly the names of many plants and animals, and 
acquired by actual experience some knowledge of their ways and habits. In 
very varied degrees each Field Club had become a group ot real outdoor or 
practical naturalists. Inevitably small sub-groups began to develop, each 
devoted to some particular department—entomologists, ornithologists, concho- 
logists, fossil-seekers, and so forth. But still, in the days I am referring to, 
many remained interested in all branches and truly all-round naturalists. It 
must be remembered that many things were then new which are now well known. 
A species, even of fair size, new to science, or at least new to Britain or to some 
county, was not the infrequent or almost impossible prize it has now become. 
Captures and: finds such as these enheartened the members, sub-group vied 
with sub-group in the search for rarities, and real study of these was fostered 
amongst the keener and more active. In this way some became specialists or 
at the least local specialists. Publication naturally followed. At first, perhaps, 
brief accounts of excursions and presidential addresses, the latter often by 
local magnates wisely avoiding matters too technical. Next, lists were issued 
of plants, birds, or molluscs noticed during the season. These lists, as we all 
know, are valuable but unequally so. There is a tendency nowadays to sneer 
at lists—a mistaken tendency, I think. The construction of lists (good lists, 
I mean) entails an immense amount of labour of an arid and purely systematic 
kind, and requires accuracy before all things—accuracy of determination and 
accuracy of localities. It cannot be said_ to require much in the way of 
originality or genius, but it is necessary and useful work all the same, and work 
without which complete Floras or Faunas could scarcely get compiled. If such 
lists had been the only outcome of the Field Clubs’ energies they would still 
have justified their existence. 

But the clubs did much more. They all of them probably, at one period or 
another, have been the means of encouraging and fixing the scientific bent of 
minds which without their help would have been lost to science. I refer 
specially to those many remarkable men who, without special training, often 
without any but the slightest elementary education, have done so much towards 
the advancement of Biology and Geology. Every district has produced, excellent 
naturalists of this type, and in most cases their success has been greatly due to 
the opportunities given by local Field Clubs. To take as an instance the region 
in which this meeting is being held, it may be said that without the old- 
established Tyneside Field Club the names of Thomas Atthey, Albany and John 
Hancock, George Tate—to mention a few only—would in all probability never 
have been known. Clubs like these gave the requisite assistance to young men 
of sagacity and intuition, and started them on a career of fruitful observation 
and discovery. 

T am anxious to claim the utmost credit in the past for Field Clubs in the 
performance of functions such as these. The question now arises: are these 
functions performed with equally good results at the present time? I think 
that anyone who has had long and _practical acquaintance with the working of 
such associations will, on consideration, answer this question in the negative. 

A turning-point in the history of local societies, and more especially of those 
of the Field Club character, came some forty or fifty years ago. It coincided, I 
firmly believe, with the great increase in the number of subjects taught to the 
masses of the people and with the establishment of college after college and 


568 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


university after university in every part of the country. We are here concerned 
with the scientific results of the new order of things. One of these results was 
a marked—though some will think by no means sufficiently marked—increase 
in the number of young men trained in the principles of science and practised 
in some branch of it. This was all to the good. A class of potential workers 
in science had come into being. At the same time, however, a still larger class 
had been turned into the world with what may not unjustly be termed a smatter 
of science. It need not be insisted on that the smatterers were not by any 
means always the less noisy, the less self-assertive, or the less pretentious of 
these two sets of men. It could scarcely be otherwise. 

What was the effect of this change on the provincial Field Clubs? The 
newly created class of workers were soon busy at their professional labours—too 
busy for the most part to become active members of the clubs. The smatterers 
on the other hand either joined the clubs in a condescending manner or thought 
themselves too good for them. The influence of this on the clubs was a curious 
one. The old genuine Field Club naturalist was no smatterer. What he knew 
he knew well, from personal observation and from hard private reading, carried 
on often at great sacrifice, for the love of Nature and knowledge. The new 
smatterers were not to his taste; their long words and arrogance drove him to 
silence and spoilt for him the old feeling of club brotherhood and: equality as 
learners and seekers of the less academic days of the past. His modesty pro- 
duced diffidence. Only the more sturdy and independent members resisted and 
went on as before. The others gradually dropped off. The character of the 
club had sensibly changed. 

Again, in the course of years all the flowers, beetles, butterflies, birds, and 
beasts of a limited tract of country have practically been gathered. The lists of 
all the larger objects are complete or nearly so. Only on the luckiest occasion 
can even a new variety be found. Hence the purposes which actuated the eager 
searchers of the past are much diminished in force. Only microscopic organisms 
are left to be sought for. These hitherto unpopular creatures represent almost 
the only remaining quarry, and their search is often difficult, and needs study 
and patient application, together with the use of instruments beyond the reach 
of many. Research of this kind is undoubtedly going on, but it must remain 
in the hands of the few, and these few soon merge into experts and specialists 
and find their way into one or other of the learned bodies dealing with the 
subjects of their predilection. They cease to be general naturalists of the old 
Field Club type. 

A third cause of change in the constitution and outlook of our Field Clubs is 
one which has been effective for a long time. The distance from the metropolis, 
which formerly kept outlying groups of naturalists together, has largely dis- 
appeared with the ease and cheapness of modern means of communication. The 
old insularity of places far from town was an asset as regards the solidarity of 
their scientifically inclined dwellers. This insularity has broken down. A 
Fellow of one of the great London societies, though he reside at Penzance or 
Newcastle, can occasionally attend meetings at Burlington House and listen to 
or even read papers there and meet leaders of science whose names alone were 
formerly known to him. This state of things is no doubt a gain to many a 
worker in the provinces, but it is far from favourable to the Field Clubs as 
they used to be. 

IT have now enumerated and briefly commented on some of the chief factors 
which, in the past half-century or so, have, as it seems to me, been active in 
the evolution of the Field Club type of scientific society. The Field Clubs are 
no longer quite what they were. In some respects they have improved, in 
others they have deteriorated. On the whole they are perhaps more scientific 
than they used to be. I think they produce rather less original work properly 
so called. They perhaps contain more well-known scientific names in their lists 
of members, but a smaller number of their members remind one of the enthusi- 
astic, self-taught, coadjuvant crowds of the past. They are less popular in the 
best sense of that word. Evolution, here as elsewhere, has been of two kinds— 
both progressive and retrogressive. 

Tf it be admitted that T am in any way right in the views I have endeavoured 
to lay before you, we may now proceed to consider whether some means can be 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES. 569 


found by which to make the most of the progress and to check or remedy the 
decadence which has set in. It is pleasing to note that already methods have 
been adopted by several of our societies admirably calculated to do good in the 
right directions. I wish to avoid invidious distinctions, but, as an instance, the 
system of fruitful and promising co-operation amongst local societies in York- 
shire, so capably conducted by our indefatigable Vice-President, Mr. Sheppard, 
may be referred to without fear of criticism. 

In some form of Co-operation I believe the remedy to be sought for lies. 
That word in the present connection is, to my mind, preferable to Federation. 
Federation connotes a certain amount of subordination of the federated units 
to the Union. Subordination, however useful, economical, and wholesome, is 
normally hateful to bodies of the local Field Club kind. The smaller the State 
the greater its devotion to Liberty. Co-operation, on the other hand, if of the 
very mild nature which it is my object to suggest, would, I think, much increase 
the total value of the work done by the smaller societies, satisfy their sense of 
autonomy, which is always strong, and would provide incentives for ca1rying out 
actual observational work by even the least of their members. 

The kind of co-operation advocated, as it must necessarily vary in particulars 
according to the subject dealt with, will be best understood if I limit myself to 
explaining its proposed mode of action in connection with Geology—the only 
branch of science with regard to which I can claim any right to speak. 

The sort of geological work which members of Field Clubs can be supposed 
to undertake is by no means inconsiderable, but a great deal of what is done as 
things stand at present is lost either altogether, or lost for the time being, and, 
like a post-dated’ cheque, cannot be made use of when it is most wanted. 
Tt consists (a) of long-continued observations having a definite object in view, 
the final results of which may provide the materials for a memoir of some 
importance ; or (b) of a number of disconnected records with no one leading object 
in view to which short notes will do full justice [N.B.—Short notes, often 
containing information of the very first importance, are time after time buried 
in hidden corners of obscure Transactions and Proceedings, and thus lie perdu 
often for years. They are amongst the worst features, in one sense, of out-of- 
the-way local publications]; or (c) of mere collections, both useful and useless, 
paleontological or petrological, made according to some sensible plan or not, and 
which may or may not comprise contributions to science worthy of permanent 
notice. 

Under (a) many important subjects of investigation may be cited ; for instance, 
the detailed mapping of stratigraphical subdivisions too small or too poorly 
defined to be included in maps of the Geological Survey. A great deal of 
excellent work of this sort is possible which, while primarily of local value, 
may become of more general interest and utility if it be carried on simul- 
taneously in adjoining areas by members of neighbouring clubs. 

Or, if the region have a coast-line, a systematic record of the changes caused 
by frost, wind, rain, and tide along it, as they take place, carefully kept and 
entered periodically—say every five or ten years—in some form agreed upon in 
common with several other sea-board clubs, must, as the years roll on, become 
of national importance. The lack of such information was strongly impressed 
upon me when, a few years ago, I was asked to gather together all the evidence 
required by the late Government Inquiry on Coast Erosion relating to the 
shore between Tees and Tweed. The authoritative evidence was scrappy in the 
extreme, and landslips, which, by their disastrous effects must have created 
much local interest and excitement at the time of their occurrence, were fre- 
quently found to be without history of any kind or else reported by contem- 
poraries in a manifestly exaggerated or fabulous manner. 

All clubs have rivers, large or small, within their purview. Very few of 
these rivers, however, are watched day by day or even season by season by 
careful geological eyes. Yet there is much to be observed in connection with 
them. The wasting of their banks, the variations in their channels, the rate of 
their flow in their successive reaches, the constantly changing nature and 
quantity of the sediments which they carry, the causes and effects of their 
spates, to say nothing of the chemical examination of their waters—these are all 
good subjects for investigation by club members living on their banks. One 


570 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


club may undertake the work in one portion of the river and another above or 
below, as the case may be. The joint tabulated results, on a pre-arranged and 
carefully considered system, would be of permanent value. 

Again, as regards Fossils. Now that zoning has become so much the fashion, 
the recognition of zones in adjoining areas by means of preconcerted simul- 
taneous collecting in the same beds may lead to far-reaching generalisations. In 
a comparatively short time the value of a zone or supposed zone may be deter- 
mined. It may be shown to be a case of mere local distribution, or it may 
prove to be of vast extent and become a stratigraphical landmark of great 
utility. In this connection I would especially like to call attention to the case 
of strata in which occur coal-seams, oil-shales, ironstones, and other deposits of 
industrial interest. The recent work of many competent geologists has shown 
the great value that may attach to certain beds charged with special plant- 
remains, fish and shell-bands, algal layers, and other horizon-fixing organisms 
in such rocks. Such things have been noticed for years by isolated observers, 
very few of whom have troubled to make their occurrence generally known. 
Lately the continuity of some of these fossil horizons over large areas has at 
last been recognised, and the great value of some of them in fixing the position 
of workable beds of one kind or another has been abundantly proved. But there 
is room for much more intelligently-conducted research in this field, and 
especially for much more rapidly acquired knowledge of this sort. Let every 
Field Club fossil-collector in our coalfields record his finds of such fossil 
‘ indicators ’—if I may so call them; let his records be properly combined with 
those of every other club similarly situated, and it will not be long before a 
really authoritative schedule can be drawn up in which every such ‘ indicator ’ 
is placed in its proper relative position in the column of strata and its horizontal 
extension, upon which its practical utility largely depends, is correctly shown. 
Some of these zones will be then known as of great value, others as of less 
constancy, and some will be discarded as too uncertain for use in practice, 
though they may retain much interest from the purely scientific point of view. 

As regards Glacial Deposits something has already been done in the way of 
co-operation, and that too very successfully. Boulder committees exist in 
connection with several societies, and some have combined their results. I 
should like to see such committees multiplied, and the results of all sifted and 
tabulated on some well-thought-out system, so that all the vast amount of work 
they represent may become readily accessible and ultimately bear fruit. 

In the collection of Borings and Sinkings also a good deal has been effected 
by costly publications issued by some of the great mining institutes, and by the 
invaluable well-sinking records so carefully preserved for us by our past- 
President, Mr. Whitaker. But there is no end to this form of work, and all 
our societies, if they are willing to co-operate, can take part in it with great 
advantage. 

The above are some only of very many directions in which the clubs and 
societies, working on pre-arranged lines with each other, may, in the field of our 
branch of science alone, induce their individual members to take part in wide- 
reaching research with the certainty that no bit of work, however small, will, 
so long as it is honestly and carefully done, be lost (as it now is nine times out 
of ten), but will find its place as a stone in some worthy edifice erected by the 
joint efforts of many others. Co-operation of the sort I have in my mind should 
be so planned that the maximum value in useful results will be obtained from 
the maximum number of co-workers. The enormous saving of time to be arrived 
at by such methods will! be patent to all. The use at Jast found for odd notes 
and notelets, the reduction of size in publications, with the saving of money 
which follows—these are some of the points I rely on in submitting my sug- 
gestions to the consideration of our delegates. The machinery to carry out such 
schemes must be left to those in whose hands lies the management of the 
different societies if they should think any of them worth trying. This brings 
me to my last suggestion. It is that the co-operation I mean could probably 
be made practically effective by the delegates themselves acting as plenipoten- 
tiaries in special assembly for the purpose during the annual meetings of the 
British Association. 

In conclusion IT wish to say that T regard the views I haye expressed as in 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES. 571 


no sense opposed to those of my predecessor in this chair, Sir Thomas Holland, 
whose proposals could, one and all, be adopted concurrently with mine, as, 
indeed, I trust they some day may be. 


Sir Epwarp Brasroox (Balham and District Antiquarian and Natural His- 
tory Society) proposed a vote of thanks to the President, whose Address had 
shown conclusively the value which attached to Conferences such as these. With 
regard to the first question which was about to be discussed, he asked leave to 
explain that the Report which had been laid upon the table was that of a Com- 
mittee of the Council of the Association appointed to consider the subject of 
Popular Scientific Lectures, and was, in fact, an interim report awaiting further 
consideration by that Committee. It mainly consisted of a valuable digest, 
prepared by Professor Gregory at the Committee’s request, of the answers 
received by the Committee to their inquiries; but it also contained certain 
recommendations, with which the speaker himself entirely concurred, but for 
which the Committee as a body were not responsible, and, as these were at 
present without official sanction, their free discussion by the Conference would 
be welcome and desirable. 

The Rev. T. R. R. Sressrve (Tunbridge Wells Natural History and Philo- 
sophical Society), in seconding the vote, said : Our President is so sensible of the 
value of time that the rapid delivery of his Address has left my slow-working 
mind unable to grasp at once all the valuable suggestions he has been offering, 
or even to formulate the compliments you would wish me to offer him in return. 
On one point I venture to make a remark. The faunistic lists drawn up with- 
out expert knowledge may introduce many errors in regard to distribution. 
For this reason I myself in presenting such a list endeavour to supplement it 
with some information which may enable other students to test my trustwourthi- 
ness. The President gives a valuable warning against the publishing, or, 
vather, concealing of important facts in obscure Reports. Much time, also, is 
wasted by the inadequate description of species which celebrated naturalists 
of old often thought sufficient; moreover, rising naturalists in the present do 
not always recognise the increasing need for full illustration by pen and pencil. 


The first subject for discussion was ‘The Encouragement of Public Interest 
in Science by Means of Popular Lectures.’ The Corresponding Societies Com- 
mittee had introduced it at the request of the Council of the British Association, 
the reason being that the special Committee, with Professor R. A. Gregory as 
Secretary, mentioned by Sir Edward Brabrook, had been brought into existence 
to consider the matter. 


The following paper was read by Mr. Percrvan J. Asuron, Extension 
Lecture Secretary of the Selborne Society :— 


The Encouragement of Public Interest in Science by means of Popular 
Lectures. 


Tt has been recently said that much less attention is now given to popular 
lectures than was formerly the case; and if such be the fact, then it is highly 
desirable, at a time when the need for educating the public in science is manifest, 
that the scientific societies should bestir themselves in this matter. 

The report of the Committee appointed by the British Association to investi- 
gate this question will show whether the above statement is correct, and it is 
to be hoped that it will give much valuable information thereon, Whatever the 
consensus of opinion may be as to the relative importance given in the past and 
at present to the spread of popular scientific education, it is incontestable that 
the most pronounced effort of the past would be inadequate to deal with the 
vast opportunities of the future. 

Science must play an all-important réle, both during and after the war, and 
the scientific societies will have to deal with the problem in a broad, enlightened 
manner, and make a determined effort to instil into the minds of the people the 
need of a sound scientific training, treating science in its broadest aspect, and 
applying the tenets of scientific thought to the various ramifications of trade and 
industry. 


572 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


We are concerned here with a discussion as to what the scientific societies are 
able to do in this matter. The problem must be approached carefully and with 
discrimination. Some societies mayi find that their organisation enables them 
to work out their destinies by themselves; others may require sonsiderable 
help; others, again, are in a position to give the help required. 

I conceive that to obtain a proper estimate of the value of the meetings of a 
scientific society their objects must be clearly grouped into two main divisions : 
(a) They should be the ways of educating the people in scientific thought, 
presenting by means of lectures or other activities the fundamental principles 
and modern achievements of science in a manner which will at once arouse an 
interest and enthusiasm amongst beginners; (b) they should endeavour to promote 
and record all local activities in the various branches of thought. Without a due 
regard for the first object, talent will remain hidden, and the second object 
becomes difficult or even impossible to attain. 

The difficulties to be met with in seeking an improvement upon the present 
system are principally three in number: (1) The objects of many societies are so 
framed by their rules as to limit their activities to local pursuits and debar 
them from taking up their proper réle as popular educators; (2) where attempts 
are made to remedy the defect, too much reliance is often placed on amateur 
lecturers (do not mistake my meaning; a man may be the most learned scientist 
of his day, but the merest tyro as a popular lecturer), and well-meant efforts 
lose much of their value by the imperfect or unattractive manner in which the 
remarks are delivered. Versed in technical lore, a lecturer often forgets that. 
his audience can only, understand difficult problems when explained in simple 
language and well illustrated by lantern-slides or experiments. As a means of 
recording local activities this criticism does not apply to the same extent, 
though I suggest that research work loses some of its value by being inade- 
quately explained; (3) the inability of the society to call in the aid of a 
professional lecturer by reason of lack of funds. These difficulties are probably 
applicable to many societies represented at this meeting. 

There is, further, to be combated the criticism, often made against a pro- 
fessional lecturer, that he is not always scientifically accurate. If he has had a 
careful scientific training he should be strictly accurate; and if he understands 
his business he should deal with technical points in a clear and simple manner, 
and should realise that his audience want to be interested, and not to be com- 
pelled to listen to facts which do not appeal to them. 

Such being the difficulties which had to be contended with, the Selborne 
Society endeavoured to found a scheme which would assist local societies in 
securing competent popular lecturers, and I would ask the indulgence of this 
meeting in briefly explaining the steps taken. For some years the Manchester 
Microscopical Society have organised an Extension Section by which their 
members are available to lecture to neighbouring societies; and, taking this 
scheme as a basis for investigation, it was decided that a similar scheme would 
only be possible if material changes in the proposals were made; for we desired 
to offer the services of our lecturers to any town in the United Kingdom. 
Apart from other considerations, lack of funds necessitated the employment of 
professional lecturers. 

Accordingly, we have secured the services of some forty lecturers on natural 
history and antiquarian topics, all of whom have had considerable experience 
in lecturing, and synopses of their lectures have been set forth in a published 
handbook, which is circulated amongst various societies and schools. The 
scheme was inaugurated at an unfortunate time, t.e., just prior to the outbreak 
of war; but, despite the most adverse conditions, it has in a limited way proved 
most successful. Experience has shown that there is a great demand for 
lecturers who are willing to accept moderate fees, but who have the ability to 
deal with their subject in an adequate manner. : Pies 

There have been difficulties in getting in touch with the most suitable societies 
in connection with these lectures, whilst in many cases societies have written to 
say that, the non-professional character of their meetings having become 
established, the present time has naturally not been chosen to make a new 
departure. It is, further, essential that if the societies of moderate means are 
to avail themselves of professional lecturers, the visits must be arranged in 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES. 573 


the way of organised tours. I will take a case in point. Until certain of the 
societies temporarily suspended their meetings, we were able to send our lecturers 
on successive evenings to societies at Teignmouth, Liskeard, Launceston, Exeter, 
Taunton, and Bridgwater, and in each of these cases lecturers were secured at 
fees which would otherwise have been impossible. 

The scheme is at present undeveloped in certain directions, and I would 
mention that we intend to broaden its scope and include more physics and 
chemistry, as well as science as applied to the home and to various industries. 
We should naturally welcome any suggestions towards an improvement of these 
efforts, and at the same time should be pleased to be of assistance to local 
societies. 

In conclusion, I suggest, as the basis of discussion, certain concrete steps 
which could be taken to carry out the needed changes :-— 


1. The objects of the various societies should be carefully scrutinised to see 
whether any alterations in the rules are necessary in order to widen the scope 
of their activities. 

2. A central bureau for the supply of lecturers should be established in order 
that professional or other competent lecturers could be at the service of the 
societies, regulating their visits in a manner which would compensate them 
for their services, and be within the financial scope of the societies. 

3. Where the funds of the society will not permit of direct payment of fees, 
the difficulty of raising the necessary expenses can be overcome by dividing 
the meetings into two classes: (a) special members’ evenings for discussion of 
local or advanced topics; (b) popular evenings, to which a charge for admission 
could be made, and the public admitted. This method has been adopted with 
success in many societies, including, recently, the Selborne Society. Our sub- 
scription (five shillings per annum) being manifestly inadequate to meet the 
expenses of professional lecturers and guides, the lectures and rambles have 
been subdivided, the members’ excursions, under voluntary guidance, being 
continued side by side with a new series of public rambles and lectures under 
professional leadership. 


Since preparing this paper I have, by the courtesy of Professor Gregory, been 
able carefully to read the report of his Committee, and as the same is now 
placed before you I would offer a few criticisms on the suggested recommenda- 
tion, for I observe that by paragraph 7 of the ‘Recommendations’ suggestions 
are invited. 

The recommendations are as follows :— 


(1) That an annual list of public lecturers on science subjects be prepared 
and published, with titles of their lectures. No fees should be mentioned in the 
list, but addresses should be given so that committees organising lectures may 
make their own arrangements with lecturers. Local scientific societies, museums, 
and institutions of higher education should be invited to send the names of 
members of their bodies prepared to deliver lectures to similar bodies elsewhere 
without fee other than travelling expenses, and the names of such voluntary 
lecturers should be indicated in the list by a distinguishing mark. | 

(2) That committees organising public science lectures should include repre- 
sentatives of as many interests as possible, such as Municipal Corporations, 
Trades Councils, Co-operative Societies, Religious Bodies, University Extension 
Committees, Chambers of Commerce, Educational Institutions, local Scientific 
Societies, and like organisations concerned with the daily work and intellectual 
life of the district. eee 

(3) That to extend interest in science, and belief in its influence, beyond the 
narrow circle of serious students, increased use of the bioscope in illustrating 
natural objects, scenes, and phenomena is desirable; and an appeal should be 
made to the interests of all classes of the community by addresses intended to 
show the relation of science and scientific method to national life and modern 
development. : , 

(4) That to carry on the propaganda of efficiency through science, local com- 
mittees should endeavour to secure financial support from manufacturers and 
others affected by national progress, and that local educational authorities he 
asked to provide funds to enable free popular lectures of a descriptive kind, 


574. REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


for children as well as for adults, to be well advertised and for reasonable fees 
to be paid for lecturers and their illustrations. 

(5) That more encouragement should be given at University institutions and 
training colleges to the art of exposition and public speaking for the benefit of 
those students and teachers whose aptitudes may later be usefully exercised in 
promoting interest in science. 

(6) That, while the training of an adequate number of scientific workers is 
of prime importance, it is desirable that everyone should be made acquainted 
with the broad outlines of natural science while at school, and that public 
appreciation of scientific knowledge as an essential factor of modern progress 
should afterwards be created and fostered by means of popular lectures. 

(7) That this report be brought under the notice of each Section of the 
Association with the object of obtaining suggestions upon which organised action 
may be taken in connection with the Gilchrist Trust or independently. 

(8) That the Committee be reappointed as a Committee of Section L, its con- 
stitution remaining, as at present, representative of all the Sections of the 
Association, but with power to add to its numbers. 


The suggestions framed by Professor Gregory are admirable, and contain 
much valuable information, but I respectfully disagree with them in certain 
directions :— 

(1) I doubt very much whether the proposed list of lecturers will be 
adequately utilised by the societies, for if the list be confined to merely the 
names and addresses of the lecturers and the titles of the lectures which they 
offer, there is very little on which the society could base its conclusions as 
to whether the lecturer is suitable or not. Every society has different con- 
ditions to contend with, and only an intermediary between the society and the 
lecturer can judge of the suitability of the lecture. The lecturer himself, 
when approached, will naturally express himself as able to meet its require- 
ments. Such lists have been prepared by certain federations (including one 
of the Corresponding Societies), but, I believe, with varying success. 

(2) A list in which is inserted the name of any lecturer so submitted does 
not carry with it any weight of authority. To be really valuable the list must 
only specify the lectures and lecturers passed as suitable by a recognised body. 

(3) The proposed classification of the list into professional and voluntary 
lecturers is an excellent one, but somewhat difficult of application. | Many 
lecturers frequently lecture voluntarily under special circumstances, but their 
names would not be placed on the voluntary list, and by describing them 
specifically as professional lecturers their services are lost to a struggling society. 

(4) Not only scientific societies and similar institutions should have the 
benefit of such proposals as are finally agreed upon, but these should be com- 
municated to public and private schools, as well as lecture-societies. Schools 
can, however, generally pay fees, and by arranging for a lecture at a school in 
the afternoon and before a society in the evening, both organisations benefit. 
My previous comments as to touring arrangements are aptly illustrated in this 
connection. 

(5) The recommendations as to the extended use of the bioscope are admir- 
able, but some of you will probably instance numerous difficulties in the way of 
carrying out the proposals. Certain cinema-theatres have arranged for cinema 
lectures, and greater co-operation between the cinema and the lecturing pro- 
fession is essential. The Selborne Society has had such co-operation in view 
for some time, and we hope shortly to have definite proposals to submit. 


The above criticisms are put forward as the basis of a discussion which, I 
hope, will contain that critical analysis essential to all constructive proposals. 


A-discussion then took place. 

Professor R. A. Grecory said: I desire to state here that the report on 
popular science lectures to which Mr. Ashton has referred is an interim 
report, and that the recommendations are of the nature of suggestions rather 
than definite conclusions for immediate action. The Committee realises the 
difficulties involved in the preparation of a list of lecturers, and would welcome 
any practical assistance which scientific societies may be able to give in 
connection with such a list. Many societies have suggested that a list should 


CORRESPONDING SOCIRTIES. 575 


be compiled by the Association, and the suggestion made in the report indicates 
one way of helping them. The difficulty as to paid and voluntary lecturers is 
no doubt real, but it is not impossible to find a working plan to overcome it. 
As to the qualifications of lecturers, probably the best plan would be to give 
with the name of each lecturer the name of the society responsible for its 
admission to the list. Societies and committees would soon learn upon whose 
nominations they could depend for good lecturers. What is wanted also is 
lecturers who are advocates rather than scientific investigators, who will carry 
on propaganda work, showing that science and scientific method are essential to 
modern life and national existence. 

The Committee has been reappointed by the Council, and it is hoped that 
by the next meeting a practical scheme will be ready. 

Mr. Marx L. Syxes (Manchester Microscopical Society) pointed out that 
about twenty-one years since he suggested to the Manchester Microscopical 
Society the formation of a section ' for the purpose of extending its work by 
giving to outside societies lectures and addresses on microscopical and biological 
subjects and demonstrations in practical microscopy by members of the Society 
who were known to be qualified for the work by both knowledge of their sub- 
jects and ability to impart it in an interesting and intelligent manner. A com- 
mittee was appointed and the extension section established, its objects being 
the extension of the knowledge of microscopy and natural history to outside 
associations, by means of lectures and demonstrations. A list of lectures and 
demonstrations was printed and distributed to the secretaries of other societies, 
kindred, literary, co-operative, political, and others, and to a number of schools 
in the neighbourhood of Manchester, and in Lancashire and Cheshire generally. 
The movement has been a success from its commencement, demonstrations in 
meunting, manipulation, light, optics, and other branches of microscopy being 
given, and a fairly wide range of subjects lectured upon, chiefly in relation to 
the main objects for which the Microscopical Society was founded. 

The work done is entirely voluntary on the part of the members, it not being 
the intention of the Society to compete with the professional lecturer. Tees are, 
in some instances, asked for from societies who can afford to pay them, but these 
go to the funds of the Microscopical Society, and are devoted to the purchase 
of apparatus, lantern slides for lectures, and similar objects, but in some cases 
not even expenses have been charged. The object has been solely to advance 
interest in science and natural history by means at the Society’s disposal, care 
being taken that only lecturers qualified for the work shall be admitted to the 
lecture list. : 

The Manchester Microscopical Society welcomes any extension of the move- 
ment, feeling that the work done in the past has been justified by its results, 
and any assistance which can be given will be rendered with pleasure. 

Mr. THomAs SHepparD (Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union and Yorkshire Philo- 
sophical Society) congratulated the Conference upon the great value of the 
report prepared by Professor Gregory, and sincerely hoped that something 
definite would be done to assure that his recommendations were carried out. 
Mr. Sheppard referred to the work the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union had done 
by its lecture scheme, in providing popular lectures each winter among the forty 
affiliated societies. It was, of course, obvious that after the present great 
crisis much will have to be done to show that science must take its proper place 
in the life and existence of the country. That can be largely carried out by 
securing properly qualified and able popular scientific lecturers. 

Mr. H. Sowrrsurts (Manchester Geographical Society) said that the tendency 
nowadays seemed to be for the majority of lecturers (outside the members of 
one’s own Society) to require fees, instead of it being the exception as was 
formerly the case; then they seemed only too pleased to have the opportunity to 
speak on the subjects in which they were interested. 

He also reminded the Conference that the Manchester Geographical Society 
formed a lecturing section of its members in 1887. The lectures were called 
Victorian from the year of formation, and a full account of them was given 
by Mr. J. Howard Reed, F.R.G.S., at the Association Meeting at Liverpool in 
1896 (p. 858 of the Annual Volume). 


* Mentioned in Mr. Ashton’s paper. 


576 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Mr. Atrrep W. Oxz (Brighton and Hove Natural History and Philosophical 
Society and South-Eastern Union of Scientific Societies deprecated the pay- 
ment of lecturers. 

Mr. Witrrep Marx Wess (the Selborne Society) pointed out that things 
had changed of recent years, and that it was unfair to ask a man to do what was 
really part of his professional work for nothing. 

The Rey. W. Jounson (Yorkshire Philosophical Society) reported that a 
larger series of lectures than ever before was being given in York, mostly with- 
out fee other than expenses. These attracted as large audiences as before. 

On the general question we had to contend with the fact that all science 
schools were giving these lectures, covering the ground of our earlier lecturers, 
and i only lecturers on advanced subjects were able to attract audiences in 
general. 

The Rev. T. R. R. Sressrne said, with reference to the payment of scien- 
tific lecturers: In Nature recently it was urged, as a reason why science was 
so little thought of in Great Britain, that so much scientific work was done 
without remuneration. Thoughtless persons were only too apt to apply the 
ae current among lawyers that advice gratis is worth just what is paid 
or it. 

Dr. F. A. Barner (Museums Association) suggested that a fresh sub-com- 
mittee was unnecessary. It would be simpler if delegates having proposals to 
make would send them to Professor Gregory, and if the actual work of organising 
were left in the hands of bodies already doing it so well as was the Selborne 
Society. 

Mr. Percrtvat J. Asuvon said, in reply, that the discussion had shown a 
difference of opinion among the delegates; there were (a) those who held 
that to secure competent lecturers fees must be paid; (b) those who con- 
sidered it more in accordance with the dignity of a scientific society that the 
yoluntary system should be maintained. For the latter a list of voluntary 
lecturers would be useful, for the former the Selborne Society’s scheme might 
be welcome. Instances could be cited of the professional lecturers on the 
Society’s staff giving voluntary lectures before scientific societies, whilst in 
a number of cases fees which merely covered expenses were accepted. 

The remarks of Professor Gregory as to the advent of a new type of lecture 
were of great value, and a beginning in that direction by one of the Society’s 
staff was instanced, and at least a professional lecture scheme in this connection 
could be promoted irrespectively of the vexed question above alluded to. The 
discussion had produced valuable criticism, and the British» Association’s Com- 
mittee could be relied on to evolve the most suitable solution of the problem. 


The Conference then adjourned. 


Seconp Mrrrina, Frmay, SEPTEMBER 8. 


The Vice-President, Mr. THomas Suepparp, took the Chair, and Alderman 
Artuur Bernnerr, President of the Warrington Society, read a paper entitled 


The Federation of Cognale Societies. 


According to one of the older standard dictionaries, the word federation is 
derived from the Latin word fedus, a league or treaty, and signifies ‘the act 
of uniting in a league; a league; a union for purposes of government.’ But, 
like many other words, it has gradually acquired a wider meaning, and the 
New English Dictionary, published in 19U1, describes it as ‘the action of 
federating or uniting in a league or covenant. Now chiefly the formation of a 
political unity out of a number of separate states, provinces, or colonies, so 
that each retains the management of its internal affairs; a similar process 
applied to a number of societies, &c.’ In a little book I wrote in 1892, ‘ The 
Dream of an Englishman,’ I ventured to define it as ‘union for common pur- 
poses, liberty in matters of separate concern,’ and essayed to show that, in this 
broader sense, it is a clue to the solution of a host of difficulties, the golden 
key which would unlock great doors of difficulty hitherto most obstinately 
closed, 

In my youthful enthusiasm for the new idea, which had dawned upom me 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES. 577 


with something of the splendour of a revelation, I tried to prove that, properly 
interpreted, it would not only solve the Irish question and pave the way to a 
really United Empire, but by gradual and easy stages lead to a series of similar 
federations and culminate in Tennyson’s sublime ideal, ‘the Parliament of 
man, the Federation of the world.’ 

But my imagination ‘ grew with what it fed upon,’ and, ‘ following the 
Gleam,’ I saw this simple principle not only uniting the nations without in any 
way obliterating their nationality or interfering with their own traditions and 
their local freedom, but gradually linking up the churches, and leading to a 
Christendom in which genuine unity was consistent with infinite diversity, and 
the church catholic was something more than a name. 

A good deal of water has flowed under the Tyne bridges since those early 
years, but I am more convinced than ever that all these things and more may 
be accomplished by the right interpretation of the magic word. 

Events, indeed, have justified my faith, for, since that date, we have seen 
the principle applied with great success in Australia and South Africa, and found 
men of every party feeling towards the simple truth that federation is the only 
way to solve the riddle of these islands consistently with the satisfaction of the 
claims of the various parts of them to what is popularly called Home Rule, and 
to organise the future of our far-flung Empire on a basis which will harmonise 
the interests of the King’s dominions as a whole. And, to give one instance 
only in the realm ecclesiastical, the various Nonconformist bodies in the country 
have long ago drawn close together through the medium of a Free Church 
Council, and are rapidly advancing towards still closer union on the same elastic 
lines. 

And the principle is so simple and so absolutely logical that it cannot 
fail to make increasing headway as the years go by. Why should not any 
group of nations, or of churches, unite in the pursuit of the things on which 
they are agreed, retaining their full liberty of action in the things on which 
they differ? And why should the principle be limited to nations, or to 
churches, or, indeed, be limited at all? The wisdom underlying it has perco- 
lated into ever-widening channels. Capital and Labour are largely organising 
on these lines; and though, even yet, not many really understand its meaning 
and its implications, it has, almost unconsciously, extended its increasing sway 
to almost every field of human activity, and its peaceful triumphs grow from 
day to day. 

<a by the rapid strides which everywhere the new idea was making, 
in 1905 [, ventured to pursue it further in an address which I had the privilege 
of delivering to the members of the Warrington Literary and Philosophical 
Society. ‘The interest in intellectual topics, if we gauge it by the average 
attendance at our meetings, has not,’ I said, ‘kept pace with the growth of the 
town. And it is dispersed among a dozen small societies instead of being con- 
centrated in one really strong, and representative, and energetic body capable 
of drawing to its meetings all the best life of the place.’ I pleaded for a 
“general home, a joint committee, an interchange of meetings and amenities,’ 
suggesting that the Old Academy, the headquarters of the Society I have the 
honour to represent (which set out with a similar ideal in 1898), might well 
become the nucleus of such a scheme, and went on to Say: ‘But even more 
important than a common meeting-place is a common policy, a principle of 
mutual assistance and co-operation. We want to bring together all the folks in 
Warrington who really take an interest in intellectual pursuits. To merge the 
whole of these societies in one great organisation is neither practicable nor 
desirable, perhaps; but it would surely be easy for them to federate; to each 
send representatives to a general council, which would regulate their pro- 
cedure, avoid any overlapping, or any clashing of dates or of subjects, secure 
an interchange of lectures, and arrange occasional joint meetings. In matters 
intellectual as well as military, “union is strength.” .... 

‘I believe that each particular society would benefit by such an arrange- 
ment as I have sketched, and I am confident, however disappointing individual 
societies may seem, that, organised upon this basis, and properly encouraged 
and supported, our collective force would be a revelation. But, if a federation 
of local societies is desirable, why not a national federation of a similar kind? 
Nearly every organised interest in these days has its central council, its 


1916 PP 


578 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


affiliated associations, its annual conference. One thinks at once of the 
Museums and Libraries Associations, or, in a widely different sphere, of the 
Association of Chambers of Commerce, of which, especially, I have some personal 
experience. The Museums and Libraries Associations carry the idea even 
further, and have sprouted out into district associations, with occasional district 
conferences. And, if museums and libraries derive so much advantage from 
periodical opportunities of mutual consultation, and the local chambers of 
commerce attach so much importance to collective influence and frequent inter- 
change of views, why should not these methods apply to literature and to 
philosophy—immeasurably wider in their scope than all the rest together? ’ 

Digging into our forgotten archives, somebody was good enough to disinter 
my old suggestion, and, on the 6th May, 1914, I had the privilege of presiding 
over a meeting of the principal societies of the town which had been specially 
convened to consider it, and, appropriately enough, it was held at the Old 
Academy. The proposal met with general approval, a committee was appointed 
to prepare a definite scheme, and, at a subsequent meeting, on the 10th of June, 
at which delegates from thirteen local societies, representing practically every 
branch of local intellectual activity, were present, the following resolutions 
were unanimously passed :— 


‘1. That a Federation be formed of local societies interested in literature, 
science, and philosophy, or any allied subject. 

‘9. That the Council consist of two members from each constituent society. 

‘3. That the object of the Federation be to co-ordinate and stimulate the 
activities of the various societies interested in all or any of the aforesaid 
subjects. 

“4. That each society contribute to the expenses of the Federation pro rata. 

‘5, That, if possible, a common place of meeting, with suitable equipment, 
be provided. 

‘6. That the Federation arrange for the publication of a Handbook of 
Warrington Societies.’ 

It was agreed to send a copy of these proposals to all local societies which 
might be interested, with a request for their support, and to invite those 
societies which decided to identify themselves with the scheme to send two 
members each to a meeting of the Federation to be called early in the forth- 
coming session. 

And, ‘after that, the deluge.’ This frightful War broke on us, like a storm 
of hell, before the project had matured, and, like many other hopeful and 
progressive movements, it is still in abeyance. . 

T owe the meeting an apology for having ventured to trouble them with all 
these personal and local details, but, after careful consideration, I came to 
the conclusion that I could not put my views before you in any simpler way 
than by telling you, as briefly as I could, the story just as it occurred. I am 
sure that the idea which underlies it is sound, and I am anxious that, when 
peace returns, it should not only be revived in Warrington, but adopted in 
other towns. 

The object which I am anxious to promote is the gradual mobilisation of 
all the intellectual forces of this country. And surely the need was never 
more acute than now. It has become a commonplace, since the Great War 
started, that we are, or have been, one of the worst-organised countries in the 
world. The fact was visible enough before to those with eyes to see, and 
thoughtful men have clamoured for reforms in practically every department 
of our national and imperial life for years and years. But too often they were 
as ‘voices crying in the wilderness.’ And the lesson had to be written in 
lightning before our slumbrous realm would learn. Instead of developing into 
an ordered commonwealth, we had degenerated into a fortuitous concourse of 
contending atoms! Our politics had become a mere scramble for the loaves 
and fishes. Our churches wrangled over things irrelevant, and overlapped and 
competed at every turn. Have you ever seen a threshing-machine working 
without any supply of wheat or oats? The wheels revolve, the paddles heat, 
the sieves go churning to and fro, and the hum and noise of it may be heard 
at quite a long distance. But one peers into the open sacks and misses the 
expected stream of golden grain. So our politics hum and bustle, whilst the 
people vainly wait for the fulfilment of their dreams. And thus our churches 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES. 579 


keep their vast machinery in motion whilst ‘The hungry sheep look up and 
are not fed.’ 

Our industries were animated mainly by the greed of gain, and those of them 
which needed extra brains, and newer methods, and better scientific skill, were 
quietly appropriated by more enterprising lands. Instead of combining to 
make the most of their common country, the classes and the masses stood aloof 
and glared at each other, and ever and anon growled like two packs of hungry 
wolves. Although we were spending more on education than ever before, 
nobody was really educated, and we have not found our educationai Eirenicon 
even yet. As for our Empire, with all its greatness and its latent loyalty, 
with all its untold possibilities in men and in material, it was such a ramshackle 
arrangement that one cannot wonder at the Germans for thinking that, when 
the grim hour struck, it would incontinently fall to pieces. And as for the 
world, the best that it could do, after an infancy of unimaginable years, was 
to use its ever-growing powers for purposes of sheer destruction, ‘ plot mutual 
slaughter,’ and ‘reel back into the beast.’ But amid the chaos there has 
been the vision of the ‘men with growing wings.’ This welter of blood 
and sorrow has revealed such heights of human nobleness ag we had never 
dreamed of; such possibilities of properly co-ordinated effort, turned to less 
ignoble uses, as the bravest hitherto had scarcely ventured to conceive. 

One of the most disheartening experiences which comes to us all, at times, 
is the sense of loneliness in the pursuit of any great ideal, and this is par- 
ticularly true in the realm of science, literature, and art. The people who really 
care about these things, especially in small provincial places, are so few, the dis- 
couragements so many, that sometimes we are half inclined to abandon the 
pursuit as hopeless, and echo the lament of Elijah in the Wilderness, ‘ And I, 
even I only, am left.’ But Elijah was a moody misanthrope, and, while he 
was egotistically hugging to his breast the delusion that he was the only genuine 
prophet that remained in Israel, it was revealed to him, in the very depths of 
his despair and darkness, that there were seven thousand others, every one of 
them perhaps as loyal and as staunch ag he. It is so easy to lose faith, and so 
futile. And appearances are often so misleading. How many of us who have 
been working patiently for any good and worthy cause, especially in matters 
intellectual, have been disposed to echo the old cry, and, seeing all our efforts 
unavailing, ‘and the high purpose thwarted by the worm,’ have felt inclined 
to give it up. Little Belgium might have felt like that, and Serbia, and Monte- 
negro, and French’s ‘contemptible’ but ever glorious ‘little army.’ But, 
instead of this, they ‘stuck their corner,’ and the months went by, and now 
the tramp of the innumerable millions comes to cheer them, and the ‘ forlorn 
hopes ’ of yesterday are the splendid and triumphant armies of to-morrow. 

But, just as in the War we are learning to organise and mobilise our forces, 
on land and in the air, and on the sea and under it, in workshop and in factory, 
at the forge and at the plough, and thus are building an unconquerable force 
to fight for freedom and for righteousness, so we ought to mobilise the whole 
of our intellectual resources and lay them all upon the altar of the common 
weal. The individual, feeling helpless and disheartened, seeks for congenial 
spirits, and they unite to form a society. But the societies themselves are 
often isolated and comparatively ineffectual. Yet in nearly every town there are 
other men and women, and other societies with similar objects, feeling lonely 
too, and often enough unconscious of the neighbourhood, or even of the exist- 
ence, of the rest. Taken separately, they have a curious sense of impotence. 
If they could but be brought together, and organised, and co-ordinated, a new 
enthusiasm would inspire them all. Instead of competing, they, ought to 
co-operate. Societies with identical aims might unite, or form small federa- 
tions of their own. 

The idea which I have thus endeavoured to expound was intended, in the 
first instance, as I have said, to apply to literary and philosophical societies. 
But there is not any earthly reason why it should be restricted to them. The 
local federation whose foundations have been laid in Warrington, for instance, 
included, in addition to our own Society, which is primarily antiquarian, the 
Arts and Crafts, the Literary and Philosophical, the Philomathic, the Musical, 
the Photographic, the Shakespearean, the Esperanto, the Caledonian and the 
Welsh National Societies, the Field Club, the Municipal Officers’ Guild, and 


PP 2 


5RO REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


the Workers’ Educational Association, and the list might be extended, reduced, 
or modified at will. Each of these bodies will, of course, if our scheme matures, 
retain its own officers and manage its own affairs, but matters common to them 
all will be decided by the Federation as a whole, or by its Executive Committee. 

A somewhat formidable list of questions has been sent out to the members 
of the British Association, inviting their opinion as to the reason for the 
comparative unpopularity, in recent years, of scientific lectures. May I respect- 
fully suggest that such a federation as we contemplate would probably do 
much to solve the problem? In my own town, for example, we have at least 
three institutions, the Warrington Society, the Literary and Philosophical 
Society, and the Philomathic Society, whose activities, upon one side, at any 
rate, are practical identical. But not one of them is able to obtain, except on 
rare occasions, a really satisfactory audience. Their dates sometimes conflict ; 
if, as otten happens, the same people are members of two or more of the 
societies, they cannot, in these crowded days, find time for all the lectures. 
Suppose that, under such a scheme as I outline, they held their lectures on 
alternate dates, gave interchangeable privileges of membership, organised joint 
lectures, and, from time to time, by pooling their resources, obtained the services 
of some prominent outsider, their united efforts would achieve success. Then 
possibly lecturing might cease to be a lost art, or a rambling and discursive 
talk round lantern slides or moving pictures, as it very often is to-day. 

That brings me to another point we contemplated in our local scheme. The 
different societies at present meet in different places—ranging from ‘ pubs.’ 
to clubs, and from masonic halis to church parlours. These are not always 
available, are often inconvenient, and are seldom able to offer the facilities 
which such societies require. And the rooms are either too small for the 
occasional, or too big for the accustomed, audiences. A federation might 
secure, or even build, in every town, appropriate premises containing a hali 
for public lectures, fitted up with a screen and lantern and the other requisite 
appliances, a reading room and library, with smaller rooms for less important 
meetings and other necessary purposes. This is quite beyond the power of 
separate societies as a rule. It might be practicable if they concentrated 
their resources. They would find a common home, and common interests, and 
their zeal would soon become contagious and each encourage and inspire 
the rest. Possibly club privileges might be added, as in the case of the 
Old Academy. The suburbs and adjacent villages might be linked up more 
or less closely with these urban federations, or form smaller federations of 
their own. On these lines, we might light, in every part of England, a series 
of intellectual candles which all the world’s indifference would not readily 
put out. 

i Of course, my project would not end with towns, or suburbs, or even 
with adjoining places. District federations, as I have already indicated, would 
be a natural corollary, and each of these, in turn, would stimulate and_co- 
ordinate the intellectual life of its own area. I have already given illus- 
trations, and I need not labour the matter. Just as the adjacent towns were 
linked up with the district federations, so these, in turn, would be linked 
up with the central organisation, national, imperial, or cosmopolitan, as the 
case might be. Every branch of intellectual activity might have its corre- 
sponding groups of small societies united in a series of federations—say, a 
federation of field clubs, or astronomical, or geological, or geographical, or 
botanical, or zoological, or antiquarian, or literary, or musical societies. The 
principle is sufficiently elastic to embrace them all. Whenever there is a 
common purpose there ought to be united effort to secure it. Wherever there 
is room for local independence and initiative they ought to be maintained. 
Suppose, for the sake of argument, that all the scientific societies in the Kingdom 
sent representatives to the British Association! Suppose that all the societies 
interested in letters sent representatives to the Royal Society of Literature, 
or some new central body! One of the latest is an International Institute of 
British Poetry, by the way. Suppose the Royal Society of Arts became the 
foster-mother of a federation of societies interested in painting, in sculpture, 
in music, and the rest! Individual membership, as in the case of some of the 
existing organisations—the British Association itself, for example—might be 
supplemented by representative authority. And, if existing institutions did 


CORRESPONDING SoclTiES. 581 


not lend themselves to these developments, new institutions might be started 
on more liberal and democratic lines. And all these different bodies might be 
linked together in their turn. As a matter of fact, this Annual Conference 
of Corresponding Societies, in some respects, might well be taken as a sort 
of working model. It is, at any rate, an admirable illustration. A number 
of societies with cognate aims, each busy with its own activities and managing 
its own affairs, unite for consultation by sending delegates to a central meeting, 
which appoints its own officials and brings the various scattered units into 
closer touch. That, according to my view, is federation. The process simply 
needs extending, the Annual Conference developing into a definite system of 
continuous co-operation, and the scheme I advocate, in one particular depart- 
ment of our intellectual activity, at any rate, is actually achieved. 

But why should we stop at this? Literature and Art are the ‘ beautiful, 
but ineffectual, angels’ who have too long been ‘beating in the void their 
luminous wings in vain.’ They want to ‘plump their exquisite proportions 
on bread and butter ;’ to apply a little practical common sense to their methods. 

Thus I end where I began. If in the simple principle of ‘ union for 
common purposes and liberty in matters of separate concern’ we may unite our 
forces for social progress and imperial safety; may harmonise the claims of 
nationality and empire; of human brotherhood and patriotic pride in our own 
land; of separate worship and of the great common faith; if it will subdue the 
strife of races and the clash of creeds, till 


‘ All in their unlikeness blend 
Confederate to one golden end,’ 


aud war becomes a thing impossible—a hideous nightmare of a dark and 
dreadful past—the magic word may likewise be the ‘Open Sesame ’ to not less 
notable achievements in the things which matter most of all—the realm which 
embraces all knowledge, and is as wide as that ‘ universal creation which,’ in 
the language of Camille Flammarion, ‘is an immense harmony, of which the 
Earth is but an insignificant, rather uninteresting, and unfinished fragment.’ 

Mr. Witr1AmM Wuitaker (Croydon Natural History and Scientific Society) 
expressed his appreciation of the paper, and thought that much might be done. 
He strongly objected, however, to the way in which the author ran down our 
own country, for he held that we organised grandly. 

Dr. J. F. Tocner (Buchan Field Club) said that in the North of Scotland a 
Federation of Northern Scientific Associations had existed for many years. 
At the meetings of the combined societies, held annually in various centres in 
succession, papers were read and ideas exchanged with great benefit to the 
individual bodies. For a specific object federation was an excellent principle. 
He did not fully agree with the view of Mr. Whitaker that organisation of 
effort was a special feature in the British Isles, but he had no doubt whatever 
that the capacity of organisation of Britons was high. He cordially supported 
the idea of federation, not only in scientific matters, but also in the political 
field. It should not, however, be imagined that federation was an instrument 
which could secure the maintenance or increase of racial fitness. 

Mr. H. Sowsrrsurrs mentioned that about four years ago the Educational 
Societies of Manchester joined together in a loose kind of federation. Each 
of about 30 Societies sent two representatives, usually the Chairman and the 
Secretary, to form a ‘Committee of the Associated Educational Societies’ ; 
this Committee elected a small Executive Committee of about a dozen forming 
a permanent body. LEach Society paid a contribution of 5s. per year to cover 
postage, printing, &c. ‘The three main objects were to hold an Annual Reunion 
of all the members, to avoid clashing of the ordinary meetings of the Societies 
with one another, and to arrange, if possible, for open meetings to be held by 
the different Societies. Of course, each Society goes on as before with its 
ordinary proceedings. 

He further remarked that, with reference to the suggestion of a common 
room for a Federation of Societies, especially if arranged for by an outside 
body, there seemed to be two difficulties, (1) as to who should have preference, 
and (2) if there were many Societies in the Federation, and as there are only 
six weekdays, one room might not suffice. 

The Cuarrman (Mr. Sheppard) regretted very much that the War prematurely 


582 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


concluded the excellent scheme which the author had formulated at Warrington. 
He hoped that in a few years’ time Mr. Bennett would come forward and 
inform the Conference what real success had attended his efforts. Mr. Sheppard 
referred to the work of certain Unions, which cover districts; and saw no 
reason why a similar scheme should not be successful in a town where many 
different societies exist. 

Dr. Wi11am Lawson (Statistical and Social Inquiry Society of Ireland) 
supported the views in the paper. He hoped that more Societies would be 
affiliated to the Alssociation, and dwelt on the advantage to Societies in Ireland 
being brought in touch with the Association by being represented at its meetings. 

Mr. M. A. B. Grimovur (Andersonian Naturalists’ Society) showed how 
natural history societies of the south-west of Scotland are coming together. 

The Rev. T. R. R. Sressrne said: Sir Daniel Morris has kindly left it to 
me to explain how in some respects Mr. Bennett’s desires have been already 
satisfied. Besides the great organisation of science in the north of England 
with which our vice-president, Mr. Sheppard, is so intimately connected, we 
have in the south-west of England the Devonshire Association for the Advance- 
ment of Science, Literature, and Art, founded in 1862, and for the past twenty 
years the South-Eastern Union of Scientific Societies has been doing its best to 
carry out the principle of co-operation on which it was founded. Its title is 
commonly abbreviated into S.E.U.S.8., suggesting that we wish to see our- 
selves as others see us. The objects indeed at which Mr. Bennett is aiming 
are no doubt highly desirable. But the attainment of such aims seems ever to 
be tinged with Utopian romance, for it can scarcely be forgotten that the 
present war broke out on August 4, 1914, while, I believe, the 15th of that very 
month, by the fine irony of coincidence, had been arranged for the opening of 
the International Peace Congress in Austria ! 

Mr. Jonn Asuwortn (Manchester Geological and Mining Society) pointed 
out that the Manchester Geological and Mining Society was federated with 
the Institution of Mining Engineers, Professor Louis being its delegate, along 
with the other Mining Institutes, except that of South Wales, which in time 
may join. Consequently his Society received all the other transactions, and the 
scheme so far works satisfactorily. 

Alderman Brnvert, in replying, said that he did not intend to suggest that 
England was not able to organise, but that, as a@ matter of fact, she had not 
organised. He felt that, if she really rose to.the height of her opportunities, 
there was not any nation in the world which was capable of greater things. 
In spite of all the horrors of the war, he was still a believer in Utopia, and 
was of opinion that the universe would stultify itself if ‘ good’ were not the 
‘final goal of ill.’ He was deeply grateful to the audience for their kind recep- 
tion of his paper, and was delighted to find that the idea he had so long been 
advocating was making such satisfactory progress. He was more and more 
convinced that Federation was the clue to the solution of many of our difficulties, 
social, political, religious and intellectual, and, if he were in order, he should 
like to bring the discussion to a practical conclusion by moving : 


‘That the Committee of the Conference of Delegates be requested to recom- 
mend the various constituent societies to consider the desirability of forming 
local and national federations of societies with kindred aims.’ 


This proposition was put to the meeting and carried. 


Mr. Witu1am Wuiraxker, in the absence of Mrs. Hester Forses JULIAN 
(Torquay Natural History Society) owing to illness, read her paper on 


The Importance of Kent’s Cavern as a National Site. 


It is the unanimous opinion of geologists and anthropologists that the site 
of Kent’s Cavern is of national importance, and, as such, should be properly 
secured. This question, and the larger one of the nationalisation of similar 
places, will be discussed by the delegates, and in this paper I shall confine 
myself to a brief description of the explorations conducted by my father, 
William Pengelly, F.R.S. The intervening years have served to securely esta- 
blish their value, for, in the words of the late Lord Lister, ‘the importance of 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES. 583 


his acutely planned and perseveringly conducted cave exploration is recognised 
throughout the scientific world.’ 

The accounts of the different deposits and the various remains found therein 
are here only briefly alluded to, for the 16 yearly reports of the Kent’s Cavern 
explorations, written by William Pengelly himself, have been published in 
full in the Reports of the British Association. For want of time I also pass 
over the question as to which of the implements exhumed may be considered 
to be of the Magdalenian, Acheulean, or Chellean type. 

As long ago as 1846 William Pengelly and his friends, Mr. Vivian and Dr. 
Battersby, received from the Torquay Natural History Society a small grant 
to enable them to make some researches in Kent’s Hole. It was visited and 
slightly investigated by Mr. Northmore and Sir W. Trevelyan in 1824, and 
partially explored by the Rev. J. MacEnery in 1825, and by Mr. R. A. C. 
Godwin-Austen in 1840. The results of these fresh investigations by William 
Pengelly and his colleagues were communicated to their own Society and to 
the Geological Society, and an account of all the earlier work done at the 
cavern has been given by my father in the Transactions of the Devonshire Asso- 
ciation. Although important results were obtained, and it was proved that the 
flint implements and the remains of extinct animals did occur together in the 
same deposits, public opinion was unprepared to accept some of the most 
striking conclusions. It was not until nearly twenty years had elapsed, and after 
the exploration of Brixham Cavern, that a committee was appointed at the Bath 
meeting of the British Association in 1864 for the regular exploration of the 
cave. 

This exploration at Kent’s Hole was undertaken by a committee, but, again, 
practically almost the whole of the work fell on William Pengelly. The 
excavations commenced in March 1865, and were concluded in June 1880. The 
proprietor, the late Lord Haldon, placed the cavern entirely in the custody of 
the committee, but since his death it has fallen into other hands. 

The cavern is about a mile east from Torquay Harbour in a small wooded 
limestone hill on the western side of a valley which terminates about half a mile 
southwards on the northern shore of Torbay. There are two entrances to the 
cavern, about fifty feet apart, in the face of the same low, vertical natural cliff, 
running nearly north and south, on the eastern side of the hill. Both these 
entrances are about six feet in height and rather more in width, thus affording 
easy access to the cave. 

Much ground still remained intact, although Mr. MacEnery and other 
explorers had broken up some portions of the deposits. William Pengelly 
therefore selected for the first attempt a part of the cavern called the Great 
Chamber, which was not only intact, but also seemed likely to present few 
difficulties in exploration. The material which composed the floor of the cave 
exhibited, as a rule, the following downward succession: blocks of limestone, 
sometimes very large, which had clearly fallen from the roof, a layer of mould, 
almost black, ranging from only a few inches to upwards of a foot in depth, 
known as the black mould. Beneath this was found a floor of granular 
stalagmite, firmly attached to the walls, seldom less and frequently more than 
a foot in thickness, doubtless formed by the drip of water from the roof. Next 
a local band of black earth showing evidences of fire. Then a red cave-earth 
or loam, containing many limestone fragments, varying in size from bits not 
larger than a sixpence to masses hardly less than those lying on the surface of 
the mould; this exhibited no signs of stratification, and contained numerous 
interesting remains. Later the crystalline stalagmite was discovered, and the 
oldest deposit, a breccia-detritus of Devonian grits, containing ‘ nodule’ tools 
and bones of cave bear. 

When the explorations commenced, only three deposits were known, namely, 
the black mould, succeeded by the granular stalagmite, overlying the cave- 
earth. However, as the work proceeded, a section was laid bare, which clearly 
showed in downward sequence the floor of granular stalagmite, then the cave- 
earth, next the crystalline stalagmite, and finally the breccia. 

The importance of my father’s discoveries in Kent’s Hole of flint tools and 
weapons rudely chipped by prehistoric man was increased by the evidence of 
a gradual advance in the character of the implements, and supplemented by 
the further bringing to light of bone needles and harpoons. The revolution 


584 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


which Darwin’s theory (promulgated in 1859) made in the conception of the 
order and inter-relation of life-forms was scarcely more momentous than that 
wrought by the discoveries of various geologists, to which William Pengelly 
himself contributed through his work at Brixham Cave and Kent’s Hole, since 
the old beliefs concerning man gradually gave way before the proofs of his slow 
advance from savagery to civilisation. The exploration soon rewarded the 
geologist by yielding many remarkable specimens, and in the reports rendered 
at Birmingham in 1865, and at Nottingham in 1866, he described the various 
objects met with, which included implements of human origin, together with 
remains of mammoth, cave-bear, and their extinct contemporaries. 

In the report for the year 1867 (the third) which he read at the meeting 
at Dundee, my father mentioned the human jaw in which so much interest 
has recently been taken by Dr. Duckworth. This was found deeply embedded 
in granular stalagmite, and was described in the following manner :— 

‘The human remains are a tooth and a portion of an upper jaw containing 
four teeth. They were found lying together in the vestibule about thirty feet 
from the northern entrance of the cavern, and deeply embedded in the floor, 
which was twenty inches thick. These interesting relics—the most ancient 
remains of man’s osseous system which the cavern has yet yielded—were fonnd 
on the 3rd of January 1867.’ 

‘There is reason to believe that a few persons continue to be sceptical 
respecting the artificial character of even the best unpolished flint implements 
found in the cavern or elsewhere. The Committee venture to entertain the 
opinion that the evidence which the last twelve months have put into their 
possession renders it impossible for anyone to doubt that man occupied Devon- 
shire when it was also the home of the now extinct lion, hyena, rhinoceros, 
mammoth, and their contemporaries.’ 

‘ Of the tools, two . . . the bone awl and the harpoon [were] found in the 
black band, beneath the stalagmitic floor in the vestibule. . . . In this same 
thin band there occurred, with the implements just mentioned, teeth of rhinoceros, 
hyena, and other of the common cave mammals; and the story they tell is at 
once clear and resistless. These, however, are neither the only nor the best 
bone implements which have been exhumed. Two others have been met with, 
and both of them in the red cave-earth below the black band. One is a portion 
of a highly-finished harpoon two and a quarter inches in length, and differing 
from that previously mentioned in the form of its point, and being barbed on 
two sides. . . . This implement was met with in the vestibule, in the second 
foot-level of red cave-earth. Vertically above these two feet of loam there lay 
the black band about three inches thick, and containing flint flakes and remains 
of extinct animals. Over this again came the stalagmitic floor eighteen inches 
thick, granular towards its base, crystalline and laminated towards the upper 
surface, continuous in all directions, unquestionably intact, and without fracture 
or crevice of any kind, and superposed on this was the ordinary black mould, 
with Romano-British potsherds. . . . The second bone tool from the cave-earth 
is a well-finished pin three and a quarter inches in length.’ A bone needle, 
partially covered with stalagmite, was also found during the year’s exploration. 

Professor Boyd Dawkins and Mr, Ayshford Sandford visited Torquay in 
the autumn of 1868 for the purpose of inspecting and assisting in the classifi- _ 
cation of the bones found in the cavern. 

According to his invariable custom, the explorer attended the British Asso- 
ciation which met at Exeter in 1869, and, the city being near Torquay, many 
of the geologists present took the opportunity of visiting the cave under his 
guidance, and discussing the various problems suggested by the deposits. At 
the gatherings of the Association at Liverpool in 1870, and at Edinburgh in the 
following year, the discoveries made at Kent’s Hole excited exceptional interest 
and attention, especially in the northern capital. 

My father announced an important ‘find’ in the following words at the 
close of his annual report (read before the Geological Section at Brighton) : ‘ The 
other specimen is a well-marked incisor of Machairodus latidens, found July 29, 
1872. One of the hopes of the Cavern Committee, in commencing their 
researches, was that they might find some traces of Machairodus. This they 
have never abandoned, though year after year passed away without success. 
and they cannot but express their gratitude to the body whose patience and 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES, 585 


seoabty has enabled them to continue their labours until this hope was 
realised.’ 

William Pengelly was President of the Geological Section of the British 
Association at Plymouth in 1877, and chose for the subject of his address ‘ The 
History of Cavern Exploration in Devonshire.’ A strong body of geologists 
attended, and afterwards came to Torquay to witness the memorials of a 
vanished past under the President’s direction. They were enthusiastic in their 
appreciation of the wonders of the cave and the specimens disinterred from it. 

The sixteenth and last report, presented at Swansea, records the completion 
of the work in June 1880, and gives an account of a second and deeper excava- 
tion in that part of the cavern named the Long Arcade. This was especially 
interesting, being carried to an additional depth of five feet below the bottom 
of the four-feet excavation, making a total depth of nine feet below the bottom 
of the floor of granular stalagmite ; it was thus made almost entirely in the well- 
known breccia. Only eighteen finds were made. Three good ‘nodule’ tools 
were met with in the eighth foot-level, and several flint chips in the ninth 
or lowest. Of the animal remains two were bear’s teeth, and one the crown of 
the tooth of a rhinoceros. No animal relic was found beneath the seventh 
foot-level. 

It is worthy of remark that this second and deeper excavation yielded a 
greater number of archeological than of paleontological finds. 

A list comprising the more important mammals found in the cave-earth of 
Kent’s Hole may be of interest, and is therefore appended :— 


Felis leo, var. spelea, cave lion . a . a A . abundant. 
Machairodus latidens, sabre-toothed tiger . . . .«. very rare. 
Hyena crocuta, var. spelea, cave hyena . . «.  . very abundant. 
RIDES TW OLE Mss in suet wceviniok ai rriness inch, aiwaeh fous tones 

Canis vulpes, var. speleus, large fox . . . . ~~ Yate. 


Guloiluscis.clutton,.. ys) ie 2 8 fad suisse EVERY TSEC. 
Ursus speleus, cave bear Micah tse 2 tees enundant. 
Ursus ferox, grizzly bear Sieben healt lod yews os abundant. 
Ursus arctos, brown bear Sharkent 2 aplieetne pallid) nou SGSkees 

Elephas primigenius, mammoth Sie) <b) 2M vas! yO Very commons 
Rhinoceros tichorhinus, woolly rhinoceros . . .  . abundant. 
Eyuus caballus, horse P F 4 3 . 4 3 . very abundant. 
DOM Premigentus, ULUS\ ss fs flak piteelee “we | is )18Canee. 

Bison priscus, bison Mites Wise ei. ice. beta Sule oi jabundants 
Cervus megaceros, Irishelk  . : 4 3 c p . not uncommon. 
Cervus elaphus, stag . E . F P = 2 . abundant, 
Cervus tarandus, reindeer 5 2 % 7 ¢ 3 . abundant. 
RTE. OTC. Saisie ah cl iis |) Wisye Beh) eh jet KOECE 

Lagomys speleus, cave pika . . . .«. «. «. «| veryrares 
Arvicola amphibius, water vole . . . .«. +. +. YFare. 

Arvicola agrestis, field vole. “ A i - 3 = rare. 

Arvicola pratensis, bank vole. . . . . +. =~. very rare. 
BERTIE SOGOU en rb to, sie Gemeel ate ef | Ghul uo peBCANCOS 


The fauna of the breccia consisted almost exclusively of remains of bear, 
but there were traces also of lion, fox, and deer. 

Calling attention to a matter of great importance in comparing the implements 
found in the breccia and the cave-earth, my father writes :— 


‘A glance at the implements from the two deposits shows that they are very 
dissimilar. Those from the breccia are much more rudely formed, more 
massive, have less symmetry of outline, and were made by operating, not on 
flakes purposely struck off from nodules of flint or chert, as in the case of 
those from the cave-earth, but directly on the nodules themselves, all of which 
appear to have been obtained from accumulations of supracretaceous flint gravel, 
such as occur about four miles from the cavern. There seems no doubt that the 
breccia men were ruder than those of the cave-earth, and this is borne out 
by the fact that, whilst the men represented by the less ancient deposit made 
bone tools and ornaments—harpoons for spearing fish, eyed needles or bodkins, 
probably for joining skins together, qwls, perhaps to facilitate the passage of 


586 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


the slender needle or bodkin through the tough thick hides, pins for fastening 
the skins they wore, and perforated badgers’ teeth for necklaces or bracelets— 
nothing of the kind has been found in the breccia. In short, the stone tools, 
though both sets were unpolished and coeval with extinct mammals, represent 
two distinct civilisations. It is equally clear that the ruder men were the more 
ancient, for their tools were lodged in a deposit, which, whenever the two 
occurred in the same vertical section, was invariably the undermost.’ 

The deposits differed very markedly in character, being frequently ‘separated 
by stalagmite, a breaking up of which and partial clearing out of the breccia 
having preceded the deposition of the cave-earth; my father, therefore, drew 
the inference that there must have been a period of time between the two, 
incapable of compression within narrow limits, and representing a great 
chronological interval. 

The trouble of inspecting the disinterring of the cavern-remains from their 
resting-place, and the patience and skill required in identifying them, can 
hardly be estimated by those who have not undertaken similar work. In 1896 
Professor Boyd Dawkins writes thus of William Pengelly’s labours : ‘Day by 
day, except when the work was stopped, he visited the cave and recorded on 
maps and plans the exact spot where each specimen was found, for no less 
than sixteen years. The vast collection of paleolithic implements and fossil 
bones, each of which bears traces of his handiwork, is represented in most of 
the museums in this country, and the annual reports, listened to with so much 
pleasure by crowds at the meetings of the British Association, are the most 
complete that have ever been published. It may be objected that the accumu- 
lation of so much evidence of the existence of man in the Pleistocene age in 
the South of England was unnecessary. It was, however, necessary to sweep 
away the mass of prejudice, and this could best be done by repeating the 
evidence. Had this not been done, man would not occupy the recognised position 
which he now holds in the annals of geology.’ 

As already stated, the cavern has now passed into private hands, and Dr. 
Duckworth writes in 1912: ‘A visit to Kent’s Cavern will convince even the 
uninitiated that this treasury is by no means exhausted. And a word of protest 
must be uttered against the seemingly indiscriminate disposal of bones and 
possibly also of implements which seems to proceed daily. On June 20, 1912, 
a fine flake of Magdalenian aspect was obtained. Two days later when I visited 
the cavern a new passage of about twenty-five feet in depth had just been 
broken into. It is therefore expedient to impress upon all who are interested 
in prehistoric archeology the sad fact of this continual leakage and the loss of 
material of the greatest possible value.’ 

Professor Keith, 'who inspected Kemt’s Hole somewhat later, also felt 
the advisability of: securing a site of such national importance, as its further 
careful investigation might be a great boon to science. 


The CHAIRMAN said that as to the value and scientific importance of the 
caves so ably worked by Pengelly there can be no question, and it would 
certainly be a calamity if anything happened to the caves at the hands of the 
vandals. He himself had recently received some bones and teeth from a 
friend, not at all interested in geology, who obtained them from a person at 
Torquay, who had taken them from the cave a little while ago. The National 
Trust or some other body should take the question of the future preservation 
of the Torquay caves in hand. Possibly the Torquay Naturalists’ Society 
might do something. 

Mr. Marx L. Sykes considered that the work carried out by the Jate Mr. 
Pengelly at Kent’s Cavern was of the highest importance, as having given 
positive and unimpeachable proof of the enormous antiquity of man, such as 
has been exceeded and probably approached by no other evidence. (or the 
cave to pass into the hands of irresponsible persons, who had neither the know- 
ledge nor appreciation of its value, was nothing less than a calamity, especially 
in view of the statements which had been made as to what is now being done 
there. Immediate steps should be taken to secure the cave in the interests of 
science, and he felt this so strongly that he was prepared to take active personal 
steps, and participate in raising sufficient funds for the purchase and preserva- 
tion of the cave and placing it under proper control, so that further investigations 
may be conducted on a systematic and scientific basis. 


587 


; The Rev. T. R, R. Srespinc heartily supported the proposal that Kent’s 
Cavern should be included among our national treasures, as a fitting memorial 
of Mt. Pengelly’s great services to science in its exploration. So undeviating 
WaS His Sopelne in the work that on one occasion, when he was kept at home 
by illiiess; h the age of miracles is past, his boots (they say) started 
cavewards without him. In familiar intercourse with him, which Mr. Stebbing 
enjoyed for several years, he could not say that Pengelly himself ever vouched 
for the fact. He was in truth a sturdy upholder of scientific morality and 
scientific accuracy. He could not agree with those who claimed, as their own, 
ideas which they had consciously borrowed from others or who would not 
acknowledge frankly their own mistakes. In his essay, ‘Is it a fact?’ he issued 
a challenge to irrational absurdities in general. 

Other speakers, including Mr. Warraker and Sir Epwarp Brasroox, ex- 
pressed their appreciation of the paper and the need for securing Kent’s Cavern, 
The Secretary was instructed to see what possibilities existed “of acquiring the 
site. 

In conclusion, it was resolved, on the proposition of Mr. Wur1raKer, seconded 
by Mr. Marx Syxzs, that the Council of the Association be requested to take 
steps for the preservation of Kent’s Cavern, 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES. 


The following Delegates attended the Conference and signed the attendance book, 


their attendance being indicated by the figures 1, 2, which refer respectively to the 
first and second meeting. 


AFFILIATED SOCIETIES. 


1 2 Andersonian Naturalists’ Society . . M.A.B. Gilmow, F.Z.S. 
1 Ashmolean Natural History Society of Oxford- 
shire 5 G. Claridge Druce, M.A, 
1 2 Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club a Dr. J. K. Charlesworth, 
1 Berwickshire Naturalists’ Field Club G. P. Hughes, J.P. 
1 2 Bournemouth Natural Science Society . Sir Daniel Morris, K.C.M.G, 
1 Brighton and Hove Natural Pes and Philo- 
sophical Society ; Alfred W. Oke, F.G.S. 
2 Buchan Field Club : J. F. Tocher, D.Sc. 
1 2 Caradoc and Severn Valley Field Club Prof. W. W. Watts, F.R.S. 
1 2 Croydon Natural History and Scientific Society W. Whitaker, F.R.S. 
1 2 Dorset Natural History and Antiquarian Field 
Club Sir Daniel Morris, K.C.M.G. 
1 Edinburgh Field Naturalists’ and Microscopical 
Society . R. C. Millar. 
1 Hidinburgh Geological Society R. C. Millar. 
1 Elgin Literary and Scientific Association J. S. Flett. 
1 Glasgow Geological Society . : Prof. J. W. Gregory, F.R.S. 
1 2 Glasgow Natural History Society . Mrs. E. R. Ewing. 
1 Glasgow Royal Philosophical Society C. R. Gibson, F'.R.S.E. 
1 Hampshire Field Club and Archeological 
Society . W. Dale, F.S.A. 
1 2 Hertfordshire Natural Histor y Society and 
Field Club F W. Whitaker, F.R.S. 
2 Holmesdale Natural Histor y Club: . Miss M. C. Crosfield. 
1 2 Hull Geological Society T. Sheppard, F.G.S. 
1 2 Hull Scientific and Field Naturalists’ Club T. Sheppard, F.G.S. 
1 Ipswich and District Field Club. Dr. P. G. H. Boswell, F.G.S8. 
1 Ireland, Statistical and Social Inquiry, Society 
of . . William Lawson, LL.D. 
1 Leicester Literary and Philosophical Society . Miss C. Measham. 
1 2 London: Selborne Society . ; W. M. Webb, F.L.S. 
2 Manchester Geographical Society . Harry Sowerbutts. 


} har 2 MPa OURO a TOS Se an = ta 
588 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916 


2 Manchester Geological and Mining Society . John Ashworth. 
1 Manchester Microscopical Society . Mark L. Sykes. 
1 Museums Association . Dr. F. A. athey) E.R.S. 
1 2 Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle- on- 
Tyne Natural History Society 5 4 . OC. E. Robson. 
1 2 Paisley Philosophical Institution . : . John Woodrow, F.R.Met.S. 
1 Rochdale Literary and Scientific Society . J.B. Ashworth, D.Se. 
1 Vale of Derwent Naturalists’ Field Club. . &.S. Bagnall, F.L.S. 
1 Worcestershire Naturalists’ Club . - . W.H. Barnes. 
1 2 Yorkshire Geological Society. : : . ‘T. Sheppard, F.G.S. 
1 2 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. i : . QT. Sheppard, F.G.S. 
2 Yorkshire Philosophical Society . i - Rey. W. Johnson, B.A. 


ASSOCIATED SOCIETIES. 


1 2 Balham and District Antiquarian and Natural 


History Society : Sir Edward Brabrook, C.B. 
1 2 Hastings and St. Leonards Natural History 
Society . G. Willson. 
1 2 Leeds Naturalists’ Club and Scientific Associa- 
tion. . Greevz Fysher. 
1 2 Lewisham Antiquarian Society : F . Sir Edward Brabrook, C.B. 
1 2 School Nature Study Union . 5 Mrs. White, D.Sc. 
1 2 Tunbridge Wells Natural Ese and Philo- 
sophical Society 5 = : . Rey. T. R. RB. Stebbing, F.R.S. 
2 Warrington Society . : . Arthur Bennett, J.P. 


1 Wimbledon Natural History Society ° . Dr. F. A. Bather, F.R.S. 


589 


SOCIETIES, 


CORRESPONDING 


“Alenuue ‘sFurpesoorg 
“Ayjenuue ‘suo 

“OB8SUBIT, PUB SFUTpI0d0Ig 

*A[Tenuae ‘sZutpeso01g 


“Ajpenuue “q10dey 
“AyTenuue ‘peuinor 


“ATTenuue ‘suoToBsUBIY, 
*Apenuue 
‘SSUIpeaoorg pus 4xodey 


“A[TenuUe ‘suoo¥8suel 
“Ajenuue ‘syoug oreg 

jo plooey pus suolqoesuvIy, 
“ATTenuue ‘yo0q 

-puey ‘AlTqjuom ‘;eamor 
*AT[BUOIse900 ‘sTOT4 

-ovsuBiy, S Ayyenuue ‘y10dey 


“Alrenuue ‘suomorsueiy, 
*AyTenuue ‘suoovsuery, 
*Ay[enuue‘sZurpesoo1g 


“Ayrenuue ‘y.10dey 
“ATrenuue ‘sSurpeeoorg 


*Aypenuus ‘ssurpesoo1g 
“ATTVNUUB ‘suOT}BAIOSqO 
[BOLsvTOIODZa_Y JO spr0osyy 

“Alene ‘qniO 8481781048 NN 
alTYSZOIMIeg 044 Jo A104s1r 
-ATTenuue 
‘sZuIpeeoolg pues 4yrodey 
-ATTenUuue 
‘sdUIpesoo1g + pue yazodey 
“ATTenuue 
‘aodey pur ssurpseo01g 


“A[eU0Isvoo00 ‘sjeuny 


“SOT 
"PO “8S 
pus “80 “SOT 
“SST 


“SOT 
“Sl 2T 


Aa) or Ht 
"PY “SZ PUB "sg 
“P9 “SE 
"s¢ 
SIVT[OP & 
“89 
"96 
“80T 
“Sg PUB SOT 


“SOT 
“SOT 


Tey 


“8G PUB “PQ “SOT 


"PO "SL 
“s¢ 
“SL ‘21 
“s¢ 
“PO “8B 


| ‘eusoquie ‘proy soarlepueg ‘MOIMeN *M ‘W 


(*  * ana) ‘taqseyO ‘umesnyy aomweasory 


We ArmqsaMoayg ‘420I14g apysBp 2e “4seI10g “A “A 
|W ‘f ‘oJUOIOT, “SuIpling o4nzWsuUl UerpeueO 


het 1a}s89010 MA “490119 07eF0I0,7 PE “BOY UOJ2TIZO 
| * Joqstag ‘Aqisdeatmy oy, ‘ertysiqred “A “O “AC | 


| Ygnouteurnog ‘peoy groyshieQ eT “eareg op*y ‘yy | 
| “mBysuIMIIg “400145 [TeqMON ‘asnoyH Aimqoay 


| uBsiuUly "Wf ‘arenbg esel[op ‘umnesny, 


(+g Amey «“MOSseLD ‘adoI[0Q [eormyoag, [eso 


puvyog =| 
‘aBvrvola SJoqed AS “WN ‘UIqUeg yatequey “Ady 


anes Aqatg “) ssym ‘uopdor9 ‘TreH onand 
* wmeytazeyO ‘apervg pl0}xXO OT ‘Wosprvygory “ry 
TIB@AwI09 


* oanay, ‘mnesnyy Ajunogp ‘“y"g'q ‘1oauer Araay 
ch gel 
"Hd ‘e0uezueg ‘ssurpting o1qng ‘umesnyy eq, 


BIpIey 
‘KvasSury ‘sraqureyg areysery ‘preydays *q “9 


SUTTIOD 


query 
-uo-uozing ‘peoy AqUsy #11 “OS'a ‘10}"1S “V 

meepieqy “429149 
moy ‘suoIsuBy, UMOID “Og'q ‘IEyOOT, “A “LC 


moyysIUg ‘9ov[ YSnos0q IV 6 ‘HATBIO T9}BqIOH *¢ 


"SDN A TWex0g "HM 
Wey sUIUITg 400139 estpereg ‘eynq148 

“Ul PULIPIA pus wWeysuIMAg ‘slouvIg ‘W “H 
SOIISHOA eg 

‘aoyhy Jo osuBy “Cd ‘UOXTY "TW “Cf ACH 


. . . . 


arenbyg a8a][op ‘tinesnyy 


“  *  pwoy sjoresieyy 4g % ‘eu09g "TV SSITT 
Sulmung 


$181 ‘ano 
PIT uvenbyuy pue £10481 [BINIVN 4os10q 
0181 
‘Kqa100g optuetIog puv £10381 [BINQVN UopAO0IO 
* —* -9F8T “ANID PION SISITBINGBN PlomsayqoH 


+ * gegt ‘Aqaloog ormyoa,Atog [eho ‘TBA TION | 
* + * gg ‘Jo worqng14SsUy [Bsoy “TTBATI0D | 
- FIST ‘Jo Aqato0g peorZojoay [efoy ‘TTeau10H | 
TST “91V pues 
‘aInqerleqry ‘souslog [eINjeN Jo Ayetoog 194SeqO 


* 19ST ‘AqoT00S SISTTVINIEN BIPIED | 
* $681 ‘ANIO pled ASIA WisAeg puB oopEreD 
* gg ‘Jo Aqot00g [vormouoI4sy [eAoY ‘epee 


918T ‘Aqe100g [BOLdOT 
-owyory pus A104sIy{ [VANyBN Jue T-Wo-uoyANg 


ASST ‘Quio weyong 

* 9681 ‘Agat00g [eo1sopooATY USE 

‘ 5 *  * BRT ‘Aqatoog ,SqStTB1N9BN [0Istig 
Fast ‘Aqeroog Teorydos 

-O]IYq pues A104S1 [BANjeN SAOH pus uo sug 

: G06T ‘AJ9100g doUdTOY [vAINZEN YINOMoUINO, 
8sgT ‘AqaI1005 

[eorydosopiyg puv Ax104sty [eINyBN WeysMIUIIg 
6S8I ‘Aqa100g 

opUEINS e4NZI4SUl PULIPI pus weysUTMIT 


+ 8 + Test ‘qniO SISHTBNFEN oxATTTSHOLA TOG 


: * S98T ‘ANID PION SIsiTeInqeN 4SBzleg 
TZ8T ‘Aqo70 

-og [eorqdosopiyg puv AI0}STA [BINGEN ISejPT 
8281 ‘arTgs 

-pi0jxQ Jo Aqo1o0g AIOySI [BINQVN UvefomMYysSY 


. “4 egg ‘AjOIO0g SIST[VINIeN WeuOsIepuy 


SUOI}BOTIGNg JO aussy 
jo Aouenbarq pue op4t 


worndraosqug 
yenuuy 


Areqyei09g Jo ssoIppy 


pus omleN Jo srozIenbpeay, 


UoONBpUNog Jo o7Vq PUL eTIEL 1M 


‘saujav00g pany y 


‘LIGI-9IGI YOd NOMVIOOSSY HSILING FHL JO SHILAIOOG ONIGNOdSTUNOD AH, 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


590 


“Alpena ‘suoovsuely, “sg emo Ny 
‘P9'SOT Se7BIOOSSY 
“Aypenuue ‘suoyovsuery, | fs *7] stequieyy ouoN 
“A[TeuoIsvo00 ‘suOTORSUeL I, "sg ouoNT | 
“ATTenUUs ‘jeumo0r “11 ouoON 
-A[[euaorseo00 ‘Teurnor "P98 amon 
“ATqQuoU ‘sMOT}OBsUBI, euoN euON 
“Ayenuue ‘suoyovsuvly, “sg eu0ON | 
*A[[BUOIsBodO ‘SMOTJOBsMeIT, "8G euON | 
*AT[BU0ISBd00 ‘sdsUIp99001g "Sg PUB "SOT ouoNn 
*ATyenuue s71ed 
0M} JO ouo ‘suoTORsUeI, “SOT eu0oN 
“ATTenuTe 
‘s8umposooig pue yrzodey | ‘s¢ untmIOIy anon 
*A[penuue ‘ssurpasd01g *p9 “SOL "8g 
“A Tenuus ‘ssurpes01g “Ray "SLI 
*£j104 
-renb ,“481[@IN}BN MOSSBLH, | "Pg "SL au0N 
“Aypenuue‘ssur | 
-pesd0rg pus suoousuesy, | “SOL ouoN 
*ApaBok 
“IBY ASTTRINQYN «Xossq, “SaT suoN 
“A|[BMOISBO00 ‘SUOTJOVSURAT, "8g ELOINg 
*AyTenuUe ‘suotyoesue1y, “PO "SSL "p9 ‘SOT 
“Alpenuue ‘suoqoesuviy, "Sg euoN 
*fy1041e0b 
‘europe pues suoryoRsuely, "sg “p9 8G 
“Ayyenuue ‘suoroesueLy, “sg PUB “SOT eu0oN | 
“ATTeNUUs ‘SsuTpeed01g “sg euoNn 
*Ajavok-Jl By ‘sSuIpsed0rg “Sg PUB “SOT eu0oN | 
“Ayyenuue ‘ssur | 
-peas001g pus suoqoBsueLy, | "sg euoN | 
“AyTenuue *410dayy | 
‘ATYIWOUT ,“4St][BANFVN YSTIT , “sg + 
SMOTZVOITGN JO oNssy moI4drx0sqng oou 
jo Aouonbory puv o9tL yenuny Chak ouicg 


SIT 
SO}BIOOSSY 2p) 
“SQ ULE 086 | 

OTT 


0Sé 
19 


ujooury 


‘umesnyy Syun0g pue 4419 “S"T a ‘qyTMIg mqQTy | 


194se0Ie'T ‘anueAy 


9788 kou0yg 1907 ‘a “wo “maMasn TL MOWBIOdI00 | 


* speery ‘savy ssoip “q}10MsoqM BH “a 
uljqna ‘meer s,uaydeyg g6 ‘poo A 

qloqioH pue ‘IOULyTeT "IW 'N ‘Ad ‘WOsMUT “AV 
qorasdy ‘s Sjooqas pvoy WOJOVNT “xayoqe Ld * WW Sst 
: “A'S ‘MOpuOoTT ‘4a011g BIIOJOTA BE ‘ 1109[02.198 Aorag 
i TH ‘mmnasny, ou “V"d ‘gtoyureyg “1, 

e * 1H ‘qied PUBLMON “S's “Tou7eIS “MA “LC 
¢ * ogesley ‘10M10D Si¥oIO ‘UI g "SIyy 


pIO}WV A ‘pooja ‘(uBiwerqry) Uosurydoy uyor 
“A'N “peajsduey “peoy AqysnojiM GE 

“WN ‘4M "MH PUB “os'g ‘UINIQIBG “O “OD 
uoydueqynos ‘peoy 


Siogory ‘UMVT OUT, “SDM “V'S'd ‘eIPC “AM | 


* MOSSBTDH ‘400119 WWVT 103 ‘WoUUe toqeg "Jorg 


* MOSSBLH ‘peoy UIE}SAM 92TH EOP ‘SSOY *XoTY 
MOSSBIDH ‘990198 4IVA L0Z 

*IayOVU0HN *f “UW "A PUe “q'S'y' a ‘“AreUORP, 19}0q 
9100 "M *Pr0F7819S *peory 

paoymoy ‘AIOJSIR [BANJVNY JO wnosny_Y xossq 


: WyeegoW "rf "ysing 

“UIpy ‘soviet, aysep ‘ssuipimg [Tey pouds 
qsing 

-ulpy “4oer1g 981005 0g ‘uoJIOyUIG *Y ULILY 


* + gurnogysem ‘aqnqi4suy Teoruyoay, ‘Ave sary 


AinqiazUep “900198 YSIA LT “d'p ‘apuey “vy 

g YOIMION “peoy s,diqd "9S ZL YTBIO “H "MM 
eudZ,-W0-a]}8BOMaN ‘asa[[0D 

Suoiysm1y ‘Teareyng “A *¢ pue eyydug *y *¢ 


* — salayumng ‘Arerqry onqng yreag ‘ove “Ay 
ulquq¢ ‘seutur 
“yey toddy ‘septa woysremyeg p ‘Suo7T “sayy 


USI ‘ousdypey “YsoqUTpVN “A 


* S681 ‘MOIUY ,S}SITBINZeN oAIYSUOOULT 
S§8T 

‘Aqa1003 jeorqdosojigg pues Axeioyry 104890]0"T 

0 * —- SL8T ‘WOTZBIOOSSY [BoTso[Oa4) speoT 
281 ‘Jo 

Aqayo0g Armbar, Teloog puv [worsyeyg ‘puslery 

5 £06T “ANID PPT 901498Iq pus yormsdy 

4 2 * 6881 ‘SlosUISU Surary Jo WorgnyyYsUT 

; * 988 ‘qnio JSTCANIBN PLT PUB opMuslog [NA 

; 6881 *A}o1009 [worsojoayH [1NH 

L981 ‘Qui O 410381 [e1ng8 NT OTH DSS ULIOR, 
G48T ‘ANID 

PIPLT puv Aqoro0g Ar0gst A [eANYB NY oALYSp10j9.10 


668T ‘Aqat00g oIqUeION p¥aysdurey 
98st *Aqa10 

-09 [Bolso/owyory pus qnig pled exrysdue_ 

* ZOST ‘Jo Aqot100g worqdosoymmg pedoy ‘Mosely 


: * Test ‘Jo Aqat00g ArO4sTA TeANQeN ‘MossBpH 


* gest ‘Jo Aqo100g [worsofoayH ‘Mossepy 

ae Le *  — * 088T ‘ANID plea xossq 
9E8T ‘dOrZEIOOSS 

opIyUerg puv ArvrieqrT erryshe10yy pus uLsTq 

* + + -¥ggT ‘AgoToog [Borso[oayH ysnquipy 
698T ‘Aqot00g 

jeordoosox01py pUe ,SISITVINQVNT Pel WsInquipy 
L98T ‘Aqo100g Arer0qrT 

pus ‘orgders0j0qg ‘A10481H [vINQVNY oMINOgGyseR 
L981 

‘kqo1o0g £10481 [RINE N PUB OgIQUEIOS JUS y yse 

: *  B06T ‘Jo Aja1009 o1toqstqorg “eIjsuy 4sUq 
968T 

‘€qa100g vorqdosotigg ‘yo AyiszaatuQ ‘meyang 
G98 ‘Aqgotoog uviusnbyay 

puv £10481 181N4BN ABMOTIVH pUvorlgssotayung 


S88T “ANIO PION SqStTeIN ZEN UTTQUC 


S19qUIOW 
JO ‘ON 


Axeyar0ag Jo ssorppy 
pus omy 10 siojzrenbpvey 


WoHBpUNo JO o4Bq PUL O19TL TM 


*ponulym0o—sar2a.w0g pagvyyl py 


re ' 
a> | | erepyooy ‘Tyn0S 
usd ARES SUC HOSEL, "39 amon 13% jeorqg Sury ¢¢ “og'q ‘WWoMYsy preuldey “¢ |" syst ‘AqaT00g oyIque}og pue AIvIOWT BBpyooy 
“Ayenuus ‘sdur 
~posdorg pues suoyoEsUBIT, "pg "sg au0N 28 | ‘5 8  s TOSTTE LS ‘Weg ‘eas kvL | * —z9gT ‘aouatog eANqUN Jo AqoT00g orTYSyHO 
“ATTeNUUe ‘sTOTgBA.1E8qO 
| TeolsojoroaqayT pus q10dey "pg’s "8g Zeg es 2 + fopsteg ‘eoerg Agunop ¢ ‘reupavy “fc | ° - SORT ‘MOI4QNAT4ASUT [vorqdosoyTY g Ao[s!eI 
*Ayrenuue | mey sul} 
| ‘suoyjowsuery, pue g1odey "sg "P9'ss Tit | Jon ‘aZer109 AqIsIeATUQ “V'W AICO ML JIE | * —* BGT SAqoTOOS sasTTeINIeN WVTLSUTIION 
| | Wospleyory “VY “¢ pus Tosqo yy 6ZRT ‘JO Ayoto0g Ar04sTH yeangeNy ‘ead, 
*A]yenuue ‘storovsuvzy, "SIZ ouoN olF |"H "QO ‘audy-uo-aysvomoN “wanesnyy yooousH -uodn-ayjsvoMeN pus ‘ueqing ‘puByrequnyy4o Ny 
tmogdieg4}.10 N 9L8T ‘ANID POM 
*Ajqeja1enb ‘teurnor "SOT euoN 026 | ‘opereg s,AMeqyent “99 JT “VW ‘WOxXIG "N “H | puw Aqo100g Aros [eANGeN er1qsu0z,du1e 4410 NT 
*ATTenuue quaty-U0-ay0Ig ‘PvoY BLIOJOLA 
‘qz0dey pues snorjousuBry, "8g “sg 619 | Jooyog jeormyoar, TequeD ‘uosdmoyL “A H | * * = g9gT*qniO PIelT eaTyspzoyeys WON 
3 “AT QQUOUTs199ULA USUAL | asm p10y) ZEQT ‘SAVOUIZUG [BoTMVyOoPL 
nn jo ‘4suy jo suolovsuBay, | ‘szp pue sez aUON FIST =| UBV «‘euA- wodn - aysvomeN TeH ot4eN | pus Sura jo oyngysuy puvjsuq jo WON 
= “ATTenuUe ‘suOTyORsUBA, “9S auoN €8z * [OIMION “JaaI¥g SAID IS LE “Q'W ‘SWOT “H ’S | * 698T‘AJ0100g ,S]ST[BINFTN YOIMION PUC Z[OJION 
a \ST1(stosi9g)| 
=| *AT[BUOIsRO ( ‘P9°S0T au0N Saqyelooss y 
Oo -00 ‘frojoaNIq =sumasnyy | - LTT Csgsttq) | 10489010'T 
5 Sto ee suunesnyy | | S18 auloNy sraqmey | ‘Adare yy pus wMesnyy “os'g ‘emoT “HH }* * * “ * 688T ‘dolpEloossY Sunes AL 
n “ATG u0UL 
‘s1soulsuy, uperrt jo 
S WOTNgysUT Josuoyousuery | YT PUB sZ"7Z | “SL ZT oo¢ 5 Aqiaq ‘peoy Pulp VW ‘SIMA parry “H | TLS] ‘Steoursug Jo uorngTAsU] soryaNoH Pedi! 
a -Aypenuue 410dey "se | "nosey OST s + a8aTjop ySnosoqqey “VW ‘dosry "Oo ‘¢ | ‘Aqetoog Ar0qstH [vANgeN aZal[oN FsNoLog{AVITL 
be *AyTenUUe ‘suooesuery, *P9 “SOT "Pg “SOL FSI Joysayouryy ‘490139 HIOX g ‘plojsuvyMoUIOA yy |" * * gegT ‘Aqoroog [8019819845 JoJsoqoURyT 
fo) -AyTeuUTe | UOXIC, WIBIT[LA, “Jase 
oy ‘qaodey pues suoTyoesuery, "89 | "sg Za1 | -uvyy ‘ATTIpeooTg “ya0yg unojzAY *[9I0H pueIH | * * — OggT ‘Aqet00g Teordoosor0 FY JosoTPOUBTL 
n -£[qguour‘sresu1 sug SuraTyy “71 pue SUICITIEM. 
3 jo “qsuy yo suolyousmery, | “sg "7T “86°26 | auoyt 00F ‘L YwoN ‘teyseyouvyy ‘400139 wozBq Uyor ¢ | SEsT ‘Aqat00g SUIMIPT pus [BOIsOTOOH Io}seqoUBL 
oy *p9'SQT SoqBIoossy | Jeyseqouvyy ‘esvuosieg 
° *Ayroqreub ‘[eurnor | 's[ 7] stequieyy|  euON 989 | s AIByU “9G OT ‘S]INQteMog *H PUB TeqyUIEg “A |* * FSBT ‘Aqaoog TworydeasooH JojsoqouETT 
ro) *k[yenuue ‘suooe | 6L8T ‘Aqo100g 
-SUvIE, pue ssuTpesdo1g | ‘sq pue’pg’sy, | "POSS LG ” uy Jo ogy ‘Aosmvy ‘Aopvo Aor9gq *M uvenbyuy puv s10}s1H TeINzBNY ‘Jo es] “UVyY 
“A qquouL “S'T'd “Gq. “WM ; 
{PUIZVSVW ousr0qgyag, "sg auoN 00ez ‘O'M ‘orenbg Aanqsmoo[g ‘steqmeyg anueay | * y c GggT ‘Aqotoog amIogieg : UOpao'yT 
*AyreoA-J] ey ‘pearnor "SOT auoN 09% “AUN peoqsdure pasa M ‘peoy ITBM0g g‘uoJANg"see | * *GQgT ‘quIO TeoldoosoaoITY 4903Ng + WOpuO'T 
“A[TenuTe *ssurpaaoo1g "P9 “SOT amo N SL Joodroary PUNY ‘PLoy preyRoyse‘seuop*y"E |* * * G6s8T ‘Azeroog TeorsojoeH yood1eary 
| “Ayyenuue = |*pg"s sozetoossy jood 
‘q2odey pue sumoljoBsuBIy, |f ‘ST “71 Sleqmeyy amon 009 “IDAVT ‘SSUIPING s,eaversiey ¢ ‘UOSyooD SIMA "V | * 2 > Test ‘Ajero0g [worydvaZ0ayH joodraaryT 
-A[penuue “sq pue | 
‘qaodey pus suorjoesuviy | “y9 OE “st. | amon 66S | joodaaary ‘400149 ITBUS8OIN T “VW “MOFTTM “DL | * C Gigl ‘Ayoloog Buyrsoul sug [oodreary 
“ATQQUOUL | 
ATyensn {9stye1nge Nt jood 
arTgsoyQ pus airysvour'y , *8q | amon SEL -IaAVy ‘Aa_, suayovA ‘WeH womuop ‘u0j10H “GW | * 2 : 9061 ‘Aqel00g [wormBjog [oodzeATT 
“Aypenuue ‘stIOT> | jood 
-BsUBIy, puw ssuIped00ag "ST IT | emo 08 IOAN] ‘mnesnyy oqnd eeag ““os‘a ‘qqnip*yr|* " * 988T ‘Aqowog Teolsojorg Joodzeary 


REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE,—191] 6, 


STIOWN “A “I SSH 


| 
| : FEST ‘ANIO PIT vosteq3eg, 


| 
== | “POSE "PO "8S og | “A'S “BosdeqqUgq “IIH Jopueavy ‘Arviqry o1qud 
‘sypenuue 918T ‘WOIZBIOOSSY OYTQUOIDg 
‘sSurpaaooig pus qaodey | “pg sg pue sg auoNy G02 0 *  morieg “ja019g9 Ystpueauy ¢ ‘oAvg T*M | pus ArvIopVT PUB qNIO PPM SISITBINIENT Mozreg 
“A]TBUOISBDD0 | “M'S‘uomMMOD 77.10A | 1681 ‘Aqe100g A104ST AL 
‘saadvg ‘Aypenuue ‘y10daxy | “sg auoN OL “SpuB A ‘pBOY SoULe 4g BPT ‘OUIPIBH “WSs [BINjQeN pus uewenbywy 4orj4siq pus weyleq 
*“SOUJOLIOKY 7992020088 F 
ass — x 
-ATpenuue ‘g10dey HG auoN 00F : . qSALYU A a 'O “AOX ‘umesny | * n * [281 ‘Aqo1o0g [vorydosopiyg o1tysys0z 
80710088 V 
“ATQQUOUL “4STTVINZVN OTL» | | ogo‘e pue 
| ¢AyTenuue ‘suonovsuery, "Pg “SOT avon ogg "goa “Og IN ‘preddoyg’y, ‘11nH ‘MMesnz ony, | * g * TOSTSMOINA S4SI[VInyeN eTysyI0 x 
+ ATTeUOIsvd00 ‘ssulpoado1g "SSL auoN PST *  spaary ‘Aqiszoatny ong, “ogg ‘UBSTTIVD J1OqTY | * : LEBI ‘Ajot00g [voTsoOEH eatgsyI0Z 
'S'' 
“ATLeNUUe ‘suOTOBsUe.LT, "8g "SOL OST ‘avuryovds “yy, “7 ‘109se070, M4 ‘Se0TgO Uolyeonpy | ° LPST ‘GNIO .S4SITB1INZe NY OATTSI109Se010 AA 
| wosulyoIny "TL 
*A][BUOIsBOOO’STOTIOVSUBAT, ‘SOL “SOT 9IT “proyoroy ‘Areiqry oe1,q ‘mooy qnipM adoqjoo, | * SSSI ‘ANID PION .S4SlTvanzeNy edoyqjooM 
£1402A0() FS8T ‘QNIO Plery 
* Ayyenuue ‘ssutpeooorg "Sg auoN OL ‘BuidvoyH ssorp “4s0M “O ‘NOIMAVM ‘UNEsNy_ | S}SIHO[OwBYyoOTY PUB .SISI[VINGVN SITYSHOIMIGM 
TOJAUILIV MA ‘ OL8T 
“£yperausrq ‘ssurpesoo1g "Sg ouoNt L8T | Qo099 YSlspleuUIM § “C’W mOAgeT "g ‘p | ‘Aqot00g jeorqdosopiyg pue Arereqrvy u0qSuta1e Ay 
audy,-W0-2]3880 
*ATPBUOTSVONO ‘SUOTZOVSUBIY, "PQ "SS auoN OST -MoN ‘uojueg ‘onuaAy 4sem g ‘WOsIaQVg ‘A “f° LS8T ‘ANION PIOMZ SIsf/eangeN yuoMAeq Jo ajvA 
‘vy’ ‘Mvyg JAeqiay ‘au T-W0-9]4880 
*Ajrojrenb ‘jeurmor | “so, pue 'stz auoN 000‘T -MON ‘o0R[q 8,Arvy “4g ‘oynqysuy [eorqdeisoey | * ; * 188T ‘Ago1009 [votydvasoay episoudy, 
| “Aypenuus ‘[evarno ¢ PH eS bt "Pd “SOL TLL Avnbioy, ‘umnasny ey, “ST “eMOT *f prlojrwyy | * L PPT ‘Aqo100g A10}s1H [¥aNngBN Avnbr07, 
| *A[yQuour ‘stooulsug Sur "P9 "SOT | LOST ‘SL99ULsUq Sururyy yo 
-UIP{ JO "FSU JOSuMOTzOVsUBIT, | ‘S[Z puL sep | PUB ST “7T OST ¢ Wey SUIMItg ‘yo0149 [[eYMON ¢ ‘WGIUIg'*G “4H | OFNISUL IIGSYOIMIeM pusB o1IYsployzeyg YINOG 
| q1odyqnog ‘sjoorag 
* {[/euorsBo00 ied ae "PO's, euoN 981 4IVY put ooualog vio}OIA “og'g “YoRUB[TY “A\ \OS8I‘S3e100g [vorydosopiygd pus Arvi091'7 JAod yynog 
-ATyenuue 
FSI[VINyVN W194seq-TINOG, | ‘sg WNUIIUTTT ouON 000°ST yuoqu! * “T ‘pvoy [eroremu0D Pee ‘Avi UBUTION “H | 968T ‘S2}}eDOg OYTyUEIDg Jo MOU A Wre4sey-T INOS 
*AT[BWO1sBI0 ‘SUOTIOVSUBIT, "18 auoN 108 ‘UMO, advo ‘UMesny UeOLIyY WING ‘FIVIO “WH | * * —* gO6T ‘Jo Ago100g teAhoy “vorasy qynOy 
"ABI 051005 "}9°H pure ‘aqty, "9 ‘uiqiey seqeg 6F8T “A,0100g A104 
‘Ay[enuue ‘ssurposoorg |'pg'soy, UNUIUITY, “pg 'sOT 006 "AAO OABVOM' MT AOY ‘WOJUNGT‘A4SeH OU | -SIH [BINJBN pue [voIso[ow@yory salysyosremo0g 
* A[[edo1seo00 ‘ssuypaa0 premeqs 
-O1g ‘ Ajyenuue-1q ‘y10dey7 "8g euoN SOL ‘uInesnyy Ol[qng ‘ureyylig ‘vy pae ‘meysperg ‘(— | * ‘ S * OZ8T ‘GNIO ,SISITBANGBN PleweNg 
*A[1941eNb queyy 
<4styeanye yy 10480q00y , "Sg ouoN OIL ‘meyqsur[ry ‘peoy [eiowjeg zp ‘esvq punupy | * Y SL8T ‘ANION SISITBANGBN Taqsoooy 
=k eee: 2 = ——— | : = £ e I = ——$__—_____—_-—— 
stolzBoI[qug Jo onssy woi4ydiosqngs aaq sloquey | A.xvyaioag Jo ssolppy 
yo Aouenba.t,7 puv 91417, yenuuy aouRIZU yy, JO ‘ON pus omIBAy 10 Slajzenbpveyy | ToWepunog Jo eq PUY ORL TL 


| 


“panuryu0o—soygar0g panyyyy 


93 


AC 
t 


SOCIETIES, 


‘CORRESPONDING 


*S]penuue “y10day 


“<ypenuue ‘410dayy 

-Aypenuue ‘g10dayy 

*Ayyerauerq ‘410dexy 
*<yaaqaenbd 

‘Apryg oangeyy 

*“ATpenuue ‘410day 


*S]]euotsvo00 ‘srodeg 
*AT]BUMOTSBO90 
sarnqoay f AyTenuue ‘y10dey 


*£]/euoIsvo00 *410daxz 
*ATpeuuUe ‘ssurpeedoig 


*AT[enuUe ‘suo oRsUeAL, 
-Aypenuue ‘ssurpes001g 
“AypenuUe ‘y10dey 


*Ay[euoIsvooo ‘suoTqgoRsMBAT, 


A] [BUOISBODO ‘ssuTpaeo01g 
“AyTenUuue 

‘sButpacoo1g ~=pue qlodey 

*A][BUOTSBODO ‘SMOTJOBVSULIT, 

-Aypenuue ‘swooesuely, 
“AT[BuOTsBv99O ,“4ST/BINwN 
xessng ysveq pue ssuig 

“sep, ‘Ayenuue ‘aoday 


-ATyenuue 
‘suolqouvsuviy, pus 4zo0dayy 


TooyosS ; | 


“ST 


“Po SIT ‘1 
"sg PUB "Pg “SOT 
"Pg "8G 
wo 
"P9 ‘8B 
“SOL pUv ‘2T 
fhe 
aya 
“SOT 
“SOT 
“pg ‘SZ pu "sg 
hs 
"P9 “SOT 
— 


"pg "sg PUL ‘sg 
ae 


*s¢ 
“PO “8G 


“PY ‘SE 
“PS 86 


“PO 'SZ } 


"Pg “8G PUL "SOT 
294 
"1g 

"pg ‘sg pus'sg | 


“Sp 


ouoN 

ouoN 
"P9801 

auoN 


auoN 
auoN 


auoN , 


auoNy 
auoN 
auoN 
auoNy 
“POSS 
“PQ "SG 
auoN 
auoyy 
auo NT 
auoN 
euoN 
ouoN 


auoN 
auoNy 


“ST 
auoN 
amon 
auoN 
auoy 
anon 
auo0N 


‘ST 


| 


| 


O8T 


‘oossy puv 
STOqMaTT 062) 


L01 
£9 


tL 
016 
00 
06 


09T 
008 


L168 


“AVS 
uopaqurA, ‘proxy u«LMusy ZT ‘ouvy, “A SepteyO 
* 5 + proy4VA\ 900739 TSH OOT ‘ULE “¥-| 

uOsplByonRy somes 
UOPSUIV A, “Joo, 8spig ‘Auapwoy PIO OTL 

STIOM 
aspiuquny, ‘sueprey aepsuoT g ‘soranq “gd 3d 
. * moss ‘ToyINgysy * pinzd ‘Araury "g ugor 
< * grodqqnog ‘proxy Tassny 6 “WeI4sIO “Hd 


“T'S ‘[TaMraquieg ‘YAvq AOUGASOAH | ‘TOUINY "A “H 


* ySnorsoqivog ‘poy purltooyy gp ‘Aopuang "f° 
woyeppeyo 


‘a ‘uoysorg ‘oywSiroysta V6IT ‘WH aanqoa'T 


: c samjoy paajpy ‘oud y-wodn-spsvomMoNy 
aspiug 

“MM ‘UINasnyy suoyspreyL 
“S'L'd ‘Sprea pe 

AgUVAS "W'g ‘aspiug WopuoyT ‘siaquivyy vruseqrA 


‘ep pues uoyleg “Vv 


“A'N ‘pxqoysuryyH ‘pvroy eaory 8, sraand ST ‘ssoy ‘"¢ 

: * oupnpuryy ‘wangyug ‘poomropuy “Ss “T 

T09801Q “YY *Lood.aarT “mo1qgng1ysu] yesoy 
“W'S ‘UBYSIMA'T 

‘proyy aqPALTTETS'eSpor oxorquiag® soyoorg *A\ “£ 
TATOMO99'T *fBM P[OMyoyT 


auE SmRNIA “STA ‘1PISAA\ TBATOIag “MM 
* spaeT ‘qaoayg ue49uagg BT ‘ALSUL Lf PABA 
aspliq 


“BUS TT UWRITIAA “Toodaaary ‘aoynqyysuy [eAoy 
: 2 SSOUTOATT ‘AT[SAOITA ‘OOBITE AM SBUION,T, 
: i * YOIMBH “400149 YSIH 18 ‘wou, “fc "LC 


vag-U0-BpilBuodsT “49 
‘sueprvy S.AouyyV “9S FL “V's JOINT oP "AV 
+  xeyl[eA eovrey, epTorepuyn ZE ‘quny "AL 
(1998 
suyj0V) oom “V 
“mM ‘SUITE “peor 
aouaIOLT 12 ‘espory Aajoo “WIAOFUSNY TONOW “AL 
aulpueyun 
‘gaazqg woremNQ Tg “Ogg ‘a]]IAIomMOg yAeqoy 
"A'S *PAOJWU “PBOY PBEASAVH GB ‘27000 SBUIOTLL 
+ — proyperg ‘onueay 94eUINg PE “PINCGMAN * MA 


pAospwrg ‘qae1}g FUAOUTA 6 “9Q@MOL "PTT 


“<qsuiy ‘uinesnyy egy, 


* [Ter ‘Agoroog A1038s1H TeangBN UVoOpeTquT A, 
E061 

| ‘Kqoro0g o1gdvrSoj0yg pues qni[O BrsMIEH ps0zzV AA 

: i . 4 GST ‘Aqo1oog u0ZSUTIIe 
PRET ‘Aqor00g yeorydos 

“old pus £10481 Tengen STAM Aplaquny, 


2 * OG8T ‘aoMaI0g [vANgeN Jo *£401008 qaodygnog 


* S061 ‘Tolng Apngs aIngBN TooNDS 
SB8T ‘AqaTo0g 
[volsojoayory pus yeormdosoyiqg ysnoroqreog 


S68T ‘Aqolo0g oyIguaTOg Woysaty 
E6LT ‘JO Aqo100g 

jeorqdosopiyg pus Aresoqvy ‘aud -uodn-s]4svoMeN 
S98T ‘AqoI00g [worydosopitg 

puv L10s81f{ [CANIVNT YUEY-py_ PUv suoxSsprIV]y 
ZS ‘Aqotoog ATO4sTH [BANGBN 

pues [eolsojomojzug wopuoyT yyNog : UOpuO'T 


* SI6T “Aqoyo0g Ar04sr [eANyeNY Wopuo'T : uopuo'T 

cs *  906T “ANID PPM FMBIC Pus OUpnpuLy'T 

0 ‘ * gogT ‘Aqoroog Twoldoososoryy [oodsaaryT 

, W * eget ‘{go1o0g werrenbiquy UeYsLe'yT 
806T 

‘Kqya1oog SIsITeangeN JOMI4SIG pue qQAOATOJOT 
898T ‘TOI 

-BIDOSSY OYIFMITIOG puB qnIO ,SISITBINgEN Spoo'T 
L181 

| “Aqo100§ [Bolso[OMOZUY IITYsSeyH PUB oITGSBoUB'T 

9181 ‘ant Pleo, pus AWoT00g OYIQUETDG SsseuTeAUT 

| * gagt ‘Aqaro0g [wolso[o@yory, YOLAe A 


$681 ‘Aqa100g 

410981 jeanjeN spreuosey “4g pus ssulysey 

FLST ‘Aqeloog ogiyueIog XeITeH 
9681 ‘Aja1009 S48! 

-[BINJVN pus uvwenbyuy 2OLMy4sIq pue Aqswly 


LIST ‘Aqo100g [wordoososz01]_ pus opyuolog Suipeq 


ZOGT SAqo1oog ,SISVAINGVN OUTTMIeyuNnCg 

L681 *Kyo100g AOISIF [81048 N 4911481 PUB P10jZeO 
* QR ‘WOIZBIOOSSY OBIWUEINg plojpelg 

SBT ‘Aqato0g 


jeoldoososo1yy ~pue AIOASIA [eANQVN proypesg, 


*  SS8T “ANID PINT SISITBINIBN UDOT, | 


QQ 


1916 


594 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Catalogue of the more important Papers, especially those referring to 
Local Scientific Investigations, published by the Corresponding 
Societies during the year ending May 81, 1916. 


** This Catalogue contains only the titles of papers published in the volumes or 
parts of the publications of the Corresponding Societies sent to the Secretary of 
the Committee in accordance with Rule 2, 


Section A.—MATHEMATICAL AND PuHysiIcAL SCIENCE. 


Atnsuiz, M. A, An Addition to the Objective. ‘ Journal Quekett Mic. Club,’ xm, 
561-576. 1915. 

Atian, Dr Gzorce EF. Bells and their Tones. ‘ Proc, Glasgow Royal Phil. Soc.’ 
xivi. 92-105. 1915. 

Ausop, J. C. Summary of Meteorological Observations, 1914. ‘Report Marlb. 
Coll. N. H. Soe.’ No. 63, 57-78. 1915. 

—— Summary of Meteorological Observations, 1915; and Summary of Fifty Years’ 
Observations. ‘ Report Marlb. Coll. N. H. Soc.’ No. 64, 59-84. 1916. 

Bassett, Rev. H.H. Triney. Returns of Rainfallin Dorset in 1914. ‘ Proc. Dorset 
N. H. A. F.C.’ xxxvi. 195-208. 1915. 

Beatty, Dr. R. T. The Structure of the Atom, ‘ Report Belfast N. H. Phil. Soc. 
1914-1915,’ 5-11. 1915. 

Buuwten, G. E. On Skulls of the Wild Boar from the Roman Level at St. Albans, 
‘Proc. Herts N. H. 8. F. C.’ xvz. 49-50. 1916. 

CAMPBELL-BAYARD, Francis, Report of the Meteorological Committee, 1914. 
‘Trans, Croydon N. H. Sci. Soc.’ vi. 33-42, and Appendices, 64 pp. 1915. 

Cannon, Annig J. The Henry Draper Memorial. ‘Journal Royal Astr. Soc. of 
Canada,’ 1x. 203-215. 1915. 

Cannon, J. B. The Orbit of » Persei. ‘Journal Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ 
Ix. 388-391. 1915. 

~—— The Orbit of Boss 3323. ‘Journal Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ 1x.,480-485. 
1915. 

Cuant, C. A. Stormer’s Investigations on the Aurora. ‘Journal Royal Astr. Soc. 
of Canada,’ rx. 486-491. 1915. 

Coates, Henry. Meteorological Observations, Perth, 1914. ‘Proc. Perthshire 
Soc. Nat. Sci.’ vi. xcviixcy. 1915. 

Coxtivs, J. R. Summer Constellations. ‘Journal Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ 
Tx. 235-238. 1915. 

Craw, James Hewat. Account of Rainfall in Berwickshire—Year 1914. ‘ History 
Berwickshire Nat. Club,’ xxm. 331. 1915. 

Account of Temperature at West Foulden in the Year 1914. ‘ History Berwick- 
shire Nat. Club,’ xxm. 332. 1915. 

CRESSWELL, ALFRED. Records of Meteorological Observations taken at the Observa- 
tory, Edgbaston, 1914. 28 pp., with folding tables and diagrams. Birm. and 
Mid. Inst. Sci. Soc. 19165. 

Day, Wo. H. Lightning: its Nature, and the Efficiency and Methods of Lightning 
Protection. ‘Journal Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ x. 121-133. 1916, 

Denninc, W. F. The Great Meteoric Stream of February 9, 1913. ‘Journal 
Royal Astr. Soc, of Canada,’ 1x. 287-289, 1915. : 

The Rotation Period of the Hollow in the Southern Equatorial Belt and of the 
Great Red Spot in Jupiter. ‘ Journal Royal Astr, Soc, of Canada,’ Ix. 333-337. 
1915. 

Dyson, F. W. Measurements of the Distances of the Stars, ‘ Journal Royal Astr. 
Soe. of Canada,’ rx. 407-422. 1915. 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES, 595 


Fox, Wison Lioyp, and Joshua BatH Purmxires. Report of the Observatory Com- 
mittee of the Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society, with Meteorological Tables 
for the year 1915, also Additional Meteorological Tables for Falmouth for nine 
consecutive Lustra, 1871-1915, and Tables of Sea Temperature, with Lustrum 
Tables. 14 pp. 1916. 

Harper, W. E. The Orbit of the Spectroscopic Binary 14 Aurige. ‘ Journal Royal*® 
Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ x. 165-169. 1916. 

Harrrr, W. F. Orbit of the Spectroscopic Binary a Trianguli. ‘ Journal Royal 
Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ x. 15-18. 1916. 

Horxrson, Joun. The Weather of the Year 1914 in Hertfordshire, ‘ Trans. 
Herts N. H.S. F. C.’ xvi. 53-68. 1916. 

Jackson, W. E. W. On the Diurnal Changes in Magnetic Declination at Agincourt, 
1902-1912. ‘Journal Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ 1x. 349-353. 1915. 

Kuorz, Orro. Location of Epicentres for 1914. ‘Journal Royal Astr. Soc. of 
Canada,’ rx. 216-223. 1915. 

Schehallion. ‘Journal Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ rx. 227-234. 1915. 

The Earthquake of February 18, 1911. ‘Journal Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ 

1x. 428-437. 1915. 

Aurora, Earth Currents, and Magnetic Disturbances. ‘Journal Royal Astr. 
Soc. of Canada,’ x. 8-14. 1916. 

Lawson, Granam C. Meteorological Report. ‘Trans. N. Staffs F. C.’ xnrx. 161- 
169°" 19KS- 

Leruasy, Joun W. The Influence of Astronomy. ‘Journal Royal Astr. Soc. of 
Canada,’ rx. 344-348. 1915. 

McCattum, G. H. The Geodetic Survey in British Columbia. ‘Journal Royal 
Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ rx. 302-311. 1915. 

McDrarmip, F. A. The Evolution of Astronomy. (Presidential Address.) ‘ Journal 
Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ rx. 371-387. 1915. 

Errors in Longitude, Azimuth, and Latitude Determinations—III. ‘ Journal 
Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ rx. 459-479. 1915. 

Marxuam, CuristopHEerR A.,and R.H. Primavesi. Meteorological Report. ‘ Journal 
Northants N. H. Soc.’ xvmt. 81-84, 112-115, 135-138. 1915, 1916. 

Mrrcuett, S. A. Observations of Meteors needed. Journal Royal Astr. Soc. of 
Canada,’ rx. 312-315. 1915. 

Mure, Dr. Tuomas. Note on Hesse’s Generalisation of Pascal’s Theorem. ‘ Trans. 
Royal Soc. of South Africa,’ vy. 39-43. 1915. 

Octivie, Nort J. Canada-Alaska Boundary Survey. ‘Journal Royal Astr. Soc. 
of Canada.’ rx. 290-301. 1915. 

Parker, T. H. The Orbit of B. A. C. 5890. ‘ Journal Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ 
IX. 338-343. 1915. 

Puasxert, J. 8S. Modern Views of the Sun. (Presidential Address.) ‘ Journal 
Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ x. 101-120. 1916. 

—— The Spectroscopic Determination of the Solar Rotation at Ottawa. ‘ Journal 
Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ x. 170-174. 1916. 

RUTHERFORD, JoHN. Weather and other Notes taken at Jardington during 1914. 
‘Trans. Dumfriesshire and Galloway N. H. A. Soc.’ mm. (Third Series), 279-287. 
1915. 

Astronomical Notes for 1914. ‘ Trans, Dumfriesshire and Galloway N. H. A. 
Soc.’ m1. (Third Series), 288-291. 1915. 

Sampson, Prof. R. A. ACensusofthe Sky. ‘ Journal Royal Astr, Soc, of Canada,’ 
x. 64-78. 1916. 

THomas, Davip E. (Manchester Geol. Min. Soc.) The Value of the Experimental 
Fan in the Mining Laboratory. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ x. 482-491. 1916. 

Turner, A. B. An Anomaly resulting from the Equation of Time. ‘Journal 
Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ x. 175-177. 1916. 

Van DER LinceEn, J. StepH. On the Space-Lattice of Liquid Crystals. ‘Trans. 
Royal Soc, of South Africa,’ v. 45-51. 1915. 

—— Note on the Molecules of Liquid Crystals. ‘Trans, Royal Soc, of South Africa,’ 
v. 52-54. 1915. 

Watrorp, Dr. E. Meteorological Observations in the Society’s District, 1914. 
‘Trans. Cardiff Nat. Soc.’ xtvu. 59-77. 1915. 

Watson, Atzert D. Horrox. ‘Journal Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ rx. 271-286. 
1915. 


QQ2 


596 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Youne, Reynotp K. The Spectroscopic Binary Orbits. ‘Journal Royal Astr. 
Soc. of Canada,’ rx. 224-226. 1915. 

The Spectroscopic Orbit of 12 Lacerte. ‘Journal Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ 
1x. 423-427. 1915. 

The Orbit of the Spectroscopic Binary, A Bootis. ‘Journal Royal Astr. Soc. 
of Canada,’ x. 1-7. 1916. 

and W. E. Harper. The Solar Motion as determined from the Radial Veloci- 
ties of Spiral Nebule. ‘ Journal Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ x. 134-135. 1916. 


Section B.—CHEMISTRY. 


Buatcurorp, A. S. (N. England Inst. Eng.) The Influence of Incombustible Sub- 
stances on Coal-dust Explosions. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ rt. 369-380. 1916. 
Evans, Epgar ©. (Manchester Geol. Min. Soc.) Carbon Dioxide as an Agent in 
Extinguishing Mine Fires, with special reference to its application at the Senghenydd 

Colliery. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ 11. 209-237. 1916. 

GreENWwooD, H. W., and C. B. Travis. The Mineralogical and Chemical Constitu- 
tion of the Triassic Rocks of Wirral. Part II. ‘ Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc.’ xm. 
161-188. 1915. 

Gregory, T. W. D. (N. Stafis Inst. Eng.) Notes on Sampling. ‘Trans. Inst. 
Min. Eng.’ xtrx. 498-510. 1915. 

Groom, Prof. Percy (Midland Inst. Eng.). Pit Timber and its Preservation. 
‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ 11. 190-200. 1916. 

Hewitt, H. Dixon. Some Experiments on Patination. ‘Proc. Prehistoric Soc. 
of East Anglia,’ nm. 45-51. 1915. . 

Prrxry, Prof. W. H. The Permanent Fireproofing of Cotton Goods. ‘ Report 
Ashmolean Nat. Hist. Soc. 1915,’ 29-40. 1916. 

Ricr, Groree 8. American Coal Dust Investigations. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ 
xix. 721-769. 1915. 

THompson, BrEBY. Peculiarities of Waters and Wells. ‘ Journal Northants N. H. 
Soc.’ xvmt. 66-79. 1915. 


Section C.—GEOLOGY. 


Arper, Dr. E. A. NEweEtt (S. Staffs & Warw. Inst. Eng.). Studies of the Geology 
of the Kent Coalfield—Part I. The Coal Measure Records of Four Borings. 
‘Trans. Inst. Min§ Eng.’ L. 351-366. 1916. 

—— The Concealed Oxfordshire Coalfield. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ t. 373-379. 
1916. 

BarkE, F. Geological Report. ‘Trans. N. Staffs F. C.’ xrrx. 158-160. 1915. 

Butt, AtrreD. A Description of the Sub-Crag Detritus Bed. ‘Proc. Prehistoric 
Soc. of East Anglia,’ m. 139-148. 1915. 

Botton, Hrrsert (Manchester Geol. Min. Soc.). The Fauna and Stratigraphy of 
the Kent Coalfield. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ xt1x. 643-698. 1915. 

Bremner, Dr. ALEXANDER. The Vat near Loch Kinord, Aberdeenshire: Is it a 
Giant’s Kettle (Moulin Pot-hole) or a Stream Pot-hole? ‘Trans. Edinburgh Geol. 
Soc.’ x. 326-333. 1916. 

—— Problems in the Glacial Geology of N.E. Scotland and some fresh facts bearing 
on them. ‘Trans. Edinburgh Geol. Soc.’ x. 334-347. 1916. 

EBurcuer, ©. H. Paleolithic Implements from Wanstead Park. ‘ Essex Natural- 
ist,’ xvu. 76-78. 1915. 

Canrritt, T. C. Geological Notes on the Excavations at the Gatehouse, Llantwit 
Major, July and August, 1913. ‘Trans. Cardiff Nat. Soc.’ xiv. 42-44. 1915. 
Cocxry, G. M. (S. Stafis & Warw. Inst. Eng.) The Basement Rocks of the Bunter, 
with special reference to the Inundation at the Coppice Colliery. ‘Trans. Inst. 

Min, Eng.’ L. 270-274. 1916. : 

Create, R. M. Outline of the Geology of Prince Charles Foreland, Spitsbergen. 
‘Trans. Edinburgh Geol. Soc.’ x. 276-288. 1916. 

Day, T. Curnpert. The Cheese Bay Sill, Gullane. ‘ Trans. Edinburgh Geol. Soc.’ 
‘x. 249-260. 1916. 

—— The Breccias of Cheese Bay, and the ‘ Yellow Conglomerates ’ of Weak Law. 


‘Trans. Edinburgh Geol. Soc.’ x. 261-275. 1916. 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES, 597 


Dewey, Henry. Surface Changes since the Paleolithic Period in Kent and Surrey. 
‘Proc. Prehistoric Soc. of East Anglia,’ m. 107-116. 1915. 

Dunn, James W. Skiddaw and the Rocks of Borrowdale. ‘ Proc. Liverpool Geol. 
Soc.’ xm. 109-130. 1915. 

Evans, Dr. J. W. The Determination of Minerals under the Microscope by means 
of their Optical Characters. ‘ Journal Quekett Mic Club,’ xi. 597-630. 1915. 
Frearnsipts, Prof. W. G.(Midland Inst, Eng.) Some Effects of Earth-movement oa 
the Coal Measures of the Sheffield District (South Yorkshire and the neighbouring 
parts of Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire). Part I. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ L. 

573-608. 1916. 

Greenwoop, H. W. On an Example of the Paragenesis of Marcasite, Wurtzite, 
and Calcite, and its Significance. ‘ Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc.’ xm. 131-134, 1916. 

Note on a Boring recently made at Vauxhall Distillery, Vauxhall Road, Liver- 
pool. ‘ Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc.’ xi. 135-136. 1915. 

Gregory, Prof. J. W. The Age of Loch Long, and its relation to the Valley System 
of Southern Scotland. ‘Trans. Glasgow Geol. Soc.’ xv. 297-312. 1916. 

Harrison, J. V. The Girvan Landslip. ‘Trans. Glasgow Geol. Soc.’ xv. 3138-314. 
1916. 

Notes on the Geology of the East Kilsyth Hills. ‘ Trans. Glasgow Geol. Soc.’ 
xv. 315-333. 1916. 

Hicxurwe, Dr. Grorge (Manchester Geol. Min. Soc.). The Coal Measures of the 
Croxteth Park Inlier. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ L. 322-327. 1916. 

The Geological Structure of the South Lancashire Coalfield. ‘ Trans. Inst. Min. 
Eng.’ u. 328-343. 1916. 

Jones, T. A. Note on the Presence of Tourmaline in Eskdale (Cumberland Granite). 
‘Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc.’ xz. 137-140. 1915. 

Kipner, Henry. Flint Pebbles of Reading Age at Bushey Grove and Oxhey, Wat- 
ford. ‘Proc. Herts N. H. 8. F. C.’ xvi. 79-80. 1916. 

Lomax, Jamzs (S. Staffs & Warw. Inst. Eng.) The Formation of Coal Seams in the 
Light of recent Microscopic Investigations. Part I. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ 
L, 127-132. 1915; Part II. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ u. 137-157 1915, 

Lows, Harrorp J. Plan of Kent’s Cavern. ‘Journal Torquay N. H. Soc.’ 1. 23- 
24, 1915. 

Relics of the Ice Age in Devon. ‘ Journal Torquay N. H. Soc,’ m1. 29-41. 1915, 

On a Fossil Arthrodiran Fish, Homosteus Milleri, from the Caithness Flagstones. 
found in a Torquay pavement. ‘ Journal Torquay N. H. Soe.’ 1. 65. 1916. 

Macnatr, Perer. The Hurlet Sequence in North Lanarkshire. ‘Trans. Glasgow 
Geol. Soe.’ xv. 387-409. 1916. 

Maipwett, F. T. Some Sections in the Lower Keuper of Runcorn Hill, Cheshire— 
II. ‘Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc.’ xi, 141-149. 1915. 

Geological Notes on some recent Excavations at West Bank Dock, Widnes. 
‘Proc. Liverpool Geol. Soc.’ xm. 156-160. 1915. 

Marcu, Dr. H. Cottzy, and others. Report on the Excavations at Dewlish, 1914. 
‘ Proc. Dorset N. H. A, F. C.’ xxxvi. 209-224. 1915. 

Marty, Epwarp A. Brighton’s Lost River. *South-Eastern Naturalist for 
1915,’ 39-50. 1915. 

Newtanps, G. On Volcanic Rocks in the Forest of Birse, Aberdeenshire. ‘ Trans. 
Edinburgh Geol. Soc.’ x. 308-315. 1916. 

Opie, M. Second Report of the Fossil Fauna of the Oxford District. ‘ Report 
Ashmolean Na.t Hist. Soc. 1915,’ 51-91. 1916. 

Pracu, Angus M‘Ewen. The Preglacial Platform and Raised Beaches of Prince 
Charles Foreland. ‘Trans. Edinburgh Geol. Soc.’ x. 289-807. 1916, 

Ruopzs, J. E. Wynrietp. Microscopic Examinations of Sandstones from the 
Lower Keuper and Bunter Beds of Runcorn Hill, Cheshire. ‘ Proc. Liverpool 
Geol. Soc.’ xm. 150-155. 1915. 

(Manchester Geol. Min. Soc.). The Drift Deposits of Prestwich, Manchester 
and Neighbourhood. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ xtix. 424-436, 1915. 

Rocers, A. W. Geitsi Gubib, an Old Volcano. ‘ Trans. Royal Soc. of South 
Africa,’ v, 247-258, 1915. 

Sueprarp, T, Bibliography. Papers and Records relating to the Geology and 
Palxontology of the North of England (Yorkshire excepted) during 1914 and 1915, 
‘The Naturalist for 1915,’ 271-274, 303-306. 1915; for 1916, 67-74. 1916. 

— A Yorkshire Dene Hole. ‘The Naturalist for 1915,’ 379-381. 1915. 


598 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


SHEPPARD, T. Bibliography of Yorkshire Geology. (C. Fox-Strangways Memorial 
Volume.) ‘Proc. Yorkshire Geol. Soc.’ xvi, 629 pp. 1915, 

Smeciiz, Witr1aAM R. The Igneous Rocks of Bute. ‘Trans. Glasgow Geol. Soc.’ 
xv. 334-373. 1916. 

SrarnrerR, Prof, X, (Manchester Geol. Min. Soc.) The Connexion between the North- 
Western European Coalfields. ‘Trans, Inst. Min, Eng.’ 11, 99-153. 1916. 

Tait, D, On Bores for Water and Medicinal Wells in the Wardie Shales, near Edin- 
burgh, ‘Trans. Edinburgh Geol. Soc.’ x. 316-325. 1916, 

THompson, RueBy. The Town Walls: Where the Stone came from. ‘ Journal 
Northants N. H. Soc,’ xvut, 103-108. 1915. 

THOMPSON, Prroy G. Notes on the Occurrence of Chalky Boulder Clay at Ching- 
ford, ‘ Essex Naturalist,’ xvi, 2-4, 1915. 

TRINDER, (7?) Rey. Dr, WittaM Martin, Edited by Miller Christy. The Chigwell 
Row Medicinal Springs: a Late Eighteenth Century Account of them. ‘ Essex 
Naturalist,’ xvi. 60-70. 1915, 

Watuace, Mrs, Notes on the Petrology of the Agglomerates and Hypabyssal In- 
trusions between Largo and St. Monans. ‘ Trans, Edinburgh Geol. Soc.’ x, 348- 
362, 1916, 

WHITEHEAD, W, A. The Formation of a Sandstone, ‘ Proc, Liverpool Geol. Soc.’ 
xu, 93-108. 1915, 

Woopwarp, Dr, A, Smire, On a Fossil Arthrodiran Fish, Homosteus Miller, 
from the Caithness Flagstones, found in a Torquay pavement, ‘ Journal Torquay 
N. H. Soe.’ 1. 65-69, 191 

Wrictry, Artuur. Notes on the Low-level Gravels of the River Lea and their 
Paleolithic Implements. ‘Essex Naturalist,’ xvmt. 73-74. 1915. 

Notes on a Fossiliferous Exposure of London Clay at Chingford, Essex, ‘ Essex 
Naturalist,’ xvu1, 74-76. 1915, 

ZEALLEY, A. E, V. The Great Dyke of Norite of Southern Rhodesia: Petrology 
of the Selukwe Portion, ‘Trans, Royal Soc, of South Africa,’ v, 1-24, 1915, 


Section D.—Zoowoey. 


Avams, J. H. Report of the Malacological Section, ‘Report Marlb, Coll, N, H. 
Soc.’ No. 64, 40-47. 1916, 

Apxin, Ropert, Colias edusa in Britain. ‘ Proc, South London Ent, N. H, Soc, 
1914-15,’ 22-30. 1915, 

Some Lepidopterous Pupal Habitations and some Reminiscences. ‘ Proc, 

South London Ent, N. H. Soc. 1914-15,’ 59-69, 1915. 

The Autumn Butterflies at Eastbourne and some other Notes. ‘ Proc. South 
London Ent. N, H. Soc. 1915-16,’ 62-67. 1916, 

Barry, E, Some Notes on Micro-Organisms found in the Manchester Corporation 
Drinking Water. ‘Trans. Manchester Mic, Soc, 1914,’ 60-68. 1916. 

Bayon, H. Herpetomonidae found in Scatophaga hottentota and Chamaeleon pumilus. 
‘Trans. Royal Soc. of South Africa,’ v. 61-63, 1915, 

Bennett, W. H. The Coleoptera of the Hastings District. ‘ Hastings and Hast 
Sussex Naturalist,’ m, 185-192, 1915. 

BicKERTON, WitL1am, Notes on Birds observed in Hertfordshire during the year 
1914, ‘Trans, Herts N. H. 8. F.C.’ xvi. 93-107. 1916. 

Buapren, W, WELLS, Bird Notes (1914), chiefly taken at Stone, ‘Trans, N. Stafis 
F.C. xurx, 83-86, 1915. 

Buatr, K. G. Luminous Insects. ‘ Proc. South London Ent. N. H. Soc. 1914-15,’ 
31-45. 1915. 

Bonaparte-WyseE, H. L. New Beetle Records for County Waterford. ‘ Irish 
Naturalist,’ xxv. 63. 1916. : 

Lepidoptera from Killarney. ‘Irish Naturalist,’ xxv. 73-74. 1916. 

Bootu, H. B. Notes on the Nesting of the Grasshopper Warbler in the West Riding. 
“The Naturalist for 1916,’ 167-170. 1916. 

Brain, CHas. K. The Coccide of South Africa. ‘Trans. Royal Soc. of South 
Africa,’ v. 65-194. 1915. 

Bryce, Davin. On Five New Species of the Genus Habrotrocha. ‘ Journal Quekett 
Mic. Club,’ xu. 631-642. 1915 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES. — 599 


Bunnett, E. J. The Maple Aphis and its Dimorphic Larva. ‘ Proc. South London 
Ent. N. H. Soc. 1915-16,’ 21-24. 1916. 

Burton, James. On a Species of Aleurodes. ‘Journal Quekett Mic. Club,’ x11. 
7-14. 1916. 

Burrer1istp, W. Ruskin. Notes on the Local Fauna, Flora, &c., for the year 
1914. ‘ Hastings and Kast Sussex Naturalist,’ m. 170-177. 1915. 

Carrou, C. J. The Crossbill in Co. Tipperary. ‘Irish Naturalist,’ xxv. 69-72. 
1916. 

—— Ravens in Cos. Waterford and Tipperary. ‘Irish Naturalist,’ xxv. 75-76. 
1916. 

Caarsonnier, H. J. Notes on the Diptera of Somerset. Part I. ‘ Proc. Somerset- 
shire Arch. N. H. Soc.’ uxt. 189-204. 1916. 

Cockayne, Dr. E. A. Gynandromorphism. ‘Trans. LondonN. H. Soe. 1914,’ 75- 
85," LOLS. 

—— Agriades coridon, the Chalk-hill Blue Butterfly, in Hertfordshire. ‘Proc. 
Herts N. H.S. F. C.’ xvz. 81-84. 1916. 

Conean, NatHANnteL. On Irish Animal Names. ‘ Irish Naturalist,’ xxtv. 166-169, 
1915. . 

Observations on Phototropism and the Development of Eye-spots in the Marine 
Nemertine Lineus gesserensis. ‘Irish Naturalist,’ xxv. 7-42. 1916. 

Corsert, H. H. Undesirable Insect Aliens at Doncaster. ‘The Naturalist for 
1915,’ 209. 1915. 

Day, F.H. Cumberland Coleoptera. ‘The Naturalist for 1916,’ 107-110. 1916. 

DE Mutter, W. Termites. ‘Report Hastings and St. Leonards N.H.S., 1914-15,’ 
28-35. 1915. 

Denpy, Prof. ArtHuR. The President’s Address: Some Factors of Evolution in 
Sponges. ‘Journal Quekett Mic. Club,’ xm. 27-46. 1916. 

Drxry, Dr. F. A. Seasonal Dimorphism. ‘ Proc. South London Ent. N. H. Soc. 
1915-16,’ 1-14. 1916. 

Dreyer, Dr. T. F. A Mesostoma from Bloemfontein (J. karrooense, n. sp.). 
‘Trans. Royal Soc. of South Africa,’ v. 55-59. 1915. 

Etmurrst, RicHarp. Faunistic Notes: I. Habits of Cottus bubalis; II. Records 
of Lernea cyclopterina, Abnormal Anas boscas, Colymbus arcticus, Tetrabothrias 
ead Soa and Parachordodes violaceus. ‘Glasgow Naturalist,’ vit. 43-47, 
1915. 

Etwes, Major E. V. The Life History of a Shore Fly. ‘Journal Torquay N. H. 
Soe.’ 11. 3-7. 1915. 

Enock, Frep. A New Mymarid from Hastings. ‘Hastings and East Sussex 
Naturalist,’ m. 178-181. 1915. 

Fatconer, Wm. The Spiders of Wicken, with description of two new species. 
‘The Naturalist for 1915,’ 201-204, 225-230. 1915. 

Arachnida of the Sawley District. ‘The Naturalist for 1915,’ 363-364. 1915. 

—— The Harvestmen and Pseudoscorpions of Yorkshire. ‘The Naturalist for 
1916,’ 103-106, 135-140, 155-158. 1916. 

Finpon, Huan. The Problem of Terrestrial and Fluviatile Shell-fish, ‘ South- 
Eastern Naturalist for 1915,’ 32-38. 1915. 

Forpuam, W. J. Yorkshire Coleoptera in 1914. ‘The Naturalist for 1915,’ 198- 
200. 1915. 

Fortunr, R. The Protection of Wild Life in Yorkshire. (Presidential Address 
to the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.) ‘The Naturalist for 1916,’ 53-59, 92-95, 
124-131, 151-154. 1916. 

Fosrrr, Nevin H. Natural History Notes from Carlingford, Co. Louth. ‘Irish 
Naturalist,’ xxtv. 101-104. 1915. 

On the Distribution of the Symphyla in Ireland as at present known. ‘Irish 
Naturalist,’ xx1v. 174-175. 1915. 

Frrenp, Rey. HinpEric. Notes on Irish Oligochaets. ‘Irish Naturalist,’ xxv. 22- 
27. 1916. 

Are White Worms injurious ? ‘Irish Naturalist,’ xxv. 44-47. 1916. 

Garnett, Henry. A Note on Simulium. ‘Trans, Manchester Mic. Soc. 1914, 
37-40. 1916. 

Gemuitt, Dr. James F. The Hydroid Stage of Lar sabellarwm, Gosse (new Firth 
of Clyde Record). ‘Glasgow Naturalist,’ vm. 1-2. 1916. 


600 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Gipps, A. E. Rhyssa persuasoria, the Ichneumon of the Giant Saw-fly, Sirex gigas, 
in Hertfordshire. ‘Trans. Herts N. H. 8. F. C.’ xvr. 39-40. 1916. 

a as. Lepidoptera from County Tyrone. ‘Irish Naturalist,’ xxv. 56- 

a LOLG: 

H., L, E, A Cumberland Nature Reserve. ‘The Naturalist for 1915,’ 187-191, 
238-243, 1915. 

Hatsert, J. N. Some Recent Records of Irish Insects, ‘Irish Naturalist,’ xxtv. 
157-165. 1915. 

HatuettT, H. M. Entomological Notes, 1914. ‘Trans. Cardiff Nat. Soc.’ xiv. 
54-58. 1915. 

Hammonp, L. F, Description of an Experiment in Variable Protective Colouring 
in the Pupz of Pieris Brassice. ‘Trans. Croydon N. H. Sci. Soe.’ vi. 5-11. 1915. 

Harpy, G. Hurtstone., The Fly-Peril and its Cure. ‘South-Eastern Naturalist 
for 1915,’ 76-84, 1915. 

Harris, G. T. The Collection and Preservation of Desmids. ‘ Journal Quekett 
Mic. Club,’ ximr. 15-26. 1916. 

Harrison, J. W. Hestop. The Psyllidae of the Clevelands. ‘The Naturalist 
for 1915,’ 400-401, 1915. 

Psylla bagnalli (Harrison): A New Species of Psyllid. ‘The Naturalist for 

916,’ 62-63. 1916. 

Aleuropteryx lutea (Wallengren) : A Neuropteron new to Britain. ‘The Natural- 

ist for 1916,’ 97-98. 1916. 

The Geographical Distribution of the Moths of the Sub-Family Bistonine. 
‘The Naturalist for 1916,’ 163-166. 1916. 

Hauvcuton, 8. H. On Some Dinosaur Remains from Bushmanland. ‘ Trans. 
Royal Soc. of South Africa,’ v. 259-264. 1915. 

Hows, W. H. On making Sections of Shells, ‘Journal Northants N H. Soc.’ 
xvi. 109-110. 1915. 

Hout, A. E. Report of the Entomological Section. ‘Report Marlb. Coll. N. H. 
Soc.’ No. 64, 34-39, 1916. 

Hout, Rev. J. E. Acari from Birds’ Nests, with Description of a New Species. 
‘The Naturalist for 1915,’ 398-399, 1915. 

Jounson, Rey. W. F. Ichneumonidae from the North of Ireland. ‘ Irish Natural- 
ist,’ XxIv. 130-133. 1915. 

Ichneumonidae and Braconidae from Counties Armagh and Donegal. ‘Irish 

Naturalist,’ xxv. 17-21. 1916. 

Hymenoptera aculeata in the Counties of Armaghand Donegal. ‘ Irish Natural- 
ist,’ xxv. 61-62. 1916. 

Kanz, W. F. pp VY. The Crossbill and its Diet. ‘Irish Naturalist,’ xxv. 53-54. 
1916. 

Kirgceatrick, T. W. Report of the Diptera Section. ‘Report Marlb. Coll. N. H. 
Soc.’ No. 63, 37-43. 1915. 

Linper, Ernest, and Cuartes Key. Note on Leaf-folding Caterpillars. ‘ Essex 
Naturalist,’ xvm1. 70-73. 1915. 

Lucas, W. J. British Long-horned Grasshoppers. ‘Proc. South London Ent. 
N. H. Soe, 1914-15,’ 49-58. 1915. 

—— British Cockroaches. ‘ Proc. South London Ent. N. H. Soc. 1915-16,’ 29-40. 
1916. 

British Crickets. ‘ Proc, South London Ent. N. H. Soc. 1915-16,’ 50-54. 1916. 

MASEFIELD, J. R. B. Annual Address: Staffordshire Mammals. ‘Trans. N. 
Staffs F.C.’ xtrx. 44-55, 1915. 

Staffordshire Vertigos. ‘Trans. N. Stafis F. C.’ xnrx. 80-82. 1915, 

Zoological Report. ‘ Trans, N. Staffs F, C.’ xirx. 148-154. 1915, 

Meares, C. §. British Breeding Ducks. ‘Trans. London N. H. Soc, 1914,’ 48- 
69. 1915. 

Meyrick, E. Report of the Entomological Section. ‘Report Marlb. Coll, N. H. 
Soc.’ No. 63, 31-36. 1915. , 

Ornithological List. ‘ Report Marlb. Coll. N. H. Soc.’ No. 63, 44-48. 1915, 

Miner, W. On the Bdelloid Rotifera of South Africa. Part I. ‘Journal Quekett 
Mic. Club,’ xu. 47-84. 1916. 

Morrat, C. B. The Crossbill and its Diet. ‘Irish Naturalist,’ xxv. 1-6. 1916. 

Mosiry, Cuarues. Moulting of Oniscus asellus Linné. ‘The Naturalist for 1915,’ 
284-285. 1915. 


— 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES, 601 


Nerson, Epwarp M. Various Insect Structures. ‘Journal Quekett Mic. Club,’ 
xir. 593-596. 1915. 

Newman, L. W. Notes on Breeding and Collecting the ‘Sesia.’ ‘Trans. London 
N. H. Soc. 1914,’ 43-48. 1915. 

OtpHAM, CHARLES. A Day with the Birds in North-West Hertfordshire. ‘ Proc. 
Herts N. H.S. F. C.’ xvr. 51-52. 1916. 

Overton, H. Holocene Mollusca of Letocetum. ‘Trans. N. Staffs F. C.’ xrrx. 
87-91. 1915. 

PenTLanp, G. H. Notes on a Decoy in the County of Louth. ‘ Irish Naturalist,’ 
xxiv. 209-211. 1915. 

Perkins, Dr. R. C. L. Observations on the Study and Collecting of Insects in 
South Devon. ‘Journal Torquay N. H. Soc.’ m. 8-11. 1915. 

List of a Collection of Hymenoptera made, arranged, and presented to the 
Natural History Museum by Dr. Perkins. ‘Journal Torquay N. H. Soc.’ 1. 
12-16. 1915. 

—— Local Hymenoptera. ‘Journal Torquay N. H. Soc.’ 1. 75-77. 1916. 

Puituirs, R. A. The Non-Marine Mollusca of South Galway. ‘Irish Naturalist,’ 
xxiv. 137-150. 1915. 

Prarr-BarRert, J. The European Species of the Genus Melanargia. ‘ Proc. 
South London Ent. N. H. Soc. 1915-16,’ 55-61. 1916. 

Procer, T. W., and D. R. Paterson. Ornithological Notes, 1914. ‘ Trans. Cardiff 
Nat. Soc.’ xtvir. 45-53. 1915, 

si Pr Louis B. Presidential Address. ‘Trans. London N. H. Soc. 1914,’ 31-40. 

5. 

Rennirz, Witt1amM. The Mute Swan (Cygnus olor) at Possil Marsh. ‘ Glasgow 
Naturalist,’ vir. 79-88. 1915. 

Ruopes, F. The Terrestrial Isopoda (Woodlice) of Yorkshire. ‘The Naturalist 
for 1915,’ 99-162, 121-123. 1916, 

Ricuarpson, Netson M. Anniversary Address. ‘Proc. Dorset N. H. A. F. C.’ 
XXXVI. lii-Ixxiv. 1915. 

RiIvcHik, JOHN, jun. A Contribution to the Parasitic Fauna of the West of Scot- 
land. ‘ Glasgow Naturalist,’ vir. 33-42. 1915. 

Roarrs, A. W. The Occurrence of Dinosaurs in Bushmanland. ‘Trans. Royal 
Soe. of South Africa,’ v. 265-272. 1915. 

Ross, ALEXANDER. Some Additional Notes on the Birds of Islay. ‘ Glasgow 
Naturalist,’ vir. 97-101. 1915. 

Sano, Constant. On the Metamorphosis of Geotrupes stercorarius, L. ‘ Proc. 
South London Ent. N. H. Soc. 1915-16,’ 25-28. 1916. 

Scwarrr, Dr. R. F. The Long-finned Bream (Brama _ longipinnis, Lowe). 
An Addition to the Britannic Fauna. ‘ Irish Naturalist,’ xxrv. 97-98. 1915. 

—— Notes on Irish Sharks. ‘Irish Naturalist,’ xxrv. 98-100. 1915. 

— On the Irish Names of Birds. ‘ Irish Naturalist,’ xxrv. 109-129. 1915. 

—— The Clare Island Survey. ‘Irish Naturalist,’ xxtv. 177-187. 1915. 

Some Irish Bird-Names heard on Rathlin Island. ‘Irish Naturalist,’ xxrv. 
211-213. 1915. 

“er Hans. Notes on Some Danish Mollusca. ‘The Naturalist for 1916,’ 
61. 1916. 

Srtovus, EpmMunp. A Diary of Ornithological Observations in Brittany. ‘The 
Naturalist for 1915,’ 193-197. 1915. 

Observations on the Grey Seal. ‘The Naturalist for 1915,’ 217-221, 253-257, 
281-284, 358-362. 1915. 

Sicu, Atrrep. Life Cycle of Tortriz viridana, L. ‘ Proc. South London Ent. N. H. 
Soc. 1915-16,’ 15-20. 1916. 

Limacology. ‘ Proc, South London Ent. N. H. Soc. 1915-16,’ 41-49. 1916. 

Spmuvx,S.C. A Sketch of the Invertebrate Seashore Fauna of Brighton. ‘Selborne 
Magazine,’ xxviI. 14-17, 28-31. 1916. 

SratnrortH, T. The Guests of Yorkshire Ants, ‘The Naturalist for 1915,’ 385- 
397. 1915. 

—— Notes on some Yorkshire Coleoptera. ‘The Naturalist for 1915,’ 402-404, 
1915. 

Stenton, Rupert. Mendelism and Selection in Animal Breeding. ‘Journal 
Torquay N. H. Soc.’ 1. 99-109. 1916, 


602 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916, 


Sturt, H. H. Report of the Ornithological Section. ‘Report Marlb. Coll. N. H. 
Soc.’ No. 64, 48-51. 1916. 

THomson, Prof. J. ArtHUR. The Web of Life. ‘Report Belfast N. H. Phil. Soc. 
1914-15,’ 63-67. 1915. 

TicenuRST, Norman F. A hitherto unrecorded Duck Decoy at Crowhurst. ‘ Hast- 
ings and East Sussex Naturalist,’ 1m. 149-153. 1915. 

Tomi, J. R. ue B. The Coleoptera of Glamorgan. ‘Trans. Cardiff Nat. Soc.’ 
xLvi. 13-33. 1915. 

W., W. E. L. Natural History of Sawley and Eavestone, near Ripon. ‘The 
Naturalist for 1915,’ 206-208, 231-237. 1915. 

Watker, J., and H. Lupron. Notes on Local Lepidoptera. ‘Journal Torquay 
N. H. Soe.’ mz. 25-28. 1915. 

Watker, J. J. Interim Report on Coleoptera. ‘Report Ashmolean Nat. Hist. 
Soc. 1915,’ 49. 1916. 

WaLtuis, ALBERT. The Snail and its Name. ‘Journal Northants N. H. Soc.’ xvmz. 
117-128. 1916. 

Wueeter, Rev. G. The Genus Melitea. ‘Proc. South London Ent. N. H. Soc. 
1914-15,’ 1-16. 1915. 

Wiis, H. G. Spiders. ‘Trans. Manchester Mic. Soc. 1914,’ 50-59. 1916. 

Wortuam, Miss W. H. The Botany of Puffin Island. ‘Proc. Llandudno F. C.’ 
vit. 15-20. 1915. 

Yates, Harry. Peripatoides orientalis. ‘Trans. Manchester Mic. Soc. 1914,’ 42- 
49. 1916. 


Section H.—GEOGRAPHY. 


BARNARD, A. Sepawick. Glimpses of Ceylon. ‘Journal Manchester Geog. Soc.’ 
XxXxI. 36-51. 1916. 

CopLAND-CRAWFORD, W. E. B. Nigeria. ‘Journal Manchester Geog. Soc.’ xxxt. 
1-15. 1916. 

Faaa, C. C. The Regional Survey and Local Natural History Societies. ‘ South- 
Eastern Naturalist for 1915,’ 21-31. 1915. 

Fatconer, Dr. J. D. The Geographical Factor in Ancient Colonisation. ‘ Proc. 
Glasgow Royal Phil. Soc.’ xnvr. 125-135. 1915. 

HutcnHeon, J. Geography: its Field, its Fascination, and its Future. ‘ Journal 
Manchester Geog. Soc.’ xxx. 145-153. 1915. 

Lyons, Major H. G. The Importance of Geographical Research. ‘Journal Man- 
chester Geog. Soc.’ xxx1. 52-70. 1916. 

Mettor, E. W. The Home of the Rajputs. ‘Journal Manchester Geog. Soc.’ 
xxx. 105-124. 1915. 

PercivaL, F. G. Venezuela. ‘ Journal Manchester Geog. Soc.’ xxx1. 16-18. 1916. 

Sumeuey, G. W. Notes on the Topography of Dumfries. ‘Trans. Dumfriesshire 
and Galloway N. H. A. Soc.’ m. (Third Series), 166-213. 1915. 

Weston, Rev. Water. Recent Explorations in the Japanese Alps. ‘Journal 
Manchester Geog. Soc.’ xxx1. 23-35. 1916. 

Wurman, T. The Effect of Geographical Features on the War at Sea. ‘ Journal 
Manchester Geog. Soc.’ xxx1. 19-22. 1916. 

Witmors, Dr. AtBEert. Belgium: the Battleground of Europe. ‘Journal Man- 
chester Geog. Soc.’ xxx. 125-129. 1915. 


Section F.—Economic Science AnD STATISTICGs. 


Cater, C. W. (N. England Inst. Eng.) Mining in Burma. Part I. ‘Trans. 
Inst. Min. Eng.’ xtrx. 628-639. 1915. 

Doyuiz, Danten §. Housing. ‘Journal Stat. Soc. Treland,’ xm. 255-268. 1915. 

FLetcHEer, Leonard R. (Manchester Geol. Min. Soc.) Presidential Address : 
The War and the Coal Mining Industry. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ b. 286-294. 
1916. 

HesxetH, W. T. The Influence of Sun-spots on Prices. Professor Jevons’s Theories 
explained. ‘Trans. Manchester Stat. Soc. 1914-15,’ 13-34. 1915. 

Nimmo, Apam. The Working of Conciliation Boards in the Coal Trade, with special 
reference to Scotland. ‘ Proc. Glasgow Royal Phil. Soc.’ xvi. 136-145. 1915. 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES, 603 


OvpHAM, Prof. C. H. The Economic Interests inyolved in the present War. 
‘ Journal Stat. Soc. Ireland,’ xm. 269-280. 1915. 

OLDHAM, CHARLES. Two Ancient East Anglian Industries: Cultivation and Manu- 
facture of Woad and Manufacture of Gun-flints. ‘Trans, Herts N. H. S. F. CG.’ 
Xvi. 37-38. 1916. 

Smarr, Prof. Wiru1am. The Economic Dislocation of the War. ‘ Proc. Glasgow 
Royal Phil. Soc.’ xnv1. 16-36. 1915. 

WELTON, THomas A. The Occupations of the People of England and Wales in 
1911 from the point of view of Industrial Developments. ‘Trans. Manchester 
Stat. Soc. 1914-15,’ 47-170. 1915. 

WiiAms, Arnot. Belgium, the Land of Art: its Economic and Political History. 
‘Journal Manchester Geog. Soc.’ xxx. 130-144, 1915. 

Youne, J. DenHotm. The Transport of Merchandise by Sea and by Land; some 
Figures and Comparisons. ‘Trans. Liverpool Eng. Soc.’ xxxvi, 8-20. 1915. 


Section G.—ENGINEERING. 


see W. 8. Ship Casualties. ‘Trans. Liverpool Eng. Soc.’ xxxvi. 159-175. 

915, 

Back, JAmEs (Min. Inst. Scotland). Forming a Shaft-pillarin Thin Seams. ‘ Trans. 
Inst. Min, Eng.’ L. 449-456. 1916. 

Brices, Henry (Min. Inst. Scotland). Rescue-station Organization: the Resident 
Brigade System versus the System of Non-resident Brigades, ‘Trans. Inst. Min. 
Eng.’ xurx. 519-525. 1915. 

A Method for the Rapid Estimation of Oxygen and Blackdamp in the Air of 
Safety-lamp Mines. ‘ Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ ur. 169-186. 1916. 

Bropiz, JoHN A. Notes on the Improvement of Local Means of Communication, 
‘Trans. Liverpool Eng. Soc.’ xxxvi. 233-249. 1915, 

CoprrrTHWAITE, W. C. Subaqueous Tunnelling with a Shield. ‘Trans. Liver- 
pool Eng. Soc.’ xxxvr. 29-48. 1915. 

Dean, Samvuen (N. England Inst. Eng.). Modern American Coal-Mining Methods, 
with some Comparisons. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ u. 179-211. 1916. 

Dickinson, Harotp. Some Notes on the Liverpool Electric Supply Undertaking. 
“Trans. Liverpool Eng. Soc.’ xxxvr. 207-224. 1915, 

DvorKovitz, Dr. Pauu. Boring and Drilling on Oilfields. ‘Trans, Inst. Min. 
Eng,’ xtrx. 705-714. 1915. 

Exxison, CHARLES CHETWyND (Midland Inst. Eng.). Presidential Address [The 
Position of the Mining Industry]; Notes on the Uses and Markets of Bye-Products 
obtained from Coke Ovens. ‘Trans, Inst. Min. Eng.’ zu. 501-519. 1916. 

Grisson, Joun (N. England Inst. Eng.). The Logic of Trams. ‘ Trans. Inst. Min. 
Eng.’ x1. 72-84. 1916. 

GinLtinaAux, Marcet (Min. Inst. Scotland). Lining Shafts with Concrete Z-Blocks. 
‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ yu. 51-59. 1915. 

Given, Ernest C. Inaugural Address [Engineers and the War.]. ‘Trans. Liver- 
pool Eng. Soc.’ xxxv1. 1-6. 1915, 

GREEN, Haroup (Manchester Geol. Min. Soc.). Visual Signalling. ‘Trans. Inst. 
Min. Eng.’ ut, 472-478. 1916. 

GREENER, T. Y. (N. England Inst, Eng.) Presidential Address : The Manufacture 
of Coke in Bye-product Ovens, ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ yu. 164-177. 1915. 

Haxpaum, H. W. G. (N. England Inst. Eng.) The Winding-drums of Practice 
and of Theory ; with Notes on Factors of Safety and Economy of Winding-ropes. 
“Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ xtrx. 557-597. 1915. 

Hirscu, Hiram H. (N. England Inst. Eng.) The Hirsch Portable Electric Lamp. 
‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ yr. 61-71. 1916, 

Hunter, SHERWwoop (Manchester Geol. Min. Soc.). Economies in Coal-washing. 
‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ Lr. 268-281. 1916. 

Macponatp, Rt. Hon. Sir Jonn H. A. Power Traction in War, ‘ Proc. Glasgow 
Royal Phil. Soc.’ xnvr. 136-145. 1915. 

Martin, H. E. Lance. Some Experiments with Reinforced Materials examined 
by aid of Plane Polarised Light. “Trans. Liverpool Eng. Soc.’ xxxvi. 59-86. 1915. 

Mavor, Sam. Compressed Air for Coal Cutters. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ L. 626- 
704. 1916. 


604 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Mitts, MANSFELDT Henry. Gas-producers at Collieries for Obtaining Power and 
Bye-products from Unsaleable Fuel. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ u. 723-748. 1916. 

Nispet, JAMES (Min. Inst. Scotland). The Sinking and Equipment of a Circular 
Shaft. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ 11. 305-338. 1916. 

Paton, J. DRummonp (S. Stafis & Warw. Inst. Eng.). Modern Developments in 
Hydraulic Stowing, with Suggestions for its Application in the Staffordshire and 
District Coalfield, and the Recovery of Abandoned Coal. ‘ Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ 
XLix. 470-484. 1915. 

Simons, W. (N. Staffs Inst. Eng.) Notes on the Specification’ of Iron and Steel 
suitable for Colliery Use. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ x1. 245-260. 1916. 

Syow, R. Corr (Midland Counties Inst. Eng.). The Adlington Signal Apparatus. 
“Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ xtrx. 463-466. 1915. 

StracHan, J. (Midland Counties Inst. Eng.) The B-well Signal Indicator. ‘ Trans. 
Inst. Min. Eng.’ xurx. 467. 1915. 

STRZELECKI, PeRcy. List of Fatal and Non-fatal Explosions of Fire-damp or Coal- 
dust, and Barometer, Thermometer, etc., Readings for the year 1914. ‘ Trans. 
Inst. Min. Eng.’ xtvi. 679-685. 1915. 

Tuomas, Tom R. Gyroscopic Applications, with Demonstrations. ‘Trans. Liver- 
pool Eng. Soc.’ xxxvr. 99-119. 1915. 

THornton, Prof. W. M. A New Battery Signalling Bell. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. 
Eng.’ L. 19-26. 1915. 

Watt, A. T. Some Considerations in the Design of Channel Steamers. ‘ Trans. 
Liverpool Eng. Soc.’ xxxyz. 125-144. 1915. 

Watsue, J. M. (N. Staffs Inst. Eng.) High-speed Air Compressors for Mining 
Work. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ tr. 2-23. 1916. 

Wikre, James B. Hot Bulb Engines and their Application. ‘Trans. Liverpool 
Eng. Soc.’ xxxvi. 180-198. 1915. 


Section H.—ANTHROPOLOGY. 


Atsop, J. C. Anthropometrical Report. ‘ Report Marlb. Coll. N. H. Soc.’ No. 64, 
85-112. 1916. 

Caton, Louisa L. F. Spade-work in North-West Suffolk. ‘Pree. Prehistoric 
Soc. of East Anglia,’ m. 35-38. 1915. 
CuanpDLeR, R. H. Implements of Les Eyzies-Type and a Working Floor in the 
River Cray Valley. ‘ Proc. Prehistoric Soc. of East Anglia,’ 1. 80-98. 1915. 
Crarkr, W. G. A Prehistoric Flint-Pit at Ringland. ‘ Proc. Prehistoric Soc. of 
East Anglia,’ m. 148-151. 1915. 

Craw, James Hewat. An Account of the Excavation of Two Cairns of the Bronze 
Age at Foulden Hagg. ‘ History Berwickshire Nat. Club,’ xxir. 282-294. 1915. 

Crooke, Wintiam. The Transmission of Culture. ‘ Proc. Cheltenham Nat. Sci. 
Soe.’ rt. (N.S.), 13-21. 1915. 

Dawson, CHARLES. The Piltdown Skull (Hoanthropus Dawsoni). ‘Hastings and 
East Sussex Naturalist,’ m. 182-184. 1915. 

Hewitt, H. Dixon. A Neolithic Site near Thetford. ‘Proc. Prehistoric Soc. of 
East Anglia,’ m. 42-45. 1915. 

KENDALL, Rey. H. G.O. Middle Glacial and Pre-Crag Implements in South Norfolk. 
“Proc. Prehistoric Soc. of East Anglia,’ m. 31-35. 1915. 

Flint Implements in Cornwall. ‘Proc. Prehistoric Soc. of East Anglia,’ 1. 
58-59. 1915. 

—— Some Paleolithic Pits and Periods in Hertfordshire, etc. ‘ Proc. Prebistoric 
Soc. of East Anglia,’ mu. 135-139. 1915. 

Layarp, Nina F. ‘Coast Finds’ by Major Moore at Felixstowe Ferry. ‘ Proc. 
Prehistoric Soc. of East Anglia,’ m. 132-134, 1915. 

Lesour, Nona. Amber and Jet in Ancient Burials: their Significance. ‘Trans. 
Dumfriesshire and Galloway N. H. A. Soc.’ 11. (Third Series), 106-120. 1915. 

Lowr, Harrorp J. The Stone Implements from the Breccia of Kent’s Cavern. 
‘Journal Torquay N. H. Soc.’ m. 80-87. 1916. ; 

Muptey, Prof. DupLey J. The War and the Races of Europe. ‘ Proc. Glasgow 
Royal Phil. Soc.’ xnvr. 1-15. 1915. 

Meyrick, E. Anthropometrical Report. ‘ Report Marlb. Coll. N. H. Soc.’ No. 63, 
79-102. 1915. 


i lh 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES. 605 


Morr, J. Rem. On the Further Discoveries of Flint Implements of Man beneath 
the Base of the Red Crag of Suffolk. (Presidential Address.) ‘ Proc. Prehistoric 
Soc. of East Anglia,’ m. 12-31. 1915. 

—— A Series of Mineralised Bone Implements of a Primitive Type from below the 
Base of the Red and Coralline Crags of Suffolk. ‘ Proc. Prehistoric Soc. of East 
Anglia,’ m. 116-131. 1915. 

Norvrati, Dr. T. E. The Occurrence of Paloliths in North-East Lancashire. 
‘Proc. Prehistoric Soc. of East Anglia,’ m. 61-71. 1915. 

Peake, A. E. A Cave Site at Nettlebed, S. Oxon. ‘ Proc. Prehistoric Soc. of East 
Anglia,’ m. 71-80. 1915. 

Périneuey, Dr. L. Presidential Address: The Bushman as a Paleolithic Man. 
“Trans. Royal Soc. of South Africa,’ v. 225-236. 1915. 

SaLeeBy, Dr. C. W. The Longest Price of War. ‘Trans. Manchester Stat. Soc. 
1914-15,’ 1-12. 1915. 

Smits, Reervatp A, High-Level Finds in the Upper Thames Valley. ‘ Proc. 
Prehistoric Soc. of East Anglia,’ m. 99-107. 1915, 

Sotty, Rev. H. SHarn. Early Man in Dorset. ‘Proc. Dorset N. H. A. F. GC.’ 
xxxvi. 28-40. 1915. 

Tomes, Dr. Cuartes §. An Ancient Interment at Mannington. ‘ Proc. Prehistoric 
Soc. of East Anglia,’ m. 152-152. 1915. 

WarREN, S. HazztepInE. The Dating of Early Human Remains. (Presidential 
Address.) ‘ Essex Naturalist,’ xvmr. 40-59. 1915. 

Wison, Epwarp T. President’s Address : Notes on the Long Barrow Race beyond 
the Cotteswolds. ‘ Proc. Cheltenham Nat. Sci. Soc.’ mz. {n.s.), 1-5. 1915. 


Section I.—PHyYsIoLoay. 


Extrorr, O. T. Germ Diseases and Immunity. ‘Trans. Leicester Lit. and Phil. 
Soc.’ xtx. 5-16. 1915. 

Hatpane, Dr. J. 8. Presidential Address: The Place of Biology in Human Know- 
ledge and Endeavour. ‘ South-Eastern Naturalist for 1915,’ 1-20. 1915. 

McCormick, Mrcwart (Min. Inst. Scotland). An Auxiliary Aid Outfit for Attach- 
ment to Self-contained Rescue Apparatus. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ xrrx. 526- 
5380. 1915. 

McWeeEney, Prof. E. J. On Immunity against Infectious Disease, with special 
reference to Anti-Typhoid Inoculation. ‘ Journal Stat. Soc. Ireland,’ xm. 231- 
254. 1915. 


Section K.—BorTany. 


ApAms, J. H. Report of the Botanical Section. ‘ Report Marlb. Coll. N. H. Soc.’ 
No. 64, 24-33. 1916. 

ALLEN, W. B. Mycetozoa collected at the Spring Foray at Baslow, May 22-25, 
1915, ‘Trans. British Mycological Soc.’ v. 192-195. 1916. 

ANDERSON, ADAM. List of less common Plants in the Area of the Club, with Locali- 
ties and References. ‘ History Berwickshire Nat. Club,’ xxm. 227-272. 1915. 

Barciay, W. Opening Address. ‘ Proc. Perthshire Soc. Nat. Sci.’ vr. lxv.-Ixxiii. 
1915. 

—— Annual Address: Notes on Roses. ‘ Proc. Perthshire Soc. Nat. Sci.’ vr. lxxxii.- 
Ixxxix. 1915. 

Bates, GrorGe F. Pollen. ‘Trans. Perthshire Soc. Nat. Sci.’ vr. 62-70. 1915. 

Beprorp, E. J. The Order Orchidacew in Sussex. ‘South-Eastern Naturalist 
for 1915,’ 72-75. 1915. 

Bennett, ArtuuR. Notes on ‘ Additions to the List of Perthshire Plants since the 
Publication of Dr, White’s Flora.’ ‘ Proc. Perthshire Soc. Nat. Sci.’ vr. Ixxx.- 
Ixxxii. 1915. 

Bickerton, Wri11aM. A Protest against the Eradication of Poisonous Plants in 
the Watford District. ‘ Proc. Herts N. H. 8. F. ©. xvz. 69-71. 1916. 

BoutceErR, Prof. G. 8. The Connection of Kew with the History of Botany. ‘ South- 
Eastern Naturalist for 1915,’ 61-71. 1915. 

Boyp, D. A. Notes on Microfungi observed in the Lochlomond District. ‘ Glasgow 
Naturalist,’ vir. 3-8. 1916. 


606 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Boyrp, D. A. Records of Sawn for the Lochlomond District. * Glasgow 
Naturalist,’ vi. 9-16. 191 

Some Recent Additions to ah List of Microfungi of the Clyde Area. ‘ Glasgow 
Naturalist,’ vi. 77-79. 1916. 

Brown, Dr. Rorert. Alpine Louseworts (Pedicularis). ‘Glasgow Naturalist,’ 
vir. 51-56. 1915. 

Butten, G. E. On the Cultivation of Hydrophilous Plants on a Dry Soil. ‘ Proc, 
Herts N. H.S. F. C.’ xvi. 73-74. 1916. 

Bourton, James. Hydrodictyon reticulatwm. ‘Journal Quekett Mic. Club,’ xn. 
587-592. 1915. 

CuentHam, Curis. A. Grimmia Harimani Schp.: an Addition to the Yorkshire 
Moss Flora. ‘ The Naturalist for 1915,’ 192. 1915. 

Custer, Grorar. Plant Notes, 1914-1915. ‘Journal Northants N. H. Soc.’ 
xvi, 129-131. 1916. 

Coates, Henry. The Evolution of Plant Life on a Haughland. ‘ Trans. Perth- 
shire Soc. Nat. Sci.’ vi. 33-43. 1915. 

Cryer, Jonn. Yorkshire Hawkweeds. ‘The Naturalist for 1916,’ 59-60. 1916. 

Curtis, W. PaRKINsoN. Phenological Report on First Appearances of Birds, 
Insects, &c., and First Flowering of Plants in Dorset during 1914. ‘ Proc. Dorset 
N. H. A. F. C.’ xxxvi. 106-147. 1915. 

Dorper, Dr. Etuet M. Some Notes on the South African Hrysiphacee. ‘ Trans. 
Royal Soc. of South Africa,’ v. 237-246. 1915. 

Drucer, G. Craripar. Botanical Notes. ‘Report Ashmolean Nat. Hist. Soc. 
1915,’ 41-43. 1916. 

Euuis, Joun W. New British Fungi. ‘Trans. British Mycological Soc.’ v. 228- 
231. 1916. 

Etwes, Major E. V. Notes on the Society’s Botanical Collections. ‘ Journal 
Torquay N. H. Soc.’ m. 70-74. 1916. 

Evans, I. B. Powe. Descriptions of some New Aloes from the Transvaal. ‘Trans. 
Royal Soc. of South Africa,’ v. 25-37. 1915. 

Frycu, W. Cotes. Some Local Poisonous Plants. ‘Rochester Naturalist,’ v. 
454-460. 1915. 

Haagart, D. A. Botanical Notes: Appin, Fortingall, Schiehallion, and Ben 
Lawers. ‘Trans. Perthshire Soc. Nat. Sci.’ vi. 44-55. 1915. 

Harris, G. T. <A Note on the Slides of Fissidentaceze in the Q.M.C. Cabinet. 
€ Journal Quekett Mic. Club,’ x11. 581-584. 1915. 

Harrison, J. W. Hestop. The Wild Roses of Durham. ‘The Naturalist for 
1916,’ 9-13. 1916. 

Heepen, THomas. The Lichen Flora of Harden Beck Valley. ‘The Naturalist 
for 1916,’ 132-134, 159-162. 1916. 

Hitton, A. E. Further Notes on the Cultivation of Plasmodia of Badhamia utri- 
cularis. ‘Journal Quekett Mic. Club,’ x11. 585-586. 1915. 

—— On the Formation of Sporangia in the Genus Stemonitis. ‘ Journal Quekett 
Mic. Club,’ xim. 1-6. 1916. 

Horxtnson, Joun. Report on the Phenological Observations in Hertfordshire 
for the year 1914. ‘ Trans. Herts N. H. 8. F.C.’ xvi. 85-92. 1916. 

Larter, Miss C. ETHELINDA. Devon Pansies. ‘Journal Torquay N. H. Soc.’ 
mr. 17-22. 1915. 

Ler, Joun R. A Visit to the Source of the River Falloch. ‘ Glasgow Naturalist,’ 
vir. 65-77. 1915. 

Linton, Rev. E. F. A Tentative Account of the Fungi of East Dorset. Part II. 
‘Proc. Dorset N. H. A. F. C.’ xxxvi. 148-194. 1915. 

Lister, Miss Gutietma. Illustrations of Mycetozoa, dedicated to Samuel Dale, 
M.D., in Micheli’s ‘Nova Plantarum Genera,’ 1729. ‘ Essex Naturalist,’ xvi. 
1-2. 

— Mycetozoa found during the Fungus Foray on October 17, 1914. ‘ Essex 
Naturalist,’ xvi. 35-36. 1915. 

—— Mycetozoa found in the Gower Benne, “Trans. British Mycological Soc.’ 
v. 208-210. 1916. 

Mrasuam, Miss C. E. C. A Botanical Survey of some Fields near Leicester, with 
an scree by A. R. Horwoop. ‘Trans. Leicester Lit. and Phil. Soc.’ xx. 
17-28. : 


CORRESPONDING SOCIETIES. 607 


Mertin, A. A. C. Etior. Notes on Diatom Structure. ‘Journal Quekett Mio. 
Club,’ x11. 577-580. 1915. 

Meyrick, E. Report of the Botanical Section. ‘Report Marlb. Coll. N. H. Soc.’ 
No. 63, 21-29. 1915. 

Puck, A. EE. Mycological Notes from Scarborough. ‘The Naturalist for 1915,’ 
222-224, 1915. 

— Mycologists at Scarborough. ‘The Naturalist for 1916,’ 18-21. 


Pickarp, JospPH Fry. Notes onthe Flora of Eskdale and Wasdale. ‘The Natural- 
ist for 1915,’ 382-384. 1915. 

OTTO J. Colour Standards. ‘Trans. British Mycological Soc.’ v. 263- 

191 

Recent published Results on the Cytology of Fungus Reproduction (1915). 

“Trans. British Mycological Soc.’ v. 271-303. 1916. 

— A List of the British Species of Phycomycetes, etc., with a Key to the 
Genera. ‘Trans. British Mycological Soc.’ v. 304-317. 1916. 

Note on the List of British Phycomycetes. ‘Trans. British Mycological Soc.’ 

v. 318-323. 1916. 

Some Notes on the History of the Classification of the Phycomycetes. ‘ Trans. 
British Mycological Soc.’ v. 324-350. 1916. 

Rua, CARLETON. Report of the Baslow Spring Foray and Complete List of the 
Fungi. ‘Trans. British Mycological Soe.’ v. 187-192. 1916. 

Report of the Swansea Foray and Complete List of the Fungi. ‘Trans. British 

Mycological Soc.’ v. 196-207. 1916. 

nig or Rare British Fungi. ‘Trans. British Mycological Soc.’ v. 248-257. 

6. 

Rea, Emma Amy. Presidential Address: Notes on Fungus Illustrations. ‘Trans. 
British Mycological Soc.’ v. 211-228. 1916. 

Renwick, Joun. The Spanish Chestnut (Castunea sativa Miller) in the Clyde Area. 
‘Glasgow Naturalist,’ vm. 17-31. 1916. 

——and Ricuarp M‘Kay. Table of Measurements of Spanish Chestnut Trees in 
Clyde Drainage Area. ‘ Glasgow Naturalist,’ vir. 59-61. ‘ 

River, W. T. Boypon. Botanical Report. ‘Trans. N. Staffs F. C.’ xnrx. 155- 
157. 1915. 

Ror, T. B. A Celery Fungus. ‘The Naturalist for 1916,’ 14-15. 1916. 

Sabispury, Dr. E. J. The Sea Shore and its Piant Life. ‘ Proc. South London 
Ent. N. H. Soc. 1914-15,’ 46-48. 1915. 

—— Botanical Observations in Hertfordshire during the year 1914, with Notes on 
Silene dichotoma and Gentiana precox. ‘ Proc. Herts N. H. 8. F. C.’ xvi. 75- 
78, 1916. 

Scorr, Frank. The Natural Regeneration of Woods. ‘Trans. Perthshire Soc. 
Nat. Sci.’ vi. 56-61, 1915, 

Suanks, Arcu. The Occurrence of Claytonia sibirica L, in the Clyde Area. ‘ Glas- 
gow Naturalist,’ viz, 101-103. 1915, 

SuTHEeRLAND, Gro. K. Additional Notes on Marine Pyrenomycetes. ‘ Trans, 
British Mycological Soc.’ v. 257-263, 1916. 

Town, Joanna. Desmids found on Hay Tor Moor and Bovey Heathfield. ‘Journal 
Torquay N. H. Soc.’ 1. 96-98. 1916. 

Watson, WattER. The Bog-mosses of Somerset. ‘Proc. Somersetshire Arch. 
N. H. Soc.’ txt. 166-188. 1916. 

Warr, Lawrence. Flowering Plants from Banfishire, &c. ‘ Glasgow Naturalist,’ 
vu. 56-58. 1915. 

—— and JOHN Renwick. Notes on the Occurrence of Goodyera repens R.Br. in 
Scotland. ‘ Glasgow Naturalist,’ viz. 47-50. 1915. 

Wriss, Prof. F. E. Aquatic Plants. ‘Trans. Manchester Mic. Soc. 1914,’ 30-36. 
1916. 

Yarp, Prof. R. H. The Sense Organ of Plants. ‘ Report Belfast N. H. Phil. Soc. 
1914-15,’ 57-62. 1915. 


Section I.—-HDUCATIONAL SCIENCE. 


Hey, Spurtey. Incidental Activities of an Education Committee. ‘Trans. Man- 
chester Stat. Soc, 1914-15,’ 35-46. 1915. 


608 REPORTS ON THE STATE OF SCIENCE.—1916. 


Section M.— AGRICULTURE. 


STANUELL, CHartEs A. Presidential Address: The Effect of the War on Irish 
Agriculture. ‘Journal Stat. Soc. Ireland,’ xi. 223-230. 1915. 


OBITUARY. 


Bau, Sir Cuartes. By C. G. ‘Irish Naturalist,’ xxv. 78-79. 1916. 

Bat, Sir Rosrert. ‘Journal Royal Astr. Soc. of Canada,’ x. 42-63. 1916. 

BaRRineton, Ricuarp Mantirre. By C. B. Moffat. ‘Irish Naturalist,’ xxty. 
193-206. 1915. 

ELtineton, Epwarp Bayzanp. ‘Trans. Liverpool Eng. Soc.’ xxxv1. 288-290. 
1915. 

Gitt, Sir Davip. By Alex. W. Roberts. ‘Trans. Royal Soc. of South Africa,’ v. 
195-224. 1915. : 

JAMES, CHARLES Henry. By T. H. Thomas. ‘Trans. Cardiff Nat. Soc.’ xivu. 
7-8. 1915. 

Jupp, Joun W. By T. S[heppard]. ‘The Naturalist for 1916,’ 144. 1916. 

Mertuyr, Lord. By Dr. W. N. Atkinson. ‘Trans. Inst. Min. Eng.’ xtvm. 686- 
688. 1915. 

Rivey, Wiut1am. By John W. Rodger. ‘Trans. Cardiff Nat. Soc.’ xnyu. 9-12. 
1915. 

Rupwer, FrepERicK Wint1Am. By Prof. G. S. Boulger. ‘South-Eastern Natural- 
ist for 1915,’ xtiv.-xtvz. 1915. 

TREUTLER, Dr. Witt1am Joun. ‘South-Eastern Naturalist for 1915,’ xnv1-— 
xivuo. 1915. 

VACHELL, Dr. CuaRLes TANFIELD. By R. D. Patterson. ‘ Trans. Cardiff Nat. Soc.’ 
XLV. 1-6. 1915, 

WARREN, Ropert. By C. B. Moffat. ‘Irish Naturalist,’ xxv. 33-44. 1916. 

Wesster, JoHN James. ‘Trans. Liverpool Eng. Soc.’ xxxv1. 293-294. 1915. 


Po ed 


PND HX. 


References to reporls and papers printed in extenso are given in Italics. 

An asterisk * indicates that the title only of the communication is given. 

The mark t indicates the same, but that a reference is given to the Journal 
or Newspaper where the paper is published in extenso. 


Scenes and Council, 1916-17, iii. 
Rules of the Association, v. 
Trustees, General Officers, &c., xxi. 
Sectional Presidents and Secretaries 
(1901-15), xxii. 
Evening Discourses (1901-15), xxx. 
Lectures to the Operative Classes (1901- 
VE) Sexi. 
Public Lectures (1912-15), xxxii. 
Chairmen and Secretaries of Conferences 
of Delegates (1901-15), xxxiii. 
Grants of money for scientific purposes 
(1901-15), xxxiv. 
Report of the Council, 1915-16, xliv. 
General Treasurer’s Account, xlviii. 
Attendances and Receipts at Annual 
Meeting, 1. 
Analysis of Attendances, lii. 
Newcastle Meeting, 1916 :— 
General Meetings, xli. 
Sectional Officers, xli. 
ae of Conference of Delegates, 
xiii. 
Research Committees, liv. 
Communication ordered to be printed 
in eatenso, Ixvii. 
Resolutions referred to the Council, 


Ixvii. 
Synopsis of Grants of Money, Ixvii. 
Caird Fund, lxviii. 
Public Lectures in Newcastle and 


vicinity, lxix. 


Address by the President, Sir Arthur 
Evans, D.Titt., F.R.S., 3. 


*ABELSON (Dr.), psychological research 
and race regeneration, 476. 

* Abrolhos Islands, the biology of the, report 
on, 417. 

Absorption spectra and chemical con- 
stitution of organic convpounds, report 
on, 131. 

1916 


Acid rocks of Iceland, the, by Leonard 
Hawkes, 397. 

yActor, the origin of the, by Prof. W 
Ridgeway, 468. 

ApaAms (Prof. J.) on the mental and 
physical factors involved in education, 
307. 

{Aerials, the calculation of the capacity 
of, including the effects of masts and 
buildings, by Prof. G. W. O. Howe, 
456. 

Afforestation after the war, Sir J. 8. 
Stirling-Maxwell on, 505. 

Age of geological formations, a method 
of indicating, on maps in black and 
white, by Dr. J. W. Evans, 396. 

Agricultural Section, Address by Dr. 
E. J. Russell to the, 528. 

Arrey (Dr. J. R.) on the calculation o 
mathematical tables, 59. 

Auten (J. E.) on the effects of the war on 
credit, currency, and finance, 278. 

ALLERTON (Lord) on fuel economy, 187. 

t+Amebe from the human mouth, Dr. 
R. 'T. Goodey on the, 419. 

+Amcebe in relation to disease, by Dr. 
Pixell-Goodrich, 418. 

* Anesthetics, report on, 478. 

ANDERSON (Miss A. M.) on the question of 
fatigue from the economic stand point, 251. 

Anprrson (V. G.) on the influence of 
weather conditions on the amounts of 
nitrogen acids in the rainfall and atmo- 
sphere in Australia, 128. 

Anprews (Dr. C.) on the exploration of La 
Cotte de St. Brelade, Jersey, 292. 

AnpReEws (E. ©.) on the botanical and 
chemical characters of the eucalypls and 
their correlation, 201. 

Anthropological Section, Address by Dr. 
R. R. Marett to the, 458. 

Archeological investigations in Malta, re- 
port on, 294, 

RR 


610 


fArctic Siberia, a summer and winter | 
among the tribes of, by Miss Czaplicka, 
469. 

Arfak mountains, the plant geography | 
and flora ofthe, by Miss L. 8. Gibbs, 509. 

*Arginine and creatine formation, by | 
Prof. W. H. Thompson, 475. 

ARMITAGE (Robert) on fuel economy, 187. 

y+ARMsTRONG (Dr. E. F.), science in rela- 
tion to industry, 525. 

Armstrong (Prof. H. E.) on dynamic 
isomerism, 130. 

on the botanical and chemical charac- | 
ters of the eucalypts and their correlation, | 
201. 

—— on popular science lectures, 326. 

ARNOLD (Prof. J. O.) on fueleconomy, 187. 

* Aromatic nitroamines, the transformation 
of, report on, 377. 

Arran pitchstones, the petrology of the, 
by Dr. A. Scott, 398. 

Artificial islands in the lochs of the 
highlands of Scotland, report on the 
distribution of, 303. 

—— excavation work on the crannog in 
Loch Kinellan, Strathpeffer, by Hugh 
A. Fraser, 303. 

Asusy (Dr. T.) on archeological investiga- 
tions in Malta, 294. 

ASHLEY (Miss) on the replacement of men 
by women in industry, 276. 

Asuton (P. J.), the encouragement of public 
interest in science by means of popular 
lectures, 571. 

AsuwortTu (Dr. J. H.) on the occupation of 
a table at the zoological station at Naples, 
238. 

Asprnauu (J. A. F.) on fuel economy, 187. 

*Asylum and normal population, the 
anthropometric characters of the, by 
Dr. J. F. Tocher, 468. 

*Atlantic Ocean, periodicity of sea- | 
surface temperature in the, by Dr. 
E. C. Jee, 434. 

AvupEN (Dr. G. A.) on the mental and 
physical factors involved in education, 
307. 

Avery (D.) on the influence of weather con- 
ditions on the amounts of nitrogen acids 
in the rainfall and atmosphere of Aus- | 
tralia, 128. 

on the utilisation of brown coal bye- 

products, 205. 


Baxer (R. T.) on the botanical and chemi- 
cal characters of the eucalypts and their 
correlation, 201. 

Barour (Henry) on the exploration of La | 
Cotte de St. Brelade, Jersey, 292. 

on archeological investigations in 
Malta, 294. 

Bau (S8.) on industrial wnrest, 274. 


| BaTEson 


INDEX. 


Baty (Prof. E. C. C.) on the absorption 
spectra and chemical constitution of 
organic compounds, 131. 

Barxer (A. H.) on fuel economy, 187. 

*BARNARD (J. E.) and Prof. B. Moors, 
the nutrition of living organisms by 
simple organic compounds, 475. 

*Barnsley thick coal, underground con- 
tours of the, by Prof. W. G. Fearnsides, 
394, 

Barr (Prof. A.) on stress distributions in 
engineering materials, 280. 

BasTastx (Prof. C. F.) on the effects of the 
war on credit, currency, and finance, 


278. 
(Prof. W.) on experimental 
studies in the physiology of heredity, 306. 

BatueER (Dr. F. A.) on zoological biblio- 
graphy and publication, 239. 

{Bayuiss (Prof. W. M.), the properties 
required in solutions for intravenous 
injections, 475. 

Bayty (P. G. W.) on the utilisation of 
brown coal bye-products, 205. 

{Brearry (Dr. R. T.), measurement of 
the energy in spectral lines, 365. 

~Bepson (Prof. P. Phillips) on 
economy, 187. 

an apparatus for grinding coal 
in vacuo, 376. 

{Beef production, economy in, by Prof. 
T. B. Wood and K. J. J. Mackenzie, 
548. 

BuitBy (Sir G. T.) on fuel economy, 187. 

Bett (Sir Hugh) on fuel economy, 187. 

—— on industrial unrest, 274. 

{Bellingham, survey work near, by Miss 
C. E. C. Measham, 511. 

*Belmullet whaling station, the biological 
problems incidental to the, report on, 
417. 

Bennett (Arthur), the federation of cog- 
nate societies, 576. 

Bryan (Rey. J. O.) on the work of the 
Corresponding Societies Commuttee, 566. 

BrippER (G. P.) on the ocewpation of a table 
at the zoological station at Naples, 238. 

Binewtey (G.) on the collection of photo- 
graphs of geological interest, 218. 

*Black Mine, underground contours of. 
the, by Dr. G. Hickling, 394. 

Buackman (Prof. F. F.) on experimental 
studies in the physiology of heredity, 306. 

*Boltzmann’s, a problem of, and its 
relation to the theory of radiation, Dr. 
H. R. Hassé on, 365. 

Bons (Prof. W. A.) on fuel economy, 187. 

on gaseous explosions, 292. 

on popular science lectures, 326. 

Bonney (Dr. T. G.) on the collection of 
photographs of geological interest, 218. 

Boorn (Rt. Hon. Charles) on industrial 
unrest, 274. 


fuel 


* 


INDEX. 


Boswe tt (Dr. P. G. H.), some geological 
characters of sands used in glass manu- 
facture, 401. 

*BoswE tu (Dr. P. G. H.) and Prof. W. G. 
FEARNSIDES on the occurrence of 
refractory sands in hollows in the 
surface of the mountain limestone 
district of Derbyshire and Stafford- 
shire, 400. 

Botanical Section, Address by Dr. A. B. 
Rendle to the, 477. 

Borromiry (Prof. W. B.), waste moor- 
lands, 501. 

Bouton (Prof. W. S.), Address to the 
Geological Section, 378. 

Bower (Prof. F. 0.) on the botanical and 
chemical characters of the eucalypts and 
their correlation, 201. 

on the occupation of a table at the zoo- 

logical station at Naples, 238. 

on the renting of Cinchona botanic 
station in Jamaica, 307. 

i on leaf architecture, 493. 

BowrRMAN (Rt. Hon. C. W.) on in- 
dustrial unrest, 274. 

on the replacement of men by women 
in industry, 276. 

Bors (C. Vernon) on seismological in- 
vestigations, 29. 

BRABRook(Sir Edward) on the effects of the 
war on credit, currency, and finance, 278. 

on the mental and physical factors 

involved in education, 307. 

on popular science lectures, 326. 

on the work of the Corresponding 
Societies Committee, 566. 

Breeding experiments, the means of 
bringing into closer contact those 
scientifically and commercially in- 
terested in, discussion on, 490. 

Miss E. R. Saunders on, 490. 

Brrertey (W. B.), the organisation of 
phytopathology, 487. 

*British coal tar colour industry, the 
British, in peace and war, by C. M. 
Whittaker, 376. 

{British facial type, the, is it changing ? 
by Prof. A. Keith, 468. 

{British forestry, past and future, by 
Prof. W. Somerville, 547. 

{British in-shore fisheries, the exploita- 
tion of, by Prof. W. A. Herdman, 418. 

{British straws, the composition of, by 
Prof. T. B. Wood, 548. 

Brown (Sidney G.) on radiotelegraphic 
investigations, 127. 

Brown (Dr. W.) on the mental and 
physical factors involved in education, 
307. 

Brown coal bye-products, report on the 
utilisation of, 205. 


BrowniNe (T. B.), the English historical | 


method in economics: rent, 446. 


611 


ie Aen (Dr. W. 8.), the Weddell Sea, 

33. 

Bryce (Prof. T. H.) on the distribution 
of artificial islands in the lochs of the 
highlands of Scotland, 303. 

Bucwanan (Dr. Florence) on the structure 
and function of the mammalian heart, 
304. 

BouiwterR (Prof. R.) on the renting of 
Cinchona botanic station in Jamaica, 
307. 

Bureipeu (Sir Richard) and Dr. G. B. 
Hunter, the decimal system in cur- 
rency, weights, and measures, 446. 

Burstatu (Prof. F. W.) on gaseous explo- 
sions, 292. 

Burr (Cyril) on the mental and physical 
factors involved in education, 307. 

Bury (E.) on fuel economy, 187. 


CALLENDAR (Prof. H. L.) on gaseous ex- 
plosions, 292. 

CaMBAGE (R. H.) on the botanical and 
chemical characters of the eucalypts and 
thesx correlation, 201. 

CamEron (Dr. A. T.) on the ductless 
glands, 305. 

*Carbon monoxide, the disruptive effect 
of, at 400° to 500° C., on wrought iron, 
Dr. J. E. Stead on, 376. 

Carboniferous, permo-carboniferous, and 
permian rocks of the southern hemisphere, 
the nomenclature of the, interim report 
on, 238. 

CARPENTER (Dr. Charles) on fuel economy, 
187 

*Carr (I. H.), the future of organic 
chemical industry, 376. 

+Channel Islands, recent archzological 
discoveries in the, by Dr. R. R. Marett, 
469. 

CHaPMAn (D. L.) on gaseous explosions, 
292. 

CuapMan (Prof. 8. J.) on the question of 
fatigue fromthe economic stand point, 251. 

on industrial unrest, 274. 

on the replacement of men by women 

in industry, 276. 

on popular science lectures, 326. 

Cuaunpy (T. W.) on the calculation of 
mathematical tables, 59. 

on the determination of gravity at 
sea, 549. 

*Chemical entomology, by F. M. How- 
lett, 417. 

Chemical Section, Address by Prof. 
G. G. Henderson to the, 366. 

*Chemicals for laboratory use, the pre- 
paration of, by W. Rintoul, 376. 

;CuisHoitm (G. G.), generalisations in 
geography, and more especially in 
human geography, 433. 


RR 2 


612 


*Chlorination process, a modified, by 
Dr. J. A. Smythe, 377. 

Cure (Dr. C.) on radiotelegraphic investi- 
gations, 127. 

on stress distributions in engineering 
materials, 280. 

Cinchona botanic station in Jamaica, the 
renting of, report on, 307. 

CuieRK (Dr. Dugald) on fuel economy, 187. 

on gaseous explosions, 292. 

*Climate and tillage, by T. Wibberley, 
548. 

Coal, the bearing of botanical science on, 
discussion on, 506. 

Coal, the chemical and geological charac- 
ters of different varieties of, discussion 
on, 395. 

+Coastal fisheries of Northumberland, 
the, by Prof. A. Meek, 418. 

Coker (Prof. E. G.) on stress distribu- 
tions in engineering materials, 280. 

on gaseous explosions, 292. 

Coxe (Prof. Grenville A. J.) on the old 
red sandstone rooks of Kiultorean, IJre- 
land, 205. 

*CoLLINGwoop (W. G.), monuments of 
the early Christian type in North- 
umbria, 468. 

*CoLiins (8. H.), the utilisation of forest 
waste by distillation, 548. 

;~Composite, geographical distribution 
of the, by J. Small, 509. 

Coox (Gilbert) on stress distributions in 
engineering materials, 280. 

Co-operation, by Prof. G. A. Lebour, 566. 

Corresponding Societies Committee :— 

Report, 566. 

Conference at Newcastle, 566. 

List of Corresponding Societies, 589. 

Papers published by Corresponding 
Societies, 594. 

;CorTIE (Rev. A. L.), efficiency of sun- 
spots in relation to terrestrial magnetic 
phenomena, 364. 

Credit, currency, and finance, the effects 
of the war on, abstract of report on, 278. 

Crompie (Dr. J. E.) on seismological 
investigations, 29. 

Croox (C. V.) on the collection of photo- 
graphs of geological interest, 218. 

 *Crystalline form, the correlation of, with 

molecular structure, report on, 377. 

CULVERWELL (Prof. E. P.) on the mental 
and physical factors involved in educa- 
tion, 307. 

funninqHam (Archdeacon W.) on in- 
dustrial unrest, 274. 

on the replacement of men by women 
in industry, 276. 

Cunnison (J.) on the replacement of men 
by women in industry, 276. 

Cusuny (Prof. A. R.), Address to the 
Physiological Section, 470. 


INDEX. 


{~Cusnny (Prof. A. R.) on the secretion 
of urea and sugar by the kidney, 475. 
+CzAPLicKa (Miss), a summer and winter 

among the tribes of Arctic Siberia, 469. 
t the physical type of the north- 
western Tungus, 469. 


Dawpy (Prof. W. E.) on stress distribu- 
tions in engineering materials, 280. 

—— on gaseous explosions, 292. 

Danriett (G. F.) on the mental and 
physical factors involved in education, 
307. 

Darwin (H.) on seismological investiga- 
tions, 29. 

Davip (Prof. T. W. Edgeworth) on the 
nomenclature of the carboniferous, permo- 
carboniferous, and permian rocks of the 
southern hemisphere, 238. 

Davis (W. J.) on the replacement of men 
by women in industry, 276. 

Davison (C.) on seismological investiga- 
tions, 29. 

Dawsuys (Prof. W. Boyd) on the distribu- 
tion of artificial islands in the lochs of 
the highlands of Scotland, 303. 

Decimal system in currency, weights, 
and measures, the, by Sir R. Burbidge 
and Dr. G. B. Hunter, 446. 

Denpy (Prof. A.) on popular science 
lectures, 326. 

Descu (Dr. C. H.) on dynamic isomerism, 
130. 

Dersport (G.) on the excavations at Ghar 
Dalam (Malta) in July 1916, 294. 

Dickserx (Prof. L. R.) on the effects of the 
war on credit, currency, and finance, 278. 

+Diesel engines, the possibility of working 
with low compression pressures, by 

Prof. W. H. Watkinson, 456. 

Discussions :— 

*On gravitation, 364. 

*On osmotic pressure, 364. 

On the chemical and geological charac- 
ters of different varieties of coal, 395. 

7On fuel economy, 457. 

On economic mycology and the 
necessity for further provision for 
pathologica] research, 485. 

On the means of bringing into closer 
contact those scientifically and 
commercially interested in breeding 
experiments, 490. 

The utilisation and improvement of 
waste lands, 493. 

The bearing of botanical science on 
coal, 506. 

The collection and cultivation of 
medicinal plants, 507. 

*On the place of science in the educa- 
tion of boys, 526. 


INDEX. 


Discussions (cont.) :— 

*On the place of science in the educa- 
tion of girls, 527. 

*On the mental and physical factors 
involved in education, 527. 

*On motor cultivation, 548. 

*On ensilage, 548. 

*Drxny (Dr. F. A.), some points of 
bionomic interest absense during 
the British Association visit to Aus- 
tralia, 417. 

Drxon (Prof. H. B.) on fuel economy, 187. 

on gaseous explosions, 292. 

Dosstx (Sir J. J.) on dynamic isomerism, 
130. 

on the absorption spectra and chemi- 
cal constitution of organic compounds, 
131. 

Doopson (A. T.) on the calculation of 
mathematical tables, 59. 

Ductless glands, report on the, 305. 

DUFFIELD (Prof. W. G.) on the determina- 
tion of gravity at sea, 549. 

Dun (W. 8.) on the nomenclature of the 
carboniferous, permo-carboniferous, and 
permian rocks of the southern hemi- 
sphere, 238. 

Duntop(the late Dr. A.) on the exploration 
of La Cotte de St. Brelade, Jersey, 292. 

Duyn (Dr. J. T.) on fuel economy, 187. 

Dynamic isomerism, report on, 130. 

Dyson (Sir F. W.) on seismological in- 
vestigations, 29. 

onradiotelegraphic investigations, 127. 

the mean distances of stars of 

different magnitudes, 364. 


1; 


*Haster Island, megalithic remains on, 
by Scoresby Routledge, 468. 

recent culture on, and its relation 
to past history, by Mrs. Scoresby 
Routledge, 469. 

Ecoies (Dr. W. H.) on radiotelegraphic 
investigations, 127. 

*Economic maps, by G. Philip, 434. 

Economie mycology and the necessity 
for further provision for pathological 
research, discussion on, 485. 

Prof. M. C. Potter on, 485. 

Economic Science and Statistics, Address 
to the Section of, by Prof. A. W. 
Kirkaldy, 435. 

Epprnaton (Prof. A. 8.) on radiotele- 
graphic investigations, 127. 

on the determination of gravity at 
sea, 549. 

;EDGELL (Miss), experiments upon the 
effectiveness of war-economy posters, 
476, 

EpaEewortH (Prof. F. Y.) on the effects 
of the war on credit, currency, and 
finance, 278. 


* 


613 


Educational Section, Address by Rev. 
W. Temple to the, 512. 

{Egyptian Bilharzia worms, bionomics 
of the, by Dr. R. T. Leiper, 417. 

Electromotive phenomena in plants, report 
on, 305. 

*Llectromotive phenomena of the heart, 
report on, 474. 

ELLINGER (Barnard) on the effects of the 
Eo on credit, currency, and finance, 

78. 

Exuison (Dr. F. O’B.) on electromotive 
phenomena in plants, 305. 

*Emotional disturbances from a_bio- 
logical point of view, by Dr. Murray, 
476. 

*Endemics, are they the oldest or the 
youngest species in a country? by 
Dr. J. C. Willis, 509. 

Engineering Section, Address by Gerald 
G. Stoney to the, 448. 

*English Channel, the waters of the, 
annual variations in the temperature 
and salinity of, by Dr. E. C. Jee, 434. 

English historical method in economics, 
the. rent, by T. B. Browning, 446. 

*Ensilage, discussion on, 548. 

ERskIneE-Murray (Dr.) on 
graphic investigations, 127. 

Eucalypts, the, the botanical and chemical 
characters of, and their correlation, 
second report on, 201. 

*Eugenics and war, by Hugh Richard- 
son, 420. 

Evans (Sir Arthur), Presidential Address, 
3. 


radiotele- 


—— on popular science lectures, 326. 

*Evans (I. H. N.), some beliefs and 
customs of the aborigines of the Malay 
States, 468. 

Evans (Dr. J. W.) on the old red sand- 
stone rocks of Kiltorcan, Ireland, 205. 

a method of indicating the age of 
geological formations on maps in 
black and white, 396. 

Ewart (Prof. A. J.) on the botanical and 
chemical characters of the eucalypts and 
their correlation, 201. 

Ewa (Sir J. A.) on stress distributions in 
engineering materials, 280. 

Eyre (Dr. J. Vargas) and E. S. Satmon 
on the treatment of fungous diseases 
by spraying, 488. 

*Hyesight, the influence of school-books 
upon, report on, 527. 


FantHaM (Dr. H. B.) and Dr. ANNIE 
Portrr, the flagellate protozoa asso- 
ciated with diarrhea and dysentery, 
419. 

Farmer (Prof. J. B.) on electromotive 
phenomena in plants, 305. 

RR3 


614 


Fatigue from the economic standpoint, the 
question of, second interim report on, 251. 

Fawsrrt (Prof, C. E.) on the botanical and 
chemical characters of the eucalypts and 
their correlation, 201. 

*FEARNSIDES (Prof. W. G.), underground 
contours of the Barnsley thick coal, 
394. 


* 


and Dr. P. G. H. BoswExu on the 
occurrence of refractory sands in 
hollows in the surface of the mountain 
limestone district of Derbyshire and 
Staffordshire, 400. 

Federation of cognate societies, the, by 
Arthur Bennett, 576. 

FErrantt (S. Z. de) on fuel economy, 187. 

Finon (Prof. L. N. G.) on the calculation 
of mathematical tables, 59. 

on stress distributions in engineering 
materials, 280. 

*Fishes, the age of, the determination 
of, by their.scales, Dr. A. T. Master- 
man on, 418. 

Flagellate protozoa, the, associated with 
diarrhcea and dysentery, by Drs. H. B. 
Fantham and Annie Potter, 419. 

Fiemine (Prof. J. A.) on radiotelegraphic 
investigations, 127. 

Fuietr (Dr. G. 8.) on the excavation of 
critical sections in the plant-bearing 
cherts at Rhynie, Aberdeenshire, 206. 

on the lower carboniferous flora at 
Gullane, 217. 

*FLEURE (Prof. H. J.), France: a re- 
gional interpretation, 433. 

Flies, likes and dislikes of, by Miss O. C. 
Lodge, 418. 

FLORENCE (P. Sargant) on the question of 
fatigue from the economic standpoint, 
251. 

*Food standards and man power, by Dr. 
A. D. Waller, 475. 

Forpuam (Sir George) on the work of the 
Corresponding Societies Committee, 566. 

Forster (Dr. M. 0.) on the study of 
hydroaromatic substances, 79. 

on dynamic isomerism, 130. 

*Forest waste, the utilisation of, by dis- 
tillation, by S. H. Collins, 548. 

Foxtry (Prof. B.) on the mental and 
physical factors involved in education, 
307. 

*France: a regional interpretation, by 
Prof. H. J. Fleure, 433. 

Fraser (Hugh A.), excavation work on 
the crannog in Loch Kinellan, Strath- 
peffer, 303. 

*Free-place system in education, report 
on the, 527. 

Fuel economy, first report on, 187. 

if discussion on, 457. 

Fouuron (A. R.) on stress distribulions in 
engineering materials, 280, | 


INDEX. 


Fungous diseases, the treatment of, by 
spraying, E. 8. Salmon and Dr. J. V. 
Hyre on, 488. 


GALLOwAy (Dr. William) on fuel economy, 
187. 

Garson (Dr. J. G.) on the work of the 
Corresponding Societies Committee, 566. 

Garwoop (Prof. E. J.) on the lower car- 
boniferous flora at Gullane, 217. 

on the collection of photographs of 
geological interest, 218. 

Gaseous explosions, interim report on, 292. 

GEE (Prof. W. W. Haldane) on fuel 
economy, 187. 

+Generalisations in geography, and more 
especially in human geography, by 
G. G. Chisholm, 433. 

+GENESE (Prof. R. W.), suggestions for 
the practical treatment of the standard 
cubic equation and a contribution to 
substitution theory, 365. 

Geographical Section, Address by 
Edward A. Reeves to the, 421. 

Geological photographs, eighteenth report 
on the collection of, 218. 

Geological Section, Address by Prof. 
W. S. Boulton to the, 378. 

Ghar Dalam (Malta), excavations at, in 
July 1916, by G. Despott, 294. 

Gress (Miss S. L.) on the plant geography 
and flora of the Arfak mountains, 509. 

Gipson (A. H.) on the effects of the war 
on credit, currency, and finance, 278. 

*Giicurist (Prof. D. A.), the relation of 
manuring and cropping to economy 
in meat production, 548. 

GLAZEBROOK (Dr. R. T.) on setsmological 
investigations, 29. 

on gaseous explosions, 292. 

7 limit gauges, 456. 

GonneErR (Prof. E. C. K.) on industrial 
unrest, 274. 

on the replacement of men by women 

in industry, 276. 

on the effects of the war on credit, 
currency, and finance, 278. 

+Goopry (Dr. R. T.) on the amebe 
from the human mouth, 419. 

soil protozoa and soil bacteria, 


* 


547. 

Goopricn (E. 8.) on the occupation of a 
table at the zoological station at Naples, 
238. 

Gorpon (Dr. W. T.) on the excavation of 
critical sections in the plant-bearing 
cherts at Rhynie, Aberdeenshire, 206. 

on the lower carboniferous flora at 
Gullane, 217. 

Gostina (H.) on industrial unrest, 274. 

*Gravitation, discussion on, 364. 


INDEX, 


Gravity at sea, the determination of, 
report on, 549. 

Gray (Rev. Dr. H. B.) on combining 
literary and scientific subjects in the 
course of general education, 524. 

Gray (Prof. Thos.) on fuel economy, 187. 

Gray (W.) on the collection of photographs 
of geological interest, 218. 

GrrEn (Dr. Heber) on the botanical and 
chemical characters of the eucalypts and 
their correlation, 201. 

GREEN (Prof. J. A.) on the mental and 
physical factors involved in education, 
307. 

GREENER (T. Y.) on fuel economy, 187. 

GREENHILL (Sir George) on the calculation 
of mathematical tables, 59. 

Grecory (Prof. R. A.) on the mental and 
physical factors involved in education, 
307. 

on popular science lectures, 326. 

GreGory (R. P.) on experimental studies 
in the physiology of heredity, 306. 

GrirritHs (Principal E. H.) on the work 
of the Corresponding Societies Committee, 
566. 

*Grinding coal in vacuo, an apparatus 
for, by Dr. P. Phillips Bedson, 376. 
Grucuy (G. de) on the eaploration of La 

Cotte de St. Brelade, Jersey, 292. 

Guest (J. J.) on stress distributions in 
engineering materials, 280. 

Gullane, the lower carboniferous flora at, 
report on, 217. 


Happon (Dr. A. C.) on archeological 
investigations in Malta, 294. 


*, the main cultures of New Guinea, 


468. 

—— on the work of the Corresponding 
Societies Committee, 566. 

HaAprrecp (Sir Robert) on fuel economy, 
187. 

*Hapow (Principal W. H.), science in the 
universities, 525. 

Haut (Dr. Cuthbert) on the botanical and 
chemical characters of the eucalypts and 
their correlation, 201. 

Hatrrpurton (Prof. W. D.) on popular 
science lectures, 326. 

t the effect of pituitary extract on 
the secretion of cerebro-spinal fluid, 475. 

Handicraft, the place of, in schools, by 
J. G. Legge, 523. 

Harpy (Dr. W. B.) on the occwpation of 
a table at the zoological station at Naples, 
238. 

Harker (Dr. J. A.) on gaseous explosions, 
292. 

Harmer (Dr. 8. I.) on the occupation of a 
table at the zoological station at Naples, 
238. 


615 


*Hassi (Dr. H. R.) on a problem of 
Boltzmann’s and its relation to the 
theory of radiation, 365. 

*Havetock (Prof. T. H.), propagation of 
a signal in a dispersive medium, 364. 
*HAVEREIELD (Prof.), the Roman wall, 

468. 

Hawkes (Leonard), the acid rocks of 
Iceland, 397. 

Hatu (St. G.) on the replacement of men 
by women in industry, 276. 

Hearon (Howard) on industrial unrest, 
274. 

Hetez-Suaw (Dr. H. 8.) on fuel economy, 
187. 

on popular science lectures, 326. 

Hetpes (Dr. H.) on fuel cconomy, 187. 

HENDERSON (Prof. G. G.), Address to the 
Chemical Section, 366. 

HENDERSON (Prof. J. B.) on stress distri- 
butions in engineering materials, 280. 
HeERpMAN (Prof. W. A.) on popular science 

lectures, 326. 

+ the exploitation of British in-shore 

fisheries, 418. 

on the work of the Corresponding 
Societies Committee, 566. 

Heredity, the physiology of, experimental 
studies in, report on, 306. 

*Hpron-Atuen (E.) the mussel-fishery 
and the life of Alcide d’Orbigny at 
Esnandes (La Rochelle), 417. 

*Herrina (Prof. P. T.), the action of thy- 
roid on the suprarenals and heart, 475. 

*Herring, mackerel, and pilchard fisheries 
off the south-west coasts, the fluctua- 
tions of the, by Dr. E. C. Jee, 418. 

Hicxime (Dr. G.) on the excavation of 
critical sections in the plant-bearing 
cherts at Rhynie, Aberdeenshire, 206. 

underground contours of the 
Black Mine, 394. 

+Hicxs (Prof. W. M.), Can the frequencies 
of spectral lines be represented as a 
function of their order ? 364. 

Hickson (Prof. S. J.) on the occupation 
of a table at the zoological station at 
Naples, 238. 

Hin (Prof. M. J. M.) on the calculation 
of mathematical tables, 59. 

Hirst (F. W.) on the effects of the war on 
credit, currency, and finance, 278. 

Hosson (Prof. E. W.) on the calculation of 
mathematical tables, 59. 

Houtpen (Col. H. C. L.) on gaseous ex- 
plosions, 292. 

Houpen (Pickup) on industrial unrest, 274. 

Hoxpicu (Col. Sir T. H.) on political 
boundaries, 241. 

Hoxwanp (Prof. Sir T. H.) on the nomen- 
clature of the carboniferous, permo-car- 
boniferous, and permian rocks of the 
southern hemisphere, 238. 


* 


616 


Homes (T, VY.) on the work of the Corre- 
sponding Socteties Committee, 566. 

Hopkinson (Prof. B.) on gaseous explo- 
sions, 292. 

HOoPKINSON (J.) on the work of the Cor- 
responding Societies Committee, 566. 


Horne (Dr. J.) on the excavation of criti- | 


cal sections in the plant-bearing chertz 

at Rhynie, Aberdeenshire, 206, 

on the lower carboniferous flora at 
Gullane, 217. 

Howcuin (W.) on the nomenclature of the 
carboniferous, permo-carboniferous, and 
permian rocks of the southern hemi- 
Sphere, 238. 

Howe (Prof. G. W. O.) on radiotelegraphic 
investigations, 127. 

+ the calculation of the capacity of 
aerials, including the effects of masts 
and buildings, 456. 

ee (F. M.), chemical entomology, 
417. 

*—__ military entomology, 418. 

Hoye (Dr. W. E.) on zoological biblio- 
graphy and publication, 239. 

*HRDLICKA (Dr, A.), transpacific migra- 
tions, 469. 

*Hull, the port of, the evolution of, by 
Capt. Rodwell Jones, 434. 

Hunt (H, A.) on the influence of weather 
conditions on the amounts of nitrogen 
acids in the rainfall and atmosphere in 
Australia, 128. 

Hunter (Dr. G. B.) and Sir RicHarp 
BuRBIDGE, the decimal system in cur- 
rency, weights, and measures, 446, 

Hurcuins (Miss B, L.) on the question of 
inte from the economic standpoint, 
251, 

*Hydroaromatic substances, the study of, 
report on, 377. 


Importance, the, of combining literary 
and scientific subjects in the course of 
general education, by Rev. H. B. 
Gray, 524, 

Industrial unrest, abstract of report on, 
274. 

*Infancy and childhood, some aspects of 


in the light of Freudian principles, by | 


Miss Turner, 476. 

eee the concept of, Prof. Nunn on, 

jIntravenous injections, the properties 
required in solutions for, by Prof. 
W. M. Bayliss, 475. 

fIonisation potential, by Prof. J. C. 
McLennan, 364. 

*Iragakr (Dr.), the action of ovarian 
extracts, 475. 

*Italy and the Adriatic, by Miss M. 
Newbigin, 434. 


INDEX, 


JACKSON (KE, J. W.) on industrial unrest, 
274. 

*Japanese Alps, recent exploration in 
the, by Rey. W. Weston, 434. 

*JnE (Dr. E. C.), the fluctuations of the 
herring, mackerel, and pilchard fisheries 
off the south-west coasts, 418. 

annual variations in temperature 

and salinity of the waters of the Eng- 

lish Channel, 434. 

periodicity of sea-surface tempera- 
ture in the Atlantic Ocean, 434. 

tJEvons (Dr. F, B.), magic and religion, 
468. 

Jounson (Prof. T.) on the old red sand- 
stone rocks of Kiltorcan, Ireland, 205. 
os electromotive phenomena in plants, 

305. 

{JoHNSTONE (Dr. James), the further 
development of the shell-fisheries, 418. 

Jones (Greville) on fuel economy, 187. 

*Jonzs (Capt. Rodwell), the evolution of 
the port of Hull, 434, 

JuLIAN (Mrs, H, F.) on the importance 
of Kent’s Cavern as a national site, 582. 


* 


* 


Kerste (Prof. F.) on experimental 
studies in the physiology of heredity, 306. 

on popular science lectures, 326. 

Keitnu (Prof. A.) on the exploration of 
La Cotte de St. Brelade, Jersey, 292. 

t Is the British facial type changing ? 
468. 

Kennepy (G.) on the calculation of 
mathematical tables, 59. 

Kent (Prof. Stanley) on the question of - 
fatigue from the economic standpoint, 
251. 

on the structure and function of the 
mammalian heart, 304. 

Kent's Cavern, the importance of, as @ 
national site, by Mrs. H. F, Julian, 582. 

Kipston (Dr. R.) on the old red sandstone 
of Kiltorcan, Ireland, 205. 

on the excavation of critical sections 

in the plant-bearing cherts at Rhynie, 

Aberdeenshire, 206. 

report on the plants, 216. 

on the’ lower carboniferous flora at 

Gullane, 217. 

on the collection of photographs of 

geological interest, 218. ; 

and Prof. W. H. Lane on Rhynia 
Gwynne-Vaughani, 493. 

Krmmins (Dr. C. W.) on the mental and 
physical factors involved in education, 
307. 


—— 


+ on London children’s ideas as to 
how they can help in time of war, 476. 

Kine (W. W.) on the thick coal of South 
Staffordshire, 393. 


INDEX. 


KrrKapy (Prof. A. W.) on industrial un- 
rest, 274. 

— on the effects of the war on credit, 
currency, and finance, 278. 

--— Address to the Section of Economic 
Science and Statistics, 435. 

Krrson (A. E.) on the nomenclature of 
the carboniferous, permo-carboniferous, 
and permian rocks of the southern hemi- 
sphere, 238. 

Knorr (Prof. C. G.) on seismological in- 
vestigations, 29, 

{Kosma (Dr.), the effect of thyroid- 
feeding on the pancreas, 475. 


Lackig (W. W.) on fuel economy, 187. 

La Cotte de St. Brelade, Jersey, report on 
the exploration of, 292. 

Lamps (Prof. H.) on seismological investiga- 
tions, 29. 

Lampytuan (G. W.) on the nomenclature 
of the carboniferous, permo-carboniferous, 
and permian rocks of the southern 
hemisphere, 238. 

on popular science lectures, 326. 

Lana (Prof. W. H.) and Dr. R. K1pston 
on Rhynia Gwynne-Vaughani, 493. 

-LANKESTER (Sir E. Ray) on the occupa- 
tion of a table at the zoological station at 
Naples, 238. 

Larmor (Prof. Sir J.) on seismological 
investigations, 29. 

Lea (Prof. F. C.) on stress distributions 
in engineering materials, 280. 

;Leaf architecture, Prof. F. O. Bower 
on, 493. 

*Lepour (Prof. G. A.), local geology, 393. 

co-operation, 566. 

Leaae (J. G.), the place of handicraft in 
schools, 523. j 

+Lrrrer (Dr. R. T.), bionomics of the 
Egyptian Bilharzia worms, 417. 

{Le Marstre (C.), standardisation and its 
in fluence on the engineering industries, 
456. 

Lewis (A. L.) on the work of the Corre- 
sponding Societies Committee, 566. 

{Limit gauges, by Dr. R. T. Glazebrook, 
456. 


*Local geology, by Prof. G. A. Lebour, 
393. 

Lona (Prof. Alfred) on the calewlation of 
mathematical tables, 59. 

+LopGs (Miss O. C.), likes and dislikes of 
flies, 418. 

LopaE (Sir Oliver) on radiotelegraphic 
investigations, 127. 

+London children’s ideas as to how they 
can help in time of war, Dr. C. W. 
Kimmins on, 476. 


617 


Lon@rip@k (Michael) on fuel economy, 187. 

Love (Prof. A. E. H.) on seismological 
investigations, 29. 

on the calculation of mathematical 

tables, 59. 

on stress distributions in engineering 
materials, 280. 

-——on the determination of gravity at 
sea, 549. 

Low (Dr. A.) onthe distribution of artificial 
islands in the lochs of the highlands of 
Scotland, 303. 

Lower carboniferous 
report on the, 217. 

Lowry (Dr. T. M.) on dynamic isomerism, 
130. 


flora at Gullane, 


Macatium (Prof. A. B.) on the ductless 
glands, 305. 

Macara (Sir C. W.) on industrial unrest, 
274. 

MacBripk (Prof. E, W.), Address to the 
Zoological Section, 403. 

Macponatp (Dr. H. M.) on seismological 
investigations, 29. 

on the calculation of mathematical 

tables, 59. 

on radiotelegraphic 
127. 

McDovucatt (W.) on the mental and 
physical factors involved in education, 
307. 

McIntosu (Prof. W. C.) on the oceupation 
of a table at the zoological station at 
Naples, 238. 

*MACKENZIE (K. J. J.) and Dr. F. H. A. 
MARSHALL, the inheritance of mutton 
points, 548. 

}——and Prof. T. B. Woop, economy 
in beef production, 548. 

Mackie (Dr. W.) on the excavation of 
critical sections in the plant-bearing 
cherts at Rhynie, Aberdeenshire, 206. 

+McLacutan (N. W.), some characteris- 
tic curves for a Poulsen arc generator, 
456. 

*McLENNAN (Prof. J. C.), ionisation 
potential, 364. 

McLucxtr (J.) on the botanical and 
chemical characters of the eucalypts and 
their correlation, 201. 

+Magic and religion, by Dr. F. B. Jevons, 
468. 

MartLanp (Dr. T. G.) on the question of 
fatigue from the economic standpoint, 
251. 

*Malay States, the aborigines of the, 
some beliefs and customs of, by I. H.N. 
Evans, 468. 

Malta, archeological investigations in, re- 
port on, 294. 


investigations, 


618 

Malta, excavations at Ghar Dalam in July 
1916, 294. 

Mammalian heart, the structure and 


function of the, report on, 304. 

*Manure heaps, losses from, by Dr. E. J. 
Russelland E. H. Richards, 548. 

Marett (Dr. R. R.) on the exploration of 
La Cotte de St. Brelade, Jersey, 292. 

on archeological investigations in 

Malta, 294. 

Address 
Section, 458. 

+—— recent archeological discoveries in 
the Channel Islands, 469. 

Maritime waste lands, by Prof. F. W. 
Oliver, 495. 

*Marreco (Miss B. Freire), personal 
experience as an element in folk tales, 
469. 

MARSDEN (Mary E.), the science training 
which should be given to girls, 526. 

*MARSHALL (Dr. F. H. A.) and K. J. J. 
MAcKENzIg, the inheritance of mutton 
points, 548. 

* Marsupials, report on the collection of, 
417. 

Martineau (P. E.), the planting of pit 
mounds, 494. 

Mason (D. M.) on the effects of the war on 
credit, currency, and finance, 278. 

Mason (W.) on stress distributions in en- 
gineering materials, 280. 

Masson (Prof. Orme) on the influence of 
weather conditions on the amounts of 
nitrogen acids in the rainfall and atmo- 
sphere in Australia, 128, 

on the botanical and chemical charac- 

ters of the eucalypts and their correla- 

tion, 201. 

on the utilisation of brown coal bye- 
products, 205. 

{MasterMaAn (Dr. A. T.), the scheme of 
mussel-purification of the Conway 
fishery, 418. 

on the determination of the age 
of fishes by their scales, 418. 

Mathematical and Physical Section, Ad- 
dress by Prof. A. N. Whitehead to the, 

Mathematical tables, the calculation of, re- 
port on, 59. 

Matueson (Miss M. C.) on the question of 
fatigue from the economic standpoint, 
251. 

Matuerws (Prof. G. B.) on the calculation of 
mathematical tables, 59. 

{MnasHam (Miss C. E. C.), survey work 
near Bellingham, 511. 

{Measurement of time, the, by Prof. 
H. H. Turner, 364. 

*Meat production, economy in, the 
relation of manuring and cropping to, 
by Prof. D. A. Gilchrist, 548. 


to the Anthropological 


INDEX. 


Medicinal plants, the collection and 
cultivation of, discussion on, 507. 

;Merx (Prof. A.), the coastal fisheries of 
Northumberland, 418. 

* the scales of fishes and their value 
as an aid to investigation, 418. 

*Megalithic remains on Easter Island, by 
Scoresby Routledge, 468. 

Mettor (Dr. J. W.) on fuel economy, 
187. 

Mental and physical factors involved in 
education, report on the, 307. 

*____. discussion on, 527. 

Merevirtu (Mrs.) on the question of fatigue 
from the economic standpoint, 251. 

Merz (C. H.) on fuel economy, 187. 

+Methane, the electrical ignition of, the 
influence of pressure on, by Prof. W. M. 
Thornton, 456. 

*Military entomology, by F. M. Howlett, 
418. 

Mircurtt (Dr. P. Chalmers) on zoo- 
logical bibliography and publication, 239. 

Monp (Robert) on fuel economy, 187. 

*Monuments of the early Christian type 
in Northumbria, byW. G. Collingwood, 
468. 

*Moore (Prof. B.) and J. E. BARNARD, 
the nutrition of living organisms by 
simple organic compounds, 475. 

Moors (Bernard) on fuel economy, 187. 

*Motor cultivation, discusson on, 548. 

Movements executed by young fern 
fronds, the, Miss T. L. Prankerd on, 
with especial reference to geotropism, 
bles 

Murruean (Prof. J. H.) on the question of 
fatigue from the economic standpoint, 
251. 

*Murray (Dr.), emotional disturbances 
from a biological point of view, 476. 
+Murray (Miss M.), organisations of 

witches in Great Britain, 469. 

* Museums, the character, work, and main- 
tenance of, report on, 527. 

*Mussel-fishery, the, and the life of 
Alcide d’Orbigny at Esnandes (La 
Rochelle), by E. Heron-Allen, 417. 

+Mussel-purification of the Conway 
fishery, the scheme of, by Dr. A. T. 
Masterman, 418. 

*Mutton points, the inheritance of, by 


K. J. J. Mackenzie and Dr. F. H. A. 


Marshall, 548. 
Myers (Dr. C. §.) on the question of fa- 
tigue from the economic standpoint, 251. 
on the mental and physical factors 
involved in education, 307. 
Myres (Prof. J. L.) on archeological in- 
vestigations in Malta, 294. 
on the distribution of artificial islands 
in the lochs of the highlands of Scotland, 
3038. 


ter daberapilemte ten dees 


INDEX, 


*New Guinea, the main cultures of, by 
Dr. A. C. Haddon, 468. 

jNewsicrn (H. T.), pressure oil film 
lubrication, 456. 

*Newsicin (Miss M.), Italy and the 
Adriatic, 434. 

Nicnoison (Prof. J. 8.) on the effects of the 
war on credit, currency, and finance, 278. 

NicHoison (Prof. J. W.) on the calcewla- 
tion of mathematical tables, 59. 

on radiotelegraphic investigations, 
127. 

*Nickel and copper oxides, solid, the 
reduction of, by solid iron, Dr. J. E. 
Stead on, 376. 

*Nickel steel, the oxidation of, Dr. J. E. 
Stead on, 376. 

*Nitrogen in feces, the fixation of, by 
E. H. Richards, 548. 

Nitrogen acids in the rainfall and atmo- 
sphere in Australia, the influence of 


weather conditions on the amounts of, | 


interim report on, 128. 

*Nomenclator animalium generwm et sub- 
generum, report on the, 417. 

*Non-aromatic diazonium salts, report on, 
377. 

Norman (Sir H.) on radiotelegraphic in- 
vestigations, 127. 

Northern mountain and heath land, 
utilisation of, by Dr. W. G. Smith, 498. 

Northern Pennines, the, the physical 
geography and geology of, by Dr. A. 
Wilmore, 398. 

Nunn (Prof. T. P.) on the mental and 
physical factors involved in education, 
307. 

it on the concept of instinct, 476. 

*Nutrition of living organisms, the, by 
simple organic compounds, by Prof. 
B. Moore and J. E. Barnard, 475. 


OaprEn (C. K.) on the question of fatigue 
from the economic standpoint, 251. 

Old red sandstone rocks of Kiltorcan, Ire- 
land, interim report on, 205. 

Ouiver (Prof. F. W.) on the renting of 
Cinchona botanic station in Jamaica, 
307. 

on the utilisation and improvement 

of waste lands, 493. 

maritime waste lands, 495. 

*Organic chemical industry, the future 
of, by F. H. Carr, 376. 

Oscillating and asymptotic series, by 
Prof. G. N. Watson, 365. 

O’Suna (Prof. L. T.) on fuel economy, 187. 

*Osmotic pressure, discussion on, 364. 

*Outlets for labour on the Jand, by 
Christopher Turnor, 446. 

*Ovarian extracts, the action of, by Dr. 
Itagaki, 475. 


619 


*Oxidation of nickel steel, the, Dr. J. BE. 
Stead on, 376. 


PALGRAVE (Sir R. H. Inglis) on the effects 
of the war on credit, currency, and 
finance, 278. 

tPancreas, the effect of thyroid-feeding 
on the, by Dr. Kojima, 475. 

Parsons (Sir Charles) on fuel economy, 
187. 

Pracu (Dr. B. N.) on the excavation of 
critical sections in the plant-bearing 
cherts at Rhynie, Aberdeenshire, 206. 

on the lower carboniferous flora at 
Gullane, 217. 

Peat-lands in Carnarvonshire, reclama- 
tion of, by Prof. J. Lloyd Williams and 
G. W. Robinson, 502. 

+Permian of Durham, the, Dr. D. Woola- 
cott on, 393. 

Perry (Prof. John) on seismological in 
vestigations, 29. 

on stress distributions in engineerin 

materials, 280. 

on popular science lectures, 326. 

on the work of the Corresponding 
Societies Committee, 566. 

*Personal experience as an element in 
folk tales, by Miss B. Freire Marreco, 
469. 

Preraven (Prof. J. E.) on stress distribu- 
tions in engineering materials, 280. 

on gaseous explosions, 292. 

*Pnitie (G.), economic maps, 454. 

Photographs of geological interest, the col- 
lection of, eighteenth report on, 218. 

Physical and Mathematical Section, 
Address by Prof. A. N. Whitehead to 
the, 355. 

Physiological Section, Address by Prof. 
A. R. Cushny to the, 470. 

Phytopathology, the organisation of, 
by W. B. Brierley, 487. 

Pit mounds, the planting of, by P. FE. 
Martineau, 494. 


{Pituitary extract, the effect of, on the 


secretion of cerebro-spinal fluid, by 
Prof. W. D. Halliburton, 475. 

+Prxeti-Goopricr (Dr.), amcebe@ in re- 
lation to disease, 418. 

Plant-bearing cherts at Rhynie, Aberdeen- 
shire, report on the excavation of criti- 
cal sections therein, 206. 

report on the plants, by Dr. Kid- 
ston, 216. 

*Plant enzymes, the study of, report on, 
S11 

*Plant products of Victoria, the natural, 
report on, 377. 

Plant pathology, training in, by J. Rams- 
bottom, 487. 


620 


INDEX. 


PrioumMer (Prof. H. C.) on seismological | Rerp (A. §.) on the collection of the photo- 


investigations, 29. 

PLUMMER (W. E.) on seismological investi- 
gations, 29. 

* Plymouth marine laboratory, report on the 
occupation of a table at the, 417. 

*Points of bionomic interest observed 
during the British Association visit to 
Australia, by Dr. F. A. Dixey, 417. 

Political boundaries, by Col. Sir T. H. 
Holdich, 241. 

Popular science lectures, interim report 
on, 326. 

Porter (Dr. Annie) and Dr. H. B. 
Fanta, the flagellate protozoa associ- 
ated with diarrhcea and dysentery,419. 

Porter (Prof. M. C.) on economic my- 
cology and the necessity for further 
provision for pathological research, 485. 

+Poulsen are generator, some charac- 
teristic curves for a, by N. W. Mc- 
Lachlan, 456. 

Povutton (Prof. E. B.) on zoological bib- 
liography and publication, 239. 

PRANKERD (Miss T. L.) on the movements 
executed by young fern fronds, with 
especial reference to geotropism, 544. 

—— on the distribution of starch in the 
branches of trees, and its bearing on 
the statolith theory, 544. 

{Pressure oil film lubrication, by H. T. 
Newbigin, 456. 

*Propagation of a signal in a dispersive 
medium, by Prof. T. H. Havelock, 364. 

*Psychological problems arising out of the 
war, research into, report on the organt- 
sation of, 476. 

*Psychological research and race regene- 
ration, by Dr. Abelson, 476, 

+Psychology and sociology, by Dr. W. 
H. R. Rivers, 476. 

Public interest in science, the encourage- 
ment of, by means of popular lectures, 
by P. J. Ashton, 571. 


*Race regeneration, psychological re- 
search and, by Dr. Abelson, 476. 

Radiotelegraphic investigations, report on 
127. 

RAmMspoTtoM (J. W.) on the question of 
fatigue from the economic standpoint, 251. 

RamsgotTtom (J.), training in plant path- 
ology, 487. 

REDMAYNE (Sir Richard) on fuel economy, 
187. 

REEVES (Edward A.), Address to the 
Geographical Section, 421. 

*Refractory sands in hollows in the sur- 
face of the mountain limestone district 
of Derbyshire and Staffordshire, the 
occurrence of, Prof. W. G. Fearnsides 
and Dr. P. G. H. Boswellon, 400. 


graphs of geological interest, 218. 

{Religion and magie, by Dr. F. B. Jevons, 
468. 

ReENDLE (Dr. A. B.), Address to the 
Botanical Section, 477. 

RENNIE (Prof. E. H.) on the botanical and 
chemical characters of the eucalypts and 
their correlation, 201. 

Replacement of men by women in industry, 
the, abstract of report on, 276. 

REYNOLDS (Prof. 8. H.) on the collection 
“i photographs of geological interest, 

18. 


Rhynia Gwynne-Vaughani, Dr. R. Kidston 
and Prof. W. H. Lang on, 493. 

Rhynie, Aberdeenshire, the plant- bearing 
cherts at, report on the excavation of 
critical sections in, 206. 

*RICHARDS (KE. H.) the fixation of nitro- 
gen in feces, 548. 

*—— and Dr. E. J. Russett, losses from 
manure heaps, 548. 

are ems (Hugh), war and eugenics, 
420. 

Rip@Eeway (Prof. W.) on the distribution 
of artificial islands in the lochs of the 
highlands of Scotland, 303. 

+—— the origin of the actor, 468. 

*RinTOUL (W.) the preparation of chemi- 
cals for laboratory use, 376. 

RIPPER (Prof.) on fuel economy, 187. 

Rivers (Dr. W. H. R.) on the mental 
and physical factors involved in educa- 
tion, 307. 

}—— the cultivation of taro, 468. 

+ sociology and psychology, 476. 

Ross (Dr. J. Jenkins) on the question of 
fatigue from the economic standpoint, 
251. 

Ropinson (G. W.) and Prof. J. Luoyp 
Wittt4Ms, reclamation of peat-lands 
in Carnarvonshire, 502. 

Roginson (Prof. R.) on the botanical and 
chemical characters of the eucalypts and 
their correlation, 201. 

Roagrrs (Dr. A. W.) on the nomencla- 
ture of the carboniferous, permo-carboni- 
ferous, and permian rocks of the southern 
hemisphere, 238. 

Rogers (Dr. F.) on stress distributions in 
engineering materials, 280. 

*Roman wall, the, by Prof. Haverfield, 
468. 

*Rotsu (H. Ling), the evolution of the 
weaving spool and shuttle, 468. 

*RouUTLEDGE (Scoresby), megalithic re- 
mains on Easter Island, 468. 

*RoutLepce (Mrs. Scoresby), recent 
culture on Easter Island, and its re- 
lation to past history, 469. 

RussEtu (Dr. E. J.) on popular science 
lectures, 326, 


INDEX. 


Russet (Dr. E.J.), Address to the Agri- 
cultural Section, 528. 

*—— and BE. H. Ricuarps, losses from 
manure heaps, 548. 

{RutHERFORD (Sir E.) X-ray spectra of 
the elements, 364. 


St. Joun (P. R. H.) on the botanical and 
chemical characters of the eucalypts and 
their correlation, 201. 

Satmon (E.8.) and Dr. J. VARGAS Eyre, 
on the treatment of fungous diseases 
by spraying, 488. 

*galonika its geographical relation to 
the interior, by H. C. Woods, 434. 

}Salt-marsh ‘pans,’ the origin and fate 
of, by Prof. R. H. Yapp, 509. 

Sampson (Prof, R. A.) on seismological 
investigations, 29. 

Sands used in glass manufacture, some 
geological charactersof, by Dr. P. G. H. 
Boswell, 401. 

SAnKEY (Capt. H. R.) on radiotelegraphic 
investigations, 127. 

on gaseous explosions, 292, 

SAuNDERS (Miss E. R.) on experimental 
studies in the physiology of heredity, 
306. 

—— on the means of bringing into closer 
contact those scientifically and com- 
mercially interested in breeding experi- 
ments, 490. 

Savipce (H. G.) on the calculation of 
mathematical tables, 59, 

*Scales of fishes, the, and their value as 
an aid to investigation, by Prof. A. 
Meck, 418. 

ScuHirer (Sir Edward) on the ducttess 
glands, 305. 

*School-books, the influence of, wpon eye- 
sight, report on, 527. 

ScuusteR (Prof, Arthur) on seismological 
investigations, 29. 

on radiotelegraphic 

127. 

on popular science lectures, 326: 

on the work of the Corresponding 
Societies Committee, 566. 

*Science in the universities, by Principal 
W. H. Hadow, 525. 

}—— in relation to industry, by Dr. 
E. F. Armstrong, 5265. 

* in secondary schools, the present 
position of, by J. Talbot, 524, 

in the education of girls, by Dr. 
Mary H. Williams, 526. 

¥, the place of, in the education of 
boys, discussion on, 526. 

= the place of, in the education of 
girls, discussion on, 527. 

—— training which should be given to 
girls, Mary E. Marsden on the, 526, 


investigations, 


621 


Scosuy (W, A.) on stress distributions in 
engineering materials, 280. 

Scott (Dr, Alexander), the petrology of 
the Arran pitchstones, 398. 

Scorr (Prof. W. R.) on industrial unrest, 
274. 

on the replacement of men by women 

im industry, 276. 

on the effects of the war on credit, 
currency, and finance, 278, 

*Secondary education for children, a 
scheme of, by Mrs. T. W. Wallis, 524. 

Seismological investigations, twenty-firct 
report on, 29. 

Srwarp (Prof. A. C.) on the nomenclature 
of the carboniferous, permo-carbonifer- 
ous, and permian rocks of the southern 
hemisphere, 238. 

Suaw (J. J.) on seismological investiga- 
tions, 29. 

Suaw (Sir Napier) on geismological in- 
vestigations, 29. 

on radiolelegraphic 
127. 

{Shell-fisheries, the further development 
of the, by Dr. J, Johnstone, 418. 

SHERRINGTON (Prof. C. S.) on the structure 
and function of the mammalian heart, 
304. 

SHRUBSALL (Dr. F, C.) on the mental 
and physical factors involved in educa- 
tion, 307. 

{Similitude in engineering design, tho 
principle of, by Dr. T. E. Stanton, 456. 

Simon (KE. D.) on fuel economy, 187. 

SxKeatTs (Prof. E. W.) on the nomenclature 
of the carboniferous, permo-carbonifer- 
ous, and permian rocks of the southern 
hemisphere, 238. 

Stoan (R. P.) on fuel economy, 187. 

7Smatzt (J.), geographical distribution 
of the composite, 509. 

Smiru (Prof. H. Bompas) on the mental 
and physical factors involved in educa- 
tion, 307. 

Situ (H. G.) on the botanical and chemical 
characters of the eugalypts and their 
correlation, 201, 

Smrry (Dr. W. G.), utilisation of northern 
mountain and htath land, 498. 

SMITHELLS (Prof. A.) on gaseous explo 
sions, 292. 

*SmyTuHeE (Dr. J. A.), a modified chlorina- 
tion process, 377. 

{Sociology and psychology, by Dr. 
W. H. R. Rivers, 476. 

*Soil protozoa and soil bacteria, by Dr. 
T. Goodey, 547. 

*Solid nickel and copper oxides, the 
reduction of, by solid iron, Dr. J. E. 
Stead on, 376. 

*Solubility phenomena, the study of, re- 
port on, 377. 


investigations, 


622 


{SOMERVILLE (Prof. W.), British forestry, 
past and future, 547. 

SpearRMAn (Dr. C.) on the mental and 
physical factors involved in education, 
307. 

{Spectral lines, the frequencies of, can 
they be represented as a function of 
their order? by Prof. W. M. Hicks, 
364. 


the measurement of the energy 
in, by Dr. R. T. Beatty, 365. 

*Spool and shuttle, the weaving, the 
evolution of, by H. Ling Roth, 468. 
{Standard cubic equation, suggestions 
for the practica] treatment of the, 
and a contribution to substitution 
theory, by Prof. R. W. Genese, 365. 
{Standardisation and its influence on 
the engineering industries, by C. le 

Maistre, 456. 

Sranton (Dr. T. E.) on stress distribu- 
tions in engineering materials, 280. 

1} 


the principle of similitude in 
engineering design, 456. 

Starch in the branches of trees, the dis- 
tribution of, and its bearing on the 
statolith theory, Miss T. L. Prankerd 
on, 511. 

{Stars of different magnitudes, the mean 
distances of, by Sir F. W. Dyson, 364. 

Statistics and Economic Science, Address 


i 


to the Section of, by Prof. A. W. | 


Kirkaldy, 435. 
STEAD (Dr. J. E.) on fuel economy, 187. 


ia on the oxidation of nickel steel, 376. | 
*____ on the reduction of solid nickel and | 


copper oxides by solid iron, 376. 

* on the disruptive effect of carbon 
monoxide at 400° to 500° C. on wrought 
iron, 376. 

STeBBING (Rev. T. R. R.) on the work 
of the Corresponding Societies Com- 
mittee, 566. 

*Stepped ignition of gases, the, Prof. 
W. M. Thornton on, 377. 

Stewart (Dr. A. W.) on the absorption 
spectra and chemical constitution of 
organic compounds, 131. 

STIRLING-MAXWELL (Sir J. 8.) on afforest- 
ation after the war, 505. 

Stoney ‘Gerald G.), Address to the 
Engineering Section, 448. 

STRAHAN (Dr A.) on fuel economy, 187. 

Stress distributions in engineering mate- 
rials, the more complex, interim report 
on, 280. 

STROMEYER (C. H.) on fuel economy, 
187. 

on stress distributions in engineering 
materials, 280. 

{Sunspots in relation to terrestrial mag- 
netic phenomena, the efficiency of, by 
Rey. A. L. Cortie, 364. 


INDEX. 


{Survey work near Bellingham, by Miss 
C. E. C. Measham, 511. 

SyxKeEs (E.) on the effects of the war on 
credit, currency, and finance, 278. 


TaxBot (Benjamin) on fuel economy, 187. 

*TaLpor (J.), the present position of 
science in secondary schools, 524. 

jTaro, the cultivation of, by Dr. W. H. 
R. Rivers, 468. 

TEALL (Sir J. J. H.) on the collection of 
photographs of geological interest, 218. 

TremeLte (Rev. W.), Address to the 
Educational Section, 512. 

{Terrestrial magnetic phenomena, effi- 
ciency of sunspots in relation to, by 
Rev. A. L. Cortie, 364. 

Thick coal of South Staffordshire, the, by 
W. W. King, 393. 

*THompson (Prof. W. H.), arginine and 
creatine formation, 475. 

*THORNTON (Prof. W. M.) on the stepped 
ignition of gases, 377. 

the influence of pressure on the 
electrical ignition of methane, 456. 

THRELFALL (Prof. R.) on fuel economy, 
187. 

*Thyroid, the action of, on the supra- 
renals and heart, by Prof. P. T. 
Herring, 475. 


+ 


| {Thyroid-feeding, the effect of, on the 


pancreas, by Dr. Kojima, 475. 

*TocuErR (Dr. J. F.), the anthropometric 
characters of asylum and normal 
population, 468. 

*Transpacific migrations, by Dr. A. 
Hrdlicka, 469. 

{Tungus, the north-western, the physical 
type of, by Miss Czaplicka, 469. 

*TURNER (Miss), some aspects of infancy 
and childhood in the light of Freudian 
principles, 476. 

TurNER (Prof. H. H.) on seismological 
investigations, 29. 

—— on radiotelegraphic 
127. 

on popular science lectures, 326. 

the measurement of time, 364. 

on the determination of gravity at sea, 

549. 

on the work of the Corresponding 
Societies Committee, 566. 

*T uRNOR (Christopher), outlets for labour 
on the land, 446. 

TwENTYMAN (A. E.) on the mental and 
physical factors involved in education, 
307. 


investigations, 


+Urea and sugar, the secretion of, by the 
kidney, by Prof. A. R. Cushny, 475. 


INDEX, 


Ve Ey (Prof.) on electromotive phenomena 
in plants, 305. 

Vincent (Prof. Swale) on the duetless 
glands, 305. 


Wace (A. J. B.) on the distribution of 
artificial islands in the lochs of the 
highlands of Scotland, 303. 

Watxer (G. Blake) on fuel economy, 187. 

Waker (Dr. G. T.) on seismological 
investigations, 29. 

WALKER (Dr. G. W.) on seismological in- 
vestigations, 29. 

WaALLer (Prof. A. D.) on the occupation 
of a table at the zoological station at 
Naples, 238. 

on electromotive phenomena in plants, 
305. 

* food standards and man power, 
475. 

Water (Mrs. A. M.) on electromotive 
phenomena in plants, 305. 

*Watuis (B. C.), some geographical 
aspects of a war indemnity, 434. 

*WaLuis (Mrs. T. W.), a scheme of 
secondary education for children, 524. 

War, the effects of the, on credit, currency, 
and finance, abstract of report on, 278. 

*War and eugenics, by Hugh Richardson, 
420, 

+ War-economy posters, experiments upon 
the effectiveness of, by Miss Edgell, 476. 

*War indemnity, a, some geographical 
aspects of, by B. C. Wallis, 434. 

Warton (Col. R. Gardner) on the ex- 
ploration of La Cotte de St. Brelade, 
Jersey, 292. 

Waste lands, the utilisation and im- 
provement of, discussion on, 493. 

Prof. F. W. Oliver on, 493. 

Waste moorlands, by Prof. W. B. 
Bottomley, 501. 

+WatxEnson (Prof. W. H.) on the possi- 
bility of working Diesel engines with 
low compression pressures, 456. 

Watson (Dr. D. M. 8.) on the excavation 
of critical sections in the plant-bearing 
cherts at Rhynie, Aberdeenshire, 206. 

on the nomenclature of the carboni- 
ferous, permo-carboniferous, and per- 
mian rocks of the southern hemisphere, 
238. 

Watson (Prof. G. N.), oscillating and 
asymptotic series, 365, 

Watson (Prof. W.) on gaseous explosions, 
292. : 

*Warrs (Rey. Arthur), the Witton 
Gilbert stone axe, 469. 

Warts (Prof. W. W.) on the collection 
of photographs of geological interest, 218. 

Weese (W. Mark) on the work of the 
Corresponding Societies Committee, 566. 


623 


WEBSTER (Prof. A. G.) on the calculation 
of mathematical tables, 59. 

*Weddell Sea, the, by Dr. W. S. Bruce, 
433. 

Wetss (Prof. F. E.) on the renting of Cin- 
chona botanic station in Jamaica, 
307. 

Wetcr (R.) on the collection of photo- 
graphs of geological interest, 218. 

*WesTon (Rev. Walter), recent explora- 
tion in the Japanese Alps, 434. 

WHEELER (R. V.) on fuel economy, 187. 

WuitakEr (W.) on the collection of photo- 
graphs of geological interest, 218. 

on the work of the Corresponding 
Societies Committees, 566. 

Wnritrneap (Prof. A. N.), Address to the 
Mathematical and Physical Section, 
355. 

*WioiTtTaker (C. M.), the British coal 
tar colour industry in peace and war, 
376. 

*WIBBERLEY (T.), climate and tillage, 
548. 

Wittrams (Prof. J. Lloyd) and G. W. 
Rosinson, reclamation of peat-lands 
in Carnarvonshire, 502. 

WiturAMs (Dr. Mary H.), science in the 
education of girls, 526. 

*Witiis (Dr. J. C.), are endemics the 
oldest or the youngest species in a 
country ? 509. 

Witmore (Dr. A.), the physical geo- 
graphy and geology of the Northern 
Pennines, 398. 

Wuson (J. 8.) on stress distributions in 
engineering materials, 280. 

hipaa (H. E.) on gaseous eaplosions, 

WINDER (B. W.) on fuel economy, 187. 

;Witches, organisations of, in Great 
Britain, by Miss M. Murray, 469. 

*Witton Gilbert stone axe, the, by Rev. 
Arthur Watts, 469. 

+Woop (Prof. T. B.), the composition of 
British straws, 548. 

+—— and K. J. J. MAcKrnzim, economy 
in beef production, 548. 

WoopnovwseE (W. B.) on fuel economy, 
187. 

*Woops \H. C.), Salonika; its geo- 
graphical relation to the interior, 434. 

Woopwarp (Dr. A. Smith) on the old 
red sandstone rocks of Kiltorcan, Ireland, 
205. 

;Wooracotr (Dr. D.) on the permian 
of Durham, 393. 

Wootrnovan (Profi. W. G.) on the nomen- 
clature of the carboniferous, permo-car- 
boniferous, and permian rocks of the 
southern hemisphere, 238. 

Wynne (Prof. W. P.) on fuel economy, 
187. 


624 


+X-ray spectra of the elements, by Sir 
E. Rutherford, 364. 


chona botanic station in Jamaica, 
307. 

t the origin and fate of salt-marsh 
pans, 509. 


Yares (James) on fuel economy, 187. 


INDEX. 


Youne (Prof. Sydney) on dynamie iso- 
merism, 130. 


| Zoological bibliography and publication, 
Yarr (Prof. R. H.) on the renting of Cin- | 


report on, 239. 
Zoological Section, Address by Prof. E. 
W. MacBride to the, 403. 


| *Zoological organisation, report on, 417. 


Zoological station at Naples, report on the 
ocewpation of a table at the, 238. 


625 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT 
OF SCIENCE. 


PUBLICATIONS ON SALE AT THE OFFICE OF THE ASSOCIATION, 


Buruiwaton House, Piccapitty, Lonpon, W. 


Life Members (since 1845), and all Annual Members who have not intermitted their 
subscriptions, receive gratis all Reports (Annual Volumes) published after the 
date of their membership. 

Associates for any Meeting may obtain the Annual Volume relating to that Meeting 
at two-thirds of the publication price. 


The price of any Annual Volume, for the years 1831-1876 inclusive, will be quoted on 
application to the Office of the Association. 

A few sets, from 1831 to 1874 inclusive, are available at £10 per set. 

The publication price of each Annual Volume since 1877 is £1 4s. 

The President’s Address, and Sectional Addresses, bound together, for 1888, 1889, 
1890, 1891, 1892, 1893, 1895, 1896, 1899, 1900, 1901, 1902, 1909, 1910 (paper), 
each 1s,, 1913, 1914, 1915 (cloth), 2s. 

Addresses by the Presidents of the Association are obtainable (separately) for several 
years after 1860, and for all years since 1901, each 3d. 

Many of the Sectional Presidents’ Addresses are obtainable separately for years since 
1864, each 3d. 


Lithographed Signatures of the Members who met at Cambridge in 1833, with the 
Proceedings of the Public Meetings, 4to, 43. 

Index to the Reports, 1831-1860, 12s. (carriage included), 

Index to the Reports, 1861-1890, 15s. (carriage, 5d.). 


Lalande’s Catalogue of Stars, £1 1s, 

Stellar Distribution and Movements, by A. 8S. Eddington, M.Sc., 1911, 3d. 

Report of the International Conference on Terrestrial Magnetism and Atmospheric 
Electricity, 1898, 6d. 

Preliminary Report on the Magnetic Survey of South Africa, 1906, 34. 

Report on Seismology, 1900, 1s.; 1901, 1s.; 1902, 1s.; 1903, 1s.; 1904, 1s.; 1905, 
ls.; 1906, 6d.; 1907, 6d.; 1908, 1ls.; 1909, ls.; 1910, ls.; 1911, 1s.; 1912, 
ls.; 1913, 1s.; 1914, 1s.; 1915, 1s. 

Catalogue of Destructive Earthquakes, 4.D. 7 to a.pD. 1899, by Dr. J. Milne, F.R.S., 
1912, 5s. 


Report of the Committee for constructing and issuing Practical Standards for use in 
Electrical Measurements, 1892, 6d. ; 1893, 6d.; 1894, ls.; 1895, 6d. ; 1899, 6d. ; 
1903, 6d.; 1904, 6d.; 1905, 6d.; 1906, 6d.; 1907, 6d.; 1908, 6d.; 1909, 3d. 
(The complete Reports of this Committee have been reprinted, demy 8vo., 
12s. 6d., Cambridge University Press.) 


626 


The Action of Magnetism on Light, by J. Larmor, F.R.S., 1893, 1s. 

Report on the Present State of our Knowledge of Thermodynamics, Part II., by 
G. H. Bryan; with an Appendix by Prof. L. Boltzmann, 1894, 1s. 

Report on the Comparison of Magnetic Instruments, 1896, 4d. 

Report on the Bibliography of Spectroscopy in continuation of 1894 Report, 1898, 
ls. 6d.: 1901, 1s. 6d. 

Note sur Unité de Pression, par le Dr. C. E. Guillaume, 1901, 3d. 

Note on the Variation of the Specific Heat of Water, by Prof. H. L. Callendar, 1901, 4d. 

On Threefold Emission Spectra of Solid Aromatic Compounds, by Prof. E. Goldstein, 
1909, 3d. 

Anode Rays and their Spectra, by Dr. Otto Reichenheim, 1909, 37. 

The Principle of Relativity, by E. Cunningham, 1911, 3d. 

Report on the Determination of Gravity at Sea, 1916, 1s. 


Report on Tables of the Bessel Functions, 1895, 1s. 

Tables of F (r, v) and H (r, v) Functions, 1899, 1s. 

The History and Present State of the Theory of Integral Equations, by H. Bateman, 
1910, 1s. 6d. 


Report on Electrolysis, 1886, 1s. ; 1887, 64.; 1888, 6d. 

Report on the Present State of our Knowledge of Electrolysis and Electro-chemistry, 
1893, 6d. 

Discussion on the Theory of Solution, 1890, 6d. 


Report on Wave-lengths, 1899, 1s.; 1900, with Index to Tables from 1884 to 1900, 
1s.; 1901, ls. 

Report on the Chemical Compounds contained in Alloys, by F. H. Neville, F.RB.S., 
1900, 6d. 

The Constitution of Camphor, by A. Lapworth, D.Sc., 1900, 1s. 

Report on Absorption Spectra and Chemical Constitution of Organic Substances, 
1901, 1s. 

The Relative Progress of the Coal-tar Industry in England and Germany during the 
past Fifteen Years, by Arthur G. Green, 1901, 6d. 

The Methods for the Determination of Hydrolytic Dissociation of Salt Solutions, by 
R. C. Farmer, 1901, 6d. 

The Application of the Equilibrium Law to the Separation of Crystals from Complex 
Solutions and to the Formation of Oceanic Salt Deposits, by Dr. E. Frankland 
Armstrong, 1901, 1s. 

Our Present Knowledge of Aromatic Diazo-compounds, by Dr. Gilbert Thomas Morgan, 
1902, 6d. 

The Present Position of the Chemistry of Rubber, by 8. S. Pickles, 1906, 6d. 

The Present Position of the Chemistry of Gums, by H. Robinson, 1906, 3d. 

The Sensitiveness of Indicators, by H. T. Tizard, 1911, 3d. 

Diffusion in Solids, by Dr. C. H. Desch, 1912, 3d. 

Solubility, by J. Vargas Eyre, Ph.D. Part I., 1910, 1s.; Part II., 1913, 1s. 

Report on the Absorption Spectra and Chemical Constitution of Organic Comipounds, 
1916, 1s. 


Report on the Character of the High-level Shell-bearing Deposits at Clava, Chapelhall, 
and other Localities, 1893, 6d. 

Fourth Report on the Erosion of the Sea Coast of England and Wales, 1895, 9d. 

Report on the Changes in the Sea Coast, 1903, 1s, 

Report on the Structure of Crystals, 1901, 1s. 


627 


Report on Life-zones in the British Carboniferous Rocks, 1901, 6d.; 1902, 6d.; 1904, 
6d. 

The Formation of ‘ Rostro-Carinate ’ Flints, by Professor W. J. Sollas, F.R.S., 1913, 3d. 

Missing Links among Extinct Animals, by Dr. A. Smith Woodward, 1913, 3d. 


Rules of Zoological Nomenclature, 1s. 

Digest of Observations on the Migration of Birds, made at Lighthouses, by W. Eagle 
Clarke, 1896, 6d. 

Report on the Migratory Habits of the Song-thrush and the White Wagtail, by W. 
Eagle Clarke, 1900, 6d. 

Report on the Migratory Habits of the Skylark and the Swallow, by W. Eagle Clarke, 
1901, 6d. 

Report on the Migratory Habits of the Fieldfare and the Lapwing, by W. Eagle Clarke, 
1902, 6d. 

Report on the Migratory Habits of the Fieldfare and the Lapwing, by W. Eagle Clarke, 
1903, 6d. 

Melanism in Yorkshire Lepidoptera, by G. T. Porritt, 1906, 6d. 

Report on the Biological Problems incidental to the Belmullet Whaling Station, 1912, 
3d.; 1914, 1s. 

On the Phylogeny of the Carapace, and on the Affinities of the Leathery ‘Turtle, 
Dermochelys coriacea, by Dr. J. Versluys, 1913, 6d. 


On the Regulation of Wages by means of Lists in the Cotton Industry :—Spinning, 
2s.; Weaving, ls. 

Report on Future Dealings in Raw Produce, 1900, 6d. 

Report on Women’s Labour, 1903, 6d. 

Report on the Accuracy and Comparability of British and Foreign Statistics of Inter- 
national Trade, 1904, 6d. 

Report on the Amount and Distribution of Income (other than Wages) below the 
Income-tax Exemption Limit in the United Kingdom, 1910, 6d. 

Report on the Effects of the War on Credit, Currency, and Finance, 1915, 6d. 

Report on the Question of Fatigue from the Economic Standpoint, 1915, 6d. 

Report on Outlets for Labour after the War, 1915, 6d. 


Second Report on the Development of Graphic Methods in Mechanical Science, 1892, 1s. 

Report on Planimeters, by Prof. O. Henrici, F.R.S., 1894, 1s. 

Second Report on a Gauge for Small Screws, 1884, reprinted 1895, 6d. 

Report on giving practical effect to the Introduction of the British Association Screw 
Gauge, 1896, 6d.; 1901, 6d. ; 1903, 6d. 

Report on Proposed Modification of the Thread of the B.A. Screw, 1900, 6d. 

Report on the Resistance of Road Vehicles to Traction, 1901, 3d. 

The Road Problem, by Sir J. H. A. Macdonald, 1912, 3d. 

Standardisation in British Engineering Practice, by Sir John Wolfe-Barry, K.C.B., 
1906, 3d. 

Report on the Investigation of Gaseous Explosions, with special reference to Tem 
perature, 1909, 6¢.; 1910, 3d.; 1912, 3d. 

Gaseous Combustion, by William Arthur Bone, D.Sc., F.R.S., 1910, 6d. 

The Present Position of Electric Steel Melting, by Professor A. McWilliam, 1911, 3d. 


628 


Discussion on the Proper Utilisation of Coal, and Fuels derived therefrom, 1913, 6d. 
Liquid, Solid, and Gaseous Fuels for Power Production, by Professor F. W. Burstall, 
1913, 3d. 


Report on the Ethnographical Survey of the United Kingdom, 1893, 6d.; 1894, 6d. 
Report on Anthropometric Investigation in the British Isles, 1906, 1s. ; 1907, 3d. 
Fifth to Twelfth Reports on the North-Western Tribes of Canada, 1889, 1s.; 1890, 

2s. 6d. ; 1891, 1s.; 1892, 1s.; 1894, 6d.; 1895, 1s. 6d.; 1896, 6d.; 1898, 1s. 6d. 
Report on the Ethnological Survey of Canada, 1899, 1s. 6d. ; 1900, 1s. 6d.; 1902, 1s. 
Report on Artificial Islands in the Lochs of the Highlands of Scotland, 1912, 3d. 
Report on the Archzological and Ethnological Researches in Crete, 1910, 6d. ; 1912, 6d. 
Report on Physical Characters of the Ancient Egyptians, 1914, 6d. 


The Claim of Sir Charles Bell to the Discovery of Motor and Sensory Nerve Channels 
(an Examination of the Original Documents of 1811-1830), by Dr. A. D. Waller, 
F.R.S., 1911, 6d. 

Heat Coagulation of Proteins, by Dr. Chick and Dr. Martin, 1911, 3d. 


The Influence of the Universities on School Education, by the Right Rev. John 
Percival, D.D., Lord Bishop of Hereford, 1901, 3d. 

Report on the Curricula of Secondary Schools, 1907, 3d. 

Report on Mental and Physical Factors involved in Education, 1910, 3d.; 1911, 3d. 
1912, 3d. 

Report on the Influence of School Books upon Eyesight, 1913 (Second Edition 
revised), 4d. 

Report on the number, distribution, and respective values of Scholarships, Exhibi- 
tions, and Bursaries held by University students during their undergraduate 
course, and on funds private and open available for their augmentation, 1913, 3d. 

Report on the best means for promoting Scientific Education in Schools, 1867, 6d. 

Report on the Sequence of Studies in the Science Section of the Curriculum of Secondary 
Schools, 1908, 3d. 

Second Report on the present Methods of Teaching Chemistry, 1889, 6d. 

Report on the Teaching of Elementary Mathematics, 1902, 3d. 

Report on the Teaching of Botany in Schools, 1903, 3d. 

Report on the Position of Geography in the Educational System of the Country, 1897, 
6d. 

Report on Geographical Teaching in Scotland, 1913, 3d. 


Discussion on Agriculture and Science, Ipswich, 1895, 3d. 
The Development of Wheat Culture in North America, by Professor A. P. Brigham, 
1909, 3d. 


A number of shorter Reports, etc., for recent years, in addition to the above, are also 
available in separate form ; inquiries should be addressed to the Office. 


e 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION 
FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE 
1916 


LIST OF MEMBERS 


OFFICERS AND COUNCIL 


AND 


INSTITUTIONS RECEIVING THE REPORT 


CORRECTED TO MARCH 1917. 


LONDON: 
BURLINGTON HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W. 


) 


é 


ys 


Mi 
¥ 
re 
oe 


Se 
* 
Ke 


sd 
‘es 


OFFICERS AND COUNCIL, 1916-1917. 


PATRON. 
HIS MAJESTY THE KING. 


PRESIDENT. 
Sm ARTHUR EVANS, D.Lirv., LL.D., Pres.S.A., F.R.S. 


VICE-PRESIDENTS. 


The Right Hon. the Lord Mayor of Newcastle. The Right Hon. Lorp RAVENSWorRTH. 

His Grace the Duke or NORTHUMBERLAND, K.G., | The Right Hon, Lorp ARMSTRONG. 
F.R.S. The Right Hon. Lorp Jorcry. 

The Right Hon. the Marquis or LonpoNDERRY, | The Right Rey. the Lord Bishop of Durham, D.D. 
M.V.O The Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of Newcastle, D.D. 

The Right Hon. J. W. Lowrner, M.P. 

The Right Hon. W. Runciman, M.P. 

Sir Hueu BELL, Bart. 

The Hon. Sir CHARLES Parsons, K.O.B., D.C.L., 


The Right Hon. the EARL or DurHAM, K.G., 
G.0.V.0. 

The Right Hon. the EArt or CRAVEN. 

The Right Hon, the HARL Grey, G.C.B., G.O.M.G., 


G.0.V.O. E.R.S. 
The Right Hon. Viscount ALLENDALE. Sir Grorcr H. Purmipson, M.D., D.O.L. 
The Right Hon. Viscount GREy, K.G. Principal W. H. Hapow, D.Mus, 


The Right Hon. LorRD BARNARD. 


PRESIDENT ELECT. 
Hon. Sir Ouarnes A. Parsons, K.O.B., Sc.D., F.R.S. 


GENERAL TREASURER. 
Professor JoHN Perry, D.Se., LL.D., F.R.S., Burlington House, London, W. 


GENERAL SECRETARIES. 
Professor W. A. HERDMAN, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S, | Professor H. H. TURNER, D.Sc., D.O.L., F.R.S, 


ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 
0. J. R. HowArtH, M.A., Burlington House, London, W. 


CHIEF CLERK AND ASSISTANT TREASURER. 
H. O, Srewarpson, Burlington House, London, W. 


ORDINARY MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL, 


Bong, Professor W. A., F.R.S. HALLIBURTON, Professor W. D., F.R.S. 
BRABROOK, Sir EpwarD, C.B. HARMER, Dr. S. F., F.R.S. 

Braae, Professor W. H., F.R.S. IM THURN, Sir E. F., K.0.M.G. 

OuERK, Dr. DUGALD, F.R.S. Morais, Sir D., K.C.M.G. 

Denpy, Professor A., F.R.S. RUSSELL, Dr, BE, J. 

Dickson, Professor H. N., D.Se. RUTHERFORD, Sir E., F.R.S. 

Drxey, Dr. F. A., F.R.S. SAUNDERS, Miss E. R. 

Drxon, Professor H. B., F.R.S. / Scott, Professor W. R. 

Dyson, Sir F. W., F.R.S. STARLING, Professor E. H., F.R.S, 
GreGory, Professor R. A. STRAHAN, Dr. A.,, F.R.S. 


Weiss, Professor F. K., D.Se. 


IFFITHS, Principal E. H., F.R.S. 
Ha ) : ; Woopwarp, Dr, A. Smrru, F.R.S, 


Happow, Dr. A. O., F.R.S. 


EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL, 


. 
tees, past Presidents of the Association, the President and Vice-Presidents for the year, the 
alien ea Vice-President Elect, past and present General Treasurers and General Secretaries, past 
‘Assistant General Secretaries, and the Local Lar ed and Local Secretaries for the ensuing Annual 
eeting. 
a2 


lv OFFICERS AND COUNCIL 


TRUSTEES (PERMANENT). 


The Right Hon. Lord RAYLEIGH, O.M., M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.A.S, 
Major P. A. MacManony, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.A.S. 
Dr. G. CAREY Foster, LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. 


PAST PRESIDENTS OF THE ASSOOIATION, 


Lord Rayleigh, 0.M., F.R.S. | Arthur J. Balfour, O.M., F.R.S. | Sir E. A. Schafer, F.R.S. 

Sir A. Geikie, K.O.B., 0.M., F.R.S, | Sir E.Ray Lankester,K.O.B.,F.R.S. | Sir Oliver Lodge, F.R.S. 

Sir W. Orookes, 0.M., F.R.S. | Sir Francis Darwin, F.R.S. Professor W. Bateson, F.R.S. 
Sir James Dewar, F.R.S. Sir J, J. Thomson, O.M., Pres.R.S.| Professor A. Schuster, F.R.S, 
Sir NormanLockyer,K.0.B.,F.R.S. | Professor T. G. Bonney, F.R.S. 


PAST GENERAL OFFIOERS OF THE ASSOOIATION. 


Professor T. G. Bonney, F.R.S. Sir E. A. Schifer, F.R.S. Dr. J. G. Garson. 
Dr. A. Vernon Harcourt, F.R.S. Dr. D. H. Scott, F.R.S. Major P. A, MacMahon, F.R.S. 
Dr. G. Oarey Foster, F.R.S. 


AUDITORS. 
Sir Edward Brabrook, C.B. l Sir Everard im Thurn, 0.B,, K.0.M.G. 


LIST OF MEMBERS 


OF THE 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT 


OF SCIENCE. 


LILG: 


* indicates Life Members entitled to the Annual Report. 
§ indicates Annual Subscribers entitled to the Annual Report. 
{ indicates Subscribers not entitled to the Annual Report. 
Names without any mark before them are Life Members, elected 
before 1845, not entitled to the Annual Report. 
Names of Members of the GENERAL COMMITTEE are printed in 
SMALL CAPITALS. 
Names of Members whose addresses are incomplete or not known 
are in ttalics. 


Notice of changes of residence should be sent to the Assistant Secretary, 


Year of 
Election. 


1905. 


1914. 
1881. 
1885. 


1885. 
1873. 


1869. 
1877. 


1894. 


1877. 
1904. 
1898. 
1915. 
19 


Burlington House, London, W. 


*i-Ababrelton, Robert, F.R.GS., F.S.S. P.O. Box 322, Pieter- 
maritzburg, Natal. Care of Royal Colonial Institute, North- 
umberland-avenue, W.C. 

tAbbott, Hon. R. H. S. Rowan-street, Bendigo, Victoria. 

*Abbott, R. T. G. Whitley House, Malton. 

arte The Marquis of, G.C.M.G., LL.D. Haddo House, Aber- 

een. 

tAberdeen, The Marchioness of. Haddo House, Aberdeen. 

*Apney, Captain Sir W. pr W., K.C.B., D.C.L., F.RB.S., F.R.A.S. 
(Pres. A, 1889; Pres. L, 1903; Council, 1884-89, 1902-05, 
1906-12.) Measham Hall, Leicestershire. 

tAcland, Sir C. T. Dyke, Bart., M.A. Killerton, Exeter. 

*Acland, Captain Francis E. Dyke, R.A. Walwood, Banstead, 
Surrey. 

*AcranpD, Henry Dykg, F.G.S., F.S.A. Chy-an-Mor, Gyllyngvase, 
Falmouth. 

*Acland, Theodore Dyke, M.D. 19 Bryanston-square, W. 

tActon, T. A. 41 Regent-street, Wrexham. 

tAoworru, W. M., M.A. (Pres. F, 1908.) The Albany, W. 

+Adam, Sir Frank Forbes, C.I.E., LL.D. Hankelow Court, Audlem. 

16. 


6 


Year of 
Election 


1901. 
1915. 
1887. 


1901. 


1904. 


1908. 
1913. 


1890. 
1899. 
1908. 
1912. 


1908. 


1902. 
1871. 


1909. 
1914. 
1911. 
1895. 
1891. 
1871. 
1901. 
1884. 
~ 1905. 
1886. 
1913. 
1900. 
1896. 


1905. 
1888, 
1910. 


1891. 
1883. 
1883. 
1914. 
1901. 
1904. 
1879. 
1898. 
1891. 
1915. 
1907. 


1912. 
1887. 


1915. 
1883. 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


tAdam, J. Miller. 15 Walmer-crescent, Glasgow. 

§Adams, M. Atkinson. The White Cottage, Knutsford. 

tApami, J. G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S., Professor of Pathology in 
McGill University, Montreal, Canada. 

g§Apams, Jonn, M.A., B.Sc., LL.D. (Pres. L, 1912), Professor of 
Education in the University of London. 23 Tanza-road, 
Hampstead, N.W. 

tAdams, W. G. S., M.A. Department of Agriculture, Upper 
Merrion-street, Dublin. 

*Adamson, R. Stephen. The University, Manchester. ’ 

tAddison, W. H. F. Medical School, The University of Penn- 
sylvania. 

tAprnry, W. E., D.Sc., F.C.S. Burnham, Monkstown, Co. Dublin. 

*Adie, R. H., M.A., B.Sc. 136 Huntingdon-road, Cambridge. 

§Adkin, Robert. 4 Lingard’s-road, Lewisham, S.E. 

tAfanassieff, Apollo. Physical Institute, Imperial University, 
Petrograd. 

*Agar, W. E., M.A. Natural History Department, The University, 
Glasgow. 

jtAgnew, Samuel, M.D. Bengal-place, Lurgan. 

*Ainsworth, Sir John Stirling, Bart., M.P. Harecroft, Gosforth, 
Cumberland. 

*AIRD, JOHN. Canadian Bank of Commerce, Toronto, Canada. 

tAirey, J. W. Barooma, Vernon-street, Strathfield, Sydney. 

§Airey, John R., M.A., B.Sc. 73 Claremont-road, Forest Gate, E. 

*Airy, Hubert, M.D. Stoke House, Woodbridge, Suffolk. 

*Aisbitt, M. W. Mountstuart-square, Cardiff. 

§ArrKEn, Joun, LL.D., F.RB.S., F.R.S.E. Ardenlea, Falkirk, N.B. 

fAitken, Thomas, M.Inst.C.E. County Buildings, Cupar-Fife. 

*Alabaster, H. Milton, Grange-road, Sutton, Surrey. 

tAlbright, Miss. Finstal Farm, Finstal, Bromsgrove, Worcestershire. 

*Albright, G.S. Broomsberrow Place, Ledbury. 

tAlbright, W. A. 29 Frederick-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

*Aldren, Francis J..M.A. The Lizans, Malvern Link. 

§Aldridge, J. G. W., Assoc.M.Inst.C.E. 39 Victoria-street, West- 
minster, S. W. 

*Alexander, J. Abercromby. 24 Lawn-crescent, Kew. 

*Alexander, Patrick Y. 3 Whitehall-court, S.W. 

*Alexander, W. B., B.A. Western Australian Museum, Perth, 
West Australia. 

*Alford, Charles J., F.G.S. Hotel Victoria, Rome. 

tAlger, W. H. The Manor House, Stoke Damerel, South Devon. 

tAlger, Mrs. W. H. The Manor House, Stoke Damerel, South Devon. 

tAllan, Edward F., B.A. 37 Wattletree-road, Malvern, Victoria. 

*Allan, James A. 21 Bothwell-street, Glasgow. 

*Allcock, William Burt. Emmanuel College, Cambridge. 

*Allen, Rev. A. J.C. 34 Lensfield-road, Cambridge. 

§Atiun, Dr. E.J.,F.R.S. The Laboratory, Citadel Hill, Plymouth. 

tAllen, H. A., F.G.S. 28 Jermyn-street, S.W. 

§Allen, J. E. 23 Cottenham Park-road, Wimbledou, S.W. 

*Allorge, M. M., L. és Se., F.G.S. Villa St. Germain, Louviers, 
France. ; 

ene S. W., M.A., M.D. The Manor House, Antrim-road, 

elfast. 

fAlward, G. L. Enfield Villa, Waltham, Grimsby, Yorkshire. 

{Ambler, Clement. 34 Seymour-grove, Old Trafford. 

§Amery, John Sparke. Druid, Ashburton, Devon. 


Year of 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. (: 


Election. 


1909, 
1884. 


1914. 
1910. 
1905. 
1912. 
1908. 
1885. 


1914. 
1901. 
1892. 
1899. 
1888. 
1914. 


1901. 
1908. 
1911. 
1907. 
1909. 
1895. 
1914. 
1909. 
1880. 
1912. 
1886. 
1916. 


1901. 
1900. 


1904. 


1913. 
1913. 


1894. 
1909. 


1909, 


1883. 
1908. 


1903. 
1873. 


1909, 


tAmi, H. M.,M.D. Ottawa, Canada. 

tAm1, Henry, M.A., D.Sc., F.G.S. Geological Survey, Ottawa, 
Canada. 

§Anderson, Miss Adelaide M. Home Office, S.W. 

tAnderson, Alexander. ‘Tower House, Dore, near Sheffield, 

*Anderson, C. L. P.O. Box 2162, Johannesburg. 

tAnderson, EH. M. 43 Ladysmith-road, Edinburgh. 

tAnderson, Edgar. Glenavon, Merrion-road, Dublin. 

*AnprERSON, Huau Kerr, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. Caius College, 
Cambridge. 

tAnderson, J. R. V. School of Mines, Bendigo, Victoria. 

*Anderson, James. 166 Buchanan-street, Glasgow. 

tAnderson, Joseph, LL.D. 8 Great King-street, Edinburgh. 

*Anderson, Miss Mary Kerr. 13 Napier-road, Edinburgh. 

*Anderson, R. Bruce. 5 Westminster-chambers, S.W. 

§Anderson, Valentine G. Victoria-avenue, Canterbury, Victoria, 
Australia. 

*Anderson, Dr. W. Carrick. 7 Scott-street, Garnethill, Glasgow. 

tAnderson, William. Glenavon, Merrion-road, Dublin. 

tAndrade, E. N. da C. University College, Gower-street, W.C. 

Andrews, A. W. Adela-avenue, West Barnes-lane, New Malden, 


Surrey. 

tAndrews, Alfred J. Care of Messrs, Andrews, Andrews, & Co., 
Winnipeg, Canada. 

tAnprews, CHartes W., B.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. British Museum 
(Natural History), S.W. 

§Andrews, E. C. Geological Branch, Department of Mines, 
Sydney, N.S.W. 

tAndrews, G. W. 433 Main-street, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*Andrews, Thornton, M.Inst.C.E. Cefn Eithen, Swansea. 

tAngus, Miss Mary. 354 Blackness-road, Dundee. 

tAnsell, Joseph. 27 Bennett’s-hill, Birmingham. 

*Anthony, Charles, F.R.S.E., M.Inst.C.E. 149 Bahia Blanca, 
Argentina. 

tArakawa, Minozi. Japanese Consulate, 1 Broad Street-place, H.C. 

*ARBER, HK. A. Newewt, M.A., F.L.S. 52 Huntingdon-road, 
Cambridge. 

*ARBER, Mrs. E. A. Newest, D.Sc., F.L.S. 52 Huntingdon- 
road, Cambridge. 

tArcher, J. Hillside, Crlowcombe, West Somerset. 

*Archer, R. L., M.A., Professor of Education in University College, 
Bangor. Plas Menai, Bangor. 

tArchibald, A. Holmer, Court-road, Tunbridge Wells. 

tArchibald, Professor E. H. Chemistry Department, University of 
British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C., Canada. 

tArchibald, H. Care of Messrs, Machray, Sharpe, & Dennistoun, 
Bank of Ottawa Chambers, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*Armistead, William. Hillcrest, Oaken, Wolverhampton. 

tArmstrong, E. C. R. MBIA. F.R.G.S. °73 Park-avenue, 
Sydney-parade, Dublin. 

*ARMSTRONG, Ii. FRANKLAND, D.Sc., Ph.D. Greenbank, Green- 
bank-road, Latchford, Warrington. 

*ArmsTRONG, Henry E., Ph.D., LL.D., F.R.S. (Pres. B, 1885, 
1909; Pres. L, 1902; Council, 1899-1905, 1909-16.) 
55 Granville-park, Lewisham, S.E. 

tArmstrong, Hon. Hugh, Parliament Buildings, Kennedy-street, 
Winnipeg, Canada, 


8 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 

Election. 

1905. {Armstrong, aohat Kamfersdam Mine, near Kimberley, Cape 
Colon 

1905, {ARNOLD, a O., F.R.S., Professor of Metallurgy in the University 
of Sheffield. 

1893. *ARNOLD-BremrRosE, H. H., So.D., F.G.S. Ash Tree House, 
Osmaston-road, Derby. 

1915. tArnold-Bernard, Pierre. 662 West End-avenue, New York 
City, U.S.A. 

1904. tArunachalam, P. Ceylon Civil Service, Colombo, Ceylon. 

1870. *Ash, Dr. T. Linnington. Penroses, Holsworthy, North Devon. 


1903. 
1909. 
1916. 


1907. 


1915, 


1915. 
1903. 
1914. 
1890. 
1915. 
1916. 


1875. 


1905. 
1908. 


1898. 
1894. 


1906. 
1907. 
1881. 
1906. 


1907. 


1903. 
1912. 


1914, 
1909, 


1914. 


1883. 
1863. 
1883. 
1887. 
1903. 


*AsHBy, THomas, M.A., D.Litt. The British School, Rome. 

tAshdown, J. H. 337 Broadway, Winnipeg, Canada. 

§Ashley, Miss Anne, M.A. 3 Yateley-road, Edgbaston, Bir- 
mingham. 

tAsuiey, W. J., M.A. (Pres. F, 1907), Professor of Commerce in the 
University of Birmingham. 3 Yateley-road, Edgbaston, Bir- 
mingham. 

*Ashton, Miss Margaret. 8 Kinnaird-road, Withington, Man- 
chester. 

§Ashworth, Arthur. Hllerslie, Walmersley-road, Bury. 

*Ashworth, J. H., D.Sc. 69 Braid-avenue, Edinburgh. 

*Ashworth, Mrs. J. H. 69 Braid-avenue, Edinburgh. 

tAshworth, J. Reginald, D.Sc. 55 King-street South, Rochdale. 

§Ashworth, John. 77 King-street, Manchester. 

*Ashworth, John H. The Bungalow, 151 St. Andrew’s-road South, 
St. Anne’s-on-Sea. 

*Aspland, W. Gaskell. Care of Messrs. Boustead & Clarke, Mom- 
basa, East Africa. 

tAssheton, Mrs. Grantchester, Cambridge. 

§AstLey, Rev. H. J. Duxrinriecp, M.A., Litt.D. East Rudham 
Vicarage, King’s Lynn. 

*Atkinson, E. Cuthbert. 5 Pembroke-vale, Clifton, Bristol. 

* Atkinson, Harold W., M.A. West View, Eastbury-avenue, North- 
wood, Middlesex. 

tAtkinson, J. J. Cosgrove Priory, Stony Stratford. 

tAtkinson, Robert H. Morland-avenue, Knighton, Leicester. 

tArgrnson, Roperrt WiuiaM, F.C.S., F.1.C. (Local Sec. 1891.) 
10 North Church-street, Cardiff. 

§AupEN, G. A., M.A., M.D. 13 Broughton-drive, Grassendale, 
Liverpool. 

§Auden, ~ A., D.Sc. 13 Broughton-drive, Grassendale, Liver- 
poo 

tAustin, CHaRLes E. 37 Cambridge-road, Southport. 

§Austin, Percy C., M.A., D.Sc. 24 Kiln- lane, St. Helens, Lan- 
cashire. 

tAvery, D., M.Sc. Collins House, Collins-street, Melbourne. 

tAxtell, S. W. Stobart Block, Winnipeg, Canada, 


{Baber, Z., Professor of Geography and Geology in the University 
of Chicago, U.S.A 

*Bach- Gladstone, WMadhine Henri. 147 Rue de Grenelle, Paris. 

{Backhouse, T. W. West Hendon House, Sunderland. 

*Backhouse, W. A. St. John’s, Wolsingham, R.S.0., Durham. 

*Bacon, Thomas Walter. Ramsden Hall, Billericay, Essex. 

{Baden-Powell, Major B. 32 Prince’s-gate, S.W. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 9 


Election. 

1907. §Badgley, Colonel W. F., Assoo.Inst.C.E., F.R.G.S. Verecroft, 
Devizes. 

1914. {Bage, Charles, M.A., M.D. 139 Collins-street, Melbourne. 

1914. {Bage, Miss Freda. Women’s College, Brisbane, Australia. 


1908. 


1905. 
1883. 
1883. 


1887. 


1905, 
1914, 
1905. 
1894. 
1878. 
1914. 


1905. 
1913. 


1910. 
1886. 
1914. 
1915. 


1913. 
1907. 


1904. 


1894. 


1905. 
1875. 


1883. 
1905. 
1905. 
1905. 
1913. 
1908. 
1883. 
1914. 
1917. 


1890. 
1909. 
1912. 
1898. 
1910. 
1890. 
1861. 


*Bagnall, Richard Siddoway, F.L.S. Penshaw Lodge, Penshaw, 
Co. Durham. 

{Baikie, Robert. P.O. Box 36, Pretoria, South Africa. 

{Baildon, Dr. 42 Hoghton-street, Southport. 

*Bailey, Charles, M.Sc., F.L.S. Haymesgarth, Cleeve Hill S.0., 
Gloucestershire. 

Sema G. H., D.Sc., Ph.D. Edenmor, Kinlochleven, Argyll, 

.B 


*Bailey, Harry Percy. Montrose, Northdown, Margate, 

tBailey, P.G. 4 Richmond-road, Cambridge. 

{Bailey, Right Hon. W. F., C.B. Land Commission, Dublin. 

*Baity, Francis Gisson, M.A. Newbury, Colinton, Midlothian. 

{Batty, Watrer. 4 Rosslyn-hill, Hampstead, N.W. 

{ Bainbridge, I’. A., M.D., Professor of Physiology in the University 
of Durham, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

*Baker, Sir Augustine. 56 Merrion-square, Dublin. 

*Baker, Bevan B., B.Sc. Frontenac, Donnington-road, Harlesden, 


{Baxer, H. F., Sc.D., F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1913), Lowndean Professor 
of Astronomy and Geometry in the University of Cam- 
bridge. St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

§Baker, Harry, F.I.C. Epworth House, Moughland-lane, Runcorn. 

{Baker, R. T. Technological Museum, Sydney, N.S.W. 

*Baker, Miss 8S. M., D.Sc. Frontenac, Donnington-road, Harlesden, 


N.W. 

tBaker, Ralph Homfeld. Cambridge. 

{Baldwin, Walter. 382 Brunshaw Top, Burnley. 

{Batrour, The Right Hon. A. J., O.M., D.C.L., LL.D., M.P., 
F.R.S., Chancellor of the University of Edinburgh. (P8r- 
SIDENT, 1904.) Whittingehame, Prestonkirk, N.B. 

{Batrour, Henry, M.A. (Pres. H, 1904.) Langley Lodge, 
Headington Hill, Oxford. 

{Balfour, Mrs. H. Langley Lodge, Headington Hill, Oxford. 

{Batrour, Isaac Baytey, M.A., D.Sc., M.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., 
F.L.S. (Pres. D, 1894; Pres. K, 1901), Professor of Botany in 
the University of Edinburgh. Inverleith House, Edinburgh. 

{Balfour, Mrs. I. Bayley. Inverleith House, Edinburgh. 

{Balfour, Mrs. J. Dawyck, Stobo, N.B. 

{Balfour, Lewis. 11 Norham-gardens, Oxford. 

{Balfour, Miss Vera B. Dawyck, Stobo, N.B. 

*Ball, Sidney, M.A. St. John’s College, Oxford. 

{Ball, T. Elrington. 6 Wilton-place, Dublin. 

*Ball, W. W. Rouse, M.A. Trinity College, Cambridge. 

§Balsillie, J. Greene. P.M.G.’s Department, Melbourne. 

§Baly, E. C. C., M.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Inorganic Chemistry in 
the University of Liverpool. 

{Bamford, Professor Harry, M.Sc. 30 Falkland-mansions, Glasgow. 

{Bampfield, Mrs. E. 309 Donald-street, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*Bancroft, Miss Nellie, D.Sc., F.L.S. 260 Normanton-road, Derby, 

{Bannerman, W. Bruce, F.S.A. 4 The Waldrons, Croydon. 

{Barber, Miss Mary. 13 Temple Fortune Court, Hendon, N.W. 

*Barber-Starkey, W. J. S. Aldenham Park, Bridgnorth, Salop. 

*Barbour, George. Bolesworth Castle, Tattenhall, Chester. 


10 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1915. 
1860. 
1887. 
1902. 
1902. 
1911. 


1904. 


1906. 
1899. 
1882. 
1910. 


1913. 
1909. 
1889. 


1885. 
1905. 


1881. 
1904. 
1907. 


1915. 


1909. 
1913. 


1881]. 


1902. 
1904. 
1872. 


1874. 


1893. 
1913. 
1913. 
1913. 
1908. 
1884. 
1890. 
1890. 
1892. 


1858. 


1909. 
1909. 
1914. 
1893. 


§BarcLay, R. Norton. 35 Whitworth-street West, Manchester. 
*Barclay, Robert. High Leigh, Hoddesdon, Herts. 

*Barclay, Robert. Sedgley New Hall, Prestwich, Manchester. 
{Barcroft, H., D.L. The Glen, Newry, Co. Down. 

{Baxcrort, Josepn, M.A., B.Sc., F.R.S. King’s College, Cambridge. 
{Barger, George, M.A., D.Sc., Professor of Chemistry in the Royal 
Holloway College. Malahide, Englefield Green, Surrey. 
§Barker, B. T. P., M.A., Professor of Agricultural Biology in the 
University of Bristol. Fenswood, Long Ashton, Bristol. 

*Barker, Geoffrey Palgrave. Henstead Hall, Wrentham, Suffolk. 

§Barker, John H., M.Inst.C.E. San Simeon, Wolverhampton. 

*Barker, Miss J. M. Sunny Bank, Scalby, Scarborough. 

*Barker, Raymond Inglis Palgrave. Henstead Hall, Wrentham, 
Suffolk. 

§BarLinG, Dr. GinBERT. Blythe Court, Norfolk-road, Edgbaston, 
Birmingham. 

{Barlow, Lieut.-Colonel G. N. H. Care of Messrs. Cox & Co., 
16 Charing Cross, 8. W. 

{Barlow, H. W. L., M.A., M.B., F.C.S. The Park Hospital, Hither 
Green, 8.E. 

*BaRLow, WILLIAM, I'.R.S., F.G.8S. The Red House, Great Stanmore. 

*Bamard, Miss Annie T., M.D., B.Sc. Care of W. Barnard, Esq., 
3 New-court, Lincoln’s Inn, W.C. 

*Barnard, William, LL.B. 3 New-court, Lincoln’s Inn, W.C. 

iBarnes, Rev. KH. W., M.A., Se.D., F.R.S. The Temple, E.C. 

§Barnes, Professor H. T., Sc.D., F.R.S. McGill University, 
Montreal, Canada. 

§Barnes, Jonathan. 301 Great Clowes-street, Higher Broughton, 
Manchester. 

*Barnett, Miss Edith A. Holm Leas, Worthing. 

§Barnett, Thomas G. The Hollies, Upper Clifton-road, Sutton 
Coldfield. 

{Barr, ArcHIBALD, D.Sc., M.Inst.C.E. (Pres. G, 1912.) Caxton- 
street, Anniesland, Glasgow. 

*Barr, Mark. Gloucester-mansions, Harrington-gardens, S.W. 

{Barrett, Arthur. 6 Mortimer-road, Cambridge. 

*Barrett, Sir W. F., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., M.R.L.A. 31 Devonshire 
Place, W. 

*Barrington-Ward, Rev. Mark J., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.G.S. The 
Rectory, Duloe S.0., Cornwall. 

*Barrow, Guroras, F.G.8. 202 Brecknock-road, Tufnell Park, N. 

{Barrow, Harrison. 57 Wellington-street, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

{Barrow, Louis. 155 Middleton Hall-road, King’s Norton. 

{Barrow, Walter. 13 Ampton-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

{tBarry, Gerald H. Wiglin Glebe, Carlow, Ireland. 

*Barstow, Miss Frances A. Garrow Hill, near York. 

*Barstow, J. J. Jackson. The Lodge, Weston-super-Mare. 

*Barstow, Mrs. The Lodge, Weston-super-Mare. 

{Bartholomew, John George, F.R.S.E., F.R.G.S. Newington 
House, Edinburgh. 

*Bartholomew, William Hamond, M.Inst.C.E. Ridgeway House, 
Cumberland-road, Hyde Park, Leeds. 

{Bartleet, Arthur M. 138 Hagley-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

tBartlett, C. Bank of Hamilton-building, Winnipeg, Canada. 

{Barton, H.C. City Electric Light Company, Brisbane, Australia. 

*BaRTON, Hpwin H., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., Professor of Ex- 
perimental Physics in University College, Nottingham. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. if 


Year of 
Election. 


1908. 


1904. 
1888. 
1891. 
1866. 
1911. 


1889. 


1912. 


1883. 
1905. 
1907. 
1914. 
1884. 


1914. 


1881. 
1915. 


1906. 
1904. 
1909, 
1913. 


1912. 
1912. 


1914. 
1876. 
1887. 
1883. 


1914. 
1909. 


1905. 
1889. 


1905. 
1904. 
1905. 


1916. 


1900. 
1885. 
1914. 
1914. 
1887. 
1904. 
1885. 


a Rev. Walter John, M.A., F.R.G.S. Epsom College, 

Surrey. 

*Bartrum, C. 0., B.Sc. 32 Willoughby-road, Hampstead, N.W. 

*Basset, A. B.,M.A., F.R.S. Fledborough Hall, Holyport, Berkshire. 

tBassett, A. B. Chevereil, Llandaff. 

*Bassett, Henry. 26 Belitha-villas, Barnsbury, N. 

*BassErtT, Henry, jun., D.Sc., Ph.D. University College, Reading. 

{Basrasiz, Professor C. F., M.A., F.S.S. (Pres. F, 1894.) 
52 Brighton-road, Rathgar, Co. Dublin, 

tBastian, Staff-Surgeon William, R.N. Chesham Bois, Bucking: 
hamshire. 

{BaTEMAN, Sir A. E., K.C.M.G. Woodhouse, Wimbledon Park, S.W. 

*Bateman, Mrs. F. D. The Rectory, Minchinhampton. 

*BaremMAN, Harry. lLake-avenue, Govans, Md., U.S.A. 

{Bates, Mrs. Daisy M. 210 Punt-road, Prahran, Victoria. 

{Barzson, Professor Witi14M, M.A., F.R.S. (Prestpent, 1914; 
Pres. D, 1904.) The Manor House, Merton, Surrey. 

{Bateson, Mrs. The Manor House, Merton, Surrey. 

*Baruer, Francis Arruur, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.S. British 
Museum (Natural History), S.W. 

{Batho, Cyyil, Professor of Applied Mechanics in McGill University, 
Montreal. 

§Batty, Mrs. Braithwaite. Ye Gabled House, The Parks, Oxford. 

{Baugh, J. H. Agar. 92 Hatton-garden, E.C. 

{Bawlf, Nicholas Assiniboine-avenue, Winnipeg, Canada. 

tBawtree, A. E., F.R.P.S. Lynton, Manor Park-road, Sutton, 
Surrey. 

*Baxter, Miss Evelyn V. Roselea, Kirkton of Largo, Fife. 
*Baytiss, W. M., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. I, 1915), Professor of 
General Physiology in University College, London, W.C. 

{Bayly, P. G. W. Mines Department, Melbourne. 

*Baynes, Ropert E., M.A. Christ Church, Oxford. 

*Baynes, Mrs. R. E. 2 Norham-gardens, Oxford. 

*Bazley, Gardner S. Hatherop Castle, Fairford, Gloucestershire. 

Bazley, Sir Thomas Sebastian, Bart., M.A. Kilmorie, Ilsham- 

drive, Torquay, Devon. 

tBeach, Henry, J.P. Clonesslea, Herbert-street, Dulwich Hill, 
Sydney. 

meee ere H. J. Lurwettyn, F.G.S. Hafod, Llandinam, Mont- 
gomeryshire. 

tBeare, Miss Margaret Pierrepont. 10 Regent-terrace, Edinburgh. 

§BzarE, Professor T. Hupson, B.Sc., F.R.S.E., M.Inst.C.E. The 
University, Edinburgh. 

{Beare, Mrs. T. Hudson. 10 Regent-terrace, Edinburgh. 

{Beasley, H.C. 25a Prince Alfred-road, Wavertree, Liverpool. 

{Beattie, Professor J. C., D.Sc., F.R.S.E. South African College, 
Cape Town. 

*Beatty, Richard T., M.A., D.Se. Physics Laboratory, Queen’s 
University, Belfast. 

{Beaumont, Professor Roberts, M.I.Mech.E. The University, Leeds. 

*Braumont, W. W., M.Inst.C.E. Outer Temple, 222 Strand, W.C. 

{Beaven, E. 8. Eastney, Warminster. 

{Beaven, Miss M. J. Eastney, Warminster. 

*BEoKETT, JoHN HampepEN. Corbar Hall, Buxton, Derbyshire. 

§Beckit, H.O. Cheney Cottage, Headington, Oxford. 

t{Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Prosector of the 
Zoological Society of London, Regent’s Park, N.W. 


12 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1911. 
1915. 
1904. 
1891. 
1878. 


1901. 


1905. 
1914. 
1891. 
1916. 
1909. 
1894. 


1900. 
1883. 
1915. 
1888. 
1914. 
1908. 


1904. 
1913. 


1916. 


1883. 


1901. 


1909. 
1909. 
1903. 
1901. 


1914. 
1887. 
1898. 
1904, 


1905. 
1896. 


1894. 


1905. 
1906. 
1898. 
1894. 
1908. 
1908. 
1904. 


1914. 


1905. 
1862. 


t{Beddow, Fred, D.Sc., Ph.D. 2 Pier-mansions, Southsea. 

§Bedford, Fred, Ph.D., B.Sc. Dovercourt, Heslington-lane, York. 

*Bedford, T. G., M.A. 13 Warkworth-street, Cambridge. 

{Bedlington, Richard. Gadlys House, Aberdare. 

§Brpson, P. Puituirs, D.Sc., F.C.S. (Local Sec. 1889, 1916), 
Professor of Chemistry in Armstrong College, Newcastle-upon- 
Tyne. 

“Bite? Sir G. T., LL.D., F.R.S. (Pres. B, 1905.) 11 University- 
gardens, Glasgow. 

tBeilby, Hubert. 11 University-gardens, Glasgow. 

§Belas, Philip E., B.A. University College, Cork. 

*Belinfante, L. L., M.Sc., Assist. Sec. G.S. Burlington House, W. 

§Bell, Alfred Ernest. Low Gosforth House, Gosforth. 

{Bz xt, C. N. (Local Sec. 1909.) 121 Carlton-street, Winnipeg, Canada. 

{Bett, F. Juerrrey, M.A.,F.Z.S. British Museum (Natural History), 
S.W. 


*Bell, Henry Wilkinson. Beech Cottage, Rawdon, near Leeds. 

*Bell, John Henry. 102 Leyland-road, Southport. 

§Bell, 8. B. 116 Cornbrook-street, Old Trafford. 

*Bell, Walter George, M.A. Trinity Hall, Cambridge, 

{Bell, William Reid, M.Inst.C.E. Burnie, Tasmania. 

ae aes Arthur, M.A., F.R.A.S. University Observatory, 

xford. 

tBellars, A. E. Magdalene College, Cambridge. 

*Belliss, John, M.I.M.E. Darlinghurst, Carpenter-road, Edgbaston, 
Birmingham. 

§Bennett, Arthur, J.P. Market-gate Chambers, Warrington. 

*Bennett, Laurence Henry. The Elms, Paignton, South Devon. 

tBennett, Professor Peter. 207 Bath-street, Glasgow. 

*Bennett, R. B., K.C. Calgary, Alberta, Canada. 

tBenson, Miss C.C. Terralta, Port Hope, Ontario, Canada. 

§Benson, D. E. Queenwood, 12 Irton-road, Southport. 

*Brnson, Miss Marcarer J., D.Sc. Royal Holloway College, 
Englefield Green. 

tBenson, W. Killara, Sydney, N.S.W. 

*Benson, Mrs. W. J. 5 Wellington-court, Knightsbridge, S.W. 

*Bent, Mrs. Theodore. 13 Great Cumberland-place, W. 

{Buntiry, B. H., M.A., Professor of Botany in the University of 
Sheffield. 

*Bentley, Wilfred. The Dene, Kirkheaton, Huddersfield. 

*Bergin, William, M.A., Professor of Natural Philosophy in Uni- 
versity College, Cork. 

§BERKELEY, The Earl of, F.R.S., F.C.S. (Council, 1909-10.) 
Foxcombe, Boarshill, near Abingdon. 

*Bernaccul, L. C., F.R.G.S. 54 Inverness-terrace, W. 

*Bernays, Albert Evan. 3 Priory-road, Kew, Surrey. 

§Berridge, Miss C. E. 704 Redcliffe-square, South Kensington, W. 

*BERRIDGE, Dovaras, M.A., F.C.S. The College, Malvern. 

*Berridge, Miss Emily M. Dunton Lodge, The Knoll, Beckenham. 

*Berry, Arthur J. 14 Regent-street, Cambridge. 

§Berry, Professor R. A., F.[.C. West of Scotland Agricultural 
College, 6 Blythswood-square, Glasgow. 

§Berry, Professor R. J. A. M.D. The University, Carlton, Mel- 
bourne. 

tBertrand, Captain Alfred. Champel, Geneva. 

{Busant, Witt1am Heney, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S. St. John’s College, 
Cambridge. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 13 


Year of 
Election. 


1916. 
1913. 


1880. 


1884. 
1913. 
1903. 
1870. 


1888. 
1911. 


1898. 
1901. 
1908. 
1887. 
1881. 


1910. 
1887. 
1915. 
1913. 
1904. 


USE 


1906. 
1910. 
1886. 
1914. 
1909. 


1901. 


1916. 


1916. 
1903. 
1908. 
1913. 


1913. 
1909. 


1910. 
1902. 
1914. 


1914. 
1900. 
1905. 
1904. 
1915. 
1884. 
1887. 


§Bestow, C. H. Welford House, Upper Clapton, N.F. 

cea algae G. T. 19 Clarendon-road, Edgbaston, Birming- 

am. 

*Brvan, Rev. JAMES Ottver, M.A., F.S.A., F.G.S. Chillenden 
Rectory, Canterbury. 

*Beverley, Michael, M.D. The Shrubbery, Scole, Norfolk. 

{Bewlay, Hubert. The Lindens, Moseley, Birmingham. 

tBickerdike, C. F. 1 Boverney-road, Honor Oak Park, S.E. 

{Bicketon, Professor A. W. 18 Pembridge-mansions, Moscow- 
road, W. 

*Bidder, George Parker. Savile Club, Piccadilly, W. 

{Biuzs, Sir Joun H., LL.D., D.Sc. (Pres. G, 1911), Professor of 
Naval Architecture in the University of Glasgow. 10 Uni- 
versity-gardens, Glasgow. 

tBillington, Charles. Heimath, Longport, Staffordshire. 

*Bilsland, Sir William, Bart., J.P. 28 Park-circus, Glasgow. 

*Bilton, Edward Barnard. Graylands, Wimbledon Common, S8.W. 

*Bindloss, James B. Elm Bank, Buxton. 

{Bovniz, Sir ALExanDER R., M.Inst.C.E., F.G.S. (Pres. G, 1900.) 
77 Ladbroke-grove, W. 

*Birchenough, C., M.A. 8 Severn-road, Sheffield. 

*Birley, H. K. Penrhyn, Irlams-o’-th’-Height, Manchester. 

*Birley, J. Harold. Cambridge-street, Manchester. 

tBirtwistle, G. Pembroke College, Cambridge. 

{Bishop, A. W. Edwinstowe, Chaucer-road, Cambridge. 

*Bishop, Major C.F'., R.A. The Castle, Tynemouth, Northumberland. 

{Bishop, J. L. Yarrow Lodge, Waldegrave-road, Teddington. 

{Bisset, John. Thornhill, Insch, Aberdeenshire. 

*Bixby, General W. H. 1709 Lanier-place, Washington, U.S.A. 

*Black, 8S. G. Glenormiston, Glenormiston South, Victoria. 

{Black, W. J., Principal of Manitoba Agricultural College, Winnipeg, 
Canada. 

§Black, W. P. M. 136 Wellington-street, Glasgow. 

*Blackbura, Miss K. B. Highclere, Queen’s-road, Broadstairs. 

§Blackett, Lieut.-Colonel W. C. Acorn House, Sacriston, near 
Durham. 

*Brackman, F.F.,M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. K, 1908.) St. John’s 
College, Cambridge. 

{Biackman, Professor V. H., M.A.,Sc.D., F.R.S. Imperial College 
of Science and Technology, S.W. 

§Blackwell, Miss Elsie M., M.Sc. 16 Stanley-avenue, Birkdale, 
Southport. 

{Bladen, W. Wells. Stone, Staffordshire. 

{Blaikie, Leonard, M.A. Civil Service Commission, Burlington- 
gardens, W. 

{Blair, Sir R., M.A. London County Council, Spring-gardens, S.W. 

{Blake, Robert F., F.I.C. Queen’s College, Belfast. 

{Blakemore, Mrs. D. M. Wawona, Cooper-street, Burwood, 
N.S.W. 

§Blakemore, G. H. Wawona, Cooper-street, Burwood, N.S.W. 

*Blamires, Joseph. Bradley Lodge, Huddersfield. 

tBlamires, Mrs. Bradley Lodge, Huddersfield. 

tBlano, Dr. Gian Alberto. Istituto Fisico, Rome. 

{Bland, J. Arthur. Thornfield, Baxter-road, Sale. 

*Blandy, William Charles, M.A. 1 Friar-street, Reading. 

*Bles, Edward J., M.A., D.Sc. Elterholm, Madingley-road, Cam- 
bridge. 


14 


Year of 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Election. 


1884. 
1913. 
1902. 
1888. 


1909. 
1887. 
1908. 


1915. 
1887. 
1915. 


1911. 
1898. 
1894. 
1898. 


1909, 
1912. 
1914. 
1909. 
1908. 
1913. 
1871. 


1911. 
1888. 
1893. 


1883. 
1910. 


1883. 
1912. 


1882. 


1901. 
1903. 


1896. 
1916. 
1881. 
1871. 
1892. 


1909. 
1905. 


1905. 


*Blish, William G. Niles, Michigan, U.S.A. 

tBlofield, Rev. 8., B.A. Saltley College, Birmingham. 

{tBlount, Bertram, F.1.C. 76 & 78 York-street, Westminster, S.W. 

{Bloxsom, Martin, B.A., M.Inst.C.E. 4 Lansdowne-road, Crump- 
sall Green, Manchester. 

tBlumfeld, Joseph, M.D. 35 Harley-street, W. 

*Boddington, Henry, J.P. Pownall, Wilmslow, Manchester. 

{BorppicoKER, Otro, Ph.D. Birr Castle Observatory, Birr, 
Treland. 

{Bohr, N. Physical Laboratory, The University, Manchester. 

*Boissevain, Gideon Maria. 4 Tesselschade-straat, Amsterdam. 

§Bolivar, Mrs, Anna de. 75 Clarendon-road, High-street, Man- 
chester. 

tBolland, B. G. C. Department of Agriculture, Cairo, Egypt. 

§Botton, H., M.Sc., F.R.S.E. The Museum, Queen’s-road, Bristol. 

§Boxiron, Joun, F.R.G.S. 22 Hawes-road, Bromley, Kent. 

*Bonar, JAMES, M.A., LL.D. (Pres. F, 1898 ; Council, 1899-1905.) 
The Mint, Ottawa, Canada. 

tBonar, Thomson, M.D. 114 Via Babuino, Piazza di Spagna, 
Rome. 

*Bond, C. L, F.R.C.S. Springfield-road, Leicester. 

{Bond, Mrs. C. 1. Springfield-road, Leicester. 

tBond, J. H. R.,M.B. 167 Donald-street, Winnipeg, Canada. 

{tBonz, Professor W. A., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. B, 1915; Council, 
1915- .) Imperial College of Science and Technology, S8.W. 

tBonnar, W., LL.B., Ph.D. Hotel Cecil, Strand. W.C. 

*Bonney, Rev. THomas Grora@s, Sc.D., LL.D., F.R.S., F.S.A.; 
F.G.S. (Prusrprent, 1910; Smcorurary, 1881-85; Pres. C, 
1886.) 9 Scroope-terrace, Cambridge. 

tBonny, W. Naval Store Office, The Dockyard, Portsmouth. 

tBoon, William. Coventry. 

{Boot, Sir Jesse, Bart. Carlyle House, 18 Burns-street, Notting- 
ham. i 

{Booth, James. Hazelhurst, Turton. 

§Booth, John, M.C.E., B.Sc. The Gables, Berkeley-street, Haw- 
thorn, Victoria, Australia. 

{Boothroyd, Benjamin. Weston-super-Mare. 

tBorgmann, Professor J. J., D.Ph., LL.D. Physical Institute, 
The University, Petrograd. 

§Borns, Henry, Ph.D. 5 Sutton Court-road, Chiswick, W. 

{Borradaile, L. A., M.A. Selwyn College, Cambridge. 

*BosanqueET, Rosert C., M.A., Professor of Classical Archeology 
in the University of Liverpool. Institute of Archeology, 
40 Bedford-street, Liverpool. 

tBose, Professor J. C., C.I.E., M.A., D.Sc. Calcutta, India. 

§Boswell, P. G. H., D.Sc., F.G.8. Imperial College of Science and 
Technology, 8.W. 

§BoTHAMLEY, CHartes H., M.Sc. F.I.C., F.C.S., Education 
Secretary, Somerset County Council, Weston-super-Mare. 

*BoTToMLEY, JAMES THomson, M.A.; LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.B.S.E., 
F.C.S. 13 University-gardens, Glasgow. 

*Bortomiry, W. B., M.A., Professor of Botany in King’s College, 
Strand, W.C. 

{Boulenger, C. L., M.A., D.Sc. The University, Birmingham. 

{Bou.enegr, G. A., LL.D., F.R.S. (Pres. D, 1905.) 8 Courtfield- 
road, S.W. 

{Boulenger, Mrs. 8 Courtfield-road, S.W. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 15 


Year of 
Election, 


1903. 


1911. 
1883. 


1914. 
1893. 


1904. 
1913. 


1913. 
1881. 


1898. 
1908. 


1898. 


1880. 
1887. 
1899. 


1899. 
1887. 
1901. 
1915. 


1892. 
1872. 


1894. 
1915. 
1893. 
1904. 
1903. 


1892. 
1863. 


1911. 


1905. 
1906. 
1885. 
1905. 
1909. 
1905. 
1905. 
1913. 


§Boutton, W. 8, D.Sc, F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1916.) Professor of 
Geology in the University of Birmingham. 

tBourdillon, R. Balliol College, Oxford. 

{Bourng, Sir A. G., K.C.LE., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.L.S. Middlepark, 
Paignton, South Devon. c 

{Bourne, Lady. Middlepark, Paignton, South Devon. 

*Bourne, G. C., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.L.S. (Pres. D, 1910 ; Council, 
1903-09 ; Local Sec. 1894), Linacre Professor of Comparative 
Anatomy in the University of Oxford. Savile House, Mans- 
field-road, Oxford. 

*Bousfield, E. G. P. St. Swithin’s, Hendon, N.W. 

{Bowater, Sir W. H. Elm House, Arthur-road, Edgbaston, Bir- 
mingham. 

{Bowater, William. 20 Russell-road, Moseley, Birmingham. 

*Bower, F. O., So.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.L.S. (Pres. K, 1898, 
1914; Council, 1900-06), Regius Professor of Botany in the 
University of Glasgow. 

*Bowker, Arthur Frank, F.R.G.S., F.G.S. Whitehill, Wrotham, Kent. 

§Bowles, E. Augustus, M.A., F.L.S. Myddelton House, Waltham 
Cross, Herts. 

{Bowney, A. L., M.A. (Pres. F, 1906; Council, 1906-11.) North- 
court-avenue, Reading. 

{tBowly, Christopher. Cirencester. 

{Bowly, Mrs. Christopher. Cirencester. 

*Bowman, HERBERT Listpr, M.A., D.Sc., F.G.S., Professor of 
Mineralogy in the University of Oxford. Magdalen College, 
Oxford. 

*Bowman, John Herbert. Greenham Common, Newbury. 

§Box, Alfred Marshall. 14 Magrath-avenue, Cambridge, 

{Boyd, David T. Rhinsdale, Ballieston, Lanark. 

*Boyd, H. de H. Care of Southern Cotton Oil Conipany, Trafford 
Park, Manchester. 

{tBoys, Cuartus Vernon, F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1903 ; Council, 1893-99, 
1905-08.) 66 Victoria-street, S.W. 

*BRABROOK, Sir Epwarp, C.B., F.S.A. (Pres. H, 1898; Pres. F, 
1903 ; Council, 1903-10, 1911- .) Langham House, Walliug- 
ton, Surrey. 

*Braby, Ivon. Helena, Alan-road, Wimbledon, S8.W. 

{Bradley, I’. E., M.A. Bank of England-chambers, Manchester. 

{Bradley, F. L. Ingleside, Malvern Wells. 

*Bradley, Gustav. Council Offices, Goole. 

*Bradley, O. Charnock, D.Se., M.D., F.R.S.E. Royal Veterinary 
College, Edinburgh. 

{Bradshaw, W. Carisbrooke House, The Park, Nottingham. 

{Brapy, Grorasz §., M.D., LL.D., F.R.S. Park Hurst, Endcliffe, 
Sheffield. 

{Braaa, W. H., M.A., F.R.S. (Council, 1913- ), Professor of 
Physics in the University of London. University College,W.C. 

§Brakhan, A. 6 Montague-mansions, Portman-square, W. 

{Branfield, Wilfrid. 4 Victoria-villas, Upperthorpe, Sheffield. 

*Bratby, William, J.P. Alton Lodge, Lancaster Park, Harrogate. 

{Brausewetter, Miss. Roedean School, near Brighton. 

§Bremner, Alexander. 38 New Broad-street, E.C. 

{Bremner, R. 8. Westminster-chambers, Dale-street, Liverpool. 

{tBremner, Stanley. Westminster-chambers; Dale-street, Liverpool. 

*Brenchley, Miss Winifred E., D.Sc., F.L.S. Rothamsted Ex- 
perimental Station, Harpenden, Herts. 


16 


Year of 
Election 


1902. 
1909. 
1908. 
1907. 
1912. 


1913. 
1904. 


1909. 
1908. 
1893. 


1904. 
1905. 
1898. 


1879. 
1905. 
1907. 
1915. 
1883. 
1903. 


1913. 
1904. 
1906. 
1911. 
1915. 
1906. 
1883. 
1886. 
1913. 
1905. 
1863. 
1883. 
1905. 
1914. 
1903. 
1914. 
1870. 
1881. 
1895. 
1882. 


1901. 
1908. 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


*Brereton, Cloudesley. 7 Lyndhurst-road, Hampstead, N.W. 

*Breton, Miss Adela C. Care of Lloyds Bank, Bath. 

{Brickwood, Sir John. Branksmere, Southsea. 

*Bridge, Henry Hamilton. Fairfield House, Droxford, Hants. 

tBridgman, F. J., F.L.S. Zoological Department, University 
College, W.C. 

tBrierley, Leonard H. 11 Ampton-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

*Briggs, William, M.A., LL.D., F.R.A.S. Burlington House, Cam- 
bridge. 

*Briges, Mrs. William. Owlbrigg, Cambridge. 

{Brindley, H. H. 4 Devana-terrace, Cambridge. 

{Briscoe, Albert E., B.Sc., A.R.C.Sc. The Hoppet, Little Baddow, 
Chelmsford. 

tBriscoe, J. J. Bourn Hall, Bourn, Cambridge. 

§Briscoe, Miss. Bourn Hall, Bourn, Cambridge. 

{Bristot, The Right Rev. G. F. Browne, D.D., Lord Bishop of. 
17 The Avenue, Clifton, Bristol. 

*Brittain, W. H., J.P., F.R.G.S. Storth Oaks, Sheffield. 

tBrock, Dr. B. G. P.O. Box 216, Germiston, Transvaal. 

{Brockington, W. A., M.A. Birstall, Leicester. 

{Brocklehurst, F. 33 King-street, Manchester. 

*Brodie-Hall, Miss W. L. Havenwood, Peaslake, Gomshall, Surrey. 

tBroprick, Haroxp, M.A., F.G.S. (Local Seo. 1903.) 7 Aughton- 
road, Birkdale, Southport. 

{Brodrick, Mrs. Harold. 7 Aughton-road, Birkdale, Southport. 

{Bromwich, T. J. PA., M.A., F.R.S. 1 Selwyn-gardens, Cambridge. 

tBrook, Stanley. 18 St. George’s-place, York. 

§Brooke, Colonel Charles K., F.R.G.S. Army and Navy Club, Pall 
Mall, S.W. 

{Brooks, Colin. 7 Cedar-street, Southport. 

*Brooks, F. T. 31 Tenison-avenue, Cambridge. 

*Brough, Mrs. Charles S. 4 Spencer-road, Southsea. 

{Brough, Joseph, LL.D., Professor of Logic and Philosophy in Uni- 
versity College, Aberystwyth. 

{Brown, Professor A. J., M.Sc., F.R.S. West Heath House, North- 
field, Birmingham. 

tBrown, A. R. Trinity College, Cambridge. 

*Brown, ALEXANDER Crum, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., F.B.S.E., 
V.P.C.S. (Pres. B, 1874; Local Sec. 1871.) 8 Belgrave- 
crescent, Edinburgh. 

{Brown, ee Ellen F. Campbell. 27 Abercromby-square, Liver- 
pool. 

§Brown, Professor Ernest William, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. Yale Uni- 
versity, New Haven, Conn., U.S.A. . 
{Brown, F.G., B.A., B.Sc. Naval College, North Geelong, Victoria, 

Australia. 

tBrown, F. W. 6 Rawlinson-road, Southport. 

{Brown, Rev. George, D.D. Kinawanua, Gordon, N.S.W. 

§Brown, Horacz T., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Pres. B, 1899 ; Council, 
1904-11.) 52 Nevern-square, S.W. 

*Brown, John, M.D. Liesbreek-road, Mowbray, Cape of Good 


ope. 
*Brown, John Charles. 39 Burlington-road, Sherwood, Notting- 
ham. 
*Brown, Mrs. Mary. Liesbreek-road, Mowbray, Cape of Good Hope. 
tBrown, Professor R. N. Rudmose, D.Sc. The University, Sheffield. 
§Brown, Srpney G., F.R.S. 52 Kensington Park-road, W. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 17 


Year of 

Election. 

1905. §Brown, Mrs. Sidney G. 52 Kensington Park-road, W. 

1910. *Brown, Sidney J. R. 52 Kensington Park-road, W. 

1912. {Brown, T. Graham. The University, Liverpool. 

1884. {Brown, W. G. University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri, U.S.A. 
1908. {Brown, William, B.Sc. 48 Dartmouth-square, Dublin. 


1912. 
1906. 
1900. 


1908. 


1895. 
1879. 


1905. 


1883. 


1912. 


1905. 


1905. 
1893. 


1900. 
1896. 
1897. 
1886. 


1894. 
1884. 


1909. 
1902. 


1890. 


1902. 


1905. 
1909. 
1914. 


1913. 


1884, 


1904. 
1893. 


1913. 
1913. 


1916. 
1909, 
1914. 


1916. 


1905. 
1905. 
1881. 


tBrown, Dr. William. Thornfield, Horley, Surrey. 

{Browne, Charles E., B.Sc. Christ’s Hospital, West Horsham. 

*BrRowNeE, Frank Batrour, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.Z.S. 26 Barton- 
road, Cambridge. 

fBrowne, Rev. Henry, M.A., Professor of Greek in University 
College, Dublin. 

*Browne, H. T. Doughty. 6 Kensington House, Kensington-court, W. 

{Brownzg, Sir J. Cricuton, M.D., LL.D.,F.R.S.,F.R.S.E. 45 Hans- 
place, 8.W. 

*Browne, James Stark, F.R.A.S. Hanmer House, Mill Hill Park, W. 

{Browning, Oscar, M.A. King’s College, Cambridge. 

§Brownina, T. B., M.A. 18 Bury-street, Bloomsbury, W.C. 

§Bruce, Surgeon-General Sir Davin, A.M.S., C.B., F.R.S. (Pres. I, 
1905.) Royal Army Medical College, Grosvenor-road, S.W. 

tBruce, Lady. 3p Artillery-mansions, Victoria-street, S.W. 

{Brucn, Witu14m §., LL.D., F.R.S.E. Scottish Oceanographical 
Laboratory, Surgeons’ Hall, Edinburgh. 

*Brumm, Charles. Edendale, Whalley-road, Whalley Range, Man- 
chester. 

*Brunner, Right Hon. Sir J. T., Bart. Silverlands, Chertsey. 

*Brush, Charles F. Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A. 

*Bryan, G. H., D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Mathematics in University 
College, Bangor. 

{Bryan, Mrs. R. P. Plas Gwyn, Bangor. 

*Brycez, Rev. Professor Groner, D.D., LL.D. Kilmadock, Winni- 
peg, Canada. 

{Bryce, Thomas H., M.D., Professor of Anatomy in the University 
of Glasgow. 2 The College, Glasgow. 

*Bubb, Miss E. Maude. Ullenwood, near Cheltenham. 

§Bubb, Henry. Ullenwood, near Cheltenham. 

*BucuaNan, Miss FLorencE, D.Sc. University Museum, Oxford. 

{Buchanan, Hon. Sir John. Clareinch, Claremont, Cape Town. 

{Buchanan, W. W. P.O. Box 1658, Winnipeg, Canada, 

{Buck, E. J. Menzies’ Hotel, Melbourne. 

{Buckland, H.T. 21 Yateley-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

*Buckmaster, Charles Alexander, M.A., F.C.S. 16 Heathfield-road, 
Mill Hill Park, W. 

tBuckwell, J.C. North Gate House, Pavilion, Brighton. 

§BULLELD, ARTHUR, F.S.A. Dymboro, Midsomer Norton, Bath. 

*Bulleid, C. H. University College, Nottingham. 

*Buller, A. H. Reginald, Professor of Botany in the Universitv 
of Manitoba, Winnipeg. 

§Bulman, H. F. Moss Garth, Portinseale, Keswick. 

{Butyza, The Hon. G. H. V. Edmonton, Alberta, Canada. 

{tBundey, Miss E. M. Molesworth-street, North Adelaide, South 
Australia. 

§Burbidge, Sir Richard, Bart. 51 Hans-mansions, Chelsea, S.W. 

{Burbury, Mrs. A. A. 15 Melbury-road, W. 

{Burbury, Miss A. D. 15 Melbury-road, W. 

Se ae William Lehmann, M.P. 1 Stratton-street, Picca- 
dilly, W. 


1916. B 


18 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1905. {Burpon, HE. R., M.A. Ikenhilde, Royston, Herts. 


1913 


1913. 
1894 
1884. 


1915. 
1899. 
1904. 
1909. 
1914. 
1908. 


1909. 


1910. 
1909. 
1911. 
1892. 


1904. 
1906. 
1909. 


1887. 
1899. 
1895. 
1908. 
1910. 


. {Burfield, Stanley Thomas. Zoology Department, The University, 
Liverpool. 

*Burgess, J. Howard. Shide, Newport, Isle of Wight. 

. [Burxe, Jonn B. B. Trinity College, Cambridge. 

. *Burland, Lieut.-Colonel Jeffrey H. 342 Sherbrooke-street West, 
Montreal, Canada. 

§Burlin, Adolph L., Ph.D. 56 Broad-street, Pendleton. 

{Burls, H. T., F.G.S. 2 Verulam-buildings, Gray’s Inn, W.C. 

{Burn, R. H. 21 Stanley-crescent, Notting-hill, W. 

{Burns, F. D. 203 Morley-avenue, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*Burns, Colonel James. Gowan Brae, Parramatta, N.S.W. 

{Burnside, W. Snow, D.Sc., Professor of Mathematics in the Uni- 
versity of Dublin. 35 Raglan-road, Dublin. 

{Burrows, Theodore Arthur. 187 Kennedy-street, Winnipeg, 
Canada. 

{Burt, Cyril. L.C.C. Education Offices, Victoria Embankment, W.C. 

fBurton, E. F. 129 Howland-avenue, Toronto, Canada. 

{Burton, J. H. Agriculture Office, Weston-super-Mare. 

{Burton-Brown, Colonel A., R.A., F.G.8. Royal Societies Club, St. 
James’s-street, S.W. 

{Burtt, Arthur H., D.Sc. 4 South View, Holgate, York. 

{Burtt, Philip. Swarthmore, St. George’s-place, York. 

{Burwash, EK. M., M.A. New Westminster, British Columbia, 
Canada, 

*Bury, Henry. Mayfield House, Farnham, Surrey. 

{Bush, Anthony. 43 Portland-road, Nottingham. 

{Bushe, Colonel C. K., F.G.S. 19 Cromwell-road, S.W. 

*Bushell, W. F. Rossall School, Fleetwood. 

tButcher, Miss. 25 Harl’s Court-square, S.W. 


1884. *Butcher, William Deane, M.R.C.8S.Eng. Holyrood, 9 Cleveland- 


1916. 
1913. 


1915. 
1884. 


1899. 


1913. 
1913. 
1892. 
1913. 


road, Ealing, W. 
§Butler, George Grey, J.P. Ewart Park, Wooler, Northumberland. 
*Butler, W. Waters. Southfield, Norfolk-road, Edgbaston, Bir- 
mingham. 
“Butterworth, Charles F. Waterloo, Poynton, Cheshire. 
*Butterworth, W. Carisbrooke, Rhiw-road, Colwyn Bay, North 
Wales. 
{Byles, Arthur R. ‘ Bradford Observer,’ Bradford, Yorkshire. 


§Cadbury, Edward. Westholme, Selly Oak, Birmingham. 

tCadbury, W. A. Wast Hills, King’s Norton. 

{Cadell, H. M., B.Sc., F.R.S.E. Grange, Linlithgow. 

{Cadman, John, C.M.G., D.Sc., Professor of Mining in the University 
of Birmingham. 61 Wellington-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 


1913. {Cadman, Lieutenant W. H., B.Sc. Bryncliffe Lodge, Little Orme, 
Llandudno. 

1913. {Cahill, J. R. 49 Hanover Gate-mansions, Regent’s Park, N.W. 

1912. §Caine, Nathaniel. Spital, Cheshire. 

1901. {Caldwell, Hugh. Blackwood, Newport, Monmouthshire. 

1907. {Caldwell, K. S. St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, E.C. 


1897. 


1911. 


tCatLenDAaR, Hucn L., M.A., LL.D., F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1912; 
Council, 1900-06), Professor of Physics in the Imperial 
College of Science and Technology, S.W. 

{Calman, W. 'T., D.Sc. British Museum (Natural History), Crom- 
well-road, S.W. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 19 


Year of 
Election, 


1916. 
1914. 
1911. 


1857. 
1909. 


1896. 
1909. 


1901. 


1897. 
1909. 


1909. 


1902. 


1912. 
1890. 


1905. 
1897. 
1904. 
1911. 
1905. 
1894. 


1887. 
1896. 
1913. 


1914. 
1913. 
1913. 
1902. 


1906. 
1995. 


1912. 
1910. 
1893. 
1906. 
1889. 
1911. 
1867. 
1886. 
1899. 


1914. 


§Calvert, Joseph. Park View, Middlesbrough. 

{tCambage, R. H., F.L.S. Department of Mines, Sydney, N.S.W. 

{Cameron, Alexander T. Physiological Department, University of 
Manitoba, Winnipeg. 

{Camemron, Sir Coartus A., C.B., M.D. 51 Pembroke-road, Dublin. 

tCameron, D.C. 65 Roslyn-road, Winnipeg, Canada. 

§Cameron, Irving H., LL.D., Professor of Surgery in the University 
of Toronto. 307 Sherbourne-street, Toronto, Canada. 

t{Cameron, Hon. Mr. Justice J.D. Judges’ Chambers, Winnipeg, 
Canada. 

senaanr se Archibald. Park Lodge, Albert-drive, Pollokshields, 

asgow. 

tCampbell, Colonel J. C. L. Achalader, Blairgowrie, N.B. 

*Campbell, R. J. Holdenhurst, Hendon-avenue, Church End, 
Finchley, N. 

{Campbell, Mrs. R. J. Holdenhurst, Hendon-avenue, Church 
End, Finchley, N. 

{Campbell, Robert. 21 Great Victoria-street, Belfast. 

{Campbell, Dr. Robert. Geological Department, The University, 
Edinburgh. 

tCannan, Professor Epwin, M.A., LL.D., F.S.S. (Pres. F, 1902.) 
11 Chadlington-road, Oxford. 

{Cannan, Gilbert. King’s College, Cambridge. 

§Cannon, Herbert. Alconbury, Bexley Heath, Kent. 

tCapell, Rev. G. M. Passenham Rectory, Stony Stratford. 

{Capon, R. 8. 49a Rodney-street, Liverpool. 

*Caporn, Dr. A. W, Muizenberg, South Africa. 

{Cappmr, D.S., M.A., Professor of Mechanical Engineering in King’s 
College, W.C. 

{Carstick, J. W. Trinity College, Cambridge. 

*Carden, H. Vandeleur. Fir Lodge, Broomfield, Chelmsford. 

{Carlier, E. Wace, M.Sc., M.D., F.R.S.E., Professor of Physiology 
in the University of Birmingham. The University, Edmund- 
street, Birmingham. 

{Carne, J. E. Mines Department, Sydney, N.S.W. 

§Carpenter, Charles. 157 Victoria-street, S.W. 

*Carpenter, G. D. H., M.B. 19 Bardwell-road, Oxford. 

tCarpenter, G. H., B.Sc., Professor of Zoology in the Royal College 
of Science, Dublin. 

*Carpenter, H. C. H. 30 Murray-road, Wimbledon. 

tCarpmael, Edward, F.R.A.S., M.Inst.C.E. The Ivies, 118 St. 
Julian’s Farm-road, West Norwood, 8.E. 

*Carr, H. Wildon, D.Litt. 107 Church-street, Chelsea, S.W. 

{Carr, Henry F. Broadparks, Pinhoe, near Exeter. 

{Cazr, J. Wustey, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., Professor of Biology in 
University College, Nottingham. 

*Carr, Richard EK. Sylvan Mount, Sylvan-road, Upper Norwood, 8.E. 

{Carr-Ellison, John Ralph. Hedgeley, Alnwick. 

{Carruthers, R. G., F.G.S. Geological Survey Office, 33 George- 
square, Edinburgh. 

{CarruTHers, WituiAM, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S. (Pres. D, 1886.) 

’ 44 Central-hill, Norwood, S.E. 

{Carstaxz, J. Bapuam. (Local Sec. 1886.) 30 Westfield-road, 
Birmingham. 

tCarsLaw, H.S., D.Sc., Professor of Mathematics in the University 
of Sydney, N.S.W. 

§Carson, Rev. James. The Manse, Cowper, N.S.W. 

B2 


20 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 

Election. 

1900. *Carrer, W. Lower, M.A., F.G.S. 9 Belmont-road, Watford. 

1896. {Cartwright, Miss Edith G. 21 York Street-chambers, Bryanston- 
square, W. 

1878. *Cartwright, Ernest H., M.A., M.D. Myskyns, Ticehurst, Sussex. 

1870. §Cartwright, Joshua, M.Inst.C.E., F.S.I. 21 Parsons-lane, Bury, 
Lancashire. 

1862. {Carulla, F. J. R. 84 Rosehill-street, Derby. 

1894. {Carus; Dr. Paul. La Salle, Illinois, U.S.A. 

1913. §Carus-Wilson, Cecil, F.R.S.E., F.G.S. Altmore, Waldegrave- 
park, Strawberry Hill, Twickenham. 

1901. {Carver, Thomas A. B., D.Sc., Assoc.M.Inst.C.E. 9 Springfield- 
toad, Dalmarnock, Glasgow. 

1899. *Case, J. Monckton. Department of Lands (Water Branch), 
Victoria, British Columbia. 

1897. *Case, Willard E. Auburn, New York, U.S.A. 

1908. *Cave, Charles J. P., M.A. Ditcham Park, Petersfield. 

1910. {Chadburn, A. W. Brincliffe Rise, Sheffield. 

1905. *Challenor, Bromley, M.A. The Firs, Abingdon. 

1905. *Challenor, Miss E. M. The Firs, Abingdon. 

1910. {Chalmers, Stephen D. 25 Cornwall-road, Stroud Green, N. 

1913. {Chalmers, Mrs. 8S. D. 25 Cornwall-road, Stroud Green, N. 

1913. {CHAMBERLAIN, NEVILLE. Westbourne, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

1914. §Chamberlin, Dr. R. T. Geological Department, University of 
Chicago, U.S.A. 

1913. {Chambers, Miss Beatrice Anne. Glyn-y-mél, Fishguard. 

1901. §Chamen, W. A. South Wales Electrical Power Distribution 
Company, Royal-chambers, Queen-street, Cardiff. 

1905. {Champion, G. A. Haraldene, Chelmsford-road, Durban, Natal. 

1881. *Champney, John E. 27 Hans-place, S.W. 

1908. {Chance, Sir Arthur, M.D. 90 Merrion-square, Dublin. 

1916. *Chanece, C. F., M.A. 12 Arthur-road, Edgbaston. Birmingham. 

1888. {Chandler, 8. Whitty, B.A. St. George’s, Cecil-road, Boscombe. 

1907. *Chapman, Alfred Chaston, F.I.C. 8 Duke-street, Aldgate, E.C. 

1902. *Chapman, D. L., M.A., F.R.S. Jesus College, Oxford. 

1914. §Chapman, H. G., M.D. Department of Physiology, The Uni- 
versity, Sydney, N.S.W. 

1910. {Chapman, J. E. Kinross. 

1899. {CaapmMan, Professor SypNEY JouN, M.A., M.Com. (Pres. F, 
1909.) Burnage Lodge, Levenshulme, Mancbester. 

1912. *Chapman, Sydney, D.Sc., B.A., F.R.A.S. Trinity College, Cam- 
bridge. 

1910. tChappell, Cyril. 73 Neill-road, Sheffield. 

1916. §Charlesworth, Dr. J. K. Queen’s University, Belfast. 

1905. {Chassigneux, E. 12 Tavistock-road, Westbourne-park, W. 

1904. *Chattaway, F. D., M.A., D.Sc., Ph.D., F.R.S. 151 Woodstock-road, 
Oxford. 

1886. *Caattock, A. P., D.Sc. Heathfield Cottage, Crowcombe, 
Somerset. 

1904. *Chaundy, Theodore William, M.A. Christ Church, Oxford. 

1913. t{Cheesman, Miss Gertrude Mary. The Crescent, Selby. 

1900. *Cheesman, W. Norwood, J.P., F.L.S. The Crescent, Selby. 

1874. *Chermside, Lieut.-General Sir Herbert, R.E., G.C.M.G.,C.B. New- 
stead Abbey, Nottingham. 

1908. {Cherry, Right Hon. Lord Justice. 92 St. Stephen’s Green, 
Dublin. 

1910. {Chesney, Miss Lilian M., M.B. 381 Glossop-road, Sheffield. 

1879. *Chesterman, W. Belmayne, Sheffield. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 21 


lection. 

1911. *Chick, Miss H., D.Sc. Chestergate, Park-hill, Ealing, W. 

1908. {Chill, Edwin, M.D. Westleigh, Mattock-road, Ealing, W. 

1883. {Chinery, Edward F., J.P. Lymington. 

1894. tCuisnorm, G. G., M.A., B.Sc. F.R.G.S. (Pres. E, 1907.) 12 
Hallhead-road, Edinburgh. 

1899. §Chitty, Edward. Sonnenberg, Castle-avenue, Dover. 

1899. {Chitty, Mrs. Edward. Sonnenberg, Castle-avenue, Dover. 


1904. 
1882. 
1909. 
1893. 


1913. 
1900. 
1875. 
1903. 
1901. 


1905. 
1907. 
1877. 
1902. 
1881. 


1909. 


1908. 
1908. 
1901. 
1907. 
1902. 


1889. 


1909. 
1909. 


1914. 


1915. 
1861. 


1905. 
1905. 
1902. 
1904. 


1909. 
1861. 


1906. 


1914. 
1883. 


1914. 
1912, 


§Chivers, John, J.P. Wychfield, Cambridge. 

tChorley, George. Midhurst, Sussex. 

{Chow, H. H., M.D. 263 Broadway, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*CoREn, CHaruus, So.D., F.R.S. Kew Observatory, Richmond, 
Surrey. ; 

§Christie, Dr. M. G. Post Office House, Leeds. 

*Christie, R. J. Duke-street, Toronto, Canada. 

*Christopher, George, F.C.S. Thorncroft, Chislehurst. 

{Clapham, J. H., M.A. King’s College, Cambridge. 

§Clark, Archibald B., M.A., Professor of Political Economy in the 
University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*Clark, Cumberland, F.R.G.S. 22 Kensington Park-gardens, W. 

*Clark, Mrs. Cumberland. 22 Kensington Park-gardens, W. 

*Clark, F. J., J.P., F.L.S. Netherleigh, Street, Somerset. 

{Clark, G. M. South African Museum, Cape Town. 

*Clark, J. Edmund, B.A., B.Sc. Asgarth, Riddlesdown-road, 
Purley, Surrey. 

tClark, J. M., M.A., K.C. The Kent Building, 156 Yonge-street, 
Toronto, Canada. 

{Clark, James, B.Sc., Ph.D. Newtown School, Waterford, Ireland. 

{Clark, John R. W. Brothock Bank House, Arbroath, Scotland. 

*Clark, Robert M., B.Sc., F.L.S. 27 Albyn-place, Aberdeen. 

*Clarke, E. Russell. 11 King’s Bench-walk, Temple, E.C. 

*CLaRKE, Miss LittAn J., B.Sc., F.L.S. Chartfield Cottage, Brasted 
Chart, Kent. 

*CLayprEn, A. W., M.A., F.G.S. 5 The Crescent, Mount Radford, 
Exeter. 

§Cleeves, Frederick, F.Z.S. 120 Fenchurch-street, H.C. 

{Cleeves, W. B, Public Works Department, Government-buildings, 
Pretoria. 

§Clegg, Mrs. Florence M. Burong, Sussex-street, Ballarat, Victoria, 
Australia. 

¢Clegg, John Gray. 22 St. John-street, Manchester. 

{CreLanp, Joun, M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. Drumelog, Crewkerne, 
Somerset. 

§Cleland, Mrs. Drumclog, Crewkerne, Somerset. 

§Cleland, Lieutenant J. R. Drumclog, Crewkerne, Somerset. 

{Clements, Olaf P. Tana, St. Bernard’s-road, Olton, Warwick. 

§CLEeRK, Duaatp, D.Sc., F.R.S., M.Inst.C.E. (Pres. G, 1908; 
Council, 1912- .) 57 and 58 Lincoln’s Inn Fields, W.C. 

tCleve, Miss E. K. P. 74 Kensington Gardens-square, W. 

*Curron, R. Bexuamy, M.A., F.R.S., F.R.A.S. 3 Bardwell-road, 
Banbury-road, Oxford. 

§CLosn, Colonel C. F., R.E., C.M.G., F.R.G.S. (Pres. E, 1911; 
Council, 1908-12.) Ordnance Survey Office, Southampton. 

{Close, J. Campbell. 217 Clarence-street, Sydney, N.S.W. 

*CLowEs, Professor Frank, D.Sc., F.C.S. (Local Sec. 1893.) 
The Grange, College-road, Dulwich, 8.E. 

{Clowes, Mrs. The Grange, College-road, Dulwich, S.E. 

§Clubb, Joseph A., D.Sc. Free Public Museum, Liverpool, 


22 


Year of 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Election. 


1891. 
1911. 
1908. 
1908. 


1901. 


1883. 
1913. 
1861. 


1898. 
1896. 
1914. 
1887. 
1901. 
1906, 


1914. 
1895, 
1913. 
1893. 


1903. 
1910, 
1897. 


1899. 
1892. 
1912. 
1887. 


1913. 
1916. 


1861. 
1910. 
1902. 
1917. 
1914, 


1892. 
1910. 
1905. 
1910. 
1912. 
1902. 
1903. 


1898. 
1913. 


1876. 


*Coates, Henry, F.R.S.E. Corarder, Perth. 

§Cobbold, E. 8., F.G.S. Church Stretton, Shropshire. 

*Cochrane, Miss Constance. The Downs, St. Neots. 

{Cochrane, Robert, I.8.0., LL.D., F.S.A. 17 Highfield-road, 
bli 


Dublin. 

tCockburn, Sir John, K.C.M.G., M.D. 10 Gatestone-road, Upper 
Norwood, S.E. 

{Cockshott, J. J. 24 Queen’s-road, Southport. 

tCodd, J. Alfred. 7 Tettenhall-road, Wolverhampton. 

*Coe, Rev. Charles C., F.R.G.S. Whinsbridge, Grosvenor-road, 
Bournemouth. 

tCoffey, George. 5 Harcourt-terrace, Dublin. 

*Coghill, Perey de G. Sunnyside House, Prince’s Park, Liverpool. 

{Coghill, Mrs. Una. Monomeath-avenue, Canterbury, Victoria. 

{Cohen, Professor J. B., F.R.S. The University, Leeds. 

*Cohen, R. Waley, B.A. 11 Sussex-square, W. 

*CoKER, ERNEST Guonrae, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S, M.Inst.C.E. (Pres. 
G, 1914) Professor of Civil and Mechanical Engineering, 
University College, Gower-street, W.C. 

{Coker, Mrs. 3 Farnley-road, Chingford, Essex. 

*Colby, William Henry. 80 Coldharbour-road, Redland, Bristol. 

§CozE, Professor F. J. University College, Reading. 

§CoLtz, GrenvittE A. J., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1915), Professor of 
Geology in the Royal College of Science, Dublin. 

{Cole, Otto B. 551 Boylston-street, Boston, U.S.A. 

§Cole, Thomas Skelton. Westbury, Endcliffe-crescent, Sheffield. 

§CoLtEmaN, Professor A. P., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. (Pres. C, 1910.) 
476 Huron-street, Toronto, Canada. 

{Collard, George. The Gables, Canterbury. 

{Collet; Miss Clara E. 7 Coleridge-road, N. 

{Collett, J. M., J.P. Kimsbury House, Gloucester. 

{Coxttrs, J. Nopman, Ph.D., F.R.S., Professor of Organic Chemistry 
in the University of London. 16 Campden-grove, W. 

{Collinge, Walter K., M.Sc. The Gatty Marine Laboratory, The 
University, St. Andrews, N.B. 

§Collingwood, Arthur B. Lilburn Tower, Alnwick, Northumber- 
land. 

*Collingwood, J. Frederick, F.G.S. 8 Oakley-road, Canonbury, N. 

*Collins, S. Hoare. 9 Cavendish-place, Newcastle-on-Tyne, 

{Collins, T. R. Belfast Royal Academy, Belfast. 

§Collis, E. L., M.B. Factory Department, Home Office, S.W. 

tCollum, Mrs. Anna Maria. 18 Northbrook-road, Leeson Park, 
Dublin. 

{Colman, Dr. Harold G. 1 Arundel-street, Strand, W.C. 

*Colver, Robert, jun. Graham-road, Ranmoor, Sheffield. 

*Combs, Rev. Cyril W., M.A. Elverton, Castle-road, Newport, 
Isle of Wight. 

*Compton, Robert Harold, B.A. Gonville and Caius College, Cam- 
bridge. 

§Conner, Dr. William. The Priory, Waterlooville, Hants. 

{tConway, A. W. 100 Leinster-road, Rathmines, Dublin. 

t{Conway, K. Seymour, Litt.D., Professor of Latin in Owens College, 
Manchester. 

{Cook, Ernest H., D.Sc. 27 Berkeley-square, Clifton, Bristol. 

§Cook, Gilbert, M.Sc., Assoc.M.Inst.C.E. Engineering Department, 
The University, Manchester. 

*CooKE, ConRAD W. The Pines, Langland-gardens, Hampstead, N.W. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 23 


Year of 
Election. 


1911. 
1914. 


1915. 
1916. 
1914. 
1888. 
1899. 


1903. 
1901. 
1911. 
1912. 
1907. 
1904. 


1909. 
1904. 
1909. 


1894, 
1916. 
1915. 


1901. 
1893. 


1889. 
1884. 
1900. 
1905. 


1909. 
1910. 
1911. 
1908. 


1874. 
1908. 
1908. 


1896. 
1911. 


1908. 
1872. 


1903. 
1915. 
1900. 
1914. 
1895. 


1899. 


tCooke, J. H. 101 Victoria-road North, Southsea. 

{Cooke, William Ternant, D.Sc. Fourth-avenue, East Adelaide, 
South Australia. 

{Cookson, A. Ellis. 14 Hargreaves-buildings, Liverpool. 

*Cookson, Clive. Nether Warden, Hexham. 

§Cookson, Miss Isabel C. 154 Power-street, Hawthorn, Melbourne. 

tCooley, George Parkin. Constitutional Club, Nottingham. 

*Coomaraswamy, A. K., D.Sc., F.LS., F.G.S. Broad Campden, 
Gloucestershire. 

tCooper, Miss A. J. 22 St. John-street, Oxford. 

*Cooper, C. Forster, B.A. Trinity College, Cambridge. 

§Cooper, W. E. Henwick Lodge, Worcester. 

§Cooper, W. F. The Laboratory, Rickmansworth-road, Watford, 

{Cooper, William. Education Offices, Becket-street, Derby. 

*Copmman, S. Monoxton, M.D., F.R.S. Local Government Board, 
Whitehall, S.W. 

§Copland, Mrs. A. Johns. Gleniffer, 50 Woodberry Down, N. 

*Copland, Miss Louisa. 10 Wynnstay-gardens, Kensington, W. 

aay ¥ A. 207 Bank of Nova Scotia-building, Winnipeg, 

anada. 

§Corcoran, Miss Jessie R. Rotherfield Cottage, Bexhill-on-Sea. 

§Corder, Perey. 1 Collingwood-terrace, Newcastle-on-T'yne. 

§Corker, James 8. Care of Macintosh & Co., Ltd., Cambridge- 
street, Manchester. 

*Cormack, J. D., D.Sc., Professor of Civil Engineering and Mechanics 
in the University of Glasgow. 

*Corner, Samuel, B.A., B.Sc. Abbotsford House, Waverley- 
street, Nottingham. 

{CornisH, Vauauan, D.Sc., F.R.G.S. Woodville, Camberley. 

*Cornwallis, F. S. W., F.L.S. Linton Park, Maidstone. 

§Corriz, Rev. A. L., 8.J., F.R.A.S. Stonyhurst College, Blackburn. 

{Cory, Professor G. E., M.A. Rhodes University College, Grahams- 
town, Cape Colony. 

*Cossar, G. O., M.A., F.G.S. Southview, Murrayfield, Edinburgh. 

{Cossar, James. 28 Coltbridge-terrace, Murrayfield, Midlothian. 

{Cossey, Miss, M.A. High School for Girls, Kent-road, Southsea. 

*Costello, John Francis, B.A. The Rectory, Ballymackey, Nenagh, 
Treland. 

*CorrERiLL, J. H., M.A., F.R.S. Hillcrest, Parkstone, Dorset. 

tCotton, Alderman W. F., D.L., J.P., M.P. Hollywood, Co. Dublin. 

{Courtenay, Colonel Arthur H., C.B., D.L. United Service Club, 
Dublin. 

{Courtney, Right Hon. Lord. (Pres. F, 1896.) 15 Cheyne-walk, 
Chelsea, S.W. 

{Couzens, Sir G. E., K.L.H. Glenthorne, Kingston-crescent, Ports- 
mouth. 

tCowan, P. C., B.Sc., M.Inst.C.E. 33 Ailesbury-road, Dublin. 

*Cowan, Thomas William, F.L.S., F.G.S. Upcott House, Taunton, 
Somersetshire. 

t{Coward, H. Knowle Board School, Bristol. 

tCoward, H. F. 216 Plymouth-grove, Manchester. 

{Cowburn, Henry. Dingle Head, Leigh, Lancashire. 

{Cowburn, Mrs. Dingle Head, Leigh, Lancashire. 

*CowELL, Pure H., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. 62 Shooters Hill-road, 
Blackheath, S.E. 

tCowper-Coles, Sherard, 1 and 2 Old Pye-street, Westminster, 
S.W. 


24 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1913. 
1909. 
1905. 
1912. 


1911. 


1908. 
1884. 


1906. 
1908. 
1906. 
1905. 
1906. 


1905. 
1905. 


1910. 
1871. 


1905. 


1890. 
18838. 
1885. 


1876. 


1887. 
1911. 
1904, 
1880. 


1908. 
1905. 


1890. 


1913. 
1903. 
1901. 


1914. 
1916. 
1887. 
1898. 


1865. 


1897. 
1909. 
1905. 
1894. 
1904, 


tCox, A. Hubert. King’s College, Strand, W.C. 

{Cox, F. J.C. Anderson-avenue, Winnipeg, Canada. 

tCox, W. H. Royal Observatory, Cape Town. 

tCraig, D. D., M.A., B.Sc., M.B. The University, St. Andrews, 
N.B 


§Craig, J. I. - Homelands, Park-avenue, Worthing. 

{tCraig, James, M.D. 18 Merrion-square North, Dublin. 

§Cratciz, Major P. G., C.B., F.S.S. (Pres. F, 1900; Council, 
1908-15.) Bronté House, Lympstone, Devon. 

{Craik, Sir Henry, K.C.B., LL.D., M.P. 654 Dean’s-yard, West- 
minster, S.W. 

*CrAMER, W., Ph.D., D.Sc. Imperial Cancer Research Fund, 
Queen-square, Bloomsbury, W.C. 

tCramp, William, D.Sc. 33 Brazennose-street, Manchester. 

*Cranswick, W. F. P.O. Box 65, Bulawayo, Rhodesia. 

{Craven, Henry. (Local Sec. 1906.) Greenbank, West Lawn, 
Sunderland. 

{Crawford, Mrs. A.M. Marchmont, Rosebank, near Cape Town. 

tCrawford, Professor Lawrence, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E. South 
African College, Cape Town. 

*Crawford, O. G. 8. Tan House, Donnington, Berkshire. 

*Crawford, William Caldwell, M.A. 1 Lockharton-gardens, Colinton- 
road, Edinburgh. 

{Crawford, W. C., jun. 1  Lockharton-gardens, Colinton-road, 
Edinburgh. 

§Crawshaw, Charles B. Rufford Lodge, Dewsbury. 

*Crawshaw, Edward, F.R.G.S. 25 Tollington-park, N. 

§Creak, Captain E. W.,C.B., R.N., F.R.S. (Pres. E, 1903 ; Council, 
1896-1903.) 9 Hervey-road, Blackheath, S.E. 

*Crewdson, Rev. Canon George. Whitstead, Barton-road, Cam- 
bridge. 

*Crewdson, Theodore. Spurs, Styall, Handforth, Manchester. 

{Crick, George C., F.G.S. British Museum (Natural History), 8.W. 

tCrilly, David. 7 Well-strect, Paisley. 

*Crisp, Sir Frank, Bart., B.A., LL.B., F.L.S., F.G.S. 5 Lansdowne- 
road, Notting Hill, W. 

tCrocker, J. Meadmore. Albion House, Bingley, Yorkshire. 

§Croft, Miss Mary. Quedley, Shottermill. 

*Croft, W. B., M.A. 9 College-street, Winchester, Hampshire. 

§Crombie, J. E., LL.D. Parkhill House, Dyce, Aberdeenshire. 

*Crompton, Holland. Oaklyn, Cross Oak-road, Berkhamsted. 

{Cromrton, Colonel R. E., C.B., M.Inst.C.E. (Pres. G, 1901.) 
Kensington-court, W. 

tCronin, J. Botanic Gardens, South Yarra, Australia. 

§Crook, C. W., B.A., B.Sc. 10 West Bank, Stamford Hill, N. 

{Croox, Henry T., M.Inst.C.E. Lancaster-avenue, Manchester. 

§Crooce, Witi1aM, B.A. (Pres. H, 1910; Council, 1910-16.) Lang- 
ton House, Charlton Kings, Cheltenham. 

§Crooxss, Sir Wituram, O.M., D.Sc., F.R.S., V.P.C.S. (Prest- 
DENT, 1898 ; Pres. B, 1886 ; Council, 1885-91.) '7 Kensington 
Park-gardens, W. ; 

*CROOKSHANK, EH. M., M.B. Saint Hill, East Grinstead, Sussex. 

tCrosby, Rev. E. H. Lewis, B.D. 36 Rutland-square, Dublin, 

{Crosfield, Hugh T. Walden, Coombe-road, Croydon. 

*Crosfield, Miss Margaret C. Undercroft, Reigate. 

§Cross, Professor Charles R. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 
Boston, U.S.A. 


LIST OF MEMBERS : 1916. 25 


Year of 
Election. 


1905. 
1904. 


1908. 
1897. 
1890. 
1910. 
1910. 
1911. 


1916. 
1883. 


1883. 
1914. 
1914. 
1911. 


1911. 


1861. 
1861. 
1905. 
1882. 


1905. 


1911. 
1885. 
1869. 


1883, 
1900. 


1916. 
1912. 


1914. 
1914. 
1913. 
1908. 


1892. 
1905. 
1902. 
1912. 


1915. 
1907. 


1913. 
1913. 


1910. 


§Cross, Robert. 13 Moray-place, Edinburgh. 

*CrossLry, Professor A. W., D.Sc., Ph.D., F.R.S. 46 Lindfield- 
gardens, Hampstead, N.W. 

{Crossley, F. W. 30 Molesworth-street, Dublin. 

*Crosweller, Mrs. W. T. Kent Lodge, Sidcup, Kent. 

*Crowley, Ralph Henry, M.D. Sollershott W., Letchworth. 

tCrowther, Professor C., M.A., Ph.D. The University, Leeds. 

*CROWTHER, JAMES ARNOLD, Sc.D, St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

§Crush, S. T, Care of Messrs. Yarrow & Co., Ltd., Scotstoun West, 
Glasgow, 

§Cullen, W. H. 53 Osborne-road, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

*CULVERWELL, Epwarp P., M.A., Professor of Education in Trinity 
College, Dublin. 

{Culverwell, T. J. H. Litfield House, Clifton, Bristol. 

*Cuming, James. 65 William-street, Melbourne. 

*Cuming, W. Fehon. Hyde-street, Yarraville, Victoria. 

tCumming, Alexander Charles, D.Sc. Chemistry Department, 
University of Edinburgh. 

§Cummins, Major H. A., M.D., C.M.G., Professor of Botany in 
University College, Cork. 

*Cunliffe, Edward Thomas. The Parsonage, Handforth, Manchester. 

*Cunliffe, Peter Gibson. Dunedin, Handforth, Manchester. 

{Cunningham, Miss A. 2 St. Paul’s-road, Cambridge. 

*CunnincHaM, Lieut.-Colonel Attan, R.E., A.I.C.E. 20 Essex- 
villas, Kensington, W. 

{Cunningham, Andrew. LEarlsferry, Campground-road, Mowbray, 
South Africa. 

Cunningham, E. St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

tCunninauam, J. T., M.A. 63 St. Mary’s-grove, Chiswick, W. 

{Cunnineuam, Rosert O., M.D., F.L.S., Professor of Natural 
History in Queen’s College, Belfast. 

*CunNINGHAM, Ven. Archdeacon W., D.D., D.Sc, (Pres. F, 1891, 
1905.) ‘Trinity College, Cambridge. 

*Cunnington, William A., M.A., Ph.D., F.Z.S. 25 Orlando-road, 
Clapham Common, S.W. 

§Cunnison, James. Penzance, Bristol-road, Selly Oak, Birmingham. 

§CunyNcHAME, Sir Henry H., K.C.B. (Pres. F, 1912.) Kingham 
Lodge, Chipping Norton. 

§Cunynghame, Lady. Kingham Lodge, Chipping Norton. 

tCurdie, Miss Jessie. Camperdown, Victoria. 

{Currall, A. E. Streetsbrook-road, Solihull, Birmingham. 

{Currelly, C. T., M.A., F.R.G.S. United Empire Club, 117 Picca- 
dilly, W. 

*Currie, Poe M.A., F.R.S.E. Larkfield, Wardie-road, Edinburgh. 

tCurrie, Dr. O. J. Manor House, Mowbray, Cape Town. 

{Curry, Professor M., M.Inst.C.E. 5 King’s-gardens, Hove. 

{Curtis, Charles. Field House, Cainscross, Stroud, Gloucester- 
shire. 

{Curtis, Raymond. Highfield, Leek, Staffordshire. 

{Cusuny, ArruuR R., M.D., F.R.S. (Pres. I, 1916), Professor of 
Pharmacology in University College, Gower-street, W.C. 

tCutler, A. E. 5 Charlotte-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

{Czaplicka, Miss M. A. Somerford College, Oxford. 


tDax1, Dr. W. J., Professor of Biology in the University of Western 
Australia, Perth, Western Australia. 


26 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1914. 
1898. 


1889. 
1906. 


1907. 


1904. 
1862. 
1905. 
1901. 
1914. 
1896. 
1897. 
1903. 
1916. 
1905. 
1904. 
1882. 


1878. 
1894, 


1910. 
1916. 


1880. 
1884. 
1914. 


1904. 


1913. 
1913. 
1909. 
1912. 
1912. 


1902. 
1914. 
1910. 
1887. 
1904. 


1906. 
1893. 


1896. 
1870. 
1873. 
1896, 


{Dakin, Mrs. University of Western Australia, Perth, Western 
Australia. 

*Darpy, W. E., M.A., B.Sc., F.R.S., M.Inst.C.E. (Pres. G, 1910), 
Professor of Civil and Mechanical Engineering in the City and 
Guilds Engineering College, Imperial College of Science and 
Technology, 8.W. 

*Dale, Miss Elizabeth. Garth Cottage, Oxford-road, Cambridge. 

§Dale, William, F.S.A., F.G.S. The Lawn, Archer’s-road, South- 
ampton. 

{DateuiesH, RicuarD, J.P., D.L. Ashfordby Place, near Melton 
Mowbray. 

*Datton, J. H.C., M.D. The Plot, Adams-road, Cambridge. 

tDansy, T. W., M.A., F.G.S. The Crouch, Seaford, Sussex. 

tDaniel, Miss A. M. 3 St. John’s-terrace, Weston-super-Mare. 

*DanreLL, G. F., B.Sc. Woodberry, Oakleigh Park, N, 

§Danks, A. T. 391 Bourke-street, Melbourne. 

§Danson, F. C. Tower-buildings, Water-street, Liverpool. 

{Darbishire, F. V., B.A., Ph.D. Dorotheenstrasse 12, Dresden 20. 

{DarBisHire, Dr. Orro V. The University, Bristol. 

§DaRNELL, E. Town Hall, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

{Darwin, Lady. Newnham Grange, Cambridge. 

*Darwin, Charles Galton. Newnham Grange, Cambridge. 

*Darwin, Sir Francis, M.A., M.B., LL.D., D.Se., F.R.S., F.L.S. 
(PRESIDENT, 1908; Pres. D, 1891; Pres. K, 1904; Council, 
1882-84, 1897-1901.) 10 Madingley-road, Cambridge. 

*Darwin, Horace, M.A., F.R.S. The Orchard, Huntingdon-road, 
Cambridge. 

*Darwin, Major Lzonarp, F.R.G.S. (Pres. EH, 1896; Council, 
1899-1905.) 12 Egerton-place, South Kensington, S.W. 

{Dauncey, Mrs. Thursby. Lady Stewert, Heath-road, Weybridge. 

*Davey, Miss Alice J., M.Se. 35 Canford-road, Clapham Common, 
S.W. 

*Davey, Henry, M.Inst.C.E. Conaways, Ewell, Surrey. 

{David, A. J., B.A., LL.B. 4 Harcourt-buildings, Temple, E.C. 

{Davip, Professor T. W. Eparwortn, C.M.G., D.Sc., F.R.S. 
The University, Sydney, N.S.W. 

{Davidge, H. T., B.Sc., Professor of Electricity in the Ordnance 
College, Woolwich. 

§Davidge, W. R., A.M.Inst.C.E. 63 Lewisham-park, 8.E. 

{Davidge, Mrs. 63 Lewisham-park, 8.E. 

{Davidson, A. R. 150 Stradbrooke-place, Winnipeg, Canada. 

{Davidson, Rev. J. The Manse, Douglas, Isle of Man. 

{Davidson, John, M.A., D.Ph. Training College, Small’s Wynd, 
Dundee. 

*Davidson, 8. C. Seacourt, Bangor, Co. Down. 

{Davidson, W. R. 15 Third-avenue, Hove. 

*Davie, Robert C., M.A., B.Sc. Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh. 

*Davies, H. Rees. Treborth, Bangor, North Wales. 

§Davies, Henry N., F.G.S. Ottery House, Bristol-road, Weston- 
super-Mare. 

{Davies, S. H. Ryecroft, New Earswick, York. 

*Davies, Rev. T. Witton, B.A., Ph.D., D.D., Professor of Semitic 
Languages in University College, Bangor, North Wales. 

*Davies, Thomas Wilberforce, F.G.S. 41 Park-place, Cardiff. 

*Davis, A.S. St. George’s School, Roundhay, near Leeds. 

*Davis, Alfred. 37 Ladbroke-grove, W. 

*Davis, John Henry Grant. Dolobran, Wood Green, Wednesbury. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 27 


Year of 
Election. 


1910. 
1905. 


1885. 


1886. 


1905. 


1912. 
1864. 


1885. 


1901. 
1905. 
1912. 
1906. 
1859. 
1900. 
1909. 


1915. 


1901. 
1914. 
1893. 


1911. 
1878. 
1915. 


1908. 
1914. 
1902. 


1914. 
1913. 


1908. 
1889. 


1909. 
1874. 


1907. 
1908. 


1894. 
1868. 


1881. 
1884. 


{Davis, Captain John King. 9 Regent-street, W. 

tDavis, Luther. P.O. Box 898, Johannesburg. 

*Davis, Rev. Rudolf. 18 Alexandra-road, Gloucester. 

{Davison, Cuares, D.Sc. 16 Manor-road, Birmingham. 

{Davy, JosrpH Burr, F.R.G.S., F.L.S. Care of Messrs. Dulau 
é: Co., 37 Soho-square, W. 

{Dawkins, Miss Ella Boyd. Fallowfield House, Fallowfield, Man- 
chester. ; 

}Dawesins, W. Boyp, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.S.A., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1888 ; 
Council, 1882-88.) Fallowfield House, Fallowfield, Man- 
chester. 

*Dawson, Lieut.-Colonel H. P., R.A. Hurtlington Hall, Burnsall, 
Skipton-in-Craven. 

*Dawson, P. The Acre, Maryhill, Glasgow. 

{Dawson, Mrs. The Acre, Maryhill, Glasgow. 

*Dawson, Shepherd, M.A., B.Sc. Drumchapel, near Glasgow. 

tDawson, William Clarke. Whitefriargate, Hull. 

*Dawson, Captain W. G. Abbots Morton, near Worcester. 

{Deacon, M. Whittington House, near Chesterfield. 

§Dean, George, F.R.G.S. 14 LEvelyn-mansions, Queen’s Club- 


gardens, W. 
{Dean, H. R. Pathological Department, The University, Man- 
chester. 


*Deasy, Captain H. H. P. Cavalry Club, 127 Piccadilly, W. 

{Debenham, Frank. Caius College, Cambridge. 

*Deeley, R. M., M.Inst.C.E., F.G.8. Abbeyfield, Salisbury-avenue, 
Harpenden, Herts. 

{Delahunt, C. G. The Municipal College, Portsmouth. 

{DrELany, Very Rev. Witt1am, LL.D. University College, Dublin. 

{Delepiné, Sheridan. Public Health Laboratory, York-place, 
Manchester. 

*Delf, Miss E. M. Girton College, Cambridge. 

{Delprat, G. D. Hquitable-building, Collins-street, Melbourne. 

*Drenpy, ArtHur, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.L.S. (Pres. D, 1914; Coun- 
cil, 1912- ), Professor of Zoology in King’s College, 
London, W.C. 

t{Dendy, Miss. Vale Lodge, Hampstead, N.W. 

*Denman, Thomas Hercy. 17 Churchgate, Retford, Nottingham- 
shire. 

tDennehy, W. F. 23 Leeson-park, Dublin. 

“Denny, ALFRED, M.Sc., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology in the 
University of Sheffield. Cliffside, Ranmoor-crescent, Sheffield. 

§Dent, Edward, M.A. 2 Carlos-place, W. 

*Derham, Walter, M.A., LL.M., F.G.S. Junior Carlton Club, 
Pall Mall, S.W. 

*Desch, Cecil H., D.Sc., Ph.D. 3 Kelvinside-terrace North, Glasgow. 

{Despard, Miss Kathleen M. 6 Sutton Court-mansions, Grove Park- 
terrace, Chiswick, W. 

*Deverell, F. H. 7 Grote’s-place, Blackheath, S.E. 

*DuwakR, Sir Jamus, M.A., LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., V.P.C.S., 
Fullerian Professor of Chemistry in the Royal Institution, 
London, and Jacksonian Professor of Natural and Experi- 
mental Philosophy in the University of Cambridge. (Prxst- 
DENT, 1902; Pres. B, 1879 ; Council, 1883-88.) 1 Scroope- 
terrace, Cambridge. 

{Dewar, Lady. 1 Scroope-terrace, Cambridge. 

*Dewar, William, M.A. Horton House, Rugby. 


28 


Year of 
Election 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


1889, {Dickinson, A. H. 52 Dean-street, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 


1914. 
1916. 
1908. 
1904. 


1881. 
1887. 


1902. 


1913. 
1908. 
1901. 
1905. 


1915. 
1899. 


1874. 
1900. 


1905. 
1908. 
1888. 
1908. 
1900. 


1879. 


1914. 
1902. 
1913. 


1908. 
1907. 
1914. 
1902. 
1896. 
1890. 


1885. 
1860. 


1902. 
1914. 


1917. 
1908. 
1876. 
1912. 


{Dickinson, Miss Desiree. Menzies’ Hotel, Melbourne. 

§Dickinson, Miss M. Eastern House, 159 Marine-parade, Brighton. 

§Dicks, Henry. Haslecourt, Horsell, Woking. 

{tDickson, Right Hon. Charles Scott, K.C., LL.D., M.P. Carlton 
Club, Pall Mall, S.W. 

{Dickson, Edmund, M.A., F.G.S. Claughton House, Garstang, 
R.8.0., Lancashire. 

§Dickson, H. N., D.Sc. F.RS.E., F.R.G.S. (Pres. EH, 1913; 
Council, 1915- ), Professor of Geography in University 
College, Reading. 160 Castle-hill, Reading. 

§Dickson, James D. Hamilton, M.A., F.R.S.E. 6 Cranmer-road, 
Cambridge. 

*Dickson, T. W. 60 Jefirey’s-road, Clapham, S.W. 

tDines, J.S. Pyrton Hill, Watlington. 

§Dines, W. H., B.A., F.R.S. Benson, Wallingford, Berks. 

§Dixry, F. A., M.A., M.D., F.R.S. (Council, 1913- .) Wadham 
College, Oxford. 

§Dixon, Miss A. Broadwater, 43 Pine-road, Didsbury. 

*Drxon, A. C., D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Mathematics in Queen’s 
University, Belfast. Hurstwood, Malone Park, Belfast. 
*Drxon, A. E., M.D., Professor of Chemistry in University College, 

Cork. 

tDixon, A. Francis, Sc.D., Professor of Anatomy in the University 
of Dublin. 

{Dixon, Miss E. K. Fern Bank, St. Bees, Cumberland. 

{Dixon, Edward K., M.E., M.Inst.C.E. Castlebar, Co. Mayo. 

{Dixon, Edward T. Racketts, Hythe, Hampshire. 

*Drxon, Ernest, B.Sc., F.G.S. The Museum, Jermyn-street, S.W. 

*Dixon, Lieut.-Colonel George, M.A. Fern Bank, St. Bees, Cumber- 
land. 

*Dixon, Haroxp B., M.A., F.R.S., F.C.S. (Pres. B, 1894; Council, 
1913- ), Professor of Chemistry in the Victoria University, 
Manchester. 

{Dixon, Mrs. H. B., Beechey House, Wilbraham-road, Fallowfield, 
Manchester. 

{Dixon, Henry H., D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Botany in the 
University of Dublin. Clevedon, Temple-road, Dublin. 

{Dixon, 8. M., M.A., M.Inst.C.E., Professor of Civil Engineering in 
the Imperial College of Science and Technology, London, 8.W. 

*Dixon, Walter, F.R.M.S. Derwent, 30 Kelvinside-gardens, Glasgow. 

*Drxon, Professor WALTER E., F.R.S. The Museums, Cambridge. 

{Dixon, Mrs. W. EK. The Grove, Whittlesford, Cambridge. 

{Dizon, W. V. Scotch Quarter, Carrickfergus. 

§ Dixon-Nuttall, F. R. Ingleholme, Eccleston Park, Prescot. 

{tDobbie, Sir James J., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., Principal of the 
Government Laboratories, 13 Clement’s Inn-passage, W.C, 

§Dobbin, Leonard, Ph.D. The University, Edinburgh. 

*Dobbs, Archibald Edward, M.A., J.P., D.L. Castle Dobbs, 
Carrickfergus, Co. Antrim. 

tDobbs, F. W., M.A. Eton College, Windsor. 

{Docker, His Honour Judge E. B., M.A. Mostyn, Elizabeth Bay, 
Sydney, N.S.W. 

*Docker, Frank Dudley, C.B. The Gables, Kenilworth. 

t{Donpp, Hon. Mr. Justice. 26 Fitzwilliam-square, Dublin. 

tDodds, J. M. St. Peter’s College, Cambridge. 

{Don, A. W. R. The Lodge, Broughty Ferry, Forfarshire. 


es 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 29 


Year of 


Election. 
1904. 
1896. 
1901. 


1915. 
1905. 


1863. 
1909. 
1909. 
1912. 
1884. 
1881. 


1913. 


1892. 
1912. 


1905. 


1906. 
1906. 
1908. 
1893. 


1909. 
1889. 
1907. 
1892. 
1856. 


1870. 
1900. 
1895. 
1914. 
1914. 


1912. 
1904. 


1890. 
1899. 


1911. 
1914. 
1909. 
1916. 
1910. 
1916. 

1876. 
1916. 
1884. 


1893. 
1891. 


{Doncaster, Leonard, M.A., F.R.S. Museum of Zoology, Cambridge. 

{Donnan, F. E. ‘Ardenmore: terrace, Holywood, Ireland. 

{Donnan, F. G., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry in 
University College, Gower- street, W.C. 

§Doodson, Arthur T., “M.Sc. 1 Manor-road, Shaw, Lancashire. 

§Dornan, Rey. 8. 8. P.O. Box 510, Bulawayo, South Rhodesia, 
South Africa. 

*Doughty, Charles Montagu. 26 Grange-road, Eastbourne. 

tDouglas, A. J.. M.D. City Health Department, Winnipeg, Canada, 

*Douglas, James. 99 John- street, New York, U.S.A. 

{Doune, Lord. Kinfauns Castle, Perth. 

*Dowling, D. J. Sycamore, Clive-avenue, Hastings. 

ee J. Emerson, M.Inst.C.E. Landhurst Wood, Hartfield, 

ussex. 

{Dracopoli, J. N. Pollard’s Wood Grange, Chalfont St. Giles, 
Buckinghamshire. 

*Dreghorn, David, J.P. Greenwood, Pollokshields, Glasgow. 

§Drever, James, M.A., B.Se., D.Phil. 36 Morningside-grove, 
Edinburgh. 

t{Drew, H. W., M.B., M.R.C.S. Mocollup Castle, Ballyduff, 8.0., 
Co. Waterford. 

*Drew, Joseph Webster, M.A., LL.M. Hatherley Court, Cheltenham. 

*Drew, Mrs. Hatherley Court, Cheltenham. 

{Droop, J. P. 11 Cleveland-gardens, Hyde Park, W. 

§Druce, G. Craripag, M.A., F.L.S. (Local Sec. 1894.) Yardley 
Lodge, 9 Crick-road, Oxford. 

*Drugman, Julien, Ph.D., M.Sc. 117 Rue Gachard, Brussels. 

{Drummond, Dr. David. 6 Saville-place, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

tDrysdale, Charles V., D.Sc. Queen Anne’s-chambers, S.W. 

{Du Bois, Professor Dr. H. Herwarthstrasse 4, Berlin, N.W. 
*Duciz, The Right Hon. Henry Jonn Reynoxtps More7on, Earl 
of, G.C.V.O., F.R.S., F.G.S. 16 Portman-square, W. 

{Duckworth, Henry, F.L.S., F.G.S. 7 Grey Friars, Chester. 

*Duckworth, W. L. H., M.D., Sc.D. Jesus College, Cambridge. 

*Duddell, William, F.R.S. 47 Hans-place, S.W. 

{Duff, Frank Gee. 31 Queen-street, Melbourne. 

{Duffield, D. Walter. 13 Cowra-chambers, Grenfell-street, Adelaide, 
South Australia. 

§Duffield, Francis A..M.B. Home Lea, Four Oaks, Sutton Coldfield. 

*DuFFIELD, Professor W. Gnuorrrey, D.Sc. University College, 
Reading. 

{Dufton, 8. F. Trinity College, Cambridge. 

*Dugdale-Bradley, J. W., M.Inst.C.E. Westminster City Hall, 
Charing Cross-road, W.C. 

{Dummer, John. 85 Cottage-grove, Southsea. 

{Dun, W.S. Mines Department, Sydney, N.S.W. 

{Duncan, D. M., M.A. 83 Spence-street, Winnipeg, Canada. 

§Dunkerley, G. D. 124 Mildred-avenue, Watford. 

{Dunn, Rev. J. Road Hill Vicarage, Bath. 

§Dunn, Dr. J.T. Fellside, Low Fell, Gateshead. 

{Dunnachie, James. 48 West Regent-street, Glasgow. - 

§Dunning, James KE. 3 Lombard-street, H.C. 

§Dunnington, Professor F. P. University of Virginia, Charlottes- 
ville, Virginia, U.S.A. 

*Dunstan, M. J. R., Principal of the South-Eastern Agricultural 
College, Wye, Kent. 

{Dunstan, Mrs. South-Eastern Agricultural College, Wye, Kent. 


\ 


30 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION, 


Year of 
Election. 


1885. 


1911. 
1913. 
1914. 
1914. 
1905. 
1910. 


1895. 


1911. 
1885. 


1895. 


1905. 


1910. 


1912. 
1899. 


1909. 


1893. 


1906. 
1909. 
1903. 


1908. 


1870. 
1911. 
1911. 
1884. 
1887. 


1870. 
1883. 
1888. 
1901. 


1914. 


1915. 


1899. 


1913. 
1901. 
1909. 
1909, 


*Dunstan, WynpuHAm R., C.M.G., M.A., LL.D., F.RB.S., F.C.S. 
(Pres. B, 1906; Council, 1905-08), Director of the Imperial 
Institute, S.W. 

{Dupree, Colonel Sir W. T. Craneswater, Southsea. 

§Durie, William. 31 Priory-road, Bedford Park, Chiswick, W. 

§Du Torr, A. L., D.Sc. South African Museum, Cape Town. 

{Du Toit, Mrs. South African Museum, Cape Town. 

§Dutton, C. L. O’Brien. High Commissioner’s Office, Pretoria. 

tDutton, F. V., B.Sc. County Agricultural Laboratories, Rich- 
mond-road, Exeter. 

*DwERRYHOUSE, ARTHUR R., D.Sc., F.G.S. Deraness, Deramore 
Park, Belfast. 

{Dye, Charles. Woodcrofts, London-road, Portsmouth. 

*Dyer, Henry, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D. 8 Highburgh-terrace, Dowanhill, 
Glasgow. 

§Dymond, Thomas §., F.C.S. Savile Club, Piccadilly, W. 

*Dyson, Sir F. W., M.A., LL.D., F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1915; Council, 
1905-11, 1914— ), Astronomer Royal. Royal Observatory, 
Greenwich, S.E. 

tDyson, W. H. Maltby Colliery, near Rotherham, Yorkshire. 


{Harland, Arthur, F.R.M.S. 34 Granville-road, Watford. 

{East, W. H. Municipal School of Art, Science, and Technology, 
Dover. 

*Kasterbrook, C. C., M.A., M.D, Crichton Royal Institution, 
Dumfries. 

*Kbbs, Alfred B. Tuborg, Plaistow-lane, Bromley, Kent. 

*Ebbs, Mrs. A. B. Tuborg, Plaistow-lane, Bromley, Kent, 

{Eccles, J. R. Gresham’s School, Holt, Norfolk. 

*Eccites, W. H., D.Sc., Professor of Physics in the City and Guilds 
of London Technical College, Leonard-street, Finsbury, E.C. 

*Hddington, A. S., M.A., M.Sc., F.R.S., Plumian Professor of Astro- 
nomy and Experimental Philosophy in the University of 
Cambridge. The Observatory, Cambridge. 

*Eddison, John Edwin, M.D., M.R.C.S. The Lodge, Adel, Leeds. 

*Kdge, 8. F. Gallops Homestead, Ditchling, Sussex. 

*Kdgell, Miss Beatrice. Bedford College, Regent’s Park, N.W. 

*Edgell, Rev. R. Arnold, M.A. Beckley Rectory, East Sussex. 

§EpaEworts, F. Y., M.A., D.C.L., F.S.S. (Pres. F, 1889 ; Council, 
1879-86, 1891-98), Professor of Political Economy in the 
University of Oxford. All Souls College, Oxford. 

*Edmonds, F. B. 6 Clement’s Inn, W.C. 

{Edmonds, William. Wiscombe Park, Colyton, Devon. 

*Kdmunds, Henry. Moulsecombe-place, Brighton. 

*]DRIDGE-GREEN, F. W., M.D., F.R.C.S. 99 Walm-lane, Willesden 
Green, N.W. 

{Edwards, A. F. Chemical Department, The University, Man- 
chester. 

tEdwards, C. A. 26 Lyndhurst-road, Withington, Manchester. 

§Edwards, H. J., Assoc.M.Inst.C.E. 13 Acris-street, Wandsworth 
Common, S.W. 

§Edwards, E. J. Royal Technical College, Glasgow. 

tEggar, W. D. Eton College, Windsor. 

{Eggertson, Arni. 120 Emily-street, Winnipeg, Canada. 

§Ehrenborg, G. B. 1 Dean-road, Croydon. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. EW 


Year of 
Election. 


1907. 
1890. 
1913. 


1901. 
1915. 
1904. 
1904. 
1905. 
1883. 


1912. 
1906. 
1875. 
1906. 
1913, 


1891. 
1906. 
1910. 
1911. 
1884. 
1905. 
1894. 


1914. 
1887. 


1887. 
1911. 
1897. 


1889. 
1905. 
1870. 


1908. 
1887. 


1905. 
1913. 
1910. 


1905. 
1910. 
1865. 
1909, 


1902. 
1883. 
1914. 
1881. 


*Elderton, W. Palin. 24 Mount Ephraim-road, Streatham, S.W. 

{Elford, Perey. 115 Woodstock-road, Oxford. 

{Elkington, Herbert F. Clunes, Wentworth-road, Sutton Cold- 
field 


eld. 

*Elles, Miss Gertrude L., D.Sc. Newnham College, Cambridge. 

§Kllinger, Barnard, F.S.8. 28 Oxford-street, Manchester. 

tElliot, Miss Agnes I. M. Newnham College, Cambridge. 

tElliot, R. H. Clifton Park, Kelso, N.B. 

tElliott, C. C., M.D. Church-square, Cape Town. 

*Extuiotr, Epwirn Baritny, M.A., F.R.S., F.R.AS., Waynflete 
Professor of Pure Mathematics in the University of Oxford. 
4 Bardwell-road, Oxford. 

§Elliott, Dr. W. T., F.Z.S. 21 Bennett’s-hill, Birmingham. 

*Ellis, David, D.Sc., Ph.D. Royal Technical College, Glasgow. 

*Ellis, H. D. 12 Gloucester-terrace, Hyde Park, W. 

§Exuis, HErBert. The Gynsills, Groby-road, Leicester. 

{tHllis, Herbert Willoughby, Assoc. M.Inst.C.2. Holly Hill, Berkswell, 
Warwickshire. 

{Ellis, Miss M. A. Care of Miss Rice, 11 Canterbury-road, Oxford. 

ftEumurrst, CHartes E. (Local Sec. 1906.) 29 Mount-vale, York. 

{Elmhirst, Richard. Marine Biological Station, Millport. 

{Elwes, H. J., F.R.S. Colesborne Park, near Cheltenham. 

{tEmery, Albert H. Stamford, Connecticut, U.S.A. 

tEpps, Mrs. Dunhurst, Petersfield, Hampshire. 

tErskine-Murray, J., D.Sc., F.R.S.E. 4 Great Winchester-street, 
E.C. 


{Erson, Dr. E. G. Leger. 123 Collins-street, Melbourne. 


*Hstcourt, Charles, F.I.C. 65 Seymour-grove, Old Trafford, Man- 
chester. 

*Estcourt, P. A., F.C.S., F.I.C. 5 Seymour-grove, Old Trafford, 
Manchester. 

tErurerton, G. Hammonp. (Local Sec. 1911.) Town Hall, Ports- 
mouth. 


*Evans, Lady. Care of Union of London and Smiths Bank, 
Berkhamsted, Herts. 

*Evans, A. H., M.A. 9 Harvey-road, Cambridge. 

tEvans, Mrs. A. H. 9 Harvey-road, Cambridge. 
*Hivans, Sir ARTHUR JOHN, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.S.A.  (Prest- 
DENT; Pres. H, 1896.) Youlbury, Berks, near Oxford. 
{Evans, Rev. Henry, D.D., Commissioner of National Education, 
Ireland. Blackrock, Co. Dublin. 

*Kvans, Mrs. Isabel. Lyndhurst, Upper Chorlton-road, Whalley 
Range, Manchester. 

tEvans, Ivor H. N. 9 Harvey-road, Cambridge. 

tEvans, J. Jameson. 41 Newhall-street, Birmingham. 

*Evans, JoHN W., D.Sc., LL.B., F.G.S. 75 Craven Park-road, 
Harlesden, N.W. 

tEvans, R. O. Ll. Broom Hall, Chwilog, R.S.0., Carnarvonshire. 

tEvans, T. J. “The University, Sheffield. 

*Evans, William. The Spring, Kenilworth. 

tEvans, W. Sanrorp, M.A. (Local Sec. 1909.) 43 Edmonton- 
street, Winnipeg. 

*Everett, Perey W. Oaklands, Elstree, Hertfordshire. 

tEves, Miss Florence. Uxbridge. 

{Ewart, Professor A. J., D.Sc. The University, Melbourne. 

tEwart, J. Cossar, M.D., F.R.S. (Pres. D, 1901), Professor of 
Natural History in the University of Edinburgh. 


32 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1874. 


1913. 
1913. 
1876. 


1914. 
1884. 
1912. 


1906. 
1901. 
1865. 
1910. 


1908. 
1896. 
1902. 


1907. 


1902. 
1892. 


1905. 
1913. 


1903. 


1913. 
1890. 
1906. 
1900. 


1902. 


1911. 
1909. 
1906. 
* 1901. 


1910. 
1905. 
1900. 
1904. 
1914. 
1901. 
1863. 
1910. 
1905. 


aban 04 W. Quartus, Bart. (Local Sec. 1874.) Glenmachan, 

elfast. 

*EweEN, J. T. 104 King’s-gate, Aberdeen. 

*Ewen, Mrs. J. T. 104 King’s-gate, Aberdeen. 

*Ewina, Sir Jamus Atrrep, K.C.B., M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., 
M.Inst.C.E. (Pres. G, 1906), Principal of the University of 
Edinburgh. 

§Ewing, Mrs. Peter. The Frond, Uddingston, Glasgow. 

*Eyerman, John, F.Z.S. Oakhurst, Easton, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. 

2 Dr. J. Varcas. South-Eastern Agricultural College, Wye, 

ent. 


*Faber, George D. 14 Grosvenor-square, W. 

*Fairgrieve, M. McCallum. 37 Queen’s-crescent, Edinburgh. 

*FarRLEY, Tuomas, F.R.S.E., F.C.S. 8 Newton-grove, Leeds. 

{Falconer, J. D., M.A., D.Sc. Care of Postmaster, Naraguta, 
Northern Nigeria. 

tFalconer, Robert A., M.A. 44 Merrion-square, Dublin. 

§Falk, Herman John, M.A. Thorshill, West Kirby, Cheshire. 

§Fallaize, E. N., B.A. Vinchelez, Chase Court-gardens, Windmill- 
hill, Enfield. 

*Fantham, H. B., M.A., D.Sc., Professor of Zoology in the School 
of Mines and Technology, University of South Africa, Johannes- 
burg. 

tFaren, William. 11 Mount Charles, Belfast. 

*FARMER, J. BRETLAND, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S. (Pres. K, 1907; 
Council, 1912-14.) South Park, Gerrard’s Cross. 

{Farrar, Edward. P.O. Box 1242, Johannesburg. 

{Farrow, F. D. Rhodes University College, Grahamstown, 
South Africa. 

§Faulkner, Joseph M. 17 Great Ducie-street, Strangeways, Man- 
chester. 

§Fawcett, C. B. University College, Southampton. 

*Fawcett, F. B. 1 Rockleaze-avenue, Sneyd Park, Bristol. 

§Fawcett, Henry Hargreave. Thorncombe, near Chard, Somerset. 

{Fawoert, J. E., J.P. (Local Sec. 1900.) Low Royd, Apperley 
Bridge, Bradford. 

*Fawsitt, C. E., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry in the University of 
Sydney, New South Wales. 

*Fay, Mrs. A. Q. Chedworth, Rustat-road, Cambridge. 

*Fay, Charles Ryle, M.A. Christ’s College, Cambridge. 

*Fearnsides, Edwin E., M.A., M.B., B.Sc. London Hospital, E. 

*Frarnsipes, W. G., M.A., F.G.S., Sorby Professor of Geology 

in the University of Sheffield. 10 Silver Birch-avenue, 
Fulwood, Sheffield. i 

*Fearnsides, Mrs. 10 Silver Birch-avenue, Fulwood, Sheffield. 

{Feilden, Colonel H. W., C.B., F.R.G.S., F.G.S. Burwash, Sussex. 

*Fennell, William John. 2 Wellington-place, Belfast. 

tFenton, H. J. H., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S. 19 Brookside, Cambridge. 

{Ferguson, E. R. Gordon-street, Footscray, Victoria, Australia. 

{Ferguson, R. W. 16 Linden-road, Bournville, near Birmingham. 

*Fernie, John. Box No. 2, Hutchinson, Kansas, U.S.A. 

*Ferranti, 8S. Z. de, M.Inst.C.E. Grindleford, near Sheffield. 

*Ferrar, H. T., M.A., F.G.S. Care of A. Anderson, Esq., St. 
Martin’s, Christchurch, New Zealand. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. aa 


Year of 
Election. 


1914. 
1873. 
1909. 
1882. 
1915. 
1913. 
1897. 
1907. 
1906. 
1905. 
1905. 
1904. 
1912. 
1902. 
1902. 


1909. 
1875. 


1887. 


1871. 
1885. 
1894. 
1888. 


1904. 
1915. 
1915. 
1913. 


1904. 
1892. 
1888. 


1915. 
1908. 
1901. 


1906. 
1905. 


1913. 
1889. 


{Ferrar, Mrs. Care of A. Anderson, Esq., St. Martin’s, Christchurch, 
New Zealand. 

{Ferrimr, Sir Davin, M.A., M.D., LL.D., F.R.S. 34 Cavendish- 
square, W. 

f¥etherstonhaugh, Professor Edward P., B.Se, 119 Betourney- 
street, Winnipeg, Canada. 

§Fewings, James, B.A., B.Sc. King Edward VI. Grammar School, 
Southampton. 

{Field, A. B. Kingslea, Marple, near Stockport. 

{Field, Miss E. E. Hollywood, Egham Hill, Surrey. 

tField, George Wilton, Ph.D. Room 158, State House, Boston, 
Massachusetts, U.S.A. 

*Fields, Professor J. C., F.R.S. The University, Toronto, Canada. 

§Fiton, L. N. G., D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Applied Mathematics 
in the University of London. Lynton, Haling Park-road, 
Croydon. 

{Fincham, G. H. Hopewell, Invami, Cape Colony. 

§FinpLay, ALEXANDER, M.A., Ph.D., D.Sc., Professor of Chemistry 
in University College, Aberystwyth. 

*Findlay, J. J., Ph.D., Professor of Education in the Victoria 
University, Manchester. Ruperra, Victoria Park, Manchester. 

§Finlayson, Daniel, F.L.S. Seed Testing Laboratory, Wood 
Green, N. 

{Finnegan, J., M.A., B.Sc. Kelvin House, Botanic-avenue, 
Belfast. 

tFisher,J. R. Cranfield, Fortwilliam Park, Belfast. 

{Fisher, James, K.C. 216 Portage-avenue, Winnipeg, Canada, 

*Fisher, W. W., M.A., F.C.S. 5 St. Margaret’s-road, Oxford. 

*Fison, Alfred H., D.Sc. 47 Dartmouth-road, Willesden Green, 
N.W. 


*Fison, Sir FrepERIcK W., Bart., M.A., F.C.S.  Boarzell, Hurst 
Green, Sussex. 

*FITZGERALD, Professor Maurtcr, B.A. (Local Sec. 1902.) Fair- 
holme, Monkstown, Co. Dublin. 

{Frrzmavricz, Sir Mavrics, C.M.G., M.Inst.C.E. London County 
Council, Spring-gardens, S.W. 

*Firzparrick, Rev. Tomas C., President of Queens’ College, 
Cambridge. ; ; 

{Flather, J. H., M.A. Camden House, 90 Hills-road, Cambridge. 

tFleck, Alexander. Blenheim-avenue, Stepps, near Glasgow. _ 

*Fleming, Arthur P. M. West Gables, Hale-road, Hale, Cheshire. 

tFleming, Professor J. A., D.Sc., F.R.S. University College, 
Gower-street, W.C. 

{Fleming, James. 25 Kelvinside-terrace South, Glasgow. 

tFletcher, George, F.G.S. Mona, Shankhill, Co. Dublin. 

*Fiercuer, Sir Lazarus, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,_ F.G.8., F.C.S. 
(Pres. C, 1894), Director of the Natural History Museum, 
Cromwell-road, S.W. 35 Woodville-gardens, Haling, W. 

§Fletcher, Leonard R. Woodfields, Leigh, Lancashire. 

*Fletcher, W. H. B. Aldwick Manor, Bognor, Sussex. _ 

{Flett, J. S., MA, D.Sc, F.R.S. F.R.S.E. Geological Survey 
Office, 33 George-square, Edinburgh. : , 

*Frrure, H. J., D.Sc., Professor he Zoology and Geology in Uni- 
versity College, Aberyst A 

*F lint, Rev W., DD. mene Parliament, Cape Town. 

*Florence, P. Sargant, B.A. Caius College, Cambridge. 

{Flower, Lady. 26 Stanhope-gardens, S.W. 

Oo 


1916. 


34 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1890. 


1914, 
1877. 
1903. 


TOUS 
1906. 
1914. 
1914. 
1873. 


1883. 
1905. 
1875. 
1909. 
1887. 
1915. 
1902. 
1883. 


1911. 
1857. 


1901. 


1911. 
1911. 
1903. 


1905. 


1909. 
1912. 


1883. 
1883. 


1904. 


1904. 


1905. 
1883. 
1900. 
1909. 
1908. 
1881. 


1907. 


*FLux, A. W., M.A. Board of Trade, Gwydyr House, White- 
hall, S.W. 

{Flynn, Professor T. Thomson. University of Tasmania, Hobart. 

{Foale, William. The Croft, Madeira Park, Tunbridge Wells. 

{Foord-Kelcey, W., Professor of Mathematics in the Royal Military 
Academy, Woolwich. The Shrubbery, Shooter's Hill, S.E. 

{Foran, Charles. 72 Elm-grove, Southsea. 

§Forbes, Charles Mansfeldt. 14 New-street, York. 

tForbes, EK. J. P.O. Box 1604, Sydney, N.S.W. 

tForbes, Mrs. E. J. P.O. Box 1604, Sydney, N.S.W. 

*Forses, Groraz, M.A., F.B.S., F.R.S.E., M.Inst.C.E. 11 Little 
College-street, Westminster, S.W. 

{ForBEs, Aad O., LLD., F.Z.S. Redcliffe, Beaconsfield, 
Bucks. 

{Forsss, Lieut.-Colonel W. Lacutan. Army and Navy Club, Pall 
Mall, S.W. 

*ForDHAM, Sir GEORGE. Odsey, Ashwell, Baldock, Herts. 

{Forcxr, The Hon. A. E. Regina, Saskatchewan, Canada. 

{Forrust, The Right Hon. Sir Jonny, G.C.M.G., F.R.G.S., F.G.S. 
Perth, Western Australia, 

§Forrester, Robert B. Marischal College, Aberdeen. 

*Forster, M. O., Ph.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. Queen Anne’s-mansions, S.W. 

{Forsyru, Professor A. R., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1897, 1905 ; 
Council, 1907-09.) The Manor House, Marylebone, N.W. 

tFoster, F. G. Ivydale, London-road, Portsmouth. 

*Foster, GEORGE Carey, B.A., LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. (TrustEs, 
1916- ; GENERAL TREASURER, 1898-1904; Pres. A, 
1877; Council, 1871-76, 1877-82.) Ladywalk, Rickmans- 
worth. 

{Foster, T. Gregory, Ph.D., Provost of University College, London. 
University College, Gower-street, W.C. 

{Fostzr, Sir T. Scorr, J.P. Town Hall, Portsmouth. 

{Foster, Lady Scott. Braemar, St. Helen’s-parade, Southsea, 

tFourcade, H. G. P.O., Storms River, Humansdorp, Cape 
Colony. 

§Fowlds, Hiram. 65 Devonshire-street, Keighley, Yorkshire. 

§Fowlds, Mrs. 65 Devonshire-street, Keighley, Yorkshire. 

tFowler, A., F.R.S., Assistant Professor of Physics in the Imperial 
College of Science and Technology, S.W. 19 Rusthall-avenue, 
Bedford Park, W. 

*Fox, Charles. The Pynes, Warlingham-on-the-Hill, Surrey. 

{Fox, Sir Cartes Dovatas, M.Inst.C.E. (Pres. G, 1896.) Cross 
Keys House, 56 Moorgate-street, E.C. 

*Fox, Charles J. J., B.Sc., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry in the 
Presidency College of Science, Poona, India. 

§Fox, F. Douglas, M.A., M.Inst.C.E. 19 The Square, Ken- 
sington, W. 

tFox, Mrs. F. Douglas. 19 The Square, Kensington, W. 

{Fox, Howard, F.G.S. Rosehill, Falmouth. 

*Fox, Thomas. Old Way House, Wellington, Somerset. 

*Fox, Wilson Lloyd. Carmino, Falmouth. 

{Foxley, Miss Barbara, M.A. 5 Norton Way North, Letchworth. 

*FoxwE i, Hersert S., M.A., F.S.S. (Council, 1894-97), Professor 
of Political Economy in University College, London. St. 
John’s College, Cambridge. 

*Fraine, Miss Ethel de, D.Sc., F.L.S. Westfield College, Hamp- 
stead, N.W. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 35 


Year of 
Election. 


1887. 


1913. 


1911. 
1911. 
1895. 


1871, 


TOT. 


1916. 


1906. 
1909. 
1912. 


1905. 
1886. 


1887. 
1906. 
1912. 


1892. 
1882. 


1911. 


1887. 


1898, 


1908. 
1905. 


1898. 
1872. 
1912. 
1913. 


1910. 


1863. 


1906. 


1885. 
1875. 
1887. 


1905. 
1913. 


1888. 


*FRANKLAND, Prroy F., Ph.D., B.So., F.R.S. (Pres. B, 1901), Pro- 
fessor of Chemistry in the University of Birmingham. 

§Franklin, Cyril H. H. Rodney Y.M.C.A. Huts, Crayford, Kent. 

tFrasmErR, Dr. A. Mearns. (Local Sec. 1911.) Town Hall, Ports- 
mouth. 

{Fraser, Mrs. A. Mearns. Cheyne Lodge, St. Ronan’s-road, Ports- 
mouth. 

tFraser, Alexander. 63 Church-street, Inverness. 

{Fraser, Sir Toomas R., M.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., Professor of 
Materia Medica and Clinical Medicine in the University of 
Edinburgh. 13 Drumsheugh-gardens, Edinburgh. 

{Freeman, Oliver, B.Sc. The Municipal College, Portsmouth. 

§Freire-Marreco, Miss Barbara. Peter's Croft, Woodham-road, 
Woking. 

§French, Fleet-Surgeon A. M. Langley, Beaufort-road, Kingston- 
on-Thames. 

{French, Mrs. Harriet A. Suite E, Gline’s-block, Portage-avenue, 
Winnipeg, Canada. 

§French, Mrs. Harvey. Hambledon Lodge, Childe Okeford, 
Blandford. 

tFrench, Sir Somerset R., K.C.M.G. 100 Victoria-street, S.W. 

{FRESHFIELD, Dovetas W., F.R.G.S. (Pres. E, 1904.) 1 Airlie- 
gardens, Campden Hill, W. 

*Fries, Harold H., Ph.D. 92 Reade-street, New York, U.S.A. 

{Frirscu, Dr. F. E. 77 Chatsworth-road, Brondesbury, N.W. 

§Frodsham, Miss Margaret, B.Sc. The College School, 34 Cathe 
dral-road, Cardiff. 

*Frost, Edmund, M.D. Chesterfield-road, Eastbourne. 

§Frost, Edward P., J.P. West Wratting Hall, Cambridgeshire. 

tFrost, M. E. P. H.M. Dockyard, Portsmouth. 

*Frost, Robert, B.Sc. 55 Kensington-court, W. 

{Fry, The Right Hon. Sir Epwarp, G.C.B., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., 
F.S.A. Failand House, Failand, near Bristol. 

tFry, M. W. J., M.A. 39 Trinity College, Dublin. 

*Fry, Sir William, J.P., F.R.G.S. Wilton House, Merrion-road, 
Dublin. 

{Fryer, Alfred C., Ph.D. 13 Eaton-crescent, Clifton, Bristol. 

*Fuller, Rev. A. 7 Sydenham-hill, Sydenham, S.E. 

§Fulton, Angus R., B.Sc. University College, Dundee. 

*Fyson, Philip Furley, B.A., F.L.S. Elmley Lovett, Droitwich. 


{Gavow, H. F., Ph.D., F.R.S. (Pres. D, 1913). Zoological Labora- 
tory, Cambridge. 

*Gainsford, W. D. Skendleby Hall, Spilsby. 

tGajjar, Professor T. K., M.A., B.Sc. Techno-Chemical Laboratory, 
near Girgaum Tram Terminus, Bombay. 

*Gallaway, Alexander. Dirgarve, Aberfeldy, N.B. 

tGattoway, W. Cardiff. 

*Galloway, W. J. The Cottage, Seymour-grove, Old Trafford, 
Manchester. 

tGalpin, Ernest E. Bank of Africa, Queenstown, Cape of Good Hope. 

{Gamaiz, F. W., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Local Sec., 1913), Professor of 
Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the University of 
Birmingham. Scarsfields House, Alvechurch, Worcestershire. 

*GaMBLE, J. SyKEs, C.I.E., M.A. F.R.S., F.L.S. Highfield, East 
Liss, Hants. : 

© 


36 BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1911. {Garbett, aay Cc. F., M.A. The Vicarage, Fratton-road, Ports- 
mouth. 

1899. *Garcke, E. Ditton House, near Maidenhead. 

1898. {Garde, Rev. C. L. Skenfrith Vicarage, near Monmouth. 

1911. {Gardiner, C. I., M.A., F.G.S. 6 Paragon-parade, Cheltenham. 

1912. §Gardiner, F. A., F.LS. 12 The Ridgeway, Golder’s Green, N.W. 

1905. {Gardiner, J. H. 59 Wroughton-road, Balham, S.W. 

1900. {Garprver, J. Stantey, M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Zoology and 
Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cambridge. 
Zoological Laboratory, Cambridge. 

1887. {Garprver, Watter, M.A., D.Sc. F.R.S. St. Awdreys, Hills- 
road, Cambridge. 

1882, *Gardner, H. Dent, F.R.G.S. Fairmead, 46 The Goffs, East- 
bourne, 

1912. §GarpNer, Wittovensy, F.L.S. Y Berlfa, Deganwy, North 
Wales. 

1912. §Garfitt, G. A. Cartledge Hall, Holmesfield, near Sheffield. 

1915. {Garforth, Sir William, M.Inst.C.E. Snydale Hall, near Ponte- 
fract. 

1913. *GaRNETT, Principal J. C. Maxweut, M.A. (Local Sec. 1915.) 
Westfield, Victoria Park, Manchester. ; 

1905. {Garnett, Mrs. Maxwell, F.Z.S. Westfield, Victoria Park, Man- 
chester. 

1887. *Garnett, Jeremiah. The Grange, Bromley Cross, near Bolton, 
Lancashire. 

1882. {Garnett, William, D.C.L. London County Council, Victoria Em- 
bankment, W.C. 

1883. {Garson, J. G., M.D. (Assist. Grn. Seo. 1902-04.) Moorcote, 
Eversley, Winchfield. 

1903. *Garstang, T. James, M.A. Bedales School, Petersfield, Hampshire. 

1894. *Garstana, Water, M.A., D.So., F.Z.S., Professor of Zoology 
in the University of Leeds. 

1874. *Garstin, John Ribton, M.A., M.R.I.A., F.S.A. Braganstown, 
Castlebellingham, Ireland. 

1889. {Garwoop, E. J., M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1913), Professor of 
Geology in the University of London. University College, 
Gower-street, W.C. 

1905. {Gaskell, Miss C. J. The Uplands, Great Shelford, Cambridge. 

1905. {Gaskell, Miss M. A. The Uplands, Great Shelford, Cambridge. 

1906. {Gaster, Leon. 32 Victoria-street, S.W. 

1913. tGarzs, R. R., Ph.D., F.L.S. 14 Well-walk, Hampstead, N.W. 

1911. ¢{Gates, W. ‘ Hvening News > Office, Portsmouth. 

1916. §Gaunt, J. B. Rutherford College, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

1912. §Gavin, W., M.A. The Farms Offices, Blenheim Park, Woodstock. 

1905. *Gearon, Miss Susan. 26 Oakdale-road, Streatham, 8.W. 

1885. {Geppzs, Professor Parrick, F.R.S.E. Outlook Tower, Edinburgh. 

1887. {Gee, W. W. Haldane. Oak Lea, Whalley-avenue, Sale. 

1867. {GerKre, Sir AncurBaLD, O.M., K.C.B., Li..D., D:ScseHsRis: 
F.R.S.E., F.G.S. (Prestpent, 1892; Pres. C, 1867, 1871, 
1899; Council, 1888-1891.) Shepherd’s Down, Haslemere, 
Surrey. } 

1913. §Geldart, Miss Alice M. 2 Cotman-road, Norwich. 

1898. *Gemaityt, JAmMes F., M.A., M.D. 12 Anne-street, Hillhead, 
Glasgow. 

1882. *Gunusz, R. W., M.A., Professor of Mathematics in University 
College, Aberystwyth. 

1905. {Gentleman, Miss A. A. 9 Abercromby-place, Stirling. 


LIST OF MEMBERS : 1916. 3ST 


Year of 
Election, 


1912. 


1902. 


1899. 


1884. 
1917. 


1909. 


1905, 


1912. 


1916. 


1914. 


1916. 


1915. 
1901. 


1912. 


1916, 
1904. 


1912. 


1896. 
1889, 


1893. 


1898. 


1883. 
1884. 
1916. 


1895. 


1896. 


1911. 


1902. 


1908. 
1913. 


1913. 
1892. 


1907. 
1913. 
1913. 


1893. 


1904. 


1884. 
1886. 


*George, H. Trevelyan, M.A., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P. 33 Ampthill- 
square, N.W. 

*Gepp, Antony, M.A., F.L.S. British Museum (Natural History), 
Cromwell-road, 8.W. 

*Gepp, Mrs. A. British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-road, 
S.W 


#Gerrans, Henry T., M.A. 20 St. John-street, Oxford. 

§Gibbons, A. J. F. Montpellier, Cobo, Catel, Guernrey. 

{Grppons, W. M., M.A. (Local Sec. 1910.) The University, Shef- 
field. 

tGibbs, Miss Lilian S., F.L.S. 22 South-street, Thurloe-square, 
S.W. 


tGibson, A. H., D.Sc., Professor of Engineering in University 
College, Dundee. 

§Gibson, Alfred Herbert. Presville, Kent-road, Harrogate. 

§Gibson, A. J., Ph.D. Central Sugar Mills, Brisbane, Australia. 

*Gibson, Professor C. H., M.A., B.Sc. University Chemical Labora- 
tory, Cambridge. 

§Gibson, Charles R. Lynton, Causewood, Pollokshaws, Glasgow. 

§Gibson, Professor George A., M.A. 10 The University, Glasgow. 

{Gibson, G. E., Ph.D., B.Sc. 16 Woodhall-terrace, Juniper Green. 

§Gibson, John E. 8 The Terrace, Riding Mill. 

*Gibson, Mrs. Margaret D., LL.D. Castle Brae, Chesterton-lane, 
Cambridge. 

*Gibson, Miss Mary H., M.A., Ph.D. Cheshire County Training 
College, Crewe. 

{Grsson, R. J. Harvey, M.A., F.R.S.E., Professor of Botany in the 
University of Liverpool. 

*Gibson, T.G. Lesbury House, Lesbury, R.S.O., Northumberland. 

tGibson, Walcot, F.G.S. 28 Jermyn-street, S.W. 

*Gifford, J. William, F.R.A.S. Oaklands, Chard. 

tGilbert, Lady. Park View, Englefield Green, Surrey. 

*Gilbert, Philip H. 63 Tupper-street, Montreal, Canada. 

§Gilchrist, Douglas A., M.Sc., Professor of Agriculture in Armstrong 
College, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

{Gizonrisr, J. D. F., M.A., Ph.D., B.Sc., F.L.S. Marine Biologist’s 
Office, Department of Agriculture, Cape Town. 

*GitonRist, Prroy C., F.R.S., M.Inst.C.E. Reform Club, Pall 
Mall, S.W. 

{Gill, Rev. H. V.,S.J. Milltown Park, Clonskea, Co. Dublin. 

{Gill, James F. 72 Strand-road, Bootle, Liverpool. 

tGill, T. P. Department of Agriculture and Technical Instruction 
for Ireland, Dublin. 

*Gillett, Joseph A., B.A. Woodgreen, Banbury. 

{Gillmor, R. E. 57 Victoria-street, S.W. 

*Gilmour, Matthew A. B., F.Z.S. Saffronhall House, Windmill- 
road, Hamilton, N.B. 

{Gilmour, S. C. 25 Cumberland-road, Acton, W. 

§Gilson, R. Cary, M.A. King Edward’s School, Birmingham. 

tGimingham, C. T., F.1.C. Research Station, Long Ashton, 
Bristol. 

*Gimingham, Edward. Croyland, Clapton Common, N.E. 

tGrnn, S. R., D.L. (Local Sec. 1904.) Brookfield, Trumpington- 
road, Cambridge. 

{Girdwood, G. P., M.D. 615 University-street, Montreal, Canada. 

*Gisborne, Hartley, M.Can.8.C.E. Yoxall, Rural Route No. l— 
Ladysmith, British Columbia, Canada. 


38 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 

Election. 

1883. *Gladstone, Miss. 19 Chepstow-villas, Bayswater, W. 

1871. *GuaisHeEr, J. W. L., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.R.A.S. (Pres. A, 1890 ; 
Council, 1878-86.) Trinity College, Cambridge. 

1881. *GLazEBROoOK, R. T., C.B., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1893; 
Council, 1890-94, 1905-11), Director of the National Physical 
Laboratory. Bushy House, Teddington, Middlesex. 

1881. *Gleadow, Frederic. 38 Ladbroke-grove, W. 

1915. tGlover, James. Lowton House, Lowton, Lancashire. 

1915. §Godlee, Francis. 8 Minshall-street, Manchester. 

1878. *Godlee, J. Lister. Wakes Colne Place, Essex. 

1880. {Gopman, F. Du Cane, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S. 45 Pont- 
street, S.W. 

1879. {Gopwin-Ausren, Lieut.-Colonel H. H., F.R.S., F.R.G.S., F.Z.S. 
(Pres. E, 1883.) Nore, Godalming. : 

1908. *GoLp, Ernest, M.A. 8 Hurst Close, Bigwood-road, Hampstead 
Garden Suburb, N.W. . 

1914. {Gold, Mrs. 8 Hurst Close, Bigwood-road, Hampstead Garden 
Suburb, N.W. 

1906. {GoLpiz, Right Hon. Sir Gzores D. T., K.C.M.G., D.C.L., F.R.S. 
(Pres. E, 1906 ; Council, 1906-07.) Naval and Military Club, 
94 Piccadilly, W. 

1910. {Golding, John, F.I.C. University College, Reading. 

1913. {Golding, Mrs. University College, Reading. 

1890. *Gonner, i. C. K., M.A. (Pres. F, 1897, 1914), Professor of Econo- 
mic Science in the University of Liverpool. Undercliff, 
West Kirby, Cheshire. 

1909. {Goodair, Thomas. 303 Kennedy-street, Winnipeg, Canada. 

1912. §Goodman, Sydney C. N., B.A. 103 Drakefield-road, Tooting Bec 
Common, §.\W. 

1907. §GoopricH, EK. §., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S. 53 Banbury-road, Oxford. 

1908. {Goodrich, Mrs., D.Sc. 53 Banbury-road, Oxford. 

1884. *Goodridge, Richard E. W. P.O. Box 36, Coleraine, Minnesota, 
U.S.A. 

1904. {Goodwin, Professor L. F., Ph.D. Queen’s University, Kingston, 
Canada. 

1884. {Goodwin, Professor W. L. Queen’s University, Kingston, Ontario, 
Canada. 

1909. {Gordon, Rev. Charles W. 567 Broadway, Winnipeg, Canada. 

1909. tGordon, J. T. 147 Hargrave-street, Winnipeg, Canada. 

1909. {Gordon, Mrs. J. T. 147 Hargrave-street, Winnipeg, Canada, 

1911. *Gordon, J. W. 113 Broadhurst-gardens, Hampstead, N.W. 

1871. *Gordon, Joseph Gordon, F.C.S. Queen Anne’s-mansions, West- 
minster, S.W. 

1893. {Gordon, Mrs. M. M. Ogilvie, D.Sc. 1 Rubislaw-terrace, Aberdeen. 

1910. *Gordon, Vivian. Avonside Engine Works, Fishponds, Bristol. 

1912. §Gordon, W. T. Geological Department, King’s College, Strand, 
W.C. 

1881. tGough, Rev. Thomas, B.Sc. King Edward’s School, Retford. 

1901. {GourLay, Roprert. Glasgow. 

1876. {Gow, Robert. Cairndowan, Dowanhill-gardens, Glasgow. 

1883. {Gow, Mrs. Cairndowan, Dowanhill-gardens, Glasgow. 

1873. tGoyder, Dr. D. Marley House, 88 Great Horton-road, Bradford, 
Yorkshire. 

1908. *GrasHam, G. W., M.A., F.G.S. P.O. Box 178, Khartoum, Sudan. 

1886. {Grabham, Michael C., M.D. Madeira. 

1909. {Gracz, J. H., M.A., F.R.S. Peterhouse, Cambridge. 

1909. {Graham, Herbert W. 329 Kennedy-street, Winnipeg, Canada, 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 39 


Year of 
Election. 


1902. 
1914. 
1875. 


1904, 


1896. 
1914. 


1908. 
1914. 


1890. 


1864. 
1881. 
1903. 
1904. 


1892. 
1887, 


1901. 


1866. 
1910, 
1904. 


1904. 
1914. 
1906. 


1908. 


1916. 
1909. 
1882. 
1905. 
1915. 
1913, 
1898. 


1906. 


1915. 
1915, 
1894, 


1896. 


1904. 
1914. 
1914. 
1916. 


1894, 
1908, 


*Graham, William, M.D. Purdysburn House, Belfast. 

{Graham, Mrs, Purdysburn House, Belfast. 

tGraname, James. (Local Sec. 1876.) Care of Messrs. Grahame, 
Crums, & Connal, 34 West George-street, Glasgow. 

§Gramont, Comte Arnaud de, D.Sc., Memb. de l'Institut de France, 
179 rue de l Université, Paris. 

{Grant, Sir James, K.C.M.G. Ottawa, Canada. 

{Grant, Kerr, M.Sc., Professor of Physics in the University of 
Adelaide, South Australia. 

*Grant, Professor W. L. Queen’s University, Kingston, Ontario. 

tGrasby, W. C. Care of G. J. W. Grasby, Esq., Grenfell-street, 
Adelaide, South Australia. 

tGray, Anprew, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., Professor of 
Natural Philosophy in the University of Glasgow. 

*Gray, Rev. Canon Charles. West Retford Rectory, Retford. 

{Gray, Edwin, LL.B. Minster-yard, York. 

§Gray, Ernest, M.A. 104 Tulse-hill, S.W. 

tGray, Rev. H. B. D.D. (Pres. L, 1909). 91 Warwick-road, 
Ealing, W. 

*Gray, James Hunter, M.A., B.Sc. 3 Crown Office-row, Temple, £.C. 

{Gray, Joseph W., F.G.S. 6 Richmond Park-crescent, Bourne- 
mouth. 

tGray, R. Whytlaw. University College, W.C. 

*Gray, Colonel Witt1am. Farley Hall, near Reading. 

§Greaves, Charles Augustus, M.B., LL.B. 84 Friar-gate, Derby. 

tGreaves, R. H., B.Sc. 12 St. John’s-crescent, Cardiff. 

*Green, Professor A. G., M.So,, F.R.S., Municipal School of 
Technology, Manchester. 

§Green, F. W. 5 Wordsworth-grove, Cambridge. 

tGreen, Heber, D.Sc. The University, Melbourne. 

*Green, J. A., M.A,, Professor of Education in the University of 
Sheffield. 

t{Green, Rev. William Spotswood, C.B., F.R.G.S. 5 Cowper-villas, 
Cowper-road, Dublin. 

§Greener, T. Y. Urpeth Lodge, Beamish, $.0., Co. Durham. 

tGreenfield, Joseph, P.O. Box 2935, Winnipeg, Canada, 

{Greenuitt, Sir A. G., M.A., F.R.S. 1 Staple Inn, W.C. 

tGreenhill, William. 64 George-street, Edinburgh. 

§Greenhow, J. H. 46 Princess-street, Manchester. 

*Greenland, Miss Lucy Maud. St. Hilda’s, Hornsea, Hast Yorkshire. 

*QREENLY, Epwagp, F.G.S. Achnashean, near Bangor, North 
Wales. 

t{Greenwood, Sir Hamar, Bart., M.P. National Liberal Club, 
Whitehall-place, S.W. 

§Greenwood, William. 35 Belgrave-road, Oldham. 

{tGreg, Henry P. Lode Hill, Styal. 

*QGrecory, J. WaLTER, D.Sco., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1907), Pro- 
fessor of Geology in the University of Glasgow. 

*Greaory, Professor R, A., F.R.A.S. (Council, 1916- mena ty: 
Grosvenor-road, Westminster, 8. W. 

*Greaory, R. P., M.A. St. John’s College, Cambridge, 

tGregory, Miss U. J. The University, Glasgow. 

t{Grew, Mrs. 30 Cheyne-row, S.W. 

§Grey, Right Hon. Earl, G.C.B., G.C.V.0. Howick, Lesbury. 

*Griffith, C. L. T., Assoc.M.Inst.C.K. Gayton Corner, Harrow. 

§Griffith, Sir John P., M.Inst.C.E, Rathmines Castle, Rathmines, 
Dublin. 


40) 


Year of 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Election. 


1884. 


1884. 
1903. 
1888. 


1914. 
1911. 
1894. 


1894, 


1896. 
1913. 
1869. 


1913. 
1897. 
1910. 
1913. 
1915. 
1887. 


1905. 
1909. 
1909. 
1894, 
1880. 
1916. 


1902. 
1904. 
1914. 
1906. 


1905. 
1908. 
1916. 
1881. 


1914. 
1911. 
1888, 


1913. 
1915. 
1905. 
1911. 


1906. 
1894. 


{Grirriras, E. H., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1906; Pres. L, 
1913; Council, 1911- ), Principal of University College, 
Cardiff. 

tGriffiths, Mrs. University College, Cardiff. 

tGriffiths, Thomas P., J.P. 101 Manchester-road, Southport. 

*Grimshaw, James Walter, M.Inst.C.E. St. Stephen’s Club, West- 
minster, 8. W. 

tGrinley, Frank. Wandella, Gale-street, Woolwich, N.S.W. 

{Grogan, Ewart S. Camp Hill, near Newcasile, Staffs. 

{Groom, Professor P., M.A., F.L.S. North Park, Gerrard’s Cross, 
Bucks. 

tGroom, T. T., M.A., D.Sc., F.G.S., Professor of Geology in the 
University of Birmingham. 

tGrossmann, Dr. Karl. 70 Rodney-street, Liverpool. 

tGrove, W. B., M.A. 45 Duchess-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

Gruss, Sir Howarp, F.R.S., F.R.A.S. Aberfoyle, Rathgar, 
Dublin. 

§Gruchy, G. F. B. de. Manoir de Noirmont, St. Aubin, Jersey. 

{Grinbaum, A. S., M.A., M.D. School of Medicine, Leeds. 

tGrundy, James. Ruislip, Teignmouth-road, Cricklewood, N.W. 

tGuest, James J. 11 St. Mark’s-road, Leamington. 

§Guilleband, Claude W. St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

tGuittemarp, F. H.H.,M.A.,M.D. The Mill House, Trumpington, 
Cambridge. 

*Gunn, Donald. Royal Societies Club, St. James’s-street, S.W. 

tGunne, J. R., M.D. Kenora, Ontario, Canada. 

tGunne, W. J., M.D. Kenora, Ontario, Canada. 

{Ginther, R. T. Magdalen College, Oxford. 

§Guppy, John J. Ivy-place, High-street, Swansea. 

§Gurney, Miss L. Mary. The Grove, Jesmond, Newcastle-upon- 


Tyne. 
*Gurney, Robert. Ingham Old Hall, Stalham, Norfolk. 
*Gurney, Sir Eustace. Sprowston Hall, Norwich. 
{Guthrie, Mrs. Blanche. 1844 Ladbroke-grove, W. 
*GWYNNE-VAUGHAN, Mrs. HeLen OC. 1., D.Sc., F.L.S. 93 Bedford 
Court-mansions, W.C. 


tHacker, Rev. W. J. Idutywa, Transkei, South Africa. 

*Hackett, Felix E. Royal College of Science, Dublin. 

§Hacking, Thomas. 33 Bowling Green-street, Leicester. : 

*Happon, ALFRED Cort, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. (Pres. H, 1902- 
1905; Council, 1902-08, 1910- .) 3 Cranmer-road, Cam- 
bridge. 

{Haddon, Mrs. 3 Cranmer-road, Cambridge. 

*Haddon, Miss Kathleen. 3 Cranmer-road, Cambridge. 

*Hadfield, Sir Robert, D.Met., D.Sc, F.R.S., M.Inst.c.E. 22 
Carlton House-terrace, S.W. 

tHadley, H. E., B.Sc. School of Science, Kidderminster. 

§Hapow, W. H., Principal of Armstrong College, Newcastle-on -Tyne. 

{Hahn, Professor P. H., M.A., Ph.D.- York House, Gardens, Cape 
Town. 

tHaigh, B. P., B.Sc. James Watt Engineering Laboratory, The 
University, Glasgow. 

tHake, George W. Oxford, Ohio, U.S.A. 

tHatpanz, Jonn Socort, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. (Pres. I, 1908.) 
Cherwell, Oxford. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 4] 


Year of 
Election, 


1911. 
1899. 


1914. 
1909. 


1914. 
1903. 
1879. 
1883. 
1854. 


1884. 
1908. 
1913. 


1891. 
1873. 
1888. 


1905. 
1904. 
1916. 


1886. 
1908. 
1883. 
1915. 
1906. 
1906. 
1909. 


1902. 
1909, 


1899. 
1878. 
1905. 
1912. 
1911. 


1906. 


1904. 
1914. 
1859. 


1909. 
1886. 
1902. 


§Halket, Miss A.C. Waverley House, 135 East India-road, E. 

tHatt, A. D., M.A., F.R.S. (Pres. M, 1914; Council, 1908-15.) 
Development Commission, 64 Dean’s-yard, 8.W. 

tHall, Mrs. A. D. Ewhurst, Mostyn-road, Merton. 

tHall, Archibald A., M.Sc., Ph.D. Armstrong College, Newcastle- 
on-Tyne. 

tHall, Dr. Cuthbert. Glenrowan, Parramatta, Sydney. 

tHax, E. MarsHay, K.C. 75 Cambridge-terrace, W. 

*Hall, Ebenezer. Abbeydale Park, near Sheffield. 

*Hall, Miss Emily. 63 Belmont-street, Southport. 


*Hatt, Huan Ferraz, F.G.S. Cissbury Court, West Worthing, 
Sussex. 

tHall, Thomas Proctor, M.D, 1301 Davie-street, Vancouver, B.C., 
Canada. 

*Hall, Wilfred, Assoc.M.Inst.C.E. 9 Prior’s-terrace, Tynemouth, 
Northumberland. 

{Hall-Edwards, J. The Elms, 112 Gough-road, Edgbaston, Bir- 
mingham. 


*Hallett, George. Oak Cottage, West Malvern. 

*Hatiett, T. G. P., M.A. Claverton Lodge, Bath. 

§Hatuipurton, W. D., M.D., LL.D., F.R.S. (Pres. I, 1202 ; Council, 
1897-1903, 1911- _), Professor of Physiology in King’s College, 
London. Church Cottage, 17 Marylebone-road, N.W. 

tHalliburton, Mrs. Church Cottage, 17 Marylebone-road, N.W. 

*Hallidie, A. H.S. Avondale, Chesterfield-road, Eastbourne. 

§Hallsworth, H. M., M.A., Professor of Economics in the Armstrong 
College, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

tHambleton, G. W. 109 Ramsden-road, 8.W. 

*Hamel, Egbert Alexander de. Middleton Hall, Tamworth. 

*Hamel, Egbert D. de. Middleton Hall, Tamworth. 

tHamer, J. St. James’-buildings, Oxford-street, Manchester. 

tHamill, John Molyneux, M.A., M.B. 14 South-parade, Chiswick, 


tHamilton, Charles I. 88 Twyford-avenue, Aeton. 
tHamilton, F. C. Bank of MHamilton-chambers, Winnipeg, 
Canada. 


tHamitton, Rev. T., D.D. Queen’s College, Belfast. 


tHamilton, T. Glen, M.D. 264 Renton-avenue, Winnipeg, 
Canada. 

*Hanbury, Daniel. Lenqua da Ca, Alassio, Italy. 

tHance, E. M. Care of J. Hope Smith, Esq., 3 Leman-street, E.C. 

*Hancock, Strangman. Kennel Holt, Cranbrook, Kent. 


tHankin, G. T. 150 Whitehall-court, S.W. 

tHann, H. F. 139 Victoria-road North, Southsea. 

§Hanson, David. Salterlee, Halifax, Yorkshire. 

§Hanson, E. K. Woodthorpe, Royston Park-road, Hatch End, 
Middlesex. 

tHappell, Mrs. Care of Miss EK. M. Bundey, Molesworth Street, 
North Adelaide, South Australia. 

*Harcourt, A. G. Vernon, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S., 
V.P.C.S. (Gen. Sro. 1883-97; Pres. B, 1875; Council, 
1881-83.) St. Clare, Ryde, Isle of Wight. 

tHarcourt, George. Department of Agriculture, Edmonton, Alberta, 
Canada. 

*Hardcastle, Colonel Basil W., F.S.S. 
Hampstead, N.W. 

*HARDOASTLE, Miss Frances. 3 Osborne-terrace, Newcastle-on- 


Tyne. 


12 Gainsborough-gardens, 


42 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 

Electio n, 

1903. *Hardcastle, J. Alfred. The Dial House, Crowthorne, Berkshire. 

1892. *HarpEn, Arruur, Ph.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. Lister Institute of 
Preventive Medicine, Chelsea-gardens, Grosvenor-road, 8.W. 

1877. tHarding, Stephen. Bower Ashton, Clifton, Bristol. 

1894. {Hardman, S.C. 120 Lord-street, Southport. 


1913. 
1909. 


1881. 
1890. 


1914, 
1896. 


1875. 


1877. 
1883, 
1899. 
1913. 
1868. 
1881. 


1912. 
1906. 
1913. 
1842, 
1909. 
1903 
1904, 


s 


1904, 
1892. 


1915. 
1892. 
1901. 
1911, 
1885. 


1909. 
1876. 
1903. 
1907. 
1911. 
1893. 


1905. 
1886, 
1887. 


1862. 
1893. 
1911. 
1903. 


tHardy, George Francis. 30 Edwardes-square, Kensington, W. 
Tae B., M.A,, F.R.S. Gonville and Caius College, Cam- 
ridge, 

tHargrove, William Wallace. St. Mary’s, Bootham, York. 

*HARKER, ALFRED, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1911.) St. John’s 
College, Cambridge. 

{fHarker, Dr. George. The University, Sydney, N.S.W. 

{Harker, John Allen, D.Sc., F.R.S. National Physical Laboratory, 
Bushy House, Teddington, S.W. 

*Harland, Rev. Albert Augustus, M.A., F.G.S., F.L.S., F.S.4. The 
Vicarage, Harefield, Middlesex. 

*Harland, Henry Seaton. 8 Arundel-terrace, Brighton. 

*Harley, Miss Clara. Rastrick, Cricketfield-road, Torquay. 

tHarman, Dr. N. Bishop, F.R.C.S. 108 Harley-street, W. 

{Harmar, Mrs, 102 Hagley-road, Birmingham. ~ 

*Harmer, F. W., F.G.S. Oakland House, Cringleford, Norwich. 

*HARMER, SipNEY F., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S. (Pres. D, 1908; Council, 
1916- ), Keeper of the Department of Zoology, British 
Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-road, 8.W. 14 Thornton- 
hill, Wimbledon, S.W. 

*Harper, Alan G., B.A. Magdalen College, Oxford. 

tHarper, J. B. 16 St. George’s-place, York. 

tHarris, F. W. 132 and 134 Hurst-street, Birmingham. 

tHarris, G. W. Millicent, South Australia. 

{Harris, J. W. Civic Offices, Winnipeg. 

{Harris, Robert, M.B. Queen’s-road, Southport. 

*Harrison, Frank I., B.A., B.Sc. Grammar School Cottage, St. 
John’s, Antigua, B.W.I. 

{Harrison, H. Spencer. The Horniman Museum, Forest Hill, S.E. 

Harrison, Joun. (Local Seo. 1892.) Rockville, Napier-road, 
Edinburgh. 

{Harrison, Launcelot. Quick Laboratory, Cambridge. 

{Harrison, Rev. 8. N. Ramsey, Isle of Man. 

*Harrison, W. E. 17 Soho-road, Handsworth, Staffordshire. 

{Harrison-Smith, F., C.B. H.M. Dockyard, Portsmouth. 

tHakrr, ColonelC. J. (Local Sec. 1886.) Highfield Gate, Edgbaston, 
Birmingham. 

tHart, John A. 120 Emily-street, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*Hart, Thomas. Brooklands, Blackburn. 

*Hart, Thomas Clifford. Brooklands, Blackburn. 

§Hart, W. E. Kilderry, near Londonderry. 

tHart-Synnot, Ronald V. O. University College, Reading. 

*HARTLAND, E. Sripnny, F.S8.A. (Pres. H, 1906; Council, 1906-13.) 
Highgarth, Gloucester. 

tHartland, Miss. Highgarth, Gloucester. 

*Harroa, Professor M. M., D.Sc. University College, Cork. 

tHarroa, P. J., B.Sc. University of London, South Kensington, 
S.W. 


*Harwood, John. Woodside Mills, Bolton-le-Moors, 

§Haslam, Lewis. 8 Wilton-crescent, S.W. 

*Hassé, H. R. The University, Manchester. 

*Hastie, Miss J. A. Care of Messrs. Street & Co., 30 Cornhill, E.C. 


— a 


Year of 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 43 


Election. 


1904. 
1875. 
1903. 
1889. 
1903. 
1904. 
1908. 


1904. 
1917. 


1887. 
1864. 


1897. 
1887. 
1913. 
1916. 


1913. 


1885, 
1900. 


1903. 
1913. 
1903. 


1896. 


1883. 


1882. 
1909. 
1908. 


1902. 


1898. 
1909. 
1883. 
1913. 
1892. 


1889. 
1888, 


1888, 
1887. 
1881. 
1901. 
1911. 


tHastines, G. 23 Oak-lane, Bradford, Yorkshire. 

*Hastrinas, G. W. (Pres. F, 1875.) Holly Bank, Bracknell, Berks. 

{tHastings, W.G. W. 2 Halsey-street, Cadogan-gardens, S.W. 

tHaron, F. H., Ph.D., F.G.S. 15 Copse-hill, Wimbledon, S.W. 

tHathaway, Herbert G. 45 High-street, Bridgnorth, Salop. 

*Haughton, W. T. H. The Highlands, Great Barford, St. Neots. 

§Havetock, T. H., M.A., D.Se., F.R.S., Professor of Applied 
Mathematics in Armstrong College, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 
Rockliffe, Gosforth, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

tHavilland, Hugh de. Eton College, Windsor. 

§Hawkes, Mrs. O. A. Merritt, M.Sc, B.Sc. 405 Hagley-road, 
Birmingham. 

*Hawkins, William. Earlston House, Broughton Park, Manchester. 

*HAWKSHAW, JOHN CLARKE, M.A., M.Inst.C.E., F.G.S. (Council, 
1881-87.) 22 Down-street, W. 

§Hawkstny, CHarzes, M.Inst.C.E., F.G.S. (Pres. G, 1903 ; Council, 
1902-09.) Caxton House (West Block), Westminster, S.W. 

*Haworth, Jesse. Woodside, Bowdon, Cheshire. 

tHaworth, John F. Withens, Barker-road, Sutton Coldfield. 

§Haworth, John. The Employers’ Parliamentary Asscciation, 15 
Cross-street, Manchester. 

tHaworth, Mrs. Withens, Barker-road, Sutton Coldfield. 

*HayorArt, JOHN Berry, M.D., B.Sc., F.R.S.E., Professor of 
Physiology in University College, Cardiff. 

aay, H. H., B.A., F.R.S.; F.G.S. Geological Survey, Calcutta, 

ndia. 

*Haydock, Arthur. 10 Lord Derby-street, Blackburn. 

§Hayward, Miss. 7 Abbotsford-road, Galashiels, N.B. 

tHayward, Joseph William, M.Sc. Keldon, St, Marychurch, 
Torquay. 

*Haywood, Colonel A. G. 8 Carson-road, West Dulwich, S.E. 

f{Heape, Joseph R. Glebe House, Rochdale. 

*Heape, Walter, M.A., F.R.S. 10 King’s Bench-walk, Temple, H.C. 

tHeard, Mrs. Sophie, M.B., Ch.B. Carisbrooke, Fareham, Hants. 

§Heath, J. St. George, B.A. The Warden’s Lodge, Toynbee Hall, 
Commercial-street, E. 

tHeath, J. W. Royal Institution, Albemarle-street, W. 

tHearu, R. S., M.A., D.Sc., Vice-Principal and Professor of Mathe- 
matics in the University of Birmingham. 

tHeathcote, F.C. C. Broadway, Winnipeg, Canada. 

tHeaton, Charles. Marlborough House, Hesketh Park, Southport. 

§Hraton, Howarp, (Local Sec., 1913.) Wayside, Lode-lane, 
Solihull, Birmingham. 

*Heaton, Witutam H., M.A. (Local Sec., 1893), Principal of and 
Professor of Physics in University College, Nottingham. 

*Heaviside, Arthur West, I.S.O. 12 Tring-avenue, Ealing, W. 

*Heawoop, Epwarp, M.A. Briarfield, Church-hill, Merstham, 
Surrey. 

*Heawood, Percy J., Professor of Mathematics in Durham Univer- 
sity. High Close, Hollinside-lane, Durham. 

*Hupaus, Kiniineworru, M.Inst.C.E. 10 Cranley-place, South 
Kensington, 8.W. 

*Huin-Suaw, H. S., D.Se., LL.D., F.R.S., M.Inst.C.E. (Pres. G, 
1915.) 64 Victoria-street, S.W. 

*HELLER, W. M., B.Sc. Education Office, Marlborough-street, 
Dublin. 

tHellyer, Francis EK. Farlington House, Havant, Hants. 


44 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1887. 


1908. 
1899. 
1905. 
1905. 
1891. 


1905. 
1907. 
1906. 


1909. 
1916. 


1880. 
1911. 


1904. 


1910. 
1910. 


1873. 
1910. 
1906. 
1909. 
1916. 
1892. 
1904. 
1909. 
1914. 
1902. 


1887. 


1893. 
1909. 
1875. 


1915. 
1912. 


1912. 
1908. 
1874. 


1900. 


1913. 


tHembry, Frederick William, F.R.M.S. City-chambers, 2 St. 
Nicholas-street, Bristol. 

tHemmy, Professor A. 8. Government College, Lahore. 

tHemsalech, G. A., D.Sc. The Owens College, Manchester. 

*Henderson, Andrew. 17 Belhaven-terrace, Glasgow. 

*Henderson, Miss Catharine. 17 Belhaven-terrace, Glasgow. 

*HENDERSON, G. G., M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., F.1.C. (Pres. B, 
1916), Professor of Chemistry in the Royal Technical College, 
Glasgow. 

§Henderson, Mrs. 7 Marlborough-drive, Kelvinside, Glasgow. 

{Henderson, H. F. Felday, Morland-avenue, Leicester. 

tHenderson, J. B., D.Sc., Professor of Applied Mechanics in the 
Royal Naval College, Greenwich, S.E. 

}Henderson, Veylien E. Medical Building, The University, Toronto, 
Canada. 

§Henderson, W. F. Moorfield, Claremont, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

*Henderson, Admiral W. H., R.N. 3 Onslow Houses, S.W. 

{Henderson, William Dawson. The University, Bristol. 

*Hendrick, James, B.Sc., F.I.C., Professor of Agriculture in Marischal 
College, Aberdeen. 

tHeney, T. W. Sydney, New South Wales. 

*HENRICI, Major E. O., R.E., A.Inst.C.E. Ordnance Survey Office, 
Southampton. 

*Henrici, Otaus M. F. E., Ph.D., F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1883 ; Council, 
1883-89.) Hiltingbury Lodge, Chandler’s Ford, Hants. 

tHenry, Hubert, M.D. 304 Glossop-road, Sheffield. 

{Henry, Dr. T. A. Imperial Institute, S.W. 

*Henshall, Robert. Sunnyside, Latchford, Warrington. 

§Henson, Very Rev. Dean H. H., D.D. The Deanery, Durham. 

{Hzpsurn, Davin, M.D., F.R.S.E., Professor of Anatomy in Univer- 
sity College, Cardiff. 

{Hepworth, Commander M. W. C., C.B., R.N.R. Meteorological 
Office, South Kensington, S.W. 

{Herbinson, William. 376 Ellice-avenue, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*Herdman, Miss C. Croxteth Lodge, Sefton Park, Liverpool. 

f{Herdman, G. W., B.Sc., Assoc.M.Inst.C.E. Irrigation and Water 
Supply Department, Pretoria. 

*HerpMan, Witi1AM A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.L.S. 
(GENERAL SECRETARY, 1903- ; Pres. D, 1895; Council, 
1894-1900 ; Local Sec. 1896), Professor of Natural History in 
the University of Liverpool. Croxteth Lodge, Sefton Park, 
Liverpool. 

*Herdman, Mrs. Croxteth Lodge, Sefton Park, Liverpool. 

{Herdt, Professor L. A. McGill University, Montreal, Canada. 

{HeEReEForD, The Right Rev. Jonn Prrctvat, D.D., LL.D., Lord 
Bishop of. (Pres. L, 1904.) The Palace, Hereford. 

§Herford, Miss Caroline. 8 Oak-drive, Fallowfield, Manchester. 

tHeron, David, D.Sc. Galton Eugenics Laboratory, University 
College, W.C. 

*HERON-ALLEN, Epwarp, F.L.S., F.G.S. 33 Hamilton-terrace, 
N.W.; and Large Acres, Selsey Bill, Sussex. 

*Herring, Percy T., M.D., Professor of Physiology in the Uni- 
versity, St. Andrews, N.B. 

§HerscHEL, Colonel Jonn, R.E., F.R.S., F.R.A.S. Observatory 
House, Slough, Bucks. ’ 

*Herschel, Rev. J. C. W. Braywood Vicarage, Winkfield, Windsor. 

{Hersey, Mayo Dyer, A.M. Bureau of Standards, Washington, U.S.A. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 45 


Year of 
Election. 


1905. tHervey, Miss Mary F.S. 22 Morpeth-mansions, S.W. 

1903, *HEskeru, Cuartes H. FLEErwoop, M.A. Stocken Hall, Stretton, 
Oakham. 

1895. §Hesketh, James. 5 Scarisbrick Avenue, Southport. 

1913. §Hett, Miss Mary L. 53 Fordwych-road, West Hampstead, N.W. 

1894. t{Hewerson, G. H. (Local Sec. 1896.) 39 Henley-road, Ipswich. 

1915. {Hewison, William. Winfield, St. George’s-crescent, Pendleton. 

1908. tHewitt, Dr. C. Gordon. Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa. 

1896. {Hewitt, David Basil, M.D. Oakleigh, Northwich, Cheshire. 

1903. tHewitt, E.G. W. 87 Princess-road, Moss Side, Manchester. 

1903. {Hewitt, John Theodore, M.A., D.Sc., Ph.D., F.R.S. Clifford 
House, Staines-road, Bedfont, Middlesex. 

1909. {Hewitt, W., B.Sc. 16 Clarence-road, Birkenhead. 

1882. *HErycook, Caartes T., M.A., F.R.S. 3 St. Peter’s-terrace, Cam- 
bridge. 

1883. {Heyes, Rev. John Frederick, M.A., F.R.G.S. St. Barnabas 
Vicarage, Bolton. 

1866. *Heymann, Albert. West Bridgford, Nottinghamshire. 

1912. §Heywood, H. B., D.Sc. 40 Manor-way, Ruislip. 

1912. {Hickling, George, D.Sc., F.G.S. The University, Manchester. 

1877. §Hicxs, W. M., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1895), Professor of 
Physics in the University of Sheffield. Leamhurst, Ivy 
Park-road, Sheffield. 

1886. {Hicks, Mrs. W. M. Leamhurst, Ivy Park-road, Sheffield. 

1887. *Hickson, Sypnry J., M.A., D.Se., F.R.S. (Pres. D, 1903; Local 
Secretary, 1915), Professor of Zoology in Victoria University, 
Manchester. 

1864, *Hrern, W. P., M.A., F.R.S. The Castle, Barnstaple. 

1914. {Higgins, J. M. Riversdale-road, Camberwell, Victoria. 

1914. {Higgins, Mrs. J. M. Riversdale-road, Camberwell, Victoria. 

1891. {Hiaas, Henry, C.B., LL.B., F.S.S. (Pres. F, 1899; Council, 
1904-06.) H.M. Treasury, Whitehall, S.W. 

1909. {Higman, Ormond. Electrical Standards Laboratory, Ottawa. 

1913. *Higson, G. I, M.Sc. 11 Westbourne-road, Birkdale, Lancashire. 

1907. {Hitey, E. V. (Local Sec. 1907.) Town Hall, Birmingham. 

1911. *Hiley, Wilfrid E. Danesfield, Boar’s Hill, Oxford. 

1885. *Hm1, ALexanpEeR, M.A., M.D. Hartley University College, 
Southampton. 

1903. *Hiii, Artaur W., M.A., F.L.S. Royal Gardens, Kew. 

1906. {Hill, Charles A., M.A., M.B. 13 Rodney-street, Liverpool. 

1881. *Hitt, Rev. Canon Epwin, M.A. The Rectory, Cockfield, Bury St. 
Edmunds. 

1908. *Hixt, Jamus P., D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Zoology in University 
College, Gower-street, W.C. 

1911. t{Him1, Lronarp, M.B., F.R.S. (Pres. I, 1912.) Osborne House, 
Loughton, Essex. 

1912. Hill, M. D. Angelo’s, Eton College, Windsor. 

1886. tHit, M. J. M., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Pure Mathematics 
in University College, W.C. 

1898. *Hill, Thomas Sidney. Langford House, Langford, near Bristol. 

1907. *Hixts, Colonel E. H., C.M.G., R.E., F.R.S., F.R.G.S. (Pres. E, 
1908.) 1 Campden-hill, W. 

1911. *Hills, William Frederick Waller. 32 Prince’s-gardens, S.W. 

1903. *Hilton, Harold, D.Sc. 108Alexandra-road, South Hampstead, N.W. 

1903. *Hrxp, WuEetton, M.D., F.G.S. Roxeth House, Stoke-on-Trent. 

1870. {Hinpz, G. J., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.G.S.  Ivythorn, Avondale-road, 
South Croydon, Surrey. 


46 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 

Election. 

1910. {Hindle, eit B.A., Ph.D., F.L.S. Quick Laboratories, Cam- 
bridge. 

1883. *Hindle, James Henry. 8 Cobham-street, Accrington. 

1915. *Hindley, R. T. The Green-way, Macclesfield. 

1898. tHinds, Henry. 57 Queen-street, Ramsgate. 

1911. {Hinks, Arthur R., M.A., F.R.S., Sec. R.G.S. Royal Geographical 
Society, Kensington Gore, 8.W. ; and 17 St. Petersburgh-place, 
W. 

1903. *Hinmers, Edward. Glentwood, South Downs-drive, Hale, Cheshire. 

1915. §Hitchcock, E. F. Toynbee Hall, Commercial-street, E. 

1914. tHoadley, C. A., M.Sc. Weenabah, Ballarat, Victoria. 

1915. {Hoatson, John. 117 City-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

1899. tHobday, Henry. Hazelwood, Crabble Hill, Dover. 

1914. pests A. Kyme. Overseas Club, 266 F'linders-street, Mel- 

ourne. 

1887. *Hosson, BERNARD, M.Sc., F.G.S. Thornton, Hallamgate-road, 
Sheffield. 

1904. {Hoxsson, Ernest Wi114M, Sc.D., F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1910), Sadleirian 
Professor of Pure Mathematics in the University of Cambridge, 
The Gables, Mount Pleasant, Cambridge. 

1907. tHobson, Mrs. Mary. 6 Hopefield-avenue, Belfast. 

1913. t{Hodges, Ven. Archdeacon George, M.A. Ely. 

1916. *Hodgkin, T. E., M.A. Old Ridley, Stocksfield, Northumberland. 

1887. *Hodgkinson, Alexander M.B., B.Sc. Bradshaigh, Lower Bourne, 
near Farnham, Surrey. 

1880. {Hodgkinson, W. R. Eaton, Ph.D., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., Professor of 
Chemistry and Physics in the Royal Artillery College, Wool- 
wich. 18 Glenluce-road, Blackheath, S.E. 

1912. tHodgson, Benjamin. The University, Bristol. 

1905. tHodgson, Ven. Archdeacon R. The Rectory, Wolverhampton. 

1909. t{Hodgson, R. T., M.A. Collegiate Institute, Brandon, Manitoba, 


1898. 
1904. 
1907. 
1915. 
1904. 


1914. 


1908. 
1911. 
1907. 


1883. 
1887. 
1913. 
1900. 


1887. 
1904. 
1903. 
1896. 
1898. 


1889. 
1906. 


Canada. 

tHodgson, T. V. Municipal Museum and Art Gallery, Plymouth. 

*Hodson, F., Ph.D. Bablake School, Coventry. 

tHodson, Mrs. Bablake School, Coventry. 

{Hoffert, H. H., D.Sc. The Gables, Marple, Stockport. 

tHoa@arrs, D. G.,M.A. (Pres. H, 1907 ; Council, 1907-10.) 20 St. 
Giles’s, Oxford. 

tHogben, George, M.A., F.G.8. 9 Tinakori-road, Wellington, 
New Zealand. 

{Hogg, Right Hon. Jonathan. Stratford, Rathgar, Co. Dublin. 

tHolbrook, Colonel A. R. Warleigh, Grove-road South, Southsea. 

tHolden, Colonel Sir H. C.L.,K.C.B., R.A., F.R.S. Gifford House, 
Blackheath, S.E. 

tHolden, John J. 73 Aibert-road, Southport. 

*Holder, Henry William, M.A. Beechmount, Arnside. 

§Holder, Sir John C., Bart. Pitmaston, Moor Green, Birmingham. 

tHoxpicn, Colonel Sir THomas H., K.C.M.G., K.C.1.E., C.B. (Pres. 
E, 1902.) 41 Courtfield-road, 8.W. 

*Holdsworth, C. J., J.P. Fernhill, Alderley Edge, Cheshire. 

§Holland, Charles E. 9 Downing-place, Cambridge. 

tHolland, J. L., B.A. 3 Primrose-hill, Northampton. 

tHolland, Mrs. Lowfields House, Hooton, Cheshire. 

t{Hotianp, Sir Tuomas H., K.C.LE., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1914), 
Professor of Geology in the Victoria University, Manchester. 

tHollander, Bernard, M.D. 354 Welbeck-street, W. 

*Hollingworth, Miss. Leithen, Newnham-road, Bedford. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 47 


Year of 
Election. 


1916. 


1883. 
1866. 
1882. 
1912. 
1903. 
1915. 


1875. 
1904. 


1908, 
1865. 
1877. 


1904. 
1905. 
1913. 
1901. 


1884. 
1882. 
1871. 


1905. 
1898. 
1910. 
1885. 


1903. 
1902. 
1905. 


1887. 
1908. 
1884. 
1906. 
1859. 
1896. 


1905. 
1886. 
1914. 
1908. 
1893. 
1904. 


1887. 
1901. 
1903. 


*Holmes, Arthur, B.Sc., F.G.S8. | Elmhurst, Langley-road, Merton 
Park, Surrey. 

*Holmes, Mrs. Basil. 23 Corfton-road, Ealing, W. 

*Holmes, Charles. 47 Wellington-road, Bush Hill Park. 

*Hotmzs, THomas VINcENT, F.G.S. 28 Croom’s-hill, Greenwich, S.E. 

tHolmes-Smith, Edward, B.Sc. Royal Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh. 

*Hort, ALFRED, M.A., D.Sc. Dowsefield, Allerton, Liverpool. 

§Hoxt, Alderman Sir E., Bart., J.P. | Woodthorpe, Bury Old-road, 
Heaton Park, Manchester. 

*Hood, John. Chesterton, Cirencester. 

$Hooke, Rev. D. Burford, D.D. 20 Cavendish-road, Henleaze, 
Bristol. 

*Hooper, Frank Henry. Deepdene, Streatham Common, S.W, 

*Hooper, John P. Deepdene, Streatham Common, S.W. 

*Hooper, Rev. Samuel F., M.A. Lydlinch Rectory, Sturminster 
Newton, Dorset. 

el he am A., M.R.C.S. 37 Park-street, Grosvenor-square, 


senate sakes Hadley. Junior Constitutional Club, 101 Picca- 

y>_W. 

{Horxms, F. GowLanD, M.A., D.Sc., M.B., F.R.S. (Pres. I, 1913). 
Trinity College, and Saxmeadham, Grange-road, Cambridge. 

*HopkKmNson, BERTRAM, M.A., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., Professor of 
Mechanism and Applied Mechanics in the University of 
Cambridge. 10 Adams-road, Cambridge. 

*Hopxinson, Cuartzs. (Local Seo. 1887.) The Limes, Didsbury, 
near Manchester. 

*Hopkinson, Edward, M.A., D.Sc. Ferns, Alderley Edge, 
Cheshire. 

*Hopxinson, Joun, Assoc.Inst.C.E., F.L.S., F.G.8., F.R.Met.Soc. 
Weetwood, Watford. 

tHopkinson, Mrs. John. Ellerslie, Adams-road, Cambridge. 

*Hornby, R., M.A. Haileybury College, Hertford. 

tHorne, Arthur 8. Kerlegh, Cobham, Surrey. 

tHorne, Joun, LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.8.E., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1901.) 
20 Merchiston-gardens, Edinburgh. 

tHorne, William, F.G.S. Leyburn, Yorkshire. 

tHorner, John. Chelsea, Antrim-road, Belfast. 

*Horsburgh, E. M., M.A., B.Sc., Lecturer in Technical Mathematics 
in the University of Edinburgh. 

tHorsfall, T. C. Swanscoe Park, near Macclesfield. 

tHorton, F. St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

*Hotblack, G.S. Brundall, Norwich. 

*Hough, Miss Ethel M. Codsall Wood, near Wolverhampton. 

tHough, Joseph, M.A., F.R.A.S. Codsall Wood, Wolverhampton. 

*Hough, S. S., M.A., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., His Majesty’s Astronomer at 
the Cape of Good Hope. Royal Observatory, Cape Town. 

§Hcughting, A.G. L. Glenelg, Musgrave-road, Durban, Natal. 

tHoughton, F. T. 8., M.A., F.G.S. 188 Hagley-road, Birmingham. 

{Houghton, T. H., M.Inst.C.&. 63 Pitt-street, Sydney, N.S.W. 

t{Houston, David, F.LS. Royal College of Science, Dublin. 

tHoward, F. T., M.A., F.G.S. West Mount, Waverton, near Chester. 

*Howard, Mrs. G. L. C. Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa, 
Bengal, India. 

*Howard, S.S. 656 Albemarle-road, Beckenham, Kent. 

§Howarth, E., F.R.A.S. Public Museum, Weston Park, Sheffield. 

*lowarth, James H., F.G.S. Holly Bank, Halifax. 


48 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1907, {Howartn, O. J. R., M.A. (Assistant SzoreTary.) 24 Lans- 


1914. 
1911. 


1905. 
1863. 


1887. 


1903. 
1913. 
1898. 
1913. 


1871. 


1914. 
1868. 


1867. 


1903. 
1905. 
1911. 
1914, 


1904. 


1907. 
1891. 
1914. 
1881. 
1889. 
1916. 
1916. 
1909. 
1901. 
1903. 
1861. 
1913. 


1914. 
1894, 


1912. 
1903. 
1864, 
1887. 
1901. 
1871. 


1900. 


downe-crescent, W. 

{tHowchin, Professor Walter. University of Adelaide, South 
Australia. 

*Howe8, Professor G. W. O., D.Sc. 22 Dorset-road, Merton Park, 
Surrey. 

tHowick, Dr. W. P.O. Box 503, Johannesburg. 

t{Howorts, Sir H. H., K.C.LE., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.S.A. 45 Lexham- 
gardens, W. ; 

§Hoyvtzn, Wittiam E., M.A., D.So. (Pres. D, 1907.) National 
Museum of Wales, City Hall, Cardiff, 

tHiibner, Julius. Ash Villa, Cheadle Hulme, Cheshire. 

tHuddart, Mrs. J. A. 2 Chatsworth-gardens, Eastbourne. 

tHudson, Mrs. Sunny Bank, Egerton, Huddersfield. 

{Hughes Alfred, M.A., Professor of Education in the University of 
Birmingham. 29 George-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

*Hughes, George Pringle, J.P., F.R.G.S. Middieton Hall, Wooler, 
Northumberland. 

tHughes, Herbert W. Adelaide Club, Adelaide, South Australia. 

tHuaeuss, T. M‘K., M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Council, 1879-86), Wood- 
wardian Professor of Geology in the University of Cambridge. 
Ravensworth, Brooklands-avenue, Cambridge. 

tHuxiyt, Epwarp, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1874.) 
14 Stanley-gardens, Notting Hill, W. 

tHulton, Campbell G. Palace Hotel, Southport. 

§Hume, D.G. W. 55 Gladstone-street, Dundee, Natal. 

*Hume, Dr. W. F. Helwan, Egypt. 

tHumphrey, G. D. Care of Messrs. Lane & Peters, Burrinjuck, 
New South Wales. 

*Humphreys, Alexander C., Sc.D., LL.D., President of the Stevens 
Institute of Technology, Hoboken, New Jersey, U.S.A. 

§Humphries, Albert E. Coxe’s Lock Mills, Weybridge. 

*Hunt, Cecil Arthur. Southwood, Torquay. 

tHunt, H. A. Weather Bureau, Melbourne. 

tHunter, F. W. 16 Old Elvet, Durham. 

t{Hunter, Mrs. F. W. 16 Old Elvet, Durham. 

§Hunter, G. B. The Willows, Jesmond, Newcastle-on-Tyne, 

§Hunter, Summers. 1 Manor-terrace, Tynemouth. 

{Hunter, W. J. H. 31 Lynedoch-street, Glasgow. 

*Hunter, William. Evirallan, Stirling. 

tHurst, Charles C., F.L.S. Burbage, Hinckley. 

*Hurst, William John. Drumaness, Ballynahinch, Co. Down, Ireland. 

§Hutchins, Miss B. L. The Glade, Branch Hill, Hampstead Heath, 
N.W. 

§Hutchins, D. E. Medo House, Cobham, Kent. 

*Hurcuinson, A., M.A., Ph.D. (Local Sec. 1904.) Pembroke 
College, Cambridge. 

§Hutchinson, Dr. H. B. Rothamsted Experimental Station, 

Harpenden, Herts. 

§Hutchinson, Rev. H. N., M.A. 17 St. John’s Wood Park, Finchley- 
road, N.W. ‘ - 

*Hutton, Darnton. 14 Cumberland-terrace, Regent’s Park, N.W. 

*Hutton, J. Arthur. The Woodlands, Alderley Edge, Cheshire. 

*Hutton, R.S., D.Sc. West-street, Sheffield. 

*Hyett, Francis A. Painswick House, Painswick, Stroud, Glouces- 
tershire. 

*Hyndman, H. H. Francis. 3 New-court, Lincoln’s Inn, W.C. 


ieee 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 49 


Year of 
Election. 


1908. 
1883. 
1884. 
1906. 
1913. 


1915. 
1885. 


1907. 
1901. 
1905. 
1901. 
1913. 


1912. 
1882. 
1908. 


1915. 
1914. 
1909. 
1883. 


1903. 
1915. 


1874. 


1883. 
1883. 
1899. 
1913. 
1906. 


1898. 
1887. 


1905. 
1874. 


1906. 
1891. 
1916. 


1904. 
1896. 


1889. 
1910. 


1896. 
1913. 


tIdle, George. 43 Dawson-street, Dublin. 

fIdris, T. H. W. 110 Pratt-street, Camden Town, N.W. 

*Tles, George. 5 Brunswick-street, Montreal, Canada. 

tIliffe, J. W. Oak Tower, Upperthorpe, Sheffield. 

§Illing, Vincent Charles, B.A., F.G.S. The Chestnuts, Hartshill, 
Atherstone, Warwickshire. 

§Imms, A. D. West Wood, The Beeches, West Didsbury. 

§m THuRN, Sir Everarp F., C.B., K.C.M.G. (Pres. H, 1914; 
Council, 1913- .) 39 Lexham-gardens, W. 

§Ingham, Charles B. Moira House, Eastbourne. 

fIneuis, Jonn, LL.D. 4 Prince’s-terrace, Dowanhill, Glasgow. 

{Innes, R. T. A., F.R.A.S. Union Observatory, Johannesburg. 

*Ionides, Stephen A. 802 Equitable-building, Denver, Colorado. 

ftIrvine, James, F.R.G.S. Richmond-buildings, Chapel-street, Liver- 

ool. 

tleving, J. C., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry in the University 
of St. Andrews. 

§Invina, Rev. A., B.A., D.Sc. Hockerill Vicarage, Bishop’s Stort- 
ford, Herts. 

tIrwin, Alderman John. 33 Rutland-square, Dublin, 


tJack, A. J. 30 Amhurst-road, Withington, Manchester. 

tJack, A. K., B.Sc. Agricultural College, Dookie, Victoria. 

tJacks, Professor L. P. 28 Holywell, Oxford. 

*Jackson, Professor A. H., B.Sc. 349 Collins-street, Melbourne, 
Australia. : 

tJackson, C.S. Royal Military Academy, Woolwich, S.E. 


tJackson, E. J. W.; B.A. The University, Edmund-street, Bir- 
mingham. 

*Jackson, Frederick Arthur. Belmont, Somenos, Vancouver Island, 
B.C., Canada. 


*Jackson, F, J. 35 Leyland-road, Southport. 

tJackson, Mrs. F. J. 35 Leyland-road, Southport. 

tJackson, Geoffrey A. 31 Harrington-gardens, Kensington, S.W. 

*Jackson, H. Gordon, M.Sc. Mason College, Birmingham. 

*Jackson, James Thomas, M.A. Engineering School, Trinity 
College, Dublin. 

* Jackson, Sir John, K.C.V.O. 51 Victoria-street, S.W. 

§Jacobson, Nathaniel, J.P. Olive Mount, Cheetham Hill-road, 
Manchester. 

*Jaffé, Arthur, M.A. New-court, Temple, E.C. 

*Jaffé, John. Villa Jaffé, 38 Promenade des Anglais, Nice, 
France. 

tJalland, W. H. Museum-street, York. 

*James, Charles Russell. Albemarle Club, 37 Dover-street, W. 

§James, Rev. E. O., B.Litt., F.C.S. Alvescot Rectory, Clanfield, 
Oxon. 

tJames, Thomas Campbell. University College, Aberystwyth. 

*Jameson, H. Lyster, M.A., Ph.D. Board of Agriculture, 43 
Parliament-street, S.W. 

*Japp, F. R., M.A., Ph.D., LL.D., F.R.S. (Pres. B, 1898.) 
36 Twyford-avenue, West Acton, W. 

*Japp, Henry, M.Inst.C.&. 59 Beaver Hall-hill, Montreal, Canada. 

*Jarmay, Gustav. Hartford Lodge, Hartford, Cheshire. 

tJarrard, W. J. The University, Sheffield. 


1916. 5 


50 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1903. 


1904. 
1916. 
1912. 


1908. 
1909, 


1903. 
1904. 
1893. 
1889. 
1900. 
1907. 
1905. 


1914. 
1909. 


1909. 
1890. 


1902. 
1898. 
1899. 
1883. 
1913. 
1909. 
1913, 
1908. 
1884. 
1909. 
1888. 
1887. 
1913. 


1904. 
1890. 


1896. 
1903. 
1907. 
1887. 
1891. 


1883. 


{JarRart, J. Ernest. (Local Sec. 1903.) 22 Hesketh-road, South- 
port. 

*Jeans, J. H., M.A., F.R.S. 8 Ormonde-gate, Chelsea, S.W. 

*Jefireys, Harold. St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

§Jehu, T. J., M.A., M.D., Professor of Geology in the University of 
Edinburgh. 

*Jenkin, Arthur Pearse, F.R.Met.Soc. Trewirgie, Redruth. 

*Jenkins, Miss Emily Vaughan. 31 Antrim-mansions, South 
Hampstead, N.W. 

tJenkinson, J. W. The Museum, Oxford. 

tJenkinson, W. W. 6 Moorgate-street, H.C. 

tJennings, G. EK. Ashleigh, Ashleigh-road, Leicester. 

{Jevons, F. B., M.A. Hatfield Hall, Durham. : 

*Jevons, H. Stanley, M.A., B.Sc. 3 Pembroke-terrace, Cardiff. 

*Jevons, Miss H. W. 17 Tredegar-square, Bow, H. 

§Jeyes, Miss Gertrude, B.A. Berrymead, 6 Lichfield-road, Kew 
Gardens. 

tJobbins, G. G. Geelong Club, Geelong, Victoria. 

*Johns, Cosmo, F,G.S., M.I.M.E. Burngrove, Pitsmoor-road, 
Sheffield. 

tJohnson, C. Kelsall, F.R.G.S. The Glen, Sidmouth, Devon. 

*JoHnson, Tuomas, D.Sc., F.L.S., Professor of Botany in the Royal 
College of Science, Dublin. 

*Johnson, Rev. W., B.A., B.Sc. Wath Rectory, Melmerby 8.0O., 
Yorkshire. 

*Johnson, W. Claude, M.Inst.C.E, Broadstone, Coleman’s Hatch, 
Sussex. 

tJonnston, Colonel Sir Duncan A., K.C.M.G., C.B.. B.E., F.R.G.S. 
(Pres. Hi, 1909.) 8 Lansdowne-crescent, Edinburgh. 

tJonnston, Sir H. H., G.C.M.G., K.C.B., F.R.G.S. St. John’s 
Priory, Poling, near Arundel. 

{tJohnston, James. Oak Bank-avenue, Manchester. 

*Johnston, J. Weir, M.A. 129 Anglesea-road, Dublin. 

{Johnston, Dr. 8. J. Department of Biology, The University, 
Sydney, N.S.W. 

{Johnston, Swift Paine. 1 Hume-street, Dublin. 

*Johnston, W. H. County Offices, Preston, Lancashire. 
§Jou~iy, Professor W. A., M.B., D.Sc. South African College, Cape 
Town. F 
Jory, Joun, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1908), Professor 
of Geology and Mineralogy in the University of Dublin. 
Geological Department, Trinity College, Dublin. 

tJones, D. E., B.Sc. Eryl Dag, Radyr, Cardiff. 

*Jones, Daniel, M.A,, Lecturer on Phonetics at University College, 
London, W.C. 

{Jones, Miss E. E. Constance. Girton College, Cambridge. 

tJonns, Rev, Epwarp, F.G.S8. Primrose Cottage, Embsay, 
Skipton. 

tJones, E. Taylor, D.Sc. University College, Bangor. 

tJones, Evan. Ty-Mawr, Aberdare. 

*Jones, Mrs. Evan. 39 Hyde Park-gate, 8.W. 

tJones, Francis, F.R.8.E., F.C.S. 17 Whalley-road, Whalley 
Range, Manchester. 

*Jones, Rev. G. Hartwewtt, D.D. Nutfield Rectory, Redhill, 
Surrey. 

*Jones, George Oliver, M.A. Inchyra House, 21 Cambridge-road, 
Waterloo, Liverpool. 


LIST OF MEMBERS : 1916. 51 


Year of 

Election. 

1912. {Jones, J. H. The University, Glasgow. 

1913. tJones, O. T., M.A., D.Sc., F.G.S., Professor of Geology in the 
University College of Wales. Fenton, Caradoc-road, 
Aberystwyth. 

1905. tJones, Miss Parnell. The Rectory, Llanddewi Skyrrid, Aberga- 
venny, Monmouthshire. 

1901. tJones, R. E., J.P. Oakley Grange, Shrewsbury. 

1902. {Jones, R. M., M.A. Royal Academical Institution, Belfast. 

1908. {Jones, R. Pugh, M.A. County School, Holyhead, Anglesey. 


1912. 
1875. 
1913. 
1883. 
1886. 
1905. 
1894. 
1914. 


1905. 


1888. 


1913. 
1915. 
1913. 
1904. 
1892. 


1913. 
1908. 
1913. 
1911. 
1884. 
1908. 
1908. 
1911. 
1902. 
1885. 
1887. 


1898. 
1891. 


1875. 


1906. 
1908. 


§Jones, W. Neilson, M.A. Bedford College, Regent’s Park, N.W. 

*Jose, J. H. LEthersall, Tarbock-road, Huyton, Lancashire. 

{Jourdain, Miss Eleanor F. St. Hugh’s College, Oxford. 

tJoyce, Rev. A. G., B.A. St. John’s Croft, Winchester. 

tJoyce, Hon. Mrs. St. John’s Croft, Winchester. 

{Judd, Miss Hilda M., B.Sc. Berrymead, 6 Lichfield-road, Kew. 

§Julian, Mrs. Forbes. Redholme, Braddon’s Hill-road, Torquay. 

tJulius, G. A., B.Se. Culwulla-chambers, 67 Castlereagh-street, 
Sydney, N.S.W. 

§Jurirz, Cnartes F., M.A., D.Se., F.LC., Agricultural Research 
Chemist. Department of Agriculture, Cape Town. 


{Kapp, GisBert, M.Sc., M.Inst.C.E., M.Inst.E.E. (Pres. G, 1913), 
Professor of Electrical Engineering in the University of 
Birmingham. 43 Upland-road, Selly Park, Birmingham. 

{Kay, Henry, F.G.S. 16 Wretham-road, Handsworth, Birmingham. 

§Kay, Max M. 82 Daisy Bank-road, Victoria Park, Manchester. 

tKaye, G. W. C. 76 Addison-gardens, Kensington, W. 

{Kayser, Professor H. The University, Bonn, Germany. 

{Keanz, Cuartes A., Ph.D. Sir John Cass Technical Institute, 
Jewry-street, Aldgate, E.C. 

{Kebby, Charles H. 75 Sterndale-road, West Kensington Park, W. 

{Kessie, Freperick, M.A., Se.D., F.R.S. (Pres. K, 1912), Director 
of the Royal Horticultural Gardens, Wisley. Weyton, St. 
George’s-hill, Weybridge. 

*Keeling, B. F. E. Survey Department, Giza Branch, Egypt. 

*Keith, Arthur, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.C.S. Royal College of 
Surgeons, Lincoln’s Inn-fields, W.C. 

{Kellogg, J. H., M.D. Battle Creek, Michigan, U.S.A. 

{Kelly, Sir Malachy. Ard Brugh, Dalkey, Co. Dublin. 

{Kelly, Captain Vincent Joseph. Montrose, Donnybrook, Co. 
Dublin. 

{Kelly, Miss. Montrose, Merton-road, Southsea. 

*Kelly, William J., J.P. 25 Oxford-street, Belfast. 

§Keitre, J. Scorr, LL.D., Sec. R.G.S., F.S.S. (Pres. E, 1897; 
Council, 1898-1904.) Royal Geographical Society, Ken- 
sington Gore, S.W. 

t{Kemp, Harry. 55 Wilbraham-road, Chorlton-cum-Hardy, Man- 
chester. 

*Kemp, John T., M.A. 27 Cotham-grove, Bristol. 

{Kenpatt, Percy F., M.Sc., F.G.S., Professor of Geology in the 
University of Leeds. 

t{Kennepy, Sir Atexanprr B. W., LL.D., F.R.S., M.Inst.C.E. 
(Pres. G, 1894.) Atheneum Club, S.W. 

{Kennedy, Robert Sinclair. Glengall Ironworks, Millwall, E. 

{Kennedy, William. 40 Trinity College, Dublin. 

D2 


52 


Year of 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Election. 


1905. 
1913. 


1893. 


1913. 
1857. 
1915. 
1915. 
1881. 
1913. 
1909. 
1892. 


1889. 
1910. 


1869. 
1869. 


1903. 
1883. 
1906. 
1886. 


1901. 
1885. 
1896. 


1890. 
1914. 


1875. 
1875. 
1914. 
1871. 
1883. 
1883. 
1908. 


1860. 
1912. 


1912. 
1870. 
1913. 


1909. 
1903. 
1900. 


1899. 
1913. 


1916 
1915. 


*Kennerley, W. R. P.O. Box 158, Pretoria. 

{Keyrick, W. Byna. (Local Sec. 1913.) Metchley House, 
Somerset-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

§Kent, A. F. Srantey, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., Professor of Physiology 
in the University of Bristol. 

*Kenyon, Joseph, B.Sc., F.I.C. 51 Irving-place, Blackburn. 

*Ker, André Allen Murray. Newbliss House, Newbliss, Ireland. 

§Kerfoot, E. H. Springwood Hall, Ashton-under-Lyne. 

§Kerfoot, Thomas. Pole Bank Hall, Gee Cross, Cheshire. 

{Kermopg, P. M. C. Claghbene, Ramsey, Isle of Man. 

§Kerr, George L. 39 Elmbank-crescent, Glasgow. 

{Kerr, Hugh L. 68 Admiral-road, Toronto, Canada. 

tKerr, J. Granam, M.A., F.R.S., Regius Professor of Zoology 
in the University of Glasgow. 

{Kerry, W. H. R. The Sycamores, Windermere. 

§Krrsuaw, J. B.C. West Lancashire Laboratory, Waterloo, Liver- 


pool. 

*Kesselmeyer, Charles Augustus. Roseville, Vale-road, Bowdon, 
Cheshire. 

*Kesselmeyer, William Johannes. Edelweiss Villa, 19 Broomfield- 
lane, Hale, Cheshire. 

{Kewley, James. Balek Papan, Koltei, Dutch Borneo. 

*Keynes, J. N., M.A., D.Sc., F.S.S. 6 Harvey-road, Cambridge. 

{Kidner, Henry, F.G.S. 25 Upper Rock-gardens, Brighton. 

§Kipston, Rosert, LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.G.S. 12 Clarendon- 
place, Stirling. 

*Kiep, J. N. 137 West George-street, Glasgow. 

*Kilgour, Alexander. Loirston House, Cove, near Aberdeen. 

*Killey, George Deane, J.P. Bentuther, 11 Victoria-road, Waterloo, 
Liverpool. 

{Kimmins, C.-W., M.A., D.Sc. The Old Heritage, Chailey, Sussex. 

{Kincaid, Miss Hilda 8., D.Sc. Tarana, Kinkora-road, Hawthorn, 
N.S.W. 

*Kincu, Epwarp, F.1.C. Sunnyside, Chislehurst, Kent. 

*King, F. Ambrose. Avonside, Clifton, Bristol. 

§King, Miss Georgina. Springfield, Darlinghurst, N.S.W. 

*King, Rev. Herbert Poole. The Rectory, Stourton, Bath. 

*King, John Godwin. Stonelands, East Grinstead. 

*King, Joseph, M.P. Sandhouse, Witley, Godalming. 

{King, Professor L. A. L., M.A. St. Mungo’s College Medical 
School, Glasgow. 

*King, Mervyn Kersteman. Merchants’ Hall, Bristol. 

*King, W. B. R., B.A., F.G.S. Geological Survey, Jermyn-street, 
S.W. 


{King, W. J. Harding. 25 York House, Kensington, W. 

tKing, William, M.Inst.C.E. 5 Beach-lawn, Waterloo, Liverpool. 

*King, William Wickham, F.G.S. Winds Point, Hagley, near 
Stourbridge. 

{Kingdon, A. 197 Yale-avenue, Winnipeg, Canada. 

{tKingsford, H. 8., M.A. 8 Elsworthy-terrace, N.W. 

{Kipprne, Professor F. Srantey, D.Sc., Ph.D., F.R.S. (Pres. B, 
1908.) University College, Nottingham. 

*Kirby, Miss C. F. 8 Windsor-court. Moscow-road, W. 

§KirKaLpy, Professor A. W., M.Com. (Pres. F, 1916.) The 
University, Edmund-street, Birmingham. 

§Kitkby, Rev. J. P. Saham Rectory, Watton, Norfolk. 

*Kitson, A. E. 109 Worple-road, Wimbledon, S.W. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 53 


Year of 
Election. 


1901. 
1915. 
1914. 


1917. 
1886. 
1912. 
1888. 


1887. 
1887. 
1906. 


1915. 
1916. 
1874. 
1915. 
1902. 
1875. 
1883. 
1890. 


1888. 


1903. 
1909. 
1904. 
1904. 
1889. 
1915. 
1887. 
1893. 
1914. 


1898. 


1886. 


1915. 
1865. 


1880. 
1884. 


§Kitto, Edward. 2 Great Headland-terrace, Preston, Paignton, 
South Devon. 

{Knecht, E., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry in the University of 
Manchester. 131 Sussex-road, Southport. 

§Knibbs, G. H., C.M.G., F.R.A.S., F.S.8S., Commonwealth Statis- 
tician. Rialto, Collins-street, Melbourne. 

§Knight, Lieut.-Colonel C. Morley. 94 Piccadilly, W. 

{Knight, Captain J. M., F.G.S. Bushwood, Wanstead, Essex. 

tKnipe, Henry R., F.L.8., F.G.S.__ 9 Linden-park, Tunbridge Wells. 

{Kwyort, Professor Car@itt G., D.Sc., F.R.S.E. 42 Upper Gray- 
street, Edinburgh. 

*Knott, Herbert, J.P. Sunnybank, Wilmslow, Cheshire. 

*Knott, John F. Hdgemoor, Burbage, Derbyshire. 

*Knowles, Arthur J., B.A., M.Inst.C.E. 10 Drayton-court, Drayton- 
gardens, S.W. 

*Knowles, Sir Lees, Bart., C.V.0. Westwood, Pendlebury, near 
Manchester. 

§Knowles, W. H. Sun-buildings, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

tKnowles, William James. Flixton-place, Ballymena, Co. Antrim. 

§Knox, Principal George, F.G.S. Heol Isaf. Radyr, Glamorgan. 

tKwox, R. Kyztz, LL.D. 1 College-gardens, Belfast. 

*Knubley, Rev. E. P., M.A. Steeple Ashton Vicarage, Trowbridge. 

{Knubley, Mrs. Steeple Ashton Vicarage, Trowbridge. 

*Krauss, John Samuel, B.A. Stonycroft, Knutsford-road, Wilmslow, 
Cheshire. 

*Kunz, G. F., M.A., Ph.D., Sc.D. Care of Messrs. Tiffany & Co., 
11 Union-square, New York City, U.S.A. ; 


*Lafontaine, Rev. H. C.de. 52 Albert-court, Kensington Gore, S.W. 
tLaird, Hon. David, Indian Commission, Ottawa, Canada. 
{Lake, Philip. St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

t{Lamb, C.G. Ely Villa, Glisson-road, Cambridge. 

*Lamb, Edmund, M.A. Borden Wood, Liphook, Hants. 

{Lamb, Francis W. Lyndene, High Lane, near Stockport. 

{Lams, Horace, M.A., LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1904), Pro- 
fessor of Mathematics in the Victoria University, Manchester. 
6 Wilbraham-road, Fallowfield, Manchester. 

*Lamepiuau, G. W., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1906.) 13 Beaconsfield- 
road, St. Albans. 

tLane, Charles. Care of John Sanderson & Co., William-street, 
Melbourne. 

*Lana, Witt1am H., M.B., F.R.S. (Pres. K, 1915), Professor of 
Cryptogamic Botany in the University of Manchester. 
2 Heaton-road, Withington, Manchester. 

*Lanatey, J. N., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. I, 1899 ;- Council, 
1904-07), Professor of Physiology in the University of Cam- 
bridge. Trinity College, Cambridge. 

§Langton, J. L., M.Sc. Municipal School of Technology, Man- 
chester. 

t{Lanxzster, Sir E. Ray, K.C.B., M.A. LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. 
(PRESIDENT, 1906; Pres. D, 1883 ; Council, 1889-90, 1894-95, 
1900-02.) 331 Upper Richmond-road, Putney, 8.W. 

*LANSDELL, Rev. Henry, D.D., F.R.A.S., F.R.G.S. Dimsdale, 
4 Pond-road, Blackheath Park, London, 8.E. 

tLanza, Professor G. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 
Boston, U.S.A. 


54 


Year of 
Election 


1911. 
1885. 


1909. 
1887. 
1881. 


1883. 
1870. 


1911. 
1900. 


1911. 
1913. 
1892. 


1907. 


1870. 
1914. 
1905. 
1911. 


1908. 
1908. 
1914. 
1888. 
1913. 


1883. 
1894. 


1905. 
1901. 
1904. 
1872. 


1910. 


1912. 
1895. 
1914. 
1910. 
1896. 
1907, 
1909. 
1909. 


1894. 


1909. 
1892. 


1915. 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


tLapthorn, Miss. St. Bernard’s, Grove-road South, Southsea. 

{LapwortH, CHarues, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1892.) 
38 Calthorpe-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

{Larard, C.E., Assoc.M.Inst.C.E. 14 Leaside-avenue, Muswell Hill, N, 

{tLarmor, Alexander. Craglands, Helen’s Bay, Co. Down. 

{Larmor, Sir Josrepn, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1900), Lucasian 
Professor of Mathematics in the University of Cambridge, 
St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

fLascelles, B. P., M.A. Headland, Mount Park, Harrow. 

*LaTHAM, Batpwin, M.Inst.C.E., F.G.S. Parliament-mansions, 
Westminster, S.W. 

{Lattey, R. T. 243 Woodstock-road, Oxford. 

*Lauder, Alexander, D.Sc., Lecturer in Agricultural Chemistry in 
the Edinburgh and Hast of Scotland College of Agriculture, 
Edinburgh. 

§Laurie, Miss C. L. 1 Vittoria-walk, Cheltenham. 

*Laurie, Mrs. E. B. 11 Marine-parade, Hoylake. 

{Laurie, Matcotm, B.A., D.Sc., F.L.8. School of Medicine, Sur- 
geons’ Hall, Edinburgh. 

*Laurie, Robert Douglas, M.A. Department of Zoology, The Uni- 
versity, Liverpool. 

*Law, Channell. Ilsham Dene, Torquay. 

tLawrence, A. H. Urunga, N.S. W. 

f{Lawrence, Miss M. Roedean School, near Brighton. 

*Lawson, A. Anstruther, D.Sec., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., Professor of 
Botany in the University, Sydney, N.S.W. 

{tLawson, H. S., B.A. Buxton College, Derbyshire. 

{Lawson, William, LL.D. 27 Upper Fitzwilliam-street, Dublin. 

tLayard, J. W. Bull Cliff, Felixstowe. 

tLayard, Miss Nina F., F.L.S. Rookwood, Fonnereau-road, Ipswich. 

§Lea, F. C., D.Sc., Professor of Civil Engineering in the University 
of Birmingham. 36 Mayfield-road, Moseley, Birmingham. 

*Leach, Charles Catterall. Seghill, Northumberland. 

*Leany, A. H., M.A., Professor of Mathematics in the University of 
Sheffield. 92 Ashdell-road, Sheffield. 

tLeake, E.O. 5 Harrison-street, Johannesburg. 

*Lean, George, B.Sc. 3 Park-quadrant, Glasgow. 

*Leathem, J. G. St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

{Lzezour, G. A., M.A., D.Sc., F.G.S8., Professor of Geology in the 
Armstrong College of Science, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

t{Lebour, Miss M. V., M.Sc. Zoological Department, The University, 
Leeds. 

{Lechmere, A. Eckley, M.Sc. Townhope, Hereford. 

*Ledger, Rev. Edmund. Protea, Doods-road, Reigate. 

tLee, Charles Alfred. Tenterfield, N.S.W. 

*DLee, Ernest. Birkbeck College, Chancery-lane, E.C. 

§Lee, Rev. H. J. Barton. 7 First-avenue, Broadway, Blackpool. 

§Lee, Mrs. Barton. 7 First-avenue, Broadway, Blackpool. 

Shee, I. L. 26 Broadway, New York City, U.S.A. 

tLee, Rev. J. W., D.D. 5068 Washington-avenue, St. Louis, 
Missouri, U.S.A. 

*Lee, Mrs. W. The Nook, Forest Row, Sussex. 

{Leeming, J. H., M.D. 406 Devon-court, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*Lurs, Coartes H., D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Physics in the 
East London College, Mile End. Greenacres, Woodside-road, 
Woodford Green, Essex. 

{Lees, Mrs. H. L., F.R.G.S. Leesdene, Hale, Altrincham. 


a 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 55 


Year of 
Election. 


1912. 
1886. 
1906. 
1915. 
1889. 


1906. 
1912. 
1912. 
1910. 
1915. 
1891. 
1903. 


1906. 


1905. 
1913. 


1903. 
1908. 
1901. 


1915. 
1914. 


1913. 
1912. 
1890. 
1904. 


1900. 
1896. 


1913. 
1904. 
1870. 


1891. 
1913. 
1899. 
1910. 


1904. 
1910. 
1911. 


1906. 


1913. 
1908. 
1904. 
1913. 


tLees, John. Pitscottie, Cupar-Fife, N.B. 

*Lees, Lawrence W. Lynstone, Barnt Green. 

tLees, Robert. Victoria-street, Fraserburgh. 

§Lees, 8. School of Technology, Manchester. 

*Leeson, John Rudd, M.D., C.M., F.L.S., F.G.S. Clifden House, 
Twickenham, Middlesex. 

tLeetham, Sidney. Elm Bank, York. 

tLeaaat, W. G. Bank of Scotland, Dundee. 

{Legge, James G. Municipal Buildings, Liverpool. 

§Leigh, H. 8. Brentwood, Worsley, near Manchester. 

tLeigh, T. B. Arden, Bredbury, near Stockport. 

tLeigh, W. W. Glyn Bargoed, Treharris, R.S.0., Glamorganshire. 

tLeighton, G. R., M.D., F.R.S.E. Local Government Board, 
Edinburgh. 

fLeiper, Robert T., M.B., F.Z.S. London School of Tropical 

_ Medicine, Royal Albert Dock, E. 

tLeitch, Donald. P.O. Box 1703, Johannesburg. 

{Leith, Professor R. ¥. C., M.A., M.Sc. Pathological Laboratory, 
The University, Birmingham. 

*Lempfert, R. G. K., M.A. 66 Sydney-street, S.W. 

{Lentaigne, John. 42 Merrion-square, Dublin. 

§Lronarp, J. H., B.Sc. 31 Gunterstone-road, West Kensington, 


W. 
§Leslie, Miss M. 8., M.Sc. 1 Park View-terrace, Halton, near 


Leeds. 

tLe Souef, W. H. D., C.M.Z.S. Zoological Gardens, Parkville, 
Victoria, Australia. 

tLessing, R., Ph.D. 317 High Holborn, W.C. 

*Lessner, C., F.C.S. Carril, Spain. 

*Lester, Joseph Henry. 5 Grange-drive, Monton Green, Manchester. 

*Le Sueur, H. R., D.Sc. Chemical Laboratory, St. Thomas’s 
Hospital, S.E. 

[Letts, Professor E. A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E. Queen’s University, Belfast. 

tLever, Sir W. H., Bart. Thornton Manor, Thornton Hough, 
Cheshire. 

tLevick, John. Livingstone House, Livingstone-road, Handsworth, 
Birmingham. 

*Lewis, Mrs. Agnes S., LL.D. Castle Brae, Chesterton-lane, Cam- 


bridge. 
f{Lewis, Atrrep LionreL. 35 Beddington-gardens, Wallington, 


Surrey. 

tLewis, Professor D. Morgan, M.A. University College, Aberystwyth. 

tLewis, E. O. Gwynfa, Alma-street, Brynmawr. 

tLewis, Professor E. P. University of California, Berkeley, U.S.A. 

{Lewis, Francis J., D.Sc., F.L.S., Professor of Biology in the 
University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada. 

tLewis, Hugh. Glanafrau, Newtown, Montgomeryshire. 

*Luwis, T. C. West Home, West-road, Cambridge. 

§Lewis, W. C. McC., M.A., D.Sc., Professor of Physical Chemistry 
in the University of Liverpool. 

tLiddiard, - ames Edward, F.R.G.S. Rodborough Grange, Bourne- 
mouth. 

*Lillie, D. G. St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

fLilly, W. E., M.A., Sc.D. 39 Trinity College, Dublin. 

fink, Charles W. 14 Chichester-road, Croydon. 

*Lishman, G. P., D.Sc., F.C. Chemical Laboratory, Lambton 
Coke Works, Fence Houses, Co. Durham. 


56 BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1888. {Listmr, J. J.. M.A., F.R.S. (Pres. D, 1906.) St. John’s College, 
Cambridge. 

1861. *Livrtne, G. D., M.A., F.R.S. (Pres. B, 1882 ; Council, 1888-95; 
Local Sec. 1862.) Newnham, Cambridge. 

1876. *LivERSIDGE, ARCHIBALD, M.A., F.RB.S., F.C.S., F.G.S., F.R.G.S. 
Fieldhead, George-road, Kingston Hill, Surrey. 

1902. §Llewellyn, Evan. Working Men’s Institute and Hall, Blaenavon. 

1912. ¢{Lloyd, Miss Dorothy Jordan. 16 Ampton-road, Edgbaston, 
Birmingham. 

1909. §Lloyd, George C., Secretary of the Iron and Steel Institute. 
28 Victoria-street, S.W. 

1903. {Lloyd, Godfrey I. H. The University of Toronto, Canada. 

1892. tLoog, Sir C.S8.,D.C.L. Denison House, Vauxhall Bridge-road. S.W. 

1905. tLochrane, Miss T. 8 Prince’s- gardens, Dowanhill, Glasgow. 

1904, {Lock, Rev. J. B. Herschel House, Cambridge. 

1863. {LockyEr, Sir J. Norman, K.C.B., LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. (PRESIDENT, 
1903 ; Council, 1871-76, 1901-02.) 16 Penywern-road, S.W. 

1902. *Lockyer, Lady. 16 Penywern-road, S.W. 

1914. Lockyer, Ormonde H.S. 126 Webster-street, Ballarat, Victoria. 

1900. §LockyrrR, W. J.S., Ph.D. 16 Penywern-road, S.W. 

1886. *Lopen, AtFrrReD, M.A. (Council, 1913-15.) The Croft, Peper- 
harow- road, Godalming. 

1914. {Lodge, Miss Lora, L. Mariemont, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

1914. tLodge, Miss Norah M. Mariemont, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

1875. *Lopas, Sir Ottver J., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S. (Prestpent, 1913; 
Pres. A, 1891; Council, 1891-97, 1899-1903, 1912-13), 
Principal of the University of Birmingham. 

1914. {Lodge, Lady. Mariemont, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

1894. *Lodge, Oliver W. F. Nurton Farm, Tintern, Monmouthshire. 

1915. §Lomas, L. H:, B.Sc. Butley Cottage, Prestbury, Cheshire. 

1915. §Lomax, anice, A.L.S. 65 Starcliffe- street, Great Lever, Bolton. 

1899. t{Loncq, Emile. 6 Rue de la Plaine, Laon, Aisne, France. 

1903. {Long, Frederick. The Close, Norwich. 

1905. tLong, W. F. City Engineer’s Office, Cape Town. 

1910. *Longden, G. A. Draycott Lodge, Derby. 

1904. *Longden, J. A., M.Inst.C.E. Chislehurst, Marlborough-road, 
Bournemouth. 

1898. *Longfield, Miss Gertrude. Belmont, High Halstow, Rochester. 

1901. *Longstaff, Major Frederick V., F.R.G.S. Care of Wimbledon 
Common Branch, London County and Westminster Bank, 
Wimbledon, S.W. 

1875. *Longstaff, George Blundell, M.A., M.D., F.C.S., F.S.S. Highlands, 
Putney Heath, S.W. 

1872. *Longstaff, Lieut.-Colonel Llewellyn Wood, F.R.G.S. Ridgelands, 
Wimbledon, 8.W. 

1881. *Longstaff, Mrs. Ll. W. Ridgelands, Wimbledon, 8.W. 

1899. *Longstaff, Tom G., M.A., M.D. Picket Hill, Ringwood. 

1896. {Louis, Henry, D. Se., Professor of Mining in the Armstrong College 
of Science, Newcastle- on-Tyne. 

1887. *Lovz, A. E. Hs M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1907), Professor 
of Natural ’ Philosophy in the University of Oxford. 34 St. 
Margaret’s-road, Oxford. 

1886. *Love, E. F. J.,M.A., D.Sc. The University, Melbourne, Australia. 

1904. *Love, J. B., LL.D. Outlands, Devonport. 

1876. *Love, James, F.R.A.S., F.G.8., F.Z.S. 33 Clanricarde-gardens, W. 

1916. §Loveday, Thomas. 1 ‘Grosvenor- villas, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

1908. §Low, Alexander, M.A., M.D. The University, Aberdeen. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 57 


Year of 
Election. 


1909, pare Dawid, M.D. 1927 Scarth-street, Regina, Saskatchewan, 
anada, 

1912. {Low, William. Balmakewan, Seaview, Monifieth. 

1885. §Lowdell, Sydney Poole. Baldwin’s Hill, East Grinstead, Sussex. 

1891. §Lowdon, John. St. Hilda’s, Barry, Glamorgan.’ 

1885. *Lowe, Arthur C. W. Gosfield Hall, Halstead, Essex. 

1886. *Lowe, John Landor, B.Sc., M.Inst.c.E. Welland Lodge, Prest- 
bury-road, Cheltenham. 

1894. {Lowenthal, Miss Nellie. Woodside, Egerton, Huddersfield. 

1903. *Lowry, Dr. T. Martin, F.R.S. 17 Eliot-park, Lewisham, 8.E. 

1913. §Lucas, Sir Cuartes P., K.C.B., K.C.M.G. (Pres. 5, 1914.) 
65 St. George’s-square, S.W. 

1913. §Lucas, Harry. Hilver, St. Agnes-road, Moseley, Birmingham. 

1891. *Lucovich, Count A. Tyn-y-parc, Whitchurch, near Cardiff. 

1906. {Ludlam, Ermest Bowman, College Gate, 32 College-road, Clifton, 
Bristol. 

1883, *Lupion, Arnold, M.Inst.C.E., F.G.S. 7 Victoria-street, S.W. 

1914. ¢Lupton, Mrs. 7 Victoria-street, S.W. 

1874. *Lupron, Sypnuy, M.A. (Local Sec. 1890.) 102 Park-street, 
Grosvenor-square, W. 

1898. {Luxmoore, Dr. C. M., F.I.C. 19 Disraeli-gardens, Putney, S.W. 

~ 1903. {Lyddon, Emest H. Lisvane, near Cardiff. 

1916. §Lie, W. T. Leagrave Hall, near Luton, Beds. 

1871. {Lyell, Sir Leonard, Bart., F.G.S. Kinnordy, Kirriemuir. 

1916. §Lyle, R. P. Rankin. Holmwood, Clayton-road, Newcastle-on- 


Tyne. 

1914. tly, Professor T. R., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S. Irving-road, Toorak, 
Victoria, Australia. 

1912. *Lynch, Arthur, M.A., M.P. 80 Antrim-mansions, Haverstock 
Hill, N.W. 

1907. *Lyons, Major Hzenry Groran, D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. E, 1915; 
Council, 1912-15.) 3 Durham-place, Chelsea, S.W. 

1908. {Lyster, George H. 34 Dawson-street, Dublin. 

1908. {Lyster, Thomas W., M.A. National Library of Ireland, Kildare- 
street, Dublin. 


1905. {Maberly, Dr. John. Shirley House, Woodstock, Cape Colony. 

1868. {MacatisteR, ALEXANDER, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. (Pres. H, 1892; 
Council, 1901-06), Professor of Anatomy in the University of 
Cambridge. Torrisdale, Cambridge. 

1878. {MacAuisrER, Sir Donatp, K.C.B., M.A., M.D., LL.D., B.Sc., 
Principal of the University of Glasgow. 

1904. {Macalister, Miss M. A.M. Torrisdale, Cambridge. 

1896. {Macattum, Professor A. B., Ph.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. I, 1910; 
Local Sec. 1897.) 59 St. George-street, Toronto, Canada. 

1914. t{McAlpine, D. Berkeley-street, Hawthorn, Victoria, Australia. 

1915. §Macara, Sir C. W. Ardmore, St. Anne’s-on-Sea. 

1909. {MacArthur, J. A.,M.D. Canada Life-building, Winnipeg, Canada. 

1896. *Macaulay, F. S., M.A. The Chesters, Vicarage-road, East Sheen, 
S.W. 


1904. *Macaulay, W. H. King’s College, Cambridge. 

1896. {MacBripz, H. W., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. D, 1916), Professor 
of Zoology in the Imperial College of Science and Technology, 
S.W. 


1902. *Maccall, W. T.,M.Se. Technical College, Sunderland, 


58 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1912. 
1912. 
1886. 


1908. 


1909. 
1884. 
1904. 
1902. 


1906. 
1878. 
1908. 
1914. 
1901. 
1915. 
1901. 
1912. 
1905. 
1904. 
1915. 
1909, 
1904. 


1905. 
1900. 
1905. 


1884. 
1909. 
1909. 
1915, 


1912. 
1916. 
1906. 
1885. 


1901. 
1909. 
1888. 
1908. 


1908. 
1906. 
1867. 


1909. 
1909. 
1912. 


1909. 
1884. 


{McCallum, George Fisher. 142 St. Vincent-street, Glasgow. 

tMcCallum, Mrs. Lizzie. 142 St. Vincent-street, Glasgow. 

tMacCarthy, Rev. E. F. M., M.A. 50 Harborne-road, Edgbaston, 
Birmingham. 

§McCarthy, Edward Valentine, J.P. Ardmanagh House, Glenbrook, 
Co. Cork. 

tMcCarthy, J, H. Public Library, Winnipeg, Canada, 

*McCarthy, J.J., M.D. 11 Wellington-road, Dublin. 

§McClean, Frank Kennedy. Rusthall House, Tunbridge Wells. 

{McClelland, J. A., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Physics in University 
College, Dublin. 

{McClure, Rev. E. 80 Eccleston-square, S.W. 

*M‘Comas, Henry. 12 Elgin-road, Dublin. 

*McComsiz, Hamitton, M.A., Ph.D. The University, Birmingham. 

*McCombie, Mrs. Hamilton. The University, Birmingham. 

*MacConkey, Alfred. Lister Lodge, Elstree, Herts. 

{McConnel, John W. Wellbank, Prestwich. 

tMcCrae, John, Ph.D. 7 Kirklee-gardens, Glasgow. 

{MacCulloch, Rev. Canon J. A.,D.D. The Rectory, Bridge of Allan. 

§McCulloch, Principal J. D. Free College, Edinburgh. 

{McCulloch, Major T., R.A. 68 Victoria-street, S.W. 

§McDonald, Dr. Archie W. - Glencoe, Huyton, Liverpool. 

{tMacDonald, Miss Eleanor. Fort Qu’ Appelle, Saskatchewan, Canada. 

tMacpona.p, H. M., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Mathematics in the 
University of Aberdeen. 

tMcDonald, J. G. P.O. Box 67, Bulawayo. 

tMacDonald, J. Ramsay, M.P. 3 Lincoln’s Inn-fields, W.C. 

{tMacpona_p, J. 8., B.A. (Pres. I, 1911), Professor of Physiology in 
the University of Sheffield. 

*Macdonald, Sir W.C. 449Sherbrooke-street West, Montrea],Canada. 

tMacDonell, John, M.D. Portage-avenue, Winnipeg, Canada, 

*MacDougall, R. Stewart. The University, Edinburgh. 

*McDougall, Robert, B.Sc. Lerryn, Carr Wood-road, Cheadle 
Hulme, Stockport. 

{McDougall, Dr. W., F.R.S. 89 Banbury-road, Oxford. 

§McDowall, Professor J. W. East Cottingwood, Morpeth. 

§McFarlane, John,M.A, 48 Parsonage-road, Withington, Manchester. 

Macfarlane, J. M., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., Professor of Biology in the 
University of Pennsylvania. Lansdowne, Delaware Co., Penn- 
sylvania, U.S.A. 

tMacfee, John. 5 Greenlaw-terrace, Paisley. 

{tMacgachen, A. F. D. 281 River-avenue, Winnipeg, Canada. 

{MacGeorge, James. 8 Matheson-road, Kensington, W. 

tMoGratu, Sir JosEps, LL.D. (Local Sec. 1908.) Royal University 
of Ireland, Dublin. 

tMcGregor, Charles. Training Centre, Charlotte-street, Aberdeen. 

tMacerzcor, D. H., M.A. Trinity College, Cambridge. 

*McIntosu, W. C., M.D., LL.D., F.B.S., F.R.S.E., F.L.S. (Pres. D, 
1885), Professor of Natural History in the University of 
St. Andrews. 2 Abbotsford-crescent, St. Andrews, N.B. 

{McIntyre, Alexander. 142 Maryland-avenue, Winnipeg, Canada. 

{McIntyre, Daniel. School Board Offices, Winnipeg, Canada. 

tMcIntyre, J, Lewis, M.A., D.Sc. Abbotsville, Cults, Aberdeen- 
shire. 

tMcIntyre, W. A. 339 Kennedy-street, Winnipeg, Canada. 

§MacKay, A. H., B.Sc., LL.D., Superintendent of Education. 
Education Office, Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 59 


Year of 
Election. 


1913. 
1915. 
1885. 


1912. 
1908. 
1873. 


1909. 
1907. 


1905. 


1897. 
1910. 
1909. 
1901. 


1912. 
1872. 
1901. 
1887. 


1911. 
1916. 
1915. 
1893. 


1901. 


1901. 
1901. 
1892, 


1912. 
1908. 


1868. 


1909. 
1883. 


1909. 


1902. 
1914. 
1914. 
1878. 
1905. 
1909. 
1907. 
1906. 
1908. 
1908. 


*Mackay, John. 85 Bay-street, Toronto, Canada. 

{Mackay, John. 46 Acomb-street, Manchester. 

tMackay, Joun Yutz, M.D., LL.D., Principal of and Professor of 
Anatomy in University College, Dundee. 

Mackay, R. J. 27 Arkwright-road, Hampstead, N.W. 

tMcKay, William, J.P. Clifford-chambers, York. 

{McKenpkrick, Joun G., M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E. (Pres. I, 
1901 ; Council, 1903-09), Emeritus Professor of Physiology 
in the University of Glasgow. Maxieburu, Stonehaven, N.B. 

tMcKenty, D. E. 104 Colony-street, Winnipeg, Canada. 

{McKenziz, Professor ALExanpreR, M.A., D.Sc., Ph.D., F.R.S. 
University College, Dundee. 

nea es Hector. Standard Bank of South Africa, Cape 

own. 

tMcKenzie, John J. 61 Madison-avenue, Toronto, Canada. 

{Mackenzie, K. J. J., M.A. 10 Richmond-road, Cambridge. 

§MacKenzie, Kenneth. Royal Alexandra Hotel, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*Mackenzie, Thomas Brown. Netherby, Manse-road, Mother- 
well, N.B. 

§Mackenzie, William, J.P. 22 Meadowside, Dundee. 

*Mackey, J. A. United University Club, Pall Mall East, S.W. 

{Mackie, William, M.D. 13 North-street, Elgin. 

f}Macxrnper, H. J., M.A., M.P., F.R.G.S. (Pres. E, 1895 ; Council, 
1904-05.) 10 Chelsea-court, Chelsea Embankment, S.W. 

{Mackinnon, Miss D. L. University College, Dundee. 

*Mackley, Edward H. Hawk’s-road, Gateshead. 

§McLardy, Samuel. Basford Mount, Higher Crumpsall. , 

*McLaren, Mrs. E. L. Colby, M.B., Ch.B. 137 Tettenhall-road, 
Wolverhampton. 

*Maclaren, J. Malcolm. Royal Colonial Institute, Northumberland- 
avenue, W.C. 

tMaclay, William. Thornwood, Langside, Glasgow. 

tMcLean, Angus, B.Sc. Harvale, Meikleriggs, Paisley. 

*MaciEan, Maanus, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E. (Local Sec. 1901), Pro- 
fessor of Electrical Engineering, Technical College, Glasgow. 

§McLean, R. C., B.Sc. Duart, Holmes-road, Reading. 

§McLennan, J. C., Ph.D., F.R.S., Professor of Physics in the 
University of Toronto, Canada. 

tMcLrop, Herpert, LL.D., F.R.S. (Pres. B, 1892; Council, 
1885-90.) 37 Montague-road, Richmond, Surrey. 

{MacLeod, M. H. C.N.R. Depot, Winnipeg, Canada. 

~MacManon, Major Prrcy A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S. (Trusres, 
1913— ; GENERAL SEcRErARY, 1902-13; Pres. A, 1901; 
Council, 1898-1902.) 27 LEvelyn-mansions, Carlisle-place, 

W. 


S.W. 
tMcMitian, The Hon. Sir Danizt H., K.C.M.G. Government 
House, Winnipeg, Canada. 
tMcMordie, Robert J. Cabin Hill, Knock, Co. Down. 
§Macnab, Angus D. Oakbank, Tullamarine, Victoria, Australia. 
tMacnicol, A. N. 31 Queen-street, Melbourne. 
tMacnie, George. 59 Bolton-street, Dublin. 
§Macphail, S. Rutherford, M.D. Rowditch, Derby. 
t{MacPhail, W. M. P.O. Box 88, Winnipeg, Canada. 
{Macrosty, Henry W. 29 Hervey-road, Blackheath, S.K. 
tMacturk, G. W. B. 15 Bowlalley-lane, Hull. 
tMcVittie, R. B., M.D. 62 Fitzwilliam-square North, Dublin. 
tMcWalter, J. C., M.D., M.A. 19 North Earl-street, Dublin. 


60 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1902. 


1910. 
1908. 
1905. 
1909. 
1875. 


1908. 
1907. 
1902. 


1914. 
1913. 


1908. 
1914. 
1912. 
1905. 
1897. 
1915. 
1903. 
1894. 
1915. 
1902. 


1912. 
1898. 
1911. 
1900. 
1905. 
1905. 
1881. 


1892. 
1883. 


1887. 
1915. 
1889. 
1912. 
1904. 
1889. 
1905. 
1899. 
1911. 
1889. 
1912. 
1916. 


1911. 


{McWeeney, Professor E. J., M.D. 84 St. Stephen’s-green, 
Dublin. 

{MecWilliam, Dr. Andrew. Kalimate, B.N.R., near Calcutta. 

{Mappsn, Rt. Hon. Mr. Justice. Nutley, Booterstown, Dublin. 

tMagenis, Lady Louisa. 34 Lennox-gardens, S.W. 

{Magnus, Laurie, M.A. 12 Westbourne-terrace, W. 

*Maanous, Sir Puri, B.Sc., B.A., M.P. (Pres. L, 1907.) 16 Glouces- 
ter-terrace, Hyde Park, W. 

*Magson, Egbert H. Westminster College, Horseferry-road, 8.W. 

*Mair, David. Civil Service Commission, Burlington-gardens, W. 

*Mairet, Mrs. Ethel M. The Thatched House, Shottery, Stratford- 
on-Avon. 

{Maitland, A. Gibb. Geological Survey, Perth, Western Australia. 

{Maitland, T. Gwynne, M.D. The University, Edmund-street, 
Birmingham. 

*Makower, W., M.A., D.Sc. The University, Manchester. 

{Malinowski, B. London School of Economics, Clare Market, W.C. 

{Malloch, James, M.A., F.S.A. (Scot.). Training College, Dundee. 

{Maltby, Lieutenant G. R., R.N. 54 St. George’s-square, S.W. 

{Mance, Sir H. C. Old Woodbury, Sandy, Bedfordshire. 

§Mandleberg, G. C. Redclyffe, Victoria Park, Manchester. 

{Manifold, C. C. 16 St. James’s-square, S.W. 

{Manning, Percy, M.A., F.S.A. Watford, Herts. 

§Manson, John Sinclair, M.D. 8 Winmarleigh-street, Warrington. 

*Marcuant, EK. W., D.Sc., David Jardine Professor of Electrical 
Engineering in the University of Liverpool. 

{Marchant, Rev. James, F.R.S.E. 42 Great Russell-street, W.C. 

*Mardon, Heber. Clifiden, Teignmouth, South Devon. 

*Marnrr, R. R., D.Sc. (Pres. H, 1916.) Exeter College, Oxford. 

{Margerison, Samuel. Calverley Lodge, near Leeds. 

§Marks, Samuel. P.O. Box 379, Pretoria. 

{Martors, R., M.A., Ph.D. P.O. Box 359, Cape Town. 

*Marr, J. E., M.A., D.Sc., F.B.S., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1896 ; Council, 
1896-1902, 1910-14.) St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

*Marsden-Smedley, J. B. Lea Green, Cromford, Derbyshire. 

*Marsh, Henry Carpenter. 3 Lower James-street, Golden- 
square, W. 

{Marsh, J. E., M.A., F.R.S. University Museum, Oxford. 

{Marsh, J. H., M.D. Cumberland House, Macclesfield. 

*MARSHALL, ALFRED, M.A., LL.D., D.Sc. (Pres. F, 1890.) Balliol 
Croft, Madingley-road, Cambridge. 

tMarshall, Professor C. R., M.A.. M.D. The Medical School, 
Dundee. 

{Marshall, F. H. A. University of Edinburgh.. 

{Marshall, Frank. Claremont House, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

{Marshall, G. A. K. 6 Chester-place, Hyde Park-square, W. 

{Martin, Miss A. M. Park View, 32 Bayham-road, Sevenoaks. 

{Marrrn, Professor Coartes Jamzs, M.B., D.Sc., F.R.S., Director 
of the Lister Institute, Chelsea-gardens, S.W. 

*Martin, Thomas Henry, Assoc.M.Inst.C.E. Windermere, Mount 
Pleasant-road, Hastings. 4 

t{Martin, W. H. Bryrs. (Local Sec. 1912.) City Chambers, 
Dundee. 

§Martin, William, M.A., M.D. West Villa, Akenside-terrace, 
Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

§Martindell, E. W., M.A. Royal Anthropological Institute, 50 Great 
Russell-street, W.C. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 61 


Year of 
Election. 


1913. 


1913. 
1907. 
1905. 


1913. 


{Marringav, Lieut.-Colonel Ernest, V.D. Ellerslie, Augustus- 
road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

§Martineau, P. E. The Woodrow, near Bromsgrove, Worcester. 

tMasefield, J. R. B., M.A. Rosehill, Cheadle, Staffordshire. 

*Mason, Justice A. W. Supreme Court, Pretoria. 

*Mason, Edmund W., B.A. 2 York-road, Edgbaston, Bir- 
mingham. 


1893. *Mason, Thomas. Enderleigh, Alexandra Park, Nottingham. 


1915. 
1913. 
1891. 


*Mason, Rev. W. A. Parker. Hulme Grammar School, Alexandra 
Park, Manchester. 

{Mason, William. Engineering Laboratory, The University, 
Liverpool. 

*Massey, William H., M.Inst.C.E. Twyford, R.S.O., Berkshire. 


1885. {Masson, Davip Orme, D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry in 


1910. 


the University of Melbourne. 
+Masson, Irvine, M.Sc. University College, W.C. 


1905. §Massy, Miss Mary. 2 Duke-street, Bath. 


1901. 


*Mather, G. R. Sunnyville, Park-crescent, Wellingborough. 


1910, *Mather, Thomas, F.R.S., Professor of Electrical Engineering in the 


1915. 


1909. 
1913. 


1908. 
1894, 
1902. 


1904. 
1899. 


1914. 


1893. 
1905. 
1905. 
1904. 
1916. 


City and Guilds of London Institute, Exhibition-road, S.W. 

§Matruer, Right Hon. Sir Wiitr1am, M.Inst.C.E. Bramble Hill 
Lodge, Bramshaw, New Forest. 

{Mathers, Mr. Justice. 16 Edmonton-street, Winnipeg, Canada. 

tMatheson, Miss M. Cecile. Birmingham Women’s Settlement, 
318 Summer-lane, Birmingham. 

{Matheson, Sir R. E., LL.D. Charlemont House, Rutland-square, 
Dublin. 

{Matuews, G. B., M.A., F.R.S. 10 Menai View, Bangor, North 
Wales. 

tMartey, C. A., D.Sc. Military Accounts Department, 6 Esplanade 
East, Calcutta, India. 

{Matthews, D. J. The Laboratory, Citadel Hill, Plymouth. 

*Maufe, Herbert B., B.A., F.G.S. P.O. Box 168, Bulawayo, 
Rhodesia. 

tMaughan, M. M., B.A., Director of Education. Parkside, South 
Australia. 

tMavor, Professor James. University of Toronto, Canada. 

*Maylard, A. Ernest. 12 Blythswood-square, Glasgow. 

tMaylard, Mrs. 12 Blythswood-square, Glasgow. 

tMayo, Rev. J., LL.D. 6 Warkworth-terrace, Cambridge. 

§Measham, Miss C. E. C. 128 New-walk, Leicester. 


' 1912. §Merx, Atexanpmr, M.Sc., Professor of Zoology in the Armstrong 


1913. 
1879. 
1908. 


1915. 
1883. 
1879. 
1881. 
1905. 


1901. 
1913. 
1909. 


1914 


College of Science, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

§Megson, A. L. Cambridge-street, Manchester. 

§Meiklejohn, John W.S., M.D. 105 Holland-road, W. 

tMeldrum, A. N., D.Sc. Chemical Department, The University, 
Manchester. 

§Melland, W. 23 King-street, Manchester. 

tMellis, Rev. James. 23 Part-street, Southport. 

*Mellish, Henry. Hodsock Priory, Worksop. 

§Melrose, James. Clifton Croft, York. 

*Melvill, E. H. V., F.G.S., F.R.G.S. P.O. Val, Standerton District, 
Transvaal. 

tMennell, F. P., F.G.S. 49 London Wall, E.C. 

*Mentz-Tolley, Richard, J.P. Lynn Hall, Lichfield. 

tMenzies, Rev. James, M.D. Hwaichingfu, Honan, China. 

. §Meredith, Mrs. C. M. 55 Bryansburn-road, Bangor, Co. Down. 


62 


Year 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


of 


Election. 


1905 
1899 


. [Meredith, H. O.,M.A., Professor of Economics in Queen’s University, 
Belfast. 55 Bryansburn-road, Bangor, Co. Down. 

. *Merrett, William H., F.I.C. Hatherley, Grosvenor-road, Walling- 
ton, Surrey. 


1899. {Merryweather, J.C. 4 Whitehall-court, S.W. 


1915 


1916. 


. [Merton, Thomas R. 25 Gilbert-street, W. 
*Merz, Charles H. Collingwood-buildings, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 


1889. *Merz, John Theodore. The Quarries, Newcastle-upon-Tyne. 
1914. §Messent, A. K. 80 Regent-street, Millswood, Goodwood, South 


Australia. 


1905. {Methven, Cathcart W. Club Arcade, Smith-street, Durban. 


1896 
1915 


1915. 


- §Metzler, W. H., Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics in Syracuse 
University, Syracuse, New York, U.S.A. 

. {Meunier, Stanislas. Gas Works, Stockport. 

{Meunier, Mrs. 16 Gibson-road, Heaton Chapel, Stockport. 


1869. {Mratt, Lours C., D.Sc, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S. (Pres. D, 1897 ; 
Pres. L, 1908; Local Sec. 1890.) 21 Norton Way North, 
Letchworth. 

1903. *Micklethwait, Miss Frances M.G. 17 St. Mary’s-terrace, Padding- 
ton, W. 

1881. *Middlesbrough, The Right Rev. Richard Lacy, D.D., Bishop of. 


1904. 
1894, 


1885. 


1905. 
1912. 
1889. 
1909. 
1915. 
1895. 
1897. 


1904. 
1905. 
1908. 
1868. 


1908. 


1908. 
1902. 
1907. 
1910. 
1910. 


1903. 
1898. 
1908. 


1907. 


Bishop’s House, Middlesbrough. 

{MrppueETon, T. H., C.B., M.A. (Pres. M, 1912.) Board of Agri- 
culture and Fisheries, 4 Whitehall-place, S.W. 

*Mrers, Sir Henry A., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.8S. (Pres. C, 1905; 
Pres. L, 1910), Vice-Chancellor of the University of Man- 
chester. Birch Heys, Cromwell Range, Fallowfield, Man- 
chester. 

t¢Mitt, Huan Rosert, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S.E., F.R.G.S. (Pres. E, 
1901.) 62 Camden-square, N.W. 

Mill, Mrs. H. R. 62 Camden-square, N.W. 

tMixnar, Dr. A. H. (Local Sec. 1912.) Albert Institute, Dundee. 

*MILLAR, ROBERT CockBURN. 30 York-place, Edinburgh. 

§Miller, A. P. Glen Miller, Ontario, Canada. 

¢Miller, Dr. Alexander K. 4 Darley-avenue, West Didsbury. 

{Miller, Thomas, M.Inst.C.E. 9 Thoroughfare, Ipswich. 

*Miller, Willet G., Provincial Geologist. Provincial Geologist’s 
Office, Toronto, Canada. 

{Millis, C. T. Hollydene, Wimbledon Park-road, Wimbledon. 

{Mills, Mrs. A. A. Ceylon Villa, Blinco-grove, Cambridge. 

{Mills, Miss KE. A. Nurney, Glenagarey, Co. Dublin. 

*Mitts, Epmunp J., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.C.S. 64 Twyford-avenue, 
West Acton, W. 

§Mills, John Arthur, M.B. Durham County Asylum, Winterton, 
Ferryhill. 

§Mills, W. H., M.Inst.C.E. Nurney, Glenagarey, Co. Dublin. 

tMills, W. Sloan, M.A. Vine Cottage, Donaghmore, Newry. 

{Milne, A., M.A. University School, Hastings. 

§Milne, J. B. Cross Grove House, Totley, near Sheffield. 

*Milne, James Robert, D.Sc., F.R.S.E. 5 North Charlotte-street, 
Edinburgh. 

*Milne, R. M. Royal Naval College, Dartmouth, South Devon. 

*Miner, S. Rostryeron, D.Sc. The University, Sheffield. 

§Milroy, T. H., M.D., Dunville Professor of Physiology in Queen’s 
University, Belfast. 

§Mitton, J. H., F.G.S., F.1.8., F.R.G.S. 8 College-avenue, Crosby, 
Liverpool. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 63 


Year of 


Election. 


1914. 
1901. 
1913. 


1901. 
1909. 
1885. 


1905. 
1908. 
1914, 


1895. 
1908. 
1905. 
1905, 


1883. 
1900. 


1905. 
1891. 


1915. 
1909, 
1909, 
1914. 
1912. 


1911. 


1908. 
1894. 
1908. 
1901. 
1905. 
1916. 
1892, 
1912. 
1896. 
1901. 
1905. 


1895. 
1902. 
1901. 
1883. 
1906. 


1896. 
1892. 


tMinchin, Mrs. 53 Cheyne-court, Chelsea, S.W. 

*Mitchell, Andrew Acworth. 7 Huntly-gardens, Glasgow. 

*Mitchell, Francis W. V. 25 Augustus-road, Edgbaston, Birming- 
ham. 

*Mitchell, G. A. 5 West Regent-street, Glasgow. 

{Mitchell, J. F. 211 Rupert-street, Winnipeg, Canada. 

tMitcosEtt, P. Cuatmers, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Sec.Z.S8, (Pres. D, 
1912; Council, 1906-13.) Zoological Society, Regent’s 
Park, N.W. 

*Mitchell, W. E.C, Box 129, Johannesburg. 

{Mitchell, W. M. 2 St. Stephen’s Green, Dublin. 

fMitchell, William, M.A., D.Sc., Hughes Professor of Philosophy 
and Economics in the University of Adelaide, South Aus- 
tralia. 

*Moat, William, M.A. Johnson Hall, Eccleshall, Staffordshire. 

{Moffat, C. B. 36 Hardwicke-street, Dublin. 

tMoir, James, D.Sc. Mines Department, Johannesburg. 

§Molengraaff, Professor G. A. F,  Voorstraat 60, Delft, The 
Hague. 

{Mollison, W. L., M.A. Clare College, Cambridge. 

*Monoxton, H. W., Treas. L.S., F.G.S. 3 Harcourt-buildings, 
Temple, E.C. 

tMoncrieff, Lady Scott. 11 Cheyne-walk, S.W. 

*Mond, Robert Ludwig, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.G.8. Combe Bank, 
Sevenoaks. 

§Moodie, J. Williams Deacon’s Bank, Manchester. 

tMoody, A. W., M.D. 4324 Main-street, Winnipeg, Canada, 

*Moopy, G. T., D.Sc, Lorne House, Dulwich, 8.E, 

§Moody, Mrs. Lorne House, Dulwich, 8.E. 

§Moorz, Benzamin, D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. 1, 1914.) 8 Pembroke- 
villas, The Green, Richmond, Surrey. 

§Moore, E. 8., Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in the School 
of Mines, Pennsylvania State College, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. 

*Moorgs, Sir F. W. Royal Botanic Gardens, Glasnevin, Dublin. 

tMoore, Harold E. Oaklands, The Avenue, Beckenham, Kent. 

tMoore, Sir John W., M.D. 40 Fitzwilliam-square West, Dublin 

*Moore, Robert T. 142 St. Vincent-street, Glasgow. 

tMoore, T. H. Thornhill Villa, Marsh, Huddersfield. 

§Moore, Professor T. 8. Hillside, Egham, Surrey. 

tMoray, The Right Hon. the Earl of, F.G.S. Kinfauns Castle, Perth. 

{Moray, The Countess of. Kinfauns Castle, Perth. 

*MorprEy, W.M. 82 Victoria-street, 8. W. 

*Moreno, Francisco P. Parana 915, Buenos Aires. 

*Morgan, Miss Annie. Care of London County and Westminster 
Bank, Chancery-lane, W.C. 

tMoraan, C. Luoyp, F.R.S., F.G.8., Professor of Psychology in the 
University of Bristol. 

tMoraan, Gipert T., D.Se., F.1.C., Professor of Chemistry in the 
City and Guilds of London Technical College, Leonard-street, 
City-road, E.C. 

*Morison, James. Perth. 

*Mor.try, Henry Forster, M.A., D.Sc., F.C.S. 5 Lyndhurst-road, 
Hampstead, N.W. 

tMorrell, H. R. Scarcroft-road, York. 

*Morrell, Dr. R. S. Tor Lodge, Tettenhall Wood, Wolverhampton. 

{Morris, Sir Danten, K.C.M.G., D.Se., F.L.S. (Council, 1915- .) 

14 Crabton-close, Boscombe, Hants. 


64 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1915. 
1896. 
1880. 
1907. 


1899. 


1909. 
1886. 
1896. 


1913. 
1908. 
1876. 


1892. 
1913. 
1913. 
1912. 
1878. 


1905. 
1911. 
1912. 
1902. 
1907. 
1915. 
1909. 
1912. 
1904. 
1872. 


1913. 
1905. 
1876. 


1902. 
1915. 
1904. 
1911. 
1898. 
1901. 
1906. 
1904. 
1909. 
1883. 


1909. 
1914. 


Toe 
1909. 


1908. 
1908. 


*Morris, H. N. Gorton Brook Chemical Works, Manchester. 

*Morris, J. T. 36 Cumberland-mansions, Seymour-place, W. 

{Morris, James. 23 Brynymor-crescent, Swansea. 

tMorris, Colonel Sir W. G., K.C.M.G. Care of Messrs. Cox & Co., 
16 Charing Cross, W.C. 

*Morrow, Major Jonun, M.Sc., D.Eng. Armstrong College, New- 
castle-upon-Tyne. 

{Morse, Morton F. Wellington-crescent, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*Morton, P. F. 15 Ashley-place, Westminster, S.W. 

*Morron, Witu1AM B., M.A., Professor of Natural Philosophy in 
Queen’s University, Belfast. 

§Mosely, Alfred. West Lodge, Barnet. 

{Moss, C. E., D.Sc. Botany School, Cambridge. 

§Moss, Ricuarp Jackson, F.I.C., M.R.I.A. Royal Dublin Society, 

and St. Aubyn’s, Ballybrack, Co. Dublin. 

*Mostyn, 8. G., M.A., M.B. Health Office, Houndgate, Darlington. 

Mott, Dr. F. W., F.R.S. 25 Nottingham-place, W. 


{Mottram, V.H. 256 Lordship-lane, East Dulwich, S.E. 
*Moulton, J. C. Sarawak Museum, Sarawak. 
*Moutton, The Right Hon. Lord Justice, K.C.B., M.A., K.C., 


F.R.S. 57 Onslow-square, S.W. 

*Moysey, Miss E. L. Pitcroft, Guildford, Surrey. 

*Moysey, Lewis, B.A., M.B. St. Moritz, Ilkeston-road, Nottingham. 

{Mudie, Robert Francis. 6 Fintry-place, Broughty Ferry. 

{Muir, Arthur H. 7 Donegall-square West, Belfast. 

*Muir, Professor James. 31 Burnbank-gardens, Glasgow. 

{Muir, Ramsay. 140 Plymouth-grove, Manchester. 

{Muir, Robert R. Grain Exchange-building, Winnipeg, Canada, 

§Muir, Thomas Scott. 19 Seton-place, Edinburgh. 

{tMuir, William, I.S.0. Rowallan, Newton Stewart, N.B. 

*MurruEAD, ALEXANDER, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.C.S. 12 Carteret-street, 
Queen Anne’s Gate, Westminster, S.W. 

{Muirhead, Professor J. H., LL.D. The Rowans, Balsall Common, 
near Coventry. 

*Muirhead, James M. P., F.R.S.E. The Dunlop Rubber Co., Ltd., 

Aston Cross, Birmingham. 

*Muirhead, Robert Franklin, B.A., D.Sc. 64 Great George-street, 

Hillhead, Glasgow. 

{Mullan, James. Castlerock, Co. Derry. 

§Mullen, B. H. Salford Museum, Peel Park, Salford. 

{Mullinger, J. Bass, M.A. 1 Bene’t-place, Cambridge. 

{Mumby, Dr. B. H. Borough Asylum, Milton, Portsmouth. 

tMumford, C. E. Cross Roads House, Bouverie-road, Folkestone. 

*Munby, Alan EK. 44 Downshire-hill, Hampstead, N.W. 

{Munby, Frederick J. Whixley, York. 

{Munro, A. Queens’ College, Cambridge. 

tMunro, George. 188 Roslyn-road, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*Munro, Roszrt, M.A., M.D., LL.D. (Pres. H, 1893.) Elmbank, 
Largs, Ayrshire, N.B. 

t{Munson, J. H., K.C. Wellington-crescent, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*Murchison, Roderick. |Melbourne-mansions, Collins-street, Mel- 
bourne. 


Murdoch, W. H. F., B.Sc. 14 Howitt-road, Hampstead, N.W. 


§Murphy, A. J. Vanguard Manufacturing Co., Dorrington-street, 
Leeds, 

{Murphy, Leonard. 156 Richmond-road, Dublin. 

{Muresy, Witu1aM M., J.P. Dartry, Dublin, 


LIST OF MEMBERS : 1916. 65 


Year of 
Election. 


1905. {Murray, Charles F. K., M.D. Kenilworth House, Kenilworth, 


Cape Colony. 


Mi 
1903. §Murray, Colonel J. D. Mytholmroyd, Wigan. 
1916. §Murray, Miss Jessie, M.B. 14 Endsleigh-street, W.C. 


1914, 


{Murray, John. Tullibardin New Farm, Brisbane, Australia. 


1915. {Murray, Miss M. A. Edwards Library, University College, Gower- 


1892. 


1909. 


street, W.C. 

{Murray, T. S., D.Sc. 27 Shamrock-street, Dundee. 

{tMurray, W. C. University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Sas- 
katchewan, Canada. 


1906. {Musgrove, Mrs. Edith M. S., D.Sc. The Woodlands, Silverdale, 


1912. 
1870. 


Lancashire. 

*Musgrove, James, M.D., Professor of Anatomy in the University 
of St. Andrews, N.B. 

*Muspratt, Edward Knowles. Seaforth Hall, near Liverpool. 


1906. {Myddelton-Gavey, E. H., J.P., F.R.G.S. Stanton Prior, Meads, 


Eastbourne. 
1913. tMyddelton-Gavey, Miss Violet. Stanton Prior, Meads, Eastbourne, 
1902. {Myddleton, Alfred. 62 Duncairn-street, Belfast. 


1902. 


*Myers, Charles S., M.A., M.D. Great Shelford, Cambridge. 


1909, *Myers, Henry. The Long House, Leatherhead. 


1906. 
1915. 
1890. 


1914, 


tMyers, Jesse A. Glengarth, Walker-road, Harrogate. 

§Myers, William. 7 Station-road, Cheadle Hulme. 

*Myres, Joun L., M.A., F.S.A. (Pres. H, 1909 ; Council, 1909-16), 
Wykeham Professor of Ancient History in the University of 
Oxford. 101 Banbury-road, Oxford. 

*Myres, Miles Claude. 101 Banbury-road, Oxford. 


1886. t{Naazt, D. H., M.A. (Local Sec. 1894.) Trinity College, Oxford. 
1890. {Nalder, Francis Henry. 34 Queen-street, E.C. 


1908. 


1908. 


{Nally, T. H. Temple Hill, Terenure, Co. Dublin. 
*Neal, Mrs. K.M. 10 Meadway, Hampstead Garden Suburb, N.W. 


1909. {Neild, Frederic, M.D. Mount Pleasant House, Tunbridge Wells, 
1883. *Neild, Theodore, M.A. Grange Court, Leominster. 
1914. {Nelson, Miss Edith A., M.A., M.Sc. 131 Williams-road, East 


Prahran, Victoria. 


1914. *Nettlefold, J. S. Winterbourne, Edgbaston Park-road, Bir- 


1914. 
1866. 


mingham. 
tNettlefuld, Miss. Winterbourne, Edgbaston Park-road, Birming- 


ham. 
*Nevill, The Right Rev. Samuel Tarratt, D.D., F.L.S., Bishop of 


Dunedin, New Zealand. 


1889. *Newatt, H. Frank, M.A.,F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Professor of Astrophysics 


1912. 


1916. 


in the University of Cambridge. Madingley Rise, Cambridge. 
tNewberry, Percy E., M.A., Professor of Egyptology in the Uni- 

versity of Liverpool. Oldbury Place, Ightham, Kent. 
§Newbigin, Henry T. 3 St. Nicholas-buildings, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 


1901, tNewbigin, Miss Marion, D.Sc. Royal Scottish Geographical Society, 


Edinburgh. 


1901. {Newman, F. H. Tullie House, Carlisle. 


1913. 
1889. 


tNewman, L.F 2 Warkworth-street, Cambridge. 
tNewstead, A. H. L., B.A. 38 Green-street, Bethnal Green, N.E. 


1912. *Newton, Arthur U. University College, Gower-street, W.C. 


1892. 


{Nzwton, E, T., F.R.S., F.G.S. Florence House, Willow Bridge- 
road, Canonbury, N. 
1916. E 


66 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1914. 


1914. 
1914. 
1908. 
1908. 


1908. 
1884. 
1911. 
1916. 
1915. 
1908. 


1916. 
1863. 


1888. 
1913. 


1912. 
1913. 


1916. 
1894. 
1909. 
1910. § 


1915. 
1913. 
1912, 


1908. 
1898. 
1908. 
1913. 
1883. 
1910. 
1858. 
1911. 
1908. 
1915. 
1902. 
1913. 


1876. 
1914. 


§Newton, R. Bullen, F.G.S. British Museum (Natural History), 
South Kensington, S.W. 

ftNicholls, Dr. E. Brooke. 174 Victoria-street, North Melbourne. 

{Nicholls, Professor G. E. King’s College, Strand, W.C. 

{Nicholls, W. A. 11 Vernham-road, Plumstead, Kent. 

}Nichols, Albert Russell. 30 Grosvenor-square, Rathmines, Co. 
Dublin. 

§Nicholson, J. W., M.A., D.Sc., Professor of Mathematics in King’s 
College, Strand, W.C. 

{NicHoxtson, JoserH §., M.A., D.Sc. (Pres. F, 1893), Professor of 
Political Economy in the University of Edinburgh. 

{Nicol, J. C., M.A. The Grammar School, Portsmouth. 

§Nisbet, E. T. 26 Beverley-gardens, Cullercoats. 

tNiven, James. Civic Buildings, 1 Mount-street, Manchester. 

{Nrxon, The Right Hon. Sir CuristopuEr, Bart., M.D., LL.D., D.L. 
2 Merrion-square, Dublin. 

§Nosiz, J. H. B. Sandhoe, Hexham, Northumberland. 

§NormAn, Rev. Canon AtrreD Murzez, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., 
F.R.S., F.L.S. The Red House, Berkhamsted. 

tNorman, George. 12 Brock-street, Bath. as 

§Norman, Sir Henry, Bart., M.P. The Corner House, Cowley-street, 
S.W 


tNorrie, Robert. University College, Dundee. 

tNorris, F. Edward. Seismograph Station, Hill View, Woodbridge 
Hill, Guildford. 

§NORTHUMBERLAND, The Duke of, K.G., F.R.S. 2 Grosvenor- 

place, S.W. 

§Norcurt, S. A., LL.M., B.A., B.Sc. (Local Sec. 1895.) Constitu- 
tion-hill, Ipswich. 

{Nugent, F.S. 81 Notre Dame-avenue, Winnipeg, Canada. 

Nunn, T. Percy, M.A., D.Sc., Professor of Education in the Uni- 
versity of London. London Day Training College, South- 
ampton-row, W.C. 

{Nuttall, Harry, M.P. Bank of England-chambers, Manchester. 

§Nuttall, T. E., M.D. Middleton, Huncoat, Accrington. 

{Nuttall, W. H. Cooper Laboratory for Economic Research, 

Rickmansworth-road, Watford. 
tNutting, Sir John, Bart. St. Helen’s, Co. Dublin. 


*O’Brien, Neville Forth. Greywell House, Woking. 

tO’Carroll, Joseph, M.D. 43 Merrion-square East, Dublin. 

§Ockenden, Maurice A., F.G.S. Oil Well Supply Company, Dash- 
wood House, New Broad-street, E.C. 

tOdgers, William Blake, M.A., LL.D., K.C. 15 Old-square, 
Lincoln’s Inn, W.C. : 

*Odling, Marmaduke, M.A., F.G.S. Geological Departnient, The 
University, Leeds. 

*Opiina, WitiraM, M.B., F.R.S., V.P.C.S. (Pres. B, 1864 ; Council, 
1865-70.) 15 Norham-gardens, Oxford. 

*O’Donocuur, Cuartes H., D.Sc. University College, Gower- 
street, W.C. 

§O’Farrell, Thomas A., J.P. 30 Lansdowne-road, Dublin. 

tOgden, C. K., M.A. Magdalene College, Cambridge. 

tOgden, James Neal. Claremont, Heaton Chapel, Stockport. 

tOgilvie, A.G. 15 Evelyn-gardens, S.W. 

tOgilvie, Campbell P. Lawford-place, Manningtree, 

tOgilvie, Mrs. Campbell P. Lawford-place, Manningtree. 


LIST OF MEMBERS; 1916. 67 


Year of 
Election. 


1885. 


1912. 
1905. 


1905. 
1908. 


1892. 


1893. 
1912. 
1914. 
1887. 


1914. 
1889. 


1882. 
1908. 


1902. 
1913. 


1916. 
1905. 
1884. 
1901. 
1909 
1908. 
1904, 


1915. 
1910. 


1901. 
1908. 
1887. 
1884. 


1881. 
1906. 
1903. 
1911. 
1910. 


1909. 
1908. 


1906. 
1903. 


fOcrviz, F. Grant, C.B., M.A., B.Sc, F.R.S.E. (Local Sec, 
1892.) Board of Education, 8.W. 

§Ogilvy, J. W. 18 Bloomsbury-square, W.C. 

*Oke, Alfred William, B.A., LL.M., F.G.S., F.L.S. 32 Denmark- 
villas, Hove, Brighton. 

§Okell, Samuel, F.R.A.S. Overley, Langham-road, Bowdon, 
Cheshire. 

§Oldham, Charles Hubert, B.A., B.L., Professor of Commerce in 
the National University of Ireland. 5 Victoria-terrace, Rath- 
gar, Dublin. 

t{OLpHam, H. Yue, M.A., F.R.G.S., Lecturer in Geography in the 
University of Cambridge. King’s College, Cambridge. 

*OLpmAM, R. D., F.R.S., F.G.S. 1 Broomfield-road, Kew, Surrey. 

§O’Leary, Rev. William, S.J. Rathfarnham Castle, Co. Dublin. 

tOliver, Calder E. Manor-street, Brighton, Victoria. 

tOriver, F. W., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.L.S. (Pres. K, 1906). Professor 
of Botany in University College, London, W.C, 

§Oliver, H. G., C.E. Lara, Victoria, Australia. 

§Oliver, Professor Sir Thomas, M.D. 7 Ellison-placo, Newcastle- 
upon-Tyne. 

§Oxsey, O. T., D.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.A.S., F.R.G.S. 116 St. Andrew’s. 
terrace, Grimsby. 

evel, a G., M.A. University College, St. Stephen’s Green, 

ublin. 

tO’Neill, Henry, M.D. 6 College-square East, Belfast. 

tOrange, J. A. General Electric Company, Schenectady, New 
York, U.S.A. 

§Orde, Edwin L. Walker Shipyard, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

tO’ Reilly, Patrick Joseph. 7 North Earl-street, Dublin. 

*Orpen, Rev. T. H., M.A. Mark Ash, Abinger Common, Dorking. 

+Orr, Alexander Stewart. 10 Medows-street, Bombay, India. 

tOrr, John B. Crossacres, Woolton, Liverpool. 

*Orr, William. Dungarvan, Co. Waterford. 

*Orton, K. J. P., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry in University 
College, Bangor. 

§Orwin, C. 8. 7 Marston Ferry-road, Oxford. 

*Qsporn, T. G. B., M.Sc., Professor of Botany in the University of 
Adelaide, South Australia. 

tOsborne, Professor W. A., D.Sc. The University, Melbourne. 

{O’Shaughnessy, T. L. 64 Fitzwilliam-square, Dublin. 

{O’Shea, L. T., B.Sc. The University, Sheffield. 

{Oster, Sir Witr14M, Bart., M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., Regius Professor 
of Medicine in the University of Oxford. 13 Norham- 

ardens, Oxford. 

*Ottewell, Alfred D. 14 Mill Hill-road, Derby. 

t{Owen, Rev. E.C. St. Peter’s School, York. 

*Owen, Edwin, M.A. Terra Nova School, Birkdale, Lancashire. 

tOwens, J. S., M.D., Assoc.M.Inst.C.E. 47 Victoria-street, S.W. 

*Oxley, A. E., M.A., D.Sc. Rose Hill View, Kimberworth-road, 
Rotherham. 


tPace, F. W. 388 Wellington-crescent, Winnipeg, Canada. 
{Pack-Beresford, Denis, M.R.I.A. Fenagh House, Bagenalstown, 
Treland. 
§Page, Carl D. Wyoming House, Aylesbury, Bucks. 
*Page, Miss Ellen Iva. Turret House, Felpham, Sussex. e 
E 


68 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1883. 
1913. 
1911. 
1912. 
1911. 
1870. 


1896. 
1878. 


1866. 
1915. 
1904. 
1909, 


1891. 


1899. 
1905. 
1906. 


1879. 
1911. 
1913. 
1903. 
1908. 


1878. 


1904, 
1995. 
1898. 


1887. 


1908. 
1909. 
1897. 


1883. 
1884. 
1913. 
1908. 


1874. 
1913. 


1913. 
1879. 
1887. 
1887. 
1914. 


1388. 
1876. 


1906. 


tPage,G. W. Bank House, Fakenham. 

{Paget, Sir Richard, Bart. Old Fallings Hall, Wolverhampton. 

§Paget, Stephen, M.A., F.R.C.S. 21 Ladbroke-square, W. 

{Pahic, Paul. 52 Albert Court, Kensington Gore, S.W. 

{Paine, H. Howard. 50 Stow-hill, Newport, Monmouthshire. 

*PALGRAVE, Sir Ropert Harry Inauts, F.R.S., F.S.S. (Pres. F, 
1883.) Henstead Hall, Wrentham, Suffolk. 

{Pallis, Alexander. Tatoi, Aigburth-drive, Liverpool. 

*Palmer, Joseph Edward. Royal Societies Club, St. James’s-street, 
S.W 


§Palmer, William. Waverley House, Waverley-street, Nottingham. 

*Parker, A. The University, Birmingham. 

{ParKer, E. H., M.A. Thorneycreek, Hers:hel-road, Cambridge. 

§Parker, M. A., B.Sc., F.C.S. (Local Sec. 1909), Professor of 
Chemistry in the University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Canada, 

{ParKcer, Wittiam Newron, Ph.D., F.Z.8., Professor of Biology in 
University College, Cardiff. 

*Parkin, John. Blaithwaite, Carlisle. 

*Parkin, Thomas. Blaithwaite, Carlisle. 

§Parkin, Thomas, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S. Fairseat, High 
Wickham, Hastings. 

*Parkin, William. Broomhill House, Watson-road, Sheffield. 

tParks, Dr. G. J. 18 Cavendish-road, Southsea. 

{Parry, Edward, M.Inst.C.B. Rossmore, Leamington. 

§Parry, Joseph, M.Inst.C.E. Woodbury, Waterloo, near Liverpool. 

tParry, W. K., M.Inst.C.E. 6 Charlemont-terrace, Kingstown, 
Dublin. 

{Parsons, Hon. Sir C. A., K.C.B., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., M.Inst.C.E. 
Prestpent Exect; Pres. G, 1904.) 1 Upper Brook-street,W. 

{Parsons, Professor F. G. St. Thomas’s Hospital, S.E. 

*Parsons, Hon. Geoflrey L. Worting House, Basingstoke, Hants. 

*Partridge, Miss Josephine M. Pioneer Club, 9 Park-place, &t. 
James’s, 8. W. 

{Parerson, A. M., M.D., Professor of Anatomy in the University 
of Liverpool. 

{Paterson, M., LL.D. 7 Halton-place, Edinburgh. 

{Paterson, William. Ottawa, Canada. 

{Paton, D. Noél, M.D., F.R.S., Professor of Physiology in the 
University of Glasgow. 

*Paton, Rev. Henry, M.A. Elmswood, Bonnington-road, Peebles. 

*Paton, Hugh. Box 2646, Montreal, Canada. 

§Patrick, Joseph A., J.P. North Cliff, King’s Heath, Birmingham. 

§PatTren, C. J., M.A., M.D., Sc.D., Professor of Anatomy in the 
University of Sheffield. 

{Patterson, W. H., M.R.I.A. 26 High-street, Belfast. 

{Patterson, W. Hamilton, M.Sc. The Monksferry Laboratory, 
Birkenhead. 

*Pattin, Harry Cooper, M.A.,M.D. King-street House, Norwich. 

*Patzer, F. R. Clayton Lodge, Newcastle, Staffordshire. 

*Paxman, James. Standard Iron Works, Colchester. 

*Payne, Miss Edith Annie. Hatchlands, Cuckfield, Hayward’s Heath. 

*Payne, Professor Henry, M.Inst.C.E. The University, Mel- 
bourne. 

*Paynter, J. B. Hendford Manor, Yeovil. 

tPeace, G. H., M.Inst.C.E. The Beeches, Charcoal-road, Dunham 
Massey, Altrincham. 

tPeace; Miss Gertrude. 39 Westbourne-road, Sheffield. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916, 69 


Year of 
Election. 


1885. 
1911. 


1913. 


1886. 
1886. 
1883. 


1893. 


1898. 


1883. 


1906. 
1904. 


1909. 
1855. 


1888, 


1885. 
1884. 


1878. 
1901. 


1905. 


1915. 


1905. 


1916. 


1887. 


1894. 
1896. 
1898. 
1908. 
1905. 


1894. 


1902. 
1884, t 


1864. 
1898. 
1909. 


1874, 


1913. 


1904. 
1900. 


1914. 


1901. 


¢{Pzacn, B. N., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1912.) 
Geological Survey Office, George-square, Edinburgh. 

§Peake, Harold J. E. Westbrook House, Newbury. 

{Pear, T. H. Dunwood House, Withington, Manchester. 

*Pearce, Mrs. Horace. Collingwood, Manby-road, Malvern. 

{Pearsall, H. D. Letchworth, Herts. 

tPearson, Arthur A., C.M.G. Hillsborough, Heath-road, Petersfield, 
Hampshire. 

*Pearson, Charles E. Hillcrest, Lowdham, Nottinghamshire. 

tPearson, George. Bank-chambers, Baldwin-street, Bristol. 

{Pearson, Miss Helen E. Oakhurst, Birkdale, Southport. 

tPearson, Dr. Joseph. The Museum, Colombo, Ceylon. 

{Pearson, Karl, M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Eugenics in the University 
of London. 7 Well-road, Hampstead, N.W. 

tPearson, William. Wellington-crescent, Winnipeg, Canada. 

Peckitt, Henry. Carlton Husthwaite, Thirsk, Yorkshire. 

*Prcxover, Lord, LL.D., F.S.A., F.L.S., F.R.G.S. Bank House, 
Wisbech, Cambridgeshire. 

oe Ad Miss Alexandrina. Bank House, Wisbech, Cambridge- 
shire. 

tPeddie, William, Ph.D., F.R.S.E., Professor of Natural Philosophy 
in University College, Dundee. 

tPeebles, W. E. 9 North Frederick-street, Dublin. 

*Peek, William. Villa des Jonquilles, Rue des Roses, Monte Carlo, 

*Peel, Right Hon. Viscount. 52 Grosvenor-street, W. 

§Peirson, J. Waldie. P.O. Box 561, Johannesburg. 

t{Pemberton, Granville. 49 Acresfield-road, Pendleton. 

t{Pemberton, Gustavus M. P.O. Box 93, Johannesburg. 

§Pemberton, J. 8S. G. Belmont, Darham. 

{PENDLEBURY, Wittlam H., M.A., F.C.S. (Local Sec. 1899.) 
Woodford House, Mountfields, Shrewsbury. 

{Pengelly, Miss. Lamorna, Torquay. 

t{Pennant, P. P. Nantlys, St. Asaph. 

tPercival, Francis W., M.A., F.R.G.S. 1 Chesham-street, S.W. 

{Percival, Professor John, M.A. University College, Reading. 

{Péringuey, L., D.Sc. F.Z.S. South African Museum, Cape 
Town. 

{Pzrkn, A.G., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.C.S., F.LC. Grosvenor Lodge, 
Grosvenor-road, Leeds. 

*Perkin, F. Mollwo, Ph.D. 199 Piccadilly, W. 

Perkin, WittiaM Henry, LL.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E. (Pres. 
B, 1900; Council, 1901-07), Waynflete Professor of Chemistry 
in the University of Oxford. 5 Charlbury-road, Oxford. 

*Perkins, V. R. Wotton-under-Edge, Gloucestershire. 

*Perman, E. P., D.Sc. University College, Cardiff. 

Perry, Rev. Professor E. Guthrie. 246 Kennedy-street, Winnipeg, 
Canada. 

*Prrry, Professor Joun, M.E., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S. (Gmneran 
TREASURER, 1904- ; Pres. G, 1902; Pres. L, 1914; Coun- 
cil, 1901-04.) British Association, Burlington House, Lon- 
don, W. 

{Perry, W. J. 7 York-view, Pocklington, Yorkshire. 

*Pertz, Miss D. F. M. 2 Cranmer-road, Cambridge. 

*PrraveL, J. E., D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Engineering in the 
University of Manchester. 

*Peters, Thomas. Burrinjuck vid Goondah, N.S.W. 

tPethybridge, G. H., Ph.D, Royal College of Science, Dublin. 


* 


70 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1910. 
1895. 
1871. 
1886. 


1911. 
1896. 
1903. 
1853. 
1877. 


1863. 


1905. 
1899. 


1910. 
1890. 


1909. 
1915. 


1883. 
1901. 
1885. 
1907. 
1888. 


1896. 
1915. 
1905. 
1905. 
1911. 
1911. 
1911. 
1908. 
1908. 


1909. 
1893. 
1900. 
1911. 
1915. 


1898. 


1916. 
1908. 


*Petrescu, Captain Dimitrie, R.A., M.Eng. Scoala Superiora de 
Messern, Bucharest, Rumania. 

{Perriz, W. M. Fuinpgrs, D.C.L., F.R.S. (Pres. H, 1895), Professor 
of Egyptology in University College, W.C. 

erie John E. H., F.R.A.S., F.G.S. Vale House, St. Helier, 
ersey. 

{Phelps, Lieut.-General A. 23 Augustus-road, Edgbaston, Bir- 
mingham. 

{Philip, Alexander. Union Bank-buildings, Brechin. 

Philip, G. Hornend, Pinner, Middlesex. 

{Philip, James C. 20 Westfield-terrace, Aberdeen. 

*Philips, Rev. Edward. Hollington, Uttoxeter, Staffordshire. 

§Philips, T. Wishart. Elizabeth Lodge, Crescent-road, South 
Woodford, Essex. 

{Pauirson, Sir G. H., M.D., D.C.L. 7 Eldon-square, Newcastle-on- 
Tyne. 

tPhillimore, Miss C. M. Shiplake House, Henley-on-Thames. 

*Phillips, Charles E. S., F.R.S.E. Castle House, Shooter’s Hill, 
Kent. 

*Phillips, P. P., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry in the Thomason 
Engineering College, Rurki, United Provinces, India. 

{Pariurs, R. W., M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., Professor of Botany in Uni- 
versity College, Bangor. 2 Snowdon-villas, Bangor. 

*Phillips, Richard. 15 Dogpole, Shrewsbury. 

{Phillips, Captain W. E. 7th Leinster Regiment, Kilworth Camp, 
Co. Cork. 

*Pickard, Joseph William. Oatlands, Lancaster. 

§Pickard, Robert H., D.Sc. Billinge View, Blackburn. 

*PICKERING, SPENCER P. U., M.A., F.R.S. Harpenden, Herts. 

tPickles, A. R., M.A. Todmorden-road, Burnley. 

*Pidgeon, W. R. Lynsted Lodge, St. Edmund’s-terrace, Regent’s 
Park, N.W. 

*Pilkington, A.C. Rocklands, Rainhill, Lancashire. 

§Pilkington, Charles. The Headlands, Prestwich. 

{Pilling, Arnold. Royal Observatory, Cape Town. 

{Pim, Miss Gertrude. Charleville, Blackrock, Co. Dublin. 

{Pink, H. R. The Mount, Fareham, Hants. 

tPink, Mrs. H. R. The Mount, Fareham, Hants. 

{Pink, Mrs. J. E. The Homestead, Hastern-parade, Southsea. 

*Pio, Professor D. A. 14 Leverton-street, Kentish Town, N.W. 

{Pirrie, The Right Hon. Lord, LL.D., M.Inst.C.E. Downshire House, 
Belgrave-square, S.W. 

{Pitblado, Isaac, K.C. 91 Balmoral-place, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*Pirt, Water, M.Inst.C.E. 3 Lansdown-grove, Bath. 

*Platts, Walter. Morningside, Scarborough. 

*Plinimer, R. H. A. Rapulf-road, Hampstead, N.W. 

§Plumm-er, Professor H. C., Royal Astronomer of Ireland. Dun- 
sink Observatory, Co. Dublin. 

f{Plummer, W.:\E., M.A., F.R.A.S. The Observatory, Bidston, 
Birkenhead. 

§Plummer, Sir W. R. 4 Queen’s-square, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

tPlunkett, Colonel G. T.,C.B. Belvedere Lodge, Wimbledon, S.W. 


190%e*PLUNKETT, Right Hon. Sir Horacs, K.C.V.O., M.A., F.R.S. 


1900. 


Kilteragh, Foxrock, Co. Dublin. 
*Pocklington, H. Cabourn, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. 5 Wellclose-place, 
Leeds. 


1913. {Pocock, R. J. St. Aidan’s, 170 Eglinton-road, Woolwich, S.E. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 71 


Year of 
Election. 


1916. 


1914. 
1908. 


1906. 


1891. 


1911. 
1907. 


1900. 


1892. 


1901. 
1905. 


1905. 
1911. 
1883. 


1906. 
1907. 


1908. 


1886. 


1905. 
1913. 
1898. 


1894. 
1887. 


1913. 
1908. 
1907. 


1884. 


1913. 


1888. 
1904. 
1892. 
1906. 
1889. 


1914. 


1914. 
1903. 


1888 


1785. 
1913. 


§Pole, Miss H. J. Lydgate, Boar’s Hill, Oxford. 
aeotlee Leos J. A., D.Se., F.R.S. The University, Sydney, 
S.W. 

tPollok, James H., D.Sc. 6 St. James’s-terrace, Clonshea, Dublin. 

*Pontifex, Miss Catherine E. 7 Hurlingham-court, Fulham, 8.W. 

{Pontypridd, Lord. Pen-y-lan, Cardiff. 

tPoore, Major-General F. H. 1 St. Helen’s-parade, Southsea. 

§Pope, Alfred, F.S.A. South Court, Dorchester. 

*Popr, W. J., M.A., LL.D., F.R.S. (Pres. B, 1914), Professor of 
Chemistry in the University of Cambridge. Chemical Labora- 
tory, The University, Cambridge. 

{Popplewell, W.C., M.Sc., Assoc.M.Inst.C.E. Bowden-lane, Marple, 
Cheshire. 

§PorTER, ALFRED W., B.Sc., F.R.S. 87 Parliament Hill-mansions, 
Lissenden-gardens, N.W. 

§Portrr, J. B., D.Sc., M.Inst.0.E., Professor of Mining in the 
McGill University, Montreal, Canada. 

tPorter, Mrs. McGill University, Montreal, Canada. 

§Porter, Mrs. W. H., M.Se._ 3 Brighton-villas, Western-road, Cork. 

tPorrer, M. C., M.A., F.LS., Professor of Botany in the Arm- 
strong College, Newcastle-upon-Tyne. 13 Highbury, New- 
castle-upon-Tyne. 

tPotter-Kirby, Alderman George. Clifton Lawn, York. 

tPotts, F. A. University Museum of Zoology, Cambridge. 

*Potts, George, Ph.D., M.Sc. 91 Park-road, Bloemfontein, South 
Africa. 

*PouLron, Epwarp B., M.A., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., F.Z.8. (Pres. D, 
1896 ; Council, 1895-1901, 1905-12), Professor of Zoology in 
the University of Oxford. Wykeham House, Banbury-road, 
Oxford. 

tPoulton, Mrs. Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford. 

tPoulton, Miss. Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford. 

*Poulton, Edward Palmer, M.A. Wykeham Cottage, Woldingham, 
Surrey. 

*Powell, Si, Richard Douglas, Bart., M.D. 118 Portland-place, W. 

§Pownall, George H. 20 Birchin-lane, E.C. 

tPoynting, Mrs. J. H. 10 Ampton-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

{Praraer, R. Luoyp, B.A., M.R.LA. Lisnamae, Rathgar, Dublin. 

*Prarn, Lieut.-Col. Sir Davi, C.LE., C.M.G., M.B., F.R.S. (Pres. 
K, 1909 ; Council, 1907-14.) Royal Gardens, Kew. 

*Prankerd, A. A., D.C.L. 66 Banbury-road, Oxford. 

*Prankerd, Miss Theodora Lisle. 25 Hornsey Lane-gardens, N. 

*Preece, W. Llewellyn, M.Inst.C.E. 8 Queen Anne’s-gate, 8.W. 

§Prentice, Mrs. Manning. 27 Baldock-road, Letchworth. 

tPrentice, Thomas. Willow Park, Greenock. 

+Pressly, D. L. Coney-street, York. 

{Preston, Alfred Eley, M.Inst.C.E., F.G.S. 14 The Exchange, 
Bradford, Yorkshire. 

Preston, C. Payne. Australian Distillery Co., Byrne-street, South 
Melbourae. 

tPreston, Miss E. W. 153 Barry-street, Carlton, Victoria. 

§Price, Edward E. Oaklands, Oaklands-road, Bromley, Kent. 

tPrion, L. L. F. R., M.A., F.S.S. (Pres. F, 1895 ; Council,,1898- 
1904.) Oriel College, Oxford. . 

*Price, Rees. Walnuts, Broadway, Worcestershire. 

§Price, T. Slater. Municipal Technical School, Suffolk-street, 

Birmingham. 


72 


Year of 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Election. 


1897. 
1914. 


1908, 
1909. 
1889. 


1876. 
1881. 
1884. 


1879. 
1872. 
1883. 
1903. 
1904. 


1913. 
1913. 
1884. 
1911. 
1912. 


1898. 
1883. 
1883. 
1879. 
1911. 


1893. 
1906. 


1879. 
1911. 


1887. 
1913. 


1898. 


1896. 
1894. 


1908. 
1912. 
1883. 
1915. 
1914. 
1913. 
1907, 
1868. 


*Price, W. A., M.A. The Elms, Park-road, Teddington. 

tPriestley, Professor H. J. Edale, River-terrace, Kangaroo Point, 
Brisbane, Australia. 

§PRIESTLEY, J. H., B.Sc., Professor of Botany in the University of 
Leeds. 

*Prince, Professor E. E., LL.D., Dominion Commissioner of Fisheries. 
206 O’Connor-street, Ottawa, Canada. 

*Pritchard, Eric Law, M.D., M.R.C.S. 70 Fairhazel-gardens, South 
Hampstead, N.W. 

*PRITCHARD, URBAN, M.D., F.R.C.S. 26 Wimpole-street, W. 

§Procter, John William. Minster Hill, Huttons Ambo, York. 

*Proudfoot, Alexander, M.D. Care of E. C. S. Scholefield, Esq., 
Provincial Librarian, Victoria, B.C., Canada. 

*Prouse, Oswald Milton, F.G.S. Alvington, Ilfracombe. 

*Pryor, M. Robert. Weston Park, Stevenage, Herts. 

*Pullar, Rufus D., F.C.S. Braban, Perth. 

{Pullen-Burry, Miss. Lyceum Club, 128 Piccadilly, W. 

tPunnett, R. C., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Biology in the Uni- 
versity of Cambridge. Caius College, Cambridge. 

tPurser, G. Leslie. Gwynfa, Selly Oak, Birmingham. 

tPurser, John, M.Sc. The University, Edgbaston, Birmingham, 

*Purves, W. Laidlaw. 20 Stratford-place, Oxford-street, W. 

{Purvis, J. E. Corpus Christi College, Oxford. 

tPycraft, Dr. W. P. British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell- 
road, S«W. 

*Pye, Miss E. St. Mary’s Hall, Rochester. 

§Pye-Smith, Arnold. 32 Queen Victoria-street, E.C. 

{Pye-Smith, Mrs. 32 Queen Victoria-street, E.C. 

{Pye-Smith, R. J. 450 Glossop-road, Sheffield. 

{Pye-Smith, Mrs. R. J. 450 Glossop-road, Sheffield. 


{Quick, James. 22 Bouverie-road West, Folkestone. 
*Quiggin, Mrs. A. Hingston. Great Shelford, Cambridge. 


{tRadford, R. Heber. 15 St. James’s-row, Sheffield. 

§Rae, John T. National Temperance League, Paternoster House, 
Paternoster-row, E.C. 

*Ragdale, John Rowland. The Beeches, Stand, near Manchester. 

§Railing, Dr. A. H., B.Sc. The General Electric Co., Ltd., Witton, 
Birmingham. 

*Raisin, Miss Catherine A., D.Sc. Bedford College, Regent’s Park, 

Vv 


*RamaGeE, Huau, M.A. The Technical Institute, Norwich. 

*RAMBAUT, ARTHUR A., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., M.R.LA. 
Radcliffe Observatory, Oxford. 

{Rambaut, Mrs. Radcliffe Observatory, Oxford. 

tRamsay, Colonel R. G. Wardlaw. Whitehill, Rosewell, Midlothian. 

{tRamsay, Lady. Beechcroft, Hazlemere, High Wycombe. 

{Ramsbottom, J. 61 Ennerdale-road, Richmond, Surrey. 

{tRamsbottom, J. W. 23 Rosebery-crescent, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

tRamsden, William. Blacker-road, Huddersfield. 

{Rankine, A. O., D.Sc. 68 Courtfield-gardens, West Ealing, W. 

*Ransom, Edwin, F.R.G.S. 24 Ashburnham-road, Bedford. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 73 


Year of 
Election. 


1861. 


1903. 
1914. 
1892. 
1913. 


1914. 


1908. 
1915. 
1905. 


1868. 


1883. 
1912. 
1897. 


1907. 
1913. 
1896, 


1913. 
1914. 
1884. 
1890. 


1915. 
1916. 
1891. 
1894. 
1903. 


1911. 
1906. 


1910. 
1901. 
1904. 
1881. 
1903. 
1892. 


1908. 


1901. 
1901. 
1909. 
1904. 
1912. 
1897. 
1892. 


{Ransomsz, Arruur, M.A., M.D., F.R.S. (Local Sec. 1861.) 
Sunnyhurst, Dean Park, Bournemouth. 

{Rastall, R. H. Christ’s College, Cambridge. 

tRathbone, Herbert R. 15 Lord-street, Liverpool. 

*Rathbone, Miss May. Backwood, Neston, Cheshire. 

f{Raw, Frank, B.Sc., F.G.S. The University, Hdmund-street, 
Birmingham. 

tRawes-Whitiell, H. Manchester Hall, 183 Elizabeth-street, 
Sydney, N.S.W. 

*Raworth, Alexander. St. John’s Manor, Jersey. 

{Rawson, Christopher. 33 Manley-road, Manchester. 

{Rawson, Colonel Herbert E., C.B., R.E., F.R.G.S. Home Close, 
Heronsgate, Herts. 

*Rayteian, The Right Hon. Lord, O.M., M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., 
E.R.S., F.R.AS., F.R.G.S. (Presipent, 1884; TRustEE, 
1883- ; Pres. A, 1882; Council, 1878-83), Professor of 
Natural Philosophy in the Royal Institution, London. Terling 
Place, Witham, Essex. 

*Rayne, Charles A., M.D., M.R.C.S. St. Mary’s Gate, Lancaster. 

§Rayner, Miss M. C., D.Sc. University College, Reading. 

*Rayner, Edwin Hartree, M.A. 40 Gloucester-road, Teddington, 
Middlesex. 

{Rea, Carleton, B.C.L. 34 Foregate-street, Worcester. 

§Read, Carveth, M.A. 73 Kensington Gardens-square, W. 

*Ruap, Sir Coartes H., LL.D., F.S.A. (Pres. H, 1899.) British 
Museum, W.C. 

§Reade, Charles C. Attorney General’s Office, Adelaide. 

tReade, Mrs. C..C. Attorney General’s Office, Adelaide. 

tReadman, J. B., D.Sc., F.R.S.E. Belmont, Hereford. 

*Redwood, Sir Boverton, Bart., D.Sc, F.R.S.E., F.C.S. The 
Cloisters, 18 Avenue-road, Regent’s Park, N.W. 

tReed, H. A. The Red House, Bowdon. 

*Reed, Thomas, C.A. 1 High West-street, Gateshead-on-Tyne. 

*Reed, Thomas A. Bute Docks, Cardiff. 

*Rees, Edmund 8. G. Dunscar, Oaken, near Wolverhampton. 

{Reeves, KE. A. F.R.G.S. (Pres. E, 1916.) Hillside, Reigate- 
road, Reigate. 

{Rerves, Hon. W. Pumper. (Pres. F, 1911.) London School of 
Economics, Clare Market, W.C. 

*Reichel, Sir Harry R., M.A., LL.D., Principal of University 
College, Bangor. Penrallt, Bangor, North Wales. 

*Reid, Alfred, M.B., M.R.C.S. The Cranes, Tooting, S.W. 

*Reid, Andrew T. Auchterarder House, Auchterarder, Perthshire. 

tReid, Arthur H. 30 Welbeck-street, W. 

§Reid, Arthur S., M.A., F.G.S. Trinity College, Glenalmond, N.B. 

*Reid, Mrs. E. M., B.Sc. One Acre, Milford-on-Sea, Hants. 

{Rew, E. Waymouts, B.A., M.B., F.R.S., Professor of Physiology 
in University College, Dundee. 

tRem, Gzroraz AroupDatt, M.B., C.M., F.R.S.E. 9 Victoria-road 
South, Southsea. 

*Reid, Hugh. Belmont, Springburn, Glasgow. 

{Reid, John. 7 Park-terrace, Glasgow. 

tReid, John Young. 329 Wellington-crescent, Winnipeg, Canada. 

tReid, P. J. Marton Moor End, Nunthorpe, R.S8.0., Yorkshire. 

§Reid, Professor R. W., M.D. 37 Albyn-place, Aberdeen. 

tReid, T. Whitehead, M.D. St. George’s House, Canterbury. 

tReid, Thomas. Municipal Technical School, Birmingham. 


74 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION, 


Year of 
Election. 


1887. 
1912. 
1875. 


1894. 
1891. 


1903. 
1914. 


1889. 
1906. 


1916. 
1905, 


1912. 
1904. 


1912. 
1905. 
1883. 


1913. 


1871. 
1900. 
1906. 


1907. 
1877. 


1905. 
1906. 


1914. 


1916. 


1912. 
1889. 


1884. 
1916. 


1896. 
1901. 
1914. 
1883. 


1911. 
1902. 


*Reid, Walter Francis. Fieldside, Addlestone, Surrey. 

§Reinheimer, Hermann. 43 King Charles-road, Surbiton. 

{REINOLD, A. W., C.B., M.A., F.R.S. (Council, 1890-95.) 3 Lennox- 
mansions, Southsea. 

{Rendall, Rev. G. H., M.A., Litt.D. Charterhouse, Godalming. 

*Rendell, Rev. James Robson, B.A. Whinside, Whalley-road, 
Accrington. 

*RENDLE, Dr. A. B., M.A., F.R.S., F.LS. (Pres. K, 1916.) 28 
Holmbush-road, Putney, S.W. 

tRennie, Professor EH. H., M.A., D.Sc. The University, Adelaide, 
Australia. 

*Rennie, George B. 20 Lowndes-street, S.W. 

tRennie, John, D.Sc. Natural History Department, University of 
Aberdeen. 

§Renouf, Louis P. W. Bute Laboratory and Museum, Rothesay, 
Isle of Bute. 7 

*Renton, James Hall. Rowfold Grange, Billingshurst, Sussex. 

{Rettie, Theodore. 10 Doune-terrace, Edinburgh. 

{RevneRt, THEopor:, M.Inst.C.E. P.O. Box 92, Johannesburg. 

tRew, Sir R. H., K.C.B. (Pres. M, 1915.) Board of Agriculture 
and Fisheries, 3 St. James’s-square, S.W. 

§Reyersbach, Louis. Care of Messrs. Wernher, Beit, & Co., 
1 London Wall-buildings, E.C. 

*Reynolds, A. H. 271 Lord-street, Southport. 

{tReynolds, J. H. Low Wood, Harborne, Birmingham. 

tReynotps, James Emerson, M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.CS., 
M.R.I.A. (Pres. B, 1893; Council, 1893-99.) 3 Inverness- 
gardens, W. 

*Reynolds, Miss K. M. 8 Darnley-road, Notting Hill, W. 

tReynolds, 8. H., M.A., Sc.D., Professor of Geology in the Univer- 
sity of Bristol. 

§Reynolds, W. G. Waterhouse. Birstall Holt, near Leicester. 

*Riccardi, Dr. Paul, Secretary of the Society of Naturalists. Riva 
Muro 14, Modena, Italy. 

§Rich, Miss Florence, M.A. Granville School, Granville-road, 
Leicester. 

{Richards, Rev. A. W. 12 Bootham-terrace, York. 

{Richardson, A. EH. V., M.A., B.Sc. Department of Agriculture, 
Melbourne. 

§Richardson, E. J. Anster, Grainger Park-road, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

{Richardson, Harry, M.Inst.E.E. Electricity Supply Department, 
Dudhope Crescent-road, Dundee. 

{Richardson, Hugh, M.A. The Gables, Elswick-road, Newcastle-on- 


yne. 

*Richardson, J. Clarke. Derwen Fawr, Swansea. 

§Richardson, Lawrence. Stoneham, Beech Grove-road, Newcastle- 
on-Tyne. 

*Richardson, Nelson Moore, B.A., F.E.S. Montevideo, Chickerell, 
near Weymouth. 

*Richardson, Owen Willans, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Wheatstone 
Professor of Physics in King’s College, London, W.C. 

*Rideal, Eric K., B.A., Ph.D. 28 Victoria-street, S.W. 

*RIDEAL, SAMUEL, D.Sc., F.C.S. 28 Victoria-street, S.W 

{tRidgeway, Miss A. R. 45 West Cliff, Preston. 

§Ripcrway, Witiiam, M.A., D.Litt., F.B.A. (Pres. H, 1908), 
Professor of Archeology in the University of Cambridge. 
Flendyshe, Fen Ditton, Cambridge. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 75 


Year of 
Election. 
1913. §Ridler, Miss C.C. Coniston, Hunsdon-road, Torquay. 


1894. 
1883. 


1892. 
1912. 
1916. 
1910. 


tRiptey, E. P., F.G.S. (Local Sec. 1895.) Burwood, Westerfield- 
road, Ipswich. 

*Riaa, Sir Epwarp, C.B., L.S.0., M.A. Malvera House, East Cliff, 
Ramsgate. 

{Rintoul, D., M.A. Clifton College, Bristol. 

§Rintoul, Miss L. J. Lahill, Largo, Fife. 

*Rintoul, William. Lauriston, Ardrossan, Ayrshire, 

{Ripper, William, Professor of Engineering in the University of 
Sheffield. 


. *Rivers, W. H. R., M.D., F.R.S. (Pres. H, 1911.) St. John’s 


College, Cambridge. 


. }Rivert, A. C. D., B.A., Ph.D. (General Organising Secretary, 


1914.) The University of Melbourne, Victoria. 


s bean a aie *E., M.D., D.Sc. 44 Rotherwick-road, Hendon, 


. *Robb, Alfred A., M.A., Ph.D. Lisnabreeny House, Belfast. 
. [Robb, James Jenkins, M.D. Harlow, 19 Linden-road, Bournville, 


Birmingham. 


. *Roberts, Bruno. 30 Si. George’s-square, Regent's Park, N.W. 
. *Roberts, Evan. 27 Crescent-grove, Clapham Common, 8.W. 
. Roberts, Thomas J. Ingleside, Park-road, Huyton, near Liver- 


pool. 


. tRobertson, Andrew. Engineering Laboratories, Victoria Uni- 


versity, Manchester. 


. §Robertson, G. 8., M.Se., F.C.S. East Anglian Institute of Agri- 


culture, Chelmsford. 


. [Robertson, Professor J. W., C.M.G., LL.D. The Macdonald 


College, St. Anne de Bellevue, Quebec, Canada. 


. §Robertson, R. A., M.A., B.Sc., F.R.S.E., Lecturer on Botany in 


the University of St. Andrews. 


. *Robertson, Robert, B.Sc., M.Inst.C.E. Carnbooth, Carmunnock, 


Lanarkshire. 


. *Robins, Edward, M.Inst.C.E., F.R.G.S. Lobito, Angola, Portu- 


guese South-West Africa. 


. {Robinson, A. H., M.D. St. Mary’s Infirmary, Highgate Hill, N. 
. §Robinson, Arthur, Professor of Psychology in the University of 


Durham. Observatory House, Durham. 


. *Robinson, Charles Reece. 45 Durham-road, Sparkhill, Bir- 


mingham. 


. tRobinson, E. M. 381 Main-street, Winnipeg, Canada, 

. -Robinson, G. H. 1 Weld-road, Southport. 

. tRobinson, Herbert C. Holmfield, Aigburth, Liverpool. 

. Robinson, J. J. ‘ West Sussex Gazette’ Office, Arundel. 

. [Robinson, James, M.A., F.R.G.S. Dulwich College, Dulwich, 8.E. 
. §Robinson, James. Care of W. Buckley, Esq., Tynemouth-road, 


North Shields. 


. {Robinson, John, M.Inst.C.E. 8 Vicarage-terrace, Kendal. 
. *Robinson, John Gorges, B.A. Cragdale, Settle, Yorkshire. 
. {Robinson, John Hargreaves. Cable Ship ‘ Norseman,’ Western 


Telegraph Co., Caixa no Correu No. 117, Pernambuco, Brazil. 


. *Robinson, Mark, M.Inst.C.E. Parliament-chambers, Westminster, 


; Robinson, Professor R. The University, Liverpool. 

. tRobinson, Theodore R. 25 Campden Hill-gardens, W. 

. {Robinson, Captain W. 264 Roslyn-road, Winnipeg, Canada, 
1909. 


tRobinson, Mrs. W, 264 Roslyn-road, Winnipeg, Canada. 


76 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1904, 
1916. 
1912. 
1915. 
1885. 
1905. 
1908. 


1913. 
1913. 


1890. 


1906. 
1909. 
1884. 
1876. 


1915. 
1905. 


1883. 


1894, 
1905. 


1905. 


1900. 


1914. 
1914. 
1914. 


1909. 
1859. 
1912. 
1908. 


1902. 


1915. 


1901. 


1891. 
1911. 


1901. 


1899. 
1884, 
1905. 
1901. 
1903. 
1916. 


1890. 


{Robinson, W. H. Kendrick House, Victoria-road, Penarth. 

§Robson, C. K. Pryorsdale, Clayton-road, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

tRobson, W. G. 50 Farrington-street, Dundee. 

§Roby, Frank Henry. New Czoft, Alderley Edge. 

*Rodger, Edward. 1 Clairmont-gardens, Glasgow. 

tRoebuck, William Denison, F.L.S. 259 Hyde Park-road, Leeds. 

Rogers, A.G. L. Board of Agriculture and Fisheries, 8 Whitehall- 
place, 8. W. 

tRogers, F., D.Eing., B.A. Rowardennan, Chelsea-road, Sheffield. 

tRogers, Sir Hallewell. Greville Lodge, Sir Harry’s-road, Edgbaston, 
Birmingham. 

*Rogers, L. J., M.A., Professor of Mathematics in the University of 
Leeds. 6 Hollin-lane, Leeds. 

f{Rogers, Reginald A. P. Trinity College, Dublin. 

{Rogers, Hon. Robert. Roslyn-road, Winnipeg, Canada, 

*Rogers, Walter. Care of Capital and Counties Bank, Falmouth. 

tRoxuit, Sir A. K., LL.D., D.C.L., Litt.D. St. Anne’s Hall, near 
Chertsey-on-Thames, Surrey. 

Roper, R. E., M.A. Bedale School, Petersfield. 

tRose, Miss G. Mabel. Ashley Lodge, Oxford. 

*Rose, J. Holland, Litt.D. Walsingham, Millington-road, Cam- 
bridge. 

*Rosg, Sir T. K., D.Sc., Chemist and Assayer to the Royal Mint. 
6 Royal Mint, E. 

*Rosedale, Rev. H. G., D.D., F.S.A. 7 Gloucester-street, S.W. 

*Rosedale, Rev. W. E., D.D. St. Mary Bolton’s Vicarage, South 
Kensington, 8.W. 

tRosEnHaIn, Water, B.A., F.R.S. Warrawee, Coombe-lane, 
Kingston Hill, Surrey. 

{Rosenhain, Mrs. Warrawee, Coombe-lane, Kingston Hill, Surrey. 

{Rosenhain, Miss. Warrawee, Coombe-lane, Kingston Hill, Surrey. 

tRoss, Alexander David, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.A.S., F.R.S.E., Professor 
of Mathematics and Physics in the University of Western 
Australia, Perth, Western Australia. 

ftRoss, D. A. 116 Wellington-crescent, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*Ross, Rev. James Coulman. Wadworth Hall, Doncaster. 

tRoss, Miss Joan M. Hazelwood, Warlingham, Surrey. 

tRoss, Sir John, of Bladensburg, K.C.B. Rostrevor House, . 
Rostrevor, Co. Down. 

tRoss, John Callender. 46 Holland-street, Campden-hill, W. 

tRoss, Roderick. Edinburgh. 

fRoss, Colonel Sir Ronatp, K.C.B., F.R.S. 36 Harley House, 
Regent’s Park, N.W. 

*Roth, H. Ling. Briarfield, Stump Cross, Halifax, Yorkshire. 

*Rothschild, Right Hon. Lord, D.8c., Ph.D., F.R.S. Tring Park, 
Tring. 


g 
“*Rottenburg, Paul, LL.D. Care of Messrs. Leister, Bock, & Co., 


Glasgow. 
*Round, J. C., M.R.C.S. 19 Crescent-road, Sydenham Hill, S.E. 
*Rouse, M. L., B.A. 2 Exbury-road, Catford, 8.H. 
tRousselet, Charles F. Fir Island, Bittacy Hill, Mill Hill, N.W. 
{Rowallan, the Right Hon. Lord. Thornliebank House, Glasgow. 
*Rowe, Arthur W., M.B., F.G.S. Shottendane, Margate. 
*Rowell, Herbert B. The Manor House, Jesmond, Newcastle-on- 


Tyne. 
tRowley, Walter, M.Inst.C.E., F.8.A.  Alderhill, Meanwood, 
Leeds. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. ui 


Year of 
Election. 


1910. 


1901. 
1905. 


1905. 
1904. 
1909. 
1896. 
1911. 
1912. 
1904, 


1883. 
1852. 
1908. 
1908. 
1886. 


1909. 


1907. 


1914. 


1914. 


1909. 
1908. 
1905. 
1909. 
1906. 


1903. 
1883. 


1871. 
1903. 
1914. 
1915. 
1873. 
1904. 
1911. 


1901. 


1907. 


1915. 
1896. 
1896. 
1903. 


1886. 
1896. 


1907. 


tRowse, Arthur A., B.A., B.Sc. 190 Musters-road, West Bridgford, 
Nottinghamshire. : 

*Rudorf, C.C. G., Pi.D., B.Se. 52 Cranley-gardens, Muswell Hill, N. 

*Ruffer, Sir Mare Armand, C.M.G., M.A., M.D., B.Sc. Quarantine 
International Board, Alexandria. 

{Ruffer, Lady. Alexandria. 

{Ruhemann, Dr. §., F.R.S. The Elms, Adams-road, Cambridge. 

tRumball, Rev. M. C., B.A. Morden, Manitoba, Canada. 

*Rundell, T. W., F.R.Met.Soc. Terras Hill, Lostwithiel. 

{Rundle, Henry, F.R.C.S. 13 Clarence-parade, Southsea. 

*Rusk, Robert R., M.A., Ph.D. 4 Barns-crescent, Ayr. 

{Russeizt, E. J., D.Se. (Pres. M, 1916; Council, 1916- .) 

Rothamsted Experimental Station, Harpenden, Herts. 

*Russell, J. W. 28 Staverton-road, Oxford. 

*Russell, Norman Scott. Arts Club, Dover-street, W. 

{ Russell, Robert. Arduagremia, Haddon-road, Dublin. 

{RussExt, Right Hon. T. W., M.P. Olney, Terenure, Co. Dublin. 

tRust, Arthur. Eversleigh, Leicester. 

*Rutherford, Hon. Alexander Cameron. Strathcona, Alberta, 
Canada. 

§RuTHERFORD, Sir Ernest, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1909; 
Council, 1914- ), Professor of Physics in the University of 
Manchester. 

}Rutherford, Lady. 17 Wilmslow-road, Withington, Manchester. 

{Rutherford, Miss Eileen. 17 Wilmslow-road, Withington, Man- 
chester. 

{Ruttan, Colonel H. N. Armstrong’s Point, Winnipeg, Canada, 

{tRyan, Hugh, D.Sc. Omdurman, Orwell Park, Rathgar, Dublin, 

tRyan, Pierce. Rosebank House, Rosebank, Cape Town. 

{Ryan, Thomas. Assiniboine-avenue, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*Rymer, Sir Josep Sykes. The Mount, York. 


{Sapuer, M. E., C.B., LL.D. (Pres. L, 1906), Vice-Chancellor of the 
University of Leeds. 41 Headingley-lane, Leeds. 

{Sadler, Robert. 7 Lulworth-road, Birkdale, Southport. 

tSadler, Samuel Champernowne. Church House, Westminster, 8.W. 

tSagar, J. The Poplars, Savile Park, Halifax. 

{St. John, J. R. Botanic Gardens, Melbourne. 

§Sainter, E. H. Care of Messrs. Steel, Peech, & Tozer, Sheftield. 

*Salomons, Sir David, Bart., F.G.S. Broomhill, Tunbridge Wells. 

t{Satter, A. E., D.Se., F.G.S. 5 Clifton-place, Brighton. 

§Sampson, Professor R. A., M.A., F.R.S., Astronomer Royal for 
Scotland. Royal Observatory, Edinburgh. 

{Samuel, John §., J.P., F.R.S.E. City Chambers, Glasgow. 

*Sand, Dr. Henry J. 8. The Sir John Cass Technical Institute, 
Jewry-street, Aldgate, H.C. 

*Sandon, Harold. 51 Dartmouth Park-hill, Kentish Town, N.W. 

§Saner, John Arthur, M.Inst.C.E. Toolerstone, Sandiway, Cheshire. 

{Saner, Mrs. Toolerstone, Sandiway, Cheshire. 

{Sankey, Captain H. R., C.B., R.E., M.Inst.C.E. Palace-chambers, 
9 Bridge-street, S.W. 

t{Sankey, Percy E. 44 Russell-square, W.C. 

*Saraant, Miss Eruet, F.L.S. (Pres. K, 1913.) The Old Rectory, 
Girton, Cambridgeshire. 

{Sargent, H.C. Ambergate, near Derby. 


78 


Year of 
Election 


1914. 
1913. 
1903. 


1887. 
1906. 
1883. 


1903. 
1879. 


1914. 
1914. 
1914. 
1888. 


1880. 
1905. 
1873. 
1883. 
1905. 
1913. 
1881. 


1916. 
1878. 


1889. 
1915. 
1902. 


1895. 


1883. 
1895. 


1890. 
1906. 


1914. 
1907. 


1911. 
1913. 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


{Sargent, O. H. York, Western Australia. 

t{Saundby, Robert, M.D, Great Charles-street, Birmingham. 

*SaunpeErs, Miss E. R., F.L.S. (Council, 1914- .) Newnham 
College, Cambridge. 

§Saycr, Rev. A. H., M.A., D.D. (Pres. H, 1887), Professor of 
Assyriology in the University of Oxford. Queen’s College, 
Oxford. 

tSayer, Dr. Ettie. 35 Upper Brook-street, W. 

*Scarborough, George. 1 Westfield-terrace, Chapel Allerton, 
Leeds. 

{ScaRtsBRick, Sir CHARLES, J.P. Scarisbrick Lodge, Southport. 

*Scuirmr, Sir E. A., LL.D., D.Se., M.D., F.R.S. (PResipEnt, 
1912; GENERAL SEcRETARY, 1895-1900; Pres. I, 1894; 
Council, 1887-93), Professor of Physiology in the University 
of Edinburgh. Marly Knowe, North Berwick. 

{Schiafer, Lady. Marly Knowe, North Berwick. 

{Scharff, J. W. Knockranny, Bray, Co. Wicklow. 

{Scharff, Mrs. Knockranny, Bray, Co. Wicklow. 

*SonakFF, Rosert F., Ph.D., B.Sc., Keeper of the Natural History 
Department, National Museum, Dublin. Knockranny, 
Bray, Co. Wicklow. 

*Schemmann, Louis Carl. Neueberg 12, Hamburg. 

tScuHonLanD, 8., Ph.D. Albany Museum, Grahamstown, Cape 
Colony. 

*ScuustrrR, ArtHur, Ph.D., Sec. R.S., F.R.A.S. (PREsmpDENT, 
1915; Pres. A, 1892; Council, 1887-93.) Yeldall, Twyford, 
Berks. 

*SciaTer, W. Luriey, M A., F.Z.S. Odiham Priory, Winchfield, 

tSclater, Mrs. W. L. Odiham Priory, Winchfield. 

§Scoble, Walter A., B.Sc., A.M.Inst.C.E. City and Guilds Technical 
College, Leonard-street, E.C. 

*Scott, ALEXANDER, M.A., D.Sc. F.R.S., F.C.S. 34 Upper 
Hamilton-terrace, N.W. 

§Scott, Alexander, M.A., D.Sc. The University, Glasgow. 

*Scott, Arthur William, M.A., Professor of Mathematics and Natural 
Science in St. David’s College, Lampeter. 

*Scott, D. H., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Pres.L.S. (GENERAL SECRE- 
TARY, 1900-03; Pres. K, 1896.) East Oakley House, Oakley, 
Hants ; and Athenzum Club, Pall Mall, S.W. 

tScott, Rev. Canon J. J. 65 Ardwick-green, Manchester. 

tScorr, Wituiam R., M.A., Litt.D., F.B.A. (Pres. F, 1915; 
Council, 1916-__), Professor of Political Economy in the 
University of Glasgow. 8 University-gardens, Glasgow. 

tScott-Elliot, Professor G. F., M.A., B.Sc., F.L.S. Newton, 
Dumfries. 

tScrivener, Mrs. Haglis House, Wendover. 

tScwl, Miss HE. M. L. St. EHdmund’s, 10 Worsley-road, Hamp- 
stead, N.W. 

*Searle, G. F. C., Sc.D., F.R.S. Wyncote, Hills-road, Cambridge. 

*See, T. J. J., AM., Ph.D., F.R.A.S., Professor of Mathematics, 
U.S. Navy. Naval Observatory, Mare Island, California. 

{Selby, H. B. 8 O’Connell-street, Sydney, N.S.W. 

§Senieman, Dr. C. G. (Pres. H, 1915), Professor of Ethnology in 
the University of London. The Mound, Long Crendon, 
Thame, Oxon. 

*Seligman, Mrs. C. G. The Mound, Long Crendon, Thame, Oxon. 

§Seligmann, Miss Emma A. 61 Kirklee-road, Kelvinside, Glasgow. 


Year of 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 79 


Election. 


1909. 
1888. 


1910. 
1895. 
1892. 


1913. 
1914. 


1899. 


1891. 
1905. 
1904. 


1902. 
1913. 
1901. 


1906. 
1878. 


1904. 


1914. 
1910. 
1889. 
1883. 


1883. 
1915. 
1903. 


1912. 
1905. 
1905. 
1865. 
1900. 
1908. 


1883. 
1883. 


1896. } 


1888. 
1908. 


1887. 


{Sellars, H. Lee. 225 Fifth-avenue, New York, U.S.A. 

*SmnreR, ALFRED, M.D., Ph.D., D.Sc., F.C.S. (Pres. B, 1912), 
Professor of Chemistry in University College, Galway. 
28 Herbert-park, Donnybrook, Co. Dublin. ; 

{Seton, R. 8., B.Sc. The University, Leeds. 

*Seton-Karr, H. W. 8 St. Paul’s-mansions, Hammersmith, W. 

*SmwarbD, A.C., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Pres. K, 1903 ; Council, 
1901-07; Local Sec. 1904), Professor of Botany in the Univer- 
sity of Cambridge. The Master's Lodge, Downing College, 
Cambridge. 

jSeward, Mrs. The Master’s Lodge, Downing College, Cambridge. 

{Seward, Miss Phyllis. The Master’s Lodge, Downing College, 
Cambridge. 

tSeymour, Henry J., B.A., F.G.S., Professor of Geology in the 
National University of Ireland. Earlsfort-terrace, Dublin. 

{Shackell, E. W. 191 Newport-road, Cardiff. 

*Shackleford, W. C. Barnt Green, Worcestershire. 

tShackleton, Lieutenant Sir Ernest H., M.V.O., F.R.G.S. 9 Regent- 
strect, S.W. 

jSuarrespury, The Right Hon. the Earl of, K.P., K.C.V.O. 
Belfast Castle, Belfast. 

{Shakespear, G. A., D.Sc., M.A. 21 Woodland-road, Northfield, 
Worcestershire. 

pea sega Mrs. G. A. 21 Woodland-road, Northfield, Worcester- 
shire. 

{Shann, Frederick. 6 St. Leonard’s, York. 

{Suarp, Davin, M.A., M.B., F.R.S., F.L.S. Lawnside, Brocken- 
hurst, Hants. 

{Sharples, George. 181 Great Cheetham-street West, Higher 
Broughton, Manchester. 

tShaw, A. G. Merton-crescent, Albert Park, Victoria, Australia. 

§Shaw, J. J. Sunnyside, Birmingham-road, West Bromwich. 

*Shaw, Mrs. M. S., B.Sc. Brookhayes, Exmouth. 

*Suaw, Sir Naprer, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1908 ; Council, 
1895-1900, 1904-07.) Meteorological Office, Exhibition-road, 
South Kensington, 8.W. 

{Shaw, Lady. 10 Moreton-gardens, South Kensington, S.W. 

§Shaw, Dr. P. E. University College, Nottingham. 

{Shaw-Phillips, T., J.P. The Times Library Club, 380 Oxford- 
street, W. 

{Shearer, Dr. C., F.R.S. Clare College, Cambridge. 

{Shenstone, Miss A. Sutton Hall, Barcombe, Lewes. 

{Shenstone, Mrs. A. E.G. Sutton Hall, Barcombe, Lewes. 

{Shenstone, Frederick S. Sutton Hall, Barcombe, Lewes. 

§SHEPPARD, THOMAS, F.G.S. The Municipal Museum, Hull. 

tSheppard, W. F., Se.D., LL.M. Board of Education, White- 
hall, S.W. 

tSherlock, David. Rahan Lodge, Tullamore, Dublin. 

{Sherlock, Mrs. David. Rahan Lodge, Tullamore, Dublin. 

SHERRINGTON, C. S., M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. I, 1904 ; Council, 

1907-14), Professor of Physiology in the University of Oxford. 
9 Chadlington-road, Oxford. 

*Shickle, Rev. C. W., M.A., F.S.A. St. John’s Hospital, Bath. 

*Shickle, Miss Mabel G. M. 9 Cavendish-crescent, Bath. 

*Snrpiey, ArTHuR E., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. D, 1909 ; 
Council, 1904-11), Master of Christ’s College, Cambridge. 


1897, {SHorz, Dr. Lewis E. St. John’s College, Cambridge. 


80 


Year 
Electi 


1882, 


1901 


1908. 


1917 


1904, 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


of 
ion, 


. {SHorz, T. W., M.D., B.Sc., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at 
St. Bartholomew’s Hospital. 6 Kingswood-road, Upper Nor- 
wood, S.E. 

. Short, Peter M., B.Sc. 1 Deronda-road, Herne Hill, SE. 

{Shorter, Lewis R., B.Sc. 29 Albion-street, W. 

. §Shorter, Dr. §8. A. The University, Leeds. 

*Shrubsall, F. C., M.A., M.D. 4 Heathfield-road, Mill Hill Park, 

Acton, W. 


1910. {Shuttleworth, T. E. 5 Park-avenue, Riverdale-road, Sheffield. 


1889, 
1902 


1883. 


1877 
1914 


1913 
1873 


1905 


. {Sibley, Walter K., M.A., M.D. 6 Cavendish-place, W 

. [Siddons, A. W., M.A. Harrow-on-the-Hill, Middlesex. 

*Sidebotham, Edward John. LErlesdene, Bowdon, Cheshire. 

. *Sidebotham, Joseph Watson. Merlewood, Bowdon, Cheshire. 

. *Srpawick, Mrs. Henry (Pres. lL, 1915). 27 Grange-road, Cam- 

bridge. 

. *Smpeawick, N. V., M.A., D.Sc. Lincoln College, Oxford, 

. *SteMENS, ALEXANDER, M.Inst.C.E. Palace Place-mansions, Ken- 
sington Court, W. 

. {Siemens, Mrs. A. Palace Place-mansions, Kensington Court, 


*Silberrad, Dr. Oswald. Buckhurst Hill, Essex. 


1903. 

1915. *Smmon, Councillor E. D. (Local Sec., 1915.) 20 Mount-street, 
Manchester. 

1914. §Simpson, Dr. G. C.; F.R.S. Meteorological Department, Simla, 
India. 

1913. *Simpson, J. A., M.A., D.Sc. 62 Academy-street, Elgin. 

1863. {Simpson, J. B., F.G.S. Hedgefield House, Blaydon-on-Tyne. 

1909. {Simpson, Professor J. C. McGill University, Montreal, Canada. 


1908. 
1901. 
1907. 
1909. 
1909. 
1884, 
1909. 


1912. 
1907. 


{Simpson, J. J., M.A., B.Sc. Zoological Department, Marischal 
College, Aberdeen. 

*Simpson, Professor J. Y., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E. 25 Chester-street, 
Edinburgh. 

{Simpson, Lieut.-Colonel R. J. S., C.M.G. 66 Shooter’s Hill-road, 
Blackheath, S.E. 

*Simpson, Samuel, B.Sc., Director of Agriculture, Kampala, 
Uganda. 

{Simpson, Sutherland, M.D. Cornell University Medical College, 
Ithaca, New York, U.S.A. 

*Simpson, Professor W. J. R., C.M.G., M.D. 31 York-terrace, 
Regent’s Park, N.W. 

{Sinclair, J. D. 77 Spence-street, Winnipeg. 

{Sinclair, Sir John R.G., Bart., D.S.0, Barrock House, Wick, N.B. 

*Sircar, Dr. Amrita Lal, L.M.S., F.C.S. 51 Sankaritola, Calcutta. 


1905. *Ss0arEN, Professor H. Natural History Museum, Stockholm, 


1914. 


1902. 
1906. 
1883. 
1910. 
1916. 
1898. 


1905. 
1913. 


Sweden. 

*Skeats, EK. W., D.Sc., F.G.S., Professor of Geology in the Uni- 
versity, Melbourne. F 

{Skeffington, J. B., M.A., LL.D. Waterford. 

tSkerry, H. A. St. Paul’s-square, York, 

{Skillicorne, W. N. 9 Queen’s-parade, Cheltenham. 

{Skinner, J. C. 76 Ivy Park-road, Sheffield. 

§Skinner, Leslie 8. Bill Quay Shipyard, Bill Quay-on-Tyne. 

{Sxinver, Srpnzy, M.A. (Local Sec. 1904.) South-Western 
Polytechnic, Manresa-road, Chelsea, S.W. 

*Skyrme, C. G. Baltimore, 6 Grange-road, Upper Norwood, 8.E. 

§Skyrme, Mrs. C. G. Baltimore, 6 Grange-road, Upper Norwood, 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 81 


Year of 

Election. 

1913. *Stapz, R. E., D.Sc. University College, Gower-street, W.C. 

1915. {Slater, Gilbert. Ruskin College, Oxford. 

1916. §Small, James. Armstrong College, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

1915. *Smalley, J. Norton Grange, Castleton, Manchester. 

1915. §Smalley, William. Springfield, Castleton, Manchester. 

1903. *Smallman, Raleigh 8. Eliot Lodge, Albemarle-road, Beckenham. 

1902. {Smedley, Miss Ida. 36 Russell-square, W.C. 

1911. eon Samuel. The Quarry, Sanderstead-road, Sanderstead, 

urrey. 

1911. §Smith, A. Malins, M.A. St. Audrey’s Mill House, Thetford, Norfolk. 

1914. {Smith, Professor A. Micah. School of Mines, Ballarat, Victoria. 

1892. {Smith, Alexander, B.Sc., Ph.D., F.R.S.E. Department of Chemistry, 
Columbia University, New York, U.S.A. 

1908. {Smith, Alfred. 30 Merrion-square, Dublin. 

1897. po Andrew, Principal of the Veterinary College, Toronto, 

anada. 

1901. *Surrx, Miss Annir Lorrary. 20 Talgarth-road, West Kensing- 
ton, W. 

1914. {Smith, Arthur Elliot. 4 Willow Bank, Fallowfield, Manchester. 

1889. *Smrru, Professor C. Micurr, C.1.E., B.Sc., F.R.S.E., F.R.A.S. 
Winsford, Kodaikanal, South India. 

1910. {Smith, Charles. 11 Winter-street, Sheffield. 

1900. §Smith, E.J. Grange House, Westgate Hill, Bradford. 

1913. *Smith, Miss E. M. 40 Owlstone-road, Newnham, Cambridge. 

1908. {Smith, E. Shrapnell. 7 Rosebery-avenue, E.C. 

1915. §SmrrH, E. W. Fraser. (Local Sec. 1916.) 2 Jesmond-gardens, 
Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

1886. *Smith, Mrs. Emma. Hencotes House, Hexham. 

1901. §Smith, F. B. Care of A. Croxton Smith, Esq., Burlington House, 
Wandle-road, Upper Tooting, S.W. 

1866. *Smith, F.C. Bank, Nottingham. 

1911. §Smith, F. E. National Physical Laboratory, Teddington, Middlesex. 

1912. {Smith, Rev. Frederick. The Parsonage, South Queensferry. 

1897. {Smrrn, G. Exziot, M.D., F.R.S. (Pres. H, 1912), Professor of 
Anatomy in the University of Manchester. 

1914. {Smith, Mrs. G. Elliot. 4 Willow Bank, Fallowfield, Manchester. 

1903. *Smrru, Professor H. B Lens, M.A., M.P. The University, Bristol. 

1910. §Smith, H. Bompas, M.A. Victoria University, Manchester. 

1914. {Smith, H.G. Technological Museum, Sydney, N.S.W. 

1889. *Sunru, Sir H. LuEwEttyn, K.C.B., M.A., B.Sc., F.S.S. (Pres. F, 
1910.) Board of Trade, S.W. 

1860. *Smith, Heywood, M.A., M.D. 30 York-avenue, Hove. 

1876. *Smith, J. Guthrie. 5 Kirklee-gardens, Kelvinside, Glasgow. 

1902. {Smith, J. Lorrain, M.D., F.R.S., Professor of Pathology in the 
University of Edinburgh. 

1903. *Smith, James. Pinewood, Crathes, Aberdeen. 

1915. §Smith, Joseph. 28 Altom-street, Blackburn. 

1914. tSmith, Miss L. Winsford, Kodaikanal, South India. 

1914. {Smith, Latimer Elliot. 4 Willow Bank, Fallowfield, Manchester. 

1910. §Smith, Samuel. Central Library, Sheffield. 

1894. §Smith, T. Walrond. Care of Frank Henderson, Esq., Thetford, 
Charles-street, Berkhamsted. 

1910. {Smith, W. G., B.Sc., Ph.D. College of Agriculture, Edinburgh, 

1896. *Smith, Rev. W. Hodson. 104-122 City-road, E.C. 

1911. {Smith, W. Parnell. The Grammar School, Portsmouth. 

1913. {Smith, Walter Campbell. British Museum (Natural History), 


Cromwell-road, 8. W. 


1916. F 


82 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1885. 
1909. 
1883. 


1909. 
1914. 
1908. 


1888. 


1913. 
1905. 


1905. 
1879. 


1883. 
1915. 
1900. 


1910. 
1916. 
1903. 


1903. 
1915. 


1883. 


1913. 
1909. 
1893. 
1910. 
1912. 
1914. 


1910. 
1894. 
1864. 
1909, 
1854. 


1915. 
1888. 
1903. 


1883. 
1914. 


1894, 
1909. 
1900. 


*Smith, Watson. 34 Upper Park-road, Haverstock Hill, N.W. 

{Smith, William. 218 Sherbrooke-street, Winnipeg, Canada. 

{SmiTHELLs, Arruur, B.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. B, 1907 ; Local Sec. 1890), 
Professor of Chemistry in the University of Leeds 

{Smylie, Hugh. 13 Donegall-square North, Belfast. 

{Smyth, John, M.A., Ph.D. Teachers’ College, Carlton, Victoria. 

§Smythe, J. A., Ph.D., D.Sc. 10 Queen’s-gardens, Benton, New- 
castle-on-Tyne. 

*Snapr, H. Luoyp, D.Sc., Ph.D. Balholm, Lathom-road, South- 
port. 

*Snell, Sir John, M.Inst.C.E. 8 Queen Anne’s-gate, S.W. 

{Soppy, F., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry in the University 
of Aberdeen. 

{Sollas, Miss I. B. J., B.Sc. Newnham College, Cambridge. 

*Sotias, W. J., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 
1900 ; Council, 1900-03), Professor of Geology in the Univer- 
sity of Oxford. 48 Woodstock-road, Oxford. 

+Sollas, Mrs. 48 Woodstock-road, Oxford. 

tSomers, Edward. 4 Leaf-square, Pendleton. 

*SoMERVILLE, W., D.Sc., F.L.S., Sibthorpian Professor of Rural 
Economy in the University of Oxford. 121 Banbury-road, 
Oxford. 

*Sommerville, Duncan M. Y. The University, St. Andrews, N.B. 

§Soulby, Rev. C. T. H. Grange Rectory, Jarrow-on-Tyne. 

{Soulby, R. M. Sea Holm, Westbourne-road, Birkdale, Lanca- 
shire. 

{Southall, Henry T. The Graig, Ross, Herefordshire. 

§Sowerbutts, Harry. Manchester Geographical Society, 16 St. 
Mary’s Parsonage, Manchester. 

{Spanton, William Dunnett, F.R.C.S. Chatterley House, Hanley, 
Staffordshire. 

§Sparke, Thomas Sparrow. 33 Birkby-crescent, Huddersfield. 

{Sparling, Rev. J. W.,D.D. 159 Kennedy-street, Winnipeg, Canada, 

*Speak, John. Kirton Grange, Kirton, near Boston. 

{Spearman, C. Birnam, Guernsey. 

tSpeers, Adam, B.Sc., J.P. Holywood, Belfast. 

{Spencer, Professor Sir W. Banpwin, K.C.M.G., M.A., D.Sc., 
F.R.S. The University, Melbourne. 

+Spicer, Rev. H.C. The Rectory, Waterstock, Oxford. 

Spiers, A. H. Gresham’s School, Holt, Norfolk. 

*SPILLER, JOHN, F.C.S. 2 St. Mary’s-road, Canonbury, N. 

{Sprague, D. E. 76 Edmonton-street, Winnipeg, Canada, 

*SPRAGUE, THoMAS Bonn, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.E. West Holme, 
Woldingham, Surrey. 

{Squier, George Owen. 43 Park-lane, W. 

*Stacy, J. Sargeant. 152 Shoreditch, E. - 

{Stallworthy, Rev. George B. The Manse, Hindhead, Haslemere, 
Surrey. 

*Stanford, Edward, F.R.G.S. 12-14 Long-acre, W.C. 

*Stanley, Hon. Sir Arthur, K.C.M.G. State Government House, 


Melbourne. 

*STANSFIELD, ALFRED, D.Sc. McGill University, Montreal, 
Canada. 

{Stansfield, Edgar. Mines Branch, Department of Mines, Ottawa, 
Canada. 


*STANSFIELD, Professor H., D.Sc. Hartley University College, 
Southampton, 


Year of 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 83 


Election. 


1913. 


1911. 
1915. 
1899. 


1898. 
1907. 
1900. 


188}. 


1892. 


1896. 
1914. 
1911. 


1908. 


1912. 


1911. 


1909. 
1884, 


1915. 
1902 


1910. 
1911. 
1909. 


1908. 


1906. 
1900. 


1880. 


1915. 
1916. 


1905. 
1916. 


1909. 


1875. 
1901. 
1901. 


1915. 
1911. 


1913. 


1914. 
1914. 


§Stanton, T. E., D.Sc., F.R.S. National Physical Laboratory, Ted- 
dington, Middlesex. 

{Srapr, Dr. Orro, F.R.S. Royal Gardens, Kew. 

§Stapledon, R. G. The Fanugan, Llanbadarn, Aberystwyth. 

{Srartine, E. H., M.D., F.R.S. (Pres. I, 1909 ; Council, 1914- ), 
Professor of Physiology in University College, London, 
W.C. 

{Stather, J. W., F.G.S. Brookside, Newland Park, Hull. 

§Staynes, Frank. 36-38 Silver-street, Leicester. 

*SrmaD, J. E., D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. B, 1910.) 11 Queen’s-terrace, 
Middlesbrough. 

t{Stead, W. H. Beech-road, Reigate. 

*SrrpBInG, Rev. Taomas R. R., M.A., F.R.S. Ephraim Lodge, 
The Common, Tunbridge Wells. 

*SrzBBina, W. P. D., F.G.S. 784 Lexham-gardens, W. 

{Sreexe, Professor B. D. The University, Brisbane, Australia. 

{Steele, L. J., M.I.E.E. H.M. Dockyard, Portsmouth. 

{Steele, Lawrence Edward, M.A., M.R.IL.A. 18 Crosthwaite-park 
East, Kingstown, Co. Dublin. 

§Srracat, J. E. A., M.A., Professor of Mathematics in University 
College, Dundee. Woodend, Perth-road, Dundee. 

{Stein, Sir Mare Aurel, K.C.LE., D.Sc., D.Litt. Merton College, 
Oxford. 5 

{Steinkopj, Max. 667 Main-street, Winnipeg, Canada. 

*Stephens, W. Hudson. Low-Ville, Lewis County, New York, 
U.S.A 


§Stephens, Sir William. 2 Cathedral-street, Manchester. 

{Stephenson, G. Grianan, Glasnevin, Dublin. 

*SrepHENsoN, H. K. Banner Cross Hall, Sheffield. 

{Stern, Moritz. 241 Bristol-road, Birmingham. 

{Stethern, G. A. Fort Frances, Ontario, Canada. 

*Steven, Alfred Ingram, M.A., B.Sc. 16 Great Clyde-street, 
Glasgow. 

tStevens, Miss C.O. The Plain, Foxcombe Hill, Oxford. 

{Srevens, FrepEricx. (Local Sec. 1900.) Town Clerk’s Office, 
Bradford. 

*Stevens, J. Edward, LL.B. Le Mayals, Blackpill, R.S.O. 

{Stevens, Marshall. Trafford Hall, Manchester. 

§Stevenson, Miss Elizabeth Frances. 24 Brandling-park, New- 
castle-on-Tyne 

+Stewart, A. F. 343 Walmer-road, ‘Toronto, Canada. 

§Stewart, A. W., D.Sc. 3 Annfield-road, Partick Hill, Glasgow. 

{Stewart, David A., M.D. 407 Pritchard-avenue, Winnipeg, 
Canada. 

*Stewart, James, B.A., F.R.C.P.Ed. Junior Constitutional Club, 
Piccadilly, W. 

*Stewart, John Joseph, M.A., B.Sc. 2 Stow Park-crescent, New- 
port, Monmouthshire. 

*Stewart, Thomas, M.Inst.C.E. St. George’s-chambers, Cape 
Town. 

{Stewart, Walter. Ventnor Street Works, Bradford. 

{Stibbs, H. A. Portsea Island Gas Company, Commercial-road, 
Portsmouth. 

*Srites, WALTER. The University, Leeds. 

{Stillwell, J. L., M.Sc. University of Adelaide, South Australia. 
tStirling, Miss A. M. Care of Messrs. Elder & Co., 7 St. Helen’s- 
place, Bishopsgate, B.C. d 

F 


84 


Year of 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Election. 


1914. 
1876. 


1904. 
1906. 


1901. 


1883. 
1898. 


1899. 
1905. 


1895. 
1908. 
1878. 


1883. 
1903. 


1915. 
1910. 
1887. 
1888. 
1905. 
1881. 


1905. 
1908. 
1914. 


1906. 
1883. 
1898. 
1887. 


1887. 


1876. 
1885. 
1909. 
1879. 
1891. 


1902. 
1898. 
1911. 
1887. 


1908. 
1913. 
1914. 
1911, 
1911. 


{Srirtine, Ei. C., C.M.G., M.A., M.D., Sce.D., F.R.S., Professor of 
Physiology in the University of Adelaide, South Australia. 

{Srretine, Wittram, M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., Professor of Physiology 
in the Victoria University, Manchester. 

tStobbs, J. T. Dunelm, Basford Park, Stoke-on-Trent. 

*Stobo, Mrs. Annie. Somerset House, Garelochhead, Dumbarton- 
shire, N.B. 

*Stobo, Thomas. Somerset House, Garelochhead, Dumbartonshire, 


*StockER, W. N., M.A. Brasenose College, Oxford. 

*Stokes, Professor George J., M.A. 5 Fernhurst-villas, College- 
road, Cork. 

*Stone, Rev. F. J. Radley College, Abingdon. 

{Stoneman, Miss Bertha, D.Sc. Huguenot College, Wellington, Cape 
Province. 

*Stoney, Miss Edith A. 20 Reynolds-close, Hampstead Way, N.W. 

*Stoney, Miss Florence A., M.D. 4 Nottingham-place, W. 

*Stongy, G. Grraup, F.R.S. (Pres. G, 1916.) Oakley, Heaton- 
road, Newcastle-upon-Tyne. 

{Stopes, Mrs. 4 Kemplay-road, Hampstead, N.W. 

*StopEs, Marie C., D.8c., Ph.D., F.L.S. Craigvara, Belmont- 
road, Leatherhead. 

{Stopford, John 8. B. Woodhank, Higher Fence-road, Macclesfield. 

§Storey, Gilbert. Department of Agriculture, Cairo. 

*Storey, H. L. Bailrigg, Lancaster. 

*Stothert, Perey K. Woolley Grange, Bradford-on-Avon, Wilts. 

*Stott, Clement H., F.G.S._ P.O. Box 7, Pietermaritzburg, Natal. 

tSrraHAn, AuBREY, M.A., Se.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1904; 
Council, 1916- ), Director of the Geological Survey of 
Great Britain. Geological Museum, Jermyn-street, S.W. 

{Strange, Harold F. P.O. Box 2527, Johannesburg. 

*Stratton, F. J. M., M.A. Gonville and Caius College, Cambridye. 

{Street, Mr. Justice. Judges’ Chambers, Supreme Court, Sydney, 
N.S.W. 

*Stromeyer, C. E. 9 Mount-street, Albert-square, Manchester. 

§Strong, Henry J.,M.D. Colonnade House, The Steyne, Worthing. 

*Strong, W. M., M.D. 3 Champion-park, Denmark Hill, S8.E. 

*Stroud, H., M.A., D.Sc., Professor of Physics in the Armstrong 
College, Newcastle-upon-Tyne. 

*Stroup, Witiiam, D.Sc. Care of Messrs. Barr & Stroud, Annies- 
land, Glasgow. 

*Stuart, Charles Maddock, M.A. St. Dunstan’s College, Catford, §.H. 

{Stump, Edward C. Malmesbury, Polefield, Blackley, Manchester. 

{Stupart, Sir Frederick. Meteorological Service, Toronto, Canada. 

*Styring, Robert. Brinkcliffe Tower, Sheffield. 

*Sudborouch, Professor J. J., Ph.D., D.Sc., F.1.C. Indian Institute 
of Science, Bangalore, India. 

§Sully, H. T. Scottish Widows-buildings, Bristol. 

§Sully, T. N. Avalon House, Queen’s-road, Weston-super-Mare. 

tSummers, A. H., M.A. 16 St. Andrew’s-road, Southsea. 

*SuMPNER, W. E., D.Sc. Technical School, Suffolk-street, Bir- 
mingham. 

{Sutherland, Alexander. School House, Gersa, Watten, Caithness. 

§Sutton, A. W. Winkfield Lodge, Wimbledon Common, 8.W. 

{Sutton, Harvey, M.D., B.Sc. Trinity College, Parkville, Victoria. 

{Sutton, Leonard, F.L.S. Hillside, Reading. 

{Sutton, W. L., F.1.C. Hillcroft, Eaton, Norwich. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 85 


Year of 
Election. 


1903. 
1905. 
1911. 


1897. 
1914. 
1914. 
1913. 
1914. 
1887. 


1913. 
1902. 
1887. 


1913. 
1896. 
1902. 


1906. 
1914. 
1903. 
1885. 


1914. 
1908. 


1884 


tSwallow, Rev. R. D., M.A. Chigwell School, Essex. 

{Swan, Miss Mary E. Overhill, Warlingham, Surrey. 

*Swann, Dr. W. F. G. Department of Terrestrial Magnetism 
Carnegie Institution of Washington, Washington, D.C. 
U.S.A. 

tSwanston, William, F.G.S. Mount Collyer Factory, Belfast. 

§Sweet, George, IF'.G.S. The Close, Brunswick, Victoria. 

{Sweet, Miss Georgina, D.Sc. The Close, Brunswick, Victoria. 

{Swift, Richard H. 4839 St. Lawrence-avenue, Chicago. 

{Swinburne, Hon. George. 139 Collins-street, Melbourne. 

atte James, F.R.S., MInst.C.E. 82 Victoria-strect, 

{Swinnerton, H. H. 441 Mansfield-road, Nottingham. 

*Sykes, Miss Ella C. Elcombs, Lyndhurst, Hampshire. 

*Sykes, George H., M.A., M.Inst.C.E., F.S.A. Glencoe, 64 Elm- 
bourne-road, Tooting Common, S.W. 

§Sykes, Godfrey G. Desert Laboratory, Tucson, Arizona, U.S.A. 

*Sykes, Mark L., F.R.M.S. 75 Cardigan-road, Leeds. 

*Sykes, Major P. Molesworth, C.M.G. Elcombs, Lyndhurst, 
Hampshire. 

{Sykes, T. P., M.A. 4 Gathorne-street, Great Horton, Bradford. 

iSyme, Mrs. D. York. Balwyn, Victoria. 

§Symington, Howard W. Brooklands, Market Harborough. 

{Symmeron, Jounson, M.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E. (Pres. H, 1903), 
Professor of Anatomy in Queen’s University, Belfast. 

{tSymington, Miss N. Queen’s University, Belfast. 

tSynnott, Nicholas J. Furness, Naas, Co. Kildare. 


. *Tait, John, M.D., D.Sc. 44 Viewforth-terrace, Edinburgh. 

. §Talbot, John. 4 Brandling-park, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

. tTalbot, P. Amaury. Abbots Morton, Inkherrow, Worcestershire. 
. §Tallack, H. T. Clovelly, Birdhurst-road, South Croydon. 

. §Tangye, William. Westmere, Edgbaston Park-road, Birmingham, 
. *Tanner, Miss Ellen G. 8 Cavendish-place, Bath. 

. *TansLtey, ArtTHuR G., M.A., F.LS. Grantchester, near 


Cambridge. 


. ~Tarteton, Francois A., LL.D. 24 Upper Leeson-street, Dublin. 
. *Tarratt, Henry W. 25 Glyn-mansions, Addison Bridge, Ken 


sington, W. 
{Tate, Miss. Rantalard, Whitehouse, Belfast. 


: §Tattersall, W. M., D.Sc. The Museum, The University, Manchester. 
. *Taylor, C. Z. 216 Smith-street, Collingwood, Victoria. 
. [Taylor, Rev. Campbell, M.A. United Free Church Manse, 


Wigtown, Scotland. 


. {Taylor, G@. H. Holly House, 235 Eccles New-road, Salford. 

. [Taylor, H. Dennis. Stancliffe, Mount-villas, York. 

. *Taytor, H. M., M.A., F.R.S. Trinity College, Cambridge. 

. *Taylor, Herbert Owen, M.D. Oxford-street, Nottingham. 

. {Taylor, J. M., M.A. Public Service Board, 4 O’Connell-street, 


Sydney, N.S.W. 


. tTaylor, J.8. The Corinthians, Warwick-road, Acock’s Green. 
. §Taylor, J. W., D.Se. Skipton-street, Morecambe. 

. *Taylor, John, M.Inst.C.E. 6 Queen Street-place, E.C, 

. §Taylor, Miss M. R. Newstead, Blundellsands. 


*Taylor, Miss S. Oak House, Shaw, near Oldham, 


86 


Year of 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION, 


Election. 


1894. 
1901. 
1858. 
1885. 


1906. 
1910. 
1879. 


1913. 
1916. 


1892. 
1883. 
1883. 
1882. 


1915. 
1871. 


1906. 
1906. 
1870. 


1891. 
1903. 


1913. 
1910. 
1899. 
1902. 
1883. 
1904, 
1891. 
1888. 


1885. 


1896. 
1907. 
1883. 
1904. 


1912. 
1893. 


1913. 
1913. 
1876. 
1913. 
1883. 
1896. 


*Taylor, W. W., M.A. 66 St. John’s-road, Oxford. 

*Teacher, John H., M.B. 32 Kingsborough-gardens, Glasgow. 

{Teavz, THomas Pripain, M.A.,F.R.S. 38 Cookridge-street, Leeds. 

{Teatt, Sir J. J. H., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1893 ; 
Council, 1894-1900, 1909-16.) Athenzum Club, S.W. 

*Teape, Rev. W. M., M.A. South Hylton Vicarage, Sunderland. 

tTebb, W. Scott, M.A., M.D. 15 Finsbury-circus, E.C. 

{Temple, Lieutenant G. T., R.N., F.R.G.S. Solheim, Cumberland 
Park, Acton, W. 

{Teme.s, Sir R. C., Bart., C.B.,C.1.E. (Pres. H, 1913.) The Nash, 
Worcester. 

*TremPLe, Rev. W., M.A. (Pres. L., 1916.) St. James’s Rectory, 
Piccadilly, W. 

*Tesla, Nikola. 45 West 27th-street, New York, U.S.A. 

tTetley, C. F. The Brewery, Leeds. 

tTetley, Mrs. C. F. ‘The Brewery, Leeds. 

*Toanr, Grorace Dancer, LL.D., Professor of Anatomy in Uni- 
versity College, London, W.C. 

{Thewlis, J. Herbert. Daisy Mount, Victoria Park, Manchester. 

{Tutsecron-Dyrr, Sir W. T., K.C.M.G., C.LE., M.A., B.So., 
Ph.D., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S. (Pres. D, 1888; Pres. K, 
1895 ; Council, 1885-89, 1895-1900.) The Ferns, Witcombe, 
Gloucester. 

*THopay, D., M.A. The University, Manchester. 

*Thoday, Mrs. M.G. 6 Lyme-park, Chinley, Stockport. 

{Thom, Colonel Robert Wilson, J.P. Brooklands, Lord-street 
West, Southport. 

*Thomas, Miss Clara. Pencerrig, Builth. 

*Tuomas, Miss Eruet N., D.Sc. 3 Downe-mansions, Gondar- 
gardens, West Hampstead, N.W. 

{tThomas, H. H., M.A., B.Sc., F.G.S. 28 Jermyn-street, 8.W. 

*Thomas, H. Hamshaw. Botany School, Cambridge. 

*Thomas, Mrs. J. W. Overdale, Shortlands, Kent. 

*Thomas, Miss M. Beatrice. Girton College, Cambridge. 

{Thomas, Thomas H. 45 The Walk, Cardiff. 

*Thomas, William, F.R.G.S._ Bryn-heulog, Merthyr Tydfil. 

*Thompson, Beeby, F.C.S., F.G.S. 67 Victoria-road, Northampton, 

*Thompson, Claude M., M.A., D.Sc., Professor of Chemistry in 
University College, Cardiff. 38 Park-place, Cardiff. 

{THomeson, D’Arcy W., C.B., B.A., F.R.S. (Pres. D, 1911 ; Local 
See. 1912), Professor of Zoology in University College, Dundee. 

*Thompson, Edward P. Paulsmoss, Whitchurch, Salop. 

*Thompson, Edwin. 25 Sefton-drive, Liverpool. 

*Thompson, Francis. Eversley, Haling Park-road, Croydon. 

*Thompson, G. R., B.Sc., Principal of and Professor of Mining 
in the South African School of Mines, Johannesburg. 

*Thompson, Rev. H. Percy. Kippington Vicarage, Sevenoaks. 

*Thompson, Harry J., M.Inst.C.E. Tregarthen, Garland’s-road, 
Leatherhead. 

*Thompson, Mrs. Lilian Gilchrist. Kippington Vicarage, Sevenoaks, 

{Thompson, Peter. 14 Rotten Park-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham, 

*Thompson, Richard. Dringcote, The Mount, York. 

*Thompson, Sidney Gilchrist. Kippington Vicarage, Sevenoaks. 

*Thompson, T. H. Oldtield Lodge, Gray-road, Bowdon, Cheshire. 

*Tuompson, W. H., M.D., D.Sc. (Local Sec. 1908), King’s Professor 
of Institutes of Medicine (Physiology) in Trinity College, 
Dublin. 14 Hatch-street, Dublin. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 87 


Year of 
Election. 


1911. 
1912. 
1912. 
1894, 


1913. 
1912. 
1909, 
1906. 
1914. 


1890. 
1883. 


tThompson, Mrs. W. H. 328 Atsiniboine-avenue, Winnipeg. 

{Thompson, William Bruce. Thornbank, Dundee. 

§Thoms, Alexander. 7 Playfair-terrace, St. Andrews, 

{THomson, Artuur, M.A., M.D., Professor of Human Anatomy in 
the University of Oxford. Exeter College, Oxford. 

{Thomson, Arthur W., D.Sc. 23 Craven Hill-gardens, W. 

§Thomson, D. C. ‘Courier’ Buildings, Dundee. 

*Thomson, E, 22 Monument-avenue, Swampscott, Mass., U.S.A. 

§Thomson, F. Ross, F.G.S. Hensill, Hawkhurst, Kent, 

§Thomson, Hedley J., Assoc.M.Inst.C.E. 14 Leonard-place, High- 
street, Kensington, W. 

*THomson, Professor J. ARTHUR, M.A., F.R.S.E. Castleton House, 
Old Aberdeen. 

{Txomsoy, Sir J. J., O.M., M.A., Se.D., D.Sc., Pres. R.S. (PRESIDENT, 
1909; Pres. A, 1896; Council, 1893-95), Professor of Ex- 
perimental Physics in the University of Cambridge. Trinity 
College, Cambridge. 

aig a James, M.A. 22 Wentworth-place, Newcastle-upon- 

ne. 


y 
. Thomson, James Stuart. 4 Highfield, Chapel-en-le-Frith, Derby- 


shire. 
{Thomson, John. Westover, Mount Ephraim-road, Streatham, 
S.W 


. *Taomson, Joun Mrutar, LL.D., F.R.S. (Council, 1895-1901), 


Professor of Chemistry in King’s College, London. 5 Chep- 
stow Crescent, W. 


. §Tsomson, Wituiam, F.R.S.E., F.C.S. Royal Institution, Man- 


chester. 


. {Thornely, Miss A. M. M. Oaklands, Langham-road, Bowdon, 


Cheshire. 
*Thornely, Miss L. R. Nunclose, Grassendale, Liverpool. 
*THornton, W. M., D.So., Professor of Electrical Engineering in 
the Armstrong College, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 


. {Thornycroft, Sir John I, F.R.S., M.Inst.C.E. Eyot Villa, Chis- 


wick Mall, W. 
{Thorp, Edward. 87 Southbank-road, Southport. 


. {Thorp, Fielden. Blossom-street, York. 
. *Thorp, Josiah. 24 Manville-road, New Brighton, Cheshire. 
. {THorrE, JocetyN Fievp, Ph.D., F.R.S., Professor of Organic 


Chemistry in the Imperial College of Science and Technology, 
S.W. 


. {Tsorps, Sir T. E., C.B., Ph.D., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.C.S. 


(Pres. B, 1890 ; Council, 1886-92.) Whinfield, Saleombe, Devon. 
§THRELFALL, RicuarpD, M.A., F.R.S. Oakhurst, Church-road, 
Edgbaston, Birmingham. 


. §Tarit, Wittiam Epwarp, M.A. (Local Sec. 1908), Professor of 


Natural and Experimental Philosophy in the University of 
Dublin. 80 Grosvenor-square, Rathmines, Dublin. 
*TippEMAN, R. H., M.A., F.G.S. 298 Woodstock-road, Oxford. 


. t{Tietz, Heinrich, B.A., Ph.D. South African College, Cape Town. 


{Tixpen, Sir Witt A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.C.S. (Pres. B, 1888; 
Council, 1898-1904.) The Oaks, Northwood, Middlesex. 


. {Tilley, J. W. Field House, Harborne, Park-road, Birmingham. 


{Tims, H. W. Marett, M.A., M.D., F.L.S. Bedford College, Regent’s 
Park, N.W. 
{Tims, Mrs. Marett. Bedford College, Regent’s Park, N.W. 


. §Tinker, Frank. The University, Birmingham. 


88 


Year of 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Election. 


1902. 
1905. 


1911. 
1900. 


1912. 
1907. 
1889. 
1875. 


1909. 
1912. 
1901. 


1876. 
1870. 
1914. 
1884. 
1908. 
1908. 
1911. 
1914. 
1887. 
1903. 
1908. 
1916. 
1905, 


1916. 
1902. 


1884, 
1914. 
1887. 
1914. 
1898. 
1913. 
1885. 
1905. 


1912, 
1901. 


1914. 
1893. 
1913. 


{Tipper, Charles J. R., B.Sc. 21 Greenside, Kendal. 

fTippett, A. M., M.Inst.C.E. Cape Government Railways, Cape 
Town. 

{Tizard, Henry T. Oriel College, Oxford. 

*Tocher, J. F., D.Sc., F.1.C. Crown-mansions, 414 Union-street, 
Aberdeen. 

§Todd, John A. 3 Mapperley Hall-drive, Nottingham. 

{Todd, Professor J. L, MacDonald College, Quebec, Canada. , 

§Toll, John M. 49 Newsham-drive, Liverpool. 

{Torr, Charles Hawley. 35 Burlington-road, Sherwood, Not- 
tingham. 

{Tory, H.M. Edmonton, Alberta, Canada. 

{Tosh, Elmslie. 11 Reform-street, Dundee. 

}Townsend, J. 8., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Physics in the 
University of Oxford. New College, Oxford. 

*Tra, J. W. H., M.A., M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S. (Pres. K, 1910), 
Regius Professor of Botany in the University of Aberdeen. 

tTrartt, WmiaMm A. Giant’s Causeway Electric Tramway, 
Portrush, Ireland. 

*Trechmann, C.T. Hudworth Tower, Castle Eden, Durham. 

{Trechmann, Charles O., Ph.D., F.G.S. Hartlepool. 

{Treen, Rev. Henry M., B.Sc. 3 Stafford-road, Weston-super- 
Mare. 

iTremain, Miss Caroline P., B.A. Alexandra College, Dublin. 

§Tremearne, Mrs., LL.A., F.L.S. 105 Blackheath-park, S.E. 

{Tremearne, Mrs. Ada J. Mandeville Hall, Clendon-road, Toorak, 


Victoria. 

*Trench-Gascoigne, Mrs. F. R. Lotherton Hall, Parlington, Aber- . 
ford, Leeds. 

}Trenchard, Hugh. The Firs, Clay Hill, Enfield. 


{Tresilian, R. S. Cumnor, Eglington-road, Dublin. 

§Trevelyan, C. P., M.P. Cambo, Morpeth. 

{Trevor-Bartys, A., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.G.S. Stoner Hill, Peters- 
field, Hants. 

§Tripp, Dr. E. H. 3 Milton-road, Bedford. 

{Tristram, Rev. J. F., M.A., B.Sc. 20 Chandos-road, Chorlton- 
cum-Hardy, Manchester. 

Neve Alexander Pelham. 8 Richmond-terrace, Whitehall, 
8 


{Trouton, Eric. The Rydings, Redington-road, Hampstead, N.W. 

*TRouTON, FReprrick T., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1914; 
Council, 1911-14.) The Rydings, Redington-road, Hamp- 
stead, N.W. : 

{Trouton, Mrs. The Rydings, Redington-road, Hampstead, 
N.W. 


*Trow, ALBERT HowarD, D.Sc., F.L.S., Professor of Botany in Uni- 
versity College, Cardiff. 

}Tschugaeff, Professor L. The University, Petrograd. 

*Tubby, A. H., M.S., F.R.C.S. 68 Harley-street, W. 

§Turmeau, Charles. Claremont, Victoria Park, Wavertree, Liver- 

ool. 

tTurnbull, John. City Chambers, Dundee. 

§Turnbull, Robert, B.Sc. Department of Agriculture and Technical 
Instruction, Dublin. 

{Turner, Dr. A. J. Wickham-terrace, Brisbane, Australia. 

{TurwzR, Dawson, M.D., F.R.S.E, 37 George-square, Edinburgh. 

§Turner, G.M. Kenilworth. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 89 


Year of 
Election. 


1894, 


1916. 
1905. 


1886. 


1910. 
1890. 
1907. 


1915. 


1886. 


1899. 
1907. 
1911. 

1883. 


1912. 


1884. 
1903. 
1908. 


1883. 
1876. 


1909. 
1880. 
1905. 


1887. 
1912. 
1908. 
1865. 
1907. 


1903. 


1917. 
1909. 
1905. 


1913. 


1881. 
1883, 


1904. 


1896. 


1896. 
1890. 


*TorneErR, H. H., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.R.A.S, (GenERAL SEORE- 
TARY, 1913- ; Pres. A, 1911), Professor of Astronomy in 
the University of Oxford. University Observatory, 
Oxford. 

§Turner, Miss J., B.A. 14 Endsleigh-street, W.C. 

tTurner, Rev. Thomas. St. Saviour’s Vicarage, 50 Fitzroy- 
street, W. 

*Turneg, Tuomas, M.Sc., A.R.S.M., F.I.C., Professor of Metallurg 
in the University of Birmingham. 75 Middleton Hall-ad 
King’s Norton. 

*Turner, W. E. S. The University, Sheffield, 

*Turpin, G. S., M.A., D.Sc. High School, Nottingham. 

§Turron, A. E. H., M.A., D.Sc, F.R.S. (Council, 1908-12.) 
Duart, Yelverton, South Devon. 

*Tweedale, Samuel. Sanbridge House, Castleton, Manchester. 

*Twigg, G. H. Rednall, near Birmingham. 

{Twisden, John R., M.A. 14 Gray’s Inn-square, W.C. 

§Twyman, F. 754 Camden-road, N.W. 

*TyNDALL, A. M., M.Sc. The University, Bristol. 

tTyrer, Thomas, F.C.S. Stirling Chemical Works, Abbey-lane, 
Stratford, E. 

tTyrrell, G, W. Geological Department, The University, Glasgow, 


*Underhil!, G. E., M.A. Magdalen College, Oxford. 

tUnderwood, Captain J. C. 60 Scarisbrick New-road, Southport. 

§Unwin, Ernest Ewart, M.Sc. Grove House, Leighton Park School, 
Reading. 

§Unwin, John. Eastcliffe Lodge, Southport. 

*Unwin, W.C., F.R.S., M.Inst.C.E. (Pres. G, 1892; Council, 
1892-99.) 7 Palace Gate-mansions, Kensington, W. 

{Urquhart, C, 239 Smith-street, Winnipeg, Canada, 

{Ussuer, W. A. E., F.G.S. 28 Jermyn-street, S.W. 

abi E. A., Electrical Inspector to the Rhodesian Government, 

ulawayo. 


*Valentine, Miss Anne. The Elms, Hale, near Altrincham. 

tValentine, C. W. Queen’s University, Belfast. 

{Valera, Edward de. University College, Blackrock, Dublin. 

*VaRLEy, S. ALFRED. Arrow Works, Jackson-road, Holloway, N. 

§VarLey, W. Mansereau, M.A., D.Sc., Ph.D. Morningside, Eaton- 
crescent, Swansea. 

{Varwell, H. B. Sittaford, West-avenue, Exeter. 

§Vassall, Archer, M.A., F.Z.S. Elmfield, Harrow. 

*Vassall, H., M.A. The Priory, Repton, Derby. 

tVaughan, E. L. Eton College, Windsor. 

tVaughton, T. A. Livery-street, Birmingham. 

fVutey, V. H., M.A, D.Sc. F.R.S. 8 Marlborough-place, 
St. John’s Wood, N.W. 

*Verney, Lady. Pls Rhoscolyn, Holyhead. 

*Vernon, H. M., M.A., M.D. 5 Park Town, Oxford, 

*Vernon, Thomas T. Shotwick Park, Chester. 

*Vernon, Sir William, Bart. Shotwick Park, Chester. 

*Villamil, Lieut.-Colonel R. de, R.E. Carlisle Lodge, Rickmans- 
wor 


90 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 

Election. 

1906. *VincEnt, J. H.,M.A., D.Sc. L.C.C. Paddington Technical Institute, 
Saltram-crescent, W. 

1899. *Vincent, Swatz, M.D., D.Sc. (Local Sec. 1909), Professor of 
Physiology in the University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, 
Canada. 

1883. *Vinzs, SypNEy Howagp, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.L.S. (Pres. K, 
1900 ; Council, 1894-97), Professor of Botany in the University 
of Oxford. Headington Hill, Oxford. 

1902. tVinycomb, T. B. Ardmore, Shooter’s Hill, S.E. 

1904. §Volterra, Professor Vito. Regia Universita, Rome. 


1904. 


1902. 


1916. 
1909, 


1888. 
1914. 
1890. 


1900. 


1902. 
1906. 
1905. 


1916. 
1894. 


1882. 
1890. 


1893. 
1901. 
1904. 


1911. 


1916. 


1897. 


1915, 


1891. 
1894. 


1897. 
1913, 


1906. 
1894, 
1910. 


1906. 
1909. 
1915. 
1907. 
1909. 


1908. 


§Wace, A. J. B. Pembroke College, Cambridge. 

{tWaddell, Rev. C. H. The Vicarage, Grey Abbey, Co. Down. 

§Waddell, Kerr. Riverslea, Grassendale Park, Liverpool. 

f{Wadge, Herbert W., M.D. 754 Logan-avenue, Winnipeg, Canada. 

tWadworth, H. A. Breinton Court, near Hereford. 

{Wadsworth, Arthur. Commonwealth Parliament, Melbourne. 

§WaaeEr, Harotp W. T., F.R.S., F.L.S. (Pres. K, 1905.) Hendre, 
Horsforth-lane, Far Headingley, Leeds. 

tWagstaff, C. J. L., B.A. Haberdashers’ School, Cricklewood, N.W. 

tWainwright, Joel. Finchwood, Marple Bridge, Stockport. 

{Wakefield, Charles. Heslington House, York. 

§Wakefield, Captain E. W. Stricklandgate House, Kendal. 

§Wale, Bernard H. Seale Hague College, Newton Abbot, Devon. 

{Watrorp, Epwin A., F.G.S. 21 West Bar, Banbury. 

*Walkden, Samuel, F.R.Met.S. Windypost, Broadstairs, Kent. - 

tWalker, A. Tannett. The Elms, Weetwood, Leeds. 

tWalker, Alfred O., F.L.S. Ulcombe Place, Maidstone, Kent. 

*Walker, Archibald, M.A., F.I.C. Newark Castle, Ayr, N.B. 

§Walker, E. R. The Palace Hydro Hotel, Birkdale Park, South- 

port. 

*WaLkeER, EK. W. Arntey, M.A. University College, Oxford. 

§Walker, F. H. 3 Stannington-grove, Heaton, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

*WaLKER, Sir Epmunp, C.V.O., D.C.L., F.G.S8. (Local Seo. 1897.) 
Canadian Bank of Commerce, Toronto, Canada. 

§Walker, Edward J.. M.D. 46 Deansgate-arcade, Manchester. 

tWalker, Frederick W. Tannett. Carr Manor, Meanwood, Leeds. 

*WaLKeER, Sir G. T., C.S.1., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.R.A.S. Meteoro- 
logical Office, Simla, India. 

tWalker, George Blake, M.Inst.C.E. Tankersley Grange, near 
Barnsley. 

§Walker, George W., M.A., F.R.S. Heath Cottage, Boar’s Hill, 
near Oxford. 

tWalker, J. F. E. Gelson, B.A. 45 Bootham, York. 

*Wa.ErER, JAMES, M.A. 30 Norham-gardens, Oxford. 

*Watker, JAMES, D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. B, 1911), Professor of 
Chemistry in the University of Edinburgh. 5 Wester Coates- 
road, Edinburgh. - 

{Walker, Dr. Jamieson. 37 Charnwood-street, Derby. 

{Walker, Lewie D. Lieberose, Monteith-road, Cathcart, Glasgow. 

tWalker, Professor Miles. School of Technology, Manchester. 

tWalker, Philip F., F.R.G.S. 36 Prince’s-gardens, S. W. 

§ Walker, Mrs. R. 3 Riviera-terrace, Rushbrooke, Queenstown, 
Co. Cork. 

*Walker, Robert. Ormidale, Combe Down, Bath, 


Year of 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 91 


Election. 


1888. 
1896. 
1914. 
1910. 
1883. 
1911. { 


1916. 


1905. 
1901. 
1887. 


1905. 
1913. 
1913. 
1913. 
1915. 
1895. 


1894. 


1891. 
1903. 


18965. 


1902. 
1904. 
1887. 
1911. 
1881. 
1914. 


1914. 
1905. 
1887. 


1913. 


1913. 
1914. 
1875. 
1905. 


1916. 
1900. 
1909. 
1884, 
1901. 


1886. 


1906. 
1909. 


{Walker, Sydney F. 1 Bloomfield-crescent, Bath. 

§ Walker, Colonel William Hall, M.P. Gateacre, Liverpool. 

{tWalkom, A. B. The University, Brisbane, Australia. 

{Wall, G. P., F.G.S. 32 Collegiate-crescent, Sheffield. 

{Wall, Henry. 14 Park-road, Southport. 

Watt, Tuomas F., D.Sc., Assoc.M.Inst.C.E. The University, 

Birmingham. 

§Wallace, Colonel Johnstone. Parkholme, Beech Grove-road, 
Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

{Wallace, R. W. 2 Harcourt-buildings, Temple, E.C. 

tWallace, William, M.A., M.D. 25 Newton-place, Glasgow. 

*Watirr, Avaustus D., M.D., F.R.S. (Pres. I, 1907.) 32 Grove 
End-road, N.W. 

§Waller, Mrs. 32 Grove End-road, N.W. 

*Waller, J. C., B.A. 32 Grove End-road, N.W. 

*Waller, Miss M. D., B.Sc., 32 Grove End-road, N.W. 

*Waller, W. W., B.A., 32 Grove End-road, N.W. 

§Wallis, B. C. 16 Windermere-avenue, Chureb End, Finchley, N. 

tWatus, E. Warrs, F.S.S. Royal Sanitary Institute and Parkes 
Museum, 90 Buckingham Palace-road, S.W. 

er A. T., M.Inst.C.E. 9 Victoria-street, Westminster, 

W 


§Walmsley, R. M., D.Sc. Northampton Institute, Clerkenwell, E.C. 

tWalsh, W. T. H. Kent Education Committee, Caxton House, 
Westminster, S.W. 

}Watstneuam, The Right Hon. Lord, LL.D., F.R.S. Merton Hall, 
Thetford. 

*Walter, Miss L. Edna. 18 Norman-road, Heaton Moor, Stockport. 

*Walters, William, jun. Albert House, Newmarket. 

t{Wapp, Sir A. W., M.A., Litt.D., Master of Peterhouse, Cambridge. 

{Ward, A. W. Town Hall, Portsmouth. 

§ Ward, George, F.C.S. Buckingham-terrace, Headingley, Leeds. 

{Ward, L. Keith, B.E. Burnside-road, Kensington Park, South 
Australia. 

{Ward, Thomas W. Endclifie Vale House, Sheffield. 

{Warlow, Dr. G. P. 15 Hamilton-square, Birkenhead. 

{Wareken, General Sir Cuartes, R.E., K.C.B., G.C.M.G., F.R.S., 
F.R.G.S. (Pres. E, 1887.) Atheneum Club, 8.W. 

§Warren, William Henry, LL.D., M.Sc., M.Inst.C.E., Challis Pro- 
fessor of Engineering in the University of Sydney, N.S.W. 

{Warton, Lieut.-Colonel R. G. St. Helier, Jersey. 

tWaterhouse, G. A., B.Sc. Royal Mint, Sydney, N.S.W. 

*WateRHousE, Major-General J. Hurstmead, Eltham, Kent. 

{Watermeyer, F. S., Government Land Surveyor. P.O. Box 973, 
Pretoria, South Africa. 

§Waters, Miss Charlotte M. Cotswold, Hurst Green, Oxied, Surrey. 

tWaterston, David, M.D., F.R.S.E. King’s College, Strand, W.C. 

§Watkinson, Professor W. H. The University, Liverpool. 

{Watson, A. G., D.C.L. Uplands, Wadhurst, Sussex. 

*Wartson, ARNOLD Tuomas, F.L.S. Southwold, Tapton Crescent- 
road, Sheffield. 

*Watson, C. J. Alton Cottage, Botteville-road, Acock’s Green, 
Birmingham. 

t{Watson, D. M.S. University College, London, W.C. 

{Watson, Emest Ansley, B.Sc. Alton Cottage, Botteville-road, 
Acock’s Green, Birmingham. 


1892, {Watson, G., M,Inst,C,E, 5 Ruskin-close, Hampstead Way, N.W. 


92 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION, 


Year of 
Election. 


1885. 


1915. 
1906. 
1913. 
1894, 


1915. 
1879. 


1901. 
1913. 
1875. 
1873. 


1883. 


1870. 
1905. 
1907. 
1910. 
1910, 
1916. 
1904. 


1903. 
1916. 


1914. 
1890. 


1905. 
1916. 


1902. 
1894, 
1880. 
1908. 
1881. 
1911. 


1881. 
1911. 


1886. 
1910. 
1903. 
1882. 
1900. 


1916. 
1916. 


{Watson, Deputy Surgeon-General G. A. Hendre, Overton Park, 
Cheltenham. 

*Watson, G. N. Trinity College, Cambridge. 

*Watson, Henry Angus. 3 Museum-street, York. 

tWatson, John D., M.Inst.C.K. Tyburn, Birmingham. 

*Watson, Professor W., D.Sc., F.R.S. 7 Upper Cheyne-row, 


S.W. 

*Watson, Walter, B.Sc. Taunton School, Somerset. 

*Watson, Wituiam Henry, F.C.8., F.G.S. Braystones House, 
Beckermet, Cumberland. 

{Watt, Harry Anderson, M.P. Ardenslate House, Hunter’s Quay, 
Argyllshire. 

*Watt, James. 28 Charlotte-square, Edinburgh. 

*Warts, Joan, B.A., D.Sc. Merton College, Oxford. 

*Wartts, W. MarsHati, D.Sc. Shirley, Venner-road, Sydenham, 
S.E 


*Watts, W. W., M.A., M.Sc., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1903 ; 
Council, 1902-09), Professor of Geology in the Imperial 
College of Science and Technology, London, S.W. 

§ Watts, William, M.Inst.C.E., F.G.S. Kenmore, Wilmslow, Cheshire. 

tWay, W. A., M.A. The College, Graaf Reinet, South Africa. 

tWebb, Wilfred Mark, F.L.S. The Hermitage, Hanwell, W. 

{Webster, Professor Arthur G. Worcester, Massachusetts, U.S.A. 

tWebster, William, M.D, 1252 Portage-avenue, Winnipeg, Canada. 

§Weddas, Percy. Oakwood, Cockfield, Co. Durham. 

tWedderburn, Ernest Maclagan, D.Sc., F.R.S.E. 7 Dean Park- 
crescent, Edinburgh. 

tWeekes, R. W., A.M.Inst.C.E. 65 Hayes-road, Bromley, Kent. 

§Weighton, R. L., D.Sc., Professor of Engineering in Armstrong 

College, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

{Weir, G. North Mine, Broken Hill, New South Wales. 

*WEIsS, FREDERICK Ernest, D.Sc., F.L.S. (Pres. K, 1911; Council, 
1914— ), Professor of Botany in the Victoria University, 
Manchester. 

tWelby, Miss F. A. Hamilton House, Hall-road, N.W. 

§Welch, J. J., M.Sc., Professor of Naval Architecture in Armstrong 
College, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

{Welch, R. J. 49 Lonsdale-street, Belfast. 

tWeld, Miss. 119 Iffley-road, Oxford. 

*Weldon, Mrs. Merton Lea, Oxford. 

tWelland, Rev. C. N. Wood Park, Kingstown, Co. Dublin. 

§Wellcome, Henry S. Snow Hill-buildings, B.C. 

{WELLDoN, Right Rev. J. E. C., D.D. (Pres. L, 1911.) The Deanery, 
Manchester. 

{Wells, Rev. Edward, M.A. West Dean Rectory, Salisbury. 

*WELSFORD, Miss E. J. Imperial College of Science and Technology, 
S.W 


*Wertheimer, Julius, D.Sc., B.A., F.1.C., Dean of the Faculty of 
Engineering in the University of Bristol. 

§West, G.S., M.A., D.Sc., Professor of Botany in the University of 
Birmingham. 

{Westaway, F. W. 1 Pemberley-crescent, Bedford. 

*Westlake, Ernest, F.G.S. Fordingbridge, Salisbury. 

jtWethey, E. R., M.A., F.R.G.S. 4 Cunliffe-villas, Manningham, 
Bradford. 

§Weyman, G. Saltwell-road, Low Fell, Gateshead. 

*Wheawill, Charles. 104 Birkby Hall-road, Huddersfield. 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 93 


Year of 
Election. 


1909. 


1893. 
1888. 
1912. 
1913. 
1912. 


1898. 
1859. 


1884. 
1897. 
1886. 
1908. 
1911. 
1913. 


1904. 
1885. 
1914. 


1910. 
1912. 
1916. 
1877. 
1916. 


1904. 
1913. 
1905. 


1893. 
1907. 
1905. 
1891. 
1897. 


1901. 
1913. 


1912. 
1889. 


{Wheeler, A. O., F.R.G.S. The Alpine Club of Canada, Sidney, 
B.C., Canada. 

*Wuerrnam, W. C. D., M.A., F.R.S. Upwater Lodge, Cambridge. 

{Whidborne, Miss Alice Maria. Charanté, Torquay. 

tWhiddington, R., M.A., D.Sc. St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

tWhipp, E. M. 14 St. George’s-road, St. Anne’s-on-Sea. 

Pie F. J. W., M.A. Meteorological Office, South Kensington, 

.W. 

*WurprLe, Ropert §. Scientific Instrument Company, Cam- 
bridge. 

*Wairaker, WILLIAM, B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1895 ; Council, 
1890-96.) 3 Campden-road, Croydon. 

{Whitcher, Arthur Henry. Dominion Lands Office, Winnipeg,Canada, 

tWhitcombe, George. The Wotton Elms, Wotton, Gloucester. 

{Wnurre, A. Smva. 42 Stevenage-road, S.W. 

t{White, Mrs. A. Silva, 42 Stevenage-road, S.W. 

tWhite, Miss E. L., M.A. Day Training College, Portsmouth. 

§White, Mrs. E. W. Anelgate, Harborne-road, Edgbaston, Bir- 
mingham. 

{White, H. Lawrence, B.A. 33 Rossington-road, Sheffield. 

*White, J. Martin. Balruddery, Dundee. 

{White, Dr. Jean. Prickly Pear Experimental Station, Dulacca, 
Queensland, Australia. 

*White, Mrs. Jessie, D.Sc., B.A. 49 Gordon-mansions, W.C. 

§White, R. G., M.Sc. University College, Bangor, North Wales. 

§White, Colonel R. Saxton. Shirley, Jesmond, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

*White, William. 20 Hillersdon-avenue, Church-road, Barnes, S.W. 

gsWuireneaD, A. N., Sc.D., F.R.S. (Pres. A, 1916), Professor of 
Applied Mathematics in the Imperial College of Science and 
Technology, S.W. 97 Coleherne-court, S.W. 

{WaiteneEad, J. E. L., M.A. (Local Sec. 1904.) Guildhall, Cambridge. 

tWhitehouse, Richard H., M.Sc. Queen’s University, Belfast. 

tWhiteley, Miss M. A., D.Sc. Imperial College of Science and 
Technology, 8.W. 

§Whiteley, R. Lloyd, F.C.S., F.C. Municipal Science and Tech- 
nical School, West Bromwich. 

*Whitley, E. 13 Linton-road, Oxford. 

*Whitmee, H. B. P.O. Box 470, Durban, Natal. 

t{Whitmell, Charles T., M.A., B.Sc. Invermay, Hyde Park, 
Leeds. 

{Wuirraxer, E. T., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Mathematics in 
the University of Edinburgh. 

{Whitton, James. City Chambers, Glasgow. 

§WicksTEED, Rev. Pumir H., M.A. (Pres. F, 1913.) Childrey, 
Wantage, Berkshire. 

tWight, Dr. J. Sherman. 30 Schermerhorn-street, Brooklyn, U.S.A. 

thas: L. R., M.A., Professor of Physics in the University 
of Liverpool. 


. {Wileock, J. L. 9 East-road, Lancaster. 
. *Witpr, Henry, D.Se., D.C.L., F.R.S. The Hurst, Alderley Edge, 


Cheshire. 


. §Wilkins, C. F. Lower Division, Eastern Jumna Canal, Delhi. 


+Wilkinson, Hon. Mrs. Dringhouses Manor, York. 


. §Wilkinson, J. B. Holme-lane, Dudley Hill, Bradford. 
. *Willans, J. B. Dolfargan, Kerry, Montgomeryshire. 
. Willcox, J. Edward, M.Inst.C.E. 27 Calthorpe-road, Edgbaston, 


Birmingham. 


94 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 

Election. 

1903. {Willett, John E. 3 Park-road, Southport. 

1916. §Willey, F.C., R.N. 5 Clarence-place, Clapton-square, N.E. 

1904. *Williams, Miss Antonia. 6 Sloane-gardens, S.W. 

1916. §Williams, Dr. Ethel. 3 Osborne-terrace, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 

1905. §Williams, Gardner F. 2201 R-street, Washington, D.C., U.S.A. 

1883. {Williams, Rev. H. Alban, M.A. Sheering Rectory, Harlow, Essex. 

1861. *Williams, Harry Samuel, M.A., F.R.A.S. 6 Heathfield, Swansea. 

1875. *Williams, Rev. Herbert Addams. Llangibby Rectory, near New- 
port, Monmouthshire. 

1891. §Williams, J. A. B., M.Inst.C.E. 22 Lansdown-place, Cheltenham. 

1883. *Williams, Mrs. J. Davies. 5 Chepstow-mansions, Bayswater, W. 

1888. *Williams, Miss Katharine I. Llandaff House, Pembroke-vale, 
Clifton, Bristol. ’ 

1901. *Willkiams, Miss Mary. 6 Sloane-gardens, S.W. 

1916. §Williams, Miss Maud. 15 Upper Cheyne-row, S.W. 


1891. 
1883. 
1877. 
1894. 
1910, 


1913. 
1895. 
1895. 
1896. 
1913. 


1899. 


1899. 


1913. 
1911. 
1911. 


1911. 
1901. 
1878. 


1905. 
1907. 
1903. 
1894. 
1904. 
1912. 
1904. 
1912. 
1900. 
1895. 
1914. 


1901. 


1902. 
1879. 
1910. 
1913. 


{Williams, Morgan. 5 Park-place, Cardiff. 

{Williams, T. H. 27 Water-street, Liverpool. 

*Wittiams, W. CarLETON, F'.C.S. Broomgrove, Goring-on-Thames. 

*Williamson, Mrs. Janora. 18 Rosebery-gardens, Crouch End, N. 

{Williamson, K. B., Central Provinces, India. Care of Messrs, 
Grindlay & Co., 54 Parliament-street, S.W. 

{Willink, H. G. Hillfields, Burghfield, Mortimer, Berkshire. 

{WittiwE, W. (Local Sec. 1896.) 14 Castle-street, Liverpool. 

tWius, Joun C., M.A., D.Se., F.L.8. 48 Jesus-lane, Cam bridge. 

tWitttson, J. 8. (Local Sec. 1897.) Toronto, Canada. 

*Wills, L. J., M.A., F.G.S. 128 Westfield-road, Edgbaston, Bir- 
mingham. 

§Willson, George. Lendarac, Sedlescombe-road, St. Leonards-on-Sea. 

§ Willson, Mrs.George. Lendarac, Sedlescombe-road, St. Leonards- 
on-Sea. 

§Wilmore, Albert, D.Sc., F.G.S. Fernbank, Colne. 

*Wilmott, A. J., B.A. Natural History Museum, S.W. 

§Wilsmore, Professor N. T. M., D.Sc. The University, Perth, 
Western Australia. 

{Wilsmore, Mrs. The University, Perth, Western Australia. 

{Wilson, A. Belvoir Park, Newtownbreda, Co. Down. 

{Wilson, Professor Alexander S., M.A., B.Sc. United Free Church 
Manse, North Queensferry. 

*Wilson, Captain A. W. P.O. Box 24, Langlaagte, South Africa. 

{Wilson, A. W. Low Slack, Queen’s-road, Kendal. 

tWilson, C. T. R., M.A., F.R.S. Sidney-Sussex College, Cambridge. 

*Wilson, Charles J., F.1.C., F.C.S. 14 Suffolk-street, Pall Mall, S.W. 

§Wilson, Charles John, F.R.G.S. Deanfield, Hawick, Scotland. 

{Wilson, David, M.A., D.Sc. Carbeth, Killearn, N.B. 

{Wilson, David, M.D. Glenfield, Deighton, Huddersfield. 

*Wilson, David Alec. 1 Broomfield-road, Ayr. 

*Wilson, Duncan R. 44 Whitehall-court, S.W. 

tWilson, Dr. Gregg. Queen’s University, Belfast. 

{Wilson, H. C. Department of Agriculture, Research Station, 
Werribee, Victoria. : 

tWilson, Harold A., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Physics in 
the Rice Institute, Houston, Texas. - 

*Wilson, Harry, F.I.C. 32 Westwood-road, Southampton. 

{Wilson, Henry J., M.P. Osgathorpe Hills, Sheffield. 

*Wilson, J. S. 29 Denbigh-street, S.W. 

tWilson, Professor J. T., M.B., F.R.S. University of Sydney, 
Sydney, N.S.W. 


Year of 


LIST OF MEMBERS: 1916. 95 


Election. 


1908. 


1879. 
1901. 


1908. 


1908. 
1909. 
1847. 
1892. 


1861, 
1887. 
1909. 
1910. 
1907. 
1910. 
1886. 
1863. 
1905. 
1914. 
1913. 
1875. 


1915. 
1905. 
1863. 
1875. 
1878. 


1908. 
1883. 
1912. 
1904. 


1899. 
1901. 


1899. 
1896. 


ISbis 
1912. 


1906. 


tWilson, Professor James, M.A., B.Sc. 40 St. Kevin’s-park, Dartry- 
road, Dublin. 

tWilson, John Wycliffe. Easthill, East Bank-road, Sheffield. 

*Wilson, Joseph, F.R.M.S. The Hawthorns, 3 West Park-road, 
Kew Gardens, Surrey. 

*Wilson, Malcolm, D.Sc., F.L.S., Lecturer in Mycology and Bac- 
teriology in the University of Edinburgh. Royal Botanic 
Gardens, Edinburgh. 

§Wilson, Miss Mary. Glenfield, Deighton, Huddersfield. 

§Wilson, R. A. Hinton, Londonderry. 

*Wilson, Rev. Sumner. Preston Candover Vicarage, Basingstoke. 


{Wilson, T. Stacey, M.D. 27 Wheeley’s-road, Edgbaston, Bir- 
mingham. 

t{Wilson, Thomas Bright. Ghyllside, Wells-road, Ilkley, York- 
shire. 


§Wilson, W. Battlehillock, Kildrummy, Mossat, Aberdeenshire. 

{Wilson, W. Murray. 29 South-drive, Harrogate. 

{Wilton, T. R., M.A., Assoc.M.Inst.C.E. 18 Westminster-chambers, 
Crosshall-street, Liverpool. 

§Wimperis, H. E., M.A. 7 Chelsea-court, S.W. 

{Winder, B. W. Ceylon House, Sheffield. 

tWinp-z, Sir Berrram C. A., M.A., M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S., President 
of University College, Cork. 

*Winwoop, Rev. H. H., M.A., F.G.S. (Local Sec. 1864.) 11 Caven- 
dish-crescent, Bath. 

§Wiseman, J. G., F.R.C.S., F.R.G.S. Stranraer, St. Peter’s-road, 
St. Margaret’s-on-Thames. 

{Witkiewicz, S. Care of Dr. Malinowski, London School of 
Eccnomics, Clare Market, W.C. 

{Wohlgemuth, Dr. A. 44 Church-crescent, Muswell Hill, N. 

tWotrr-Barry, Sir Jonn, K.C.B., F.R.S., M.Inst.C.E. (Pres. G, 
1898; Council, 1899-1903, 1909-10.) Delahay House, 
15 Chelsea Embankment, S.W. 

{Wolff, C. EH. The Clough, Hale, Cheshire. 

t{Wood, A., jun. Emmanuel College, Cambridge. 

*Wood, Collingwood L. Freeland, Forgandenny, N.B. 

*Wood, George William Rayner. Singleton Lodge, Manchester. 

tWoop, Sir H. Trurman, M.A. Royal Society of Arts, John- 
street, Adelphi, W.C.; and Prince ward’s-mansions, 
Bayswater, W. 

{Wood, Sir Henry J. 4 Elsworthy-road, N.W. 

*Wood, J. H. 21 Westbourne-road, Birkdale, Lancashire. 

§Wood, John K. 304 Blackness-road, Dundee. 

*Woop, T. B., M.A. (Pres. M, 1913), Professor of Agriculture in 
the University of Cambridge. Caius College, Cambridge. 

*Wood, W. Hoffman. Ben Rhydding, Yorkshire. 

*Wood, William James, F.S.A.(Scot.). 266 George-street, 
Glasgow. 

*Woodcock, Mrs. A. Care of Messrs. Stilwell & Harley, 4 St. 
James’-street, Dover. 

*WoopDHEAD, Professor G. Sms, M.D. Pathological Laboratory, 
Cambridge. 

§Woodhead, T. W., Ph.D., F.L.S. Technical College, Huddersfield. 

*Wood-Jones, I’., D.Sc., Professor of Anatomy in the University of 
London. New Selma, Epsom, Surrey. 

*Woodland, Dr. W. N. F. Zoological Department, The Muir 
Central College, Allahabad, United Provinces, India. 


96 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


Year of 
Election. 


1916. 
1904. 
1916. 


1887. 


1869. 
1912. 
1866. 
1894, 


1909. 
1908. 


1890. 


1883. 
1915. 
1914. 


1912. 
1863. 
1901. 
1908. 


1906. 


1910. 


1906. 


1914. 
1883. 
1909. 
1914. 


1874. 
1884, 


1904, 
1911. 
1903. 
1871. 


1902. 
1901. 
1902. 
1911. 
1899. 


§Woodrow, John. Berryknowe, Meikleriggs, Paisley. 

{Woods, Henry, M.A., F.R.S. Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. 

§Woods, Henry Charles. 171 Victoria-street, S.W. 

Moores SamueL. 1 Drapers’-gardens, Throgmorton - street, 
E.C. 

*Woopwarp, Artuur Smiru, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 
1909 ; Council, 1903-10, 1915- _), Keeper of the Department 
of Geology, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell- 
road, S.W. 

*Woopwarp, C. J., B.Sc., F.G.S. The Lindens, St. Mary’s-road, 
Harborne, Birmingham. 

tWoodward, Mrs. C. J. The Lindens, St. Mary’s-road, Harborne, 
Birmingham. 

tWoopwarp, Henry, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. (Pres. C, 1887 ; 
Council, 1887-94.) 13 Arundel-gardens, Notting Hill, W. 

*Woodward, John Harold. 8 Queen Anne’s-gate, Westminster, 
S.W 


*Woodward, Robert S. Carnegie Institution, Washington, U.S.A. 

§Wootacort, Davin, D.Sc., F.G.S. 8 The Oaks West, Sunder- 
land. 

*Woollcombe, Robert Lloyd, M.A., LL.D., F.I.Inst., F.R.C.Inst., 
E.R.GS., F.R.ES., F.S.S., M.R.LA. 14 Waterloo-road, 
Dublin. 

*Woolley, George Stephen. Victoria Bridge, Manchester. 

*Woolley, Hermann. Fairhill, Kersal, Manchester. x 

tWoolnough, Professor W. 8., D.Sc. University of Western 
Australia, Perth, Western Australia. 

*Wordie, James M., B.A. St. John’s College, Cambridge. 

*Worsley, Philip J. Rodney Lodge, Clifton, Bristol. 

tWorth, J.T. Oakenrod Mount, Rochdale. 

*Worthington, James H., M.A., F.R.A.S., F.R.G.S. The Observa- 
tory, Four-Marks, Alton. 

tWraaaz, R. H. Vernon. York. 

{Wrench, E. G. Park Lodge, Baslow, Derbyshire. 

{tWright, Sir Almroth E., M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Ex- 
perimental Pathology in the University of London. 6 Park- 
crescent, W. 

tWright, A. M. Islington, Christchurch, New Zealand. 

*Wright, Rev. Arthur, D.D. Queens’ College, Cambridge. 

tWright, C. S., B.A. Caius College, Cambridge. 

tWright, Gilbert. Agricultural Department, The University, 
Sydney, N.S.W. 

tWright, Joseph, F.G.S. 4 Alfred-street, Belfast. 

{tWricut, Professor R. Ramsay, M.A., B.Sc. Red Gables, Head- 
ington Hill, Oxford. 

tWright, R.T. Goldieslie, Trumpington, Cambridge. 

tWright, W. B., B.A., F.G.S. 14 Hume-street, Dublin. 

{Wright, William. The University, Birmingham. 

t{Weicutson, Sir THomas, Bart., M.Inst.C.E., F.G.S. Neasham 
Hall, Darlington. : 

{Wyatt, G. H. 1 Maurice-road, St. Andrew’s Park, Bristol. 

tWylie, Alexander. Kirkfield, Johnstone, N.B. 

Wylie, John. 2 Mafeking-villas, Whitehead, Belfast. 

Wyllie, W. L., R.A. Tower House, Tower-street, Portsmouth. 

tWynnz, W. P., D.Sc, F.R.S. (Pres. B, 1913), Professor of 
Chemistry in the University of Sheffield. 17 Taptonville- 
road, Sheffield, 


Year of 


LIS? OF MEMBERS: 1916. 97 


Election. 


1901. 


1894. 
1913. 


1905. 
1917. 


1909. 
1904. 
1891. 
1905. 


1909. 
1913. 
1894. 


1909. 
1901. 
1885. 
1909, 


1901. 
1883. 


1887. 


1911. 
1907. 


1903. 


*Yapp, R. H., M.A., Professor of Botany in the Queen’s University, 
Belfast. 

*Yarborough, George Cook. Camp’s Mount, Doncaster. 

*Yarrow, Sir A. F. Homestead, Hindhead, Surrey. 

*Yates, H. James, F.C.S., M.I.Mech.E. Redcroft, Four Oaks, 
Warwickshire. 

tYerbury, Colonel. Army and Navy Club, Pall Mall, S.W. 

§Yorke, Mrs. Constance Eleanor, F.R.G.S. Ladies’ Imperial Club, 
17 Dover-street, Piccadilly, W. 

§Young, Professor A. H. Trinity College, Toronto, Canada, 

tYoung, Alfred. Selwyn College, Cambridge. 

§Youne, Atrrep C., F.C.8. 17 Vicar’s-hill, Lewisham, S.E. 


tYoung, Professor Andrew, M.A., B.Sc. South African College, 


Cape Town. 
tYoung, F. A. 615 Notre Dame-avenue, Winnipeg, Canada. 
*Young, Francis Chisholm. Smart’s Hill, Penshurst, Kent. 
*Youne, Grorar, Ph.D. 46 Church-crescent, Church End, 
Finchley, N. 
§Young, Herbert, M.A., B,C.L., F.R.G.S. Arnprior, Ealing, W. 
*Young, John. 2 Montague-terrace, Kelvinside, Glasgow. 
f{Youne, R. Brucz, M.A., MB. 8 Crown-gardens, Dowanhill, 


Glasgow. 
fYoung, R. G. University of North Dakota, North Chautauqua, 
North Dakota, U.S.A. 


tYoung, Robert M., B.A. Rathvarna, Belfast. 

*Youna, Sypnry, D.Sc., F.R.S. (Pres. B, 1904), Professor of 
Chemistry in the University of Dublin. 13 Clyde-road, Dublin. 

tYoung, Sydney. 29 Mark-lane, E.C. 

tYoung, T. J. College of Agriculture, Holmes Chapel, Cheshire. 

*Younc, Winuiam Henry, M.A., Se.D., Hon. Dr. és Sc. Math., 
F.B.S., Professor of the Philosophy and History of Mathema- 
tics in the University of Liverpooi. Epinettes 22, Lausanne, 
Switzerland. 


{Yoxall, Sir J. H., M.P. 67 Russell-square, W.C. 


1916. G 


98 


Year of 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. 


Election. 


1892. 


1913. 
1897. 
1887. 


1913, 
1890. 
1893. 


1894, 


1897. 
1887, 
1913, 


1894, 
1901. 
1894, 
1913. 
1887. 


1913. 
1873. 
1889. 


1872. 
1901. 
1913. 
1876. 


1894. 
1892. 
1901. 


1913. 
1913. 
1901. 
1874. 
1913. 


1886. 


1894. 
1901. 
1894. 


1913. 
1892. 
1881. 


1901. 


Professor Svante Arrhenius. The University, Stockholm. (Bergs- 
gatan 18.) 

Professor C. Barrois. Université, Lille, France. 

Professor Carl Barus. Brown University, Providence, R.I., U.S.A. 

Hofrath Professor A. Bernthsen, Ph.D. Anilenfabrik, Ludwigshafen, 

Germany. 

Professor K. Birkeland. Universitet, Christiania. 

Professor Dr. L. Brentano. Friedrichstrasse 11, Mtinchen. 

Professor Dr. W. C. Brégger. Universitets Mineralogske Institute, 
Christiania, Norway. 

Professor D. H. Campbell. Stanford University, Palo Alto, Cali- 
fornia, U.S.A. 

M. C, de Candolle. 3 Cour de St. Pierre, Geneva, Switzerland. 

Professor G. Capellini. 65 Via Zamboni, Bologna, Italy. 

Professor H. S. Carhart. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, 
Michigan, U.S.A. 

Emile Cartailhac. 5 rue de la Chaine, Toulouse, France, 

Professor T. C. Chamberlin. Chicago, U.S.A. 

Dr. A. Chauveau. 7 rue Cuvier, Paris. 

Professor R. Chodat. Université, Geneva. 

F. W. Clarke. Care of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, 
D.C., U.S.A. 

Professor H. Conwentz. Elssholzstrasse 13, Berlin W. 57. 

Professor Guido Cora. Via Nazionale 181, Rome. 

W. H. Dall, Sc.D. United States Geological Survey, Washington, 
D.C., U.S.A. 

Dr. Yves Delage. Faculté des Sciences, La Sorbonne, Paris. 

Professor G. Dewalque. 17 rue de la Paix, Liége, Belgium. 

Professor Carl Diener. Universitat, Vienna. 

Professor Alberto Eccher. Florence. 

Professor Dr. W. Einthoven. Leiden, Netherlands. 

Professor F. Elfving. Helsingfors, Finland. 

Professor J. Elster. Wolfenbiittel, Germany. 

Professor A. Engler. Universitat, Berlin. 

Professor Giulio Fano. Istituto di Fisiologia, Florence. 

Professor W. G. Farlow. Harvard, U.S.A. 

Dr. W. Feddersen. Carolinenstrasse 9, Leipzig. 

Professor Chas. Féry. Ecole Municipale de Physique et de Chimie 
Industrielles, 42 rue Lhomond, Paris. 

Dr. Otto Finsch. Altewiekring, No.19b, Braunschweig, Germany. 

Professor Wilhelm Foerster, D.C.L. Encke Platz 3a, Berlin, S.W.48. 

Professor A. P. N. Franchimont. Leiden, Netherlands. 

Professor Léon Fredericq. 20 rue de Pitteurs, Liége, Belgium. 

Professor M. von Frey. Universitat, Wirzburg. 

Professor Dr. Gustav Fritsch. Berlinerstrasse 30, Berlin. 

Professor C. M. Gariel. 6 rue Edouard Détaille, Paris, 

Professor Dr. H. Geitel. Wolfenbiittel. Germany. 


CORRESPONDING MEMBERS: 1916. 99 


Year of 


Blection. 

1889. Professor Gustave Gilson. L’Université, Louvain, Belgium. 

1913. Professor E. Gley. 14 rue Monsieur le Prince, Paris. 

1889. A. Gobert. 222 Chaussée de Charleroi, Brussels. 

1884, General A. W. Greely, LL.D. War Department, Washington, 
U.S.A. 

1913. Professor P. H. von Groth. Universitit, Munich. 

1892. Dr. C. E. Guillaume. Bureau International des Poids et Mesures, 
Pavillon de Breteuil, Sévres. 

1913. Yves Guyot. 95 rue de Seine, Paris. 

1876. Professor Ernst Haeckel. Jena. 

1916. George Ellery Hale. Astrophysical Observatory, Mount Wilson, 
California, U.SA. 

1881. Dr. Edwin H. Hall. 30 Langdon-street, Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A. 

1913. Professor A. Haller. 10 rue Vauquelin, Paris. 

1913. Professor H. J. Hamburger. Physiological Institute, Groningen, 

1893. Professor Paul Heger. 23 rue de Drapiers, Brussels. 

1894, Professor Ludimar Hermann. Universitat, Kénigsberg, Prussia. 

1893. Professor Richard Hertwig. Zoologisches Institut, Alte Akademie, 
Munich. 

1913. Professor A. F. Holleman. Universiteit, Amsterdam. 

1887. Dr. Oliver W. Huntington. Cloyne House, Newport, R.I., U.S.A. 

1884. Professor C. Loring Jackson. 6 Boylston Hall, Cambridge, Mas- 
sachusetts, U.S.A. 

1876. Dr. W. J. Janssen. Soldino, Lugano, Switzerland. 

1881. W. Woolsey Johnson, Professor of Mathematics in the United States 
Naval Academy, Annapolis, Maryland, U.S.A. 

1887. Professor C. Julin. 159 rue de Fragnée, Liége. 

1876. Dr. Giuseppe Jung. Bastioni Vittoria 21, Milan. 

1913. Professor J.C. Kapteyn. Universiteit, Gréningen. 

1913. Professor A. E. Kennelly. Harvard University, Cambridge, 
Massachusetts, U.S.A. 

1884, Baron Dairoku Kikuchi, M.A. Imperial University, Tokyo, Japan. 

1873. Professor Dr. Felix Klein. Wilhelm-Weberstrasse 3, Gottingen. 

1894. Professor Dr. L. Kny. Kaiser-Allee 186-7, Wilmersdorf, bei Berlin, 

1894. Professor J. Kollmann. St. Johann 88, Basel, Switzerland. 

1913. Professor D. J. Korteweg. Universiteit, Amsterdam. 

1913. Professor A. Kossel. Physiologisches Institut, Heidelberg. 

1894. Maxime Kovalevsky. 13 Avenue de |’Observatoire, Paris, France. 

1913. Ch. Lallemand, Directeur-Général des Mines. 58 Boulevard 
Emile-Augier, Paris. 

1872. M. Georges Lemoine. 76 rue Notre Dame des Champs, Paris. 

1901. Professor Philipp Lenard. Schlossstrasse 7, Heidelberg. 


1883. 
1887. 
1913. 
1894. 
1913. 
1887. 
1884. 
1894. 
1897. 
1913. 
1897. 


1887. 


1913. 
1889. 


Dr. F. Lindemann. Franz-Josefstrasse 12/I, Munich. 

Professor Dr. Georg Lunge. Ramistrasse 56, Zurich, V. 

Professor F. von Luschan. Universitat, Berlin. 

Professor Dr. Otto Maas. Universitat, Munich. 

Professor E. Mahaim. Université de Liége, Belgium. 

Dr. C. A. von Martius. Voss-strasse 8, Berlin, W. 

Professor Albert A. Michelson. The University, Chicago, U.S.A. 

Professor G. Mittag-Leffler. Djursholm, Stockholm. 

Professor Oskar Montelius. St. Paulsgatan 11, Stockholm, Sweden, 

Professor E. H. Moore. University of Chicago, U.S.A. 

Professor E. W. Morley, LL.D. West Hartford, Connecticut, 
U.S.A. 

E. 8S. Morse. Peabody Academy of Science, Salem, Mass., U.S.A. 

Professor F. R. Moulton. University of Chicago, U.S.A. 

Dr. F. Nansen. Lysaker, Norway. 


100 BRITISH ASSOCTATION, 


Year of 
Election. 


1894, Professor R. Nasini. Istituto Chimico, Via S. Maria, Pisa, Italy. 

1913. Professor E. Naville. Université, Geneva. 

1887. Professor Emilio Noelting. Miuhlhausen, Elsass, Germany. 

1894. Professor H. F. Osborn. Columbia College, New York, U.S.A. 

1890. Professor W. Ostwald. Linnéstrasse 2, Leipzig. 

1890. Maffeo Pantaleoni. 13 Cola di Rienzo, Rome. 

1895. Professor F. Paschen. Universitat, Tiibingen. 

1887. Dr. Pauli. Feldbergstrasse 49, Frankfurt a/Main, Germany. 

1901. Hofrath Professor A. Penck. Georgenstrasse 34-36, Berlin, N.W. 7. 

1890. Professor Otto Pettersson. Stockholms Hogskola, Stockholm. 

1894. Professor W. Pfeffer, D.C.L. Linnéstrasse 11, Leipzig. 

1887. Professor Georg Quincke. Bergstrasse 41, Heidelberg. 

1868. L. Radlkofer, Professor of Botany in the University of Munich. 
Sonnenstrasse 7. 

1913. Professor Reinke. Universitat, Kiel. 

1895. Professor Ira Remsen. Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, 
U.S.A. 

1913. Dr. Hans Reusch. Universitet, Christiania. 

1897. Professor Dr. C. Richet. 15 rue de l’ Université, Paris, France. 

1896. Dr. van Rijckevorsel. Parklaan 3, Rotterdam, Netherlands. 

1892. Professor Rosenthal, M.D. Erlangen, Bavaria. 

1913. Professor A. Rothpletz. Universitat, Munich. 

1913. Professor H. Rubens. Universitit, Berlin. 

1895. Professor Carl Runge. Wilhelm Weberstrasse 21, Géttingen, 
Germany. 

1901. General Rykatchew. Ouniversitetskaia-liniia, 1, Petrograd. 

1913. Dr. C. Schoute. De Biet, Holland. 

1874. Dr. G. Schweinfurth. Kaiser Friedrichstrasse 8, Berlin. 

1897. Professor W. B. Scott. Princeton, N.J., U.S.A. 

1887. Ernest Solvay. 25 rue du Prince Albert, Brussels. 

1888. Dr. Alfred Springer. 312 East 2nd-street, Cincinnati, Ohio, 
U.S.A. 


1881. Dr. Cyparissos Stephanos. The University, Athens. 

1887. Professor John Trowbridge. Harvard University, Cambridge, 
Massachusetts, U.S.A. 

1889. Wladimir Vernadsky. Imperial Academy of Sciences, Petrograd. 

1913. Professor M. Verworn. Universitit, Bonn. 

1886. Professor Jules Vuylsteke. 21 rue Belliard, Brussels, Belgium. 

1887. Professor Dr. Leonhard Weber. Moltkestrasse 60, Kiel. 

1913. Professor Max Weber. Universiteit, Amsterdam. 

1916. Professor W. H. Welch. Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, 
U.S.A. 

1887. Dr. H. C. White. Athens, Georgia, U.S.A. 

1887. Professor E. Wiedemann. Erlangen. 

1887. Professor Dr. R. Wiedersheim. Hansastrasse 3, Freiburg-im- 
Breisgau, Baden. 

1913. Professor R. W. Wood. Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, 


US.A 


SOCIETIES, ETC., RECEIVING REPORT: 1916. 


101 


LIST OF SOCIETIES AND PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS 
TO WHICH A COPY OF THE REPORT IS PRESENTED. 


GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 


Aberystwyth, National Library of 
Wales. 

Belfast, Queen’s University. 

Birmingham, Midland Institute. 

Bradford Philosophical Society. 

Brighton Public titer: 

Bristol Naturalists’ Society. 

. The Museum. 

Cambridge Philosophical Society. 

Cardiff, University College. 

Chatham, Royal Engineers’ Institute. 

Cornwall, Royal Geological Society 


of. 

Dublin, Geological Survey of Ireland. 

——, Royal College of Surgeons in 
Treland. 

——, Royal Irish Academy. 

——, Royal Society. 

, National Library of Ireland. 

Dundee, University College. 

——, Albert Institute. 

Edinburgh, Royal Society of. 

——, Royal Medical Society of. 

——, Scottish Society of Arts. 

Exeter, Royal bert Memorial 
College Museum. 

Glasgow, Royal Philosophical Society 
of 


——, Institution of Engineers and 
Shipbuilders in Scotland. 

Leeds, Institute of Science. 

——, Philosophical and Literary 
Society of. 

Liverpool, Free Public Library. 

——, Royal Institution. 

——, The University. 

London, Admiralty, Library of the. 

—, Board of Agriculture and 
Fisheries. 

——, Chemical Society. 

——, City and Guilds (Engineering) 
College. 

——, Civil Engineers, Institution of. 

——, Geological Society. 

——, Geology, Museum of Practical. 

——, Greenwich Royal Observatory. 

——, Guildhall Library. 


——, Institution of __ Electrical 
Engineers. 
——, Institution of Mechanical 


Engineers. 


London, Intelligence Office, Central 
Department of Political Informa- 
tion. 

——,, King’s College. 

——, Linnean Society. 

——, London Institution. 

——, London University. 

——, Meteorological Office. 

——, Physical Society. 

——, Royal Anthropological Insti- 

——, Royal Asiatic Society. _[tute. 

——, Royal Astronomical Society. 

——, Royal College of Physicians. 

——, Royal College of Surgeons. 

——, Royal Geographical Society. 

——, Royal! Institution. 

——, Royal Meteorological Society. 

——, Royal Sanitary Institute. 

——, Royal Society. 

——., Royal Society of Arts. 

——, Royal Statistical Society. 

——, United Service Institution. 

——, University College. 

——, War Office, Library. 

——, Workers’ Educational Asso- 
ciation. 14 Red Lion Square, W.C. 

——, Zoological Society. 

Manchester Literary and Philosophi- 
cal Society. 

——, Municipal School of Technology. 

Middlesex, National Physical Labora- 
tory, Teddington. 

Neweastle-upon-Tyne, Literary and 
Philosophical Society. 

——, Public Library. 

Norwich, The Free Library. 

Nottingham, The Free Library. 

Oxford, Ashmolean Natural History 
Society. 

——, Radcliffe Observatory. 

Plymouth Institution. 

——, Marine Biological Association. 

Salford, Royal Museum and Library. 

Sheffield, University College. 

Southampton, Hartley Institution. 

Stonyhurst College Obeerentansc 

Surrey, Royal Gardens, Kew. 

Swansea, Royal Institution of South 
Wales. 

Yorkshire Philosophical Society. 


| The Corresponding Societies. 


Copenhagen... 


Heidelberg... . University Library. 
Helsingfors ...University Library. Spain ....... 


Kazan, Russia University Library. 
i Royal Observatory. DEI ye bi< 


BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 


EUROPE. 
Belgian Colonial Office. .India House, | Munich..... 
Kingsway, W.C. | Naples..... 
Die Kaiserliche Aka- 
demie der Wissen- | ——....... 
schaften. (Paris seen, ae5 


University Library. 
.-Royal Academy of 


Sciences, | eee 
....University Library. | —— ...... 
Meteorological Ob- | —— ...... 


servatory. 


Royal Society of —— ...... i 
Petrograd ... 
Dorpat, Russia University Library. = —— ....... 
-».-Royal Public Library. 
... Natural History So- 
ciety. | —— aaeones 
Natural History So- | —— ...... 


Sciences. 


tg 
=| 
j= 
co 
° 
<q 
f) 


ciety. 


.... University Library. aS alain 


Naturwissenschaft- 


licher Verein. —— .e.0.. 


Leopoldinisch - Caro - 
linische Akademie. 

Société Hollandaise 
des Sciences. 


University Library. 


Rome ...... 


Rumania... 


Stockholm . 


.. University Library. 
..Royal Academy of 


Sciences. 


. -Zoological Station. 
.. Association Francaise 


pour |’Avancement 
des Sciences. 


. Geographical Society. 
. Geological Society. 
-.Royal Academy of 


Sciences, 
School of Mines. 
- University Library. 
. Imperial Observatory. 
. Imperial Observatory. 
. Accademia dei Lincei. 
-Collegio Romano. 


.. Italian Geographical 


Society. 


.-Italian Society of 


Sciences. 


..Societa Italiana per 


il Progresso delle 
Scienze. 


.Rumanian Association 


for the Advance- 
ment of Science. 

. Asociacion para el Pro- 
greso de las Ciencias. 


. Royal Academy. 
..Royal Academy of 


University Library. Sciences. 
....The University. Upsala ...... Royal Society of 
University Library. Science. 
University Library. Utrecht ...... University Library. 
Academia Real des Vienna ...... The Imperial Library. 
Sciences. —— sees Central Anstalt fiir 
The Institute. | Meteorologie und 
Royal Academy. | Erdmagnetismus. 
Society of Naturalists. Zurich........ Naturforschende Ge- 
University Library. sellschaft. 
ASIA. 
ABTa cecsuees The College. | Calcutta...... Medical College. 
Bombay ..... Elphinstone Institu- —— ....... Presidency College. 
tion. | Ceylon ....... The Museum, Co- 
= gs05ncoe- Grant Medical College. lombo. 
= Ase Royal Asiatic Society. Madras ...... The Observatory. 
Calcutta ..... Royal Asiatic Society —— ........ University Library. 
Sa a nerereiete Hooghly College. = | Tokyo ....... Imperial University. 
AFRICA. 
Cape Town ....National Botanic Gardens, Newlands. 
=== 1h shrosienh be The Royal Observatory. 
Hiss saan t South African Association for the 
Advancement of Science. 
=> sobbed sdon South African Public Library. 


Grahamstown ..Rhodes University College. 


Kimberley 


.---Public Library. 


SOCIETIES, ETC., RECEIVING REPORT: 1916. 


Albany ..... 
Ambherst..... 
Baltimore ... 


Boston 


Buenos Aires. 


103 


AMERICA. 
. The Institute. | Montreal ..... McGill University. 
. The Observatory. | New York ...American Society of 
.Johns Hopkins Uni- Civil Engineers. 
versity. ——— ates ats Academy of Sciences. 
.American Academy of Ottawa....... Geological Survey of 
Arts and Sciences. Canada. 
-Boston Society of | —— ....... Department of Agri- 
Natural History. culture. 


.Argentina Society of .. American Philosophi- 


Natural Science. cal Society. 
California..... The University. —— se eeeee Franklin Institute. 
—— saeeee Lick Observatory. —— sevneeee University of Penn- 
==>!) Saha Academy of Sciences. sylvania. 
Cambridge ...Harvard University | Toronto ..... The Observatory. 
Library. —— ss eeeee The Canadian Insti- 
Chicago ...... American Medical tute. 
Association. (oon nce The University. 
———= |  soconine Field Museum of Uruguay...... General Statistical 
Natural History. Bureau andLibrary, 
Edmonton... . University of Alberta. | Montevideo. 
Guelph ...... Ontario Agricultural Washington... .Board of Agriculture. 
College. —— keene Bureau of Ethnology. 
Kingston ..... Queen’s University. —— ss saevees Bureau of Standards, 
Manitoba ....Historical and Scien- Department of Com- 
tific Society. merce and Labour. 
——"  Aoeoeer The University. a ..Coast and Geodetic 
Massachusetts .Marine Biological Survey. 
Laboratory, Woods —— ....... Library of Congress. 
Hole. | —— sa aeeee Naval Observatory. 
Mexico ...... Sociedad Cientifica --— ....... Smithsonian Institu- 
* Antonio Alzate.’ tion. 
Missouri ..... Botanical Garden. Sa United States Geolo- 
Montreal .....Council of Arts and gical Survey of the 
Manufactures. Territories. 
AUSTRALIA. 
Adelaide .......... Public Library of South Australia. 
Ee Pape cCoomor Royal Geographical Society. 
Se iad soe The University. 
IBFIBDANG..<cre c.srele ts Queensland Museum. 
anngeciono s Queensland Public Library, 
Melbourne ........ Publio Library. 
SiveliGhe poogodpopsoc Public Works Department. 
= | siceaapdonde Australian Museum. 
ssc vecevvens Library, Department of Mines, 
Tasmania .......... Royal Society. 
ICUAME a stereina cross The Colonial Government. 
NEW ZEALAND. 1A 
Canterbury ........ The Museum. 
Wellington ........ New Zealand Institute 
(Dominion Museum). 
f € ‘' 
PRINTED BY f : 
SPOTTISWOODE, BALLANTYNE AND CO,, LYD., 4 : 


LONDON, COLCHESTER AND ETON,
Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science"

See other formats
